OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 557 Xb no 3oo-3t>i GEOLOGY tn gj in CD ZD C Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2018 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/economicgeologyo3003clap 59th CONGRESS : : 2d SESSION DECEMBER 3, 1906-MARCH 4, 1907 HOUSE DOCUMENTS IN 112 VOLUMES Vol. 56 t WASHINGTON : : GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : : 1907 SSI Xb JeSt no, 300-301 CONTENTS No. 53. Geological Survey, Bulletin 300; Economic geology of Amity quadrangle, Pa. 54. same, 301; Bibliography and index of North American geology, etc., 1901-05. in 59th Congress, Sd Session. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES. Document No. 53. Bulletin No. 300 Sahps / A ’ Economic Geology, 86 es \ B, Descriptive Geology, 105 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CHARLES D. WALCOTT, Director ECONOMIC GEOLOGY THE AMITY QUADRANGLE EASTERN WASHINGTON COUNTY PENNSYLVANIA FREDERICK G. CLAPP WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1907 CONTENTS. Page. Introduction. 9 Commercial geography. 9 Stratigraphy. 11 General statement. 11 Surface rocks. 11 Carboniferous system. 11 Rocks above the Waynesburg coal (Dunkard group or Permian series). 11 The group as a whole. 11 Definition. 11 Character and thickness. 12 Division of the group. 12 Rocks above the Upper Washington limestone (Greene for¬ mation) . 12 Character. 12 Distribution.13 Rocks between the top of the Upper Washington limestone and the top of the Waynesburg coal ( Washington formation) 14 Character. 14 Distribution. 15 Pennsylvanian series. 15 Rocks between the top of the Waynesburg coal and the bot¬ tom of the Pittsburg coal (Monongahela formation). 15 Definition. 15 Character and thickness. 15 Distribution. 18 Rocks which do not outcrop. 19 General statement. 19 Sources of knowledge. 19 Thickness. 19 Datum horizon. 20 Carboniferous system. 20 Pennsylvanian series. 20 Rocks between the Pittsburg and Upper Freeport coals (Cone- maugh formation). 20 Definition. 20 Thickness. 20 Character.:. 21 Rocks between the top of the Upper Freeport coal and the top of the Pottsville sandstone (Allegheny formation.)_ 23 Definition. 23 Thickness. 24 Character. 24 3 4 CONTENTS. Stratigraphy — Continued. Page. Rocks which do not outcrop — Continued. Carboniferous system — Continued. Pennsylvanian series — Continued. Pottsville sandstone or Salt sand (Pottsville formation). 25 Definition. 25 Character and thickness. 25 Mississippian series. 25 Rocks between the Pottsville (Salt sand) and Burgoon (Big Injun) sandstones (Mauch Chunk formation). 25 Definition. 25 Character and thickness. 25 Unconformity. 27 Greenbrier limestone (Big lime). 27 Rocks between the Greenbrier limestone and the Catskill red beds (Pocono formation). 28 General statement. 28 Character and thickness. 28 Red shale (Bedford?). 29 Devonian system. 30 Rocks below' the top of the Catskill red beds (Chemung for¬ mation ). f .. 30 General character. 30 Catskill (or sub-Blairsville) beds. 31 Sandstones. 32 Beds lower than those penetrated in the Amity quadrangle.. 33 GeQlogic structure. 36 Method of mapping. 36 Structure contours. 36 Degree of accuracy. s . 37 Limits of error. 37 Structure in detail. 38 Structure of Pittsburg coal. 38 Bellevernon anticline. 38 Waynesburg (Pigeon Creek) syncline. 39 Amity anticline. 40 Nineveh syncline. 41 Washington anticline. 41 Relation of structure of Pittsburg coal to structure of other beds. 42 Lack of parallelism between beds. 42 Structure of Gantz sand. 42 Mineral resources. 42 Petroleum and natural gas. 42 Distribution of oil and gas fields in the Amity quadrangle. 42 Brief history of development in Washington County. 44 Early history. 44 Washington field. 45 Fonner field. 47 Zollarsville field... .. 47 Oil and gas rocks. 47 Description of the map. 47 Depth of wells. 48 Mode of occurrence of oil and gas. 48 Oil and gas sands. 48 CONTENTS. 5 Mineral resources—Continued. Page. Petroleum and natural gas—Continued. Oil and gas rocks—Continued. Oil and gas sands—Continued. Drillers’ names._... 48 Murphy sand. 49 Dunkard sand. 49 Gas sand. 50 Salt sand. 50 Big Injun sand. 50 Squaw sand. 52 Thirty-foot sand. 52 Gantz sand. 52 Fifty-foot sand... 54 Gordon Stray sand. 55 Gordon sand ... 55 Fourth sand. 57 Fifth sand. 57 Bayard sand. 58 Elizabeth sand. 58 Beds below the Elizabeth sand. 59 Production of oil and gas. 59 Washington oil field. 59 Fonner oil field... 61 Zollarsville gas field. 61 Miscellaneous wells. 61 Pressure of natural gas. 62 Theory of oil and gas. 62 The ‘ ‘ anticlinal theory ” . 62 Application in Pennsylvania. 63 Relation of oil and gas reservoirs in the Amity quadrangle to geo¬ logic structure. 63 Washington field. 63 Examples of the anticlinal tendency of gas.. 64 Zollarsville field. 64 Summary. 65 Origin of oil and gas.. 65 Miscellaneous notes on oil and gas. 65 Character of the oil. 65 Composition of natural gas. 66 Waste of natural gas. 67 Value of good well records. 67 Records of wells in the Amity quadrangle. 68 Coal. 88 General statement. 88 Pittsburg coal. ; . 88 General statement. 88 Mining operations. 89 Thickness. 90 Quality. 95 Methods of development. 98 Redstone coal. 101 Thickness. 101 Quality. 102 6 CONTENTS. Mineral resources—Continued. . Page. Coal — Continued. Sewickley coal. 103 Thickness and intervals. 103 Quality. 104 Union town coal. 104 Waynesburg coal. 105 Intervals. 105 Distribution. 106 Thickness. 107 Quality. Ill Waynesburg U A” coal. 112 Waynesburg “B” and Little Washington coals. 113 Washington coal. 113 Thickness.,. 113 Quality. 114 Jolly town coal. 115 Tenmile coal. 115 Local coals. 116 Coals which do not outcrop. 116 Coals in the Conemaugh formation. 116 Coals in the Allegheny formation. 116 Limestone. 113 Relative abundance. 118 Uses.-. 118 Limestones between the Pittsburg and Waynesburg coals (Mononga- hela formation). 119 Fish pot limestone. 119 Ben wood limestone. 119 Waynesburg limestone. 121 Limestones above the Waynesburg coal (in the Dunkard group). 121 Local limestones between the Waynesburg and Washington coals. 121 Limestones above the Washington coal. 122 Lower Washington limestone. 122 Middle Washington limestone. 123 Jolly town limestone. 124 Upper Washington limestone.. 124 Prosperity limestone. 128 Sandstone .. 128 Pittsburg sandstone. 128 Waynesburg sandstone. 128 Other sandstones. 129 Clay and shale. 129 Clay. 129 Shale.. 1^0 Water resources. 130 Surface drainage. 130 Use of creek water.. - - 131 Water supply of Washington. 131 Other town supplies. 132 Supply of the farming communities. 133 Water-bearing horizons. 133 CONTENTS. 7 Page. Topograph i c data. 134 Triangulation stations. 134 Meridian marks. 138 Spirit-level data. 138 Principal publications bearing on the geology of the Amity quadrangle and vicinity. 140 Index. 141 ILLUSTRATIONS. Plate I. Economic geology, map of the Amity quadrangle, with columnar section.. Pocket. II. Sections of deep wells in the Amity quadrangle and vicinity. 22 III. Sketch map showing geologic structure in region adjacent to and in¬ cluding the Amity quadrangle. 38 IV. A, Gantz well at Washington; B, Present appearance of oil operations on the Willetts farm, Washington oil field. 44 V. Sections of Pittsburg coal in the Amity quadrangle. 92 VI. Sections of the Waynesburg coal in the Amity quadrangle. 106 VII. A, Waterfall over Ben wood limestone, Union Township; B, Outcrop of Lower Washington limestone on Smith Run, Amwell Township .. 120 VIII. A , Outcrop of Pittsburg coal at base of Pittsburg sandstone in valley of Fishpot Run, East Bethlehem Township; B, Bluff of Waynesburg sandstone at Lone Pine on Little Tenmile Creek. 128 Fig. 1. Generalized section of beds below the Pittsburg coal. 20 2. Map of oil- and gas-producing areas in the northern Appalachians_ 43 3. Map showing the diminution of interval between the Pittsburg coal and the Gantz sand. 53 4. Map showing area of the Pittsburg coal bed in Pennsylvania. 89 5. Generalized section of Pittsburg coal bed, with names of different benches. 92 6. Sections of the Redstone, Sewickley, Waynesburg “A,” and Washing¬ ton coals in the Amity quadrangle. 102 7. Location of triangulation stations in and near the Amity quadrangle . 134 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF THE AMITY QUADRANGLE, EASTERN WASHINGTON COUNTY, PA. By Frederick G. Clapp. INTRODUCTION. The Amity quadrangle lies in the southwest corner of Pennsyl¬ vania, and includes a portion of eastern Washington County and two small areas in northern Greene County. It extends from latitude 40° to 40° 15' and from longitude 30° to 80° 15', and comprises an area of 228.4 square miles. It is bounded by the following quad¬ rangles: On the north by Carnegie, on the east by Brownsville, on the south by Waynesburg, and on the west by Claysville. The largest town is Washington, which had in 1900 a population of 14,117. The principal lines of transportation in the region are the Pitts¬ burg, Cincinnati, Chicago and St. Louis division of the Pennsyl¬ vania lines and the Pittsburg and Wheeling branch of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, both of which pass through Washington. The Waynesburg and Washington Railroad, a part of the Pennsylvania system, is a narrow-gage line running south from Washington to Waynesburg, in Greene County. Along South Branch of Pigeon Creek a branch of the Pennsylvania Railroad has been built as far as the mines at Three and Four. The main economic interest in this area lies in the facts that it has been the seat of extensive oil and gas development, and that it is almost entirely underlain by at least one valuable seam of bituminous coal. By reference to fig. 4 (p. 89) it will be seen that the quad¬ rangle is located near the center of the north end of the Pittsburg coal field. The field work on which this report is based was done by the writer and Frank W. De Wolf in July and August, 1904. COMMERCIAL GEOGRAPHY. The surface relief of a region is always important in connection with the development of its mineral resources, and in the Amity quadrangle, especially, it is necessary to know something of the topography in order to plan for future economic operations. The amount of relief or difference in altitude between the highest hilltops 9 10 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. and deepest valleys in this quadrangle is moderate, being about 700 feet. A great many creeks and their tributaries dissect the region into hundreds of sharp ridges or knob-like hilltops, with steep slopes extending to the bottoms of ravines which cut up the territory in every direction and make it very rough. The features of greatest importance in the development of the region are the main valleys. Along them the principal settlements are situated, and they are also generally utilized for through lines of travel, both wagon roads and railroads. For instance, the valley of Chartiers Creek furnishes sites for the towns of Washington and Houston and a direct route for the branch of the Pittsburg, Cincin¬ nati, Chicago and St. Louis Railroad connecting with the city of Pittsburg. The valley of Peters Creek and part of that of Little Chartiers Creek are occupied by the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad for its route between Pittsburg and Wheeling by way of Washington. Tenmile and Little Chartiers creeks and all their larger branches are followed by main wagon roads, and in time they will doubtless be par¬ alleled by railroads. Tenmile Creek affords a specially favorable route for entering the southern part of Washington County by way of Monongahela River. Of greatest importance are the relations of the topography to the coal industry. The Pittsburg coal bed, which is the most valuable seam in southwestern Pennsylvania, outcrops for several miles along Chartiers and Peters creeks, and here it is possible to mine it by drift and slope with little difficulty, and the small mining settlements of Meadowlands, Anderson, Venetia, and Hackett have sprung up. In portions of the quadrangle where this seam does not outcrop the valleys naturally form the most favorable locations in which to reach it by shafts, and hence operations have been conducted on Pigeon Creek for several years. This creek flows eastward into Mononga¬ hela River and forms a convenient route by which a branch of the Pennsylvania Railroad reaches the mines. The valleys of Little Chartiers and Tenmile creeks are suitable for this same purpose. Within the last twenty years oil and gas have been discovered in paying quantities beneath the Amity quadrangle, and drilling has been conducted on a large scale. In prospecting for oil and gas the 'i valley bottoms are naturally chosen as the first sites for wells, because the expense and time required to drill through several hundred feet of rock in the hills are thereby saved. As development of the field • progresses, the position of the oil or gas belt becomes better known, and later wells, being drilled in the most favorable positions for find¬ ing the oil without regard to topography, are widely scattered over j the hills. Hence, it is apparent that the topography has very little j practical effect on the oil and gas industry. The valley of Chartiers Creek, between Meadowlands and Houston, is the site of many large STRATIGRAPHY. 11 oil tanks, in which oil from the Washington and Greene county fields is stored. Pipe lines, however, follow both valleys and uplands. STRATIGRAPHY. GENERAL STATEMENT. With the exception of a few comparatively recent deposits in the valleys, the rocks exposed at the surface of the quadrangle are all of Carboniferous age. They belong chiefly to the Monongahela, Wash¬ ington, and Greene formations, but the Conemaugh reaches the surface in two small patches. The formations which do not outcrop, but which are penetrated by deep wells, include, from the top downward, the Conemaugh, Allegheny, Pottsville, Mauch Chunk, and Pocono formations of the Carboniferous system, and part of the Chemung for¬ mation of the Devonian system. Below the Chemung lie thousands of feet of buried strata which have never been reached by the drill in this territory. The general relations of the various beds are shown for the formations which outcrop in the columnar section (PI. I, in pocket), and for those which do not outcrop in fig. 1 (p. 20). Although the general relations of the beds are fairly constant, there are considerable variations in details in different parts of the area. Sections a number of miles apart, and even those within a short dis¬ tance of each other, are likely to differ somewhat in the character and thickness of the various beds. This is especially true of the forma¬ tions which do not outcrop, as reported in well sections. Over widely extended regions, however, uniform conditions prevailed and sedi¬ mentation resulted in strata without much variation at the same hori¬ zon. Such horizons serve useful purposes in geologic correlation, and are frequently of economic importance. The Pittsburg coal, the Waynesburg sandstone, the Upper Washington limestone, the Salt sand and the Big lime are examples of strata that are persistent over wide areas. The geologic map of the Amity quadrangle is shown in PI. I., in pocket. SURFACE ROCKS. From the highest to the lowest exposed horizon in this quadrangle the vertical thickness of the strata is about 1,200 feet, the highest point stratigraphically being in the hills in Morris Township, Greene County. The rocks are chiefly sandstones, limestones, and shales, but in the Monongahela and Washington formations several valuable coal beds occur. CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM. ROCKS ABOVE THE WAYNESBURG COAL (DUNKARD GROUP OR PERMIAN SERIES). THE GROUP AS A WHOLE. Definition .—The Dunkard group, known in a broader geologic sense as the Permian series, includes- all rocks from the top of the Waynes- 12 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. burg coal up to the uppermost beds in the Appalachian basin. The rocks were formerly known as the Upper Barren Measures, for the reason that with rare exceptions they do not carry workable coal beds, and they lie higher up in the strata than the Lower Barren Measures. Character and thickness .—In the Amity quadrangle the greatest thickness of the Dunkard beds is about 750 feet, in Morris Township, Greene County, in the extreme southwest corner of the quadrangle. The beds of this group dip toward the southwest and reach their maxi¬ mum depth below the surface somewhere in the vicinity of the head¬ waters of Dunkard Creek, near the boundary between Pennsylvania and West Virginia. In that region some of the hills reach altitudes of over 1,100 feet above the base of the group. These rocks vary greatly in different regions. In general the} 7 ' con¬ sist of shales and shaly sandstones, but a few more or less persistent beds of rather massive sandstone are known, and in the lower portion of the group there are several important limestones. This portion also contains a number of coals, but they are usually of little economic value. In Greene County the Dunkard group carries many beds of red shale. These increase in importance toward the southwest and are most prominent in West Virginia, but toward Washington County they disappear, giving way entirely to the ordinary drab or yellowish shales, traces of which can be seen in some of the highest hills in the southwestern part of the quadrangle. Division of the group .—The Dunkard group tvas formerly considered a formation, like the Conemaugh and Monongahela, but in this area the lower portion is much more calcareous than the upper portion, and contains several minor coal beds; it is therefore considered as a dis¬ tinct formation. The line of division is the top of the Upper Wash¬ ington limestone, the most persistent and most easily recognizable member of the group. The Dunkard beds above this line are known as the Greene formation and those below as the Washington forma¬ tion, from the respective counties in which they are typically devel¬ oped. ROCKS ABOVE THE UPPER WASHINGTON LIMESTONE (GREENE FORMATION). Character .—In eastern Washington County no good section of the Greene formation has been measured. In his report on the Greene and Washington district Stevenson® gives the following section for Center Township, Greene County, which is of value to show the gen¬ eral nature of the rocks, though there is a wide variation in their inter¬ vals and character: a Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania. Rept. K., 1876, p. 35. CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM. 13 Generalized section of the Greene formation in Greene County, a Ft. in. Concealed. 80 Limestone (XIV). Fragments. Shale, reddish. 80 Limestone (XIII). 4 Sandstone. 50 Limestone (XII). 10 Sandstone and shale. 80 Limestone (XI). 2 6 Shale, argillaceous. 12 Sandstone. 30 Coal, Nineveh . 1 8 Sandstone. 36 Shale, bituminous. 1 Limestone (X). 2 Q Sandstone, shaly, massive (Fish Creek). 100 Coal, Dunkard . 1 6 Limestone (IXb). 3 Sandstone and shale. 30 Limestone (IXa). 6-15 Shale, sandy. 70 Limestone (VIII).-. 2-5 Coal . 1 8 Sandstone. 19-30 Limestone (VII). 2 6 Sandstone. 31 Shale and iron ore. 10 Limestone, Upper Washington (VI) In the Amity quadrangle only one coal in this formation, the Ten- mile, has been opened at one or two points. Several limestones are distributed through the formation, but the Prosperity limestone, from 100 to 180 feet above the Upper Washington, is the only one which seems to be at all important. Distribution .—In this quadrangle the rocks of the Greene formation reach a maximum thickness of about 400 feet in Morris Township, Greene County, and are best developed in the southern and western parts of the quadrangle. On the highlands along the boundary of Greene County, south of Tenmile Creek the formation is continuous, having a thickness of 200 to 400 feet, as far east as Bissell. North of Tenmile Creek and west of Bane Creek it is well developed through Morris, South and North Franklin townships nearly to Washington. It forms the greater part of northwestern Amwell and southern South Strabane townships, and in places attains a thickness of over 300 feet. It is well developed as far north as the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, but beyond appears only in small isolated areas. Throughout West Bethlehem Township it caps many of the higher hills with a local 0 The numbers in parentheses are designations applied to the various limestones by Stevenson in his report. 14 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. thickness of 100 to 150 feet. Patches of it occur as far north as Odell and nearly to Ellsworth. Several knobs in the vicinity of Denningsville are also capped by it. ROCKS BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE UPPER WASHINGTON LIMESTONE AND THE TOP OF THE WAYNESBURG COAL (WASHINGTON FORMATION). Character .—The thickness of the Washington formation varies, but in this quadrangle is generally from 300 to 400 feet. The formation contains several easily traceable members, which have been desig¬ nated by special names. The following generalized section is given by Stevenson" and is believed to be a fair average of the extreme development of the formation in this area: Generalized section of the Washington formation in Washington County. Feet. Limestone, Upper Washington. 30 Sandstone ... 40 Coal . 1 Sandstone. 40 Limestone, Middle Washington. 15 Sandstones and shales. 60 Limestone.'.. 8 Sandstone and shale. 20 Shale, bituminous or coal.:. 1 Limestone, Lower Washington. 20 Coal, Washington . 10 Sandstone, laminated. 12 Coal, Little Washington . 1 Shale. 6 Limestone.20 Coal, Waynesburg ‘‘B” . 1 Sandstone. 30 Limestone. 8 Coal, Waynesburg ‘‘A” . 2 Sandstone, Waynesburg. 60 Stevenson 5 also gives a partial section of the Washington forma¬ tion on Cemetery Hill, in the southern part of Washington, as follows: Section on Cemetery Hill, Washington . Feet. Limestone, Upper Washington. 30 Concealed. 50 Coal ... Blossom. Imperfectly exposed. 80 Limestone, Lower Washington. 12 Coal, Washington . 7 Clay. 4 Sandstone. 9 Concealed. 10 Limestone . 2 a Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 4*. b Op. cit., p. 248. PENNSYLVANIAN SERIES. 15 Distribution . — The rocks of this formation cover a larger area in this quadrangle than Chose of any other. They occupy the surface of nearly all the central portion, the exceptions being patches of the Greene formation which cap the hills along the Waynesburg and Nineveh synclines. The formation also outcrops along the main branches of Tenmile Creek and up its tributary valleys on the north. On the eastern and northern borders of the quadrangle it forms the hilltops and crests of the ridges above the Monongahela formation. PENNSYLVANIAN SERIES. ROCKS BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE WAYNESBURG COAL AND THE BOTTOM OF THE PITTSBURG COAL (MONONGAHELA FORMATION). Definition .—The Monongahela formation extends downward from the top of the Waynesburg coal to the bottom of the Pittsburg coal, and in this quadrangle varies from 280 to 360 feet in thickness. In the reports of the Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania it is known as the Upper Productive Measures, to distinguish it from a similar productive formation much lower in the series. Character and thickness .—The formation consists predominantly of limestones, but also contains shales, occasional sandstones, and at least three valuable beds of coal. The best recorded section in Wash¬ ington County was measured by I. C. White,® near West Brownsville, and is as follows: Section of Monongahela formation near West Brownsville. Coal, Waynesburg: Coal . Clay. Coal . Shale and sandstone. Shale, bituminous, Little Waynesburg coal Limestone, Waynesburg. Sandstone, shaly. Coal, Uniontoum . Shale and sandstone. Limestone, with thin shale. Coal, SewicTcley ... Sandstone, shaly. Limestone... Shale. Coal, Redstone . Sandstone and shale. Coal, Pittsburg, roof: Coal .^. Clay.. Coal . Clay. Coal, Pittsburg, main bench .. Ft. in. Ft. in. 10 \ 3 | 3 7 2 6 ) 45 1 6 10 40 '28 88 Blossom. 32 30 20 1 45 3 3 1 1 7 368 7 a Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 65, 1891, p. 45. 16 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. On the Moses Smith farm, in Amwell Township, one-fourth mile northwest of Bissell, a diamond-drill hole was once sunk to the Pitts¬ burg coal, and the record shows a good section of the Monongahela and part of the Washington formation. This is the best detailed section of the rocks available, and is as follows: Record of diamond-drill hole near Bissell. Thickness. Depth. Ft. in. Ft. in. Washington formation. 154 154 Monongahela formation: Coal, Waynesburg. . 6 160 Sandstone. 14 174 Limestone (Wavnesburer a) __ 16 Shale, blue.... 1 191 Limestone. 6 197 Shale, blue. 12 209 Shale, sandy... 20 229 Limestone. 5 234 Shale,.light.... 15 249 Limestone. 7 256 Shale, light.... ?(Benwood limestone). ' 10 266 Sandstone. 16 282 Limestone. 2 284 Shale, light.... 5 289 Limestone. 9 298 Shale, light.... 7 305 Limestone. . 39 344 Shale, erav_ 4 348 Shale, sandy. 8 356 Sandstone, gray. ~ ... 9 365 Shale, light.... 4 369 Shale, dark, sandy. 27 396 Limestone (Fishpot)..... 32 428 Shale, light.... 4 432 Limestone. 4 436 Shale, light.... 9 445 Shale, sandy_ 19 464 Sandstone, gray. 7 471 Slate, black.... • 2 473 Slate, black_ 1 2 474 21 Coal . 1 4 Slate, black... 4 Coal . 4 Slate, black... 1 4 ! Fire clay. Pittsburg coal. 5 ’ 486 3| Slate, black... 9 Coal . 6 Slate. 1 3 Coal . 5 10 Slate, bottom_ 11 487 M Limestone. 1 a Identifications in parentheses are supplied by the writer. PENNSYLVANIAN SERIES. 17 A section was once exposed in a shaft sunk to the Pittsburg coal opposite the Chestnut street station, in Washington^ The upper 29 feet 6 inches of this belongs to the Washington formation, and the 8-inch coal is the Waynesburg seam. Section in old shaft, Washington. Ft. in. Washington formation. 29 6 Monongahcla formation: Coal {Waynesburg) . 8 Shale, gray. 6 Sandstone. 5 Limestone and shale (Benwood limestone), etc. 170 Slate, black .* * . 12 Limestone, gray (Fishpot). 13 Shale, blue. 50 Sandstone (Pittsburg). 15 Shale.’. 3 Coal, Pittsburg . 5 Q 280 8 About 1^ miles north of Washington is the old Enterprise shaft, sunk to the Pittsburg coal many years ago. 6 This gives only a partial section of the formation, as the remaining rocks lie above the surface. Partial section of Monongahela formation in Enterprise shaft, 11 miles north of Washington. Soil. Limestone.. Coal, Seunckley. :.. Limestone. Shale. Coal, Redstone . Sandstone. Shale. Coal, Pittsburg: Roof division. Clay. Lower division Ft. in. Ft. in. 4 45 30 45 3 20 1 1 \ 8 10 5 101 The principal evidence of the thickness of the formation is from a number of oil and gas wells which record both the Waynesburg and Pittsburg coals. Although it is necessary to make an allowance of a few feet for inaccuracies of measurement, these indicate that the formation is not at all uniform in thickness. The following is a list of wells giving the measurements between the top .of the Waynes¬ burg and the bottom of the Pittsburg coal in various parts of the quadrangle. a Stevenson, J. J., Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 248. * Stevenson, J J., op. cit., p. 240. Bull. 300—07-2 18 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, UA. Thickness of Monongahela formation in Amity quadrangle. No. on PI. I. 234 273 285 295 297 299 Name of well. Location. Thickness \ of Monon- j gahela for¬ mation. < Amwell Township. « 345 do . * 336 N T niarlf No 1 . Borough of Deemston. do . 339 340 do.. 338 do .-. 348 do.! 366 do.i 345 dO.. 347 do . 337 J. L. Thompson No. 5..... Blakeley No. 1 . East Bethlehem Township. a 363 TVT A T TT o i n G "Wn 9 Borough of Beallsville. 340 MlS. A. ±J. XldvvKlIlb 1NU. ^. Eaton I/use heirs No. 1. do. 326 Bristor Bros , No. 3 . Morris Township, Greene County. a353 Elmas Carey, No. 1. .. * Morris Township, Washington County .. 320 do. 321 J C Mounts . North Franklin Township. Washington Floral Co.- South Strabane Township. 352 NT T' Plorlr lSJr* 9 West Bethlehem Township. 340 IN . 1. Vslell K IN U. & . T G o vtiTi Yf a "| do. 337 j . l. Mar mi in o. i. do .. a 323 j Joseph Ross No. 1...-. T n G Q o vcron t Yf a 9 do.. a 348 TViomnaon Mr QoUTTIQ T1 GaqI G A NT O 1 do .. 350 inompson cz oeanian vuCatskill beds.< 10 Slate and shells 55 Red rock. 55 Dark slate. 10 Red rock. 20 Sand. 25 Slate and shells. 52 Sand, Bayard. 15 Slate and shells. 69 Sand, Elizabeth. 12 Slate. 10 403 Section of Chemung formation in the Luse well, near Beallsville. Feet. Red rock. 15 Slate and shells 40 Red rock. 30 Slate and shells ^Catskill beds. 51 Red rock. 39 Slate and shells 65 Sand, Fifth_ 20 Red rock. 28 17 Slate.. 85 Sand, Bayard. 6 Slate. 28 Sand. 6 Slate. 73 503 Catskill (or sub-Blairsville) beds .—In all the complete records which penetrate the Chemung formation in this quadrangle an interval of 100 to 300 feet near the top of the formation is occupied by two to five beds of red shale, separated by sandstone, shale, and shelly layers. Similar red beds, somewhat thicker but at approximately the same interval (900 to 1,100 feet below the top of the Big Injun) have been noted by M. R. Campbell in many wells in the Latrobe quadrangle and vicinity, and have been named the sub-Blairsville member, for the reason that the wells in which they were reported lie near the town of Blairsville, Indiana County. They are believed to be the westward feathering out of the Catskill formation, which, in eastern Pennsyl- 32 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OE AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. vania and the Catskill Mountain region, is several hundred feet thick, but which in this region is thinner and is dovetailed into the upper part of the Chemung formation. The general character of the group containing the red beds can be seen from the well sections given in PI. II (p. 22). The individual beds vary from 10 to 60 feet in thickness and the total amount of red material in any one section is usually between 75 and 150 feet. In the Latrobe quadrangle the thickness reaches 300 to 400 feet and the member is more of a unit, so that it might almost be termed a forma¬ tion, but in the direction of the Amity quadrangle it becomes thinner and dovetails into the Chemung formation proper. This method of dying out explains the great variation of the red beds in the different sections and why they do not always occur at the exact top of the formation. Sandstones .—Between the horizons of these red beds several oil and gas sands, notably the Gordon, Fourth, and Fifth, are frequently reported. The very fact that these sands occur interstratified be¬ tween red beds, which appear and disappear and sometimes thicken up to the exclusion of the sands, indicates the nonpersistency of most of the sands in this region. The wells penetrating these beds are located in the southeastern pkrt of the quadrangle and nothing is known of the behavior of the beds- in other sections. It is considered very probable that toward the northwest the}^ are more broken up, and the Gordon and other sands become more persistent. Most of the sands in the Pocono formation, commonly recognized by drillers, are shown by records to be encountered rather regularly, and are therefore considered fairly persistent beds. As the drill descends into the underlying rocks, however, it penetrates beds of more and more variable character; and even the most important oil and gas sands are encountered with much less regularity than in the higher formations. These variations are so great that it is now considered probable that the sandstone horizons in the upper part of the Chemung formation are not persistent members underlying the whole area, but are in the nature of lentils, similar to the sandstone lentils of the Allegheny and Conemaugh formations outcropping at the surface. This is in harmony with the character of the Chemung formation in regions where it outcrops. The principal sands recognized by drillers in the Chemung forma¬ tion are (from the top downward) the Gordon Stray or Nineveh Thirty- foot, Gordon, Fourth, Fifth, Bayard, and Elizabeth. Of these the Bayard and Elizabeth are the only ones which are at all persistent, as they occur below the variable Catskill beds. A description of the various sands is given in the section on oil and gas (pp. 47-59). DEVONIAN SERIES. 33 BEDS LOWER THAN THOSE PENETRATED IN THE AMITY QUADRANGLE. The deepest well in the Amity quadrangle penetrates to a depth of 2,664 feet below the Pittsburg coal, or about 650 to 700 feet below the Elizabeth sand, and but scanty data are given about the beds below the Elizabeth. The nearest point at which anything is known of the underlying beds is at West Elizabeth, Allegheny County, 12 miles southeast of Pittsburg, where a well on the William Bedell farm was drilled to a depth of 5,575 feet. As this is the deepest well in the United States, and as it furbishes a key to the geology beneath Wash¬ ington County, the record is given here in full, with geologic interpret¬ ations. The mouth of the well is 130 feet below the Pittsburg coal. Formation. Conemaugh Allegheny Pottsville.... Mauch Chunk Pocono Record of deep well near West Elizabeths Record. Thickness. Depth. /Slate . Feet. 40 Feet. 40 Limestone..... 10 50 Shale. 80 130 Slate . 105 235 Sand. 30 265 Slate. 40 305 Coal {Bakerstown?) . 3 308 Slate. 100 408 Coal .. 2 410 Slate.. 75 485 Sand. 40 525 'Shale . 10 535 (Coal (Upper Freeport?) . 1 2 537 Slate . 25 562 Sand . 65 627 Shale 15 642 Coal (Middle'Kittanning?) . S' 645 Limestone . 10 655 Slate . 30 685 Limestone ... 15 700 Slate . 50 750 Sand . 35 785 'Slate . 5 95 790 [Sand, Salt . 885 {Slate and shells . 115 1,000 Isiate . 30 1,030 f Red rock .. 20 1 1,050 iBig lime. 50 1,100 Sand, Big Injun . 310 1,410 Slate and shells. 60 1,470 Sand. 15 1,485 Slate. 1,492 .Sand. 5 1,497 Slate. 18 1,515 Sand (Thirty-foot or Berea) . 50 1,565 Slate and shells. 60 1,625 Limestone . 10 1,635 a White, I. C., West Virginia Geol. Survey, vol. 1 (a), 1904, p. 104, Bull. 300—07-3 34 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA Record of deep well near West Elizabeth — Continued. Formation. Record. Thickness. Depth. , Feet. Feel. 1 Slate and shells. 100 1,735 Sand, Gantz?. 25 1,760 Pocono (continued).... Slate and shells.*.. 20 1,780 Limestone. 10 1,790 Slate. 20 1,810 Sand... 15 1,825 Slate and shells..•. 45 1,870 Sand. 20 1,890 Slate. 5 1,895 Sand, Butler Thirty-foot. 40 1,935 Slate. 3 1,938 Sand] f 18 1,956 Slate >Stray. | 30 1,986 Catskill. Sand] l 7 1,993 Red rock . 3 1,996 Sand, Gordon, Third, etc. 65 2,061 Red rock. 5 2,066 Sand, Fourth. 30 2,096 Red rock and shells. 15 2,111 Slate and shells.'.. 15 2,126 Sand. 5 2,131 Slate. 3 2,134 Sand. 18 2,152 Red rock and shells. 30 2,182 Sand, Fifth or McDonald. 25 2,207 Red rock and shells. 35 2,242 Slate. 10 2,252 Sand. 5 2,257 Slate and shells. 25 2,282 Sand, Bayard; a little gas. 5 2,287 Sand. 10 2,297 Red rock. 25 2,322 Slate and shells.. 75 2,397 Sand, Elizabeth. 3 2,400 Shells. 200 2,600 Slate. 150 2,750 Slate and shells. 200 2,950 Slate. 100 3,050 Limestone and shells. 100 3, 150 Sand, Speechley. 15 3,165 Slate. 335 3,500 Sand (Bradford), trace of oil. 20 3,520 Slate and shells. 955 4,475 Slate. 23 4,498 Shells. 2 4,500 Slate. 32 4,532 Shells. 13 4,545 Slate. 25 4,570 Limestone. 20 4,590 Slate. 10 4,600 Sand.*.. 30 4,630 Slate.*. 40 4,670 Limestone. 20 4,690 Slate. 20 4,710 DEVONIAN SERIES, 35 Record of deep well near West Elizabeth — Continued. Formation. Record. Thickness. Depth. Shells. Feet. 15 Feet. 4,725 Slate. 15 4,740 Slate and shells. 10 4,750 Sand. 20 4,770 Slate. 10 4,780 Limestone. 10 4,790 Slate. 20 4,810 Shells.. 10 4,820 Slate. 20 4,840 Limestone. 15 4,855 Slate. 20 4,875 Shells. 10 4,885 Slate. 20 4,875 Shells. 10 4,885 Slate. 5 4,890 Slate and shells. 10 4,900 Slate. 15 4,915 Shells. 5 4,920 Slate. 30 4,950 Shells. 5 4,955 Slate. 45 5,000 Limestone. 10 5,010 Slate. 10 5,020 Slate and shells. 10 5,030 Slate.. 20 5,050 Limestone. 10 5,060 Slate. 10 5,070 Slate and shells... 10 5,080 Limestone. 5 5,085 Slate. 1(T 5,095 Slate and shells. 5 5,100 Slate. 30 5,130 Limestone. 10 5,140 Slate. 20 5,160 Limestone. 10 5,170 Slate. 10 5,180 Limestone. 50 5,230 Slate. 30 5,260 Limestone. 10 5,270 Slate. 20 5,290 Limestone. 40 5,330 Slate. 30 5,360 Limestone. 5 5,365 Slate. 15 5,380 Limestone. . 10 5,390 Slate. 20 5,410 Slate and shells. 20 5,430 Slate. 15 5,445 Limestone. 5 5,450 Slate_ * . 20 / 5,470 Slate and shells. 10 5,480 Slate. 95 5,575 36 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. The following quotation from White’s report is as definite a state¬ ment as can be made of the probable correlations for the rocks below the Catskill red beds: The hole stopped in a dark shale supposed to be the Marcellus, and probably not more than 100 feet above the horizon of the Corniferous limestone, although of course this is a mere inference based upon the fact that in the Conway deep well near Franklin, Pa., the top of the Corniferous was struck at 3,608 feet below the top of the Venango oil sand group, while the drill in the Bedell well stopped at 3,840 feet below the same horizon, and hence the Devonian shales could not extend much deeper. The sand at 3,150 feet has been doubtfully identified with the Speechley horizon, since it underlies the Pittsburg coal by an interval (3,280 feet) 200 feet greater than in Butler County. This, however, would agree with the general southeastward thickening, and is what would be expected. Messrs. Young and Crocker are responsible for the identification with the Bradford horizon of the sand struck at 3,500 feet. The Warren sand, which, according to Oliphant, lies 350 feet above the Speechley sand, or 500 feet below the top of the Fourth sand, does not appear to have been represented by any distinct sand in this Bedell record. Its horizon belongs near the bottom of the 200 feet of shells, the top of which was struck at 2,400 feet. GEOLOGIC STRUCTURE. METHOD OF MAPPING. Structure contours .—The method of representing the structure or “lay” of the beds is as follows: The top or bottom of some persistent and easily recognizable stratum is selected as a datum surface, and its elevation above sea level determined at as many points as possible. In the Amity quadrangle the horizon selected is the bottom of the Pittsburg coal, the best known and most persistent bed in' the region. * The structure is shown on the geologic map, PI. I (pocket), by means of red contour lines. These are drawn at uniform intervals above sea level, and all points on a given contour have the same elevation. In other words, a given structure contour is the line of intersection of the datum surface with a horizontal plane, all points of which have the same elevation above sea level. For instance, the Pittsburg coal at all points along the 650-foot contour has an elevation of 650 feet above sea level. It descends in the direction of the 600-foot contour and rises toward the 700-foot contour. The intersection of a surface contour with a structure contour of the same elevation marks a point on the outcrop of the Pittsburg coal. At points where the elevation of the surface is greater than that of the coal, the approximate depth of the coal below the surface can readily be found by subtracting the elevation of the structure contour from that of the surface contour. Where the elevation of the surface is less than the corresponding elevation of the coal, the latter has been removed by erosion and the contours simply show the structure. In case the depths of other beds than the Pittsburg are desired, their intervals above or below this must be subtracted or added to the depth of the Pittsburg coal. GEOLOGIC STRUCTURE. 37 To illustrate the use of structure contours, we will suppose that the depth of the Pittsburg coal is desired at the junction of Daniels and Little Daniels runs, in West Bethlehem Township. As can be seen by the map, the elevation of the bottom of the valley at this point is about 890 feet, and the point is very close to the 500-foot structure contour; therefore the Pittsburg coal is calculated to be here about 390 feet (890 — 500) below the surface. Degree of accuracy .—It should be borne in mind that it is impossible to make structure contours strictly accurate in all parts of the field. Over large areas there are no mines nor wells by which the exact depth of the coal below the surface can be determined. In such instances it is necessary to depend on estimated intervals between the coal and beds which show in outcrop, and as the intervals are in no case constant over any considerable area an error may be introduced which will affect the drawing of the structure contours. In this quadrangle, however, the inaccuracy is probably nowhere very great. By reference to the map, it will be noticed that in certain localities the contours have many waves and turns, while in other parts of the quadrangle they run for miles in long regular curves. This difference is due partly to the greater regularity of the folds in certain regions, but more largely to the greater amount of data that could be secured in such mining dis¬ tricts as Ellsworth, Peters Creek, and Chartiers Creek. In these fields the location of the contours was determined from mine maps showing the elevations of the coal in the areas which have been worked, and in such areas their accuracy is good. In regions where a great many well records are available, as in the Zollarsville field, the structure is like¬ wise more accurate than in portions of the quadrangle that lack such data. In making the studies for this map and report all roads in the quad¬ rangle have been traversed and the positions of the outcropping rocks noted. These data have been supplemented by the records of as many wells and drill holes in the quadrangle as could be obtained. It is believed, therefore, that the structure of the territory has been deter¬ mined with a good degree of accuracy. Limits of error .—In general, the structure-contour interval in a given area is decided by two factors—(1) the steepness of the dip, and (2) the accuracy and abundance of the data available. The Survey is indebted for much valuable information to all the oil and gas opera¬ tors who have generously furnished well records, and to the coal operators, who have allowed the use of their mine levels. In a region like this, where the dips are all fairly gentle, only the second factor has to be considered. Obviously, it is useless to make the contour inter¬ val less than the “limit of error.” For example, if over a given area the elevation of the datum horizon was determined to an accuracy of within 50 feet, it would be useless to attempt to draw contours with a 38 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. 25-foot interval. Moreover, such a representation would be mislead¬ ing to the reader, who would be led to believe that the elevation at any given point was accurate within 25 feet, which would not be the case. In general, then, the limit of error for any area is not greater than the contour interval. This point has an important bearing on the structure of the Amity quadrangle as represented by the contours. With the exception of those in the Zollarsville gas field, nearly all the wells in the quadrangle were drilled years ago, at a time when records were generally kept poorly, or not at all, and in some parts of the quadrangle, on account of the unreliability of many records and the absence of wells, no figures are available to determine the depth of the Pittsburg coal, or to check surface tracings and correlations. It must be remembered, also, that the intervals between the surface rocks and the coal are irregular, as explained on page 42. Consequently there are few parts of the quad¬ rangle for which it would be safe to say with certainty that the con¬ tours on the Pittsburg coal are accurate enough to justify a 25-foot interval. The closer interval in the Olaysville quadrangle, to the west, was made possible by the greater abundance and recency of the drill¬ ings, and also by the fact that in that area the more expensive but somewhat more accurate method of leveling with the spirit level to outcrops and wells was used. STRUCTURE IN DETAIL. In order to show the relations of the structure in this quadrangle with that in adjacent regions to the east and south, PI. Ill has been prepared, giving by contour lines the lay of the Pittsburg coal in the Amity, Brownsville, Rogersville, Waynesburg, and Mason town quad¬ rangles. This plate shows that the general structural features con¬ sist of broad anticlines and synclines, which are most prominent along the eastern border of the Appalachian basin and which become gentler in dip and less continuous toward the west. STRUCTURE OF PITTSBURG COAL. The geologic structure of the Amity quadrangle as represented by the deformation of the Pittsburg coal is shown in PI. I (pocket). The principal features are three anticlines and two synclines, all trending in a general northeast-southwest direction. These will be described in order from east to west. BELLEVERNON ANTICLINE. This was called the Waynesburg anticline by J. J. Stevenson in his report published in 1876 a . He also applied the same name to the syncline lying west of the anticline. When the Brownsville quad- a Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K. u. S. GEOLOGICAL SUR' BULLETIN NO. 300 PL. Ill SKETCH MAP SHOWING GEOLOGIC STRUCTURE IN REGION ADJACENT TO AND INCLUDING THE AMITY QUADRANGLE. (B= Brownsville; BS = Bristoria; DV = Deep Valley; GV = Graysville; J = Jefferson; JK = Jacksonville; M = Masontown; M H = Monongahela; N = Nineveh; R = Rogersville; W = Waynesburg; WF = West Finley; WH = Whiteley; WN = Washington.) DETAILED STRUCTURE. 39 rangle, east of the Amity, was surveyed in 1901 there was some doubt whether the anticline crossing Monongahela River near Belle- vernon was continuous with the one passing near Waynesburg, named by Stevenson. On account of this uncertainty and the fact that the term Waynesburg had been applied to two structural fea¬ tures this axis in the Brownsville quadrangle was named by M. R. Campbell® the Bellevernon anticline, and this name was continued by R. W. Stone in the Waynesburg quadrangle 6 surveyed a year later. The anticline ^crosses the southeast corner of the Amity quad¬ rangle and only about 1} miles of the axis lies in this territory. The elevation of the Pittsburg coal on its crest is 800 to 840 feet. WAYNESBURG (PIGEON CREEK) SYNCLINE. This feature consists of a broad structural trough 10 miles wide lying between the Bellevernon anticline on the east and the Amity anticline on the west. It was named the Waynesburg syncline by Stevenson, but on account of doubt as to its continuity with the syncline having the same relations in the Brownsville quadrangle it was termed by Campbell c the Pigeon Creek syncline, after Pigeon Creek, in this county. The present survey demonstrated that the two synclines are one and the same, and since the name Waynesburg had priority the term Pigeon Creek was discarded in its favor. This syncline is a broad structural basin with generally low dips. The axis enters the quadrangle at Bentleyville and takes a slightly meandering course, averaging about S. 40° W., to the southern edge of the quadrangle. From Bentleyville it follows the valley of Pigeon Creek to Three and Four, where it turns southward and passes half a mile east of Scenery Hill, crossing West Bethlehem Township, and leaves the quadrangle directly south of Bissell. At the point where the axis of the trough enters the quadrangle from the east the Pittsburg coal is at an elevation of about 750 feet. From this point it descends gradually to the southwest until at the Greene County line the coal is less than 400 feet above sea level. Throughout the basin the average dip is less than 100 feet per mile, except on the eastern side of the axis, between Zollarsville and Bealls- ville, where for short distances it is as much as 150 feet per mile. In this section the structure is largely determined from well records, and shows several rather peculiar nose-like projections from the flank of the anticline. These are presumably about as represented, as the well records seem to be mostly good, but in all cases due allowance should be made for the possibility of errors in the records. In the a Geologic Atlas U. S., folio 94, U. S. Geol. Survey, 1903. b Idem, folio 121, 1905. cOp. cit. 40 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. center of the trough, between Bissell and Scenery Hill, data for determining the depth of the Pittsburg coal are few and it is possible that the basin may be somewhat deeper than it is shown. AMITY ANTICLINE. From the Waynesburg syncline the rocks rise gently to the north¬ west the crest of the Amity anticline. This was called the Pin- hook anticline by Stevenson and White in their reports, the term being taken from a name formerly applied to the village of Lone Pine. a The name Pinhook has long since gone out of usage, and since the village of Amity is located almost directly on the axis this name was adopted by Stone in the Waynesburg folio and is here used for the northern extension of the same anticline. The axis of this anticline crosses the Greene County line near the boundary between Morris and Washington townships. From this point it takes a slight bend or offset to the east, then continues about N. 35° E., passing just east of Amity and through Lone Pine,'and crossing the National pike 4 miles southeast of South Strabane post- office. Beyond this place there is another slight eastward deflection, but within 2 miles the axis veers to the north again and takes a course about N. 30° E., passing west of Yanceville, through Kammerer, and across Nottingham Township to Peters Creek at Anderson. At this place its location was very definitely determined, as it passes through the Blanche mine of the Pittsburg Coal Company. On the Greene County line the Pittsburg coal is at an elevation of a little over 450 feet, this point being on a sag almost connecting the Waynesburg and Nineveh synclines. South of Tenmile Creek the axis commences to rise at an average rate of less than 50 feet per mile, until 1J miles south of the National pike it forms an imperfect dome with the Pittsburg coal, as determined by well records, at an elevation of something over 700 feet. Beyond this point the rise does not average more than 20 or 30 feet per mile, except north of Kammerer. A mile south of Peters Creek the axis rises abruptly, bringing the coal from an elevation of less than 900 feet up to 1,040 feet just outside the quadrangle. At its north end this anticline is identical with the Peters Creek anticline described by Stevenson. On the eastern border of the quadrangle, in Nottingham Town¬ ship, east of the Amity anticline, a local trough extends into the area for a distance of over 2 miles. It trends west-south westward, directly toward another small indentation in the anticline. This feature is evidently the cause of the rather sudden deflection of the Amity axis at Mingo Creek, and there seems to be a slight depression of the axis here. There is no true cross syncline, however. At a number of localities on this anticline the lay of the coal is \ a Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 27. DETAILED STRUCTURE. 41 rather uncertain, owing to lack of available data. West of Lone Pine and Amity the dip ranges from 100 to 150 feet per mile toward the Nineveh syncline. Farther north it becomes less steep, except between Kammerer and Munntown, where it is estimated to be as much as 100 feet per mile toward the southwest. NINEVEH SYNCLINE. This syncline was named by Stevenson in his report on Washington and Green counties from the village of Nineveh, Greene County, near which the axis passes. From that place it runs northeastward and enters the Amity quadrangle west of the village of Sunset. It takes a course averaging N. 42° E. to a point about 2 miles north of South Strabane post-office, whence it trends N. 10° E. nearly to Linden. At this place it makes another slight bend to the east, and leaves the quadrangle just east of Little Chartiers Creek. The average breadth of this trough in the Amity quadrangle is about 9 miles. Near Sunset, where the axis enters the quadrangle, the elevation of the Pittsburg coal is supposed to be about 350 feet. From this point the rocks rise gently to the northeast as far as Gam¬ bles, where the elevation of the coal is a little above 700 feet. Between Gambles and the edge of the quadrangle is a broad, rather flat, struc¬ tural area, marked by a slight dome and a similar little basin, shown on the map. These are determined by well records. East of Wyland- ville an arm of the basin extends to the east, as if to cut across the Amity anticline, but dies out before reaching Kammerer. In general, the dips in the Nineveh syncline are very gentle, but on the flank of the Amity anticline, between Amity and Mount Pleasant, they amount in places to 150 feet per mile, and on the Washington anti¬ cline they reach an extreme of 250 feet per mile for a short distance northeast of Washington. WASHINGTON ANTICLINE. The axis of this anticline enters the Amity quadrangle just south of Chartiers Creek, leaving the quadrangle half a mile west of Houston. The crest is broad and flat, and the coal varies in elevation from 950 feet at the south, to nearly 1,050 feet at the north. To the southeast, it descends rather steeply into the Nineveh syncline. This relatively steep dip is interesting in view of the fact that it is along this sLope that the famous Washington oil field is situated. Numerous oil wells in this section have assisted materially in the accurate determination of the structure. Throughout the quadrangle, all the folds are plunging toward the southwest, in conformity with the general dip toward the center of the Appalachian coal basin. 42 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. RELATION OF STRUCTURE OF PITTSBURG COAL TO STRUCTURE OF OTHER BEDS. LACK OF PARALLELISM BETWEEN BEDS. In using the contours represented on the map, it should be remem¬ bered that few beds are exactly parallel, and hence allowance must be made for the increase and diminution of intervals in various direc¬ tions. For instance, the Upper Washington limestone, one of the most persistent outcropping beds, varies in this quadrangle from 630 to 710 feet above the Pittsburg coal, and the Waynesburg coal varies from 290 to 360 feet above the same bed. Some of the formations below the surface vary even more than this, as shown in the table of oil and gas sands (pp. 70-87). The causes of variation are twofold— (1) the slight increase and decrease in thickness of various beds due to differences in sedimentation, and (2) the marked variations in the Mauch Chunk formation, owing to an unconformity at its top. The thickness of the Mauch Chunk decreases in general from southeast to northwest. , STRUCTURE OF GANTZ SAND. It has been said that the Mauch Chunk decreases in thickness from nearly 200 feet at Deemston until it feathers out northwest of Wash¬ ington. It is even probable that in the northwest corner of the quad¬ rangle, the Big Injun also may be eroded somewhat. Fig. 3 (p. 53) shows graphically the interval between the Pittsburg coal and the Gantz sand, decreasing from 1,960 to 1,800 feet. As determinations of this interval at many points are not based on steel-line measure¬ ments, the lines of equal interval may be somewhat in error. As a name for these lines the term isochore is suggested. The word is derived from the Greek isos (equal) and chora (space), and means lines of equal space, or equal interval. That is, at all points along a given line the interval between the Pittsburg coal and the Gantz sand is the same. In order to determine the elevation of the Gantz sand at any point it is only necessary to find the approximate interval on fig. 3 and subtract it from the figures given for the Pittsburg coal for the same point on the general map. MUVERAR RESOURCES. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. DISTRIBUTION OF OIL AND GAS FIELDS IN THE AMITY QUADRANGLE. Fig. 2 is a map of western Pennsylvania and portions of south¬ ern New York, eastern Ohio, and northern Maryland and West Virginia, illustrating the distribution of oil and gas fields in the northern Appalachians. The oil fields are represented by the dark shade, the gas fields by the lighter shade. The Amity quadrangle, PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 43 with its producing areas, is shown near the southwest corner of Pennsylvania. While oil and gas wells are widely scattered over the territory, the great majority of them are limited to certain groups or fields, in which the oil and gas appear to occur in so-called pools or reser¬ voirs of some extent. The term field, as used in this report, means -V Fig. 2.—Map of oil- and gas-producing areas in the northern Appalachians. Gas simply a group of producing wells, or wells which have produced in the past, and it is not implied that outside of the field the terri¬ tory is unproductive. It is probable that in time other sections of the region will be found to contain more or less oil and gas. In this quadrangle oil is much more limited in its occurrence than gas, and so far as known it occurs almost entirely in one area—the 44 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Washington field. This field extends in a northeast direction from a point near Claysville, in the western part of the county, through the town of Washington and across South and North Strabane townships to the vicinity of Linden. The field includes the Morgan, Willetts, Davis, Taylor, Barre, Smith, Manifold, Munce, Cameron, Thome, Wright, Linn, Rooney, Martin, Wade, Kunz, Le Moyne, and other farms, which were widely known at the time of the oil excite¬ ment for their many producing wells. On the border of Greene County, in the extreme southwest corner of the quadrangle, lies a small oil field, only partially within the area, which is generally known as the Fonner field though some¬ times as the Dunn Station field. Portions of this field lie in the Waynesburg, Rogersville, and Claysville quadrangles. • Near the center of Somerset Township small quantities of oil have been produced by a number of wells, and it has been struck in a few wells in West Bethlehem and North and South Franklin town¬ ships. A short distance off the quadrangle, northeast of Linden, a new oil field is now being developed. The principal and only large gas field in the quadrangle is the Zollarsville field, which contains about 70 wells, located mostly in West Bethlehem Township and the borough of Deemston. It has a length of 5 miles and a breadth of about 2 miles. In the Waynes¬ burg quadrangle, south of Zollarsville, there are a few wells in this same belt. In general, producing gas wells are much more scattering than oil wells and are spread widely over the area. To a few wells in the central part of Amwell Township, between Hackneys and Lone Pine, the name Amity field is often applied. Along this same line to the northeast a small group is encountered west of Odell, in West Beth¬ lehem Township (Ross field), and in central Somerset Township are a number of good, gas wells which will be referred to as the Somerset field. Another group, the southward extension of the Cannonsburg field, lies in Chartiers and western North Strabane townships near the quadrangle line. Gas has been found in a number of wells scat¬ tered throughout the Washington oil field and in its northern exten¬ sion near Linden. To the group in this vicinity the term Linden field has been applied. BRIEF HISTORY OF DEVELOPMENT IN WASHINGTON COUNTY . a EARLY HISTORY. The earliest known drilling for oil or gas in Washington County was by the Washington County Eureka Oil Company, organized in « For much of the information contained here the writer is indebted to the staff of the Washington Daily Reporter, who allowed the consultation of its files. Other facts are taken from the Handbook of Petroleum. Derrick Publishing Company, Oil City, 1898. U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO. 300 PL. IV A. GANTZ WELL, AT WASHINGTON. First well to produce oil from the Gantz sand. B. PRESENT APPEARANCE OF OIL OPERATIONS ON WILLETTS FARM, WASHINGTON FIELD. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 45 1861. A shallow well was sunk on the Mannon farm, at West Amity station, on the Waynesburg and Washington Railroad. This well was drilled to a depth of 900 feet and abandoned. About the same time several wells were drilled by other companies at Prosperity, Lone Pine, and in South Strabane Township, but all the workings were abandoned. The Morgan Oil Company came into the region in 1880 and drilled its first wells on the Alexander McGuigan farm, in South Strabane Township. In the second well, at 2,247 feet, the largest flow of gas in the world was struck. It was allowed to go to waste in the air for more than a year before a 6-inch main was finally laid to Pittsburg. At the close of 1885 about five wells had been drilled in the Canonsburg field. By November 1, 1886, 17 wells in that field were supplying gas to Pittsburg. WASHINGTON FIELD. March 18, 1884, the People’s Light and Heat Company was organ¬ ized. It commenced drilling on the Hess farm, 1 mile from Wash¬ ington, in the Claysville quadrangle, and April 30 struck an excellent flow of gas at a depth of 2,068 feet. A few months later another big well was struck on the Harvey property. For some time these two wells supplied the town of Washington with gas. Later in the year the Citizens Natural Gas Company was organized, and commenced a well on the Gantz mill property, opposite the Chest¬ nut street station of the Pennsylvania lines in Washington. Instead of striking gas, the drill penetrated a sand at 2,191 feet which produced oil. This was December 31, 1884. The Gantz well was the first pro¬ ducing oil well in the county (PI. IV, A ), and the producing sand came therefore to be known as the Gantz sand. The Gantz well made two flows, one in January and one in February, 1885, but after this the well was only a “pumper.” For some time it was closed down, but was later drilled to the Gordon sand. Immediately on the circulation of the news that oil had been dis¬ covered at Washington great excitement arose among persons inter¬ ested in oil. The town was at once invaded by a large number of oil experts and other persons, and within three months 21 wells were underway in various parts of the county. Some of these were drilled for gas. In April, 1885, a well was started by the People’s Light and Heat Company on the Gordon farm, on the edge of the Claysville quadrangle, north of Washington, and August 22 a sand was encoun¬ tered at 2,392 feet, from which the oil gushed at a rate of 25 barrels per hour. At that time the Gordon well was the deepest producing oil well in the world, and the sand was called the Gordon sand. Later in the year this well averaged 104 barrels per day for thirty- nine successive days. With the news that oil had been struck in the Gordon, drilling began 46 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. in earnest. Other prominent wells in 1885 were the McNary gas well and the Gordon No. 2. The production of oil in Washington County in that year was 10,500 barrels. January 6, 1886, a well was finished on the Smith farm, which proved to be a gusher with a production of 1,500 barrels per day. March 11, a big pool of oil was struck by a well on the Manifold farm, at a depth of 1,425 feet. This was a pecu¬ liar well, as the oil was found in the “Big Injun” sand, several hun¬ dred feet nearer the surface than any other strike of oil in the county. The production the first day was estimated at about 700 barrels. The Manifold No. 2 and Willetts No. 11 wells later obtained oil from the same sand. In April, 1886, the Thayer well came in with 2,000 barrels of oil per day. At the close of May the field contained 16 producing wells and the production was 4,000 barrels per day. In June it had risen to 10,120 barrels. The maximum was in October, when the produc¬ tion amounted to 17,549 barrels per day. After this it declined. The discovery of oil in this field brought the price of petroleum from SI, about a year before, down to 60 cents a barrel at the end of October. Two enormous wells were the Barre 1 and Cameron 1, both in South Strabane Township. The Cameron 1, finished in May, was probably the largest producer in the field. When at its best it yielded from 140 to 175 barrels per hour. In November of the same year it was still producing about 25 barrels per day. Another great producer was the Stewart well. August 17, 1886, this well produced 2,558 bar¬ rels. According to the Washington Reporter, the number of pro¬ ducing wells up to September 13, 1886, was 61; and, the average cost of a single well being taken as $8,000, the total cost of the producing wells would be $488,000. There were 25 dry holes in the field, which, with the average cost of each at $7,000, would amount to $175,000. The amount paid in bonuses and purchases was $466,000 and the estimated running expenses $75,000. The total estimated cost was $1,184,700. For a few years Washington was a great oil camp. Hundreds of wells were drilled in the southern, western, and eastern parts of the town and in the area extending to the northeast as far as Lind(n. New producers became frequent and the excitement was intense. Nearly all the successful wells were oil wells, though the field has contained a few scattering gas wells. As usual in the rich fields, the greatest production was confined to a very few farms, some of which contained from 10 to 30 wells apiece. Most of these had a rather short life, and the number of producing wells has since steadily decreased until, at the present date, only a few derricks are standing as a reminder of the productiveness of over a decade ago (PI. IV, B). Many of the rich farms have been completely exhausted. In gen¬ eral the sites of the wells have been plowed over or grown up to grass, PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 47 but in some cases a pile of debris, the remains of a bull wheel, or a wooden conductor mark the site. Few wells have been drilled in this part of the field in several years. One or two have recently been drilled to the fifth sand and produce oil from it. In the region southwest of Washington, however, devel¬ opment is still going on. At Meadowlands, in the valley of Char- tiers Creek, a pumping station of the Southwest Pennsylvania Pipe Lines is located, and in this valley, between Meadowlands and Hous¬ ton, are situated about 50 tanks, with an average capacity of 29,350 barrels, in which oil of the southwest district is stored. The prosperous growth of the town of Washington was largely due to the influx of oil men during the boom and to the productiveness of neighboring farms. Large amounts have been paid in leases to landowners throughout the country. In consequence, many of the farms have a very prosperous appearance and in East Washington handsome residences have been built. Many families, who became well to do at the time of the oil boom, still reside in the town, and a few former operators are now interested in oil fields in other districts. FONNER FIELD. Oil was discovered in this field in March, 1897, in a well drilled on the farm of William Fonner. The first well produced 1,800 barrels per day for a short time and then the production declined. A number of wells were drilled in 1898-99 to the Gantz and Fifty-foot sands, which yield the oil. A number of dry holes were struck in territory immediately adjoin¬ ing productive wells. In February, 1903, there were 10 wells in the Fonner field, with a daily production of about 50 barrels. The oil is pumped into small tanks and transported by the Southwest Pennsyl¬ vania Pipe Lines to the Meadowlands storage tanks. ZOLLARSVILLE FIELD. Except in the Fonner field, little drilling for oil has been done in the quadrangle since the eighties, but there has been much prospecting for gas. The largest producing gas field is in the southeastern part of the quadrangle, between Beallsville, Zollarsville, and Deemston. This field contains about 70 wells, and in it new wells are still being drilled. It is operated by the Manufacturers Light and Heat, the Monongahela Gas, the Carnegie, and the Philadelphia companies. In 1904 oil was struck in one or two wells on the western edge of the field. OIL AND GAS ROCKS. DESCRIPTION OF THE MAP. On the geologic map (PI. I, pocket) three classes of wells are repre¬ sented, printed in green, red, and black, respectively. Those shown m green are wells which at some time have produced oil; those in red 48 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. have produced gas; and those in black were either dry or the product has not been reported. Persons familiar with the region will observe that in the Washington field and in general over the northern and western portions of the quadrangle the data are very incomplete; many wells are omitted, and in others the product is not known. The wells shown on the map include only those of which the exact positions were noted by the geologists in the field, no attempt being made to give any of which the location is doubtful. In portions of the Wash¬ ington field the wells are bunched so close together that their repre¬ sentation on the general map is impossible. In this field, therefore, only those wells are mapped of which the records have been obtained and published in this report. The remaining wells and those not accu¬ rately located are omitted, but the approximate limits of the oil fields are represented on the map by the green shading. DEPTH OF WELLS. In the Washington field the wells are only 2,200 to 2,900 feet deep, and this is about the average throughout the quadrangle. In the Zollarsville field the depth is somewhat greater, averaging 2,700 to 3,100 feet. The deepest section in the quadrangle is that of the Mrs. A. L. Hawkins No. 1 well (31) in the borough of Deemston. This well extends 3,611 feet below the surface, or over 3,100 feet below the low¬ est exposed horizon in the quadrangle. MODE OF OCCURRENCE OF OIL AND GAS. The three requisites for the occurrence of oil and gas are, first, a sufficient supply from some source; second, a bed of porous rock in which the oil and gas can accumulate; and third, suitable impervious confining beds—clays or shales—to prevent the escape of the oil and gas into surrounding strata. OIL AND GAS SANDS. „ Drillers' names .—In western Pennsylvania all the oil and gas yet discovered have been produced from beds of sandstone, or “ sands,” as they are called. The various sands penetrated by the drill have been given common or fanciful names by the drillers, and these names have come into common usage as descriptive of the various beds. Their relations are shown in the following table, which gives the driller’s name, the depth above or below the Pittsburg coal, and the geologic formation to which the sand belongs. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 49 Drillers’ terms for oil and gas rocks, etc., and their geologic correlations. [ 4 - indicates above Pittsburg coal; — indicates below Pittsburg coal.] Formation. Drillers’ name. Geologists’ name. Approxi¬ mate maxi¬ mum thick¬ ness in this area. Average interval to top of bed from Pitts¬ burg coal, Correlation with sands in neighbor¬ ing fields. Feet. Feet. Washington. .. Bluff sand. Waynesburg sand- 60 + 390 • stone. (Waynesburg or Waynesburg coal.... 5 + 330 Pinhook coal. Monongahela .. iMapletown coal.... Sewickley coal. 6 + 110 [Pittsburg coal. 10 o [Murphy. Morgantown sand- 100 - 200 stone Conemaugh.... Little Dunkard Saltsburg sandstone. 30 - 370 sand. iBig Dunkard sand. Mahoning sandstone. 100 - 500 Hurry-up sand. Allegheny. Connellsville coal... Upper Freeport coal. 6 - 600 iGas sand... Kittanning or Clar¬ 70 - 800 ion sandstone. Pottsville. Salt sand. Pottsville sandstone 180 . - 900 (Homewood + Connoquenessing). (Red rock. Mauch Chunk red 100 -1,050 Mauch Chunk.. ■ shale. 'Big lime. Greenbrier limestone. 60 -1,150 Big Injun or Mani¬ Burgoon sandstone.. 300 -1,200 Mountain sand. fold sand Squaw sand. 130 —1,530 Pnnnnn Thirty-foot sand... • 170 -1,750 Berea or Butler County gas sand. Gantz sand. 60 -1,900 First sand|Hundred- Fifty-foot sand. . 100 -1,950 -2,050 > foot /Nineveh Thirty- 30 Second sand. foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. 30 -2,100 Gray or bowlder sand. Gordon sand. 50 -2,130 Third sand. Chemung.. Fourth sand. 50 2,200 Fifth sand. 50 2,300 McDonald sand. Bayard or Sixth 50 2,400 sand. Elizabeth sand. 20 2,500 30 2,700 Warren First sand. 2,750 Warren Second sand. Murphy sand .—The uppermost sand commonly reported by drillers is known in the southeastern part of the quadrangle as the Murphy sand. It occurs in the Conemaugh formation at an interval of 170 to 220 feet below the Pittsburg coal and varies in thickness from 25 to 120 feet. This sand ‘probably corresponds with the Morgantown sand¬ stone, which outcrops at about the same horizon in certain parts of southwestern Pennsylvania and northern West Virginia. It is not productive of gas or oil. Dunkard sand .—This is the name given to a sand or group of sands Bull. 300—07-4 50 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. occurring in the Conemaugh formation 480 to 540 feet below the Pitts¬ burg coal and 50 to 100 feet above the Upper Freeport coal.° It is frequently recorded as a double sand, in which case the upper and lower divisions are known as Little Dunkard and Big Dunkard, respectively. The Big Dunkard sand in many places lies almost directly on top of the Upper Freeport coal. It therefore corresponds in position with the Mahoning sandstone, which is one of the most conspicuous sand¬ stone lentils farther north and east in western Pennsylvania. The thickness of the Big Dunkard varies from 30 to 100 feet. Where sim¬ ply the Dunkard sand is recorded, the Big Dunkard is most commonly referred to, and this is believed to be the more persistent of the two beds. In some cases, however, the sand is thick enough to include both divisions. The top of the Little Dunkard sand usually occurs at 170 to 240 feet above the Upper Freeport coal, and this sand is therefore considered the equivalent of the Saltsburg sandstone, a lentil which forms a con¬ spicuous surface feature over large areas in the western part of the State. The thickness of the Little Dunkard is generally 20 to 40 feet. The name of these sands was taken from Dunkard Creek, near the mouth of which an oil pool was discovered in 1861. The Dunkard sand has produced oil in several places, but not in this quadrangle. Gas sand .—Several sands occur in the Allegheny formation. The principal bed recorded by the drillers is known as the Gas sand and lies near the middle of the formation, 670 to 840 feet below the Pittsburg coal. Although rather variable in position, it generally corresponds, where correctly noted, with the Kittanning sandstone, between the Upper and Lower Kittanning coals. In thickness this sand varies from 15 to 70 feet. A small quantity of gas is occasionally encountered in it. Salt sand .—The Salt sand corresponds to the Pottsville formation of northern and central Pennsylvania and occurs from 870 to 990 feet below the Pittsburg coal. It varies in thickness from 100 to 170 feet, but generally contains a break of shale near its center. This sand sometimes contains a little gas, but is otherwise unproductive. It is important to the drillers for the reason that it contains a large quan¬ tity of salt water. It should be noted that the Salt sand of this region occurs above the Big Injun, while in Armstrong County the same name is applied to a gas-bearing stratum below the Big Injun. Big Injun sand .—This is the name given by the drillers to a hard, fine-grained, gray sandstone, which occurs at the top of the Pocono formation, directly below the Big lime. It corresponds with the Bur- goon sandstone, which outcrops on the Allegheny Front, and is also * Unless otherwise stated, all intervals in this report are from top to top of the respective beds. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 51 known as the Mountain sand. In Washington County the Big Injun is sometimes called the Manifold sand, for the reason that in a well on the Manifold farm (180), near Washington, oil was found in it. The Big Injun sand is every where ^present and can be easily recog¬ nized by the drillers. In thickness it varies from 250 to over 350 feet. In many places it contains two or three coarse, porous, and, in some cases, pebbly layers, filled with oil, gas, or salt water. These are what the drillers call “pay” streaks. An interesting feature of the sand is a shaly break, which is frequently encountered about one-third of the distance from the top. This break locally amounts to as much as 20 feet in thickness. It has been recorded especially in the J. L. Thomp¬ son wells and in a well in Morris Township. The interval from the Pittsburg coal to the top of the Big Injun sand varies from 1,115 feet in the Culbertson well at Washington, to 1,292 feet in the Burkehammer well near Deemston. In general, it is greater toward the southeast, owing largely to the increased thickness of the Mauch Chunk in that direction. (See pp. 27, 53.) In the vicinity of Washington and in North and South Strabane townships the inter¬ val is usually between 1,130 and 1,160 feet. In several wells in North Franklin Township it is reported as 1,200 to 1,225 feet, but to the south, along the western edge of the quadrangle, it diminishes to about 1,140 to 1,190 feet. One record reports as small an interval as 1,075 feet, but the accuracy of this is doubtful. In the Zollarsville field a large number of measurements of this interval are at hand, and these show a good agreement. Near Zol¬ larsville it varies only between 1,233 and 1,257 feet; near and west of Deemston between 1,200 and 1,286 feet, and southwest of Beallsville between 1,210 and 1,245 feet. Only a few records from Somerset and Nottingham townships are at hand, but in these the figures are 1,196 feet near Ellsworth, 1,205 feet northeast of Vanceville, 1,217 feet north of Bentleyville, 1,156 feet near Kammerer, 1,188 feet mid¬ way between Kammerer and Munntown, and about 1,200 feet near Finleyville. In general, the Big Injun sand is unproductive, but in several places it has locally produced oil. The most important instance of this kind was in the Manifold No. 1 well, drilled in 1886, on the Manifold farm near Washington. This is one of the most remarkable wells in the Washington field on account of its great yield of oil, its long- continued production, and the lack of interference from neigh¬ boring wells. Although located in a district which was thoroughly perforated by holes, none of the neighboring wells harmed it, and in none of them, with two or three exceptions, was oil found at this horizon. Of the other wells which produced oil at this horizon, the most important is the Willetts No. 11 close by. The Manifold well flowed about 700 barrels per day. A little gas is reported from this 52 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. sand in several wells in West Bethlehem Township and the borough of Deemston. This sand was named Big Injun by some driller in this county on account of its unusual thickness and hardness. Squaw sand .—In the northern and eastern portions of the quad¬ rangle a sand commonly occurs 20 to 50 feet below the bottom of the Big Injun. This is known to drillers as the Squaw sand. In many places it is over 100 feet thick, and in the J. L. Thompson wells it reaches 130 feet, but it is irregular and often missing. In the Rogers- ville quadrangle it has not been recognized. Thirty-foot sand .—This sand occurs below the Squaw and 450 to 650 feet below the top of the Big Injun sand. The name Thirty-foot means nothing as regards its thickness, for it varies from a knife edge up to 170 feet. The sand is not uniformly present and occurs rather irregularly; but is believed to correspond approximately in its upper and lower limits to the Berea sand of the Burgettstown and Beaver regions, to the Butler gas sand of northern Pennsylvania, and to the Berea grit of Ohio. The interval from the Pittsburg coal to the top of this sand varies from 1,560 to 1,865 feet. In South Strabane Township the known limits are between 1,560 and 1,630 feet; in the southwest corner of the quadrangle 1,750 and 1,770 feet. In the immediate vicinity of Zollars- ville the sand is not recorded, but near Deemston the limiting figures are J ,810 and 1,865 feet. Several wells in this vicinity exhibit a much smaller interval—only 1,720 to 1,740 feet—this being due to a local thickening of the sand. Southwest of Beallsville the interval is usually 1,800 to 1,855 feet, but it varies irregularly, and some meas¬ urements are reported which are considerably less. In the Somerset field 1,805 feet is recorded, and near Finleyville about 1,850 feet. The Thirty-foot sand, so far as known, is not productive anywhere in the quadrangle. The Thirty-foot sand of Washington is not the same as the Tliirty- foot of Armstrong County, but probably corresponds closely with what is there known as the Gas, Butler, or Murrysville sand. Gantz sand .—Next below the Thirty-foot sand is the Gantz, which was named from the farm near Washington on which oil was first pro¬ duced from this sand. This was the first producing oil well in the county. The Gantz sand ranges from 60 to 160 feet below the top of the Thirty-foot sand and is a short distance above the Fifty-foot sand. It varies in thickness from 10 to 60 feet. In some wells the Gantz thickens up enough to unite with the Fifty-foot, and in such cases the combined sand is known as the Hundred-foot and is the equivalent of the Hundreddbot sand of Beaver, Butler, and Armstrong counties. It is supposed also to be the same as the First sand of Oil Creek. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 53 The interval from the Gantz sand to the Pittsburg coal seems to be more variable than that of any other persistent sand. Within the quadrangle it varies from 1,790 feet in the Ross well in Chartiers Township to 1,985 feet in one of the J. L. Thompson wells in the Zollarsville field. As with the upper sands, there is a gradual thick¬ ening of the interval from northwest to southeast, as shown by figures in the various districts. In Chartiers Township the variation is from 1,790 to 1,821 feet; at Washington, 1,805 to 1,827 feet; in North and Fig. 3.—Sketch map showing the diminution of interval between the Pittsburg coal and the Gantz sand, corresponding to the unconformity at the top of the Mauch Chunk formation. A, Amity; B, Boallsville; E, Ellsworth; H, Houston; L, Linden; T, Tenmile; V, Venetia; W, Washington; Z, Zollarsville. South Strabane townships, 1,815 to 1,870; in North and South Frank¬ lin townships, 1,820 to 1,880; in the northwestern part of West Bethlehem Township, 1,877 to 1,883; in the Fonner field and .vicinity, 1,900 to 1,929; near Zollarsville, 1,890 to 1,955; west of Deemston, 1,910 to 1,985, with two wells as low as 1,820 and 1,845; at Deems¬ ton and farther east, 1,910 to 1,970; southwest of Beallsville, 1,886 to 1,933; south of Ellsworth, 1,910; northeast of Vanceville, 1,940; 54 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. near Kammerer, 1,907; southeast of Munntown, 1,925; and at Fin- leyville, about 1,967 feet. This progressive thickening of the interval toward the south and east is shown by isochore lines in fig. 3, as interpolated from well records. At all points along a given line in this figure the interval from the coal to the Gantz sand is equal, and it thickens or diminishes 20 feet for each line. The interval from the top of the Big Injun sand to the top of the Gantz varies from 574 to 751 feet, the extremes being, respectively, the well on the Harding lot at Washington and the Gamble well near Kammerer. In single instances considerably greater intervals have been observed, but these are believed to be due either to poor records or to a mistaken correlation of the sands. In North and South Stra- bane townships the interval varies from 675 to 710 feet; in the borough of Washington, 574 to 670 feet; in the Fonner field, 719 to 748; near Zollarsville, 650 to 722; in the vicinity of Deemston, 630 to 720; and southwest of Beallsville, 650 to 700 feet. In a comparison of these groups of measurements the most noticeable feature is that, unlike the intervals from the coal, they do not show any general thickening toward the southeast. This fact is in harmony with the view that the thickening of the strata is due principally to an uncon¬ formity at the top of the Mauch Chunk formation. The Gantz sand has probably furnished a greater number of pro¬ ducing wells than any other sand in the county. The great majority of the wells in the Washington field obtained their oil from it. In some places the sand has two or three “pay” streaks a few feet apart. An immense quantity of oil has been produced from the Gantz, some of the early gushers having flowed hundreds of barrels the first day. In several cases the production the first twenty-four hours reached 2,000 to 3,000 barrels. The Gantz sand is also the principal producing sand of the Fonner field, where it furnishes both oil and gas. In this part of the quad¬ rangle, however, the Gantz and Fifty-foot are frequently found in contact, forming the Hundred-foot. The Gantz sand also produces gas in a few wells in the Zollarsville and Somerset fields, and it is the principal gas sand of Chartiers Township in this quadrangle. Fifty-foot sand .—This is the lower division of the Hundred-foot and has a wide distribution in the Amity quadrangle. Under this name drillers often include the Gantz in wells where the two sands are combined. The Fifty-foot sand itself locally splits into two sands. Its distance from the bottom of the Gantz sand varies up to 80 feet, being greatest toward the southeast. Where distinct from the Gantz, the sand is here and there as much as 100 feet thick, though generally thinner. The distance from the Pittsburg coal to the Fifty-foot sand varies from 1,807 feet in the Matthew Linn well at Washington to 2,057 feet in the Burkehammer well in the borough of Deemston. This interval PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 55 in the Washington field, including North and South Strabane town¬ ships and the borough of Washington, varies from 1,817 to 1,930 feet; in the Amity and Fonner fields, from 1,905 to 1,941 feet; in the Zol- larsville field, from 1,940 to 2,057 feet. The bottom of the Fifty-foot sand is usually not over 50 feet above the top of the group of red shales which are considered the Catskill beds at the top of the Devonian sys¬ tem. This sand is therefore considered as most probably the lowest sand in the Carboniferous system. (See discussion on p. 28.) The distribution of oil and gas in the Fifty-foot sand shows a fair agreement with their occurrence in the Gantz, as would naturally be the case where two sands in close association are in places combined. In the Washington field the Fifty-foot sand has furnished many good wells, including some of the great producers. Many of the wells which found oil in both the Gantz and Fifty-foot obtained the greater proportion from the lower of the two sands. The Fonner field has also furnished oil wells from this sand. In this field the Fifty-foot and Gantz sands are generally united. The Fift 3 ^-foot sand has not yet produced a great amount of gas, but in Somerset Township several wells have obtained gas in this sand and it has occasionally been found at this horizon in the Zollarsville field. In the Washington field a large proportion of the oil wells, in¬ cluding most of the enormous producers, have long since ceased to be productive and have been abandoned. Gordon Stray sand .—Above the Gordon sand and near the top of the red beds a sand is sometimes reported by the name of Gordon Stray. Sands at about this horizon are also frequently called Butler Thirty- foot, Nineveh Thirty-foot, or simply Thirty-foot or Stray. There is considerable doubt whether this horizon should properly be included in the Chemung formation or in the Pocono, but as in a few cases thin red shales have been reported just above it, the Gordon Stray sand is here considered one of the lentils in the Catskill member of the Chemung. Although not classed as one of the productive sands, the Gordon Stray is frequently known to produce gas, and in the borough of Washington gas has from time to time been found in it. One of these gas wells was that of Matthew Linn, in which the rock pressure amounted to over 600 pounds per square inch. Gordon sand .—In the vicinity of Washington this is one of the prin¬ cipal oil sands, and occurs near the top of the Venango oil group and of the Third sand horizon of Oil Creek. The name “Gordon’’ originated from the Gordon farm near Washington, where the sand was first pierced by the drill in August, 1885. In the Gantz well this sand occurs 245 feet below the top of the Gantz sand, and in other wells in that vicinity the interval varies from 240 to 300 feet. It is usually about the first conspicuous sand below the top of the Catskill 56 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. red beds. The usual position of the Gordon sand is shown by the Kountz No. 1 well (174) in South Strabane Township. The sand, which is here designated Gordon, was noted by the driller as the “Stray sand,” but, to judge from the intervals, this was a mistake. Partial section of Kountz No. 1 well, South Strabane Township. Sand, Gantz.ip ocono , Slate./ Red rock. Sand and slate. Slate . Sand (Gordon). Slate . Sand. Slate.:...; Catskill. Feet. 104 81 10 10 16 60 19 20 3 323 In the Fonner field, just off the southwest corner of the quadrangle, the William Fonner No. 2 well gives a section which show r s a similar relation of beds. Partial section of William Fonner No. 2 well, Moms Township, Greene County. Sand, Gantz Slate.. Sand, Fifty-foot. Slate, black. Pocono? Sand, red. Slate. Red rock. Sand shells, gray Pencil cave a _ Sand, Gordon.. Slate, black .... Sand and shells. >Catskill Feet. 29 2 35 11 15 53 5 15 5 50 80 35 335 The thickness of the Gordon sand varies from 10 to 50 feet. At Washington and in South Strabane Township it seems to be fairly per¬ sistent and has probably been always correctly identified by the drill¬ ers. In other parts of the quadrangle, however, its persistency is not so certain. In North Strabane Township it is rarely reported, except in the vicinity of Linden. In the southeast corner of the quadrangle it is frequently recorded, but is just as often missing and is very irregu¬ lar. Where recorded in this region it sometimes apparently includes the Fourth sand. The interval from the Pittsburg coal to the Gordon sand in South Strabane Township and Washington varies from 2,051 to 2,125 feet; a The usual “pencil cave” horizon of the drillers occurs in the Mauch Chunk formation several hundred feet nearer the surface. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 57 in Chartiers Township it runs 2,029 to 2,078; in the vicinity of Linden 2,077 to 2,129; in North Franklin, according to the few available rec¬ ords, it is fairly constant at 2,070 to 2,078 feet; at Sunset it is 2,123 feet; in the Fonner field the variation is from 2,080 to 2,095 feet; in the Zollarsville field, from 2,110 to 2,240, with occasional reports as low as 2,047 and 1,979; and southwest of Kammerer the amount is 2,160 feet. The Gordon sand has locally furnished both oil and gas, but it can not be ranked as one of the principal producers. The original flow of oil from the Gordon well was 25 barrels per hour. As stated above, it is improbable that the Gordon sand is in reality one continuous bed beneath the whole quadrangle. Fourth sand .—Where present, this sand is dovetailed into the Cat- skill beds, about 40 to 140 feet below the top of the Gordon. Like the Gordon, it is irregular, and probably not persistent as a definite bed. In thickness it varies from 10 to 50 feet. The distance from the Pittsburg coal is as follows: In South Strabane Township, 2,101 to 2,135 feet; in the vicinity of Linden, 2,138 to 2,160; at Washington, 2,130 to 2,163; in North Franklin Township, 2,121 to 2,165; in the .Ross field, 2,102 to 2,130; in the Zollarsville field, 2,211 to 2,350 feet. In only a few instances has this sand produced gas. The sand has been noted no more frequently than the Gordon, which indicates something of its nonpersistence and variability. Fifth sand .—The Fifth sand is also within the limits of the Catskill beds; but it seems to be more persistent than either the Stray, Gor¬ don, or Fourth. In general it occurs near the lower limit of the Catskill and in some places has no red shale below it. In one well the Fifth is reported as a “red sand.” The position of the sand is 250 to 400 feet below the top of the Gantz, and it is reported in nearly all wells which are deep enough to reach it. In a considerable num¬ ber of records in the borough of Deemston and in East Bethlehem Township, however, no Fifth sand is mentioned. This sand varies in thickness from 10 to 50 feet. The interval below the Pittsburg coal varies in North Strabane Township from 2,186 to 2,220 feet; in South Strabane, 2,175 to 2,280; at Washington, 2,174 to 2,201; in North Franklin, 2,181 to 2,207; in South Franklin, 2,208; in the Ross field, 2,180 to 2,181; 2 miles northeast of Lone Pine, 2,205; in the vicinity of Zollarsville, 2,352 to 2,409; west of Deemston, 2,272 to 2,371; near Deemston, 2,327 to 2,359; southwest of Beallsville, 2,272 to 2,336; and north of Bentleyville, 2,300 feet. With the exception of the Bayard and Elizabeth sands, the Fifth has been one of the most important gas-producing sands of the quad¬ rangle, but most of the wells obtaining gas from it are now aban¬ doned. They were situated in the northern extension of the Wash- 58 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. ington oil field in the vicinity of Linden and west of Gambles station. A number of these wells north of Linden occur in the syncline. Just outside of the borough of Washington the Morgan No. 11 well, drilled in 1900, has produced oil from this horizon. In North and South Franklin townships the sand has given a little oil in several wells. Some gas has been produced from this horizon in the Zollarsville and Somerset fields. Bayard sand .—In the western and northwestern parts of the quad¬ rangle the wells are in general not deep enough to reach the Bayard sand, and nothing is known of it. In Morris Township several wells pass into the Elizabeth without reporting the Bayard, and as few of the deep wells in the Rogersville quadrangle note this sand it may die out in that direction. It is reported in one well in North Frank¬ lin Township. In the Deemston field and vicinity a great many wells penetrate the Bayard, which is usually reported 50 to 150 feet below the top of the Fifth. Owing to its position it is frequently called the Sixth sand, but this name has also been applied to the Elizabeth. In thickness it averages about 20 or 30 feet, here and there amounting to as much as 50 feet. The Bayard sand is reported in numerous wells in the Zollarsville field, where the distance below the Pittsburg coal varies from 2,337 to 2,479 feet. In a well southeast of Munntown it is 2,400 feet, and in North Franklin Township 2,231 feet. A large part of the gas produced in the Zollarsville field comes from the Bayard sand. In other sections the sand is not important, although beneath a large proportion of the quadrangle it has never yet been penetrated. Elizabeth sand .—The deepest sand which has yet proved of any importance is the Elizabeth, which lies 50 to 150 feet below the top of the Bayard. It is also sometimes known as the Sixth sand, though this name is more often applied to the Bayard. In general the Eliza¬ beth is supposed to be more persistent than the Bayard, being re¬ ported in nearly every well which reaches its horizon. It is, however, one of the thinnest of the sands, rarely exceeding 20 feet, and usually considerably less. In the Waynesburg quadrangle to the south it is not known to exceed 7 feet. Notwithstanding its great depth, this sand has been penetrated by many wells in the Zollarsville field, where its distance below the coal ranges from 2,470 to 2,530 feet. By comparison with the meas¬ urements given for the Bayard sand it will be noticed that the Eliza¬ beth is much more constant. One measurement of 2,588 feet is reported, but this is an exception. The interval is 2,482 feet in‘a well north of Bentleyville, 2,506 at Lone Pine, and 2,400 in the Fonner field. In the Zollarsville field the interval from the Elizabeth to the top PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAR. 59 of the Gantz sand is 528 to 620 feet, with occasional records as high as 743. The excessive amounts are • generally due to indefiniteness in the position of the top of the Gantz sand. In the Fonner field this interval is 500 feet and at Lone Pine 600 feet. The Elizabeth sand is at present the great gas producer of the Zollarsville field. Gas has also been obtained from it in Somerset Township. Beneath the greater part of the Amity quadrangle this sand has never been penetrated, but it would seem to offer good opportunities for future prospecting. Oil and gas are reported to occur in this sand in one well in North Franklin Township. Beds below the Elizabeth sand .—In general, the Elizabeth sand may be considered the bottom of the geologic record, but a few wells in the quadrangle have reached greater depths. The Mrs. A. L. Hawkins No. 3 (32), in the borough of Deemston, reports a “Sweet sand” 40 feet below the top of the Elizabeth. The recorded thickness is only 4 feet. In the H. H. Richards No. 1 well (293), in West Bethlehem Township, this sand has the same thickness and occurs 69 feet below the top of the Elizabeth. A number of wells penetrate this horizon without reporting the sand. In the George Thompson No. 1 (309), in West Pike Run Township, a sand 30 feet thick was noted 290 feet below the top of the Bayard, and 101 feet lower the bottom of a bed of “broken shells and slate” is recorded. These beds have not been definitely correlated, but are believed to approach the horizon of the Warren First and Second sands of northern Pennsylvania. In the Mrs. A. L. Hawkins No. 1 well, near Beallsville, beds of a different character occur. Nothing is recorded there in the interval of 747 feet below the top of the Fifty-foot sand, but at that depth—2,264 feet below the Pittsburg coal—there are 48 feet of “sand and lime.” Below that the record gives only 474 feet of “slate and shell.” This record was evidently considerably generalized by the driller. In only one instance, in the southern part of the Zollarsville field, is gas known to occur below the Elizabeth sand. PRODUCTION OF OIL AND GAS. WASHINGTON OIL FIELD. The principal production of oil in the Washington field was in the years immediately following its discovery in 1885. Throughout the history of the field oil has been obtained mostly from the Gantz and Fifty-foot sands, and all the gushers were from these sands. In the early days the flows from some of the big wells were enormous. Among the noted wells were the William Barre Nos. 1 and 3; William Davis Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4; Morgan Nos. 5 and 9; Matthew Taylor Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4; Workman Nos. 1 and 2; the Gordon well; A. M. Smith Nos. 1 and 3; Manifold; Taylor; Willetts Nos. 1 , 3, and 5; Munce No. 60 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. 11; and Cameron No. 1, all of which flowed over 100 barrels in the first twenty-four hours. Of these, the Davis No. 2 produced 2,200 barrels per day; the Davis No. 4, 1500 barrels during the first twenty-four hours; the A. M. Smith No. 3, 2,800 barrels, and the Matthew Taylor No. 3, 2,300 barrels in the same length of time. The largest well in the field was the Cam¬ eron No. 1, which at first produced 50 barrels per day, but after a few days reached 140 to 175 barrels per hour. May 31, 1886, the field con¬ tained 16 producing wells, the list of which, according to the Wash¬ ington Reporter, is as follows: List of producing wells in W ashington field May 31, 1886. Well. McGovern.. Taylor. Lead works. Do. Gantz. Weaver. Montgomery. Gordon, No. 1. Gordon, No. 2. Gordon, No 4. Hess ; No. 2. Munce Purchase, No. 1 Munce Purchase, No. 3 Munce Purchase, No 5 Smith, No. 1. Cameron, No. 1.*.. Some of the wells, including those on the Davis, W illetts, and neigh¬ boring farms, have maintained their production wonderfully, and these farms still have several producing wells. After fifteen years the William Smith No. 3 produced 7 barrels per day. The production of the Washington field for 1887 was estimated at 2,859,344 barrels, or 7,800 barrels per day. For 1888 it was 2,322,189.73 barrels. Most of the old wells have, however, run dry and have been abandoned, and) those still existing are gradually disappearing. jj j Besides the Gantz and Fifty-foot sands the Gordon has yielded oil in a few wells in the Washington field and the Fifth sand in se^ ei al. The deeper sands have not yet been prospected, but they would seem to offer a field worth testing. As explained on page 51, the Big Injun sand proved productive in the Manifold and Willetts No. 11 wells hence the name Manifold sand. The pocket of oil in that sand was however, a very local one. One characteristic of the Washington field is that it was worked b} a great number of small operators. At the time the excitement was al Owner. Production per day. Barrels Union Oil Co. _do. Mulholland, McKeever & Co . Caldwell & Marsh. Citizens Oil and Gas Co. _do. M. S. Kinney Bros. People’s Light and Heat Co. .do. .do. .do. I. Willetts. .do. .do. Belmont Oii Co. .do. 275 40 150 725 200 536 ,424 PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 61 its height, the Washington Reporter published a list of 125 wells and their owners, in which over 40 different companies and individuals were represented. The more extensive operations were carried on by the Forest Oil Company, People’s Light and Heat Company, Willetts Oil Company, Associated Producers Company, Manufacturers Light and Heat Company, Chartiers Oil Company, John McKeown, Pew & Emerson, and the Belmont Oil Company. In the vicinity of Meadowlands there are about 50 oil tanks, having an average capacity of about 29,350 barrels each, a total of 1,467,000 barrels, in which the oil produced in the southwest Penns} r lvania dis¬ trict is stored. The total tankage at Meadowlands at one time was about 2,409,000 barrels, contained in 76 tanks. A number of wells in the Washington field have produced gas in considerable quantities. FONNER OIL FIELD. The Fonner is a small field which now produces about 50 barrels of oil per day, from the Gantz and Fifty-foot sands. Some gas is also produced in this field. The operations are carried on by the South Penn Oil Company. ZOLLARSVILLE GAS FIELD. This is the great gas field of the quadrangle and has had a large pro¬ duction for the past few" years. The yield is principally from the Elizabeth and Bayard sands, though small quantities are found at all the important sand horizons. This field is being operated by the Monongahela Natural Gas Company, the Philadelphia Company, the Carnegie Natural Gas Company, the Greensboro Natural Gas Com¬ pany, and the Manufacturers Light and Heat Company. On the extreme western edge of the field several small oil wells were tapped in 1904. One of these, on the Margaret Hill farm (278), flowed 65 to 75 barrels per day. MISCELLANEOUS WELLS. A number of miscellaneous wells in various parts of the quadrangle have encountered oil in small quantities. None of them are worth mentioning. Gas wells are more widely distributed, and some of the scattered wells are good producers. One of the more continuous belts of wells runs from the Fonner field northeastward along the Amity anticline to beyond the National pike. Another group occurs in cen¬ tral Somerset Township. The gas in these scattering wells occurs at no particular horizon, but has been found in all sands from the Big Injun down to the Stray below the Elizabeth. The most commonly productive sands are, however, the Gantz, Fifty-foot, Fourth, and Fifth. The majority of the scattering wells were drilled by the Car¬ negie Natural Gas Companjq the Philadelphia Company, and the Manufacturers Light and Heat Company. 62 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. PRESSURE OF NATURAL GAS. The original pressure of gas in the Washington County district was about 500 pounds to the square inch, minute pressure. Since its dis¬ covery every gas field in the State has exhibited a constantly dimin¬ ishing pressure. The pressure is different for the different sands and also varies for a given sand in various parts of the field. Few pres¬ sure records are available for publication. i THEORY OF OIL AND GAS. Early in the history of oil and gas development attempts were made to discover some means of predicting their occurrence. Since 1859 various geologists and others have published papers attempting to solve this problem. Among others T. Sterry Hunt (1859 and 1863), E. B. Andrews (1861), and H. Hoefer (1876) long ago recog¬ nized certain general relations of oil and gas pools to the anticlinal structure of the region. It remained for I. C. White and Edward Orton to bring the occurrence before the public in such a way as to force a measure of belief in the theory which they advanced. THE “ANTICLINAL THEORY.” In an article on the geology of natural gas, published in 1885,° White first formulated the “ anticlinal theory,” in which he showed that nearly all the great gas wells and pools are situated near the crests of anticlinal folds; while wells bored in the synclines on one side or the other of the anticlines more often obtained little or no gas but in many cases large quantities of salt water. In 1892 the same writer published a paper, 6 in which he extended the theory to include the occurrence of oil as well as gas, and stated how he had located the Washington, Mannington, and other large fields by means of the principles involved in the theory. The view is, in brief, that when the rocks are gently tilted the oil, gas, and salt water contained in them are caused to separate out in the order of their densities; water (if present) in the synclines, oil next above, and gas nearest the crests of the anticlines. In western Pennsylvania and northern West Virginia these accumulations take the form of belts approximately parallel with the axes, in a general northeast-southwest direction. White states various apparent excep¬ tions, but in reality modifications, of the theory, due to the nonpar¬ allelism of surface beds with the oil and gas rocks, etc. Considerable has been written, pro and con, about this theory by various geologists and others, and some have seriously doubted whether it is true. By most geologists the theory' is now accepted, not, however, as absolute in its limitation of the occurrence of oil a Science, June 26, 1885. White gives credit to W. A. Earseman, an operator of Pittsburg, who had previously noted the relations of oil and gas to geologic structure. b The Mannington oil field and the history of its development: Bull. Geol. Soc. America, vol. 3,1892, pp. 187-216; reprinted in part in West Virginia Geol. Survey, vol. 1 (a), Oil and gas, 1904, pp. 54-59. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 63 and gas, but as explaining their occurrence to a considerable extent. The distribution of the pools is dependent also on the presence or absence of water in a given region or a given sand; on the continuity and shape of the anticlines, whether they are ascending or plunging in a given direction; on the porosity of the oil rock, its capacity to hold oil, the directions of its variation, etc. APPLICATION OF ANTICLINAL THEORY IN PENNSYLVANIA. Thus far the Pennsylvania folios® which have been published show a certain degree of correspondence of distribution of these deposits to geologic structure. The gas fields occur generally on the anticlines; the oil fields part way down the slope if water is present, in the bottom of the synclines if water is absent. To take the Pennsylvania and northern West Virginia fields as a group, the evidence at present seems jto warrant the following generalizations regarding structural distribution: (1) When not affected by other conditions, accumulations of oil and gas show a definite relation to the structure of the region. (2) The greatest elongation of the pools is generally in a direction approximately parallel with the axes of the folds. .(3) Where both oil and gas occur they are distributed according to their densities, the oil in the lower and the gas in the higher por¬ tion of a stratum. (4) When salt water is present oil may occur in that part of the stratum lying directly above the water level. (5) Oil may occur on the crests of anticlinal folds below water level. (6) When salt water is absent the occurrence of oil is more irregu¬ lar and more affected by other conditions; it may occur along the synclinal axes or at many points scattered over the slope. (7) Oil may occur on a structural slope at points where the dip changes from gentle to steep. (8) Gas occurs most commonly on the higher portions of the anticlinal arches, above the upper level of the oil. (9) Gas also occurs in widely scattered localities, owing to small local folds or changes in porosity. Structure is not the only condition determining the occurrence of gas and oil. The structure may be favorable, yet neither oil nor gas occur. The chief condition other than those given above is the existence of rock of such character as to act as a reservoir. RELATION OF OIL AND GAS RESERVOIRS IN THE AMITY QUADRANGLE TO GEOLOGIC STRUCTURE. Washington field .—A study of the geologic map of the Amity quadrangle with reference to the distribution of oil and gas shows a Geologic Atlas U. S., folios 82, 92, 94, 102, 110, 115, 121, 123, 125, 134. 64 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. certain relations which hold good with respect to the individual fields. The Washington oil field, the most striking example, is located on the eastern flank of tl^e Washington anticline, which it follows in this quadrangle for a distance of 5 miles. The field aver¬ ages about a mile in width and in position agrees closely with the lower portion of the steepest grade of the anticlinal slope. The greater proportion of wells are grouped in a belt about a mile wide just above a change in grade from the gentle structural slopes of the bottom of the syncline to the steeper slopes of the anticline. Along this belt the dip of the rocks is unusually steep — about 200 feet in a mile. This is the steepest continuous dip in the quad¬ rangle and is greater than usually occurs in Pennsylvania oil fields. It will be noticed that the map shows a nose-like projection from the axis directly east of the Manifold mine, and that a projection of the oil field agrees with this. One small area in the Washington field — the group of wells west of Gambles—shows structural relations somewhat different from those in the rest of the field. This area is near the north end ot the Washington field, and here the belt bends to the east and oil occurs down to the bottom of the syncline. As operations in this part of the Washington field ceased long ago, it is difficult to obtain data for drawing conclusions regarding the cause of these peculiar conditions. It is suggested, however, that if the rocks directly below this pool are dry the oil may have descended from farther up the slope, and thus the relations of the field may be accounted for. Another peculiar feature of this field is the presence of a number of gas wells in the bottom of the syncline north of Linden. Such an occurrence is exceptional, as gas is more often present on the anticlines. The gas occurs, however, above the oil, as would be expected. Examples of the anticlinal tendency of gas .—A typical illustration of the structural relations of natural gas is afforded by the scattered wells lying high up on the Washington anticline in Chartiers and western North Strabane and South Strabane townships, where they occur over a broad arch in the strata. The Canonsburg gas field is a continuation of this belt. Perhaps the best illustration of the anticlinal tendency of gas is afforded by the Amity anticline, between the Greene County line and Kammerer. This anticline is a rather broad arch having gen¬ tle dips at its crest, and along it occur a large number of gas wells. * Zollarsville field .—The principal gas field of the quadrangle — the Zollarsville field—can not be said to hold any definite structural position. Instead of occurring high up on the anticline southeast of Deemston, as might be expected, it lies on the west flank of the anticline and stretches over nearfy the entire synclinal slope between PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 65 Beallsville and Zollarsville, a few wells occurring nearly to the cen¬ ter of the basin. The apparent disregard of structure here may per¬ haps be due to the nonparallelism of the oil sands and the Pittsburg coal, but the data at hand are not sufficient to permit the accurate drawing of contours on any sand. Near the axis of the syncline, southwest of Beallsville, oil has been struck in several wells. Summary .—The distribution of oil and gas in the quadrangle as a whole can be said to show a fair agreement with the geologic struc¬ ture. The most favorable location for oil seems to be on the flanks of the anticlines, and for gas either on the broad anticlinal arches or the upper part of the synclinal slopes—always, however, higher up the slope than where oil is found. ORIGIN OF OIL AND GAS. The theories for the origin of petroleum and natural gas can be di¬ vided into two groups, viz, (1) those which refer these products to in¬ organic action or chemical affinity in mineral matter, and (2) those which regard them as due to partial decomposition of vegetable and animal matter stored in the rocks. The various modifications of tjiese theories have been discussed in considerable detail by Edward Orton. a The theory now most generally accepted by geologists is briefly as follows: When the Paleozoic rocks were deposited they contained large amounts of carbonaceous matter, the remains of animal and vegetable organisms. This material was present in sufficient quantities to give rise to oil and gas, through the process of decomposition and the phys¬ ical and chemical changes to which it has been subjected during geo¬ logic time. The products may originally have been formed in greater abundance in shales, but when once formed they probably migrated into the more porous rocks, especially sandstones, in which they are now held. As there are at present no surface indications of the pres¬ ence of either oil or gas, it is probable that considerable quantities have escaped from outcropping strata during the process of erosion. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON OIL AND GAS. CHARACTER OF THE OIL. Washington County lies in what is known technically as the south¬ west district of Pennsylvania and northern West Virginia. All the oil produced in this district is a high grade of petroleum. It has a paraffin base and a high degree of purity. In color it varies somewhat. Though generally green, it is sometimes black, and in a few cases amber or even nearly transparent. ° Report Geol. Survey Ohio, vol. 6, Economic geology, 1888, pp. 60-83. Bull. 300—07-5 66 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. COMPOSITION OF NATURAL GAS. Chemically, natural gas from the Pennsylvania fields consists chiefly of the hydrocarbons of the paraffin series, with nitrogen, traces of carbon dioxide, oxygen, hydrogen, and ammonia. The chief con¬ stituent is methane (CH 4 ), the lowest member of the paraffin series of hydrocarbons. Methane is one of the products of the destructive dis¬ tillation of coal and consequently constitutes a large proportion of ordinary coal gas. It is also produced in association with hydrogen when plants decay at the bottom of rivers and swamps. The name “marsh gas” is therefore sometimes applied to it. Methane, when pure, is odorless and not poisonous. Its specific gravity is 0.55297. One cubic meter weighs 0.7148 kilogram; 1 cubic foot, 312.36 grams. Methane requires twice its volume of oxygen, or 10 volumes of air, for its complete combustion, and the products are carbon dioxide and water vapor. Occasionally a well yields this gas in a nearly pure condition. Gen¬ erally, however, there is quite a proportion of impurities. A number of analyses have been made at various times of gas from Pennsylvania wells. One of these is from the Houston well at Houston, one-third of a mile west of the station,’ on Plum Run. The well is 1,794 feet deep and is drilled nearly through the Gantz sand. The Salt sand and its gas were found at 850 feet, but this was cased pff. The well may therefore be considered as yielding gas from the Gantz sand exclu¬ sively. The gas from the Salt sand is said to burn with a whiter but more sooty flame than that from the greater depth. The occurrence of an upper, less productive sand, yielding gas of greater illuminating power, is said to be a common feature in the gas fields of the State. The sample of gas was collected on March 18, 1887. The analysis is given below:® Analysis of gas from the Houston well. Nitrogen. Carbon dioxide (C0 2 ) Hydrogen.. Ammonia (NH 3 ) . . 15. 30 Oxygen. _ Trace. . 44 Hydrogen sulphide (H^). .... 0 0 Trace. Parraffins (mostly) (CH4). .... 84.26 100 The paraffins mentioned in this analysis have the following average composition: Carbon, 76.68 per cent; hydrogen, 23.32 per cent. The following analysis represents a fair average for Pennsylvania natural gas in general and is given here for comparison: Average analysis of natural gas in Pennsylvania and West Virginia .& Marsh gas (CH 4 ). 80. 85 Other hydrocarbons. 14 Nitrogen. 4.60 Carbon dioxide (C0 2 ). 05 Carbon monoxide (CO). 40 Hydrogen. 0. 10 Hydrogen sulphide (H 2 S). 0 Oxygen. Trace. 100 a White, I. C., West Virginia Geol. Survey, vol. 1 (a), Oil and gas, 1904, p. 539. b Oliphant, F. H., The production of natural gas; extract from Mineral Resources U. S. for 1904, U. S. Geol. Survey, 1905, p, 12. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 67 WASTE OF NATURAL GAS. The waste of natural gas in the western Pennsylvania and Ohio fields in the early days of production was enormous. From some wells it has been estimated as equivalent to hundreds of tons of coal per day. This was due largely to the enormous pressure developed at the outset in some of the big producers. Measures were soon taken to stop the waste. The gas from the McGuigan well, however, as already stated, flowed away for more than a year before a main was laid to Pittsburg. Aside from the waste due to uncontrollable pressure in the early wells, there has been a great deal of loss of gas owing to the fact that the producers and consumers were careless in its transportation and utilization. Much gas is still wasted through unplugged wells, from leaky joints, and from producing oil wells. Many farmers who own gas wells foolishly allow the gas to burn all day from pipes in front of their houses. In one case gas was observed burning at the top of a pipe in the center of a corn field. The writer has passed through vil¬ lages where the street lights were allowed to burn all day. I. C. White has estimated that in West Virginia one-fourth of the entire production is daily wasted without accomplishing any useful purpose . a Recently there has been a gradual awakening to the inexcusable waste, and it is hoped that before long all the gas produced will be utilized. VALUE OF GOOD WELL RECORDS. The advantage of keeping accurate and complete records of the wells is almost universally underestimated. In the great majority of cases only one or two coal beds and the principal oil and gas sands are noted by the drillers. These answer their purpose for recognizing the sands, but tell nothing of the character or distribution of the intervening formations, and thereby render it impossible to draw any geologic conclusions of value. A few drillers and contractors have kept records in which the thickness and depth of all beds from the surface to the bottom of the well have been noted. It is urged that more such records be kept. Especially is it important to note the positions and character of all coal, red shale, and limestone beds, as on these the geologist depends most of all for his correlations. Such data assist in the determination of geologic structure and frequently enable him to define the limits of a certain formation, and thus to give the geologic name corresponding to the driller’s term for a certain sand. To meet the needs of drillers and other persons who wish to keep pace with the most modern methods of taking notes, the United States Geological Survey keeps in stock a large number of pocket record books, which may be ° West Virginia Geol. Survey, voi. 1 (a), Oil and gas, 1904, p. 30. 68 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. obtained without cost by all drillers who desire them. The covers of these notebooks contain a few geologic notes and suggestions to drillers. The Survey is also glad to receive samples of formations passed through at various depths in the wells, as by careful study and comparison it is frequently possible for the geologists to make inter¬ pretations which the record alone will not give. RECORDS OF WELLS IN THE AMITY QUADRANGLE. For the convenience of persons prospecting and operating in this region the following table has been prepared, giving the depths to the principal oil and gas sands and other important beds penetrated by the drill. The accuracy of these figures can not be vouched for, but they are taken from the best available records furnished by the drillers. 70 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations £ a o 6 £ Eleva¬ tion. Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. Amwell Township. 1 1,135 Daniel Baker, No. 1_ Dry? 2 1,215 Zach Baker. Gas Fiftv-foot_ 3 1,010 _do.. 4 1,050? Bebout. ! 5 940 Clark Hackney, No. 1 .. Fergus Oil Co. Dry. 6 950 1,320 Jas. M. Kuntz, No. 1? .. .do. 8 960 Gas. 9 968 Meloy, No. 2. ...do . .do. 10 .do... (or 3). l 11 1,110 i.do. 12 950 ! Dry. 13 1,020 Webb, No. 1. Carnegie Natural Gas Co.. i Gas. Borough of Beallsville. 14 1,160 Mrs. A. L. Hawkins, Manufacturers’ Light and i Gas. No. 2. Heat Co. 15 1,070 Liise, No. 1. Greensboro Natural Gas .do. Bayard. Co. 16 1,095 A. C. Mitchell, No. 1.... .do . .do. Borough of Bentleyville. 17 1,030 Mrs. R. L. Jones. Philadelphia Co. Gas. 18 955 J. G. McCormick, No.l. .. .do. Dry. Chartiers Township. 19 955 Arnold, No. 1. Philadelphia Co . 20 1,120 Peter Martin, No. 1_ .do Gas. 21 1,000 C. R. Riggle, No. 2 . .. Manufacturers’ Light p„nd _do. Heat Co Borough of Deemston. 22 1,185 Burkehammer, No. 1 ... Monongaheia Natural Gas Gas Co. 23 1,035 N. T. Clark, No. 1 Manufacturers' Light and .do. Heat Co. 24 865 A. B. Crumrine, No. 1 .. Greensboro Natural Gas .do. Elizabeth. | Co. 25 1,115 DemasCrumrine, No. 1 . Manufacturers’ Light and Heat Co. 26 1,105 Volluntyne Crumrine, Monongaheia Natural Gas No. 1. Co. 27 1,035 Volluntyne Crumrine, do Gas. No. 2. 28 925 Wm. Crumrine, No. 1 Greensboro Natural Gas ! .do. Elizabeth. Co. 29 840 Matilda Davis, No. 2 do _do. 30 965 F. L. Hastings, No. 1 .. Monongaheia Natural Gas .; 1 Co. 31 1,045 Mrs A L Ilawkins Manufacturers’ Light and Has No. 1.' Heat Co. 1 . 1 PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS, 71 sands in the Amity quadrangle. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— Waynesburg coal. Maple town coal. Pittsburg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. Big lime. Big Injun . sand. Thirty-f o ot sand. Gantz sand. Fifty -foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. ; Fifth sand. Bayard sand. Elizabeth sand. 205 525 1,441 1,664 1,705 2,277 2,431 2,465 2,567 2,705 2,784 2,817 3,031 640 2,549 225 562 1,678 1,710 2,575 2,425 2,475 2,660 ... 2,685 2,770 2,835 602 1 140 453 1,425 1,645 485 2,390 1,910 144 455 144 455 1,610 532 528 460 * 1,648 2,355 2,600 2,680 67 400 1,360 1,595 1,645 2,140 2,333 2,373 2,622 2,672 2,819 2,894 112 31S 434 1,650 2,350 2, 401 2, 770 2,920 936 1,483 1,545 2,270 2,450 2,495 2,670? 2,800? 308 1,240 1,528 2,610 2,788 • 180 1,089 2,344 • . * 1,992 160 1,252 2,010 2,144 2,190 1,753 458 1,380 1,750 2,320 2,380 2,515 2,664 2, 750 2,805 2,856 2,950 90 315 420 1,100 1,357 1,050 2,274 2,350 2, 420 2,600 2,670 2,786 2 925 85 208 812 1,129 1,454 2,592 2,698 478 1,630 1,695 2,380 2, 469 2,693 2,803 2,872 2,971 387 990 1,345 1,638 2,110 2,330 2,370 2,755 2,795 2,890 397 1,000 1,355 1,648 2,120 2,340 2,380 2,765 2,805 2,900 265 845 1,200 1, 450 1,520 2,130 2,190 2,245 2 675 1 2,760 200 804 1,405 1,455 2,120 2,387 2,402 200 1,100 1, 450 2,170 2, 430 2,553 2,620 2,705 298 425 1,413 1,589 1,645 2,342 1 72 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations No. on PL I. Eleva¬ tion. 32 1,035 33 1,000 34 1,080 35 1,225 36 915 37 1,050 38 845 39 875 40 | 995 41 1,165 42 1,155 43 -1,045 44 1,175 45 1,105 46 1,045 47 1,020 48 1,030 49 1,045 50 1,235 51 . 925 52 1,005 53 1,090 54 1,200 55 1,145 56 1,270 57 1,265? 58 1,485 59 1,470 60 1,228 61 1,170 62 1,130 63 1,050 64 990 65 1,350 66 1,090 Name of well. Borough of Deemston— Continued. Mrs. A. L. Hawkins, No. 3. L. V. Martindale, No. 1. L. V. Martindale, No. 2. Wm. Michiner, No. 1 .. Jas. M. Miller, NO. 1_ W. S. Morey, No. 1. Oberholt, No. 1. Porter, No. 1. Geo. T. Regester, No. 1 Spindler, No. 1. David Teagarden, No. 1 Hiram Teagarden, Nc. 1 J. L. Thompson, No. 1. J. L. Thompson, No. 2 J. L. Thompson, No. 3 J. L. Thompson, No. 4 J. L. Thompson, No. 5 Wm. Ward. A.M. Wickerham,No. 1 John B. Wise, No. 2. .. Mary S. Wise, No. 1? .. Grant Zollars, No. 1... East Bethlehem Town¬ ship. Blakely, No. 1. Selig heirs. Morris Township, Greene County. Bristor Bros., No. 3 . Crummerine. Wm. Fonner, No. 4 . Abner Lacock. ElmasLoughman, No John Ross, No. 1? ... Morris Township, Wash¬ ington County. Carey, No. 1. Elmas Carey, No. 1_ D. A. Conger. Ringland. J. I,. Dunn, No. 1 ... Dunn, No. 2. Owner. Manufacturers’ Light and Heat Co. Monongahela Natural Gas Co. _do.. _do. _do. Carnegie Natural Gas Co. . Monongahela Natural Gas Co. _do. _do. _do. Greensboro Natural Gas Co. Monongahela Natural Gas Co. _do. Philadelphia Co. _do. Monongahela Natural Gas Co. Monongahela Natural Gas Co. .do. South Penn Oil Co. South Penn Oil Co. J. L. Dunn & Co... Tim Ross & Co.... Tim Ross & Co. Dunns Station Oil Co.. J. L. Dunn & Co. Carnegie Natural Gas Co.. Dunns Station Oil Co. _do. Product. Gas. Producing sand. .do. Gas. Gas. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. Elizabeth. Bayard... Elizabeth. Gas. .do. .do Gas. Oil.. Gas. Oil.. Elizabeth. Gas. Gantz. _do. _do. Hundred-foot. Gantz. _do. Oil. Fifty-foot. .do.do_ Gas. Gantz. Oil.do. . ! . PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS. 73 sands in the Amity quadrangle — Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; I. means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— W aynesburg coal. Maple town | coal. Pittsburg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. Big lime. Big Injun sand. Thirty - foot sand. Gantz sand. Fifty -foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. Fifth sand. Bayard sand. Elizabeth sand. 67 400 1,3C0 1,595 1,645 2,140 2,333 2,373 2,622 2,672 2,819 2,894 400 1,334 1,560 1,640 2,315 2,400 2, oqO 2,726 2,772 2,884 155 485 1,425 1,655 1,710 2,400 2,430 2,580 2,675 2,705 2,785 2,890 2,985 485 1, 420 1,720 2, 455 2,680 2,890 2,985 380 1,280 1,580 2,200 2,330 ( 1 408 1,320 1,650 2,210 2,340 2,381 2,620 2,735 2,817 2,909 I • I 210 810 1,150 1,450 2,100 2,207 2,357 2,447 2,547 2,697 I 240 1,198 2,134 2,201 2,423 2,432 2,457 2,461 2,729 ' | 395 1,360 1,630 2,325 2, 422 2,610 2,765 2,892 480 1,280 1,728 2,290 2,390 2, 420 2,660 2,910 3,010 1 426 1,660 2,400 2,785 2,835 2,725 412 1,020 1,330 1,650 2,225 2,335 2,390 2,908 190 530 1,775 150 410 506 1,075 1,659 1,692 2,460 2,724 2,780 2,874 2,995 40 375 980 1,335 1,580 1,440 2,220 2,340 2,380 2,797 2,881 21 358 960 1,315 1,564 1,628 2,200 2,320 2,360 2,786 58 221 388 940 1,250 1,572 1,617 2,307 2,362 2,520 2,550 2,585 2,675 2,770 2,882 . 225 810 1,118 1,460 2,035 2,150 2,195 2,634 2, 712 519 1,240 1,440 1,756 2,375 2,445 2,490 2,915 3,019 305 1,538 2,260 2,428 2,709 2,788 380 1,600 2,310 2,596 2,782 2,853 430 1,030 1,360 1,675 2,250 2, 340 2,390 2,919 ■ 20 375 1,550 1,615 2,335 2,765 2,865 315 1,215 1,565 2,285 2,812 515 712 860 1,810 1,990 1,935 2,771 1 835 2,742 1,030 2,160 2,230 2,780 2,954 ! | I 1,035 1 835 2,025 2,764 1 | 735 2,645 i 1 • 880 2,100 2,774 2,812 ! 725 1,490 1,840 1,890 2,485 ! 2,630 2,672* 1 ! 640 i 506 I 1 919 ! 2,830 1 I | 74 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OE AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations | No. on PI. I. Eleva¬ tion. Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. North Franklin Town- ship. 67 1,305 Isaac Elmer, No. 1. Manufacturers’ Light and * Heat Co. 68 1,135 Wm. Knox, No. 1. .do. 69 1,220 W. H. McElree, No. 1 .. .do. Dry. 70 1,165 M. Mounts. .do. 71 1.250 Mrs. Snyder. .do. Oil and gas... North Strabane Town- ship. 72 995 Jacob Bell. Linden Oil Co. Dry. 73 920 Bell, No. 2. Gas... Fifth 74 985 Bell, No. 3. .do. .do. .do 75 1,025 Matthew Berry, No. 1.. .do. 76 1,000 Matthew Berry, No. 3.. Manufacturers’ Light and .do. Heat Co. 77 1,110? Fife heirs, No. 1 (?) .... Jefferson Gas Co. .do. 78 Fife heirs, No. 2. .do. Dry 79 1,245 Robt. Herron heirs, No. Manufacturers’ Light and Oil. Gantz. 1. Heat Co. 80 1,115 Robt. Herron heirs, No. .do. .do. ....do. 81 1,100 2. Robt. Herron hei rs, N o. .do. .do. 82 985 3. E. T'. Hitchman, No. 1 . Canonsburg Light and Dry. Heat Co. Hixon Jefferson Gas Co 83 935 A. C. Horner .do. ■Dry. ! . | 84 1,075 Robt. Johnson, No. 1... Manufacturers’ Light and Gas. 1 Heat Co. 85 1,295 Bella Lyle (?)•. Jefferson Gas Co. .do. Fifth. 86 1,120 Sam Linn, No. 3 Manufacturers’ Light and Oil... Heat Co. 87 1,080 Sam Linn, No. 4. .do. .do. 88 1,120 Sam Linn, No. 5 _do.. Oil... 89 1,230 Sam Linn, No. 6 . _ .do. Gas. 90 1,140 .1. R. McRride,No. 2 ...do.. 91 995 T .1 Manes No 1 Philadelphia Co 92 955? John P. Manes No. 1 P . ...do... .do. 93 1,010? John P. Manes, No. 2... .do. .do. Fifth. 94 1,025 Jas. V. Manes,No. 1 Martin,No.9... Jefferson Gas Co.. Oil. Gantz. Martin No 11 do 95 A. E. Molipnaner .do 96 1,180 H. P. Mollenauer, No. 1. Manufacturers Light and Oil. Heat Co. . do do 97 1,140 H. P. Mollenauer No. 2. do Oil . 98 1,155 H. P. Mollenauer No. 3. do . .do. 99 983 L U P Mollenaner No 4 do Gas. 100 1,070 TT P Mollenauer No 5 _do. 101 995L J. W. Pollock,No. 1_ .do. Oil. W aynesburg coal. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS 75 sands in the Amity quadrangle —Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— bo “ o +* o £ Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. Big lime. Big Injun sand. Thirty - foot sand. Gantz sand. Fifty -foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. 1 Fifth sand. Bayard sand. Elizabeth I sand. 735 1,900 2,555 2,625 2,895 2,942J 568 2,550 2,775 635 1,540 2,250 2,455 2,515 2,677 2,715 2,764 590 1,490 1,740 2,420 2,472 2,642 2,680 2,755 2,796 654 2,724 250 175 *f2,397 245 *f2,472 110 24 • 295 *f2,200 240 550 2,375 415 2,253 385 2,228 2,278 2,065 350 f2,555 170 170 490 1,300 *fl,412 2,415 2,730 2,216 2,270 350 2,197 2,558 398 | 2,261 2,270 515 2,348 2,726 r 245 211 1,360 1,865 2,050 2,312 2,340 2,371 2,425 222 1,338 1,895 2,023 2,085 2,263 2,313 2,401 2,450 293 r 1,180 2,110 2,370 2,479 270 1,210 1,405 12,215 2,350 2,385 2,470 340 i -2,215 12,540 285 i 464 2,308J 1 2,363 410 i 2,530 455 2,291 2,358 435 2,283 2,333 240 1,390 2,084, 2,124 2,307 2,335 2,378 2,450 1 310 1,210 1,447 2,157 2,200 2,374 2,396 2 448 2 523 280 i 2,100 2.162 .... 1 2.490 . 76 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations 5 c o o Eleva¬ tion. Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. North Strabane Town- ship —Continued. 102 1,205 J W. Pollock, No. 2.... Manufacturers’ Light and Oil. Heat Co. 103 1,075 J. W. Pollock, No. 3_ .do. _do 104 1,145 J.W. Pollock,No. 5. .do. 105 1,0501- J. W. Pollock,No.6_ .do. _do 106 1,305 Quail, No. 1. McKeown Oil Co. _do_ Fift.v-foot._ 107 1,305 Quail, No. 2. _do . 108 960? Mrs. C. M. Reed. Associated Producers Co .. 109 1,325 “Rooney well” (No. 2). Chartiers Oil Co. Oil..| 110 1,300 Gas Heat Co. 111 1,015 Thos. Templeton, No. 1. _do_ 112 Thome,No.1. 113 Thome,No.3. .do . . 114 Thome,No.4. .do. Thome, No. 5. Gas. Fifth. 115 920 W asherbaugh, No. 1_ ..do. 116 Washerbaugh, No. 2.... do Gas. 117 W asherbaugh, No. 3_ .do. .do... 118 1,155 Joshua Wright, No. 1_ Chartiers Oil Co. .do. Gantz. 119 Joshua Wright,No. 4... .do. Oil... .do. Nottingham Township. Hoffer, No. 1. Carnegie Natural Gas Co.. Drv 120 E. T. Hyde. Liberty Oil and Gas Co... .do . 121 McClean heirs. _do _ 122 1,180? James Thomas (?). Philadelphia Co .. Somerset Township. 123 1,175? Henry Andrews, Carnegie Natural Gas Co.. Dry. No. 1 (?). 124 1,275 J. W. Frost,No. 1. .do... 125 1,100 J. W Frost,No. 2. .do. . ( 126 1,115 Andrew Gamble. Philadelphia Co. . Dr j’ 127 1,170 F.li Hawkins Nn. 1 Monongahela Natural Gas Gas Co. 128 1,000 A. Hetherington,No. 1.. Philadelphia Co... Dry... 129 975 J. A. Hoffman. Monongahela Natural Gas . j Co. (?) 130 985 J. J. Hoffman Fergus Oil Co Gas 131 1,135 Mrs. M. A. Jones__ Loury Oil Co... 132 1,200 Joseph Kammerer_ Gas 133. 1,280 Margaret Martin, No. 1 Monongahela Natural Gas Co. 134 1,265 J M. Oiler, No. 1. Philadelphia Co. Dry. 135 : 1,090 A. T. Scott, No. 1.. Monongahela Natural Gas |" Co. 136 1,100 Isaac Tombaugh, No. 2 (?). Philadelphia Co. Dry. South Franklin Town¬ ship. 137 1,145 Doctor Dodd. 138 1,150 Ira Lacock. Forest Oil Co Oil (little)... 139 1,170 Jas. McClintock. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS 77 sands in the Amity quadrangle —Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— Waynesburg 1 coal. Mapletown coal. biD u ■1 £ Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. Big lime. G Ei & fcuO“ PQ • Thirty - foot sand. Gantz sand. o o • i G m fa Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. Fifth sand. Bayard sand. 1 Elizabeth sand. 490 2,343 2,376 359 2,192 436 2,271J 2,322 324 2,165 2,211% 2,360 2,414 1 2,355 2,409 260 860 2,147 2,367 2,414 2,740 599 1,706 1,745 2,432 2,489 262 1,117 1,937 2,104 2,140 2,425 2,475 2,630 480 f2,700 590 2,795 420 ■j-2,625 190 f2,380 350 f2,565 440 *f2,655 2,211J 2,255 2,329 2,348 65 1,310 1,880 2,040 2,400 365 1,500 1,450 (a) 2,480 . 230 332 1,200 1,520 2,247 2,279 2,722 632 1,763 2,370 2,765 2,810 2,875 510 - 360 320 1,476 2,227 2,260 2,489 2,710 355 1,250 1,560 2,160 2,295 258 1,195 1,475 2,558 2,740 225 2,200 295 1,400 1 . 508 2,315% 395 1,650 2,180 2,380 2,598 2,719 2,795 500 2,295 431 315 945 1,225 1,650 2,106 410 1,606 2,320 714 2,594 700 2,602 2,792 2,871 2,908 648 f 1 2,800 1 . aCoftl renorted missinp. 78 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations No. on PI. I. Eleva¬ tion. Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. South Strabane Town- ship. 140 1,079L Wm. Barre, No. 1 . Forest Oil Co. Oil 141 1,115 Wm. Barre, No. 3 . . ..do . 1 142 1,260 Wm. Barre, No. 4. .do. 1 143 1,315 ...do . 1 144 1,265 Wm. Barre, No. 6. .do. 145 1,320 Wm. Barre, No. 7. _do . 146 1,340 Wm. Barre, No. 8. .do. Oil. Gantz.1 147 1,275 _do . .. _do do 148 1,265 Wm. Barre, No. 10. .do. ... .do Gantz, Fifty-foot. 149 Wm. Barre, No. 11. .do. .do. Gantz, Gordon... 150 1,325 Wm. Barre, No. 12. .do. ....do Gantz, Fifty-foot. 151 1,190 Wm. Barre, No. 13. .do. .do. .do.. 152 1,142L J. & G. M.Cameron, Chartiers Oil Co. .do. Gantz. No. 2. 153 1,210 J. & G. M. C a m e r o n, ...’..do. .do. _.do.j No. 3. 154 1,333 .do.. .do. No. 5. 155 1,192 J. & G. M.Cameron, .do. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. No. 6. 156 1,285 J. & G. M. C a m e r o n, ..... do.... .do. Gantz. No. 9. 157 1,255 J. & G. M.Cameron, .do. .do. .do. Ne. 11. 158 1,260 J. & G. M.Cameron, .do. Oil and gas... Gantz, Fifty-foot. No. 12. 159 1,260? J. & G. M. C a m e r o n, .do. Oil. Gantz. No. 13. 160 1,325 William Davis, No. 1... Associated Producers Co .. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. 161 1,280 William Davis, No. 2. .. .do. do _do 162 1,260 William Davis,No. 3.. .. do do 163 1,215 William Davis, No. 4 . . _do. .do .do . 164 William Davis, No. 5... .do. .do. Gantz. 165 1,200 William Davis, No. 7 .. .do. ...do ...do 166 1,235 William Davis, No. 8 . .. .do.... .do. Fifty-foot, Gantz. 167 1,325 William Davis, No. 9 . _do... _do... Fifty-foot. 168 1,255 William Davis, No. 10. . .do. .do. Gantz. 169 1,200 Fergus, No. 1 _do. .do. I 170 1,110? .do. Fergus Oil Co. .do.. 171 1,115 Fergus, No. 2 (?) Hanover Oil Co.. ]72 1,115 Fergus, No. 4 (?). Oil. Gantz. I S. P. Fergus, No. 1.. Chartiers Oil Co. _do. .do. S P Fergus, No. 2 .do Gantz, Fifty-foot J 1,286L S. P. Fergus, No. 5. . ...do ., . : .do. Gantz. S. P Fergus, No. 6 do .do. S. P. Fergus, No. 7. .do. Oil .. . .do . S, P. Fergus, No. 11 ...do.. .do. .do. 173 1,140 Robert Forest No. 1.... Forest Oil Co Oil 174 Kountz, No. 1 People’s Gas Co. Dry. 175 1,165 Kountz, No. 2 .do. 176 1,065 Kountz, No. 3 W. F. Bnrchers Dry. 177 1,220 J. II. Little,No. 1. Carnegie Natural Gas Co. J PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS 79 sands in the Amity quadrangle —Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— Waynesburg coal. Maple town coal. Pittsburg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. T5 pj aj w "3 m Big lime. Si M aj 5 ■ Thirty - foot sand. Gantz sand. ' I Fifty -foot sard. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. J Fourth sand. | Fifth sand. Bayard sand. 1 Elizabeth sand. 2,209 2,239 . 2,398| 2,318 2,348 2,398g 612 2,446 2,435 2,518 2,577 . 2,487 2,431 2,400 2,470 2,280 2,314 2,530 •2,594 2,309 *2,430 460 1,590 2,262t 620 2,343 2,433 2,386 2,430 2,455 • 615 2,379 2,471 607 2,432 2,700 2,750 2,808 2,419 659 2,480 630 2,453 2,518 625 2,454 2,511 . • 2,393 2,456 642 2,467 2,521 2,389 2,452 2,437 2,488 1 2,497 2,552 | 1. 2,421 2,482 1 2,394 1 530 1,492 1,646 1,680 2,460 548 1,500 1,700 2,180 2,391 2,583 2,609 2,649 2,723 1 2,365 2,420 2,456 2,517 595 1,830 2,457 h 2,512 16 1,560 2,450 526 2,350 ! 640 2,461 590 2,405 420 2,250 2,309 2,497 2,528 9 573 ! 9 543 420 2,180 2,401 470 234 .L 2,415 2,485 2,595 2,945. .... 80 [Fro £ a o 6 fc 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196! 197 j 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA Depths, m feet, to coals and principal furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. South Strabane Town¬ ship-Continued. J. D. McNary, No.l.... J. D. McNary, No.2_ Manifold, No. 1 (?). Chartiers Oil Co. Oil. Fifty-foot.J Manufacturers’ Light and Heat Co. Manifold Oil Co. Manifold, No. 2 (?). Martin Bros., No. 1. Oil... Gantz. \ _do _do. Martin Bros., No. 3. .do. .do. Oil... Gantz.. Martin Bros., No. 6. .do. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. Fifty-foot.j .do. .do .. . Martin heirs,No. 2. .do. .do. Gantz.1 .do. ...do .do.Jj Martin heirs, No. 4. ■_do. .do. .do.j Martin heirs, No. 5. .do. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. Martin heirs, No. 6. !.do. Morgan, No. 1. Forest Oil Co. Oil. Gantz, Fifty-foot. Gantz.j Morgan,No.2 (?). .do. .do. Morgan, No. 3. .do. .do. .do.j Morgan, No. 5. ' .do. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. Gantz.9 Morgan, No. 6. .do. .do. Morgan, No. 7 ...do . ...do . .do.J Morgan, No. 8. .do. .do. i Gantz, Fifty-foot. .do.Jj Morgan, No. 9 ..do .do. Morgan heirs, No. 11 __ 1.do. .do. Fifth.J R. ,T. Munce, No. 1_ ! Jefferson Gas Co Gas. .do. J R. J. Munce, No. 2. .do. W. J. Munce, No. 1 McKeoun Oil Co. Oil. Gantz, Fifty-foot. Fifty-foot. Munce, No. 2... ! .do. .do. Munce, No. 3. .do .. ..:. .do. Gantz (dr Fffty- foot). .do. Munce, No. 4. .do .. .do. Munce, No. 5. ...do.1 .do. .do. Munce, No. 6. do . .do. .do. Munce, No. 7. do .. .do .. .do. Munce, No. 8. .. ...do. Munce, No. 10. .do Oil. Fiftv-foot. Munce, No, 12.... .do. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. Munce No. 13. . . do. .do. Munce, No. 14. do .do. .do.. Munce. No. 15. .do. .do. Fiftv-foot. Munce,No. 16. .. ...do. .do. Munce, No. 17. .do. .do__ Gantz, Fifty-foot. Fifty-foot. Mnnop, No. 18 do .do. Munce, No. 20_ ...do .1 .do. .do. Myers, No. 1. Carnegie Natural Gas (Jo..| Gas..... PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS 81 sands in the Amity quadrangle —Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— Waynesburg coal. Maple town coal. Pitts burg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. Big lime B i g I n j u n sand. Thirty - foot sand. | Gantz sand. Fifty -foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. Fifth sand. Bayard sand. Elizabeth 1 sand. 2,109 2,160 315 1 1 . 2,404 2,515 286 1,440 2,377 2,421 2,498 1,400 2,290 2,293 2,448 2,290 2,415 2,469 506 2,359 2,412 | 2,348 2,409 2,428 2,328 2,384 2,319 2,296 2,350 2,360 2,470 2,530 600 2,428 2,413 2,469 .2,325 2,375 . 2,320 2,366 2,577 2,624 2,569 2,619 \ 2,443 2,491 540 1 . 2,375 2,425 2,610 2,643 2,704 2,758 2,780 f2,805 2,419 2,476 1 . 2,335 *2,390 2,418 2,360 2,438 2,399 . 2,437 1,522 2,338 2,355 2,420 2,370 2,425 2,444 2,502 2,352 2,398 . 2,121 2,300 2,350 | 2,692 320 1,190 1,420 1,470 1,940 2,159 2,204 1 390 1,300 1,500 1,520 1,950 2,215 2,260 1 1 . 1,790 | | Bull. 300—07-6 82 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations No. on PI. I. — Eleva¬ tion. Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. South Strabane Town- ship — Con tinued. 213 1,195 Quail, No. 1. Quail Oil Co. Dry... 214 1,100 Quail (2d), No. 2 . McKeoun Oil Co. Oil. Fifty-foot. 215 1,070 Alvin M. Smith, No. 1. . . Chartiers Oil Co. .do. Gantz 216 1,060 _do. _do... _do 217 1,280 Alvin M. Smith. No. 3... .do. .do. .do.. . 218 1,290 ...do. .. .do .. do 219 1,070 .do. .do. .do. 220 1,192 Alvin M. Smith, No. 6 ... .do. .do. .do. 221 1,125 Alvin M. Smith, No. 7... .do. .do. .do. 222 995 W. J. Smith,No. 2. Forest Oil Co. Dry. 223 1,230? W. W. Smith,No. 1(?).. .do. 224 1,175 V/. W. Smith, No. 4. .do. Gas. Fifth. ...do . Oil... Gantz . 995 1,120 J. R. Taylor,No. 1. .do. .do. 226 1,159L M. Taylor,No. 1. .do. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. 227 1,250 M. Taylor, No. 2. .do. .do. .do.J.J 228 1,325L M. Taylor,No. 3. .do. .do. .do. 4.1 229 1,280 M. Taylor, No. 4 . .do. .do. .do.„.r 230 1,225 M. Taylor, No. 5. .do. .do. Gantz.. 231 | M. Taylor, No. 6 . .do. .do. .do. 232 1,280 AT. Taylor, No. 7 1 .do I Gas. Bavard . 233 1,300 Wade, No. 2 Akins Bros. Oil. Gantz.i.r 234 1,225 WashingtoirFloral Co.. Cameron Oil Co. .do. Gantz, Fifty-foot. 235 1,155 Willetts, No. 1 Willetts Oil Co. .do. Gantz.i..’ 236 1,135 Willetts, No. 2. .do. .do. .do.JL.) 237 1,100 Willetts, No. 3 .. .do. .do. .do.i-i 238 1,130 Willetts No.4 .do .do. .do. 239 1,070 Willetts, No. 5 ..do . .do. .do. 240 1,100 Willetts, No. 6 .do .do. .do. 241 1,215 Willetts, No. 7 _do.... .do. .do. 242 1,315 Willetts No. 8 . .do .do. .do.> 243 1,185 1 Willetts No 0 do .do. . ..do. 244 1,190 1 Willetts, No. 10 .do .do. .do. 245 1,065 Willetts, No 11 do .do. Big Injun . 'Willetts, No. 12. .do. '.do. Gantz.. -f Willetts No. 13 do .do. .do. Willetts,No. 14 ...do. .do. .do. Willetts, No. 15 . .do .do. Willetts No 16 do 1 , l.do. .do. 246 1,160 J Willetts, No. 17 ..do... .do. .do. Willetts, No 18 do i.do. .do. Willetts, No. 19 _do. ^.do. .do. 247 1,135 Willetts No. 90 .do '.do. .do. Willetts No 91 do 1 .do. .do.. 1 Willetts, No. 22 ...do . j.do. .do. Willetts.No. 24... _ .do. .do.. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS 83 sands in the Amity quadrangle —Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to — W aynesburg coal. Mapletown coal. Pittsburg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. d* a 03 m el CQ Big lime. Big Injun sand. 1 Thirty-foot sand. Gantz sand. 1 Fifty -foot j sand. Gordon Stray sand. £ O rad u ci o “ O | Fourth sand. Fifth sand. Bayard sand. Elizabeth sand. 405 2,236 2,291 2,530 2,625 2,130 2,188§ 2,142 I 2,121 1 2,340 1 510 2,362 1 2,130 1 2,263 1 2,198 1 505 1,293 1,605 1,671 2,375 2,540 1. 2,650 2,735 2,890 536 2,964| 2,424 1 492 2,316 2,369 2,637 2,702 I ' 666 2,507 1 377 2,220 2,277 2,477 2,495 2,540 2,611 1 410 2,280 2,340 1 2,382 2,440 1 | 2,468 2,528 | | 615 24,33 2,490 1 1 2,358 2,488 | | 2,395 2,459 | | 2,415 2,471 2,556 2, 703 2, 746 2,802 2,516 2,567 1 280 622 1,530 1,700 1,760 2,270 2,440 2,480 1 | 450? 2,286 | 1 f400 1 2,230 I 1 +387 1 2,222 i | +400 1 1 1 +380 1 2,187 1 1 | . 2,203 | 1 | 2,347 1 1 1 | 2,465 | 1 | 2,324 1 2.394 1 1 1 2,218 1 2,219 2,444 2,425 2,279 * 2,297 2,461 2, 219 2,345 2,366 2,192 84 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA Depths, in feet, to coals and principal [From records furnished by the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations Eleva¬ tion. 1,100 1,140 1,250 1,315 1,110 1,040 254 1,060 255 1,060 256 1,165 257 1,175 258 1,170 1,175 259 1,205 260 1,060 26-1 1,145 262 1,080 263 1,055 264 1,050? 265 1,055? 266 1,025? 267 1,055? 268 1,025? 269 1,190 270 1,120? 271 (?) 272 1,150 273 1,190 1,265? 274 1,000? 275 1,185 Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. South Strabane Town¬ ship —Continued. Willetts, No. 25.. Willetts Oil Co. Oil. Gantz .. Willetts, No. 28. .do. .do. do Workman, No. 1. Forest Oil Co. .do. 1.do. .. .do. .do. . . .do R. D. Wylie, No. 1. Pew & Emerson. R. D. Wylie, No. 1. Union Township. Henry Smith, No. 1_ Borough of Washington (also including East Washington and West Washington). Chartiers Oil Co. A cnpw, No. 2 .do. Culbertson.. Murdock Baldwin Oil Co.. Loury Oil Co. Gas and oil... Oil. Gantz, Fourth ... Gantz.. Richard Forest, No. 1.. Richard Forest, No. 2.. .do. Richard & Joshua Forest, No. 1 (?). Robert Forest_ Joshua Oil Co. Dry. Oil. Gantz.. Harding O. W. Akins. .do. .do.. Harding, No. 2 _ . Akins Bros. .do. .do. Harding, No. 3 .do . Mathew Linn W. F. Borchers. Dry... Rustic (?) Akins Bros . Morgan _do. Oil. Gantz. Reed .. .do. .do. .do. Reed Associated Producers Co.. Smith, No. 1 (?) Gas. “ Verner ”. Smith, No. 2 (?) .do. Fifth. Smith, No. 3 (?) .do. Gantz. Wa.dp No 3 Akins Bros On. ..do. Triangle well Associated Producers Co.. A Irins Bros . Gas and oil_ Wa.de No 4 Oil. Gantz. Geo. Warrick, No. 1_ West Bethlehem Town¬ ship N T fllqrlr No 9 Murdock-Baldwin Oil Co.. Manufacturers’ Light and j Heat Co. Monongahela Natural Gas Co. Philadelphia Co . Oil and gas... Gas. . .. .do. Tohn 1 Cl eavef __do. nia Crnmrine (?) .do. "Dra chip Kn 1 ( Carnegie Natural Gas Co 1 do. . l ag uCj lie. i ^ . y . James Grable, No. 1 _ Monongahela Natural Gas Co. .do._. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS 85 sands in the Amity triangle —Continued. or oil in the. sand; t signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— Waynesburg coal. Maple town coal. Pittsburg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. Big lime. Big Injun sand. Thirty - foot sand. Gantz sand. Fifty-foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. Fifth sand. Bayard sand. Elizabeth sand. 2,218 2,192 2,546 2,600 2,539 2,593 217 280 1,906 1,930 2,277 2,305 510 1,600 1,625 2,316 2,591 2,640 2,703 515 2,318 515 2,322 234 2,053 2,280 2,412 540 2,321 2,372 1,697 2,271 2,354 2,390 2,272 2,661 2,275 2,259 2,285 265 860 2,147 450 2,270 430 2,248 2,515 2,631 425 2,245 2,395 2,445 355 2,160 2,295 2,421 2,444 2,370 2,418 495 1,430 1,590 1,625 2,300 280 614 1,540 1,770 1,845 2,454 2,500 2 610 2,780 2,825 2,900 3,009 3,100 260 1,160 1,500 2,260 205 1,444 2,148 345 2,360 2 567 590 1,490 1,850 2,400 2,500 2,540 2,840 2,990 L, l )CW 3,080 86 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA, Depths, in feet , to coals and principal [From records furnished hy the owners. * Signifies that the figures given represent the depths of gas by level. All other elevations 5 a o 6 £ Eleva¬ tion. Name of well. Owner. Product. Producing sand. West Bethlehem Town- ship— Continued. 276 J. R. Hawkins, No. 1_ Gas. 277 1,090 Harvey Hill, No. 1. .do. .do. 278 1,075 Margaret Hill, No. 1_ Manufacturers’ Light and Oil. Heat Co. 279 1,010 Stephen W. Hill, No. 1.. .do. Gas. 280 1,010 Tom. T. Hill. Philadelphia Co. Dry. 281 1,100 Uriah Hill heirs (Mar- Monongahela Natural Gas Gas. tha Zollars). Co. 282 1,075 Wm. B. Hill, No. 1... _do 283 960 J. N. Horn, No. 1. Chartiers Oil Co. 284 1,090 J. V. Knestric. Sarah E. Lacock, No. 1. Chartiers Oil Co. 285 1,000 J. C. Martin, No. 1. Gas. Heat Co. 286 1,040 Frank McCarthy, No. 1. Monongahela Natural Gas .do. Co. 287 1,180 Mary McCarthy, No. 1.. .do. .do. 288 1,060 Winnet McCarthy, No. 1 .do. .do. 289 1,160 Winnet McCarthy, No. 2 .do. .do. 290 1,295 W. McCosland, No. 1... Manufacturers’ Light and * Heat Co. 291 1,170 Elizabeth Morton, No. 1 Monongahela Natural Gas Gas. Co. 292 1,120 Elizabeth Morton, No. 2 .do .do . 293 1,170 if. H. Richards, No. 1.. Philadelphia Co. .do. 294 1,140 Eli U. Ross, No. 1. Chartiers Oil Co. .do. 295 960 Joseph Ross, No. 1. Dry. 296 1,260 Sam Ross, No. 1. Manufacturers’ Light and Gas. Heat Co. 297 1,040 John C. Sargent, No. 2 .do. 298 1,190 Thompson. .do. 299 1,135 Thompson & Seaman .do. Oil. Coal Co., No. 1. 300 870 W. H. Ulery, No. 1 Carnegie Natural Gas Co.. Gas. Big Injun, Bayard 301 970 Effie Watson, No. 1_ Philadelphia Co.. .do. Elizabeth. 302 1,110 Wherry, No. 1 Carnegie Natural Gas Co.. Dry_ 303 895 John B. Wise, No. 1.... Philadeiphia Co_ Gas. Bavard. 304 905? Mary S. Wise, No 2 .do .do. 305 1,170 W. W. Worrells, No. 1.. Monongahela Natural Gas .do. Co. West Pike Run Town- ship. / 306 1,075 James M. Miller, No. 1.. Greensboro Natural Gas Co. 307 1,050 Peter Nickerson, No. 1.. .do. Dry. 308 1,210 S. F. Scott, No. 1 Fergus Oil Co. 309 1,050 Geo. Thompson, No. 1.. Greensboro Natural Gas Co. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS, 87 sands in the Amity triangle — Continued. or oil in the sand; f signifies known steel line measurement; L means that the elevation was determined were determined by aneroid barometer.] Depth to— Waynesburg | coal. 1 Maple town coal. Pittsburg coal. Upper Free¬ port coal. Salt sand. 1 Big lime. Big Inj un sand. Thirty - foot sand. Gantz sand. 1 Fifty-foot sand. Gordon Stray sand. Gordon sand. Fourth sand. Fifth sand. Bayard sand. •4-5 . * g s 270 1,170 1,505 2,622 2,757 2,790 495 1,740 2,495 2,715 2,810 2,845 2,989 620 1,792 1,832 2,522 475 1,405 1,660 1,720 2,400 2,455 2,635 2,875 2,941 458 1,400 1,668 2,652 2,780 2,839 567 1,162 1,490 1,785 2,'280 2,465 2,558 2,750 2,879 2,948 3,037 520 1,465 1,720 2,430 2,500 2,650 2,715 2,790 2,910 3,020 360 805 1,617 2,370 2,545 t2,570 2,710 2,769 2,860 524 380 2,275 2,585 755 130 454 1,407 1,640 1,690 2,255 2, 376 2,455 2,662 2, 746 2,862 2,954 481 1,231 1,420 1,715 2,310 2,395 2,445 2,695 2,820 2,862 2,972 645 1,550 1,875 2,635 3,025 3,137 485 1,385 1,735 2,295 2,395 2,425 2,635 2,854 2,990 605 1,350 1,530 1,830 2,520 2,560 2,735 2,800 2,880 2,993 3,087 585 1,518 1,720 2,468 2,503 2,603 2,680 2,715 2,765 j . 605 1,360 1,570 1,850 2,550 2,592 2,800 2,845 2,910 3,000 3,105 520 1,460 1,785 2,365 2,450 2,520 2,735 2,816 2,865 2,920 3,008 620 1,580 1,870 2,991 3,117 423 lt400 2,300 2,335 50 365 542 1,480 1,655 1,715 2,300 2,434 2,469 2,585 2,612 2,644 2,723 180 520 1,435 1,665 1,730 2,375 2,495 2,680 2,725 2,790 2,840 2,922 2,991 495 1,492 2,422 240 580 1,170 1,500 1,732 1,795 2,405 2,485 290 1,480 2,760 396 1,632 2,375 2,748 2,790 2,883 475 1,557 1,655 2,180 2,410 290 1,525 2,485 2,759 338 1,577 2,520 2,641 2,727 2,817 615 1,414 1,865 2,425 2,525 2,555 2,733 2,994 3,114 355 1,490 1,575 2,190 2,260 2,304 259 865 1,412 1,497 170 516 1,090 1,750 1,490 2,210 2,250 2,660 88 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. COAL. GENERAL STATEMENT. Coal is destined to become the most important mineral resource of the Amity quadrangle. Owing to the depth of the principal seam below the surface, only a few mines are in operation at the present time, but the demand for coal is increasing with its exhaustion near the surface, and in time shafts will be sunk over much of the quadrangle and operations conducted on a large scale. The principal coal beds outcropping in the quadrangle are the Pitts¬ burg, Redstone, Sewickley (Mapletown), Waynesburg, Waynesburg “A,” and Washington. The Pittsburg bed is the only one mined for shipment, but the Waynesburg is worked at many country banks, and one bank is known on the Redstone and several on the Sewickley seam. The Waynesburg “A” is probably worthless and the Washington coal is generally too poor to be of value under existing conditions. Several seams below the Pittsburg have been penetrated by the drill in search of oil and gas. PITTSBURG COAL. GENERAL STATEMENT. The Pittsburg coal is the most valuable bed in southwestern Penn¬ sylvania. From all the evidence obtainable it seems to be of workable thickness throughout the quadrangle and its quality is usually superior to that of the other coals of the region. The Pittsburg coal occurs at the base of the Monongahela formation, or Upper Productive Meas¬ ures. (See columnar section, PL I, pocket.) Fig. 4 shows the total areal extent of the seam in Pennsylvania, together with the relative location of the Amity quadrangle. In this quadrangle the outcrop of the bed is only about 15 miles in length, but with the exception of the two small areas where it is cut by Chartiers and Peters creeks it is believed to underlie the entire district, a total area of 228 square miles. The average workable thickness of the bed being estimated at 6 feet and the specific gravity of Pittsburg coal in this region as 1.29, a the quadrangle contains 37,260,710,400 cubic feet,or 1,500,632,315 short tons (about 1,300,000,000 long tons). The coal has been estimated to underlie 833 square miles out of the total area of 858 square miles in Washington County. The extent of the Pittsburg coal outcrop is shown on the geologic map (PI. I, pocket) by the blue line at the contact of the Conemaugh and Monongahela formations. The outcrop of the coal follows both sides of Peters Creek below Venetia and of Chartiers Creek below McGovern, and the bed also reaches the surface at Meadowlands, where it out- a The figure 1.29 is an average of the specific gravity of coal from three mines in the region, deter¬ mined by the fuel-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at St. Louis, Mo. COAL. 89 crops at railroad level. Well records show that the bed is present in all parts of the quadrangle. West of Chartiers Creek it reaches nearly • a mile up the tributary valleys between Meadowlands and Houston. On Peters and Chartiers creeks it can be developed by drifting, but in the greater part of the quadrangle it is far below the surface and can be reached only by shafts. At Washington it is about 450 feet below the valley, at Linden 250 feet, at Wylandville 350 feet, at Lone Pine 350 feet, at Ellsworth 270 feet, at Zollarsville 350 feet, at Sunset 550 feet, at Hackneys 500 feet, and at Tenmile village 400 feet. The method by which the approximate depth of this bed can be deter¬ mined from the map is explained under the heading “Structure” (pp. 36-37), and its variation in level beneath the quadrangle is shown on the geologic map (PI. I, pocket). MINING OPERATIONS. In the Amity quadrangle there are 13 working mines, as follows: Ellsworth Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4, Manifold, Meadowlands No. 1, Rich Hill, 90 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Allison, Boon, Blanche, Eclipse, Anderson No. 2, and Nottingham. The Manifold and Ellsworth mines are operated by shafts, Rich Hill and Meadowlands by slopes, and the rest by drifts. In addition to those named, the Enterprise mine, north of Washington, was formerly operated by a slope on the south side of Chartiers Creek and a 150-foot shaft at a point midway between the slope and Washington, but this mine is now abandoned. On the northwest bank of Chartiers Creek are situated the Rich Hill mine of the United Coal Company, the Meadowlands No. 1 of the Meadowlands Coal Company, and the Alli¬ son of the Pittsburg Coal Company. These mines are working a large area in Chartiers Township. The Boon mine at Canonsburg, the mouth of which is off the quadrangle northeast of Houston, also Teaches inside the area. One mile south of Meadowlands, on a spur of the Pennsylvania Railroad recently built to it, is situated the Manifold mine, operated by the Patterson & Robbins Coal Company. Here two shafts have been sunk to the coal, 236 and 231 feet deep, respectively. In the northeast corner of the quadrangle, on Peters Creek, are located the Blanche, Nottingham, and Eclipse mines of the Pittsburg Coal Company. These are operated by drifts. The old Anderson mine is located here, but is now abandoned. The Anderson No. 2 is being operated south of the creek. On Pigeon Creek above Bentleyville are collieries Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 of James W. Ellsworth & Co. The coal is here deep below the surface and is reached by two shafts at Ellsworth and two at the village of Three and Four, 2J miles farther up the creek, on South Branch. The shafts are 261, 279, 397, and 414 feet deep, respectively. This com¬ pany is carrying on extensive operations and has built up-to-date plants and mining towns. Coal is shipped by means of a branch of the Pennsylvania Railroad running down Pigeon Creek and connecting with the main line at Monongahela City. Opposite the Chestnut street station of the Pennsylvania lines at Washington a shaft was sunk many years ago to the Pittsburg bed. The coal was reported to be of excellent quality, but the shaft was abandoned on account of the extra expense involved in sinking the escape shaft. THICKNESS. The following table shows the average thicknesses of the coal in the various mines, together with the maximum and minimum meas¬ urements in each mine, in inches: COAL. 91 Thickness, in inches, of Pittsburg coal in the Amity quadrangle. Mine. clipse. ottingham- lanche. oon. llison. ^eadowlands... ,ich Hill. llsworth No. 1. llsworth No. 2 llsworth No. 3 llsworth No. 4 Thickness. Average, jGreatest. Least. 62 64 60 57 60 54 72 78 66 64 64 64 64 72 74 70 71 74 68 73 76 70 73 76 70 In the course of the field work several detailed sections were meas- ired in various parts of the area. These measurements are given raphicallyin PI. V. Except in a few places the bed is double, sepa- ated by a fire-clay parting of varying thickness. Here and there , third division is present, and in many places the bed is interrupted >y other clay partings, but generally these are not persistent. The roof division or portion above the clay parting is variable, n thickness it runs from 1 inch up to 4 feet. In some places it con- ists of a single bench, but more commonly is broken up into two or nore benches, separated by shale or clay. The coal of this division 3 usually poor, containing a large proportion of ash. The main clay separating the roof and lower divisions varies from , fraction of an inch up to 15 inches in thickness. The lower divi- ion of the Pittsburg coal varies in thickness from 3J feet to 5 feet 0 inches and is the portion of the coal mined throughout this sec- ion of the field. The most characteristic feature of this division insists of two very persistent partings, which, as a rule, occur 2 to 3 eet from the bottom. They are known as the “bearing-in bands,” md with the coal between them make up the “bearing-in coal.” In ew places are they over half an inch thick; commonly they are con- iderably thinner. The interval between them varies from 1 inch to JI inches. The name “bearing-in” has been applied because this )ench is chosen by the miner as the easiest layer on which to work to mdercut the overlying coal. The bearing-in coal is thrown out in nining. The bench is represented in all but two of the sections in PI. V, md is probably present in the others, but was overlooked in taking neasurements. In one country bank (section 5) the place of this )ench is taken by fire clay. The bearing-in coal separates the lower livision of the Pittsburg coal into two portions, the upper of which is mown as the breast coal and the lower as the brick coal and bottom 92 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. coal. The names applied to various portions of the Pittsburg coal are shown graphically in fig. 5 . In most regions the brick coal and bottom coal are distinct, sepa¬ rated by a thin binder, but in this quadrangle they can generally not be distinguished. In only one or two instances are other binders noted below the bearing-in coal, but in several cases nonpersistent binders have been noted above it. The greatest thickness of coal known in the quadrangle is that recorded in the Moses Smith drill hole near Bissell, West Bethlehem Township, as shown in the following section (PI. V, No. 1): Roof division Main clay Lower division Breast coal, 30" to 40' \ Bearing-in coal, 2" to 4' 1 Bottom coal J Section of Pittsburg coal near Bissell. Ft. in. Ft. in. Slate, black. Coal . 1 4 Slate, black. 4 Coal . 4 Fire clay. 5 Slate, black. 1 4 Coal . 6 Slate. 1 3 Coal, breast and bottom.. 5 10 Slate, bottom. Total coal.8 Sections 2 to 9, inclusive, PI. V, show the characteristics of the coal in various parts of Chartiers Valley. The lower division in this vallev is Fig. 5.—Generalized section of Pittsburg coal from 4 feet 2 inches to 5 feet 10 bed, with names of the various benches. incheg ^ main cky from 2 to 22 inches. The upper division runs from 2 inches to 2 \ feet and varies from clean coal to very bony. The bearing-in bands occur a little below the middle of the lower division. Local thin partings occur in all the mines, and therefore when a published section of the coal shows a parting other than those noted above it must be regarded as exceptional and not representing general conditions. The measurements of the known sections in Chartiers Valley are aS follows: Coal section at the Manifold mine {PI. V, No. 2). Coal. Shale.. Coal.. Fireclay... Coal. Binder. Ft. 2 1 in. 6 1 2 10 3 No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. No. 4. No. 5. No. 6. No. 7. No. 8. No. 9. No. 10. No. 11. No 12 No 13 (Seep. 92.) (Seep. 92.) (Seep. 93.) (Seep. 93.) (See p. 93.) (Seep. 93.) (See p. 94.) (See p. 94.) (Seep. 94.) (See p. 94.) (See p. 95.) (See p. 95.) (See p. 95.) O (5 DC D CD C/5 Q. Ll o CO z O o LU CO o (O ;OAL IN AMITY QUADRANGLE. COAL. 93 Coal section at the Manifold mine —Continued. Ft. in. Coal. 1 3 { Binder.. i Coal. 1 Binder. | Coal with several thin binders. 3 2 9 41 Coal section at “McLain’s bank,” 0.9 mile west of Meadowlands (PI. V, No. 3). Shale roof Coal. _ _ Shale_ Coal. Fire clay. Coal. 3 5 61 Coal section at the Meadowlands mine (PI. V, No. f). Coal. Shale. Coal. Shale. Coal. Shale and fire clay Coal. Bearing-in coal Parting. Coal Ft. 1 2 2 in. 3 2 61 1 6 3 9 1 21 1 3 8 1 Coal section 1.3 miles north of Meadowlands (PI. V, No. 5). Ft. in. Bony clay. .. 2 Fire clay. 1 4 Coal. 3 Fire clay... 1 Coal. 1 1 Fire clay. . 5 8 Coal section at the Allison mine (PI. V, No. 6). [Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania; Rept. K, p. 233 ] Ft. in. Coal-.. 3 4 Bearing-in coal. 4 Brick coal. 1 Lower bottom coal. 1 5 8 94 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Coal section 0.5 mile south of Houston (PI. V, No. 7). Bony coal. Fire clay. Coal. [Clay. Bearing-in coal-j Coal. I Clay. Coal.. Fire clay. Ft. in. 10 2 3 i 11 Coal section 0.3 mile east of Houston (PI. V, No. 8). Sandy shale. Coal. Fire clay. Coal. [Parting. Bearing-in coaK Coal... I Parting. Coal. 5 1 Ft. in. 2 10 . 2 10 2 h . 2 1 Coal section reported at Boon mine , northeast of Houston (PI. V, No. 9). Coal.. Clay.. Coal. [“Slate” Bearing-in coalj Coal... [“Slate” Coal. Ft. in. 9 * 1 3 3 8 2 * 6 2b On Peters Creek the thickness of the lower division is 5 J to 6 fee and of the upper division 6 to 12 inches. The clay averages a littl less than a foot in thickness. In the Nottingham mine a still highe bench is reported, 14 inches above the upper division; but this top most bench is very bony. Two sections measured in this district ar< as follows: Coal section at the Blanche mine (PI. V, No. 10). Ft. in. Roof coal. 9 Fire clay. * . 10 Coal. 3 Bearing-in coal..... 3^ Coal... 2 4J 7 3 COAL. 95 Coal section at the Nottingham mine (PI. V, No. 11). Ft. in. Coal and bone. 10 Fire clay and shale. 1 2 Coal with thin partings.. 2 1 Fire clay. 11 Coal. 2 11 Bearing-in coal. 3 Coal. 2 5 10 7 At the Ellsworth the average thickness of the lower division of the coal is about 6 feet. Two typical sections measured as follows: Coal sections at the Ellsworth Collieries (PI. V, Nos. 12 and 13). Ellsworth No. 1. Ft. in. Bony coal. 1 Fire clay. 1 Bony coal... 1 Coal. 3 1 i Shale. 1 Bearing-in coah Coal. 1 l Shale. 1 Coal.2 4 6 10 Ellsworth No. 2. Ft. in. 1 3 1 2 11 I H 1 2 5 6 11 QUALITY. In quality the Pittsburg bed in Washington County is fair for a bituminous coal. During the field work for this report a number of samples of the coal were taken and sent for analysis to the fuel-test¬ ing plant of the United States Geological Survey at St. Louis. Each one of these samples was obtained by cutting a section 2 inches thick from roof to floor across as much of the seam as is mined for ship¬ ment, all partings not included by the miner being thrown out. The sample was then thoroughly mixed and quartered to the bulk desired, sealed in an air-tight can, and mailed to the chemical laboratory at St. Louis. All analyses of the Pittsburg coal given here include only the lower division, or portion mined for shipment. The bearing-in coal is excluded, as it is generally thrown out in mining. 96 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Analyses of Pittsburg coal on Chartiers and Peters creeks. [E. E. Somermeier, analyst.] 1. 2. 3. 4. Moisture. 1.90 1.37 1.70 1.72 Volatile matter. 36.20 37.10 37.20 36.98 56.55 Fixed carbon. 53.70 53.84 55.83 Ash. 8.20 7.69 5.27 4.75 Sulphur .. 100.00 1.52 100.00 1.61 100.00 1.13 * 100.00 1.15 Calories . British thermal units. 14,335 1. McLain’s country bank, near Meadowlands. 2. Manifold mine, south of Meadowlands. 3. Blanche mine, Peters Creek. 4. Nottingham mine, Peters Creek. These four analyses show a fair agreement. The fixed carbon and sulphur are moderate and the ash is low, but more variable. At the Ellsworth collieries four samples have been taken, the first from each mine being taken by the writer of this report and the sec¬ ond from each mine by Messrs. Groves and Von Borries, of the fuel¬ testing plant. Analyses of Pittsburg coal from the Ellsworth collieries. [E. E. Somermeier, analyst.] Loss of moisture, air dried Moisture. Volatile matter. Fixed carbon. Ash. Sulphur.. Calories. British thermal units No. 1. No. 2. 1.50 1.50 1.22 2.91 1.05 3.01 36.28 33.70 36.65 33.46 56.24 57.99 57.25 58.70 6.26 5.40 5.05 4.83 100.00 101.50 100.00 101.50 .84 1.08 .91 .73 7,915 14,247 14,197 These analyses show an improvement on the quality of the coal farther north and west. It is fairly low in sulphur and averages slightly higher in fixed carbon. The proportion of ash averages about the same. This coal would seem to be worth coking. The average composition of the coal in the quadrangle, based on the foregoing eight analyses, is as follows: Calculated average composition of Pittsburg coal in the Amity quadrangle. Moisture. 1.86 Volatile matter. 35.95 Fixed carbon. 56. 26 Ash... 5. 93 Sulphur 100.00 1.12 COAL. 97 In a report on “run of mine” made to James W. Ellsworth & Co., by Doctor Bogdahn, chief chemist of the United Coke and Gas Com¬ pany, Otto, Allegheny County, Pa., analyses of dry coal and of crucible-made coke from the Ellsworth mines are given. The com¬ positions were as follows: Analyses of dry coal from Ellsworth collieries and of coke made in a crucible from the same coal. Coal. Coke. Volatile matter. 37.92 57.72 3.69 .67 1.08 92.35 5.96 .61 Fixed carbon. Ash. Sulphur. Phosphorus. 100.00 .0032 100.00 .0051 -——-:---- ’_L______ A comparison of this coal analysis with those on page 96 made by the United States Geological Survey shows lower ash and sulphur than the other samples, indicating that this is probably picked coal and that the analysis may be taken as representative of tne best coal in the quadrangle. In addition to these analyses, several others have been gathered from miscellaneous sources and are given in the following table. In several cases where analyses were made years ago it is not known whether or not the locality is inside the quadrangle, but the name of the township indicates the probability that it is within the area or close to its borders. Analyses of Pittsburg coal from the Amity quadrangle and vicinity. 1 . 2. 3. 4. Moisture. Volatile matter.... Fixed carbon. ish... Sulphur. 0.775 36.770 51.467 8.890 1.095 39. 790 55.033 2.910 1.172 1.010 40.995 48. 769 7.020 2.206 1.540 37.825 57.063 2.810 .726 Phosphorus. )oke.... 'olor of ash. 97.902 62.455 100.000 59.115 100.000 57.995 Red. 99.964 60.365 5. 6. 7. 8. 1.080 1.425 40.350 36.880 30.75 32.75 50.311 56.829 59.98 55.51 5.665 4.070 8.37 10.76 2.594 .796 .89 98 .01 . 005 100.000 100.000 100.00 100.005 58.570 61.695 Red. Cream. j EaS p Beth , lehem T° wnshi P- This includes only the “roof coal." (Stevenson, , ” GeoL Sur ' T ey Pennsylvania, Rcpt. K, 1876, p. 381; analyzed by D. McCreath ) I ; Thompson’s bank, Chartiers Township. (Loc. cit.; analyzed by D. McCreath.) a tt' shurst ’ s bank > Chartiers Township. (Loc. cit.; analyzed by D. McCreath ) 5 an<1 ^ arr ^' ®° Uth Straban ° Townshi P- West Bethlehem Township; “breast coal” only (James W illsworth & Co.; analyzed by Wuth & Stafford, Pittsburg ) (James W ‘ on “breast coal.” (James W. Klls- Bull. 300—07-7 98 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. From these analyses it will be seen that the sulphur is one of the most variable constituents of the Pittsburg coal in this quadrangle. In the northern and western parts of the area it seems to be generally moderate, but in one instance in Peters Township it runs as high as 2.594 and at one bank in Chartiers Township it reaches 2.206, accord¬ ing to the Second Geological Survey. The present survey makes the maxima 1.15 and 1.61 in these districts. It is improbable that the coal will be of much value for gas or coking in those portions of the quadrangle, unless the sulphur can be reduced by washing to less than 1 per cent; but it ought to be a first-class steam coal. Samples from the Ellsworth mines and Nos. 6, 7, and 8 of the table from the southeastern quarter of the quadrangle show sulphur rang¬ ing from 0.67 to 0.98, indicating a better quality in this direction. It seems probable that in time the coal may be coked in this portion of the quadrangle. In general it may be said that the quality of the Pittsburg coal improves toward the east and deteriorates westward from the quadrangle, becoming poorest in Ohio. METHODS OF DEVELOPMENT. As the Pittsburg coal in this quadrangle outcrops in only two localities where it is now mined, it must be developed principal^ by shafts, as has been done by the Ellsworth Company on Pigeon Creek. This company has sunk shafts at two localities near the bottom of the Waynesburg syncline, thus taking a position where the mines may be easily drained by the natural inclination of the coal to the foot of the shaft, from which the water may be pumped to the surface. As the valley of Pigeon Creek has gentle grades, it has been a simple matter to connect the mines with the Monongahela branch of the Pennsylvania Railroad by a line running to Ellsworth. Between Three and Four and the crest of the Amity anticline is an area 3 miles broad along South Branch of Pigeon Creek, 3| miles broad on Center Branch, and 4 miles broad on North Branch of Pigeon Creek, in which the dip is toward the southwest. This gives a large area in which the Pittsburg coal can be advantageously mined by shafts sunk on the main branches of Pigeon Creek. Short switches will connect with the Ellsworth branch railroad. On Peters Creek in the northeast corner of the quadrangle most of the mines are rather unfavorably situated in relation to the structure, as their proximity to the crest of the Amity anticline makes it nec¬ essary to mine down the dip. A more satisfactory method of devel¬ oping the coal lying between Peters and Mingo creeks would be to sink shafts along Mingo Creek near the edge of the quadrangle and mine northward up the dip as far as the limit of the Peters Creek workings and westward as far as the crest of the anticline, which crosses Mingo Creek near Kammerer. Near the edge of the quad- COAL. 99 rangle a shaft less than 100 feet deep would reach the coal. The rail¬ road might even be continued 3 miles or so beyond this to the source of the Mingo Creek drainage, and in the area between Gilkeson and Kammerer shafts could be sunk and operations pushed east and northeast up the dip to meet the workings on the eastern flank of the axis. A small area south of Mingo Creek could also be opened up from the shafts along its course, but as the Amity anticline pitches to the southwest, most of the region lying south of the Williamsport pike can probably be more economically worked from shafts located on North Branch of Pigeon Creek. At the point where the axis of the Nineveh syncline crosses Little Chartiers Creek, near Linden, the Pittsburg coal lies between 200 and 250 feet below the surface, and this is probably the most favorable location in this valley for a shaft. From it a large area both east and west of the syncline can be mined and easily drained, and the coal can be conveniently hauled by connecting with the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad at Gambles or with the Pennsylvania lines near Morganza, 3J miles to the north. Probably the next favorable point in the valley of Little Chartiers Creek for sinking a shaft lies on the axis of the syncline one-half mile west of Clokeyville station. The depth of shaft necessary to reach the coal will be about 400 feet, but as the mine would be situated on the main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad no branches would be necessary. From this point the coal can be mined up the dip in svery direction except toward the south. The area lying between Mount Pleasant and Clokeyville can probably be best developed by sinking a shaft at the head of the small valley about 1 mile west of Mount Pleasant. The depth to the coal here is supposed to be between 600 and 650 feet. In order to develop the coal in the southern half of the quadrangle i railroad must be built into the valley of Tenmile Creek. The line ;an be connected with the Monongahela branch of the Pennsylvania Railroad at West Brownsville, about 18 miles below Zollarsville, with ;he Ellsworth branch by tunneling from Daniels Run to South Branch )f Pigeon Creek, or with the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad by a branch me ascending Little Chartiers Creek south of Eightyfour and descend- ng Brush Run to Lone Pine, whence branches could be run both up md down stream. In the valley of Tenmile Creek and its tributaries many favorable >omts for shafts can be found. The axis of the Waynesburg syncline rosses Daniels Run 1J miles from its mouth and Tenmile Creek hree-fourths of a mile below Bissell, and shafts at these points ought o reach the coal at about 380 and 470 feet, respectively. From such hafts entries could be driven to the north, east, and west; but as the v aynesburg syncline is here pitching toward the south, the coal south 100 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE. PA. of Tenmile Creek can probably be taken out better from a somewhat deeper shaft sunk near the head of Patterson Run or on Craig Run or Craynes Run in Greene County. Most of the coal in the borough of Deemston can be mined from shafts which will doubtless be sunk on Plum Run, along which the depth of the coal varies from 190 feet at the mouth of the run to 430 feet near its head. Below Plum Run on Tenmile Creek the coal approaches the surface. It is probable that the eastern part of the borough of Deemston can be best developed from the heads of the valleys in the vicinity of Deemston. The depth of shaft necessary in the two valleys west of Deemston will be about 350 feet and on Fishpot Run east of Deemston 250 to 300 feet, accord¬ ing to exact location. In the southwestern quarter of the quadrangle almost any point along Tenmile or Little Tenmile Creek or their larger tributaries is suitable for shaft locations, but no shaft should be sunk within a mile or so of the point where the Amity anticline crosses Tenmile Creek H miles east of Hackneys. Along this creek between Bissell and Hack¬ neys the coal will probably be reached between 440 and 480 feet below the surface; and mining can be conducted with good drainage in every direction except toward the south. The area south of the creek can probably be best developed by working northward from near the heads of Craynes and Boyd runs and Ruff Creek in Greene County, thus working up the dip. On Bane Creek the coal descends from 450 feet below' the surface at its mouth to about 720 feet in the bottom of the Nineveh syncline near McCracken station. Between Hackneys and Sunset workings can he carried east of the creek to the limit of a profitable haul, but as the strike here is about parallel to the creek, the area west of the creek should be mined from shafts situated farther west, in some of the side valleys. Above Sunset the strike of the rocks is more nearly at right angles to the creek and hence mining can be conducted both east and west of the creek in this part of the area. A shaft about 700 feet deep sunk on the axis of the syncline near McCracken could mine in all directions with every advantage. By referring to the map it will be seen that the Waynesburg and Washington Railroad follows Bane Creek northward from Hackneys to its source and thence climbs over the hills to Washington. This railroad is a narrow-gage line with steep grades and hence can not now be used for hauling coal; but if it should be rebuilt on a broad gage and connected with the Mononga- hela Valley by way of Tenmile Creek, it would furnish an outlet for the coal in this region. On Little Tenmile Creek the coal is nearest the surface near Lone Pine, where its depth is about 330 feet. From this point the bed descends in both directions to about 470 feet below the surface at the COAL. 101 mouth of the Creek and probably about 630 feet below the surface in the bottom of the Nineveh syncline along the creek northwest of Low¬ land. No shafts should be sunk near Lone Pine, as this place is on the axis of the anticline, but a favorable locality for operations would be at the mouth of Potato Run or Shipe Run, 1 to 1| miles above Lone Pine, or about the same distance downstream. At the mouth of Shipe Run the coal is believed to lie about 400 feet deep and below Lone Pine it is known by a well record to be within 340 feet of the sur¬ face. Perhaps this is the most favorable locality for operations on Little Tenmile Creek, but owing to the deflection in the strike of the beds here economical operations can be carried on only, to the north¬ east, north, and west. The greatest area of most profitable mining can be obtained by sinking shafts on the Nineveh axis in any of the small valleys above Lowland. In developing the coal of any section the location and direction of operations will necessarily be guided by the boundaries of the land con¬ trolled by various companies and individuals, and the conditions influenced by such control must be met accordingly. After the coal has been ;t mined out ’ 1 in the most favorable areas, intervening un¬ worked tracts will remain, the development of which must be under¬ taken according to various local conditions. It is probable that within one hundred years little Pittsburg coal will remain in this region. In case the Upper Freeport coal is proved to be of value, this bed can be mined in connection with the Pittsburg seam, by sinking the shafts 600 feet deeper. REDSTONE COAL. The next bed above the Pittsburg is the Redstone, which in the Monongahela Valley is a coal of some importance. It is a promising bed in the northeastern part of this quadrangle, but in other portions of the area it is little known. THICKNESS. The Redstone coal lies from 20 to 80 feet above the Pittsburg seam. At several points in the vicinity of Hackett and Finleyville it has been opened in country banks, and in one instance a thickness of 40 inches was measured, as shown in fig. 6, section 21. This was at a bank directly above the Nottingham mine. The interval to the Pittsburg seam here is 70 feet. This coal may possibly be the Sewickley, but the interval from the Sewickley to the Pittsburg is usually as much as 110 to 150 feet, and is rarely known to be less than 100 feet. About 2} miles northwest of Meadowlands a blossom of the Redstone occurs at an estimated interval of about 60 feet above the Pittsburg. Coal is reported in the Enterprise shaft, 20 feet above the Pittsburg bed and 102 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. 75 feet below the Sewickley, but this may be the rider coal which is common throughout much of the Monongahela Valley. The reported thickness here is 2 feet 6 inches, and in the air shaft near by there is 4 feet of it. Washington coal. No. 14. No. 15. ~ No. 16. No. 17." - (See p. 114) (See p. 114) (See p. 114) (See p. 114) Sewickley coal. No. 18. (See p. 103) Waynesburg “A” coal. Redstone coal. No. 19. No. 20. No. 21. (See p. 112) (See p. 112) (See p. 101) One sample of the Redstone coal has been analyzed. It was taken from the bank above the Nottingham mine in the same way as the samples of the Pittsburg coal (see p. 95), and was analyzed at the fuel¬ testing plant at St. Louis. The composition is as follows: Analysis of Redstone coal from country bank near Hackett. Moisture. Volatile matter Fixed carbon.. Ash.. 1.46 35.56 53. 39 9. 59 Sulphur 2.05 100 . 00 This analysis indicates a coal of fairly good quality, ranking the Redstone in this region next in value to the Pittsburg. The quantity of fixed carbon is high, the percentage of ash only slightly exceeds that in the Pittsburg, and the amount of sulphur is not extreme. An analysis from I. Teeple’s bank near Monongahela, east of the quadrangle, is given for comparison 0 . o Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 379. COAL. 103 Analysis of Redstone coal from banlc near Monongahela. [A. S. McCreath, analyst.] Percentage of coke. Color of ash, gray. Moisture. . 1.060 Volatile matter. . 33.590 Fixed carbon. . 48.688 Ash. . 14.295 Sulphur. . 2.367 100.000 65. 3.50 SEWICKLEY COAL. The Sewickley coal is frequently reported in well records at dis¬ tances varying from 100 to 150 feet above the Pittsburg coal and near the base of the Benwood limestone. To the drillers it is universally known as the “Mapletown coal,” the name coming from Mapletown, Greene County, where the bed is mined. In some parts of Greene County it is a valuable coal, but in the Amity quadrangle little is known regarding it. THICKNESS AND INTERVALS. On Mingo Creek, near the boundary between Carroll and Notting¬ ham townships, this coal has been opened at two country banks. A measurement at one of these gave 28 inches of clean coal, with afire- clay roof (fig. 6, section 18). This coal appears in blossoms at several points within a distance of 1| miles up the main branch of this creek and 2J miles up the run entering Mingo Creek from the northwest. At a number of points in the vicinity of Hackett and Finleyville a good coal has been opened at country banks 50 to 80 feet above the Pittsburg, and this may possibly be the Sewickley; it is, however, con¬ sidered as more probably the Redstone. In the northwestern part of the quadrangle the Sewickley is extremely thin. In the Enterprise shaft only 3 inches was found, and in the Washington shaft it is missing. The Sewickley coal is reported in a number of wells drilled in the quadrangle for oil and gas, and in order to show the intervals and thickness these are tabulated on the next page. 104 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Data regarding Sewickley ( Mapletown) coal as reported in drill records.a No. on PI. I. Name. 56 Bristor, No. 3... 122 James Thomas. Horn heirs. 24 A. B. Crumrine. 45 J. L. Thompson, No. 2. 23 N. T. Clark, No. 1. 31 Mrs. A. L. Hawkins, No. 1. 15 Average. Location. Morris Township, Greene Co. Nottingham Township. Morgan Township. Borough of Deemston. .do. .do.. .do.. Borough of Bealisville. Depth below surface. Distance above Pitts¬ burg coal. Feet. 230 345 85 410 315 298 318 Feet. 148 102 120 123 96 105 127 116 Thick¬ ness. Feet. a All measurements given in this report, unless otherwise stated, are from top to top of the respective beds. QUALITY. No analyses have been made of the Sewickley coal in the Amity quadrangle, but Stevenson in his report® gives three analyses from the southeastern part of Greene County. These are as follows: Analyses of Sewickley coal from Greene County. 1 . 2 . 3. Moisture. 1.790 1.500 1.088 Volatile matter. 35.400 30.428 34.012 Fixed carbon. 56.818 55.038 51.783 Ash. 4.840 11.628 10.856 Sulphur. 1.152 1.406 2.261 Percentage of coke. 100.000 62.810 100.000 68.072 100.000 64.9C0 Color of ash. Gray. Red gray. | Red gray. 1. Dunkard Township. Analyzed by D. McCreath. 2. Near Mapletown, Monongahela Township; upper bench. Analyzed by S. A. Ford. 3. Near Mapletown. Monongahela Township; lower bench. Analyzed by S. A. Ford. The proportion of ash is generally large, but the coal is reported to burn freely and to be marketable. In West Virginia it is a valuable coal. UNIONTOWN COAL. The Uniontown coal is a bed occurring at an average interval of 230 to 260 feet above the Pittsburg and 40 to 80 feet below the Waynes- burg, just above a characteristic yellow limestone. It is present in many places as a distinct blossom, but is everywhere thin and is not persistent in this quadrangle. a Second Geol. Survey Pennsjdvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 379. COAL. 105 WAYNESBURG COAL. The Waynesburg bed is best developed in Greene County, but has a wide distribution. It can nearly always be recognized by the pres¬ ence of a coarse, flaggy sandstone, 20 to 60 feet thick, which generally outcrops directly above. Although locally jnissing, this sandstone accompanies the coal over wide areas. In some places they are sepa¬ rated by a few feet of a black shale, but in this quadrangle the shale is more commonly absent. INTERVALS. The stratigraphic position of the Waynesburg coal is at the top of the Monongahela formation, at distances varying from 290 to 350 feet above the Pittsburg. This interval in a general way diminishes from Fayette toward western Washington County; but within the limits of the Amity quadrangle there seems to be no uniformity in varia¬ tion in any particular direction. The minimum interval known is 292 feet in North Franklin Township, and the greatest is 355 feet in East Bethlehem Township; but intervals of 340 to 350 feet occur in South Strabane, Somerset, West Pike Run, and West Bethlehem townships, and in Morris Township, Greene County. The following table in¬ cludes all available well records in the quadrangle in which the two coals are reported. The intervals are measured from the tops of the respective coals, and the thickness of the Monongahela formation can therefore be approximately determined in each instance by the addi¬ tion of 6 to 10 feet for the thickness of the Pittsburg coal. Distance between Pittsburg and Waynesburg coals in Amity quadrangle, as shown by drill records. No. on PI. I. Name of well. Location. Distance. Thickness of Waynes¬ burg coal. Feet. Feet. 3 Baker . Am well Township 337 Moses Smith diamond drill . . 323 6 14 Mrs. A. L. Hawkins No. 2 . Borough of Beallsville 333 3 15 Eaton Luse heirs No. 1 . . do. 322 3 23 N. T. Clark No. 1. Borough of Deomston 330 4 32 Mrs. A. L. Hawkins No. 3 . 333 3 34 L. V. Martindale No. 2 . .do 330 4 44 J. L. Thompson No. 1 . 340 2 45 J. L. Thompson No. 2 . 356 335 5 46 J. L. Thompson No. 3 . . do . 6 47 J. L. Thompson No. 4. . 337 4 48 J. L. Thompson No. 5 . 330 3 54 Blakely No. 1 . East Bethlehem 355 56 Bristor Bros. No. 3 . Morris Township, Greene County. 345 62 Elmas Carey No. 1 . Morris Township, Washington 314 5 County. Meloy No. 1... 311 5 J. C. Mounts. North Franklin Township. 292 106 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Distance between Pittsburg and Waynesburg coals in Amity quadrangle, as shown by drill records —Continued. No. on PI. I. Name of well. Location. Distance. Thickness of Waynes¬ burg coal. Feet. Feet. 234 Washington Floral Co . South Strabane Township. 345 3 273 N. T. Clark No. 2. West Bethlehem Township. 334 4 285 J. C. Martin No. 1. .do. 324 4 295 Joseph Ross No. 1. .do . 315 297 John C. Sargent No. 2 . .do. . . 340 5 299 Thompson and Seaman Coal Co. . do . 340 5 No. 1. 308 S. F. Scott No. 1 . West Pike Run Township . 346 Average . 332 1 . 1 . 1 DISTRIBUTION. The outcrop of the Waynesburg coal horizon is shown on the geologic map (PI. I, pocket) by the blue line at the contact of the Monongahela and Washington formations. The dash portion of the line indicates doubt whether the coal is workable and the dotted part shows places where it is probably too thin to be of value. It will be seen that over the northeastern quarter of the quadrangle the coal outcrops near the top of the hills. This is also true east of Zollarsville and south of Beallsville. Throughout these areas the bed seems to be uniformly present and has been opened at a great many country banks. From Nottingham and Somerset townships toward Chartiers Creek, however, the seam decreases in importance. It outcrops over a con¬ siderable area in the valley of Little Chartiers Creek north of Eighty- four, and between Wylandville and the edge of the quadrangle several country banks have been opened at various times. The horizon fol¬ lows the eastern side of Chartiers Creek high up on the hills, but in that district the coal is not known to be of value and may be absent in much of the area. In the Enterprise shaft, north of Washington, it is only 3 inches thick, and in the Washington shaft only 8 inches. At Lone Pine, where it is brought up by the Amity anticline, it shows for a short distance, and here it has been extensively mined at several coun¬ try banks. With this exception the bed lies deep beneath the surface throughout the entire area south of Washington and Eightyfour and west of Odell and Zollarsville. The depth below creek level is about 200 feet at Sunset and 100 to 150 feet between West Amity and Ten- mile village. The probable depth of the Waynesburg coal at any point in the quadrangle can be found by adding the corresponding interval (300 to 350 feet) to the elevation of the Pittsburg coal as shown by the structure contours and then subtracting the sum from the surface ele-. . S Gl BULLETIN NO. 300 PL. V. U. S GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO. 300 PL. V. No. 43. (See p. 110.) SECTIONS OF THE WAYNESBURG COAL IN THE AMITY QUADRANGLE. Showing general persistence and variations of the three divisions and partings. Scale, i inch to 5 feet. No. 65. (See p. 111.) No. 68. (See p. 111.) COAL, 107 vation at the point in question. The approximate interval to be added can be estimated in various portions of the quadrangle by means of the table on pages 105-106. Where no measurements have been made in the vicinity the average interval should be used. THICKNESS. In thickness the Waynesburg coal is variable, running from a few inches to 7 feet. Like the Pittsburg bed, it usually occurs in more than one bench, separated by clay partings. In general there are three persistent benches of coal. This is illustrated in PI. VI. With few exceptions the upper fire-clay parting is persistent, with an average thickness of 1 foot, occurring in general a little nearer to the top than to the bottom of the seam. The bench directly below this is the one most commonly mined. Along the several branches of Pigeon Creek many country banks have been opened on this bed, and these show sections varying from 3 to 7 feet in thickness (PI. VI, sections 22 to 42). The table on the next page gives the exact measurements of these. Detailed measurements of the Waynesburg coal in the valley of Pigeon Creek.* 108 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. ,g d > O} 3 fa --V ,11 •S' pq a M W 03 ,p > o o P rO be bo o .S .s “ I & I t-H c ° b B a o B 03 >> B * 73 = J33 O 3 pq 1 w s o .p £ fc « r o M" E £ 'S - P 2 - „ cj * |t £ B 03 P O ^ ” o „ *h 03 O p£J 1/2 ► ► OQ o - CJ ~ ^ C « > I 1 ® -2 a B8* 00 00 "H o d 3 s i P G 42 g 03 *§ § s S d 42 ° 42 JS SOD O ^ 02 P *!' r c3 a S CQ co e e e t oo co oo CO Bode , 00 Ol N Ot O) S! W M S W W W a See graphic representations on PI. VI. b Sandstone rock. cWitb some fire clay. d Contains clay partings. « Slate. COAL. 109 In general these sections show a fair agreement, having a main bench and an upper bench (“roof coal”), separated by 6 to 18 inches of fire clay. The “roof coal” varies in thickness from 3 to 23 inches, the main bench from 22 to 47 inches. The maximum measurement of the main bench is at a country bank 2 miles southeast of Kammerer (PL VI, section 23). The roof is generally sandstone, but here and there shale, and in one instance the coal is separated from the sandstone by a foot of fire clay. The lower of the two partings occurs from 2 inches to 2 feet above the bottom of the seam and in extreme cases measures a foot. The fact that the lower bench has not always been recorded is doubtless because it is usually thin and the operators do not think it worth while to take it out. The mine tracks are laid on top of the clay above it. A rather peculiar condition exists south of Vanceville, where the coal is locally split into two divisions several feet apart, separated by shale (sections 37 and 38). Both divisions are worked. The upper one is in turn split into two benches, separated by clay, probably corre¬ sponding with the usual “roof coal ” and main bench. This opening shows the two benches 12 and 30 inches thick, separated by 13 inches of clay. This coal is very hard., The lower division measures 54 inches of coal, which is rather bony. In both divisions it contains a large percentage of sulphur. This is the only locality where the Waynesburg coal is certainly known to be split, but that such instances are probably numerous is indicated by the occurrence at several points in the quadrangle of two distinct blossoms separated by a few feet of shale or debris. At a country bank on North Branch of Pigeon Creek the Waynes¬ burg bed is said to consist of 8 feet of solid coal; but this statement can not be corroborated, as the entry has now fallen in. In the vicinity of Kammerer the coal has been mined at several country banks. At the Kammerer opening the two upper benches measure in all 38 inches, including 2 inches of shale, corresponding to the fire-clay parting found elsewhere (section 22). This coal has been opened at many banks in the vicinity of Deems- ton and Zollarsville and a number of sections have been measured (sections 43 to 51), detailed sections of which follow: 110 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Detailed measurements of the Waynesburg coal in the vicinity of Deernston and Zollarsville. Total. Ft. in. 4 9§ 5 6 3 2 5 6 6 5 54- 4 11 a Sandstone rock. b Contains 2 inches of bone 10 inches from bottom of the bench, c Contains thin clay partings. d Very thin. e Second Geol. Survey Pa.. Kept. K, p. 181. These vary in thickness from 3 to 5J feet, and in general show a fair correspondence, though the agreement is not so close as in the Pigeon Creek district. All the sections contain a main bench of 24 to 38 inches and with one exception have above the main fire-clay parting a roof coal reaching a maximum thickness of 22 inches, but averaging about 10 inches. In one case the sandstone roof rests directly on the main bench (section 45). The bottom coal is separated from the main bench by 1 to 4 inches of fire clay. In three cases the main bench is divided by a knife edge to 2 inches of bone or shale (sections 40, 44, and 48). As a rule the roof is sand¬ stone, but locally it is shale and in some places fire clay. In the last case the clay is only 6 to 18 inches thick, and directly above it the sandstone is present, as usual. The main fire-elay parting thickens up here and there, as shown in Horn’s bank (section 49), to 3 or 4 feet. In this section the “roof coal” is bony. The other section of Horn’s bank (section 48) is more nearly the average. On Little Tenmile Creek at the village of Lone Pine the Amity anti¬ cline brings the coal above stream level for about a mile, and it is worked at a number of country banks. The sections measured here show great uniformity (sections 52 to 58), and may therefore be taken as average for the Waynesburg coal in this region. Details are given in the next table. No. of section on PI. VI. Location. Fire¬ clay. Coal. Fire¬ clay. Coal. Fire- | clay. Coal. ! 43 1 mile north of Deernston . . .. Ft. in. Ft. in. 1 Ft. in. 11£ Ft. in. 2 Ft. in. ] Ft. in. 9 ! 44 . ..do. (a) (a) 9 1 2 \b 3 3 4 ! 45 1.2 miles west-northwest of Deems- ton. 3 2 4G 1.3 miles northeast of Deernston ... 10 6 2 8 4 84- 47 1 mile north-northeast of Zollars- ville. o6 1 1 1 2 5 48 “ Horn’s bank,” Zollarsville. 1 c 10 7 1 4 (<0 1 3 49 _do. 2 3 6 2 10 50 0.3mile southwest of Zollarsville... o 1 6 1 1 10 24- 51 Just above Zollarsville. 1 1 1 2 10 COAL. Ill Detailed measurements of the Waynesburg coal in the vicinity of Lone Pine. No. of section on PI. VI. Location. Fire clay. Coal. Fire clay. Coal. Fire clay. Coal. Total. Ft. in. Ft. in. Ft. in. Ft. in. Ft. in. Ft. in. Ft. in. 52 0.3mile southeast of Lone Pine._ 1 11 2 8 5 8 5 8 53 “ McCrerey bank, ” Lone Pine. 10 1 1 «2 8 7 6 5 8 ✓ 54 Lone Pine. 1 1 2 2 7 4 6 5 7 55 .do. b . 1 1 3 3 3 6 6 56 .do. b . 6 1 2 2 10 6 6 5 6 57 On Brush Run, Lone Pine c. 1 3 1 3 1 3 10 6 5 58 On Little Tenmile Creek, above Lone Pine c. 1 1 2 10 3 8 2 6 6 4 a Contains a thin binder. b Second Geol. Survey Pa., Rept. K, p. 180. c Op. cit., p. 183. At Lone Pine the bed consists of roof coal 10 to 15 inches, white fire clay 11 to 14 inches, main coal 31 to 44 inches, fire clay 2 to 7 inches, and bottom coal 6 to 10 inches, the total thickness being 65 to 77 inches. In one instance (section 53) the main bench contains a thin binder about the middle. The top bench of the coal is poor and is not mined, being left in to help hold up the roof, which is here generally shale. Locally, however, the sandstone rests directly upon the coal. QUALITY. In quality the Waynesburg coal is greatly inferior to the Pittsburg seam. It is a hard block coal with no coking value, and usually con¬ tains a high percentage of ash and sulphur. The ash averages 10 to 20 per cent and the sulphur 2 to 5 per cent. The coal is used prin¬ cipally by the farmers in the vicinity and is considered a very fair fuel in sections where no better coal is obtainable, as, for instance, in southern Washington and western Greene counties. The upper bench is generally of poor quality, and when the roof consists of shale is sometimes left in by the miners. In the survey of the Amity quadrangle two samples of this coal were taken from Horn’s bank, Zollarsville. They are of the roof coal and the main bench, respectively. These samples were taken accord¬ ing to the standard practice, as explained in connection with the Pittsburg coal (p. 95), and were analyzed at the fuel-testing plant at St. Louis. Two sets of analyses are given, the second of each being for coal “ air-dried.” 112 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Analyses of Waynesburg coal from ZoUarsviUe. [E. E. Somermeier, analyst.] Roof coal. Main bench. As re¬ ceived. Air-dried. As re¬ ceived. Air-dried. Moisture. 2.90 1.22 2.27 0.98 Volatile matter... 31.68 32.23 32.39 32.82 Fixed carbon. 45.76 46.55 47.13 47.75 Ash. 19.66 20.00 18.21 18.45 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Sulphur. 4.43 4.51 2.89 2.93 In the report on Washington and Greene counties Stevenson 0 gives a number of analyses, two of which are from localities in this quad¬ rangle. They are as follows: Analyses of Waynesburg coal from Washington County. [D. McCreath, analyst.] 1. 2. Moisture. 0.740 i ion Volatile matter. | 36.040 1. IcJU Fixed carbon. 46.890 oo. ooo iQ JQQ Ash.. 13.955 i ^ oon Sulphur. 2.375 lO. JoU 100.000 A. oUU 100.000 Coke. AQ oon OO. ZZ\J Oo. ZAO 1. Rogers’s bank near Beallsville. 2. J. Moniger’s bank, Lone Pine. WAYNESBURG “a” COAL. The Waynesburg “A” coal is very persistent throughout the county and can usually be recognized by blossoms occurring 50 to 80 feet above the Waynesburg coal. It occurs above the Waynesburg sand¬ stone and is in many places associated with thin limestones. Usually the coal is thin, but in a few localities its blossom is so conspicuous that it has been mistaken for the Waynesburg. This is especially true in sections where the Waynesburg sandstone is absent, and in such cases there is no sure guide to the coals. Only two measurements of this coal are known. They amount to 20 and 27 inches (fig. 6, Nos. 19 and 20, p. 102), and the coal is much broken up by bone and clay. At one of these localities, 1J miles southeast of Lone Pine, the coal has been opened. This is the only known open bank on this bed in the quadrangle. If this expo¬ sure represents the best of the coal, it will be readily understood that the Waynesburg “A” seam can never be of much value. Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 278. COAL. 113 In Somerset Township, on North Branch of Pigeon Creek, the coal outcrops with the following section: Section of Waynesburg “A ” coal in Somerset Township. Ft. in. Sandstone.•_. 10 Coal. 10 Clay. 4 Coal, slaty. 5 Clay. 2 Coal and shale. 1 4 The Second Survey states that the Waynesburg “A” was once opened in West Bethlehem Township 1} miles northwest of Scenery Hill, but the thickness was only 15 inches. WAYNESBURG “fi” AND LITTLE WASHINGTON COALS. These names have been applied at various times to thin coals occur¬ ring between the Waynesburg “A” and Washington beds in various parts of Greene and Washington counties. It is true that blossoms have frequently been found in this interval, and in one or two instances thicknesses as great as 1 to 2 feet have been reported, but it can be safely said that neither of the beds is of any value. WASHINGTON COAL. The Washington coal is known from the locality of its typical occur¬ rence. It is 110 to 160 feet above the Waynesburg coal and directly below the Lower Washington limestone. This coal is much more per¬ sistent than any other coal bed of the Dunkard group, and reaches-in many places a thickness of several feet, although on account of its numerous shale partings it is of little commercial value. At no point in the Amity quadrangle is the bed now worked, but conspicuous blos¬ soms usually occur wherever its horizon crosses a road. THICKNESS. In the vicinity of Washington the coal is exposed at a number of points and locally reaches a thickness of 7 feet. It usually consists of many divisions of coal and shale. One of the best exposures to be seen is that in the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad cut just off the quadrangle in the western part of Washington. The coal is here 7 feet 1 inch thick and is overlain at a few feet by the Lower Washington limestone. The coal is subdivided by bands of clay, as shown in fig. 6, No. 14, page 102; the section follows: Bull. 300—07-8 114 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. Coal section in Baltimore and Ohio Railroad cut west of Washington (fig. 6, No. 14). [Second Geol. Survey, Pennsylvania, Rept. K, p. 52.] Ft. in. Coal. 3 Fire clay.'. 8 Bituminous shale. 10 Fire clay. 1 3 Coal. 5 Fire clay. 1 Coal... 2 Fire clay. 2 Coal. 3 Fire clay. 3 Coal. 2 9 7 1 It is reported that along Little Chartiers Creek, on the boundary between South Strabane and Somerset townships, the Washington coal was once opened and had a thickness of 2 feet 6 inches. In numerous places on the ridge separating North Strabane and Not¬ tingham townships it amounts to several feet. Stevenson reports a thickness of 2 feet 7 inches on Tenmile Creek a in Amwell Township, but it is here separated into three benches by two thick fire-clay partings (fig. 6, No. 15). In West Bethlehem Township, 1^ miles above Zollarsville, 6 it measures in all 3 feet 3 inches, but 11 inches of this is clay (fig. 6, No. 16). At Tenmile village 3 feet 6 inches is reported, containing two fire-clay partings, 5 and 6 inches in thickness (see fig. 6, No. 17). In the vicinity of Dunn station and West Amity the coal is recorded in a number of wells. On Little Daniels Run, 2 miles southwest of Scenery Hill, it was once opened and is reported 20 inches thick. QUALITY. Usually where the Washington coal has been seen in the quadrangle, it is made up of many alternating layers of coal and shale and is in general a very inferior coal. In neighboring districts, however, it is frequently found of fair quality, sometimes equaling the Waynesburg bed in value. No analyses have been made of the Washington coal in this quadrangle, but the following analyses from banks near Ta) T - lorstown, Washington County, and Ryerson Station, Greene County, are given to show the composition of the Washington coal when at its best: a Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 52. b Op. cit., p. 181. COAL. 115 Analyses of Washington coal from western Greene and Washington counties. As received. 1 . - 2. Air dried. Moisture . 2.22 36.79 46.96 14.03 100.00 3.79 1.73 36.97 47.20 14.10 100.00 3.81 1.695 39.150 46.658 10.525 100.00 1 972 Volatile matter. Fixed carbon. Sulphur. Moisture loss on air drying. .50 Coke. 59.155 Gray. Color of ash. 1. Near Ryerson Station, western Greene County. Sample taken according to standard method (see p. 95); analyzed a't fuel-testing plant, St. Louis, Mo., by E. E. Somermeier. 2. Near Taylorstown, Buffalo Township, Washington County; analyzed by A. S. McCreath (Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 376). These analyses show a coal comparing very favorably with the Waynesburg bed. Usually, however, the quality is inferior to this, in respect both to ash and sulphur. JOLLYTOWN COAL. The name Jollytown was used by Stevenson in 1876“ for a coal 40 to 50 feet below the Upper Washington limestone, and by I. C. White 6 in 1891 for a coal and limestone above the Upper Washington lime¬ stone. In the Waynesburg folio (1905) R. W. Stone followed Steven¬ son’s use of the word, and that usage is maintained, as Stevenson had the right of priority. In the Amity quadrangle this coal is not known •except at a few points in Amwell and West Bethlehem townships, where it appears as a faint blossom 60 to 80 feet below the Upper Washington limestone. It has been reported up to 20 inches in thickness. TENMILE COAL. About 30 feet above the Upper Washington limestone there occurs in many places a thin coal bed which was erroneously called by I. C. White the Jollytown, but it is not equivalent to the Jollytown of Ste¬ venson, which occurs below the Upper Washington limestone. The name Tenmile coal is here suggested for this bed. The coal has been noted at a number of localities throughout West Bethlehem and Amwell townships, but is best developed south of Tenmile Creek. At several points it has been opened and found to reach a thickness of 1 to 3 feet. About 2.2 miles west-southwest of Tenmile village a thick¬ ness of 38 inches was measured. The coal contains thin partings and occurs between a black shale and shaly sandstone. a Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 48. b Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 65, 1891, p. 34. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OV AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. 116 LOCAL COALS. On Cemetery Hill, Washington, a coal 18 inches thick occurs 5 feet above the Upper Washington limestone and 5 feet below an 8-foot bed of limestone. Another coal blossom has been noted at several locali¬ ties at an estimated interval of 170 to 200 feet above the Upper Wash¬ ington limestone. This is probably equivalent to the Dunkard coal of southern Greene County. COALS WHICH DO NOT OUTCROP. COALS IN THE CONEMAUGH FORMATION. Coal beds in the Conemaugh formation are usually thin and irregu¬ lar in occurrence, but several horizons are known at which they appear to be rather persistent. One of these is reported in several wells in Washington County. In the Isaac Horn No. 1 well (283), near Zollars- ville, it occurs at an interval of 445 feet, in the Joseph B. Wise No. 1 (303) at 410 feet, and in the Luse well (15) at 384 feet below the Pitts¬ burg coal. The average interval to the Upper Freeport coal in this vicinity being assumed as 600 feet, the intermediate coal in these wells occurs at about 155, 190, and 216 feet, respectively, above the Upper Freeport. These intervals agree well with that of the Bakerstown coal, a thin bed which is present in many places in Allegheny and Beaver counties. In the Horn No. 2 well another coal has been noted 245 feet below the Pittsburg bed. COALS IN THE ALLEGHENY FORMATION. Except in one or two instances only two coal beds of this formation are recorded in wells of the Amity quadrangle. These beds are the Upper Freeport (“Connellsville”) and a bed which lies about 150 feet below it. The Upper Freeport coal lies at the top of the Allegheny formation and seems to be very persistent. The quality of this coal is not known, but the bed is reported in a number of deep wells. Its depth below the Pittsburg coal is given in the following table: Distance from top of Pittsburg coal to top of Upper Freeport coal, as shown by drill records. No. on PI. I. Name of well. Location. Distance. Thickness of Upper Freeport coal. C. M. Reed South Strabane Township . .. Feet. 600 Feet. 29 Matilda Davis No. 2. Borough of Deemston. 604 10 24 A. B. Crumrine. .do. 604 4 37 Oberholt. do. 600 . 7 28 Wm. Crumrine. .do. 580 11 45 J. L. Thompson No. 2. J. L. Thompson No. 3. .do. 564 5 46 600 5 COAL. 117 Distance from top of Pittsburg coal to top of Upper Freeport coal, etc. — Continued. No. on PI. I. Name of well. Location. Distance. Thickness of Upper Freeport coal. Feet. Feet. 47 J. L. Thompson No. 4. Borough of Deemston. 597 5 48 J. L. Thompson No. 5. .do. 610 10 43 Hiram Teagarten. .do. 575 5 49 Wm. Ward . .do. 582 6 265* Reed Borough of Washington. 595 281 Uriah Hill heirs. West Bethlehem Township. 596 6 299 Thompson &. Seaman Coal Co_ .. .do ... 587 307 Peter Nickerson. West Pike Run Township. 607 3 308 S. F. Scott. .do. 574 Average... 585 The lower coal is reported only in the Elizabeth Morton No. 1 (291), Winnet McCarthy No. 2 (289), and Frank McCarthy No. 1 (286) wells in West Bethlehem Township. Its distance below the Pittsburg bed is 755, 745, and 750 feet, respectively. In those wells the coal is reported as the “Connellsville,” but since the distance from the Pitts¬ burg is too great, it is believed to be more probably the equivalent of one of the Kittanning group. What may be the same coal is recorded in the A. M. Wickerham well (50) in the borough of Deemston, but in this case the distance is only 721 feet. In the Luse well (15) near Beallsville, and in the Gantz well at Washington, a coal is recorded 672 feet and 653 feet, respectively, below the Pittsburg. This may possibly be the Lower Freeport coal of the Allegheny Valley, which in the vicinity of Connellsville is locally present about 40 feet below the Upper Freeport. The A. C. Mitchell well, in West Pike Pun Township, is the only one in the quadrangle which shows three coal beds in the Allegheny forma¬ tion. In this record the following section is given: Section of Allegheny formation in the A. C. Mitchell well, West Pike Run Township. Feet. Coal (Upper Freeport) Lime. Sand. Slate . Sand... Slate. Coal (Upper Kittanning ?). Slate . Coal (Middle Kittanning?) Lime. Slate . Sand. Black lime. Slate.. Sand. Slate. 5 29 10 24 32 14 5 37 8 20 25 45 10 18 30 12 324 118 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. LIMESTONE. RELATIVE ABUNDANCE. The rocks of the Monongahela and Washington formations present a striking contrast to the underlying Carboniferous rocks in the pro¬ portion of limestone they contain. While in the Pottsville, Allegheny, and Conemaugh formations beds of limestone are rare and, with a few exceptions, very thin, in the Monongahela and Washington deposits they are frequently found up to 20 or 30 feet in thickness, and in the Monongahela they make up nearly one-half the thickness of the forma¬ tion. This is illustrated by a diamond-drill hole near Bissell, which reports between the Waynesburg and Pittsburg coals 130 feet of lime¬ stone, being over 41 per cent of the total thickness of the beds. This is due largely to the great thickness of the Benwood limestone. In the Washington formation the amount of limestone is less, but at least three beds reach thicknesses of 20 to 30 feet. USES. Certain impure limestones' containing large percentages of silica, alumina, and iron oxide are capable of forming cement when burned in a kiln at a comparatively low temperature. Cements made in this manner are known as natural cements and are of much poorer quality than Portland cement, which is generally made from the purer lime¬ stones. For natural cement a limestone containing as high as 15 to 40 per cent of impurities is necessary. This kind of cement has been made in the past in southwestern Pennsylvania to a limited extent, principally for use in the construction of locks on Monongahela River. The bed used for that purpose was a part of the Benwood limestone. Portland cement,® which has for years surpassed all other kinds of cement in its value and use, requires a purer limestone. The pro¬ portion of magnesium carbonate (MgC0 3 ), especially, must be low— preferably less than 3 per cent. In general the amount of calcium carbonate (CaC0 3 ) must be at least 75 per cent, and the remainder (20 per cent) includes silica (S0 2 ), alumina (A1 2 0 3 ), and iron oxide (Fe 2 0 3 ). The principal use of limestones in this region at tlie present time is for road material, several quarries for this purpose being situated in the vicinity of Washington. The limestones seem also to be suited for railroad ballast, and when nearly pure carbonate of lime they may be used for flux in iron smelting. One of the most widespread uses of limestone in Pennsylvania has been for fertilizer, and for this purpose almost any' except the most impure limes are suited. In Washington County, however, the great abundance of limestone beds o A detailed discussion of the Portland cement industry and cement-making limestones of the United States is given by E. C. Eckel in Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 243, 1905. LIMESTONE. 119 has naturally formed a very good soil, and, as a rule, no burned lime is necessary on the land. In a few instances only were evidences that lime had been burned seen in the fields. The principal limestone beds in the area are described from the bottom upward. LIMESTONES BETWEEN THE PITTSBURG AND WAYNESBURG COALS (MONONGAIIELA FORMATION). FISHPOT LIMESTONE. The Fishpot limestone underlies the Sewickley coal at a distance of a few feet. It was originally named by Stevenson from Fishpot Run, in the southeast corner of Washington County, but I. C. White a has applied the term Sewickley to this same limestone. During the present survey this bed was observed underneath the coal on Fish- pot Run, where 30 feet of it is reported, and on Mingo Creek. In sinking the Enterprise mine shaft, 1 mile north of Washington, according to report 30 feet of limestone was found directly below the coal. Thin sandstone beds also frequently occur in this interval. A sample of this limestone from Fayette County was analyzed by the Second Geological Survey 6 and found to have the following composition: Analysis of Fishpot Limestone from Fayette County. Insoluble residue. 10. 770 Calcium carbonate (CaC0 3 ). 80. 647 Magnesium carbonate (MgC0 3 )_ 2. 217 Ferrous carbonate (FeC0 3 ). 1. 657 Iron disulphide (FeS 2 ). 1.125 Alumina (A1 2 0 3 ).543 Sulphur trioxide (S0 3 ). 0. 052 Phosphoric oxide (P 2 0 5 ). .' 066 Water. 1.010 Carbonaceous matter. 1. 250 99. 337 Compact; minutely crystalline; spotted with pyrite; dark blue. If the bed attains this composition in Washington County, it should be of some value in the manufacture of Portland cement. One analy¬ sis, however, is not sufficient to justify a positive statement of this kind, since another analysis shows too large a proportion of magnesia. BEN WOOD LIMESTONE. The Benwood (or Great) limestone is by far the most important limestone in the quadrangle. The name was suggested by I. C. White from the town of Benwood, near Wheeling, W. Va. In places it reaches, with its interbedded shales, a thickness of 160 feet, the pro¬ portion of limestone being usually about three-fourths of the whole. The detailed section of the Benwood varies somewhat, but it consists a Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 65, 1891, p. 62. b Rept. MM, 1879, p. 287. 120 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. uniformly of a double composite bed; that is, it contains a lower and an upper member separated by a considerable thickness of shale, both members being in turn divided into a number of layers sepa¬ rated by thin beds of shale. At several points in the Amity quadrangle the Benwood is well exposed. In several ravines northeast of Kammerer, in eastern Not¬ tingham Township, and in Union Township, off the edge of the quad¬ rangle, the exposures are especially good. At one point, on a small run on the boundary of the quadrangle, in Union Township, the stream makes a perpendicular fall of 30 feet, caused by resistance to erosion of one of the limestone strata and the consequent undercut¬ ting of 25 feet of soft interstratified shales (PL VII, A). Similar falls, of less height, occur on several of the small streams in this vicin¬ ity. One of the best measured sections of this limestone is at the mouth of Brush Run, Peters Township, in the Carnegie quadrangle, as follows: . > Section of Benwood limestone at mouth of Brush 'Run, Peters Township.a Ft. in. Concealed. 117 Limestone. 1 Sandstone.. 5 Limestone, brecciated. 2 . 6 Concealed. 15 Limestone. 4 6 Sandstone. 14 Concealed. 15 Shale. 5 Limestone. r . 12 Shale. ’ . 12 Limestone. 50 Shale, sandy, to creek. 15 A fair section of this limestone is also given in the record of the Moses Smith diamond-drill hole, near Bissell (p. 16). Several oil and gas wells report the limestone, but such records are less reliable than surface measurements. In general, the Benwood limestone is considerably broken up by shale, as in the section just given, but a hard layer 30 to 50 feet thick near the bottom seems to be very persistent. The character of the limestone is variable. The “Uniontown” member, or upper portion, contains in many places 6 to 15 feet of an impure brownish to buff- colored limestone. The lower portion is generally a hard, pure lime¬ stone of light-brown to gray colors. One thin stratum weathers very yellow, with a peculiar honeycombed appearance. The rock is in many places siliceous or argillaceous and in some ferruginous. The bottom portion is said to be generally the more magnesian, although all portions are high in magnesia, as indicated by the first thre*e of the “Stevenson, J. J., Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 226. U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO. 300 PL. VII A. WATERFALL OVER BENWOOD LIMESTONE, UNION TOWNSHIP. B. OUTCROP OF LOWER WASHINGTON LIMESTONE ON SMITH RUN, AMWELL TOWNSHIP. LIMESTONE. 121 following, analyses. In Washington County the limestone was con¬ siderably used in early days in the manufacture of natural cement, but is nowhere suitable for Portland cement, on account of the large proportion of magnesia. Analyses of Benwood limestone from Washington County. 1 . # 2. 3. 4. Insoluble residue. 13.300 22.520 15.750 14.920 Calcium carbonate (CaCOs). 68.837 48.823 47.080 47. 750 Magnesium carbonate (MgCOs). 14.649 20.621 28.528 30.943 Ferrous carbonate (FeC 03 ). } 3.306 J 3.625 | 7.511 5.608 Alumina (AI 2 O 3 ). 1 1 3.523 Sulphur. .097 .203 .069 .126 Phosphorus. .049 .051 .127 .015 100.238 99.366 99.065 99.362 1. One mile north of Canonsburg; upper layer, very hard and compact, like conglomerate, bluish gray Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 388; analysis by A. S. McCreath. 2. One mile north of Canonsburg; middle layer, compact, somewhat shaly, bluish gray. Loc. cit.; analysis by D. McCreath. 3. One mile north of Canonsburg; lower layer,hard, compact,unctuous, pearl gray. Loc. cit.; anal¬ ysis by D. McCreath. 4. Property of Doctor Shaner, in Somerset Township, 8 miles from Washington. Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania. Rept. MM, 1879, p. 285; analysis by D. McCreath. WAYNESBURG LIMESTONE. The Waynesburg limestone is a bed 4 to 20 feet in thickness, occur¬ ring below and within 40 feet of the Waynesburg coal. It is exposed and readily accessible at a number of places in various parts of the quadrangle. It is usually of a dark-gray color and makes a strong, but rather dark lime. The utility of this limestone has not been tested. LIMESTONES ABOVE THE WAYNESBURG COAL (iN THE DUNKARD GROUP. Scattered throughout the Dunkard group are abundant limestone beds, which were described by the Second Geological Survey and given numbers from I to XIV, inclusive. a Several of these beds are known to be persistent over considerable areas and can be recognized as distinct beds. Most of them, however, in the upper portion of the Dunkard have been shown by recent field work in western Greene County to be local in their occurrence and many of them can not be correlated with any bed at a distance. The more important beds are described in the following paragraphs. LOCAL LIMESTONES BETWEEN THE WAYNESBURG AND WASHINGTON COALS. Below the Waynesburg “A” coal and above the Waynesburg sandstone there occurs locally a limestone which was noted by Stev- ° White, I. C., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 65,1891, p. 39. 122 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. enson, but not named. It is well exposed on Dunkard Creek, at Mount Morris, Greene County, and has therefore been designated by I. C. White a the “ Mount Morris limestone.” In places in Washing¬ ton County it is 5 to 10 feet thick, but is not persistent. It can be seen at many points in the eastern half of the quadrangle. It is com¬ monly blue gray in color and weathers yellowish. A limestone is often found above the Waynesburg “A” coal also. It reaches a thickness of 8 to 10 feet and has generally a buff color. By I. C. White a it was named the u Colvins Ilun limestone,” from Colvins Hun, in Greene County. LIMESTONES ABOVE THE WASHINGTON COAL. LOWER WASHINGTON LIMESTONE. This is the lowest of the three principal limestones occurring near Washington and named after that town. It forms the roof of the Washington coal. Here and there, however, a few feet of shale inter¬ venes between the coal and the limestone. The Lower Washington occurs from 150 to 220 feet below the top of the Upper Washington limestone and 120 to 150 feet above the Waynesburg coal. Wash¬ ington County is the region of its best development, and here its thickness ranges up to 30 feet. It is generally interstratified with much shale, as shown in the following section: Section of Lower Washington limestone and associated shale on Smith Run. Ft. in. Limestone. 9 6 Shale, black... 5 Limestone... 1. 7 Shale, black. 4 Limestone. 1 Shale, black and soft. 2 Limestone. 2 Shale, black. 2 Limestone, hard, blue to black, weathers white. 9 Shale, soft, black. 2 Fire-clay shale, dark. 4 Coal, bony. 2 Shale, black. 4 Fire-clay shale, dark. 5 15 An illustration of the outcrop of the above section is given in PI. VII, B. One mile southeast of Hackneys station, near Tenmile Creek, the following section was measured: a White, I. C., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 65, 1891, p. 39. LIMESTONE. 123 Section of Lower Washington limestone near Hackneys. Ft. in. Limestone. 1 Shale, bituminous.2 Limestone. 1 Clay. 4 Limestone. 1 Clay. 8 Limestone. 6 Clay. 1 Limestone. 1 Clay. 6 Limestone. 2 Clay. 6 9 8 Coal, Washington .. l-f Still another good section occurs near Zollarsville. The measure- ment is as follows: Section of Lower Washington limestone 2 miles west-northwest of Zollarsville. Ft. in. Limestone. 2 Shale, bituminous. 3 Limestone. 3 - Shale, bituminous. 2 Limestone. 3 Shale, bituminous. 1 Limestone. 7 Shale. | Limestone. * . 3 Shale, bituminous. . 3 Limestone. 1 Shale, bituminous. 2 Limestone. q Shale, bituminous. 2 Limestone. 1 € 10 7J The Lower Washington limestone is usually a hard, compact lime¬ stone, having a light blue-gray to fleshy color and commonly weather- ng bluish white. The color is not distinctive, and in general it can be said that in none of the limestones in the Dunkard formation is the color a certain guide to the identity of the bed. The colors men¬ tioned are characteristic, however, and usually assist in identification. The utility of this limestone has not been tested, but at many widely scattered points it is rather massive and would seem to be of possible future value. MIDDLE WASHINGTON LIMESTONE. The Middle Washington limestone occurs 60 to 100 feet above the bower Washington and 100 to 140 feeb below the Upper Washington 124 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. limestone. Where exposed it is a hard, compact light-grayish or flesh-colored rock, usually coarsely brecciated and containing numer¬ ous spots of crystalline calcite, many of them replacing fossil shells. The limestone can generally be recognized by the great quantity of hon it contains, giving it a weathered surface of bright yellow, which in many exposures extends to a depth of several inches and finally exfoliates and crumbles off. Some of the basal layers are more earthy and slaty and do not have this characteristic. The bed is locally 10 to 20 feet thick, but usually much thinner. The Middle Washington limestone has a wide distribution in the quadrangle, but its typical occurrence is near Washington. In a cut of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad in the eastern part of the town the large yellow bowlders from the bed are finely exposed. This lime¬ stone has never been used and does not appear to be of value. JOLLYTOWN LIMESTONE. In accordance with the usage of Stevenson (1876), this term is applied to the limestone occurring above the Jollytown coal and 30 to 40 feet below the Upper Washington. It is a hard, grayish, locally brecciated limestone, weathering light gray to dirty yellow. Owing to its peculiar character it is a good key rock. It is in places several feet thick, and appears below the Upper Washington limestone on most of the roads in the southwestern part of the quadrangle and in a few places elsewhere. UPPER WASHINGTON LIMESTONE. The Upper Washington limestone is the topmost bed of the Wash¬ ington formation and, with the exception of the Waynesburg sand¬ stone, is the most conspicuous and persistent member of the Dunkard group. For this reason it was chosen as the best horizon at which to subdivide the group into formations. It occurs 630 to 710 feet above the Pittsburg coal and 280 to 400 feet above the Waynesburg coal. The outcrop of this limestone throughout the quadrangle is represented on the geologic map (PI. I, pocket) by the heavy" green line separating the Washington and Greene formations. The characteristics of the Upper Washington limestone are rather distinctive. It is hard, compact, and brittle, and is generally made up of a number of layers separated by thin beds of shale. Through¬ out the greater part of Washington County its upper part on fresh fracture has a dark blue-gray, bluish black, or even nearly black color. Generally it contains drab and mottled layers. The rock as a rule is very pure. In some portions of the district it is easily recog¬ nized by its weathered surface, which is almost snowy-white, with a slight tinge of blue. It varies in thickness from 4 to 30 feet. The best exposures of this limestone are to be seen in the vicinity LIMESTONE. 125 of Washington, where it reaches a thickness of nearly 30 feet. The tunnel of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, 1 mile east of town, cuts through the bed, exposing at its west end the section given below. The limestone is quarried at this place. Section of Upper Washington limestone 1 mile east of Washington. Ft. in. Limestone, blue-black.... 2 3 Shale, black. 2 Limestone, blue-black. 10 Shale. 4 Limestone, blue-black, brittle.. 1 10 Shale, black. 2 2 Limestone, hard, gray, and thin shale. 5 4 Shale, soft, dark. 6 Limestone, light brownish gray, very hard, to level of railroad 3 6 On Cemetery Hill, in the southwestern part of Washington, just off the quadrangle, a section of 19 feet exposed in an old quarry is made up of a great many thin beds of alternating limestone and shale. The detailed measurement of an average section here is as follows: Section of Upper Washington limestone on Cemetery Hill, Washington. Ft. in. Limestone, gray-brown. 1 Shale, soft, black. 1 Limestone, hard, blue-black. 2 5 Shale, black...■. 4 Limestone, brown-gray. 11 Shale, soft, black. 2 Limestone, blue-black. 1 8 Shale, black. 1 1 Limestone, compact, brown-gray. 3 Shale, yellow. 1 Shale, hard, black, slaty. 2 Limestone, brown. 10 Shale, light brown. 2 Limestone, hard, brown. 2 2 Shale, soft, dark. 4 Limestone, hard, brown. 4 Shale. 3 Limestone, hard, brown. 1 8 Fire-clay shale, dark. 1 Limestone, brown-gray; bottom of quarry. 18 9 126 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. The total thickness of the limestone on Cemetery Hill is 30 feet, as shown in the following section taken from Stevenson: ° Section of Upper Washington limestone at Washington. Ft. in. Limestone, laminated, argillaceous.,. 2 Shale, dark. 5 Shale, calcareous. 6 Shale with vegetable markings. 2 Limestone. 10 Shale, bituminous. 10 Limestone. 2 Shale, calcareous. 1 3 Limestone. 1 6 Shale. 10 Limestone. 3 Shale. 2 Limestone. 3 30 3 Another good section of a part of the limestone is exposed in a quarry one-half mile northeast of Washington, on the Williamsport pike. It is here quarried and crushed for road metal. The lime¬ stone is well exposed on all the roads leading out of Washington to the east and south, and outcrops at many points in the Nineveh syncline in South Strabane, northern Amwell, and South Franklin townships. In this region great care is necessary to avoid confusing it with another limestone which occurs 100 to 130 feet above. This limestone is also dark blue to black in color, and in thickness and other characteristics seems to be almost the exact counterpart of the Upper Washington. A good exposure of the Upper Washington limestone appears in a quarry on the hill just southeast of Washington. The bed is here 15 feet thick. On the uplands in the vicinity of Mount Wheeler the limestone is deeply buried, but it appears again for about a mile between Vankirk station and the Chambers dam, and south of Mc¬ Cracken station is exposed along Bane Creek from 100 to 200 feet above the floor of the valley. In the vicinity of Amity and in gen¬ eral throughout the southern portion of Amwell Township it is high up on the hills, brought up by the Amity anticline. South of Ten- mile Creek it is overlain by 200 to 400 feet of rock and its outcrop follows the valleys and ravines for the entire distance between Dunn station and Bissell. Throughout West Bethlehem Township outcrops of the limestone are numerous, but they all occur high up on the hills, so that they appear on the map as mere patches. In the vicinity of Scenery Hill « Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania, Rept. K, 1876, p. 46. LIMESTONE. 127 the outcrops are a little more extensive. One of the most continu¬ ous exposures of the limestone in the quadrangle is on the long ridge on which the road runs, extending in a northeast-southwest direction, about midway between Daniels and Plum runs west of Beallsville. The limestone seems to be at least 30 feet thick and appears for sev¬ eral miles near the top of the ridge as numerous dark blue-gray frag¬ ments. It has been quarried on a knob about a mile west of Bealls¬ ville and also on the National pike, one-half mile northeast of Odell, where it shows the following section: Partial section of Upper Washington limestone near Odell. Ft. in. Shale (4 + feet). Limestone, dark blue-gray. \ 8 Shale, dark. 10 Limestone, dark blue-gray. 11 Shale, black...... 1 1 Limestone, light gray. 2 3 6 9 On a hill near by the thickness of the limestone appears to be as great as 50 feet. Near the middle of the Upper Washington limestone occurs a dark layer which contains great numbers of little fossils. The rock from this layer gives a peculiar fetid odor when struck by the hammer. The Upper Washington limestone is, as a rule, a fairly pure bed. A sample of it taken from the railroad tunnel east of Washington, was analyzed by the Second Geological Survey® and shown to have the following composition: Analysis of Upper Washington limestone near Washington [D. McCreath, analyst.] Insoluble residue. 17. 380 j Sulphur. Calcium carbonate (CaC0 3 ). 72. 866 Phosphorus. Magnesium carbonate (MgC0 3 )_ 3. 813 Ferric oxide (Fe 2 0 3 ). 2. 929 I This limestone is quarried at several points in the area. At present the most important output is from a quarry at the west end of the rail¬ road tunnel east of Washington, the rock being used for railroad bal¬ last. One mile northeast of Washington, on the Williamsport pike, is a small quarry operated by the Hallam Construction Company. The rock is crushed and used in macadamizing the streets of the town. The principal use of the limestone thus far has been for road metal and railroad ballast. If the proportion of calcium carbonate, as shown in the analysis, holds throughout the quadrangle, this bed would seem to be a possible source of lime for the manufacture of cement. The stone has been burned in many places for a fertilizer. 0.155 .061 97. 204 a Rept. MM, 1879, p. 388. 128 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. PROSPERITY LIMESTONE. The Prosperity limestone is a bed not mentioned in the old Pennsyl¬ vania reports, and it was probably confused with the Upper Washing¬ ton bed, to which it is very similar in appearance. The name “ Pros¬ perity” has been suggested by Mr. M. J. Munn from the village of that name in Washington County. The horizon of this bed is 100 to 180 feet above that of the Upper Washington, and the limestone outcrops at many points in South Strabane and Amwell townships as a hard, dark blue-gray to nearly black rock. In thickness the Prosperity limestone is supposed to reach in places 20 feet. So far as known, it has not been tested, but from its compact nature and considerable thicknesss it would seem to be of probable future value, although in this quadrangle it is not very accessible. SANDSTONE. The sandstones of the Amity quadrangle are in general shaly and of poor quality, but a number of beds seem to offer stone of possible value. PITTSBURG SANDSTONE. This name is applied to a bed of sandstone ranging up to 70 feet in thickness, which in many places overlies the Pittsburg coal. Where best developed it is coarse and friable. It can be seen at several points on Chartiers and Peters creeks, but is there poorly developed On Fishpot Pun, on the edge of the quadrangle near its southeast corner, the sandstone is well exposed in cliffs which rise above the Pittsburg coal to a height of nearly 100 feet (PI. VIII A). So far as known,the Pittsburg sandstone has not been utilized. WAYNESBURG SANDSTONE. The Waynesburg is a coarse, flaggy, much cross-bedded sandstone, from 20 to 70 feet thick, resting on the Waynesburg coal or separated from it by a few feet of shale. Its color is usually buff-yellow to light gray. The name is derived from the town of Waynesburg, near which the rock is finely exposed. This is one of the most conspicuous and persistent sandstones in the upper portion of the Carboniferous system, and furnishes a good guide to the position of the Waynesburg coal. In the Amity quadrangle the Waynesburg sandstone is probably most prominent on Little Tenmile Creek, in the vicinity of Lone Pine, where it crops out in 30-foot cliffs directly above the Waynesburg coal. At this locality it forms a flat terrace on which part of the village has been built, about 40 feet above the creek. The terrace and the char¬ acter of the sandstone are illustrated in PI. VIII, B. The sandstone is also finely exposed on Little Chartiers Creek between the National pike and Linden, where it can be traced along OUTCROP OF PITTSBURG COAL AT BASE OF PITTSBURG SANDSTONE B. BLUFF OF WAYNESBURG SANDSTONE AT LONE PINE, ON LITTLE IN VALLEY OF FISHPOT RUN, EAST BETHLEHEM TOWNSHIP. TENMILE CREEK. CLAY AND SHALE. 129 the public road for several miles, also in the neighborhood of Zollars- ville, on Pike Run, throughout the borough of Deemston, and on South Branch of Pigeon Creek. On North Branch of Pigeon Creek, Mingo Creek, and farther north the sandstone is of little importance, being usually either shaly or replaced by shale. In the vicinity of Washington and Houston and in general over the northwestern por¬ tion of the quadrangle the sandstone is poorly developed or missing. In general, it may be said to be well developed in Greene and southern Washington counties, but to die out toward the northern part of Wash¬ ington County. It is generally flaggy to shaly, but here and there rather massive. It is probably too friable to be of much value, but it is said to have been used in Greene County for building. OTHER SANDSTONES The only sandstone quarry of any account in the Amity quadrangle is between the National pike and the railroad tunnel a mile east of Washington, about 130 feet above the Upper Washington limestone outcropping at the entrance to the tunnel. A fair-sized quarry is operated here by the Hallam Construction Company, the stone being used for curbing and bridge construction and to a limited extent in buildings. The sandstone lies a few feet above a bed of limestone reported in a well and is a good, hard, massive rock. The same bed has been prospected in other parts of the quadrangle. Other sandstone beds of variable character are distributed through the Dunkard group and some of them may prove to be of value. CLAY AND SHALE. Two classes of material suitable for making brick are found in this territory. These are clay and shale, the former being a surface deposit and the latter making up a large proportion of the hard rocks. CLAY. In this quadrangle there are both residual surface clays and deposits in the stream valleys. The residual clays are of low grade and are abundant. The stream deposits are not so widely distributed, but are available at several points. So far as known, they have not been used in the quadrangle, but just beyond the northern border, between Houston and Canonsburg, is a small brickyard operated by the Alex¬ ander Brick Company. The clay used here is a tough silty layer of buff color capping a gravel terrace of the Carmichaels formation. The material is somewhat gritty to the teeth, but contains no pebbles. Below this bed occurs from 6 inches to 3 feet of gravel, and underlying that 8 feet of hard clay is reported. The lower bed is not known to Bull. 300—07-9 130 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF AMITY QUADRANGLE, PA. have been utilized. The top clay is said to make very good brick, which are used for building in Canonsburg. This clay occurs at several points in the quadrangle, but is of very local occurrence. It may be present on any of the rock benches in the valley of Tenmile Creek and elsewhere, but the patches are prob¬ ably too local, thin, and gravelly to be of any importance in this area. SHALE. Shales of fine texture are very abundant in the Dunkard group and outcrop over wide areas. In other parts of the country some of these shales have been widely used in the manufacture of brick. In the Amity quadrangle and as a rule in western Pennsylvania they have been little used, but seem to offer a source of supply suitable for brick¬ making, and perhaps also in connection with limestone for making cement. At only two points in the quadrangle is shale known to have been utilized. One of these is in the southern part of the borough of Wash¬ ington, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, where the Donley Brick Company operates a small plant for the manufacture of red brick. Shale is here worked in an open cut 25 feet deep, and it is said that an even greater thickness of the rock is suitable for the purpose. The shale is used just as it comes from the bank and is manufactured by the stiff-mud machine process, cut by automatic cutter. The com¬ pany has been in operation for two years. The Union Stone and Brick Company is operating at Vance station, on the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad. The pit from which the shale is obtained contains 15 to 20 feet of shale, above 40 feet of a micaceous sandy bed. For brick-making two parts of the lower bed and one part of the upper bed are used. The output in 1903 is reported to have been 1,500,000 brick. WATER RESOURCES. SURFACE DRAINAGE. The Amity quadrangle contains no streams of large size. The most important are Tenmile Creek and its branches, Chartiers, Little Chartiers, Mingo, and Peters creeks, all of which rise within the limits of the quadrangle or near its borders. The largest stream is Tenmile Creek, which flows eastward nearly across the southern part of the quadrangle and has as branches on its north side Bane Creek, Little Tenmile Creek, and Daniels and Little Daniels runs. Chartiers Creek rises southwest of Washington, but flows for several miles in the quad¬ rangle. All the streams are tributary to Monongahela River, which is only a few miles distant everywhere east of the quadrangle and nearly touches its southeast corner. The entire quadrangle is covered with a fine network of runs, tributary to the larger streams. WATER RESOURCES. 131 Geologically the streams of the quadrangle represent a mature type of drainage, in which the larger streams have attained a very uniform and gentle slope, and it is only at their heads and on the small feeders scattered over the area that the gradient even approximates to steep¬ ness. Few of the streams are likely, therefore, ever to be of much value for power. All except the largest generally run dry or nearly dry in the summer months, and even those which contain water the year round consist of mudholes during the summer. It is probable that with the growth of the communities it will become more and more necessary to construct reservoirs for the storage of water. USE OF CREEK WATER. One instance of the use of creek water for mill power is at the Chambers dam, on Bane Creek, If miles above the village of Sunset. At this point the creek water is stored in a pond about a quarter of a mile in length. There is also a small reservoir on a tributary to South Branch of Pigeon Creek, just above the mining town of Three and Four, and one on Center Branch a short distance above the confluence. The construction of many such reservoirs in the region Would make it possible to store much of the water that is wasted during the spring and in storms and use it in various ways throughout the year. It is probable that when mining and other operations become more important in the region more such reser¬ voirs will be constructed. The creeks are now the principal source of water supply of the larger towns. WATER SUPPLY OF WASHINGTON. The Washington system of water supply is operated by the Citi¬ zens’ Water Company, which has four reservoirs in the upper valley of Chartiers Creek, just beyond the quadrangle boundary. It is reported that the company has bought up the watershed, including the Pittsburg coal, with the exception of two or three farms, which are still occupied by their original owners. In all, the company owns 380 acres of land. During the summer months the inhab¬ itants generally complain of a disagreeable “fishy” odor in the water drawn from the faucets, and some have wished to abandon it for this reason. If this odor has the same cause as similar odors which are frequent in surface drinking waters of many towns in the summer, as seems probable, it is due to algse and similar organ¬ isms in the water of the reservoirs. In many towns these have been killed and the wig lime, correlation of. 25,49 depth to. 70-87 description of. 27 persistency of. 11 •issell, sections at and near. 16,92,118 lanche mine, coal from, analysis of.. 96 coal of, section of. 94 luff sand, correlation of. 49 oon mine, section of. 94 urgoon sandstone, correlation of. 28,29,49,50-51 utler County sand, correlation of. 49,52 ameron No. 1 well, data on. 46 xnonsburg, limestone near, analyses of... 121 anonsburg oil field, development in. 45 Page. Canonsburg triangulation station, location of. 135-136 Carboniferous rocks, occurrence and de¬ scriptions of. 11-30 section of, figure showing. 20 Carnegie Natural Gas Company, operations of. 47 Catskill beds, occurrence and description of. 31-32 Center Township, section in. 13 Chartiers Creek, oil storage on. 10-11 Chartiers Township, wells in, records of_70-71 Chemung formation, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 11,30-32 oil and gas sands in. 49,55 sections of.'.. 31 Citizens Natural Gas Company, develop¬ ment by. 45 Clarion sandstone. See Kittanning sand¬ stone. Clay, occurrence and description of. 129-130 Claysville triangulation station, location of. 137 Coal, occurrence and description of.88-117 topography and importance of. 10 Conemaugh formation, coals in. 116 occurrence and description of. 11,20-23 oil and gas sands in. 49-50 sections of. 21-23 water in. 134 Conneilsville coal, correlation of. 49 Contours, structure, explanation of.36-38 Creeks, description of. 130 water of, use of. 131 Crumrine (A. B.) well No. 1 (24), record of. 24,26 section of, figure showing. 22 Crumrine (William) well No. 1, section of, figure showing. 22 D. Davis (Matilda) well No. 2 (29), data on, record of. 21-22 section of, figure showing. 22 De Wolf F. W., work of. 9 Deemston, Borough of, wells in, records of. 70-73 Devonian rocks, occurrence and description of. 11,30-36 Drainage, surface, description of. 130-131 Dunkard group, limestones in. 121-128 occurrence and description of. 11-15 Dunkard sands, correlation of.21,49 occurrence and description of. 49-50 E. East Bethlehem Township, wells in, records of. 72-73 Elizabeth sand, correlation of. 49 I depth to. 58,70,78 141 142 INDEX. Page. Elizabeth sand, gas from. 70,72,86 occurrence and description of. 32,58-59 Ellsworth collieries, coal of, analyses of_96.97 coal of, coke from, analysis of. 97 sections of.. 95 F. Fertilizer, limestone for. 118-119 Fifth sand, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87 gas from. 74,76 occurrence and description of. 32,57-58 wells to. 57-58 Fifty-foot sand, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87 gas from. 70,78 occurrence and description of. 29,54-55 oil from. 60,72,76,78,80,82 First sand, correlation of. 49,52 Fishpot limestone, analysis of. 119 occurrence and description of. 119 Fishpot Run, Pittsburg coal on, view of_ 128 Fonner oil field, development in. 47 location and description of. 44 production of. 61 Fonner (William) No. 2 well, record of. 56 Fourth sand, correlation of. 4y depth to. 70-87 occurrence and description of. 32,57 G. Gantz sand, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87 gas from. 72,76,78,84 occurrence and description of. 29,42,52-54 oil from. 60,72,76,78,80,82,84 relation of, to Pittsburg coal, figure showing. 53 wells to. 45,47,54 Gantz well, history of. 45 record of. 23 section of, figure showing. 22 view of... 44 Garrett triangulation station, location of.. 137 Gas, analyses of. 66 composition of. 66 development of, history of. 44-47 distribution of. 42-44 map showing.. 43 occurrence of. 10-11,42-88 mode of... 48 theory of. 62-65 origin of. 65 pressure of. 62 production of. 59-62 rocks containing. 47-59 waste of. 67 Gas and oil fields, distribution of... 42-44 distribution of, map showing. 43 Gas and oil sands, names and correlation of. 49 Gas sand, correlation of. 49 occurrence and description of. 50 Geography, description of. 9-11 Geologic map of quadrangle. Pocket. Gordon sand, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87 Page. Gordon sand, occurrence and description of. 32,55-57 oil from. 60,78 wells to. 45 Gordon Stray sand, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87 occurrence and description of. 32,55 Gordon well, history of. 45 Greenbrier limestone, correlation of. 25,49 description of. 27 Greene formation, occurrence and descrip¬ tion of. 11,12-14 section of. 13 H. Hackett, coal near, analysis of. 102 Hallani Construction Company, quarry of.. 129 Harding & Warrick bank, coal of, analysis of. 97 Hawkins (Mrs. A. L.) well (31), data on. 19-20.59 Hickman triangulation station, location of. 138 Hillsboro triangulation station, location of. 135 Horn’s bank, coal from, analyses of. 112 Houston, coal mines near, sections of. 94 Hughes triangulation station, location of.. 136 Hundred-foot sand, correlation of. 49 occurrence and description of. 3-9,52 Hurry-up sand, correlation of. 49 Hyde (E. T.) well, section of, figure showing. 22 I. Isochore, definition of. 42 J. Jefferson triangulation station, location of. 135 Jollytown coal, occurrence and description of. 115 K. Kittanning coal, occurrence and descrip¬ tion of.». 117 water in. 134 Kittanning sandstone, correlation.of. 49.50 Kountz No. 1 well (174), record of. 56 Krepp triangulation station, location of... 134 L. Liddell’s bank, coal from, analysis of. 97 Limestone, analyses of. 119,121,127 occurrence and description of. 118-128 uses of. 118-119 views of. 120 Linden field, location and description of.... 44 Literature, list of. 140 Little Dunkard sand, correlation of. 49 occurrence and description of. 50 Little Tenmile Creek, sandstone on, view of. 128 Little Washington coal, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 113 Lone Pine, sandstone at, view of. 128 Lower Productive Measures, occurrence of. 24 Luse well, record of.29,31 section of, figure showing. 22 M. McDonald sand, correlation of. 49 McDonald triangulation station, location of. 136 INDEX, 143 Page. McLain’s bank, coal from, analysis of. 96 coal of, section of. 93 Mahoning sandstone, correlation of.21,49 Manifold mine, coal from, analysis of. 96 , coal of, section of. 92-93 Manifold sand. See Big Injun sand. Manifold wells, data on. 46 Manufacturers Light and Heat Company, operations of. 45-47 Map, geologic, of quadrangle.Pocket Mapletown, coal near, analyses of. 104 Mapletown coal, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87 Mauch Chunk formation, occurrence and description of. 11,25-27 : oil and gas sands in. 49 sections of. 26 unconformity between Pottsville and... 27,42 Meadowlands, oil storage at. 47,61 Meadowlands mine, sections of. 93 Meridian marks, location of. 138 Miller (J. M.) well, section of, figure showing. 22 Mineral resources, description of. 42-134 Mississippian rocks, occurrence and descrip¬ tion of. 25-30 Mitchell, (A. C.) well, record of. 26,30,117 section of, figure showing.;.. 22 Monongahela formation, limestones in_ 119-121 occurrence and description of.11,15-19 oil and gas sands in. 49 sections of. 15-17 Monongahela Gas Company, operations of.. 47 thickness of. lg Moniger’s (J.) bank, coal of, section of. 112 Morgan Oil Co., development by. 45 Morgantown sandstone, correlation of. 21,49 Morris Township (Greene County), wells in. records of.72-73 Morris Township (Washington County), wells in, records of. 72-73 Mount Morris limestone, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 121-122 Mountain sand. See Big Injun sand. Murphy sand, correlation of. 21,49 occurrence and description of. 49 N. Nineveh syncline, location and description of . 41 Nineveh Thirty-foot sand, correlation of... 49 forth Franklin Township, wells in, records of . 74-75 forth Strabane Township, wells in, records of .74-77 fottingham mine, coal from, analysis of ... 96 coal of, section in. 95 fottingham Township, wells in, records of. 76-77 O. Page. Oil, origin of. @5 production of. 59-62 rocks containing. 47-59 Oil and gas fields, distribution of. 42 - 44 . distribution of, map showing. 43 Oil and gas sands, names and correlation of. 49 Oliphant (F. H.) on natural gas. 66 Orton, Edward, on oil and gas occurrence.. 62 P. Patterson’s bank, coal from, analysis of.... 97 Pencil catfe, occurrence and description of. 27 Pennsylvanian rocks, occurrence and de¬ scription of. i 5_25 People’s Light and Heat Company, develop¬ ment by. 45 Permian rocks, occurrence and description of . 11-15 Petroleum. See Oil. Philadelphia Company, operations of. 47 Pigeon Creek, reservoir on. 131,132 Pigeon Creek syncline. See Waynesburg syncline* Pinhook coal. See Waynesburg coal. Pittsburg coal, analyses of... area of, map showing. depth to. development of.... occurrence and description of. . 10,88 101 outcrop of. view of. persistency of.... quality of... relation of Gantz sand and, figure showing. sections of, figures showing. structure of. thickness of. 01 water in. Pittsburg sandstone, occurrence and de- scription of.... Pocono formation, occurrence and descrip- tion of. . 11,28-30 oil and gas sands in. water in. sections of.... Pollock triangulation station, location of.. 135 Portland cement, limestone for Pottsville formation, occurrence and de- scription of. oil and gas sands in. unconformity between Mauch Chunk and. water in. Productive Measures, occurrence of .... 15,24 Prosperity limestone, occurrence and de- scription of. R. >dell, limestone near, section of. 127 Ml, character of. 65-66 development of, history of. 44-47 distribution of. 42-44 map showing. 43 occurrence of. 10-11 42-88 mode of. 4 g theory of.62-65 Railroads, routes of. 9,19 Records of wells.70-87 Redstone coal, analyses of. 102 ,103 occurrence and description of. 101-103 section of, figures showing. 102 Richards (H. H.) No. 1 well (293), data on. 59 Roger’s bank, coal of, section of. 112 Ryerson Station, coal near, analysis of. 115 144 INDEX. S. Page. Salt sand, correlation of.25,49 depth to.70-87 occurrence and description of. 50 persistency of. 11 Saltsburg sandstone, correlation of.21,49,50 ‘ ‘ Sands,” oil and gas, meaning of. 22 Sandstone, occurrence and description of. 128-129 views of. 128 Second sand, correlation of. 49 Sewickley coal, analyses of. 104 correlation of. 49 occurrence and description of. 103-104 section of, figure showing. 102 Shale, occurrence and description of. 130 Shannon, triangulation station, location of. 138 “Shells,” meaning of. 21 Shepler, triangulation station, location of. 137-138 Sixth sand, correlation of. 49,58 Smith (Moses) diamond-drill hole, coal from, analysis of. 97 record of. 16 Smith Run, limestone on, view of. 120 Somerset Township, wells in, records of_76-77 South Franklin Township, wells in, records of.76-77 South Strabane Township, wells in, records of.78-84 Southwest Pennsylvania Pipe Lines, stor¬ age tanks of. 47 Spirit-level data, description of.138-139 Springs, occurrence of. 133 Squaw sand, correlation of. 49 occurrence and description of.29,52 Stevenson, J. J., on coal. 102,104,112,114,115 on limestone. 120,126 on structure.38,40 sections by. 12-14,17 Stratigraphy of quadrangle. 11-36 Structure, description of.36-42 map showing. 38 Structure contours, explanation of.36-38 Sub-Blairsville beds. See Catskill beds. Sulphur in coal, occurrence of. 98 T. Taylorstown, coal near, analysis of. 115 Teeples (I.) bank, coal from, analysis of_ 103 Tenmile coal, development of. 13 occurrence and description of. 115 Thayer well, production of. 46 Third sand, correlation of. 49 Thirty-foot sand, correlation of. 49 depth to.70-87 occurrence and description of.29,52 wells to. 47 Thompson (George) well No. 1 (309), data on 59 Thompson (J. L.) well No. 1, water in. 134 well No. 3 (46), record of. 31 section of, figure showing. 22 well No. 4, (47), record of. 28 well No. 5 (48), record of. 22,24,26 section of, figure showing. 22 Thompson’s (T.) bank, coal of, analysis of. 97 Topographic data, details of. 134-139 Page. Topography, description of. 9-10 Triangulation stations, location of.134-138 location of, figure showing. 134 U. Ulery (W. H.) bore hole, coal from, analy¬ sis of. 97 Union Stone and Brick Company, plant of.. 130 Union Township, wells in, records of.84-85 Union triangulation station, location of.... 136 Uniontown coal, occurrence and description of. 104 Upper Freeport coal, correlation of. 49 depth to. 70-87,116-117 occurrence and description of. 116-117 water in. 134 Upper Productive Measures, occurrence of.. 15 Upper Washington limestone, persistence of. 11 V. Valleys, importance of. Verner sand, gas from. W. Warren sands, correlation of. 49 Washington, coal in. 116 limestones at and near, sections of. 125,126,127 sections in and near. 14,17 water supply of. 131-132 Washington anticline, location and descrip¬ tion of. 41 Washington coal, analyses of. 115 occurrence and description of. 113-115 section of. 114 figures showing. 102 Washington County, development of oil and gas in. 44-47 Washington County Eureka Oil Company, development by. 44-45 Washington Daily Reporter, information from. 44,46 Washington formation, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 11,14-15 oil and gas sands in. 49 sections of. 14 Washington limestones, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 122 outcrop of, view of. 120 sections of. 122-123,125,126,127 Washington oil and gas field, development in. 45-47 location and description of. 43-44 production of. 60 structure in. 63-64 view in. 44 Water-bearing horizons, positions of. 133-134 Waterfall, view of. 120 Water resources, occurrence and description of. 130-134 Waynesburg coal, analyses of. 112 depth to. 70-87,106-107 occurrence and description of. 105-112 quality of. 111-112 relations of Pittsburg coal and.105-106 INDEX, 145 Page. Waynesburg coal, sections of. 108,110,111 figures showing. 106 thickness of. 107-111 Waynesburg “A” coal, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 112-113 sections of. 113 figure showing. 102 Waynesburg “B” coal, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 113 Waynesburg limestone, occurrence and de¬ scription of. 121 Waynesburg sandstone, correlation of. 49 occurrence and description of. 128-129 persistence of_. 11 view of. 128 Waynesburg syncline, location and descrip¬ tion of. 39-40 Wells, deep, depth of. 48 information from. 19 records of. 68-87 value of.67-68 production of. 60 Page. Wells, sections of, figures showing. 22 water from, use of. 132-133 West Bethlehem Township, wells in, records of. 84-87 West Brownsville, section at. 15 West Pike Run Township, wells in, records of. 86-87 Wheeler triangulation station, location of.. 137 White, I. C., correlations by... 36 on coal. 115 on geology. 40 on limestone. 121,122 on natural gas. 66-67 on oil and gas. 62 Willetts wells, data on. 46 view of. 44 Z. Zollarsville gas field, development in. 47 location and description of. 44 production of. 61 structure in. 64-65 Bull. 300—07-10 CLASSIFICATION OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Bulletin No. 300.1 The publications of the United States Geological Survey consist of (1) Annual Reports, (2) Monographs, (3) Professional Papers, (4) Bulletins, (5) Mineral Resources, (6) Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, (7) Topographic Atlas of United States—folios and separate sheets thereof, (8) Geologic Atlas of United States— folios thereof. The classes numbered 2, 7, and 8 are sold at cost of publication; the others are distributed free. A circular giving complete lists can be had on application. Most of the above publications can be obtained or consulted in the following ways: 1. A limited number are delivered to the Director of the Survey, from whom they can be obtained, free of charge (except classes 2, 7, and 8), on application. 2. A certain number are delivered to Senators and Representatives in Congress, for distribution. 3. Other copies are deposited with the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C., from whom they can be had at prices slightly above cost. 4. Copies of all Government publications are furnished to the principal public libraries in the large cities throughout the United States, where they can be consulted by tho^e interested. The Professional Papers, Bulletins, and Water-Supply Papers treat of a variety of subjects, and the total number issued is large. They have therefore been classified into the following series: A, Economic geology; B, Descriptive geology; C, Systematic geology and paleontology; D, Petrography and mineralogy; E, Chemistry and phys¬ ics; F, Geography; G, Miscellaneous; H, Forestry; I, Irrigation; J, Water storage; K, Pumping water; L, Quality of water; M, General hydrographic investigations; N, Water power; O, Underground waters; P, Hydrographic progress reports. This paper is the eighty-sixth in Series A and the one hundred and fifth in Series B, the complete lists of which follow (PP=Professional Paper; B=Bulletin; WS= Water-Supply Paper). SERIES A, ECONOMIC GEOLOGY. B 21. Lignites of Great Sioux Reservation: Report on region between Grand and Moreau rivers, Dakota, by Bailey Willis. 1885. 16 pp., 5 pis. (Out of stock.) B 46. Nature and origin of deposits of phosphate of lime, by R. A. F. Penrose, jr., with introduction by N. S. Shaler. 1888. 143 pp. (Out of stock.) B 65. Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, by I. C. White. 1891. 212 pp., 11 pis. (Out of stock.) B 111. Geology of Big Stone Gap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky, by M. R. Campbell. 1893. 106 pp., 6 pis. (Out of stock.) B 132. The disseminated lead ores of southeastern Missouri, by Arthur Winslow. 1896. 31 pp. (Out of stock.) B 138. Artesian-well prospects in Atlantic Coastal Plain region, by N. H. Darton. 1896. 228 pp., 19 pis. B139. Geology of Castle Mountain mining district, Montana, by W. H. Weed and L. V. Pirsson. 1896. 164 pp., 17 pis. B 143. Bibliography of clays and the ceramic arts, by J. C. Branner. 1896. 114 pp. B 164. Reconnaissance on the Rio Grande coal fields of Texas, by T. W. Vaughan, including a report on igneous rocks from the San Carlos coal field, by E. C. E. Lord. 1900. 100 pp., 11 pis. (Out of stock.) B 178. El Paso tin deposits, by W. H. Weed. 1901. 15 pp., 1 pi. II SERIES LIST. B 180. Occurrence and distribution of corundum in United States, by J. H. Pratt. 1901. 98 pp., 14 pis. (Out of stock; see No. 269.) B 182. A report on the economic geology of the Silverton quadrangle, Colorado, by F. L. Ransome. 1901. 266 pp., 16 pis. (Out of stock.) B 184. Oil and gas fields of the western interior and northern Texas Coal Measures and of the Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary of the western Gulf coast, by G. I. Adams. 1901. 64 pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.) B 193. The geological relations and distribution of platinum and associated metals, by J. F. Kemp., 1902. 95 pp.,6 pis. B 198. The Berea grit oil sand in the Cadiz quadrangle, Ohio, by W. T. Griswold. 1902. 43 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) PP 1. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, with an introductory sketch of the geology of southeastern Alaska, by A. H. Brooks. 1902. 120 pp., 2 pis. B 200. Reconnaissance of the borax deposits of Death Valley and Mohave Desert, by M. R. Campbell. 1 1902. 23 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) B 202. Tests for gold and silver in shales from western Kansas, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1902. 21 pp. (Out of stock.) PP 2. Reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1902. 70 pp., 11 pis. PP 10. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, by way of Dali, Kanuti. Allen, and Kowak rivers, by W. C. Mendenhall. 1902. 68 pp., 10 pis. PP 11. Clays of the United States east of the Mississippi River, by Heinrich Ries. 1903. 298 pp., 9 pis.* PP 12. Geology of the Globe copper district, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1903. 168 pp., 27 pis. B 212. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by C. W. Hayes and William Kennedy.. 1 1903. 174 pp., 11 pis. (Out of stock.) B 213. Contributions to economic geology, 1902; S. F. Emmons and C. W. Hayes, geologists in charge. 1903. 449 pp. (Out of stock.) PP 15. The mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall and F. C. Schrader. 1903. 71 pp., 10 pis. B 218. Coal resources of the Yukon, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1903. 71 pp., 6 pis. B 219. The ore deposits of Tonopah, Nevada (preliminary report), by J. E. Spurr. 1903. 31 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) PP 20. A reconnaissance in northern Alaska in 1901, by F. C. Schrader. 1904. 139 pp., 16 pis. PP 21. Geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1904. 168 pp.,, 29 pis. B 223. Gypsum deposits in the United States, by G. I. Adams and others. 1904. 129 pp., 21 pis. PP 24. Zinc and lead deposits of northern Arkansas, by G. I. Adams. 1904. 118 pp., 27 pis. PP 25. Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Wyoming, by A. C. Spencer. 1904. 107 pp., 2 pis. B 225. Contributions to economic geology, 1903, by S. F. Emmons and C. W. Hayes, geologists in charge. 1904. 527 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) PP 26. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills, by J.D. Irving, with contributions by S. F. Emmons and T. A. Jaggar, jr. 1904. 222 pp., 20 pis. PP 27. A geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains in Mon¬ tana and Idaho, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1904. 123 pp., 15 pis. B 229. Tin deposits of the York region, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1904. 61 pp., 7 pis. B 236. The Porcupine placer district, Alaska, by C. W. Wright. 1904. 35 pp., 10 pis. B 238. Economic geology of the Iola quadrangle, Kansas, by G. I. Adams, Erasmus Haworth, and. W. R. Crane. 1904. 83 pp.,11 pis. B 243. Cement materials and industry of the United States, by E. C. Eckel. 1905. 395 pp., 15 pl$. B 246. Zinc and lead deposits of northwestern Illinois, by H. Foster Bain. 1904. 56 pp., 5 pis. B 247. The Fairhaven gold placers of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by F. H. Moffit. 1905. 85 pp., 14 pis. B 249. Limestones of southeastern Pennsylvania, by F. G. Clapp. 1905. 52 pp., 7 pis. B 250. The petroleum fields of the Pacific coast of Alaska, with an account of the Bering River coal deposits, by G. C. Martin. 1905. 65 pp., 7 pis. B 251. The gold placers of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks regions, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle. 1905. 89 pp., 16 pis. WS 117. The lignite of North Dakota and its relation to irrigation, by F. A. Wilder. 1905. 59 pp., 8 pis. pp 36. The lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, by E. O. Ulrich and W. S. T. Smith. 1905. 218 pp., 15 pis. pp 38. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Utah, by J. M. Boutwell, with a chaptei on areal geology, by Arthur Keith, and an introduction on general geology, by S. F. Emmons. 1905. 413 pp., 49 pis. PP 41. Geology of the central Copper River region, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall. 1905. 133 pp., 20 pis. B 254. Report of progress in the geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by \N aide- mar Lindgren and F..L. Ransome. 1904. 36 pp. B 255. The fluorspar deposits of southern Illinois, by H. Foster Bain. 1905. 75 pp., 6 pis. B 256. Mineral resources of the Elders Ridge quadrangle, Pennsylvania, by R. W. Stone. 1905. 86 pp., 12 pis. SERIES LIST, III B 259. Report on progress of investigations of mineral resources of Alaska in 1904, by A. H. Brooks, and others. 1905. 196 pp.,3 pis. B 260. Contributions to economic geology, 1904; S. F. Emmons and C. W. Hayes, geologists in charge. 1905. 620 pp., 4 pis. B 261. Preliminary report on the operations of the coal-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1904; E. W. Parker, J. A. Holmes, and M. R. Campbell, committee in charge. 1905. 172 pp. (Out of stock.) B 263. Methods and cost of gravel and placer mining in Alaska, by C. W. Purington. 1905. 273 pp., 42 pis. PP 42. Geology of the Tonopah mining district, Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1905. 295 pp., 24 pis. PP 43. The copper deposits of the Clifton-Morenci district, Arizona, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1905. 375 pp.,25 pis. B264. Record of deep-well drilling for 1904, by M. L. Fuller, E. F. Lines, and A. C. Veatch. 1905. 106 pp. B 265. Geology of the Boulder district, Colorado, by N. M. Fenneman. 1905. 101 pp., 5 pis. B 267. The copper deposits of Missouri, by H. Foster Bain and E. O. Ulrich. 1905. 52 pp., 1 pi. B 269. Corundum and its occurrence and distribution in the United States (a revised and enlarged edition of Bulletin No. 180), by J. H. Pratt. 1906. 175 pp., 18 pis. PP 48. Report on the operations of the coal-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1904; E. W. Parker, J. A. Holmes, M. R. Campbell, committee in charge. 1906. (In 3 parts.) 1492 pp., 13 pis. B 275. Slate deposits and slate industry of the United States, by T. N. Dale, with sections by E. C. Eckel, W. F. Hillebrand, and A. T. Coons. 1906. 154 pp., 25 pis. PP 49. Geology and mineral resources of part of the Cumberland Gap coal field, Kentucky, by G. H. Ashley and L. C. Glenn, in cooperation with the State Geological Department of Kentucky, C. J. Norwood, curator. 1906. 239 pp., 40 pis. B 277. Mineral resources of Kenai Peninsula, Alaska: Gold fields of the Turnagain Arm region, by F. H. Moffit; Coal fields of the Kachemak Bay region, by R. W. Stone. 1906. 80 pp.,18 pis. (Out of stock.) B 278. Geology and coal resources of the Cape Lisburne region, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1906. 54 pp., 9 pis. B 279. Mineral resources of the Kittanning and Rural Valley quadrangles, Pennsylvania, by Charles Butts. 1906. 198 pp.,11 pis. B 280. The rampart gold placer region, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle and F. L. Hess. 1906. 54 pp., 7 pis. B 282. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by N. M. Fenneman. 1906. 146 pp., 11 pis. PP51. Geology of the Bighorn Mountains, by N. H. Darton. 1906. 129 pp., 47 pis. B 283. Geology and mineral resources of Mississippi, by A. F. Crider. 1906. 99 pp., 4 pis. B 284. Report on progress of investigations of the mineral resources of Alaska in 1905, by A. H. Brooks and others. 1906. 169 pp., 14 pis. B 285. Contributions to Economic Geology, 1905; S. F. Emmons and E. C. Eckel, geologists in charge. 1906. 506 pp., 13 pis. (Out of stock.) B 286. Economic geology of the Beaver quadrangle, Pennsylvania, by L. H. Woolsey. 1906. 132 pp., 8 pis. B 287. Juneau gold belt, Alaska, by A. C. Spencer, and A reconnaissance of Admiralty Island, Alaska, by C. W. Wright. 1906. 161 pp., 27 pis. PP 54. The geology and gold deposits of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by W. Lindgren and F. L. Ransome. 1906. 516 pp.,29 pis. PP 55. Ore deposits of the Silver Peak quadrangle, Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1906. 174 pp., 24 pis. B 289. A reconnaissance of the Matanuska coal field, Alaska, in 1905, by G. C. Martin. 1906. 34 pp., 5 pis. B 290. Preliminary report on the operations of the fuel-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at St. Louis, Mo.. 1905, by J. A. Holmes. 1906. 240 pp. B 293. A reconnaissance of some gold and tin deposits of the southern Appalachians, by L. C. Graton, with notes on the Dahlonega mines, by W. Lindgren. 1906. 134 pp., 9 pis. B 294. Zinc and lead deposits of the upper Mississippi Valley, by H. Foster Bain. 1906. 155 pp., 16 pis. B295. The Yukon-Tanana region, Alaska, description of Circle quadrangle, by L. M. Prindle. 1906. 27 pp.,1 pi. B 296. Economic geology of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas, by Frank C. Schrader and Erasmus Haworth. 1906 74 pp., 6 pis. B297. The Yampa coai field, Routt County, Colo., by N. M. Fenneman, Hoyt S. Gale, and M. R. Campbell 1906 96 pp.,9 pis. B298 Record of deep-well drilling for 1905, by Myron L. Fuller and Samuel Sanford. 1906. 299 pp. B 300. Economic geology of the Amity quadrangle, in eastern Washington County, Pa., by Frederick G. Clapp. 1907. 145 pp.,8 pis. IV SERIES LIST. SERIES B, DESCRIPTIVE GEOLOGY. B 23. Observations on the junction between the Eastern sandstone and the Keweenaw series on Keweenaw Point, Lake Superior, by R. D. Irving and T. C. Chamberlin. 1885. 124 pp.,17 pis. (Out of stock.) B 33. Notes on geology of northern California, by J. S. Diller. 1886. 23 pp. (Out of stock.) B 39. The upper beaches and deltas of Glacial Lake Agassiz, by Warren Upham. 1887. 84 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) B-40. Changes in river courses in Washington Territory due to glaciation, by Bailey Willis. 1887. 10 pp., 4 pis. (Out of stock.) B 45. The present condition of knowledge of the geology of Texas, by R. T. Hill. 1887. 94 pp. (Out of stock.) B 53. The geology of Nantucket, by N. S. Shaler. 1889. 55 pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.) B 57. A geological reconnaissance in southwestern Kansas, by Robert Hay. 1890. 49 pp., 2 pis. B 58. The glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois, by G. F. Wright, with introduction by T. C. Chamberlin. 1890. 112 pp., 8 pis. (Out of stock.) B 67. The relations of the traps of the Newark system in the New Jersey region, by N. H. Darton. 1890. 82 pp. (Out of stock.) , B 104. Glaciation of the Yellowstone Valley north of the Park, by W. H. Weed. 1893. 41 pp., 4 pis. B 108. A geological reconnaissance in central Washington, by I. C. Russell. 1893. 108 pp., 12 pis. (Out of stock.) B 119. A geological reconnaissance in northwest Wyoming, by G. H. Eldridge. 1894. 72 pp., 4 pis. B 137. The geology of the Fort Riley Military Reservation and vicinity, Kansas, by Robert Hay. 1896. 35 pp., 8 pis. B 144. The moraines of the Missouri Coteau and their attendant deposits, by J. E. Todd. 1896. 71 pp., 21 pis. B 158. The moraines of southeastern South Dakota and their attendant deposits, by J. E. Todd. 1899. 171 pp., 27 pis. B 159. The geology of eastern Berkshire County, Massachusetts, by B. K. Emerson. 1899. 139 pp., 9 pis. B 165. Contributions to the geology of Maine, by H. S. Williams and H. E. Gregory. 1900. 212 pp., 14 pis. WS 70. Geology and water resources of the Patrick and Goshen Hole quadrangles in eastern Wyoming and western Nebraska, by G. I. Adams. 1902. 50 pp., 11 pis. B 199. Geology and water resources of the Snake River Plains of Idaho, by I. C. Russell. 1902. 192 pp., 25 pis, PP 1. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, with an introductory sketch of the geology of southeastern Alaska, by A. H. Brooks. 1902. 120 pp., 2 pis. PP 2. Reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1902. 70 pp., 11 pis. 1 PP 3. Geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park, by J. S. Diller and H. B. Patton. 1902. 167 pp., 19 pis. PP 10. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, by way of Dali, Kanuti, Allen, and Kowak rivers, by W. C. Mendenhall. 1902. 68 pp., 10 pis. PP 11. Clays of the United States east of the Mississippi River, by Heinrich Ries. 1903. 298 pp., 9 pis. PP 12. Geology of the Globe copper district, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1903. 168 pp., 27 pis. PP 13. Drainage modifications in southeastern Ohio and adjacent parts of West Virginia and Ken¬ tucky, by W. G. Tight. 1903. Ill pp., 17 pis. (Out of stock.) B 208. Descriptive geology of Nevada south of the fortieth parallel and adjacent portions of California, by J. E. Spurr. 1903. 229 pp., 8 pis. B 209. Geology of Ascutney Mountain, Vermont, by R. A. Daly. 1903. 122 pp., 7 pis. WS 78. Preliminary report on artesian basins in southwestern Idaho and southeastern Oregon, by I. C. Russell. 1903. 51 pp., 2 pis. PP 15. Mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall and F. C. Schrader. 1903. 71 pp., 10 pis. PP 17. Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of Nebraska west of the one hundred and third meridian, by N. H. Darton. 1903. 69 pp., 43 pis. B 217. Notes on the geology of southwestern Idaho and southeastern Oregon, by I. C. Russell. 1903. 83 pp., 18 pis. B 219. The ore deposits of Tonopah, Nevada (preliminary report), by J. E. Spurr. 1903. 31 pp., 1 pi. PP 20. A reconnaissance in northern Alaska in 1901, by F. C. Schrader. 1904. 139 pp., 16 pis. PP 21. The geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1904. 168 pp., 29 pis. WS 90. Geology and water resources of part of the lower James River Valley, South Dakota, by J. E. Todd and C. M. Hall. 1904. 47 pp., 23 pis. PP 25. The copper deposits of the Encampment district, Wyoming, by A. C. Spencer. 1904. 107 pp., 2 pis. SERIES LIST, V PP 26. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills, by J. D. Irving, with contributions by S. F. Emmons and T. A. Jaggar, jr. 1904. 222 pp., 20 pis. PP 27. A geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains in Mon¬ tana and Idaho, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1904. 122 pp., 15 pis. PP 31. Preliminary report on the geology of the Arbuckle and Wichita mountains in Indian Territory and Oklahoma, by J. A. Taff, with an appendix on reported ore deposits in the Wichita Mountains, by H. F. Bain. 1904. 97 pp., 8 pis. B 235. A geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Range near the forty-ninth parallel, by G. O. Smith and F. C. Calkins. 1904. 103 pp., 4 pis. B 236. The Porcupine placer district, Alaska, by C. W T . Wright. 1904. 35 pp., 10 pis. B 237. Igneous rocks of the High wood Mountains, Montana, by L. V. Pirsson. 1904. 208 pp., 7 pis. B 238. Economic geology of the Iola quadrangle, Kansas, by G. I. Adams, Erasmus Haworth, and W. R. Crane. 1904. 83 pp., 1 pi. PP 32. Geology and underground water resources of the central Great Plains, by N. H. Darton. 1905. 433 pp., 72 pis. WS 110. Contributions to hydrology of eastern United States, 1904; M. L. Fuller, geologist in charge. 1905. 211 pp., 5 pis. B 242. Geology of the Hudson Valley between the Hoosic and the Kinderhook, by T. Nelson Dale. 1904. 63 pp., 3 pis. PP 34. The Delavan lobe of the Lake Michigan glacier of the Wisconsin stage of glaciation and associated phenomena, by W. C. Alden. 1904. 106 pp., 15 pis. PP 35. Geology of the Perry Basin in southeastern Maine, by G. O. Smith and David White. 1905. 107 pp., 6 pis. B 243. Cement materials and industry of the United States, by E. C. Eckel. 1905. 395 pp., 15 pis. B 246. Zinc and lead deposits of northeastern Illinois, by H. F. Bain. 1904. 56 pp., 5 pis. B 247. The Fairhaven gold placers of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by F. H. Moffit. 1905. 85 pp., 14 pis. B 249. Limestones of southwestern Pennsylvania, by F. G. Clapp. 1905. 52 pp.. 7 pis. B 250. The petroleum fields of the Pacific coast of Alaska, with an account of the Bering River coal deposit, by G. C. Martin. 1905. 65 pp., 7 pis. B 251. The gold placers of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks regions, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle. 1905. 16 pp., 16 pis. WS 118. Geology and water resources of a portion of east-central Washington, by F. C. Calkins. 1905. 96 pp., 4 pis. B 252. Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of central Oregon, by I. C. Russell. 1905. 138 pp., 24 pis. PP 36. The lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, by E. O. Ulrich and W. S. Tangier Smith. 1905. 218 pp., 15 pis. PP 38. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district of Utah, by J. M. Boutwell, with a chapter on areal geology, by Arthur Keith, and an introduction on general geology, by S. F. Emmons. 1905. 413 pp., 49 pis. PP 41. The geology of the central Copper River region, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall. 1905. 133 pp., 20 pis. B 254. Report of progress in the geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by Waldemar Lindgren and F. L. Ransome. 1904. 36 pp. B 255. The fluorspar deposits of southern Illinois, by H. Foster Bain. 1905. 75 pp., 6 pis. B 256. Mineral resources of the Elders Ridge quadrangle, Pennsylvania, by R. W. Stone. 1905. 85 pp., 12 pis. B 257. Geology and paleontology of the Judith River beds, by T. W. Stanton and J. B. Hatcher, with a chapter on the fossil plants, by F. H. Knowlton. 1905. 174 pp., 19 pis. PP 42. Geology of the Tonopah mining district, Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1905. 295 pp., 24 pis. WS 123. Geology and underground water conditions of the Jornada del Muerto, New Mexico, by C. R. Keyes. 1905. 42 pp., 9 pis. WS 136. Underground waters of Salt River Valley, Arizona, by W. T. Lee. 1905. 194 pp., 24 pis. PP 43. The copper depositsof Clifton-Morenci, Arizona, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1905. 375 pp., 25 pis. B265. Geology of the Boulder district, Colorado, by N. M. Fenneman. 1905. 101 pp., 5 pis. B 267. The copper deposits of Missouri, by H. F. Bain and E. O. Ulrich. 1905. 52 pp., 1 pi. PP 44. Underground water resources of Long Island, New York, by A. C. Veatch, and others. 1905. 394 pp., 34 pis. WS 148. Geology and water resources of Oklahoma, by C. N. Gould. 1905. 178 pp., 22 pis. B 270. The configuration of the rock floor of Greater New York, by W. H. Hobbs. 1905. 96 pp., 5 pis. B 272. Taconic physiography, by T. M. Dale. 1905. 52 pp., 14 pis. PP 45. The geography and geology of Alaska, a summary of existing knowledge, by A. H. Brooks, with a section on climate, by Cleveland Abbe, jr., and a topographic map and description thereof, by R. M. Goode. 1905. 327 pp., 34 pis. B 273. The drumlins of southeastern Wisconsin (preliminary paper), by W. C. Alden. 1905. 46 pp., 9 pis. PP 16. Geology and underground water resources of northern Louisiana and southern Arkansas, by A. C. Veatch. 1906. 422 pp., 51 pis. VI SERIES LIST. PP 49. Geology and mineral resources of part of the Cumberland Gap coal field, Kentucky, by G. H. Ashley and L. C. Glenn, in cooperation with the State Geological Department of Kentucky, C. J. Norwood, curator. 1906. 239 pp., 40 pis. PP 50. The Montana lobe of the Keewatin ice sheet, by F. H. H. Calhoun. 1906. 62 pp., 7 pis. B 277. Mineral resources of Kenai Peninsula, Alaska: Gold fields of the Turnagain Arm region, by F. H. Moffit; and the coal fields of the Kachemak Bay region, by R. W. Stone. 1906. 80 pp., 18 pis. (Out of stock.) WS 154. The geology and water resources of the eastern portion of the Panhandle of Texas, by C. N. Gould. 1906. 64 pp.,15 pis. B 278. Geology and coal resources of the Cape Lisburne region, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1906. 54 pp., 9 pis. B 279. Mineral resources of the Kittanning and Rural Valley quadrangles, Pennsylvania, by Charles Butts. 1906. 198 pp., 11 pis. B 280. The Rampart gold place" region, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle and F. L. Hess. 1906. 54 pp.. pis. B 282. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by N. M. Fenneman. 1906. 146 pp. li pis. WS 157. Underground water in the valleys of Utah Lake and Jordan River, Utah, byG. B. Riche a. 1906. 81 pp.,9 pis. PP 51. Geology of the Bighorn Mountains by N. H. Darton. 1906. 129 pp., 47 pis. WS 158. Preliminary report on the geology and underground waters of the Roswell artesian area, New Mexico by C. A. Fisher. 1906. 29 pp., 9 pis. PP 52. Geology and underground waters of the Arkansas Valley in eastern Colorado, by N. H. Darton. 1906. 90 pp., 28 pis. WS 159. Summary of underground-water resources of Mississippi, by A. F. Crider and L. C. Johnson. 1906. 86 pp.,6 pis. PP 53. Geology and water resources of the Bighorn basin, Wyoming, by Cassius A. Fisher. 1906. 72 pp., 16 pis. B 283. Geology and mineral resources of Mississippi, by A. F. Crider. 1906. 99 pp., 4 pis. B 286. Economic geology of the Beaver quadrangle, Pennsylvania (southern Beaver and northwestern Allegheny counties), by L. H. Woolsey. 1906. 132 pp., 8 pis. B 287. The Juneau Gold belt, Alaska, by A. C. Spencer, and a reconnaissance of Admiralty Island, Alaska, by C. W. Wright. 1906. 161 pp., 37 pis. PP 54. The geology and gold deposits of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by W. Lindgren and F. L. Ransome. 1906. 516 pp., 29 pis. PP 55. Ore deposits of the Silver Peak quadrangle, Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1906. 174 pp., 24 pis. B 289. A reconnaissance of the Matanuska coal field, Alaska, in 1905, by G. C. Martin. 1906. 36 pp., 5 pis. WS 164. Underground waters of Tennessee and Kentucky west of Tennessee River and of an adjacent area in Illinois, by L. C. Glenn. 1906. 173 pp., 7 pis. B 293. A reconnaissance of some gold and tin deposits of the southern Appalachians, by L. C. Groton, with notes on the Dahlonega mines, by W. Lindgren. 1906. 134 pp., 9 pis. B 294. Zinc and lead deposits of the upper Mississippi Valley, by H. Foster Bain. 1906. 155 pp., 16 pis. B 295. The Yukon-Tanana region, Alaska, description of Circle quadrangle, by L. M. Prindle. 1906. 27 pp., 1 pi. B 296. Economic geology of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas, by Frank C. Schrader and Erasmus Haworth. 1906. 74 pp., 6 pis. WS 181. Geology and water resources of Owens Valley, California, by Willis T. Lee. 1906. 28 pp., 6 pis. B 297. The Yampa coal field, Routt County, Colo., by N. M. Fenneman, Hoyt S. Gale, and M. R. Camp¬ bell. 1906.. 96 pp., 9 pis. B 300. Economic geology of the Amity quadrangle in eastern Washington County, Pa., by F. G. Clapp. 1906. 145 pp., 8 pis. Correspondence should be addressed to The Director, United States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. February, 1907. ' i ■ von *3 / - a , '? £2X ONOMIC iY MAP OF THE AMITY QI’ADRANGL 59th Congress, | HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES, j Document Session. j ( No. 54. Bulletin No. 301 Series 6, Miscellaneous, 30 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CHARLES D. WALCOTT, Director BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE FRED BOTTGrITTOlSr WEEKS WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1906 CONTENTS. Page. [ntroduction. 5 List of publications examined... 6 Bibliography. 11 Classified key to the index. 383 index. 393 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY FOR 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. By Fred Boughton Weeks. INTRODUCTION. This bulletin is a combination of the bibliographies published each year from 1901 to 1901, inclusive. These have appeared as Bulletins Nos. 203, 221, 210, and 271. With these the bibliography of the literature for the year 1905 has been combined.- The papers have been arranged alphabetically by authors’ names and the entries num¬ bered consecutively under each author. In addition to the full title of the paper and an abbreviated reference to the publication in which it appeal s a brief statement of the contents is given when the title of the paper is not fully explanatory. The index, in which reference to the bibliography is made by author and number of paper, is preceded by a key to its arrangement, show¬ ing the subject headings used and their subdivisions. Mr. J. M. Nickles, who has assisted for the last three years in the preparation of these bibliographies, has performed similar services in the preparation of this bulletin. Its completeness and accuracy are largely due to his industry and attention to details. 5 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. Alabama Geological Survey: Index to Mineral Resources of Alabama, 1904; Bulletin nos. 7 and 8; Revised Map of the Southeastern Part of the Cahaba Coal Field, 1905. Montgomery, Ala. American Academy of Arts and Sciences: Proceedings, vols. 36-41. Boston, Mass. American Association for the Advancement of Science: Proceedings, vols. 50-54. American Geographical Society: Bulletin, vols. 32-37. New York, N. Y. American Geologist: vols. 27-36. Minneapolis, Minn. American Institute of Mining Engineers: Transactions, vols. 30-35; Bimonthly Bul¬ letin, nos. 1-6, 1905. New York, N. Y. American Journal of Science: 4th ser., vols. 11-20. New Haven, Conn. American Museum of Natural History: Bulletin, vol. 11, pt. 4; vol. 14; vol. 15, pt. 1; vol. 16; vol. 17; vol. 18, pts. 1 and 2; vols. 19-21; Journal, vols. 3-5; Mem¬ oirs; vol. 1, pts. 7 and 8. New York, N. Y. American Naturalist: vols. 35-39. Boston, Mass. American Paleontology: Bulletin, nos. 14-19. Ithaca, N. Y. American Philosophical Society: Proceedings, vols. 40^9; Transactions, vol. 20; pts. 2 and 3; vol. 21, pt. 1. Philadelphia, Pa. Annales des Mines: Memoires, 6th ser., tomes 1-7. Paris, France. Annals and Magazine of Natural History: 7th ser., vols. 8-16, London, England. Appalachia: vol. 9, nos. 3 and 4; vol. 10; vol. 11, no. 1. Boston, Mass. Apteryx: vol. 1, nos. 1 and 2. Providence, R. 1. Association of Engineering Societies: Journal, vols. 28-35. Philadelphia, Pa. Bernice Puahi Bishop Museum: Memoirs, vol. 1; vol. 2, no. 2; Occasional Papers, vols. 1-2, no. 3. Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. Boston Society of Natural History: Proceedings, vol. 29, no. 15-32, no. 8; Memoirs, vol. 5, no. 11; vol. 6, no. 1; Occasional Papers, vol. 7, nos. 3-6. Boston, Mass. Botanical Gazette: vols. 31-40. Chicago, Ill. Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences: vol. 7, no. 1; vol. 8, nos. 1-3. Buffalo, N. Y. California Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, 3d ser., vol. 1, no. 10; vol. 2, nos. 1 and 2; Memoirs, vols. 3 and 5, no. 1. San Francisco, Cal. California Journal of Technology: vols. 2-6, no. 1. Berkeley, Cal. California, University of, Department of Geology: Bulletin, vol. 2, no. 8-vol. 4. no. 13. Berkeley, Cal. Canada: Geological Survey: Annual Reports, new ser., vols. 11-13; vol. 14; pts B, O, J; vol. 15, pts. F, S; Summary Reports, 1900-1904; Mesozoic Fossils vol. 1, pt. 5; Report on the Cambrian Rocks of Cape Breton; Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada. Canada, Royal Society: Proceedings and Transactions, 2d ser., vols. 6-10. Ottawa Canada. Canadian Institute: Transactions, vol. 7 and vol. 8, pt. 1. Toronto, Canada. Canadian Mining Institute: Journal, vols. 4-7. Ottawa, Canada. Canadian Mining Review: vols. 20-24. Ottawa, Canada. 6 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. 7 Canadian Record of Science: vol. 8, no. 5-vol. 9, no. 4. Montreal, Canada. Carnegie Institution of Washington: Yearbook, nos. 1-4. Washington, D. C. Carnegie Museum: Annals, vols. 1-3; Memoirs, vols. 1 and 2, nos. 1-5. Pittsburg, Pa. Centralblatt fur Mineralogie, Geologie und Palaeontologie: 1902-1905. Stuttgart, Germany. Chicago Academy of Sciences: Natural History Survey, Bulletin No. 5. Chicago, Ill. Cincinnati Society of Natural History: Journal, vol. 20, nos. 1-4. Cincinnati, Ohio. Colby College: Bulletin, vol. 1, supplement. Waterville, Me. Colorado College Studies: vols. 9-1.1; Science series, nos. 42-46. Colorado Springs, Colo. Colorado Mining Bureau: Bulletins, nos. 4 and 5; Report State Bureau of Mines, 1902. Denver, Colo. Colorado School of Mines: Bulletin, vols. 1, 2, and 3, no. 1. Golden, Colo. Colorado Scientific Society: Proceedings, vols. 6, 7, and 8, pp. 1-70. Denver, Colo. Colorado, University of: Studies, vols. 1, 2, and 3 no. 1. Boulder, Colo. Columbia University, Geological Department: Contributions, nos. 81-106. New York, N. Y. Congres Geologique International: VIII and IX, Compte Rendu. Paris and Wien. Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey: Bulletins, nos. 1-5, Hartford, Conn. Davenport Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, vols. 8 and 9. Davenport, Iowa. Delaware County Institute of Science: Proceedings, vol. 1, no. 1. Media, Pa. Denison University, Scientific Laboratories: Bulletin, vol. 11, articles 10 and 11; vol. 12; vol. 13, article 2. Granville, Ohio. Drury College, Bradley Geological Field Station: Bulletin, vol. 1, pts. 1 and 2. Springfield, Mo. Economic Geology: vol. 1, nos. 1-3. Lancaster, Pa. Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society: Journal, vols. 17-21. Chapelhill, N. C. Engineering and Mining Journal: vols. 71-80. New York, N. Y. Engineering Association of the South: Transactions, vols. 12-16. Nashville, Tenn. Engineering Magazine: vols. 20-30. New York, N. Y. Field Columbian Museum: Geological Series, vols. 1, 2, and 3, no. 1. Chicago, Ill. Franklin Institute: Journal, vols. 151-160. Philadelphia, Pa. Geographical Journal: vols. 21-26. London, England. Geological Magazine: new. ser., decade 4, vols. 8-10; decade 5, vols. 1-2. London, England. Geological Society of America: Bulletin, vols. 12-16. Rochester, N. Y. Georgia Geological Survey: Bulletins, nos. 8, 9A, 11, and 12. Atlanta, Ga. Greene (George K.), Contribution to Indiana Paleontology, pts. 6-20. New Albany,' Ind. Hamilton Scientific Association: Journal and Proceedings, nos. 17-21. Hamilton, Canada. Harvard College, Museum of Comparative Zoology: Bulletin, vol. 33, no. 7; vol. 36, nos. 7 and 8; vol. 37, no. 3; vol. 38, nos. 2-8; vol. 39, nos. 1-9; vol. 40, nos. 2-7; vol. 41, no. 1; vol. 42, nos. 1-4; vol. 43, nos. 1-3; vol. 44; vol. 45, nos. 1-4; vol. 46, nos. 1-10; vol. 47; vol. 48, no. 1; vol. 49, nos. 1 and 2; Memoirs, vol. 25, no. 2; vol. 26, nos. 4 and 5; vol. 30, nos. 1 and 2; vols. 31 and 32. Cam¬ bridge, Mass. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History: Bulletin, vol. 5, article 12; vol. 6, arti¬ cles 1 and 2; vol. 7, articles 1-5. Urbana, Ill. Indiana Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, 1900-1902. Indianapolis, Ind. Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural Resources: Annual Report, 25th-29th. Indianapolis, Ind. Institution of Mining and Metallurgy: Transactions, vol. 10-14. London, England. 8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY. Institution of Mining Engineers: Transactions, vol. 18-27, 28 pts. 2-4, 29 pts. 1^4, 30 pts. 1 and 2. Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England. Iowa Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, vols. 8-12. Des Moines, Iowa. Iowa Geological Survey: Annual Report, vols. 11-15. Des Moines, Iowa. Iowa State University, Laboratory of Natural History: Bulletin, vol. 5, nos. 2-4. Iowa City, Iowa. Johns Hopkins University: Circulars, nos. 149-165; 1904 and 1905; the George Huntington Williams Memorial Lectures, vol. 1. Baltimore, Md. Journal of Geography: vols. 1-4. Lancaster, Pa. Journal of Geology: vols. 9-13. Chicago, Ill. Kansas Academy of Sciences: Transactions, vols. 17-20, pt. 1. Kansas University Geological Survey: vols. 6 and 7. Topeka, Kans. Kansas University Quarterly: vol. 9, no. 4; vol. 10, nos. 1-3; Science Bulletin, vols. 1-3, no. 6. Lawrence, Kans. Kentucky Geological Survey: Bulletins nos. 1, 2, and 5. Lexington, Ky. Lake Superior Mining Institute: Proceedings, vols. 8-10. Ishpeming, Mich. Liverpool, Geological Society: Proceedings, vol. 8, pt. 4; vol. 9; vol. 10, pt. 1. Liv¬ erpool, England. London, Geological Society: Quarterly Journal, vols. 57-61. London, England. London, Geologists’ Association: Proceedings, vol. 16, pts. 7-10; vols. 17 and 18; vol. 19, pts. 1-6. London, England. Louisiana State Experiment Stations: Geology and Agriculture, pts. 1^ and 6. Baton Rouge, La. Louisiana Geological Survey: Bulletin, nos. 1 and 3. Baton Rouge, La. McGill University, Department of Geology: Papers, nos. 15 and 16. Montreal, Canada. Manchester Geological Society: Transactions, vol. 26, pts. 10-19; vols. 27 and 28; vol. 29, pts. 1, 2, and 4. Manchester, England. Maryland Geological Survey: Eocene; Miocene; Garrett County; Cecil County; and vols. 4 and 5. Baltimore, Md. Mazama: vol. 1-2, no. 4. Portland, Oreg. Mexico, Institute Geologico, Bulletin, nos. 14-16, 20, 21; Parergones, t. 1, nos. 1-9. Mexico, D. E., Mexico. Mexico, Secretaria de Fomento: Boletin, 2d 6poca, ano 3, 4, 5 nos. 1-5, IV. Mexipo, D. F., Mexico. Michigan Academy of Science: Report, lst-6th. Lansing, Mich. Michigan Geological Survey: Reports, 1901-1904; vol. 8, pts. 2, 3; vol. 9, pts. 1, 2. Lansing, Mich. Michigan Miner: vols. 3-7. Saginaw, Mich. Mines and Minerals: vol. 21, no. 6-vol. 26, no. 5. Scranton,' Pa., and Denver, Colo. Mining and Scientific Press: vols. 82-91. San Francisco, Cal. Mining Magazine: vols. 10-12. New York, N. Y. Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences: Bulletin, vol. 3, no. 3; vol. 4, no. 1, pts. 1 and 2. Minneapolis, Minn. Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey: Final Report, vol. 6. Minneap¬ olis, Minn. Mississippi Agricultural and Mechanical College: Bulletin, vol. 1, no. 2 (Geological and Industrial Survey of Mississippi: Report 1). Agricultural College, Miss. Missouri Geological Survey: Preliminary Report (vol. 13); Biennial Reports, 1903 and 1905; 2d ser., vols. 1 and 2. Jefferson City, Mo. Montana University: Bulletin, nos. 16-31. Missoula, Mont. National Geographic Magazine: vols. 12-16. Washington, D. C. Nature: vol. 63, no. 1627-vol. 73, no. 1887. London, England. Nautilus: vol. 14, no. 9-vol. 18, no. 8. Philadelphia, Pa. LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. 9 Nebraska Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, vol. 7. Lincoln, Nebr. Nebraska Geological Surveysvols. 1 and 2, pt. 1. Lincoln, Nebr. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie, und Paleontologie, 1901-1905; Beilage Band, 14-21. Berlin, Germany, Nevada, University of, Department of Geology and Mining: Bulletin, vol. 1, no. 1. Reno, Nev. New Brunswick Natural History Society: Bulletin, nos. 18-23. St. John, New Bruns¬ wick, Canada. New Jersey Geological Survey: Annual Reports, 1900-1904; Final Reports, vols. 5 and 6; Report on Paleontology, vol. 3. Trenton, N. J. New York Academy of Sciences: Annals, vols. 13, 14, 15, and 16, pts. 1 and 2; Memoirs, vol. 2, pts. 3 and 4. New York, N. Y. New York Botanical Garden: Bulletin, vol. 2 (nos. 6-8); vol. 3 (nos. 9-11); vol .4, (no. 12); Contributions, nos. 1-73. New York, N. Y. New York State Museum: Annual Reports, 53d-58th, pt. 1; Bulletins, nos. 40-89, 91 93-96, 98; Handbook 19; Memoirs 5-7. Albany, N. Y. North Carolina Geological Survey: Biennial Reports, 1901-2, 1903-4; Economic Papers, nos. 6-9; Bulletin no. 19; vol. 1. Raleigh, N. C. North Dakota Geological Survey: Biennial Reports, lst-3d. Grand Forks, N. Dak. Nova Scotian Institute of Science: Proceedings and Transactions: vol. 10, pts. 3 and 4, vol. 11, pt. 1. Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada. Ohio Geological Survey: Fourth series, Bulletins, nos. 1, 2, 3, and 7. Columbus, Ohio. Ohio Naturalist: vols. 1-5. Columbus, Ohio. Ohio State Academy of Science: Annual Reports, lst-13th; Special Papers, nos. 1-10 (Proceedings, vols. 1-4). Columbus, Ohio. Oklahoma Geological Survey: Biennial Reports, 1st (Advance Bulletin only), 2d and 3d. Guthrie, Okla. Ontario Bureau of Mines: Reports, 1901-1905. Toronto, Canada. Oregon, University of: Bulletin, new ser., vol. 1, nos. 1-4. Eugene, Oreg. Ottawa Naturalist: vol. 14, no. 10-vol. 19, no. 9. Ottawa, Canada. Paleontographica: Band 48-52, Lief. 1; supplement, Band 4, Lief. 1. Stuttgart, Germany. Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences: Proceedings, vols. 53-57, pt. 2; Journal, 2d ser., vol. 11, pt. 3-13, pt. 1. Philadelphia, Pa. Philadelphia, Engineers’ Club: Proceedings, vols. 19-22. Philadelphia, Pa. Plant World: vols. 4-7. Washington, D. C. Popular Science Monthly: vol. 57, no. 4-vol. 67, no. 8. New York, N. Y. Portland Society of Natural History: Proceedings, vol. 2, pt. 5. Portland, Me. Records of the Past: vols. 2-4. Washington, D. C. Rochester Academy of Science: Proceedings, vol. 4, pp. 65-202. Rochester, N. Y. St. Louis Academy of Science: Transactions, vols. 11-15, no. 6. St. Louis, Mo. San Antonio Scientific Society: Bulletin, vol. 1, no. 1. San Antonio, Tex. San Diego Society of Natural History: vol. 1, no. 1. San Diego, Cal. School of Mines Quarterly: vols. 22, no. 2-27, no. 1. New York, N. Y. Science: new ser., vols. 13-22. New York, N. Y. Scientific American: vols. 84-93. New York, N. Y. Scientific American Supplement: vols. 51-60. New York, N. Y. Sierra Club Bulletin: vol. 5, nos. 3 and 4. San Francisco, Cal. Sioux City Academy of Science and Letters: Proceedings, vol. 1. Sioux City, Iowa. Smithsonian Institution: Annual Reports, 1899-1904; Contributions to Knowledge, nos. 1373, 1413, 1438, 1459; Miscellaneous Collections, 40, 41, 44-49. Wash¬ ington, D. C. 10 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY. Sociedad Scientifica “Antonio Alzate:” Memorias y Revista, t. 19-22, no. 6. Mexico, D. F., Mexico. Sociedad Geologica Mexicana: Boletin, t. 1. Mexico, D. F., Mexico. Societa Geologica Italiana: Bulletin, Anno 19-24, fasc. 1. Rome, Italy. Soci£t4 G6ologique de Belgique: Annals, t. 27-32. Liege, Belgium. Societe Geologique de France: Bulletin, 4 e ser., t. 1-5. Paris, France. South Dakota Geological Survey: Bulletin, no. 3. Vermilion, S. Dak. South Dakota School of Mines: Bulletin, nos. 5-7. Rapid City, S. Dak. Southern California Academy of Sciences: vols. 1-4. Los Angeles, Cal. Staten Island Natural Science Association: Proceedings, vols. 8 and 9. Staten Island, N. Y. Stone: vols. 22-27, no. 4. New York, N. Y. Technology Quarterly: vols. 14-18. Boston, Mass. Texas Academy of Science: Transactions, vols. 4 and 5. Austin, Tex. Texas University Mineral Survey: Bulletin, nos. 1-9. Austin, Tex. Toronto, University of: Studies, Geological Series, nos. 1-3. Toronto, Canada. Torrey Botanical Club: Bulletin, vols. 28-32. Lancaster, Pa. Torreya: vols. 1-5. Lancaster, Pa. United States Department of Agriculture: Field Operations of the Bureau of Soils: Reports, lst-5th. Washington, D. C. United States Geological Survey: Annual Reports, 21st-26th; Monographs, 41-48; Professional Papers, nos. 1-43; Bulletins, nos. 177-273, 276; Geologic Atlas of the United States, folios, nos. 60, 70-131, 133, 134; Water-Supply and Irriga¬ tion Papers, nos. 41-149, 151, 152; Mineral Resources, 1901-1904. Washing¬ ton, D. C. United States National Museum: Annual Reports, 1899-1903; Proceedings, vols. 23-29; Bulletin, nos. 54, 55. Vermont Geological Survey: Reports of the State Geologist, [1st]—4th (of this series). Burlington, Vt. Victoria Institute: Journal of Transactions, vols. 35-37. London, England. Virginia Geological Survey: Geological Series, Bulletin, no. 1. Blacksburg, Va. Wagner Free Institute of Science: Transactions, vol. 3, pt. 6. Philadelphia, Pa. Washington Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, vols. 2-7, p. 300. Washington,D. C. Washington Biological Society: Proceedings, vols. 11-18. Washington, D. C. Washington Geological Survey: Annual Reports, vols. 1 and 2. Olympia, Wash. Washington Philosophical Society: Bulletin, vol. 14, pp. 1-336. Washington, D. G. West Virginia Geological Survey: Geological Map of West Virginia, 2d edition; Bul¬ letin, no. 1; vols. 1(a), 2, 3. Morgantown, W. Va. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters: Transactions, vols. 13 and 14. Madison, Wis. Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey: Bulletins, nos. 6-14; Biennial Reports of the Commissioners, lst-4th. Madison, Wis. Wisconsin Natural History Society: Bulletin, new ser., vols. 1-3. Milwaukee, Wis. Wisconsin, University of: Science Series, vols. 2 and 3. Madison, Wis. Wyoming Historical and Geological Society: Proceedings and Collections, vols. 6-8. Wilkes-Barre, Pa. Wyoming University, School of Mines: The Sweetwater Mining District, 1901; Petroleum Series, Bulletins, nos. 4-7. Laramie, Wyo. Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society: Proceedings, new ser., vols. 14 and 15. Leeds, England. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft: Band 53-57. Berlin, Germany. Zeitschrift fur Praktische Geologie: Jahrgang 9-13. Berlin, Germany. BIBLIOGRAPHY. A. Abbe (Cleveland, jr.). 1. The physiographic features of Maryland. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 1, pp. 151-157, 242-248, 342-355, 2 figs.. 1900. 2. The physiography of Garrett County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Garrett Co., pp. 27-54, 4 pis., 1902. Describes the topographic and drainage features of the county, and discusses its physio¬ graphic history. 3. Die Fall-Linie der siidostlichen Vereinigten Staaten. Vierteljahrsheften fur den geographischen Unterricht (Herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. Heide- rich), Wien, Jahrg. 2, pp. 204-210, 2 pis., 1903. Describes the position, and discusses the geologic, topographic, geographic, and historic sig¬ nificance of the fall line in the Atlantic coastal plain. 4. Earthquake records from Agana, island of Guam, 1892-1903. Terrestrial Magnetism, vol. 9, pp. 81-85,1904. Abercrombie (W. R.). 1. The Copper River country, Alaska. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 158, pp. 353-366, 1904. Includes observations on the general geology, and the occurrence of copper and gold ores in Alaska. Adams (Charles C.). 1. Baseleveling and its faunal significance, with illustrations from southeastern United States. Am. Nat., vol. 35, pp. 839-852, 5 figs., 1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 373,1901. Describes the process of baseleveling and its influence on the distribution of faunas. Includes a bibliography. 2. Post-Glacial origin and migrations of the life of the northeastern United States. Jour. Geog., vol. 1, pp. 303-310, 1 fig., and pp. 352-357, 1902. Adams (Frank Dawson). 1. George M. Dawson. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 561-563,1 pi., 1901. Gives an account of his life and work. 2. Experimental work on flow of rocks. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 455-461, 2 pis., 1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 95-96,1901. 3. In memoriam—Sir John William Dawson. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 3-14, 1901. Gives an account of his life and work. 4. [In discussion of “The origin of ore-deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 966-967, 1902. 5. Haliburton and Bancroft areas, Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 145-148,1902. Describes the author’s field work in this region. 11 12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Adams (Frank Dawson)—Continued. 6. Memoir of George M. Dawson. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 497-509, 1903. Includes a list of publications compiled by H. M. Ami. 7. The Monteregian Hills—a Canadian petrographical province. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 239-282, 7 figs., 1903; McGill Univ., Dept. Geol., Papers, no. 14, 1903; Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 198-245, 7 figs., 1905. Describes the geographic extent, character, structure, and origin of the elevations in the Province of Quebec for which the term Monteregian Hills is proposed, and the occurrence, characters, chemical composition, and classification of the rocks composing Mount Johnson. 8. On a new nepheline rock from the Province of Ontario, Canada. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 269-276, 1904. Describes the occurrence, characters, and composition. 9. Geophysical investigations suggested. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 2, 1903, pp. 195-201,1904. Sets forth lines of investigations of igneous and metamorphic rocks. TOo Tho artesian and other deep wells on the island of Montreal. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 76-101, 5 figs., 1905. 11. Investigation on flow of rocks. Abstract: Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 3, 1904, pp. 119-120, 1905. Adams (Frank Dawson) and LeRoy (Osmond E.). 1. The artesian and other deep wells on the Island of Montreal. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. o, 74 pp., 6 figs., 3 maps, 1904. Includes an account of the geology of the region around Montreal, Canada. Adams (Frank Dawson) and Nicholson (John Thomas). 1. An experimental investigation into the flow of marble. London Roy. Soc., Phil. Trans., ser. A, vol. 195, pp. 363-401, 4 pis., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 316, 1901. 2. An experimental investigation into the flow of marble. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 426-436, 1902. Gives a summary of the authors’ investigations. Adams (Frank Dawson), Ami (H. M.) and. 1. Synoptical table of geological formations about Montreal, Canada. See Ami (H. M.) and Adams (F. D.), 1. Adams (George Irving). 1. The Carboniferous and Permian age of the Red Beds of eastern Oklahoma from stratigraphic evidence. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 383-386, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the extension of these beds from Kansas into Oklahoma and discusses the evidence as to their age. 2. Oil and gas fields of the western interior and northern Texas Coal Measures, and of the Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary of the Western Gulf Coast. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 184, pp. 1-64, 2 pis., 4 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology of the oil and gas fields of Kansas and Indian Territory, and the developments of the various localities. Describes the stratigraphy of the Texas oil fields and their developments. 3. Physiography and geology of the Ozark region. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 69-94, 3 pis., 3 figs., 1901. Describes physiographic features, and character and occurrence of igneous rocks and pre- Cambrian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, and the geologic structure of tne region. 4. Geology and water resources of the Patrick and Goshen Hole quadrangles in eastern Wyoming and western Nebraska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 70, 50 pp., 11 pis., 4 figs., 1902. Describes geologic structure and physiographic features. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 13 Adams (George Irving)—Continued. 5. Physiographic divisions of Kansas. - Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 34, pp. 89-104, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the characteristics of the several physiographic divisions of the region. 6. Stratigraphic relations of the Red Beds to the Carboniferous and Permian in northern Texas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 1029,1902. 7. Lithologic phases of the Pensylvanian and Permian of Kansas, Indian Territory, and Oklahoma. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 545-546, 1902. 8. Note on a Tertiary terrane new in Kansas geology. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 301-303, 1 fig., 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of the beds. 9. Physiographic divisions of Kansas. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 109-123, 4 figs., 1903. Defines the divisions and describes their topographic and geologic features. 10. Principles controlling the geologic deposition of the hydrocarbons. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 340-347, 1903. 11. Stratigraphic relations of the Red Beds to the Carboniferous and Permian in northern Texas. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull.,vol. 14, pp. 191-200, 3 figs., 1903. Describes occurrence, stratigraphy, and lithologic characters of the Red Beds of Texas, Oklahoma, Indian Territory, and Kansas, and discusses their relationships. 12. Zinc and lead deposits of northern Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 187-196, 1903. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 163- 174,1904. Gives a brief account of the position, history of development, and geologic structure of the field, and describes the occurrence, character, and source of the ores. 13. Origin of bedded breccias in northern Arkansas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 792-793,1903. 14. Geology, technology, and statistics of gypsum. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 12-32, 6 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Includes a short discussion of the origin and geologic age of gypsum deposits in general. 15. Zinc and lead deposits of northern Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 24, pp. 1-89, 27 pis., 6 figs., 1904. Describes physiographic features briefly, the occurrence and character of Ordovician, Devo¬ nian, and Carboniferous formations, the geological history and structure, and the occurrence and origin of the zinc and lead ore deposits of this region. 16. The Rabbit Hole sulphur mines near Humboldt House, Nev. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 497-500, 1904. General geology and occurrence and origin of the sulphur. 17. Summary of the water supply of the Ozark region in northern Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 179-182, 2 figs., 1905. Adams (George Irving) and Ulrich (E. O.). 1. Fayetteville folio, Arkansas-Missouri. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 119,1905. * Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Ordovician, Devon¬ ian, and Carboniferous sedimentary strata, the history of the physical changes, and the economic resources. Adams (George Irving), Girty (George H.), and White (David).' 1. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the upper Carboniferous rocks of the Kansas section. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 211, 123 pp., 4 pis., 10 figs., 1903. Comprises a review of previous work upon the stratigraphy, and a description in detail of the geologic formations, including definition and synonymy, character and extent, and faunal lists of the upper Carboniferous strata of Kansas and northern Indian Territory, by George I. Adams; a discussion and tabulation of the invertebrate fossils, by George H. Girty, and an annotated list of the fossil plants, by David White. 14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Adams (George Irving), Haworth. (Erasmus), and Crane (W. R.). 1. Economic geology of the Iola quadrangle, Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 238, 83 pp., 11 pis. and 13 figs., 1904. Describes the general character and areal geology of the area, the character, occurrence, and relations of the Carboniferous formations, the geologic structure of the field, and in detail the occurrence, character, and origin of the natural gas and petroleum, and their utilization in the manufacture of cement, brick, and zinc spelter. Adams (Thomas K.). 1. Lower productive Coal Measures of the bituminous regions of Pennsylvania; the importance of a knowledge of their characteristic features. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 348-352, 3 figs., 1903. Describes the geology of the Coal Measures of the bituminous coal regions of Pennsylvania. Aguilar y Santill£n (Rafael). 1. Bibliography of Mexican geology and mining. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 605-680,1902. Aguilera (Jose G.). 1. Distribution geogrdfica y geologica de los criaderos minerales de la Republica Mexicana. Acad, de Ciencias exactas, fisicas, y naturales, Mexico, 57 pp., 1901. Describes the occurrence of various mineral products in Mexico. 2. Sobre las condiciones tectonicas de la Republica Mexicana. Mexico, Oficina Tip. de la Secretaria de Fomento, 34 pp., 1901. Gives a general account of the geologic structure of Mexico. 3. The geographical and geological distribution of the mineral deposits of Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 497-520, 1902. Describes the occurrence of mineral deposits. 4. [The great Bacubirito meteorite of Mexico.] Am. Geol., vol. 33, p. 267,1904. Gives data in regard to the Bacubirito meteorite. 5. Resena del desarrollo de la geologfa en Mexico. Soc. GeOl. Mex., Bol., 1.1, pp. 35-117,1905. Reviews in chronologic order the investigations upon the geology of Mexico. Aiken (P. B.). 1. The mines of Santa Eulalia, Mexico. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 402, 1 fig., 1903. Describes briefly the general geology and the occurrence of the silver-lead ores. Alcala (Maximino). 1. Criaderos de petroleo de Pichucalco, Estado de Chiapas [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Antonio Alzate, Mem. y Rev., 1.13, pp. 327-335, 2 pis., 1903. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of petroleum from this locality. Alden (William C.). 1. Chicago folio, Illinois-Indiana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 81,1902. Describes geographic and topographic features, the general geologic relations, the occurrence and character of strata of Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Quaternary age, and the eco¬ nomic resources, chiefly building stones. 2. The stone industry in the vicinity of Chicago, Ill. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 357-360, 1903. Describes the occurrence and utilization of limestone, sand, and gravel in the vicinity of Chicago, Ill. 3. The Delavan lobe of the Lake Michigan glacier of the Wisconsin stage of glacia¬ tion and associated phenomena. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 34, 106 pp., 15 pis., 1904. Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of various glacial deposits and associated phenomena, and the physiographic changes and succession of events during the period of glaciation in the area investigated. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 15 Alden (William C)—Continued. 4. The drumlins of southeastern Wisconsin. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 273, 46 pp., 9 pis., and 8 figs., 1905. Describes the distribution, arrangement, relations to morainal and other glacial features, form, structure, composition, and origin of the drumlins in southeastern Wisconsin. Alden (William C. ), Fuller (Myron L.) and. 1. Gaines folio, Pennsylvania-New York. See Fuller (M. L.) and Alden (W. C.), 1. 2. Elkland-Tioga folio, Pennsylvania. See Fuller (M. L.) and Alden (W. C.), 2. Alderson (Matt W.). 1. Genesis of ore deposits. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, pp. 4-5, 14, 24, 2 figs., 1901. Aldrich (Truman H.). 1. A Texas oil well fossil. Nautilus, vol. 15, p. 74, 2 figs., 1901. 2. New species of Tertiary fossils from Alabama, Mississippi, and Florida. Nautilus, vol. 16, pp. 97-101, 2 pis., 1903. 3. A new Conus from the Tertiary of Florida. Nautilus, vol. 16, pp. 131-132, 2 figs., 1903. 4. Two new species of Eocene fossils from the Lignitic of Alabama. Nautilus, vol. 17, pp. 19-20, 2 figs., 1903. 5. A new oyster from the Eocene of Alabama. Nautilus, vol. 18, p. 61, 1 pi., 1904. Aldrich (Truman H.), Smith (Eugene A.) and. 1. The Grand Gulf formation. See Smith (E. A.) and Aldrich (T. H.), 1. Allen (E. T.), Day (A. L.) and. 1, The isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars. See Day (A. L.) and AUen (E. T.), 1. 2. The isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars. Part I. Thermal studies. See Day (A. L.) and Allen (E. T.), 2. Allen (J. A.). 1. A fossil porcupine from Arizona. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 383-384, 1904. Allen (0. B.) and Comstock (W. J.). 1. Bastnasite and tysonite from Colorado. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 126-129, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 390-393, 1880.) Althouse (H. W.). 1. The Norton coals of the Big Sandy basin. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 235-236, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the location, topography, and general geology of the field, and the character, occur¬ rence, and geologic relations of the coal seams. Ami (Henry M.) 1. On the geology of the principal cities in eastern Canada. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 125-174, 1900. Describes the local geology in the vicinity of several cities. 2. Synopsis of the geology of Canada. (Being a summary of the principal terms employed in Canadian geological nomenclature.) Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., new ser., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 187-225, 1900. 16 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ami (Henry M.)—Continued. 3. Paleontology and stratigraphy. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1900, pp. 178-182,1901. 4. On a new or hitherto unrecognized geological formation in the Devonian system of Canada. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 296-305,1901. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the Knoydart formation in Nova Scotia. 5. Addenda and corrigendum to “Progress of geological work in Canada during 1899.” Can. Rec. Sci.. vol. 8, pp. 329-331,1901. 6. The late George Mercer Dawson. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 43-52, 1901. Gives a sketch of his life and work. 7. Bibliography of Dr. George Mercer Dawson. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 202-213,1901. 8. Knoydart formation of Nova Scotia. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 301-312, 1 pi., lfig., 1901. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of a Devonian formation. 9. The Knoydart formation in Nova Scotia—a bit of the old Red sandstone of Europe. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 135, 1901. 10. Stratigraphical note. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 394-395, 1901. Contains brief notes on Devonian and Silurian subdivisions in Nova Scotia. 11. The Royal Society of Canada (twentieth meeting). Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 1015-1021, 1901. Contains abstracts of papers read. 12. Notes on some of the Silurian and Devonian formations of eastern Canada, and their faunas and floras. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 1017-1018,1901. 13. On the subdivisions of the Cambrian system in Canada. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 1019,1901. 14. A dual classification required in the nomenclature of the geological formations in different systems in Canada. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 1019-1020,1901. 15. Brief biographical sketch of Elkanah Billings. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 265-281, 1901. Gives a brief account of the life and work of Billings and a chronologic list of his publications. 16. Bibliography of Dr. George M. Dawson. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 76-86, 1901. 17. Bibliography of E. Billings. Am. Geol., vol. 28, p. 132, 1901. Gives five additional references to the bibliography of Billings heretofore published. 18. Bibliography of Sir John William Dawson. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 15-44,1901. 19. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for the year 1900. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 123-133, 1901. 20. Preliminary lists of the organic remains occurring in the various geological for¬ mations comprised in the map of the Ottawa district, including formations in the provinces of Quebec and Ontario, along the Ottawa River. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 49G-77G, 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 17 Ami (Henry M.)—Continued. 21. Lists of fossils obtained from the several formations along the Ottawa River per¬ taining to the report on Sheet no. 121, Quebec and Ontario (Grenville Sheet). Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 139J-143J, 1902. 22. Artesian wells, paleontology, archaeology, bibliographies, etc. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 258-265, 1902. A report upon the work done by the author. 23. Field notes on the geology of the country about Chelsea, Quebec. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp, 149-151, 1902. Contains notes on local geology. 24. Brief description of the map of the “Ottawa district.” Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 187-189, 1902. 25. Annual report of the geological section of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, for the year 1901-1902. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 254-262, 1902. Contains notes on the geology of the vicinity of Ottawa and a list of fossils from the Utica at Ottawa, Ontario. 26. Notes on the Albany meeting of the Geological Society of America held Decem¬ ber, 1900. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 471-477, 1902. 27. Bibliography of Dr. George M. Dawson. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 503-516, 1902. 28. Description of tracks from the fine-grained siliceous mudstones of the Knoydart formation (Eo-Dqvonian) of Antigonish County, Nova Scotia. N. S. Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 330-332, 1 pi., 1902. 29. On the possible occurrence of a coal area beneath the Neo-Carboniferous or Per¬ mian strata of Pictou County, Nova Scotia. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, pp. 160-162, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the geologic structure of this area. 10. The Union and Riversdale formations in Nova Scotia. Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 392, 1902. Gives abstract of a paper read before the Geological Society of America with the title “The Meso-Carboniferous age of the Union and Riversdale formations in Nova Scotia.” 11. On the possible occurrence of a coal area beneath the Neo-Carboniferous or Per¬ mian strata of Pictou County, Nova Scotia. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 358-364, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the geologic structure of this area. 12. The Cambrian age of the Dictyonema slates of New Canaan and Kentville, Nova Scotia. Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. 9, pp. 218-220, 1902. 13. Esquisse geologique du Canada ou materiaux pour servir A la preparation d’un chronographe geologique pour le Canada. Quebec, 61 pp., 1902. (Extracted from Naturaliste canadien, vol. 28, pp. 194-202; vol. 29, pp. 3-14, 19-30, 35-46, 52-61, 73-80, 1902.) Gives a general resume of the geology of Canada, describing the geographic distribution of the formations of Paleozoic, Mesozoic, Tertiary, and Quaternary age. 14. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for the year 1901. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. A Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 169-182, 1902. 15. Bibliography of Dr. George M. Dawson. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser.. vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 192-201,1902. 16. Paleontology and chronological geology. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 317-335, 1903. Gives a statement of the paleontological work of the year, discusses records of borings, and gives notes upon the geology of Victoria Cove, Quebec. Bull. 301—06-2 18 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ami (Henry M.)—Continued. 37. On the Upper Cambrian age of the Dictyonema slates of Angus Brook, New Canaan and Kentville, N. S. [Canada]. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 10, pp. 447-450, 1903. 38. Sketch of the life and work of the late Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, C. M. G., LL. D., F. R. S., F. G. S., etc., Director of the Geological Survey of Canada from 1869 to 1894. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 1-21,1 pi. (por.), 1903. 39. Ordovician succession in eastern Ontario. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 517-518, 1903. Presents a list of the formations and gives their lithologic characters. 40. Meso-Carboniferous age of the Union and Riversdale formations, Nova Scotia. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 533-535,1903. Contains additional data on the age and relations of these formations. 41. The first Eparchaean formation. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 290,1903. 42. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for the year 1902. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 9, sect. 4, pp. 173-188, 1903. 43. Memorial or sketch of the life of the late Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, Director of the Geological Survey of Canada from 1869 to 1894. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 10, sect. 4, pp. 173-205,1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a list of his published writings. 44. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for the year 1903. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 10, sect.4, pp. 207-219,1905. 45. The late Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, C. M. G. His work in Canada. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 24, pp. 175-176, 1905. Gives an outline of Selwyn’s work in Canada as director of the geological survey. 46. Preliminary list of the fossils collected by Prof. L. W. Bailey from various localities in the province of New Brunswick during 1904. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 289-292, 1905. 47. Notes on a collection of organic remains from the ferruginous and friable shales of Messenger Brook, Torbrook, near county line, Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 385-387, 1905. 48. Description of a species of Bythotrephis from the shales along the Unihani River Yukon district, Canada. Can. Geol Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, p. 388, 1905. 49. Preliminary lists of fossil organic remains from the Potsdam, Beekmantown (Cal ciferous), Chazy, Black River, Trenton, Utica, and Pleistocene formations com prised within the Perth Sheet (no. 119) in eastern Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. J, pp. 80-89, 1904. Ami (Henry M.) and Adams (Frank D.). 1. Synoptical table of geological formations about Montreal, Canada. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. 0, pp. 26-29, 1904. Ami (Henry M.), PenRallow (D. P.) and. 1. Determinations of fossil plants from various localities in British Columbia an< the Northwest territories, with notes on the geological horizons indicated. See Penhallow (D. P.) and Ami (H.M.), 1. Anderson (Frank M.). 1. The Neocene basins of the Klamath Mountains [California]. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 75-76,1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12. pp. 500-501,1901 Brief notes on the structural features of the range. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 19 Anderson (Frank M.)—Continued. 2. The physiographic features of the Klamath Mountains. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 144-159, 1902. Describes the physiographic features, the general character of the Cretaceous and Tertiary sediments and of the volcanic rocks, and the development of the present drainage. 3. Cretaceous deposits of the Pacific coast. Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., 3d ser., Geol., vol. 2, pp. 1-154, 12 pis., 1902. Discusses the occurrence, characters, correlation, and faunas of the Cretaceous deposits of the Pacific coast region, and describes a large number of species—many of them new. 4. Ore deposits of Shasta County [California]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 412, 1902. 5. Physiography and geology of the Siskiyou Range. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 154,1903; Jour. Geol., vol. 11, p. 100, 1903. 6. Stratigraphy of the southern Coast ranges of California. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 581-582, 1904. 7. A stratigraphic study in the Mount Diablo Range of California. Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., 3d ser., Geol., vol. 2, pp. 155-248, 23 pis., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, fossil content, and relations of Cretaceous and Tertiary strata, and gives systematic descriptions of new species of fossils. Anderson (Netta C.). 1. A preliminary list of fossil mastodon and mammoth remains [in Illinois and Iowa]. Augustana Library Publications, no. 5, pp. 3-43, 2 pis., 1905. Anderson (Tempest). 1. Characteristics of recent volcanic eruptions. Nature, vol. 67, p. 308, 1903. Describes phenomena exhibited in the eruptions of Soufriere and Mont PelA 2. Recent volcanic eruptions in the West Indies. Geog. Jour., vol. 31, pp. 265-279, 13 pis., 1903; Yorkshire Phil. Soc., Ann. Rept. for 1903. Describes volcanic phenomena and physiographic changes produced by the eruptions of 1902 in St. Vincent and Martinique. Anderson (Tempest) and Flett (John S.). 1. Preliminary report on the recent eruption of the Soufriere in St. Vincent, and of a visit to Mont Pelee, in Martinique. London Roy. Soc., Proc., vol. 70, pp. 423-445, 3 pis., 1902; Nature, vol. 66, pp. 402-406, 1902; Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 309-330, 3 pis., 1903. Describes physical features of St. Vincent in the vicinity of Soufriere, the eruptions of May and July, 1902, of Soufriere and Mont Pel6, their effects and the character of the ejected materials. 2. Report on the eruptions of the Soufriere, in St. Vincent, in 1902, and on a visit to Montagne Pel6e, in Martinique. Part I. London Roy, Soc., Phil. Trans., ser. A, vol. 200, pp. 353-553, 19 pis., 1903. Describes physiographic features and general geology of St. Vincent, the phenomena of the eruptions of the Soufriere of May, 1902, and geologic and physiographic changes resulting, and discusses and compares the eruption phenomena of the Soufriere and Montagne Pel. Chalcedony-lime nuts from the Bad Lands, Archihicoria siouxensis gen. et sp. nov. Nebr. St. Hist., Soc., Proc. and Coll., 2d ser., vol. 2, pp. 272-274,1 pi., 1 fig., 1898. 5. Discovery of meteoric iron in Nebraska. Nebr. St. Hist. Soc., Proc. and Coll., 2d ser., vol. 2, pp. 275-279,1 pi., 4 figs., 1898. Describes occurrence of a meteorite near York, Nebraska. L The unpublished meteorites of Nebraska. Nebr. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 34-35, 1 pi., 1901. Describes new meteorites. >. The State [Nebraska] Geological Survey. Report of progress for the summer of 1900. Nebr. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 166-169, 2 pis., 1901. Gives an account of the work conducted by the State Geological Survey. 3. Sand crystals and their relation to certain concretionary forms. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 165-172, 6 pis., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the crystals and concretionary forms in the Ter¬ tiary strata of the Plains region. 7. Volcanic ash in Nebraska soils. Nebr. St. Bd. Agr., Ann. Kept, for 1901, pp. 238-242, 6 figs., 1902. Describes character and occurrence of this substance. 8. Report of the State geologist. Nebr. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, 258 pp., 13 pis., 166 figs., 1903. Describes physiography, hydrography, drainage and water resources, stratigraphy and gen¬ eral geological relations of formations, with lists of fossils contained therein, mineral resources and economic products. 9. Present knowledge of the distribution of Daimonelix. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 504-505, 1903. 10. Memoir of Wilbur Clinton Knight. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 544-549, 1 pi. (por.), 1904. Includes a list of his published writings. 11. A new Miocene artiodactyl. Science, new ser., vol. 22. pp. 797-798. 1 fig. 1905. Barbour (Erwin Hinckley) and Fisher (Cassius A.). 1. The geological bibliography of Nebraska. Nebr. St. Bd. Agr.. Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 248-266 1902. 2. A new form of calcite-sand crystal. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14. pp. 451-454, 4 figs. 1902. Describes and figures material from South Dakota and Wyoming. Notes their stratigraphic • range. Barlow (Alfred Ernest). 1. Descriptions of rocks collected in 1900. by J. Mackintosh Bell, M. A., in Great Bear Lake district and thence to Great Slave Lake. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 29C-36C, 1902. 2. Microscopic, examination of sections of rocks associated with the iron-ore deposits of the Kingston and Pembroke Railway district. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 81 1-91 1 , 1902. 3. The Sudbury district [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 141-145. 1902. Describes observations chiefly of a petrological and mineralogical character made in this area. 4. On the nepheline rocks of Ice River. British Columbia. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 70-76, 1902. Contains a brief discussion of magmatic differentiation and a description of the rock types of the hand specimens. 28 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Barlow (Alfred Ernest)— Continued. 5. Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn . . . director, Geological Survey of Canada, 1869-1894. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 171-177, por., 1902. Gives a sketch of the life and work of Dr. Selwyn. 6. The Sudbury mining district [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 252-267,1903. Describes petrographic characters of rock types and discusses the occurrence, character, and origin of nickel and copper ore deposits. 7. The Temagami district [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 120-133,1 map, 1904. Gives notes upon the geology of the region examined and the exploration for iron ores. 8. Report on the origin, geological relations, and composition of the nickel and cop¬ per deposits of the Sudbury mining district, Ontario, Canada. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. H, 236 pp., 24 pis. and 5 maps, 1904. 9. A landslide on the Lievre River [Quebec]. Ottawa Nat., vol. 18, pp. 181-190, 4 pis., 1905. 10. On corundum in Ontario and on surveys near Lake Temagami. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 190-194,1905. Barnett (V. H.). 1. Notice of the discovery of a new dike at Ithaca, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, p. 210, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of a newly discovered dike at this locality. Barney (W. G.). 1. The Silver Bell Mountains, Arizona. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 755-756, 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of copper-ore deposits. Barnum (George). 1. Heat and frost in the weathering of stone. Stone, vol. 25, pp. 222-228, 1 pi., 1902. Discusses the action of heat and frost in rock disintegration. Baron (J. Francis Patch-Le). 1. Some geological notes in Honduras, Central America. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 264-265, 1902. Gives a general account of the geology of this country. Barrell (Joseph). 1. Microscopical petrography of the Elkhorn mining district, Jefferson County, Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rep., pt. 2, pp. 511-549, 1 pi., 1901. Gives an account of the petrographical characters of the various rock types of the Elkhorn mining district, Montana. 2. The physical effects of contact metamorphism. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 279-296,1902. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 313-317.1902. Discusses the decomposi tion of rocks, the changes of mass and volume through metamorphism and the results of escape of gases. Barton (George H.). 1. Outline of elementary lithology. Boston, 112 pp., 1901. (Not seen.) Bartow (Edward). 1. Water supplies of southeastern Kansas. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 39-48,1905. Bartow (Edward) and McCollum (Elmer V.). 1. Kansas petroleum. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 56-59, 1905. Gives notes on the character and composition of petroleum from Kansas and other oil new.. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 29 Bartsch (Paul), Dali (W. H.) and. 1. A new Californian Bittium. See Dali (W. H.) and Bartsch (Paul), 1. 2. Synopsis of the genera, subgenera, and sections of the family Pyramidellidse. See Dali (W. H.) and Bartsch (P.), 2. Bascom (Florence). 1. The geology of the crystalline rocks of Cecil County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Cecil Co., pp. 83-148, 4 pis., 3 figs., 1902. Discusses the character, composition, and distribution of the crystalline rocks of the county. A glossary of technical terms is added by E. B. M[athews]. 2. Water resources of the Philadelphia district. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 106, 75 pp., 4 pis., 3 figs., 1904. Includes a short general account of the physiography and stratigraphy, and of the igneous and sedimentary rocks of the area. 3. Piedmont district of Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., voh 16, pp. 289-328, 17 pis., 1905. Describes the geography and general geology of the Piedmont district of Pennsylvania, the character, occurrence, and relations of pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, and Ordovician forma¬ tions, and the petrologic characters and relations of the igneous rocks occurring in the area Baskerville (Charles). 1. Kunzite, a new gem. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 303-304, 1903. Describes characters of the spodumene obtained from San Diego County, California, and gives to this gem the name of kunzite. Baskerville (Charles) and Kunz (George F.). 1. Kunzite and its unique properties. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 25-28, 2 figs., 1904. Bassler (Ray S.). 1. The structural features of the bryozoan genus Homotrypa, with descriptions of species from the Cincinnatian Group. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, pp. 565-591, 6 pis., 1903. 2. Portland-cement resources of Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 243, pp. 312-323, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of limestones and shales of Vir¬ ginia suitable for the manufacture of Portland cement. 3. Cement materials of the valley of Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 531-544, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology of the region, and the occurrence, character, and location of limestones, shales, and marls suitable for the manufacture of cement. 4. The subdivisions of the Shenandoah limestone. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 756, 1905. Bassler (R. S.), Ulrich (E. O.) and. 1. A revision of the Paleozoic bryozoa. Part I. On genera and species of Ctenosto- mata. See Ulrich (E. O.) and Bassler (R. S.), 1. 2. A. revision of the Paleozoic bryozoa. Part II. On genera and species of Treposto- mata. See Ulrich (E. O.) and Bassler (R. S.), 2. 3. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits: Ostracoda. See Ulrich (E. O.) and Bassler (R. S.), 3. 4. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits: Bryozoa. See Ulrich (E. O.) and Bassler (R. S.), 4. 30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Bastin (E. S.). 1. Note on the baked clays and natural slags in eastern Wyoming. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 408-412, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of certain strata which have been modified by the burning of underlying lignite seams. Bateman (G. C.). 1. Notes on graphite, its occurrences, uses, and production. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 343-348, 1905. B[ather] (F. A.). 1. The term Bradfordian. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 434-435,1904. Calls attention to the fact that the term Bradfordian has been used for European Mesozoic rocks. Bauer (Max). 1. Jadeit und Chloromelanite in Form prahistorischer Artefakte aus Guatemala. Centralbl. f. Min., Geol. u. Pal., pp. 65-79, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the character and structure of jade and chloromelanite used by prehistoric people in Guatemala. Baxter (Floras R.). 1. Petroleum: a class-room talk. Rochester, N. Y., Vacuum Oil Company [1905]. 47 pp., 12 figs. A general account of petroleum: the history of its discovery, geographic and geologic occur¬ rence, origin, chemical composition, production, and utilization. Bay ley (William Shirley). 1. The Menominee iron-bearing district of Michigan. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 46, 513 pp., 43 pis., 54 figs., 1904. Reviews the literature bearing on the subject, describes the physiography of the region, the character and occurrence of Archean, Algonkian,and Paleozoic rocks, and the occurrence, character, and mining of the iron ores, and gives an outline of the geologic history. 2. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Maine. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 27-55,1904. 3. Underground waters of eastern United States: Maine. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 41-56,1 fig., 1905. Describes the underground water supply of Maine. Beadle (H. M.). 1. Gold mining in eastern Oregon. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 136, 1902, Beard (J. Carter). 1. Three characteristic types of American dinosaurs. Sci. Am., vol. 84, pp. 184-185, 1 fig., 1901. 2. Something about ancient American saurians. Sci. Am., vol. 85, p. 267,1 fig., 1901. Describes their general characteristics. Beasley (Walter L.). 1. Evolution of the horse. Sci. Am., vol. 88, pp. 451-452, illus., 1903 2. A remarkable fossil discovery. Sci. Am., vol. 89, p. 87, illus., 1903. Describes the discovery of a large skull of Triceratops, and the probable habits, size, appeal ance, etc., of the animal. Beck (Richard). r 1. [In discussion of “The origin of ore deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 944-947, 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 31 Beck (Richard)—Continued. 2. The nature of ore deposits. Translated and revised by Walter Harvey Weed. New York, The Engineering and Mining Journal, 1905. 2 vols., 685 pp., 272 figs, and a map. Contains descriptions of American ore deposits. Becke (F.). 1. Optische Orientirung des Albit von Amelia, Virginia. Tschermak’s Min. u. Petrogr. Mitt.,N. F., Bd. 19, pp. 321-335, 5 figs., 1900. Describes crystallographic features of an albite from Amelia, Virginia. Becker (George F.). 1. Report on the geology of the Philippine Islands, followed by a version of “Ueber Tertiare fossilien von den Philippinen” (1895), by K. Martin. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Kept., pt. 3, pp. 493-625, 3 pis., 2 figs., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 126-127, 1901. Describes the character of the igneous rocks and the mineral resources. Includes a bibliog¬ raphy and a translation of a paper by K. Martin on the Tertiary fossils of the Philippines. 2. Construction of geophysical laboratory. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 2, 1903, pp. 18&-194, 1904. 3. Experiments on schistosity and slaty cleavage. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 241, 34 pp., 7 pis., 1904. Describes experiments to determine the cause of cleavage and schistosity in rocks, and dis¬ cusses the results obtained. 4. Present problems of geophysics. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 545-556, l'O l; Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp.4-22,1905; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 743-744, 1904 (in part). 5. The isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars. Introduction. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Publ. no. 31, pp. 3-12, 1905. 6. Simultaneous joints. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 267-275, 1 pi., 1905; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 1182-1184, 9 figs., 1905. Discusses systems of joints of simultaneous origin and how they were produced. Becker (George F.) and Day (Arthur L.). 1. The linear force of growing crystals. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 283-288,1 fig., 1905. Beecher (Charles Emerson). 1. Studies in evolution; mainly reprints of occasional papers selected from the pub¬ lications of the laboratory of invertebrate paleontology, Peabody Museum, Yale University. Yale Bicentennial Publications, 638 pp. 34 pis., 132 figs., 1901. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Contains discussions on the origin and significance of spines, structure and development of trilobites, studies in the development of the Brachiopoda, development of a Paleozoic porif¬ erous coral, symmetrical cell development in the FavositidcE, and development of the shell in the genus Tornoceras Hyatt. 2. Note on the Cambrian fossils of St. Francois County, Missouri. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 362-363, 1901. Discusses the fossil evidence indicating that a considerable thickness of the rocks of this region are to be referred to the Cambrian. 3. Discovery of eurypterid remains in the Cambrian of Missouri. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 364-366, 1 pi., 1901. Describes Strabops thatcheri n. gen. et sp. 4. The ventral integument of trilobites. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 165-174, 4 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Describes the characters of the ventral integuments in Triarthrus which demonstrate that the conclusions of Jaekel in hi? study oj: Ptychoparia are erroneous. 32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Beecher (Charles Emerson)—Continued. 5. Notes on a new Xiphosuran from the Upper Devonian of Pennsylvania. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 143-146, 1 fig., 1902. Describes Prestwichia randalli n. sp. 6. The reconstruction of a Cretaceous dinosaur, Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, pp. 311-324, 6 figs., 5 pis., 1902. 7. The ventral integument of trilobites. Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 9, pjp. 152-162, 3 pis., 8 figs., 1902. Discusses the ventral integument and appendages of trilobites. 8. Revision of the Phyllocarida from the Chemung and Waverly groups of Pennsyl¬ vania. London Geol. Soc., Quart. Jour., vol. 58, pp. 441-449, 3 pis., 1902. 9. Observations on the genus Romingeria. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 1-11, 4 pis., 1903. Reviews the history of the genus and type species and describes the type and other species. 10. Note on a new Permian Xiphosuran from Kansas. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 23-24,1 fig., 1904. Beede (Joshua W.). 1. Carboniferous invertebrates.. Kans. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. 6, pp. 1-187, 22 pis., 4 figs., 1900. 2. Fauna of the Permian of the central United States. Part I. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 185-189, 2 pis., 1901. Describes several new species. 3. The age of the Kansas-Oklahoma red beds. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 46-47, 1901. Describes the occurrence of fossils recently found, indicating the Permian age of the beds. 4. New fossils from the upper Carboniferous of Kansas. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 147-151,1 pi., 1902. 5. Variation of the spiralia in Seminula argentia (Shepard) Hall. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 155-157, 1 pi., 1902. 6. Coal Measures faunal studies, II. Fauna of the Shawnee formation (Haworth), the Wabaunsee formation (Prosser), the Cottonwood limestone. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 163-181, 1902. Describes geologic formations and gives lists of fossils from them. 7. Note on the variation of the spires in Seminula argentia (Shepard) Hall. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 221-222, 1902. 8. Invertebrate paleontology of the Red Beds [Oklahoma]. Okla. Geol. Surv., Adv. Bull., 1st Bien. Rept., 9 pp., 1 pi., 1902. Discusses the age of the Red Beds and describes fossils collected from them. Beede (Joshua W.) and Rogers (Austin F.). 1. Coal Measures faunal studies, III. Lower Coal Measures. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 2, pp. 459-473, 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of lower Coal Measures formations and gives lists of fossils obtained from them. Beede (Joshua W.) and Sellards (E. H.). 1. Stratigraphy of the eastern outcrop of the Kansas Permian. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 83-111, 2 pis., 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of Permian formations in Kansas, giving numerous detailed sections. Beede (Joshua W.), Prosser (Charles S.) and. 1. Cottonwood Falls folio, Kansas. See Prosser (Charles S.) and Beede (J. W.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 33 Beeler (Henry C.). 1. A brief review of the South Pass gold district, Fremont County, Wyoming. 12 pp., 1903. [Privately printed?] Includes a brief account of the geology of the region. 2. A report to the governor of Wyoming by the State geologist. Cheyenne, Wyo., Daily Leader Publishing Co., 1904. 39 pp. 3. Geology and mineral resources of Wyoming. Am. Mg. Cong., 7th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 113-118, 1905. A general account of the geology and mineral resources of Wyoming. Bel (J. M.). 1. Voyage minier au nord-ouest Canadien. Soc. des Ing. Civils de France, M6m., 6® s6r., 57® ann., pp. 580-641, 4 pis., 1904. Gives a general account of the region of the Klondike, and more especially of the mineral resources, including the general geology, the occurrence of alluvial and vein gold-ore deposits, and the methods of mining. 2. Gites auriferes du Klondike (Yukon, Canada). Bull. trim. Soc. de l’lndustrie Min., St. Etienne, 4 e s6r., t. 4, pp. 275-316, 3 pis. (maps), and 8 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and mining of gold deposits in the Klondike region. Bell (J. Macintosh). 1. Report on the topography and geology of Great Bear Lake and of a chain of lakes and streams thence to Great Slave Lake. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1C-36C, 1902. 2. Economic resources of Moose River Basin [Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 134-197, 21 pis., 1904. Includes observations on the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of pre-Cambrian, Paleozoic, and Pleistocene rocks and deposits, the physiographic features, and the economic resources. 3. Iron ranges of Michipicoten west [Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1905, vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 278-355, illus., 1905. Describes the physiography, stratigraphy, and petrography of the region examined and the occurrence, character, and relations of the deposits of iron ore. Bell (Ralston). 1. How copper is produced. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 636-637, 662-663, 690-692, 1904. Includes notes upon the geologic occurrence of copper. Bell (Robert). 1. Report on an exploration of the northern side of Hudson Strait [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. M, 38 pp., 4 pis. and geologic map, 1901. Contains notes on the physiographic features and ancient gneisses and limestones and Silu¬ rian strata of the region. 2. Laurentian limestones of Baffinland. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 471, 1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 100, 1901. 3. Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey [Canada] for the year 1901. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, 269 pp., maps nos. 751-764, 1902. 4. Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey of Canada for the cal¬ endar year 1902. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, 482 pp., 1903. Reviews the operations of the year of the Geological Survey of Canada. Includes reports by officials of the survey. 5. Report on the geology of the basin of the Nottaway River. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 13, 11 pp., 1 map, 1903. (Published separately, 1902.) Describes the character and occurrence of Laurentian g,nd Huronian rocks in this region. Bull. 301—06-3 34 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Bell (Robert)—Continued. 6. Volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol 6, pp. 126-128, 1904. 7. Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey of Canada for the cal¬ endar year 1903. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, 218 pp., 1904. 8. Summary report of the Geological Survey of Canada for the calendar year 1904. Can. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1904, pp. i-xxxviii, 1905. Outlines the work of the Geological Survey of Canada for the year 1904. Includes the report of the special committee on the Lake Superior region. 9. The advantages of combining topographical with geological surveying in unex¬ plored regions. Abstract: Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 56-58, 1905. Bell (Robert). 1. An outline of Idaho geology and of the principal ore deposits of Lemhi and Cus¬ ter counties, Idaho. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 64-80,1901. 2. Thunder Mountain and Mackay, Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 62, 1902. Describes the occurrence of gold and developments of the region. 3. The origin of the fine gold of Snake River. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 143-144, 1902. Describes the occurrence of gold bearing terraces of a Tertiary lake. 4. The geology of Thunder Mountain and central Idaho. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 791-793, 1902. Describes the general geology of the region. 5. Facts about Thunder Mountain [Idaho]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 273-275, 4 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the geologic structure of the region and sections of strata. Bell (Robert N.). 1. Tin ledges in Alaska. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 820, 1903. Describes the discovery of ledges containing tin ore in the vicinity of Port Clarence, Alaska. 2. Tin in Alaska. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 351, 1903. Describes the occurrence of tin-ore deposits. 3. The mining industry of Idaho. Ores & Metals, vol. 13, no. 15, pp. 22-32, illus., 1904. Gives a brief account of the general geology of the state, and the occurrence and production of ores by counties. 4. Geology of Park City, Utah, district. Lead & Zinc News, vol. 8, pp. 57, 60,1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of lead-ore deposits. 5. The geology and mineral resources of Idaho. Am. Mg. Cong., 7th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 20Q-226,1905. Bell (W. T.). 1. The remarkable concretions of Ottawa County, Kansas. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 315-316, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the occurrence of concretionary masses of crystalline limestone, most of them in place. Belowsky (Max). 1. Beitriige zur Petrographie des westlichen Nord-Gronlands, Deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., Zeitschr., Bd. 57, pp. 15-19,1905. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 35 Bendrat (T. A.). 1. The geology of Lincoln County, South Dakota, and adjacent portions. Am. Geol., Yol. 33, pp. 65-94, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the topography and drainage, the character and occurrence of Algonkian and Cre¬ taceous strata and glacial deposits. Bensley (B. Arthur). 1. On the identification of Meckelian and mylohyoid grooves in the jaws of Meso¬ zoic and recent mammalia. Toronto Univ. Studies, Biol, ser., no. 3, 9 pp., 1 pi., 1902. Bergeat (Alfred). 1. Ein Rfickblick auf die vulkanischen Ereignisse in Westindien im Mai 1902. Globus, Bd. 82, pp. 125-131, 1902. Reviews the volcanic eruptions in the West Indian Islands during 1902. 2. Die Produkte der letzten Eruption am Vulkan S. Maria in Guatemala (Oktober • 1902). Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 112-117,1903. Describes character and composition of material ejected by the volcano S. Maria. 3. Einige weitere Bemerkungen fiber die Produkte des Ausbruchs am Sta. Maria, Guatemala. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 290-291, 1903. Gives results of investigations upon the composition of ashes ejected by S.- Maria, Guatemala. Berger (W. F. B.). 1. Bauxite in Arkansas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 606-607, 2 figs., 1904. Describes character and occurrence of bauxite, and the mining operations in Arkansas. Berkey (Charles Peter). 1. A guide to The Dalles of the St. Croix for excursionists and students. Minneapolis, 40 pp., illus., 1898. (Private publication.) Describes the geologic history and structure of the region, physiographic and erosion features, and the character and occurrence of Cambrian strata and igneous rocks. 2. Sacred Heart “geyser spring” [Minnesota]. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 87-88, 1902. 3. Origin and distribution of Minnesota clays. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 171-177,1902. Describes the occurrence of the Ordovician, Cretaceous, and glacial clays. 4. Mineral resources o£ the Uinta Mountains [Utah]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 841, 1904. Discusses the stratigraphy and geologic structure of the Uinta Mountains and their mineral resources. 5. A geological reconnaissance of the Uinta Reservation, southeastern Utah. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 618,1904. Describes stratigraphic succession in this region. 6. Laminated interglacial clays of Grantsburg, Wis. With chronological deductions. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 35-44, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and composition of clays of this vicinity, and discusses their origin, geologic relationships, and manner and time of deposition. 7. Economic geology of the Pembina region of North Dakota. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 142-152, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the character and occurrence of Cretaceous strata in this region, and the occurrence and utilization of cement marls. 8. Stratigraphy of the Uinta Mountains. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 517-530, 2 pis. and 3 figs., 1905. Discusses the occurrence, character, and relations of the formations of the Uinta Mountains of Utah, and the correlation of the Wasatch and Uinta sections. 36 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Berkey (Charles Peter)— Continued. 9. [Paleogeography of St. Peter time.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 221,1905. 10. Interpretation of certain laminated clays, with their bearing upon estimates of geologic time. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 426,1905. 11. The paleogeography of Mid-Ordovicic time. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 989,1905. Berry (Edward Wilber). 1. Notes on the phylogeny of Liriodendron. Bot. Gazette, vol. 34, pp. 44-63, 1 fig., 1902. 2. Notes on sassafras. Bot. Gazette, vol. 34, pp. 426-450, 1 pi., 4 figs., 1902. 3. The American species referred to Thinnfeldia. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 30, pp. 438-445,1903. 4. New species of plants from the Matawan formation. Am. Nat., vol. 37, pp. 677-684, 9 figs., 1903. 5. The flora of the Matawan formation (Crosswicks clays). N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bull., vol. 3, no. 9, pp. 45-103,15 pis., 1903. . Discusses occurrence and lithologic characters of the Matawan formation and its subdivisions in New Jersey, the character and relationships of the flora collected near Cliff wood, New Jersey, and gives detailed descriptions of the plants. 6. Aralia in American paleobotany. Bot. Gazette, vol. 36, pp. 421-428, 1903. Discusses leaf characters in fossil species of Aralia. 7. Additions to the flora of the Matawan formation. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 31, pp. 67-82, 5 pis., 1904. 8. The Cretaceous exposure near Cliffwood, N. J. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 253-260, 1 pi., 1904. , + . . Discusses the correlation of the Cretaceous clays at Cliffwood, N. J., m the light of the evi¬ dence of the fossil plants. Gives a table showing the geologic distribution of the fossil spe¬ cies from the Matawan. 9. Additions to the fossil flora from Cliffwood, New Jersey. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 32, pp. 43-48, 2 pis., 1905. 10. Fossil grasses and sedges. Am. Nat., vol. 39, pp. 345-348, 1 fig., 1905. Discusses their geologic occurrence, and describes a new species of Carex. 11. A palm from the mid-Cretaceous. Torreya, vol. 5, pp. 30-33, 1 fig., 1905. 12. An old swamp bottom. Torreya, vol. 5, pp. 179-182,1 fig., 1905. „ T Gives notes upon the fossil plants occurring in Cretaceous deposits an Monmouth County, N. . 13. The ancestors of the big trees. Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 67, pp. 465-474, 4 figs., 1905. 14. A Ficus confused with Proteoides. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 32, pp. 327-330,1 pi., 1905. Beyer (S. W.). 1. Mineral production of Iowa in 1901. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Kept., 1901, pp. 39-61, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Includes a discussion of the occurrence and production of iron ore at Iron Hill, Allamake* County, Iowa. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 37 Beyer (S. W.)—Continued. 2. Iowa’s iron mine. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 275-276, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence, character, and origin of the ore. 3. Mineral production of Iowa in 1902. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 14, Ann. Rept., 1903, pp. 7-26, 1904. 4. Mineral production in Iowa in 1904. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1904, pp. 15-32,1905. Beyer (S. W.) and Williams (I. A.). 1. Technology of clays. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 14, pp. 29-318, 7 pis., 30 figs., 1904. Discusses the classification, origin, and properties of clays, and manufacture of clay wares. 2. The geology of clays. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 14, pp. 377-554, 22 pis., 41 figs., 1904. Describes in detail the occurrence, by counties, of clays in Iowa, and their geologic horizons. Beyer (S. W.) and Young (L. E.). 1. Geology of Monroe County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 355-422, 2 pis., 20 figs., 1903. Describes topography and drainage, the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of Carboniferous strata and glacial deposits, the character and occurrence of coal seams, coal¬ mining operations in the county, and other economic resources. Bibbins (Arthur B.). 1. Occurrence of zoisite and thulite near Baltimore [Maryland]. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 171-172, 1901. From notes by the late John W. Lee. 2. Stratigraphical position and general nature of the Maryland cycads. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 411-416, 1905. 3. The buried cypress forests of the upper Chesapeake. Records of the Past, vol. 4, pp. 47-53, 3 figs., 1905. Bibbins (Arthur B.), Clark (William B.) and. 1. Geology of the Potomac group in the middle Atlantic slope. See Clark (W. B.) and Bibbins (A. B.), 1. Biddle (H. C.). 1. The deposition of copper by solutions of ferrous salts. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 430-436, 1901. Describes certain chemical experiments which show that the conditions under which the oxidation of the ferrous salts may result in the deposition of copper are those which are found in the circulation of underground water. Bilgram, Hugo. 1. Inclusions in quartz. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 55, p. 700,1904. Billups (A. C.). 1. Fossil land shells of the old forest bed of the Ohio River. Nautilus, vol. 16, pp. 50-52,1902. Describes the occurrence and gives a list of and notes upon the species identified. Birge (E. A.). 1. Report of the superintendent of the survey. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., 1st Bienn. Rept. of the Commissioners, pp. 8-28,1898. Chiefly administrative, but contains notes on the geology of Wisconsin. 2. Report of the superintendent of the survey. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., 2d Bienn. Rept. of the Commissioners, pp. 7-36,1901. Chiefly administrative, but contains notes on the geology of Wisconsin. 3. Report of the superintendent of the survey. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., 3d Bienn. Rept. of the Commissioners, pp. 9-27,1902. Chiefly administrative, but contains notes on the geology of Wisconsin. 38 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Birg-e (E. A.)—Continued. 4. Report of the director of the survey. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., 4th Bienn. Rept. of the Commissioners, pp. 9-32, 1 map, 1904. Chiefly administrative, but contains notes on the geology of Wisconsin. Bishop (Irving P.). 1. Oil and gas in southwestern New York. N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Kept., vol. 1, pp. rl07-rl34, 1901. Describes occurrence of oil, and gives sections at a number of localities. 2. Economic geology of western New York. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. r42-r74, 2 pis., 1904. Gives notes on the occurrence of economic products, particularly building stone, clays, salt, natural gas, and petroleum. Bishop (S. E.). 1. Brevity of tuff-cone eruptions. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 1-5,1 pi., 1901. Discusses the origin and mode of formation of Diamond Head, Island of Oahu. Blackwelder (Eliot), Salisbury (Rollin D.) and. 1. Glaciation in the Bighorn Mountains. See Salisbury (R. D.) and Blackwelder (Eliot), 1. Blake (John Charles). 1. A mica-andesite of west Sugarloaf Mountain, Boulder County, Colorado. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 1-17, 1901. Describes occurrence, megascopic and microscopic characters, and composition. 2. Some relations of tetrahedral combinations to crystalline form. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 19-21, 4 figs., 1901. Blake (William P.). 1. Some salient features in the geology of Arizona, with evidences of shallow seas in Paleozoic time. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 160-167, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of ancient crystalline Paleozoic and Mesozoic rocks. 2. The evidences of shallow seas in Paleozoic time in southern Arizona. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 68-69,1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 493, 1901. Contains notes on probable lower Paleozoic rocks of the region. 3. The caliche of southern Arizona. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 601-602, 1901. Describes the character and origin of the material. 4. The caliche of southern Arizona; an example of deposition by the vadose circu¬ lation. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs.,Trans., vol. 31, pp. 220-226, 1902. Describes the formation of the caliche, a calcareous formation, and gives its chemical com¬ position and that of well waters. 5. The geology of the Galiuro Mountains, Arizona, and of the gold-bearing ledge known as Gold Mountain. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 546-547, 5 figs., 1902. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence and origin of the gold ores. 6. Lake Quiburis, an ancient Pliocene lake in Arizona. Ariz. Univ., Monthly, vol. 4, no. 4, February, 2 pp., 1902. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 413-414, 1902. 7. Notes on the mines and minerals of Guanajuato, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol 32, pp. 216-223, 1902. 8. Tombstone and its mines; a report upon the past and present condition of the mines of Tombstone, Cochise County, Arizona, to the Development Company of America. New Y'ork, 1902. 83 pp., illus. Describes the general gecdogy of the region, the character and occurrence of the stratified rocks and geologic structure, and the occurrence of the ore deposits of precious metals, and discusses their origin. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 39 Blake (William P.)—Continued. 9. Arizona diatomite. Wis. Acad. Sci., Trans., yol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 107-111, 6 pis., 1903. Gives notes upon and lists of species of diatoms obtained from deposits of diatomaceous earth in the valley of the San Pedro, Arizona. 10. Diatom-earth in Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 38-45,1903. Describes occurrence and character of diatomaceous deposits, and discusses their origin and economic value. 11. Origin of pebble-covered plains in desert regions. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 632, 1903; Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 161-162,1904. 12. Tombstone and its mines. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 668-670, 1904. Gives observations on the occurrence of ore deposits, and discusses the origin of certain man- ganiferous ores. 13. Geology of Arizona. Rept. of the governor of Ariz. to the Secretary of the Interior for the year ended June 30, 1903, pp. 126-135, 1903. Gives a general outline of the geology of Arizona. 14. Gypsum deposits in Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 100-101, 1904. Describes character and occurrence of gypsum deposits in Arizona. 15. Superficial blackening and discoloration of rocks, especially in desert regions. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 371-375, 1905. Describes surficial blackening of rocks and discusses,its origin. 16. Copper ore and garnet in association. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 886-890, 1904. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, pp. 72-73, 1904. Mg. World, vol. 21, p. 175, 1904. Describes occurrences of copper ore and garnet in association, and discusses their origin. 17. Evidences of plication in the rocks of Cananea, Sonora [Arizona]. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 551-552, 1905. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 586-587, 1904. 18. Iodobromite in Arizona. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, p. 230, 1905. Describes the occurrence, characters, and composition. 19. Origin of orbicular and concretionary structure. ^ Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull., no. 4, pp. 677, 682, 1 pi., 1905. Blakemore (William). 1. Pioneer work in the Crows Nest coal areas [Canada]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 127-132, 3 figs., 1901; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 4, pp. 230-243, 3 figs. 1901. Describes the occurrence of the coal in Cretaceous strata. 2. The iron ore deposits near Kitchener, B. C. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 76-80, 5 pis., 1902. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 382-383, 1902. 3. Graham Island coal [British Columbia]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, p. 631, 1904. Describes the occurrence of workable coal beds. Blasdale (Walter C.). 1. Contribution to the mineralogy of California. Univ. of Cal., Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 327-348,1901. Describes material from the Berkeley Hills, Cal. Blatchford (John). 1. The Postdam formation of Bald Mountain district [South Dakota]. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 167, 1903. Describes the occurrence of the ore deposits. 40 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Blatchford (John)—Continued. 2. The Bald Mountain district in the Black Hills. A description of the flat forma¬ tion and some of the ore bodies found in connection with it. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, p. 394, 1904. Describes the occurrence of gold-ore deposits. Blatchley (W. S.). 1. Oolite and oolitic stone for Portland-cement manufacture. Ind. Dept, of Geol. and Nat. Res., 25th Ann. Rept., pp. 322-330,1901. Abstract: Stone, vol. 22, pp. 532-536, 1901. Describes the occurrence and characters of the materials in Indiana. 2. The petroleum industry in Indiana in 1900. Ind. Dept, of Geol. and Nat. Res., 25th Ann. Rept., pp. 481-527, and map, 1901. Discusses the origin of petroleum oil and contains notes on its occurrence in Indiana. 3. The mineral waters of Indiana: their location, origin, and character. Ind. Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 26th Ann. Rept., pp. 11-158,19 pis., 1903. 4. On the petroleum industry in Indiana in 1901. Ind. Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 26th Ann. Rept., pp. 303-331, 1903. 5. Gold and diamonds in Indiana. Ind. Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 27th Ann. Rept., pp. 11-47, 4 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes glacial history in Indiana and discusses the occurrence of gold and diamonds in glacial drift deposits. 6. The petroleum industry in Indiana in 1903. Ind. Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 79-209, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1904. Describes the geologic occurrence of petroleum and natural gas, the geologic structure of the oil fields of Indiana, and in detail the production of and exploration for oil by counties. 7. The lime industry in Indiana. Ind. Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept, pp. 211-257, 4 pis., 2 figs., 1904. 8. The clays and clay industries of Indiana. Ind. Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 29th Ann. Rept., pp. 13-657, 1905. Includes notes on the geologic occurrence and character of clays in Indiana. Blatchley (W. S.) and Ashley (George H.). 1. The lakes of northern Indiana and their associated marl deposits. Ind. Dept, of Geol. & Nat. Res., 25th Ann. Rept., pp. 31-321, 7 pis., 70 figs., 1901. Describes the characteristics and origin of these lakes and the occurrence, formation, and uses of the marl beds. Blatchley (W. S.) and Sheak (W. H.). 1. Trenton rock petroleum. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22775, 1903. Discusses occurrence and origin of petroleum in Trenton rock. Bleininger (Albert Victor). 1. The manufacture of hydraulic-cements. Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th ser., Bull, no 3, 391 pp., 81 figs., 1904. Includes a discussion of the occurrence and character of clays and other materials in Ohio suitable for the manufacture of cements. Boehmer (Max). 1. Some practical suggestions concerning the genesis of ore deposits. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 449-453, 1904. [Bogdanovic (Karl Ivanovic)]. 1. [Sketch of Nome.] St. Petersburg, 116 pp., illus., 1901. [Russian.] Boggild (0. B.). 1. On ilvaite from Siorarsuit at Julianehaab, Greenland. Meddelelser om Groenland, vol. 25, pp. 43-89, 32 figs., 1902; Copenhagen Univ., Min. and Geol. Mus., Cont. to Min., no. 1,1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 41 Bbggild (0. B.)—Continued. 2. On some minerals from the nephelite-syenite at Julianehaab, Greenland (erikite and schizolite). Meddelelser om Gronland, yol. 26, pp. 93-139, 19 figs., 1903; Copenhagen Univ., Min. and Geol. Mus., Contr. to Min., no. 2, 1903. Describes occurrence, constitution, crystallography, and properties of erikite, a new mineral, and schizolite from Greenland. 3. Samples of the sea-floor along the coast of east Greenland 74J-70 N. L. Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. 28, pp. 17-95, 8 pis., 1904; Copenhagen Univ., Min. & Geol. Mus., Contr. to Min., no. 3, 1903. Describes the kind and origin of the material deposited on the sea bottom east of Greenland 4. The minerals from the basalt of east Greenland Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. 28, pp. 99-129,11 figs., 1905; Min. and Geol. Mus., Univ., Copen¬ hagen, Contr. to Min., no. 5, 1905. Describes occurrence and crystallographic and other characters. 5. Mineralogia Groenlandica. Min. & Geol. Mus. of the Univ., Copenhagen, Contr. to Min., no. 6 (Meddelelser om Green¬ land, vol. 32), xix, 625 pp., 119 figs., 1905. Gives a full account of the minerals that have been found in Greenland, including a descrip¬ tion of each species. [In Danish.] Bbggild (O. B.) and Winther (Chr.). 1. On some minerals from the nephelite-syenite at Julianehaab, Greenland (episto- lite, britholite, schizolite, and steenstrupite), collected by G. Flink. Meddelelser om Greenland, vol. 24, pp. 181-213, 7 figs., 1901. Bolton (L. L.). 1. Round Lake to Abitibi River [Ontario]. Ontario Bur. Mines [12th] Rept., pp. 173-190, 1903. Contains observations on the geography, geology, petrology, and resources of the region, traversed. Boltwood (Bertram B ). 1. On the ultimate disintegration products of the radio-active elements. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 253-267, 1905. Includes notes on the occurrence and composition of various minerals in which radio-activity has been discovered. Bond (Josiah). 1. Copper leaching at the American copper mine. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 153-161, 190?. Describes experiments made upon copper ores to determine methods of extracting copper. Bonney (T. G.). 1. On a sodalite syenite (ditroite) from Ice River Valley, Canadian Rocky Mountains. Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. 9, pp. 199-206, 1902. Describes mode of occurrence and gives chemical analysis of this mineral. 2. The Canadian Rockies. Part II: On some rock specimens collected by E. Whymper, esq., F. R. S. E., in the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. 9, pp. 544-550, 1902. 3. Notes on specimens collected by Professor Collie, F. R. S., in the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. iv, vol. 10, pp. 289-297, 1 pi., l.fig., 1903. Discusses occurrence and character of rock specimens from Canadian localities. 4. Note on rock specimens from the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Geog. Jour., vol. 31, pp. 498-499,1903. 5. March dust from the Soufriere. Nature, vol. 67, p. 684,1903. Describes character of volcanic dust from an eruption of the Soufriere of St. Vincent. 42 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Bordeaux (A.). 1. Les anciens chenaux auriferes de Californie. Annales des Mines, 10th ser., vol. 2, pp. 217-258,1902. Describes the occurrence, character, and origin of the auriferous gravels of the State. Borgstrom (L. H.). 1. The Shelburne meteorite. Can., R. Astron. Soc., Selected Papers and Proc., 1904, pp. 69-94, 4 pis., 1905. Boright (Sherman H.) 1. Notes on the geology of the northern portion of the Boisdale Hills anticline [Cape Breton Island]. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp. 411-434, illus., 1904. Describes the location, geographic and topographic features, the general geology, and the character and occurrence of igneous rocks, and Cambrian and Carboniferous strata and economic resources of the region. Bose (Emilio). 1. Sobre la independencia de los volcanes de grietas preexistentes. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem., vol. 14, pp. 199-231,3 figs., 1900. Discusses origin of volcanoes. 2. Ein Profil durch den Ostabfall der Sierra Madre Oriental von Mexico. Zeit. deut. geol. Gesell., Band 53, heft 2, pp. 173-210, 8 figs., 1901. Describes the character of the igneous and sedimentary rocks and the geologic structure of the region. 3. Breve noticia sobre el estado actual de volcan de TacanJ (Chiapas) [Mexico]. ' Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., vol. 18, pp. 267-270, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the present condition of this volcano. 4. Sobre las regiones de temblores Mexico. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., 1.18, pp. 159-184, 1902. Discusses regions in Mexico subject to earthquake movements. 5. Informe sobre el origen probable de los temblores de Zanatepec & fines de sep- tiembre de 1902, y sobre el estado actual del volcdn de Tacand. Mexico, Secretaria de Fomento, 2 a 6p., ano 3, no. 5, IV, pp. 59-79, 1903. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 5-25, 4 pis., 1903. Discusses the probable origin of the earthquakes of Zanatepec of September, 1902, and the present condition of the volcano of TacanA 6. El drea cubierta por la ceniza del volcdn de Santa Marfa, octubre 1902. Mexico, Secretaria de Fomento, Bol., 2» 6p., ano 4, IV, pp. 73-78, 1904. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 51-54, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the area covered by ashes ejected by the volcano of Santa Maria in October, 1902. 7. Resena acerca de la geologfa de Chiapas y Tabasco. M6x. Inst. Geol., Bol. no. 20, pp. 5-100, 9 pis., 1905. Describes the geography and drainage, and the character, occurrence, and relations of Archean, Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic deposits, and of igneous rocks, and the geologic structure of the region. Bbse (Emilio) and Angermann (E.). 1. Informe sobre el temblor del 16 de enero de 1902 en el Estado de Guerrero [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., 1.1, pp. 125-131,1904. Mexico, Secretaria de Fomento (seg. 4poca), ano 4, num. 11, IV, pp. 223-229, 1905. Describes an earthquake occurring in January, 1902, in Guerrero, Mexico. Bose (Emilio), Villarello (Juan de D.) and. 1. Criaderos de fierro de la hacienda de Vaquerias, en el estado de Hidalgo. See Villarello (J. de D.) and Bose (E.), 1. Boston Society of Natural History. 1. Memorial of Professor Alpheus Hyatt. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 30, pp. 413-433, 1902. Contains remarks of various members at a meeting of the Society, February 5, 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 43 Boutwell (John Mason). 1. Progress report on the Park City mining district, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 31-40, 1903. Contains a general account of the geology and ore deposits of the region. 2. Ore deposits of Bingham, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 105-122, 1903. Describes the history of mining developments at this locality, the character and occurrence of sedimentary and igneous rocks, the geologic structure, and the occurrence and charac¬ ter of the ore deposits. 3. Gypsum deposits in Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 102-110,1 pi., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of gypsum deposits in Utah. 4. Progress report on the Park City mining district, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 141-150, 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic rocks in this area, the geologic structure, and the occurrence and mining of silver-lead ores. 5. Iron ores in the Uinta Mountains, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 221-228, 1904. Describes the general geologic structure and stratigraphy of the region, and the occurrence and character of the iron-ore deposits. 6. Rock gypsum at Nephi, Utah. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 483-487, 1904. Describes the character, occurrence, and development of rock gypsum near Nephi, Utah. 7. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of itfew Hampshire. U.S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no.102, pp. 56-72, 1904. 8. Progress report on Park City mining district, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 150-153,1905. Describes the progress of the mining operations in this district and the occurrence of the ore bodies, producing chiefly gold and silver. 9. Vanadium and uranium in southeastern Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 200-210,1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of ore deposits yielding vanadium and uranium. 10. Ore deposits of Bingham, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 236-241,1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and origin of the ores, of which copper is the principal one, and recent mining developments. 11. Oil and asphalt prospects in Salt Lake basin, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 468-479, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the general geography and geology, the prospecting for oil, and the occurrence and character of asphalt. 12. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Utah. Part II. Economic geology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 38, pp. 71-385, 34 pis., 10 figs., 1905. Describes the history and development of the district, the character, occurrence, and genesis of the ores, chiefly gold, silver, and copper, and in detail the mines and mining operations. 13. Ore deposits of Bingham, Utah. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 1176-1178, 3 figs., 1905. 14. Genesis of the ore-deposits at Bingham, Utah. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo. Bull., no. 6, pp. 1153-1192,13 figs., 1905. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 662, 1905. Describes the general geology and the character and occurrence of the copper and lead ores and discusses their origin. Bowman (H. L.). 1. On an occurrence of minerals at Haddam Neck, Connecticut, U. S. A. Min. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 97-121,1 pi., 6 figs., 1902. 44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Bowman (Isaiah). 1. A typical case of stream capture in Michigan. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 326-334, 4 figs., 1904. 2. Deflection of the Mississippi. Science, new ser., yol. 20, pp. 273-277, 3 figs., 1904. Describes changes in the channel of the Mississippi and discusses their cause. 3. Pre-Pleistocene deposits at Third Cliff, Massachusetts. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 993-994,1905. Bownocker (John Adams). 1. History of the Little Miami River [Ohio]. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Special Papers, no. 3, pp. 32-45, 2 figs., map, 1900. Discusses drainage changes in the valley of the Little Miami River. 2. The Corning oil and gas field [Ohio]. O. S. U. Nat., vol. 1, pp. 49-59, 1901. 3. The oil and gas producing rocks of Ohio. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 822-838,1902; Univ. Bull., ser. 7, no. 3 (Geol. ser., no. 4), 1902. Describes the character and stratigraphic relations of these rocks and the occurrence of oil and gas. 4. The central Ohio natural gas fields. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 218-231, pi. 14,1903; Ohio St. Univ. Bull., ser. 7, no. 13 (Geol. Ser. no. 5), 1903. Describes location and area, history and development, geological structure of the natural gas fields and sections of the wells bored, and the production and composition of the gas. 5. The occurrence and exploitation of petroleum and natural gas in Ohio. Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th ser., Bull. no. 1, pp. 9-320, 6 pis., and 9 maps, 1903. Gives a detailed account of the oil and gas producing horizons of Ohio rocks, records of bor¬ ings, history, development, and production of the various fields, including the stratigraphy and geologic structure. 6. The salt deposits of northeastern Ohio. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 370-376,1 pi., 1905. Includes records of deep wells, and discusses the occurrence of beds of rock salt as revealed by deep borings. Bowron (William M.). 1. The origin of Clinton red fossil-ore in Lookout Mountain, Alabama. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo. Bull., no. 6, pp. 1245-1262, 3 figs., 1905. Boyer (C. S.). 1. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Thallophyta- Diatomacese. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 487-507, 3 pis., 1904. Braden (William). 1. Certain conditions in veins and faults in Butte, Montana. Can. Mg. Review, vol. 21, pp. 149-152, 8 figs, in text, 1902; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp.296- 308, 8 figs., 1902. Describes geological structure and ore deposition in this area. Bradford (William). 1. Gold deposition by drainage. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 554-555, 8 figs., 1904. Discussess the origin of gold ores. Brady (Frank W.). \ 1. The white sands of New Mexico. A description of a remarkable formation of nearly pure gypsum sand. Mines and Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 529-530, 4 figs., 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 45 Branner (John 0.). 1. Origin of ripple marks. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 535-536,1901. Suggests that the origin of large ripple marks may be found in the seaward extension of beach cusps. 2. The zinc and lead deposits of north Arkansas. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 572-603, 33 figs, [maps, sections, etc.], 1902. Describes occurrence, mode of formation, and relations of bedded ores to the geologic struc¬ ture of the region, and gives analyses of some of the ores. 3. [In discussion of paper by Eric Hedburg on “The Missouri and Arkansas zinc mines.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 1013-1014, 1902. 4. Syllabus of a course of lectures on elementary geology. Ed. 2. 369 pp., 25 pis., 109 figs., 1902. 5. A topographic feature of the hanging valleys of the Yosemite [California]. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 547-553, 5 figs., 1903. Gives an explanation for the position of the falls. 6. Notes on the geology of the Hawaiian Islands. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 301-316, 1 pi., 13 figs., 1903 Describes topographic features and discusses their origin. 7. Memoir of James E. Mills. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 51-2-517,1 pi. (por.), 1904. Includes a list of papers written by the subject of the memoir. 8. Natural mounds or hog-wallows. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 514-517,1905. Discusses the occurrence, character, and origin of these mounds. 9. The university training of engineers in economic geology. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 289-294,1905. Branner (John-C.) and Newsom (John F.). 1. The phosphate rocks of Arkansas. Ark. Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. no. 74, 123 pp., 23 figs., 1902. Describes the character and geographic and geologic occurrence of phosphate rock in Arkansas. Branson (E. B.). 1. Notes on some Carboniferous cochliodonts with descriptions of seven new species. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 20-34, 2 pis. 1905. 2. Structure and relationships of American Labyrinthodontidae. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 568-610, 24 figs., 1905. Brauns (R.). 1. Asche des Vulkans Sta. Maria in Guatemala. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 132-134, 1903. Describes the composition of ashes ejected by St. Maria in Guatemala. 2. Ueber die Asche des Vulkans Sta. Maria in Guatemala. Centralbl. f. Min., p. 290, 1903. Discusses differences and their explanation in composition of volcanic ashes from St. Maria in Guatemala found by several investigators. Breed (Robert S.). 1. “The Sunset trachyte,” from near Sunset, Boulder County, Colorado. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 216-230 [1902]. Describes tbe occurrence, the megascopic and microscopic characters, and the composition. Breeze (Fred J.). 1. The valley of the lower Tippecanoe River [Indiana]. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 215-216, 1 fig., 1902. 46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Breeze (Fred J.)—Continued. 2. Some topographic features in the lower Tippecanoe Valley [Indiana]. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1902, pp. 198-200,1 fig., 1903. Describes some physiographic features of the region. Breg“er (C. L.), Kindle (Edward M.) and. 1. Paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana. See Kindle (Edward M.) and Breger (C. L.), 1. Brent (Charles). 1. Notes on the gold ores of western Ontario. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 22, pp. 33-35, 1903. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp. 327-335, 1904. Gives notes on the geology of the region and the occurrence of gold ores. Brewer (William H.). 1. John Wesley Powell. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 377-382, 1902. Gives a sketch of Major Powell’s life and work. Brewer (William M.). 1. Texada Island, British Columbia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 665-667, 2 figs., 1901. Contains notes on the geology and ore bodies. 2. British Columbia iron and coal. A description of the various known deposits, their locations, qualities, and the extent of development. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 1-4, 1902. 3. Mining industry and mineral resources of British Columbia. Eng. Mag., vol. 23, pp. 831-846, 15 figs., 1902; vol. 24, pp. 64-74, 1 fig., 1902. 4. White Horse mining district, Yukon Territory. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 167-168, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of copper and coal. 5. M’Kee Creek, Atlin mining division, British Columbia. Eng. A Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 242-243, 1902. Describes the placers of the region. 6. British Columbia coal fields. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 408-410, 1902. Describes the occurrence of coal in Vancouver Island. 7. The Crow’s Nest Pass coal fields [Canada]. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 549-552, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of coal. 8. British Columbia, Boundary mining district, progress in mining and smelting. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 617-623, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of the gold, silver, and copper ores. 9. Alberta Territory, Canada. Coal fields of Crow’s Nest Pass Branch of the Cana¬ dian Pacific Railway. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 757-758, 1902. Describes the geology and the development of the coal industry. 10. The rock-slide at Frank, Alberta Territory, Canada. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 26, pp. 34-39, 2 figs., 1903; N. of England Inst. Mg. & Mech. Engrs., vol. 54, pp. 34-39, 2 figs., 1903. Describes the landslide which occurred at Frank, in Alberta Territory, on April 29, 1903. 11. White Horse district, in Yukon Territory—history, geology, present conditions, and future prospects of the mining district. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 28-31, 1903. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of copper ore and coal deposits. 12. Mineral resources of southeastern Alaska. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 315,1903. Gives observations upon the geology and occurrences of ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 47 Brewer (William M.)—Continued. 13. Mount Sicker mining district, British Columbia. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, pp. 7-8, 2 figs., 1903. Gives observations on the geology of the district and the occurrence of the copper ores. 14. Mineral resources of Vancouver Island. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp, 188-199, 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of ore bodies, mainly gold, copper-gold, and magnetite. 15. White Horse copper camp, Yukon Territory. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, pp. 308-309, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the location, general geology, and occurrence of the copper ores. 16. Bornite ores of British Columbia and the Yukon Territory. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 24, pp. 76-78,1905; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 172-182, 1905. Discusses the occurrence, geologic relations, and origin of the bornite ores carrying gold, sil¬ ver, and copper. Brezina (Aristides). 1. The arrangement of collections of meteorites. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 43, pp. 211-247, 7 pis., 1904. Brezina (Aristides) and Cohen (Emil). 1. Ueber Meteoreisen von De Sotoville [Alabama]. K. Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, math.-naturw. Klasse, Sitz.-ber., Bd. 113, Abt. 1, pp. 89-103, 3 figs., 1904. Describes occurrence, characters, and composition. Bridge (Norman). 1. Edward Claypole, the man. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 30-40, 1902. 2. Address at the presentation of the memorial bronze of Edward Waller Claypole. Throop Polytechnic Institute, Pasadena, Cal.. June 2, 1902. (Not seen.) Bridgford (John). 1. Analysis of volcanic dust from La Soufriere. Chemical News, vol. 87, pp. 233-234, 1903. Brigham (Albert Perry). 1. A text-book of geology. New York, D. Appleton and Company. 477 pp., 294 figs., 1902. 2. Students’ laboratory manual of physical geography. New York, D. Appleton and Company, 1905. 153 pp., 17 figs. 3. Early interpretations of the physiography of New York State. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 136,1905. Broadhead (G. C.). 1. Geological surveys [of Missouri]. Encyclopedia of the History of Missouri, New York, The Southern History Company, vol. 3, pp. 27-31,1901. Gives an historical account of the geological surveys of the State of Missouri and their official publications. 2. Mineralogy [of Missouri]. Encyclopedia of the History of Missouri, New York, The Southern History Company, vol. 4, pp. 390-393, 1901. Gives a general account of the minerals and mineral products of Missouri. 3. The New Madrid earthquake. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 76-87, 1902. Gives an account of earthquake shocks in the Mississippi Valley in 1811 and 1812. 4. Bituminous and asphalt rocks of the United States. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 59-60,1903. 48 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOG1 Broadhead (G. C.)—Continued. 5. Bitumen and oil rocks. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 27-35,1904. A general account of the occurrence of bituminous rocks and the origin and utilization of bituminous products. 6. The loess. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 393-394, 1904. Describes distribution and character of the loess along the Missouri River and discusses its origin. 7. Surface deposits of western Missouri and Kansas. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 66-67, 1904. Describes the distribution of flint gravels in Missouri and Kansas. 8. The saccharoidal sandstone. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 105-110, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of the saccharoidal sandstone in Missouri. Brock (R. W.). 1. The Boundary Creek district, British Columbia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 49-67, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in this region. 2. The ore deposits of the Boundary Creek district, British Columbia. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 365-378,1902; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, pp. 156-160, 1902. Describes the rocks of this area and the occurrence of ore bodies. 3. Preliminary report on the Boundary Creek district, British Columbia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 9(M36,1903. Describes physiographic features, general geology, character, occurrence, and origin of igneous rocks, the occurrence and origin of the copper, gold, and silver ore deposits, and the mining operations. 4. Original native gold in igneous rocks. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 511, 1904. Describes occurrences of native gold in igneous rocks of British Columbia. 5. Poplar Creek and other camps of the Lardeau district [British Columbia]. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7,pp. 87-113, 10 figs., 1904. Gives a general account of the geology of the district and the gold-ore deposits. 6. Platinum in British Columbia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 280-281, 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geological relations of ore deposits of British Colum¬ bia in which platinum occurs. 7. The Lardeau district, British Columbia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 42-81, 1 map, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the physiography, the Glacial and general geology, the geologic structure, the occurrence, character, and relations of stratified and eruptive rocks, and the occurrence and mining of gold deposits. 8. The Lardeau mining district [British Columbia]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 80-91,1905. Contains observations on the physiography, general geology, and occurrence of minerals of economic value. Brock (R. W.), McConnell (R. G.) and. 1. Report on the great landslide at Frank, Alberta. See McConnell (R. G.) and Brock (R. W.), 1. Broili (Ferdinand). 1. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss von Diplocaulus Cope. Centralbl. f. Min., etc., pp. 536-541, 4 figs., 1902. 2. Permische Stegocephalen und Reptilien aus Texas. Palseontographica, vol. 51, pp. 1-120,13 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Gives systematic descriptions and discusses the relationships and classification of Stegocephala and reptiles from the Permian of Texas. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 49 Broili (Ferdinand)—Continued. 3. Ueber Diacranodus texensis Cope (Didymodus? compressus Cope). N. Jahrb. f. Min., Beilage-Band 19, pp. 467-484, 2 pis., 1904. 4. Pelycosaurierreste von Texas. Deutsch. geol. Ges., Zeitschr., Bd. 56, pp. 268-274,1 pi. and 1 fig., 1904. Describes remains of Pelycosaurians from the Permian of Texas. Brooks (Alfred Hulse). 1. A new occurrence of cassiterite in Alaska. Science, new ser., vol. 18, p. 598, 1901. Gives a brief description of occurrence in stream gravels. 2. An occurrence of stream tin in the York region, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1900, pp. 267-271, 1901. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of the stream tin. 3. The coal resources of Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 515-571, 1 pi., 1902. Gives a general account of the Cretaceous and Tertiary geology of Alaska and discusses the character and occurrence of coals in these formations. 4. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, with an introduc¬ tory sketch of the geology of southeastern Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 1,120 pp., 2 pis., 6 figs., 1902. Describes the physiographic and stratigraphic features of the region and the occurrence of gold and copper. 5. Geological reconnaissances in southeastern Alaska. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 253-266,1 fig., 1902. Discusses the general stratigraphic relations, geologic history, and correlation of the beds of the region. 6. A reconnaissance in the Mt. McKinley -region, Alaska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 985-986,1902. 7. Placer gold mining in Alaska in 1902. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 41-48, 1903. Describes the occurrence of placer gold in different parts of Alaska. 8. Stream tin in Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 92-93, 1903. 9. Placer mining in Alaska in 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 43-59, 1904. Describes occurrence of gold and the mining developments. 10. The geography of Alaska, with an outline of the geomorphology. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 204-230, 1 map, 1905. Describes the geography, physiographic features, and the geologic history. 11. Report on progress of investigations of mineral resources of Alaska in 1904. Administrative report. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 13-17, 1 pi., 1905. Reviews the Alaskan work of the U. S. Geological Survey during 1904. 12. Placer mining in Alaska in 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 18-31, 1905. 13. The investigation of Alaska’s mineral wealth. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 376-396, 1905. 14. The outlook for coal mining in Alaska. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull., no. 4, pp. 683-702, 1 fig., 1905. Brooks (Alfred Hulse) and Collier (Arthur J.). 1. Glacial phenomena of the Seward Peninsula [Alaska]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 188-189, 1901. Abstract of paper read before the Geo¬ logical Society of Washington. Bull. 301—06-4 50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Brooks (Alfred Hulse), assisted by Richardson (George B.) and Collier (Arthur J.). L A reconnaissance of the Cape Nome and adjacent gold fields of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, in 1900. U. S. Geol Surv. Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay regions, Alaska, in 1900, 184 pp., 27 pis., 3 figs., 1901. Describes the physiography and the surficial, general, and economic geology of the region, and includes detailed descriptions of the various placers. Brooks (Alfred Hulse), Schrader (F. C.) and. 1. Some notes on the Nome gold region of Alaska. See Schrader (F. C.) and Brooks (A. H.), 1. Brower (Jacob V.). 1. Kakabikansing [Little Falls, Minnesota]. Memoirs of Explorations in the Basin of the Mississippi, vol. 5, Kakabikansing. St. Paul, Minn., 126 pp., 30 pis., 1902. Contains observations on the geology in the vicinity of Little Falls, Minn. Brown (Arthur Erwin). 1. On some points in the phylogeny of the primates. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 119-125, 1901. Brown (Barnum). 1. A new' genus of ground sloth from the Pleistocene of Nebraska. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 569-583, 2 pis., 1903. 2. Stomach stones and food of plesiosaurs. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 184-185, 1904. Gives observations upon the occurrence-of “stomach stones” in connection with the remains of plesiosaurs and their probable use by the animal. 3. Recent exploration of a Pleistocene fissure in northern Arkansas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 300,1905. Discusses the occurrence of vertebrate fossils. Brown (Lucius P.). 1. The phosphate deposits of the Southern States. Eng. Assoc. South, Trans., 1904, vol. 15, pp. 53-128, 4 pis., [1905]. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of phosphate deposits in various States of the South and the character and composition of the phosphates. Brown (Robert Marshall). 1. The clays of the Boston Basin. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 445-450, 4 figs., 1902. Discusses the correlation of the clays of the region. 2. Gaspee Point [Rhode Island]: a type of cuspate foreland. Jour. Geog., vol. 1, pp. 343-352, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the formation and gives a catalogue of cuspate forelands. 3. The Mississippi River from Cape Girardeau to the head of the passes. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 34, pp. 371-383, 8 figs., 1902; vol. 35, pp. 8-16, 1903. Contains notes on the physiography of the region. 4. Cirques: a review. Am . Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 37, pp. 86-91, 1905. Brown (S. S.). 1. A bibliography of works upon the geology and natural resources of West Virginia, from 1764 to 1901. W. Va. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 1, 85 pp., 1901. Brown (Thomas C.). I 1. A new lower Tertiary fauna from Chappaquiddick Island, Martha’s \ ineyard. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 229-238, 1 pi., 1905. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 51 Bmmell (H P. H.). 1. Canadian graphite. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 485, 1903. Describes character and occurrence of graphite deposits in Canada. Bruncken (Ernest). 1. Physiographical field notes in the town of Wauwatosa [Wisconsin]. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., new ser., vol. 1, pp. 95-99, 1900. Describes glacial and lacustrine deposits and discusses the origin of a natural exposure of Niagara limestone. Brunton (D. W.). 1. Geological mine maps and sections. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo. Bull., no. 5, pp. 1027-1031, 14 figs., 1905. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 363-365, 3 figs., 1905. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, p. 337, 1905. Brush (George J.). 1. On sussexite, a new borate from Mine Hill, Franklin Furnace, Sussex County, New Jersey. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 33-36, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 46, pp. 240-243, 1868.) 2. On hortonolite, the chrysolite group. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 37-41, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 48, pp. 17-23, 1869.) 3. On gahnite from Mine Hill, Franklin Furnace, New Jersey. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 42-44, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 1, pp. 28-29, 1871.) 4. On the chemical composition of durangite. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 45-47, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 11, pp. 464-465, 1876.) Brush (George J.) and Dana (Edward S.). 1. On a new and remarkable mineral locality at Branchville, in Fairfax County, Connecticut; with a description of several new species occurring there. First paper. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 48-71, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 16, pp. 33-46, 1878.) 2. Second Branchville paper. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 72-80,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 17, pp. 359-360, 1879.) 3. Third Branchville paper. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 81-85, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 18, pp. 45-50, 1879.) 4. Fourth Branchville paper—Spodumene and the results of its alteration. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 86-104, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 20, pp. 257-284, 1880.) 5. Fifth Branchville paper, with analyses of several manganesian phosphates by Horace L. Wells. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 105-120, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 39, pp. 201-216, 1890.) Bryan (William Alanson).' 1. A monograph of Marcus Island. Bishop Mus., Honolulu, Occasional Papers, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 77-139, 8 figs., 1904. Includes an account of the physical features, and the general geology and mode of formation of the island. 52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Buchan (J. S.). 1. Was Mount Royal an active volcano? Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 321-328,1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 313,1901. Discusses the geologic history of Mount Royal. 2. Some notes on Mount Royal [Quebec]. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 517-525, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the general physiography and geology of the region. 3. The Pleistocene of Montreal and the Ottawa Valley from a railway carriage. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 190-195,1905. Buckley (Ernest Robertson). 1. The clays and clay industries of Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 7, pt. 1, 304 pp., 55 pis., 1901. Describes the composition, classification, and properties of clays and the occurrence and dis¬ tribution of clay deposits in Wisconsin. Includes map of the State, showing the distribution of the various clay beds. 2. Ice ramparts. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Trans., vol. 13, pt. 1, pp. 141-157,13 pis., 1901. Describes the expansion and contraction of ice and their resulting deformations. 3. Highway construction in Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 10, xvi, 339 pp., 106 pis., 1903. Discusses occurrence and character of road-making materials. 4. Biennial report of the State geologist [of Missouri]. Mo. Bur. Geol.'& Mines, 83 pp., 8 pis., 1903. Administrative report for the year 1902. Includes an outline of the mineral resources of the State and an index to the publications of the Missouri Geological Survey. 5. Introduction [to the Geology of Miller County, Missouri]. Mo. Bur. Geol. & Mines, 2d ser., vol. 1, pp. xi-xvi, 1903. Discusses the stratigraphy, correlation, etc., of geologic formations in Miller County, Missouri 6. A system of keeping the records of a State geological survey. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 527,1904. 7. Biennial report of the State geologist, transmitted by the Board of Managers of the Bureau of geology and mines to the Forty-third General Assembly [Missouri]. Jefferson City, Mo., Tribune Printing Company [1905]. 56 pp. An administrative report. Includes notes on the occurrence of various mineral resources. 8. Introduction to the Geology of Moniteau County [Missouri]. Mo. Bur. Geol. & Mines, 2d ser., vol. 3, pp. 1-9,1905. Gives notes upon the occurrepce of Paleozoic formations in Missouri, and discusses their nomenclature. Buckley (E. R.) and Buehler (H. A.). 1. The quarrying industry of Missouri. Mo. Bur. Geol. & Mines, 2d ser., vol. 2, 371 pp., 59 pis., 1904. Gives an account of investigations upon the occurrence, geologic relations, qualities, and utilization of the building stones of Missouri. Includes a brief geological history of Missouri. Buckley (E. R.), Ball (S. H.), and Smith (A. F.). 1. Glacial bowlders along the Osage River in Missouri. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 553,1904. Buckman (S. S.), Schuchert (C.) and. 1. The nomenclature of types in natural history. See Schuchert (C.) and Buckman (S. S.), 1. Buehler (H. A.), Buckley (E. R.) and. 1. The quarrying industry of Missouri. See Buckley (E. R.) and Buehler (H. A.), 1, FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 53 Buffet (Edward P.). 1. Some glacial conditions and recent changes on Long Island [New York]. Jour. Geog., vol. 2, pp. 95-101, 6 figs., 1903. Describes physiographic features and the occurrence of drift bowlders. Burchard (Ernest F.). 1. Lignites of the middle and upper Missouri Valley. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 276-288, 1904. Describes prospecting for coal in northeastern Nebraska, the character and occurrence of lig¬ nite seams and the character of the lignite; also the occurrence and character of the lignite of North Dakota. 2. Geology of Dakota County, Nebraska, with special reference to the lignite deposits. Sioux City Acad. Sci. and Letters, vol. 1, pp. 135-184, 8 figs., 1904. Describes the physiography and drainage features, the character and occurrence of Creta¬ ceous and Quarternary deposits, the geologic history, the economic resources, and the occurrence and character of lignite not of workable quality. 3. Iron ores in the Brookwood quadrangle, Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 321-334, 1905. Describes the development of the iron industry of Alabama, the distribution of the ore-bearing formations in the Brookwood quadrangle, and the character, occurrence, and relationships of the iron ores. Burckhardt (Carlos). 1. Les masses eruptives intrusives et la formation des montagnes. Soc. Cient. “Ant. Alzate,” Mem. y Rev., t. 21, pp. 5-8,1 fig., 1904. Discusses the part played by intrusives in the formation of mountains. Burckhardt (Carlos) and Scalia (Salvador). 1. La fauna marine du Trias Superieur de Zacatecas [Mexique]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Bull. no. 21, 44 pp., 8 pis., 1905. Bureau (Ed.). 1. Sur une collection de yegetaux fossiles des Etats-lJnis. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, Bull., t. 9, pp. 250-251,1903. Gives a brief account of a collection of fossil Cretaceous plants from Kansas and Colorado. Burgess (John D.). 1. Secondary enrichment. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 153, 1903. 2. Recent discoveries in Arizona. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 936, 1903. Describes geologic structure in the region of the Santa Catalina Mountains, and the discovery of gold ores. Burk (W. E.). 1. The fluorspar mines of western Kentucky and southern Illinois. Min. Ind. for 1900, pp. 293-295,1901. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of the fluorspar deposits. 2. Asphalt rock in Kentucky. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 969-970, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the occurrence and character of the rock producing asphalt. Burns (David). 1. On the phenomena accompanying the volcanic eruptions in the West Indies. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 73d meeting, pp. 567-568,1904. Burr (Henry T.). 1. The structural relations of the amygdaloidal melaphyr in Brookline, Newton, and Brighton, Mass. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 53-68, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 319,1901; Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 80-81, 1901. Discusses the evidence for the intrusive character of the melaphyr. 54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Burritt (Chas. H.). 1. The Coal Measures of the Philippines. U. S. War Dept., Kept, of the U. S. Military Governor in the Philippines, 256 pp., 1901. Describes the coal-raining industry of the Philippine Islands. Includes notes on the occur rence and geologic relations of coal deposits. Burrows (John Shober). 1. The Barnesboro-Patton field of central Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 295-310,1904. Describes location and stratigraphy of the field, the character and occurrence of the coal seams, composition and value of the coal, and the mining developments. Burwash (E. M.). 1. The geology of Michipicoten Island. Toronto Univ., Studies, Geol. Ser. no. 3, 48 pp., 9 pis., 1905. Reviews previous geological work relating to the island, describes its geologic structure, and the character, occurrence, and relations of igneous and pre-Cambrian rocks, and their petrographic characters. Bush (B. F.). 1. The coal fields of Missouri. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull., no. 1, pp. 165-179, 3 figs., 1905; Trans., vol. 35, pp. 903-917, 3 figs., 1905. Bush (Lucy P.). 1. Note on the dates of publication of certain genera of fossil vertebrates. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 96-98, 1903. Bushnell (D. 1., jr.). 1. The small mounds of the United States. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 712-714, 1905. Discusses the origin of various small mounds. Butts (Charles). 1. Fossil faunas of the Olean quadrangle. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 990-995, 1903. Gives lists of fossils, showing their distribution by zones in the Devonian and Carboniferous formations of this quadrangle. 2. Recent structural work in western Pennsylvania. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 823, 1902. 3. Coal mining along the southeastern margin of the Wilmore basin, Cambria County, Pa. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 325-329, 1904. Describes the location and geologic structure of the field and the mining operations. 4. Kittanning folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 115,1904. Describes physiographic features, the character, occurrence, and relations of Carboniferous strata, and particularly of the coal beds, the geologic structure and geologic and geographic history, and the economic resources, mainly coal, petroleum, and natural gas. The section on glacial gravels is contributed by Frank Leverett. 5. The Warrior coal basin in the Brookwood quadrangle, Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 357-381, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the location, extent, stratigraphy, and structure of the field, and the character, occurrence, and mining of the coal. 6. Rural Valley folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 125,1905. Describes the geography and physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Car¬ boniferous strata and Quaternary deposits, the geologic history, and the mineral resources, chiefly coal and natural gas. 7. Ebensburg folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 133,1905. Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Devonian and Car¬ boniferous strata, the geologic structure and history oi the area, and the economic resources chiefly coal. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 55 Byers (Charles Alma). 1. A petrified forest covering thousands of acres. Sci. Am., yoI. 92, p. 388, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the petrified forest near the Painted Desert, Arizona. Byers (H. G.). 1. The water resources of Washington. Potable and mineral water. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 285-295, 2 pis., 1902. Byrne (John). 1. Geography, history, production, fissure systems, distribution of ores, character of ores [of the Butte, Montana, mining district]. Mont. Inspector of Mines, 14th Ann. Rept., pp. 26-83 [1903]. Includes a brief account of the general geology of the vicinity of Butte, Montana, of the fissures and veins, and the occurrence of the ore deposits of silver and copper ores. Byrne (P.). 1. Marble formations of the Cahaba River, Alabama. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, p. 400, 1901. Describes the general character and distribution of the marble. 2. Marble formations of the Cahaba River, in Alabama. Eng. Assoc. South, Trans., 1901, vol. 12, pp. 48-59, 3 figs. [1902]. Describes occurrence and character of marble in this region. C. Caballero (Gustavo de J.). 1. Le cobalt au Mexique. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., vol. 18, pp. 197-201, 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of cobalt-bearing ore deposits in Mexico. 2. El vanadio de Charcas, E. de San Luis Potosf, Mexico. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., t. 20, pp. 87-98,1903. Describes the occurrence and character of deposits containing vanadium in the state of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Cahill (Edward G.). 1. The method used in working the silver-lead mines of Santa Eulalia, Chihuahua, Mexico. Cal. Jour. Techn., vol. 3, pp. 145-149, 1 pi., 1904. Gives notes on the occurrence and geologic relations of the silver-lead ore deposits. Calkins (Frank C.). L A contribution to the petrography of the John Day Basin. Univ. of Cal., Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 109-172, 1 pi.,1902. Gives a resume of the geology of the John Day Basin in Oregon, and describes the rocks occurring in the pre-Eocene, Eocene, and Miocene formations in this region. 2. Soils of the wheat lands of Washington. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 669, 1903. Discusses the origin of the soils. 3. Geology and water resources of a portion of east-central Washington. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 118, 96 pp., 4 pis., and 14 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology and physiographic features, and discusses in detail the water resources of the area, particularly artesian water. Calkins (Frank C.), Smith (George Otis) and. 1. A geological reconnaisance across the Cascade Range near the Forty-ninth Parallel. See Smith (George Otis) and Calkins (Frank C.), 1. Calvin (Samuel). 1. Geology of Page County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 400-460, 10 figs, and map, 1901. Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous and Pleistocene strata, and the occurrence of economic products. 56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Calvin (Samuel)—Continued. 2. Concerning the occurrence of gold and some other mineral products in Iowa. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 363-372, 1901. Describes the origin and occurrence of various minerals and notes some of the popular fallacies that are held concerning them. 3. The geology and geological resources of Iowa. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 52-56, 1901. Describes the stratigraphic geology and the occurrence of economic products of the State. 4. The geological formations of Iowa. Stone, vol. 25, pp. 118-124, 4 figs., 1902. Describes briefly the character and distribution of the geologic formations in the State. 5. Tenth annual report of the State geologist [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Rept., 1901, pp. 11-27, 1 pi., 1902. Gives a nomenclature of the divisions of the Glacial period and discusses the geologic occur¬ rence of oil and gas. 6. Concrete examples from the topography of Howard County, Iowa. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 375-381, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the topographic forms of the region and reviews its glacial history. 7. The geology and geological resources of Iowa—the formations and their economical values. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 560-561,-1902. 8. [In discussion of paper by T. C. Chamberlin on “The geologic relations of the human relics of Lansing, Kan.”] Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 777-778, 1902. 9. Artesian wells in Iowa. Iowa State Institutions, Bull., vol. 4, pp. 402-408, 1902. Discusses the general conditions for artesian wells and the underground formations of Iowa as sources for artesian water. 10. Geology of Howard County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 21-79, 15 figs., 1903. Describes topograpy and drainage, the lithologic and faunal characteristics and occurrence of Devonian and Ordovician strata and their geologic relations, the surficial deposits, and the economic resources. 11. Geology of Chickasaw County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 255-292, 10 figs., 1903. Describes topography and drainage, the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of Devonian strata and Glacial deposits, and the economic resources. 12. Geology of Mitchell County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 293-338, 12 figs., 1903. Describes physiographic features, the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of Devonian strata and Glacial deposits, and the economic resources. 13. Physiography of Iowa. Iowa Weather and Crop Service, Ann. Rept. for 1902, Appendix, pp. 3-11, 1 pi., 1903. Describes topography and drainage. Includes an account of ’the distribution of the drift deposits and their relation to physiographic features. 14. Twelfth annual report of the State geologist [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 14, pp. 1-6, 3 pis. (maps), 1904. 15. The Aftonian gravels and their relations to the drift sheets in the region about Afton Junction and Thayer [Iowa]. Davenport Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 18-31, 7 pis., 1905. Campbell (C. M.). 1. Mining in the Rossland district [British Columbia]. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 447-483, 36 figs., 2 pis., 1902. Abstract: Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, pp. 183-194, 1902. Contains notes on the rocks of this area. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 57 Campbell (H. D.). 1. The Cambro-Ordovician limestones of the middle portion of the Valley .of Virginia. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., yol. 20, pp. 446-447, 1905. Names and describes Cambrian and Ordovician formations in the Valley of Virginia. Campbell (H. D.) and Howe (James Lewis). 1. A new (?) meteoric iron from Augusta Co., Virginia. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., yol. 15, pp. 469-471, 1 fig., 1903. Campbell (John T.). 1. Evidence of a local subsidence in the interior [Indiana]. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 437-438, 1901. Difference in levelings made in 1883 and in 1901 show a subsidence in Parke County, Indiana. Campbell (Marius R.). 1. Hypothesis to account for the extra-Glacial abandoned valleys of the Ohio Basin. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 462, 1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 98-99, 1901. Discusses their formation as due to formation and persistence of local ice dams. 2. Charleston folio, West Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 72, 1901. Describes the geographic and topographic features of the region, the stratigraphy, the char¬ acter and occurrence of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene strata, the geologic structure, and the mineral resources of the quadrangle. 3. Recent geological work in western Pennsylvania. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 245, 1902. Abstract of paper read before the Geological Society of Washington. 4. Reconnaissance of the borax deposits of Death Valley and Mohave Desert [California]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 200, 23 pp., 1 pi., 1902; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 517-519, 1 fig., 1902. Describes topography and geology of the region and occurrence of borax deposits. 5. Raleigh folio, West Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 77,1902. Describes geographic and topographic features, general geologic relations, the character and occurrence of Carboniferous formations and coal beds. 6. Masontown-Uniontown folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 82, 1902. Describes geographic and topographic features, general geologic relations, character and occurrence of Devonian and Carboniferous strata, Quaternary deposits, and the mineral resources, chiefly coal. 7. Recent geological work in Pennsylvania. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 189,1902. 8. Brownsville-Connellsville folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 94, 1903. Describes geographic, physiographic, and geologic relations to Appalachian province, surface features and drainage, physiographic history, geologic structure, character and occurrence of the Carboniferous strata and Quaternary deposits, character and occurrence of the coal beds and other economic resources. The section on natural gas is contributed by Myron L. Fuller. 9. Geographic development of northern Pennsylvania and southern New York. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 277-296, 1 fig., 1903. Describes physiographic features of this region and discusses the mode and time of their origin. 10. Variation and equivalence of the Charleston sandstone. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 459-468, 1903. Reviews the divergent views as to the correlation of the sandstone of West Virginia, which the writer named the Charleston sandstone, with the Mahoning sandstone of Pennsylvania, and presents additional evidence for the author’s view as to their distinctness. 58 • BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Campbell (Marius R.)—Continued. 11. Recent work in the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 270-275, 1903. Discusses the general structure and relations of the coal, natural gas, and oil bearing beds. 12. Borax deposits of eastern California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 401-405, 1903. Describes the occurrence and utilization of borax deposits in this area. 13. Basin-range structure in the Death Valley region of southeastern California. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 302, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22666, 1903; Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 311-312, 1903. 14. Pocono rocks in the Allegheny Valley. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 942, 1903. 15. Conglomerate dikes in southern Arizona. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 135-138, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the general geologic structure of the region, the occurrence and character of the dike, and the source of its material. 16. The Deer Creek coal field, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 240-258, 1 fig., 1904. Describes location, stratigraphy, and geologic structure of the field, the character and occur¬ rence of coal seams, and the composition and value of the coal. 17. The Meadow Branch coal field of West Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 330-344, 1 fig., 1904. Describes location of the field, the stratigraphy and geologic structure, the character and occurrence of the coal beds, the quality of the coal and the mining developments. Includes a short report by David White on the fossil plants. 18. Latrobe folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 110,1904. Describes physiographic features, the general geologic structure and history of the area, the character and occurrence of Devonian and Carboniferous strata and Quaternary deposit and the mineral resources, chiefly coal. 19. Glacial erosion in the Finger Lake region, New York. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 531-532, 1904. Discusses the origin of the present physiographic features of this region. 20. Hypothesis to account for the transformation of vegetable matter into the different grades of coal. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 26-33, 1905. 21. The classification of coals. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo. Bull., no. 5, pp. 1033-1049, 1905. Campbell (Marius R.) and White (David). 1. The bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania. See White (David) and Campbell (M. R.), 1. Campbell (Marius R.), White (David), and Haseltine (Robert M.). 1. The northern Appalachian coal field. See White (David), CampbeU (M. R.), and Haseltine (R. M.), 1. Camsell (Charles). 1. The region southwest of Fort Smith, Slave River, N. W. T. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 149-167,1903. Contains observations on the geology of the region examined. 2. Country around the headwaters of the Severn River. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 143-152,1 map, 1905. Includes observations on the geology of the region examined. Capilla (Alberto). 1. Los yacimientos de fierro de “Tatatila,” Canton de Jalapa, E. de Vera Cruz [Mexico]. Secretaria de Fomento [Mexico], Bol., 2 a 6poca, ano 3, no. 10, II, pp. 535-542,1904; Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., t. 19, pp. 341-346, 1904. Decribes the character and occurrence of iron-ore deposits in the state of Yera Cruz, Mexico. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 59 Capps (S. R.) and Leffingwell (E. D. K.). 1. Pleistocene geology of the Sawatch Range, near Leadville, Colo. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 698-706, 2 figs., 1904. Discusses the extent in this region of the ice during the Glacial epoch, and describes the drift deposits, terraces, and drainage changes. Caracristi (C. F. Z.). 1. The trans-Pecos sulphur field. A report on their economic geology and value. Bloomington, Illinois [1905]. 44 pp., 7 pis. [Private publication.] Gives notes on the occurrence and geology of the sulphur deposits in El Paso County, Texas. Carlyle (E. J.). 1. The Pioneer iron mine, Ely, Minn. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 335-367, 25 figs., 1904. Includes some account of the general geology of the region, and of the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the iron-ore deposits. Carmony (F. A.). 1. Jefferson County [Nebraska]. Nebr. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, pp. 235-241, 10 figs., 1903. Describes topography and drainage and stratigraphic and economic geology. Carney (Frank). 1. A type case in diversion of drainage. Jour. Geog., vol. 2, pp. 115-124, 7 figs., 1903. Discusses physiographic features and drainage changes in Cortland and Tompkins counties, New York. 2. Direction of pre-Glacial stream flow in central New York. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 196-198, 1904. Discusses criticisms of Professor Fairchild upon the writer’s paper, “ A type case in diversion of drainage.” Carpenter (Franklin R.). 1. The new geology and vein formation. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 253-266, 1904. Discusses ore formation from the standpoint of the planetesimal hypothesis. 2. Vein formation and the new geology. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 312, 1904. Carter (O. S. C.). 1. Artesian wells as a water supply for Philadelphia. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 135, pp. 58-61, 1893. 2. Anthracite coal near Perkiomen Creek [Pennsylvania]. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 138, pp. 152-156, 1894. 3. Drilling for oil and natural gas in the vicinity of Philadelphia. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 138, pp. 230-236, 1894. 4. A ferruginized tree. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 141, pp. 227-229, 1896. 5. The arid district between the Rio Grande and the Pacific traversed by the engi¬ neers of the Mexican Boundary Commission in 1892-94. Phila. Engrs. Club, Proc., vol. 19, pp. 252-267, 1902. Contains notes on the physiography of the region. 6. The petrified forests and Painted Desert of Arizona. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 157, pp. 293-311, 11 figs., 1904. Gives observations upon the physiography and geology of the region. Carter (W. E. H.). 1. The mines of Ontario. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 114-167,1904. Includes observations on the occurrence in Ontario of deposits of gold, silver, copper, nickel, iron, lead, and zinc ores, corundum, graphite, mica, and other minerals. 60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Case (E. C.). 1. Systematic paleontology. Eocene Reptilia. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 95-98, 2 pis., 1901. 2. Paleontological notes. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 256-261, 2 pis., 1902. Walker Mus., Contr., vol. 1, no. 3, 1902. Describes Lysorophus tricarinatus and an undetermined Pelycosaurian. 3. On some vertebrate fossils from the Permian beds of Oklahoma. Okla., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Hist., 2d Bien. Rept., pp. 62-68, 1902. 4. The osteology of Embolophorus dollovianus, Cope, with an attempted restoration. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 1-28, 23 figs,, 1903. 5. New or little-known vertebrates from the Permian of Texas. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 394-402, 10 figs., 1903. 6. The structure and relationships of the American Pelycosauria. Am. Nat., vol. 37, pp. 85-102, 10 figs., 1903. 7. The osteology of the skull of the pelycosaurian genus, Dimetrodon. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 304-311, 6 figs., 1904. 8. On the structure of the fore foot of Dimetrodon. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 312-315, 3 figs., 1904. 9. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Mammalia, Aves, Reptilia. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 3-70,18 pis., 1904. 10. A remarkably preserved specimen of a pelycosaur collected during the last sum¬ mer in Texas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 253, 1904. 11. The morphology of the skull of the pelycosaurian genus Dimetrodon. Am. Phil. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 21, pt. 1, pp. 1-29, 7 pis. and 8 figs., 1905. 12. The osteology of the Diadectidse and their relations to the Chelydosauria. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 126-159, 20 figs., 1905. 13. Bathygnathus borealis Leidy, and the Permian of Prince Edwards Island. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 52-53, 1905. 14. Oncological features of evolution. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., new ser., vol. 3, pp. 169-180,1905. 15. Characters of the Chelydosauria. Abtract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 298,1905. Casey (Thomas L.). 1. The Jackson outcrops on Red River [Louisiana]. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 716-717, 1902. Describes outcrops and discusses the fauna obtained, describing two new species. 2. On the probable age of the Alabama white limestone. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 53, pp. 513-518, 1902. Discusses the geologic age and relations of the Alabama white limestone, Jackson and Vicks¬ burg stages and other Tertiary formations in the light of evidence of their fossils. 3. A new genus of Eocene Eulimidse. Nautilus, vol. 16, pp. 18-19, fig., 1902. 4. Notes on the Conrad collection of Vicksburg fossils, with descriptions of new species. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 55, pp. 261-283,1903. 5. Notes on the Pleurotomidae, with description of some new genera and species. St. Louis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 14, pp. 123-170, 1904. 6. The mutation theory. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 307-309,1905. Calls attention to the support which Tertiary mollusca, particularly from Mississippi deposits, give to the mutation theory. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 61 Catherinet (Jules). 1. Copper Mountain, British Columbia. Eng. & Mg. Jcmr., vol. 79, pp. 125-127, 6 figs., 1905. Discusses the occurrence and origin of the copper ores of this locality. Catlett (Charles). 1. Coal-outcrops. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 559-566 and 1005-1109, 1901. Mines & Minerals, yol. 21, pp. 255-257, 3 figs., 1901. Discusses the variations in character of the strata of outcrop and the conditions some distance under cover. 2. Geological relations of the manganese ore deposits of Georgia. [In discussion of paper of Thomas L. Watson.] » Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 968-969, 1904. Discusses character, occurrence, and origin of manganese ores. 3. Cement resources of the Valley of Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., no. 225, pp. 457-461, 1904. Describes location, geologic relations, and character of the raw materials. Chalmers (Robert). 1. Notes on the Pleistocene marine shore lines and landslips of the north side of the St. Lawrence Valley. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. J, Appendix I, pp. 63-70, 1901. Published in 1900. Describes the shore lines and the occurrence of the landslips. 2. The sources and distribution of the gold-bearing alluvions of Quebec. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 33-36, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the occurrence of gold and the source of the material. 3. Report on the surface geology shown on the Fredericktown and Andover quarter- sheet maps, New Brunswick. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1M-41M, map, 1902. Describes physiography, striae and other glacial phenomena of this area. 4. On borings for natural gas, petroleum, and water; also notes on the surface geol¬ ogy of part of Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 158-169, 1902. 5. Artesian borings, surface deposits, and ancient beaches in Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 268-279, 1903. Describes work upon surface deposits, exploration for natural gas and oil, determination of ancient shore lines of the Great Lakes, and the occurrence and utilization of peat. 6. The geomorphic origin and development of the raised shore lines of the St. Law¬ rence Valley and Great Lakes. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 175-179, 1904. Describes high-level shore lines and discusses their origin and geologic history. 7. Peat in Canada. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Peat, 40 pp., 1904. Discusses the occurrence and utilization of peat in Canada. Includes notes upon the geology and physical features of peat bogs. 8. Surface geology of the southern part of the Province of Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 140-143, 1904. 9. The glaciation of Mount Orford, P. Q. [Canada]. Ottawa Nat., vol. 19, pp. 52-55, 1905. 10. Surface geology of eastern Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 250-263, 1905. Chamberlin (Rollin T.). 1. The glacial features of the St. Croix Dalles region. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 238-256, 3 figs., 1905. Chamberlin (Thomas C.). 1. [Geologic terminology. ] Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 267-270, 1901. 62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Chamberlin (Thomas C.)—Continued. 2. On a possible function of disruptive approach in the formation of meteorites, comets, and nebulae. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 369-392, 1 pi., 1901. Discusses the possibility of mass disruption without collision and the probable effects. 3. Report on some studies relative to primal questions in geology. Abstract: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21504, 1901. 4. On Lord Kelvin’s address on the age of the earth as an abode fitted for life. Smith. Inst., Ann. Kept., 1899, pp. 223-246, 1901. 5. The geologic relations of the human relics of Lansing, Kansas. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 745-777,13 figs., 1902. Discusses certain phases of fluvial action and their bearing on the phenomena at this locality. Describes the character of the river deposits and presents the author’s interpretations. 6. Distribution of the internal heat of the earth. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 89, 1902. 7. Has the rate of rotation of the earth changed appreciably during geological history? Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 89, 1902. 8. The criteria requisite for the reference of relics to a glacial age. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 64-85, 1 fig., 1903. 9. Distribution of the internal heat of the earth. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 530-531,1903. Brief note on the character of the paper. 10. Has the rate of rotation of the earth changed appreciably during geological history? Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 531, 1903. Brief note on the theory of a high rate of terrestrial rotation in early geologic times. 11. The origin of ocean basins on the planetesimal hypothesis. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 32, p. 14, 1903; Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 300-301,1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 548, 1904. 12. [The geological survey of the Lake Superior region. ] Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 276-277, 1904. Reviews the work and publications of the U. S. Geological Survey upon the Lake Superior ore-bearing series. 13. Fundamental problems of geology. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 2,1903, pp. 261-270, 1904. Discusses lines of research upon fundamental problems of geology. 14. A contribution to the theory of glacial motion. Chicago Univ., Decennial Publications, 1st ser., vol. 9, pp. 193-296, 3 pis., 3 figs., 1904. 15. Fundamental problems of geology. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 3,1904, pp. 195-258, abstract, pp. 117-118,1905. Chamberlin (Thomas C.) and Salisbury (Rollin D.). 1. Geology. In two volumes. Vol. 1. Geologic processes and their results. New York, Henry Holt and Company, 1904. xix, 654 pp., 24 pis., and 471 figs. Chance (H. M.). 1. Gold ores of the Black Hills, South Dakota. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 278-285, 1901. Describes the peculiar occurrence of gold in the nearly horizontal Cambrian sandstones and shales in the vicinity of Deadwood. 2. The iron mines of Hartville, Wyoming. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 987-1003, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the occurrence and character of the ore bodies and gives detailed descriptions of the mine workings. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 63 Chaney (L. W.). 1. Glacial exploration in the Montana Rockies. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 403-496,1906. Chapman (Robert H.). 1. Our northern Rockies. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 361-372, 10 figs., 1902. Contains physiographic notes on the Rocky Mountains in Montana. 2. The value of topographic maps. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 148, 1902. Charles (H. W.). 1. Dakota sandstone in Washington County [Kansas]. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, p. 194,1901. Describes its general characteristics in this county. Charlton (O. C.). 1. Note on the Mart and Bluff meteorites. Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, pp. 83-84, 1901. p Brief description of occurrence and character. Chatard (T. M.) and Whitehead (Cabell). 1. An examination of the ores of the Republic mine, Washington. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 419-423, 1901. Describes the chemical studies made of these gold and silver ores. Chazal (Philip E.). 1. The century in phosphates and fertilizers. A sketch of the South Carolina phos¬ phate industry. Charleston, S. C., 71 pp., 1904. Includes an account of the occurrence, geologic relations, character, origin, and economic development of the phosphate deposits of South Carolina. Chester (Albert H.). 1. Mineralogical notes and explorations. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 173-188, 1901. Describes the occurrence and chemical composition of several minerals. Chibas (Eduardo J.). 1. Manganese mining in Cuba. Mines and Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 295-296, 1901. Abstract of report on the manganese mines near Santiago. Christy (S. B.). 1. Biographical notice of Joseph LeConte. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 766-793,1 pi., 1902. Church (John A.). 1. The Tombstone, Arizona, mining district. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 3-37, 12 figs., 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of sedimentary strata, the geologic structure, the character and occurrence o' eruptive rocks, and the position and relations of the ore bodies of gold, silver, and manganese. 2. [In discussion of paper by Walter P. Jenney, “The chemistry of ore-deposition.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 1065-1070, 1903. Discusses occurrences of ore deposits and their bearing upon the subject of the paper under discussion. 3. Enrichment in veins. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, p. 695, 1905. Cilley (Frank H.). 1. Some fundamental propositions in the theory of elasticity. A study of primary or self-balancing stresses. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 269-290, 1901. Discusses briefly the application of the theory to the study of the inner condition of the earth. 64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Cirkel (Fritz). 1. Vorkommen und Gewinnung von Asbest in Canada. Zeitsch. f. prak. Geol., Jg. 11, pp. 123-131, 3 figs., 1903. Describes occurrence and character of asbestos deposits in Quebec and the mining develop¬ ments. 2. Mica deposits. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, pp. 82-86, 104-108, 128-133, 13 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of mica and phlogopite deposits in Canada and else¬ where and their economic development in Canada. 3. Asbestos: its occurrence, exploitation, and uses. Can., Dept, of the Interior, Mines Branch, Ottawa, 1905. 169 pp., 38 figs., 1 map, and 2 charts. 4. Mica: its occurrence, exploitation and uses. Can., Dept, of the Interior, Mines Branch, Ottawa, 1905. 148 pp., 1 pi., 38 figs., and 1 map. Clapp (Frederick G.). 1. Geological history of the Charles River [Massachusetts]. Tech. Quart., vol. 14, pp ; 171-201, 13 figs., pp. 255-269, 4 figs., 1901; Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 218- 233, 4 pis., 1902. * Describes the various stages of the river’s development and their causes, its relation to the geologic structure and the Tertiary and Glacial history of the region. 2 . Relations of gravel deposits in the northern part of Glacial Lake Charles, Massa¬ chusetts. Jour. Qeol., vol. 12, pp. 198-214, 3 figs., 1904. Describes sand plains, gravel, and other Glacial deposits in the valley of the Charles River in Massachusetts, and discusses their characteristics and formations, the disappearance of the Glacial ice, and connected events. 3. Water resources of the Curwensville, Patton, Ebensburg, and Barnesboro quad¬ rangles, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 159-163,1905. 4. Limestones of southwestern Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 249, 52 pp., 7 pis., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of limestones of southwestern Pennsylvania, with especial reference to their availability for the manufacture of cement. Clapp (Frederick G.), Fuller (M. L.) and. 1. Marl-loess of the lower Wabash Valley. See Fuller (M. L.) and Clapp (F. G.), 1. 2. Patoka folio, Indiana-Illinois. See Fuller (Myron L.) and Clapp (Frederick G.), 2. Clark (P. Edwin), Van Ingen (Gilbert) and. 1. Disturbed fossiliferous rocks in the vicinity of Rondout, N. Y. See Van Ingen (Gilbert) and Clark (P. E.), 1. Clark (W. Blair). 1. Drainage modifications in Knox, Licking, and Coshocton counties [Ohio]. Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. 12, art. 1, pp. 1-16, 3 pis., 1902. Discusses modifications produced in the drainage of this area by the ice of the Glacial period. Clark (William). 1. Some new points on the fin attachment of Dinichthys and Cladodus. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 6th Ann. Rept., pp. 46-48, 3 figs., 1898. Clark (William Bullock). 1. Maryland Geological Survey, volume four. Baltimore, The Johns Hopkins Press, 1902. 524 pp., 69 pis., 34 figs. 2. Reports on Cecil County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Cecil Co., 322 pp., 30 pis., 24 figs., 1902. Atlas with 3 maps. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 65 Clark (William Bullock)—Continued. 3. Reports on Garrett County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Garrett Co., 340 pp., 26 pis., 12 figs., 1902. Atlas with 2 maps. 4. The Cretaceous-Eocene boundary in the Atlantic coastal plain. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 293,1903. 5. The Mata wan formation of Maryland, Delaware, and New Jersey, and its rela¬ tions to overlying and underlying formations. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 435-440, 1904; Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., 1904, pp. 692-699 (no. 7, pp. 28-35), 1904. Includes a table showing correlation of Atlantic coast Cretaceous formations with Creta¬ ceous formations of Europe. 6. The Miocene deposits of Maryland. Introduction and general stratigraphic relations. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. xxiii-xxxii, 1 pi., 1904. 7. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Echinodermata. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 430-433, 2 pis., 1904. 8. Origin, distribution and uses of coal. Md. Geol. Surv., vol. 5, pp. 221-240, 3 pis., 1905. Gives a general account of the use, origin, occurrence, and production of coal, and the extent, character of the coal, etc., of the Appalachian coal field. Clark (William Bullock) and Bibbins (A.). 1. Geology of the Potomac group in the middle Atlantic slope. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 187-214,7 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Describes the character, occurrence and distribution of the divisions of the Potomac group, the interpretation of these deposits and the surface configuration of the crystalline floor and of the Potomac group. Discusses the age of these deposits. 2. The Potomac group in Maryland. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 905,1902. Clark (William Bullock) and Martin (George Curtis). 1. The Eocene deposits of Maryland. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 21-92,14 pis., 1901. Describes the general stratigraphic relations, distribution, characters, origin of the materi¬ als, and the stratigraphic and paleontologic characteristics of the Eocene strata. Discusses their correlation. 2. Eocene Mollusca. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 122-203, 41 pis., 1901. 3. Eocene Molluscoidea (Brachiopoda). Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 203-205, 1 pi., 1901. 4. Eocene Echinodermata. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 232-233, 1 pi., 1901. 5. Correlation of the Coal Measures of Maryland. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 215-232, 11 pis., 1902. Describes the subdivisions of the Coal Measures group in Maryland and discusses their corre¬ lation with the Coal Measures of other portions of the Appalachian province. 6. Correlation of the formations and members [of the Maryland coal district]. Md. Geol. Surv., vol. 5, pp. 291-315, 5 figs., 1905. Clark (Wm. Bullock), Martin (George C.) and Rutledge (J. J.). 1. Distribution and character of the Maryland coal beds. Md. Geol. Surv., vol. 5, pp. 317-512, 15 pis., 1 fig., 1905. Clarke (C. H.). 1. Notes on the Michipicoten gold-belt. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol.76, pp. 735-736, 1903. Describes the occurrence of gold ores and the mining developments. Bull. 301—06-5 66 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Clarke (Frank Wigglesworth). 1. Mineral analyses from the laboratories of the United States Geological Survey, 1880 to 1903, tabulated by F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 220, 119 pp., 1903. 2. A pseudo-serpentine from Stevens County, Washington. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 397-398, 1903. 3. The composition of glauconite and greenalite. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 43, pp. 243-247, 1903. 4. Analyses of rocks from the laboratory of the United States Geological Survey. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 228, 375 pp., 1904. Note. —The analyses of rocks have not been listed in the index of this bibliography. 5. A pseudo-serpentine from Stevens County, Washington. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 69-71, 1905. Describes the occurrence and discusses the chemical composition. Clarke (Frank Wigglesworth) and Steig’er (George). 1. The action of ammonium chloride upon silicates. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 207, 57 pp., 1902. 2. On “ Californite.” U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 72-74, 1905. Discusses the chemical composition. Clarke (John M.). 1. The Oriskany fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus., 53rd Ann. Rept., vol. 2, pp. 6-101, 9 pis., and geologic map, 1901. See Clarke (J. M.), no. 971, in U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 188. 2. Limestones of central and western New York interbedded with bituminous shales of the Marcellus stage, with notes on the nature and origin of their faunas. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 49, pp. 115-138, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1901. 3. New Agelacrinites. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 49, pp. 182-198, 1 pi., 7 figs., 1901. Reviews the literature regarding these forms and describes three new species. 4. Value of Amnigenia as an indicator of fresh-water deposits during the Devonic of New York, Ireland, and the Rhineland. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 49, pp. 199-203, 1 pi., 1901. 5. Report of the State paleontologist, 1901 [N. Y.]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 419-456, 1902. Contains brief discussion of the results of the studies of the Cambrian, Silurian, and Devonian rocks and fauna of the Sta^e in 1901. 6. George Bancroft Simpson. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 457-460, 1902. Contains an account of his life and work. 7. Paleontologic results of the areal survey of the Olean quadrangle [N. Y.]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 524-528, 1902. Discusses the paleontologic aspect of the faunas of the Devono-Carboniferous beds of the region. 8. A new genus of Paleozoic brachiopods, Eunoa, with some considerations there¬ from on the organic bodies known as Discinocaris, Spathiocaris, and Cardiocaris. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 606-615, 4 pis., 2 figs., 1902. 9. [Note on the occurrence and relations of the fauna.] [In Luther (D. D.), Strati¬ graphic value of the Portage sandstone. N. Y.]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 630-631, 1 fig., 1902. 10. The indigene and alien faunas of the New York Devonic. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 664-672, 1902. Discusses the influence of the supposed barriers in the Devonian seas upon the migrations and distribution of the faunas of that period. FOR THE YEARS 190M905, INCLUSIVE. 67 Clarke (John M.)—Continued. 11. Report of the State'paleontologist, 1900. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, Appendix I, pp. 3-81, 1902. 12. Notes on Paleozoic crustaceans. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, Appendix I, pp. 83-119, 4 pis., 1902. 13. Origin of the faunas of the Marcellus limestones of New York. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 90, 1902. 14. Report of the State paleontologist, 1902. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 69, pp. 851-891, 1903. Gives a review of the work of the office of the State paleontologist of New York for 1901-2. 15. Mastodons of New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 69, pp. 921-933, 2 pis., 1903. Describes occurrences of mastodon remains in the State of New York. 16. Construction of the Olean rock section. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 69, pp. 996-999, 1903. Discusses the discrepancy of results obtained by stratigraphic and paleontologic work in t : Olean quadrangle of New York and the geologic position of the Cattaraugus beds. 17. Torsion of the lamellibranch shell, an illustration of Noetiing’s law. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 69, pp. 1228-1233, 7 figs., 1903. 18. Some Devonic worms. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 69, pp. 1234-1238, 2 pis., 1903. 19. Naples fauna in western New York. N. Y. State Mus., Mem. 6, pp. 199-454, 26 pis., 16 figs., 1903. Discusses conditions of sedimentation and the distribution of land and water prevailing in the area of western New York in later Devonian times, and the stratigraphy of the Porlage and character of the fauna, and gives systematic descriptions of the species and tables of distribution and comparison with faunas of other regions. 20. Classification of New York series of geologic formations. N. Y. State Mus., Handbook 19, 28 pp., 1903. Discusses the nomenclature and classification of the New York series of geologic formations. Includes a table showing the geologic position and geographic distribution of formations in the State of New York. 21. Origin of the limestone faunas of the Marcellus shales of New York. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 535, 1903. 22. Charles Emerson Beecher. Oct. 9, 1856-Feb. 14, 1904. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 1-13, 1 pi. (por.), 1904. Includes a chronologic list of Beecher’s published papers, prepared by Lucy P. Bush. 23. With regard to Portage crinoids. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 246-247, 1905. A short note in regard to nomenclature. 24. Prof. James Hall and the Troost manuscript. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 256-257, 1905. 25. Report of the State paleontologist [of New York], 1903. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 80, pp. 3-133, 3 pis., 1905. Reviews the scientific and office work, and publications of the office of the State paleon¬ tologist for the year beginning October 1, 1902. Appendices contain list of accessions, new entries of fossil localities, and type specimens of Paleozoic fossils, Supplement 1. 26. Perce: a brief sketch of its geology. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 80, pp. 134-171, 9 pis., 13 figs., 1905. Describes the physiography and general geology of the locality, and in detail its geological structure and the character and occurrence oi the fossil faunas, with faunal lists, contained ui the rocks of Perc6 and vicinity, on the coast of Gasp<§, Province of Quebec. 27. Ithaca fau .a of central New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 82, pp. 53-70, 1905. Gives general observations upon the fauna, a list of localities from which collections have been made, and lists of the species with their localities. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 68 Clarke (John M.)—Continued. 28. Report of the director, 1904, with the 24th report of the State geologist and the report of the State paleontologist, 1904. N. Y. State Mus., 58th Ann. Kept., pp. 5-136, 1905. Includes various geologic data and contains Supplement 2 to the list of type specimens of Paleozoic fossils in the New York State Museum. Clarke (John M.) and Luther (D. Dana). 1. Stratigraphic and paleontologic map of Canandaigua and Naples quadrangles [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 63, 76 pp., geol. map, 1904. Describes in detail the occurrence and the lithologic and faunal characters of the Silurian and Devonian formations included in the area of the map, and gives lists of the fossils of the several formations. 2. Geology of the Watkins and Elmira quadrangles [New York], accompanied by a geologic map. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 81, pp. 3-29, and map, 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, development, relations, and fossil contents of the Devo¬ nian formations represented on the geologic map of this area. 3. Geologic map of the Tully quadrangle [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 82, pp. 35-52, and map, 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, development, relations, and fossil contents of the Devo¬ nian and Silurian formations represented in this area. Clarke (John M.) and Ruedemann (Rudolf). 1. Guelph fauna in the State of New York. N. Y. State Mus., Mem. 5,195 pp., 21 pis., 1903. Describes stratigraphy, occurrence, and geologic relations of the Guelph formation in New York, gives systematic descriptions of the fauna, and discusses the conditions of life and sedimentation during the prevalence of the Guelph fauna, and its distribution. 2. Catalogue of type specimens of Paleozoic fossils in New York State Museum. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 65, 847 pp., 1903. Clarke (John M.), Ruedemann (R.), and Luther (D. D.). 1. Contact lines of Upper Siluric formations on the Brockport and Medina quadran¬ gles, N. Y. " N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 517-523, 1902. Describes outcrops of these beds at various localities. Claypole (Edward W.). 1. On an unrecognized coal-horizon in northeastern Ohio. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 9-12 [1895]. Discusses stratigraphic position of coal seams in the vicinity of Massillon, Ohio. 2. On the Salina group in northeastern Ohio. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 12-13 [1895]. 3. Notes on petroleum in California. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 150-159, 1901. Describes the physiographic features of the oil areas, the general geology, and the source of the oil and gas. 4. The Sierra Madre near Pasadena [California]. Abstracts: Joup Geol., vol. 9, pp. 69-70, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 494, 1901. Contains notes on the Tertiary strata and igneous rocks of the region. 5. The Devonian era in the Ohio basin. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 15-41, 7 pis., pp. 79-105, 3 pis., pp. 240-250, 312-322, 335-353, 1903. Discusses occurrence, lithologic, stratigraphic, and faunal features of Devonian formations in the Ohio basin, geographic and hypsographic conditions prevailing in Devonian times, and geologic and geographic distribution of the invertebrate and vertebrate faunas, and describes briefly species of Cladodus and Monocladodus. Clearman (Harriet M.). 1. A geological situation in the lava flow, with reference to the vegetation. Iowa Aokd. Sci., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, pp. 65-68,1904. Includes observations upon the lava beds of Idaho. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 69 Cleland (Herdman Fitzgerald). 1. The landslides of Mt. Graylock and Briggsville, Mass. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 513-517, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence of recent landslips. 2. A study of the Hamilton formation of the Cayuga Lake section in central New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 206, 112 pp., 5 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology of the Cayuga Lake region in New York and the history, cor¬ relation, and faunal zones of the Hamilton formation in this region, and gives a classified list of species found, with notes on their occurrence, general observations and conclusions, and a table showing vertical distribution and relative abundance of Hamilton species. 3. Further notes on the Calciferous (Beekmantown) formation of the Mohawk Val¬ ley, with descriptions of new species. Am. Pal., Bull. no. 18, pp. 31-50, 4 pis., 1903. Describes character, occurrence, and fossil contents of Calciferous strata in the Mohawk Val¬ ley, and gives detailed descriptions of the new species of fossils. 4. The formation of natural bridges. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 119-124, 3 figs., 1905. Clements (J. Morgan). 1. Ellipsoidal structure in the pre-Cambrian basic and intermediate rocks of the Lake Superior region. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 260-261, 1902. 2. Vermilion district of Minnesota. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 261,1902. Describes the stratigraphy and geological structure of this region and discusses the origin of the ores. 3. The Vermilion iron-bearing district of Minnesota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 45, 463 pp., 13 pis., 23 figs., with an atlas of 26 sheets, 1903 Reviews the literature regarding the district, describes its physiography, the character, occur¬ rence, and relations of the Archaean, Huronian, and Keweenawan rocks and drift, and the occurrence, character, and origin of the ore deposits. 4. Ellipsoidal structure in pre-Cambrian rocks of Lake Superior region. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 8, 1903. 5. Vermilion district of Minnesota. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 9, 1903. Gives a brief outline of the geology. 6. Spherulitic texture in the Archean greenstones of Minnesota. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 555,1904. 7. Geological history of the Vermilion iron-bearing district of Minnesota. * Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 565,1904. Clements (J. Morgan), Van Hise (C. R.) and. 1. The Vermilion iron-bearing district. See Van Hise (C. R.) and Clements (J. M.), 1. Clendenin (W. W.). L A preliminary report upon the Florida parishes of east Louisiana and the bluff, prairie, and hill lands of southwest Louisiana. La. State Experiment Stations, Geol. & Agric., pt. 3, pp. 159-256 [1896?]. Describes topographic, drainage and geologic features, soils, and other economic resources of this area. 2. A preliminary report upon the bluff and Mississippi alluvial lands of Louisiana. La. State Experiment Stations, Geol. & Agric., pt. 4, pp. 257-290 [1897?]. Describes physiographic features and soils of this area. Clere (M.). L The Moctezuma district, Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 1007-1009, 3 figs., 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the district, and the occurrence of the silver and gold ore deposits. 70 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Cobb (Collier). 1. Origin of the sandhill topography of the Carolinas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 226-227, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p.22666,1903. 2. Recent changes in the North Carolina coast, with special reference to Hatteras Island. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 227, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22666,1903. 3. A new Paloeotrochis locality, with some notes on the nature of Palseotrochis. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., vol. 20, pp. 11-12, 1904. 4. The forms of sand-dunes as influenced by neighboring forests. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., vol. 20, p. 14,1904. Cockerell (T. D. A.). ' 1. A new fossil Ashmunella. Nautilus, vol. 16, p. 105, 1903. 2. A fossil form of Orohelix yavapai Pilsbry. Nautilus, vol. 19, pp. 46-47, 1905. 3. Two Carboniferous genera. Am. Geol., vol. 36, p. 330, 1905. Calls attention to two generic names that are preoccupied. Cohen (E.)„ 1. liber ein neues Meteoreisen von Locust Grove, Henry Co., Nord-Carolina, Ver- einigte Staaten. Preus. Akad. d. Wissen. zu Berlin, Sitzungsb., pp. 76-81, 1897. Describes the character and constitution of this meteorite. 2. Das Meteoreisen von Forsyth Co., Georgia, Yereinigte Staaten. Preus. Akad. d. Wissen. zu Berlin, Sitzungsb., pp. 386-396, 2 figs., 1897. Describes the occurrence, characters, and constitution of this meteorite from Forsyth County, Georgia. 3. liber das Meteoreisen von Cincinnati, Vereinigte Staaten. Preus. Akad. d. Wissen. zu Berlin, Sitzungsb., pp. 428-430, 1898. Describes the characters and constitution of this meteorite. 4. Meteoreisen-Studien. XI. K. k. naturh. Hofmuseums, Ann., Bd. 15, pp. 351-391, 1900. Describes meteorites from Illinois Gulch, Mont.: Hammond, Wis.; Cacaria, Mex.; Mesquital, Mex.; Murphy, N. C.; Saint Francois County, Mo.; Cosby’s Creek, Tenn.; Canyon Diablo, Ariz.; Kendall County, Tex., and Mount Joy, Pa. 5. Die Meteoreisen von Ranchito und Casas Grandes [Mexico]. Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fur Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen zu ' Greifswald, Jahrg. 35, 13 pp., 1903. Describes occurrence, characters, and composition of meteorites from Mexico. 6. Die Meteoreisen von Nenntmannsdorf und Persimmon Creek; Unterscheidung von Cohenit und Schreibersit. Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fur Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen zu Greifswald, Jahrg. 35, 4 pp., 1903. Describes occurrence and characters of a meteorite found in North Carolina. 7. Das Meteoreisen von Millers Run bei Pittsburgh, Alleghany Co., Pennsylvania, Vereinigte Staaten. Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fur Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen zu Greifswald, Jahrg. 35, 4 pp., 1903. Describes occurrence and characters of a meteorite from Pennsylvania. 8. Ueber die Meteoreisen von Cuernavaca und Iredell. Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fur Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen zu Greifswald, Jahrg. 34, 5 pp., 1902. Describes occurrence, characters, and composition of meteorites from Mexico and Texas. Colburn (E. A.). 1. A peculiar ore deposit. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 196, 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of ore bodies. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 71 Cole (A. D.). 1. Clarence L. Herrick. Science, new ser., vol, 20, pp. 600-601, 1904. Cole (Leon J.). 1. The delta of the St. Clair River. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 9, pt. 1, pp. 1-28, 4 pis., 1908. Coleman (Arthur P.). 1. Glacial and inter-Glacial beds near Toronto [Canada]. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 285-310, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the glacial history, the variations in climate and their effect on the then existing faunas and floras, and the glacial deposits of the region. 2. Marine and fresh-water beaches of Ontario. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 129-146, 2 figs., 1901. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 136, 1901. Describes the marine deposits, shell gravels, aud beaches of the region. 3. The Vermilion River placers [Ontario], Ontario Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1901, pp. 151-159, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the character and distribution of the placers. 4. Iron ranges of the Lower Huronian [Ontario]. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1901, pp. 181-211, 4 pis., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the iron-ore bodies of various localities, and the petrographic characters of some of the associated rocks. Discusses the origin of some of thp ores and includes notes on the Pleistocene geology. 5. Sea beaches of eastern Ontario. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1901, pp. 215-227, 2 pis., 1901. Contains notes on the. Leda clay and Saxicava sand, and describes the character and occur¬ rence of the beach sands and gravels and their faunas. 6. The classification of the Archaean. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 135-148,1902. Reviews the work upon the Archean and the differences of interpretation, and compares and discusses the different schemes of classification proposed. 7. Types of iron-bearing rocks in Ontario. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 842, 1902. 8. Nepheline and other syenites near Port Coldwell, Ontario. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 147-155,1902. Describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of these rocks. 9. The duration of the Toronto inter-Glacial period. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 71-80, 1902. Reviews a recent paper by Upham and discusses the evidences indicating the duration of this period. 10. The Huronian question. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 327-334, 1902. Discusses the relations of the Huronian rocks and the views of various geologists regarding these questions. 11. Rock basins of Helen mine, Michipicoten, Canada. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 293-304, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1902. Describes the topography and the occurrence and origin of the rock basins. 12. Iron ranges of northwestern Ontario. Ont. Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 128-151, 2 pis., 1902. Describes geographic and geologic distribution of the iron-bearing rocks and the stratigraphic position of the ores. 13. Syenites near Port Coldwell [Ontario]. Ont. Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 208-213, 2 pis., 1902. Describes the occurrence and lithologic characters of these rocks. 14. The Sudbury [Ontario] nickel deposits. Ontario Bur. Mines, [12th] Rept., pp. 235-299, 16 pis., 25 figs., 1903. Describes topography and geology of the region, the occurrence of ore bodies and mining operations, and discusses the character, occurrence, and origin of the ore deposits. 72 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Coleman (Arthur P.)—Continued. 15. Types of iron-bearing rocks in Ontario. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 294-295, 1903. 16. Iroquois beach in Ontario. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 347-368, 1 pi. (map), 1904. Describes location and character of the beach in Ontario of Lake Iroquois and discusses the levels and tilting of the beach, the outlet of the lake, and its geological and time relationships. 17. The Iroquois beach in Ontario. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 225-244, 1904. 18. The northern nickel range [Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 192-222, 5 pis., 1904. Describes the topography, general geology, and the occurrence, character, and geological relations of nickel and iron-ore deposits. 19. The Sudbury nickel-bearing eruptive. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, p. 551, 1904; Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 526,1904; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, p. 23446, 1904; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 73, 1904. 20. Geology of the Sudbury district [Ontario]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol 79, pp. 189-190, 1905. 21. Theories of world building. Can., R. Astron. Soc., Selected Papers and Proc., 1904, pp. 53-56, 1905; Sci. Am. Suppl., VOl. 60, p. 24703, 1905. . Discusses the nebular and planetesimal hypotheses. 22. Glacial lakes and Pleistocene changes in the St. Lawrence Valley. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 480-486,1905. Coleman (Arthur P.) and Willmott (A. B.). 1. The Michipicoten iron region [Ontario]. Ont. Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 152-185, 4 pis., 2 figs., geol. map, 1902. Describes the topography, gives a classification of the Huronian rocks, discusses the geology and formation of the iron ores, and describes the petrology of this region. 2. The Michipicoten iron ranges [Ontario]. Toronto Univ. Studies, Geol. ser., no. 2, 47 pp., 2 maps, 1902. Colies (George Wetmore). 1. Mica and the mica industry. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 160, pp. 275-294, 3 pis., 5 figs., 1905. Describes the characters of micas and discusses the age and origin of pegmatite dikes, the origin of the mica, and the origin and relations of the Canadian mica deposits. Collie (George Lucius). 1. Wisconsin shore of Lake Superior. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 197-216, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology of the region, the shore formations and beach phenomena, and the characters of the wave erosion and its topography. 2. Physiography of Wisconsin. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 270-287, 9 figs., 1901. 3. Ordovician section near Bellefonte, Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 407^20, 1 pi., 1903. Describes position, character, stratigraphy, and fauna of Ordovician formations in Center County, Pennsylvania, and describes some new species of Ordovician fossils. Collier (Arthur J.). 1. A reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 2, 70 pp., 12 pis., 1902. Describes the geology and physiography of this region and gives notes on the petrology and the occurrence of gold and tin. 2. The coal resources of the Yukon, Alaska. . U,,S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 218, 71 pp., 6 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of the coal deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 73 Collier (Arthur J..)—Continued. 3. The Glenn Creek gold mining district, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 49-56, 1903. Describes placer deposits and developments in this region. 4. Coal resources of the Yukon Basin, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 276-284, 1903. Describes the occurrence of coal and gives notes on the character of the coals and the mining' developments. 5. Tin in the York region, Alaska. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 999-1000, illus., 1903. Describes the occurrence of deposits of tin ore. 6. Coal-bearing series of the Yukon. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 668,1903. Discusses the geologic age of the coal-bearing formations. 7. Tin deposits of the York region, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 154-167,1 fig., 1904. Describes the general geology, and occurrence and character of stream and lode tin deposits. 8. The tin deposits of the York region, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 229, 61 pp., 6 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of sedimentary rocks of Silurian age and igneous rocks, and the character and occurrence in detail of tin-ore deposits and the mining operations. Gives a r6sum6 of the occurrence of tin in the United States and other parts of the world. 9. The coal fields of Cape Lisburne, Alaska. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 401-402, 1904. Gives a brief account of the situation and geologic age of the coal fields, and the occurrence and character of the coal beds. 10. Auriferous quartz veins on Unalaska Island [Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 102-103, 1905. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of gold-bearing quartz veins. 11. Recent development of Alaskan tin deposits. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 120-127, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence of lode and placer tin deposits. 12. Coal fields of the Cape Lisburne region [Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 172-185, 1905. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of Paleozoic and Mesozoic formations, the geology, topography, and extent of the Mesozoic and Paleozoic coal fields of this region, and the character of the coals. Collier (Arthur J.), Brooks (Alfred H.) and. 1. Glacial phenomena of the Seward Peninsula [Alaska]. See Brooks (A. H.) and Collier (A. J.), 1. Collins (Arthur L.). 1. [In discussion of “The origin of ore-deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 951-953, 1902. • Collins (G. E.). 1. Vein structure at the Reynolds mine, Georgia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 68-70, 11 figs., 1901; Inst. Mg. & Met., Trans., vol. 9, pp. 365-371, 5 pis., 1901. Discusses the vein phenomena in the auriferous crystalline rocks of the region. Collins (Henry F.). 1. Notes on the wollastonite rock mass and its associated minerals of the Santa Fe mine, State of Chiapas, Mexico. Mineral. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 356-362, 1904. Describes occurrence, origin, and crystallographic features of a rock mass of wollastonite. Colton (Geo. H.). 1. A possible cause of osars. Ohio Nat., vol. 2, p. 257, 1902. 74 JUBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Combes (Paul), 1. Exploration de File d’Anticosti. Paris, Joseph Andr6 et Cie., 1896. 46 pp. and map. Contains a brief account of the geology of the island of Anticosti. Comstock (Frank M.). 1. A small esker in western New York. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 12-14, 3 figs., 1903. 2. Ancient lake beaches on the islands in Georgian Bay. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 312-318, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of elevated beaches. Comstock (Theodore B.). 1. The geology and vein phenomena of Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 1038-1101,1 fig., 1901. Gives a general description of the mineral regions. Discusses the orographic disturbances and their effects on ore deposition, and describes the stratigraphic succession in the state. 2. Edward Claypole, the scientist. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 1-23, 1 pi., 1902. 3. Memoir of Edward Waller Claypole. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 487-497, 1903. Includes a list of publications. 4. Superficial blackening and discoloration of rocks, especially in desert regions. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 1014-1017, 1905. Discusses the occurrence of these features and their explanation. Comstock (W. J.), Allen (O. D.) and. 1. Bastnasite and tysonite from Colorado. See Allen ^O. D.) and Comstock (W. J.), 1. Concannon (Michael). 1. Relation [regarding the discovery of the Lansing, Kansas, skeleton]. Memoirs of Exploration in the Basin of the Mississippi, vol. 7, Kansas, pp. 92-93, 1903. Details the circumstances of the finding of the fossil human remains near Lansing, Kansas Condon (Thomas). 1. The two islands and what came of them. Portland, Oregon, J. K. Gill Company, 1902. 211 pp., 30 pis. Describes the geological history of Oregon. Condra (George Evart). 1. New Bryozoa from the Coal Measures of Nebraska. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 337-359, 8 pis., 1902. 2. The Coal Measure bryozoa of Nebraska. _ Nebr. Geol. Surv. vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 11-168, 21 pis., 1903. Reviews literature bearing on the subject, gives list of Coal Measure bryozoa in the United States, table of geographic distribution in Nebraska, and systematic descriptions of genera and species. 3. On Rhombopora lepidodendroides Meek. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 22-24, 2 pis., 1903. Describes characters and occurrence in the Permian of Nebraska. 4. An old Platte channel [Nebraska]. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 361-369, 2 figs., 1903. Describes situation, stratigraphic and physiographic features of the valley to which the name Todd Valley is given, and the evidences of its containing a buried channel formerly occu¬ pied by the Platte River. 5. Stratigraphic delineation of the Benton and Niobrara formations of Nebraska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 925, 1904. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 75 Cook (Alfred N.). 1. A new deposit of fuller’s earth. Iowa Acad. Sei., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, pp. 135-137, 1904. Describes the chemical composition of a specimen of fuller’s earth from the Black Hills of South Dakota. Cook (Edward H.). 1. La Mina Santa Francisca, Mexico. Mg. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 424-429, 5 figs., 1905. Gives notes on the geology of the region and the character and occurrence of the ores carry¬ ing principally silver. Cooper (A. S.). 1. The origin and occurrence of petroleum in California. Min. Ind. for 1901, pp. 505-509, fig. 1, 1901. Describes the occurrence and character of the oil. Cooper (J. C.). 1. Oxygen in its relation to mineralogy. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 33-38, 1905. Cooper (W. F.). 1. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of lower Michigan. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 489-512, 1904. 2. Water supply of the Lower Peninsula of Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 45-109, 2 pis., 1905. Discusses the water resources of the area. Includes records of wells and borings. 3. The coal formation of Bay County [Michigan]. Mich. Miner, vol. 7, nos. 9-12, 1 pi. (map), 1905. Corkill (E. T.). 1. Notes on the occurrences, production, and uses of mica. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 284-307, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and mining of mica in India, the United States, and Canada, par¬ ticularly the occurrence and geologic relations of deposits in Quebec and Ontario. 2. Petroleum and natural gas [in Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1905, vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 89-117, 3 figs., 1905. Reviews the various theories of the origin of petroleum and natural gas, and describes the occurrence and geologic horizon of petroleum and natural gas in Ontario, including numer ous records of borings. Corless (C. V.). 1. The Coal Creek colliery of the Crows Nest Pass Coal Co. [Canada]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 60-67, 16 figs., 1901; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour , vol. 4, pp. 155-173, 11 figs., 1901. Gives a general description of the geologic occurrence of the coal. 2. Notes on the geology and ore deposits of southeastern British Columbia. Can. Mg. Inst.. Jour., vol. 5, pp. 503-527, lpl., 1902; Can. Mg. Review, vol. 21, pp. 211-218,1902. Describes the geology and occurrence of ore bodies of this area. Cornwall (H. B.). 1. Occurrence of greenockite on calcite from Joplin, Missouri. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 7-8, 1902. Corss (Frederic). 1. The buried valley of Wyoming [Pennsylvania]. Wyoming Hist. & Geol. Soc., Proc. & Coll., vol. 8, pp. 42-44, 1°04. Describes the position, formation, and filling of a pre-Glacial valley at Wyoming. Coste (Eugene). 1. V olcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 439, 1903. Abstract from paper read before the Can. Mg. Inst., March, 1903. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 76 Coste (Eugene)—Contiuued. 2. Volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp. 73-123, 1904. Gives a full presentation of facts confirmatory of the theory of the volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum. 3. The volcanic origin of oil. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 288-297, 1905. 4. Volcanic origin of oil. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 157, pp. 443-454, 1904. Discusses volcanic origin of oil with particular reference to the Texas-Louisiana oil district. Courtis (W. M.). 1. [In discussion of paper by G. O. Smith and Bailey Willis on “The Clealum iron ores, Washington.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 1116-1117, 1901. Gives additional analyses of these ores. Cowan (John L.). 1. The arsenic mines at Brinton, Virginia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 105-106, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence of arsenic ores at Brinton, Virginia, and their economic develop¬ ment. Cowles (Henry C.). 1. The relation between baseleveling and plant distribution. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 372-373, 1901. 2. The influence of underlying rocks on the character of the vegetation. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 163-176, 376-388, 10 figs., 1901. Crag'in (Francis Whittemore). 1. A study of some teleosts from the Russell substage of the Platte Cretaceous series. Colo. Coll. Studies, vol. 9, pp. 25-37, 3 pis., 1901. 2. Paleontology of the Malone Jurassic formation of Texas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., no. 266, pp. 9-22, 34-172, 29 pis., 1905. Discusses the occurrence and geologic horizon of Jurassic fossils in the Malone Mountains region of Texas and gives systematic descriptions of the species. Crane (W. R.). 1. Kansas coal mining. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 748-752, 7 figs., 1901. Describes the distribution and characters of the coal-bearing strata. 2. The Kansas coal mines of the Missouri Valley. Eng. & Mg. Jour,, vol. 74, pp. 514-516, 1902. Contains notes on the geologic occurrence of the coal seams. 3. Asphalt refining. Methods employed in the Tar Springs Asphalt Co.’s refinery, near Comanche, Ind. T. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 337-341, 4 figs., 1903. Contains observations on the character and occurrence of asphalt deposits. 4. Coal fields -f Kansas. Recent discoveries and developments in the Cretaceous formation in the northern central portion of the State. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, p. 94, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the occurrence of a workable coal seam and gives a section of the strata penetrated by a shaft. 5. Coal mining in the Indian Territory—the southwestern field. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 577-581, 7 figs., 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of the coal seams and the methods of mining 6. The Pratt coal mines in Alabama. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 177-180, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence of coal and the geologic structure of the coal fields. FOR THE' YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 77 Crane (W. R.)—Continued. 7. Coal mining in Arkansas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, pp., 774-777, 3 figs., 1905. Contains notes on the occurrence and character of coal beds in western Arkansas. Crane (W. R.), Adams (George I.), Haworth (Erasmus), and. 1. Economic geology of the Iola quadrangle, Kansas. See Adams (George I.), Haworth (Erasmus), and Crane (W. R.), L Crawford (J.). 1. Earthquakes in Nicaragua. Am. Geol., vol. 29, p. 323, 1902. 2. Volcanoes and earthquakes in Nicaragua. Am. Geol., vol. 29, p. 395, 1902. 3. List of the most important volcanic eruptions and earthquakes in western Nicara¬ gua within historic time. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 111-113, 1902. 4. Additions to the list of Nicaragua volcanic eruptions in historic time. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 395-396, 1902. Crevecoeur (F. F.). 1. List of fossil plants collected in the vicinity of Onaga, Kans. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 124-128, 3 figs., 1903. Describes the stratigraphy and occurrence of fossils at this locality. Crider (A. F.). 1. Cement resources of northeast Mississippi. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 510-521,1905. Gives observations upon the geologic occurrence, distribution, and character of limestones and clays, and their adaptability to the manufacture of cement. Crider (A. F.), Eckel (E. C.) and. 1. Geology and cement resources of the Tombigbee River district, Mississippi- Alabama. See Eckel (E. C.) and Crider (A. F.), 1. Crook (Alja Robinson). 1. The mineralogy of the Chicago area. Chicago Aqad. Sci., Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 5, 57 pp., 10 pis., 21 figs., 1902. Discusses the occurrence and composition of the minerals of this area. 2. Missouri lead and zinc regions visited by the Geological Society of America. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 197-198, 1904. Describes the occurrence of ore deposits. 3. Molybdenite at Crown Point, Washington. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 283-288, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, relations to surrounding rocks, and character of molybdenite ore at Crown Point, Washington. Crosby (William O.). 1. The tripolite deposits of Fitzgerald Lake, near St. John, New Brunswick Tech. Quart., vol. 14, pp. 124-127, 1901. Describes the character and origin of the deposit. 2. Geological history of the hematite iron ores of the Antwerp and Fowler belt in New York. Tech. Quart., vol. 14, pp. 162-170, 4 figs., 1901; Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 233-242, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the character, occurrence, and origin of the hematite ores of the region. 3. The origin of eskers. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 1-38, 1902; Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 30, pp. 375-411, 1902. Describes the characteristics of eskers, discusses the hypotheses as to their origin, and reviews the evidence that has been heretofore presented. 78 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Crosby (William 0.)—Continued. 4. Origin and relations of the auriferous veins of Algoma [western Ontario]. Tech. Quart., vol. 15, pp. 161-180, 8 figs., 1902. Presents the author’s observations in the region, reviews Dr. Coleman’s conclusions, and dis¬ cusses the origin of these auriferous veins. 5. A study of hard-packed sand and gravel. Tech. Quart., vol. 15, pp. 260-263, 1902. Describes the character of the glacial gravels and gives the results of penetration tests. 6. The hanging valleys of Georgetown, Colorado. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 42-48, 3 pis., 1903; Tech. Quart., vol. 16, pp. 41-50, 4 figs., 1903. Describes certain geographic and physiographic features and discusses their origin. 7. A study of the geology of the Charles River estuary and Boston Harbor, with special reference to the building of the proposed dam across the tidal portion of the river. Tech. Quart., vol. 16, pp. 64-92, 1903. Describes the geologic formations of the vicinity, the bedded rock and glacial deposits, and the processes and conditions of sedimentation prevailing now and in the recent past. 8. Structure and composition of the delta plains formed during the Clinton stage in the Glacial lake of the Nashua Valley. Tech. Quart., vol. 16, pp. 240-254, 9 figs., map, 1903. 9. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Rhode Island. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 119-125, 1904. 10. Memoir of Alpheus Hyatt. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 504-512, pi. 64 (por.), 1904. Includes a list of papers published by the subject of the memoir. 11. Structure and composition of the delta plains formed during the Clinton stage in the Glacial lake of the Nashua Valley. [Continuation.] Tech. Quart., vol. 17, pp. 37-75, 3 pis., 17 figs., 1904. Describes the structure and process of building of Glacial delta plains and the character and occurrence of various Glacial deposits, and discusses their origin. 12. Geology of the Weston aqueduct of the Metropolitan waterworks in Southboro, Framingham, Way land, and Weston, Massachusetts. Tech. Quart., vol. 17, pp. 101-116, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of the rocks in the tunnels of the Weston aqueduct and discusses their geologic relations and their age. 13. Water supply from the delta type of sand plain. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 161-178, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1905. Includes an account of the formation and structural features of sand plains. 14. Underground waters of eastern United States: Massachusetts and Rhode Island. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 68-75, 1905. Gives a brief account of the general geology and the water supply considered by areas. 15. Genetic and structural relations of the igneous rocks of the lower Neponset Val¬ ley, Massachusetts. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 34-47, 69-83, 1905; Tech. Quar., vol. 18, pp. 386-409, 1905. Describes the occurrence and history of the basal complex of this region, the occurrence and relations of Cambrian strata, and the occurrence, geologic relations, age, and petrographic characters of the gneissic rocks forming the bathoiite. 16. The limestone-granite contact deposits of Washington camp, Arizona. Tech. Quart., vol.18,pp. 171-190, 1905; Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo. Bull. no. 6, pp. 1217-1238, 1905. Describes the general geology, the character, occurrence, and origin of the ore deposits, yield¬ ing chiefly copper, and the metamorphism of the contact rocks. Crosby (William O.) and La Forge (Lawrence). 1. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Massachusetts. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 94-117, 1904. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 79 Crosby (William 0.) and Loughlin (G. F.). 1. A descriptive catalogue of the building stones of Boston and vicinity. Tech. Quart., vol. 17, pp. 165-185, 1904. Describes the geologic and geographic occurrence, character, and use in Boston of various building stones. Cross (Charles Mortimer). 1. The underground water circulation. Ores and Metals, vol. 13, no. 15, pp. 21, 37-38; no. 16, p. 22, 1904. Discusses ore deposition by circulating waters. Cross (Whitman). 1. Outline of geology. (Silverton quadrangle, Colorado.) U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 182, pp. 29-39, 1901. Describes the general characteristics of the sedimentary and igneous rocks and the structure of the region. 2. Geologic formations versus lithologic individuals. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 223-244, 1902. Reviews papers by Willis and Eckel and discusses geological formations as divisions of rock masses which should be discriminated through the consideration of all the geologic data which each contains. 3. The development of systematic petrography in the nineteenth century. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 332-376, 451-499, 1902. Reviews the development of the science of petrography and gives the author’s summary of some of the defects of the modern classifications of igneous rocks and of the status of systematic petrography at the close of the nineteenth century. 4. Observations on Hawaiian geology. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 740, 1903. 5. A new Devonian formation in Colorado. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 245-252, 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and geologic relations of Devonian strata in the San Juan region of Colorado. 6. An occurrence of trachyte on the Island of Hawaii. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 510-523, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurence and character of a trachyte rock from the Island of Hawaii, gives chemical analyses of this and allied rocks and its norm, and discusses its bearing upon the geologic history of the island, and the general significance of the occurrence. 7. Geography and general geology of the Rico quadrangle [Colorado]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of Q. S., folio no. 130, 1905. Describes the physiographic features, the occurrence, character, and relations of metamor phic and igneous rocks and of Algonkian, Cambrian, Devono-Carboniferous, Jurassic, and Cretaceous strata, and the geologic structure and history of the area. Cross (Whitman) and Howe (Ernest). 1. Silver^ n folio, Colorada. Geography and general geology of the quadrangle. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. S., folio no. 120, 1905. Gives an outline sketch of the physical history and general geology, describes the occurrence, character, and relations of Archean, Algonkian, Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Tertiary rocks, of Quaternary deposits, and of eruptive rocks, and the physiography and geologic history and structure, and discusses in detail the petrology of the quadrangle. 2. Red Beds of southwestern Colorado and their correlation. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 447-498, 4 pis. and 4 figs., 1905. Discusses the occurrence, character, and relations of strata, collectively called Red Beds, in southwestern Colorado, their stibdivisions and correlation with Red Beds elsewhere. 3. Topography and general geology of the Needle Mountains quadrangle [Colorado]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 131, 1905. Describes the physiographic features, the occurrence, character, and relations of metamorphic and igneous rocks and of Algonkian, Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Tertiary strata, and the geologic structure and history of the area. 4. The Red Beds of southwestern Colorado. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 349,1905. 80 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Cross (Whitman), Idding-s (Joseph P.), Pirsson (Louis V.), and Washing-ton (Henry S.). 1. A quantitative chemico-mineralogical classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 555-690, 1902. Gives a general summary of the new system and describes the classification and nomencla¬ ture proposed. Includes chemical analyses and tables of alferic minerals and the rocks in which they occur. 2., Quantitative classification of igneous rocks based on chemical and mineral char¬ acters, with a systematic nomenclature. University of Chicago Press, 286 pp., 1903. A review of the development of systematic petrography in the nineteenth century, by Whit¬ man Cross, is followed by a discussion of the principles of classification of igneous rocks and an exposition of the new system of classification and nomenclature proposed by the authors and methods of calculation for determining the position of a rock in their system of classification. Cross (Whitman), assisted by Arthur Coe Spencer. 1. General geology, La Plata folio, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 60,1899. Describes the geographic and physiographic features, the character and occurrence of the Juratrias, Cretaceous, Eocene, and Pleistocene strata and igneous rocks, and the geological structure. Includes a statement of the general geologic problems of the region. Crowther (Henry M.). 1. The copper deposits of the Beaver River Range, Utah. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 965, 1903. Describes the geologic structure and the occurrence of the ores. Culbert (M.T.). 1. The iron belt west of Hutton [Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 222-224, 4 pis., 1904. Gives observations upon the geology of the region traversed and the occurrence of iron ores Culbertson (Glenn). 1. Ripple marks in Hudson limestone of Jefferson County, Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1902, pp. 202-205, 1903. Cuming-s (Edgar Roscoe). 1. The use of Bedford as a formational name. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 232-233, 1901. Proposes the name Salem limestone for the Bedford limestone, the latter having been preoccupied. 2. Orthothetes minutus, n. sp. from the Salem limestone of Harrodsburg, Indiana. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 147-149, 1 pi., 1901. 3. A section of the upper Ordovician at Vevay, Indiana. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 361-380, 2 pis., 1901. Gives a detailed section, names the fossils found in each bed, and compares this section with that at Cincinnati. Describes four new species. 4. Notes on the Ordovician rocks of southern Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 200-215, 1901. Gives section at various localities with notes on the faunas. 5. Some developmental stages of Orthothetes minutus n. sp. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 216-218, 1901. 6. Lower Silurian system of eastern Montgomery County, New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull., no. 34 [also in 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1], pp. 418-468,4 pis., 1 fig., 5 cross sections, geol. map, 1902. 7 . A revision of the Bryozoan genera Dekavia, Dekayella, and Heterotrvpa of the Cincinnati group. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 197-218, 4 pis., 1902. Reviews the literature on these genera and describes new species. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 81 Cumings (Edgar Roscoe)—Continued. 8. The morphogenesis of Platystrophia; a study of the evolution of a Paleozoic brachiopod. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 1-48, 121-136, 27 figs., 1903. 9. Development of some Paleozoic bryozoa. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 49-78, 83 figs., 1904. Describes development stages in recent bryozoa and in the fossil genera Fenestella, Unitrypa, and Polypora. 10. Development of Fenestella. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 169-177, 3 pis., 1905. 11. Development and morphology of Fenestella. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 50-51, 1905. Cumings (Edgar R.) and Mauck (A. V.). 1. A quantitative study of variation in the fossil brachiopod Platystrophia lynx. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 9-16, 2 pis., 1902. Cumings (Edgar R.), Prosser (Charles S.) and. 1. The Waverly formations of central Ohio. See Prosser (Charles S.) and Cumings (Edgar R.), 1. Cummings (William N.). 1. The Hostotipaquillo district, Jalisco [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 942-943, 1 fig., 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the district. Currie (P. W.). 1. On the ancient drainage at Niagara Falls. Can. Inst., Trans., vol. 7, pp. 7-14, 6 pis., 1901. Describes the course of the pre-Glacial river and discusses its mode of formation. Curtis (George Carroll). 1. Secondary phenomena of the West Indian volcanic eruptions of 1902. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 199-215, 12 figs., 1903. Describes phenomena connected with volcanic eruptions of 1902 in the West Indies and discusses the character and cause of the eruptions within stream valleys. 2. Note on the West Indian eruptions of 1902. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 40-43,1903. Describes and gives an explanation of eruptions in stream beds. 3. Modern rational relief of the earth’s surface. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 178-182, 2 figs., 1903. 4. Evidence of recent differential movement along the New England coast Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 522-523, 1904. Cushing (H. P.). 1. Origin and age of an Adirondack augite andesite. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 464,1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 100,1901. Brief description of character and occurrence. 2. Geology of Rand Hill and vicinity, Clinton County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Kept., vol. 1, pp. r45-r82, and geologic map, 1901. Describes the geologic history of the region, and the pre-Cambrian and Paleozoic rocks. 3. Recent geologic work in Franklin and St. Lawrence counties [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Kept., vol. 1, pp. r23-r82, 7 pis., 1902. Discusses topography, geologic structure, and petrology of the area. 4. Pre-Cambrian outlier at Little Falls, Herkimer County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. r83-r95, 1902. Describes exposures and microscopic and chemical characters of rocks. 5. The derivation of the rock name “anorthosite.” Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 190-191, 1902. Discusses the use of the name. Bull. 301-06-6 82 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Cushing (H. P.)—Continued. 6. Accessions to the library [of the Geological Society of America] from June, 1901, to June, 1902. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 547-556, 1903. 7. Petrography and age of the Northumberland rock. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Kept., pp. r24-r29, 1903. Describes the petrologic characters and discusses the correlation of the igneous rock discov¬ ered near Schuylerville, New York. 8. Memoir of Peter Neff. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 541-544, 1 pi. (port.), 1904. 9. Geology of the vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 77, 95 pp., 15 pis., 14 figs., and 2 maps and sections sheet (in pocket), 1905. . Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, and Ordovi¬ cian strata, the geologic structure, the topography, glacial deposits, and petrography of the pre-Cambrian rocks. ' 10. Geology of the northern Adirondack region. N. Y. State Mus., Bull., 95, pp. 271-453, 18 pis., 9 figs., 1905. Describes the geologic history of the region; the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of pre-Cambrian igneous and metamorphosed rocks of Cambrian and Ordovician sedi¬ mentary deposits, and of Paleozoic igneous rocks; and the geologic structure. Cushman (Joseph A.). 1. A new footprint from the Connecticut Valley. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 154-156, 1 pi., 1904. 2. Pleistocene foraminifera from Panama. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 265-266, 1904. Describes occurrence and gives a list of species identified, with notes as to the occurrence of living forms of the same species. 3. Notes on the Pleistocene fauna of Sankaty Head, Nantucket, Mass. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 169-174, 1904. Gives a section of the strata and a table showing the occurrence of the fossils in the various beds, and discusses the relations of these faunas. 4. Miocene barnacles from Gay Head, Mass., with notes on Balanus proteus, Conrad. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 293-296, 3 figs., 1904. 5. Notes on fossils obtained at Sankaty Head, Nantucket, in July, 1905. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 194-195, 1905. 6. Fossil crabs of the Gay Head Miocene. Am. Nat., vol. 39, pp. 381-390, 2 pis., 1905. Discusses the occurrence of fossil crabs at this locality, and gives descriptions of two species. D. Dale (T. Nelson). 1. Structural details in the Green mountain region [Vermont] and in eastern New York (Second paper). U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 195, 22 pp., 4 pis., 8 figs., 1902. Discusses geologic phenomena presented in this area. 2. The slate industry at Slatington, Pa., and Martinsburg, W. Va. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 361-364, 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of the slates at these localities. 3. The geology of the north end of the Taconic Range. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 185-190,1 pi. (map), 1904. Describes the areal distribution and structural relations of Cambrian and Ordovician forma¬ tions in the area and gives an explanation of these facts. 4. Note on Arkansas roofing slates. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 414-416, 1904. Describes the occurrence and megascopic and microscopic characters. FOR THE YEARS 190M905, INCLUSIVE 83 Dale (T. Nelson)—Continued. 5. Geology of the Hudson Valley between the Hoosic and the Kinderhook. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 242, 63 pp., 3 pis., and 17 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, general and petrographical characters, and geologic structure and relations of lower Cambrian, Ordovician, and Silurian strata, and the general geologic structure and history of this region. 6. Note on the geological relations of the Brandon lignite deposit. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 163-165, 1 fig., 1904. 7. Water resources of Fort TicOnderoga quadrangle, Vermont and New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 126-129,1905. 8. Slate investigations during 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 436-488, 1905. Describes the occurrence and quarrying of slate in Maine, Vermont, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, and West Virginia. 9. Taconic physiography. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 272, 52 pp., 14 pis., 3 figs., 1905. Reviews papers giving descriptions of the physiography of the region occupied by the Taconic Mountains in western New England, describes in detail the physical characters of the underlying rocks and the various physiographic features, and discusses the origin of the latter and their relations to the underlying rocks. Dali (William Healey). 1. The structure of Diamond Head, Oahu. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 386-387, 1901. 2. The morphology of the hinge teeth of bivalves. Am. Nat., vol. 35, pp. 175-182, 1901. 3. A gigantic fossil Lucina. Nautilus, vol. 15, pp. 40-42, 1901. Describes Lucina megameris from Jamaica. 4. A new Lyropecten. Nautilus, vol. 14, pp. 117-118, 1901. 5. Alpheus Hyatt. Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. 60, pp. 439-441, por., 1902. Gives a sketch of the life and work of Professor Hyatt. 6. The Grand Gulf formation. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 946-947,1902. Discusses the age of this formation. 7. On the true nature of Tamiosoma. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 5-7,1902. 8. Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, with especial reference to the silex beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie River, including a complete revision of the generic groups treated of and their American Tertiary species. Part VI. Concluding the work. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila., Trans., vol. 3, pp. 1219-1654, 13 pis., 1903. Gives systematic descriptions of the fauna, including emendatory notes upon the previous parts of the work, and describes the geologic history of the region, and the character, occurrence, and faunal features of the several Tertiary formations. 9. The Grand Gulf formation. Science, new ser.. vol. 18, pp. 83-85,1903. Discusses stratigraphic position and geologic age of the Grand Gulf formation. 10. Neozoic invertebrate fossils. A report on collections made by the [Harriman Alaska] expedition. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 99-122, 2 pis., 1901. Gives systematic descriptions of Eocene-fossils from Alaska Peninsula and of Miocene fossils from the Shumagin Islands, and a list of Pleistocene fossils from Douglas Island, and describes the localities from which fossils were obtained. 84 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Dali (William Healey)—Continued. 11. On the geology of the Hawaiian Islands. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, p. 177, 1904. A note in regard to the explanation of certain geologic formations on the Island of Oahu. 12. A singular Eocene Turbinella. Nautilus, vol. 18, pp. 9-10, 1904. 13. An historical and systematic review of the frog shells and tritons. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quart. Issue, vol. 2, no. 1), pp. 114-144, 1904. Includes observations on Tertiary forfns. 14. The relations of the Miocene of Maryland to that of other regions and to the recent fauna. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. cxxxix-clv, 1904. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 502- 503, 1904. 15. Fossils of the Bahama Islands, with a list of the nonmarine mollusks. Baltimore Geog. Soc.: The Bahama Islands, pp. 23-47, 3 pis., 1905. (New York, The MacMillan Company, 1905.) Discusses the occurrence and relations of the fossil land shells, gives systematic descriptions of a number of forms and a list of all known forms, and discusses the character of the marine fossil fauna and that of the “salt pans.” 16. Notes on the fossils of the Bahamas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 390-391, 1905. 17. [The time element in stratigraphy and correlation.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 584-585,1905. Dali (William Healey) and Bartsch. (Paul). 1. A new Californian Bittium. Nautilus, vol. 15, pp. 58-59, 1901. 2. Synopsis of the genera, subgenera, and sections of the family Pyramidellidse. Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 17, pp. 1-16,1904. Includes a description of a new species from the Oligocene of Florida. Daly (Reginald Aid worth). 1. The physiography of Acadia. Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 73-103,11 pis., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 317-318, 1901. Describes the characteristics of the several plateau and lowland areas and their origin. 2. Notes on oceanography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 951-954,1901. Discusses phenomena of marine currents and river deflection. 3. The geology of the northeast coast of Labrador. Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 205-270, 13 pis., 4 figs., 1902. Gives an account of geologic and topographic observations made along the coast of Labrador. 4. The geology of the region adjoining the western part of the International Boundary. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 37-49, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in the southern part of British Columbia. 5. Report on geology. In report of the Brown-Harvard expedition to Nachvak, Labrador, in the year 1900. Phila. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 206-208,1902. Gives observations on the geology of Labrador. 6. Geology of the western part of the international boundary (49th parallel). Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 136-147,1903. Describes physiographic features and general geology of the region. 7. The geology of Ascutney Mountain, Vermont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 209, 122 pp., 7 pis., 1 fig., 1903. Describes physiography and general geology, and the character ana occurrence of metamor- phic and eruptive rocks, and discusses their origin. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 85 Daly (Reginald Aid worth)—Continued. 8. The mechanics of igneous intrusion. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 269-298; vol. 16, pp. 107-126, 3 figs., 1903. Discusses origin of igneous rocks. 9. Yariolitic pillow lava from Newfoundland. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 65-78, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes occurrence and character of pillow lava and discusses origin of variolite and pillow structure. 10. Geology of the International Boundary. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Kept, for 1903, pp. 91-100, 1904. 11. The secondary origin of certain granites. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 185-216, 5 figs., 1905. 12. The classification of igneous intrusive bodies. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 485-508, 9 figs., 1905. 13. Geology of the western part of the international boundary (49th parallel). Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 91-100, 1905. 14. Machine-made line drawings for the illustration of scientific papers. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 91-93,1905. Dana (Edward S.). 1. On the composition of the labradorite rocks of Waterville, New Hampshire. Yale Bicentennial publications, Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 387-390,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 3, pp. 48-50, 1872.) Dana (Edward S.), Brush (George J.) and. 1. On a new and remarkable mineral deposit at Branchville, in Fairfield County, Connecticut; with a description of several new species occurring there. First paper. See Brush (G. J.) and Dana (E. S.), 1. 2. Second Branchville paper. See Brush (G. J.) and Dana (E. S.), 2. 3. Third Branchville paper. See Brush (G. J.) and Dana (E. S.), 3. 4. Fourth Branchville paper—spodumene and the results of its alteration. See Brush (G. J.) and Dana (E. S.), 4. 5. Fifth Branchville paper; with analyses of several manganesian phosphates, by Horace T. Wells. See Brush (G. J.) and Dana (E. S.), 5. Daniels (L. E.). 1. Notes on the semi-fossil shells of Posey County, Indiana. Nautilus, vol. 19, pp. 62-63, 1905. Gives a list of mollusca obtained from alluvial marl deposits. Darton (Nelson Horatio). 1. Preliminary description of the geology and water resources of the southern half of the Black Hills and adjoining regions in South Dakota and Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 4, pp. 497-599, 55 pis., 28 figs., 1901. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 732-734, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the Cambrian, Carboniferous, Juratrias, Creta¬ ceous, Tertiary, and Pleistocene strata, the water and mineral resources, and the soils. 2. Comparison of stratigraphy of the Black Hills with that of the front range of the Rocky Mountains. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 478,1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 188, 1901. 3. Catalogue of photographs belonging to the Geological Society of America. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 13, pp. 377-474, 1902. 4. Stratigraphy of the Big Horn Mountains. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 823, 1902. 86 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Darton (Nelson Horatio)—Continued. 5. Preliminary list of deep borings in the United States. Part T. Alabama-Mon- tana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 57, 60 pp., 1902. 6. Preliminary list of deep borings in the United States. Part II. Nebraska- Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 61, 67 pp., 1902. 7. Norfolk folio, Virginia-North Carolina. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 80, 1902. Describes the geographic and topographic features, the general geologic relations, and the character and occurrence of Cretaceous, Tertiary and Quaternary strata, and discusses the soils and underground waters. 8. Oelrichs folio, South Dakota-Nebraska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 85,1902. Describes geographic and topographic features, the general geologic relations and history, the characters and occurrence of Carboniferous, Juratrias, Cretaceous, Tertiary and Quaternary strata, and the economic resources. 9. Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of Nebraska west of the one hundred and third meridian. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 17, 69 pp., 43 pis., 23 figs., 1903. This is a reprint of the paper with the above title in the Nineteenth Annual Report of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey, Part IV, 1899, with a few corrections in some of the maps and a few minor changes in statements regarding geology. 10. Camp Clarke folio, Nebraska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 87, 1903. Describes geography, topographic features and drainage, general geologic relations, and character and occurrence of formations of Tertiary age; gives a brief geologic history of the central Great Plains region, and discusses the supplies of underground waters and irri¬ gation. 11. Scotts Bluff folio, Nebraska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 88, 1903. Describes geography, topography and drainage, general geologic relations, and character and occurrence of Tertiary and Quaternary formations; gives a brief geologic history of the central Great Plains region, and discusses underground waters and irrigation. 12. Some relations of Tertiary formations of the northern Great Plains. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 218,1903. 13. Comparison of stratigraphy of the Big Horn Mountains, Black Hills, and Rocky Mountain front range. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 292, 1903. 14. Newcastle folio, Wyoming-South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 107,1904. Describes physiographic features, the geologic history and structure, the occurrence, character, and stratigraphic relations of Carboniferous, Triassic (?), Jurassic, and Cretaceous strata and Quaternary deposits, and the economic resources, artesian water, coal, petroleum, gyp¬ sum, etc. 15. Gypsum deposits in South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 76-78, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and economic development of gypsum deposits in the Black Hills region. 16. Comparison of the stratigraphy of the Black Hills, Bighorn Mountains, and Rocky Mountain front range. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 379-448, 14 pis., 1904. Describes in detail the occurrence, character, etc., of geologic formations of Cambrian, Ordovi¬ cian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous age, and discusses their relations and correlations. 17. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. See Merrill (F. J. H.) and others, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 87 Darton (Nelson Horatio)—Continued. 18. Preliminary report on the geology and underground water resources of the central Great Plains. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 32, 433 pp., 72 pis., 18 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of Archean, Algonkian, Cambrian, Ordovi¬ cian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous strata and Tertiary deposits, the geologic history of the central Great Plains region, and the underground waters and other economic resources of the area. 19. The Zuni salt lake [Arizona]. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 185-193, 5 figs., 1905. Describes the situation and physiographic features, and the origin and history of the lake. 20. The coal of the Black Hills, Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 429-433, 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of coal beds, and the mining operations. 21. Zuni salt deposits, New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 565-566, 1905. Describes the occurrence of salt deposits in west central New Mexico. 22. Underground waters of eastern United States: Delaware. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 111-113, 1905. Describes briefly the general geology, the water-bearing horizons, and the water supplies. 23. Age of the Monument Creek formation. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 178-180, 1905. Gives an account of additional evidence for the Oligocene age of the Monument Creek formation. 24. Discovery of the Comanche formation in southeastern Colorado. Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 120,1905. 25. Preliminary list of deep borings in the United States* Second edition, with additions. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 149, 175 pp., 1905. 26. Sundance folio, Wyoming-South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 127, 1905. Describes the geography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Algonkian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Carboniferous, Triassic (?), Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary formations and of igneous rocks, the geologic structure and history, and the economic resources of the area. 27. Structure of the Great Plains and the mountains on their western margin. Abstract- Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 917,1905. Darton (Nelson H.) and Fuller (Myron L.). 1. Underground waters of eastern United States: Maryland. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 114-123, 2 pis., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology and water-bearing horizons of the State, and particu¬ larly those of the Baltimore district. 2. Underground waters of eastern United States: District of Columbia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 124-126, 1 pi., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology and the water-bearing horizons and prospects. 3. Underground waters of eastern United States: Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 127-135, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the general geology and the water horizons. Darton (Nelson H.) and Keith (Arthur). 1. Washington folio, District of Columbia-Maryland-Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 70, 1901. Describes geographic and topographic features, the character and occurrence of Archean rocks and of the Cretaceous, Eocene, Neocene, and Pleistocene strata, the general structure of the Piedmont and Coastal plain regions, and mineral resources of the area. 88 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Darton (Nelson H.) and O’Harra (C. C.). 1. Aladdin folio, Wyoming-South Dakota-Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 128, 1905. Describes the geography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Cambrian, Ordovician, Carboniferous, Triassic(?), Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary formations and of igneous rocks, the geologic history, and the economic products. Darton (Nelson H.) and Smith. (W. S. Tangier). 1. Edgemont folio, South Dakota-Nebraska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 108,1904. Describes the geography, topography, and drainage, the geologic history and structure of the area, the occurrence, character, and relations of Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, Cre¬ taceous, and Tertiary sedimentary strata, and the soils and water resources. Davidson (George). 1. The glaciers of Alaska that are shown on Russian charts or mentioned in older narratives. Geog. Soc. of Pac., Trans. & Proc., 2d ser., vol. 3, pp. 1-98,11 pis. (maps), 1904. Davis (C. Abbott). 1. Check-list of the minerals of Rhode Island. Roger Williams Park Mus., Providence, R. I., Bull. no. 8,12 pp., 1905. The Apteryx, vol. 1, pp. 59-71, 1905. Davis (Charles A.). 1. A second contribution to the natural history of marl. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 491-506, 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 186,1901. 2. A contribution to the natural history of marl. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 65-96, 1903. Discusses sources and theories of formation, character, and composition of marl, and the rdle of Chara in marl formation. Davis (R. O. E.). 1. Analysis of kunzite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, p. 29,1904. Davis (William Morris). 1. An excursion to the Grand Canyon of the Colorado. Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 108-201, 2 pis., 18 figs., 1901. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p.483,1901; Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 4, vol. 8, p. 324,1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 138,1901. Describes the denudation and displacements of the region and discusses the origin of the drainage system. 2. Peneplains of central France and Brittany. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 480-487, 2 pis., 1901. Discusses the theory of peneplains. 3. Note on river terraces of New England. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 483-485, 1 fig., 1901. Discuses the formation of these terraces. 4. Current notes on physiography. . Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 152-153, 1901. Contains notes on the Dalles of the Wisconsin and the islands of southern California. 5. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 275-276, 1901. Contains abstract of paper by H. W. Turner on the origin of Yosemite Valley. 6. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 351-352, 1901. Contains abstracts of papers by I. C. Russell on the geology of the Cascade Mountains and by W. T. Lee on the glacier of Mt. Arapahoe. 7. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 395-397, 1901. Contains abstract of paper by Abbe on the physiography of Allegany County, Maryland. FOR -THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 89 Davis (William Morris)—Continued. 8. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 471-472,1901. Contains abstract of paper by Ganong on the physiography of New Brunswick. 9. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 551-552, 1901. Contains brief abstract of paper by Lindgren, describing the Snake River canyon. 10. Current notes on physiography. Seience, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 628-629, 1901. Contains brief abstract of monograph on the Illinois glacial lobe and describes reversion in river development in Pennsylvania. 11. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 751-753,1901. Contains abstracts of second folio of the Topographic atlas of the United States and of paper by Lee on the d6bris-eovered mesas of Boulder, Colorado. 12. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 791-793, 1 fig., 1901. Contains abstracts of the third folio of the Topographic atlas of the United States by R. T. Hill and of a paper by Crosby on the Nashua Valley, Massachusetts. 13. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 871-872,1901. Gives an abstract of paper by Jones on the Tallulah gorge in Georgia. 14. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 950-951,1901. Reviews recently published folios of the Geologic atlas of the United States. 15. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 152-153,1901. Gives an abstract of a paper by Matthes on the glacial sculpture of the Big Horn Mountains. 16. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 299-300,1901. Gives an abstract of paper by Shattuck on the Pleistocene problem of the North Atlantic Coastal plain. 17. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 457-459,1901. Reviews paper by Spurr on the structure of the Basin ranges. 18. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 537-538,1901. Contains remarks on glacial lakes in Minnesota, esker lakes in Indiana and the Ontario coast. 19. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 698-699, 1901. Refers to dikes as topographic features, the character of the plain of St. Lawrence Valley and the question of peneplains. 20. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 778-779,1901. Reviews ipapers by Johnson on the High Plains and by Low on the south shore of Hudson Strait. 21. Current notes on physiography.. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 856-859, 1901. Reviews Hobbs’s paper on the River system of Connecticut and Dowling and Tyrrell on Lake Winnipeg. 22. The geographical cycle. Intern. Geogr.-Kongr., Siebenter, Verh., pt. 2, pp. 221-231, 1901. 23. La peneplaine. Annal. de G6og., Paris, vol. 8, pp. 289-303, 385-405, 6 figs., 1899. See no. 1387 in U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 188. 90 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Davis (William Morris)—Continued. 24. The drainage of cuestas. London Geol. Assoc., Proc., vol. 16, pp. 75-93,16 figs., 1899. Cites some American physiographic features in illustration. 25. Les enseignements du Grand Canyon du Colorado. La G6og., Soc. de G6og., Paris, Bull., vol. 4, pp. 339-351, 4 figs.,T901. Describes geologic and physiographic features of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado. 26. Baselevel, grade, and peneplain. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 77-109, 1902. Discusses the use of these words and the meanings that have been given them. 27. Field work in physical geography. Jour. Geog., vol. 1, pp. 17-24, 62-69, 1902. Discusses the differences between geography and geology. 28. The terraces of the Westfield River, Massachusetts. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 77-94, 1 pi., 5 figs., 1902. Describes the local features of these terraces and discusses their origin. 29. River terraces in New England. Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 281-346, 42 figs., 1902. Discusses the formation of river terraces. 30. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 74-75, 1902. Contains an abstract of the Washington folio of the U. S. Geological Survey. 31. The walls of the Colorado Canyon. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol 15, p. 87, 1902. 32. The effect of the shore line on waves. Abstract- Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 88, 1902. 33. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 154-156,1902. Contains an abstract of a paper by Hershey on the * Geology of the central portion of the Isthmus of Panama.’ 34. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 234-235, 1902. * Contains abstracts of papers by Collie on the physiography of Wisconsin. 35. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 636-637,1902. Discusses a paper by Newsom on ‘ Drainage of southern Indiana,’ and gives an abstract of paper by Jaggar, ‘ The laccoliths of the Black Hills.’ 36. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 748-749, 1902. Gives an abstract of paper by Marbut on ‘ The evolution of the northern part of the lowlands of southeastern Missouri.’ 37. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 914-915,1902. Gives an abstract of a paper by J. E. Todd on the ‘ Hydrographic history of South Dakota.’ 38. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 995-996, 1902. Gives an abstract of Daly’s report on ‘ The geology of the northeast coast of Labrador.’ 39. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 115-117, 1903. Gives an outline of Faifchild’s work on the “ Pleistocene geology of western New York.” 40. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 193-195, 1903. Discusses the physiographic divisions of Kansas. 41. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 354-356, 1903. Contains a discussion of abandoned channels of the Monongahela. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 91 Davis (William Morris)—Continued. 42. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 434-435, 1903. Discusses overthrust mountains of northern Montana. 43. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 550-552, 1903. Contains observations on the physiography of the southern Appalachian region. 44. Current notes on physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 672-673, 1903. Discusses physiographic features of the Snake River lava plains in Idaho. 45. An excursion to the plateau province of Utah and Arizona. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 42, pp. 1-50, 7 pis., 14 figs., 1903. Describes physiographic features of this region. 46. The mountain ranges of the Great Basin. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 42, pp. 129-177, 7 pis., 18 figs., 1903. Discusses the explanations offered for the formation of the mountain ranges of the Great Basin, describes observations made, and reaches the conclusion that the Basin ranges are examples of dissected fault-block mountains. 47. The development of river meanders. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 4, vol. 10, pp. 145-148, 1903. 48. The stream contest along the Blue Ridge. Phila. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 213-244, 4 pis., 1903. Describes physiographic features and stream capture in the Blue Ridge-region of North Carolina. 49. Effect of shore line on waves. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 528, 1903. 50. Walls of the Colorado Canyon. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 528, 1903. Contains brief notes. 51. The fresh-water Tertiaries at Greeh River, Wyoming. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 220-221,1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 544,1904. 52. Block mountains of the Basin Range province. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 301, 1903; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 153, 1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 551, 1904. Discusses the mode of their origin. 53. The relations of the earth sciences in view of their progress in the nineteenth century. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 669-687, 1904. 54. Glacial erosion in the Sawatch Range, Colorado. Appalachia, vol. 10, pp. 392-404, 1904. 55. The geographical cycle in an arid climate. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 381-407, 1905. 56. Complications of the geographical cycle. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 150-163, 1905. 57. Bearing of physiography upon Suess’s theories. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 164, 1905. 58. Glaciation of the Sawatch Range, Colorado. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 49 (Geol. Ser., vol. 8, no. 1), pp. 1-11, 1 pi., 5 figs., 1905. Discusses various physiographic features and their origin through glacial erosion. 59. The Wasatch, Canyon, and House ranges, Utah. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 49 (Geol. Ser., vol. 8, no. 2), pp. 17-56, 3 pis., 28 figs., 1905. Discusses the structure, physiographic features, and mode of formation of these mountains. 92 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Davis (William Morris)—Continued. 60. Leveling without baseleveliug. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 825-828,1905. Discusses the formation of level plains without baseleveling. 61. [The Colorado Canyon.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 860,1905. Davison (Charles). 1. A study of recent earthquakes. London, The Walter Scott Publishing Co., 1905. xii, 355 pp., 80 figs. Includes an account of the Charleston earthquake. Davison (J. M. ). 1. Internal structure of cliftonite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 467-468, 1902. Describes occurrence and crystallographic characters. Dawson (George M.). 1. Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey for the year 1898. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. A, 208 pp., 1901, published separately in 1899. 2. Geological record of the Rocky Mountain region in Canada. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 57-92,1901. Gives an account of the physiographic features and a table of geologic formations of the region. Describes the character and occurrence of the rocks of the subdivisions of the Archean, Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic eras. 3. Physical history of the Rocky Mountain region in Canada. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 401-407,1901. Contains portion of address delivered before the Geological Society of America. 4. Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey of Canada for the year 1900. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1900, 203 pp., map, 1901. 5. Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey for the year 1899 by the Director. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1A-224A, 1902. Day (Arthur L.). 1. The study of minerals in the laboratory. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol., 19, pp. 733-734, 1904. Describes experiments upon the melting-point determinations of feldspars. Day (Arthur L.) and Allen (E. T.). 1. The isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 93-142, 1 pi. and 22 figs., 1905. 2. The isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars. Part I, Thermal study. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Publ. no. 31, pp. 13-75, 24 figs., 1905. Day (Arthur L.) and Shepherd (E. S.). 1. The phase-rule and conceptions of igneous magmas. Discussion of paper by Mr. T. T. Read. Econ. Geol.. vol. 1, pp. 286-289,1905. Day (Arthur L.), Becker (G. F.) and. 1. The linear force of growing crystals. See Becker (G. F.) and Day (A. L.), 1. Day (David T.). 1. Notes on the occurrence of platinum in North America. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 702-708, 1901. Describes the geographic distribution of platinum and its occurrence on the Pacific coast. 2. Experiments on the diffusion of crude petroleum through fuller’s earth. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 1007-1008,1903. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 93 Day (David T.)—Continued. 3. [In discussion of paper by George I. Adams, “ Principles controlling the geologic deposition of the hydrocarbons.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 1053-1055,1903. Discusses passage of petroleum through fuller’s earth, and its bearing upon the subject of Mr. Adams’s paper. 4. Gypsum deposits in Florida. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, p. 48,1904. Occurrence and character of a gypsum deposit near Panasoffkee, Florida. 5. Mineral resources of the United States, 1899. Metallic products, coal and coke. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Kept., pt. 6, 656 pp., 1901. Contains: Aluminum and bauxite, pp. 267-271. Antimony, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 291-297. Coal, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 321-519. Coke, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 521-633. Copper, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 163-223. Gold and silver, pp. 119-127. Iron ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 31-67. Iron. The American and foreign iron trades in 1899, by James M. Swank, pp. 69-118. Lead, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 225-247. Manganese ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 129-162. Nickel and cobalt, pp. 285-289. Quicksilver, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 273-283. Tungsten, molybdenum, uranium, and vanadium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 299-318. Tungsten. An occurrence of tungsten ore in eastern Nevada, by F. B. Weeks, pp. 319-320. Zinc, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 249-266. 6. Mineral resources of the United States, 1899. Nonmetallic products, except coal and coke. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Kept., pt. 6 (con.), 634 pp., 1901. Contains: Abrasive materials, pp. 463-479. Asbestos, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 561-564. Asphaltum and bituminous rock, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 319-332. Barytes, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 587-588. Cement: American rock cement, by Uriah Cummings, pp. 407-411. Portland cement, by Spencer B. Newberry, pp. 393-406. Clay, pp. 361-364. Clay and clay products at the Paris Exposition of 1900, by Heinrich Hies, pp. 365-392. Feldspar and quartz, by Heinrich Ries, pp. 593-596. Fluorspar, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 559-560. Fuller’s earth, pp. 589-592. Graphite, pp. 565-568. Gypsum, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 523-530. Mica, pp. 555-558. Mineral paints, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 569-586. Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale, pp. 597-622. Natural gas, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 293-318. Petroleum, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 1-292. Phosphate rock, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 481-502. Precious stones, by George F. Kunz, pp. 419-462. Salt, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 531-554. Soapstone, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 413-418. Stone, pp. 333-360. Sulphur and pyrite, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 503-522. 7. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year 1900. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1900, 927 pp., 1901. Contains: Abrasive materials, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 787-801. Aluminum and bauxite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 229-231. Antimony, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 251-255. Asbestos, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 861-868. 94 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Day (David T.)—Continued. 7. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year, 1900—Continued. Asphaltum and bituminous rocks, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 653-660. Barytes, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 891-892. Cement: American rock cement, by Uriah Cummings, pp. 745-746. Portland cement, by Spencer B. Newberry, pp. 737-744. Slag cement in Alabama, by Edwin C. Eckel, pp. 747-748. Chromite, or chromic iron ore, pp. 897-898. Clay products, by Jefferson Middleton, pp. 693-736. Coal, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 273-457. Coke, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 459-536. Copper, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 141-190. Flint and feldspar, p. 895. Fluorspar, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 857-859. Fuller’s earth, pp. 893-894. Gold and silver, by George E. Roberts, pp. 105-113. Graphite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 875-877. Gypsum, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 827-833. Iron ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 39-67. Iron and steel at the close of the nineteenth century, by James M. Swank, pp. 69-104. Lead, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 191-211. Lithium, pp. 239-243. Lithographic stone, by S. J. Kiibel, pp. 869-873. Manganese ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 115-140. Mica, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 849-856. Mineral paints, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 879-890. Mineral waters, by A. C. Peale, pp. 899-905. Natural gas, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 629-651. Nickel and cobalt, pp. 245-249. Petroleum, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 537-627. Phosphate rock, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 803-814. Platinum, pp. 233-234. Precious stones, by George F. Kunz, pp. 749-778. Quicksilver, pp. 235-238. Salt, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 835-847. Stone, pp. 661-692. Sulphur and pyrite, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 815-826. Talc and soapstone, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 779-786. Tin. An occurrence of stream tin in the York region, Alaska, by Alfred H. Brooks, pp. 267-271. Tungsten, molybdenum, uranium, and vanadium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 257-265. Zinc, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 213-227. 8. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year 1901. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1901, 996 pp., 1902. Contains: Abrasive materials, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 781-809. Aluminum and bauxite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 225-229. Antimony, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 251-256. Arsenic, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 257-258. Asbestos, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 887-895. Asphaltum and bituminous rock, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 633-640. Barytes, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 915-919 Bismuth, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 259-260. Borax, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 869-872. Bromine, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 867-868. Cement, pp. 721-728. Chromite or chromic iron ore, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 941-948. Clay-working industries, by Jefferson Middleton, pp. 671-720. Coal, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 279-449. Coke, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 451-523. Copper, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 157-198. Flint and feldspar, by Heinrich Ries, pp. 935-939. Fluorspar and cryolite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 879-885. Fuller’s earth, pp. 921-934. Gold and silver, by George E. Roberts, pp. 117-126. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 95 Day (David T.)—Continued. 8. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year, 1901—Continued. Graphite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 897-900. Greensand marl, by Arthur L. Parsons, pp. 823-827. Gypsum, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 843-851. Iron ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 43-72. Iron. Statistics of the American iron trade for 1901, by James M. Swank, pp. 73-115. Lead, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 199-210. Lithium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 239-240. Magnesite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 959-960. Manganese ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 127-155. Mica, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 873-878. Mineral paints, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 901-914. Mineral waters, pp. 961-966. Monazite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 949-954. Natural gas, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 613-632. Nickel and cobalt, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 241-250. Ores of economic importance, by Edmund O. Hovey, pp. 967-973. Petroleum, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 525-611. Phosphate rock, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 811-822. . Platinum, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 231-233. Precious stones, by George F. Kunz, pp. 729-771. Quicksilver, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 235-238. Salt, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 853-865. Stone, pp. 641-670. Strontium ores, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 955-958. Sulphur and pyrite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 829-842. Talc and soapstone, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 773-780. Titanium ores, by W. O. Snelling, pp. 271-278. Tungsten, molybdenum, uranium, and vanadium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 261-270. Zinc, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 211-223. 9. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year 1902. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1902, 1,038 pp., 1904. Contains: Abrasive materials, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 873-890. Aluminum and bauxite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 231-238. Antimony, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 271-277. Arsenic, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 279-282. Asbestos, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 963-966. Asphaltum and bituminous rock, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 657-664. Barytes, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 945-948. Bismuth, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 283-284. Borax, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 891-896. Bromine, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 897-898. Cement. Review of cement industry in United States, by L. L. Kimball, pp. 789-812 Cement in foreign countries, pp. 777-787. Chromite, or chromic iron ore, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 967-969. Clay-working industries, by Jefferson Middleton, pp. 703-776. Coal, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 289-447. Coke, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 449-515. Copper, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 163-203. Flint and feldspar, by Heinrich Ries, pp. 971-973. Fluorspar and cryolite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 899-902. Gas, coke, tar, and ammonia at gas works and in retort coke ovens, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 517-533. Glass sand, by A. T. Coons, pp. 1007-1016. Gold and silver, by George E. Roberts, pp. 123-131. Graphite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 975-982. Gypsum, by George I. Adams, pp. 903-913. Iron ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 41-73. Iron. Statistics of the American iron trade for 1902, by James M. Swank, pp. 75-99. Iron. General statistics of iron and steel, iron ore, and coal, to the year 1901, inclusive, for five leading iron and steel producing countries, by James M. Swank, pp. 101-122. Lead, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 205-216. Lithium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 259-261. Magnesite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 983-984. Manganese ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 133-161. 96 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Day (David T.)—Continued. 9. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year 1903—Continued. Mica, by J. A. Holmes, pp. 985-991. Mineral paints, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 949-962. Mineral waters, pp. 993-1002. Monazite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1003-1006. Natural gas, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 631-655. Nickel and cobalt, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 263-270. Petroleum, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 535-630. Phosphate rock, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 915-920. Platinum, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 239-243. Platinum in the Rambler mine, Wyoming, by J. F. Kemp, pp. 244-250. Precious stones, by George F. Kunz, pp. 813-865. Quicksilver, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 231-238. Salt, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 921-932. Stone, pp. 665-701. Sulphur and pyrite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 933-943. Talc and soapstone, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 867-872. Tungsten, molybdenum, uranium, and vanadium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 285-288. Zinc, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 217-229. 10. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1903,1,204 pp., 1904. Contains: Abrasive materials, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 989-1015. Aluminum and bauxite, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 265-279. Antimony, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 317-326. Arsenic, by Joseph Struthers, pp. 327-334. Asbestos, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1111-1116. Asphaltum and bituminous rock, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 745-754. Barytes, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1089-1094. Borax, by Charles G. Yale, pp. 1017-1028. Cement. Portland cement in Michigan in 1903, by L. L. Kimball, pp. 903-910. Cement in foreign countries, pp. 900-903. Clay-working industries, by Jefferson Middleton, pp. 791-832. Coal, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 351-358. Coke, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 539-608. Copper, Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 201-239. Flint and feldspar, by Heinrich Ries, pp. 1117-1119. Fluorspar and cryolite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1029-1032. Gas, coke, tar, and ammonia at gas works and in retort coke ovens, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 609-634. Glass sand, by A. T. Coons, pp. 1171-1178. Gold and silver, pp. 157-199. Graphite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1121-1129. Gypsum and gypsum products, pp. 1033-1045. Iron ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 41-73. Iron. Statistics of the American iron trade for 1903, by James M. Swank, pp. 75-127. Lead, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 241-252. Lithium, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 313-315. Magnesite, by Charles G. Yale, pp. 1131-1135. Manganese ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 129-156. Mineral paints, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1095-1110. Mineral waters, pp. 1137-1162. Monazite and zircon, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1163-1170. Natural gas, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 719-743. — Petroleum, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 635-718. Phosphate rock, by Edmund O. Hovey, pp. 1047-1058. Platinum, pp. 311-312. Precious stones, by George F. Kunz, pp. 911-977. Quicksilver, pp. 281-284. Salt, by Edmund O. Hovey, pp. 1059-1071. Steel-hardening metals, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 285-310. Stone, pp. 755-789. Sulphur and pyrite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1073-1087. Talc and soapstone, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 979-987. Tin, by Joseph Struthers and Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 335-349. Zinc, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 253-264. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 97 Day (David T.)—Continued. 11. Mineral resources of the United States. Calendar year 1904. U. S.. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1904, 1,264 pp., 1905. Contains: Abrasive materials, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 995-1015. Aluminum and bauxite, pp. 285-294. Antimony, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 363-369. Arsenic, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 371-374. Asbestos, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1125-1142. Asphaltum and bituminous rock, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 789-799. Barytes, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1095-1102. Bismuth, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 375-376. Borax, by Charles G. Yale, pp. 1017-1028. Bromine, by Frederick J. H. Merrill, pp. 1029-1030. Cement, pp. 909-939. Clay-working industries, by Jefferson Middleton, pp. 843-908. Coal, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 381-577. Coke, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 579-648. Copper, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 221-257. Flint and feldspar, by Heinrich Ries, pp. 1143-1145. Fluorspar and cryolite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1031-1036. Fuller’s earth, pp. 1121-1123. Gas, coke, tar, and ammonia at gas works and in retort coke ovens, by Edward W. Parker, pp. 649-674. Glass sand and other sand, by A. T. Coons, pp. 1147-1155. Gold and silver, by Waldemar Lindgren and others, pp. 141-220. Graphite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1157-1167. Gypsum and gypsum products, by George Perry Grimsley, pp. 1037-1052. Iron ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 37-68. Iron. Statistics of the American iron trade for 1904, by James M. Swank, pp. 69-111. Lead, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 259-271. Lithium minerals, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 361-362. Magnesite, by Charles G. Yale, pp. 1169-1174. Manganese ores, by John Birkinbine, pp. 113-140. Mica, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1175-1184. Mineral paints, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1103-1119. Mineral waters, pp. 1185-1208. Monazite, zircon, gadolinite, and columbite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1209-1227. Natural gas, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 761-788. Peat, by Henry H. Hindshaw, pp. 1229-1234. Petroleum, by F. H. Oliphant, pp. 675-759. Phosphate rock, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 1053-1064. Platinum, by David T. Day, pp. 359-360. Precious stones, by George F. Kunz, pp. 941-987. Quicksilver, pp. 295-299. Salt, by Edmund Otis Hovey, pp. 1065-1077. Steel and iron hardening metals, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 301-358 Stone, pp. 801-841. Sulphur and pyrite, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 1079-1094. Talc and soapstone, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 989-994. Tin, by Joseph Hyde Pratt, pp. 377-380. Zinc, by Charles Kirchhoff, pp. 273-283. Dean (Bashford). 1. On two new Arthrodires from the Cleveland shale of Ohio N. Y. Acad. Sci., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 86-100, 6 pis., 2 figs., 1901. 2. On the characters of Mylostoma Newberry. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 101-109, 2 pis., 8 figs., 1901. 3. Further notes on the relationships of the Arthrognathi. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 110-123, 7 figs., 1901. Discusses the position of the Arthrognathi and the systematic arrangement and nomenclature of the structures. 4. Historical evidence as to the origin of the paired limbs of vertebrates. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 767-776, 1 fig., 1902. Describes the evidence of paleontology on the subject. Bull. 301—06-7 98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Dean (Bashford)—Continued. 5. Biometric evidence in the problem of the paired limbs of the vertebrates. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 837-846, 1 fig., 1902. Discusses studies of the development of paired limbs. 6. The preservation of muscle-fibres in sharks of the Cleveland shale. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 273-278, 2 pis., 1902. Discusses the processes by which the delicate structures are preserved. 7. [Review of] ‘Bibliography and Catalogue of the Fossil Vertebrata of North Amer¬ ica,’ by Oliver Perry Hay. Science, newser., vol. 16, pp. 701-703, 1902. Contains critical notes on nomenclature and paleontology. 8. The early development of sharks from a comparative standpoint. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 45-46, 1903. Deckert (Emil). 1. Die Erdbebenherde und Schiittergebiete von Nord-Amerika in ihren Beziehun- gen zu den morphologischen Verhiiltnissen. Berlin Ges. fur Erdkunde, Zeitsch., 1902, no. 5, pp. 367-389, 1902. A general discussion of the occurrences of earthquakes in North America with reference to their morphological relationships. 2. Martinique und sein Vulkanismus. Petermanns Mittheilungen, Band 48, pp. 133-136, 1 pi. (map), 1902. Gives a description of Martinique and the volcanic eruption of Mont Pel6. De Cou (Ralph E.), Downer (R. H.) and. 1. A description of the working mines of Ouray County, Colorado. See Downer (R. H.) and De Cou (R. E.), 1. Demaret (Leon). 1. Les principaux gisements de minerais de zinc des E tats-Unis d’Amerique. Revue universelle des Mines [Li6ge and Paris], 4 e s6r., t. 6, pp. 221-256, 6 pis., 1904. Describes the principal deposits of zinc ore in the United States, including observations on the character, occurrence, geologic relations, origin, etc. 2. Les principaux gisements des minerais de mercure du monde. Annales des Mines de Belgique, t. 9, 80 pp., 3 pis., 28 figs., 1904. Gives an account of the deposits of quicksilver ores in the world, their occurrence, geologic relations, production, etc. In the United States deposits in California, Oregon, and Texas are considered. Denis (Theo.). 1. The coal fields of Canada. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 15, Part S, pp. 53-93,1904. Denis (Theo.), Ingall (E. D.) and. 1. Geology of the country around Bruce mines [Ontario]. See Ingall (E. D.) and Denis (T.), 1. Dennis (W. B.) 1. A borax mine in southern Oregon. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 581-582, 2 figs., 1902. Contains brief description of the deposit. 2. The quicksilver deposits of Oregon. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 539-541, 1903. Describes the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of the quicksilver-ore deposits of Oregon and the mining developments. Dern (George H.). 1. The geology of Mercur [Utah]. A history of the region. Description of the ores and their peculiar formations. How they were deposited. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 543-546, 3 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology, the occurrence and character of the gold and silver ledges, and discusses the origin of the ores. FOE THE YEARS ]901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 99 Derr (Homer Munro). 1. A method of petrographic analysis based upon chromatic interference with thin sections of doubly-refracting crystals in parallel polarized light. Thesis pre¬ sented to the Faculty of Philosophy of the University of Pennsylvania in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. The Randal Morgan Laboratory of Physics, 1903. 21 pp., 2 pis., 4 figs. Dickinson (Harold T.). 1. Quarries of bluestone and other sandstones in the upper Devonian of New York State. N. Y. State Museum, Bull. no. 61, 112 pp., 20 pis., 1903. Describes the character, occurrence, and quarrying. Dickson (Charles William). 1. Note on the condition of nickel in nickeliferous pyrrhotite from Sudbury [Ontario]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 660, 1902. Contains notes on the concentration of some of these ores. 2. The concentration of barium in limestone. School of Mines Quart., vol. 23, pp. 366-370, 1902. 3. Note on the condition of platinum in the nickel-copper ores from Sudbury [Ontario]. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 137-139, 1903. Describes occurrence and crystallographic characters. 4. The ore deposits of Sudbury, Ontario. Columbia Univ., Contr. from Geol. Dept., vol. 11, no. 91, 65 pp., 26 figs., 1903; Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 3-67, 26 figs., 1904. Contains a discussion of the origin of the Sudbury nickeliferous ores. Includes a bibliography of the subject. 5. The distribution of the platinum metals in other sources than placers. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 192-214, 1905. Describes the various occurrences of platinum. Diehl (O. 0.). 1. Gypsum. Mich. Miner, vol. 6, no. 6, pp. 21-24, 1904. Describes the occurrence of gypsum in Michigan and Utah. Diller (Joseph Silas). 1. The Klamath Mountains. Mazama, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 104-108, 1896. Describes briefly the geologic history of the Klamath Mountains region. 2. The geology of Crater Lake. Mazama, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 161-170, 4 pis., 1897. Describes geologic structure and history of Crater Lake on Mount Mazama, Oregon. 3. Geomorphogeny cl the Klamath Mountains [California-O'regon]. Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 461,1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 97, 1901. 4. Coos Bay folio, Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 73, 1901. Describes the topographic features, the character, and the occurrence of the Cretaceous, Eocene, Neocene, and Pleistocene deposits and igneous rocks, and the occurrence of coal and gold. 5. T.he copper region of northern California. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 857-858, 1 fig., 1902; Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 823, 1902. Describes the occurrence of auriferous quartz veins and copper deposits of the region. 6. Copper in northern California. Mg. & Sci. Pres., vol. 85, pp. 62, 72, 1902. Discusses the geologic occurrence of copper ores. 100 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Diller (Joseph Silas)—Continued. 7. Volcanic rocks in Martinique and St. Vincent, collected by Robert T. Hill and Israel C. Russell. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 285-296, 1902. Describes the microsopic characters of these specimens. 8. The wreck of Mt. Mazama [Oregon]. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 203-211, 1902. Sketches the geologic.history and formation of the Cascade Range, describes the formation and wrecking of Mt. Mazama, and discusses the evidences for the manner of its wrecking. 9. Volcanic dust from Guatemala. Abstract: Science; new ser., vol. 16, p. 1029, 1902. 10. Topographic development of the Klamath Mountains. U. S. Geol. Survey., Bull. no. 196, 69 pp., 13 pis., 7 figs., 1902. A supplement contains notes on the geologic age of some of the rocks of the Klamath Mountains. 11. Port Orford folio, Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 89, 1903. Describes topography, geologic history, character, and occurrence of pre-Cretaceous, Cretace¬ ous, Tertiary, and surficial deposits and igneous rocks, coal, gold, and platinum minerals. 12. Klamath Mountains section, California. Am. Jour. Sci.. 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 342-362, 1903. Describes general distribution and structural relations of Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic formations of the Klamath Mountains and occurrence and characters of eruptive rocks. Contains reports on fossils by Charles Schuchert, George H. Girty, Wm. M. Fontaine, David White, F. H. Knowlton, T. W. Stanton, and W. H. Dali. 13. Copper deposits of the Redding region, California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 123-132, 1903. Describes sedimentary and igneous rocks of the region and their geologic relations and char¬ acter and occurrence of the ore deposits. 14. Iron ores of the Redding quadrangle, California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 219-220, 1903. Describes character and occurrence of iron ores in this area. 15. Limestone of the Redding district, California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, p. 365, 1903. 16. Mining and mineral resources in the Redding quadrangle, California, in 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 169-179, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of deposits of gold, silver, copper, chromite, and iron ores. 17. The composition and structure of the Klamath Mountains. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 794,1904. 18. The Bragdon formation. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 379-387,1 fig.. 1905. Describes the lithological characters, stratigraphy, and relations of the Bragdon formation of Shasta and Trinity counties, California, and presents evidence to show its Carboniferous age. 19. Mineral resources of the Indian Valley region, California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull.’no. 260, pp. 45-49, 1905. Describes the development and general geology of the field, the geology of the gold mines, and the occurrence and mining of auriferous gravels. 20. So-called “iron ore” near Portland, Oreg. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 343-347, 1905. Describes the chemical investigation of a so-called'“iron ore” from near Portland, Oreg. 21. Coal in Washington near Portland, Oreg. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 411^12, 1905. Describes the occurrence and composition of an Eocene coal near Portland, Oreg. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 101 Diller (Joseph Silas) and Patton (Horace Bushnell). 1. The geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park [Oregon]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 3, 167 pp., 19 pis., 2 figs., 1902. Describes the physiographic and dynamic geology of the region and the occurrence and char¬ acters of the igneous rocks. Diller (Joseph Silas) and Steig*er (George). 1. Volcanic dust and sand from St. Vincent caught at sea and the Barbados. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 947-950, 1902. Describes the characters and composition of this material. Divers (Edward). 1. Suggested nature of the phenomena of the eruption of Mount Pel6e on July 9. Observed by the Royal Society Commission. Nature, vol. 67, p. 126, 1902. Discusses the phenomena and their explanation. Dixon (J. D.), Nolan (A. W.) and. 1. Geology of St. Helen’s Island' [Quebec]. See Nolan (A. W.) and Dixon (J. D.), 1. Dodg’e (Richard E.). 1. Landslides of Echo and Vermillion cliffs. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 485, 1901. 2. An interesting landslide in the Chaco Canon, New Mexico. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 49-50, 1903. 3. Arroyo formation. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, p. 50, 1903. 4. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. See Merrill (F. J. H.) and others, 1. Dominian (Leon). 1. Geology of Goldfield, Nevada. Ores & Metals, vol. 13, no. 20, p. 25, 1904. Describes briefly the geologic structure and history of the region, and discusses the genesis of the gold and silver ores. 2. The Goldfield district, Nevada. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 581-582, 1 fig., 1904. Discusses the general geology, and the character and occurrence of veins containing gold-ore deposits. Dominian (Leon), Smith (E. Percy) and. 1. Notes on a trip to White Oaks, New Mexico. See Smith (E. Percy) and Dominian (Leon), 1. Donald (J. T.) 1. The limestone of the Philipsburg Railway and Coal Company. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 657, 1902. Describes the occurrence and chemical composition of the limestones. 2. The composition of some Canadian limestones. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 67-68, 1901. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 4, pp. 152-154, 1901. Gives chemical analyses and notes on the economic uses of these limestones. Douglas (James). 1. Record of borings in the Sulphur Spring Valley, Arizona; and of agricultural experiments in the same locality. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 40, pp. 161-163, 1 fig., 1901. Gives record of well boring in the valley to the depth of 765 feet. 102 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Douglass (Earl). 1. The Neocene lake beds of western Montana and descriptions of some new verte¬ brates from the Lonp Fork. Mont. Univ., Missoula, Mont., 27 pp., 4 pis., 1899. (Published by the University.) 2. New species of Merycochcerns in Montana. Part II. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 73-89, 5 figs., 1901. Describes material from Tertiary beds. 3. A Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary section in south central Montana. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 41, pp. 207-224, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the beds exposed along the Musselshell River, and discusses the problem of the transition from the Mesozoic to Cenozoic time. 4. Fossil mammalia of the White River beds of Montana. Am. Phil. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 20, pp. 237-279, 1 pi., map, 1902. Describes the characters of the strata and of the fossil mammals collected. 5. Dinosaurs in the Ft. Pierre shales and underlying beds in Montana. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 31-32, 1902. Discusses the occurrence of the fossils and the character and origin of the beds in which they are found. 6. The discovery of Torrejon mammals in Montana. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 272-273, 1902. 7. Astropecten? montanus—a new star-fish from the Fort Benton; and some geologi¬ cal notes. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 2, pp. 5-8, 1 fig., 1903. 8. New vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 2, pp. 145-199, 1 pi., 37 figs., 1903. A brief account of the stratigraphy of the formations from which the fossils were obtained precedes detailed generic and specific descriptions. 9. The Tertiary of Montana. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 203-224, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the remains of fossil mammalia from the White River beds of Montana. 10. Some notes on the geology of southwestern Montana. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 3, pp. 407-428, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of Archean, Algonkian, Cambrian, Devon¬ ian, and Carboniferous strata, and gives lists of fossils obtained. 11. Source of the placer gold in Alder Gulch, Montana. Mines and Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 353-355, 3 figs., 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the region. Dowlen (Walton E.). 1. The Turtle Mountain rock slide [Alberta, Canada]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 10-12, illus., 1903. Describes a rock slide and the geologic conditions which produced it. Dowling- (D. B.). 1. Report on the geology of the west shore and islands of Lake Winnipeg. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. F., 100pp., 2 pis., 10 figs., 1901, published in 1900. Describes the physiography, the character, occurrence, and faunas of the Ordovician strata and the glacial phenomena of the region. 2. The physical geography of the Red River Valley [Canada]. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 115-120, 2 pis., 1901. Describes the physiographic history of the region. 3. The west side of James Bay. # Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 107-115, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in this area. 4. Eastern Assiniboia and southern Manitoba. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 180-190, 1903. Describes observations upon the geology and economic resources of the region examined. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 103 Dowling- (D. B.)—Continued. 5. Notes to accompany a contoured plan of the lower slope of Turtle Mountain, Man¬ itoba. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Report for 1902, pp. 191-201, 1903. Gives geologic notes on the occurrence of coal. 6. Report on geological explorations in Athabaska, Saskatchewan, and Keewatin districts, including Moose Lake and the route from Cumberland Lake to the Churchill River, and the upper parts of Burntwood and Grass rivers. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 13, 44 pp., 2 pis., and map, 1903. (Published sep¬ arately, 1902.) Gives observations upon the occurrence and character of Laurentian, Huronian, Cambro- Silurian, Silurian, and Pleistocene deposits and the economic resources, and upon physio¬ graphic and geologic features of the region examined. 7. On the coal basins in the Rocky Mountains, Sheep Creek and Cascade troughs northward to the-Panther River. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 83-91, 1 map, 5 figs., 1904. 8. Report on an exploration of Ekwan River, Sutton Mill lakes, and part of the west coast of James Bay. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt.F, pp. 1-37, 2 pis., 5 figs., 1904. 9. Report on the coal field of the Souris River, eastern Assiniboia. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 15, pt. F, 45 pp., 7 pis., 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of the coal beds in eastern Assiniboia, and in detail the stratigraphy of the region. 10. The stratigraphy of the Cascade coal basin. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 24, pp. 105-111, 6 figs., 1905; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 221-234, 5 figs., 1905. 11. The Cascade and Costigan coal basins and their continuation northward [Alberta]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 105-121, 1 pi. and 1 map, 1905. Gives observations on the geology, and the occurrence and relations of the coal deposits. Downer (R. H.). 1. Ore deposits of the American-Nettie mine, Ouray, Colo. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 104-107, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the ore ,bodies. Downer (R. H. ) and De Cou (Ralph E.). 1. A description of the working mines of Ouray County, Colorado. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 242-259, 1901. Includes observations on the geology and on the character, occurrence, and origin of the ore bodies. Drake (Frank V.). 1. Mineral resources and mining in Oregon. Am. Mg. Cong., 7th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 119-128, 1905. Drake (N. F.), Lindg-ren (Waldemar) and. 1. Nampa folio, Idaho-Oregon. See Lindgren (Waldemar) and Drake (N. F.), 1. 2. Silver City folio, Idaho. See Iiindgren (Waldemar) and Drake (N. F.), 2. Draper (Marshall D.). 1. The district of Goldfield, Nevada. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 383-384, 4 figs., 1904. Gives observations upon the general geology and the occurrence of the gold-ore deposits. Dresser (John A.). 1. On the physical geography of a northern section of the Appalachian Mountain system. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 1, pp. 275-279, 1900. 104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Dresser (John A.)—Continued. 2. A hornblende lamprophyre dike at Richmond, P. Q. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 315-320, 1901. Describes the occurrence of the dike and the characters of the dike rock. 3. A preliminary note on an amygdaloidal trap rock in the eastern townships of the Province of Quebec. Ottawa Nat., vol. 14, pp. 180-182, 1901. Describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of the rock. 4. On the petrography of Mt. Orford. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 14-21, 1901. Describes occurrence and character of diabase, gabbro-diorite, serpentine, and ophicalcite, and gives a summary of the geologic history of the region. 5. On the petrography of Shefford Mountain [Quebec]. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 204-213, 1 pi., 1901. Describes petrographic characters of essexite, nordmarkite, and pdlaskite, and discusses their relations. 6. A petrographical contribution to the geology of the eastern townships of the Province of Quebec. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 43-48, 1902. Describes the pre-Cambrian igneous rocks that are regarded as similar to the volcanics of South Mountain, Pa. 7. On the copper-bearing volcanic rocks in the eastern townships of the Province of Quebec. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 81-86, 1902; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 412, 3 figs., 1902. 8. Petrography of Shefford and Brome Mountains [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Kept, for 1901, pp. 183-187, 1902. Describes petrologic and other observations. 9. Report on the geology and petrography of Shefford Mountain, Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 13,35 pp., 6 pis., 1 fig.and 1 map, 1903. (Published separately, 1902.) Describes the geology, and the occurrence, relations, and composition of the igneous rocks. 10. An investigation of the copper-bearing rocks of the eastern townships, Province of Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 302-316, 1903. Discusses the occurrence, geologic position, and character of copper-ore deposits. 11. Geology of Brome Mountain, one of the Monteregian Hills. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 347-358, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the position and physiographic origin of the Monteregian Hills, and in detail the petrography of Brome Mountain. 12. A new area of copper-bearing rocks in the eastern townships of the Province of Quebec. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, p. 29, 1904; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 397-400, 1904. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations. 13. The copper-bearing rocks of the eastern townships, Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 146-149, 1904. Describes investigations upon copper-producing areas in Quebec. 14. The bed-rock of the Gilbert River gold fields, Quebec. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, p. 71, 1905. Can. Mg. Inst. Jour., vol. 8, pp. 259-266, 1905. Discusses the source of the placer gold of this region. 15. The copper-bearing rocks of the Sherbrooke district, P. Q. Can. Geol Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 263-269, 1905. Includes observations on the geology of the region, and the occurrence of minerals of eco¬ nomic importance. 16. A note on varieties of serpentine in south-eastern Quebec. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 267-271, 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 105 Drevermann (Fr.). 1. Bemerkungen fiber John M. Clarke’s Beschreibung der Naples-Fauna, II. Teil. Centralbl. f. Min., Geol. u. Pal., pp. 385-391,1905. Discusses morphological characters of various Devonian brachiopods. Dryer (Charles Red way). 1. Certain peculiar eskers and esker lakes of northeastern Indiana. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 123-129, 2 figs., 1901. Describes glacial phenomena of the region. 2. Lessons in physical geography. American Book Co., 1931, 430 pp. Review: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 638-639,1901. 3. The use of the word “geest” in geology. Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 234, 1903. Discusses nomenclature of surficial deposits and suggests the use of the term “mantle rock.” 4. Finger lake region of western New York. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 449-460, 4 pis., 1904. Describes physiographic features and glacial deposits, particularly moraines, of this region, and discusses their interpretation. Duerden (J. E.). 1. Aggregated colonies in Madreporarian corals. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 461-471, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the process of fixation and development of larvae of the West Indian coral Sideras- trsea radians. 2. Boring algoe as agents in the disintegration of corals. Am, Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 323-332, 1 pi., 1902. Reviews the literature and discusses the chemical and physical processes by which the disin¬ tegration is effected. 3. Relationships of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla) to the living Zoantheae. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 21, no. 155, pp. 19-25,12 figs., 1902; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 9, pp. 381-398, 12 figs., 1902. 4. The morphology of the Madreporaria. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 21, no. 157, pp. 59-66, 13 figs., 1902; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 10, pp. 96-115, 13 figs., pp. 382-393, 4 figs., 1902. 5. The development of septa in the Paleozoic corals. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 350,1902. 6. A method of studying the septal sequence in Paleozoic corals. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., vol. 19, pp. 32-33, 1903. 7. The morphology of the Madreporaria. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 11, pp. 141-155, 7 figs., 1903. 8. The morphology of the Madreporaria. V. Septal sequence. Biological Bulletin, vol. 7, pp. 79-104, 9 figs., 1904. 9. Recent results on the morphology and development of coral polyps. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quar. Issue, vol. 2, no. 1), pp. 93-111, 16 figs., 1904. 10. The antiquity of the zoanthid actinians. Mich. Acad. Sci., 6th Rept., pp. 195-198, 1904. 11. The development and relationships of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla). Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 217-218, 525-526, 1904. 12. The morphology of the Madreporaria. VI. The fossula in rugose corals. Biol. Bull., vol. 9, pp. 27-52, 12 figs., 1905. Duffield (M. S.). 1. The Cumberland Plateau coal field [Tennessee]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 442-443, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the geology of this area and gives a geological section of the Cumberland Plateau. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 106 Durable (Edwin T.). 1. Physical geography, geology, and resources of Texas. A Comprehensive History of Texas, published by W. G. Scarff, Dallas, Tex., vol. 2, chap. 4, pp. 471-516, illus., 1898. Includes a brief account of the geologic history and structure of the State, and describes geographic and physiograpic features and mineral resources. 2. Geology of the Beaumont oil field. Houston Post, 5 pp., 1901. (Private publication.) Describes geologic structure of the region and discusses the geologic horizon of the oil. 3. The iron ores of east Texas. Houston Post, 4 pp., 1901. (Private publication.) Describes the occurrence of iron ores in eastern Texas and processes necessary for their development. 4. Cretaceous of Obispo Canyon, Sonora, Mexico. Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, p. 81, 1901. Gives brief description of the character of the beds. 5. Occurrence of oyster shells in volcanic deposits in Sonora, Mexico. Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, p. 82, 1901. Gives brief description of occurrence. 6. The iron ores of east Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, p. 104, 1901. Contains brief notes on the character of the ores. 7. Notes on the geology of southeastern Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 696-715, 1902. Describes the occurrence of Cenozoic, Mesozoic, and Paleozoic strata of Cochise County, Ari¬ zona, and give^i a general section of the rocks. 8. [In discussion of paper by A. F. Lucas “The great oil-well near Beaumont, Texas.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 1029-1032, 1902. 9. A Carboniferous coal in Arizona. Am. Geol., vol. 30, p. 270, 1902. Describes the occurrence and gives a list of fossils. 10. The Tertiary of the Sabine River. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 670-671, 1902. Discusses the correlation of Tertiary formations in Texas and Louisiana. 11. The red sandstone of the Diabolo Mounta ns, Texas Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, pt. 2, nos. 6-7, pp. 1-3 (103-105), 1902. Discusses the stratigraphic position of this formation. 12. Cretaceous and later rocks of Presidio and Brewster counties [Texas]. Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, pt. 2, nos. 6-7. pp. 1-8 (107-114), 1902. Describes the geologic structure of this region and gives sections of the strata. 13. Geology of .southwestern Texas. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 913-987, 2 figs., 1903. Describes the topography, and the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of forma¬ tions of Tertiary and Pleistocene age in southwestern Texas. Duryee (Edward). 1. Cement invest gations in Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213. pp. 372-380, 1903. Dutton (Clarence Edward). 1. Earthquakes in the light of the new seismology. New York, G. P. Putnam s Sons, 314 pp., 10 pis.. 63 figs., 1904. A general treatise upon earthquakes, their nature, causes, etc. The Charleston and other American earthquakes are considered. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 107 Dwight (W. B.). 1. Fort Cassin beds in the Calciferous limestone of Dutchess County, New York. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 490-491, 1901. Contains notes on the faunas of these beds. Dyar (W. W.). 1. The colossal bridges of Utah. A recent discovery of natural wonders. Century Mag., vol. 68, pp. 505-511, 1904. E. Eakle (Arthur S.). 1. Mineralogical notes, with chemical analyses by W. T. Schaller. Univ. of Calf, Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 315-326, 1 pi., 1901. Describes pectolite, zircon crystals, esmeraldaite, coquimbite, and altaite crystals. 2. Colemanite from southern California. Univ. Cal., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 31-50, 2 pis., 1902. Describes the crystals and the method of measurement with the two-circle goniometer. 3. Note on the identity of palacheite and botryogen. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 379-380, 1903. Describes composition, characters, and occurrence. 4. Palacheite. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 231-236, 1 pi., 1903. Describes occurrence, crystallographic characters, and physical and chemical properties of this mineral discovered near Knoxville, Caliiornia. 5. Mineral tables for the determination of minerals by their physical properties. New York, John Wiley A Sons, 73 pp., 1904. 6. Phosphorescent sphalerite. Cal. Jour. Techn., vol, 3, pp. 30-31, 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of a sphalerite from Mariposa County, California, and its property of phosphorescence. Eakle (A. S.) and Sharwood (W. J.). 1. Luminescent zinc-blende. Eng & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 1000, 1904. Describes occurrence in Mariposa County, Caliiornia, composition, and physical qualities. Easter (S. E.). 1. Jade. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 14, pp. 9-17, 1903. Describes characters, occurrences, and uses. Eastman (Charles R.). 1. Systematic paleontology, Eocene Pisces. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 98-115,4 pis., 1901. 2. On Campodus, Edestus, Helicoprion, Acanthodes, and other Permo-Carboniferous sharks. Abstracts: Science, new ser., vol. 14, p. 795, 1901. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21505, 1901. 3. On Campyloprion, a new form of Edestus-like dentition. Geol Mag., dec. iv, vol. 9, pp. 148-152, 1 pi. and 1 fig., 1902. 4. The Carboniferous fish fauna of Mazon Creek, Illinois. jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 535-541, 5 figs., 1902. Describes two species of Acanthodes and one eachot Ccelacanthus and Elonichthys, and gives a list of the vertebrates lound at ihis locality. 5. On the genus Peripristis, St. John. Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. 9, pp. 388-391, 2 figs., 1902. 6. Some Carboniferous cestraciont and acanthodian sharks. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 39, pp. 55-99, 7 pis., 14 figs., 1902. 108 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Eastman (Charles R.)—Continued. 7. Phylogeny of the cestraeiont group of sharks. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 267,1902. 8. Some hitherto unpublished observations of Orestes St. John on Paleozoic fishes. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 653-659, 4 figs., 1902. Contains notes on Dinichthys pustulosus and Edestus and Cochliodus. 9. Notice of interesting new forms of Carboniferous fish remains. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 849-854, 2 figs., 1902. Describes material from the Carboniferous of the Mississippi Valley. 10. Carboniferous fishes from the central Western States. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 39, pp. 163-226, 4 pis., 17 figs., 1903. A short account of the stratigraphy of the Upper Carboniferous of Kansas and Nebraska pre¬ cedes the systematic descriptions. 11. A peculiar modification amongst Permian dipnoans. Am. Nat., vol. 37, pp. 493-495, 2 figs., 1903. 12. Devonian fish fauna of Iowa. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., vol. 13, p. 537, 1903. 13. On the nature of Edestus and related forms. Mark Anniversary Volume [Harvard University], New York, Henry Holt and Company, pp. 279-289, 1 pi., 1903. A critical discussion based upon new material lately discovered. 14. On the dentition of Rhynchodus and other fossil fishes. Am. Nat., vol. 38, pp. 295-299, 2 figs., 1904. Includes a description of Rhynchodus pertenuis n. sp. 15. A recent paleontological induction. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 465-466, 1904. Discusses the association of pebbles with the remains of plesiosaurs. 16. On Upper Devonian fish remains from Colorado. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 253-260, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of fish remains from Devonian strata in the San Juan region of Colorado, and gives a systematic description of a new form. 17. Fossil plumage. Am. Nat., vol. 38, pp. 669-672, 1 fig., 1904. 18. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Pisces. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 71-93,5 pis., 1904. 19. A brief general account of fossil fishes. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept, for 1904, pp. 27-66,8 figs., 1905. 20. The Triassic fishes of New Jersey. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 67-140, 14 pis., 5 figs., 1905. 21. Fossil avian remains from Armissan [France]. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 131-138, 4 pis., 1905. Includes a list showing geological distribution of gallinaceous birds. 22. The literature of Edestus. Am. Nat., vol. 39, pp. 405-409, 1905. Discusses the relationships of Edestus and gives a list of papers dealing with Edestus and related forms. Eastman (Charles R.) and Barbour (Erwin H.). 1. Synopsis of the Missourian and Permo-Carboniferous fish fauna of Kansas and Nebraska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 266-267, 1902. Easton (S. A.). 1. Notes on Tonopah, Nevada. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 697, 1902. Contains notes on the geology of the region and the occurrence of the gold ores. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 109 Eaton (George F.). 1. Notes on the collection of Triassic fishes at Yale. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 259-268, 2 pis., 1903. Gives descriptions and figures of some of the material. 2. The characters of Pteranodon. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 82-86, 2 pis., 1903. 3. Characters of Pteranodon (second paper). Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 318-320, 2 pis., 1904. 4. Obituary—John Bell Hatcher. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 163-164, 1904. Eavenson (H. N.). 1. The Connellsville region. Its mineral resources—the extent of territory—the methods of mining and amount of output. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 26-29, 1902. Eckel (Edwin C.). 1. The formation as the basis for geologic mapping. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 708-717, 1901. Discusses the problems involved and the application of the proposed system. 2. The emery deposits of Westchester County, New York. Min. Ind. for 1900, pp. 15-17, 1901. Describes briefly the character and occurrence of the deposits. 3. A recently discovered extension of the Tennessee white phosphate fields. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. for 1900, pp. 812-813, 1901. Briefly describes occurrence in Decatur County. 4. The Portland-cement industry in New York. Eng. News, vol. 45, pp. 365-367, 1901. Describes the development of the industry and the character and occurrence of the raw materials, and discusses the processes of manufacture employed. 5. Chapters on the cement industry in New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 44, pp. 849-955, 17 pis., map in pocket, 1901. Describes character of materials and processes of manufacture of cement in New York. 6. The quarry industry in southeastern New York. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. rl41-rl76, 20 pis., 1902. 7. The classification of the crystalline cements. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 146-154, 1902. 8. The preparation of a geologic map. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 50-56,1902. 9. Summaries of the literature of structural materials. I. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 442-449, 1902. 10. Summaries of the literature of structural materials. II. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 542-550,1902. 11. Summaries of the literature of structural materials. III. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 86-92, 1903. 12. Summaries of the literature of economic geology. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 716-719,1903. 13. The materials and manufacture of Portland cement. Cement Resources of Alabama. 58th Cong., 1st sess., Sen. Doc. no. 19, pp. 1-11, 1903. Describes character of materials required and processes of manufacture with particular refer¬ ence to the industry in Alabama. 14. Molding sand: its uses, properties, and occurrence. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., pp. r91-r96,1903. 110 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Eckel (Edwin C.)—Continued. 15. The Dahlonega gold district of Georgia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 219-220, 1903. Describes the general geology of the region, and the character and occurrence of the ore deposits. 16. Gold and pyrite deposits of the Dahlonega district, Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 57-63, 1903; Mines A Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 493-494, 1903. Gives a general account of the geology of the region and the character and occurrence of gold and pyrite deposits. 17. Utilization of iron and steel slags. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 221-231, 1903. 18. Stoneware and brick clays of western Tennessee and northwestern Mississippi. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 382-391,1903. Describes occurrence, character, and utilization of clay deposits in this region. 19. Salt and gypsum deposits of southwestern Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 406-416, 1903. Describes briefly the stratigraphy and geologic structure of the region, and the occurrence of salt and gypsum deposits and their development. 20. The white phosphates of Decatur County, Tenn. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 424-425, 1903. Describes occurrence of phosphate deposits in this area. 21. Dahlonega mining district, Georgia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 793, 1903. Gives observations upon the geology of the region. 22. Gypsum deposits in New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 33-35, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1904. Describes economic development and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits in the Salina group. 23. Gypsum deposits in Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp.'36-37, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1904. Describes economic development and geologic relations of gypsum beds occurring in Carbon¬ iferous strata. 24. The slate deposits of California and Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 417-422, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of slate deposits in Eldorado County, California, and near Provo, Utah. 25. Cement-rock deposits of the Lehigh district of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 448-455, 1904. Describes location and general geology of the district, the stratigraphic position and charac¬ ter of the cement rock, methods of manufacturing, and character of the product. 26. The salt industry in Utah and California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 488-495, 1904. Describes character and source of materials used and methods of manufacture employed. 27. On a California roofing slate of igneous origin. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 15-24, 1904. Describes occurrence and character of slate deposits in California and discusses their origin. 28. On the chemical composition of American shales and roofing slates. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 25-29, 1904. 29. The nonmetallic mineral products of the United States. Mg. Mag., vol. 10, pp. 167-174, 1 pi., 1904. Contains notes on the occurrence of nonmetallic mineral products. 30. Brown hematite deposits of eastern New York and western New England. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 432-434, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology of the region and the character and occurrence of the iron ores and discusses their origin. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Ill Eckel (Edwin C.)—Continued. 31. The materials and manufacture of Portland cement. Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 8, pp. 1-59, 1904. Includes a discussion of the origin and general characters of limestone and other raw mate¬ rials used in cement manufacture. 32. Cements, limes, and plasters: their materials, manufacture, and properties. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1905. 712 pp., 165 figs. Includes notes on the geologic distribution of cement materials. 33. The Clinton hematite. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 897-898, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and utilization of Clinton iron ores, particularly in the town of Clinton, New York. 34. Cement materials and industry of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 243, 395 pp., 15 pis., 1 fig., 1905. Describes the character and general occurrence of cement materials and their preparation, and in detail the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of limestones, shales, and marls in the various States. 35. Iron and manganese ores of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 317-320, 1905. Describes the production, character, and occurrence of iron and manganese ore deposits of the United States. 36. Limonite deposits of eastern New York and western New England. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 335-342, 1905. Describes the geology of the region, the mining developments, and discusses the character and origin of the ores. 37. The iron ores of northeastern Texas. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 348-354, 1905. Describes the general geology, and the occurrence, composition, and origin of the ores. 38. The American cement industry. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 496-505, 1905. Describes the classification and production of cement, and the geologic relations, occurrence, and character of the raw materials in the United States. 39. Portland-cement resources of New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 522-530,1905. Describes the occurrence, composition, and geologic relations of cement-making rocks of New York. 40. Pyrite deposits of the western Adirondacks, New York U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 587-588, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of pyrite deposits, and the mining and milling of the ore. Eckel (Edwin C.) and Bain (H. F.). 1. Cement and cement materials of Iowa. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Kept., 1904, pp. 33-124, 2 pis., 1905. Describes the process of cement manufacture, and the geologic occurrence and character of cement materials in Iowa. Eckel (Edwin C.) and Crider (A. F.). 1. Geology and cement resources of the Tombigbee River district, Mississippi-Alabama. 58th Cong., 3d sess., Sen. Doc. no. 165, 23 pp., 1 pi. (map), 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of limestones and other materials in this region required in the manufacture of Portland cement. Eckel (Edwin C.), Hayes (C. W.) and. 1. Iron ores of the Cartersville district, Georgia. See Hayes (C. W.) and Eckel (E. C.), 1. 2. Occurrence and development of ocher deposits in the Cartersville district, Georgia, See Hayes (C. W.) and Eckel (E.C.), 2. 112 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Eckel (E. 0.), Johnson (L. C.) and. 1. Notes on wells, springs, and general water resources of Mississippi. See Johnson (L. C.) and Eckel (E. C.), 1. Edman (J. A.). 1. Corundum in Montana. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 21, 1902. Brief notes on occurrence. Edwards (Henry W.). 1. Notes on the geology of the Isthmus of Panama. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 862-863, 1902. Contains general notes on the rocks of the region. Edwards (J. Jep.). 1. Paleontology of Bartholomew County, Indiana, mammalian fossils. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 247-248, 1902. Discusses the occurrence of Quaternary mammalian remains. Edwards (W. F.). 1. The new geology and vein formation. Discussion. Colo. Sc.i. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 289-296, 1904. Describes the history of the nebular hypothesis and discusses the relative merits of this and the planetesimal hypothesis. Eg'gleston (Julius Wooster). 1. Some glacial remains near Woodstock, Conn. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 403-408, 1902. Describes local glacial features. 2. Physiography—an outline of its scope and applications. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 96-110, 1904. Describes physiographic areas of the United States and various local physiographic features as illustrative of principles set forth in the paper. Eisele (Martin A.) 1. Report of the superintendent of the Hot Springs Reservation. Dept, of the Interior, Ann. Rept. for the year ended June 30,1902 ( 57th Cong., 2d sess., H. R. Doc. no. 5), pp. 499-526, 6 pis., 1902. Gives chemical analyses of the water and a brief extract from W. H. Weed’s report as to the source of the heat. Eisen (Gustav.). 1. The earthquake and volcanic eruption in Guatemala in 1902. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 35, pp. 325-352, 4 figs., 1903. Describes the earthquake of April, 1902, and its effects, the volcanoes and their eruptions, more particularly that of Santa Maria of October 24, 1902, the character of the ejected material, and the physiographic changes produced. Eldridge (George H.). 1. The asphalt and bituminous rock deposits of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 1, pp. 209-452, 34 pis., 52 figs., 1901. Describes the character and geologic occurrence of these materials in the United States. 2. The petroleum industry of California. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 41, 1902. Describes the general developments in 1901. 3. Origin and distribution of asphalt and bituminous rock deposits in the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 296-305,1903. Describes classification, character, occurrence, origin, and distribution of asphalts and bitu¬ minous rocks of the United States. 4. The petroleum fields of California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 306-321, 1903. Describes briefly the location and extent of the oil fields and their topographic and geologic structure and production. FOR THE YEARS 190M905, INCLUSIVE, 113 Elftman (A. H.). 1. The Highland range in Minnesota. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 447-448, 1908. Describes the geology of the range. 2. Keewatin and Laurentide ice sheets in Minnesota. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 536-537. 1903. Notes on the ice invasion. Ellis (E. E.). 1. Zinc and lead mines near Dodgeville, Wis. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 311-315, 1905. Describes production, occurrence, and character of zinc and lead ores near Dodgeville, Wis. Ellis (Mary). 1. Index to publications of the New York State Natural History Survey and New York State Museum, 1837-1902; also including other New York publications on related subjects. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 66, 653 pp., 1903. Includes a list of the publications, an alphabetic author and subject index, and an index to descriptions of genera and species of fossils, compiled under the direction of John M. Clarke, State paleontologist. Ells (R. Hugh). 1. Prince Edward and Hastings counties, Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 133-136, 1904. Gives notes upon the geology of these counties. Ells (R. W.). 1. The physical features and geology of the Paleozoic basin between the Lower Ottawa and St. Lawrence rivers. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 99-120, 1900. Describes the character and occurrence of the Paleozoic rocks and the structure of the region. 2. Report on the geology of the Three Rivers map sheet or northwestern sheet of the eastern townships map, Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. J., 70 pp., 4 pis., 1901. Published in 1900. Describes the physiography, the character, and occurrence of the Ordovician, Silurian, and Pleistocene deposits and economic resources of the region. 3. The Carboniferous basin in New Brunswick. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 45-56, 1901. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 1017, 1901. Discusses the geologic structure and location of coal seams in this area. 4. The Devonian of the Acadian provinces. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 335-343, 1901. Reviews previous geologic work on the Devonian strata of the region and discusses the prob¬ lems involved. 5. Ancient channels of the Ottawa River [Canada]. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 17-30, 1 map, 1901. Describes glacial phenomena of the region. 6. Marl deposits in Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 59-69, 1902. Describes the general character and distribution of the deposits. 7. Report on the geology and natural resources of the area included in the map of the city of Ottawa and vicinity. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1G-48G, 5 pis., map, 1902. Describes geologic structure and formations and economic minerals of this area. 8. Report on the geology of Argenteuil, Ottawa, and part of Pontiac counties, Prov¬ ince of Quebec, and portions of Carleton, Russell, and Prescott counties, Prov¬ ince of Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1J-138J, 5 pis., map, 1902. Bull. 301—06-8 114 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ells (R. W.)—Continued. 9. The district around Kingston, Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 170-183, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in this area. 10. Bulletin on asbestus. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Canada, Bull, on Asbestus, 28 pp., 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of asbestos deposits in Canada, and the mining operations. 11. The progress of geological investigation in Nova Scotia. Nova Scotian Inst.' Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 10, pp. 433-446, 1903. 12. The oil fields of Gaspe [Quebec]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 338-361, 1903. Describes the geologic structure of the field, the conditions requisite for oil production, and the explorations for oil. 13. The Albert shale deposits of Albert and Westmoreland Counties, New Brunswick. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ..Rept. for 1S02, pp. 361-367, 1903. Describes the occurrence and character of the oil shales. 14. Report on the geology of Prince Edward Island with reference to proposed borings for coal. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 367-377, 1903. 15. Notes on some interesting rock-contacts in the Kingston district, Ontario. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 9, sect. 4, pp. 97-108, 1903. Describes observations upon the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of formations of Cambrian and Ordovician age in Quebec and Ontario. 16. The recent landslide on the Lievre River, Province of Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 136-139, 1 map, 1904. 17. Charlotte County, New Brunswick. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 150-160, 1904. Gives notes upon the geology and economic mineral resources of this area. 18. Graphite in Canada. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Graphite, 30 pp., 1904. Describes the occurrence in Canada, particularly in Ontario, and the mining operations. 19. Bulletin on apatite (phosphate of lime). Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Apatite, 32 pp., 1904. Describes the occurrence of deposits of apatite in Ontario and Quebec, and the mining operations. 20. Report on the geology of portions of the counties of Renfrew, Addington, Fron- tenac, Lanark, and Carleton [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. J, pp. 1-79, 1904. Describes the occurrence, characters, and relations of sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic rocks, and the occurrence of various ore deposits of economic importance. 21. Mica deposits of Canada. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Mica, 32 pp., 1904. Describes the occurrence of mica in British Columbia, Ontario, and Quebec, and the mining operations. 22. On the ores of copper in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Quebec. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Copper, 58 pp., 1904. 23. Nicola coal-basin, B. C. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904,. pp. 42-74, 1 map, 1905. Gives observations on the geology of the region and the occurrence, characters, and relations of Tertiary coal deposits. 24. Geology of Charlotte County, New Brunswick. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 271-279, 1905. 25. Some interesting problems in New Brunswick geology. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 11, sect. 4, pp. 21-35, 1905. Discusses the occurrence and relations of various Paleozoic stratified rocks and rocks of volcanic origin in New Brunswick. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 115 Elmore (0. J.). 1. A comparison of fossil diatoms from Nebraska with similar deposits at St. Joseph, Mo., and at Denver, Colo. Nebr. St. Hist. Soc., Proc. and Coll., 2d ser., vol. 2, pp. 238-242, 1898. Gives lists of species identified from Tertiary deposits. Elrod (Morton John). 1. The physiography of the Flathead Lake region [Montana]. Mont. Univ., Bull. no. 16 [17], pp. 197-203, illus., 1903. Elrod (Moses N.). 1. Niagara group unconformities in Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 205-215, 3 figs., 1902. Emerson (Benjamin Kendall). 1. Note on corundum and a graphitic essonite from Barkhamsted, Conn. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 234-236, 1902. Describes the occurrence and characters of garnet and corundum. 2. Two cases of metamorphosis without crushing. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 73-76, 1902. Describes an amygdaloidal amphibolite and a porphyritic mica schist. 3. Holyokeite, a purely feldspathic diabase from the Trias of Massachusetts. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 508-517, 1902. Describes the mineralogic and chemical characters of the rocks. 4. Glacial cirques and rock-terraces on Mount Toby, Massachusetts. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 224, 1903. 5. A plumose diabase containing sideromelan and spherulites of caicite and blue quartz. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 296, 1903. 6. General geology. Notes on the stratigraphy and igneous rocks [of Alaska]. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 11-56, 5 pis., 13 figs., 1904. Describes the geology of points visited by the Harriman Alaska expedition, including the occurrence and character of igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks in Alaska, the petrographic characters of various rocks collected, and the age and correlation of fossil¬ bearing formations. 7. Note on a calcite-prehnite cement rock in the tuff of the Holyoke Range. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 277-278,1904. Describes the character and occurrence of this rock. 8. Notes on some rocks and minerals from north Greenland and Frobisher Bay. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 72-94, 1 pi., 1905. 9. Plumose diabase and palagonite from the Holyoke trap sheet. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 91-130, 9 pis., 1905. Describes the character and occurrence of inclusions in and components of the trap of Hol¬ yoke, Mass., and gives an explanation of the formation of the holyokeite and palagonite and their inclusions. Emerson (Benjamin K.) and Loomis (F. B.). 1. On Stegomus longipes, a new reptile from the Triassic sandstones of the Connec¬ ticut Valley. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 377-380, 1 pi., 1904. Emerson (Benjamin K.), Perry (Joseph H.) and. 1. The geology of Worcester, Massachusetts. See Perry (J. H.) and Emerson (B. K.), 1. Emerson (Harrington). 1. The coal resources of the Pacific. Eng. Mag., vol. 23, pp. 161-182, 18 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the distribution of coal in this region. 116 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Emerson (J. S.). 1. Some characteristics of Kau [Hawaii]. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 431-439, 1902. Describes the physiography of the region and discusses the evidences regarding the source of certain eruptions. Emerson (Philip). 1. Note on glacial topography in central New Hampshire. Appalachia, vol. 10, pp. 299-303. 1904. Describes physiographic features in central New Hampshire. Emmens (Newton W.). 1. The Bingham mining camp [Utah]. Mg. Mag., vol. 12, pp. 457-464, 5 figs., 1905. Includes brief notes on the geology, and the occurrence and character of the copper ores. Emmons (N. H.). 1. The value of ores in Mexico. Mg. & Sci. Press., vol. 84, p. 102, 1902. Emmons (Samuel Franklin). 1. The secondary enrichment of ore deposits. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 177-217, 1901. Discusses the process of the secondary enrichment of sulphide ore bodies by transference and reconcentration of the alteration products of the original vein materials by descending surface waters and the chemical reactions which take place. Describes the author’s observations in various mining districts and discusses their bearing on these problems. 2. Notes on two desert mines in southern Nevada and Utah. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 426-427,1901. Contains abstract of paper read before the Geological Society of Washington. 3. The Delamar and the Horn-Silver mines; two types of ore-deposits in the deserts of Nevada and Utah. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 658-683, 10 figs., 1902. Describes topography and geologic structure of the region, characters of the ore and history and development of these mines. 4. [In discussion of “The origin of ore-deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 953-959, 1902. 5. Clarence King. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 224-237, 1902. Includes an account of his life and Work and a bibliography of his publications. 6. Tributes to Clarence King. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 3-5,. por., 1902. Gives an account of his life and work and a list of his publications. 7. The U. S. Geological Survey in its relation to the practical miner. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 43, 1902. 8. [Discussion of James W. Malcolmson’s paper on “The Sierra Mojado, Coaliuila, Mexico, and its ore-deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 566-567, 1902. Discusses the age of the beds, the structure of the mountains, and the distribution of the ores. 9. The Little Cottonwood granite body of the Wasatch Mountains. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 139-147, 1 fig., 1903. Discusses the geologic relations and age of this granitic mass. 10. Investigation of metalliferous ores. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 15-28, 1903. Describes the character and scope of the economic work of the U. S. Geological Survey, gives brief outlines of economic publications on metalliferous deposits by the Survey during 1901, and enumerates by geographic areas the work in hand. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 117 Emmons (Samuel Franklin)—Continued. 11. Platinum in copper ores in Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 94-97, 1903. Gives a brief account of the topography and geology of the Medicine Bow Range in Wyom¬ ing and the occurrence of platinum in the copper ores of the New Rambler mine. 12. [In discussion of paper by W. P. Jenney, “The mineral crest, or the hydrostatic level attained by the ore-depositing solutions in certain mining districts of the Great Salt Lake Basin.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 1062-1063, 1903. 13. The drainage of the valley of Mexico. Abstract: Science, newser., vol. 17, p. 309, 1903. 14. Genetic classification of ore deposits. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 541-542, 1903. 15. Theories of ore deposition historically considered. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 1-28, 1904. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 117-119, 157-159, 199-200, 237-238, 1904. New Zealand Mines Record, vol. 7, pp. 384-387, 426-429,1904. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 60, pp. 25046-25047, 25062-25064, 25078-25079,1905. Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 309-336, 1905. Reviews in chronologic order the various theories held at different periods of time regarding the origin of ore deposits. 16. The Virginius mine. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 311, 1 fig., 1904. Gives observations upon the Occurrence and geologic relations of the ore bodies of copper and galena. . 17. Investigation of metalliferous ores. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 225, pp. 18-24, 1904. Gives a short summary statement respecting the economic publications of the preceding year relating to metalliferous ores and the field work carried on in this division. 18. Occurrence of copper ores in Carboniferous limestone in the region of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 760-761, 1904. 19. Investigation of metalliferous ores. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 19-27, 1905. Reviews the publications of the U. S. Geolog¬ ical Survey during the year 1904 upon metalliferous ores, and the economic work in prog¬ ress during the year. 20. Copper in the Red Beds of the Colorado Plateau region. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 221-232, 1905. Discussses the occurrence of copper ores in foreign and American Red Beds of Permian and Triassic age, and their origin, and more particularly an occurrence in the Colorado Plateau region of Arizona. 21. The Cactus copper mine, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 242-248, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the location and history of the mine, the general geology, and the character and occurrence of the copper ores. 22. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 38, pp. 17-25, 1905. Describes the general geology of the region, and the occurrence and character of Carbonifer¬ ous sedimentary strata, and of igneous rocks. Emmons (S. F.), Hayes (C. W.)., geologists in charge. 1. Contributions to economic geology, 1902. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, 449 pp., 1903. Contains reports by different members of the staff of the U. S. Geological Survey-of the eco¬ nomic results of investigations made by the Geological Survey, and bibliographies of the subjects treated. 2. Contributions to economic geology, 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, 527 pp., 1 pi., 11 figs., 1904. 118 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Emmons (S. F.), Hayes (C. W.)—Continued. 3. Contributions to economic geology, 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, 1905. 620 pp., 4 pis., 25 figs. Includes papers by various members of the U. S. Geological Survey on economic resources which they have had under investigation. With each section is given a list of the Survey publications bearing upon the products treated in that section. Emmons (S. F.), Irving (John Duer) and. 1. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills. Part II. Mining geology. See Irving (John Duer) and Emmons (S. F.), 1. Emmons (William H.). 1. The Neglected mine and Nearby properties, Durango quadrangle, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 121-127, 1905. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of ores containing gold and sil¬ ver, and the mining operations. Emmons (W. H.), Irving (J. D.) and. 1. Economic geology of the Needle Mountains quadrangle [Colorado]. See Irving (J. D.) and Emmons (W. H.), 1. Evans (A. W.). 1. Jellico coal field. Eng. Assoc. South, Trans., 1904, vol. 15, pp. 43-52 [1905]. Discrlbes the occurrence, composition, and qualities of coals of the Jellico field in Kentucky and Tennessee. Evans (H. F.). 1. Canadian geology. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 299-300, 1903. Gives a general account of the geology of Canada. 2. The Adams Lake series, British Columbia. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 348-349, 1903. Describes the occurrence of this formation and the strata associated with it, and discusses its geologic relations and age. Evans (Herbert M.). 1. A new cestraciont spine from the lower Triassic of Idaho. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 397-401, 1 pi., 1904. Evans (Nevil Norton). 1. Native arsenic from Montreal. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 92-93, 1903. 2. Chrysoberyl from Canada. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 316-318, 1905. Describes the occurrence of chrysoberyl in the province of Quebec, and the method and results of a chemical examination thereof. Eyerman (John). 1. Contributions to mineralogy. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 43-48, 1904. Describes the occurrence, characters, and composition of some minerals from New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Fairbanks (Harold W.). 1. Notes on the geology of the Three Sisters, Oregon. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, p. 73, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 498-499, 1901. Brief notes on occurrence of volcanic rocks. 2. Pyramid Lake, Nevada. Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. 53, pp. 505-514, 8 figs., 1901. Describes the geological history of the lake and adjacent region and the characteristics of the volcanic materials. 3. The physiography of California. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 232-252, 329-353, 10 figs., 1901. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 119 Fairbanks (Harold W.)—Continued. 4. Lake Chelan, Washington. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 412-413, 1902. Describes physiographic changes which have taken place in this region. 5. The physiography of southern Arizona and New Mexico. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 154, 1903; Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 97-99, 1903. 6. Gypsum deposits in California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 119-123, 1 pi., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits of California. 7. San Luis folio, California. v U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 101, 1904. Describes topography and drainage, climate and vegetation, the character, occurrence, and relations of Juratrias (?), Cretaceous, and Tertiary sedimentary rocks and included igneous rocks, the geologic structure and history of the area, the development of the physiographic features, and the economic resources and soils. Fairchild (Herman Le Roy). 1. Beach structure in Medina sandstone. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 9-14, 3 pis., 1901. Discusses the evidences indicating the origin of the ripple marks in the Medina sandstone of New York. 2. Pleistocene geology of western New York, report of progress for 1900. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Kept., vol. 1, pp. rl03-rl39, 33 pis., 1902. Discusses the occurrence and deformation of the Iroquois shore line and gives results of recent studies in the Syracuse-Oneida and Cattaraugus-Chautauqua districts. 3. Elements of geology: a text-book for colleges and the general reader by Joseph Le Conte. Revised and partly rewritten by Herman Le Roy Fairchild. See Le Conte (Joseph), 4. 4. Latest and lowest pre-Iroquois channels between Syracuse and Rome. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., pp. r31-r47, 25 pis., 1903. Describes the occurrence and formation of river channels formed during the Glacial period in central New York. 5. Direction of pre-Glacial stream flow in central New York. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 43-45, 1904. 6. Geology under the new hypothesis of earth origin. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 94-116, 1904. Compares the sufficiency of the nebular and planetesimal hypotheses and discusses the expla¬ nation given by the latter of the origin of the atmosphere and ocean, volcanic phenomena, deposits of hydrocarbons, ores, salt, and gypsum, climate in geologic time, glaciation, crustal movements, and life on the earth. 7. Geology under the planetesimal hypothesis of earth origin. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 243-266, 1904. See preceding entry. Includes discussion by Edward H. Kraus, Willis T. Lee, Israel C. Rus¬ sell, and Frederick W. Sardeson. 8. Glacial waters from Oneida to Little Falls [New York], N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, and N. Y. State Geol., 22d Rept., pp. rl7-r41, 26 pis. 1904. Describes the position and extent of waters along the ice front, and the drainage at different stages of the Glacial epoch in north central New York, as determined from the occurrence, character, etc., of Glacial deposits. 9. Glacial drainage in central western New York. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 553, 1904. 10. Evidences of slight glacial erosion in western New York. Abstract: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, p. 23447, 1904. 11. Ice erosion theory a fallacy. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 13-74, 12 pis., 6 figs., 1905. Discusses the character of glacial erosion and presents evidence to show that deep valleys and the finger lakes of New York could not have been produced by erosion. 120 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Fairchild (Herman Le Roy)—Continued. 12. Pleistocene features in the Syracuse region [New York]. Am. Geol., vol 36, pp. 135-141, 2 pis., 1905. 13. The local glacial features [of the vicinity of Syracuse, N. Y.]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 333-334, 1905. 14. Some new problems in glaciology. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 335,1905. Falconer (J. D.) 1. Volcanic dust from the West Indies. Nature, vol. 66, p. 132, 1902. Brief note on the character of the dust from recent eruptions. 2. The evolution of the Antilles. Scot. Geog. Mag., vol. 18, pp. 369-376, 1 pi., 1902. Dicsusses the general geologic history of America and more particularly that of Central America and the West Indies. Fall (Delos). 1. Marls and clays in Michigan. Mich. Miner, vol. 3, no. 11, pp. 11-14,1901. Discusses occurrence of materials in Michigan for making Portland cement. 2. Marls and clays in Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 343-353, 1903. Discusses occurrence, composition, and character of marls and clays in Michigan with especial reference to their use in the manufacture of Portland cement. Faribault (E. Rodolphe). 1. Nova Scotia gold fields. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Kept, for 1901, pp. 214-221,1902. Describes observations in this area. 2. Nova Scotia gold fields. Can. Geol.* Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 399-427, 1903. Describes geologic investigations made in the gold-producing districts of Nova Scotia. 3. Gold fields of Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 174-186, 1904. Describes the occurrence and relations of the gold-ore deposits and the mining operations. 4. Gold fields of Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 319-332, 1905. Farnsworth (P. J.). 1. When was the Mississippi River Valley formed? Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 393-396, 1901. Discusses the geologic history of the region. Farrington (Oliver Cummings). 1. On the nature of the metallic veins of the Farmington meteorite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 60-62, 1 fig., 1901. 2. The structure of meteorites. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 51-66, 6 figs., pp. 174-190, 5 figs., 1901. Describes the various structural features of meteorites and discusses their origin. 3. The constituents of meteorites. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 393^08 and 522-532, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the mineral constituents of meteorites. 4. The pre-terrestrial history of meteorites. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 623-632, 1901. Discusses the evidences indicating the probable structure of meteorites before reaching the earth. 5. Observations on Indiana caves. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 1, pp. 247-266, 2 pis., 8 figs., 1901. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 121 Farrington (Oliver Cummings)—Continued. 6. Meteorite studies. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 1, pp. 283-315, 4 pis., 6 figs., 1902. Describes meteorites from Kansas, Mexico, and Ohio. 7. A new meteorite from Kansas. Science, new ser M vol. 16, pp. 67-68, 1902. Gives an account of the discovery and characters of this meteorite. 8. The meteorites of northwestern Kansas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 260, 1902. 9. Catalogue of the collection of meteorites, May 1, 1903. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 2, pp. 79-124, 10 pis., 1903. The alphabetic list of meteorites includes notes on the character and source of the specimens, some of which are figured. 10. An occurrence of free phosphorus in the Saline Township meteorite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 71-72, 1903. 11. Meteorites of northwestern Kansas. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 6, 1903. 12. Gems and gem minerals. Chicago, A. W. Mumford, 1903. 229 pp., 16 pis., 61 figs. 13. Observations on the geology and geography of western Mexico, including an account of the Cerro Mercado. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 2, pp. 197-228, 16 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 549-550, 1904. Describes physiographic features, climatic conditions, the general geology and silver-mining developments of this part of Mexico, and in detail the Cerro Mercado (Iron Mountain), particularly the occurrence and characters of the iron ore, minerals, and rocks. 14. The geographical distribution of meteorites. Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 64, pp. 351-354, 1904. 15. The Rodeo meteorite. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 3, pp. 1-6, 4 pis., 1905. Describes the history, characters, and composition of this meteorite found in the State of Durango, Mexico. Farrington (Oliver Cummings), Riggs ( Elmer S.) and. 1. The Dinosaur beds of the Grand River Valley of Colorado. See Riggs (E. S.) and Farrington (O. C.), 1. Fawns (Sydney). 1. Tin deposits of the world. London, The Mining Journal, 1905. xii, 240 pp., 23 pis., 34 figs. Includes notes on the occurrence of tin deposits in the United States and Alaska. Felix (J.). 1. Geologiai uti v&zlatok eszak-ameriktlbol. Geologische Reiseskizzen aus Nord- amerika. Foldtani Kozldny, vol. 25, pp. 5-29, 69-94, 1 pi. and 1 fig., 1895. Gives observations of a geological nature made during a tour through the United States and Canada, particularly upon the glaciers and petrography of the Cascade Mountains. Felix (Johannes) and Lenk (Hans). 1. Bemerkungen zur topographie und geologie von Mexico. Zeitsch. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. 54, pp. 426-440,1902. Contains observations on the topography and geology of Mexico. Fell (E. Nelson). 1. The Canadian Mining Institute. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 411, 1902. Fellows (A. L.). 1.' Water resources of the State of Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 74,151 pp., 14 pis., 5 figs., 1902. 122 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Fenneman (N. M.). 1. On the lakes of southeastern Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 8, 178 pp., 36 pis., 1902. Discusses the geology, physiography, and formation of lakes of this region. 2. Development of the profile of equilibrium of the subaqueous shore terrace. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 1-32, 10 figs., 1902. 3. The Arapahoe glacier in 1902 [Colorado]. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 839-851, 8 figs., 1902. Describes the moraines and crevasses of this glacier. 4. The Boulder, Colo., oil field. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 322-332, 1903. Describes location, general geologic structure and development of the field, the character and occurrence of the oil-bearing strata, and the production of oil. . Structure of the Boulder oil field, Colorado, with records for the year 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 383-391, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the location and geologic structure of the field and the occurrence and production of petroleum. 6. Effect of cliff erosion on form of contact surfaces. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 205-214, 4 figs., 1905. Discusses the relations of shore erosion and subsidence and the application to the contact of the Archean granite and Wyoming sandstone in the front range of the Rocky Mountains in northern Colorado. 7. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana coastal plain. • Mg. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 313-322, 6 figs., 1905. Includes a short account of the geological structure of the oil fields. 8. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana gulf coast. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 459-467, 1905. Describes the location and condition of the various oil fields in this region, and discusses the prospecting for oil, the surface indications, and the structure and origin of the oil-producing mounds. 9. The Florence, Colo., oil field. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 436-440, 1905. Describes the location and structure of the field, the occurrence of the oil, and the economic developments. 10. Geology of the Boulder district, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 265, 101 pp., 5 pis., 11 figs., 1905. Describes the physiography and drainage, the character, occurrence, and relations of Algon- kian, Triassic (?), Jurassic, and Cretaceous sedimentary rocks, and of intrusive rocks, the geologic history of the area, and the economic geology, particularly the occurrence of oil and gas. Fernie (W. Blakemore). 1. The Frank disaster [Alberta]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 22, pp. 121-122, 1903. Discusses the cause of the landslide. Finch (Grant E.). 1. A terrace formation in the Turkey River Valley, in Fayette County, Iowa. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 8, pp. 204-206, 1 pi., 1901. Describes the structure and formation of the bluffs. 2. Notes on the position of the individuals in a group of Nileus vigilans found at Elgin, Iowa. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 179-181, 1 pi., 1904. Finch (John Wellington). 1. The circulation of underground aqueous solutions and the deposition of lode ores. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 193-252, 1904. Ores & Metals, vol. 13, no. 12, pp. 19-22; no. 13. pp. 22-24; no. 14, pp. 21-24, 1904. Discusses underground water and the formation of ore deposits. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 128 Finch. (John Wellington)—Continued. 2. State geological survey for Colorado. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 217-218, 1905. Finlay (George Irving). 1. The granite of Barre, Vermont. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 509,1901; N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, pp. 101-102,1901. Briefly describes megascopic and microscopic characters. 2. Preliminary report of field work in the town of Minerva, Essex County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Kept., vol. 1, pp. r96-rl02, 1 pi., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 11, no. 92, 1903. Describes geologic structure and petrology of this area. 3. The granite area of Barre, Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 46-60, 5 pis., 1902; Columbia Univ., Contr. Geol. Dept., vol. 10, no. 87. Discusses topography, geology, and petrology of this area. 4. Igneous rocks of the Algonkian series. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 349-352, 1902. Describes characters and occurrence of igneous rocks of the Algonkian series in Lewis and Livingston ranges, Montana. 5. Geology of the San Pedro district, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. School of Mines Quart., vol. 25, pp. 60-69, illus., 1903; Columbia Univ., Dept. Geol., Contr., vol. 12, no. 101, 1903. Describes the general geology of the region, the character and occurrence of the rocks and ore deposits, chiefly gold, silver, and lead, and discusses the origin of the latter. 6. Geological observations along the northern boundary of Montana. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 68-69, 1903. 7. The geology of the nephelite syenite area at San Jose, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 63-64, 1903; Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 17-18,1903. 8. The geology of the San Jose district, Tamaulipas, Mexico. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, pp. 247-295, 11 pis., 1904; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 11, no. 100, 1904. Describes the topography and the general geologic structure of the region, the field relations of the igneous rocks, and in detail their petrographic characters. Finlay (George I.) and Kemp (J. F.). 1. Nepheline syenite area of San Jose, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 534,1904; Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 295, 1903. Finlay (J. R.). 1. The mining industry of the Cceur d’Alenes, Idaho. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 235-271, 21 figs., 1903. Describes the geologic structure of the region, the occurrence and character of the veins and ore deposits, chiefly lead, and the mining operations. 2. Mining and milling in the Cceur d’Alene, Idaho. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 87, 1903. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of ore bodies. 3. The mining industry of the Cceur d’Alene district, Idaho. The ore formation. The production and methods of operating. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 497-498, 2 figs., 1904. Abstract of paper read before the American Institute of Mining Engineers in 1902, together with comments by Arthur Lakes. Fishback (P. J.). 1. Geological horizon of the petroleum in southeast Texas and southwest Louisiana. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 476, 1902. Fisher (Cassius A.). 1. Comparative value of bluff and valley wash deposits as brick material. Nebr. State Board of Agric., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 181-184, 1901. 124 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Fisher (Cassiu3 A.)—Continued. 2. Directory of the limestone quarries of Nebraska. Nebr. State Board of Agric., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 243-247, 1902. 3. Discovery of the Laramie in Nebraska. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 315-316, 1 pi., 1902. Describes occurrence and relations of the Laramie in southeastern Nebraska. 4. Coal fields of the White Mountain region, New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 293-294, 1904. Describes the location of the field and the occurrence and character of the coals. 5. Coal of the Bighorn basin, in northwest Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 345-362, 1904. Describes the geologic structure of the field, the character and occurrence of the coals, and the mining operations. 6. The bentonite deposits of Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 559-563, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the physical properties, occurrence, and geological relations of bentonite, a variety of clay. Fisher (Cassius A.), Barbour (Erwin H.) and. 1. A new form of calcite-sand crystal. See Barbour (E. H.) and Fisher (C. A.), 1. 2. The geological bibliography of Nebraska. See Barbour (E. H.) and Fisher (C. A.), 2. Fisher (Cassius A.), Gould (C. N.) and. 1. The Dakota and Carboniferous clays of Nebraska. See Gould (C. N.) and Fisher (C. A.), 1. Fisher (0.). 1. On rival theories of cosmogony. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 414-422, 1901. Discusses the meteoric and nebular theories as to the origin of the earth. 2. Mathematical notes to rival theories of cosmogony. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 140-142, 1901. Contains mathematical notes supplementary to the author’s previous paper. Fitzhug’h (G. D.). 1. Portland-cement materials of southwestern Arkansas. Eng. Assoc. South, Trans., 1904, vol. 15, pp. 33-42, [1905]. Describes the occurrence and composition of chalk suitable for the manufacture of cement. Fletcher (Hugh). 1. Geological nomenclature in Nova Scotia. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 323-329, 1902. Discusses the age of the New Glasgow conglomerate. 2. Kings and Hants counties, Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 208-214, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in this area. 3. Surveys and explorations in Richmond, Cape Breton, Kings, Cumberland, and other counties in Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 388-399, 1903. Describes geologic work in the coal fields of Nova Scotia. 4. Limits of the workable coals of the Cumberland coal fields in Nova Scotia. Nova Scotia Mg. Soc., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 123-126, 1904. Includes observations upon the geology of the region, and discusses the possibility of work¬ able coal seams being found at certain points in the light of geological facts presented. 5. Northern part of Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 160-174, 1904. Gives notes upon the geology and mineral resources of this area. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 125 Fletcher (Hugh)—Continued. 6. The counties of Cumberland, Hants, Kings, and Annapolis, Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 293-318, 1 map, 1905. Includes observations on the geology of the region examined, and the occurrence and rela¬ tions of minerals of economic importance, especially deposits of iron ore. Flett (John Smith). 1. Note on a preliminary examination of the ash that fell on Barbados after the eruption at St. Vincent [West Indies]. With a chemical analysis by Dr. Wil¬ liam Pollard. London Geol. Soc., Quart. Jour., vol. 58, pp. 368-369, 1902. Flett (John Smith), Anderson (Tempest) and. 1. Preliminary report on the recent eruption of the Soufriere in St. Vincent, and of a visit to Mont Pel6e, in Martinique. See Anderson (Tempest) and Flett (J. S.), 1. 2. Preliminary report on the recent eruption of the Soufriere in St. Vincent, and of a visit to Mont Pelee, in Martinique. See Anderson (Tempest) and Flett (John S.), 2. 3. Report on the eruptions of the Soufriere, in St. Vincent, in 1902, and on a visit to Montagne Pelee, in Martinique. See Anderson (Tempest) and Flett (J. S.), 3. Flink (Gust.). 1. Berattelse om en mineralogisk resa i Syd-Groenland sommaren 1897 Meddelelser om Groenland, vol. 14, pp. 221-262, 2 pis., 1898. Describes minerals and rocks obtained from Greenland. 2. On the minerals from Narsarsuk on the firth of Tunugdliarfik in southern Green¬ land. Meddelelser om Groenland, vol. 24, pp. 7-180, 9 pis., 1901. Describes character and occurrence of minerals in this area. Flores (Teodoro). 1. Las criaderos argentiferos de “Providencia” y “San Juan de la Chica,” San Felipe (Estado de Guanajuato), [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., t. 1, pp. 169-173, 1 map, 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of silver deposits. Fluck (Frank). 1. Lower Coal Measures of central Pennsylvania. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, p. 574, 2 figs., 1904. Describes occurrence and character of coal seams of central Pennsylvania. Fluker (W. H.). 1. Gold mining in McDuffie County, Georgia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 725-726, 1902. Contains general notes on the geology and gold ores of the county. 2. Gold mining in McDuffie County, Georgia. Am, Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 119-125, 1903. Describes the occurrence of gold ore and the mining operations. Flynn (Benjamin H.) and (Margaret S.). 1. The natural features and economic development of the Sandusky, Maumee, Mus¬ kingum, and Miami drainage areas in Ohio. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 91, 130 pp., 11 figs., 1904. Includes a brief account of the topography and general geology of the areas considered. Foerste (August F.). 1. Silurian and Devonian limestones of Tennessee and Kentucky. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 395-444, 7 pis., 1901. Discusses the occurrence and lithologic character of the Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian series in the southern portion of the Cincinnati anticline and discusses the evidences of unconformity. Gives lists of fossils from several formations at various points in the region. 126 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Foerste (August F.)—Continued. 2. The Niagara group along the western side of the Cincinnati anticline. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 134-135, 1901. 3. The Cincinnati anticline in southern Kentucky. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 359-369, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the relations of the Devonian, Silurian, and Ordovician formations along the Cin¬ cinnati anticline. 4. Bearing of the Clinton and Osgood formations on the age of the Cincinnati anti¬ cline. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 90, 1902; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 531-532, 1903. 5. Use of the terms Linden and Clifton limestones in Tennessee geology. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 90, 1902; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 531, 1903. 6. The Cincinnati group in western Tennessee, between the Tennessee River and the Central Basin. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 29-45, 1 fig., 1903. Discusses the subdivisions of the Cincinnati group in Ohio, names and describes the subdivi¬ sions in Tennessee, and gives localities of outcrops and notes on characteristic fossils. 7. Silurian and Devonian limestones of western Tennessee. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 554-583, 6 figs., pp. 679-715, 4 figs., 1903. Describes character, occurrence, and correlation of Silurian strata along the western side of the Cincinnati geanticline in southern Indiana, Kentucky, and northern Tennessee, and of Silurian and Devonian strata in the Tennessee River Valley, and discusses evidences for the age of the Cincinnati geanticline and gives lists of fossils with brief descriptions of some forms. 8. The Richmond Group along the western side of the Cincinnati anticline in Indi¬ ana and Kentucky. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 333-361, 3 pis., 1903. Discusses occurrence and lithologic, stratigraphic, and faunal features of the subdivisions of the Cincinnati series, the decrease in thickness of the Richmond group in Indiana and Ken¬ tucky, and conditions prevailing in the Cincinnati region in Ordovician times. 9. Variation in thickness of the subdivisions of the Ordovician of Indiana. With notes on the range of certain fossils. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 87-102, 1 pi., 1904. 10. The Ordovician-Silurian contact in the Ripley Island area of southern Indiana, with notes on the age of the Cincinnati geanticline. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 321-342, 2 pis. (maps), 1904. Discusses the stratigraphic evidence for. the time of formation of the Cincinnati geanticline, the occurrence, character, and relations of Ordovician and Silurian formations in Ohio, Indiana, and Kentucky, and gives observations upon the stratigraphic position of various fossils, the relationships of Silurian faunas of Indiana with those of New York, and lists of Niagara fossils of Indiana. 11. Description of the rocks formed in the different geological periods in Indiana: Ordovician and Silurian. lnd., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 21-39, 1904. 12. The classification of the Ordovician rocks of Ohio and Indiana. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 149-152, 1905. 13. Notes on the distribution of brachiopoda in the Arnheim and Waynesville beds. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 244-250, 1905. Gives notes upon the geographic distribution and geologic horizons of certain brachiopods of the Arnheim and Waynesville beds of the upper Ordovician beds of Ohio, Indiana, and Kentucky. Fontaine (William M.). 1. The Jurassic flora of Douglas County, Oreg. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 48-145, 1905. 2. Report on collections from plant-bearing beds in the Jurassic, or forming the transition to the lower Cretaceous. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 148-179, 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 127 Fontaine (William M.)—Continued. 3. Notes on some fossil plants from the Shasta group of California and Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 221-273, 1905. 4. Notes on some lower Cretaceous (Kootanie) plants from Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 284-315, 1905. 5. Report on various collections of fossil plants from the older Potomac of Virginia and Maryland. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 476-580, 1905. Foote (H. W.), Penfield (S. L.) and. 1. On bixbyite, a new mineral. See Penfield (S. L.) and Foote (H. W.), 1. 2. On clinohedrite, a new mineral from Franklin, N. J. See Penfield (S. L.) and Foote (H. W.), 2. Foote (H. W.), Pratt (J. H.) and. 1. On wellsite, a new mineral. See Pratt (J. H.) and Foote (H. W.), 1. Foote (W. M.). 1. Complete mineral catalog. Part I, Mineral collections and material for the labora¬ tory. Part II, Descriptive account of choice specimens. Meteorites. Price list of individual specimens. Classified table of minerals, according to Dana’s Sys¬ tem, with index. Metallurgical classification of minerals. Philadelphia, Foote Mineral Company, [1904], 215 pp., 29 pis. Ford (Frederick L.). 1. The trap rock of the Connecticut Valley. Stone, vol. 26, pp. 130-133, 1903. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic history of the trap rock in the vicinity of Hartford, Conn. Ford (W. E.). 1. On the chemical composition of dumortierite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 426-430. 1902. 2. Rickardite, a new mineral. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 69-70, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, pp. 22777-22778, 1903; Chemical News, vol. 87, pp. 56-57, 1903. Describes occurrence and chemical composition. 3. On the chemical composition of axinite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 195-201, 3 figs., 1903. Ford (W. E.), Penfield (S. L.) and. 1. On calavarite. See Penfield (S. L.) and Ford (W. E.), 1, Forstner (William). 1. Genesis of ore deposits at the Royal mine, Hodson, Cal. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 314-315, 7 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of the ore bodies and discusses their origin. . 2. The quicksilver deposits of California. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 385-386, 426-428, 5 figs., 1904. Forsyth (Alexander). 1. [In discussion of paper by J. D. Irving “ Wolframite in the Black Hills of South Dakota.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 1024-1025, 1902. Foster (Ernest Le Neve). 1. The Colorado Central lode, a paradox of the mining law. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 41-53, illus., 1902. Includes some discussion of the occurrence of the ores. 128 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Fowke (Gerard). 1. The preglacial drainage of Ohio—introduction. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Special Papers, no. 3, pp. 5-9, 1900. Reviews work previously done in deciphering preglacial drainage as an introduction to papers following. 2. Preglacial drainage conditions in the vicinity of Cincinnati [Ohio]. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Special Papers, no. 3, pp. 68-75, map, 1900. Fowler (George L.). 1. The coals and coal-nuning methods of the Pocahontas field. Eng. Mag., vol. 27, pp. 217-232, illus., 1904. Describes the geologic occurrence, fuel value, and mining methods of the Pocahontas coal. Fraas (E.). 1. [Origin of the Oligocene beds of the Bad Lands, South Dakota.] Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 211-212, 1901. Contains quotation from letter to Professor Osborn. 2. Geologische Streifziige durch die Prarien und Felsengebirge Nordamerikas. Wurttemberg, Jahreshefte des Vereins fur vaterlandische Naturkunde, Stuttgart, Jahrg. 58, pp. LXV-LXVIII, 1902. Contains observations on the Jurassic strata of Wyoming and their vertebrate fossils, and the Bad Lands of South Dakota. Franke (Robert P.). 1. Geology of the Cochise mining district, Arizona. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, p. 503, 1 fig., 1905. Frazer (Persifor). 1. Alphabetical cross reference catalogue of all the publications of Edward Drinker Cope, from 1859 till his death in 1897. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem., vol. 14, pp. 39-72, 233-256, 439-466, 1899-1900; vol. 15, pp. 31-96,1900. 2. Memoir of Franklin Platt. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 454-455, 1901. Gives a brief sketch of his life and a list of his publications. 3. The Eighth Session of the International Congress of Geologists. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 335-342, 1901. 4. Sketch of Dr. Frenzel. Am. Geol.,vol. 30, pp. 333-335, 1902. 5. Compte rendu, 8 Congres Geologique International, Paris, 1900. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 110-112, 1902. 6. Catalogue chronologique des publications de Edward Drinker Cope. Soc. Geol. de Belgique, Annales, vol. 29, pp. bb3-77, 1902. 7. J. Peter Lesley. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 133-136, lpl. (por.), 1903. 8. History of the Caribbean Islands from a petrographic point of view. (Abstract.) Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 55, pp. 396-400, 1903. Discusses briefly the petrology of Cuba and Anglesey and its bearing on the geologic history of the Antillean region. 9. Geogenesis and some of its bearings on economic geology. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 298-308, 1905. Reviews theories of the origin of the earth and discusses the planetesimal theory and the origin of the hydrocarbons. 10. Benjamin West Frazier. Am. Geol., vol.35, pp. 263-266, 1 pi. (por.), 1905. Gives an account of his life. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 129 Freeh (Fritz). 1. Die geographische Verbreitung und Entwickelung des Cambrium. Congr. g£ol. intern., Compt. rend. VII Sess., St. Petersburg, pp. 127-151,1899. In discussing the geographic distribution and development of the Cambrian, includes the Cambrian of North America. Frizell (Joseph P.). 1. Tidal scour in harbors, or the function of tidal basins with special reference to the Harbor of Boston. Assoc. Eng. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, pp. 78-85 and 88, 1902. Contains notes on deposition in harbors and its removal by tidal scour. Fuchs (Th.), 1. Ueber Parapsonema cryptophysa Clarke und deren Stellung im System. Centralbl. f. Min., Geol. u. Pal., no. 12, pp. 357-359, 1905. Discusses the systematic position of this Devonian fossil. Fuller (H. T.). 1. Corundum and emery. Drury Coll., Bradley Field Geol. Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 31-33,1904. Describes occurrence and character of deposits of corundum in Ontario, Canada. Fuller (Myron L.). 1. Probable representatives of the pre-Wisconsin till in southeastern Massachusetts. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 311-329, 6 figs., 1901. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 664, 1901. Describes the occurrence and character of the till at various localities and the occurrence of possible interglacial rock disintegration. 2. Etching of quartz in the interior of conglomerates. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 815-821, 3 figs., 1902. Discusses the evidences as to the cause and the conditions during the etching. 3. The Gaines oil field of northern Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 573-627, 8 pis., 7 figs., 1902. Describes location, topography, extent and development of the field, location, and produc¬ tiveness of wells, character and geologic occurrence of oil-producing sands and the stratig¬ raphy and geologic structure of this area. 4. The Catskill rocks in northern Pennsylvania. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 664-665, 1902. 5. Asphalt, oil, and gas in southwestern Indiana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 333-335, 1903. Describes occurrence and production of oil, natural gas, and asphalt in southwestern Indiana. 6. Probable pre-Kansan and Iowan deposits of Long Island, N. Y. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 308-312, 1903, 7. The Horseheads outlet of the Glacial lakes of Central New York. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 26, 1903. Discusses Glacial deposits and terraces in this region. 8. Ice-retreat in Glacial Lake Neponset and in southeastern Massachusetts. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp, 181-197, 4 figs., 1904. Describes occurrence and character of Glacial deposits in a part of eastern Massachusetts and discusses the disappearance and accompanying events of the Glacial ice. 9. Hyner gas pool, Clinton County, Pa. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 392-395, 1901. Describes the occurrence of natural gas in this field and gives the record of one of the borings. 10. Water supplies from wells in southern Louisiana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 101, pp. 74-81, 2 pis., 1904. 11. Contributions to the hydrology of eastern United States, 1903. Introduction. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 9-13, 1904. Bull. 301—06-9 130 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Fuller (Myron L.)—Continued. 12. Organization of the Division of Hydrology and work of the eastern section. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 15-20, 1904. Outlines the work of the United States Geological Survey in the investigation of underground water resources. 13. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of certain eastern and central states. Introduction. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 21-26, 1904. Describes the collection, preparation, and utilization of data relating to underground waters, as an introduction to a series of papers by different writers on the underground water resources of certain eastern and central states. 14. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Florida. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 238-275, 1904. 15. Experiments on the pollution of deep wells in Georgia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 305,1904. 16. Evidences of caves of Put-in-Bay, Ohio, on question of land tilting. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 20, p. 761,1904. 17. Introduction to Contributions to the hydrology of eastern United States, 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 9-16, 1905. Gives summaries of the reports comprised in the second of the series of “Contributions to the hydrology of eastern United States.” 18. Triassic rocks of the Connecticut Valley as a source of water supply. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 95-112, 7 figs., 1905. Describes the water resources of the area. Includes an account of the geologic structure. 19. Notes on the hydrology of Cuba. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 183-199, 1905. Includes a brief account of the geography, topography, and geology. 20. Underground waters of eastern United States. Introduction. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, p. 17, 1905. 21. Occurrence of underground waters. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 18-40, 4 pis., 14 figs., 1905. Describes the relations of rainfall, run-off, evaporation, and absorption, the occurrence of underground water and its recovery by wells. 22. Underground waters of eastern United States: New Hampshire. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 57-59, 1905. Gives a brief account of the geology and underground waters of the state. 23. Underground waters of eastern United States: Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 104-110, 1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology and the sources of water supply. 24. Underground waters of eastern United States: North Carolina. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 136-139, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the underground water resources of the state. 25. Underground waters of eastern United States: Florida. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 159-163, 1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the topograpy, general geology, and underground waters of the state. 26. Underground waters of eastern United States: West Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 271-272, 1905. Describes briefly the physiographic belts and their underground water resources. 27. Bibliographic review and index of papers relating to underground waters pub¬ lished by the United States Geological Survey, 1879-1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 120, 128 pp. 1905. 28. Audubon’s account of the New Madrid earthquake. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 748-749,1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 131 Fuller (Myron L.)—Continued. 29. Geology of Fishers Island, New York. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 367-390, 1 pi., 11 figs., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of Pleistocene and drift deposits on Fishers Island, and discusses their correlation with formations of other regions. Hydrologic work of the U. S. Geological Survey in the eastern United States. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 509-514, 1905. 31. Hydrologic work in eastern United States and publications on ground waters. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 9-29, 1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the work of the Division of Hydrology of the U. S. Geological Survey in eastern United States and the publications relating to underground waters. 32. Two unusual types of artesian flow. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 40-45, 4 figs., 1905. 33. Construction of so-called fountain and geyser springs. U. S. Geol. Surv.* Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 46-50, 4 figs., 1905. 34. A ground-water problem in southeastern Michigan. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 129-147, 1 pi., 3 figs., 1905. 35. Notes on certain large springs of the Ozark region, Missouri and Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 207-210, 1905. 36. Objects, development, and results of the work of collecting well records and samples. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 264, pp. 12-27, 1905. 37. Failure of wells along the lower Huron River, Michigan, in 1904. Mich. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1904, pp. 1-29, 1 pi., 3 figs., 1905. Gives an account of the general geology and of the condition of the water supply of the region. 38. Some results of Geological Survey work in the location of underground waters. Eng. News, vol. 54, p. 517, 1905. 39. Artesian flows from unconfined sandy strata. Eng. News, vol. 53, pp. 329-330, 1905. Discusses certain unusual conditions under which flowing wells occur. 40. Pleistocene history of Fishers Island, N. Y. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 51, 1905. 41. Cause and periods of earthquakes in the New Madrid area, Missouri and Arkansas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 349-350, 1905. Fuller (Myron L.) and Alden (William C.). 1. Gaines folio, Pennsylvania-New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 92, 1903. Describes topography and drainage, character and occurrence of Devonian, Carboniferous and Quaternary deposits, the geologic structure and history, physiography and glaciai history, economic products, and discovery and development of the Gaines oil field. 2. Elkland-Tioga folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 93,1903. Describes topography and drainage, character and occurrence of Devonian, Carboniferous, and Quatenary deposits, the geologic structure, geologic, physiographic, and glacial history and economic resources. Fuller (Myron L.) and Ashley (George H.). 1. Pitney folio, Indiana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 84, 1902. Describes geographic and topographic features, general geologic relations, Carboniferous for¬ mations and Quaternary deposits, and economic resources, chiefly coal. 132 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Fuller (Myron L.) and Ashley (George H.)—Continued. 2. Recent work in the coal field of Indiana and Illinois. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 284-293, 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of the coals in this area, and thickness and relations of the coal seams. Fuller (Myron L.) and Clapp (Frederick G.). 1. Marl-loess of the lower Wabash Valley. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 153-176, 2 pis., 1903; Am. Geol., vol. 31, p. 158, 1903. Describes character and occurrence of loess deposits in this region and discusses evidences showing their origin. 2. Patoka folio, Indiana-Illinois. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 105, 1904. Describes topographic features, the general geologic relations, the character and occurrence of Carboniferous, Tertiary, and Quaternary formations, the geologic structure and history, the economic resources, coal, clay, and building stone, the soils, forest reserves, and water supply. Fuller (Myron L.) and Veatch (A. C.). 1. Results of the resurvey of Long Island, New York. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 729-731, 1903. Discuss the occurrence of Cretaceous and Quaternary deposits and the source of the water of artesian wells. Fuller (Myron L.), Darton (Nelson H.) and. 1. Underground waters of eastern United States: Maryland. See Darton (N. H.) and Fuller (M. L.), 1. 2. Underground waters of eastern United States: District of Columbia. See Darton (N. H.) and Fuller (M. L.), 2. 3. Underground waters of eastern United States: Virginia. See Darton (N. H.) and Fuller (M. L.), 3. Fuller (Myron L.), Lines (E. F.), and Veatch (A. C.). 1. Record of deep well drilling for 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 264, 193 pp., 1905. Fulton (Charles H.). 1. The cyanide process in the Black Hills of South Dakota. S. Dak. School of Mines, Bull. no. 5, pp. 1-77,1 pi., 1902. Furlong (Eustace L.). 1. An account of the preliminary excavations in a recently explored Quaternary cave in Shasta County, California. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 53-55, 1904. Describes occurrence of vertebrate remains and gives lists of forms identified. 2. Preptoceras, a new ungulate from the Samwel cave, California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 163-169, 2 pis., 1905. Furlong (Eustace L.), Sinclair (William J.) and. 1. Euceratherium, a new ungulate from the Quaternary caves of California. See Sinclair (William J.) and Furlong (E. L.), 1. Furman (H. van F.). 1. Gold mining in Alaska. Mines and Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 433-436, 4 figs., 1901. Describes character and occurrence of gold ores in southeastern Alaska. G. Gale (HoytS.). 1. Water resources of Cowee and Pisgah quadrangles, North Carolina. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 174-176,1905. Gallaher (John A.). 1. Preliminary report on the structural and economic geology of Missouri. Mo. Bur. Geol. & Mines (Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. 13), Prel. Rept., 251 pp., 63 pis., 6 figs., 1900. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 133 Gallaher (John A.)—Continued. 2. Geology of Missouri. Encyclopedia of the History of Missouri, New York, The Southern History Company, vol. 3, pp. 31-41,1901. A general account of the geology of the State of Missouri. Gannett (Henry). 1. Profiles of rivers. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers no. 44, 100 pp., 11 pis., 1901. 2. Geography of Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 257-277, 1902. 3. Lake Chelan and its glacier [Washington]. Mazama, vol. 2, pp. 185-189, 1 pi., 1905! Describes the formation of a gorge through glacial erosion. Ganong- (W. F.). 1. Notes on the natural history and physiography of New Brunswick. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., no. 21 (vol. 5, pt. 1), pp. 35-92, illus., 1903. 2. Notes on the natural history and physiography of New Brunswick. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., no. 22 (vol. 5, pt. 2), pp, 179-241, illus., 1904. Describes physiographic history of various rivers of New Brunswick. 3. Notes on the natural history and physiography of New Brunswick. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., no. 23 (vol. 5, pt. 3), pp. 299-343, 1905. Describes various physiographic features, in sections, entitled: A measure of the rate of re¬ cession of the New Brunswick coast line; on the physiographic characteristics of the Renous River; on the physiographic characteristics of the Southwest Branch of the Little Southwest Miramichi River; on the physiographic characteristics of the Walkemik Basin; on geological boundaries in the Tuadook-Walkemik region. Gardiner (J. Stanley). 1. The origin of coral reefs, as shown by the Maldives. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 203-213, fig. 1, 1903. Garrey (G. H.), Spurr (J. E.) and. 1. Preliminary report on ore deposits in the Georgetown, Colo., mining district. See Spurr (J. E.) and Garrey (G. H.), 1. Garrison (F. Lynwood). 1. The genesis of limonite ores in the Appalachians. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 470-471, 1904. 2. The iron ores of Shady Valley, Tennessee. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 590-592,1904. Describes the geology and the occurrence, character, and relations of the iron-ore deposits. 3. Tin in the United States. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 830-832, 1904. Discusses the occurrence of tin deposits. 4. Gold in Santo Domingo. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 1128-1130, 5 figs., 1905. Includes brief notes on the general geology of the island. Gaudry (Albert). 1. Observations paleontologiques dans 1’Alaska. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 137, pp. 553-554, 1903. Notes the occurrence of Quaternary mammalian remains in Alaska. Gautier (Armand). 1. A propos de la composition des gaz des fumerolles du Mont Pel6e. Remarques sur l’origine des phenomenes volcaniques. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 16-20, 1903. Discusses the constitution of gases from the fumerolles of Mont Pel6e and the cause of volcanic phenomena. 134 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Gay (Ware B.). I. [In discussion of paper on “The Richmond coal-basin, Virginia,” by J. B. Wood- worth.] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs.,*Trans., vol. 31, pp. 1011-1012, 1902. Geikie (Archibald). 1. The founders of geology. Johns Hopkins Univ., George Huntington Williams Memorial lectures, vol. 1, 297 pp., 1901. Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, p. 326, 1901. Gidley (J. W.). 1. Tooth characters and revision of the North American species of the genus Equus. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 91-142, 4 pis., 27 tigs., 1901. 2. A new three-toed horse. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19,, pp. 465-476, 1903. 3. On two species of Platygonus from the Pliocene of Texas. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 477-481, 5 figs., 1903. 4. The fresh-water Tertiary of northwestern Texas. American Museum expeditions of 1899-1901. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 617-635, 7 pis., 4 tigs., 1903. Describes explorations in the Tertiary beds of northwestern Texas, and the character, occur¬ rence, and fossil contents of Pleistocene, Pliocene, and Miocene formations. 5. Proper generic names of Miocene horses. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 191-194, 1904. Gidley (J. W.), Matthew (W. D.) and. 1. New or little-known mammals from the Miocene of South Dakota. American Museum expedition of 1903. See Matthew (W. D.) and Gidley (J. W.), 1. Gilbert (Grove Karl). 1. Physical history of Niagara River [New York]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Map of Niagara River and vicinity, 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 375-377, 1901. 2. On some joint veins. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 84-85,1902. 3. John Wesley Powell. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 561-567, por., 1902. A sketcn of his life and work. 4. John Wesley Powell: a memorial to an American explorer and scholar. Com¬ prising articles by Mrs. M. D. Lincoln (Bessie Beach), Grove Karl Gilbert, Marcus Baker, and Paul Carus. Edited by Grove Karl Gilbert. (Reprinted from “The Open Court.”) Chicago, The Open Court Publishing Company, 75 pp., 4 pis. (por.), 1903. 5. Powell as a geologist. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 113-118, 1903. 6. Proposed investigation of subterranean temperatures and gradients. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Yearbook no. 1, 1902, pp. 285-286, 1903. Presents a proposition for a deep boring, and states results to be obtained thereby. 7. John Wesley Powell. Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 633-640, por., 1903. Revised by the author from article published in Science, October 10, 1902. See no. 3 above. 8. Joint veins. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 521-522, 1903. Contains brief note on joint structures in the House range, Utah. 9. A highly viscous eruption of rhyolite. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 221,1903. FOE THE YEAES 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 135 Gilbert (Grove Karl)—Continued. 10. Physiographic belts in western New York. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 221, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., p. 22647, 1903. 11. Origin of Basin ranges. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 301, 1903; Geol: Soc. Am., vol. 14, p. 551, 1904. 12. Statics of a tidal glacier. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 739-740, 1903. Discusses the statics of tidal glaciers and their bearing upon the origin of fiords. 13. Alaska. Glaciers and glaciation. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 3, 231 pp., 27 pis., 11 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of the glaciers and physiographic features of Alaska. 14. Geology and paleontology [of the Harriman Alaska expedition]. Introduction. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 1-8, 1 pi., 1904. Describes briefly the itinerary of the Harriman Alaska expedition and the results obtained. 15. Regulation of nomenclature in the work of the U. S. Geological Survey. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 138-142, 1904. Notes some of the changes made in the regulations given in the Tenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey. The revised regulations appear in the Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey. 16. The mechanism of the Mont Pelee spine. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 927-928, 1904: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, p. 27, 1904. Offers an explanation of the formation of the spine of Mont Pel6* 17. Domes and dome structure of the high Sierra. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 29-36, 4 pis., 1904; Sierra Club Bull., vol. 5, pp. 211-220, 4 pis. 1905. Describes dome structure and discusses its origin. 18. Variations of Sierra glaciers. Sierra Club Bull., vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 20-25, 2 pis., 1904. 19. Systematic asymmetry of crest lines in the high Sierra of California. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 579-588, 8 figs., 1904; Sierra Club Bull., vol. 5, pp. 279-286, 4 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Discusses the relations of glaciers and physiographic features in the Sierra Nevada Mountains 20. The sculpture of massive rocks. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 191-192, 1905. 21. Plans for obtaining subterranean temperatures. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 3, 1904, pp. 120, 259-260, 1905. 22. Value and feasibility of a determination of subterranean temperature gradient by means of a deep boring. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 3, 1904, pp. 261-267, 1905. 23. Undulations of certain layers of the Lockport limestone. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 224,1905. 24. Terraces of the High Sierra, California. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 822,1905. 25. Fault phenomena near Glen Echo, Md. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 917-918,1905. Gilbert (Grove Karl) and Brigham (Albert Perry). 1. An introduction to physical geography. New York, D. Appleton an.d Company, 1902. 380 pp., 263 figs.. Gill (Theodore N.,). 1. Origin of fresh-water faunas. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 617, 1905. 2. An interesting Cretaceous chimoeroid egg case. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 601-602, 1905. 136 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Gillespie (P.). 1. Cement industry of Ontario. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1905, vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 118-183, illus., 1905. Includes notes on the occurrence of marls and clays in Ontario. Gillette (Halbert Powers). 1. Osmosis as a factor in ore formation. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 710-714, 1904. Gillot (H.). 1. Sur la composition chimique des poussieres volcaniques d * la, Martinique. Soc. Geol. de Belgique, Ann., vol. 30, pp. B49-51, 1903. Discusses the chemical composition of volcanic ash from Martinique. Gilmore (Charles W.). 1. Discovery of teeth in Baptanodon,-an Ichthyosaurian from the Jurassic of Wyo¬ ming. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 913-914, 1902. 2. Discovery of dental grooves and teeth in the type of Baptanodon (Sauranodon) Marsh. Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 750,1903. 3. Osteology of Baptanodon (Marsh). Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 77-129, 6 pis., 26 figs., 1905. 4. The mounted skeleton of Triceratops prorsus. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 29, pp. 433-435, 2 pis., 1905. Gilmore (Charles W.), Peterson (0. A.) and. 1. Elosaurus parvus; a new genus and species of the Sauropoda. See Peterson (O. A.) and Gilmore (C. W.),l. Gilpin (Edwin, jr.). 1. The minerals of Nova Scotia. Halifax, N. S., 1901. 78 pp. Describes the economic mineral resources of the province. 2. The building stones of Nova Scotia. Stone, vol. 24, pp. 122-128, 1902. 3. Sections and analyses of Nova Scotia coals. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 11, pp. 8-17, 1905. Giraud (J.). 1. Sur Page des formations volcaniques anciennes de la Martinique. Acad. des. Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 1377-1379, 1902. Discusses the geologic age of volcanic formations on the island of Martinique. Giraud (J.), Lacroix (A.), Rollet de l’Isle and. 1. Sur l’eruption de la Martinique. See Lacroix (A.), Rollet de l’lsle and Giraud (J.), 1. Girty (George H.). 1. The Waverly group in northeastern Ohio. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 664, 1901. Gives brief notes on the correlation and succession of the subdivisions. 2. The Upper Permian in western Texas. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 363-368, 1902. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the Carboniferous section examined by Shu- mard in 1855, and proposes the geographic term Guadalupian for the Permian strata of the region. 3. The Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 16, 546 pp., 10 pis., 1903. Reviews in chronologic order the literature bearing upon the subject and includes a bibli¬ ography. Gives a r£sum6 of the literature upon the stratigraphic geology of the Carbon¬ iferous area of Colorado. Describes the character and occurrence of the Paleozoic forma¬ tions, discusses the occurrence and correlation of the Carboniferous fossil faunas by geo¬ graphic areas and localities, with lists of species, and gives systematic descriptions of the species. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 137 Girty (George H.)—Continued. 4. Tabulated list of invertebrate fossils from the Carboniferous section of Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 211, pp. 73-83, 1903. 5. New molluscan genera from the Carboniferous.' U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 27, pp. 721-736, 3 pis., 1904. 6. Note on the Carboniferous fossils [of the Bisbee Quadrangle, Arizona]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 21, pp. 46-54, 2 pis., 1904. Gives lists of identified fossils with notes upon their occurrence and relations. Some of the more characteristic are figured. 7. The typical species and generic characters of Aviculipecten, McCoy. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 291-296, 1 fig., 1904. 8. The type of Aviculipecten. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 332-333, 1904. 9. Triticites, a new genus of Carboniferous foraminifers. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 234-240, 5 figs., 1904. 10. Upper Paleozoic rocks in Ohio and northwestern Pennsylvania. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 24-25, 19C4. Discusses the equivalency of certain Carboniferous formations. 11. The relations of some Carboniferous faunas. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 1-26, 1905. Discusses the relations and correlations of Carboniferous faunas and formations in the vari¬ ous parts of the United States to one another and to those of other parts of the world. 12. Paleontology of the Bingham mining district, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 38, pp. 387-393, 1905. Gives notes upon the occurrence and lists of fossils identified in collections there made. Glenn (L. C.). 1. Devonic and Carbonic formations of southwestern New York, with stratigraphic map of the Olean quadrangle. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 967-989, 2 pis., 1903. Describes occurrence, character, and geologic relations of Devonian and Carboniferous strata of this region and discusses the geologic age of the formations. 2. Devonian and Carboniferous rocks of southwestern New York. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 522-531, 1904. 3. Notes on a new meteorite from Hendersonville, N. C., and on additional pieces of the Smithville, Tenn., fall. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 215-216, 1904 4. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 358-367, 1904. 5. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Kentucky. • U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 369-373, 1904. 6. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Pelecypoda. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 274-401, 44 pis., 1904. 7. The more common minerals of the region about Nashville [Tennessee]. Eng. Assoc. South, Trans., 1903, pp. 103-113 [1904]. Discusses the general principles controlling occurrence of minerals, and describes the occur¬ rence and character of minerals from central Tennessee. 8. Fossiliferous sandstone dikes in the Eocene of Tennessee and Kentucky. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 522,1904. 9. Gerard Troost. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 72-94, 1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a discussion of Troost’s reports as State geologist and a list of his published writings. 138 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Glenn (L. C.)—Continued. 10. Underground waters of eastern United States: South Carolina. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 140-152, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the general geology and the character, occurrence, and water-bearing resources of the various geologic formations of the State. 11. Underground waters of eastern United States: Tennessee and Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 198-208, 1905. Describes the underground water resources by physiographic provinces. Goldschmidt (Victor). 1. From the borderland between crystallography and chemistry. Wis. Univ., Bull. no. 108 (Science ser., vol. 3, no. 2), pp. 21-38, 3 figs., 1905. Goldschmidt (Victor) and Nicol (William). 1. New forms of sperrylite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 450-458, 5 figs., 1903. Describes crystallographic characters. Goldthwait (James Walter). 1. The sand plains of Glacial Lake Sudbury. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 42 (Geol. Ser., vol. 6, no. 6), pp. 263-301, 5 pis., 4 figs., 1905. Describes an investigation upon the sand plains in the Sudbury Valley, Mass., discusses their relations, and the hypotheses offered to explain their differences in level, and gives a sketch of the probable history of Lake Sudbury, Goldthwait (James Walter), Huntington (Ellsworth) and. 1. The hurricane fault in southwestern Utah. See Huntington (Ellsworth) and Goldthwait (J. W.), 1. 2. The hurricane fault in the Toquerville district, Utah. See Huntington (E.) and Goldthwait (J. W.), 2. Goode (John Paul). 1. The piracy of the Yellowstone. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 177-187, illus., 1901. See no. 2047 in U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 188. Goodwin (J. O.). 1. Reformed copper ores. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, pp. 60, 75, 85, 1902. Discusses the occurrence and origin of copper-ore deposits. Gordon (C. E.). 1. Early stages of some Paleozoic corals. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 990,1905. Gordon (Charles H.). 1. On the origin and classification of gneisses. Nebr. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 90-96,1901. 2. The Port Huron oil field [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 269-281, 1902. Contains well records of this field and the adjoining region in Canada. 3. Wave-cutting on west shore of Lake Huron, Sanilac County, Mich. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 283-290, 5 pis., 3 figs,, 1902; Mich. Miner, vol. 4, no. 12, pp. 10-14, illus., 1902. Describes the recent encroachment of the lake upon the land. 4. On the paramorphic alteration of pyroxene to compact hornblende. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 40-43, 1904. 5. On the pyroxenites of the Grenville series in Ottawa County, Canada. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 316-325, 5 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of these rocks and discusses their origin and nomen¬ clature. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 139 Gordon (Charles H.)—Continued. 6. The work of rivers. Northwest Jour, of Education, vol. 15, no. 7, pp. 3-6, 2 figs., 1904. Discusses erosion and sedimentation by running waters. Gordon (Reginald). 1. Bones of a mastodon found. Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 594, 1902. Describes the occurrence of remains of a mastodon near Newburgh, New York. 2. Tree trunks found with mastodon remains. Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 1033,1902. Describes occurrence of remains of trunks of trees near Newburgh, New York. Gorham (Frederic P.). 1. The Cambrian deposits of North Attleboro, Mass. The Apteryx, vol. 1, pp. 53-58, 2 pis., 1905; Roger Williams Park Museum, Providence, R. I. Bull. no. 9, 6 pp., 2 pis., 1905. Describes the occurrence of Cambrian strata at this locality and gives figures of fossils con¬ tained in them. Gottschalk (A. L. M.). 1. Gold fields of eastern Nicaragua. U. S. Dept. Comm, and Labor, Daily Consular Reports, no. 1774, pp. 2-9, 1903. Describes the occurrence and production of gold. Gould (Charles Newton). 1. Notes on the fossils from the Kansas-Oklahoma Red Beds. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 337-340, L901. Gives a description of the character of the Red Beds and of the evidences on which they have been assigned to the Permian. Refers to fossils recently found in the beds. 2. Notes on the geology of parts of the Seminole, Creek, Cherokee, and Osage Nations. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 185-190, 1901. This paper is a contribution to the Red Beds problem of the region, and indicates that the strata are of Permian and Carboniferous age. 3. Tertiary springs of western Kansas and Oklahoma. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 263-268, 1901. Describes the occurrence of those springs at the contact betweeii the Tertiary and the under¬ lying Cretaceous or Red Bed strata. 4. Notes on the Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas Gypsum Hills. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 188-190, 1901. Describes the geologic features of the region and discusses the age of the beds. 5. The Dakota Cretaceous of Kansas and Nebraska. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 122-178, 9 pis., 1901. Gives a historical sketch of work on the Dakota group, describes its geographic distribution, character, occurrence, and relations, its economic products, and the general characteristics of its fauna and flora. Includes a bibliography. 6. On the southern extension of the Marion and Wellington formations. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 179-181, 1901. Describes their character and occurrence in Oklahoma 7. The Oklahoma salt plains. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 181-184, 1901. Describes the geologic formations of the region and the occurrence and character of the salt plains. 8. Oklahoma limestones. Stone, vol. 23, pp. 351-354, 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence and character of the limestones. 140 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Gould (Charles Newton)—Continued. 9. General geology of Oklahoma. Okla., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Hist., 2d Bien. Rept., pp. 17-74,1902. Describes the drainage, the occurrence, character, and relations of igneous rocks and sedi¬ mentary rocks of Carboniferous, Cretaceous, and Tertiary age, including an extended and detailed account of the Red Beds in Oklahoma, and a historical review of investigations upon their stratigraphic position and geologic age in Texas, Kansas, and Oklahoma. 10. Oklahoma gypsum. Okla., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Hist., 2d Bien. Rept., pp. 75-137, 1902. Describes the occurrence, character, and utilization of the gypsum deposits in Oklahoma, and discusses their geologic relations and origin. 11. Gypsum deposits in Oklahoma. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 60-67, 2 pis., 6 figs., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of gypsum deposits occurring in Permian strata. 12. Geology of Jacobs Cavern, McDonald County, Missouri. Phillips Acad., Andover, Mass., Dept. Archaeology, Bull. 1, pp. 9-12,1904. 13. Geology of the Wichita Mountains of Oklahoma. Okla., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Hist., 3d Bien. Rept., pp. 15-22, 1904. Describes the physiography of the region, and the character and occurrence of igneous rocks, and of sedimentary rocks of Cambrian, Ordovician, and Carboniferous age. 14. Geology and water resources of Oklahoma. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 148, 178 pp., 22 pis., 32 figs., 1905. Describes the topography, the character, occurrence, and relations of Cambrian, Ordovician, Carboniferous, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary deposits, and the water supply. Gould (Charles Newton) and Fisher (Cassius A.). 1. The Dakota and Carboniferous clays of Nebraska. Nebr. State Board of Agr., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 185-194, 5 figs., 1901. Gowling' (F. A.). 1. Notes on geology of Mineral Creek district, Pinal County, Arizona. Mg. Rep., vol. 49, pp. 501-504, 1904. Describes the stratigraphy of the region and the occurrence of the ore deposits. Grabau (Amadeus W.). 1. Guide to the geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls and vicinity. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci^ Bull., vol. 7, pp. 1-284,18 pis., 190 figs., and geologic map; N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 45, pp. 1-284,18 pis., 190 figs, and geologic map, 1901; Review, Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 56-57, 1901; N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 4,1902. Describes the physiography of the region, the character, occurrence, and distribution of the Silurian and Devonian strata, and the fossils of the Silurian rocks. Includes a bibliography 2. A preliminary geologic section in Alpena and Presque Isle counties, Michigan. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 177-189, 1 pi., 1901. Gives a section of a well 1,250 feet in depth and describes the character and occurrence of the Devonian strata of the section exposed. 3. Recent contributions to the problem of Niagara. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, p. 773, 1901; N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, p. 139,1901; Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 329-330, 1901. 4. Studies of gastropoda. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 917-945, 8 figs., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 89, 1902. Describes stages of development of gastropods. 5. Stratigraphy of the Traverse group of Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 163-210, 2 pis., 2 figs., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Oontr., vol. 10, no. 82, 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of the subdivisions of this group and includes lists of fossils at various horizons and localities. 6. The Geological Society of America [Proceedings and abstracts of papers]. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 81-91,1902. FOE THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 141 Grabau (Amadeus W.)—Continued. 7. Recent contributions to the problem of Niagara. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, p. 139, 1902. 8. Notes on the development of the biserial arm in certain crinoids. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 289-300, 8 figs., 1903; Columbia Univ., Contr. from Geol. Dept., vol. 11, no. 97, 1903. 9. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 1030-1079,13 figs., 1903; Columbia Univ., Contr. from Geol. Dept., vol. 11, no. 98, 1903. Reviews literature of the region and describes character, occurrence, and fauna of the Ordo¬ vician, Silurian, and Devonian strata of Becraft Mountain. 10. Paleozoic coral reefs. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 337-352, 2 pis., 1903; Columbia Univ., Contr. from Geol. Dept., vol. 11, no. 96, 1903. Describes coral reefs in the Devonian of Michigan and New York, in the Silurian of Wiscon¬ sin and Gotland, and in the Devonian and Carboniferous of Belgium, names and describes varieties of reef limestone, and gives a classification of limestones. 11. Studies of Gastropoda. II. Fulgur and Sycotypus. Am. Nat., vol. 37, pp. 515-539, 19 figs., 1903; Columbia Univ., Contr. from Geol. Dept., vol. 11, no. 95, 1903. Describes developmental stages, relationships, and phylogeny of Fulgur and Sycotypus. 12« Limestone regions of Michigan. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, p. 81, 1903. 13. The phylogeny of the Fusidse. . Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 86-87, 1903. 14. Traverse group of Michigan. Abstract: Ge’ol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 519, 1903. 15. On the classification of sedimentary rocks. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 228-247,1904; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 12, no. 101,1904. Proposes a classification of sedimentary rocks and sets forth the principles upon which it is based. 16. Phylogeny of Fusus and its allies. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 44, pp. 1-157, 18 pis., 22 figs., 1904. Includes descriptions of American Tertiary forms. 17. Physical characters and history of some New York formations. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 528-535, 1905. Discusses physiographic changes taking place in New York and other parts of the eastern half of the United States in Paleozoic time. 18. Evolution of some Devonic spirifers. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 195, 1905; Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 426-427,1905. 19. Types of sedimentary overlap. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 991-992,1905. Grabau (A. W.), Johnson (C. W.) and. 1. A new species of Clavilithes from the Eocene of Texas. See Johnson (C. W.) and Grabau (A. W.), 1. Grabau (Amadeus W.), Kemp (J. F.) and. 1. The Washington meeting of the Geological Society of America, December 30, 31, 1902, January 1 and 2, 1903. See Kemp (J. F.) and Grabau (A. W.), 1. Grabau (Amadeus W.), Shimer (Henry W.) and. 1. Hamilton group of Thedford, Ontario. See Shimer (H. W.) and Grabau (A. W.), 1. Granger (Walter), Osborn (Henry F.) and. 1. Fore and hind limbs of Sauropoda from the Bone Cabin quarry [Wyoming]. See Osborn (H. F.) and Granger (W.), 1. 142 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Grant (C. C.). Opening address. 1. Geological Section [Hamilton Scientific Association]. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 17, pp. 62-77, 2 figs., 1901. Contains notes on fossils collected near Hamilton, Ontario. 2. Niagara Falls as an index of time. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., J^our. & Proc., no. 17, pp. 78-83,1 fig., 1901. 3. Geological notes, etc. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 17, pp. 84-96, 1 fig., 1901. Discusses certain post-Glacial problems. 4. Opening address, geological section [Hamilton Scientific Association], for session 1901-1902. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 18, pp. 33-42,1902. Contains notes on fossils collected near Hamilton, Ontario. 5. Coral reefs—modern and ancient. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 18, pp. 43-45,1902. Notes the occurrence of fossil corals in Ontario. 6. Geological notes—(continued). Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc.* no. 18, pp. 48-52, 1902. Contains notes on the occurrence of fossils near Hamilton, Ontario. 7. Geological notes. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 19, pp. 111-127, 5 figs., 1903. Contains notes on the occurrence of Ordovician and Silurian fossils. 8. The origin of petroleum. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 19, pp. 142-145, 1903. 9. Notes on past collecting season. . Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 20, pp. 29-46, 4 figs., 1904. Gives notes on the occurence of Silurian fossils near Hamilton, Ontario. 10. Notes on the late collecting season. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 21, pp. 68-74, 80-86, 2 figs., 1905. Contains notes on the occurrence of fossils near Hamilton, Ontario. Grant (Ulysses Sherman). 1. Preliminary report on the copper-bearing rocks of Douglas County, Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 6 (2d edition), 83 pp., 13 pis., 1 fig., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 323-324, 1901. Contains the material of the first edition and the results of the field work of 1900 in the same region. 2. Junction of Lake Superior sandstone and Keweenawan traps in Wisconsin. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 6-9, 1901. Reviews previous investigations and discusses the contact phenomena and the character of the sedimentary rocks. 3. Lake Superior iron ore deposits. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 47-51, 1902. Reviews recent literature on these ores. 4. Geological excursion in the Pittsburg region. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., yol. 14, pp. 3^, 1903. Gives a short summary of the stratigraphic, economic, physiographic, and Glacial geology of this region. 5. Preliminary report on the lead and zinc deposits of southwestern Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 9,103 pp., 4 pis., 8 figs., 1903. Describes topography and general geology of the region, and the character, occurrence, and origin of the ore deposits. 6. Investigations on the Lake Superior iron ore deposits. Mg. Mag., vol. 10, pp. 175-183, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology of the region, and the occurrence, geologic relations, character, and origin of the iron ore deposits. FOE THE YE4RS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 143 Grant (Ulysses Sherman)—Continued. 7. A pre-Glacial peneplain in the driftless area. Abstract: Science, new ser.. vol. 19, p. 528, 1904; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, p. 23446, 1904. 8. Field work in the Wisconsin lead and zinc district. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 552-553, 1904; Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 526, 1904; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, p. 23446, 1904; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 74, 1904. Describes briefly the method adopted in a combined topographic, geographic, and geologic survey in this region. 9. Structural relations of the Wisconsin zinc and lead deposits. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 233-242, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the general and structural geology of the ore deposits, and discusses their origin. 10. Zinc and lead ores of southwestern Wisconsin. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 304-310, 1905. Describes the general geology, and the character and occurrence of zinc and lead deposits. 11. Water resources of the Mineral Point quadrangle, Wisconsin. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 67-73, 1905. Gratacap (L. P.). 1. Paleontological speculations. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 75-100, 1901. Discusses the life history and development of various fossil forms. 2. Paleontological speculations. II. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 214-234,1901. Discusses biological crises. 3. The Ward-Coonley collection of meteorites. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, pp. 21382-21383, 1901. Contains notes on the characters of meteorites. 4. Paleontological speculations. III. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 290-301, 1902. 5. The great Jurassic dinosaur. Sci. Am., vol. 86, p. 5, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the vertebrate animal life of the Jurassic and the occurrence of remains in Wyoming. 6. Vade mecum guide. A popular guide to mineral collections. With a chapter on the development of mineralogy. New York, The Broadway Press, no date. 178 pp., illus. 7. Geology of the City of New York (Greater New York), with geological map. Second edition. For use in schools, institutes, and classes. New York, Brentano’s, 1904. 119 pp., 35 figs., and geol. map. ’Graton (Louis Caryl). 1. On the petrographical relations of the Laurentian limestones and the granite in the township of Glamorgan, Haliburton County, Ontario. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 1-38, 1903. 2. Up and down the Mississaga [Ontario]. Out. Bur. Mines [12th] Kept., pp. 157-172, 3 pis., 1903. Contains observations on the geography, typography, geology, petrography, and resources. 3. The Carolina tin belt. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 188-195, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the location and general geology of the region in which tin ores have been discov¬ ered, their character and occurrence, and tne mining developments. 4. Consanguinity of the eruptive rocks of Cripple Creek. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 391, 1905. Graton (L. C.) and Schaller) W. T.). 1. Purpurite, a new mineral. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 146-151,1905. Zeitschr. f. Krystall. u. Min., Bd. 41, pp. 433- 438, 1905 [German translation]. Describes occurrence, physical properties, and chemical composition. 144 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Graton (L. C.), Hess (F. L.) and. 1. The occurrence and distribution of tin. See Hess (F. L.) and Graton (L. C.), 1. Grave (Caswell). 1. The oyster reefs of North Carolina; a geological and economic study. Johns Hopkins IJniv., Circ. no. 151, pp. 50-53, 2 figs., 1901. Green (Raoul). 1. The Frank disaster [Alberta]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 22, pp. 103-110, illus., 1903. Describes the landslide at Frank, Alberta, and discusses its cause. Greene (George K.). 1. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part VI. New Albany, Ind., pp. 42-49; 3 pis., 1901. Describes Devonian fossils from Indiana. 2. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part VII. New Albany, Ind., pp. 50-61, 3 pis. 1901. Describes Devonian and Carboniferous fossils from Indiana. 3. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part VIII. New Albany, Ind., pp. 62-74, 3 pis., 1901. Describes fossils from upper Paleozoic rocks. 4. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part IX. New Albany, Ind., pp. 75-84, 3 pis., 1902. Describes new species of Devonian corals and [R. R.] Rowley describes new species of Devo¬ nian echinodermata. 5. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part X. New Albany, Ind., pp. 85-97, 3 pis., 1902. Contains descriptions of new corals from the Devonian by Greene and of new species of echi- noderms from the Carboniferous and Devonian by Rowley. 6. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XI. New Albany, Ind., pp. 98-109, 3 pis., 1903. Includes descriptions of Silurian and Devonian corals and echinoderms, the latter described by Rowley. 7. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XII. New Albany, Ind., pp. 110-129, 3 pis., 1903. Contains descriptions of Devonian corals and Devonian and Carboniferous echinoderms, the latter by Rowley. 8. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XIII. New Albany, Ind., pp. 130-136, 3 pis., 1903. Contains descriptions of Devonian corals and echinoderms, the latter by Rowley. 9. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XIV. New Albany, Ind., pp. 138-145, 3 pis., 1903. Contains descriptions of Devonian corals by Greene and Devonian echinodermata by Rowley. 10. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XV. New Albany, Ind., pp. 146-155, 3 pis., 1903. Contains descriptions of Devonian corals by Greene and of Devonian echinodermata by Rowley. 11. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XVI. New Albany, Ind., pp. 156-167, 3 pis., 1903. Contains descriptions of Devonian corals by Greene and of Devonian and Carboniferous echinodermata by Rowley. 12. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XVII. New Albany, Ind., pp. 168-175, 3 pis., 1904. Contains descriptions of Devonian and Carboniferous corals by George K. Greene, and of Carboniferous echinoderms by R. R. Rowley. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 145 Greene (George K.)—Continued. 13. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XVIII. New Albany, Ind., pp. 176-184, 3 pis., 1904. Contains descriptions of Devonian and Carboniferous corals by George K. Greene, and of Devonian and Carboniferous echinoderms by R. R. Rowley. 14. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XIX. New Albany, Ind., pp. 185-197, 3 pis., 1904. Contains descriptions of Devonian, Silurian, and Carboniferous corals by G. K. Greene, and of Carboniferous and Devonian echinoderms by R. R. Rowley. The latter contributes a review of Dr. G. Hambach’s Revision of the Blastoidese. 15. Contribution to Indiana paleontology. Part XX. New Albany, Ind., pp. 198-204, 3 pis., 1904. Contains specific descriptions of Devonian corals by George K. Greene. Parts I-XX, February, 1898, to September, 1904, form volume! of the “Contribution to Indiana paleontology.” Greg-er (D. K.). 1. The distribution and synonymy of Ptychospira sexplicata (White and Whitfield). Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 15-17, 1904. 2. On the genus Rhynchopora, King, with notice of a new species. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 297-301, 12 figs., 1904. Greg-ory (Herbert E.). 1. Andesites of the Aroostook volcanic area of Maine. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral. andPetrog., pp. 467-480, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 8, pp. 359-369.) 2. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Connecticut. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrig. Paper no. 102, pp. 127-168, 1904. 3. Underground waters of eastern United States: Connecticut. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 76-81, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the general geology and the underground water supply of the State. Greg-ory (J. W.). 1. The plan of the earth and its causes. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 100-119, 5 figs, and 134-147, 3 pis., 16 figs., 1901. Reviews previous discussions as to the origin of the distribution of the irregularities in the surface of the lithosphere and discusses the pentagonal theory of Elie de Beaumont and the tetrahedral of Green. Greg-ory (W. K.). 1. The weight of the Brontosaurus. Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 572, 1905. Greg-ory (W. M.). 1. Preliminary report on Arenac County and parts of Ogemaw, Iosco and Alcona counties [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 11-29, 1902. Describes the occurrence of limestone, gypsum, coal, water supply and clays in these counties. 2. Geological Survey of Michigan: Preliminary report on Arenac, Ogemaw, Iosco and Alcona counties. Mich. Miner, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 11-15,1902. Discusses the economic geology of this area. 3. The alabaster area [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 9, pt. 2, pp. 60-77, 1904. Describes the glacial geology, the physiographic features, and the Paleozoic geological forma¬ tions exposed in this area. 4. Recent shore forms. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 301-305, 1905. Describes changes in the shore line of Lake Huron. Bull. 301—06-10 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 146 Gresley (W. S.). ' j^H 1. Possible new coal plants, etc., in coal. Am* Geol., vol. 27, pp.6-14, 6 pis., 1901. Describes structures occurring in coal beds which may be of vegetable origin. Grider (R. L. ), Bailey (E. YV.), Rath (C. M.”). 1. A garnetiferous bed in Golden Gate Canyon, Jefferson County, Colorado. See Bailey (E. W.), Rath (C. M.), Grider (R. L.), 1. Griffith (William). 1. An investigation of the buried valley of Wyoming [Pennsylvania]. Wyoming Hist, and Geol. Soc., Proc. and Coll., vol. 6, pp. 27-36, with map, 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, p, 324, 1901. Describes glacial phenomena of the region. 2. The anthracite of the Third Hill Mountain, West Virginia. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 154, pp.431-439, 1 fig., 1902. Contains notes on the general geology of the region and the recurrence and character of coal. 3. The anthracite of the Third Hill Mountain, West Virginia; the effect of crushing movements on the quality of the coal. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 293-294, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the general geology of the region. 4. A Missouri coal field. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 564-565, 5 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of coal in Morgan County, Missouri. Griffiths (A. B.). 1. The volcanic dust of Mont Pelee. Chemical News, vol. 88, p. 231, 1903. Grig-gs (Robert F.). 1. The thickness of the Columbus limestone. Ohio Nat., vol. l^p. 67-68, 1904. Grimsley (G. P.). 1. Kansas mines and minerals. Kans. Acad. Sci.. Trans., vol. 17, pp. 200-207, 1901. Gives an account of the occurrence of the various economic products of the State. 2. Economic geology of Iola [Kansas] and vicinity. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 78-82, 1 pi., 1903. Describes production of natural gas and the mineral industries of this locality. 3. Oil, gas, and glass, chemical industries, and minerals in Kansas. Kans., Bur. Labor and Industry, 1st Bien. Kept., pp. 323-350, 2 pis. and 1 map, 1903. Discusses the origin of oil and gas, the geological conditions of accumulation, duration of supply, and their occurrence in Kansas. 4. Gypsum deposits in Michigan. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 45-47, 1904. Describes occurrence, character, economic development, and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits. 5. Gypsum deposits in Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 53-59, 1 pi., 3 figs., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits in Kansas. 6. A theory of origin for the Michigan gypsum deposits. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 378-387, 1904. Describes the general geology of lower Michigan and the geological history of the Michigan basin, and discusses the conditions under which the gypsum deposits of this area were produced. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 147 Grimsley (G. P.)—Continued. 7. The gypsum of Michigan and the plaster industry. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 9, pt. 2, 246 pp., 29 pis., 49 figs., 1904. Gives an account of the occurrence and utilization of gypsum deposits in other countries and States, describes the geology and topography of the Michigan series gypsum, and the min¬ ing of the gypsum deposits and manufacture into plaster, and discusses the origin of gyp¬ sum and its various uses. 8. Origin of gypsum, with special reference to the origin of the Michigan deposits. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 110-117, lpl., 1905. Griswold (W. T.). 1. The Berea Grit oil sand in the Cadiz quadrangle, Ohio. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 198, 43 pp., 1 pi., 1 fig., 1902. Describes the occurrence of petroleum and the method used in constructing a contour map of the Berea grit oil sand in this area. 2. Structural work during 1901 and 1902 in the eastern Ohio oil fields. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 336-344, 1903. Describes factors controlling accumulation of oil, the method used in constructing a map of the oil sand, the structure of the Berea grit, and the development of the field. 3. Pittsburg coal in the Burgettstown quadrangle, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 402-410, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the methods of work, the general geology, and the occurrence and mining of the Pittsburg coal in this quadrangle. Guild (F. N.). 1. Petrography of the Tucson Mountains, Pima Co., Arizona. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 313-318, 1 pi., 1905. 2. El Instituto Geologica de Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 293-296, 1 pi., 1905. A brief account of the Geological Survey of Mexico, giving history, organization, etc., and a list of its publications. Gulick (Addison). 1. The fossil land shells of Bermuda. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 56, pp. 406-421, 1 pi. and 3 figs, (maps), 1904. Describes the occurrence and gives systematic descriptions of fossil land shells of Bermuda. Gulliver (F. P.). 1. Joint meetings of the Geological Society of America, Section E, and the National Geographic Society. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 258-268, 1902. Gives titles and abstracts of papers read at the meeting at Pittsburg, Pa., July 1 to 3, 1902. 2. Cutty hunk Island. Abstract: Geol Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, p. 538, 1903. 3. Nantucket shorelines. I. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 555-556, 1904. Outlines a proposed investigation to determine changes in shore lines. 4. Nantucket shorelines. II. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 507-522, 4 pis., 4 figs., 1904. Describes recent changes in the shore lines of Nantucket Island. 5. Island tying. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Kept., pp. 146-149, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the method by which islands are connected with one another and the mainland by the deposition of sediment. 6. Sudbury basin shore lines [Massachusetts]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 334-335,1905. 148 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Gunther (Charles Godfrey). 1. The gold deposits of Plomo, San Luis Park, Colorado. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 143-154, 7 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology, the lithologic characters of the rocks, and the character, occur¬ rence, and relations of the ore bodies. 2. An interesting fault-system [California]. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 80, p. 1013, 1 fig., 1905. Guppy (R. J. Lechmere). 1. On the occurrence of gold and coal in Trinidad. With a brief sketch of the geo¬ logical history of the island. Trinidad, Victoria Institute, Industrial Trinidad, pp. 520-531, 1903. 2. On some samples of rock from borings at Sangregrande, Trinidad. Part I. Trinidad, Victoria Inst., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 1-5,1 pi., 1904. Describes the material obtained from borings and gives a list of and notes upon the fossils identified therein. 3. The Sangregrande borings. Part II. Trinidad, Victoria Inst., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 5-7, 1904. 4. Observations on some of the Foraminifera of the oceanic rocks of Trinidad. Trinidad, Victoria Inst., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 7-16, 2 pis., 1904. 5. Preliminary geological notes on the Marbela Manjak mine [Trinidad]. Trinidad, Victoria Inst., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 16-17,1904. 6. Note on the Komuto shell-bed. Trinidad, Victoria Inst., Proc., vol. 2, p. 17, 1904. 7. Tobagan fossils. On some specimens of fossils from Tobago in the Victoria Museum, Trinidad. Trinidad, Botan. Dept , Bull. no. 514,1904, 2 pp. Gives notes on the occurrence of some molluscan shells. 8. The growth of Trinidad. Can. Inst., Trans., vol. 8, pp. 137-149, 9 figs., 1905. Describes the process of formation of the island of Trinidad. Gwillim (J. C.). 1. Report on the Atlin mining district, British Columbia. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1B-48B, 5 pis., map, 1902. Discusses physiographic features, geologic structure and petrology of this area, and character and distribution of the gold-bearing gravels. 2. Characteristics of the Atlin gold field [British Columbia]. Can. Mg. Review, vol. 21, pp. 13-16, 1902. Describes the general topography and geology of the region and the occurrence of placer gold. 3. Glaciation in the Atlin district, British Columbia. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 182-185,1902. Describes the valleys and local glaciers of the region. 4. Notes on some western coals. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 422-424, 1904. Gives observations upon the occurrence and character of coals in Alberta and British Colum¬ bia, and their geologic horizons. 5. Notes on the life history of coal seams. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 235-243, 1905. Discusses origin of coal and the composition of some Canadian coals. H. Haanel (Eugene). 1. Discussion of Mr. W. M. Brewer’s paper on “The rock-slide at Frank, Alberta Territory, Canada.” Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 26, pp. 157-163, 1904. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. i4y Haas (Hippolyt). 1. Der Vulkan. Die Natur nnd das Wesen der Feuerberge iin Lichte der neueren Anschanungen fiir die Gebildeten aller Stiinde in gemeinfasslicher Weise dargestellt. Berlin, Alfred Schall [1904]. 340 pp., 32 pis. A general discussion of volcanic activity, its causes, nature, etc. One chapter is devoted to volcanic eruptions in the Lesser Antilles in 1902. 2.. Zur Geologie von Canada. Petermanns Mitteilungen, Bd. 50, pp. 20-28, 47-55, 1904. Haehl (H. L.) and Arnold (Ralph). 1. The Miocene diabase of the Santa Cruz Mountains in San Mateo County, Cali¬ fornia. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 43, pp. 16-53, 27 figs., 1904. Describes character and occurrence of Tertiary formations and included igneous rocks, and the petrographic characters of the latter. Includes lists of fossils contained in the Tertiary formations. Hager (Lee). 1. The mounds of the southern oil fields. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 137-139, 180-182, 4 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology of the Gulf coastal region of Louisiana and Texas, and the geo¬ logic structure of the mounds and salines, discusses the theories of their origin, and pre¬ sents a new hypothesis. Hague (Arnold). 1. Note sur les phenomenes volcaniques Tertiaires de la chaine d’Absaroka [Wyoming]. Intern. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, viii session, pp. 364-365, 1901. Halberstadt (Baird). 1. Obituary notice of J. Peter Lesley. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, p. 556, por., 1903. Hale (David J.). 1. Marl (bog lime) and its application to the manufacture of Portland cement. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 1-399, 23 pis., 44 figs., 1903. Describes occurrence and character of marl (bog lime) and discusses the theories of its origin. Hall (Benjamin M.). 1. Water powers of Alabama, with an appendix on stream measurements in Mississippi. U. S. Geol Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 107, 253 pp., 9 pis., 9 figs, 1904. Includes a brief account of the topographic and geologic features of the State. Hall (Charles E.). 1. Notes on a geological section from Iguala to San Miguel Totolapa, State of Guer¬ rero, Mexico. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alzate, Mem. y Rev., 1.13, pp. 327-335, 2 pis. (sections), 1903. Describes character and occurrence of Tertiary and Cretaceous strata and of igneous rocks and gives several sections showing the geologic relations of these formations. Hall (Charles M.) and Willard (Daniel E.). 1. Casselton-Fargo folio, North Dakota-Minnesota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 117, 1905. Describes the topography, drainage, and general geology, the geologic history, including a brief account of Lake Agassiz, the character and occurrence of Quaternary deposits, dis¬ cusses the underground water resources, and gives a large number of well records. Hall (Charles M.), Todd (J. E.) and. 1. Alexandria folio,* South Dakota. See Todd (J. E.) and Hall (C. M.), 1. 150 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hall (Charles M.), Todd (J. E.) and—Continued. 2. Geology and water resources of part of the lower James River Valley, South Dakota. See Todd (James E.) and Hall (C. M.), 2. 3. De Smet folio, South Dakota. See Todd (James E.) and Hall (C. M.), 3. Hall (Christopher Webber). 1. Exploration for gold in the central States. Lake Superior Mg. Inst., Proc., pp. 49-60 [1898?]. Discusses occurrences of gold. 2. Sources of the constituents of Minnesota soils. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull. no. 3, pp. 388-406, 2 figs., 1901. 3. Keweenawan area of eastern Minnesota. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 313-342, 2 pis., 3 figs, 1901. Describes the topography and physiography, relations, associated formations, the occurrence of the Keweenawan rocks, and the general characters and petrography of the Chengwatana series. 4. Keewatin area of eastern and central Minnesota. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 343-376, 4 pis., 1901. Describes the occurrence of the series at various localities and their megascopic and micro¬ scopic characters. Discusses the evidences as to the age of the series. 5. The geology of Minnesota. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 165-171, 1901. Describes the geologic formations of the State and the occurrence of economic minerals in each of them. 6. The geography and geology of Minnesota. Minneapolis, The H. W. Wilson Company, 1903. xii, 299 pp., 5 pis., 163 figs. 7. The geology of Minnesota. A description of the various formations in the State, and an account of their products which are of economic value. Mines and Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 532-534, 1903. Describes the-distribution, lithology, and economic products of the several geologic systems present in the State. 8. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Minnesota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 441-488,1904. 9. Underground waters of eastern United States: Minnesota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 226-232, 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and water resources of water-bearding strata underlying the State. 10. The structure, lithology, and genesis of the magnesian series of the northwestern States. [Abstract.] Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 4, no. 1, pt. 2, pp. 119-123, 1905. Discusses the nomenclature of the Magnesian series in Minnesota and Wisconsin. Hallock (William). 1. Peculiar effects due to a lightning discharge on Lake Champlain in August, 1900. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 671-672, 1901. Describes the effect upon the rocks struck by the discharge. 2. An ascent of Mt. Whitney, California, with notes on the geology. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 505, 1903. Halse (Edward). 1. Some silver-bearing veins of Mexico. North of Eng. Inst, of Mg. & Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. 50, pp. 202-217, 1901. Contains brief notes on the vein systems of various mines. 2. Notes on the structure of ore-bearing veins in Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 285-302, 26 figs., 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 151 Halse (Edward)—Continued. 3. Gems and precious stones of Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 568-569, 1902. Contains notes on the occurrence of precious stones in Mexico. 4. Some silver-bearing veins of Mexico. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 370-384, 1900; vol. 21, pp. 198-213, 2 pis., 1901; vol. 23, pp. 243-257, 2 pis., 1902; vol. 24, pp. 41-60, 1903; vol. 27, pp. 169-189, 1904. Contains observations upon the geology and occurrence of silver ores. 5. The occurrence of pebbles, concretions, and conglomerates in metalliferous veins. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull. no. 4, pp. 719-742, 13 figs., 1905. Hambach (Gustav). 1. Revision of the Blastoidese, with a proposed new classification, and description of new species. St. Louis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 13, pp. 1-67, 5 pis., 15 figs., 1903. Hamilton (S. Harbert). 1. Troost’s survey of Philadelphia. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 41-42, 1901. Calls attention to the location of a copy of Dr. Gerard Troost’s publication on the survey of the environs of Philadelphia. 2. [Notes on the geology and physiography of Cuba.] Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 54, pp. 744-749, 1902. Hamilton (S. Harbert) and Withrow (James R.). 1. The progress of mineralogy in 1899, an analytical catalogue of the contributions to that science published during the year. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bull. no. 2, 96 pp., 1900. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 48, 1901. Hamilton (W. R.), Kessler (H. H.) and. 1. The orbicular gabbro of Dehesa, California. See Kessler (H. H.) and Hamilton (W. R.'), 1. Hanbury (David T.). 1. Through the barren ground of northeastern Canada to the Arctic coast. Geog. Jour., vol. 32, pp. 173-191, illus., 1903. Contains a brief account of the geology of the region traversed. Hanks (Henry G.). 1. The deep-lying auriferous gravels and table mountains of California. San Francisco, 1901. 15 pp., 6 pis. Hardman (John E.). 1. A new mineral area in Ontario. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 24, pp. 95-98, 157-158, 10 figs., 1905. Gives notes on the geology of western Ontario and the occurrence of mineral deposits. Harper (Henry Winston). 1. A contribution to the chemistry of some of the asphalt rocks found in Texas. Texas Univ. Mineral Surv., Bull. no. 3, pp. .08-129, 2 pis., 1902. Discusses the nomenclature of asphalt and presents the results of analyses of many samples. Harper (Roland M.). 1. Taxodium distichum and related species, with notes on some -geological factors influencing their distribution. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 29, pp. 381-399, 1902. Discusses the influence of certain geologic formations upon the geographic distribution of these plants. 2. Notes on the Lafayette and Columbia formations and some of their botanical features. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 68-70, 1902. Discusses the use of plants growing in soils derived from these formations in identifying the presence of the latter where surface outcrops are not available. 152 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Harrington (Bernard J.). 1. George Mercer Dawson. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp, 67-76, 1 pi. (por.), 1901. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 413-425, 1 pi. (por.), 1902. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 183-192, 1902. Describes the life and work of Dr. Dawson. 2. On the composition of some Canadian amphiboles. Am. Jour. Sei., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 392-394, 1903. 3. On the formula of bornite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 151-154, 1903. 4. On an interesting variety of fetid calcite and the cause of its odor. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 345-348, 1905. 5. On the composition of some Montreal minerals. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 11, sect. 3, pp. 25-28, 1905. Describes the composition of nepheline, acmite, lepidomelane, natrolite, and analcite. Harrington (Daniel). 1. Coal mining at Sunny side, Utah. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 227-235, 1901. Describes the general geology, the occurrence of the coal in the Laramie group, and the mining operations. Harris (Gilbert Dennison). 1. Oil in Texas. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 666-667, 1901. Contains notes on the thickness of the Tertiary in the vicinity of Beaumont. 2. The geology of the Mississippi embayment, with special reference to the State of Louisiana. La. Geol. Surv., pt. 6, pp. 5-39, 10 pis., 7 figs., 1902. Describes the orographic movements at the close of the Cretaceous, and the character and distribution of the Eocene, Oligocene, Miocene, and Quaternary series in the region. 3. Subterranean waters of Louisiana. La. Geol. Surv., pt. 6, pp. 203-252, 2 pis., 5 figs., 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of the Cretaceous and Tertiary beds, and gives sec¬ tions of many well borings and analyses of the waters. 4. Oil in Louisiana. La. Geol. Surv., pt. 6, pp. 265-275, 1 pi., 27 figs., 1902. Gives sections and data regarding the horizons of the oil-bearing sands. 5. Eocene outcrops in central Georgia. Am. Pal., Bull. no. 16, pp. 1-7, 1902. Describes occurrence of Eocene formations in Georgia. 6. Underground waters of southern Louisiana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 101, 98 pp., 11 pis., 15 figs., 1904. Includes an account of the topography and stratigraphy of southern Louisiana. 7. The Helderberg invasion of the Manlius. Am. Pal., Bull., no. 19 (vol. 4), pp. 53-77, 9 pis., 1904. Describes seetions of Devonian rocks at a number of localities in New York, and discusses their correlation and the occurrence and faunal relations of the fossils. 8. Underground waters of southern Louisiana. La. State Exp. Station, Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 1, pp. 2-77, 7 pis., 12 figs., 1905. Discusses the stratigraphy of southern Louisiana, with especial reference to the underground waters, and discusses the occurrence, character, depth, etc., of many wells. 9. The establishment of tidal gage work in Louisiana. La. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 3, 28 pp., 8 pis., 5 figs., 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 153 Hartnagel (C. A.). 1. Preliminary observations on theCobleskill (“Coralline ”) limestone of New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 1109-1175, 2 pis., 5 figs., 1903. Discusses the geologic position, geographic extent, and outcrops of the “ Coralline ” limestone, the distribution and stratigraphic relations of its fauna, giving lists of species by localities its relations to other Silurian formations, its correlation and nomenclature, and the geo¬ graphic conditions prevailing in Silurian times. 2. Notes on the Siluric or Ontario section of eastern New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 80, pp. 342-358, 1905. Describes the occurrence, development, character, and relations of Silurian formations in the Helderberg region of New York. 3. Structural relations and origin of the limonite beds at Cornwall, N. Y. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 991,1905. Hartzell (Joseph Culver). 1. Pas Oberdevon Europas und Nordamerikas. Inaugural Dissertation, Ludwig Maximilians-Universitat zu Miinchen. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 73 pp., 1904. Discusses the occurrence and correlation of Devonian strata in Europe, North America, and other parts of the world. Harwood (F. H.). 1. The fluorspar and zinc mines of Kentucky. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 87-88, 101-102, 1903. Describes the occurrence, character, and mining of the fluorspar and zinc deposits in western Kentucky and southern Illinois. Haseltine (Robert M.). 1. Lignite deposits or fields of brown coal in North Dakota. Mines and Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 545-546, 1901. Describes character and occurrence of the lignite beds. 2. The bituminous coal field of Ohio. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 215-226, 1 pi., 1902. Describes extent of field, character, composition, occurrence, and production of coals Haseltine (Robert M.), White (David), Campbell (Marius R.). and. 1. The northern Appalachian coal field. See White (David), CampbeU (M. R.), and Haseltine (R. M.), 1. Hasse (Adelaide R.). 1. Reports of explorations printed in the documents of the United States government. (A contribution toward a bibliography.) Office Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, 1899, 90 pp. Contains titles of papers bearing on geology. Hatcher (John B.).. 1. Diplodocus Marsh, its osteology, taxonomy, and probable habits, with a restora¬ tion of the skeleton. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1-63, 13 pis., 21 figs., 1901. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 531-532, 1901. 2. On the structure of the manus in Brontosaurus. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 1015-1017, 1901. 3. On some new and little known fossil vertebrates. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 128-144, 4 pis., 1901. 4. On the cranial elements and the deciduous and permanent dentitions of Titano- therium. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 256-262, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1901. 5. Sabal rigida; a new species of palm from the Laramie. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 263-264, 1 fig., 1901. 154 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hatcher (John B.)—Continued. 6. -The Jurassic Dinosaur deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 327-341, 1901. Describes the mode of occurrence of the saurian remains near Canyon City and the geology of the strata in which found. 7. A mounted skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 347-355, 3 pis., 1902. 8. Structure of the fore limb and manus of Brontosaurus. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 356-376, 2 pis., 14 figs., 1902. 9. The genera and species of the Trachodontidse (Hadrosauridse, Claosauridte) Marsh. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 377-386, 1902. 10. Oligocene Canidae. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 65-108, 20 pis., 7 figs., 1902. 11. Origin of the Oligocene and Miocene deposits of the Great Plains. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 41, pp. 113-131, 1902. Discusses the character, distribution, origin, and correlation of these strata. 12. Discovery of a musk ox skull (Ovibos cavifrons Leidy), in West Virginia, near Steubenville, Ohio. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 707-709, 1902. 13. A correction of Professor Osborn’s note entitled “New vertebrates of the Mid- Cretaceous.” Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 831-832, 1902. Contains notes on the. locality of species of Ornithominus and the age of the Judith River beds. 14. Osteology of Haplocanthosaurus, with description of a new species, and remarks on the probable habits of the Sauropoda and the age and origin of the Atlanto- saurus beds. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 1-72, 6 pis., 28 figs., 1903. 15. Additional remarks on Diplodocus. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 72-75, 2 figs., 1903. 16. Discovery of remains of Astrodon (Pleurocoelus) in the Atlantosaurus beds of Wyoming. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 2, pp. 9-14, 6 figs., 1903. Includes with the description a discussion of the synonymy and the age of the beds in which it occurs. 17. Relative age of the Lance Creek (Ceratops) beds of Converse County, Wyoming, the Judith River beds of Montana, and the Belly River beds of Canada. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 369-375, 1903. 18. A new sauropod dinosaur [Haplocanthus] from the Jurassic of Colorado. Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 16, pp. 1-2, 1903. 19. A new name for the dinosaur Haplocanthus Hatcher. Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 16, p. 100, 1903. Proposes to substitute the name Haplocanthosaurus for Haplocanthus, preoccupied. 20. The Judith River beds. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 471-472, 1903. Discusses the stratigraphic position of the Judith River beds. 21. An attempt to correlate the marine with the nonmarine formations of the middle west. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 43, pp. 341-365, 2 figs., 1904. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 717,1904. Discusses conditions governing the formation of marine, brackish, and fresh-water beds, and their application to the correlation and relative age of various Jurassic and Cretaceous horizons of the middle west. A note discussing the views advanced in the paper is added by Mr. T. W. Stanton. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 155 Hatcher (John B.)—Continued. 22. Two new Ceratopsia from the Laramie of Converse County, Wyoming. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 413-419, 2 pis., 1905. Hatcher (John B.) and Stanton (T. W.). 1. The stratigraphic position of the Judith River beds and their correlation with the Belly River beds. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 211-212,1903. Hatcher (J. B.), Stanton (T. W.) and. 1. Geology and paleontology of the Judith River beds. See Stanton (T. W.) and Hatcher (J. B.), 1. Haverstock (R. S.). 1. Quicksilver. Mg. & Sci. Press., vol. 84, p. 4, 1902. Contains general notes on the occurrence and treatment of quicksilver ores, with descriptions of California deposits. Hawes (George W.). 1. On a group of dissimilar eruptive rocks in Campton, New Hampshire^ Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 394-399, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 17, pp. 147-151, 1879.) 2. The Alban}^ granite, New Hampshire, and its contact phenomena.. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 400-414, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 21, pp. 21-32, 1881.) Haworth (Erasmus). 1. The Galena-Joplin lead and zinc district. Min. Ind. for 1899, pp. 658-668, 2 figs., 1900. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of the ores. 2. Petroleum and natural gas in Kansas. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, p. 397, 1901. Describes the geographic and geologic distribution of the oil and gas. 3. Geology and mining interests of Kansas. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 196-200, 1901. Describes the occurrence of economic minerals in the State. 4. Oil and gas in Kansas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 37, 1902. Describes the developments in oil and gas in 1901. 5. The Kansas River flood of 1903. Kans. Univ. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. for 1902, pp. 63-81, 19 pis., 1903. Describes geologic effects of the flood of 1903 upon the flood plain of the Kansas River. Haworth (Erasmus) and McFarland (D. F.). 1. The Dexter, Kansas, nitrogen gas well. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 191-193,1905. Describes the occurrence, character, flow, and composition of a natural gas, consisting chiefly of nitrogen, issuing from a well at Dexter, Kansas. Haworth (Erasmus) and Schrader (F. C.). 1. Portland-cement resources of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 506-509, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of the raw materials, and the composition of the product. Haworth (Erasmus), and Crane (W. R.), Adams (George I.). 1. Economic geology of the Iola quadrangle, Kansas. See Adams (George I.), Haworth (Erasmus), and Crane (W. R.), 1. Haworth (E.), Schrader (F. C.) and. 1. Oil and gas of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas. See Schrader (F. C.) and Haworth (E.), 1. 156 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Haworth (E.), Schrader (F. C.) and—Continued. 2. Clay industries of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas See Schrader (F.C.) and Haworth (E.), 2. Hay (Oliver Perry). 1. The chronological distribution of the elasmobranchs. Am. Phil. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 20, pp. 63-75, 1901. 2. Description of a new species of Baena (B. hatcheri) from the Laramie beds of Wyoming. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 325-326, 1 pi., 1902. 3. Snoutfishes of Kansas. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 192-193, 1902. 4. Description of a new species of Cladodus (C. formosus) from the Devonian of Colorado. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 373-374, 1 fig., 1902. 5. Bibliography and catalogue of the fossil vertebrata of North America. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 179, 868 pp., 1902. 6. The composition of the shells of turtles. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 111-112, 1902. 7. On some recent literature bearing on the Laramie formation. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 115-120, 1903. 8. Description of a new genus and species of tortoise from the Jurassic of Colorado. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 2, pp. 201-203, 1 pi., 1903. 9. Two new species of fossil turtles from Oregon. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 237-241, 6 figs., 1903. 10. On certain genera and species of North American Cretaceous actinopterous fishes. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 1-95, 5 pis., 72 figs., 1903. 11. The snout-fishes of Kansas. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, p. 15,1903. 12. On an important but not well-known locality furnishing Cretaceous fishes. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 219, 1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 542,1904. 13. On some fossil turtles belonging to the Marsh collection in Yale University Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 261-276, 6 pis., 7 figs., 1904. 14. Descriptions of two species of extinct tortoises, one new. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 54, pp. 383-388, 7 figs., 1902. 15. On two new species of turtles from the Judith River beds of Montana, Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 178-182, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1904. 16. On the finding of skulls of Trionychidoe in the Bridger deposits of Wyoming. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 254, 1904. 17. A new gigantic tortoise from the Miocene of Colorado. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 503-504,1904. 18. The American Paleontological Society. Section A—Vertebrata. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 294-300, 1905. Gives an account of the meeting and abstracts of papers presented. 19. [Phylogeny and classification of the Reptilia.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 295-296,1905. 20. Meeting of section A of the American Paleontological Society. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 124-126, 1905. Gives a brief account of the meeting and abstracts of papers presented. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 157 Hay (Oliver Perry)—Continued. 21. The progress of vertebrate paleontology at the American Museum of Natural History, New York. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 31-34, 1905. 22. The fossil turtles of the Bridger basin. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 327-342, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the location and character of the Bridger beds and gives a general account of their chelonian fauna. 23. On the group of fossil turtles known as the Amphichelydia; with remarks on the origin and relationships of the suborders, superfamilies, and families of Testudines. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 137-175, 5 figs., 1905. 24. A revision of the species of the family of fossil turtles called Toxochelyidse, with descriptions of two new species of Toxochelys and a new species of Portho- chelys. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 177-185, 16 figs., 1905. 25. On the skull of a new trionychid, Conchochelys admirabilis, from the Puerco beds of New Mexico. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 335-338, 3 figs., 1905. Haycock (Ernest). 1. The geological history of the Gaspereau Valley, Nova Scotia. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 361-375, 1 pi., 1902. Discusses the geologic history and structure of this area. 2. Fossils, possibly Triassic, in glaciated fragments in the bowlder-clay of Kings County, Nova Scotia. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 376-378,1902. 3. Geology of the west coast of Vancouver Island. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 74-90, 1903. Describes physiographic features, the general geology, the character and occurrence of igneous rocks, and the economic resources. 4. Geology of the county of Ottawa [Quebec]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 232-239,1905. Hayden (Horace Edwin). 1. Mr. Ralph Dupuy Lacoe. Wyoming Hist, and Geol. Soc., Proc. and Coll., vol 6, pp. 39-54, 1901; Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 335-344, 1 pi., 1901. Gives a sketch of his life. Hayes (Charles Willard). 1. Geological relations of the iron-ores in the Cartersville district, Georgia. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 403-419, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the stratigraphy and structure of the region and the character and occurrence of the iron, with notes on the occurrence of ocher and manganese. 2. The Arkansas bauxite deposits. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 435-472, 5 pis., 1901. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 737-739, 1901. Describes the general geologic and physiographic relations of the region, and the character, occurrence, and origin of the bauxite deposits. 3. Tennessee white phosphate. U. S. Geol. Surv., 2lSt Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 473-485, 1 pi., 1901. Describes the character, occurrence, and origin of the phosphates of Perry County. 4. The asphalt deposits of Pike County, Arkansas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 782, 1902. Contains notes on the geologic occurrence and gives a section of the strata. 158 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hayes (Charles Willard)—Continued. 5. Rome folio, Georgia-Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 78, 1902. Describes the geographic and topographic features, the general geologic structure, the char¬ acter and occurrence of Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Neocene (?) strata, and the occurrence of iron, bauxite, slate, and limestone. 6. The coal fields of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 7-24, 1 pi. (map), 1902. Describes character, distribution and geologic occurrence of coal in the United States. 7. The southern Appalachian coal field. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 227-263, 3 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Describes extent, general geologic relations, structure and stratigraphy of the field, the char¬ acter and occurrence of the coal beds, the composition, properties, and production of coal. 8. Some facts and theories bearing on the accumulation of petroleum. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 1028, 1902. 9. Introduction to contributions to economic geology, 1902. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 9-14, 1903. Describes the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey in which papers treating of economic subjects appear. 10. Investigation of nonmetalliferous economic minerals. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 29-SO, 1903. Describes character and scope of work done by the U. S. Geological Survey in the investiga¬ tion of nonmetalliferous minerals. 11. Manganese ores of the Cartersville district, Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull, no 213, p. 232, 1903. Describes briefly the character and occurrence of the manganese ores in this district. 12. Coal fields of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 257-269, 1903. Describes distribution of coal in the United States, the geologic relations of the coal fields, fuel values of coals, and their development, production, and marketing. 13. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 345-352, 1903. Describes topography, stratigraphy, and geologic structure of the region, and the occurrence, character, and utilization of the oil. 14. Asphalt deposits of Pike County, Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 353-355,1903. Describes the character and occurrence of deposits of asphalt in sands of the Trinity group. 15. Origin and extent of the Tennessee white phosphates. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 418-423, 1903. Describes varieties of white phosphate, the origin and extent of the deposits, and possible extensions of the field. 16. Introductions to “ Contributions to economic geology, 1903.” U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 11-17,1904. Gives a brief statement regarding the publications of the United States Geological Survey bearing upon economic geology. Includes a list of the geologic folios, showing the mineral resources described in each. 17. Investigation of nonmetalliferous economic minerals. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 25-27,1904. A brief summary statement regarding investigations of nonmetalliferous economic minerals completed during the past year or in progress. 18. Contributions to economic geology, 1904. Introduction. * U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 11-18,1905. Explains the purpose of the bulletin and describes the publications of the Survey bearing upon economic geology. 19. Investigation of iron and nonmetalliferous economic minerals. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 28-31,1905. Reviews the work during the year 1904 of the U. S. Geological Survey upon iron and nonmet¬ alliferous minerals of economic importance. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 159 Hayes (Charles Willard) and Eckel (E. C.). 1. Iron ores of the Cartersville district, Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 233-242,1903. Describes the stratigraphy and geologic structure of this district and the character and occur¬ rence of the iron ores. 2. Occurrence and development of ocher deposits in the Cartersville district, Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 427-432, 1903. Hayes (Charles Willard), Emmons (S. F.). 1. Contributions to economic geology, 1902. See Emmons (S. F.), Hayes (C. W.), 1. 2. Contributions to economic geology, 1903. See Emmons (S. F.), Hayes (C. W.), 2. 3. Contributions to economic geology, 1904. See Emmons (S. F.), Hayes (C. W. j, 3. Hayes (Charles Willard) and Kennedy (William). 1. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 212, 174 pp., 11 pis., 12 figs., 1903. Describes topography and drainage of the Gulf Coastal Plain of Texas and Louisiana, the occurrence and character of Tertiary, Quaternary, and Recent formations, giving numerous sections and records of borings, and the location and development of the oil pools; discusses the origin of petroleum, conditions of accumulation, and structural features in this field, and the constitution, properties, and utilization of the oil. Hayes (Charles Willard) and Ulrich (Edward O.). 1. Columbia folio, Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 95, 1903. Describes general relations and topography, character and occurrence of Ordovician, Silurian Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, geologic structure and history and mineral resources, including the occurrence, character, and origin of the phosphates. Includes a correlation table of Paleozoic formations and a generalized faunal chart for the western side of the Middle Tennessee basin. Hayes (Charles Willard), Vaugvhan (T. W.) and Spencer (A. C.). 1. Report on a geological reconnaissance of Cuba. Washington, 1901. 123 pp., 29 pis., 17 figs. Describes the physiography, the general character and distribution of the igneous and sedi¬ mentary rocks, the geologic history and occurrence of gold, copper, manganese, iron, asphalts, oil, and coal. Hayes (Seth). 1. The Shaw mastodon: an examination and description of mastodon and accom¬ panying mammalian remains found near Cincinnati, June, 1894. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 37-41, 1 pi. [1895]. Hayford (John F.). 1. A connection by precise leveling between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 673-674, 1905. Hays (Mabel). 1. Winoka gravels, supposed Tertiary deposits. Description of deposits. Drury Coil., Bradley Field Geol. Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 19-21, 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of gravel deposits in southwestern Missouri. Haywood (J. K.). 1. Report of an analysis of the waters of the hot springs on the Hot Springs Reserva¬ tion, Hot Springs, Garland County, Arkansas. 57th Cong., 1st sess., Sen. Doc. no. 282, Washington, pp. 11-78, 2 figs., 1902. Headden (William P.). 1. Mineralogical notes. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 141-150, 1903. Describes the occurrence of tellurium and tellurite in Colorado, and the characters of cupro, descloizite from Arizona. 160 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Headden (William P.)—Continued. 2. Significance of silicic acid in waters of mountain streams. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 169-184, 1903. 3. The Doughty springs, a group of radium-bearing springs, Delta County, Colorado. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 297-309, 1905. 4. Mineralogical notes, no. 2. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 8, pp. 53-70, 1905. • Describes the characters and composition of minerals from various localities. Hedburg“ (Eric). 1. The Missouri and Arkansas zinc mines at the close of 1900. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 379-404, 5 figs, (map and sections), and discussion, pp. 1022-1023, 1902. Reviews the mining industry of this district, and discusses geologic position and origin of the ores. Heilprin (Angelo). 1. Fossils and their teachings. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, pp. 21472-21473, 1901. 2. How to interpret the facts of geology. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, pp. 21488-21489, 1901. Abstract of lecture delivered before the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. 3. Mont Pelee and the tragedy of Martinique. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Company, 1903. xiii, 325 pp., illus. 4. The activity of Mont Pelee. Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 546, 1903. 5. The ascending obelisk of the Montagne Pelee. Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 63, pp.467-468, 1 fig., 1903. 6. The ascending obelisk of the Montagne Pelee. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 184-185, 1903. 7. Mont Pelee—the eruptions of August 24 and 30, 1902. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 226, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22647, 1903. 8. The nature of the Pelee tower. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 800-801, 1904. Discusses the mode of formation of the spine of Mont Pel£e. 9. The tower of Pelee: new studies of the great volcano of Martinique. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1904. 62 pp., 23 pis., 4to. 10. Tower of Pelee. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 446, 1905. 11. Uniformity in mountain elevations. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 37, pp. 726-729, 1905. Heine (R. E.). 1. The water resources of Washington. Water power. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 308-320, 3 pis., 1902. Heiney (Wm. M.). 1. River bends and bluffs [Indiana]. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 197-200, 3 figs., 1901. Henderson (David B.). 1. Powell as a soldier. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 100-105, 1903. Henderson (Junius). 1. The overturns in the Denver basins [Colorado]. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp.584-586, 2 figs., 1903; Colo. Univ., Studies, vol. 1, pp.345-347, 2 figs., 1904, Gives an explanation of the overturning of strata in this region. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 161 Henderson (Junius)—Continued. 2. The Arapahoe glacier in 1903. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 30-33, 1 fig., 1904. Compares the status of the Arapahoe glacier of Colorado in 1903 with that of 1902. 3. Paleontology of the Boulder area [Colorado]. Colo. Univ., Studies, vol. 2, pp. 95-107, 1904. Gives lists, with notes on their occurrence and character, of fossils found in formations of Cretaceous age in the Boulder, Colorado, area. 4. Extinct glaciers of Colorado. Colo. Univ., Studies, vol. 3, pp. 39-44, 1905. Discusses the occurrence of evidences of former glaciation in Colorado. 5. Arapahoe glacier in 1905. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, p. 556, 1905. Henretta (C. M.). 1. Bankhead coal mines [Alberta, Canada]. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 215-220, 1 pi., 1905. Includes notes on the occurrence and character of the coal seams. Henrich. (Carl). 1. The Guanajuato mining district [Mexico]. Mg. Mag., vol. 10, pp. 23-30, 101-108, 15 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and mining of the silver ores of this region. Henry (Carl D.). 1. The white country granite of West Sugar Loaf or Bald Mountain, Boulder County, Colorado. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 112-116, 1903. Describes the occurrence, the megascopic and microscopic characters, and the composition of this rock. Herrick (Clarence Luther). 1. Applications of geology to economic problems in New Mexico. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 61-64, 1901. Describes some of the geologic features and the occurrence of economic minerals. 2. Secondary enrichment of mineral veins in regions of small erosion. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 97, 1903. 3. A Coal-Measure forest near Socorro, New Mexico. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 237-251, 10 figs., 1904. Describes the general geologic structure of the Rio Grand Valley and the occurrence, charac¬ ter, and fauna of Coal-Measure strata in vicinity of Socorro, New Mexico. 4. Laws of formation of New Mexico mountain ranges. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 301-312, 393, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the geologic structure and physiographic features of various mountain ranges of New Mexico. 5. The clinoplains of the Rio Grande. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 376-381, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the character, occurrence, and origin of clinoplains in the vicinity of Socorro, New Mexico. 6. Lake Otero, an ancient salt lake basin in southeastern New Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 174-189, 1 pi.. 3 figs., 1904. Describes the geologic structure and history, physiographic features, and economic resources of the region, the character and relations of the formations present, and the extent and history of the ancient lake Otero. Herrick (H. N.). 1. Gypsum deposits in New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 89-99, 1 pi., 9 figs., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits of New Mexico. Bull. 301—06-11 162 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hershey (Oscar H.). 1. Peneplains of the Ozark Highlands. Am. Geol., yol. 27, pp. 25-41, 1901. Describes the Cretaceous and Tertiary peneplains, the Lafayette baselevel, the Ozarkian valleys and the modern valleys. 2. Metamorphic formations of northwestern California. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 225-245, 1901. Describes the character, occurrence, and distribution of the pre-Cretaceous rocks of the Klamath Mountains. 3. On the age of certain granites in the Klamath Mountains. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 258-259, 1901. Brief discussion of the geology of the region and of the intrusive origin of the granite. 4. The age of the Kansan drift sheet. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 20-25, 1901. Describes the occurrence of the Kansan drift in Missouri and discusses its age. 5. The geology of the central portion of the Isthmus of Panama. Univ. of Cal., Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 231-267, and map, 1901. Describes the physiographic features and the occurrence and character of several formations. Discusses the relations of the crust movements of the region. 6. On the age of certain granites in the Klamath Mountains [California]. Abstract: Jour. Geol,, vol. 9, pp. 76-77, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 501, 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence of the granites and on the geologic history of the region. 7. An unusual type of auriferous deposit. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 869-871,1901. Describes occurrence of gold in a semidecomposed rock mass in California and discusses the mode of deposition of the gold. 8. The significance of the term Sierran. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 88-95, 1902. Discusses the recent earth movements in the Sierra Nevada region and the use of the terms Ozarkian and Sierran. 9. Some crystalline rocks of Southern California. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 273-290, 1902. Describes the character, occurrence, and distribution of probable pre-Paleozoic crystalline granites, schists, etc., and of certain quartzite and limestone strata in this region. 10. Some Tertiary formations of Southern California. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 349-372, 1902. Describes volcanic and sedimentary beds of the region. 11. The significance of certain Cretaceous outliers in the Klamath region, California. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 33-37, 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of the Cretaceous sediment and the geological history of this region. 12. Boston Mountain physiography. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 160-165, 1902. Discusses topographic development of west central Arkansas and reviews a paper by A. H. Purdue on “ Physiography of the Boston Mountain, Arkansas.” 13. Neocene deposits of the Klamath region, California. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 377-392, 1902. Describes the occurrence of these deposits and the conditions under which they were accumulated. 14. The Quaternary of Southern California. Pniv. Cal., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 1-30, 1 pi., 1902. Describes orographic movements, erosion phenomena, and deposits of Quaternary time in this region. 15. A supposed early Tertiary peneplain in the Klamath region, California. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 951-954, 1902. Discusses the evidences for the ancient peneplain character of the region and the date of forma¬ tion of the peneplain. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 163 Hershey (Oscar H.)—Continued. 16. Some evidence of two glacial stages in the Klamath Mountains in California. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 139-156, 1903. Describes occurrence of remains of a fossil elephant in glacial deposits, the character and occurrence of glacial deposits, the terrace formations, and gorges in this region. 17. Structure of the southern portion of the Klamath Mountains, California. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 231-245, 1903. Describes the general geologic structure and geologic history of the region. 18. The Sierran valleys of the Klamath region, California. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 155-165, 1903. Describes physiographic features and discusses physiographic history of the region. 19. The relation between certain river terraces and the Glacial series in northwestern California. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 431^58, 1903. Describes location, materials, and characteristics of river terraces, and discusses their relation to the stages of the Glacial series and the climatic conditions and causes of glaciation. 20. Certain river terraces of the Klamath region, California. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 240-250, 1903. Describes river terraces in the region and discusses their formation and relation to the Glacial series. 21. The Bragdon formation in northwestern California. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 248-256, 347-360, 1904. Discusses the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of the Bragdon and associated formations, and presents evidences for the Jurassic age of the Bragdon. 22. The river terraces of the Orleans basin, California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3. pp. 423-475,1904. Outlines briefly the bed-rock geology and geomorphogeny of the region, gives detailed descrip¬ tions of the occurrence and characteristic features of the terrace remnants, and discusses the problems presented by them and their correlation with the Quaternary terrace system of other portions of California. Herzer (H.). 1. Psaronius. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 5th Ann. Rept.,pp. 55-58, 1897. Gives description and critical remarks upon this fossil plant. 2. Six new species, including two new genera, of fossil plants. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 9th Ann. Rept., pp. 22-29, 2 figs., 3 pis., 1901. 3. A new fossil sponge from the Coal Measures [Ohio]. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 9th Ann. Rept., pp. 30-31, 1 pi., 1901. 4. New fossil plants from the Carboniferous and Devonian. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 10th Ann. Rept., pp. 40-48, 3 figs., 3 pis., 1902. 5. New fossils from the Corniferous, Hamilton, and Medina shales. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 10th Ann. Rept., pp. 49-66, 7 pis., 1902. Hess (Frank L.) and Graton (L. C.). 1. The occurrence and distribution of tin. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., no. 260, pp. 161-187, 1905. Describes the occurrence of tin ores in various parts of the world and States of the Union, and gives a bibliography of tin deposits. Hess (F. L.)., Prindle (L. M.) and. 1. Rampart placer region [Alaska]. See Prindle (L. M.), and Hess (F. L.), 1. Hessler (Robert). 1. The medicinal properties and uses of Indiana mineral water. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 26th Ann. Rept., pp. 159-226, 1903. 164 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Heurteau (Ch. E.). 1. Les charbons gras de la Pennsylvanie et de la Yirginie occidentale. Ann. des Mines, 10th ser., vol. 3, pp. 379-475,12 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology of the bituminous coal regions of Pennsylvania and West Vir¬ ginia, the occurrence of the coal seams, the composition and fuel values of the coals, and the mining, transportation, and sale of coal. 2. L’industrie du petrole en Californie. Ann. des Mines, 10th s»r., vol. 4, pp. 215-249, 1 pi., 4 figs., 1903. Describes the location and general geology of the petroleum field of southern California, and the character, production, and utilization of the petroleum, and compares it with that pro¬ duced in Texas. Hewett (G. C.). 1. Notes on southwestern Utah and its iron ores. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 55-66, 11 figs., 1902. Contains observations on the geology and occurrence of the iron ores. 2. The age of the homestake lode, South Dakota. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 563-564, 1903. Discusses the occurrence and the origin of the gold. 3. [Discussion of paper by W. H. Weed, “Section across the Sierra Madre Occidental of Mexico.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 1059-1060, 1903. Adds observations upon the geology of the region. Hice (Richard R.). 1. Northward flow of ancient Beaver River. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 297-304, 5 pis., 1 fig., 1903. Describes history of Beaver River and discusses evidence of potholes for showing direction of flow. 2. The clays of the upper Ohio and Beaver River region. Am. Ceramic Soc., Trans., vol. 7, pt. 2, 14 pp., 1905. Describes the general geology of the Carboniferous and Quaternary deposits of western Penn¬ sylvania, and particularly the geologic occurrence and character of the clays. Hidden (William E.). 1. Some results of late mineral research in Llano County, Texas. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 425-433, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence aild characters and radio-'activity of minerals occurring at Barrin- ger-Hill, Llano County,'Texas. Hig“gins (Edward, jr.). 1. Zinc mining and smelting in southwestern Virginia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 608-610, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of zinc ores. Hfjar (Jeronimo). 1. Ligeros datos sobre los criaderos de Penoles (Oax.) y Tamazula (Jal.), [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., 1.1, pp. 207-212,1905. Gives some account of the character and occurrence of the ore deposits of these localities, containing principally gold. Hilg’ard (E. W.). 1. A historical outline of the geological and agricultural survey of the State of Mississippi. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 284-311, 1901. Gives an account of the work of this organization and a list of its publications. 2. A sketch of the pedalogical geology of California. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 74-75, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 499-500, 1901. General notes on the soils of the State. 3. The debris fans of the arid region in their relation to the water supply. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 414,1902. Describes the structure of fans at the mouths of canyons and their relations to water supply. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 165 Hilgard (E. W.)—Continued. 4. The Grand Gulf formation. Science, new ser.. yol. 18, pp. 180-182,1903. Describes lithologic and other characteristics of the Grand Gulf formation. 5. The valley of southern California. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 11, p. 96, 1903. 6. The prairie mounds of Louisiana. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 551-552, 1905. Discusses the origin of these mounds. Hill (Benjamin F.). 1. The Terlingua quicksilver deposits, Brewster County, Texas. Texas Univ. Mineral Surv., Bull. no. 4, 74 pp., 21 pis., 10 figs., 1902. Gives a brief account of the physiography, geologic structure, and occurrence of the Creta¬ ceous and igneous rocks. Describes the character and occurrence of the quicksilver deposits and associated minerals and discusses the mode of occurrence of the ores. 2. The occurrence of the Texas mercury minerals. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 251-252, 1903. 3. Gypsum deposits in Texas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 68-73, 1 fig., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and economic development of gypsum deposits in Texas. 4. Das Vorkommen der texanischen Quecksilbermineralien. Zeitsch. f. Krystal, u. Min., Bd. 39, 2 pp., 1904. Describes the occurrence in Texas of minerals containing quicksilver. Hill (B. F.), Kemp (J. F.) and. 1. Preliminary report on the pre-Cambrian formations in parts of Warren, Saratoga, Fulton, and Montgomery counties (New York). See Kemp (J. F.) and Hfll (B. F.), 1. Hill (Robert T.). 1. The coast prairie of Texas. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 326-328, 1901. Describes the evidences of differential movements in this region and its bearing on the occurrence of oil. 2. Geographic and geologic features of Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 561-564, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the physiography and geology of the country. 3. Geography and geology of the Black and Grand prairies, Texas, with detailed descriptions of the Cretaceous formations and special reference to artesian waters. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 7, 666 pp., 71 pis., 80 figs., 1901. Describes physiographic and drainage features, the character and occurrence of Azoic, Cam¬ brian, Ordovician, Carboniferous, Permo-Triassic, and Cretaceous rocks, and the conditions and occurrence of artesian waters. The nomenclature, classification, correlation, charac¬ ter, and occurrence of the Cretaceous rocks are described in detail, with numerous sections, faunal lists, and figures of characteristic fossils and typical exposures, and the geography and conditions of deposition prevailing in Cretaceous times are discussed. 4. The geographic and geologic features and their relation to the mineral products of Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 163-178, 2 figs., 1902. 5. The Beaumont oil field, with notes on other oil fields of the Texas region. Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. 154, pp. 143-156, 2 figs., pp. 225-238, 263-281, 1902. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of the oil-bearing strata of Texas. 6. [Report to the National Geographic Society on volcanic disturbances in the West Indies.] Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 225-267, 14 figs., 1902. Contains an account of the author’s observations of the phenomena attending the eruptions in 1902. 166 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hill (Robert T.)—Continued. 7. The upland placers of La Cienega, Sonora, Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 132-134, 7 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence of the gold and the method of dry washing. 8. The cinnabar deposits of the Big Bend province of Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 305-307, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the geologic occurrence of the cinnabar deposits in this area. 9. The Beaumont oil-field, with notes on other oil-fields of the Texas region. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., TVans., vol. 33, pp. 363-405, 2 figs., 1903. Discusses origin and occurrence of oil, describes geography, occurrence, and character of sedi¬ mentary strata of southeastern Texas, the situation, extent, and production of different oil¬ fields, the discovery, development, geology, and structural features of the Beaumont field, and discusses the origin of its oil. 10. The Santa Eulalia district, Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 158-160, illus., 1903. Describes the general geology and the character and occurrence of the ore bodies. 11. The ore deposits of Cananea [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 421, 1903. Gives observations upon the general geology, structural features, and the origin of the ores. 12. Cananea revisited. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 1000-1001, 1903. Describes the geology of the region, the occurrence and sequence of the igneous rocks, the Assuring and faulting, and the occurrence and origin of the copper ore deposits. 13. The geologic and physiographic history of the Lesser Antilles. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 225-226, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22647, 1903. 14. The Guanajuato mining district [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 599-601, 642-644, 7 figs., 1904. Includes observations on the geology of the region and the occurrence and character of the gold and silver ores. 15. Report upon the geology of the Santo Domingo placer fields, Magdalena district, Sonora, Mexico. Greene Consolidated Gold Company [Prospectus], New York, pp. 12-24,10 pis., 1904. Describes the location and general geology of the district, and the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of sedimentary formations, of igneous rocks, and of placer gold deposits, and discusses the source of the gold. 16. Pele and the evolution of the Windward archipelago. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 243-288, 5 pis., 1905. Outlines the eruption phenomena of Mont Pel6, and from the study of these phenomena and data furnished by physiographic, stratigraphic, and paleontologic investigations, deduces the geologic history of the Windward Islands, and discusses the nature and causes of volcanism. 17. Enrichment in fissure veins. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, pp. 645-646, 1905. 18. Physical history of the Windward Islands as illustrated in the larger story of Pelee—a study of volcanic and oceanic geography. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 244-245, 1905. 19. The physical geography of Mexico—an introduction to the social, political, and economic geography of the republic. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Kept., pp. 765-766, 1905. Hill (Robert T.) and Vaughan (T. Wayland). 1. Austin folio, Texas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 76, 1902. Describes geographic and topographic features, general geologic relations, the character hnd occurrence of Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary formations, and the occurrence of economic products. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 167 Hille (F.). 1. The iron ore deposits of western Ontario and their genesis. Can. Mg. Inst. Jour., vol. 5, pp. 49-61,6 pis., 1902. Describes the geologic and geographic position of the ore deposits, and discusses their for¬ mation. 2. The Baraboo iron ore. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 875, 1904. Discusses the geologic age and origin of the iron ores of Baraboo, Wisconsin. 3. Genesis of the Animikie iron range [Ontario]. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp. 245-287,1904. Discusses the geologic data bearing upon the presence and amount of iron ore north of the International Boundary in this region, the character, occurrence, classification, and nomen¬ clature of Archean and Algonkian formations, the origin, constituents, and metamorphism of their rocks, and the origin of the iron ores. 4. A correction in the classification of our gold formation. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 183-191, 3 figs., 1905. Discusses the relations of the rocks in which the Algoma gold deposits occur. Hillebrand (W. F.). 1. Chemical discussion of analyses of volcanic ejecta from Martinique and St. Vincent. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 296-299, 1902. 2. The composition of yttrialite, with a criticism of the formula assigned to thalenite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 145-152, 1902. Discusses Benedicks’ formula for thalenite and presents the author’s results of the chemical properties of yttrialite. 3. Critical review of the second series of analyses of materials for the Portland cement industry made under the auspices of the New York section of the Society of Chemical Industry. Am. Chem. Soc., Jour., vol. 25, pp. 1180-1208, 1903. 4. Emmonsite (?) from a new locality. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 433-434, 1904. Describes the occurrence, optical and other characters, and chemical composition of a mineral provisionally regarded as emmonsite, from Cripple Creek, Colorado. 5. Red beryl from Utah. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 330-331, 1905. 6. Two tellurium minerals from Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 55-57, 1905. Describes occurrence and composition of emmonsite (?) and tetradymite. 7. The composition of yttrialite, with a criticism of the formula assigned to thal4nite. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 61-68, 1905. 8. Preliminary announcement concerning a new mercury mineral from Terlingua, Texas. Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 844,1905. Hillebrand (W. F.) and Penfield (S. L.). 1. Some additions to the alunite-jarosite group of minerals. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 211-220, 1902. Zeitschrift fur Krystallographie, vol. 36, pp. 545-554, 1902. [German translation.] U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 32-41, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, optical and other characters, and chemical composition of several alunite-jarosite minerals. Hillebrand (W. F.) and Ransome (F. L.). 1. On carnotite and associated vanadiferous minerals in western Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 9-31,1905. Describes occurrence, character, origin, and chemical composition. 168 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hillebrand (W. F.), Lindgren (Waldemar) and. 1. Minerals from the Clifton-Morenci district, Arizona. See Lindgren (Waldemar) and Hillebrand (W. F.), 1. Hillebrand (W. F.), Schaller (W. T.) and. 1. Crystallographical and chemical notes on lawsonite. See Schaller (W. T.) and Hillebrand (W. F.), 1. • 2. Notes on lawsonite. See Schaller (W. T.) and Hillebrand (W. F.), 2. Hills (R. C.). 1. Spanish Peaks folio, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 71,1901. Describes the geographic features, the character and occurrence of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Neocene strata, the geologic structure, 4he igneous rocks, and the occurrence of coal and artesian water. 2. Eocene and earlier beds of the Huerfano Basin, Colorado, and their relation to the Cretaceous. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 417, 1902. Discusses the correlation of these beds. 3. The Oscuro Mountain meteorite [New Mexico]. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 6, pp. 30-33, illus. [1902]. Describes the occurrence and the characters of this meteorite. Hind (Wheelton). 1. The type of Aviculipecten. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 200-201, 1904. Hitchcock (A. S.). 1. Controlling sand dunes in the United States and Europe. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 15, pp. 43-47, illus., 1904. Hitchcock (C. H.). 1. Tuff cone at Diamond Head, Hawaiian Islands. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 462, 1901; Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 98,1901. 2. The story of Niagara. Amer. Antiquarian, vol. 23, pp. 1-24, illus., 1901. Describes the geological history of the region about Niagara Falls, the geological history of the Niagara Cataract and River, and discusses the rate of recession of the falls and the estimates of age in years. 3. Mohokea caldera on Hawaii. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 6-8, 1903. 4. Notice of a species of Acidaspis from a boulder of Marcellus shale, found in drift at West Bloomfield, New Jersey. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 97-98, pi. 6, 1903. 5. Protection of terraces in the upper Connecticut River. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 224, 1903. 6. New studies in the Ammonoosuc district of New Hampshire. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 461-482, 3 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, with lists of forms identified, of Silurian fossils, and the occurrence, characters, and geologic relations of Silurian and perhaps other Paleozoic sedimentary strata, in large part metamorphosed, and of igneous rocks. The paper includes a description of Dalmanites lunatus by Avery E. Lambert. 7. Glaciation of the Green Mountains. Montpelier, Vt., Argus and Patriot Press, 1904. 21 pp. [Private publication.] Describes various evidences of glacial action upon high summits in the Green Mountains in Vermont and the Adirondacks of New York, and discusses glaciation in New England and New York. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 169 Hitchcock (C. H.)—Continued. 8. Glaciation of the Green Mountain Range. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 67-85,1904. 9. Kilauea again active. Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 551, 1905. Notes the renewal of activity of the volcano Kilauea in the Hawaiian Islands. 10. The geology of Littleton, New Hampshire. Cambridge, U. S. A., 1905. Pp. 1-32, 1 pi., 1 fig. [Reprinted from History of Littleton. Copy¬ right, 1905, by the Town of Littleton.] Describes the general geology, the character, occurrence, and relations of igneous and schistose rocks, Silurian and Devonian strata, and Glacial deposits, and the economic resources of the township. 11. Fresh-water springs in the ocean. Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. 67, pp. 673-683, 1905. Contains notes upon the geologic structure and underground water conditions of Oahu, one of the Hawaiian Islands, and of Florida. Hixon (Hiram W.). 1. Geology of the Sudbury district [Ontario]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 334-335, 1905. 2. Volcanoes and earthquakes. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, p. 1245, 1905. Offers an explanation of these phenomena. Hobbs (William Herbert). 1. Connecticut rivers. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 1011-1012,1901. Discusses a recent review by W. M. Davis. 2. The Newark system of the Pomperaug Valley, Connecticut. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 7-160,17 pis., 59 figs., 1901. Gives a sketch of present knowledge regarding this system, describes the character of the sedimentary and igneous rocks, and discusses the deformation and degradation of the region. 3. The river system of Connecticut. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 469-485, 2 pis., 2 figs., 1901. Describes the occurrence and origin of the jointing and faulting in the Pomperaug Valley, the occurrence of certain intersecting series of parallel lines called troughs, which occupy the drainage channels for varying distances. 4. Hiamondiferous deposits in the United States. Min. Ind. for 1900, pp. 301-304, 1901. Briefly describes occurrence and distribution. 5. The old tungsten mine at Trumbull, Conn. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 7-22, 5 pis., 1 fig., 1901. Describes petrology, geologic structure, and occurrence of ore bodies of this locality. 6. Still rivers of western Connecticut. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 17-26, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1901. Describes the peculiar drainage features of the region and the conditions determining the course of the rivers, and discusses the theories that have been advanced. 7. Edward Orton. Wis. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 13, pt. 2, pp. 610-613, por., 1902. 8. Emigrant diamonds in America. Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 359-366, 2 figs., 3 pis., 1902. Reprinted from Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 56, 1899. Describes the occurrence of diamonds in glacial materials, principally in Wisconsin. 9. Former extent of the Newark system. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 139-148, 5 figs., 1902. Gives a summary of the views of various geologists regarding this series, and discusses the conditions under which the beds were deposited. 170 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hobbs (William Herbert)—Continued. 10. The mapping of the crystalline schists. Part I. Methods. Jour. Geol , vol. 10, pp. 780-792, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1902. Describes methods of studying the occurrence, character, and relations of crystalline schists. 11. The mapping of the crystalline schists. . II. Basal assumptions. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 858-890, 11 figs., 1902. Discusses the mechanics of deformation and the criteria for recognizing folds and faults. 12. An instance of the action of the ice sheet upon slender projecting rock masses. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 399-403, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1902. Describes the glacial phenomena in the Pomperaug Valley (Connecticut). 13. A new meteorite from Algoma, Kewaunee County, Wisconsin. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 260, 1902. 14. The geological structure of the southwestern New England region. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 437-446, 1903. Discusses structural features of the region and their origin. 15. Meteorite from Algoma, Wisconsin. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 97-116, 5 pis., 1903. Describes surface, composition, and texture. 16. Tungsten mining at Trumbull, Conn. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, p. 98, 1903. Describes the occurrence of the ore and methods employed in mining and extracting the metal. 17. The frontier of physiography. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 538-540, 1903. 18. Geology of the river channels about Manhattan Island. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 74-76, 1903. 19. A record of post-Newark depression and subsequent elevation within the aiea of southwestern New England. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 223,1903. 20. Evidences of post-Newark normal faulting in the crystalline rocks of southwest¬ ern New England. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 223,1903. 21. Configuration of the rock floor of the vicinity of New York. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 298,1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22647, 1903. 22. Lineaments of the Atlantic border region. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 483-506, 3 pis., 4 figs., 1904. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 193-203, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the orientation of earth lineaments, namely, mountain ranges, ridges, borders of plateaus, drainage lines,' coast lines, boundary lines of geologic formations, fall lines, ooundaries of physiographic provinces, etc. 23. Tectonic geography of southwestern New England and southeastern New York. Abstract; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 554-557, 1904; Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 527, 1904; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, p. 23446, 1904. Discusses the relations of fault systems to one another in the area considered, and related geographic features. 24. Origin of the channels surrounding Manhattan Island, New York. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 151-182, 1 pi., 1905. Describes in detail various data secured bearing upon the configuration of the suface of the rock beneath the Manhattan Island area, and discusses the origin of the water channels. 25. The correlation of fracture systems and the evidences for planetary dislocations within the earth’s crust. Wis. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 15, pp. 15-29, 1 pi., 1905. 26. Examples of joint-controlled drainage from Wisconsin and New York. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 363-374, 7 figs., 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 171 Hobbs (William Herbert)—Continued. 27. The configuration of the rock floor of Greater New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 270, 96 pp., 5 pis., 6 figs., 1905. Reviews the geological studies of the New York City area of previous writers, and describes investigations upon the rock floor of Greater New York. 28. Contributions from the mineralogical laboratory of the University of Minnesota. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 179-186, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1905. Gives notes upon the composition, characters, and crystallographic features of minerals from various localities. Hodgdon (F. W.). 1. [In discussion of paper by J. P. Frizell on “Tidal scour in harbors, etc.”] Assoc. Eng. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, pp. 85-87, 1902. Contains notes on scour in Boston Harbor. Hoeing’ (J. B.). 1. The oil and gas sands of Kentucky. Ky. Geol., Surv., Bull. no. 1 (preliminary part), 233 pp., 10 pis. and 3 maps, 1905. Describes the general geology of oil and gas, the geological relations, character, and occur¬ rence of oil and gas bearing strata, and gives numerous well records. An appendix con¬ tains lists of elevations above sea of points in Kentucky. Hoen (A. B.). 1. Discussion of the requisite qualities of lithographic limestone, with report on tests of the lithographic stone of Mitchell County, Iowa. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 339-352, 1 pi., 1903. Hoernes (Rudolf). 1. Die vulkanischen Ausbruche auf den Kleinen Antillen. Steiermark naturw. Ver., Mitt., Jahrg. 1902, Heft 39, pp. LXXXI-XCII, 1903. Describes the volcanic eruptions and the attendant phenomena that took place in the Lesser Antilles in 1902. Hoffmann (G. Christian). 1. Report of the section of chemistry and mineralogy. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. R., 55 pp., 1901. Published in 1900. 2. On some new T mineral occurrences in Canada. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 149-153,1901. 3. On some new mineral occurrences in Canada. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 447-448, 1901. Describes datolite and faujasite. 4. Report of the section of chemistry and mineralogy. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1 R-64R, 1902. 5. On the occurrence of chrompicotite in Canada. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 242-243, 1902. Describes its occurrence, characters, and chemical composition. 6. Report of the section of chemistry and mineralogy. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 13, 67 pp., 1903. 7. Souesite, a native iron-nickel alloy occurring in the auriferous gravels of the Fra¬ ser, province of British Columbia, Canada. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 319-320,1905. 8. Chemistry and mineralogy. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 337-349, 1905. Includes notes on the examination and occurrence of various minerals. Hogarty (Barry). 1. The andesite of Mount Sugar Loaf, Boulder County, Colorado. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 6, pp. 171-185 [1902]. Describes the occurrence, the megascopic and microscopic characters, and the composition of the rock. 172 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Holder (Charles F.). 1. A remarkable salt deposit. Sci. Am., vol. 84, p. 217, 2 figs., 1901. Describes occurrence of salt on the Salton Desert, in California. ♦ 2. Erosion on the Pacific coast. Sci. Am., vol. 85, p. 8, 3 figs., 1901. Describes some of the physiographic features of the California coast. 3. Meteorites and their collectors. Sci. Am., vol. 90, p. 10, 1904. 4. Natural monuments. Sci. Am., vol. 90, p. 139, 1904. Describes pillars and other features resulting from erosion. Hole (Allen D.), Moore (Joseph) and. 1. Concerning well-defined ripple marks in the Hudson River limestone, Richmond, Indiana. See Moore (J.) and Hole (A. D.), 1. Holland (W. J.) 1. In memoriam, John Bell Hatcher. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 2, pp. 597-604,1 pi. (por.), 1904; Geol. Mag., dec. 5, vol. 1, pp. 568- 573, 1904. 2. A new- crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 3, pp. 431-434, 1 pi. and 1 fig., 1905. 3. The hyoid bone in Mastodon americanus. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 3, pp. 464-467, 5 figs., 1905. Hollick (Arthur). 1. A reconnoissance of the Elizabeth Islands [Massachusetts]. N. Y. Afcad. Sci., Annals, vol. 13, pp. 387-418, 8 pis., 1901. Describes the physiographic and glacial features of the region. 2. Discovery of a mastodon’s tooth and the remains of a boreal vegetation in a swamp on Staten Island, N. Y. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 67-68, 1901. 3. Eocene Plantse. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 258-261, 1 pi., 1901. 4. Geological and botanical notes, Cape Cod and Chappaquidick Island, Mass. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bull., vol. 2, no. 7, pp. 38H07, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Describes the general geologic and botanical features of these localities. 5. Fossil ferns from the Laramie group of Colorado. Torreya, vol. 2, pp. 145-148, 1902; N. Y. Bot. Garden, Contr., no. 28, pp. 145-148, 2 pis., 1902. 6. A fossil'petal and a fossil fruit from the Cretaceous (Dakota group) of Kansas. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 30, pp. 102-105, 2 figs., 1903; N. Y. Bot. Garden, Contr., no. 31, pp. 102-105, 1903. 7. Field work during 1901 in the Cretaceous beds of Long Island. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., pp. r48-r51, 1903. Gives a list of Cretaceous fossil plants collected in the vicinity of Glencove on Long Island, New York. 8. Two additions to our list of drift fossils. Staten Island Nat. Sci. Assoc., Proc., vol. 8, p. 53, 1903. Notes occurrence of drift bowlders containing Devonian fossils. 9. Fossil plants from Kansas. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Jour., vol. 4, pp. 66-68, 4 figs., 1903. Gives a brief account of a collection of Cretaceous fossil leaves from Kansas. 10. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Angiospermae. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 483-486,1 fig., 1904. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 173 Hpllick (Arthur)—Continued. 11. Additions to the paleobotany of the Cretaceous formation bn Long Island. No. II. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bull., vol. 3, pp. 403-418, 10 pis., 1904. 12. Some recently discovered facts in regard to Silver Lake [Staten Island, New York]. Staten Island Nat. Sci. Assoc., Proc., vol. 9, pp. 11-13, 1904. Gives records of borings at this locality, and notes upon the character of the material passed through. 13. Geological notes. Staten Island Nat. Sci. Assoc., Proc., vol. 9, p. 25, 1904. Gives notes upon the occurrence of a submerged peat bed near Staten Island, New York. 14. A recent discovery of amber and other fossil plant remains at Kreischerville [Staten Island, New York]. Staten Island Nat. Sci. Assoc., Proc., vol. 9, pp. 31-32,1904. 15. A canoe trip down the Yukon River from Dawson to Anvik [Alaska]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 859, 1904; Am. Geol., vol. 33, p. 399, 1904. Gives observations upon the geology of the region traversed. 16. A recent discovery of amber on Staten Island. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Jour., vol. 6, pp. 45-48, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence of amber in Cretaceous strata on Staten Island, and discusses its origin. 17. The occurrence and origin of amber in the eastern United States. Am. Nat., vol. 39, pp. 137-145, 1905; N. Y. Bot. Garden, Contr., no. 64, 1905. 18. The preservation of plants by geologic processes. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Jour., vol. 6, pp. 115-118, 3 figs., 1905 19. Paleobotanical notes. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Jour., vol. 6, pp. 148-149, 1905. 20. Additional notes on the occurrence of amber at Kreischerville. Staten Island Nat. Sci. Assoc., Proc., vol. 9, pp. 35-36, 1905. 21. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. See Merrill (F. J. H.), and others, 1. Hollister (George B.). 1. Physiographic features of the Susquehanna basin. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrig. Paper no. 108, pp. 9-18, 1 pi., 1904. Describes physiographic features of the Susquehanna basin. 2. Hydrographic work of the U. S. Geological Survey. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 515-522, 1905. 3. Waters of a gravel-filled valley near Tully, N. Y. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 179-184, 1 fig., 1905. Holmes (J. A.). 1. Biennial report of the State geologist on the operations of the Geological Survey of North Carolina during the two years ending November 30, 1902. N. C. Geol. Surv., Bienn. Rept. State Geol., 1901-1902, 15 pp., 1902. 2. Biennial report of the State geologist on the operations of the North Carolina Geological Survey during the two years ending November 30, 1904. N. C. Geol. Surv., Bienn. Rept. State Geol., 1903-1904, 32 pp., 1905. Holmes (W. H.). 1. Fossil human remains found near Lansing, Kansas. Am. Anthrbp., hew ser., vol. 4, pp. 743-752, 2 pis., 2 figs., 1902; Smith Inst,, Ann. Rept, for 1902, pp. 455-462, 3 pis., 1903. Discusses the age of the deposits in which the human remains were found at Lansing, Kansas 174 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Holway (Ruliff S.). 1. Eclogites in California. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 344-358, 5 figs., 1904. Reviews previous work upon eclogites (garnetiferous augite or hornblende), and describes the occurrence and petrographic characters of eclogites from localities in California and Oregon. Hopkins (A. D.). 1. Work of the prehistoric scolytid, Phloeosinus squalidens Scudd. Can. Geol. Surv., Cont. to Paleont., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 91-92, 2 pis., 1900. Hopkins (Thomas C.). , 1. Clays and clay industries of Pennsylvania. II. Clays of southeastern Pennsylvania (in part). Pa. St. Coll., Ann. Kept., 1898-99, Appendix, 76 pp., 5 pis., 1 fig., [1900?]. Describes character and occurrence of clays and their products manufactured in the State. 2. A short discussion of the origin of the Coal Measure fire clays. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 47-51, 1901. Reviews the evidences of the formation of fire clays in situ, and states that the occurrence of a considerable portion of them is better explained by considering them as transported clays reduced before deposition. 3. Graphite and garnet. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, p. 352, 1901. Describes occurrence in Pennsylvania and other regions. 4. Clays and clay industries of Pennsylvania. III. Clays of the Great Valley and South Mountain areas. Pa. St. Coll., Ann. Rept., 1899-1900, Appendix, 45 pp., [1901?]. Describes character and occurrence of clays and products manufactured from them. 5. Fireclays of the Coal Measures, a short discussion of their origin, and the causes of the qualities which render them more or less refractory. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, p. 296, 1902. 6. The Lower Carboniferous area in Indiana. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 83, 1902. 7. Glacial climate. Onondaga. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 74-81, 1903. Discusses the causes assigned for the climate of Glacial times, especially the hypothesis of the variation in amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. 8. Lower Carboniferous area in Indiana. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am , Bull., vol. 13, pp. 519-521, 1903. Describes briefly the Carboniferous formations of the region. 9. Mineral resources of Onondaga County, New York. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. rl09-rll4, 1904. Describes the occurrence and production of building stones, clays, and other economic resources. 10. The geological map of Indiana. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 11-14,1904. Describes the preparation of the geologic map of the State of Indiana (scale: 4 miles to the inch) accompanying the Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Department of Geology and Natural Resources of Indiana. 11. A short description of the topography of Indiana and of the rocks of the different geological periods; to accompany the geological map of the State. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 15-77, 1904. The part on the Ordovician and the Silurian (pp. 21-39) was written by A. F. Foerste. 12. Contents of the published volumes of reports of the Indiana Geological Survey, the Department of Geology and Natural History, and the Department of Geology and Natural Resources. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 487-495, 1904. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 175 Hopkins (Thomas 0.)—Continued. 13. General index to all the publications of the Indiana Geological Survey, the Department of Geology and Natural History, and the Department of Geology and Natural Resources. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 497-553, 1904. 16. Stratigraphic and economic geology of the Syracuse region [New York]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 334, 1905. Hopkins (Thomas C.) and Smallwood (Martin). 1. On some anticlinal folds [Pennsylvania]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 89, 1902. Hopkins (Thomas C.), Smallwood (W. M.) and. 1. A discussion of the origin of some anticlinal folds near Meadville, Pennsylvania. See Smallwood (W. M.) and Hopkins (T. C.), 1. Horton (Robert E.). 1. The drainage of ponds into drilled wells. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 30-39, 3 figs., 1905. Hosea (R. M.). 1. Tercio and Cuatro mines. A description of the coal washing and coking plants of the Colorado Fuel & Iron Co. at Tercio and Cuatro [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 218-223, 6 figs., 1904. Includes observations on the general geology of the region. Hotchkiss (W. O.). 1. An explanation of the phenomena seen in the Becke method of determining index of refraction. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 305-308, 1 fig., 1905. Hovey (Edmund Otis). 1. The Geological Society of America. Thirtieth annual meeting. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 51, pp. 20948-20950, 1901. Contains abstracts of papers read. 2. Geology and geography at the Denver meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, pp. 21504-21505, 1901. 3. The Thirtieth Annual Meeting of the Geological Society of America. Sci. Am., vol. 84, p. 19, 1901. Contains brief abstract of some of the papers read. 4. [Abstracts of papers read before the thirtieth annual meeting of the Geological Society of America.] Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp. 49-50, 1901. 5. Geology at the fiftieth meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 297-298, 1901. Contains abstracts of papers read. 6. Notes on the Triassic and Jurassic beds of the Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 27, 1902. 7. The fourteenth annual meeting of the Geological Society of America. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 101-103, 1902. 8. The paleontological collections of the geological department of the American Museum of Natural History. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 252-255, 1902. 9. Observations on the eruptions of 1902 of La Soufriere, St, Vincent, and Mt. Pelee, Martinique. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 319-358, 1 pi., 18 figs., 1902, 176 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hovey (Edmund Otis)—Continued. 10. The eruptions of La Soufriere, St. Vincent, in May, 1902. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 444-459, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the author’s observations. 11. A visit to Martinique and St. Vincent after the great eruptions of May and June, 1902. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 2, pp. 57-63, 3 pis., 1902. 12. Martinique and St. Vincent; a preliminary report upon the eruptions of 1902. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 333-372, 19 pis. (incl. map), 1902. Describes the phenomena of these eruptions and the extent of the devastation. 13. Notes on the Triassic and Jurassic strata of the Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, p. 152, 1902. 14. A remarkable slab of fossil crinoids [from the Cretaceous of Kansas]. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 2, pp. 11-14, 1 pi., 1902. 15. [Abstracts of papers on geology and geography read before Section E of the Amer¬ ican Association for the Advancement of Science at the Washington meeting.] Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 217-229, 1903. 16. The annual meeting of the Geological Society of America, and geology and geog¬ raphy at the convention of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, pp. 22646-22648, 22665-22667, 1903. 17. The new cone of Mont Pele and the gorge of the Riviere Blanche, Martinique. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 269-281, 9 figs., 1903. 18. Martinique and St. Vincent revisited. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 3, pp. 41-55, illus., 1903. Describes phenomena connected with the eruptions of Mont Pel6 and La Soufriere. 19. ‘Mount Pelee.’ Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 1010, 1903. Discusses the proper form of the name of this volcano. 20. Mont Pel^from May to October, 1903. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 633-634,1903. Describes changes in the spine of Mont PelA 21. The marvelous obelisk of Mont Pele. Sci. Am., vol. 89, p. 407, illus., 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 56, pp. 23354-23355, 1903. Describes the appearance, character, and formation of the “spine” and other volcanic phenomena. 22. The volcanoes of the Caribbean Islands. Appearance of Mont Pel6, Martinique, and La Soufriere, St. Vincent, one year after the great eruption. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 56, pp. 23011-23014, illus., 1903. 23. The inner cone of the Mont Pelee crater and its relation to the destruction of Morne Rouge. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 226, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22647,1903. 24. Some erosion phenomena on Mont Pelee and Soufriere. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 226, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55 pp. 22647-22648,1903. 25. The Geological Society of America. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 73-74, 1904. Gives abstracts of papers read at the sixteenth annual meeting. 26. Mont Pele from October 20, 1903, to May 20, 1904. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 23-24, 1904. 27. The Soufriere of St. Vincent in July, 1904. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 281-282, 1904. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 177 Hovey (Edmund Otis)—Continued. 28. The Grand Soufriere of Guadeloupe. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 36, pp. 513-530, 10 figs., 1904. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol.19, pp. 859-860, 1904. Gives observations upon the geology of the island, and the physical features and volcanic activity of the Grande Soufri&re. 29. New cone and obelisk of Mont Pele. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 558-560, 2 pis., 1904. 30. Some erosion phenomena observed on the islands of Saint Vincent and Martinique in 1902 and 1903. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 560-561, 2 pis., 1904. 31. Grande Soufriere of Guadeloupe. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, p. 561,1904. Describes briefly the present condition of this volcano. 32. Bibliography of literature of the West Indian eruptions published in the United States. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 562-566, 1904. 33. The 1902-1903 eruptions of Mont Pele, Martinique, and the Soufriere, St. Vincent. Congr. g£ol. intern., Compte rendu ix® sess., pp. 707-738, 11 pis. and 6 figs., 1904. 34. The Crystal Cave of South Dakota. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, pp. 23657-23658, 4 figs., 1904. 35. Some erosion phenomena in St. Vincent and Martinique. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 892, 1904. 36. St. Vincent, British West Indies: the eruptions of 1902 and their immediate results. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 604-605,1904. 37. [Report of meeting of] Section E—Geology and Geography [of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Philadelphia, Decernoer 28, 1904]. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 135-138, 1905. Gives abstracts of some of the papers read. 38. The Geological Society of America. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 216-223, 1905. Gives abstracts of papers read before the Geological Society of America at Philadelphia, December 29-31, 1901. 39. Geology and geography at the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Sci. Am., vol. 92, p. 27, 1905. Gives a brief account of the meeting and abstracts of some of the papers read. 40. Seventeenth annual meeting of the Geological Society of America. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 59, pp. 24326-24327, 1905. Gives abstracts of papers presented. 41. Geological progress. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 94-95, 1905. Gives abstracts of papers read at the annual meeting of the Geological Society of America. 42. The Cape York meteorites. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 5, pp. 3-7, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1905. Describes meteorites brought from Greenland. 43. The western Sierra Madre of the State of Chihuahua, Mexico. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 37, pp. 531-543, 6 figs., 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the region. 44. Volcanoes of Martinique, Guadaloupe, and Saba. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 447-451,1905. Bull. 301—06-12 178 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hovey (Edmund Otis)—Continued. 45. Volcanoes of St. Vincent, St. Kitts, and Statia. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 452-454, 1905. 46. The American Association for the Advancement of Science. Summer meeting of section C, geology and geography. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 333-336, 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the vicinity of Syracuse, N. Y., and abstracts of papers pre¬ sented to the meeting. 47. The western Sierra Madre of the State of Chihuahua [Mexico]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 336, 1905. Hovey (Horace C.). 1. The lead and silver mines of Newbury [Massachusetts]. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 51, p. 21284, 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence of the minerals and the geology of the region. 2. Colossal cavern (Kentucky). Spelunca, t. 5, pp. 57-61 (247-251), 2 figs., 1904. In the author’s separates a copyright plate has been added showing route in the cave. Howarth (O. H.). 1. Geological features of the Azores; interesting illustrations of peculiar volcanic effects, both past and present. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 385-388, 4 figs., 1903. Howe (Ernest). 1. Experiments illustrating intrusion and erosion. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 291-303, 3 pis., 3 figs., 1901. Describes experiments illustrating the formation of laccoliths and the deformation of the invaded strata. 2. Recent tuffs of the Soufriere, St. Vincent. Amer. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 317-322, 1903. Describes character and occurrence of deposits of volcanic ejecta. 3. An occurrence of greenstone schists in the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 501-509, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of greenstone schists in the San Juan Mountains, dis¬ cusses their age, and compares them with similar rocks from other localities. 4. Ore deposits of the Ouray district, Colorado. Geology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 51-54, 1905. Howe (E.), Cross (W.) and. 1. Silverton folio, Colorado. Geography and general geology of the quadrangle. See Cross (W.) and Howe (E.), 1. 2. Red Beds of southwestern Colorado and their correlation. See Cross (W.) and Howe (E.), 2. 3. Topography and general geology of the Needle Mountains quadrangle [Colorado]. See Cross (W.) and Howe (E.), 3. 4. The Red Beds of southwestern Colorado. See Cross (W.) and Howe (E.), 4. Howe (James Lewis), Campbell (H. D.) and. 1. A new (?) meteoric iron from Augusta Co., Virginia. See Campbell (H. D.) and Howe (J. L.), 1. Howley (James P.). 1. Report of geological exploration in the district of White Bay, N. F., during the season of 1902. Newfoundland Geol. Surv. 28 pp., 1903. Describes observations upon the geology of northern Newfoundland. FOR, THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 179 Howley (James P.)—Continued. 2. Report on exploration and boring operations in the central Carboniferous basin near Grand Lake [Newfoundland], 1904. Newfoundland Geol. Surv., St. Johns, Nfld., pp. 31-47, 1905. Contains notes on the occurrence of coal in Newfoundland. Hrdlicka (Ales). 1. The crania of Trenton, New Jersey, and their bearing upon the antiquity of man in that region. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 23-62, 22 pis., 3 tables, 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of the remains. 2. The Lansing skeleton. Am. Anthropologist, new ser., vol. 5, pp. 323-330, 1 fig., 1903. Gives a detailed description of the skeleton and its parts, and a comparison with that of the American Indian. Hubbard (George D.). 1. An inter-Glacial valley in Illinois. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 152-160, 3 figs., 1904. Describes distribution of Illinoian and Wisconsin drift deposits in southern Illinois and vari¬ ous physiographic features of the Embarras Valley, and discusses its physiographic history. Hubbard (Lucius L.) 1. Two new geological cross-sections of Keweenaw Point [Michigan]. Lake Superior Mg. Inst., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 79-96 [1894?]. Describes the geology of this area and gives a section of the strata. 2. The relation of the vein at the Central mine, Keweenaw Point, to the Kearsarge conglomerate [Michigan]. Lake Superior Mg. Inst., Proc., vol. 3, pp. 74-83, 4 pis. [1895?]. 3. Work of the Geological Survey in the Upper Peninsula [Michigan]. Mich. Miner, vol. 3, no. 3, p. 9,1901. Hudson (Edward J.), Mabery (Charles H) and. 1. On the composition of California petroleum. See Mabery (C. F.) and Hudson (E. J.), 1. Hudson (George H.). 1. Contributions to the fauna of the Chazy limestone on Valcour Island, Lake Champlain. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 80, pp. 270-295, 5 pis. and 7 figs., 1905. Hulst (Nelson P.). 1. The geology of that portion of the Menominee Range, east of the Menominee River [Michigan]. Lake Superior Mg. Inst., Proc. for 1893, pp. 19-28, 2 figs., geol. map [1893?]. Describes the geologic structure and occurrence of ores in this area. Hunter (A. F.). 1. The Algonquin shore line in Simcoe County, Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 279-302, 1903. 2. Raised shore lines along the Blue Mountain escarpment [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ., Rept. for 1904, pp. 225-228, 1905. Huntington (Ellsworth) and Goldthwait (James Walter). 1. The Hurricane fault in southwestern Utah. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 46-63, 10 figs., 1903. Gives a table showing the succession of formations in the region, and describes physiographic features and its geologic history. 2. The Hurricane fault in the Toquerville district, Utah. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 42 (Geol. Ser., vol. 6), pp. 199-259, 7 pis., 13 figs., 1904. Describes geographic and physiographic features of the region, the character and occurrence of the geologic formations, the geologic history, embracing deposition, uplift, folding, fault¬ ing, erosion, and vulcanism, and the occurrence and effects of lava flows. 180 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hurley (Thomas Jefferson). 1. Famous gold nuggets of the world. 64 pp., illus., 1900. (Private publication.) Hussakoff (L.). 1. Notes on the Devonian “ placoderm,” Dinichthys intermedius Newb. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 27-36, 1 pi. and 2 figs., 1905. 2. On the structure of two imperfectly known Dinichthyds. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 409-414, 2 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Hyatt (Alpheus). 1. Pseudoceratites of the Cretaceous. Edited by T. W. Stanton. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon. vol. 44, S51 pp., 47 pis., 1903. Discusses briefly structural details of Jurassic Ammonites, and gives systematic descriptions of genera and species of Cretaceous Pseudoceratites from North America and other parts of the world. Hyatt (Alpheus) and Smith. (James Perrin). 1. The Triassie cephalopod genera of America. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 40, 394 pp v 85 pp., 1 fig., 1905. The systematic descriptions of orders, families, genera, and species are preceded by a synopsis of American Triassie stratigraphy, a discussion of the classification of Triassie ammonites and a table showing the occurrence of American Triassie cephalopod genera. Hyde (Jesse E.). 1. Changes in the drainage near Lancaster [Ohio]. Ohio Naturalist, vol. 4, pp. 149-157, 4 figs., 1904. Discusses changes in drainage produced by the ice invasions of the Glacial period. I. Iddings (Joseph Paxson). 1. Chemical composition of igneous rocks, expressed by means of diagrams, with reference to rock classification on a quantitative chemico-mineralogical basis. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 18, 98 pp., 8 pis. (diagrams), 1903. Reviews the use of diagrams in representing the composition of igneous rocks, discusses the purpose and construction of the diagrams employed by the writer, gives a classified list cf analyses used in constructing the diagrams, and a general discussion of igneous rocks as to occurrence, composition, correlation, and classification. 2. A fracture valley system. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 94-105, 1 pi., 1904. Discusses the relations subsisting between systems of drainage and fractures, and describes ) in illustration, the drainage system and geologic structure of the Livingston quadrangle, folio 1 of the Geologic Atlas of the United States. 3. Quartz-feldspar-porphyry (graniphyro liparose-alaskose) from Llano, Texas. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 225-231, 1204. Describes petrographic characters and chemical composition, and discusses its position in the quantitative system of classification. 4. The isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars. Part II. Optical study. Lime-soda feldspars crystallized in open crucibles from fused constituents. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Publ. no. 31, pp. 77-95, 26 pis., 1 fig.. 1905. Iddings (Joseph P.), Cross (Whitman), Pirsson (Louis V.), and Washington (Henry S.). 1. A quantitative chemico-mineralogical classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks. See Cross (Whitman) and others, 1. 2. Quantitative classification of igneous rocks. See Cross (Whitman) and others, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 181 Ihlseng- (Magnus C.). 1. The road-making materials of Pennsylvania. Pa. Dept. Agric., Bull. no. 69, 104 pp., illus., 1900. Includes notes on the composition and occurrence of rocks suitable for road-making materials. Ingall (Elfric Drew). 1. Section of mineral statistics and mines, Annual report for 1898. Can. .Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 11, Part S, 192 pp.,1900. Contains statistics of production and notes on the coal fields of Nova Scotia, Manitoba, North¬ western Territories and British Columbia, and on the occurrence of natural gas and oil in Ontario. 2. Section of mineral statistics and mines, Annual report for 1899. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 12, Part'S, 144, pp., 1901. 3. Section of mines, Annual report for 1900. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 13, Part S, 160 pp., 1902. 4. Report on the iron ore deposits along the Kingston and Pembroke Railway in eastern Ontario. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. new ser., vol. 12, pp. 11-911,13 pis., 1902. Gives a summary of the geology and petrology of the area and describes the character and occurrence oi the iron ores. 5. Section of mines, Annual report for 1901. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, Part S, 160 pp., 1902. 6. Geology of the Bruce Mines district [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. f ir 1902, pp. 242-252, 1908. Describes the character and occurrence of rocks, the occurrence of copper and iron ore deposits, and the mining operations. 7. Section of mines, Annual report for 1902. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 15, Part S, 280 pp., 1904. 8. Bruce Mines district [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 195-196, 1904. Includes brief notes on the geology of the district. 9. Section of mines, Annual report for 1903. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 16, Part S, 156 pp., 1905. Ingall (E. D.) and Denis (Theo.). 1. Geology of the country around Bruce Mines [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 179-190, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the occurrence and relations of igneous and sedimentary rocks in this region. Irving (John Duer). 1. Some recently exploited deposits of wolframite in the Black Hills of South Dakota. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 633-695, 1 fig. (small geol. map), 1902. Describes the general geology and occurrence of wolframite in the ore»bearing veins of the region. 2. Ore deposits of the northern Black Hills. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, pp. 166-167, 187-188, 205, 221-222, 1903. Describes the general geology of the region and the character and geologic occurrence of the gold ore deposits. 3. The ore deposits of the northern Black Hills. Mg. Rep., toI. 50, pp. 430-431, 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of the gold, silver, tin, and wolframite ore deposits. 4. Ore deposits of the northern Black Hills. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 123-140, 1904. Am. Mg. Cong., 6th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 38-51, 1904. Describes the general geology and the character and occurrence of ore deposits, chiefly gold, lead-silver, and wolframite, in Algonkian, Cambrian, Carboniferous, and eruptive rocks. 182 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Irving- (John Duer)—Continued. 5. Microscopic structure and origin of certain stylolitic structures in limestone Abstract: Am. Geol., vol 33, pp. 266-267,1904; Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 580, 1904. Discusses the character and origin of stviolites. 6. Ore deposits of the Ouray district, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 50-77, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology, and the occurrence, relations, and economic development of gold and silver-bearing deposits. 7. Ore deposits in the vicinity of Lake City, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 78-S4, 1905. Describes the general geology, and the occurrence, character, and relations of the gold and silver-bearing fissure veins. 8. University training of engineers in economic geology. Ec.on. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 77-82, 1905. 9. The ore deposits of the Ouray quadrangle [Colorado]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 916-917, 1905. Irving- (John Duer) and Emmons (S. F.). 1. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills. Part II. Mining geology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 26, pp. 43-222, 19 pis., 11 figs., 1904. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the gold, silver, copper, tin and tungsten ores, and their economic development. Irving (J. D.) and Emmons (W. H.). 1. Economic geology of the Needle Mountains quadrangle [Colorado]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 131, 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of the gold and silver ores. Ishikawa (S.). 1. Latest eruption of Colima volcano, Mexico. [In Japanese.] Tokyo Geol. Soc., Jour., vol. 11, pp. 98-103, 1904. *J. Jackson (J. F.). 1. Copper mining in Upper Michigan, a description of the region, the mines, and some of the methods and machinery used. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 535-540, 9 figs., 1903. Contains observations on the occurrence of the copper-ore deposits. Jackson (Robert T.). 1. Charles Emerson Beecher. Am. Nat., vol. 38, pp. 407-426, 1 pi. (por.), 1904. Gives an account of his life and work, and a list of his published papers. Jacobs (E.). 1. Ore quarrying in the Boundary district of British Columbia. Eng. Mag., vol. 26, pp. 236-249, illus., 1903. Describes briefly the occurrence and character of copper-ore deposits. 2. The coal fields of Crow’s Nest Pass, British Columbia. Eng. Mag., vol. 27, pp. 36-57, illus., 1904. Describes the location of the field, the occurrence of fhe coal, and the mining operations. Jaekel (O.). 1. Bemerkungen fiber den Beinbau der Trilobiten. Zeitsch. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell., Bd. 54, pp. 53-55 (of Brief. Mitt.), 1902. Discusses criticisms by C. E. Beecher of a paper by the author on the structure of trilobites. Jaggar (Thomas Augustus). 1. The laccoliths of the Black Hills [South Dakota]. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 163-290, 24 pis., 40 figs., 1901. Describes the occurrence of the sedimentary and igneous rocks, and the character, occurrence, and distribution of the laccolithic intrusives, and discusses the physiographic form of eroded domes. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 188 Jaggar (Thomas Augustas)—Continued. 2. Field notes of a geologist in Martinique and St. Vincent. Pop. Sei. Mo., vol. 61, pp. 352-368, 19 figs., 1902. Describes recent volcanic phenomena. 3. The next eruption of Pelee. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 871-872,1902. 4. Professor Heilprin on Mont Pelee. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 423-425, 1903. Reviews the “Mont Pel6e and the tragedy of Martinique” of Angelo Heilprin, and discusses phenomena connected with the eruptions. 5. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills. Part I. General geology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 26, pp. 13-41,1 pi., 5 figs., 1904. Describes topography, stratigraphy, lithology, geologic structure, and characteristic sections. 6. The eruption of Mount Pelee, 1851. Am. Nat., vol. 38, pp. 51-73, 1904. Translated from the French of LePrieur, Peyraud, and Rufz. 7. The initial stages of the spine on Pelee. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 34-40, 3 figs., 1901. Describes occurrence and appearance of spines in the crater of Mont Pel6e and gives an explanation of their origin. 8. The eruption of Pelee, July 9, 1902. Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 64, pp. 219-231, 3 figs., 1904. Gives details of observations on the eruption of July 9,1902, and discusses the causes of the phenomena. Jaggar (T. A., jr.) and Palache (Charles). 1. Bradshaw Mountains folio, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. 3., folio.no. 126,1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of Algonkian sedimentary and metamor- phic strata, of igneous rocks, and of Quaternary deposits, the geologic history, and the economic resources, including gold, silver, and copper deposits. James (F. Wilton). 1. Notes on the Minnewaska region, Ulster Co., New York. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 257-258, 1905; Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 510-511, 1905. Gives notes upon physiographic features of the region. Jamieson (George S.). 1. On the natural iron-nickel alloy, awaruite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 413-415, 1905. Describes character and composition of specimens of natural iron-nickel alloy obtained from Josephine County, Oregon, and from Del Norte County, California. Jamieson (G. S.), Penfield (S. L.) and. 1. On tychite, a new mineral from Borax Lake, California, and on its artificial pro¬ duction and its relation to northupite. See Penfield (S. L.) and Jamieson (G. S.), 1. Jefferson (Mark S. W.). 1. Limiting widths of meander belts. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 373-384, 6 figs., 1902. Describes methods and results of meander studies. 2. Mount Pelee. Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 909, 1903. Discusses the proper writing of the name of this volcano. 3. Some shore features of Lake Huron. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 221, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22647,1903. Jeffrey (Edward C.). 1. A fossil Sequoia from the Sierra Nevada. Bot. Gaz., vol. 28, pp. 321-332, 1904. 184 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Jenney (Walter P.). 1. The mineral crest. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 825-826, 1902. Discusses the occurrence of ore bodies in depth in limestone beneath large masses of barren rock. 2. The mineral crest, or the hydrostatic level attained by the ore-depositing solu¬ tions, in certain mining districts of the Great Salt Lake Basin. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 297, 1902. 3. The mineral crest, or the hydrostatic level attained by the ore-depositing solu¬ tions, in certain mining districts of the Great Salt Lake Basin. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 46-50, 1903. 4. The chemistry of ore-deposition. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 445-498, 1903. Abstract: Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 317-318, 1903. Discusses the action of carbon and hydrocarbons in the formation of ore deposits. Jennings (E. P.). 1. The copper deposits of the Kaibab Plateau, Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 839-841, 1904. Describes the general geology and occurrence of the ore deposits, containing copper chiefly 2. Origin of the magnetic iron ores of Iron County, Utah. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 338-342, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of the magnetic iron-ore deposits and discusses their origin. Jennings (0. E.). 1. Notes on the vegetable tissues in Daemonelix. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 190-191, 1905. > Jennison (W. F.). 1. Notes on the history of manganese mining in part of Nova Scotia and on some of the geological conditions of the manganese belt running through Hants County. Nova Scotia Mg. Soc., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 106-109, 1904. Discusses the occurrence and geological relations of the manganese ore deposits. Jewett (J. J.). 1. Notes on the topography and geology of New Mexico. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 141-149, 1905. Johnson (Charles W.). 1. Description of two new Tertiary fossils. Nautilus, vol. 17, pp. 143-144, 2 figs., 1904. 2. Annotated list of the types of invertebrate Cretaceous fossils in the collection of the Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 57, pp. 4-28, 1905. Johnson (C. W.) and Grabau (A. W.). 1. A new species of Clavilithes from the Eocene of Texas. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 53, pp. 602-603, 2 figs., 1902. Johnson (Douglas Wilson). 1. Notes on the geology of the saline basins of central New Mexico. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, pp. 161-162, 1902. 2. Notes of a geological reconnaissance in eastern Valencia County, New Mexico Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 80-87, 2 pis., 1902. Describes the general physiographic and geologic features of the region. 3. On some Jurassic fossils from Durango, Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 370-372, 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 88, 1902. Gives a brief description of material collected by E. F. Tuttle. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 185 Johnson (Douglas Wilson)—Continued. 4. Geology of the Cerrillos Hills, New Mexico. Part I. General geology. School of Mines Quart., vol. 24, pp. 303-350, 7 pis., 7 figs.; pp. 456-500, 10 pis., 6 figs., 1903. Describes the geographic and physiographic features, reviews previous geologic work upon the district, gives a detailed account of the stratigraphy, mainly Cretaceous and Tertiary, areal geology and intrusive rocks, discusses the physiographic and general geologic history, and describes the character, occurrence, and production of coal and turquoise. 5. The geology of the Cerrillos Hills, New Mexico. Part II. Paleontology. School of Mines Quart., vol. 24, pp. 173-246, 14 pis., 1903. Gives a brief description of the geologic formations and faunal lists by localities, and system¬ atic descriptions of the fossils collected. 6. The geology of the Cerrillos Hills, New Mexico. Part III. Petrography. School of Mines Quart., vol. 25. pp. 69-98, 5 pis., 1903. Describes the occurrence and characters, megascopic and microscopic, of the igneous rocks of this region. 7. Block mountains in New Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 135-139, 1 pi., 1903; Columbia TTniv., Contr. from Geol. Dept., vol. 11, no. 93,1903. Gives observations on faulting in the block mountains of New Mexico. 8. The distribution of fresh-water faunas as an evidence of drainage modifications. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 588-592,1905. 9. The Tertiary history of the Tennessee River. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 194-231, 9 figs., 1905. 10. The scope of applied geology and its place in the technical school. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 243-256, 1905. 11. Youth, maturity, and old age of topographic, forms. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 37, pp. 648-653, 3 figs., 1905. Johnson (J. E., jr.). 1. Origin of the Oriskany limonites [Virginia]. Eng.& Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 231-232, 1903. Describes the general geologic structure of the region and the occurrence and origin of the iron ores. Johnson (L. C. ). 1. Underground waters of eastern United States: Mississippi. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 171-178, 1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the geologic formations of the state and their underground water supplies. Johnson (L. C. ) and Eckel (E. C. ). 1. Notes on wells, springs, and general water resources of Mississippi. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 332-357, 1904. Johnson (Willard D.). 1. The high plains and their utilization. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 4, pp. 601-741, 44 pis., 29 figs., 1901. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 734-737, 1901. Discusses the origin and structure of the region. 2. The high plains and their utilization. (Conclusion of paper in Twenty-first Annual Report, Part IV.) U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pt. 4, pp. 631-669, 14 pis., figs. 236-244, 1902. Discusses the origin and structure of the region, and its water resources, especially the ground water as a possible source of supply. 3. The profile of maturity in Alpine glacial erosion. Jour.. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 569-578, 1904. Discusses physiographic characteristics due to glacial erosion of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, and the agencies by which they were produced. 4. The grade profile in Alpine glacial erosion. Sierra Club Bull., vol. 5, pp. 271-278, 4 pis., 1905. Reprinted with changes by the author, from the Journal of Geology, vol. 12, pp. 569-578,1904. [See no. 3 above]. 186 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Johnson (William H.). 1. The lead and zinc fields of the Ozark uplift. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 59-73, illus., 1901. Gives a general account of the development of the Missouri-Arkansas-Kansas lead and zinc mining district, and discusses briefly the general geology and the formation and character of the ores. Johnston (J. F. E.). 1. Eastern part of the Abitibi region. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 128-141. 1902. Describes the author’s observations in this region. 2. Geology of part of the County of Ottawa [Quebec]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 239-250, 1905. Johnston (R. A. A.). 1. Bulletin on molybdenum and tungsten. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Molybdenum and Tungsten, 16 pp., 1904. Describes characters, uses, etc., of molybdenum and tungsten, and gives a list of their occur¬ rences in Canada. 2. The copper claims of Aspen Grove and Aberdeen Camp, B. C. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 74-80, 1905. 3. On the meteorite which fell near the village of Shelburne, township of Melanc- thon, Ontario, in August, 1904. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 332-336, 1905. Joly (Henri). 1. Notice sur le Dr. Professor Charles Othoniel Marsh (29 octobre 1831-18 mars 1899). Angers, Bull de la Soc. d’Etud. Sci., new ser., vol. 30, pp. 114-117, 1901. Joly (J.). 1. An estimate of the geological age of the earth. Smith Inst., Ann. Rept. 1899, pp. 247-288, 1901. Jonas (Anna I.). 1. Serpentines in the neighborhood of Philadelphia. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 296-304, 1905. Reviews the occurrence and origin of known serpentines and describes more particularly the serpentine dikes in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, Pa. Jones (Alfred W.). 1. Further studies in the Mentor beds [Kansas]. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 104-105, 1903. 2. The fauna of the Mentor. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, p. 122, 1905. A list of the marine fossils found in the Mentor beds of the Kansas Carboniferous. Jones (Fayette Alexander). 1. New Mexico mines and minerals. World’s Fair edition, 1904. Santa Fe, N. M., The New Mexican Printing Company, 1904. 349 pp., 50 figs. Includes a brief account of the general geology, and observations on the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of various ore deposits, mining and production of metals, etc. Gives a list of minerals occurring in New Mexico. Jones (F. O.). 1. The formation and geology of the salt deposits. Sci. Am., vol. 87, p. 59, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the formation and occurrence of deposits of salt. Jones (S. P.). 1. The geology of the Tallulah Gorge [Georgia]. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 67-75, 3 pis., 3 figs., 1901. Describes the physiographic features of the region and the origin of the gorge. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 187 Jones (T. Rupert). 1. Notes on Dr. G. F. Matthew’s Cambrian Ostracoda from northeastern America. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 4, vol. 9, pp. 401-403, 6 figs., 1902. 2. On some Isochilinte from Canada and elsewhere in North America. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 4, vol. 10, pp. 300-304, 3 figs., 1903. Includes a catalogue of the known Isochilinse, giving geologic occurrence and citation to description. 3. Note on a Paleozoic Cypridina from Canada. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 5, vol. 1, pp. 438-439, 1 fig., 1904. Describes a new species under the name Cypridina antiqua. 4. Some Paleozoic ostracods from Maryland. Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., 1905, no. 3, pp. 30-33, 7 figs., 1905. Julien (Alexis A.). 1. A study of the structure of fulgurites. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 673-693, 3 figs., 1901. Gives the results of the study of four fulgurites. 2 . Erosion by flying sand of the beaches of Cape Cod. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, p. 125, 1901. 3. The geology of central Cape Cod [Massachusetts]. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 44, 1901. Contains notes on the glacial phenomena of the region. 4. [Discussion of paper by J. F. Kemp on “The Cambro-Ordovician outlier at Wells- town, Hamilton County, New York.”] Science, new ser^, vol. 13, p. 710, 1901. Discusses the origin of the sand in the limestone. 5. On pyrite and marcasite. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 870-872, 1902. 6. Erosion by flying sand on the beaches of Cape Cod. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 152-153, 1902. 7. Genesis of the amphibole schists and serpentines of Manhattan Island, New York. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 421-494, 3 pis., 9 figs., 1903. Describes the character, occurrence, and origin of these rocks and their metamorphic phases and contact alterations. 8. The occlusion of igneous rock within metamorphic schists. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 33, p. 268,1904; Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 581, 1904. Defines the term “occlusion” and discusses some of the phenomena of occluded igneous rocks. 9. Determination of brucite as a rock constituent. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 258-259,1905; Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 511, 1905. Describes the characters of brucite by which it may be recognized in rocks. K. Kain (Samuel W.). 1. Recent earthquakes in New Brunswick. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 243-245, 1904. Kay (George F.). 1. The Abitibi region [Ontario]. Ontario Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 104-121, 4 pis., 1904. Includes observations upon the geology, topography, drainage, etc., of the region traversed, and a discussion of the petrography. Keele (Joseph). 1. The Duncan Creek mining district [Yukon]. Can. Gool. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 18-42, 1 map, 1905. Includes observations on the general geology and the occurrence of placer gold. 188 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Keeley (Frank J.). 1. Inclusions in quartz. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 55, p. 700,1904. Keith (Arthur). 1. Maynardville folio, Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 75, 1901. Describes the geographic features, the stratigraphy, the character and occurrence of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, the geologic structure, and the mineral resources of the region. 2. Folded faults in the southern Appalachian. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 822-823,1902. 3. Topography and geology of the southern Appalachians. Message from the President of the United States, transmitting a report of the Secretary of Agriculture in relation to the forests, rivers, and mountains of the southern Appalachian region (Senate Doc. no. 84, 57th Cong., 1st sess.), pp. 111-123, 11 pis., 1902. Contains a brief account of the general geology of the region.. 4. Cranberry folio, North Carolina-Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 90, 1903. Describes geographic and .topographic features, general geologic relations and structure, character and occurrence of Archean, Algonkian, Cambrian, and Juratrias (?) rocks, and mineral resources. 5. Iron-ore deposits of the Cranberry district, North Carolina-Tennessee. TJ. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 243-246, 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of the iron ores of this region. 6. Tennessee marbles. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 366-370, 1903. Describes the occurrence and character of marble deposits in eastern Tennessee, and loca¬ tions suitable for quarrying. 7. Talc deposits of North Carolina. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 433-438, 1903. Describes character, occurrence, and methods of mining the talc deposits. 8. Recent zinc mining in east Tennessee. Q. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 208-213, 1904. Describes the general geology, character, occurrence, and origin of the zinc-ore deposits. 9. Asheville folio, North Carolina-Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 116, 1904. Describes the geographic relations and drainage, the geologic history, the character, occur¬ rence, and relations of Archean, Algonkian (?), Cambrian, and Ordovician rocks, the geo¬ logic structure, and the mineral resources of the area. 10. Folded faults of the southern Appalachians. Congr. g£ol. intern., Compte rendu, IX. Sess., pp. 541-545, 1904. Discusses the character and occurrence of overthrust faulting in the southern Appalachian region. 11. Greeneville folio, Tennessee-North Carolina. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 118, 1895. Describes the general relations of the Greeneville quadrangle, its detailed geography, the gen¬ eral geological structure and history of the area, the character, occurrence, and relations of Archean, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, and Carboniferous rocks, and the mineral resources. 12. Mount Mitchell folio, North Carolina-Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U.S., folio no. 124, 1905. Describes the geography, physiographic features, the general geology, the occurrence, char¬ acter, and relations of Archean, Cambrian, and Triassic (?) rocks, the geologic structure, and economic resources. 13. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Utah. Parti. Areal geology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no 38, pp. 27-70, 15 pis., 1905. Describes the geography, topography, the character, occurrence, and relations of Carbonifer¬ ous strata and of igneous rocks, and the geologic structure of the region. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 189 Keith (Arthur), Darton (N. H.) and. 1. Washington folio, District of Columbia-Maryland-Virginia. SeeDarion (N. H) and Keith (Arthur), 1. Kemp (James Furman). 1. The Albany meeting of the Geological Society of America. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 95-100, 133-139, 1901. Contains abstracts of papers presented. 2. The Cambro-Ordovician outlier at Wellstown, Hamilton County, New York. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 710,1901. Contains brief description of occurrence of small outliers of Paleozoic strata within the crys¬ talline area of the region. 3. New asbestos region in northern Vermont. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 773-774, 1901; N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, p. 140, 1901. Describes the occurrence of asbestos associated with serpentine. 4. Physiography of Lake George. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, p. 774, 1901; N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, pp. 141-142, 1901. Describes briefly the physiographic history of the region. 5. Calculation of rock analyses. School of Mines Quart., vol. 22, p. 75, 1901. Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. 35, p. 947, 1901. 6. New asbestos region in northern Vermont. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, p. 330, 1901. Abstract of paper read before the N. Y. Academy of Sciences. 7. Physiography of Lake George, New York. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 331-332, 1901. Abstract of paper read before the N. Y. Academy of Sciences. 8. Notes on the occurrence of asbestos in Lamoille and Orleans counties, Vermont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1900, pp. 862-866, 1901. 9. The r61e of the igneous rocks in the formation of veins. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 169-198, 1902. Discusser mode of occurrence and formation of ores in igneous, sedimentary, and metamor- phic rocks; and the occurrence of groundwater and the part which it plays in the localiza¬ tion of ore deposits. 10. The deposits of copper-ores at Ducktown, Tennessee. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 244-265, 12 figs., 1902. Describes briefly topography of Ducktown, mode of occurrence and character of the ore and associated minerals, and possible origin of the ore bodies. 11. The geological relations and distribution of platinum and associated metals. U. b. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 193, 95 pp., 6 pis., 8 figs., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 81, 1902. 12. Igneous rocks and circulating waters as factors in ore deposition. Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 86, 1902. 13. The Cambro-Ordovician outlier at Wellstown, Hamilton County, New York. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 113-115, 1902. 14. A new asbestos region in northern Vermont. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 140-141, 1902. 15. Notes on the physiography of Lake George. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 141-142, 1902. 16. Theodore G. White (Obituary). Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 148-149, 1902. 17. The anthracite situation and problem. Eng. Co. Am., Bull. no. 1, 22 pp.„1903. Contains a brief account of the character and occurrence of anthracite and the geologic structure of the anthracite fields of Pennsylvania. 190 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Kemp (James Furman)—Continued. 18. Memoir of Theodore Greely White. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 516-517, 1903. Includes a list of publications. 19. Igneous rocks and circulating waters as factors in ore-deposition. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 699-714, 1903. 20. Platinum in the Rambler mine, Wyoming. Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr.,vol. 11, no. 93, 7 pp., 1 pi., 1 fig., 1903; U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. for 1902, pp. 244-250, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the general geology of the vicinity of the mine and the occurrence of the platinum¬ bearing ores. 21. A new spheroidal granite. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 503-504, 1903; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 11, no. 93, 1903. Describes character and occurrence of spheroidal granite in a bowlder found near Charle¬ voix, Michigan. 22. On the differentiation of igneous magmas and the formation of ores. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 804-805, 1903. 23. Comments on the geology of Bingham Canyon, Utah. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 76-77, 1903. 24. The leucite hills of Wyoming. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 505, 1903. 25. Genetic classification of ore deposits. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 542, 1903. 26. Ores from igneous magmas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 675, 1904. 27. Graphite in the eastern Adirondacks, N. Y. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 512-514, 1904. Describes occurrence and character of deposits of graphite, 28. The formation of veins: a brief statement of general principles. Mg. Mag., vol. 10, pp. 89-93, 1904. Discusses the general principles of ore deposition. 29. A handbook of rocks for use without the microscope. With a glossary of the names of rocks and of other lithological terms. Third edition, revised. New York, D. Van Nostrand Company, 1904. 238 pp., 41 figs. 30. Geological bookkeeping. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 411-418, 2 figs., 1905. Describes methods of recording field observations to facilitate easy reference thereto. 31. Die Lagerstiitten titanhaltigen Eisenerzes im Laramie Range, Wyoming, Yer. Staaten. Zeitschr. f. prak. Geol., Jahrg. 13, pp. 71-80, 7 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence, character, and geological relations of titaniferous magnetite deposits in Wyoming. 32. The copper deposits at San Jose, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull. no. 4, pp. 885-912, 3 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology and the occurrence, character, relations, and composition of eruptive rocks, and discusses the origin of their component minerals, and of the ores. 33. Secondary enrichment in ore deposits of copper. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 11-25,1905. 34. What is a fissure vein? Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 167-169, 1905. 35. The problem of the metalliferous veins. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 207-232, 1905. Discusses the formation of ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 191 Kemp (James Furman)—Continued. 36. The titaniferous magnetite in Wyoming. Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 64,1905. Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 67, 1905. 37. The physiography of the Adirondacks. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 988-989,1905. Kemp (James Furman) and Grabau (A. W.). 1. The Washington meeting of the Geological Society of America, December 30, 31, 1902, January 1 and 2, 1903. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 290-303, 1903. Gives abstracts of papers read. Kemp (James Furman) and Hill (B. F.). 1. Preliminary report on the pre-Cambrian formations in parts of Warren, Saratoga, Fulton, and Montgomery counties, New York. N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Rept., pp. rl7-r35, 6 pis., 1901. Kemp (James Furman) and Knig-ht (W. C.). 1. Leucite hills of Wyoming. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 305-336,10 pis., 1903; Columbia Univ.,Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 11, no. 94, 1903. Reviews previous work, describes the geographic situation and general character of the region, the general geology, and in detail the twenty-two leucite hills with especial refer¬ ence to physiographic features and petrographic character. Kemp (J. F.), Finlay (George I.) and. 1. Nepheline syenite area of San Jose, Tamaulipas, Mexico. See Finlay (George I.) and Kemp. (J. F.), 1. Kendall (J. D.). 1. Ore in sight. Inst. Mg. & Metal., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 143-149, 7 figs., 1902; Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, pp. 177- 178, 1902; Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 13-14, 5 figs., 1902. Kennedy (William), Hayes (C. W.) and. 1. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf coastal plain. See Hayes (C. W.) and Kennedy (William), 1. Kerr (D. G.). 1. Corundum in Ontario, Canada: its occurrence, working, milling, concentration, and preparation for the market as an abrasive. Tnst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 143-157, 6 figs., 1905. Kerr (Frank M.). 1. The sulphur deposits of Calcasieu Parish [Louisiana]. Assoc. Eng. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, pp. 90-97, 1902. Describes the occurrence of the sulphur and presents the record of a boring to a depth of 603 feet. Kessler (H. H.) and Hamilton (W. R.). 1. The orbicular gabbro of Dehesa, California. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 133-140, 5 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, megascopic and microscopic characters, and constitution. Kewitsch (Georg). 1. Die Vulkane, Pele, Krakatau, Etna, Vesuv. Norden, Soltau’s Vcrlag, 1902. 35 pp., 6 figs. Keyes (Charles Rollin). 1. A depositional measure of unconformity. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 173-196, 1 pi., 1901. Describes the development of the Carboniferous sediments in the Mississippi Valley and Southwestern regions. 192 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Keyes (Charles Rollin)—Continued. 2. Origin and classification of ore deposits. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 323-356,1901. Discusses the nature of ore deposits, general methods of ore formation, the classification of ore deposits, and certain other phases of ore deposits. 3. Derivation of the terrestrial spheroid from the rhombic dodecahedron. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 244-249, 1901. Discusses Green’s hypothesis of the tetrahedral form of the earth. 4. Composite genesis of the Arkansas Valley through the Ozark highlands. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 486-490, 2 figs., 1901. Discusses the evidences which indicate that there has been but one uplift in the region and that the river eroded its bed as fast as the strata were.raised. 5. Ore formation on the hypothesis of concentration through surface decomposition. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 353-362, 1901. Discusses the evidence as to the derivation of the lead and zinc ores of the Ozark region and their bearing on the origin of ore deposits in general. 6. Nomenclature of the Cambrian formations of the St. Francois Mountains [Missouri]. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 51-53, 1901. Discusses the validity of certain names applied to the Cambrian formations of the region. 7. A schematic standard for the American Carboniferous. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 299-305, 1 fig., 1901. Presents a general section of the Carboniferous of the Mississippi Valley and discusses its correlation with other regions. 8. Time values of provincial Carboniferous terranes. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 305-309, 1 fig., 1901. Discusses the time ratios of the several subdivisons of the Carboniferous of the Mississippi Valley region. 9. Note on the correlation of the Clarinda well section with the schematic section of the Carboniferous. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 461-463, 1901. Compares the well section with the general section. 10. A depositional measure of unconformity. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 135-136, 1901. 11. On a crinoidal horizon in the Upper Carboniferous. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 915-916, 1901. Describes its occurrence and its bearing on the stratigraphy of the Mississippi Valley. 12. Zone of maximum richness in ore bodies. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 577-578,1901. Contains abstracts of recent papers by Emmons and Weed. 13. Horizons of Arkansas and Indian Territory coals compared with those of other trans-Mississippian coals. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp. 692-693, 2 figs., 1901. Discusses the relations of the coal-bearing horizons of the trans-Mississippian region. 14. The stratigraphical location of named trans-Mississippian coals. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, p. 198, 1901. Gives list of geological formations and the coals occurring in each. 15. Contiguity of ore deposits of different generic relationships. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 597-598, 1901. 16. Diverse origins and diverse times of formation of the lead and zinc deposits of the Mississippi Valley. Mining & Metallurgy, vol. 24, pp. 715-717, 1901. 17. Origine eolienne du loess. Soc. Beige de Geol., de Paleont. et d’Hydrol., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 14-21, 1901. Discusses the origin of the loess of the Mississippi Valley. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 193 Keyes (Charles Rollin)—Continued. 18. Depositional equivalent of hiatus at base of our Coal Measures; and the Arkansan series, a new terrane of the Carboniferous in the western interior basin. Iowa Acad. Sci.,Proc., vol. 8, pp. 119-128, 2 figs., 1901. Discusses evidences of denudation prior to the deposition of the Coal Measures in this area, gives tables comparing the thickness of Coal Measures formations, and describes the Arkansan series. 19. Names of coals west of the Mississippi River. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 8, pp. 128-137, 1901. Discusses the Carboniferous deposits of the western interior coal field, tabulates the terranes and percentage of coal production of each, and gives a list of names that have been applied to the coal seams, with place of publication and stratigraphic position. 20. Diverse origins and diverse times of formation of the lead and zinc deposits of the Mississippi Valley. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs. Trans., vol. 31, pp. 603-611, 1902. Discusses mode of formation of these ores. 21. [In discussion of “ The origin of ore-deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 942-944, 962-966, 1902. 22. Character and stratigraphieal peculiarities of the southwestern Iowa coal fields. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 661, 1902. Describes the stratigraphic position of these coals. 23. Determination of the Cambrian age [of] the magnesian limestones of Missouri. Am. Geol., vol. 29? pp. 384-387, 1902. Reviews previous determinations of the age of these limestones. 24. Geological age of certain gypsum deposits. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 99-102, 1902. Discusses the evidences of the age of the Kansas and Iowa gypsum beds. 25. Cartographic representation of geological formations. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 691-699, 2 figs., 1902. Discusses the criteria by which formations are discriminated and the methods of their carto¬ graphic representation. 26. Devonian interval in Missouri. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 267-292, 1 pi., 1902. Discusses lithologic and faunal characters of the strata and the evidence of unconformities. 27. Magmatic differentiation of rocks. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 32-33, 1902. Discusses the formation of the Magnet Cove [Arkansas] igneous mass and the classification of rocks. 28. A Devonian hiatus in the continental interior—its character and depositional equivalents. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 9, pp. 105-112,1902. Discusses the absence of Devonian strata in west central Missouri and the history and mean¬ ing of the terms Kinderhook and Chouteau. 29. Geological structure of New Mexican bolson plains. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 207-210, 3 figs., 1903. Describes the characters of these plains and the geologic history of the region. 30. Ephemeral lakes in arid regions. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 377-378, 1903. 31. Some recent aspects of the Permian question in America. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 218-223, 1903. Discusses questions of nomenclature and taxonomic rank. 32. A remarkable silver pipe. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 805, 1903. Discusses the occurrence and origin of “ pipe-veins,” and an occurrence in central New Mexico. Bull. 301—06-13 194 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Keyes (Charles Rollin)—Continued. 33. Geology of the Apache Canon placers [New Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 966-967, illus., 1903. Describes the location of the placers, the discovery of the placer gold, the geology of the Sierra de los Caballos Mountains, and the occurrence of fissure veins. 34. Significance of the occurrence of minute quantities of metalliferous minerals in rocks. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 99-103, 1903. 35. Genesis of certain cherts. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 103-105, 1903. 36. Comparative values of different methods of geologic correlation in the Mississippi Basin. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 105-107, 1903. 37. Note on block mountains in New Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 19-23, 190L Discusses structure and formation of block mountains in New Mexico. 38. Bolson plains and the conditions of their existence. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 160-164, 1904. Describes the characters of bolson plains and discusses their origin. 39. Remarkable occurrence of aurichalcite. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, p. 253, 1904. Describes an occurrence of aurichalcite in the Magdalena Mountains in New Mexico. 40. Certain basin features of the high plateau region of southwestern United States. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, pp. 254-257, 1904. Describes features of bolson plains of New Mexico, and discusses their origin. 41. Note on the Carboniferous faunas of Mississippi Valley in the Rocky Mountain region. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, pp. 258-259, 1904. Notes the identity of many of the fossils from the two regions, although they have been described under different names. 42. Iron deposits of the Chupadera Mesa [New Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, p. 632, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of iron ores in central New Mexico and explains their origin. 43. The Hagan coal field [New Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 670-671, 3 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of coal beds in central New Mexico. 44. Unconformity of the Cretaceous on older rocks in central New Mexico. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 360-362, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the relations of the Cretaceous rocks to the underlying formations. Includes a table giving a general geological section for New Mexico, showing the sequence, thickness, and lithologic character of the geologic formations. 45. Structures of Basin ranges. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. G3-70, 5 figs., 1905. Discusses systems of faulting and the general geologic structure of the Basin ranges of New Mexico, and the physiographic development of the New Mexican region. 46. The fundamental complex beyond the southern end of the Rocky Mountains. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 112-122, 1905. Discusses age, relations, and character of igneous and altered clastic rocks occuring in the New Mexican portion of the Rocky Mountains. 47. Ore deposits of the Sierra de Los Caballos [New Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, pp. 149-151, 3 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology of the region, and the occurence and character of lead deposits. 48. Zinc carbonate ores of the Magdalena Mountains. Mg. Mag., vol. 12, pp. 109-114, 5 figs., 1905. Describes the geology, and the occurrence and relations of the zinc-ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 195 Keyes (Charles Rollin)—Continued. 49. Geology and underground water conditions of the Jornada del Muerto, New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 123, 42 pp., 9 pis., 11 figs., 1905. Describes the physiographic character of the region, the geologic structure, the occurrence and relations of Archean, Algonkian, Carboniferous, Jurassic-Triassic, Cretaceous, and Quaternary deposits, and of the eruptive rocks, and the underground water resources. 50. Triassic system in New Mexico. • Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 423^129, 1 fig., 1905 Discusses the geologic position of the “ Red Beds ' of the Great Plains and the Southwest, and the occurrence and relationships of the Carboniferous and Triassic “Red Beds” in New Mexico. 51. The Jurassic horizon around the southern end of the Rocky Mountains. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 289-292, 1 fig ,1905. Discusses the stratigraphic and time relations of some Mesozoic formations in New Mexico. 52. Bisection of mountain blocks in the Great Basin region. Abstract: Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 12, pp. 165-167, 3 figs., 1905. 53. Geological structure of the Jornada del Muerto and adjoining bolson plains [New Mexico]. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 12, pp. 167-169, 1 fig . 1905. 54. Northward extension of the Lake Valley limestone [New Mexico]. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 12, pp. 169-171. 1905. Describes the occurrence of Carboniferous rocks in New Mexico Kilham (John T.). 1. The oil wells of the United States. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 136-148, 1903. An historical account of the discovery of oil and the development of the oil industry. Killebrew (J. B.), Safford (J. M.) and. 1. The elements of the geology of Tennessee. See Safford (J. M.) and KiUebrew (J. B.), 1. Kimball (James P.). 1. Bohemia mining district of western Oregon. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 889-890, 3 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the geology and mining developments in the district. Kindle (Edward M.). 1. The Devonian fossils and stratigraphy of Indiana. Ind.,Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 25th Ann. Rept., pp. 529-763, 31 pis., 1901. Reviews the nomenclature of the formations and describes the lithologic and faunal character of many sections, and the characters of a large number of fossils from the Devonian rocks of the State. Discusses the correlation of the formations. 2. The Niagara limestones of Hamilton County, Indiana. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 221-224, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the limestones and correlates them with the Lockport limestone. 3. The Niagara domes of northern Indiana. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 459-468, 4 ffgs., 1903. Discusses general structure and deformation of Niagara strata. 4. A series of gentle folds on the border of the Appalachian System. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 281-289, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of anticlinal folds in the Watkins Glen quadrangle in southern New York. 5. Note on some concretions in the Chemung of southern New York. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 360-363, 3 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence in the Chemung of a bed of concretions in connection with a fos- siliferous band, and gives an explanation of their origin. 6. The stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 397-486, 28 pis., 1904. 196 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Kindle (Edward M.)—Continued. 7. Salt and other resources of the Watkins Glen district, New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 567-572, 1905. Describes the location of the salt deposits, the general geology, and the strata penetrated in the salt wells; also the occurrence of natural gas. 8. Water resources of the Catatonk area, New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 53-57, 1905. Kindle (Edward M.) and Breg-er (C. L.). 1. Paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 428-486, 28 pis., 1904 Kindle (E. M.), Williams (H. S.) and. 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontology, 1903. See Williams (H. S.) and Kindle (E. M.), 1. Kingsley (J. S.). 1. The origin of the mammals. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 193-205, 5 figs., 1901. Kinney (Bryce A.). 1. Annual report of the State natural-gas supervisor. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept.., pp. 357-375, 1904. 2. Annual report of the State natural-gas supervisor. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 29th Ann. Rept., pp. 757-799, 1905. Kinzie (Robert A.). 1. Mining at the Alaska Treadwell. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 583-587, illus., 1903. Describes the occurrence of the ore and the methods of mining. 2. The Treadwell group of mines, Douglas Island, Alaska. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 334-386, 14 figs., 1904. Includes a brief description of the geology of the district. Kirby (Edmund B.). 1. Methods of testing and sampling placer deposits. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 6, pp. 186-199 [1902J. 2. The ore deposits of Rossland, British Columbia. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 326-328, 3 figs., 1904. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 331, 347, 1904. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, pp. 60-64, 1904. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 47-69, 4 pis. (maps), 1904. Describes the geologic occurrence, relations to surrounding rocks, and character of the gold, silver, and copper ore deposits of this locality. KircliofFer (William Gray). 1. The sources of water supply in Wisconsin. Wis. Univ. Bull., Eng. ser., vol. 3, pp. 163-249, 3 pis., 1905. Includes a general account of the geology of Wisconsin. Kirk (Charles Townsend). 1. A preliminary report on the contact of the Permian with the Pennsylvanian in Oklahoma. Okla., Dept. G iol. & Nat. Hist., 3d Bien. RejJt., pp. 5-14, 1904. Describes physiography of the region examined, the occurrence, character, and economic products of Carboniferous strata in Oklahoma and their differentiation into Pennsylvanian and Permian. Kirk (Morris P.). 1. The Terlingua quicksilver district [Texas]. Mg. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 441-443, 2 figs., 1905. Includes brief notes on the geology of the district. Kirk (M. P.) and Malcolmson (J. W.). 1. A new quicksilver mining district [Texas], Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 685-686, 1 fig., 1904. Describes occurrence, character, geologic relations, and economic development of quick¬ silver-ore deposits in Texas. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 197 Kirsopp (John, jr.). 1. The coal fields of Cook Inlet, Alaska, U. S. A., and the Pacific coast. Inst. Mg. Engrs. [England], Trans., vol. 21, pp. 516-566, 2 pis., 1903. Describes geologic occurrence of coal in Alaska and distribution of coal in Alaska, British Columbia, and Washington. Klein (Carl). 1. Uber die am 7. Mai 1902 vom Vulcan Soufriere auf St. Vincent ausgeworfene vul- canische Asche. K. preus. Akad. d. Wiss., Sitzungsb., pp. 993-994, 1902. Describes the fall of volcanic ash in St. Vincent and its composition. 2. liber das Meteoreisen von Persimmon Creek, bei Hot House, Cherokee Co., Nord- Carolina. K. preus. Akad. d. Wiss., Sitzungsb., p. 557, 1904. Describes characters of this meteorite. Klem (Mary J.). 1. A revision of the Paleozoic Paleechinoidea, with a synopsis of all known species. St. Louis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 14, pp. 1-98, 6 pis., 1904. Knapp (George N.). 1. Underground waters of New Jersey. Wells drilled in 1903. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 73-93, 2 pis., 1904. Describes extent and character of the physiographic provinces of New Jersey and their water supply, and gives data regarding wells drilled in 1903. 2. The Cliffwood clays and the Matawan. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 23-27, 1904. Discusses stratigraphic position of the formations occurring at Cliffwood, N. J. 3. Underground waters of eastern United States: New Jersey. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 93-103, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology, the physiographic provinces, and the underground water resources. Knapp (George N.), Kummel (Henry B.) and. 1. The stratigraphy of the New Jersey clays. See Kiimmel (Henry B.) and Knapp (George N.), 1. Knapp (S. A.). 1. Tonopah [Nevada]. Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 231, 1901. Describes occurrence of gold and silver at this locality. Knight (C. W.). 1. Notes on some deposits in the eastern Ontario gold belt. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 210-244, 12 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology of the district, and in detail the occurrence and character of the gold ore deposits and associated rocks of the Belmont and Star of the East gold mi Acs. and discusses their origin. Knight (Nicholas). 1. Some Iowa dolomites. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 244-246, 1901. Contains chemical analyses of the dolomites. 2. Some recent analyses of Iowa building stones; also of potable waters. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 8, pp. 104-109, 1901. 3. Analysis of the Mount Vernon [Iowa] loess. Am. Geol., vol. 29, p. 189, 1902. 4. Apatite crystals, Antwerp, New York. Am. Geol., vol. 31, p. 62, 1903. 5. The dolomites of eastern Iowa. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 64-66, 1904; Geol. Mag., dec. 5, vol. 1, pp. 493-495, 1904. Describes investigations upon the composition of dolomites. 198 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Knight (Nicholas)—Continued. 6. Some features in the analysis of dolomite rock. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, pp. 127-131, 1904. Describes composition of examples of dolomite rock from the Niagara of Iowa. 7. Estimation of the silica in the Bedford limestone. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 57-60, 1905. Describes a chemical examination of the Bedford limestone of Indiana. Knight (Wilbur Clinton). 1. Description of Bates Hole [Wyoming]. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 70-71, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 495-496, 1901. Describes the physiographic and geologic features of the region. 2. The petroleum fields of Wyoming. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 358-359, 628-630, 4 figs., and map, 1901. Describes the geology and character and occurrence of the oil in the several oil-bearing dis¬ tricts of the State. 3. The Sweetwater mining district, Fremont County, Wyoming. Wyo. Univ.^School of Mines, 35 pp., 1 map, 1901. Describes occurrence of gold in this district. 4. Further notes on the occurrence of rare metals in the Rambler mine, Wyoming. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 696, 1902. Contains notes on the occurrence of platinum and other rare metals. 5. The petroleum fields of Wyoming, III. The fields of Uinta County. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 720-722, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the topography, general geology, and occurrence of oil in Uinta County. 6. The Laramie Plains Red Beds and their age. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 412-422, 1902. Reviews the literature of the subject, gives a detailed section in Red Mountain, and discusses the age of the Red Beds and their associated strata. 7. Coal fields of southern Uinta County, Wyoming. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 542-544, 1903'. Describes briefly the Cretaceous strata of the region and gives chemical analyses of the coal. 8. Some notes on the genus Baptanodon, with a description of a new species. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 76-81, 3 figs., 1903. 9. Gypsum-deposits in Wyoming. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp, 79-85, 1 pi., 2 figs, 1904. Describes character, extent, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits occurring in the Red Beds in Wyoming. Knight (Wilbur Clinton) and Slosson (E. E.). 1. Alkali lakes and deposits [Wyoming]. Wyo. Univ., Exp. Stat., Bull. no. 49, pp. 72-123, 1 map, 1901. Describes the character, occurrence, and origin of the deposits of considerable depth. 2. The Dutton, Rattlesnake, Arago, Oil Mountain, and Powder River oil fields [Wyoming]. Wyo. Univ., School of Mines, Petroleum .Ser., Bull. no. 4, 57 pp., 1 fig., 2 maps, 1901. Describes the occurrence and character of the oils in the several districts. 3. The Newcastle oil field [Wyoming]. Wyo. Univ., School of Mines, Petroleum Ser., Bull. no. 5, 25 pp., 1902. Describes the topography, geology, and development of oil of this area. 4. The Bonanza, Cottonwood, and Douglas oil fields. Wyo. Univ., School of Mines, Petroleum Ser. ; Bull. no. 6, 30 pp., 1903. Describes geographic location and geologic structure of these fields, the character of the oil, and the possibilities of production. Knight (Wilbur Clinton), Kemp (J. F.) and. 1. Leucite hills of Wyoming. See Kemp (J. F.) and Knight (W. C.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 199 Knig-ht (William H.). 1. Address at the presentation of the memorial bronze of Edward Waller Clay pole, Throop Polytechnic Institute, Passadena, Cal., June 2, 1902. (Not seen.) Knopf (A.) and Thelen (P.). 1. Sketch of the geology of Mineral King, California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 227-262, 3 pis., 1905. Describes the physiography, evidences of glaciation and its effects, the occurrence, character, and relations of igneous and stratified rocks, and their petrography and metamorphism, and discusses the relations of the Mineral King belt to the granite. Knowlton (Frank Hall). 1. [Report on the Clarno flora, Oregon.] niv. of Cal., Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 287-291, 1901. Gives list of fossil plants collected. 2. [Report on the flora of the Mascall formation, Oregon.] Univ. of Cal., Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 308-309, 1901. Gives list of fossils collected. 3. Report on fossil wood from the Newark formation of South Britain, Connecticut. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 161-162, 1901. Briefly describes material. 4. A fossil nut pine from Idaho. Torreya, vol. 1, pp. 113-115, 3 figs., 1901. Describes Pinus lindgrenii n. sp. 5. Fossil hickory nuts. Plant World, vol. 4, pp. 51-52, 1901. 6. A fossil flower. Plant World, vol. 4, pp. 73-74, 1901. 7. Fossil sequoias in North America. Plant World, vol. 4, p. Ill, 1901. 8. Preliminary report on fossil plants from the State of Washington, collected by Henry Landes, 1901. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 32-33, 1902. Gives lists of species of fossil plants determined. 9. A fossil nut pine. Plant World, vol. 5, pp. 33-34, 2 figs., 1902. Describes Pinus lindgrenii. 10. Fossil mosses. Plant World, vol. 5, pp. 243-244, 1902. Gives a summary of what is known regarding these forms. 11. Notes on the fossil fruits and lignites of Brandon, Vermont. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 29, pp. 635-641, 1 pi., 1902. 12. Report on a small collection of fossil plants from the vicinity of Porcupine Butte, Montana. Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. 29, pp. 705-709, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1902. 13. Six new species. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 273-274, 1902. A critical review of a paper by H. Herzer on “Six new species, including two new genera, of fossil plants,” in 9th Ann. Rept. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 14. Fossil flora of the John Day Basin, Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 204, 153 pp., 17 pis., 1902. Gives a brief description of the geologic formations and localities of this area, describes the fossil plants, and discusses critically the age and relations to other floras. 15. Description of a new fossil species of Chara. Torreya, vol. 2, pp. 71-72, 1 fig., 1902. 200 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Knowlton (Frank Hall)—Continued. 16. Fossil plants from Kukak Bay [Alaska]. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 149-162, 12 pis., 1904. 17. Fossil floras of the Yukon. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 733-734, 1904. 18. Fossil plants of the Judith River beds. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 257, pp. 129-155, 6 pis., 1905. Knox (Newton Booth). 1. Dredging and valuing dredging-ground in Oroville, California. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 22, pp. 211-213, 1903. Contains observations on the occurrence of gold in the placer deposits. Koenig* (George A.). 1. The crystallization of mohawkite, domeykite, and other similar arsenides. Lake Superior Mg. Inst., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 62-64 [1901?]. 2. On the new species melanochalcite and keweenawite, with notes on some other known species. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 404-416, 1902. Describes occurrence and chemical characters of the material. Kofoid (C. A.). 1. The plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899, with introductory notes upon the hydrography of the Illinois River and its basin. Part I. Quantitative inves¬ tigations and general results. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 6, pp. 95-629, 50 pis., 1903. Includes a brief account of geologic and hydrographic features of the Illinois River basin. Kolderup (Carl Fred.). 1. Guldforekomsterne i Alaska og tilgrsensende strceg. [The occurrence of gold in Alaska and adjacent regions.] Naturen, Bergen, vol. 25, pp. 361-3G6, 2 figs., 1901. 2. Nordhavets bund og den gamle landbro mellen Island og Greenland. [The bot¬ tom of the Arctic Ocean and the old bridge between Iceland and Greenland.] Naturen, Bergen, vol. 26, pp. 142-146,1902. 3. De vulkanske udbrud i Vestindien. [The volcanic eruption in the West Indies.] Naturen, Bergen, vol. 26, pp. 353-363, 3 figs., 1902. Describes eruptions of La Soufriere in St. Vincent and Mont Pel6 in Martinique. 4. The rock name anorthosyte. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 392-393, 1903. Kraus (Edward H.). 1. A new exposure of serpentine at Syracuse, N. Y. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 330-332, 1904. Describes occurrence, character, and relations to other dike exposures. 2. The occurrence of celestite near Syracuse, N. Y., and its relation to the vermicular limestones of the Salina epoch. Am. Jour. Sci.,.4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 30-39, 4 figs., 1904. 3. Some interesting mineral occurrences in the Salina epoch. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 619-620, 1904. Describes occurrence of hematite and celestite. 4. Occurrence and distribution of celestite-bearing rocks. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 286-293, 5 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of celestite-bearing rocks, particularly on Put-in-Bay Island, Lake Erie. 5. Celestite-bearing rocks. Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 130, 1905. A brief note on the occurrence of celestite and the origin of certain limestones and dolomites. FOE THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 201 Kraus (Edward H.)—Continued. 6. On the origin of the caves of the island of Put-in-Bay, Lake Erie. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 167-171, 1 fig., 1905. 7. Hydration caves. Science,-new ser., vol. 22, pp. 502-503, 1905. Kraus (E. H.) and Reitinger (J.). 1. Hussakite, a new mineral, and its relation to xenotime. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 46-55, 1902. Describes the chemical and crystallographic characters of the material. Krebs (Wilhelm). 1. Flutschwankungen und die vulkanischen Ereignisse in Mittelamerika. Globus, Bd. 84, pp. 72-74, 1903. Discusses connection between high tides in the Pacific Ocean and the volcanic activity in Central America in 1902. Kroustchoff (K. de). 1. Note sur une roche basaltique de la Sierra Verde [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., vol. 16, Rev. pp. 17-26, 1901. Krusch (P.). 1. Ueber eine Kupfererzlagerstatte in Nieder-Californien. Zeitsch. f. prak. Geol., Jahrg. 1899, heft 3, pp. 83-86, 1899. Describes occurrence of copper-ore bodies. Kummel (Henry B.). 1. Report on Portland-cement industry [New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 9-101, 11 pis., 33 figs., 1901. Describes the composition of Portland cement, and the character and occurrence of the lower Paleozoic rocks from which the materials are derived. Includes detailed descriptions of localities. 2. The mining industry. [New Jersey.] N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 197-217, 1901. Contains statistics and notes on iron, zinc, and copper. 3. The mining industry [of New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept, for 1901, pp. 133-161, 1902. Contains notes on the occurrence of iron, zinc, and copper ores. 4. Administrative report [of the State geologist of New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 5-24, 1903. Reviews the work of the New Jersey Geological Survey during the year ending October 31, 1902. 5. The iron and zinc mines [New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 115-123, 1903. Describes the occurrence of the ores and the mining operations. 6. A summary of the work of the Geological Survey of New Jersey, with a subject index to its reports. N. J. Geol. Surv., Summary and Index to Repts., 27 pp., 1903. 7. Administrative report of the State geologist. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. xiii-xxxvi, 1904. Outlines the work of the New Jersey Geological Survey for the year ended October 31,1903. 8. Administrative report [of the State geologist of New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 3-25,1905. 9. A report upon some molding sands of New Jersey. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 187-246,1905. Describes characters, composition, distribution, and geologic relations. 10. Well records [New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 263-271, 1905. Gives records of strata passed through in borings. 202 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Kiimmel (Henry B.) and Knapp (George N.). 1. The stratigraphy of the New Jersey clays. N. J. Geol. Surv., vol. 6, pp. 117-209, 10 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence and geologic relations of clays of Pleistocene, Tertiary, Cretaceous, and older systems of New Jersey. Kiimmel (Henry B.) and Weller (Stuart). 1. Paleozoic limestones of Kittatiny Valley, New Jersey. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol 12, pp. 147-164, 1901. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 134,1901 Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the subdivisions of the Cambrian and Ordo vician series and the structure of the region. 2. The rocks of the Green Pond Mountain region. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 1-51, 2 figs., 6 pis., 1902. Describes geologic occurrence and history and geographic distribution of the formations of this area, and gives lists of fossils determined. Kunz (George F.). 1. Des progres de la production des pierres precieuses aux Etats-Unis. Intern. Cong. g6ol., Compte Rendu, viii session, pp. 393-395, 1901. 2. Precious stones in the United States in 1901. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 38, 1902. 3. Composition of tourmaline. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 482-483, 1902. 4. Gems and precious stones of Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 55-93, 1902. Describes occurrence, properties, etc. 5. Californite (vesuvianite), a new ornamental stone. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 397-338, 1903. Describes occurrence, characters, and composition. 6. Native bismuth and bismite from Pala, California. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16. p. 398, 1903. 7. On a new lilac-colored transparent spodumene. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 264-267, 1 pi., 1903; Science, new ser., vol. 18, p. 280, 1903. Describes occurrence and characters. 8. Gem minerals of southern California. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 107-108, 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of some gem minerals recently discovered. 9. Clackamas meteoric iron. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 108, 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of a meteoric mass recently discovered. 10. The exhibit of the U. S. Geological Survey radium collection shown at the St. Louis Exposition. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 665, 1905. Includes brief notes on the Canon Diablo meteorite. L. Lacroix (A.). 1. Les roches volcaniques de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 134, pp. 1246-1248, 1902. 2. Sur les cendres des eruptions de la Montagne Pelee de 1851 et de 1902. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 134, pp. 1327-1329,1902. Describes characters of volcanic ashes ejected from Mont PelA 3. Les roches volcaniques de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 134, pp. 1369-1371, 1902. Describes characters of volcanic material from Martinique. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 203 Lacroix (A.)—Continued. 4. Mission de la Martinique. Acad. des-Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 147-150,1902. Describes observations upon Mont Pel6 and the surrounding country after the eruptions. 5. Sur les roches rejetees par l’eruption actuelle de la Montagne Pelee. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 451-454, 1902. Discusses the character of rocks ejected by Mont Pel6. 6. Les enclaves des andesites de l’eruption actuelle de la Montagne Pel6e. Acad. des. Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 470-472,1902. Discusses the composition of rocks ejected by Mont Pel6. 7. Nouvelles observations sur les eruptions volcaniques de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 672-674, 1902. Records observations upon the effects of the volcanic eruptions in Martiniqiie. 8. Sur l’etat actuel du volcan de la Montagne, Pelee, a la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 771-773, 1902. Gives observations upon conditions prevailing at the summit of Mont Pel6 at the time of the writer’s visit. 9. Etat actuel du volcan de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 992-997, 1902. Gives observations made during an ascent of Mont Pel6 by the writer on November 8,1902. 10. Quelques observations mineralogiques faites sur les products de l’incendie de Saint-Pierre (Martinique). Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 1068-1071,1902. Describes effects of the conflagration at St. Pierre upon the andesites used in buildings. 11. Nouvelles observations sur les eruptions volcaniques de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 1331-1307,1902. Describes observations upon volcanic phenomena of Mont Pel6 during November and December of 1902. 12. Les eruptions des nuages denses de la Montagne Pelee. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 216-218, 1903. Describes eruptive phenomena of Mount Pel6. 13. L’eruption de la Montagne Pelee en janvier, 1903. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 442-443, 1903. Describes an eruption of Mount Pel6 that took place in January of 1903. 14. Sur 1’etat actuel de la Soufriere de la Guadeloupe. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 656-659, 1903. Describes the volcanic activity of Soufriere in Guadeloupe. 15. Sur une eruption du volcan de Saint Vincent. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 803-807,1903. Describes observations upon the volcano Soufriere in the island of St. Vincent. 16. Principaux resultats de la mission de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 871-876, 1903. Discusses volcanic phenomena observed on the island of Martinique. 17. La cordierite dans les produits eruptifs de la Montagne Pelee et de la Soufriere de Saint Vincent. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 137, pp. 145-147,1903. Describes the composition and mode of formation of some eruptive products of Mont Pel6 and the Soufriere of St. Vincent. 18. Les enclaves basiques des volcans de la Martinique et de Saint Vincent. Acad des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 137, pp. 211-213,1903. Discusses the composition of some eruptive products of Mont Pel6 (1902) and of the Soufriere of St. Vincent. 19. Les dernieres eruptions de Saint-Vincent. Ann. de Geog., Paris, no. 63, 12e Ann6e, pp. 261-268, 2 pis., 1903. Describes observations upon volcanic phenomena in the island of St. Vincent. 204 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lacroix (A.)—Continued. 20. La Montagne Pelee et ses eruptions. Paris, Masson et Cie., 1904. xxii, 662 pp., 30 pis. and 238 figs., 4to. Gives a full account of the volcanic phenomena connected with the eruptions of La Montagne Pel6ein 1902. Lacroix (A.), Rollet de l’Isle, and Giraud (J.). 1. Sur l’eruption de la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 377-391, 419-431,1902. Gives a general account of the eruptions of Mont Pel6, with observations upon various vol¬ canic phenomena, topographic changes, and the character of the ejectamenta. Laflamme (J. C. K.). 1. Modifications remarquables causees a l’embouchere de la Riviere Ste-Anne par l’eboulement de St-Alban. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., new ser., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 175-177,1900. 2. Eboulement a Saint-Luc-de-Vincennes, Riviere Champlain, le 21 Septembre, 1895. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., new ser., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 179-186, 1 fig., 1900. 3. Geological exploration of Anticosti [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 188-194, 1902. Describes the author’s observations upon the island. La Forge (Laurence). 1. Water resources of central and southwestern Highlands of New Jersey. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 141-155, 1905. La Forge (Laurence), Crosby (W. O.) and. 1. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Massachusetts. See Crosby (W. O.) and La Forge (Laurence), 1. Laguerenne (Teodoro L.). 1. Estado de Tabasco [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem., vol. 17, pp. 125-131,1902. Describes topographic and geologic features and mineral deposits of this State. Laird (George A.). 1. The gold mines of the San Pedro district, Cerro de San Pedro, State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo) Bull. no. 1, pp. 69-89, 1 fig.; Trans., vol. 35, pp. 858-878, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of the ore deposits in the dif¬ ferent mines and openings, and the mining methods and production. Lakes (Arthur). 1. The American Nettie [Colorado]. Minos & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 241-245, 5 figs., 1901. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of ores in cave deposits. 2. Cripple Creek [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 276-280, 7 figs., 1901. Describes volcanic rocks and phenomena of the region. 3. The Curtis coal mine [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, p. 298,1901. Brief description of occurrence and character of coal near Colorado Springs 4. Cave ore deposits [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 333-334, 1 fig., 1901. Describes character and occurrence of ore bodies in the San Juan region. 5. The Cerrillos anthracite mines [New Mexico]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 341-342,1901. Describes character and occurrence of coal in this region. 6. A new coal field [New Mexico]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 375-376, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of coal. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 205 Lakes (Arthur)—Continued. 7. The turquoise mines [New Mexico]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 395-396, 1901. 8. Change of ore bodies with change of country rock. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, p. 417, 1901. Discusses some phenomena accompanying ore deposition. 9. Peculiar geological formations of the Southern States. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, p.430, 1901. Contains notes on the general geology of the region. 10. Oil fields of California. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 467-470, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology of southern California and the occurrence of oil. 11. Prospecting for oil in Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 481-433, 4 figs., 1901. Describes general geology and occurrence of oil in Colorado. 12. Building and monumental stones of Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 29-30, 5 figs., 1901. Describes the general characters and occurrence of various building stones. 13. Sedimentary building stones of Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 62-64, 5 figs., 1901. Describes occurrence and character of building stones from sedimentary strata. 14. Petroleum in western North America. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 78-80,1901. Describes the occurrence of oil in this region. 15. The geology of the oil fields of Colorado. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol.l, pp. 221-226, 1901. Describes the stratigraphy and geologic structure of the oil fields and the occurrences of oil. 16. Prospecting for oil in Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 107-109, 5 figs., 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence of oil. 17. Oil Springs of Rio Blanco County, Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 150-152, 5 figs., 1901. Describes the geologic structure and occurrence of oil. 18. Some Idaho mining districts. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 203-206, 5 figs., 1901. Contains notes on the geology of the State and the character and occurrence of ore bodies. 19. The geological occurrence of oil in Colorado. Abstract: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21505, 1901. 20. The Buckhorn mine and the San Luis Park, Colorado. Peculiar formations which contain some ores and present a striking appearance. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 322-323, 3 figs., 1902. 21. Oil in Colorado, the geology of the deposits, and the various horizons in which signs of oil have been found. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 256-257, 1902. 22. A lesson on faults. Sketch of the Aspen mining region,. Colorado, in which tht effects of faulting in the past, and still going on, are shown. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 341-343, 6 figs., 1902. 23. The coal, graphite, and oil fields of Raton, New Mexico. The location and geo logical character. The coal mines. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 350-352, 5 figs., 1902. 24. The western oil field of Mesa and Rio Blanco counties, Colorado. A regior geologically favorable for oil. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 388-389, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the general geology of the region. 206 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lakes (Arthur)—Continued. 25. Geology along the Animas River, with descriptions of coal and metal mines along its course, including a sketch of the Silver Lake mine [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, j)p. 398-399, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of the coal and associated strata. 26. Natural gas in Colorado, a description of some of its occurrences and the condi¬ tions which point to the probability of its existence. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 417-418, 2 figs., 1902. 27. Prospecting for oil in the region of the cliff dwellers of southeastern Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 438-440, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the general geology and structure of the region. 28. The Spanish peaks. Coal region in southern Colorado. An illustration of the effects of volcanic action on coal seams. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 463-464, 4 figs., 1902. Gives a summary of R. C. Hill’s description of the region. 29. Crestone mining district in San Luis Park, Colorado. A region containing some good veins favorably situated for economical mining. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 467-468, 3 figs., 1902. 30. Glacial placer beds on the flanks of the Mosquito Range, South Park, Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, p. 469, 1 fig., 1902. 31. * Prospecting for coal in the western States—points of resemblance and points of difference between the western and eastern coal fields. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 506-507, 2 figs., 1902. 32. The prairie region of northeastern Colorado. A description of some interesting geological, occurrences near Sterling. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, p. 510, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the Tertiary strata of the region. 33. Faults in metal mines. The different types and their various manifestations, their effects upon ore deposition. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 541-542, 6 figs., 1902. 34. Volcanoes. The manner of their eruption, their effect upon the deposition of minerals. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 554-556, 4 figs., 1902. 35. South Park, Colorado. A description of its geology and economic resources in gold, silver, lead, coal, and oil. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 78-79, 1902. Describes the general geology of the region. 36. Prospecting for oil in Wyoming. A description of the prospects in the country around Medicine Butte, and Red Mountain, Uinta County. Mines & Minprals, vol. 23, pp. 99-100, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata of the region. 37. Great Salt Lake basin. A description of the terraces which show the shores of the ancient lake when it was much larger than now. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 112-113, 2 figs., 1902. 38. Sketching the characteristic features of rocks. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 74, p. 22339, 1902. 39. Aguilar coal and oil district. A description of the geology, the thickness and quality of the coal veins, and the indications of oil. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 196-198, 4 figs., 1903. 40. The soils of Colorado in relation to their geological origin and surroundings, and their availability for irrigation. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 207-209, 1903. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 207 Lakes (Arthur) —Continued. 41. The La Plata Mountains. Observations on their formations and the influence of the different igneous rocks upon mineralization. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 222-223, 2 figs., 1903. 42. Recent earth movements. An account of some movements in the Rocky Moun¬ tains as shown by effects on streams and mines. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, p. 228, 1903. 43. Summit County placers of Colorado; a description of the great hydraulic works now nearing completion near Brec.kenridge. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 241-244, 6 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of placer gold. 44. Redcliff ore deposits. Not unlike in some respects to the ore deposits of the Manc.os contact and the American Nettie at Ouray [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 252-253,1903. Describes the occurrence of the gold ore deposits. 45. The Bellevue mining district of Idaho; the geological peculiarities of the veins as shown in the Minnie Moore and the Queen of the Hills mines. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 271-272, 4 figs., 1903. 46. Secondary enrichment of ore deposits—its causes and effects—the conclusions of various authorities. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, p. 347, 1903. 47. The Silver Lake mine, near Silverton, San Juan County, Colo. An instance of successful operation of a large mine at high altitude. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 389-390, 2 figs., 1903. Includes notes on the occurrence and geologic relations of the silver-lead ores. 48. The present oil situation in Colorado; a review of the histories of the several regions, and the discoveries which have be'en made. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 399-401, 2 figs., 1903. Includes an account of the geology of the Boulder oil field. 49. Geology and economics along the line of the new Moffat railway, to be built from Denver to Salt Lake City. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 418-419, 1 fig., 1903. Gives observations on the geology of the region. 50. Creede mining camp. Valuable mines opened through the Nelson and Hum¬ phreys tunnels. A description of the Humphreys mill. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 433-435, 2 figs., 1903. Describes briefly the general geology and occurrence of the silver-lead ores. 51. A trip to Chihuahua, old Mexico. A description of the Descubidoro mine, with some impressions of the country, the people, and the mines. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 446-447, 3 figs., 1903. Contains observations on the geology and the occurrence of the silver and gold ores. 52. Zinc deposits: their geology and origin as shown in Wisconsin, Arkansas, Mis¬ souri, and Tennessee. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, p. 468, 1903. 53. Peculiar mines and ore deposits of the Rosita and Silver Cliff mining district of Colorado. Ore deposits in a volcanic throat. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 487-489, 4 figs., 1903. 54. Santa Eulalia mines. A trip to the ancient and very rich silver-lead mines in the Santa Eulalia Mountains, near Chihuahua, Mexico. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 529-531, 5 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of the silver-lead ore deposits. 55. A remarkable occurrence in the depths of a fissure vein. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, p. 534, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the occurrence of a carbonized tree in a fissure vein of quartz. 208 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lakes (Arthur)—Continued. 56. Geologizing by the seaside. Illustrations of geological phenomena related to mining as shown in the sea cliffs and caves at La Jolia, near San Diego, Cal. Mines & Minerals, vol. 23, pp. 543-545, 6 figs., 1903. Describes observations upon the geology and geologic phenomena of the region. 57. The sea and mining. Illustrations shown at seacoast of manner of making and destruction of rocks by action of shellfish and erosion. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 12-14, figs. 1-6, 1903. Describes erosion and sedimentation processes and the destructive action of boring seashells. 58. Mud volcanoes. Present-day illustrations of mudflows and formations resembling some older ones in which mineral deposits have been found. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, p. 33, 2 figs., 1903. 59. Bonanzas and pockets of ore. Some of the causes of their deposition and origin as illustrated in various mines. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 52-53, 3 figs., 1903. Describes the formation of ore deposits. 60. Coal and asphalt deposits along the Moffat railway. Geological conditions shown which promise valuable deposits at workable depths. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 134-136, 4 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of coal and asphalt deposits. 61. Gypsum deposits in Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 86-88, 2 figs., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and economic development of the gypsum deposits of Colo¬ rado. 62. The coal fields of Colorado. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 11-23, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the formation of the coal, the location, character, and geologic age of the coal fields and the character and occurrence of the coals. 63. Field notes concerning ore shoots and the influence of downhill pressure on the outcrop of veins. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 92-93, 6 figs., 1904. 64. Grand Encampment copper district of Wyoming. Some notes on the geology, and a description of some of the development work. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 200-201, 2 figs., 1904. 65. The Yampa coal fields. A description of the anthracite, bituminous, and lignite- field traversed by the Moffatt Road in Routt County, Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 249-251, 4 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of the coal beds. 66. The Book Cliff coal mines. Coal seams near Grand Junction, Colorado, which exhibit interesting peculiarities in their locations and formations. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 289-291, 4 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, geologic relations, and economic development of these coal beds. 67. A trip through Arizona. Interesting desert scenery and the relation it bears to the geology and mining interests of the region. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 356-358, 4 figs., 1904. Gives observations on the physiography and geology of parts of Arizona. 68. Tonopah mining camp. Some notes on its location, the geological formations of the region, and the mines in operation. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 479-481, 1904. 69. Mines and scenery. A typical Nevada mining region situated in the bottom of an ancient dried up lake bed. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 552-553, 3 figs., 1904. Gives observations upon the physiography and geology of a part of western Nevada. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 209 Lakes (Arthur)—Continued. 70. Schists and slates as ore carriers. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 161-162, 1904. 71. Ore in anticlinals, as at Bendigo, Australia, and Tombstone, Arizona. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 193, 1904. 72. The Lone Mountain district, near Tonopah, Nevada. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 246-247, 6 figs., 1904. Describes physiographic and geologic features of the region and the occurrence of silver-ore deposits. 73. Some of the ore deposits of Colorado. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 377-378, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of some ore deposits. 74. Ore shoots and veins that do not come to the surface. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 55-56, 2 figs., 1904. Describes occurrences of ore bodies. 75. Organic remains in ore deposits. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 113-114, 1904. 76. Ore deposition in the cement of rocks. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, p. 140, 1904. 77. Volcanic craters and ore deposits. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 216-217, 1904. 78. Shear zones or zones of impregnation vs. true quartz fissure veins. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 295-296, 1904. Discusses the character of veins containing ore deposits. 79. The Rocky Mountain coal fields. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 5-7, 2 figs., 1905. 80. The coal fields of Colorado. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 73-74, 3 figs., 1905. 81. The anthracite situation in Colorado. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 98-99, 1905. 82. Coal along the eastern foothills. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 127-128, 1905. 83. The geology and coal deposits of the Spanish Peaks district. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 184-185, 4 figs., 1905. 84. The La Plata or southwestern Colorado coal field. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 212-213, 2 figs., 1905. 85. Coals of the southern Colorado or the Walsenburg and Trinidad region. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 234-235, 1 fig., 1905. 86. Disturbances and other peculiarities of the northeastern coal field of Colorado between Ralston Creek and Boulder. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 326-328, 3 figs., 1905. 87. The Grand River coal field [Colorado]. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 379-381, 2 figs., 1905. 88. The Y ampa coal field of Routt County, Colorado. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 404-405, 2 figs., 1905. 89. The South Park coal field [Colorado]. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 428-429, 2 figs., 1905. 90. Geology of the hot springs of Colorado and speculations as to their origin and heat. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 479-481, 1905. 91. Sketch of the economic resources of the foothills of the front range of Colorado. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 622-524, l fig., 1905. Bull. 301—06-14 210 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lakes (Arthur)—Continued. 92. Faults with special reference to coal and metal mining. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 6-7, 4 figs., 1905. 93. Fault phenomena. Signs of faulting below ground. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 58-59, 5 figs., 1905. 94. Fault phenomena. Practical consideration of faults in mining. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 85-86, 2 figs., 1905. 95. Examples of Colorado faults, both old and recent. Some practical suggestions. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 166-167, 3 figs., 1905. 96. Peat and its relation to coal.’ Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 208-209, 4 figs., 1905. 97. The hot and mineral springs of Routt County and Middle Park, Colorado. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 438-439, 2 figs., 1905. 98. Oil-impregnated volcanic dikes in Colorado. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25 p. 394, 3 figs., 1905. 99. The Occidental and other coal mines of Huerfano County, Colorado. A descrip¬ tion of the geology and development of the region. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 473-474, 3 figs., 1905. 100. Flints and other hard rocks as material for tube mills. Mines & Minerals, vol. 26, pp. 53-54, 1905. Contains notes on the occurrence and. origin of flint nodules. 101. Organic remains in ore deposits. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 1226-1227, 1905. 102. Igneous rocks in ore deposition. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, p. 196, 1905. 103. Geology of the hot springs of Colorado and speculations as to their origin and heat. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 8, pp. 31-37, 1905. 104. Geology of western ore deposits. (New edition entirely rewritten and enlarged, with 300 illustrations.) Denver, Colorado, The Kendrick Book and Stationery Company, 1905. 438 pp. Lamb (George F.). 1. Field geology in the Ohio State University. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 195-197,1905. Contains brief geological notes upon various Paleozoic formations in Ohio. Lambe (Lawrence M.). 1. Notes on a turtle from the Cretaceous rocks of Alberta [Canada]. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 63-67, 4 pis., 1901. 2. A revision of the genera and species of Canadian Paleozoic corals: the Madrepo- raria Aporosa and the Madreporaria Rugosa. Can. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Can. Paleont., vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 97-197, 13 pis., 1901. 3. New genera and species from the Belly River series (Mid-Cretaceous). Can. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Can. Paleont., vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 23-81, 21 pis., 1902. 4. Red Deer River, Alberta [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 80-81, 1902. Discusses the author’s field work at this locality. 5. On Trionyx foveatus, Leidy, and Trionyx vagans, Cope, from the Cretaceous rocks of Alberta [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 81-86, 4 pis., 1902. Describes characters and occurrence of these fossil Chelonia. 6. The lower jaw of Dryptosaurus (Cope). Ottawa Nat., vol. 17, pp. 133-139, 3 pis., 1903, FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 211 Lambe (Lawrence M.)—Continued. 7. Stegoceras and Stereocephalus. Science, new ser., vol. 18, p. 60,1903. 8. On Dryptosaurus incrassatus (Cope), from the Edmonton series of the Northwest Territory. Can. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Can. Paleont., yol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 1-27, 8 pis., 2 figs., 1904. 9. The grasping power of the manus of Ornithomimus altus, Lambe. Ottawa Nat., vol. 18, pp. 33-36, 2 pis., 1904. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 254,1904. 10. On the squamoso-parietal crest of two species of horned dinosaurs from the Cre¬ taceous of Alberta. Ottawa Nat., vol. 18, pp. 81-84, 2 pis., 1904. 11. On the squamoso-parietal crest of the horned dinosaurs Centrosaurus apertusand Monoclonius canadensis from the Cretaceous of Alberta. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 10, sect. 4, pp. 3-12, 2 pis., 1904. 12. The progress of vertebrate paleontology in Canada. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 10, sect. 4, pp. 13-56, 1904. . Gives a review of work upon vertebrate fossils discovered in Canada, with a list of Canadian species occurring in each of the systems of the geological scale, anu a list oi papers con¬ taining references to these species. 13. Vertebrate paleontology. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 205-207,1904. Reviews the work upon vertebrate paleontology during 1903 of the Geological Survey of Canada. 14. On the tooth-structure of Mesophippus westoni (Cope). Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 243-245, 1 pi., 1905. 15. Vertebrate paleontology. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 362-371, 1905. Reviews of the work on vertebrate paleontology in 1904 of the Geological Survey of Canada. 16. Fossil horses of the Oligocene of the Cypress hills, Assiniboia. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 11, sect. 4, pp. 43-52, 1 pi., 1905. 17. A new species of Hyracodon (H. priscidens) from the Oligocene of the Cypress hills, Assiniboia. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 11, sect. 4, pp. 37-42,1 pi., 1905. Lambert (Avery E.). 1. Description of Dalmanites lunatus. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 480-482, 1 pi., 1904. 2. A trilobite (Dalmanites lunatus) from Littleton, N. H., with notes on other fossils from the same locality. In the Geology of Littleton, by C. H. Hitchcock, Cambridge, U. S. A., 1905, pp. 33-38, 2 pis. Landes (Henry). 1. An outline of the geology of Washington. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 11-35, 5 pis., 1902. Discusses the topography and geologic formations found in the State of Washington. 2. The nonmetalliferous resources of Washington, except coal. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 161-213, 5 pis., 1902. Abstract: Stone, vol. 24, pp. 521-525; vol. 25, pp. 24-30, 125-127, 1902. 3. The coal deposits of Washington. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Ript. for 1901, pp. 257-281, 6 pis., 1902. Discusses the geologic position and distribution of the coals of the State of Washington. 4. Preliminary report on the underground waters of Washington. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. Ill, 85 pp., 1 pi., 1905, 5. The clay deposits of Washington. U. s. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 550-558,1905, 212 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Landes (Henry)—Continued. 6. Field notes on Mt. Rainier [Washington]. Mazama, vol. 2, pp. 220-223, 1905. Gives notes on the general geology and the geologic structure of Mt. Rainier. Landes (Henry) and Ruddy (C. A.). 1. Coal deposits of Washington. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, Ann. Kept, for 1902, pp. 165-277, 1 pi., 46 figs., 1903. Describes character, geographic distribution, and geologic relations of the coal beds of Wash¬ ington, the occurrence, thickness, and value of the coal seams, and constitution and fuel value cf the coals. Landes (Henry), Thyng 1 (William S.), Lyon (D. A.) and Roberts (Milnor). 1. The metalliferous resources of Washington, except iron. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 39-157, 4 pis., 1902. Lane (Alfred C.). 1. Michigan limestones and their uses. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp. 662-663, 693-694, and 725, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the occurrence, character, and uses of the limestones derived from the several ge ologic horizons in Michigan. 2. The pre-Glacial surface deposits of Lower Michigan. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 788-799, 1901. Describes briefly the drainage systems and the character of the bed-rock material. 3. Annual report of the State geologist [Michigan]. Mich. Miner, vol. 3, pp. 13-22, 1901. Summarizes the geological work done in Michigan. 4. Suggestion from the State geologist. Mich. Miner, vol. 3, no. 10, p. 9, 1901. Proposes to substitute the term Saginaw for Jackson as applied to coal beds in Michigan, and Antrim for St. Clair as applied to Upper Devonian shales of Thunder Bay and Grand Trav¬ erse Bay regions. 5. The economic geology of Michigan in its relation to the business world. Mich. Miner, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 9-15, 1901. 6. Asphalt in Delta County, Michigan. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 50, 1902. Gives a section of the Ordovician strata, and describes the character of the asphalt material. 7. Subsurface geology [Alcona County, Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 64-76, geol. map and sections, 19j2. Describes the character of the Carboniferous and Devonian rocks as exhibited by the well records and the possible occurrence of oil and gas. 8. Economic geology [of Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 121-137, 1902. 9. Limestones [of Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 141-159, 1902. Describes the character, composition, and occurrence of limestones in Michigan. 10. Deep wells and prospects for oil and gas [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 211-237, 1 pi., 1902. Gives notes on well records in various parts of the State. 11. Geological map of Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, opp. p. 224, 1902. 12. Salt [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 241-242, 1902. Contains brief notes on well records and analyses of the brines. 13. Geothermal gradient. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 244-251, 1902. Contains notes on surface and underground temperatures. FOR THE TEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 213 Lane (Alfred C.)—Continued. 14. Coal of Michigan: its mode of occurrence and quality. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 2, pp. 1-232, 9 pis., 9 figs., map, 1902. Describes the geologic occurrence, composition, and mining of coal in the Lower Peninsula of Michigan. 15. The northern interior coal field. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 307-331, 2 pis., 5 figs., 1902. Describes extent, geologic relations and structure of the field, the character and occurrence of the coal beds, the properties, composition, and development of the coal. 16. Variation of geothermal gradient in Michigan. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 88,1902. 17. Queneau on size of grain in igneous rocks. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 393-396, 1902. 18. Recent work of the Geological Survey [Michigan]. Mich. Acad. Sci., 3d Rept., pp. 38-39, 1902. 19. Report on certain lands leased for oil and gas near Cannel City, Morgan County, Kentucky. Lansing, 12 pp., 1902. (Private publication.) Gives an account of the geologic structure of the region. 20. Notes on the origin of Michigan bog limes. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 199-223, 1 pi., 5 figs., 1903. 21. List of localities and mills [manufacturing Portland cement]. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 224-342, 1903. Includes notes on the occurrence of marls and clays and analyses of materials used in the manufacture of cements. 22. Studies of the grain of igneous intrusives. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 369-384, 5 pis., 1903. Discusses the grain of augite in a group of chemically similar diabases. 23. Porphyritic appearance of rocks. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 385-406, 1903. Discusses the origin of variation in texture of igneous rocks as the margin is approached. 24. Annual report of the Geological Survey of Michigan. Mich. Miner, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 16-26, 1903; reprinted as separate, 26 pp., 1903. Discusses the occurrence and utilization of various economic products found in Michigan. 25. Geological changes now going on. Mich. Eng., pp. 102-105, 1903. Describes erosion on lake shores and changes in elevation. 26. The economic geology of Michigan. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 152, 1903; Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 218, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22666, 1903. 27. Variation of geothermal gradient in Michigan. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 528-529,1903. Presents data regarding underground variations of temperature. 28. The theory of copper deposition. Mich. Miner, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 9-11, no. 3, pp. 9-11, 1904. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 297-309, 1 fig., 1904. Discusses the theory of copper deposition with especial reference to the copper-ore deposits of the Lake Superior region. 29. The science of raw materials. Mich. Miner, vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 9-11, 1904. Discusses scope and utility of economic geology. 30. Building and road materials. Mich.' Miner, vol. 6, no. 5, pp. 9-12, no. 6, pp. 9-11, 1904. Gives notes on the occurrence, character, and use of materials for Portland cement and cement-brick manufacture, and road making. 214 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lane (Alfred C.)—Continued. 31. Recent explorations for oil and gas. Advance sheets from the Annual Report of State geologist, 1904 [Michigan]. Mich. Miner, vol. 6, no. 8, pp. 9-12, no. 9, pp. 9-13, 1904. Includes record of borings and discussion of the strata passed through. 32. The role of possible eutectics in rock magmas. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 83-93, 1 fig., 1904. Discusses the quantitative classification of igneous rocks. 33. Magnetic phenomena around deep borings. Mich. Acad. Sci., 4th Rept., pp. 166-167, 1904. 34. Our underground wealth. Michigan clay, shales, and paving materials. The Gateway, vol. 1, no. 6, pp. 49-51,1904. Discusses the occurrence and utilization of clays and shales for paving materials. 35. Gold near Lake Superior. The Gateway, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 30-32,1904. Gives observations upon the geology along the international boundary and the occurrence and mining of gold ores in Ontario and Michigan. 36. Historical review of the geology of Michigan. Mich. Acad. Sci., 5th Ann. Rept., pp. 184-195, 1904. Gives a review of the investigations upon the geology of Michigan, a general outline of the geological structure and stratigraphy of the State, and a list of publications bearing upon the geology of the State. 37. The coarseness of igneous rocks and its meaning. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 65-72, 1 pi., 1905. Discusses variation in size of grain of igneous rocks and its causes, and points out applications which may be made of the facts stated. 58. Underground waters of eastern United states: Lower Michigan. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 242-247, 2 figs., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology, the underground water supplies, and the geologic horizons from which they are obtained. 39. Fifth annual report of the State geologist [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, 342 pp., 6 pis., 1905. 40. Waters of the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 111-167, 1905. Includes records of wells and a discussion of the strata passed through. 41. Limestones [of Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 169-174, 1906. 42. Transmission of heat into the earth. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 195-204, 1905; Mich. Engineer, pp. 229-245, 1904. 43. Grain of rock. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 205-237, 6 figs., 1905. 44. The theory of copper deposition. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 239-249, 1905. 45. The Tamarack Mine cross section and the Keweenawan lodes. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 251-270, 1905. Describes petrographic characters of rocks in these lodes. 46. Deep borings for oil and gas [in Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 271-294, 1905. 47. Comment on the ‘ ‘ Report of the special committee on the Lake Superior region. ’ ’ Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 457-461,1905. 48. Sixth annual report of the State geologist [of Michigan], for 1904. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 113-168, 1 pi., 1905; Mich. Miner, vol. 7, no. 2 ; pp. 12-15; no. 3, pp. 12-18; no. 4, pp. 9-12, 1905. Chiefly administrative, but includes various data relating to the geology of Michigan. Includes and comments upon the report of the special committee for the Lake Superior region (see Van Hise and others, 1). FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 215 Langley (S. P.). 1. Powell as a man. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 127-130, 1903. 2. The greatest flying creature. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, pp. 22644-22645, illus., 1903. Discusses flight in the Ornithostoma, introducing a paper by F. A. Lucas with the same title. Langworthy (A. E.). 1. The Atchison [Kansas] diamond-drill prospect hole. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 45-52, 1901. Gives record of boring, discusses strata penetrated, and includes analyses of coal. Lasswitz (Rudolf). 1. Die Kreide-Ammoniten von Texas. (Collectio F. Roemer.) Geol. und Pal. Abh. (Koken), N. F., Bd. 6, Heft 4, 40 pp., 8 pis., 1901. Gives systematic descriptions of Cretaceous ammonites from Texas, a graphic section of strata at Austin, and correlation tables of Cretaceous formations. Launay (L. de). 1. [Discussion of ‘ ‘ The origin of ore-deposits. * ’ ] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31,pp. 947-951, 1902. Lawson (Andrew C.). 1. A feldspar-corundum rock from Plumas County, California. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, p. 78, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 501-502, 1901. Gives chemical analysis of the feldspar. 2. The drainage features of California. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 77-78,1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 495, 1901. Discusses the causes which have determined the drainage features of the Coast, Klamath, and Sierra Nevada ranges. 3. Joseph Le Conte. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 273-277,1 pi., 1901. Gives a sketch of his life and work. 4. The Eparchsean interval: a criticism of the use of the term Algonkian. Univ. Cal., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 51-62, 1902. Discusses the application of the terms Archaean and Algonkian, the correlation of their for¬ mations and defines the term Eparchaean interval. 5. Third annual meeting of the Cordilleran section of the Geological Society of America [Proceedings and abstracts of papers]. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 410-417, 1902. 6. A geological section of the middle Coast ranges of California. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 415,1902. Gives a table showing succession and character of geologic formations in the Coast ranges in the vicinity of the Bay of San Francisco. 7. On an orbicular gabbro from San Diego County. California. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 415,1902. 8. Plumasite, an oligoclase-corundum rock. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 219-229, 1903. Discusses occurrence of corundiferous rocks, and describes the occurrence and characters of this corundum rock discovered on Spanish Peak in Plumas County, California. 9. Geological section of the middle Coast ranges of California. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 544-545,1903. In a table gives the names of the formations and their lithologic characters and thickness. 10. The geomorphogeny of the upper Kern basin. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 291-376,15 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence and general petrographic characters of the rocks and the glaciation and physiographic features of the region, and discussess the origin of the latter. 216 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lawson (Andrew C.)—Continued. 11. The orbicular gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego Co., California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 383-396,1 pi., 1904. Describes the general geology of the region, the occurrence of the orbicular gabbro and its petrographic characters and composition. 12. The relation of geology to the mining industry. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 395, 1905. Lawson (Andrew C.) and Palache (Charles). 1. The Berkeley Hills [California]. A detail of Coast Range geology. Univ. Cal., Dept Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 349-450, 8 pis., map, 1902. Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of the formations of the region, erosion intervals, faults, and the microscopic characters of the volcanic rocks. Lawson (Publius V.). 1. Preliminary notice of the forest beds of the lower Fox [River, Wisconsin]. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 170-173, 1902. Lay (H. C.). 1. Recent geological phenomena in the “Tellunde quadrangle” of the U. S. Geolog¬ ical Survey in Colorado. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 558-567, 1902. Presents the author’s observations on the glacial phenomena, earth movements, and under¬ ground waters of the region. Lazo (Augustin M.) and Ordonez (Ezequiel). 1. Las canteras de San Lorenzo Totolinga y Echagarav [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., t. 1, pp. 25-34, 2 pis., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of building stone. Leach. (J. C.). 1. Report of the State natural gas supervisor. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 26th Ann. Rept., pp. 426-444, 1903. 2. Annual report of the State natural gas supervisor. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 27th Ann. Rept., pp. 477-493, 1903. Leach (W. W.). 1. Crows Nest coal fields. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 67-79, 1902. Describes the occurrence of coal seams of Cretaceous age in this area. 2. The Blairmore-Frank coal fields. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 167-179, 1903. Describes the geologic structure of'the area. Le Conte (Joseph). 1. The origin of transverse mountain valleys and some glacial phenomena in those of the Sierra Nevada. [Cal.] Univ. Chronicle, vol. 1, pp. 479-497, 14 ligs., 1898. Describes the geologic history of the Sierra Nevada, the origin of certain mountain valleys, and the glacial phenomena in these valleys. 2. A century of geology. Smith Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 265-287, 1901. 3. The autobiography of Joseph Le Conte, edited by William Dallam Armes. New York, D. Appleton and Company, 1903. xvii, 337 pp. 4. Elements of geology: a text-book for colleges and for the general reader. Revised and partly rewritten by Herman Le Roy Fairchild. Fifth edition. New York, D. Appleton and Company, 1903. xii, 667 pp., 1002 figs. Le Couppey de la Forest (Max). 1. Quelques grottes des Etats-unis d’Amerique. Spelunca, t. 35, no. 35, pp. 3 (117)-21 (135), 2 figs., 1904. Describes Mammoth and Colossal caves in Kentucky, Wyandotte Cave in Indiana, and Wind Cave and Grand Cavern in Colorado. Includes some account of the Carboniferous forma¬ tions in which the caves occur. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 217 Ledoux (A. R.). 1. Notes on the Oregon nickel prospects. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 84-85, 1901; Can. Mg. Inst. Jour.,vol. 4, pp. 184-189, 1901. Describes the geological relations of the ore bodies and gives a chemical analysis of the ore. 2. The production of copper in the Boundary district, B. C. Can. Mg. Inst. Jour.,vol. 5, pp. 171-177, 1902; Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 307, 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of the ores. Lee (Harry A.). 1. Colorado: Report of the State Bureau of Mines, Denver, U. S. A. For the years 1901-2. Denver, 1903. 310 pp., map. Gives a history of precious metal mining by counties in Colorado, with notes upon the geologic occurrence, production, etc., of precious metals and other minerals. Lee (Leslie A.). 1. The mineral resources of Maine. Am. Mg. Cong., 7th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 227-232, 1905. Lee (Willis Thomas). 1. The Morrison formation of southwestern Colorado. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 343-352, 4 figs., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the Jurassic and Cretaceous strata of the region, and discusses the stratigraphic and paleontologic evidences of the age of the Morrison formation. 2. The areal geology of the Castle Rock region, Colorado. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 96-110, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of the sedimentary and igneous rocks and th geologic structure of the region. 3. The Morrison shales of southern Colorado and northern New Mexico. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 36-58, 7 figs., 1902. Describes the general structure of the region, gives detailed sections and discusses the age and equivalency of the shales. 4. Canyons of southeastern Colorado. Joilr. Geog., vol. 1, pp. 357-370, 12 figs., 1902. Includes sections of the strata cut#>y some of the canyons described. 5. Note on the Carboniferous of the Sangre de Cristo Range, Colorado. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 393-396, 1902. Gives a detailed section in the Sangre de Cristo Range and a list of the fossils collected. 6. The canyons of northeastern New Mexico. Jour. Geog., vol. 2, pp. 63-82, 14 figs., 1903. Includes sections of the strata cut by some of the canyons described and gives a general account of the formations exposed. 7. Age of the Atlantosaurus beds. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 292-293, 1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 531-532, 1904. 8. The underground waters of Gila Valley, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 104, 68 pp., 5 pis., 9 figs., 1904. Includes sections of wells showing thickness and character of strata passed through. 9. Underground waters of Salt River Valley, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 136, 196 pp., 23 pis., 25 figs., 1905. Includes an account of the geology and physiography of the region 10. Note on the glacier of Mount Lyell, California. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 358-362, 2 figs., 1905. Leffingwell (E. D. K.), Capps (S. R.) and. 1. Pleistocene geology of the Sawatch Range, near Leadville, Colo. See Capps (S. R.) and Iieffingwell (E. D. K.), 1. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 218 Leffmann (Henry). 1. The microscopic structure of building stones. Engrs. Club Phila., Proc., vol. 22, pp. 327-342, illus., 1905. Leith (Charles Kenneth). 1. Summaries of current North American pre-Cambrian literature. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 79-87 and 441-458, 1901. 2. Geology of the Mesabi Iron region. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 277, 1902; Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 351, 1902. Abstract of paper read before the Geological Society ci Washington. Discusses the strati¬ graphic geology and the origin of the ores. 3. Pre-Cambrian summaries for 1901. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 891-913, 1902. 4. The Mesabi iron-bearing district of Minnesota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 43, 316 pp., 33 pis., 12 figs., 1903. Describes geography and topography, gives a brief history of the opening and development of the district, and reviews the literature bearing on the geology of the region. Describes the lithologic character, occurrence, structure, and geologic relations of Archean, Huronian, Keweenawan, Cretaceous, and Quaternary deposits and discusses the geologic history of the region, the correlation of the formations, the distribution, character, and geologic occur rence of the iron ores, their petrographic relations to adjacent rocks and origin, and the development of the mining industry of the district. 5. Geologic work in the Lake Superior iron district during 1902. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 247-250, 1903. Gives observations on the character and occurrence of the iron ores. 6. Moose Mountain Iron Range [Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, [12th] Rept.,pp. 318-321, 1 fig., 1903. Describes geologic features of the range and discusses the origin of the ore. 7. Summaries of pre-Cambrian literature for 1902-1903. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 52-62, 1903. 8. A comparison of the origin and development of the iron ores of the Mesabi and Gogebic iron ranges. Lake Sup. Mg. Inst., Proc. for 1902, vol. 8, pp. 75-81 [1903]. 9. Summaries of pre-Cambrian literature for 1902-1903. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 52-62, 161-176, 1904. 10. The Lake Superior iron region during 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 215-220, 1904. Describes the geologic occurrence of the iron-ore deposits in the different districts of the Lake Superior iron region. 11. Iron ores in southern Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp.229-237,1904. Describes distribution, geologic relations, and character of the iron ores and discusses their origin. 12. Lake Superior iron region in 1903. Mg. World, vol. 21, pp. 198-200, 3 figs., 1904. Includes observations on the general geology and the occurrence and character of the iron- ore deposits. 13. Rock cleavage. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 239, 216 pp., 27 pis., 1905. 14. A summary of Lake Superior geology with special reference to recent studies of the iron-bearing series. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull. no. 3, pp. 453-507, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the geology of the Lake Superior iron-bearing and copper-bearing series and the occurrence, relations, and origin of the iron ores. 15. Genesis of Lake Superior iron ores. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 47-66,1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 219 Leith (C. K), Van Hise (C. R.) and. 1. The Mesabi district. See Van Hise (C. R.), 2. Leonard (Arthur Gray). 1. The basic rocks of northwestern Maryland and their relation to the granite. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 135-176, 5 pls>., 1901. Describes the geologic occurrence and relations and discusses the origin of the various facies. 2. Report of assistant State geologist [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol 12, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 28-32, 1902. Gives record of a boring at Clarinda, Iowa. 3. Geology of Wapello County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 441-499, 1 pi., 15 figs., geol. map, 1902. Describes physiographic features, geologic structure, and occurrence and utilization of economic products. 4. Topographic features and geological formations of North Dakota. N. Dak. Geol. Surv., 3d Biennial Report, pp. 127-177, 6 pis.. 1904. Lerch (Otto). 1. A preliminary report upon the hills of Louisiana, north of the Vicksburg, Shreve¬ port and Pacific Railroad. La. State Experiment Stations; Geol. & Agric., pt. 1, pp. 1-52, 6 figs., 2 pis. [1892?]. Describes topography, drainage, and geology of the area and discusses its economic resources. 2. A preliminary report upon the hills of Louisiana, south of the Vicksburg, Shreve¬ port and Pacific Railroad, to Alexandria, Louisiana. La. State Experiment Stations; Geol.& Agric., pt. 2, pp. 53-158, 26 figs., 2 pis. (sections) [1893?J. Describes topography, drainage, and geology of the area and discusses its economic resources. LeRoy (Osmond Edgar). 1. Geology of Rigaud Mountain, Canada. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 377-394, pis. 33-34, 1901: McGill Univ. Papers from Dept. Geol. no. 13, 1902. Describes the topographic.and general geologic features of the region and the microscopic characters of the igneous rocks. LeRoy (Osmond E.), Adams (F. D.) and. 1. The artesian and other deep wells on the Island of Montreal. See Adams (F. D.) and LeRoy (O. E.), 1. Letson (Elizabeth J.). 1. Post-Pliocene fossils of the Niagara River gravels. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 7, pp. 238-252, 30 figs., 1901; N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 4,1902. Leverett (Frank). 1. Soils of Illinois. Ill. Bd. of World’s Fair Commissioners, Rept., pp. 77-92, 1 pi., 1895. 2. Old channels of the Mississippi in southeastern Iowa. Annals of Iowa, 3d ser., vol. 5, pp. 38-51, 1901. Describes the extent and history of the glaciation, the old drainage of the upper Mississippi, and the changes produced by the glaciation. 3. Report on the surface geology of Alcona County, Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 35-64, 2 pis., geol. map, 1902. Describes the physiography, glacial deposits and lake history, and the occurrence of marl, clay, and water powers. 4. Glacial formations and drainage features of the Erie and Ohio basins. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 41, 802 pp., 26 pis., 8 figs., 1902. Describes physical features, present and former drainage, character, and occurrence of drift deposits and the glacial history of the region. 5. Summary of the literature of North American Pleistocene geology, 1901 and 1902. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 420-428, 498-515, 587-611, 1903. 220 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Leverett (Frank)—Continued. 6. Glacial features of Lower Michigan. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 224,1903. 7. The loess and its distribution. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 56-57, 1904. 8. Review of the Glacial geology of the southern peninsula of Michigan. Mich. Acad. Sci., 6th Rept., pp. 100-110, 1904. Discusses the physical features of the southern peninsula, the possible extension of the Keewatin ice field over Michigan, evidences in Michigan of successive advances of the Lab¬ rador ice field, the location of the ice margin, structure of the drift in Michigan, Glacial lakes, and origin of the Great Lakes, and gives a bibliography. 9. Glacial geology of the Grand Rapids area [Michigan], Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 9, pt. 2, pp. 56-59, 1904. 10. Glacial gravels [of the Kittanning quadrangle, Pennsylvania]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 115,1904. 11. Underground waters of eastern United States: Illinois. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 248-257, 3 figs., 1905. Gives a brief account of the geology, and describes the water-producing qualities of the various geologic formations of the State, and localities favorable for artesian wells. 12. Underground waters of eastern United States: Indiana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 258-264, 2 pis., 1905. Describes briefly the geologic column of Indiana, the principal water-bearing horizons, and the mineral waters. 13. Underground waters of eastern United States: Ohio. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 265-270, 1905. Describes the underground water supplies with reference to the geologic horizons. 14. Drumlins of the Grand Traverse region [Michigan]. Abstract: Science, new ser.. vol. 21, p. 220, 1905. Levison (W. G.). 1. Notes on fluorescent gems. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 57-58, 1904. Lewis (J. V.), Pratt (J. H.) and. 1. Corundum and the peridotites of western North Carolina. See Pratt (J. H.) and Lewis (J. V.), 1. L’Hame (Wm. E.). 1. Thunder Mountain, Idaho. Mines and Minerals, vol. 21, p. 558, 1901. Describes briefly occurrence of gold in the region. 2. Thunder Mountain district [Idaho]. A description of the peculiarities of geology and situation of the various regions comprised in the district. Mines and Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 207-209, 1903. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of gold ore deposits. Liddell (Charles A.), Parsons (H. F.) and. 1. The coal and mineral resources of Routt County [Colorado]. See Parsons (H. F.) and Liddell (C. A.), 1. Lindgren (Waldemar). 1. Metasomatic processes in fissure veins. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 578-692, 30 figs., 1901. Abstract: Am. Jour, Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 243-244, 1901. Discusses the general features of the changes in rocks contiguous to ore-bearing fissures, and the minerals developed by metasomatic processes in fissure veins. Gives an account of fissure veins in various mining regions classified according to metasomatic processes. 2. Trias in northeastern Oregon. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 270-271,1901. Describes briefly character and distribution. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 221 Lindgren (Waldemar)—Continued. 3. Rare minerals in gold quartz veins of eastern Oregon. Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 252, 1901. Gives a chemical analysis of roscoelite and notes on other minerals. 4. The gold belt of the Blue Mountains of Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pt. 2, pp. 551-776, 16 pis., 10 figs., 1901. Describes topography and drainage, general geologic features, the character and occurrence or Archaean, Paleozoic, Triassic, Neocene, and Quaternary strata and intrusive rocks, the character, occurrence, and general geologic relations of the ore deposits and minerals, the quartz and placer mining, and production of precious metals in this area. 5. The character and genesis of certain contact deposits. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 226-244, 1902. Describes the character, origin, and geographic distribution of some ore deposits, discusses contact metamorphism and its cause, and gives a genetic classification. 6. The gold production of North America, its geological derivation and probable future. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, pp. 177, 193, 206, 1902. 7. Tests for gold and silver in shales from western Kansas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 111-112,1902. Describes the author’s observations in this region. 8. Tests for gold and silver in shales from western Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 202, 21 pp., 1902. Gives a brief description of the topography and geology, and describes tests made to deter¬ mine presence of gold and silver in certain shales in western Kansas. 9. A deposit of titanic iron ore from Wyoming. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 984-985, 1902. 10. Neocene rivers of the Sierra Nevada. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 64-65,1903. Gives a brief outline of work upon the Neocene gravels of the Sierra Nevada. 11. Mineral deposits of the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains, Montana. . D. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 66-70, 1903. Describes briefly the geography and general geology of the region, and the character and dis¬ tribution of the ore deposits. 12. Copper deposits at Clifton, Ariz. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 133-140, 1903. Describes topographic features and geologic structure, the character and occurrence of ore deposits, and occurrences of gold-bearing gravels. 13. The water resources of Molokai, Hawaiian Islands. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 77, 62 pp., 4 pis., 1903. Includes observations on the geology of the island. 14. The gold production of North America, its geological derivation and probable future. Intern. Mg. Cong., Proc. 5th sess., pp. 29-36 [1903]. Discusses the occcurrence and production of gold. 15. The copper deposits of Clifton, Arizona. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 705-707, 3 figs., 1903. Describes the geological structure and the character and occurrence of the deposits of copper ore. 16. The geological features of the gold production of North America. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 790-845, 1903. Discusses the occurrence and geologic relations of gold-bearing veins and deposits, and pro¬ duction of gold in general and in the several gold-producing States, Alaska, Canada, and Mexico. 17. [Classification of ore deposits.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 274-275,1903. 18. Notes on the geology of Molokai, Hawaiian Islands, Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 309,1903. 222 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lindgren (Waldemar)—Continued. 19. Metallic sulphides from Steamboat Springs, Nevada. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 792, 1903. 20. Gypsum deposits in Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, p. Ill, 1904. Describes character, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of gypsum deposits in eastern Oregon. 21. A geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Moun¬ tains in Montana and Idaho. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 27,123 pp., 15 pis., 8 figs., l'..01. Describes topography and drainage, character, occurrence, and geologic relations of igneous and sedimentary rocks of Quaternary, Tertiary, and pre-Tertiary age, the geologic structure and history of the area, the character and occurrence of gold, silver, copper, and lead ore deposits, and the mining developments. 22. The genesis of the copper deposits of Clifton-Morenci, Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vcl. 35, pp. 511-550, 1905. Abstract: Mg. Rep., vol. 50, p. 617 1904; Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 438, 1904. Describes the general geology, and the character and occurrence of copper-ore deposits, and discusses their origin. 23. Chemistry of copper deposits. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, p. 189, 1905. 24. The occurrence of stibnite at Steamboat Springs, Nevada. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull., no. 2, pp. 275-278, 1905. 25. The production of gold in the United States in 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 32-38, 1905. 26. The production of silver in the United States in 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 39-44, 1905. 27. Ore deposition and deep mining. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 34-46, 1905. Discusses the occurrence of various kinds of ore deposits, and the relations of depth to the richness of the deposits. 28. Clifton folio, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 129, 1905. Describes the geography and topography, the geologic structure and history of the area, the occurrence, character, and relations of pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Devonian, Carboniferous, Cretaceous, and Quaternary formations and intrusive rocks, and the min¬ eral resources, chiefly copper. 29. The copper deposits of the Clifton-Morenci district, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 43, 27-375 pp., 25 pis., 19 figs., 1905. Gives a full account of the geology, petrology, character, occurrence, relations, and origin of the copper-ore deposits of this district. 30. The great fault of the Bitterroot Mountains. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 224,1905. 31. The subterranean gases of Cripple Creek [Colorado]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 662, 1905. Lindgren (Waldemar) and Drake (N. F.). 1. Nampa folio, Idaho-Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 103,1904. Describes the geography, the geologic history, th^occurrence and character of Tertiary strata and igneous rocks and Quaternary deposits, and the economic resources, chiefly placer gold. 2. Silver City folio, Idaho. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 104, 1904. Describes geography, topography, and drainage, the general geologic history and structure, the character and occurrence of igneous rocks and sedimentary deposits of Tertiary and Quaternary age, and the economic resources, chiefly precious metals. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 223 Lindgren (Waldemar) and Hillebrand (W. F.). 1. Minerals from the Clifton-Morenci district, Arizona. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 448-460, 2 figs., 1904; U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 42-54, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, optical and other characters, and chemical composition of some minerals from copper deposits in Arizona. Lindgren (Waldemar) and Ransome (Frederick Leslie). 1. Report of progress in the geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 254, 36 pp., 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of the gold-ore deposits. 2. The geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 85-98, 1905. Describes the general geology and the character and relations of the gold-ore deposits, and discusses the types of ore deposits and their relations to depth from surface. Lines (E.F.). 1. Well records. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 264, pp. 41-103, 1905. Gives a summary of well drilling reported in 1904. Lloyd (John Uri). 1. When did the American mammoth and mastodon become extinct? Records of the Past, vol. 3, pp. 43-46, 1904. Lobel (Loicq de). 1. Relation du voyage au Klondyke. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., [Paris], Bull., vol. 7, pp. 99-103, 1901. Lobley (J. Logan). 1. Volcanic action and the West Indian eruptions of 1902. Victoria Inst., Jour. Trans., vol. 35, pp. 208-225, 1903. Describes volcanic phenomena in general and more particularly those of the West Indian eruptions of 1902, and discusses geologic and geographic conditions, and the causes and results of volcanic action. Logan (W. N.). 1. Economic products of St. Lawrence County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. rll8-rl24, 1904. Describes the occurrence and production of economic products of this area. 2. Geology of Oktibbeha County [Mississippi]. Geological and Industrial Survey of Mississippi, Report 1, Miss. Agr. & Mech. Coll., Bull., vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 5-49, 6 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Describes drainage, topography, and physiography, the character, occurrence, and relations of the Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary formations, and the economic resources of the county. Logan (W. N.) and Perkins (W. R.). 1. The underground waters of Mississippi; a preliminary report. Miss. Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. no. 89, 112 pp., 23 figs., 1905. Loomis (Frederic B.). 1. Die Anatomie und die Verwandschaft der Ganoid- und Knochen-fische aus der Kreide-formation von Kansas, U. S. A. Paleontographica, vol. 46, pp. 213-284, 9 pis., 1900. Discusses anatomy and relationships of the ganoid and teleost fishes from the Cretaceous strata of Kansas and gives systematic descriptions of a considerable number of forms. 2. On Jurassic stratigraphy in southeastern Wyoming. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 189-197, 2 pis., 1901. Describes the geologic structure of the region and the character of the Jurassic and Cre¬ taceous sediment of the region. 224 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Loomis (Frederic B.)—Continued. 3. On Jurassic stratigraphy on the west side of the Black Hills—second paper on American Jurassic stratigraphy. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 401-407, 2 pis., 1902. ; Describes the general characters of the Jurassic strata and gives detailed sections. 4. The dwarf fauna of the pyrite layer at the horizon of the Tully limestone in western New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 892-920,5 pis., 1903. Describes character and occurrence of the fauna, discusses the causes of its dwarfing, and gives descriptions and figures of the species determined. 5. Two new river reptiles from the Titanothere beds. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 427-429, 11 figs., 1904. 6. On some marine fossils in the Titanothere beds. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 254, 1904. 7. Hyopsodidse of the Wasatch and Wind River basins. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 416-424, 8 figs., 1905. Loomis (F. B.), Emerson (B. K.) and. 1. On Stegomus longipes, a new reptile from the Triassic sandstones of the Con¬ necticut Valley. See Emerson (B. K.) and Loomis (F. B.), 1. Louderback (George Davis). 1. General geological features of Nevada and their relationships to the prevailing economic deposits. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th sess., Proc., pp. 200-207, 1901. 2. Some gypsum deposits of northwestern Nevada. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 11, p. 99, 1903. Describes occurrence and character. 3. A structural section of a Basin range. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 102-103, 1903. Describes the geologic structure and stratigraphic features of Humboldt Lake Range. 4. Basin range structure of the Humboldt region [Nevada]. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 289-346, 8 pis., 1904. Describes the character, occurrence, and general relations of sedimentary and igneous rocks of the Basin ranges of western Nevada, particularly those of the Humboldt Lake mountains, and their geologic structure, discusses the mode of their formation and the evidences therefor, and gives an outline of the geologic history of the region. 5. Gypsum deposits in Nevada. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 112-118, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of gypsum deposits in northwestern Nevada. 6. The Mesozoic of southwestern Oregon. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 514-555, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of sedimentary rocks of Cretaceous age and of igneous and sedimentary rocks, the areal distribution of the formations, and their corre¬ lation with the standard California type formations. Loug-hlin (Gerald Francis). 1. The clays and clay industries of Connecticut. Conn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 4, 121 pp., 13 pis., 1905. Describes the geographic distribution, origin, geological history, composition, and character of Connecticut clays, and the clay-working industries of the State. Loug-hlin (G. F.), Crosby (W. O.) and. 1. A descriptive catalogue of the building stones of Boston and vicinity. See Crosby (W. O.) and Loughlin (G. F.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 225 Lovewell (J. T.). 1. Gold in Kansas shales. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 129-133, 1 pi., 1903. Describes the stratigraphy and discusses the evidence for the presence of gold in these |>hales. 2. Gold in Kansas. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 134-137, 1. pi., 1903. Describes experiments to determine amount of gold in Kansas shales. Low (A. R). 1. Report on an exploration of part of the south shore of Hudson Strait and of Niagara Bay [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. L, 47 pp., 5 pis., 1901. Published in 1899. Describes the physiography and crystalline rocks of the region. * 2. Report on an exploration of the east coast of Hudson Bay from Cape Wolsten- holme to the south end of James Bay. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept., new ser., vol. 13, 84 pp., 2 pis., and maps, 1903. (Published separately, 1902.) Gives observations on the general geology, the occurrence and character of igneous, Archean, and Cambrian rocks, and economic resources of the area explored. Includes a list of glacial striae. 3. Report on the geology and physical character of the Nastapoka Islands, Hudson Bay. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept., new ser., vol. 13, 31 pp., 4 pis., 1903. Describes the general geology of the Nastapoka Islands, and gives detailed descriptions of the physical features and the geologic formation of each of the larger islands of the group. 4. The government expedition to Hudson Bay and northward by the S. S. Neptune, 1903-04. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 122-143, 1905. Contains observations on the geology of the region visited. 5. The field work of a physiography class on a glacial problem. Jour. Geog., vol. 4, pp. 321-329, 4 figs., 1905. Lowry (J. D.). 1. Mining in Lower California. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 457-458, 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence of gold, silver, and copper ores. Lucas (Anthony F.). 1. The great oil well near Beaumont, Texas. Am. Inst. Mg, Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 362-374, 2 figs., 1902. Describes method used in obtaining control of the well, the character of the oil, and gives section passed through in boring. Lucas (Frederic A.). 1. A new rhinoceros, Trigonias osborni, from the Miocene of South Dakota. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, pp. 221-223, 2 figs., 1901. 2. A new dinosaur, Stegosaurus marshi, from the Lower Cretaceous of South Dakota. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, pp. 291-292, 2 pis., 1901. 3. The pelvic girdle of Zeuglodon, Basilosaurus cetoides (Owen), with notes on other portions of the skeleton. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, pp. 327-331, 3 pis., 1901. Includes section of the Zeuglodon beds. 4. A new fossil Cyprinoid, Leuciscus turneri, from the Miocene of Nevada. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, pp. 333-334, 1 pi., 1901. 5. A flightless auk, Mancalla californiensis, from the Miocene of California, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 24, pp. 133-134, 3 figs., 1901. Bull. 301—06-15 226 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Lucas (Frederic A.)—Continued. 6. Vertebrates from the Trias of Arizona. Science, new ser., vol. 14, p. 376,1901. Describes briefly material recently collected. 7. Animals of the past. New York, McClure, Phillips & Co., 1901. 20+258 pp., 41 figs. 8. The restoration of extinct animals. Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 479-492, 8 pis., 2 figs., 1901. 9. The dinosaurs or terrible lizards. Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 641-646, 4 pis., 1902. Reprinted from “Animals of the past.” 10. The greatest flying creature, the pterodactyl Ornithostoma. Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 654r-659, 3 pis., 1902. 11. Paleontological notes—the generic name Omosaurus—a new generic name for Stegosaurus marshi. Science, new ser., vol. 16, p. 435, 1902. Proposes the name Dacentrurus for Omosaurus Owen, preoccupied, and Hoplitosaurus for the author’s previously described Stegosaurus marshi. 12. Paleontological notes—North American elephantids. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 554-555, 1902. Gives notes on the occurrence, characters, and synonymy of these fossils. 13. Constructing an extinct monster from fossil remains [Triceratops.]. Sci. Am., vol. 86, p. 43, 3 figs., 1902. 14. Animals before man in North America. New York, D. Appleton and Companj', 1902. 291 pp., ill. 15. Notes on the osteology and relationship of the fossil birds of the genera Hesper- ornis, Hargeria, Baptornis, and Diatryma. U. S. Nat. Mus.. Proc., vol. 26, pp. 545-556, 8 figs., 1903. 16. A skeleton of Hesperornis. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 45, p. 95, 1 pi., 1903. 17. A new plesiosaur. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 45, p. 96, 1 pi., 1903. 18. The greatest flying creature, the great pterodactyl Ornithostoma. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, pp. 22645-22646, illus., 1903. Discusses flight in birds and in the Ornithostoma as indicated by its anatomy. 19. A new batrachian and a new reptile from the Trias of Arizona. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 27, pp. 193-195, 2 pis., 1904. 20. Paleontological notes. Pleuroccelus versus Astrodon. The armor of Zeuglodon. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 436-437,1904. 21. The dinosaur Trachodon annectens. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 45 (Quar. Issue, vol. 1, pts. 3 and 4), pp. 317-320, 2 pis.. 4 figs., 1904. Describes occurrence and characters of fossil remains, and restorations. 22. Eocene whales. Nature, vol. 71, p. 102, 1904. Note on the occurrence in Eocene deposits of southern United States of fossil remains which may throw light upon the ancestry of the whale. Ludlow (Edwin). 1. The coal fields of Las Esperanzas, Coahuila, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 140-156, 6 figs., 1902. Describes the geology of the area, and character and production of the coal (Cretaceous). Lull (Richard Swan). Skull of Triceratops serratus. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, pp. 685-695, lpl., 1 fig., 1903. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 227 Lull (Richard Swan)—Continued. 2. Fossil footprints of the Juratrias of North America. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 5, pp. 461-557, 1 pi., 34 figs., 1904. Reviews previous work upon fossil footprints, describes their geologic occurrence, gives a classification and systematic descriptions of genera, species, and higher groups. 3. Note on the probable footprints of Stegomus longipes. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 381-382, 1904. 4. Nature’s hieroglyphics. Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. 66, pp. 139-149, 8 figs., 1904. Gives a general account of the footprints in the Triassic rocks of the Connecticut Valley and of the animals by which they were made. 5. Megacerops tyleri, a new species of titanothere from the Bad Lands of South Dakota. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 443-456, 2 pis., 2 figs., 1905. 6. Restoration of the Titanothere Megacerops. Am. Nat., vol. 39, pp. 419-424, 3 figs., 1905. 7. Restoration of the horned dinosaur Diceratops. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 420-422, 1 pi., 1905. 8. Footprint interpretation. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 299, 1905. Lunt (Horace F.). 1. The copper deposits of the Kaibab Plateau, Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs.. Trans., vol. 34, pp. 989-990, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of copper deposits in this region. Luquer (Lea Mcllvaine). 1. On the determination of relative refractive indices of minerals in rock sections by the Becke method. School of Mines Quart., vol. 33, pp. 127-133, 1902. 2. Bedford cyrtolite. Api. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 17-19, 1904. Describes occurrence of this mineral at Bedford, New York, and its characters. Appends a list of additional minerals collected from this locality. 3. Ramosite not a mineral. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 93-94, 1904. Shows from analysis and structure that ramosite is a basic scoria and not a mineral. 4. Minerals in rock sections. The practical methods of identifying minerals in rock sections with the microscope. (Revised edition.) New York, D. Van Nostrand Company, 1905. 147 pp., 85 figs. Luquer (Lea Mcl.), Moses (Alfred J.) and. 1. Notes on recent mineralogical literature. See Moses (A. J.) and Luquer (L. Mcl.), 1. 2. Notes on recent mineralogical literature. See Moses (Alfred Jl) and Luquer (L. I.), 2. 3. Notes on recent mineralogical literature. See Moses (Alfred J.) and Luquer (Lea Mcl.), 3. Luther (D. Dana). 1. Stratigraphic value of the Portage sandstones. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 616-631, 1 fig., 1902. Describes the characters of these beds at various localities and discusses the relations in different sections. Includes a note by J. M. Clarke on the occurrence and relations of the faunas. 2. Stratigraphy of Portage formation between the Genesee Valley and Lake Erie. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 1000-1029, 13 figs., 1903. Describes character, occurrence, and geologic relations of Devonian strata in the Genesee Valley and other localities in western New York. 228 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Luther (D. Dana), Clarke (John M.) and. 1. Stratigraphic and paleontologic map of Canandaigua and Naples quadrangles. See Clarke (John M.) and Luther (D. Dana), 1. 2. Geology of the Watkins and Elmira quadrangles [New York], accompanied by a geologic map. See Clarke (J. M.) and Luther (D. D.), 2. 3. Geologic map of the Tully quadrangle [New York]. See Clarke (J. M.) and Luther (D. D.), 3. Luther (D. D.), Clarke (J. M.), Ruedemann (R.) and. 1. Contact lines of upper Siluric formations on the Brockport and Medina quadran¬ gles [New York]. See Clarke (J. M.), Ruedemann (R.), and Luther (D. D.), 1. Lyman (Benjamin Smith). 1. Accounting for the depth of the Wyoming buried valley [Pennsylvania]. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 54, pp. 507-509, 1902. Discusses explanations offered to account for the depth of the buried valley and advances a new hypothesis. 2. Lodel Creek and Skippack Creek. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 53, pp. 604-607, 1902. Describes the occurrence of ripple marks, footprints, etc., in shales of the New Red in south¬ eastern Pennsylvania. 3 The original southern limit of the Pennsylvania anthracite beds. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 561-567, 1 fig., 1903. Discusses topographic and other evidences that show that the anthracite region of Pennsyl¬ vania could never have extended far south of its present limits. 4. Biographical notice of J. Peter Lesley. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans. (New York meeting, October, 1903), 35 pp., por. [Advance separate. ] 5. Biographical notice of J. Peter Lesley. Abstract: Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 726-739,1904. Lyman (K.), Park (E. J.) and. 1. The Springfield water supply. Description of springs and geology of the district. See Park (E. J.) and Lyman (K.), 1. 2. The Hannibal formation in Green County [Missouri]. See Park (E. J.) and Lyman (K.), 2. Lyon (D. A.). 1. Serpentine marbles of Washington. Mines and Minerals, vol. 21, p. 349, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the serpentine. Lyon (D. A.), Roberts (Milnor), Landes (Henry), and Thyng- (William S.). 1. The metalliferous resources of Washington, except iron. See Landes (H.), Thyng (W. S.), Lyon (D. A.), and Roberts (M.). M. Mabery (Charles F.). 1. Composition of Texas petroleum. Am. Chem. Soc., Jour., vol. 23, pp. 264-267, 1901. 2. The composition of petroleum. On the hvdro-carbons in Pennsylvania petroleum with boiling points above 216°. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., Proc., vol. 37, pp. 565-595, 1902. 3. A resume of the composition and occurrence of petroleum. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., A T ol. 42, pp. 36-54, 1903. Discusses composition, occurrence in Ohio, Canada, California, and Texas, and the natural formation of petroleum. . FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 229 Mabery (Charles F.) and Hudson (Edward J.). 1. On the composition of California petroleum. Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Proc., vol. 36, pp. 255-283, 1901. Gives results of chemical analyses of petroleum oil from various parts of California. Macallum (A. B.). 1. The paleochemistry of the ocean in relation to animal and vegetable protoplasm. Can. Inst., Trans., vol. 7, pp. 535-562, 1904. Discusses the relative abundance of certain chemical elements in sea water at present and in remote geological ages, and the origin of the physiological relation of the chemical ele¬ ments in blood plasma. McBeth (W. A.). 1. The development of the Wabash drainage system and the recession of the ice sheet in Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 184-192, 2 figs., 1901. Describes drainage and glacial phonomena. 2. A theory to explain the western Indiana bowlder belts. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 192-194, 1901. Considers they were deposited by floating ice. 3. Wabash River terraces in Tippecanoe County, Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 237-243, 2 figs., 1902. Describes topographic features and character of glacial deposits in this area and discusses changes in drainage. 4. History of the Wea Creek in Tippecanoe County, Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 244-247, 2 figs., 1902. Discusses drainage changes produced in this region by glacial action. Macbride (Thomas H.). 1. Geology of Clay and O’Brien counties [Iowa]. Iowa Geot. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 463-497, 2 figs., and map, 1901. Describes physiography, the occurrence and character of the Pleistocene beds and the occur¬ rence of economic products. 2. Geology of Cherokee and Buena Vista counties [Iowa], with notes on the limits of the Wisconsin drift as seen in northwestern Iowa. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 305-353, 4 figs., geol. map, 1902. Describes the physiographic and drainage features, geologic structure and economic products of the counties. 3. Geology of Kossuth, Hancock, and Winnebago counties [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 81-122, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes topography and drainage, deposits of Quaternary age, soils and economic resources. 4. The geology of Emmet, Palo Alto, and Pocahontas counties. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1904, pp. 227-259,1 pi., 3 figs., 3 maps, 1905. Describes the physiographic features, the occurrence, character, and relations of Pleistocene deposits and Carboniferous (Mississippian) strata, and the economic resources. McCaffery (Richard S.), Yung (Morrison B.) and. 1. The ore deposits of the San Pedro district, New Mexico. See Yung (M. B.) and McCaffery (R. S.), 1. McCalley (Henry). 1. The Alabama coal fields. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 446-449, 3 figs., 1901. Describes the general occurrence and character of the coal. McCalley (Henry), Smith (Eugene Allen) and. 1. Index to the mineral resources of Alabama. See Smith (Eugene Allen) and McCalley (Henry), 1. McCallie (S. W.). 1. Some notes on the trap dikes of Georgia. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 133-134, 3 pis., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of dike rocks which cut the crystalline rocks. 230 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY McCallie (S. W.) — Continued. 2. Mineral resources of Georgia. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 33-42, 1901. Gives an account of the various economic products of the State. 3. A preliminary report on the roads and road-building materials of Georgia. Ga. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 8, 264 pp., 27 pis., 28 tigs., 1901. Abstract: Stone, vol. 24, pp. 316- 322, 352-353, 1902. 4 The Ducktown copper mining district. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 439-441, 5 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the geology of this area. 5. An erratic bowlder from the Coal Measures of Tennessee. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 46-47, 1903. Describes the occurrence of a bowlder of rhyolite in a coal seam near Chattanooga, Tenn. 6. Sandstone dikes near Columbus, Georgia. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 199-202, 4 pis., 1903. Describes occurrence and character of sandstone dikes in Cretaceous clays. 7. The Barboursville oil-field, Kentucky. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 12-13, 1903. Gives a brief sketch of the physiography and general geology of the region and the character and occurrence of the oil. 8. Notes on the wells, springs, and water resources of Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 207-237, 1904. 9. A preliminary report on the coal deposits of Georgia. Ga. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 12,121 pp., 14 pis., 60 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology and topography of the northwestern part of Georgia, the geo¬ logic structure of the coal fields of that region, the character and occurrence of the coal beds, and the composition of the coals, and in detail the coal deposits and mining develop¬ ments of Walker, Chattooga, and Dade counties. 10. Experiment relating to problems of well contamination at Quitman, Ga. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 45-54, 1 fig., 1905. Gives general notes upon the geology of the region. 11. Underground waters of eastern United States: Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 153-158, 1 fig., 1905. McCarn (H. L.). 1. The Planet copper mines [Arizona]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 26-27, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of copper ores on Big Wil¬ liams Fork, Arizona. McCaskey (H. D.). 1. Report on a geological reconnoissance of the iron region of Angat, Bulacan [Phil¬ ippine Islands]. [Phil. lids.] Mg. Bur., Bull. no. 3, 62 pp., 41 pis., 1903. Describes observations upon the geology, the occurrence of iron-ore deposits, and the mining operations. 2. Sixth annual report of the chief of the Mining Bureau for the year ended August 31, 1905. Manila Bureau of Printing, 1905. 66 pp., 3 maps, 13 pis. Includes notes upon the occurrence of various ores and building stones. McCaslin (D. S.). 1. The geology of the artesian basin in South Dakota. Minn. Acad. lS[at. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 380-388, 1901. McClung (C. E.). 1. The fossil bison of Kansas. Kails. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 157-159, 1 pi., 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 231 Macco (Albr. )• 1. Die Eisenerzlagerstatten am Lake Superior. Zeit. f. prak. Geol., Jahrg. 12, pp. 48-53, 377-399, 12 figs., 1904. Describes general geology and occurrence and character of the iron-ore deposits. McCollum (E. V.), Bartow (E.) and. 1. Kansas petroleum. See Bartow (E.) and McCollum (E. V.), 1. McConnell (R. G.). 1. Note on the so-called basal granite of the Yukon Valley [Alaska]. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 55-62, 1902. Reviews previous discussion of the age and relations of the granite and presents the author’s observations and conclusions. 2. The Yukon district. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 23-37, 1902. Describes topography, geology, and occurrences of gold in this area. 3. The Macmillan River, Yukon district. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 20-36, 1903. Describes observations upon the physical features, general geology, and glacial deposits of the region. 4. Klondike district, Yukon Territory Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 34-42, 1904. Discusses the occurrence and mining of placer gold in this region. 5. Report on the Klondike gold fields [Yukon]. Can.Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. B, 71 pp., 6 pis., 2 figs., 3 maps, 1905. Describes the topography and general geology, the occurrence, character, and relations of stratified, intrusive, and igneous rocks, and the distribution and working of gold-bearing placer gravel beds. 6. The Kluana mining district [Yukon]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 1-18, 1 map, 1905. Includes observations on the geography and geology of the region, and the occurrence of placer gold. McConnell (R. G.) and Brock (R. W.). 1. Report on the great landslide at Frank, Alberta. Can., Dept. Int., Ann. Rept. for 1902-3, pt. 8, App., 17 pp., 16 pis., 1904. Describes the general geology of Turtle Mountain, and in detail the slide of April 29,1903, and discusses its cause. McCormick (E.). 1. The Santa Fe mining district, Nevada. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, p. 407, 1901. Describes the geologic structure of the region and the occurrence of copper and silver ores. MacDonald (Bernard). 1. The ore deposits of Rossland, British Columbia. Eng. & Mg, Jour., vol. 76, pp. 198-199, illus., 1903. Describes the geologic structure of the region and the occurrence and origin of the gold- copper ores. McEvoy (James). 1. Report on the geology and natural resources of the country traversed by the Yellow Head Pass route from Edmonton to Tete Jaune Cache, comprising portions of Alberta and British Columbia. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Rept. D, 44 pp., 1 pi., 1901. Published in 1900. Describes the physiography and the general character and occurrence of the Tertiary, Creta¬ ceous, Cambrian, and Archean rocks of the region. 2. Notes on the special features of coal mining in the Crow.’s Nest, B. C. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 500-504, 1904; Can. Mg. Rev., vo 1 . 23, p. 51, 1904; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 601-602, 1904. Discusses the geologic occurrence and character of the coals of this field. 232 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY McFarland (D. F.). 1. Composition of gas from a well at Dexter, Kans. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 60-62, 1905. McFarland (D. F.), Haworth. (E.) and. 1. The Dexter, Kans., nitrogen gas well. See Haworth (E.) and McFarland (D. F.), 1. McGee (W J). 1. The New Madrid earthquake. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 200-201, 1902. Refers to the records of this earthquake described by G.C. Broadhead. See Broadhead, 3. 2. Geest. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 381-384, 1902. Suggests the restoration of the term “geest,” proposed by lie Luc for the superficial mantle of rock debris. 3. The Antillean volcanos. Pop. Sci. Mo., v»ol. 61, pp. 272-281, 1902. Reviews descriptions of the recent volcanic phenomena in this region and discusses the geographic distribution of volcanoes. 4. Powell as an anthropologist. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 118-126,1903. McGregor (J. H.). 1. The relationships of the Phytosauria. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 254-255,1904. Mclnnes (William). 1. Region southeast of Lac Seul [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 87-93,1902. Describes author’s observations in this region. 2. Region on the northwest side of Lake Nipigon. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 206-211, 1903. Gives observations on the topography and geology of the region examined. 3. The Winisk River, Keewatin district. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for lyOS, pp. 100-108, 1904. Gives notes on the geology of the region examined. 4. The upper parts of the Winisk and Attawapiskat rivers. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 153-164, 1905. Includes observations on the geology of the region examined. McKee (G. W.). 1. Prismatic crystals of hematite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 241-242, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the crystallographic characters. Mackensen (Bernard). 1. Report on the excavation of Mastodon remains, undertaken by a committee of the Scientific Society of San Antonio [Texas]. San Antonio Sci. Soc., Bull., vol. 1, pp. 3-10, 4 pis. and 1 fig., 1905. Mackenzie (George L.). 1. A quick way of preparing sections of rocks. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 348-349, 1903. Maclaren (J. M.). 1. Ores which are deposited by underground waters. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 281, 1902. McLaughlin (J. E.). 1. Barela Mesa coal field [Colorado]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, p. 139, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the occurrence and character of the coal seams, and gives a section of the associated strata. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 233 McLouth. (C. D.). 1. Some general remarks on the topography, soils, water resources, flora, etc., of Muskegon County [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 104-107, 1 pi., 1902. Contains brief notes on the subjects mentioned and a statement regarding the recent geolog¬ ical history of the region. McMillan (James G.). 1. Explorations in Abitibi [Ontario]. Ont. Bur. Mines, Rept., 1905, vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 184-212, 1905. Includes an account of the petrography of the region examined. McNairn (W. Harvey). 1. On a large phlogopite crystal. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, p. 398, 1901. Briefly describes character and occurrence. Maddren (A. G.). 1. Smithsonian exploration in Alaska in 1904, in search of mammoth and other fossil remains. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 49, pp. 1-117, 7 pis., 3 figs., 1905. Contains observations on the geology of the region traversed, and the occurrence of fossil remains. Madsen (Victor). 1. On Jurassic fossils from East-Greenland. Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. 29, pp. 157-210, 5 pis., 1903. Copenhagen Univ., Mus. Min. & Geol., Comm. Paleont., no. 6,1903. Magnus (Harry C.). 1. Abrasives of New York State. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 158-179,1905. Contains notes on their occurrence. Malcolmson (James W.). 1. The Sierra Mojada, Coahuila, Mexico, and its ore deposits. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 100-139, 15 figs., 1902; Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp 705-710, 5 figs., 1901. Describes geology of the area and character and occurrence of the ore deposits. Malcolmson (J. W.), Kirk (M. P.) and. 1. A new quicksilver mining district. See Kirk (M. P.) and Malcomson (J. W.), 1. Mallery (Willard). 1. Native gold in igneous rocks. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 596, 1904. Describes the occurrence of native gold in Oregon. Manning (P. C.). 1. Glacial potholes in Maine. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 185-200, 2 pis., 1901. Describes the occurrence and character of the potholes along the coast of Maine and discusses the evidences indicating their origin. Manson (Marsden). 1. Evolution of climates. Revised, enlarged, and reprinted from the American Geologist, vol. 24, nos. 2-4, 1899, 86 pp., 7 pis., 1903. 2. [On the length of post-Glacial time.] Am. Geol., vol. 32. pp. 128-130, 1903. 3. The evolution of climate. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 801-802, 1904. Manzano (Jesus P.). 1. The mineral zone of Santa Maria del Rio, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 478-483, 1902. Contains observations on the geology and mineral deposits of the region. 234 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Marbut (Curtis F.). 1. The evolution of the northern part of the lowlands of southeastern Missouri. Mo. Univ., Studies, vol. 1, no. 3, viii, G3 pp., 5 pis., 2 maps, 1902. Describes geology and topography of this area and discusses the mode of formation of the physiographic features. 2. The sandstones of the Ozark region in Missouri. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 291, 1903. 3. Recent studies in the physiography of the Ozark region in Missouri. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 527, 1904. 4. Geology and physiography [of Missouri]. The State of Missouri, pp. 63-70, illus. (incl. geol. map), 1904. Describes the physiographic features and general geology of the State of Missouri. 5. Physiography in the university. Jour. Geog., vol. 4, pp. 23-30, 1905; Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 997-1004, 1905. Marsters (Vernon Freeman). 1. Topography and geography of Bean Blossom Valley, Monroe County, Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 222-237, 6 pis., 4 figs., 1902. Describes topographic features and glacial history of this area. 2. A preliminary report on a portion of the serpentine belt of Lamoille and Orleans counties [Vermont]. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 86-102,1 pi., 2 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and relations of asbestos to surrounding rocks, and discusses the character and origin of the serpentine. 3. Petrography of the amphibolite, serpentine, and associated asbestos deposits of Belvidere Mountain, Vermont. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 419-416, 11 pis., 1905. Includes notes on the general geology of the area and on the occurrence of asbestos and the development of the industry, and a discussion of the origin of serpentinous rocks. 4. The serpentine and associated asbestus minerals of Belvidere Mountain, Vermont. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 426,1905. Martel (E. A.). 1. Scientific exploration of caves. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 165-172, 4 pis., 1905. Contains notes on American caves. Martin (Daniel S.). 1. [Minerals at Haddam, Maine.] Abstract: Am. Geol., vol..27, p. 44, 1901, Mentions occurrence of certain minerals. 2. Geological notes on the neighborhood of Buffalo [New York]. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 162-163, 1902. Martin (George Curtis). 1. The geology of Garrett County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Garrett Co., pp. 55-182, 10 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Reviews previous geologic work, gives a bibliography, describes the character, distribution taxonomy, and history of the geologic formations and occurrence of the anticlines and synclines of the county. 2. The mineral resources of Garrett County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Garrett Co., pp. 183-231, 2 pis., 1902. Describes the character, occurrence and stratigraphic position of the coal seams, the distri¬ bution of fire-clays, clays, limestones, building stones, road materials, and other economic products. 3. Petroleum fields of Alaska and the Bering River coal fields. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 365-382, 1904. Describes the location, general geology, and structure of the petroleum fields and the Bering River coal field, and the character and occurrence of the petroleum and coal. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 235 Martin (George Curtis)—Continued. 4. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Malacostraca and Cirrepedia. Md. Geol. Surv.., Miocene, pp. 94-97, 2 pis., 1904. 5. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Mollusca, except Pelecypoda. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 130-274, 16 pis., 1904. 6. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Brachiopoda. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 402-404,1 pi., 1904. 7. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Vermes. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, p. 430, 1 pi., 1904. 8. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Radiolaria. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 447-459, 2 pis., 1904. 9. Water resources of the Accident and Grantsville quadrangles, Maryland. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 168-170,1905. 10. Water resources of the Frostburg and Flintstone quadrangles, Maryland and West Virginia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 171-173, 1905. 11. The petroleum fields of the Pacific Coast of Alaska, with an account of the Bering River coal deposits. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 250, 64 pp., 7 pis. and 3 figs., 1905. Describes the geography, stratigraphy, and geologic structure of Controller Bay, Cook Inlet, and Cold Bay regions, the indications of petroleum, and attempts at developing the fields, and the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the coal in the Bering River region. 12. The Cape Yaktag placers [Alaska]. IT. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 88-89, 1905. Describes the general geology, and the occurrence of placer gold. 13. Gold deposits of the Shumagin Islands [Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 100-101, 1905. 14. Notes on the petroleum fields of Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 128-i39, 1905. Describes the stratigraphy and geological structure of the petroleum fields, and the progress of development. 15. Bering River coal field [Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 140-150, 3 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology, the occurrence and geological relations of the coal seams, and the character of the coals. 16. Geology of the Maryland coal district. Md. Geol. Surv., vol. 5, pp. 241-290, 5 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Describes the stratigraphy, geologic structure, and geologic history of the Coal Measures of western Maryland. Martin (George Curtis), Clark (William Bullock) and. 1. Eocene Echinodermata. See Clark (W. B.) and Martin (G. C.), 1. _ 2. Eocene Moiluscoidea (Brachiopoda). See Clark (W. B.) and Martin (G. C.), 2. 3. Eocene Mollusca. See Clark (W. B.) and Martin (G. C.), 3. 4. The Eocene deposits of Maryland! See Clark (W. B.) and Martin (G. C.), 4. 5. Correlation of the Coal Measures of Maryland. See Clark (W. B.) and Martin (G. C.), 5. 6. Correlation of the formations and members [of the Maryland coal district]. See Clark (W. B.) and Martin (G. C.), 6. 236 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Martin (G. C.), and Rutledge (J. J.), Clark (W. B.). 1. Distribution and character of the Maryland coal beds. See Clark (W. B.), Martin (G. C.), and Rutledge (J. J.), 1. Martin (G. C.), Stanton (T. W.) and. 1. Mesozoic section on Cook Inlet and Alaska Peninsula. See Stanton (T. W.) and Martin (G. C.), 1. Martin (G. C.), Stose (G. W.) and. 1. Water resources of the Pawpaw and Hancock quadrangles, West Virginia, Mary¬ land, and Pennsylvania. See Stose (G. W.) and Martin (G. C.), 1. Martin (J. O.). 1. The Ontario coast between Fairhaven and Sodus bays [New York]. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 331-334, 2 pis., 1901. Describes the lake shore phenomena of the region. Martin (K.). 1. Ueber Tertiare Fossilen von der Philippinen. See Becker (George F.), 1. Martin (L.), Tarr (R. S.) and. 1. Recent changes of level in Alaska. See Tarr (R. S.) and Martin (L.), 1. Maso (Saderra). 1. Volcanoes and seismic centers of the Philippine Archipelago. U. S. Dept. Commerce and Labor, Census of the Philippine Islands, Bull. 3, 80 pp., ills., 1904. Describes briefly the distribution of active and dormant volcanoes, the occurrence and char¬ acter of volcanic rocks, the general geology, and in detail the seismic activity in the islands. Mason (F.H.). 1. Potter’s clay at Middle Musquodoboit [Nova Scotia]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 175-176, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the occurrence and chemical character of the material. Mathews (Edward Bennett). 1. The mineral resources of Cecil County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. 8urv., Cecil Co., pp. 195-226, 2 pis., 1902. 2. Recent work in the Piedmont area of northern Maryland. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 906, 1902. 3. Abstract of criticism of the quantitative classification of igneous rocks. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 399-400, 1903. 4 4. The practical working of the quantitative classification. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 668-669,1903. Discusses the classification of igneous rocks. 5. The structure of the Piedmont Plateau as shown in Maryland. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 141-159, 249, lpl., 2 figs., 1904. Discusses the character and occurrence of the rocks, reviews the explanations by previous writers of the geologic structure, and describes in detail the structural features of the Pied¬ mont Plateau. 6. Correlation of Maryland and Pennsylvania Piedmont formations. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 329-346, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of the stratigraphic formations in Mary¬ land, and discusses their correlation with those of Pennsylvania and their extension south¬ ward into Virginia. Mathews (Edward B.) and Miller (W. J.). 1. Cockeysville marble. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 347-366, 1 pi. and 2 figs, (maps), 1905. Describes the distribution and character of the geologic formations of the Piedmont region of northeastern Maryland and their structure. -FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 237 Mathez (Auguste). 1. Geology of the Cananeas [Mexico]. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 352-353, 1903. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of the copper-ore deposits. Matson (George C.). 1. A contribution to the study of the inter-Glacial gorge problem. Jour. Geol., yol. 12, pp. 133-151, 2 pis., 6 figs., 1904. Describes physiographic features of the Finger Lake region of New York, and discusses the origin of the gorges in the streams of that region. 2. Peridotite dikes near Ithaca, N. Y. Jour. Geol., yol. 13, pp. 264-275, 1905. Describes the occurrence of dikes near Ithaca, New York, and the characters and mineral composition of the rock forming the dikes and discusses their age. Matthes (Francois E.). 1. Glacial erosion in the northern Rockies. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 507,1902. 2. The Alps of Montana. Appalachia, vol. 10, pp. 255-276, 4 pis., 1904. Contains observations on the physiography, general geology, glaciers, and glaciation in the Rocky Mountain region of Montana. 3. The significance of U-shaped glacier and stream channels. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 856-857, 1904. 4. The Lewis Range of northern Montana and its glaciers. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 478-479, 1905. Matthew (George F.). 1 Preliminary notice of the Etcheminian fauna of Newfoundland. New.Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 189-196, 3 pis., 1899. Contains descriptions of several new species. 2. Preliminary notice of the Etcheminian fauna of Cape Breton. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 198-208, 4 pis., 1899. Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, p. 396, 1901; Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 49, 1901. 3. [Devonian of the Acadian provinces.] Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 344-345, 1901. Discusses recent papers by David White. •x. Are the St. John plant beds Carboniferous? Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 383-386, 1901. Discusses the stratigraphic and faunal evidences of the age of the beds. 5. Les plus anciennes faunes Paleozoiques. Intern. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, viii session, pp. 313-316, 1901. Gives a r6sum6 of what is known regarding the earliest faunas of eastern Canada. 6. A backward step in Paleobotany. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 1019, 1901. Paper read before the Royal Society of Canada. 7. Acrothyra and Hyolithes—a comparison. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc.& Trans., 2d ser., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 93-107, text figs., 1901. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 1018,1901. Discusses characters, systematic position, and relation of these genera, and describes several species of Hyolithes. 8. Hyolithes gracilis and related forms from the Lower Cambrian of the St. John group. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 109-111, text figs., 1901. 9. New species of Cambrian fossils from Cape Breton. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 269-286, 1 pi., 1901. 238 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Matthew (George F.)—Continued. 10. Acrothyra, a new genus of Etcheminian brachiopods. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 303-304, 6 figs., 1901. 11. Monocraterion and Oldhamia. Irish Naturalist, vol. 10, pp. 135-136, 1901. 12. Additional notes on the Cambrian of Cape Breton, with descriptions of new species. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 377-426, 6 pis., 1902. Discusses the Cambrian of this area and describes its fauna. 13. Ostracoda of the basal Cambrian rocks in Cape Breton. Can. Bee. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 437-466. 2 pis., 1902. Describes the general characters of ostracods and of a number of new genera and species. 14r Cambrian rocks and fossils of Cape Breton. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 221-230,1902. Describes observations in this area and gives a, table of geologic formations belonging to the lower portion of the Paleozoic rocks in the maritime provinces of Canada. 15. “Stratigraphy versus paleontology in Nova Scotia.” Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 513-514, 1902. Discusses the comparative age of formations in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. See White (David), 8. 16. Notes on Cambrian faunas. No. 5. Oboloid shells of the Cambrian system in Canada and their relationship. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 93-98, 1 pi., 1902. 17. Notes on Cambrian faunas. No. 6. Development in size of the inarticulate brachiopods of the basal Cambrian. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 99-105, 1902. Describes the increase in size in successive Cambrian terranes of shells belonging to the genera Acrotreta, Acrothyra, Leptobolus, Lingulepis, Lingulella, and Obolus. 18. Notes on Cambrian faunas. No. 7. Did the upper Etcheminian fauna invade eastern Canada from the southeast? Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 105-107,1902. Discusses migrations of faunas in Cambrian times. 19. Notes on Cambrian faunas. No. 8. Cambrian brachiopoda and mollusca of Mt. Stephen, B. C., with the description of a new species of Metoptoma. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 107-114,1 pi., 1902. 20. Report on the Cambrian rocks of Cape Breton. Can. Geol. Surv., Rept. Camb. Rocks Cape Breton, 246 pp., 18 pis., 1903. Gives a detailed description of the occurrence, fossil contents, and stratigraphic relations of the Cambrian rocks of Cape Breton Island and systematic descriptions of the fossils. 21. New genera of batrachian footprints of the Carboniferous system in eastern Canada. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 99-111, 6 figs., 1903. 22. Note in reference to batrachian footprints. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull. no. 21 (vol. 5, pt. 1), p. 102,1903. 23. On batrachian and other footprints. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull. no. 21 (vol. 5, pt. 1), pp. 103-108,1 pi., 1903 24. How long ago was America peopled? Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 195-196, 1903. Describes evidences for the length of post-Glacial time. 25. An attempt to classify Paleozoic batrachian footprints. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 9, sect. 4, pp. 109-121, 3 pis., 1903. Discusses generic terms proposed for Paleozoic batrachian footprints, and gives a classification in tabular form of genera and species hitherto described. 26. Note on Oliver’s cave. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 171-174, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the cave and discusses its origin and age. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 239 Matthew (George F.)—Continued. 27. Notes on Cambrian faunas. No. 9: Protolenus. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 5, p. 246, 1904. 28. Note on the genus Hylopus of Dawson. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 247-252,1 fig., 1904. 29. Physical aspect of the Cambrian rocks in eastern Canada, with a catalogue of the organic remains found in them. New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 253-278, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of Cambrian rocks and gives a table of the fossils occurring in them, showing place of publication, locality, and horizon. 30. New species and a new genus of batrachian footprints of the Carboniferous sys¬ tem in eastern Canada. Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., 2d ser., vol. 10, sect. 4, pp. 77-110, 6 pis., 1905. 31. The Cambric Dictyonema fauna of the slate belt of eastern New York. By Rudolf Ruedemann. Can. Record Sci., vol. 9, pp. 196-197, 1905. A note in regaid to R.uedemann’s view and the views of others as to the upper boundary of the upper Cambrian. Matthew (William D.). 1. Additional observations on the Creodonta. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 1-38, 17 figs., 1901. Discusses the classification of the group and revision of genera. 2. Fossil mammals of the Tertiary of northeastern Colorado. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 1, pt. 7, pp. 355-447, 3 pis., 34 figs., 1901. Describes character and occurrence of Tertiary beds in Colorado and the vertebrate fauna obtained from them. 3. A skull of Dinocyon from the Miocene of Texas. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 129-136, 4 figs., 1902. 4. On the skull of Bunaelurus, a musteline from the White River Oligocene. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 137-140, 3 figs., 1902. 5. New Canidae from the Miocene of Colorado. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 281-290, 4 figs., 1902. 6. A horned rodent from the Colorado Miocene. With a revision of the Mylagauli, beavers and hares of the American Tertiary. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 291-310, 17 figs., 1902. 7. The skull of Hypisodus, the smallest of the Artiodactyla, with a revision of the Hypertragulidae. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 311-316, 4 figs., 1902. 8. List of the Pleistocene fauna from Hay Springs, Nebraska. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 317-322, 1902. Also describes Capromeryx furcifer n. gen. et sp. 9. The fauna of the Titanotherium beds at Pipestone Springs, Montana Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 197-226, 19 figs., 1903. 10. A fossil hedgehog from the American Oligocene. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 227-229, 1 fig., 1903. 11. The evolution of the horse. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 3, no. 1, supplement, 30 pp., illus., 1903. 12. The collection of fossil vertebrates. A guide leaflet to the exhibition halls of vertebrate palaeontology in the American Museum of Natural History. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 3, no. 5, supplement, 32 pp., illus., 1903. 13. Recent zoopaleontology. Concerning the ancestry of the dogs. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 912-913,1903, 240 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Matthew (William D.)—Continued. 14. A complete skeleton of Merycodus. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 101-129, 1 pi. and 21 figs., 1904. 15. Notice of two new Oligocene camels. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 211-215,1904. 16. The arboreal ancestry of the mammalia. Am. Nat., vol. 38, pp. 811-818, 1904. 17. Exhibition of the series of foot bones illustrating the evolution of the camel, recently installed in the Hall of Vertebrate Paleontology of the American Museum of Natural History. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 892, 1904. 18. Outlines of the continents in Tertiary times. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 268-269, 1904; Science, new ser., vol, 19, pp. 581-582, 1904. 19. Fossil carnivores, marsupials, and small mammals in the American Museum of Natural History. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 5, pp. 23-59, 27 figs., 1905. Gives a synoptic account of fossil mammals and discusses their origin. 20. Notes on the osteology of Sinopa, a primitive member of the Hysenodontidse. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 44, pp. 69-72, 1905. 21. The mounted skeleton of Brontosaurus. Am. Mus. Jour., vol. 5, pp. 63-70, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the collection and mounting of a skeleton of Brontosaurus, and the probable appearance and habits of life of the animal. 22. Notice of two new genera of mammals from the Oligocene of South Dakota. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 21-26, 6 pis., 1905. 23. On Eocene Insectivora and on Pantolestes in particular. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 298-299, 1905. Matthew (W. D.) and Gidley (J. W.). 1. New or little known mammals from the Miocene of South Dakota. American Museum expedition of 1903. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 241-268, 15 figs., 1904. Describes occurrence, character, origin, and faunal contents of Loup Fork beds of South Dakota, and gives systematic descriptions of vertebrate fossils from these beds. Mauck (A. V.), Cumings (E. R.) and. 1. A quantitative study of variation in the fossil brachiopod Platvstrophia lynx. See Cuxnings (E. R.) and Mauck (A. V.), 1. Maury (Carlotta Joaquina). 1. A comparison of the Oligocene of western Europe and the southern United States. Am. Paleont., Bull. no. 15, pp. 3-94, 10 pis., 1902. Describes character and occurrence of Oligocene strata in France, Belgium, Germany, and southern United States, giving faunal lists and sections of strata, and discusses their correlation. Maxwell (Henry V.). 1. Tennessee iron ores. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, p. 742, 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of iron-ore deposits in eastern Tennessee. Mead (Charles S.). 1. [Report on] Field geology in Ohio State University. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 261-263, 1903. Contains observations on geological formations in central Ohio. Mead (J. R.). 1. The Flint Hills of Kansas. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 207-208, 1901. Discusses the origin of these hills. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 241 Meade (R. K.). 1. The chemical analysis of Portland cement. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 5, 1902. Meissner (C. A.). 1. Some of the pyrites deposits at Port an Port, Newfoundland. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 626-627, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the geology and the occurrence of the ores. Melander (Axel Leonard). 1. Some additions to the Carboniferous terrestrial arthropod fauna of Illinois. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 178-198, 3 pis., 1903. Memminger (C. G.). 1. Progress in the phosphate mining industry of the United States during 1900. Min. Ind. for 1900, pp. 513-518, 1901. Describes occurrence of phosphate in several States. Mendenhall (Walter Curran). 1. A reconnaissance in the Norton Bay region, Alaska, in 1900. U. S. Geol. Surv., Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay regions, Alaska, in 1900, pp. 187-218, 6 pis., 1901. Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the igneous and sedimentary rocks and occurrence of placer gold. 2. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, by way of Dali, Kanuti, Allen, and Kowak rivers. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 10, 68 pp., 9 pis., 1902. Contains an account of the geology of the region traversed. 3. Notes on the geology of the Klondike. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 389, 1902. 4. The Chistochina gold field, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 71-75, 1903. Describes briefly the general geology of the region and the occurrence and origin of gold in the placer deposits of this gold field. 5. The Wrangell Mountains, Alaska. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 14, pp. 395-407, illus., 1903. Includes observations on the physiography, structure, and glaciers of the mountains. 6. A Carboniferous section in the upper Copper River Valley, Alaska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 25-26,1903. 7. Chitina copper deposits, Alaska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 387, 1903. 8. Geology of the central Copper River region, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 41,133 pp., 20 pis. (incl. 4 maps), 11 figs., 1905. Reviews previous work upon the area, and describes the stratigraphy, geologic structure, and physiography, and the occurrence, character, and relations of copper and gold deposits. Includes a report by Charles Schuchert (pp. 42-45) upon Permian fossils collected in this region. 9. The hydrology of San Bernardino Valley, California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 142, 124 pp., 12 pis., 16 figs., 1905. Mendenhall (Walter C.) and Schrader (Frank C.). 1. The mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 15, 71 pp., 10 pis., 5 figs., 1903. Gives a r6sum6 of the previous explorations in this region, and describes the general geology and physiography and occurrences of copper, gold, and other minerals of the region. 2. Copper deposits of the Mount Wrangell region, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull, no. 213, pp. 141-148,1903. Gives a brief account of the geology and occurrences of copper-bearing ores in this region and the mining developments. Bull. 301—06-16 242 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Merriam (C. Hart). 1. Bogoslof, our newest volcano. Harriman Alaska expedition, vol. 2, pp. 291-336, illus., 1902. Merriam (John C.). 1. A contribution to the geology of the John Day basin [Oregon]. Univ. of Cal., Dept, of Geol., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 269-314, 3 pis., 1 fig., 1901. Gives a sketch of previous explorations and literature of the region, and describes the classi¬ fication, character, occurrence, relations, and faunas of the Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Pleis¬ tocene strata. 2. A geological section through the John Day basin [Oregon]. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 71-72, 1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 496-497, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the John Day beds and the associated strata. 3. The John Day fossil beds [Oregon]. Harper’s Monthly Magazine, vol. 102, pp. 581-590, 8 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of vertebrate fossils. 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada. Univ. Cal., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 63-108, 14 pis., 1902. Notes the stratigraphic position and describes several new species of Shastasaurus from Cali¬ fornia, and redescribes Leidy’s species of Cymbospondylus from Nevada. 5. Triassic Reptilia from northern California. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 411-4?", 1902. 6. New Ichthyosauria from the upper Triassic of California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 249-263, 4 pis., 1903. 7. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 277-290, 3 pis., 1903. 8. Recent literature on Triassic Ichthyosauria. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 311-312, 1903. 9. Primitive characters of the Triassic Ichthyosaurus. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 297,1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 536,1904. 10. A note on the fauna of the lower Miocene, in California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull.,.vol. 3, pp. 377-381, 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of faunas in different beds of Miocene age in California. 11. A new marine reptile from the Triassic of California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 419-421, 1 fig., 1904. Describes Thalattosaurus alexandrse, new genus and species. 12. A new group of marine reptiles from the Triassic of California. Congres intern, de Zool. Sixifime, Compte-Rendu, pp. 247-248, 1905. 13. The types of limb structure in the Triassic Ichthyosauria. Am. Jour. Sci., 4tli ser., vol. 19, pp. 23-30, 7 figs., 1905. Describes characteristics of known types of limbs, and discusses lines of descent among Triassic and Jurassic genera of Ichthyosauria. 14. A primitive ichthyosaurian limb from the middle Triassic of Nevada. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 33-38, 1 pi., 1905. 15. The Thalattosauria, a group of marine reptiles from the Triassic of California. Cal. Acad. Sci., Mem., vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 1-52, 8 pis., 3 figs., 1905. 16. A new sabre-tooth from California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 171-175,1 fig., 1905. 17. The occurrence of ichthyosaur-like remains in the upper Cretaceous of Wyoming. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 640-641,1905. Merriam (John C.) and Sinclair (William J.). 1. The correlation of the John Day and the Maseall. Abstract: Jour., Geol., vol. 11, pp. 95-96, 1903. Discusses the age of the beds from a study of the fauna. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 243 Merrill (Frederick J. H.). 1. New YorkBtate Museum; report of the director and State geologist, 1900. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rep., vol. 1, pp. r7-r22, 1902. Summary of work done. 2. Description of the State geologic map of 1901. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 56, pp. 3-37, 2 pis. (maps), and a table of formations, 1902. Sketches the history of the New York Geological Survey, outlines briefly the geologic prov¬ inces and formations of New York, and discusses data used in compiling the geologic map. 3. Report of the director of the State Museum and State geologist for the year 1901. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., pp. r5-rl66,1903. Reviews the administrative and scientific work of the year. 4. [Administrative] 56th report of the director of the State Museum and 22d of the State geologist [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. r5-rl77, 1904. 5. Report of the Director of the New York State Museum, 1903. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol, 1, pp. 5-14, 1905. Gives a summarized account of the work for the year ending September 30, 1903. 6. The northeast extremity of the pre-Cambrian Highlands [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 195-197, 1 pi. (map), 1905. Gives notes upon the distribution of Ordovician, Cambrian, and pre-Cambrian rocks of this area. The geologic map is by T. Nelson Dale and L. M. Prindle. 7. Geology of Sonora, Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, p. 976, 1905. Merrill (F. J. H.), assisted by Magnus (H. C.). 1. Distribution of Hudson schist and Harrison diorite in the Westchester area of the Oyster Bay quadrangle [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 193-194, 1 pi. (map), 1905. Merrill (Frederick J. H.), Darton(N. H.), Hollick (Arthur), Salisbury (R. D.), Dodge (R. E), Willis (Bailey), and Pressey (H. A.). 1. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 83, 1902. Describes geographic and physiographic features, general geologic relations and history, character and occurrence of pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, Silurian, Juratrias, and Cretaceous strata, Quaternary deposits, and water supply. Merrill (George P.). 1. The Department of geology in the National Museum. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 107-123, 5 pis., 1901. Gives an account of the methods employed in caring for and rendering available to students the materials in charge of this department of the Museum, and in displaying the same for the benefit of the public. 2. On a stony meteorite which fell near Felix, Perry County, Alabama, May 15, 1901. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 24, pp. 193-198, 2 pis., 1901. 3. Guide to the study of the collections in the section of applied geology—the non- metallic minerals [U. S. National Museum]. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ann. Rep. for 1899, pp. 156-483, 30 pis., 13 figs., 1901. Describes the character, occurrence, and uses of the nonmetallic minerals. 4. A newly found meteorite from Admire, Lyon County, Kansas. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 24, pp. 907-913, 7 pis., 1902. 5. What constitutes a clay. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 31&-322, 1902. Discusses the composition of clay and reviews a paper by Rosier, entitled “Beitrage zur kenntniss ciniger Kaolinlagerstatten.” 6. Rutile mining in Virginia. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 351, 1902; Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 389, 1902. Abstract of paper read before the Geological Society of Washington. 244 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Merrill (George P.)-Continued. 7. A newly found meteorite from Mount Vernon, Christian County, Kentucky. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 156-158, 1903. 8. John Wesley Powell. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 327-333, 1 pi. (por.), 1903. 9. The quantitative classification of igneous rocks. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 48-54, 1903. Gives an outline of the nomenclature and classification used in the “Quantitative Classifica¬ tion of Igneous Rocks” of Cross, Iddings, Pirsson, and Washington. Includes a table by E. B. Mathews, showing the new nomenclature and terminology as applied to some of the better known igneous rocks. 10. On the Glacial pothole in the National Museum. Smith. Misc. Col., vol. 45, pp. 100-103,1 pi., 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 58, p. 23844,1 fig., 1904. Describes a pothole brought from Maine and the method employed in removing it from its matrix. 11. Stones for building and decoration. Third edition. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1903. xi, 551 pp., 33 pis., 24 figs. 12. The non-metallic minerals, their occurrence and uses. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1904. 414 pp., 32 pis., 28 figs. Note.—T he large number of chemical analyses in this work have not been listed in the index. 13. Catalogue of the type and figured specimens of fossils, minerals, rocks, and ores in the Department of geology, United States National Museum. Part 1.—Fossil invertebrates. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. no. 53, pt. 1, 704 pp., 1905. See Schuchert (Charles) and others, 1. 14. On the origin of veins in asbestiform serpentine. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 131-136, 2 pis. and 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of asbestos veins in massive serpentine from Thetford, Canada, and discusses their origin. 15. Gold and its associations. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 902-903, 1905. Gives a list of specimens of gold ore, showing conditions of occurrence and locality from which derived. 16. The Division of applied geology, U. S. National Museum. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull. no. 4, pp. 929-937, 1905. Describes the history, scope, organization, and work of the Department of geology of the U. S. National Museum. Merrill (George P.) and Stokes (H. N.). 1. A new stony meteorite from Allegan, Michigan, and a new iron meteorite from Mart, Texas. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 41-68, 6 pis., 1900. Describes the occurrence, characters, and chemical composition of the material. Meunier (Stanislaus). 1. Remarque sur l’origine de l’activite volcanique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 136, pp. 123-124, 1903. Discusses the cause of volcanic phenomena. Michel-Levy (Auguste). 1. L’eruption de la montagne Pelee et les volcans des Petites Antilles. Revue g6n. des Sciences, t. 13, pp. 554-557, 3 figs., 1902. Discusses the broad problems of volcanic activity in the West Indies and other parts of the world. 2. Sur la composition des cendres projetees, le 3 mai 1902, par la Montagne Pelee. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 134, pp. 1123-1124, 1902. Describes characters of volcanic material ejected from Mont PelA FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 245 Mickle (G. R.). 1. The iron-bearing rocks of the Nastapokan Islands. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 256-264,12 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence and composition of the iron ores. 2. Volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp. 123-126, 1904. Miers (Henry A.). 1. A visit to the Yukon gold fields. Letter from Henry A. Miers [to the Hon. Clifford Sifton, Canadian Minister of the Interior]. 32 pp., 1901. [Private publication. ] Describes the occurrence of placer gold and the mining operations. 2. Gold mining in Klondike. Roy. Inst. Gt. Brit., Proc., vol. 17, pp. 72-81, 1903. Describes physiographic features, general geology, occurrence of placer gold, mining opera¬ tions, and prospects in the Klondike region. Miller (Arthur M.). 1. Preglacial drainage in southwestern Ohio. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 534-535, 1 fig., 1901. 2. A new meteorite (Bath Furnace) from Kentucky. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 154,1903; Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 228,1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22666, 1903. 3. Additional facts concerning the Bath Furnace meteoric fall of November 15,1902. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 243-244, 1903. 4. The lead and zinc bearing rocks of central Kentucky, with notes on the mineral veins. Ky. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 2, 35 pp., 8 pis., 1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of Ordovician strata of central Kentucky, and of the mineral veins producing lead, zinc, fluorite, r nd barite. Miller (B. L.). 1. Geology of Marion County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 130-197,1 pi. 4 figs, and map, 1901. Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Carboniferous and Pleisto¬ cene deposits, and the occurrence of coal. Miller (B. L.), Shattuck (G. B.) and. 1. Physiography and geology of the Bahama Islands. See Shattuck (G. B.) and Miller (B. L.), 1. Miller (Elmer I.). 1. A week in the Mt. Lassen and cinder cone region of northern California. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 150-156, 1901. Describes physiographic features of this region and discusses the evidences for determining the time of the volcanic activity of Mount Lassen. Miller (G. W.). 1. The Verde mining district, Yavapai County, Arizona. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 70-71, 3 figs., 1903. Gives an account of the geology of the district and the occurrence of the copper-ore deposits. 2. Geology of the Butte mining district [Montana]. Ores & Metals, vol. 13, no. 10, pp. 15-16; no. 11, pp. 19-20, 3 figs., 1904. Describes the mining of silver and copper ores, the general geology and the occurrence, char¬ acter, and origin of the veins and fissures. Miller (Gerrit S., jr.). 1. Preliminary list of mammals of New York. N. Y. State Mus., 53rd Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 267-390,1901. Contains list of fossil species. 246 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF. NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Miller (Samuel A.). 1. Strophomena and the type of the genus. The Nat. Sci. Jour., New Bedford, Mass., vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 29-35, Apr., 1897. Miller (Willet G.). 1. On some newly discovered areas of nepheline syenite in central Canada. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 21-25, 1901. Describes character and occurrence in Ontario. 2. Iron ores of Nipissing district [Ontario]. Ontario Bureau Mines, Rept. for 1901, pp. 160-180, 4 pis., 2 figs., 1901. Describes the physiography of the region and the occurrence and character of the iron ores in Huronian rocks. 3. The iron ore fields of Ontario. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 151-158, 3 figs., 1901; Can. Mg. Jour., vol. 4, pp. 265-283, 3 figs., 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence and character of iron ore deposits in Ontario. 4. The eastern Ontario gold belt. Ontario Bureau Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 186-207, 3 figs., map, 1902; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 850, 1902. Describes the distribution and geologic occurrence of the ore bodies. 5. Lake Temiscaming to the Height of Land [Canada]. Ontario Bureau Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 214-230, 1902. Contains notes on the geology of this region. 6. Eastern Ontario; a region of varied mining industries. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5,pp. 233-255, 4 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence of mineral deposits. 7. Nepheline syenite in western Ontario. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 182-185, 1903. Describes occurrence and composition. 8. Cobalt-nickel arsenides and silver in Ontario. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 888-890, 1903. Describes the occurrence and character of these ore bodies. 9. Iron ranges of northern Ontario. Ontario Bur. Mines, [12th] Rept., pp. 304-317, 4 figs., 1903. Describes occurrences of iron ores. 10. [In discussion of paper by Waldemar Lindgren, “The geological features of the gold production of North America.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 1077-1079, 1903. Discusses occurrences of gold in Canada and conditions under which they can be worked. 11. Cobalt-nickel arsenides and silver. Ontario Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 96-103, 5 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geological relations of ore deposits of nickel-cobalt arsenides and silver in the northern part of Ontario. 12. Undeveloped mineral resources of Ontario. Canadian Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 377-396, 1904. Discusses the occurrence of minerals of economic value in the Province of Ontario. 13. The cobalt-nickel arsenides and silver deposits of Temiskaming [Ontario]. Ontario Bur. Mines, Rept., 1905, pt. 2, 66 pp., 28 figs., and 2 maps, 1905. Discusses the occurrence, character, and geological relations of the cobalt, nickel, and silver ores of Ontario. 14. The limestones of Ontario. Ontario Bur. Mines, [13th] Rept., pt. 2, 1904, 143 pp., 24 pis., 1904. A full account of the character, occurrence, geologic relations, and utilization of the lime¬ stones of Ontario. 15. Boston township iron range [Ontario]. Ontario Bur. Mines, Rept., 1905, vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 261-268, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence and relations of iron ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 247 Miller (Willet G.)—Continued. 16. [Pre-Cambrian rocks in the vicinity of Lake Temiskaming, Ontario.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 221, 1905. Miller (W. J.), Mathews (E. B.) and. 1. Cockeysville marble. See Mathews (E. B.) and Miller (W. J.), 1. Miller (W. W., jr.). 1. Analysis of emery from Virginia. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 314-315,1901. 2. Examination of sandstone from Augusta County, Virginia. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 315, 1901. 3. Analysis of smithsonite from Arkansas. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 315, 1901. Mills (Frank S.). 1. River terraces and reversed drainage [New York]. Jour. Geol., voj. 11, pp. 670-678, 3 figs., 1903. Describes physiographic features in the Catatonk River Valley in southern New York and their bearing upon pre-Glacial drainage conditions. 2. The delta-plain at Andover, Mass. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 162-170, 3 pis., 1903. Describes glacial and physiographic features of this locality. Mills (S. Dillon). 1. Some recent rock movements in the Laurentian and Huronian areas [Ontario]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, pp. 174-177, 1904. 2. Occurrence of hematite north of Little Current, Georgian Bay [Canada]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 25, pp. 119-122,1 fig., 1905. Includes notes on the geology of the locality. Mills (W. Magoon). 1. A physiographic and ecological study of the Lake Eagle (Winona Lake) region, Indiana. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 28th Ann. Rept., pp. 377-394, 3 pis., 4 figs., 1904. Includes observations on the physiographic features of the region. Milne (J.). 1. The recent volcanic eruptions in the West Indies. Nature, vol. 66, pp. 56-58, 107-111, 370-373, 3 figs., 1902. Discusses recent reports regarding these eruptions. 2. West Indian volcanic eruptions. Nature, vol,. 67, pp. 91-92, 1902. Discusses volcanic phenomena and their causes with especial reference to the volcanoes Pel6 and St. Vincent. Moffet (Fred H.). 1. The copper mines of Cobre, Santiago de Cuba. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 32, p. 64, 1903; Science, new ser., vol. 18, p. 18, 1903. 2. The Kotzebue placer-gold field of Seward Peninsula, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 74-80, 1904. Describes the general geology, and the occurrence and mining of placer gold. 3. The Fairhaven gold placers, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 247, 85 pp., 14 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Describes the geography, the general geology, the character, occurrence, and relations of metamorphic and igneous rocks and of surficial deposits, and th„ occurrence and mining of placer gold in this region. 4. The gold placers of Turnagain arm [Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 90-99, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the general geology and the occurrence ox placer gold. 248 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Moissan (Henri). 1. Slir la presence de l’argon, de l’oxyde de carbone et des carbures d’hydrogene dans les gaz des furnerolles du Mont Pele a la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 1085-1088, 1902. Describes investigations upon the constitution of gases collected from a fumarole of Mont PelA 2. Sur la presence de V argon dans les gaz des furnerolles de la Guadeloupe. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., t. 138, pp. 936-938, 1904. Describes the chemical analyses of gas from fumaroles of Guadeloupe. 3. Nouvelles recherches sur la meteorite de Canon Diablo. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., vol. 139, pp. 773-780, 2 figs., 1904. Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, p. 191, 1905. Describes the characters and composition of this meteorite. Monckton (G. F.). 1. Mining districts near Kamloops Lake, British Columbia. Inst. Mg. Engrs. [England], Trans., vol. 18, pp. 293-310, 7 figs., 1899. Contains notes on the geology of this area. 2. Cinnabar-bearing rocks of British Columbia. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 27, pp. 463-469, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of quicksilver ores. Monroe (Charles E.). 1. Notes on a collection of Hamilton fossils from the town of Bethany, Genesee County, N. Y. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 57-67, 1902, Contains notes on fossils collected and gives faunal lists. Montessus de Ballore (D. de). 1. Les Etats-Unis sismiques. Arch, des Sci. Phys. et Nat., 4th ser., vol. 5, pp. 201-216, 1 pi., 1898. Gives notes upon and lists of earthquakes that have occurred in various parts of the United States. Montgomery (Hugh T.). 1. The glacial phenomena as exhibited in northern Indiana and southern Michigan, and the resulting ancient waterways, or the early history of our home. Northern Ind. Hist. Soc., Publ., no. 2, 20 pp., 1 fig., 1899. Montgomery (Thomas H.). 1. Missing links. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, pp. 21732-21734, 1901. Abstract of lecture delivered at the Wagner Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Discusses evolution of vertebrates. Moore (Charles J.). 1. The formation of the Cripple Creek mining district, Teller County, Colorado. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 87-91, 1901. 2. The formation of the Leadville mining district, Lake County, Colorado. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 175-179, 1901. 3. Geology applied to mining, or the practical use of geology in mining Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 2, pp. 68-77, 6 figs., 1904. Moore (Frederick). 1. Gold in North Carolina. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 53, p. 21918, 1902. Moore (Joseph) and Hole (Allen D.). 1. Concerning well-defined ripple marks in the Hudson River limestone, Richmond, Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 216-220, 3 pis., 1902. FOR THE YEARS ]901-1905, INCLUSIVE 249 Morgan (William Conger). 1. The origin of bitumen. Cal. Jour. Tech., vol. 4, pp. 49-50, 1904; Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 46-50, 1905. Discusses various theories proposed to explain the origin of bitumen. Morgan (William Conger) and Tallmon (Marion Clover). 1. A fossil egg from Arizona. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 403-410, 2 pis., 1904. 2. A peculiar occurrence of bitumen and evidence as to its origin. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 363-377, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, mode of fossilization, and character and origin of the mineralization of a fossil egg from Arizona. Morganroth (L. C.). 1. The caves of Huntingdon County, Pennsylvania. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 71, p. 664, 1901. Describes the character of the caves. Morris (Henry G.). 1. Hydro-thermal activity in the veins at Wedekind, Nevada. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 275-276, illus., 1903. Discusses the geologic structure and the origin of the ores. Morscher (L. N.). 1. Corrading action of river water during high floods. Kans. Univ. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. for 1902, pp. 82-97, 8 figs., 1903. A study of river erosion based largely upon observations made upon the effects of the Kansas River flood of 1903. Mosely (E. L.). 1. Submerged valleys in Sandusky Bay [Ohio]. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 398-403, 4 figs., 1902. Discusses the character and occurrence of these valleys and the indications that the tilting of the Great Lakes region is still progressing. 2. Formation of Sandusky Bay and Cedar Point. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pt. 5, pp. 179-238, 9 figs., 1905. Describes changes in the lake shore in this locality and how they have been produced. Moses (A. J.). 1. Mineralogical notes. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser,, vol. 12, pp. 98-106, 6 figs., 1901. Describes crystallographic characters of pectolite, atacamite, realgar, vesuvianite, chryso- beryl, and pyroxene. 2. Eglestonite, terlinguaite, and montroydite, new mercury minerals from Terlingua, Texas. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 253-263, 6 figs., 1903. Describes crystallographic and other characters and composition. 3. The crystallization of molybdenite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 359-364, 4 figs., 1904. Describes crystallographic measurements of material from several sources. 4. Eglestonit, Terlinguait und Montroydit, neue Quecksilbermineralien von Terlin¬ gua in Texas. Zeitsch. f. Krystal, u. Min., Bd. 39, pp. 3-13, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the composition and crystallographic characters of quicksilver minerals from Texas. 5. The crystallization of luzonite, and other crystallographic studies. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 277-284, 1905. Moses (Alfred J.) and Luquer (Lea Mcl.). 1. Notes on recent mineral ogical literature. School of Mines Quart., vol. 23, pp. 290-302, 1902. 250 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Moses (Alfred J.) and Luquer (Lea Mel.)—Continued. 2. Notes on recent mineralogical literature. School of Mines Quart., vol. 24, pp. 247-266, 1903. 3. Notes on recent mineralogical literature. Sch. of Mines Quart., vol. 25, pp. 412-427, 1904. Moudy (R. B.), Slosson (E. E.) and. 1. The Laramie cement plaster. See Slosson (E. E.) and Moudy (R. B.), 1. Miig-g-e (0.). 1. Ueber die Structur des grdnlandischen Inlandeises und ihre Bedeutung fur die Theorie der Gletscherbewegung. Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Jahrg. 1899, Bd. 2, pp. 123-136, 1899. Discusses the structure and movement of ice in the interior of Greenland and its bearing upon the theory of the movement of glaciers. 2. Weitere Versuche iiber die Translationsfahigkeit des Eises, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Bedeutung der Structure des gronliindischen Inlandeises. Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Jahrg. 1900, Bd. 2, pp. 80-98, 1900. Discusses the plasticity of ice, and the significance of the structure of the ice-mass in Greenland. Muir (John). 1. Notes on the Pacific coast glaciers. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 1, pp. 119-135, illus., 1902. Murg'oci (G. M.). 1. On the genesis of riebeckite and riebeckite rocks. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 133-145, 1905. Murphy (Edward Charles). 1. Accuracy of stream measurements. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 64, 99 pp., 30 figs., 4 pis., 1902. Musgrave (Robert). 1. Copper deposits of Mt. Sicker, Vancouver [British Columbia]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 673-674, 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of copper-ore deposits. Myers (E. W.), Pressey (H. A.) and. 1. Hydrography of the southern Appalachians. See Pressey (H. A.) and Myers (E. W.), 1. N. Nansen (Fridtjof). 1. The Norwegian North Polar expedition, 1893-1896. Scientific results, vols. 1-2,1901. Longmans, Green & Co., London, New York, 1901. Review: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 273-275, 1901. 2. The bathymetrical features of the north Polar seas, with a discussion of the conti¬ nental shelves and previous oscillations of the shore line. The Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1893-1896; Scientific Results, vol. 4, XIII, 231 pp., 29 pis., 1904. Includes in the discussion an account of the continental shelves of Greenland and the North American coast. Nason (Frank L.). 1. On the presence of a limestone conglomerate in the lead region of St. Francois County, Missouri. Am. Jotir. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, p. 396, 1901. Brief note announcing discovery of limestone conglomerate between the St. Joseph or Bonne Terre limestone and the Potosi in Missouri. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 251 Nason (Frank L.)—Continued. 2. The geological relations and the age of the St. Joseph and Potosi limestones of St. Frangois County, Missouri. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 358-361, 1901. Describes occurrence of a conglomerate between the two formations and gives a columnar section. 3. The origin of vein cavities. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp. 177-179, 209-210, 1901. Discusses the origin of these vein phenomena. 4. The disseminated lead ores of southeast Missouri. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 478-480, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence and origin of these ores. 5. The geological relations and the age of the St. Joseph and Potosi limestones of Missouri. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, p. 861, 1902. Discusses the relations of these beds. Nathorst (A. G.). 1. Bidrag till nordostra Gronlands geologi. Stockholm Geol. Foren., FOrh., vol. 23, pp. 275-305, 5 pis., 1901. Describes the geology of northeastern Greenland. Nattress (Thomas). 1. The Corniferous exposure in Anderdon [Ontario]. Ontario Bureau Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 123-127, 1902. Gives notes on the distribution of the Corniferous, describes the geology at this locality, and gives a faunal list. Nelson (Aven). 1. Wilbur Clinton Knight. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 406 409,1903. Gives a short account of his life and work, and a chronologic list of his papers. Neumayer (L.). 1. Die Koprolithen des Perms von Texas. Palaeontographica, vol. 51, pp. 121-128, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of coproliths from the Permian of Texas. Nevius (J. Nelson). 1. Roofing slate quarries of Washington County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. rl35-rl50,12 pis., 19Q1. Describes the slates of the various quarries. 2. Emery mines of Westchester County [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. rl51-rl54, 4 pis., 1901. 3. The Sain Alto tin deposits [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p.. 929, 1903. Describes the occurrence of tin. Newland (David H.). 1. The serpentines of Manhattan Island and vicinity and their accompanying minerals. , School of Mines Quart., vol. 22, pp. 307-317, 399-410, 4 figs., 1901. Describes the microscopic and chemical characters of the serpentines and the minerals asso¬ ciated with them. Discusses origin of the serpentines. 2. The mining and quarry industry of New York State. Report of operations and production during 1904. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 93, pp. 909-970, 1905. Newsom (John F.). 1. Drainage of southern Indiana. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 166-181, 6 pis., 1902. Describes the drainage features of this region that are dependent upon the geologic structure. 252 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Newsom (John F.)—Continued. 2. A natural gas explosion near Waldron, Indiana. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 8011-814, 5 figs., 1902. Describes the fissures and fractures caused by the explosion. 3. A geologic and topographic section across southern Indiana from the Ohio River at Hanover to the Wabash River at Vincennes, with a discussion of the general distribution and character of the Knobstone group in the State of Indiana. Ind., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Res., 26th Ann. Kept., pp. 227-302, 7 pis., 19 figs., 1903. Describes topographic and drainage features, the stratigraphy, character, and geological rela¬ tions of formations of Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous age, and discusses the geologic history of the region. 4. Clastic dikes. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 227-268, 11 pis., 19 figs., 1903. Describes location, geologic relations, character, and origin of clastic dikes, chiefly those of California, and gives references to literature in which clastic dikes are described. Newton (R. Bullen). 1. List of Thomas Say’s types of Maryland (U. S.) Tertiary mollusca in the British Museum. Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. 9, pp. 303-305, 1902. New York State Museum. 1. Economic geology of New York. N. Y. State Mus., Handbook 17, 40 pp., 1904. Gives brief accounts of the occurrence and utilization of mineral products of the State of New York. Nicholls (H. A. Alford). 1. Notes on the recent eruptions of Mt. Pelee [West Indies]. Nature, vol. 66, pp. 638-639, 1902. Contains daily notes of the recent eruptions. Nichols (Henry W.). 1. Nitrates in cave earths. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 236-243,1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, p. 58, 1901. Reviews paper by William H. Hess on the same subject, gives a number of analyses of soil, limestone, and cave earth, and discusses the origin of the nitrates. 2. [In discussion of paper by Eric Hedburg on “ The Missouri and Arkansas zinc mines.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 1015-1021, 1902. Nichols (J. Clayton). 1. Notes on the Pigholugan and Pigtao gold region, Island of Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 611-616, 1902. Describes the occurrence of gold veins and placers. Nicholson (Frank). 1. The Wisconsin zinc-fields. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 847-849, illus., 1903. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence and character of the zinc and lead ore deposits and the mining operations. Nickles (JohnM.). 1. Geological section—St. Louis to Shawneetown [Illinois]. Ill. Bd. World’s Fair Commissioners, Rept., pp. 155-176, 1 pi. (sections), 1895. Describes geology along the line of the section and gives records of borings and sections of outcrops. 2. Geological section in southern Illinois through Waterloo, Sparta, Murphysboro, and Olmstead. Ill. Bd. World’s Fair Commissioners, Rept., pp. 177-223, 1895. Describes the geology along the line of the section, gives records of borings and sections of outcrops, and discusses the occurrence and exploitation of natural gas at Sparta, Illinois. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 253 Nickles (John M.)—Continued. 3. The geology of Cincinnati. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. 20, pp. 49-100, 1 pi. (topographic map), 1902. Describes topography and geology of Cincinnati and the surrounding region, and gives faunal lists. 4. Description of a new bryozoan “ Homotrypa bassleri,” n. sp., from the Warren beds of the Lorraine group. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. 20, pp. 103-105, text figs., 1902. 5. The Richmond group in Ohio and Indiana and its subdivisions, with a note on the genus Strophomena and its type. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 202-218, 1903. 6. The upper Ordovician rocks of Kentucky and their Bryozoa. Ky. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 5, 64 pp., 3 pis., 1905. Describes the geological history and stratigraphy of the Ordovician area of Kentucky and gives systematic descriptions of characteristic Bryozoa. Nicol (William). 1. Spinel twins of pyrite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, p. 93, 1904. Nicol (William), Goldschmidt (Victor) and. 1. New forms of sperrylite. See Goldschmidt (Victor)and Nicol (William), 1. Nicolau (Th.). 1. TJntersuchungen an den eisenfiihrenden gesteinen der insel Disko. Meddelelser ohi Groenland, vol. 24, pp. 215-248, 1901. Describes the occurrence, characters, and composition of the iron-bearing rocks of the Island Disco. Nicolson (J. T.), Adams (Frank D.) and. 1. An experimental investigation into the flow of marble. See Adams (F. D.) and Nicolson (J. T.), 1. Nolan (A. W.) and Dixon (J. D.). 1. Geology of St. Helen’s Island [Quebec]. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 53-66, 5 figs., 1903. Discusses the character and occurrence of Ordovician and Devonian strata, the character, occurrence, and origin of the breccia formation of the island, and the petrography of the intersecting dikes. Nordenskjold (Otto). 1. Notes on some specimens of rocks collected by C. Kruuse on the east coast of Greenland, between lat. 65° 35' and 67° 22' N. Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. 28, pp. 1-16, 1 pi., 1904. Norton (William Harmon). 1. Geology of Cedar County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 282-396, 6 pis., 12 figs, and maps, 1901. Describes the physiographic and drainage features, the character and occurrence of the Silurian, Devonian, and Pleistocene deposits and the occurrence of economic products. 2. The relation of physical geography to other science subjects. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 205-210, 1901. 3. Underground waters of eastern United States: Iowa. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no 114, pp. 220-225, 2 figs., 1905. Describes briefly the shallow supplies of water, and the artesian waters with especial reference to the geologic horizons from which they are derived. 4. Water supplies at Waterloo, Iowa. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 148-155, 1905. Novarese (Vittorio). 1. Rocks and minerals of south Alaska. In Filippo de Fillipi’s The Ascent of Mount St. Elias, Westminster, Archibald Constable and Co., 1900, Appendix E, pp. 232-239. Gives observations upon the geology and petrology of this part of Alaska. 254 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Nutter (Edward Hoit). 1. Sketch of the geology of the Salinas Valley, California. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 330-336, 8 figs., 1901. Describes the formation of the valley and the character and occurrence of the Tertiary strata which were laid down in this trough. Nutter (Edward Hoit) and Barber (William B.). 1. On some glaucophane and associated schists in the Coast Ranges of California. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 738-744, 1902. Describes the occurrence and contact relations of the schists and discusses their origin. Nylander (Olof 0.). 1. Shells of the marl deposits of Aroostook County, Maine, as compared with the living forms in the same locality. Nautilus, vol. 14, pp. 101-104, 1901. Gives list of fossils determined. O. Obalski (J.). 1. Notes on the magnetic iron sand of the north shore of the St. Lawrence [Canada]. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 20, pp. 34-37, 1 fig., 1901; Can. Mg. Inst. Jour., vol. 4, pp. 91-98, 1 fig., 1901. Gives chemical analyses of the sand and describes its distribution. 2. On a mineral containing radium in the Province of Quebec. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, pp. 114-116, 1904; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 441, 1904; Can. Mg. Inst. Jour., vol. 7, pp. 245-256, 8 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence and characters of a mineral, cleveite, containing radium. O’Brien (Charles J.). 1. Igneous rocks: How to identify them. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 50, 1903. O’Brien (M. E.). 1. Geology of the district west of Redding, Cal. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 349, 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of the rock formations and ore deposits. Ochsenius (Carl). 1. Natiirlicher Koks in den Santa Clara-Kohlenfeldern, Sonora, Mexiko. Zeitsch. fur prak. Geol., Jahrg. 1900, p. 21, 1900. Describes an occurrence of natural coke. 2. Natronsalpeter in California. Zeitsch. fur prak. Geol., Jahrg. 1902, heft. 10, pp. 337-339, 1902. Gives a general account of deposits of nitrate of soda. Ogulvie (Ida H.). 1. Glacial phenomena in the Adirondacks and Champlain Valley. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 397-412, 1 pi., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contrib., vol. 10. no. 84, 1902. Describes the striae, character of ice movement and glacial deposits of the region, and discusses the erosion history of the Adirondacks. Includes table of striae. 2. An analcite-bearing camptonite from New Mexico. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 500-507, 4 figs, 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept.. Contrib., vol. 10, no. 85, 1902. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence and character of the campto¬ nite and compares with rocks of similar composition from other regions. 3. Geological notes on the vicinity of Banff, Alberta. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 408-414, 4 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology and the character and origin of physiographic features of this region. 4. The effect of superglacial debris on the advance and retreat of some Canadian glaciers. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 722-743, 11 figs., 1904. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 255 Ogilvie (Ida H.)—Continued. 5. The high altitude conoplain; a topographic form illustrated in the Ortiz Mountains [New Mexico], Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 27-34,1 pi., 1905. Discusses the conditions of rainfall and erosion by which the conoplain is produced. 6. Geology of the Paradox Lake quadrangle, New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 96, pp. 461-508, 17 pis., 3 figs., and map, 1905. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of Cambrian strata, and in detail the physiography, glaciology, and petrography of the area. O’Harra (Cleophas C.). 1. Black Hills ore deposits. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, pp. 97-100, 1901. Describes the occurrence of the gold ores. 2. The mineral wealth of the Black Hills [South Dakota]. S. Dak. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 3,136 pp., 31 pis., 1902; S. Dak. School of Mines, Bull. no. 6, Dept of Geol., pp. 1-88, 22 pis., 1902. Gives a general geological sketch cf the geology of the Black Hills and describes the occur¬ rence of the minerals. 3. The geology and mineralogy of the Black Hills region. Black Hills, South Dakota. Papers read before the Black Hills Mining Men’s Assoc., pp. 119- 127, 1904. Am. Mg. Cong., 6th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 87-93, 1904. Describes the general topographic and geologic features and character of the rocks of the region, and gives notes upon the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of the ore deposits, chiefly gold ores. O’Harra (C. C.), Darton (N. H.) and. 1. Aladdin folio, Wyoming-South Dokota-Montana. See Darton (N. H.) and O’Harra (C. C.), 1. Ohly (J.). 1. The origin of petroleum. Different theories which have been advanced and the circumstances for and against them. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 532-533, 1902. Oliphant (F. H.). 1. [In discussion of paper by R. Pearson on “The discovery of natural gas in Sussex, Heathfield district.”] Inst. Mg. Engrs. [Engl.], Trans., vol. 26, pp. 505-506 [1904]. A short note in regard to the distribution of natural gas in the United States. 2. Petroleum. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of U. S. for 1903, pp. 635-718, 1904. Includes a table showing the stratigraphic position of petroleum-producing horizons in the Appalachian and Lima-Indiana fields. Olsson-Seffer (Pehr). 1. Examination of organic remains in post-Glacial deposits. Am. Nat., vol. 37, pp. 785-797, 2 figs., 1903. Discusses methods of collecting and examining plant remains from Quaternary deposits, particularly from peat-bogs. Ordonez (Ezequiel). 1. Las rhyolitas de Mexico. M6xic.o Inst. Geol., Bui. no. 14, 75 pp., 5 pis., 1900; no. 15, 76 pp., 11 pis., 1901. Describes the macroscopic and microscopic characters of the rhyolites and their distribution. 2. La industria minera en Mexico. Ciencia y Arte, Mexico, 1901,19 pp. (Not seen.) 3. The mining district of Pachuca, Mexico. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 719-721, 1901. Contains notes on the geology and mineralization of the region. 4. The onyx-marble deposits of Jimulco, Coahuila [Mexico]. Soc, Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem., vol. 15, pp. 381-385, 1901. 256 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ordonez (Ezequiel)—Continued. 5. Les cendres d’un volcan pres du Santa Maria (Guatemala). Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., vol. 18, pp. 33-36,1902. Describes materials ejected from a volcano near Santa Maria. 6. The mining district of Pachuca, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 224-241, 1902. Includes an account of the topography and geology of the area and the ore formations. 7. Le Xinantacatl ou volcan Nevado de Toluca [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., vol. 18, pp. 83-112, 5 pis., 1902. Describes physiographic features, the character and occurrence of igneous rocks, and the history of its volcanic activity, and compares its physical features with those of other Mexican volcanoes. 8. El Sahcab de Yucatan. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., t. 18, pp. 217-223, 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of some geologic formations in this part of Mexico. 9. Los volcanes de Zacapu, Michoacan [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., t. 18, pp. 257-265, 1 pi., 1902. Describes physiographic features of the volcanoes of this region and the character and occur¬ rence of igneous rocks. 10. Les dernieres eruptions du volcan de Colima [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., t. 20, pp. 99-104, 2 pis., 1903. Describes eruption phenomena and eruptive products of this volcano. 11. El mineral de Angangueo, Michoacan [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 59-74, 1 pi., 4 figs., 1904. Discusses vein phenomena and the occurrence of silver veins in a matrix of pyrite and galena. 12. Las aguas subterraneas de Amozoc [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., 1.1, pp. 117-120, 1904. Discusses the occurrence of underground water in the State of Puebla, Mexico. 13. Las cenizas del volcan de Santa Maria. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 229-234, 1904. Describes ashes from the volcano Santa Maria, Guatemala. 14. Description de las rocas [de los Estados de Chiapas y Tabasco]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Bol. no. 20, pp. 101-113, 1905. Describes the petrographic characters of igneous and volcanic rocks from the States of Chia¬ pas and Tabasco, Mexico. 15. Los Xalapazces del Estado de Puebla. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Parer., 1.1, pp. 293-344, 4 pis. and 1 map, 1905. Describes the physiographic features and geologic structure of the district. 16. Las Barrancas de las Minas y de Tatatila [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., t. 1, pp. 119-133, 1 pi., 1905. Includes notes on the geology of the region. 17. Los crateres de Xico [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., t. 1, pp. 19-24, 1 fig., 1905. Describes physiographic features and geologic structure of the Island of Xico in Lake Chaleo, Mexico. 18. El Nauchampatepetl 6 Cofre de Perote [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., t. 1, pp. 151-168, 4 pis., 1905. Describes the physiographic features and geologic structure. Ordonez (Ezequiel) and Bose (E.). 1. Apuntes para la geologia del valle de .Chilpancingo [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem., vol. 14, pp. 5-12, 2 figs., 1899. Contains observations on the geology of this area. Ordonez (E.), Lazo (A. M.) and. 1. Las canteras de San Lorenzo Totolinga y Echagaray [Mexico]. See Lazo (A. M.) and Orddnez (E.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 257 Orr (William). 1. An outline of eight excursions for the study of the physical geography and geol¬ ogy of Springfield [Massachusetts] and vicinity. Published for the Springfield Geological Club by the City Library Association, Springfield, Mass., 16 pp., 2 pis., 1901. Ortmann (Arnold E.). 1. The theories of the origin of the Antarctic faunas and floras. Am. Nat., vol. 35, pp. 139-142, 1901. Reviews the literature on the subject. 2. Ueber die Decapoden-Gattungen Linuparus und Podocrates. Centralbl. f. Min., Geol., u. Pal., pp. 713-714, 1901. Discusses the relationships of these genera of Crustacea. 3. The geographical distribution of freshwater decapods and its bearing upon ancient geography. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 41, pp. 267-400, 8 figs., 1902. Includes a discussion of the geography of the earth’s surface during Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary times. Orton (Edward). 1. Petroleum and natural gas in New York. N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Kept., vol. 1, pp. 391-526, 3 maps, 1901. See Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 188, Orton no. 4172. Orton (Edward, jr.). 1. The organization and work of the Geological Survey of Ohio. Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th ser., Bull. no. 1, pp. i-xxi, 1903. Gives an outline of the work and publications of the preceding and present organizations of the geological survey of Ohio.' Orton (Edward, jr.) and Peppel (S. V.). 1. The lime resources of Ohio available for Portland-cement manufacture. Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th ser., Bull. no. 3, pp. 88-101,1904. Discusses the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of limestones in Ohio suitable for use in manufacture of cements. Gives a table with many analyses of limestone. Osann (A.). 1. Beitriige zur Geologie und Petrographie der Apache (Davis) Mts., Westtexas. Tschermak’s Min. & Petrogr. Mitt., N. F., Bd. 15, pp. 394-456, 2 pis. and 1 fig., 1896. Decribes the general geology of the region, the occurrence of igneous and Carboniferous and Cretaceous sedimentary rocks, and the petrographic characters of the igneous rocks. 2. Notes on certain Archaean rocks of the Ottawa Valley [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 12, pp. 1 o-84 o, 12 figs., 11 pis., 1902. Discusses petrology of this region and occurrence and characters of economic minerals. Osborn (Henry Fairfield). 1. The recent progress of vertebrate paleontology in America. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 45-49,1901. Abstract of lecture delivered at Trinity College, Hartford, Conn. 2. Recent zoo-paleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 330-331,1901. Contains notes on papers relating to the John Day beds and to the Kansas chalk. 3. Recent zoo-paleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 699-700, 1901. Reviews Wortman’s work on the Carnivora and Gidley’s work on Pleistocene horses. 4. Des m6thodes precises mises actuellement en oeuvere dans l’^tude des vert£bres fossiles des £tats-Unis d’Amerique. Intern. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, viii session, pp. 353-356, 2 pis., 1901. 5. Correlation des horizons de mammiferes Tertiaires en Europe et en Am£rique. Intern. Cong. Geol., .Compte Rendu, viii Session, pp. 357-363,1901. Bull. 301—06-17 258 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Osborn (Henry Fairfield)—Continued. 6. Systematic revision of the American Eocene primates and of the rodent family Myxodectidse. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, p. Ill, 1901. 7. Homoplasy as a law of latent or potential homology. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 259-271, 6 figs., 1902. Discusses the independent evolution of identical structures in teeth of different families of mammals as a form of homology which has heretofore been defined as homoplasy. 8. The law of adaptive radiation. Am. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 353-363, 3 figs., 1902. Quotes from the author’s previous papers bearing upon this law and shows how it is exhib¬ ited in the geographic distribution of orders, families, and related contemporaneous forms^ 9. Dolichocephaly and brachycephaly in the lower mammals. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 77-89, 5 figs., 1902. Discusses these factors in cranial evolution and their correlation with similar ones in the trunk and limbs. 10. The four phyla of Oligocene Titanotheres. Titanothere contributions* no. 4. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 91-109,13 figs., 1902. Discusses the general characters of the material and their stratigraphic position. 11. American Eocene Primates and the supposed rodent family Mixodectidae. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 169-214, 40 figs., 1902. Points out the synonymous genera and describes the species, including several new ones. 12. Distinctive characters of the mid-Cretaceous fauna. Can. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Can. Paleont., vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 5-21,1902. Discusses relative age and correlation of Cretaceous formations and the relations of their faunas and gives in tabular form the geologic distribution of Cretaceous vertebrates. 13. Recent zoopaleontology—new vertebrates of the mid-Cretaceous. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 673-676,1902. Gives an abstract of a report by Henry F. Osborn a'nd Lawrence M. Lambe on “ Vertebrata from the mid-Cretaceous Rocks of the Northwest Territory of Canada.” 14. Recent zoopaleontology: a remarkable new mammal from Japan, its relationship to the Californian genus Desmostylus, Marsh—progress of the exploration for fossil horses—the perissodactyles typically polyphyletic. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 713-715, 1902. 15. Recent zoopaleontology: Triassic ichthyosaurs from California and Nevada— abandonment of the Oligocene and Miocene lake basin theory—studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 749-752, 1902. 16. Ornitholestes hermanni, a new compsognathoid dinosaur from the upper Jurassic. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 459-464, 3 figs v , 1903. 17. Glyptotherium texanum, a new glyptodont, from the lower Pleistocene of Texas. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 491-494, 1 pi., 1903. 18. The skull of Creosaurus. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 697-701, 2 figs., 1903. 19. The reptilian subclasses Diapsida and Synapsida and the early history of the Diaptosauria. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 1, pt. 8, pp. 451-507, 1 pi., 24 figs., 1903. Discusses classification, anatomy, and phylogeny of fossil reptiles and defines the major classification groups and genera. 20. Recent zoopaleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 312-314, 1903. Includes a brief discussion of the age of the Fort Union beds and related formations. 21. Recent zoopaleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 356-357, 1903. Discusses the age of the typical Judith River beds. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 259 Osborn (Henry Fairfield)—Continued. 22. Recent zoopaleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 673-674, 1903. Gives a comparison of the European and American Eocene horses. 23. Evolution of the Proboscidea in North America. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 249,1903. 24. On recent models and restorations of a number of extinct animals, with a discus¬ sion of their probable habits and mode of life. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 978, 1903. 25. Vertebrate paleontology in the United States Geological Survey. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 835-837, 1903. Describes the work being done to complete Professor Marsh’s monographs on the Titano- theres, Ceratopsia, Stegosauria, and Sauropoda. 26. Reclassification of the Reptilia. Am. Nat., vol. 38, pp. 93-115, 13 figs., 1904. Reviews the history and principles of classification of the Reptilia, proposes a new classifica¬ tion, and gives definitions of the higher groups. 27. Paleontological evidence for the original tritubercular theory. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 321-323, 1 pi., 1904. 28. Recent zoopaleontology. Field expeditions during the past season. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 35-36, 1904. 29. Recent advances in our knowledge of the evolution of the horse. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 43, pp. 156-157, 1904. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 717,1904. 30. An armadillo from the middle Eocene (Bridger) of North America. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 163-165, 1904. 31. New Oligocene horses. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 167-179, 2 pis. and 8 figs., 1904. 32. Manus, sacrum, and caudals of Sauropoda. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 181-190, 6 figs., 1904. 33. Teleorhinus browni—a teleosaur in the Fort Benton. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 239-240, 1904. 34. New Miocene rhinoceroses with revision of known species. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 307-326, 21 figs., 1904. 35. The great Cretaceous fish Portheus molossus Cope. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.; Bull., vol. 20, pp. 377-381, 1 pi. and 4 figs., 1904. 36. Revised list of casts, models, photographs, and restorations of fossil vertebrates of the Department of vertebrate paleontology of the American Museum of Natural History. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, Supplement, 52 pp., 8 figs., 1904. * 37. On the position of the bones of the forearm in the Opisthocoelia or Sauropoda. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 255-256, 1904. 38. On the use of the sandblast in cleaning fossils. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 256,1904. 39. A reclassification of the Reptilia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 256-257,1904. 40. On the primary components of vertebrae and their relations to ribs. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 257, 1904. 41. The classification of the Reptilia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 307-808,1904. 42. Fossil wonders of the West. The dinosaurs of the Bone-cabin quarry, being the first description of the greatest “find” of extinct animals ever made. The Century Magazine, vol. 68, pp. 680-694,18 figs., 1904. 260 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Osborn (Henry Fairfield)—Continued. 43. The evolution of the horse in America. First complete account of the American Museum explorations under the William C. Whitney fund. The Century Magazine, vol. 69, pp. 3-17,15 figs., 1905. 44. Ichthyosaurs: The evolution of fitness in ichthyosaurs. The Century Magazine, vol. 69, pp. 414-422, 7 figs., 1905. 45. Recent zoopaleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 315-316,1905. Gives an abstract of a lecture delivered by the author before the Society of Naturalists at the Philadelphia meeting upon the evolution and phylogeny of various vertebrate types. 46. Recent vertebrate paleontology. Fossil mammals of Mexico. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 931-932,1905. Gives notes upon the fossil mammals of Mexico and the present location of the specimens. 47. Recent vertebrate paleontology. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 188-189, 1905. Notes on exploration going on for vertebrate fossils and work in progress in museums and laboratories on vertebrate paleontology. 48. The present problems of paleontology. Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. 66, pp. 226-242, 1905. 49. Ten years’ progress in the mammalian paleontology of North America. Congr. intern, de Zool., 6e, Compt. rend., pp. 86-113, 15 pis., 7 figs., 1905; Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 199-229, 7 figs, 1905. Gives a resume of the progress in mammalian paleontology during the last ten years and indi¬ cates lines of exploration and research. Discusses phylogenetic relations of various mam¬ mals. 50. Tyrannosaurus and other Cretaceous carnivorous dinosaurs. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 259-265, 2 figs., 1905. 51. Skull and skeleton of the sauropodous dinosaurs, Morosaurus and Brontosaurus. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 374-376, 1905. 52. The evolution of the horse. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 74th Meeting, pp. 607-608, 1905. 53. Western explorations for fossil vertebrates. Pop. Sci. Monthly, v. 67, pp. 561-568, 6 figs., 1905. 54. [Phylogeny and classification of the Reptilia.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 294, 1905. 55. Evolution of the horse. Recent discoveries and studies. Congr. intern, de Zool., Sixieme, Compt. rend., p. 282,1905. Osborn (Henry Fairfield) and Granger (Walter). 1. Fore and hind limbs of Sauropoda from the Bone Cabin quarry [Wyoming]. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 199-208, 6 figs., 1901. Osg-ood ('Wilfred H.). 1. Scaphoceros tyrrelli, an extinct ruminant from the Klondike gravels. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 48 (Quart. Issue, vol. 3, pt. 2), pp. 173-185, 6 pis., 1905. Osmont (Vance C.). 1. A geological section of the Coast Ranges north of the Bay of San Francisco. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 37-87, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of stratified rocks of Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary age, and of igneous rocks observed in cross sections of the Coast Ranges of California, and the petrographical characters of the igneous rocks, and discusses the correlation of the Eocene strata, the geological structure along the sections, and the geologic history of the region. 2. Areas of the California Neocene. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 89-100, 4 pis., 1904. Gives systematic descriptions and discusses the occurrence of associated fossils, giving faunal lists. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 261 O’Sullivan (Owen). 1. Survey of the south and west coast of James Bay. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 173-179, 1 map, 1905. Includes observations on the geology of the region examined. Otsuka (S.). 1. A short sketch on the petroleum industry of Europe and America. [In Japa¬ nese.] Japan Geol. Surv., Bull., vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 1-82, 5 pis. (maps), 1903. Includes observations on the petroleum industry in the Appalachian region, Texas, and California. Owen (Luella Agnes). 1. The bluffs of the Missouri River. Intern. Geogr.-Kongr., Siebenter, Verh., pt. 2, pp. 686-690,1901. Describes loess deposits and discusses evidence as to their origin. 2. More concerning the Lansing skeleton. Bibliotheca Sacra, 73d yr., pp. 572-578, 190 Reviews the discussion as to the geological age of the Lansing skeleton. 3. The loess at St. Joseph [Missouri]. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 223-228, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of loess deposits at this point and discusses the origin of the loess. 4. Cave regions of the Ozarks and Black Hills. Cincinnati, The Editor Publishing Co., 1898. 228 pp., illus. 5. Evidence on the deposition of the loess. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 291-300, 1 pi., 1905. Discusses the occurrence and character of fossil mollusks in the loess at St. Joseph, Mo., and their bearing on the question of the origin of the loess. P. Palache (Charles). 1. A description of epidote crystals from Alaska. Am. Acad. \rts & Sci., Proc., vol. 37, pp. 531-535, 1 pi., 1902; Zeitsch. fur Kryst. u. Min., vol. 36, pp. 433-437, 1 pi,, 1902. 2. The Alaska-Treadwell mine. Notes on the geology of the mine and vicinity. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 59-66, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology, the occurrence and petrographic characters of the rocks, the occurrence of the gold ore deposits, and the mining operations. 3. Geology about Chichagof Cove, Stepovak Bay, with notes on Popof and Unga Islands. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 69-88, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of sedimentary and igneous rocks, and the petrographic characters of the latter. 4. Notes on the minerals collected [by the Harriman Alaska expedition]. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 91-96, 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of some minerals, and gives a list of minerals obtained and their localities. Palache (Charles) and Fraprie (F. R.). 1. (1) Babingtonite from Somerville, Massachusetts. (2) Babingtonite from Athol, Massachusetts. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., Proc., vol. 38, pp. 383-393, 2 pis., 1902. Describes occurrence, crystallography, and chemical analysis. Palache (Charles) and Wood (H. O.). 1. A crystallographic study of millerite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 343-359, 5 figs., 1904. Palache (C.), Jag-gar (T. A., jr.) and. 1. Bradshaw Mountains folio, Arizona. See Jaggar (T. A., jr.) and Palache (C.), 1. 262 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Palache (Charles), Lawson (Andrew C.) and. 1. The Berkeley Hills [California]. A detail of Coast Range geology. See Lawson (A. C.) and Palache (C.), 1. 2. The Berkeley Hills [California]. A detail of Coast Range geology. See Lawson (A. C.) and Palache (C.), 2. Palache (Charles), Wolff (John E.) and. 1. Apatite from Minot, Maine. See Wolff (J. E.) and Palache (C.), 1. Palmer (Charles M.). 1. Chrysocolla: a remarkable case of hydration. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 45-48, 1908. Gives composition and describes absorption of water. Palmer (T. S.). 1. North American Fauna, no. 23. Index generum mammalium: a list of the genera and families of mammals. U. S. Dept. Agric., Div. Biol. Surv., 984 pp., 1904. Includes also the fossil forms. Park (Emma J.). 1. Winoka gravels, supposed Tertiary deposits. Origin of deposits. Drury College, Bradley Geol. Field Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 14-19,1904. Describes gravel deposits of southwestern Missouri and discusses their age. Park (Emma J.) and Lyman (Kate). * 1. The Springfield water supply. Description of springs and the geology of the dis¬ trict. Drury Coll., Bradley Geol. Field Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 45-49,1905. 2. The Hannibal formation in Greene County [Missouri]. Drury Coll., Bradley Geol. Field Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 79-80,1905. Park (James). 1. On the cause of border-segregation in some igneous magmas. Mg. Rep., vol. 51, pp. 481-482, 1905. Parker (Charles A.). 1. Evidences of rheumatoid arthritis in the Lansing man. Am. Geol., vol, 33, pp. 89-42, 1 fig., 1904. Describes anatomical features of the fossil human bones discovered near Lansing, Kansas. Parkinson (John). 1. The hollow spherulites of the Yellowstone and Great Britain. Lond. Geol. Soc., Quart. Jour., vol. 57, pp. 211-225, 1 pi., 4 figs., 1901. Describes the author’s observations in the Yellowstone region and discusses the origin of spherulites. 2. Some lake basins in Alberta and British Columbia. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. iv, vol. 8, pp. 97-101,1 pi., 1901. Describes the physiography of the region and the character of the lake basins. Parks (William Arthur). 1. The Huronian of the Moose River Basin [Ontario]. Toronto Univ., Studies, Geol. Series, no. 1, 35 pp., 1 map, 1900. Discusses the occurrence, character, and classification of the Huronian rocks of the region. 2. The country east of Nipigon Lake and River [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 103-107, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in this area. 3. Region lying northeast of Nipigon Lake. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 211-220,1903. Gives observations upon the physiography, geology, and economic resources of the region examined. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 263 Parks (William Arthur)—Continued. 4. Fossiliferous rocks of southwest Ontario. Ontario Bur. Mines, [12th] Rept., pp. 141-156,1903. Describes location, lithologic and stratigraphic features of outcrops of Silurian and Devonian strata of southwest Ontario, and gives lists of fossils obtained and diseusses economic resources. 5. Devonian fauna of Kwataboahegan River [Ontario]. Ontario Bur. Mines, Rept., 1904, pt. 1, pp. 180-191, 8 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence of Devonian fossils in the Moose River basin of Ontario, and givse systematic descriptions of new species. 6. A remarkable parasite from the Devonian rocks of the Hudson Bay slope. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 135-140, 6 figs., 1904. 7. The study of stratigraphy. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 168-176, 1904. Discusses the necessity of stratigraphy and paleontology in the geologic investigations of eco¬ nomic resources. 8. The geology of a district from Lake Timiskaming northward [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 198-225, 1905. Describes the geology of the district and the occurrence and relations of ore deposits contain¬ ing cobalt. 9. Formation of coal beds and life of the coal forming age. Abstract: Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 21, p. 67, 1905. Parsons (Arthur L.). 1. Recent developments in the gypsum industry in New York State. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. r 177-r 183, 1902. 2. The gypsum deposits of New York state. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 855-856,1904. 3. Peat: its formation, uses, and occurrence in New York. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 15-88, 1905. 4. Notes on the gypsum industry in New York. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 89-157, 3 pis., 1905. Parsons (H. F.) and Liddell (Charles A.). 1. The coal and mineral resources of Routt County [Colorado]. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull. vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 47-59, illus., 1903. Describes the geology, the location of the coal districts, the character and occurrence of the Cretaceous coals, and the occurrence of other mineral deposits, chiefly gold. Patten (William). 1. New facts concerning Bothriolepis. Biological Bulletin, vol. 7, pp. 113-124, 6 figs., 1904. 2. Studies relating to the origin of vertebrates. Abstract: Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 3,1904, p. 140, 1905. Outlines work upon the ostracoderms and ihur systematic position. Patton (Horace Bushnell). 1. Abstracts of papers read before Section E of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, August 26-29, 1901. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 794-800,1901. 2. Synopsis of paper on the development of pseudomorphs. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 103-107, 7 figs., 1903. Discusses the methods of alteration of minerals and describes dolomite and calcite crystals from Colorado. 3. Fault-planes in the Dakota fire-clay beds at Golden, Colorado. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, p. 583,1904. 4. Faults in the Dakota formation at Golden, Colorado. Colo. Sch. Mines, Bull., vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 26-32, 2 figs., 1905. 264 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Patton (Horace Bushnell)—Continued. 5. Lecture notes on crystallography. (Revised edition, largely rewritten.) New York, D. Van Nostrand Company, 1905. 47 pp. Patton (Horace Bushnell), Diller (Joseph Silas) and. 1. The geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park. See Diller (J. S.) and Patton (H. B.), 1. Payne (Henry M.). 1. The Tug River coal field [West Virginia]. A description of the general geology of the region and of the qualities of the coal. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 391-393, 3 figs., 1905. Peale (A. C.). 1. The classification of mineral waters with especial reference to the characteristics and geographic distribution of the medicinal springs of the United States. Cohen’s System of Physiologic Therapeutics, vol. 9, pp. 299-365, 1902. Pearce (Richard). 1. Notes on the occurrence of selenium with pyrite rich in gold and silver [from Mexico], and remarks on a gold nugget from Montana. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 6, pp. 157-159 [1902]. Pearson (Herbert W.). 1. Oscillations in the sea-level. Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 4, vol. 8, pp. 167-174, 223-231, 253-265, 1901. Contains discussions of certain observations in North America. 2. A nebulo-meteoric hypothesis of creation. Revised and edited by William F. Phelps. Duluth, Minn., J. J. LeTourneau & Co., 1902. 38 pp., 2 figs. 3. The place of the great raised beaches in geology. Assoc. Eng. Soc., Jour., vol. 32, pp. 78-90, 2 figs., 1904. Discusses the occurrence and elevation of raised beaches, the explanation of subsidences and elevations, and the formation and location of coal mines. Pearson (Karl). 1. The fossil man of Lansing, Kansas. Nature, vol. 68, p. 7, 1903. Discusses in the light of measurements of the bones the height of the individual. Peck (Frederick B.). 1. Preliminary notes oh the occurrence of serpentine and talc at Easton, Pa. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 13, pp. 419-430, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology and structure of the region and the occurrence of the crystal¬ line rocks and the alteration products. 2. The basal conglomerate in Lehigh and Northampton counties, Pennsylvania. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 291, 1903; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 154,1903. Describes its occurrence and characters. 3. Basal conglomerate in Lehigh and Northampton counties, Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 518-521,1904. Describes the character and occurrence of this formation in the area under consideration. 4. The Atlantosaur and Titanotherium beds of Wyoming. Wyoming Hist. & Geol. Soc., Proc. & Coll., vol. 8, pp. 25-41, 5 pis., 1904. Describes a geologic excursion in this region. Includes observations on the geology and paleontology of Jurassic and Cretaceous strata. 5. The cement belt in Lehigh and Northampton counties of Pennsylvania. A description of the geological formations. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, pp. 53-57, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the physiographic features and the general stratigraphy of the region and the character and occurrence of the cement rock. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 265 Peck (Frederick)—Continued. 6. The talc deposits of Phillipsburg, N. J., and Easton, Pa. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 161-185, 3 pis., 1905. Describes the occurrence, quarrying, and uses of talc deposits, and their character and geo¬ logic relations. Peckham. (Herbert E.). 1. On the bituminous deposits situated at the south and east of Cardenas, Cuba. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 33-41, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the occurrence and extent of these bituminous deposits. Peckham (S. F.). 1. [Remarks on paper by Herbert E. Peckham on the bituminous deposits near Cardenas, Cuba.] Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, p. 41, 1901. Peet (Charles Emerson). 1. Glacial and post-Glacial history of the Hudson and Champlain valleys. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 415-469, 617-660, 27 figs., 1904. Penck (Albrecht). 1. Climatic features in the land surface. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 165-174,1905. Discusses the shaping of the earth’s surface by river, glacial, and eolian agencies as influenced by climate conditions. Penfield (Safnuel L.). 1. On the chemical composition of childrenite. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 124-125, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 315-316, 1880.) 2. On the chemical composition of amblygonite. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 121-123,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 18, pp. 295-301,1879.). 3. On spangolite, a new copper mineral. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 168-175,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 39, pp. 370-378, 1890.) 4. On pearcite, a sulpharsenite of silver. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 252-260,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 17-20, 1896.) 5. On the chemical composition of hamlinite and its occurrence with bertrandite at Oxford County, Maine. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 287-290, 1901. < From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 4, pp. 313-316, 1897.) 6. Tables of minerals, including the uses of minerals and statistics of the domestic production. New Haven, Conn., 1903. 77 pp. 7. On crystal drawing. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 39-75, 59 figs., 1905. Describes methods of representing crystals. Penfield (Samuel L.) and Foote (H. W.). 1. On bixbyite, a new mineral. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 283-286,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 4, pp. 105-107,1897.) 2. On clinohedrite, a new mineral from Franklin, N. J. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 291-296, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 5, pp. 289-293, 1898.) Penfield (Samuel L.) and Ford (W. E.). 1. On calaverite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 225-245, 30 figs., 1901. Describes occurrence and crystallographic characters of the material. 266 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Penfield (S. L.) and Jamieson (G. S.). 1. On tychite, a new mineral from Borax Lake, California, and on its artificial pro¬ duction and its relations to northupite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 217-224, 1905. Zeitschr. f. Krystall. u. Min., Bd. 41, pp. 235-242, 1905 [German translation]. Describes the occurrence, character, and composition of tychite, a new mineral from California and its relation to northupite. Penfield (Samuel L.) and Pirsson (L. V.). 1. Contributions to mineralogy and petrography, from the laboratories of the Sheffield Scientific School of Yale University. Yale Bicentennial publications. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. August, 1901. 482 pp. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 322-323,1901; Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, p. 398,1901. Penfield (Samuel L.) and Pratt (J. H.). 1. On the occurrence of thaumasite at West Paterson, New Jersey. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 246-251,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 1, pp. 229-233, 1896.) Penfield (Samuel L.) and Warren (C. H.). 1. Some new minerals from the zinc mines at Franklin, N. J., and note concerning the chemical composition of ganomalite. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 325-342,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 339-353, 1899.) Penfield (S. L.), Hillebrand (W. F.) and. 1. Some additions to the alunite jarosite group of minerals. See Hillebrand (W. F.) and Penfield (S. L.), 1. Penfield (S. L.), Wells (H. L.) and. 1. On a new occurrence of sperrylite. See Wells (H. L.) and Penfield (S. L.), 1. Penhallow (D. P.). 1. Notes on the North American species of Dadoxylon, with special reference to type material in the collections of the Peter Redpath Museum, McGill College. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 51-97,18 figs., 1900. 2. A decade of North American Paleobotany, 1890-1900. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 161-176, 1901. Presidential address before the Society of Plant Morphology and Physiology. 3. Osmundites skidegatensis n. sp. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8,.sect. 4, pp. 3-30, 6 pis., 3 figs., 1902. Describes megascopic characters and microscopic structure of this fossil plant. 4. Notes on Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of Canada. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 8, sect. 4, pp. 31-92, 10 pis., 8 figs., 1902. 5. Notes on Tertiary plants. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 9, sect. 4, pp. 33-71, 29 figs., 1903. Gives descriptions of plants, especially of internal structure as revealed by microscopic sections, of early Tertiary age, based upon material obtained by the British North American Boundary Commission. 6. Notes on Tertiary plants from Canada and the United States. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 10, sect. 4, pp. 57-76, 1904. Describes two new species and gives notes upon the occurrence of a number of others in Tertiary and Pleistocene deposits. 7. A blazing beach. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 794-796,1905. Describes burning of gas upon the beach at Kittery Point and explains its cause. Penhallow (D. P.) and Ami (H. M.). 1. Determinations of fossil plants from various localities in British Columbia and the Northwest territories, with notes on the geological horizons indicated. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 389-392, 1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 267 Penrose (R. A. F., jr.). 1. Present condition of gold mining in Arctic America. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 807-809, 852-853, illus., 1903. Peppel (S. V.). 1. Gypsum deposits in Ohio. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 38-44, 3 pis., 1904. Describes character and distribution, economic development, and geologic relations of gypsum deposits occurring in Silurian strata of Ohio. Peppel (S. V.), Orton (Edward, jr.) and. 1. The lime resources of Ohio available for Portland-cement manufacture. See Orton (Edward, jr.) and Peppel (S. V.), 1. Perkins (George H.). 1. Report on the marble, slate, and granite industries of Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Kept. State Geol., 68 pp., 23 figs., 1898. Describes occurrence and geologic position of the marbles, slates, and granites of Vermont. 2. Report of State geologist on the mineral resources of Vermont, 1899-1900. Burlington, Vermont, 1900. 83 pp., 29 figs. Describes the occurrence of copper, slate, and building and ornamental stones. 3. Sketch of the life of Zadock Thompson. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 65-70, por., 1902; Kept. Vt. State Geol., Ill, pp. 7-13, por., 1902. 4. Report of the State geologist on the mineral industries and geology of certain areas of Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Kept. Ill (of this series), 191 pp., 64 pis., 1902. 5. List of reports on the geology of Vermont, 1845-1900 [and] List of publications on the geology of Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Kept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 14-21,1902. 6. Report on mineral industries [Vermont]. Vt. Geol. Surv., Kept. State Geol.. Ill, pp. 31-45, 3 pis., 1902. Discusses the occurrence of minerals and building and ornamental stones. 7. The geology of Grand Isle [Vermont]. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 102-173, 43 pis., 2 figs., 1902. Describes the geographic and geologic occurrence and history of the formations of this island. 8. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Vermont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 73-93, 1904. 9. List of works on the geology of Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 16-21, 1904. 10. Mineral resources of Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV., pp. 22-66, 33 pis., 1904. Reviews the economic resources and the mining and quarrying industries of Vermont. 11. Geology of Grand Isle County [Vermont]. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 103-143, 33 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Describes the topographic and physiographic features and general geology, and the occur¬ rence, character, and relations of Ordovician strata and Glacial deposits. 12. On the lignite or brown coal of Brandon and its fossils. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 153-162,1 flg., 1904. Gives a historical sketch of the investigations upon the lignite fossils. 13. Description of species [of fossil fruits] found in the Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 174-212, 7 pis., 1904. 14. Hydrology of Vermont. A summary of investigations upon the drinking waters of Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 213-227, 1904. 268 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Perkins (George H.)—Continued. 15. Underground waters of eastern United States: Vermont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 60-67. 1 fig., 1905. Describes the water supply of Vermont. 16. Mineral resources of Vermont. Am. Mg. Cong., 7th Ann. Sess., Kept, of Proc., pp. 161-165,1905. 17. Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Vermont, and its fossils. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 499-516, 2 pis. and 1 fig., 1905. Gives an account of the location, extent, and character of a deposit of Tertiary lignite in Vermont, and describes the fossils obtained from it. Perkins (W. R.), Logan (W. N.) and. 1. The underground waters of Mississippi, a preliminary report. See Liogan (W. N.) and Perkins (W. R.), 1. Perry (Joseph H.). 1. Notes on the geology of Mount Kearsarge, New Hampshire. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 403-412, 2 figs., 1903. Describes the petrologic characters of the rocks composing this mountain. 2. Geology of the Monadnock Mountain, New Hampshire. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 1-14, 5 figs., 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and relations of the granites, schists, and other rocks of the Monadnock Mountain, and discusses their age and the reasons for the survival of the mountain. Perry (Joseph H.) and Emerson (Benjamin K.). 1. The geology of Worcester, Massachusetts. Worcester Nat. Hist. Soc., 166 pp., illus., 1903. Describes character, occurrence, and relations of rocks of Worcester, and gives an account of the general geology of the surrounding region. Peter (Alfred M.). 1. Report of the Division of Chemistry [of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station]. Ky. Agric. Exp. Sta., 13th Ann. Kept., for the year 1900, pp. xi-xxxiv [1904?]. Includes chemical analyses of crude petroleum, phosphatic limestone, and mineral waters. Peters (W. J.). 1. Itinerary and topographic methods [of a reconnaissance in northern Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 20, pp. 18-25, 1904. Peterson (O. A.). 1. Osteology of Oxydactylus, a new genus of camels from the Loup Fork of Nebraska, with descriptions of two new species. Carnegie Mus., Ann., vol. 2, pp. 434-476,12 pis., 3 figs., 1904. 2. Recent observations upon Dsemonelix. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 344-345,1904. 3. Description of new rodents and discussion of the origin of Daemonelix. Carnegie Mus., Mem., vol. 2, pp. 139-202, 5 pis., 11 figs., 1905. 4. Preliminary note on a gigantic mammal from the Loup Fork beds of Nebraska. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 211-212,1905. Notes the occurrence and gives a brief description of Dinochoerus hollandi n. gen. and sp. 5. A correction of the generic name (Dinochoerus) given to certain fossil remains from the Loup Fork Miocene of Nebraska. Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 719,1905. Proposes the name Dinohyus for Dinochoerus (preoccupied). Peterson (O. A.) and Gilmore (C. W.). 1. Elosaurus parvus; a new genus and species of the sauropoda. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 490-499, 1 pi., 10 figs., 1902. FOE THE YEARS 190M905, INCLUSIVE. 269 Phalen (W. 0.). 1. Notes on the rocks of Nugsuaks Peninsula and its environs, Greenland. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 45, pp. 183-212, 3 pis., 1904. Describes characters and occurrence of rocks from northern Greenland. 2. A new occurrence of unakite—a preliminary paper. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 45 (Quart. Issue, vol. 1, pts. 3 and 4), pp. 306-316, 3 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurrence and characters of unakite and associated rocks at Milams Gap, Virginia. Phillips (Alexander H.). 1. Radium in an American ore. Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. 43, pp. 157-160, 1904. Describes the occurrence and composition of carnotite from Utah and Colorado, and the extraction of radium therefrom. Phillips (William Battle). 1. Texas petroleum. Texas Univ. Min. Surv., Bull. no. 1, p'p. 1-102, 1901. Describes the nature and origin of petroleum and the oil and gas-bearing horizons of Texas. 2. The Beaumont oil field, Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp. 175-176,1901. Contains notes on the geology of the region. 3. The zinc-lead deposits of southwest Arkansas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp. 431-432, 1901. Contains brief notes on the character and occurrence of the ore. 4. The bat guano caves of Texas. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 440-442, 6 figs., 1901. Describes occurrence and chemical character of the material. 5. Report of progress for 1901. Sulphur, oil, and quicksilver in trans-Pecos Texas. Texas Univ. Mineral Surv., Bull. no. 2, 43 pp., 12 pis., map, 1902. Contains general geologic notes on certain State lands, a description of the sulphur deposits of El Paso County, and of the quicksilver deposits of Brewster County, and includes reports by E. M. Skeates. 6. Coal, lignite, and asphalt rocks [Texas]. Texas Univ. Mineral Surv., Bull. no. 3, 137 pp., 26 figs., 11 pis., 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of the coals, lignites, and asphalts and associated rocks at various localities in the State. Portions of the report were prepared by R. C. Brooks, B. F. Hill, and H. W. Harper. 7. Report of progress of the University of Texas Mineral Survey for the year ending December 31, 1903. Tex. Univ. Min. Surv., Bull. no. 7, 14 pp., 1904. Gives an outline of the geologic work of the survey. 8. A new quicksilver field in Brewster County, Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 160-161, 1904. Describes the occurrence of the ore and the general geology of the district in which it occurs. 9. Lead ore in Burnett County, Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 364, 1904. Describes the occurrence of lead ore and gives observations upon the geology of the region. 10. Extension of the quicksilver district in Brewster County, Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, p. 212, 1904. 11. Condition of the quicksilver industry in Brewster County, Texas. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 553-554, 1904. Contains notes on the occurrence of the quicksilver ores of this region. 12. The coal, lignite, and asphalt rocks of Texas. Western Soc. Engrs., Jour., vol. 9, pp. 571-592, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the occurrence of coal, lignite, and asphalt in Texa*. 270 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Phillips (William Battle)—Continued. 13. A coking coal in Chihuahua [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 661-662, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and geological relations of coal beds in Chihuahua, Mexico. 14. The quicksilver deposits of Brewster County, Texas. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 155-162, 3 pis., 1905. Describes the general geology, and the character, occurrence, and relations of the ore depos¬ its of cinnabar. Pierce (S. J.). 1. The Cleveland water-supply tunnel [Ohio]. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 380-385, 1901. Describes the quicksands and clays and other material penetrated in driving this tunnel. Pilsbry (Henry A.). 1. Crustacea of the Cretaceous formation of New Jersey. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc.,1901, pp. 111-118, 1 pi., 1901. Piper (C. V.). 1. The basalt mounds of-Columbia lava. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 824-825, 1905. Describes the occurrence of these mounds in eastern Washington and their nature, and dis¬ cusses their origin. Pirsson (Louis Valentine). 1. Petrography of the rocks of Yogo Peak [Montana]. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 436-456, 1901. (Abstract from U. S. Geol, Surv., 20th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp.471-488,1900.) 2. On mordenite. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 176-182, 1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 40, pp. 232-237, 1890.) 3. On the petrography of Square Butte in the High wood Mountains of Montana. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 415-435,1901. (From Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., vol. 6, pp. 389-422, 1895.) 4. Petrography and geology of the igneous rocks of the Highwood Mountains, Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 237, 208. pp., 7 pis. and 8 figs., 1905. 5. The petrographic province of central Montana. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 35-49, 1905. Defines the province as shown by various evidences of consanguinity, gives its general law. and describes the geographic arrangement of the magmas, their differentiation, and types. Pirsson (L. V.) and Washington (H. S.). 1. Contributions to the geology of New Hampshire. I. Geology of the Belknap Mountains. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 344-352, 1 pi. (map), 1905. Describes the occurrence and characters of a group of igneous rocks. Pirsson (Louis V.), Cross (Whitman), Iddings (Joseph P.), and Washington (Henry S.). 1. A quantitative chemico-mineralogical classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks. 2. Quantitative classification of igneous rocks. See Cross (W.), Iddings (J. P.), Pirsson (L. V.),and Washington (H. S.), 1, 2. Pirsson (Louis V.), Penfield (Samuel L.) and. 1. Contributions to mineralogy and petrography, from the laboratories of the Shef¬ field Scientific School of Yale University. See Penfield (S. L.) and Pirsson (L. V.), 1. t FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 271 Pirsson (Louis V.), Weed (Walter H.) and. 1. Missourite, a new leucite rock from the Highwood Mountains of Montana. See Weed (Walter H.) and Pirsson (Louis V.), 1. 2. Geology of the Shonkin Sag and Palisade Butte laccoliths in the Highwood Moun¬ tains of Montana. See Weed (W. H.) and Pirsson (L. V.), 2. Plotts (William). 1. Origin of petroleum, coal, etc.; being an expert treatise on the actual occurrence of those products in strata of the earth crust. Whittier, California, 1905. 29 pp. [Private publication.] Discusses the occurrence of petroleum and coal, and the reasons therefor. Plumb (Carlton H.). 1. The Tercio coal mining district, Colorado. Drury Coll., Bradley Geol. Field Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 94-100, 1905. Contains notes on the occurrence and character of the coal seams. Pompeckj (J. F.)f 1. Jura-fossilien aus Alaska. Kais. Russ. Mineralog. Gesell., St. Petersburg, Verh., ser. 2, Band. 38, pp. 239-282, 3 pis., 1900. Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. 35, pp. 420-421, 1901. Poole (Henry S.). 1. Stigmaria structure. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 345-347, 2 pis., 1902. 2. The coal-fields of New Brunswick, Canada. Inst. Mg. Engrs. [England], Trans., vol. 23, pp. 40-47, 1902. Discusses the geologic occurrence of coal in this area. 3. The coal problem in New Brunswick. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 204-206, 1902. Discusses possibilities of coal production in the province. 4. Notes on Dr. Ami’s paper on Dictyonema slates of Angus Brook, New Canaan, and Kentville, N. S. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 10, pp. 451-454, 1903. 5. Notes on the geology of Anthracite, Alberta. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 147-149, 1903. Describes geologic features developed by the coal mining operations. 6. The Carboniferous rocks of Chignecto Bay. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 377-382, 1903. Describes results of geologic examination of the Carboniferous area of this region. 7. A submerged tributary to the great pre-Glacial river of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Can. Roy. Soc M Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 9, sect. 4, pp. 143-147, 1 fig., 1903. 8. Report on the coal prospects of New Brunswick. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 13, 26 pp., 1903. Describes the geologic structure of the Carboniferous field in New Brunswick, its correlation with that of Nova Scotia, and the probable location of coal beds and their character. In an appendix gives detailed records of borings. 9. A trip to West Virginia. Nova Scotia Mg. Soc., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 127-131, 1904. Includes observations upon the coals anu coal fields of West Virginia. 10. Report on the Piotou coal field of Nova Scotia. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. M, 38 pp., 1 map, 1904. Describes the structure and stratigraphy of the field, and the occurrence and character of the coal seams, and the mining operations. 272 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Poole (Henry S.)—Continued. 11. Is there coal under Prince Edward Island? Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 11, pp. 1-7,1905. Discusses the indications afforded by the geological structure of the island and adjoining regions as to the presence of coal in the strata underlying the island. Porter (Fred B.). 1. Analyses of the Mississippian (Subcarboniferous) limestone from the Atchison [Kansas] prospect well. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, p. 52,1901. Porter (T. C.). 1. Volcanic dust from the West Indies. Nature, vol. 66, pp. 131-132, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the characters of volcanic dust derived from recent eruptions. Powers (H. C.). 1. The smoking bluffs of the Missouri River region. Sioux City Acad. Sci. and Letters, vol. 1, pp. 57-60,1904. Describes the phenomenon and explains it as due to disintegration under atmospheric action of the iron pyrites in Cretaceous deposits. Prather (John K.). 1. On the fossils of the Texas Cretaceous, especially those collected at Austin and Waco. Tex. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, pp. 85-87, 1901. Discusses the occurrence of fossils and gives faunal lists. 2. A preliminary report on the Austin chalk underlying Waco, Texas, and the adjoining territory. Tex. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 4, pt. 2, no. 8, pp. 1-8, [115-122], 1 pi., 1902. Describes the lithology and stratigraphy of this formation and the underlying marl. 2. Glauconite. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 509-513, 1 pi., 1905. Discusses the occurrence, character, and origin of glauconite from the Cretaceous of New Jersey. 4. The Atlantic Highlands section of the New Jersey Cretacic. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 162-178, 3 pis., 1905. Describes the occurrence, relations, and lithologic characters of Cretaceous formations in eastern New Jersey, and gives a list of the fossils from the Navesink marl. Pratt (Joseph Hyde). 1. A peculiar iron of supposed meteoric origin from Davidson County, North Caro¬ lina. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., 17th year, pt. 2, pp. 21-26,1901. Describes character of the material and gives chemical analysis. 2. The occurrence and distribution of corundum in the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 180, pp. 1-98,14 pis., 14 figs., 1901. Describes the modes of occurrence and distribution of corundum and the corundum localities in the United States. 3. On northupite; pirssonite, a new mineral; gay-lussite and hanksite from Borax Lake, San Bernardino County, California. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 261-274, 1901. (From Am. - Jour. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 128-135, 1896.) 4. The mining industry in North Carolina during 1900. N. C. Geol. Surv., Economic Papers, no. 4, 36 pp., 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence of economic products and minerals. 5. Gold deposits of Arizona. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 795-796, 2 figs., 1902. Presents a map showing the location of the various gold deposits and describes the occurrence of gold ores in certain districts. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 273 Pratt (Joseph Hyde)—Continued. 6. Gold mining in the southern Appalachians. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 241-242, 1902. 7. Marble and talc of North Carolina. Stone, vol. 24, pp. 145-149, 1902. Describes the occurrence of the talc and accompanying marble. 8. The mining industry in North Carolina during 1901. N. C. Geol. Surv., Economic Paper, no. 6, 102 pp., 1902. Contains notes on the occurrence of economic products and minerals 9. The mining industry in North Carolina during 1902. N. C. Geol. Surv., Economic Paper, no. 7, 27 j»p., 1904. Contains notes on the occurrence of economic products and minerals. 10. The mining industry in North Carolina during 1903. N. C. Geol. Surv., Economic Paper no. 8, 74 pp., 1 pi. (map), 1904. 11. The mining industry in North Carolina during 1904. N. C. Geol. Surv., Economic Paper no. 9, 95 pp., 1 pi. (map), 1905. Pratt (Joseph Hyde) and Foote (H. W.). 1. On wellsite, a new material. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 275-282,1901. (From Am- Jour. Sci., vol. 3, pp. 443-448, 1897.) Pratt (Joseph Hyde) and Lewis (Joseph Volney). 1. Corundum and the peridotites of western North Carolina. N. C. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, 464 pp., 45 pis., 35 figs., 1905. Describes the geology, petrology, and mineralogy of the corundum-bearing rocks of western North Carolina, and the character and occurrence of corundum, chromite, and asbestos deposits, and discusses the origin of corundum. Pratt (Joseph Hyde) and Penfield (S. L.). 1. On the occurrence of thaumasite at West Paterson, New Jersey. See Penfield (S. L.) and Pratt (J. H.), 1. Pratt (Joseph Hyde) and Sterrett (Douglass B.). 1. The tin deposits of the Carolinas. N. C. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 19, 64 pp., 8 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, geologic relations, origin, and economic development of the tin-ore deposits of North Carolina and South Carolina. Pratt (Joseph Hyde) Struthers (Joseph) and. 1. Tin. See Struthers (Joseph) and Pratt (Joseph Hyde), 1. Pressey (Henry Albert). 1. Hydrography of the southern Appalachian Mountain region. Part I. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 62, pp. 1-95, 25 pis., 1902. Describes briefly the topography and geology of the region. 2. Hydrography of the southern Appalachian region. Part II. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 63, pp. 105-190, 19 pis., 1902. 3. Water powers of the State of Maine. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 69, 124 pp., 14 pis., 12 figs., 1902. Pressey (H. A.) and Myers (E. W.). 1. Hydrography of the southern Appalachians. Message from the President «of the United States, transmitting a report of the Secretary of Agriculture in relation to the forests, rivers, and mountains of the southern Appalachian region (Senate Doc. no. 84, 57th Cong., 1st sess.), pp. 123-142,10 pis., 1902. Describes physiographic features of the region. Pressey (Henry Albert) and others. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. See Merrill (F. J. H.) and others, 1. Bull. 301—06-18 274 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Prest (Walter EL). 1. Oil drift ice as an eroding and transporting agent. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 10, pp. 333-344, 1902. 2. Supplementary notes on drift ice as a transporting agent. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 10, pp. 455-457, 1903. Preston (C. H.). 1. Prof. W. Ii. Barris. Am. Geol., vol. 23, pp. 358-361, 1 pi., 1901. Gives a sketch of his life and work on the paleontology of Iowa. Preston (H. L.). 1. Niagara meteorite. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 518-519,1902. Describes a meteorite from North Dakota. 2. The Franceville [El Paso County, Colorado] meteorite. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 852-857, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the dimensions and physical characters of the meteorite. 3. Franceville meteorite. Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 75-78,1 pi., 1902. Describes characters and occurrence of this meteorite found in El Paso County, Colo., and notes other falls in the State. 4. Reed City [Michigan] meteorite. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 230-233, 2 figs, 1903; Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 89-91,1 pi., 1903. Price (J. A.) and Shaaf (Albert). 1. Spy Run and Poinsett lake bottoms [Indiana]. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 179-181, 1901. Describes glacial phenomena. 2. Abandoned meanders of Spy Run Creek [Indiana]. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1900, pp. 181-184, 1 fig., 1901. Describes its drainage modifications. Prichard (William A.). 1. Observations on Mother Lode gold deposits, California. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 125-127, 1903; Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 454-466, 1904. Describes the geologic structure and occurrence of the ore deposits. Prindle (Louis M.). 1. Gold placers of the Fairbanks district, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 64-73, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence of placer gold and the mining operations. 2. The gold placers of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks regions, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 251, 89 pp., 16 pis., 1905. Describes the topography, the general geology, the character and occurrence of the sedimen¬ tary and igneous rocks, and the occurrence and mining of gold-bearing placer gravels. Prindle (Louis M.) and Hess (F. L.). 1. Rampart placer region [Alaska]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 104-119, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the topography, drainage, and general geology of the region, and the occurrence and mining of placer gold. Private-Deschanel (Paul). 1. L’Etat de Californie. Lyon, Soc. GSog., Bull., vol. 17, pp. 843-860, 1902. Discusses the general geologic structure and topography of California. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 275 Probert (Frank H.). 1. Secondary enrichment. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 958-959, 5 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology and the origin of the copper-ore deposits of the Clifton-Morenci district in Arizona. Prosser (Charles S.). 1. The classification of the Waverly series of central Ohio. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 205-231, 4 figs., 1901. Reviews the various classifications of this series that have been published, describes the character and occurrence of the strata, and gives the author’s classification. 2. [On the use of the term Bedford limestone.] Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 270-272, 1901. Reviews an article by C. E. Siebenthal on the same subject, and considers the name Bedford as applied in Ohio should be accepted. 3. The Paleozoic formations of Allegany County,-Maryland. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 409-429, 4 figs., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the various Paleozoic formations and discusses their probable correlations with New York and Pennsylvanian formations. 4. Names for the formations of the Ohio Coal Measures. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 191-199, 1901. Reviews previous classification and nomenclature of the Coal Measures of Pennsylvania and West Virginia and presents a section and the classification of the Coal Measures of Mary¬ land, which has been adopted for the Ohio Coal Measures. 5. Notes an the stratigraphy of the Mohawk Valley and Saratoga County [New York], N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 34 (also in 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 1), pp. 469-482, 6 pis., 1902. 6. The Sunbury shale of Ohio. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 262-312, 6 figs., 1902; Ohio State Univ. Bull., ser. 6, no. 13 (Geol. ser., no. 3), 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of this formation and gives a historical review of the literature of the subject. 7. Revised classification of the upper Paleozoic formations of Kansas. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 703-737,1902. Describes the lithologic characters of the formations and their stratigraphic relations. 8. The specimen of Nematophyton in the New York State Museum. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 372-377, 1902. Contains notes on the occurrence and character of the material from the Devonian of New York. 9. Richard Burton Rowe. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 128-129, 1902. Gives a sketch of his life. 10. The nomenclature of the Ohio geological formations. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 519-546, 1903; Ohio State Univ. Bull., ser. 8, no. 3 (Geol. ser., no. 6), 1903. Gives a table of the formations of the geological scale in Ohio and discusses their nomencla¬ ture and correlations. 11. Notes on the geology of eastern New York. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 381-384, 1903. Discusses relations and nomenclature of Silurian and Devonian formations in eastern New York. 12. Description and correlation of the Romney formation of Maryland. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 361-372, 1904. Describes character and occurrence of the Romney formation and its members in Maryland, and discusses their correlation with Devonian formations of New York on stratigraphic and • faunal evidence; discusses also the correlation of American Devonian formations with those of Europe. 13. The Delaware limestone. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 413-442, 3 figs., 1905. Discusses the nomenclature and correlation by previous writers, and describes the occurrence, character, and fossil contents of the Delaware limestone formation of Ohio. 276 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Prosser (Charles S.)—Continued. 14. Notes on the Permian formations of Kansas. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 142-161, 1905. Discusses conflicting views regarding the nomenclature of upper Carboniferous formations of Kansas and their correlation. 15. Revised nomenclature of the Ohio geological formations. Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th ser., Bull. no. 7, 36 pp., 1905. Gives a table of the geologic formations of Ohio and notes upon their nomenclature and classification. Prosser (Charles S.) and Beede (J. W.). 1. Cottonwood Falls folio, Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 109, 1904. Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, geologic relations, and stratigraphy of Carboniferous formations, the geologic structure and economic resources. Prosser (Charles S.) and Cumings (Edgar R.). 1. The Waverly formations of central Ohio. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 335-361, 3 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of the various members of the Waverly series in central Ohio, giving numerous detailed sections of the strata. Prutzman (Paul). 1. Production and use of petroleum in California. Cal. State Mg. Bur., Bull. no. 32, 230 pp., 64 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology, and the occurrence, character, production, and utilization of petroleum from southern California. Pultz (John Leggett). 1. The Big Stone Gap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky. Eng. Mag., vol. 28, pp. 71-85, 11 figs., 1904. Includes a description of the geologic conditions existing in the Big Stone Gap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky, and the occurrence and character of workable coal seams, with a generalized section of the strata. Purdue (A. H.). 1. Valleys of solution in northern Arkansas. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 47-50, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of these valleys and discusses their origin. 2. Illustrated note on a miniature overthrust fault and anticline. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 341-342, 1 fig., 1901. Describes a miniature anticline passing into a reversed fault at Ozark, Ark. 3. Physiography of the Boston Mountains, Arkansas. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 694-701, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the structural and topographic features of the region. 4. The saddle-back topography of the Boone chert region, Arkansas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 222, 1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22666, 1903. 5. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 374-388, 1904. 6. Concerning the natural mounds. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 823-824, 1 tig., 1905. Discusses the origin of these mounds. 7. Underground waters of eastern United States; northern Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 188-197, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology, and discusses the relations of the underground water supply and the geological formations of the State of Arkansas north of the Arkansas River. 8. Water resources of the Winslow quadrangle, Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 84-87,1 fig., 1905. 9. Water resources of the contact region between the Paleozoic and Mississippi embayment deposits in northern Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 88-119, 17 figs., 1905. Includes an account of the geologic conditions of the area. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 277 Purington (Chester Wells). 1. Economic geology. La Plata folio, Colo. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 60,1899. Describes the vein systems, the occurrence of gold and silver ores, the placer deposits, and the occurrence of coal. 2. The Contact, Nevada, quaquaversal. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 127-138, 5 figs., 1903. Describes physiographic features and the geologic structure of the region and the occur¬ rence of ore bodies. 3. The Camp Bird mine, Ouray, Colorado, and the mining and milling of the ore. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 499-528, 10 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology of the region, the system of veins and fissures, the occurrence of the ores, principally galena, and discusses the origin of the ore deposits. 4. Secondary enrichment. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 472-473, 1903. 5. The geological structure of the Camp Bird vein [Colorado]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 820-822, 2 figs., 1903. Describes the veins and fissures and their rock contents, and the character and occurrence of the gold and silver ores. 6. Observations on gold deposits. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 854-855, 893-894, 929-931, 1903. Discusses occurrence and origin of gold deposits in various regions of the world. 7. Geology of the Virginius mine [Colorado]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 458, 1903. Discusses the occurrence and origin of the gold ores. 8. Methods and costs of gravel and placer mining in Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 32-46, 1905. 9. Methods and costs of gravel and placer mining in Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 263, 273 pp., 42 pis., 49 figs., 1905. 10. The Camp Bird and Smuggler-Union fissures [Colorado]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 1243-1244, 1 fig., 1905. Discusses Assuring in the San Juan Mountains region and its explanation. 11. Ore horizons in the veins of the San Juan Mountains, Colorado. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 129-133,1905. Discusses the character, occurrence, and relations of metalliferous viens in this region. Pynchon (W. H. C.). 11. Drilled wells of the Triassic area of the Connecticut Valley. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 65-94, 2 figs., 1905. Includes an account of the general geology, the occurrence and character of Triassic rocks, and the geologic structure of the area. a Queneau (Augustin L.). 1. The gold sands of Cape Nome [Alaska]. Eng. Mag., vol. 23, pp. 497-510, 13 figs., 1902. Describes physiographic features of the region and the occurrence of the beach and creek sands. 2. Size of grain in igneous rocks in relation to the distance from the cooling wall. School of Mines Quart., vol. 23, pp. 181-195, 6 pis., 4 figs., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 9, no. 80,1902. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. 14, p. 163, 1901. Discusses the mathematical treatment of the diffusion of heat and applies the theory to cer¬ tain dike rocks. R. Rabot (Charles). 1. G6ologie du Grdnland nord-oriental. G6ographie, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 66-68, 3 figs., 1901. Gives a brief account of the geology of Greenland. 278 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Rafter (George W.). 1. Hydrology of the State of New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 85, 902 pp., 45 pis., 74 figs., and 4 maps, 1905. Randolph. (Beverley S.). 1. [Discussion of paper by Charles Catletton, “ Coal outcrops.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 1005-1006, 1901. Randolph (L. S.). 1. Virginia anthracite coal. Cassier’s Mag., vol. 27, pp. 328-336, 8 figs., 1905. Includes notes on the occurrence and character of the coals in New River field in south¬ western Virginia. Rangel (M. F.). 1. Criadero de fierro del Cerro de Mercado, Durango [Mexico]. Mexico Inst. Geol., Bull. no. 16, pp. 3-14, 2 pis., 1902. Discusses the occurrence of iron ore and associated rocks. Ransome (Frederick Leslie). 1. A report on the economic geology of the Silverton quadrangle, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 182, pp. 1-265, 16 pis., 23 figs., 1901. Describes the lode fissures, the characters of the ores and of the stocks or masses, and the origin of the ore deposits. Includes detailed descriptions of special areas. 2. A peculiar clastic dike near Ouray, Colorado, and its associated deposit of silver ore. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 227-236, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the occurrence, character, and origin of the dike and of the associated ore body. 3. The ore deposits of the Rico Mountains, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 229-397, 16 pis., 33 figs., 1901. Describes general geologic structure and relations of the region, the character and occurrence of ore-bearing veins and fissures, character, occurrence, and origin of the ore bodies and associated minerals, and the mining operations. 4. Recent progress in petrology. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 673-674, 1902. 5. Faulting and mountain structure in Arizona. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 711,1902. 6. Geology of the Globe copper district, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 12, 168 pp., 27 pis., 10 figs., 1903. Gives an outline of the physiography of Arizona and topography and general geology of the Globe quadrangle, and describes the character and occurrence of igneous rocks and sedi¬ mentary strata of Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Eocene (?), and Quaternary age, the character, occurrence, and origin of the ores, chiefly gold, silver, and copper, and the mining operations. 7. Copper deposits of Bisbee, Ariz. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 149-157, 1903. Describes the general geology of the region, the occurrence and origin of the ores, and the mining operations. 8. The copper deposits of Bisbee, Arizona. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 444-445, 2 figs., 1903. Describes the geologic structure of the region and the character and occurrence of the ore deposits. 9. Genetic classification of ore deposits. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 542,1903. 10. The geology and copper deposits of Bisbee, Arizona. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 618-642, 6 figs., 1904. Describes the geography and general geology, the character., occurrence, and relations of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic sedimentary strata, the intrusions and deformation, the character, occurrence, and origin of the copper-ore deposits, and the mining operations. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 279 Ransome (Frederick Leslie)—Continued. 11. The geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 21, 168 pp., 29 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Describes physiographic features and the general geology, the character, occurrence, and geo¬ logical relations of pre-Cambrian Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Cretaceous strata and igneous rocks, the geologic structure and history, and the character, occurrence, economic development, and origin of the copper-ore deposits. 12. The geographic distribution of metalliferous ores within the United States. Mg. Mag., vol. 10, pp. 7-14, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the physiographic divisions of the United States, and the occurrence and production of ores in them. 13. Globe folio, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. EL, folio no. Ill, 1904. Describes the physiographic divisions of Arizona, the topography, climate, and vegetation and general geology of the area, the occurrence, character, and geological relations of pre- Cambrian, Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Tertiary, and Quaternary deposits and igneous rocks, the geologic structure and history, the occurrence, character, origin, geologic relations, and mining of the ores, chiefly gold, silver, and copper. 14. Bisbee folio, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 112, 1904. Describes the topography and drainage, the general geology, the character, occurrence, and relations of pre-Cambrian metamorphic rocks, Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Cretaceous strata, Quaternary deposits, and igneous rocks, the geologic structure and its expression in topography, the geologic history, and the economic resources, principally copper ores. 15. The present standing of applied geology. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 1-10, 1905. Discusses the status of applied geology and certain phases of the question of the origin of ore deposits. 16. Silverton folio, Colorado. Economic geology of the quadrangle. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 120, pp. 26-34, 1905. Describes the system of fissures, the relations cf the ores to the fissures, the minerals occurring in the lodes, and the character, distribution, origin, and value of the ore deposits contain¬ ing gold, silver, and lead. 17. Ore deposits of the Coeur d’Alene district, Idaho. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 274-393, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the geography, general geology, and geological structure of the district, the history of the mining development, the production, character, and occurrence of lead-silver, gold, and copper deposits. 18. The Coeur d’Alene district. Mg. Mae., vol. 12, pp. 26-32, 7 figs., 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the region. Ransome (Frederick Leslie), Hillebrand (W. F.) and. 1. On carnotite and associated vanadiferous minerals in western Colorado. See Hillebrand (W. F.) and Ransome (F. L.), 1. Ransome (Frederick Leslie), Lindgren (Waldemar) and. 1. Report of progress in the geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colo¬ rado. See Iiindgren (Waldemar) and Ransome (F. L.), 1. 2. The geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado See Xiindgren (W.) and Ransome (F. L.), 2. Rath (C. M.), Grider (R. L.), Bailey (E. W.). 1. A garnetiferous bed in Golden Gate Canyon, Jefferson County, Colorado. See Bailey (E. W.), Rath (C. M.), Grider (R. L.), 1. 280 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN ^GEOLOGY Ravn (J. P. J.). 1. The Tertiary fauna at Kap Dalton in East Greenland. Meddelelser om Greenland, vol. 29, pp. 93-140, 3 pis., 1903: Copenhagen Univ., Mus. Min.et Geol., Comm., Pal6ont., no. 4, 1903. Reviews discoveries of fossils in Greenland and the geologic age of the formations from which they were obtained, describes a fauna, mainly molluscan, obtained from East Greenland and discusses its geologic horizon. Raymond (Percy E.). 1. The Crown Point section [New York]. Am. Pal., Bull. no. 14, pp. 3-44, 2 pis., map, 1902. Gives an historical sketch of previous work, describes sections of Ordovician strata, giving faunal lists, and several new species of fossils from this locality. 2. The faunas of the Trenton at the type section and at Newport, N. Y. Am. Pal., Bull. no. 17, pp, 13-26, 1903. Discusses the occurrence and range of faunules in Trenton sections. 3. The developmental changes in some common Devonian brachiopods. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 279-300, 7 pis., 20 figs., 1904. 4. The Tropidoleptus fauna at Canandaigua Lake, New York, with the ontogeny of twenty species. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 79-177, 8 pis., 50 figs., 1904. Describes the developmental changes of some Devonian brachiopods from the Tripidoleptus fauna at Canandaigua Lake, New York, and gives a comparative faunal study of this faunule. 5. The trilobites of the Chazy limestone. Carnegie Mus., Annals, vol 3, pp. 328-386, 5pis., 11 figs., 1905. 6. Note on the names Amphion, Harpina, and Platvmetopus. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 377-378, 1905. 7. The fauna of the Chazy limestone. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 353-382, 1 fig., 1905-. Describes the distribution, development, and faunal subdivisions of the Chazy formation,and the occurrence and range of its fossils. Raymond (R. W.). 1. Recent contributions to the science of ore deposits. Min. Ind. for 1900, pp. 753-762, 1901. Gives a review and summaries of recent important papers on the origin of ore deposits. 2. [In discussion of paper by J. D. Irving on “Wolframite in the Black Hills of South Dakota.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 1025-1026, 1902. 3. Biographical notice of Clarence King. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 619-650, por., 1903. 4. What is a fissure vein? Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 169-172, 1905. Raymond (William James). 1. Writings of James G. Cooper, M. D., on conchology and paleontology, with list of species described by him. Nautilus, vol. 17, pp. 6-12, 1903. 2. A new species of Pleurotoma from the Pliocene of California. Nautilus, vol. 18. pp. 14-16, 1904. Read (Thomas Thornton). 1. Preliminary note upon the rare metals in the ore from the Rambler mine, Wyoming. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, p. 268, 1903. 2. Nodular-bearing schists near Pearl, Colorado. Jour. Geol., vol. 11. pp. 493-497, 2 figs., 1903. Gives observations on the petrology of the area. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 281 Read (Thomas Thornton)—Continued. 3. The alkali deposits of Wyoming. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 164-169, 1904. Describes their occurrence and discusses their origin. 4. Copper mining in the Encampment, Wyoming, and Pearl, Colorado, districts. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 462-463, 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of the copper ores. 5. The phase rule and conceptions of igneous magmas—their bearing on ore deposition. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 101-118, 1905. Reade (T. Mellard). 1. The evolution of earth structure, with a theory of geomorphic changes. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1903. xv, 342 pp., 40 pis. Includes papers by the author on “Denudation of the two Americas” and “The north Atlantic as a. geological basin,” reprinted from the Proceedings of the Liverpool Geological Society, vol. 5, pts. 1 and 2, 1885 and 1886. Reagan (Albert B.). 1. Geology of the Jemez-Albuquerque region, New Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 67-111, 7 pis., 1903. Describes general geologic relations and structure, character, and occurrence of strata of Car¬ boniferous, Mesozoic, Tertiary, and Quaternary age, geographic and physiographic features, and economic resources of this region. 2. Age of the lavas of the plateau region [New Mexico and Arizona]. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 170-177, 1903. Gives stratigraphic sections of strata of Permo-Carboniferous, Tertiary, and Quaternary age of this region and discusses age of included lava sheets. 3. Geology of the Fort Apache region in Arizona. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 265-308, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1903. Describes geography, physiography, drainage, and general geological structure, occurrence, and character of strata of Archean, Algonkian, Silurian, Devonian, Tertiary, and Quaternary age, and intrusive rocks, and discusses origin of Quaternary and Tertiary deposits and the economic resources of the region. 4. The Jemez coal fields [New Mexico]. Ind. Acad. Sci. Proc.,1902, pp. 197-198, 1903. Gives a short account of the geology and the occurrence and character of the coal strata. 5. Some geological observations on the central part of the Rosebud Indian Reserva¬ tion, South Dakota. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 229-243, 1 pi. (map), 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and relations of the Cretaceous and Tertiary stratified deposits and physiographic features. Redway (Jacques W.). 1. A great lava flood. Am. Bur. Geog., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 157-163, 3 figs., 1901. Defines types of volcanic outflows and describes the Tertiary lava flows of the Pacific region. Reid (George D.). 1. The Burro Mountain copper district, New Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 778-779, 4 figs., 1902. Reid (Harry Fielding). 1. De la progression des glaciers, leur stratification, et leurs veines bleues. Intern. Cong. G6oL, Compte Rendu, viii session, pp. 749-755, 1901. 2. The variations of glaciers, VI. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 250-254, 1901. Gives a summary of the Fifth annual report of the International Committee on glaciers. 3. The variations of glaciers. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 313-317,1902. Gives a summary of the Sixth annual report of the International Committee on glaciers. 282 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Reid (Harry Fielding)—Continued. 4. A reconnaissance of Mt. Hood and Mt. Adams. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p.906,1902. 5. The variation of glaciers, VIII. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 285-288, 1903. Arch. d. Sci. phys. et nat., 4 p6r., 1.14, pp. 301-302,1902 Gives a summary of the seventh annual report of the International Committee on Glaciers and reports on the glaciers of the United States for 1902. 6. Notes on Mounts Hood and Adams and their glaciers. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., vol. 13, p. 536,1903. 7. Glaciers. Mazama, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 119-122, 1903. Describes formation and phenomena of glaciers. 8. Les variations periodiques des glaciers. Etats-Unis. VHIme rapport, 1902. Arch, des Sci. phys. et nat., 4 p6r., 1.16, pp. 92-94,1903. 9. Les variations periodiques des glaciers. Etats-Unis. IXme rapport, 1903. Arch, des Sci. phys. et nat., 4. p6r., t. 18, pp. 191-193, 1904. 10. The variations of glaciers. IX. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 252-263,1904. Gives a summary of the eighth annual report of the International Committee on glaciers. Includes observations on the glaciers of the United States. 11. The relation of the blue veins of glaciers to the stratification, with a note on the variations of glaciers. Congr. g6ol. intern., Compte rendu IX. Sess., pp. 703-706,1904. 12. The flow of glaciers and their stratification. Appalachia, vol. 11, pp. 1-6, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1905. 13. The variations of glaciers. IX. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 313-318,1905. Gives a summary of the ninth annual report of the International Committee on glaciers. 14. Records of seismographs in North America and the Hawaiian Islands. No. 1. Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity, vol. 10, pp. 81-96, 1905. 15. [In discussion of paper by R. S. Tarr, “Gorges and Waterfalls of central New York.”] Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 137, 1905. 16. The reservoir lag in glacier variations. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 487-491,1905. 17. The glaciers of Mt. Hood and Mt. Adams. Mazama, vol. 2, pp. 195-200, 3 pis., 1905. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 492, 1905. Reid (John A.). 1. The igneous rocks near Pajaro [California]. Univ. Cal., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 173-190, 1 pi., 1902. Describes geologic occurrence and petrographic characters of the granite rocks of the Coast Ranges of California. 2. Preliminary report on the building stones of Nevada, including a brief chapter on road metal. Nev. Univ., Dept. Geol. & Mg., Bull., vol. 1, no. 1, 58 pp., 1904. 3. The structure and genesis of the Comstock lode. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 177-199, 2 figs., 1905. Reitinger (J.), Kraus (E. H.) and. 1. Hussakite, a new mineral, and its relations to xenotime. See Kraus (E. H.) and Reitinger (J.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 283 Renault (B.). 1. Sur quelques microorganismes des combustibles fossiles. Soc. de l’lnd. Min., Bull., 3d ser., yol. 13, livraison 4, pp. 865-1129, 34 figs., atlas of 9 pis., 1899; yol. 14, livraison 1, pp. 5-160, atlas of 16 pis., 1900. / Contains descriptions of fossils from the Coal Measures of the Appalachian region. Rice (William North). 1. The physical geography and geology of Connecticut. Conn. Bd. Agric., 37th Ann. Rept., pp. 94-113, 2 pis., 1904. Describes the physiographic features of Connecticut and their relation to the geologic struc¬ ture of the State. 2. The proper scope of geological teaching in the high school and academy. Nat. Educ. Assoc., Proc. for 1903. pp. 853-856, 1904. 3. The classification of mountains. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Kept., pp. 185-190, 1905. Richards (Joseph W.). 1. “Mohawkite.” Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., yol. 11, pp. 457-458, 1901. Gives results of the author’s chemical studies, which prove the existence of the species termed mohawkite and of another species for which the name ledouxite is proposed. Richards (Ralph W.). 1. A new habit for chalcopyrite. Tufts Coll. Studies, no. 8, pp. 383-385, 1 fig., 1904; Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 425-426, 1 fig., 1904. Describes occurrence and crystallographic features. Richardson (C. H.). 1. Analysis of Washington [Vermont] marble, with notes upon the distribution and age. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., pp. 39-40, 1898. • 2. The terranes of Orange County, Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 61-101,15 pis., 1902. Discusses the topographic and geologic features, the occurrence and characters of economic products, and the petrographic and chemical characters of the rocks. Richardson (Clifford) and Wallace (E. C.). 1. Petroleum from the Beaumont, Texas, field. Soc. Chem. Industry, Jour., vol. 20, pp. 690-693, 1901. Discusses the occurrence, composition and refining of the oil of the Beaumont field. Richardson (G. M.). 1. Edward Waller Claypole as a teacher. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 24-30, 1902. Richardson (George Burr). 1. The misnamed Indiana anticline. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 700-702,1 fig., 1902. Describes certain structural phenomena in Pennsylvania. 2. The upper Red Beds of the Black Hills. Jour. Geol., Vol. 11, pp. 365-393, 4 figs., 1903. Describes physical characters, geographic extent, general geological relations, and stratigraphy of the Red Beds in the Black Hills, and discusses the origin of their color. 3. Indiana folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 102,1904. Describes physiographic features, the character, occurrence, and relations of Carboniferous strata, and general geologic structure, the character and occurrence of the coals, natural gas, and other economic resources. 284 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Richardson (George Burr)—Continued. 4. Report of a reconnaissance in trans-Pecos Texas, north of the Texas and Pacific Railway. Tex. Univ., Min. Surv., Bull. no. 9, 119 pp., 11 pis., 4 figs., 1904. Describes the topography, the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Quater¬ nary deposits, the mineral resources, and underground water supply of the region. 5. Stratigraphic sequence in trans-Pecos Texas, north of the Texas and Pacific Railway. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 794-795, 1904. 6. Natural gas near Salt Lake City, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 480-483,1905.' Describes the occurrence and character of natural gas near Salt Lake City, Utah. 7. Salt, gypsum, and petroleum in trans-Pecos Texas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 573-585,1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the topography and stratigraphy of the region, and the occurrence of salt, petroleum, and gypsum. 8. Native sulphur in El Paso County, Tex. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 589-592, 1905. Describes the occurrence of sulphur. Rickard (Edgar). 1. Tin deposits of the York region, Alaska. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 30-31, 1903. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of tin. Rickard (Forbes). 1. Notes on Nome, and the outlook for vein mining in that district [Alaska]. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 71, pp., 275-276, 1 fig., 1901. Contains notes on the geology of the region and the occurrence of gold. 2. Copper deposits in Sinaloa and southern Sonora [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 97-98, 4 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and economic development of copper-ore depos its in this part of Mexico. 3. Notes on tungsten deposits in Arizona. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 263-265, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology of the Little Dragoon mountains in Arizona, and the geologic relations, occurrence, character, and mining of the deposits of tungsten ores. Rickard (T. A.) 1. The Cripple Creek volcano [Colorado]. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 367-403, 2 figs., 1901. Gives an account of the various stages of eruption in this volcano and compares it with vol¬ canos in other regions. 2. The telluride ores of Cripple Creek [Colorado] and Kalgoorlie [Australia]. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 708-718, 1901. Describes the characteristics of the ores of these regions. 3. The formation of bonanzas in the upper portions of gold-veins. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 198-220, 1902. Discusses enrichment by concentration through the action of underground water by solution and precipitation, and the distribution of ore-bonanzas in Australia, Colorado, California, and New Zealand. 4. Recent progress in the study of ore deposits. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 106-107, 1902. 5. The Geological Survey and the western mines. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 5, 1902. 6. An example of the localization of rich ore. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 847-850, 6 figs., 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 285 Rickard (T. A.)—Continued. 7. Across the San Juan Mountains. New York, The Engineering and Mining Journal, 115 pp., illus., 1903; appeared serially in the Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 7-10, 45-46, 82-84, 118-119, 154-155, 230, 269-270, 307-308, 346, 385-387, 423-424, 461-463, illus., 1903. Contains observations on the geologic structure, ore deposits, and mining operations of south¬ western Colorado. 8. The lodes of Cripple Creek [Colorado]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 179-181, 5 figs., 1903. Discusses the occurrence of ore bodies. 9. Water in veins—a theory. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 402-403, 1903. Discusses the distribution of water underground and its bearing upon the origin of ore deposits. 10. The syncline as a structural type. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 746, 6 figs., 1903. Discusses the syncline in relation to ore deposits. 11. The veins of Boulder and Kalgoorlie. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 567-577, 5 figs., 1903. Describes the occurrence, character, and structure of gold-bearing veins of Boulder, Colorado and Kalgoorlie, West Australia. 12. The lodes of Cripple Creek [Colorado]. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 578-618, 23 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology of the region, the occurrence and character of the lodes and veins, and the position of the ore bodies. 13. Genetic classification of ore deposits. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 542, 1903. 14. Copper mines of Lake Superior. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 585-587, 625-627, 665-667, 705-706, 745-747, 785-787, 825-827, 865-867, 905-907, 945-950, 985-987, illus., 1904. Includes a description of the general geology of the region, the character and occurrence of the copper-ore deposits, and the mining operations. 15. The copper mines of Lake Superior. New York, The Engineering & Mining Journal, 1905. 164 pp., illus. Rickert (Julius). 1. Coal in Alberta, Canada. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 766-767,1902. Contains brief notes on the coals of Crow’s Nest coal field. Ries (Heinrich). 1. Clays and shales of Michigan, their properties and uses. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 1, 66 pp., 4 pis., 6 figs., 1900. Contains notes on the geologic occurrence and chemical composition of clays in Michigan. 2. Theodore Greely White. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 269-270, 1 pi. (por.), 1901. Gives a brief sketch of his life and work, and a list of publications. 3. Clays of New York, their properties and uses. N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 2, pp. 493-944, 140 pis., map in pocket, 1902. 4. Lime and cement industries of New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 44, pp. 639-848, 85 pis., map in pocket, 1901; N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 3, 1902. Discusses origin, chemical composition and geologic occurrence in New York of lime and cement materials. 5. Report on the clays of Maryland. Md. Geol. Surv., vol. 4, pp. 205-505, 51 pis., 30 figs., 1902. Discusses origin, composition, properties, geologic and geographic distribution, and working of the clays of Maryland. 286 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Hies (Heinrich)—Continued. 6. The c ays of the United States east of the Mississippi River. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 11, 298 pp., 9 pis., 11 figs., 1903. Discusses origin, geographic and geologic distribution of clays in the United States east of the Mississippi River, and their properties, composition, and utilization. 7. Uses of peat and its occurrence in New York. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., pp. r53-r90, 5 pis., 1903. Describes origin and nature of peat, its utilization, and its occurrence in New York. 8. Magnetite deposits at Mineville, New York, and a description of the new electric concentrating plant. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 49-51, 5 figs., 1903. Describes the character and occurrence of the iron ore deposits. 9. The coal mines at Las Esperanzas, Mexico. Mich. Miner, vol. 5, no 2, pp. 13-15, 5 figs., 1903. Describes the character, geologic occurrence, and mining of the Cretaceous coal beds. 10. Notes on mineral developments in the region around Ithaca [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. rl07-rl08, 1904. Gives notes on the occurrence of economic materials and a geological section of a deep well. 11. Notes on recent mineral developments at Mineville [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. rl2Vrl26, 1904. Brief notes on the occurrence and production of iron ore at this locality. 12. Clay and its properties. N. J, Geol. Surv., vol. 6, pp. 1-115,15 pis., 34 figs., 1904. iscusses mode of occurrence, methods of working, chemical and physical properties. 13. The manufacture of clay products, with special reference to the New Jersey industry. N. J. Geol. Surv., vol. 6, pp. 211-533, 32 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Includes notes on the occurrence and properties of clays. 14. The coal fields of Texas. Locations of the different deposits. Quality of the coals as shown by analyses. Production of the State. Mines & Minerals, vol. 26, pp. 104-105, 2 figs., 1905. 15. Economic geology of the United States. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1905. 435 pp., 25 pis., 97 figs. Riggs (Elmer S.). 1. The Dinosaur beds of the Grand River valley of Colorado. Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. 1, pp. 267-274, 6 pis., 1901. Describes the general character of the Cretaceous, Jurassic, and Triassic strata, and the occur¬ rence of vertebrate remains. 2. The fore leg and pectoral girdle of Morosaurus. With a note on the genus Cama- rosaurus. Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. 1, pp. 275-281, 3 pis., 1901. 3 The largest known dinosaur. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 549-650, 1901. Contains brief description of the skeleton obtained by a recent expedition of the Field Colum¬ bian Museum. 4. The vertebral column of Brontosaurus. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 393-391,1903. 5. The use of pneumatic tools in the preparation of fossils. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 747-749,1903. 6. Brachiosaurus altithorax, the largest known dinosaur. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 299-306, 7 figs., 1903. Gives a description of this Jurassic fossil and discusses its relationships. 7. Structure and relationships of Opisthoccelian dinosaurs. Part I. Apatosaurus Marsh. Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. 2, pp. 165-196, 8 pis., 18 figs., 1903. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 287 Riggs (Elmer S.)—Continued. 8. Dinosaur footprints from Arizona. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 423-424, 1 fig., ^904. Describes occurrence and character of footprints. 9. Structure and relationships of Opisthoccelian dinosaurs. Part II. The Brachio- sauridse. Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. 2, pp. 229-247, 5 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Riggs (Elmer S.) and Farrington (Oliver Cummings). 1. The Dinosaur beds of the Grand River Valley of Colorado. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 53, pp. 22061-22062, 2 figs., 1902. Ritter (Etienne A.). 1. Le district aurifere de Cripple Creek et ses recents developpements dans la zone profonde. Ann. des Mines, 10® s6r., t. 7, pp. 465-487,1905. Describes the general geology, the lithology, the veins and their minerals, and the ore deposits of the Cripple Creek gold mining district. Ritter (Wm. E.). 1. Some observations bearing on the probable subsidence during recent geologic times of the Island of Santa Catalina off the coast of southern California. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 575-577, 1901. Rivers (J. J.). 1. Descriptions of some undescribed fossil shells of Pleistocene and Pliocene forma¬ tions of the Santa Monica Range [California] So. Cal. Acad. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 69-72, 1904. Robbins (F.). 1. Ore occurrence at Leadville, Colo. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 168, 1903. Describes the general stratigraphy of the region and the occurrence of the ore bodies. Roberts (Milnor). 1. Note on the action of frost on soil. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 314-317, 4 figs., 1903. Roberts (Milnor), Landes (Henry), Thyng (William S.), Lyon (D. A.), and. 1. The metalliferous resources of Washington, except iron. See Landes (H.), Thyng (W. S.), Lyon (D. A.), and Roberts (M.), 1. Robertson (William Fleet). 1. Summary report on the valley of the Flathead River [British Columbia]. Brit. Col., Ann. Kept. Minister Mines for 1903, pp. 79-92, 1904. Includes observations upon the physiography, geology, and economic resources of the region examined. 2. Report on the Trout Lake mining division [British Columbia]. Brit. Col., Ann. Rept., Minister Mines for 1903, pp. 109-124, 1904. Includes observations upon the geology and economic resources of the region. 3. Report on the Lardeau mining district [British Columbia]. Brit. Col., Ann. Rept., Minister Mines for 1903, pp. 127-130, 1904. Includes observations upon the geology of the region. 4. Petrography of rock samples from British Columbia. Brit. Col., Ann. Rept., Minister Mines for 1903, pp. 254-263,1904. Gives reports upon examinations of rock specimens from British Columbia by A. E. Barlow, J. A. Dresser, and L. P. Silver. Robinson (H. H.) 1. On octohedrite and brookite from Brindletown, North Carolina. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 180-184, 6 figs., 1901. Describes occurrence and crystallographic characters of the minerals. 288 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Robinson (Neil). 1. The Kanawha and New River coal fields of West Virginia, U. S. A. Charleston, W. Va., 23 pp. 3 pis., 1904. [Private publication]. Includes notes upon the occurrence, geologic relations, composition, fuel values, and produc¬ tion of coal in the Kanawha and New River coal fields of West Virginia. Rockstroh (Edwin). 1. Recent earthquakes in Guatemala. Nature, vol. 67, pp. 271-272, 1903. Rockwell (Cleveland). 1. The Coos Bay coal fields [Oregon]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 238-240, 270-271, 1902. Contains notes on the geologic structure of this area. Rogers (Austin F.). 1. The Pottawatomie and Douglas formations along the Kansas River. Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. 9, pp. 234-254, 1900. Gives lists of fossils from various localities. 2. Mineralogical notes, no. 2. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 42-48, 8 figs., 1901. Describes crystallographic characters of calcite, galena, pyrite, topaz, leadhillite, ilvaite, caledonite, barite, and celestite. 3. Some new American species of Cyclus from the Coal Measures. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 269-275, 1 pi., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 88. 4. Mineralogical notes, no. 3. School of Mines Quart., vol. 33, pp. 133-139, 4 figs., 1902. Presents crystallographic notes on gypsum, celestite, barite, angelsite, cerussite, vesuvianite, calcite, dolomite, pyrite, and quartz crystals. 5. The crystallography of the calcites of the New Jersey trap region. School of Mines Quart., vol. 23, pp. 336-347, 1902. 6. The minerals of the Joplin, Mo., lead and zinc district. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 15, pp. 60-61,1903. 7. A method for the exact expression of crystal habit. Sch. of Mines Quart., vol. 25, pp. 199-203, 22 figs., 1904. Rogers (Austin F.),_ Beede (J. W.) and. 1. Coal Measure faunal studies, III. Lower Coal Measures. See Beede (J. W.) and Rogers (Austin F.), 1. Rohn (Oscar). 1. The Baraboo iron range [Wisconsin]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 615-617, illus., 1903. Describes the general geology of the area and the occurrence and character of the iron ore. Rolfe (Charles W.). 1. The geology of Illinois as related to its water supply. Ill. Univ., Chemical Survey of the waters of Illinois, pp. 41-56, 2 pis. (geol. maps), 1903. Gives an outline of the general geology and the geological history of Illinois. Rollet de l’Isle et Giraud, Lacroix (A.). 1. Sur 1’eruption de la Martinique. See Lacroix (A.), RoUet de i’Isle et Giraud (J.), 1. Ropes (Leverett S.). 1. [Corundum of North Carolina.] Min. Ind., 1899, pp. 12-14,1900. Notes on occurrence. Rose (Robert Selden). 1. The geology of some of the lands in the Upper Peninsula [Michigan]. Mg. World, vol. 21, pp. 205-207, 1904; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 343-344, 1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of the iron-ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 289 Rose (Robert Selden)—Continued. 2. The geology of some of the lands in the Upper Peninsula [Michigan]. Lake Superior Mg. Inst., Proc., vol. 10. pp. 88-192 [1905]. Describes the geologic occurrence, character, and location of iron ores in the Upper Peninsula. Rowe (Jesse Perry). 1. Some volcanic ash beds of Montana. Mont. Univ., Bull. no. 17 (Geol. ser. no. 1), 32 pp., 9 pis., 1903. Discusses the origin of the volcanic ash of Montana; describes its composition and properties and distribution in the State by counties; gives a list and figures of fossil leaves from the ash of Missoula County. 2. Some Montana coal fields. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 369-380, 2 pis., 1903. Describes the bituminous and lignite coal resources of Montana and the geographic distribu¬ tion, by counties, of coal deposits. 3. Nodular barite and selenite crystals of Montana. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 198-199, 1904. Describes occurrence and composition of selenite crystals and nodular barite in Montana. 4. Pseudomorpbs and crystal cavities. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, p. 80, 1 fig., 1904. Describes material from Shoshone, Idaho. 5. Montana gypsum deposits. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 104-113, 4 pis., 1905. Describes the occurrence, character, and geological relations of gypsum deposits in Montana, and their utilization. 6. The Montana coal fields. Mg. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 241-250, 7 figs., 1905. Rowley (R. R.). 1. Two new genera and some new species of fossils from the upper Paleozoic rocks of Missouri. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 343-355, 1 pi., 1901. Describes species of two little-known groups of blastoids. 2. New species of fossils from the Subcarboniferous rocks of northeastern Missouri. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 303-310, 1902. 3. The Echinodermata of the Missouri Silurian and a new brachiopod. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 269-282, 1 pi., 1904. 4. Missouri paleontology. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 301-311, 1 pi., 1905. Describes various species of fossils, in part new, mainly Echinodermata, from Mississippian formations of Missouri. See also Greene (G. K.). Ruddy (C. A.). 1. The water resources of Washington. Artesian water. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 296-307,1902. Ruddy (C. A.), Landes (Henry) and. 1. Coal deposits of Washington. See Landes (Henry) and Ruddy (C. A.), 1. Ruedemann (Rudolf). 1. Hudson River beds near Albany and their taxonomic equivalents. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 42, pp. 489-587, 2 pis., 5 figs., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 377-378,1901. Reviews previous work on these strata. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters at various localities in the region and discusses the geologic structure and correlation of the beds. Describes the characters of new species of fossils collected. 2. Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill, Rensselaer County, N. Y., and its fauna. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 49, pp. 3-114, 9 pis., 1901. Describes the stratigraphic relations and characters of the fauna. Bull. 301-06-19 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 290 Ruedemann (Rudolf)—Continued. 3. The graptolite (Levis) facies of the Beekmantown formation in Rensselaer Countv, New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 516-575, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the beds, and discusses their relations and correlation with Canadian and European strata of the same age. 4. Growth and development of Goniograptus thureaui McCoy. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 576-592, 19 figs., 1902. Discusses the ontogony of the species. 5. Noetling on the morphology of the pelecypods. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 34-40, 1 pi., 1903. Gives a summary of Noetling’s views on the “ law of torsion ” in pelecypod shells and the rela¬ tions of the animal and the position of its shell. 6. Professor Jaekel’s theses on the mode of existence of Orthoceras and other cepha- lopods. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 199-217,1903. Gives a translation of Professor Jaekel’s theses and some of the discussion following (Zeit- schrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, 54 Bd., 2 Heft, Protokolle, pp. 67-101,1902), and discusses these propositions. Includes “Annotations” by John M. Clarke. 7. The Cambric Dictyonema fauna in the slate belt of eastern New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 934-958, 4 pis., 1903. Describes occurrence, character, geologic position, and paleontology of Upper Cambrian strata in Rensselaer County, New York, and discusses the relations of the Dictyonema beds of Scandinavia, Great Britain, and North America, and the bearing of the latter upon paleogeography. 8. Graptolites of New York. Part 1. Graptolites of the lower beds. N. Y. State Mus., Mem. 7, pp. 455-803, 17 pis. and 105 figs., 1904. Gives a review of investigations upon the graptolites, discusses their structure, morphology, classification, phyllogeny, range, and distribution, and gives systematic descriptions of the graptolites from the upper Cambrian and lower Ordovician of New York. 9. The structure of some primitive cephalopoda. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 80, pp. 296-341, 26 figs., 1905. Ruedemann (Rudolf), Clarke (John M.) and. 1. Guelph fauna in the State of New York. See Clarke (J. M.) and Ruedemann (Rudolf), 1. Ruedemann (Rudolf), Clarke (J. M.), and Luther (D. D.). 1. Contact lines of Upper Siluric formations on the Brocknort and Medina quad¬ rangles [New York]. See Clarke (J. M.), Ruedemann (R.), and Luther (D. D.), 1. Ruhl (Otto). 1. The King-Ritter fault. Drury Coll., Bradley Field Geol. Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 33-36, 1904. Describes occurrence and character of faulting along the northern slope of the Ozark uplift in southwestern Missouri. 2. Observations at Pegmatite Hill (Camden County, Missouri]. Drury Coll., Bradley Field Geol. Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 36-40, 1904. Describes the geologic structure at this locality. Ruhm (H. D.). 1. The present and the future of the Mount Pleasant phosphate field. Eng. Assoc. South., Trans., 1902, vol. 13, pp. 42-64 [1903]. Describes discovery, occurrence, and production of phosphate rock in the Mount Pleasant phosphate field of Tennessee. Russell (Israel C.). 1. Geology and water resources of Nez Perce County, Idaho. Part I. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, no. 53, pp. 1-85, 10 pis., 4 figs., 1901. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 319-321, 1901. Describes the pre-Tertiary terranes, the Columbia lava, the soils, and the physiography. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 291 Russell (Israel C.)—Continued. 2. Geology and water resources of Nez Perce County, Idaho. Part II. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, no. 54, pp. 95-141, 10 figs., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the water supply, building stones, and lignite. Includes a bibliography of artesian waters and a note concerning Portland cement. 3. [Report to the National Geographic Society on the recent volcanic eruptions in the West Indies.] Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 267-285, 8 figs, 1902. Describes the author’s observations in Martinique and St. Vincent. 4. Volcanic eruptions on Martinique and St. Vincent. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 415-436, 10 figs., 1902. Contains additional data on the eruptions and a bibliography. 5. Geology and water resources of the Snake River Plains of Idaho. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 199, 192 pp., 25 pis., 6 figs., 1902. Describes topography, geology and resources of this area. 6. The Portland-cement industry in Michigan. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pt. 3, pp. 629-685, 3 pis., 1902. Describes composition of Portland cement, method of manufacture, the geologic occurrence, properties and composition of limestones, shales, marls and clays occurring in Michigan suitable for the manufacture of Portland cement, and the development of the industry. 7. Geology of the Snake River Plains, Idaho. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 85-86,1902. 8. Notes on the geology of southwestern Idaho and southeastern Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 217, 83 pp., 18 pis., 2 figs., 1903. Describes climatic conditions, topography, hydrography, recent and Tertiary volcanic forma¬ tions, and the geologic structure of this region, and discusses conditions of origin and accu¬ mulation of petroleum. 9. Preliminary report on artesian basins in southwestern Idaho and southeastern Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 78, 51 pp., 2 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Includes a short account of the general geology of the region. 10. Volcanic eruptions on Martinique and St. Vincent. Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 331-349, 11 pis., 1903. Reprinted by permission, after revision by the author, from the National Geographic Maga¬ zine, vol. 13, no. 12, December, 1902. See no. 4 above. 11. Glacier cornices. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 783-785, 1 fig., 1903. Describes glacier cornices and discusses their origin. 12. The Pele obelisk. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 792-79.5, 1903. 13. Criteria relating to massive-solid volcanic eruptions. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 253-268, 3 figs., 1904. Describes massive-solid volcanic eruptions, and discusses the character of the evidence neces¬ sary to determine that volcanic masses have been extruded in a solid state. 14. Physiographic problems of to-day. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 524-550,1904. Discusses the scope, nomenclature, and field of investigation of physiography, the use of ideal physiographic types, the primary and secondary features of the earth’s surface, and the relations of physiography to life and man. 15. North America (Appleton’s World Series: The regions of the world). New York, D. Appleton and Company, 1904. 435 pp., 8 pis., 39 figs. Includes chapters on the margin of the con tin. nt, the topography of the land, climate, plant life, animal life, geology, the aborigines, and political geography. In the chapter on geol¬ ogy describes the growth of the continent, the distribution and character of the rocks of which it is composed, and the occurrence of economic products, 16. Douglass Houghton. Mich. Acad: Sci., 4th Rept., pp. 160-162, por., 1904, Gives a brief account of his life. 292 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Russell (Israel C.)—Continued. 17. Bela Hubbard. Mich. Acad. Sci., 4th Rept., pp. 163-165, por., 1904. Gives a brief account of his life. 18. Biographical notice of William Henry Pettee. Am. Geol., vol.35. pp. 1-4, 1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a list of his published writings. 19. The influence of caverns on topography. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 30-32, 1905. 20. Hanging valleys. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 75-90, 1905. Gives a classification of hanging valleys, describes their characters and origin, and discusses particularly the characteristics and origin of glaciated hanging valleys. 21. Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of central Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 252, 138 pp., 24 pis., 1905. Describes the general physiographic features and geology of the region, and in detail the phys¬ iographic features, the character and occurrence of volcanic and stratified rocks and the water resources of the counties included in the area under consideration. 22. The Pel6 obelisk once more. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 924-931,1 fig., 1905. Discusses the mode of formation of the spine of Mont PelA 23. A geological reconnaissance along the north shore of Lakes Huron and Michigan. Mich. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1904, pp. 33-112, 3 pis., 1 map, 1905. Describes briefly the character and occurrence of Ordovician. Silurian, and Devonian strata, and in detail the extent, character, and origin of Glacial deposits, and various physiographic features. 24. Drumlin areas in northern Michigan. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 177-179, 1905; Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 220-221,1905. Rutland (Joshua). 1. Mammals and reptiles; or what was the Ice ages? Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 51, pp. 21032-21033,1901. Describes their occurrence and characters in geologic times. Rutledge (J. J.), Clark (W. B.), Martin (G. C.) and. 1. Distribution and character of the Maryland coal beds. See Clark (W. B.), Martin (G. C.), and Rutledge (J. J.), 1. Rutley (Frank). 1. Mineralogy. London,. Thomas Murby, 1900. 12th ed., 240 pp. Review: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11 p. 921, 1901. S. Safford (J. M.). 1. Horizons of phosphate rocks in Tennessee. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 14-15, 1901. Describes the geologic relations of the various phosphate deposit? 2. Classification of the geological formations of Tennessee. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 10-14, 1901. Gives in tabular form a list of the geological formations of Tennessee and includes brief notes regarding them. Safford (J. M.), and Killebrew (J. B.). 1. The elements of the geology of Tennessee. Nashville, Tenn., 1900. 264 pp., 45 figs. Salazar (Leopoldo). 1. Apuntes relativos al mineral de Taxco de Alarcon (Estadode Guerrero) [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem., vol. 16, pp. 167-177,1 pi., 1901, FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 293 Salisbury (Rollin D.). 1. The surface formations in southern New Jersey. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 33-40, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the surface formations of pre-Pleistocene and Pleistocene.ages in southern New Jersey. 2. Glacial work in the western mountains in 1901. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 718-731, 1901. Describes the results of the work of several parties of students in various parts of western United States. 3. [In discussion of paper by T. C. Chamberlin on “The geologic relations of the human relics of Lansing. Kansas.”] Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 778-779, 1902. 4. Recent progress in glaciology. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 353-355, 1902. 5. Three new physiographic terms. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 707-715, 5 figs., 1904. Defines, discusses, and illustrates the application of the physiographic terms topographic unconformity, topographic and structural adjustment, and superimposed youth. 6. The,mineral matter of the sea, with some speculations as to the changes which have been involved in its production. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 469-484 1905 Discusses the amounts of various kinds of mineral matter in the sea, and the bearing of these facts upon geologic history and geologic time. Salisbury (Rollin D.) and others. 1. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. See Merrill (F.J. H.) and others, 1. Salisbury (Rollin D.) and Blackwelder (Eliot). 1. Glaciation in the Bighorn Mountains. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 216-223, 2 figs., 1903 Describes distribution of glaciers in the region, and character, occurrence, and age of the glacial deposits. Salisbury (Rollin D.), assisted by Kummel (Henry B.), Peet (Charles E.), and Knapp (George N.). 1. The glacial geology of New Jersey. N. J. Geol. Surv., Final Rept., vol. 5, xxv+ 802 pp., 66 pis., 102 figs, in text, 4 maps (in pocket), 1902. Discusses character, distribution, and origin of the drift, the development of the ice sheet, the topographic and drainage changes produced by it, the history and cause of the Glacial period, and describes in detail the drift features of northern New Jersey Salisbury (Rollin D.), Chamberlin (Thomas C.), and. 1. Geology. In two volumes. Vol. 1. Geologic processes and their results. See Chamberlin (Thomas C.) and Salisbury (Rollin D.), 1. Sapper (Carl). 1. Bemerkungen liber einige Vulkane von Guatemala und Salvador. Petermanns Mitteilungen, Bd. 46, pp. 149-161, 1 pi., 1900. 2. Die siidlichsten Vulkane Mittel-Amerikas. Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., Bd. 53, pp. 24-51, 5 figs., 1901. Describes volcanoes in the southern part of Central America. 3. Die Alta Verapaz (Guatemala). Mitth. d. Geog. Ges. in Hamburg, Band 17, pp. 78-214,5 pis. (maps), 1901. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of pre-Paleozoic, Paleozoic, Mesozoic, Tertiary, and Cenozoic formations, the geologic history, and the petrology of this region. 4. Das Erdbeben in Guatemala vom 18. April, 1902. Petermanns Mitteilungen, Band 48, pp. 193-195, 1 pi. (map), 1902. Describes the earthquake of April 18, 1902, in Guatemala. 294 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Sapper (Carl)—Continued. 5. Der Ausbruch des Vulkans Santa Maria in Guatemala (Oktober, 1902). Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 33-44,1 fig., pp. 65-70, 3 figs., 1903. Describes phenomena connected with the volcanic eruption of Santa Maria in Guatemala in October, 1902. 6. Weitere Mittheilungen iiber den Ausbruch des Vulkans St. Maria in Guatemala. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 71-72,1903. Gives further observations upon the eruption of the volcano St. Maria in Guatemala. 7. Die jiingsten Ereignisse am Vulkan Izalco (Salvador). Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 103-111, 1 fig., 1903. Describes volcanic phenomena in Salvador. 8. Ein Besuch der Insel Grenada. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 182-186, 1903. Gives observations upon volcanic deposits of this island. 9. Bericht iiber einen Besuch von St. Vincent. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 248-258, 5 figs., 1903. Gives observations upon the geology and volcanic phenomena of St. Vincent. 10. - Zur Kenntniss der Insel S. Lucia in Westindien. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 273-278, 2 figs., 1903. Gives observations upon the geology and sulphur springs of the island. 11. Ein Besuch der Insel-Montserrat (Westindien). Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 279-283, 1 fig., 1903. Gives observations upon the geology of the island. 12. Ein Besuch von Dominica. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 305-314, 3 figs., 1903. Gives observations upon geologic features of the island. 13. Ein Besuch von S. Eustatius und Saba. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 314-318, 3 figs., 1903. Gives observations upon the geology of these islands. 14. Ein Besuch von Guadeloupe. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 319-323, 2 figs., 1903. Gives observations upon the geology and fumaroles of the island. 15. Ein Besuch von Martinique. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 337-358, 7 figs., 1903. Describes observations upon the geology of the island and the phenomena connected with the eruptions of Mont Pel6. 16. Der Krater der Soufriere von St. Vincent. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 369-373, 2 figs., 1903. Describes the crater of the Soufriere of St. Vincent. 17. Ein Besuch der Inseln Nevis und S. Kitts (S. Christopher) [West Indies]. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 384-387, 2 figs., 1903. Gives observations upon the geologic formations of the island. 18. St. Vincent. Globus, Bd. 84, pp. 297-303, 377-383, 1903. Describes the eruption and its effects of the Soufriere on St. Vincent. 19. Die vulcanischen Kleinen Antillen und die Ausbriiche der Jahre 1902 und 1903. Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., Bd. 2, pp. 1-70, 13 pis., 9 figs., 1904. Discusses volcanic and related phenomena of the Lesser Antilles that took place in 1902 and 1903, the character and occurrence of the volcanic rocks ejected, and the forms of the Antillean volcanoes. 20. Die vulcanischen Ereignisse in Mittelamerika in Jahre 1902. Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., Bd. 1, pp. 39-90, 7 pis., 8 figs., 1904. Describes volcanic eruptions of 1902 in Central America. 21. Neuere vulkanische Ereignisse in Mittelamerika. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 449-450, 1904. Notes the activity of some volcanos in several States of Central America. FOR THE YEARS 190]-1905, INCLUSIVE. 295 Sapper (Carl)—Continued. 22. Grundzuge des Gebirgsbaus von Mittelamerika. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 231-238, 1 map, 1905. Describes briefly the general geologic structure of Central America. 23. Ein neuer VuLkanausbruch in Mittelamerika. Centralbl. f. Min., Geol. u. Pal., no. 6, pp. 172-175, 1905. Describes an eruption of the volcano Momotombo in Nicaragua that took place in January 1905. 24. In den Vulcangebieten Mittelamerikas und Westindiens: Reiseschilderungen und studien tiber die Vulcanausbriiche der Jahre 1902 bis 1903, ihre geolo- gischen, wirthschaftlichen und soeialen Folgen. Stuttgart; Verlag der E. Schweizerbartschen Verlagsbuchhandlung (E. Niigele), 1905. vi, 334 pp., 33 pis. and 48 figs. Describes volcanic eruptions of 1902-3, and physiographic and geologic features of the Lesser Antilles. Sardeson (Frederick W.). 1. The Saint Peter sandstone. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 64-88, 3 pis., 1896. Discusses geographic distribution and lithologic characters, and describes the fauna. 2. The fauna of the Magnesian series. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 92-105, 2 pis., 1896. 3. Problem of the Monticuliporoidea. I. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 1-27, 1 pi. and 1 fig., 1901. Describes the characters of various species of Trepostomata and discusses their affinities. 4. Problem of the Monticuliporoidea. II. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 149-173, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1901. Describes the general characters of various species of Cryptostomata and discusses their affinities. 5. Note on the western Tertiary. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 868-869, 1901. Contains notes on the occurrence of fossils as indicating the mode of formation of the strata. 6. Paleozoic fossils in the drift [Minnesota]. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 317-318, 1901. 7. Fossils in the St. Peter sandstone. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 318-319, 1901. 8. The lower Silurian formations of Wisconsin and Minnesota compared. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 319-326, 1 fig., 1901. 9. The range and distribution of the lower Silurian fauna of Minnesota, with descrip¬ tions of some new species. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 326-343,1901. 10. On the deceptive fossilization of certain pelecypod species and on the geJius Eurymya. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 39-45, 9 figs., 1902. Describes the preservation of Modiolopsis plana Hall. 11. The Carboniferous formations of Humboldt, Iowa. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 300-312, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the occurrence of the Kinderhook at this locality and the characters of the fossils collected. 12. Observations on the genus Romingeria, by Charles F. Beecher. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 260-261, 1903. 13. The phylogenic stage of the Cambrian Gastropoda Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 469-492, 2 pis., 1903. 14. A particular case of glacial erosion. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 351-357, 2 figs., 1905. 296 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Sarle (Clifton J.). 1. Reef structures in Clinton and Niagara strata of western New York. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 282-299, 5. pis., 1901. Describes occurrence of irregular, hardened masses in the limestone and discusses their origin. Describes similar occurrences in other geologic horizons. 2. A new eurypterid fauna from the base of the Salina of western New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 1080-1108, 21 pis., 1903. 3. Economic geology of Monroe County and contiguous territory [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., 56th Ann. Rept., pp. r75-rl06, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the general geology of the county, and the occurrence and utilization cf stone, clays, sand, gravel, gypsum, and peat. 4. The burrow origin of Arthrophycus and Daedalus (Vexillum). Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 335,1905. Savage (T. E.). 1. Drift exposure in Tama County [Iowa]. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 8, pp. 275-278, 1 fig., 1901. Describes the strata exposed in a railroad cutting and refers them to the Kansas drift, Aftonean inter-Glacial period, and pre-Kansan drift. 2. Geology of Henry County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 239-302, 12 figs, and geol. map, 1902. Describes the physiographic and drainage features, geologic structure, and economic products of this county. 3. Geology of Tama County [Iowa]. . Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 13, pp. 185-253, 13 figs., 1903. Describes topography and drainage, the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of Devonian and Carboniferous strata and Glacial and post-Glacial deposits, and the economic resources. 4. The Toledo lobe of Iowan drift. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 123-129, 1903. Describes the geographic position, physiographic features, and component materials of this portion of the drift sheet, and the distribution of drift deposits in the lobe, and the sequence of geologic events producing them. 5. A buried peat bed in Dodge Township, Union County, Iowa. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1903, vol. 11, pp. 103-109, 1 pi., 1904. Describes occurrence and geologic relations of a peat bed in glacial deposits, and discusses its origin. 6. Report of the assistant State geologist [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1.04, pp. 12-14, 1905. Outlines the official work carried on by the author. 7. Geology of Benton County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 19C4, pp. 125-225,15 figs., 1 map, 19C5. Describes the physiographic features, the occurrence, character, and relations cf Devonian and Mississippian strata and Pleistocene deposits, and the economic products. 8. Geology of Fayette County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1904, pp. 433-546, 17 figs., 2 maps, 1915. Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian strata and Pleistocene deposits, and the economic resources. Savicki (Wm. V.). 1. Geological Survey of Mh higan. Report of field work for 1900. Mich. Miner, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 9-11, 1 fig., 1901. Scalia (S.), Burckhardt (C.) and. 1. La faune marine du Trias Superieur de Zacatecas [Mexique]. See Burckhardt (0.) and Scalia (S.), 1. Schaller (Waldemar T.). 1. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vc.1. 3, pp. 191-217, 1 pi., 1C03. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 297 Schaller (WaldemarT.)—Continued. 2. Spodumene from San Diego Co., California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 265-275, 3 pis., 1903. Describes occurrence, crystallization, physical properties, and composition. 3. Notes on some California minerals. Am. Jour. Scis, 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 191-194, 1904. Describes the character, occurrence, and composition of halloysite, amblygonite, boothite, pisanite, and a quartz pseudomorph. 4. The tourmaline localities of southern California. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 266-268, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of tourmaline deposits. 5. Dumortierite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 211-224, 3 figs., 1905. Describes the general and crystallographic characters, and composition of this mineral. 6. Crystallography of lepidolite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 225-226,1905. 7. Dumortierite. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 91-120, 3 figs., 1905. 8. Mineralogical notes. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 121-144, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, composition, and optical and other properties of various minerals. Schaller .(W. T.) and Hillebrand (W. F.). 1. Crystallographical and chemical notes on lawsonite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 195-197,1904. 2. Notes on lawsonite. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 262, pp. 58-60, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the optical characters and chemical composition. Schaller (W. T.), Graton (L. C.) and. 1. Purpurite, a new mineral. See Graton (L. C.) and Schaller (W. T.), 1. Scherer (George H.). 1. Geology of the Hahatonka^ district, Camden County [Missouri]. Drury Coll., Bradley Geol. Field Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 58-67, 1 pi., 1905. Gives an account of the occurrence and geologic formations of the region and of the springs. Schiotz (O. E.). 1. Results of the pendulum observations and some remarks on the constitution of the earth’s crust. Nansen’s Norwegian North Polar expedition. Scientific results, vol. 2, viii, pp. 1-90, 1901. Schmeckebier (Laurence F.). 1. Catalogue and index of the publications of the Hayden, King, Powell, and Wheeler surveys, namely: Geological and Geographical Survey of the Terri¬ tories, Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel, Geographical and Geo¬ logic al Surveys of the Roc y Mountain region, Geographical and Geological Surveys west of the One Hundredth Meridian. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 222, 208 pp., 1904. Schmidt (C.). 1. Ueber vulkanische Asche, gefallen in Sail Cristobal L. C. (Siid-Mexiko) am 25 Oktober 19C2. Centralbl. f. Min., p. 131, 1C03. Discusses the composition of volcanic ashes. Schmitt (Joseph). 1. Monographic de l’lle d’Anticosti (golfe Saint-Laurent). Paris, A. Hermann, 1904. vi, 367 pp., 12 figs, and map. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 298 Schneider (Philip F.). 1. Notes on the geology of Onondaga County, N. Y. Syracuse, N. Y., 47 pp., 1894. (Privately printed.) Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the formations of Silurian and Devonian age in this county, and gives observations upon the occurrence of fossils. 2. Limestones in central New York. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Science ser., no. 1, 16 pp., 1897. Describes the occurrence, character, and utilization of the limestones in central New York. 3. The Marcel] us fault. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Science ser., no. 2, 7 pp., 1899. Describes faulting in the vicinity of Marcellus, N. Y. 4. New exposures of eruptive dikes in Syracuse, New York. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 24-26, 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of the dike rock. 5. The whetstone industry. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 20-31,1903. Describes the occurrence and character of the Labrador whetstone in the Portage group in the vicinity of Syracuse, N. Y. 6. The geology of the serpentines of central New York. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 110-117,1903. Describes the occurrence and petrologic characters of dikes at Syracuse, N. Y. 7. Notes on some eruptive dikes near Ithaca [New York]. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 130-136, 1903. 8. South Onondaga geology. In “The Septuagenary of the South Onondaga Methodist Episcopal Society” by W. W. Newman (Syracuse, N. Y., C. W. Bardeen, 1904, 108 pp.), pp. 80-84, 1904. Gives a sketch of the geological history of the region around South Onondaga, New York. 9. Preliminary note on some overthrust faults in central New York. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 308-312, 1905. 10. The correlation of some alnoite dikes in East Canada Creek [New York]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 673, 1905. Scholz (Carl). 1. [Discussion of paper by Charles Catlett on “Coal outcrops.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 1107-1109, 1901. 2. The coal fields of Arkansas and Indian Territory. Mg. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 520-524, 2 figs., 1905. Schottler (W.). 1. Bemerkung liber die in San Cristobal (S.-Mexico) am 25 Okt. 1902 gefallene Asche. Centralbl. f. Min., pp. 286-289, 1903. Describes petrographic characters of volcanic ashes from San Cristobal, in southern Mexico. Schrader (Frank Charles). 1. Geological section of the Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 233-252, 4 pis., 1902. Describes the character and occurrence of the Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Meso¬ zoic rocks. 2. The geological section of the Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 665-666, 1902. 3. Reconnaissance in northern Alaska across the Rocky Mountains, along Koyukuk, John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville rivers, and the Arctic coast to Cape Lisburne, in 1901. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 20, 139 pp., 16 pis., 4 figs., 1904. Reviews previous exploration of the region, describes the geography, character, and occur¬ rence of Silurian, Devonian, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary strata, and the mineral resources, principally gold and coal. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 299 Schrader (F. C.) and Brooks (Alfred H.). 1. Some notes on the Nome gold region of Alaska. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol.30, pp.236-247, 3 figs., 1901. Describes the topography of the region, the occurrence of the placers, and the origin of the beach placers. Schrader (Frank C.) and Haworth (Erasmus). 1. Oil and gas of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 446-458, 1905. Gives a summary report on the distribution, occurrence, development, production, character, and utilization of the oil and gas of the Independence quadrangle in southeastern Kansas. 2. Clay industries of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull.no. 260, pp. 546-549, 1905. Describes occurrence and character of clays, and their manufacture into brick and other wares. Schrader (Frank Charles) and Spencer (Arthur Coe). 1. The geology and mineral resources of a portion of the Copper River district, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv. (Special reports on Alaska.) 94 pp., 13 pis., 1901. Describes the general geography and physiography, the occurrence and character of the sedimentary and igneous rocks, and the occurrence of copper and gold. Schrader (F. C.), Haworth (E.) and. 1. Portland-cement resources of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas. See Haworth (E.) and Schrader (F. C.), 1. Schrader (F. C.), Mendenhall (Walter C.) and. 1. The mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska. See Mendenhall (W. C.) and Schrader (F. C.), 1. 2. Copper deposits of the Mount Wrangell region, Alaska. See Mendenhall (W. C.) and Schrader (F. C.), 2. Schramm (Eck Frank). 1. A preliminary report on the building stone of Oklahoma. Okla., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Hist., 3d Bien. Rept., pp. 37-49, 1904. Schuchert (Charles). 1. On the Helderbergian fossils near Montreal, Canada. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 245-253, 4 figs., 1901. Contains notes on the fossils and probable correlations of the St. Helens Island faunas of New York. Figures two new species. 2. Morse on living brachiopods. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 112-121, 1903. Reviews “Observations on living brachiopods,” by Edward S. Morse, especially such parts as have a direct bearing on fossil forms. Includes observations on paleozoic forms. 3. The I. H. Harris collection of invertebrate fossils in the United States National Museum. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 131-135, 1 pi. (por.), 1903. Gives a sketch of the life of Mr. I. H. Harris and an account of the collection which he accummulated. 4. On the Manlius formation of New York. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 160-178, 3 figs., 1903. Discusses stratigraphic position of the Coralline limestone of the New York series and gives notes upon its fauna, with descriptions of some species. 5. On the faunal provinces of the middle Devonicof America and the Devonic coral sub-provinces of Russia, with two paleographic maps. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 137-162,2 pis., 1903. Gives a summary of Lebedew’s work on the corals of Russia, describes the faunal provinces of the American middle Devonic and relations of their faunas with one another and with the faunas of European provinces, and tabulates the distribution of American corals in the Mississippian and Dakota seas. 300 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Schuchert (Charles)—Continued. 6. On new Siluric Cystoidea and a new Camarocrinus. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 230-240, 1903. 7. On the lower Devonic and Ontario formations of Maryland. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, pp. 413-424, 1903. Describes character, occurrence, faunal contents, and geologic relationships of Silurian and Devonian strata in Allegany County, Maryland, and vicinity. 8. A noteworthy crinoid. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 45 (Quart, issue, vol. 1, pts. 3 and 4), p. 450, 1 pi., 1903. A brief note on the occurrence of Uintacrinus socialis. 9. Charles Emerson Beecher. Am. Jour. Sci.,4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 411-422, 1 pi. (por.), 1904. Gives an account of his life and paleontologic work, and a list of his published papers. 10. The stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 465-469, 1904. Reviews a paper with the above title in the Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Indiana by E. M. Kindle, and discusses the subject-matter of the paper. 11. On Siluric and Devonic Cystidea and Camarocrinus. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quart, issue, vol. 2, pt. 2), pp. 201-272, 11 pis., 24 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence near Keyser, West Virginia, of a cystid fauna, and gives a section of the strata of the Manlius formation at this locality and systematic descriptions of Silurian and Devonian cystids. 12. Dali’s Contributions to the Tertiary Fauna of Florida. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 143-154, 1904. 13. [Review of] Contributions to Devonian paleontology by H. S. Williams and E. M. Kindle. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol: 19, pp. 460-463,1905. The reviewer includes notes of his own observations upon the occurrence and relations of Devonian faunas in the Appalachian region. 14. The mounted skeleton of Triceratops prorsus in the U. S. National Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 458-459, 1 pi., 1905. 15. John Bell Hatcher. Am.Geol., vol. 35, pp. 131-141,1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a list of his published writings. Schuchert (Charles), assisted by Dali (W. H.), Stanton (T. W.), and Bassler (R. S.). 1. Catalogue of the type specimens of fossil invertebrates in the Department of Geol¬ ogy, United States National Museum. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. no. 53, pt. 1, 704 pp., 1905. In the introduction to the catalogue discusses the kinds and nomenclature of type material. Schuchert (Charles) and Buckman (S. S.). 1. The nomenclature of types in natural history. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 899-901, 1905. Schuchert (Charles), Ulrich (E. O.) and. 1. Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern North America. See Ulrich (E. O.) and Schuchert (C.), 1. Schultz (Alfred R.). 1. Underground waters of eastern United States: Wisconsin district. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 233-241, 2 figs., 1905. Describes briefly the topography, general geology, and the underground water resources. Schwarz (T. E.). 1. Notes on an occurrence of mick in Boulder County [Colorada]. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 139-14Q, 1903. 2. Features of the occurrence of ore at Red Mountain, Ouray County, Colo. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-mo. Bull., no. 2, pp. 267-274, 3 figs, 1905. Discusses the occurrence of the ore bodies. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 301 Scott (A. 0.). 1. A brief summary of glacier work. Am.Geol., vol. 30, pp. 215-261, 1902. Gives a general summary of the literature of glaciology. Scott (Dunkinfield Henry). 1. Studies on fossil botany. The Macmillan Co., N. Y., 1900. 553 pp. Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. 35, pp. 73-77, 1901. Scott (O. N.). 1. The ore deposits of Copper Mountain, Similkameen district, British Columbia. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 493-502, 2 figs., 1902; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, pp. 173-176, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the rocks of this area, the occurrence of the ore bodies, and their origin. Scott (W. B.). 1. Historical geology. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, pp. 21352-21353, 1901. Abstract of lecture delivered at the Wagner Institute, Philadelphia, Pa. 2. Earth carrying. Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21456, 1901. Abstract of lecture delivered at the Wagner Institute, Philadelphia, Pa. 3. John Bell Hatcher. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 139-142, 1904. Gives an account of his life and work. Scudder (Samuel H.). 1. Canadian fossil insects. 4. Additions to the coleopterous fauna of the inter-Glacial clays of the Toronto district. Can. Geol. Surv., Contr. to Can. Paleont., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 67-90, 8 pis., 1900. Sears (John Henry). 1. The physical geography, geology, mineralogy, and paleontology of Essex County, Massachusetts. Salem, Mass., Published by the Essex Institute, 1905. 418 pp., 209 figs., map (in pocket). Sebbin (E. W.). 1. Geology of Mexico. Lead & Zinc News, vol. 8, pp. 130-131, 1904. Gives a brief account of the general geology of Mexico. Seely (Henry M.). 1. Sketch of the life and work of Augustus Wing. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 1-8,1 pi. (por.), 1901; Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 22-30, por., 1902. Describes the life of Augustus Wing and his work on the geology of Vermont. 2. The geology of Vermont. The Vermonter, vol. 5, pp. 53-67, illus., 1901. Gives a general account of the geology of Vermont. 3. Some sponges of the Chazy formation. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 151-161, 3 pis., 1902. Discusses geologic position and gives descriptions of these forms. 4. Sketch of the life and work of Charles Baker Adams. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 1-12, pi. 1 (por.), 1903; Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 3-15, 1 pi. (por.), 1904. 5. The Stromatoceria of Isle La Motte, Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 144-165, 5 pis., 1904. Sellards (E. H.). 1. Permian plants. Teeniopteris of the Permian of Kansas. Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. 10, pp. 1-12, 4 pis., 1901. 302 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Sellards (E. H.)—Continued. 2. Fossil plants in the Permian of Kansas. Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 208-209, 1901. Describes occurrence of the plant remains at various localities. 3. On the fertile fronds of Crossotheca and Myriotheca, and on the spores of other Carboniferous ferns from Mazon Creek, Illinois. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 196-202, 1902. 4. On the validity of Idiophyllum rotundifolium Lesquereux, a fossil plant from the Coal Measures of Mazon Creek, Illinois. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 203-204,2 figs., 1902. Considers that the characters of this fossil plant agree with Neuropteris rarinervis Bunb. and that the genus Idiophyllum has no standing. 5. Some new structural characters of Paleozoic cockroaches. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 307-315, 2 pis., 1903. Discusses structural features and immature stages, and describes several forms of Carboniferous cockroaches. 6. Codonotheca, a new type of spore-bearing organ from the Coal Measures. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 87-95, 1 pi., 1903. 7. Discovery of fossil insects in the Permian of Kansas. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 323-324, 1903. 8. A study of the structure of Paleozoic cockroaches, with descriptions of new forms from the Coal Measures. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 113-131, 213-227, 1 pi., 37 figs., 1904. Sellards (E. H.), Beede (J. W.) and. 1. Stratigraphy of the eastern outcrop of the Kansas Permian. See Beede (J. W.) and Sellards (E. H.), 1 Shaaf (Albert), Price (J. A.) and. 1. Spy Run and Poinsett lake bottoms. See Price (J. A.) and Shaaf (A.), 1. 2. Abandoned meanders of Spy Run Creek [Indiana]. See Price (J. A.) and Shaaf (A.), 2. Shaler (M. K.), Taff (J. A.) and. 1. Notes on the geology of the Muscogee oil fields, Indian Territory. See Taff (J. A.) and Shaler (M. K.), 1. Shaler (N. S.). 1. Broad valleys of the Cordilleras. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 271-300, 1901. Discusses the origin and development of these valleys and the bearing of the evidence on the orographic features of the region. 2. A comparison of the features of the earth and the moon. Smith. Cont. Knowl., vol. 34, pp. 1-79, 25 pis., 1903. Sharwood (W. J.), Eakle (A. S.) and. 1. Luminescent zinc-blende. See Eakle (A. S.) and Sharwood (W. J.), 1. Shattuck (C. H.). 1. A fossil forest in Jackson County [Kansas]. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 107-109, 1 pi., I fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence of fossil plants in the Carboniferous of Jackson County, Kansas. Shattuck (George Burbank). 1. The Pleistocene problem of the North Atlantic coastal plain. Johns Hopkins Univ., Circular no. 152, pp. 69-75, 1901; Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 87-107, 1901. Reviews the opinions of various writers on these problems and gives the author’s conclusions, 2. Apparent unconformities during periods of continuous sedimentation. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 99-100,1901. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 303 Shattuck (George Burbank)—Continued. 3. Development of knowledge concerning the physical features of Cecil County [Maryland], with bibliography. Md. Geol. Surv., Cecil Co., pp. 31-62, 3 pis., 3 tigs., 1902. 4. The physiography of Cecil County [Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Cecil Co., pp. 63-82, 4 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Discusses topographic features and their origin. 5. The geology of the coastal plain formations [of Cecil County, Maryland]. Md. Geol. Surv., Cecil Co., pp. 149-194, 5 pis., 4 figs., 1902. Describes the character, distribution, and history of geologic formations in this county of Quaternary, Tertiary, and Mesozoic age. 6. The Miocene formation of Maryland. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 906, 1902. 7. The Pleistocene problem in Maryland. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 906-907, 1902. 8. The Mollusca of the Buda limestone, with an appendix on the corals of the Buda limestone. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 205, 94 pp., 27 pis.,-1 fig., 1903. Gives a short account of the geology of the Buda limestone in Texas and descriptions of the molluscan fauna found therein. 9. Papers read before the Geological Society of America. Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 523-533, 1904. 10. The Miocene deposits of Maryland. Geological and paleontological relations, with a review of earlier investigations. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. xxxiii-cxxxvii, 9 pis., 1904. Gives a historical review of investigations upon the Maryland Miocene deposits and a bibli¬ ography of literature relating thereto, and describes in detail the character, occurrence, relations, etc., of the Miocene formations in Maryland, with sections of strata and a tabular list of fossils, showing geographic and geologic distribution and range. Shattuck (George Burbank) and Miller (Benjamin Leroy). 1. Physiography and geology of the Bahama Islands. Baltimore Geog. Soc.: The Bahama Islands, pp. 3-29, 9 pis., 1905. (New York, The Macmillan Company, 1905.) Sheak (W. H.), Blatchley (W. S.) and. 1. Trenton rock petroleum. See Blatchley (W. S.) and Sheak (W. H.), 1. Shedd (S.). 1. The iron ores of Washington. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 217-256, 4 pis., 1902. Discusses the distribution, genesis, and working of the iron ores of the State of Washington, and gives chemical analyses. 2. The building and ornamental stones of Washington. Wash. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 1-163, 22 pis., 1903. Discusses physical properties required in building stones, and describes character, occurrence, and utilization of stone deposits of Washington suitable for building and decorative pur¬ poses. Sheldon (George) and (J. M. Arms). 1. Newly exposed geologic features within the old “8,000 Acre Grant.” New York, 21 pp., 12 pis., 1903. (Private publication.) Describes peculiar structural features in sand and clay deposits and columnar trap formations, and discusses their origin. Sheldon (J. M. Arms). 1. Concretions from the Champlain clays of the Connecticut Valley. Boston, 1900. 45 pp., 14 pis. [Private publication.] Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, p. 397, 1901. Describes the occurrence, character, and constitution of concretions from clay beds in the Connecticut Valley, and discusses their origin, 304 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Shepard (Edward M.). 1. Table of geological formations. Drury Coll., Bradley Field Geol. Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 41-42,1904. Gives in tabular form the gelogic formations of Missouri correlated with those of Arkansas. 2. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Missouri. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 389-440, 1904. 3. The New Madrid earthquake. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 45-62, 5 figs., 1905. Describes the phenomena of the earthquake, features of the earthquake area and associated artesian conditions, and discusses the cause of the earthquake. 4. Spring system of the Decaturville dome, Camden County, Missouri. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 113-125, 4 figs., 1905. 5. Underground waters of eastern United States: Missouri. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 209-219, 3 figs., 1905. Describes thj general geology and the physiographic provinces with particular reference to their underground water supplies. 6. Key to the rocks and geological horizons of Greene County [Missouri]. Drury Coll., Bradley Geol. Field Station, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 53-57,1905. Shepherd (E. S.), Day (A. L.) and. 1. The phase-rule and conceptions of igneous magmas. Discussion of paper by Mr. T. T. Read. See Day (A. L.) and Shepherd (E. S.), 1. Sheridan (Jo E.). 1. Annual report of the mine inspector for the Territory of New Mexico. U. S. Mine Inspector for the Territory of N. Mex., Ann. Rept, to the Secretary of the Interior for the year ended June 30, 1904. Washington, 1904, 79 pp. Includes a description of the New Mexico coal fields, showing the occurrence, character, geo¬ logic relations, etc., of the coal seams. Sherwin (R. S.). 1. Notes on the geology of the Antelope Hills [Oklahoma]. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 83-84, 1903. Gives a brief account of the geology of this region. 2. Notes on the theories of origin of gypsum deposits. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 85-88, 1903. Discusses the origin of the gypsum deposits of Kansas and Oklahoma. Sherzer (William Hittell). 1. Ice work in southeastern Michigan. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 194-216, 8 figs., 1902. Describes the general topography, drift and ice action, and scouring in the region. 2. Glacial studies in the Canadian Rockies and Selkirks. (Smithsonian Expedition of 1904.) Preliminary report. Smith. Misc. Coll. (Quart. Issue, vol. 2, pt. 4), vol. 47, pp. 453-496,13 pis., 31 figs., 1905. Shimek (B.). 1. Recent decline in the level of Lake Nicaragua. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 396-398, 1901. j Refers to a paper published in 1896 on the same subject. 2. The loess of Iowa City ar*l vicinity [Iowa]. Iowa State Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 195-212, 1901; Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 344- 358, 1901. Gives list of loess and recent fossils, with notes on some of the species. 3. Pyramidula shimekii (Pilsbry) Shimek. Iowa St. Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 139-145,1901. 4. The loess of Natchez, Mississippi. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 279-299, 7 pis., 1902. Gives lists of fossils found in the loess and describes the formation and character of the loess deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 305 Shimek (B.)—Continued. 5. The loess and the Lansing man. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 353-369, 1903. Discusses the character of the fossil shells occurring in the loess and their bearing upon the question of the origin of the loess. 6. Living plants as geological factors. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 41-48, 12 pis., 1903. Discusses the action of plants in the disintegration and formation of deposits. 7. Fresh-water shells in the loess. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, p. 576. 1904; Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 533,1904; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 57, p. 23447, 1904. 8. Helicina occulta Say. Davenport Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 9, pp. 173-180, 1904. Discusses the geographical and geological distribution of this mollusk, which occurs in a fossil state in the loess. 9. Papers on the loess. Iowa State Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 298-381, 1904. Includes the five following papers. 10. The loess of Natchez, Miss. Iowa State Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 299-326, 7 pis., 1904. This paper appeared in the American Geologist, vol. 30, 1902. See above. 11. The loess and the Lansing man. Iowa State Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 327-346,1904. This paper appeared in the American Geologist, vol. 32, 1903. See above. 12. The Lansing deposit not loess. Iowa State Univ., Lab Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 346-352, 3 pis., 1904. Discusses the characters which distinguish loess deposits, and their bearing upon the kind and age of the deposits containing the Lansing human remains. 13. Loess and the Iowan drift. Iowa State Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 352-368, 2 pis., 1904. Discusses the position of loess deposits with reference to drift deposits, and the bearing of these facts upon the question of the formation of the loess, and points out the stratigraphic position of various loess deposits. 14. Evidences (?) of water-deposition of loess. Iowa State Univ., Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 5, pp. 369-381, 2 pis., 1904. Discusses the evidences advanced for the theory of the deposition of loess by water action. 15. Additional note on Helicina occulta. Jour. Geol., voi. 13, pp. 232-237, 1905. Discusses the occurrence of this shell in the loess and the evidence it gives as to climatic conditions. Shimer (Hervey Wood burn). 1. Petrographic description of the dikes of Grand Isle, Vermont. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., Ill, pp. 174-183,1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 87. Discusses the composition and occurrence of the dikes on this island. 2. [Report of] Fall excursions of the Geological Department, Columbia University. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 62-64, 1903. Contains notes on the geology and petrology of Manhattan Island and localities in the vicinity of New York City. 3. [Field work at Larrabee’s Point, Vermont.] Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 130-131,1903. 4. [Report of] Columbia University Geological Department. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 259-260, 1903. Describes observations in northeastern New Jersey. Bull. 301—06-20 306 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Shimer (Hervey Woodburn)—Continued. 5. Upper Siluric and Devonic faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Orange County, New York. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 80, pp. 173-269, 3 pis. and 10 figs., 1965. Describes the situation, general geology and geological structure of Trilobite Mountain, with a brief review of the work previously done, and in detail the character, occurrence, and relations of the Devonian formations and the fossil faunas contained in them. Shinier (Hervey W.) and Grabau (Amadeus W.). 1. Hamilton group of Thedford, Ontario. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 149-186, 5 figs., 1902; Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr., vol. 10, no. 83, 1902. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the local sections, discusses the correlation of the beds and presents notes on some of the species. Siebenthal (C. E.). 1. On the use of the term Bedford limestone. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 234-235, 1901. Discusses the use of the name in Ohio and Indiana and considers that the Bedford of Indiana has priority. 2. The Silver Creek hydraulic limestone of southeastern Indiana. Ind., Dept, of Geol. and Nat. Res., 25th Ann. Rept., pp. 331-389, 2 pis.. 2 figs., 1901. Reviews the geologic literature regarding the region, describes the stratigraphic and paleon- tologic features and nomenclature of the Devonian formations, and gives an account of the economic uses of the limestone. 3. The Indiana oolitic limestone industry in 1900. Ind., Dept, of Geol. and Nat. Res., 25th Ann. Rept., pp. 390-393, 1901. 4. Structural features of the Joplin district [Missouri]. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 119-128,1 pi., 1905. Reviews the views of previous workers in the area regarding the structure of the district and the origin of the ores, and describes the geologic structure of the Cornfield region and dis¬ cusses its origin. Silver (L. P.). 1. The sulphide ore bodies of the Sudbury region [Ontario]. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 528-551, 1 fig., 9 pis., 1902; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, pp. 207-211, 1902. Discusses the occurrence and origin of the nickel-bearing ore deposits. 2. Petrography of some igneous rocks of the Kettle River mining division, British Columbia. Ottawa Nat., vol. 17, pp. 85-91, 1903. Describes their characters and occurrence. Simmersbach (B.). 1. Die Steinkohlengebiete von Pennsylvanien und Westvirginien. Zeitsch. f. prak. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 413-423, 1 fig., 1903. Gives a general account of the Appalachian coal field, describing its geographic extent, and the succession, thickness, character, and distribution of the geologic formations. Simmons (Jesse). 1. Tungsten ores in the Black Hills. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 217-218, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of tungsten ores and discusses their origin. Simonds (Frederic William). 1. The minerals and mineral localities of Texas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, p. 797,1901. Gives an account of the preparation of a list of Texas minerals and localities. 2. Dr. Ferdinand von Roemer, the father of Texas geology; his life and work. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 131-140, pi., 1902. 3. The minerals and mineral localities of Texas. Tex. Univ., Min. Surv., Bull. no. 5, pp. 3-95, 1902. Describes characters and occurrences of minerals found in Texas. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 307 Simonds (Frederic William)—Continued. 4. The geography of Texas, physical and political. Boston, Ginn & Company, 1905. 237 pp., 133 figs. Includes a chapter on the geology of Texas. Simpson (Howard E.). 1. The accretion of flood plains by means of sand bars. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 54-56, 1903. Sinclair (William J.). 1. The discovery of a new fossil tapir in Oregon. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 702-707, 1 fig., 1901. Describes Protapirus robustus n. sp. from the John Day beds. 2. A preliminary account of the exploration of the Potter Creek cave, Shasta County, California. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 708-712, 1903. Describes the situation of the cave, the deposits in it, and the occurrence of vertebrate remains, with a list of the forms identified. 3. Mylagaulodon, a new rodent from the upper John Day of Oregon. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 143-144, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the characters and relations of a new genus and species. 4. A new tortoise from the auriferous gravels of California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 243-248, 2 figs., 1903. 5. The exploration of the Potter Creek cave [California]. Cal. Univ. Publ., Am. Arch. & Eth., vol. 2, pp. 1-27, 14 pis., 1904. Describes the general geology and physiography of the region, the stratigraphy of the cave deposits, the occurrence of the remains of Quaternary vertebrates, with a list of identified forms, and their relations to other faunas. 6. New or imperfectly known rodents and ungulates from the John Day series. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 125-143, 5 pis., 1905. 7. New Mammalia from the Quaternary caves of California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 145-161, 4 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Sinclair (William J.) and Furlong 1 (E. L.). 1. Euceratherium, a new ungulate from the Quaternary caves of California. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 411-418, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Sinclair (William J.), Merriam (John C.) and. 1. The correlation of the John Day and the Mascall. See Merriam (J. C.) and Sinclair (W. J.), 1. Skeat (Ethel G.). 1. The Jurassic rocks of East Greenland. Geol. Assoc., Proc., vol. 18, pp. 336-350, 1 pi., 1904. Gives an historical review of geological exploration in East Greenland, describes the general geologic structure and the occurrence of Jurassic strata and their fossil contents, and dis¬ cusses the distribution of land and sea during Jurassic time. Skinner (W. W.). 1. The underground waters of Arizona—their character and uses. Ariz. Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta., Bull. no. 46, pp. 273-296, 1 pi., 1903. Slichter (Charles S.). 1. The motions of underground waters. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 67, 106 pp., 50 figs., 8pls., 1902. 2. Field measurements of the rate of movement of underground waters. U. S. Geol, Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 140,122 pp., 15 pis., 67 figs., 1905. Sloan (Earl). 1. The mineral resources of South Carolina. Am. Mg. Cong., 7th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 129-160, 1905. 808 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Slosson (E. E.) and Moody (R. B.). 1. The Laramie cement plaster. Wvo. Univ., Agr. Coll., 10th Ann. Rept., 18 pp., 1 pi., 1900. Describes the occurrence of gypsum beds and the composition and manufacture of cement plaster. Slosson (E. E.), Knight (W. C.) and. 1. Alkali lakes and deposits [Wyoming]. See Knight (W. C.) and Slosson (E. E.), 1. 2. The Dutton, Rattlesnake, Arago, Oil Mountain, and Powder River oil fields [Wyoming]. See Knight (W. C.) and Slosson (E. E.), 2. 3. The Newcastle oil field [Wyoming]. See Knight (W. C.) and Slosson (E. E.), 3. 4. The Bonanza, Cottonwood, and Douglas oil fields. See Knight (W. C.) and Slosson (E. E.), 4. Smallwood (W. M.) and Hopkins (T. C.). 1. A discussion of the origin of some anticlinal folds near Meadville, Pennsylvania. Syracuse Univ., Bull., ser. 4, no. 1., pp. 18-24, 1903. Describes drainage and geological structure of this region. Smallwood (Martin), Hopkins (T. C.) and. 1. On some anticlinal folds [Pennsylvania]. See Hopkins (T. C.) and Smallwood (Martin), 1. Smith (A. F.), Ball (Sydney H.) and. 1. The geology of Miller County. See Ban (Sydney H.) and Smith (A. F.), 1. Smith (A. F.), Buckley (E. R.), Ball (S. H.),.and. 1. Glacial boulders along the Osage River in Missouri. See Buckley (E. R.), Ban (S. H.), and Smith (A. F.), 1. Smith (Alexander H.). 1. “Los Reyes” gold mines, southern Mexico. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 8, pp. 272-284,1 fig., 1905. Includes notes on the geology of the region. Smith (Alva J.). 1. The Americus limestone. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 189-190, 3 pis., 1901. Describes its distribution in Lyon County, Kansas, and its petrography and faunal characters. 2. A bulletin on Lyon County geology. Emporia, Kansas, 1902. 11 pp.,4 pis. (Private publication.) Describes the topography and general geology of Lyon County Kansas Parts ^ were presented to the Kansas Academy of Science, and published in its Transactions, vo s. 16 and 17. 3. Geology of Lyon County, Kansas. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 93-103, 1903. Describes the stratigraphy. 4. Reading blue limestone. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 150-153,1 pi., 1905. Smith (Burnett). 1. Senility among gastropods. phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., vol. 57, pp. 345-361, 2 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Smith (Charles E.). 1. Work of the Cornell Summer School of field geology. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 396-397, 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 309 Smith (Dwight T.). 1. A geological reconnoissance of the region of the upper main Walker River, Nevada. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 154, 1903; Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 94-95,1903. 2. The geology of the upper region of the main Walker River, Nevada. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull, vol. 4, pp. 1-32, 4 pis. and 2 figs., 1904. Describes the physical features of the region, the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of the sedimentary Tertiary and igneous rocks, the unconformities between formations, the geological structure of the area, and the character and occurrence of gold and copper ore deposits. Smith (E. Percy) and Dominian (Leon). 1. Notes on a trip to White Oaks, New Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 799-800, 1904. Gives observations on the economic resources and geology of the region. Smith (Eugene Allen). 1. Carboniferous fossils in “Ocoee” slates in Alabama. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 244-246, 1903. Discusses the determinations of the age of the Ocoee slates and related formations and the occurrence in them of Carboniferous plants in Clay County, Alabama. 2. The Portland-cement materials of central and southern Alabama. Cement Resources of Alabama. 58th Cong., 1st sess., Sen. Doc. no. 19, pp. 12-23, map, 1903. Describes character and distribution of Cretaceous and Tertiary limestones suitable for use in the manufacture of Portland cement. Includes a map showing the distribution of these limestones and the coal of northern Alabama. 3. The cement resources of Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 424-447, 1904. Describes location, geologic horizon, character, and availability for cement manufacture of the limestones and clays of Alabama. 4. The cement resources of Alabama. Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 8, pp. 61-93, 16 pis. (incl. geol. map), 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and geological relations of limestones in Alabama avail¬ able for cement manufacture. 5. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 276-331, 1904. 6. Underground waters of eastern United States: Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 164-170, 1 pi., 1905. Describes briefly the geologic formations of the State and their water-bearing conditions. 7. Biographical sketch of Henry McCalley. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 197-201, 1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a list of his published writings. 8. Portland-cement materials of Alabama. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., no. 243, pp. 60-84, 1 ph, 1905. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and geological relations of limestones and other cement materials of Alabama. 9. Revised map of the southeastern part of the Cahaba coal field, with columnar section. Ala. Geol. Surv., 1905 Smith. (Eugene Allen) and Aldrich (Truman H.). 1. The Grand Gulf formation. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 835-837,1902. Discusses the age of this formation in the light of new data obtained by the authors. 2. The Grand Gulf formation. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 20-26 1903. Discusses stratigraphic position of the Grand Gulf formation. 310 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Smith. (Eugene Allen) and McCalley (Henry). 1. Index to the mineral resources of Alabama. Ala. Geol. Surv., 79 pp., map and 6 pis., 1904. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of the economic resources of Alabama. Smith (Frank B.). 1. Coal mining in the Northwest Territories and its probable future. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 104-112, 1902; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 21, pp. 79-81, 1902. Contains notes on the geologic occurrence of the coals. 2. The Frank disaster [Alberta]. ■»0, pp. 382-401, 2 pis., 1905. Describes the location, extent, and stratigraphy of the coal fields, the character and extent of the coal beds, and the mining developments. 17. Tahlequah folio, Indian Territory-Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 122, 1905. Describes the physiographic relations and features, the character, occurrence, and relations of Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations, the history of the sedi¬ mentation, the geologic structure, and the economic resources. 18. Some erratic boulders in middle Carboniferous shale in Indian Territory. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 225, 1905. TafF (Joseph A.) and Shaler (Millard K.). 1. Notes on the geology of the Muscogee oil fields, Indian Territory. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 441-445, 1 fig., 1905. Describes the location and opening of the field, and the character and occurrence of the oil, and discusses the strata penetrated in the wells. Taft (II. H.). 1. Notes on southern Nevada and Inyo County, California. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Bi-Mo. Bull., no. 6, pp. 1279-1298, 1905. Includes notes on the geology of the region. Talbot (Mignon). 1. A contribution to the list of the fauna of the Stafford limestone of New York. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 148-150, 1903. 2. Revision of the New York Helderbergian crinoids. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 17-34, 4 pis., 4 figs., 1905. Tallmon (Marion Clover), Morgan (William Conger), and. 1. A fossil egg from Arizona. See Morgan (W. C.) and Tallmon (M. C.), 1. 2. A peculiar occurrence of bitumen and evidence as to its origin. See Morgan (W. C.) and Tallmon (M. C.), 2. Talmage (J. E.). 1. A recent fault slip, Ogden Canyon, Utah Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 550,1901. Gives a brief account of the phenomena. 2. The geology of Utah. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 42-48, 1901. Describes some cf the geologic features of the State. Tarr (Ralph S.). 1. Syllabus for field and laboratory work in dynamic, structural, and physiographic geology (Geology 1) at Cornell University. Ithaca, New York, 152 pp., 1902. Contains directions for field and laboratory work in geology and elementary mineralogy and petrology. 2. The physical geography of New York State. The MacMillan company, New York, 1902. 397 pp., 210 figs. Describes the general physiographic and drainage features and geologic development, the plains and plateaus, and the influence of the Glacial period upon the topography and drainage systems of the State, and the physiographic and glacial geology of the Great Lakes region. 3. Post-Glacial and Inter-Glacial (?) changes of level at Cape Ann, Massachusetts. Harvard Coll. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 42, pp. 181-191, 13 pis., 1903. Describes physiographic features and discusses evidences of changes of level. 4. New physical geography. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1904. xiii, 457 pp., 568 figs. 328 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Tarr (Ralph S.)—Continued. 5. Artesian well sections at Ithaca, N. Y. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 69-82, 4 figs., 1904. Gives records of well borings, describes the materials (glacial deposits) passed through, and discusses the geologic history of the Ithaca delta. 6. Hanging valleys in the Finger Lake region of central New York. Am.Geol., vol. 33, pp. 271-291, 5 pis., 19 figs., 1904. Describes various physiographic features bearirig on the question of the origin of these valleys. 7. Moraines of Seneca and Cayuga Lakes. Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 129, 1905. A brief note regarding the occurrence of moraines. 8. Water resources of the Watkins Glen quadrangle, New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 134-140,1905. 9. Some instances of moderate glacial erosion. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 160-173, 9 figs., 1905. 10. Moraines of the Seneca and Cayuga Lake valleys. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 215-228, 1 pi., 1905. Describes the position and character of the moraines in this region and discusses their rela¬ tions and mode of formation. 11. Drainage features of central New York. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 229-242, 6 pis., 1905. Discusses various peculiarities of drainage in this region and the hypotheses which have been advanced in explanation thereof. 12. The gorges and waterfalls of central New York. Am.Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 37, pp. 193-212, 11 figs., 1905. 13. Gorges and waterfalls of central New York. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 136, 1905. 14. Some drainage features of southern central New York. Abstract: Am.Geol., vol. 35, p. 52, 1905. Tarr (Ralph S.) and Martin (Lawrence). 1. Recent change of level in Alaska. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 879-880, 1905. Tassin (Wirt). 1. Descriptive catalogue of the collection of gems in the U. S. National Museum. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 473-670, 9 pis., 26 figs., 1902. 2. Descriptive catalogue of the meteorite collection in the IT. S. National Museum to January .1, 1902. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 671-698, 4 pis., 1902. 3. The Casas Grandes meteorite. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 25, pp. 69-74, 4 pis., 1912. Describes occurrence and composition of a meteorite from Casas Grandes, Mexico. 4. The Persimmon Creek meteorite [North Carolina]. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 27, pp. 955-959, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1904. Describes occurrence, characters, and composition. 5. The Mount Vernon meteorite. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 28, pp. 213-217, 2 pis.and 1 fig., 1905. Describes occurrence, general structure, and composition, and mineralogical composition of a meteorite found near Mount Vernon, Kentucky. Taylor (Frank Bursley). 1. Glacial phenomena in eastern Ontario. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13, p. 138, 1901. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 329 raylor (Frank Bursley)—Continued. 1 . Surface geology of Lapeer County, Michigan; summary report of progress. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 111-117, 1 pi., 1902. Describes the drift covering of the county and gives a sketch of the Glacial history of the 'region. 1. The correlation and reconstruction of recessional ice borders in Berkshire County, Massachusetts. Jour. Geol., vol.ll, pp. 323-364, 10 figs., 1903. Describes topographic and drainage features and moraines, and discusses the evidences as to the movements of the ice sheet and general relations of the ice front to the land relief. L Studies in the glaciation of the Berkshire Hills, Massachusetts. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol.17, p. 225, 1903; Sci. Am.Suppl., vol.55, p.22666, 1903. >. Water resources of the Taconic quadrangle, New York, Massachusetts, Vermont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 130-133, 1905. raylor (L. H.). L. Water storage in the Truckee Basin, California-Nevada. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 68, 90 pp. 8 pis., 20 figs., 1902. Fays (E. A. H.). 1. Genesis of ore deposits. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, pp. 142-143, 3 figs., 190L Discusses article by M. W. Alderson on the same subject. r^il (J. J. H.). L. Volcanic dust from the West Indies. Mature, vol. 66, p. 130, 1902. Notes on chemical analysis of the dust. Teggart (Frederick J.). L Literature available in the [Mechanics’ Institute] Library [San Francisco, Cali¬ fornia] on petroleum with some references on asphaltum. Mechanics’ Inst. Lib., San Francisco, Cal., Tech. Ref. List no. 1, 24 pp., 1903. reller (Edgar E.). 1. The Hamilton formation at Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., new ser., vol. 1, pp. 47-56, 1 pi., 1900. Reviews previous descriptions, describes the characters and succession of the strata, and gives notes on the occurrence of characteristic fossils. rhelen (Paul). L. The differential thermal conductivities of certain schists. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 201-226, 2 pis., 10 figs., 1905. Describes methods of experimentation and experiments made to determine the thermal con¬ ductivity of certain schists, the results obtained, and the petrographic characters of the schists employed. rhelen (P.), Knopf (A.) and. L. Sketch of the geology of Mineral King, California. See Knopf (A.) and Thelen (P.), 1. Thiele (F. C.). 1. Ueber Texas-petroleum. Chemiker-Zeitung, Cothen, vol. 25, pp. 175-176, 1901. Discusses character and composition of oil from Texas. Thierry (—). 1. Sur l’eruption volcanique du 8 mai a la Martinique. Acad, des Sci. (Paris), Compt. rend., vol. 135, pp. 71-72, 1902. Describes phenomena witnessed during an eruption of Mont Pel£. Thomae (W. F. A.). 1. An ore formation on Prince of Wales Island (S. E. Alaska). Inst. Mg. & Metal., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 44-48, 1902. Describes the occurrence and discusses the origin of ore deposits upon this island. 330 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Thomas (Kirby). 1. Mining developments in eastern Ontario. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 186-187, 1902. 2. Glacial gold in Wisconsin. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 248, 1902. 3. Methods of mining in the Vermilion iron district of Minnesota. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 133-134, 5 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and methods of mining the iron ores. 4. Notes on the geology of a new iron district in Minnesota. Mines & Minerals, vol. 25, p. 27, 1904. Discusses the occurrence of iron-bearing formations. Thyng (William S.), Lyon (D. A.), and Roberts (Milnor), Landes (Henry). 1. The metalliferous resources of Washington, except iron. See Landes (H.), Thyng (W. S.), Lyon (D. A.), and Roberts (M.), 1. Tight (W. G.). 1. Lake Licking—a contribution to the buried drainage of Ohio. . Ohio State Acad. Sci., 2d Ann. Rept., pp., 17-20 [1894]. 2. Drainage modifications in Washington and adjacent counties [Ohio]. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Special Papers no. 3, pp. 11-31, 5 pis., 1900. Describes present drainage system and topographic features of this area and their bearing upon pre-Glacial drainage. 3. Pre-Glacial drainage in southwestern Ohio. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 775-776, 1901. Discusses recent article by A. M. Miller on the same subject. 4. Drainage modifications in southeastern Ohio and adjacent parts of West Virginia and Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 13. Ill pp., 17 pis., 1 fig., 1903. Discusses the present drainage of the region under consideration, the pre-Glacial drainage of adjacent regions, the general topographic features and their relation to the Tertiary peneplain, the characters of the present river valleys, the reconstruction of the old drainage system, relations of present and former drainage systems to one another and to the geologic structure, and the geologic events which caused the drainage changes. 5. Clarence Luther Herrick. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 1-26, 1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a list of his published writings. 6. Bolson plains of the Southwest. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 271-284, 1905. Discusses the definition of bolson plains and its application to the intermontane valleys of New Mexico. Tippenhauer (L. Gentil). 1. Beitriige zur Geologie Haitis. Petermanns Mitteilungen, Bd. 45, pp. 25-29, 153-155, 201-204, 3 pis. (maps), 2 figs., 1899. Describes the geology of portions of the island of Hayti. 2. Beitriige zur Geologie Haitis. Petermanns Mitteilungen, Bd. 47, pp. 121-127, 169-178, 193-199, 5 pis. (maps), 5 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology of portions of the island of Hayti, and the occurrence and character of deposits of iron and copper ores and lignite. Titcomb (H. A.). 1. The Camp Bird gold mine and mills [Colorado]. School of Mines Quart., vol. 24, pp. 56-67, 7 figs., 1902. Gives a general account of the geology and the occurrence of the gold ore deposits and of the mining operations. Todd (James E.). 1. River action phenomena. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 486-490, 1901. Discusses the variations in phenomena of river action in time of flood and the formation of silt and loess deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 331 ’odd (James E.)—Continued. Some problems of the Dakota artesian system. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 14, p. 794, 190L; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21504, 1901. !. Moraines and maximum diurnal temperature. Abstracts: Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 794-795, 1901; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21504, 1901. Describes certain glacial phenomena. [. Hydrographic history of South Dakota. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 27-40,1 pi. (map), 3 figs., 1902. Discusses the earth movements that have affected the drainage features of the State. ). Mineral building material, fuels and waters of South Dakota, with production for 1900. S. Dak. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 3, pp. 81-130, 10 pis., 1902; Stone, vol. 25, pp. 413-418, 521-524, 1903. Describes the character and distribution of the building stones, cements, clays, fuels, and mineral waters in the State. 3. Concretions and their geological effects. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 353-368, 5 pis., 1903. Discusses character, occurrence, and modes of growth of concretions and their influence in producing topographic forms. 7. Building stones of South Dakota. Stone, vol. 26, pp. 20-27, illus., 1903. Describes the character and geologic occurrence of building stones. 8. A newly discovered rock at Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Stone, vol. 27, pp. 46-48, 1903. Describes the occurrence and character of an igneous rock discovered in this vicinity. 9. Olivet folio, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 96, 1903. Describes geography and topography, general geology, character, and occurrence of Algon¬ kian, Cretaceous, and Quaternary deposits, geologic history, economic and water resources. 10. Parker folio, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 97, 1903. Describes geography, general geology, and character and occurrence of Algonkian and Cre¬ taceous strata and Quaternary deposits, the geologic history and economic resources, including underground waters. 11. Mitchell folio, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 99,1903. Describes geography, general geolsgy, the character and occurrence of deposits belonging to the Algonkian, Cretaceous, and Quaternary systems, the geologic history and economic resources, more particularly the underground waters. 12. The newly discovered rock at Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 35-39, 1904. Describes occurrence and characters of a diabasic rock discovered at Sioux Falls. 13. Benton formation in eastern South Dakota. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 569-575, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of the Benton formation and its subdivisions in South Dakota, and corrects the former erroneous interpretation of the Greenhorn chalky lime¬ stone. 14. Geology of South Dakota. Black Hills, South Dakota. Papers read before the Black Hills Mining Men’s Assoc., pp. 128- 135,1904. Am. Mg. Cong., 6th Ann. Sess., Rept. of Proc., pp. 51-57, 1905. Abstract: Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 615-616,1904. Gives a general account of the geology of the State of South Dakota. 15. Huron folio, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 113, 1904. Describes the topography, drainage, and general geology, the character, occurrence, and relations of Cretaceous strata and Quaternary deposits and the geologic history, and dis¬ cusses the underground water resources of the area. 332 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Todd (James E.) and Hall (C. M.). 1. Alexandria folio, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 100, 1903. Describes geography, general geology, Algonkian, Cretaceous and Quaternary deposits, the geologic history, and economic and artesian water resources of the Alexandria quadrangle. 2. Geology and water resources of part of the lower James River valley, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 90, 47 pp., 23 pis., 1904. Describes occurrence and character of Algonkian, Cretaceous, and Quaternary formations, the geologic history of the region, and the water supply, especially from artesian wells, giv¬ ing records of borings. 3. De Smet folio, South Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 114, 1904. Describes the general geology, the character, occurrence, and relations of Cretaceous strata and Quaternary deposits, the geologic history, and the economic resources, and discusses in detail the water resources of the area. Todd (J. H.). 1. Some observations on the pre-Glacial drainage of Wayne and adjacent counties [Ohio]. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Special Papers no. 3, pp. 47-67, map, 1900. Tower (Walter S.). 1. The development of cut-off meanders. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 36, pp. 589-599, 3 tigs., 1904. 2. Topography and travel in Pennsylvania. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 37, pp. 145-154, 1905. Describes physiographic features of Pennsylvania. Transeau (Edgar N.). 1. On the greographic distribution and ecological relations of the bog plant societies of northern North America. Bot. Gaz., vol. 36, pp. 401-420, 3 tigs., 1903. Includes a discussion of pre-Glacial distribution and Glacial and later migrations of these plant societies. Treadwell (John C.). I. The Sahuayacan mining district, Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 80, pp. 1213-1216, 6 tigs., 1905. Contains notes on the geology of the region. True (Frederick W.). 1. Diagnosis of a new genus and species of fossil sea-lion from the Miocene of Oregon. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 48 (Quart. Issue, vol. 3, pt. 1), pp. 47-49, 1905. 2. • The first discovery of fossil seals in America. Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 794, 1905. True (H. L.). 1. The cause of the Glacial period: being a resume and discussion of the current theories to account for the phenomena of the drift, with a new theory by the author. Cincinnati, The Robert Clarke Company, 1902. xi, 162 pp., ill'us. Trumbull (L. W.). 1. A preliminary report upon the coal resources of Wyoming. Wyo. Univ., School of Mines, Bull., no. 7, 95 pp.,18 pis., 1905. Includes a general account of the geology of the Cretaceous rocks of Wyoming. Turnbull (J. M.). 1. Geological sketch of the Bankhead [Alberta] coal field. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, pp. 213-214, 4pis., 1 fig., 1904. Describes the general geology, the occurrence of the coal beds of Cretaceous age, and the character and mining of the coal. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 333 lurner (Henry W.). . The geology of the Great Basin in eastern California and southwestern Nevada. Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. 9, p. 73,1901; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 498, 1901. 11 escribes the structure of the region and its general stratigraphic features. . Perknite (lime-magnesia rocks). Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 507-511,1901. Describes the character and occurrence of a new rock type and gives chemical analyses of rocks included in this group. The mines of Esmeralda County, Nevada. Mg. &Sci. Press, vol. 82, pp. 73-74,1901. Contains notes on the general geology of portions of the county. :. Notes on unusual minerals from the Pacific States. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 343-346, 1902. Describes occurrence and chemical characters of certain mineral phosphates, silicates and sulphates. i. A sketch of the historical geology of Esmeralda County, Nevada. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 261-272, 1902. Describes the general characters of the formations from pre-Cambrian time to recent, and discusses the geologic structure of the region. >. The Greenback copper mine, Kern County, California. Eng?& Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 547-548, 1 fig., 1902. | Unusual minerals from the Pacific States. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 296, 1902. Describes occurrence of pyromorphite, monazite, apatite and vivianite. J. An instance of variability in a rock magma. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 411, 1902. A post-Tertiary elevation of the Sierra Nevada shown by a comparison of the grades of the Neocene and present Tuolumne rivers. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 414-415,1902. 10. Post-Tertiary elevation of the Sierra Nevada. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 540-541, 1 pi., 1903. Discusses the age of the Sierra Nevada uplift. 11. The copper deposits of the Sierra Oscura, New Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 678-681, 1 fig., 1903. Describes the geographic features and geologic structure of the region and the occurrence of copper-bearing reefs. 12. The Cretaceous auriferous conglomerate of the Cottonwood mining district, Sis¬ kiyou County, California. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 653-654, illus., 1903. Discusses the character, occurrence, and geological relations of the rock formations, and the source of the gold contained in the conglomerate. 13. Notes on contact-metamorphic deposits in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 666-668, 1904. Describes occurrences of deposits additional to those noted by Mr. Lindgren (Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 230-231). 14. Observations on Mother Lode gold deposits, California. [In discussion of paper of W. A. Prichard.] Am. Inst, Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 973-974, 1904. Discusses the time-relations of the diorite intrusions and the Assuring. 15. The geological features of the gold production of North America. [In discussion of paper of Waldemar Lindgren.] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, p. 921, 1904. A note in regard to the geologic position of gold ores in the vicinity of Silver Peak, Nevada. 16. Native copper in greenstone from the Pacific coast. Eng. <& Mg. Jour., vol. 77, p. 276, 1904. Discusses the occurrence and origin of native copper. 334 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Turner (Henry W.)— Continued. 17. The Terlingua [Texas] quicksilver deposits. Econ. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 265-281, 3 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology, the geologic occurrence of the ore deposits, the character am extent of the lodes, the origin of the ores, and associated minerals. Tuttle (George W.). 1. Recent changes in the elevation of land and sea in the vicinity of New York City Am. Jour. Sfei., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 333-346, 1904. Discusses detailed investigations upon tidal variation and their bearing upon the questioi of the elevation or subsidence of the land. Tutton (C. H.). 1. The laws of river flow. Assoc, of Eng. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, pp. 32-37, 1902. Contains discussion on the origin and flow of streams. Tyrrell (J. Burr). 1. Report on the east shore of Lake Winnipeg and adjacent parts of Manitoba anc Keewatin, compiled by D. B. Dowling. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. 11, Kept. G., 96 pp., 3 pis., 1901. Published in 1900. Describes the physiography and drainage of the region and the character of the crystalline rocks. 2. A peculiar artesian well in the Klondike. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 188. 1 fig., 1903. Describes geologic structure of the region and the conditions producing the artesian flow oi water. 3. Report on explorations in the northeastern portion of the district of Saskatchewan and adjacent parts of the district of Keewatin. Can. Geol. Soc., Ann. Rept., new ser., vol. 13, 48 pp., 1 pi., and map, 1903. (Published sepa¬ rately, 1902.) Describes the occurrence and characters of Pleistocene deposits and Cambro-Silurian and pre- Cambrian rocks, includes a list of glacial striae and observations on the geologic structure, igneous rocks, and minerals of the region examined. 4. Crystosphenes or buried sheets of ice in the Tundra of northern America. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 232-236, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the occurrence, character, and mode of formation of the masses of ice for which the names crystosphene and crystocrene are proposed. U. Udden (Johan August). 1. A geological section across the northern part of Illinois. Ill. Bd. of World’s Fair Commissioners, Rept., pp. 117-151,1 pi. (section), 1895. Describes geology of northern Illinois and gives records of borings and other sections. 2. Geology of Louisa County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 58-126, 1 pi., 1 fig., 2 maps, 1901. Describes the physiography, the character and distribution of the Carboniferous and Pleisto¬ cene deposits and the occurrence of economic products. 3. Geology of Pottawattamie County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 11, pp. 202-277,1 pi., 3 figs., and map, 1901. Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous, and Pleistocene strata and the occurrence of economic products. 4. Loess with horizontal shearing planes. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 245-251,1902. Describes partings in the loess and discusses their origin. 5. Geology of Jefferson County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 357-437, 4 figs., geol. map, 1902. Describes physiographic and drainage features, the geologic formations, giving sections and lists of fossils, and the economic products of the county. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 335 Udden (Johan August)—Continued. 6. On the occurrence of rhizopods in the Pella beds in Iowa. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 9, p. 120, 1902. 7. Pleuroptyx in the Iowa Coal Measures. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 9, p. 121,1902. 8. Geology of Mills and Fremont counties [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. IB, pp. 123-183, 4 pis., 1903. Describes topography and drainage, character, occurrence, and geologic relations of Carbon¬ iferous and Cretaceous strata and surficial deposits, and economic resources. Includes a report by Prof. B. Shimek on the fossils from the loess of these counties. 9. Foraminiferal ooze in the Coal Measures of Iowa. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 283-284, 1903. 10. Note to the article on “Foraminiferal ooze in the Coal Measures of Iowa.” Jour. Geol., vol. 11, p. 430, 1903. Notes the occurrence of a bed of foraminiferal ooze in the upper Carboniferous of Texas. 11. The geology of the Shatter silver-mine district, Presidio County, Texas. Tex. Univ. Min. Surv., Bull. no. 8, 60 pp., 11 figs., 2 pis., 1904. Describes the physiographic features briefly and in detail the occurrence, character, and geologic relations of Carboniferous and Cretaceous strata, igneous rocks, and mineral deposits, mainly silver ores. 12. On the proboscidean fossils of the Pleistocene deposits in Illinois and Iowa. Augustana Library Publications, no. 5, pp. 45-57, 1905. Discusses the occurrences of the fossil remains of elephants and mammoths and their relations to Pleistocene deposits. Udden (Jon Andreas). 1. Geology of Clinton County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1904, pp. 369-431, 2 pis., 1 fig., 2 maps, 1905. Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Ordovician, Silurian, and Carboniferous strata and Pleistocene deposits, and the economic resources. Uhler (P. R.). 1. The Niagara period and its associates near Cumberland, Md. Md. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 19-26, 1905. Describes Silurian strata in the vicinity of Cumberland, Maryland, and gives lists of fossils obtained. Ulrich (Edward Oscar). 1. Systematic paleontology, Eocene Arthropoda. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 116-122, 1 pi., 1901. 2. Eocene Molluscoidea (Bryozoa). Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 205-222, 2 pis., 1901. 8. The lithographic stone deposits of eastern Kentucky. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 895-896, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the geology of the region and the character of the lithographic stone. 4. Fossils and age of the Yakutat formation. Description of collections made chiefly near Kadiak, Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 4, pp. 125-146, 11 pis., 1904. Discusses the geologic age of the Yakutat formation from the evidence of its fossils and gives systematic descriptions of these. 5. Determination and correlation of formations [of northern Arkansas]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 24, pp. 90-113, 1904. Discusses the occurrence, character, geologic relations, and correlation of Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations of northern Arkansas. 6. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Hydrozoa. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 433-438,1 pi., 1904. 336 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ulrich (Edward Oscar)—Continued. 7. Portland-cement resources of Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 243, pp. 301-307, 1905. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of limestones in Tennessee suitable for the manufacture of Portland cement. 8. Lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky. Part I. Geology and general relations. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 36, pp. 15-105, 7 pis., 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, nomenclature, correlation, topography, and paleontology of Devonian and Carboniferous, especially Mississippian, formations in western Kentucky and southern Illinois, giving illustrations of the fossils, the geologic structure, particularly the faulting, and the occurrence and character of the dikes. 9. [The time element in stratigraphy and correlation.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 585, 1905. Ulrich (Edward Oscar) and Bassler (Ray S.). 1. A revision of the Paleozoic bryozoa. Part I. On genera and species of Ctenostomata. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 45 (Quart. Issue, vol. 1, pts. 3 and 4),.pp. 256-294, 4 pis.,2 figs., 1904. 2. A revision of the Paleozoic bryozoa. Part II. On genera and species of Trepostomata. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quart. Issue, vol. 2, no. 1), pp. 15-55, 9 pis., 1904. 3. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Ostracoda. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 98-130, 4 pis., 1904. 4. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Bryozoa. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 404-429,10 pis., 1904. Ulrich (Edward Oscar) and Schuchert (Charles). 1. Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern North America. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 633-663, 1 pi., 1902. Reviews the evidences of the existence of barriers in the Paleozoic seus of the region, and discusses the relations and migrations of the faunas and the character and extent of the oscillations and their effect on the sedimentation and life. Ulrich (Edward Oscar) and Smith (W. S. Tangier). 1. Lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 213, pp. 205-213, 1903. Describes the mining development and geologic structure of the region and the character and occurrence of the veins and vein minerals. Ulrich (Edward Oscar), Adams (G. I.) and. 1. Fayetteville folio, Arkansas-Missouri. See Adams (G. I.) and Ulrich (E. O.), 1. Ulrich (Edward Oscar), Bain (H. F.) and. 1. The copper deposits of Missouri. See Bain (H. F.) and Ulrich (E. O.), 1. 2. The copper deposits of Missouri. See Bain (H. F.) and Ulrich (E. O.), 2. Ulrich (Edward Oscar), Hayes (C. Willard) and. 1. Columbia folio, Tennessee. See Hayes (C. W.) and Ulrich (E. O.), 1. Underhill (James). 1. The correlation of Colorado geological formations. Mg. Rep., vol. 52, pp. 496-497, 1905. United States Geological Survey. 1. Geology, etc., of the Coosa Valley, Alabama. 56th Cong., 2d sess., Senate Doc. no. 65, 4 pp., 1901. A letter from the Director of the United States Geological Survey submitting a brief sketch of the geology and natural resources of the Coosa Valley, in the State of Alabama. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 337 United States Geological Survey —Continued. t 2. The United States Geological Survey, its origin, development, organization, and operations. Q. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 227, 205 pp., 9 pis., 5 figs., 1904. Describes the organization and work of the U. S. Geological Survey and gives a full list of its publications. Upham (Warren). 1. Artesian wells in North and South Dakota. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 370-379, 1901. 2. Pre-Glacial erosion in the course of the Niagara gorge, and its relation to estimates of post-Glacial time. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 235-244,1901. Gives the author’s views of the Glacial history of the region and discusses their bearing on estimates of post-Glacial time. 3. The antiquity of the races of mankind. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 250-254, 1901. Reviews the evidences indicating the pre-Glacial origin of man. 4. The Toronto and Scarboro drift series [Ontario]. Am. Geol., vol, 28, pp. 306-316, 1901. Quotes Coleman’s description of these* beds and discusses the bearing of the evidences on the existence of interglacial epochs of moderate oscillations of the ice border. 5. Time divisions of the Ice Age. Victoria Inst., Jour., of Trans., vol. 33, pp. 393-410, 1901. Describes glacial phenomena in North America, and discusses the correlation of the glacial deposits and time divisions of North America and Europe and the evidences as to the time of man’s appearance upon the earth. 6. New evidence of epeirogenic movements causing and ending the Ice Age. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 162-169, 1902. Reviews of work of Brogger and Nansen. 7. Growth of the Mississippi Delta. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 103-111, 1902. Gives a historical sketch. 8. Man in the Ice Age of Lansing, Kansas, and Little Falls, Minnesota. Am. Geol., vol. 30,pp. 135-150,2 pis., 1902. Describes the deposits in which the remains were found and gives estimates of the duration of the various divisions of the Ice Age. 9. Man in Kansas during the Iowan stage of the Glacial period. Science, new. ser.,vol. 16, pp. 355-356, 1902. Describes the discovery and occurrence of human remains in glacial deposits near Lansing Kansas. 10. The fossil man of Lansing, Kansas. Records of the Past, vol. 1, pp. 272-275, 3 figs., 1902. Describes the finding of human remains near Lansing, Kansas, and discusses their antiquity. 11. Primitive man and stone implements in the North American loess. Am. Antiquarian, vol. 24, pp. 413-420, 1902. Describes the occurrence of human remains in the loess near Lansing, Kans. 12. Primitive man in the Ice Age. Bibliotheca Sacra, vol. 59, pp. 730-743, 1902. Describes the occurrence of human remains in the loess near Lansing, Kansas, and discusses, geological history during the Ice Age. 13. Primitive man in the Ice Age. Memoirs of Explorations in the Basin of the Mississippi, vol. 5, Kakabikansing, pp. 116-119, St. Paul, Minn., 1902. Discusses evidences as to the origin and antiquity of man in Europe and America and his place in the geological scale. Bull. 301—06-22 388 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Upham (Warren)—Continued. 14. Vafley loess and the fossil man of Lansing, Kansas. Am. Geol. vol. 31, pp. 25-34, 1903. Discusses distribution and origin of loess deposits and the evidences for the age of the fossil- iferous remains found near Lansing, Kansas. 15. The life and work of professor Charles M. Hall. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 195-198, pi. 13 (por.), 1903. 16. How long ago was America peopled? Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 312-315, 1903. Discusses time estimates of Glacial and post-Glacial periods and evidences of antiquity of man in America. 17. Glacial Lake Nicolet and the portage between the Fox and Wisconsin rivers. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 105-115, 1903. 18. The antiquity of the fossil man of Lansing, Kansas. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 185-187, 1903. 19. The Glacial lakes Hudson-Champlain and St. Lawrence. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 223-230, 1903. 20. Glacial Lake Jean Nicolet. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 330-331, 1903. As the name Lake Nicollet had been previously used by Winchell, the writer amends his name Lake Nicolet to the form given above. 21. Geology of Prairie Island [Minnesota]. Memoirs of Exploration in the Basin of the Mississippi, vol. 6, Minnesota, pp. 34-38, 1903. 22. The past and future of Niagara Falls. State Reservation at Niagara, Comm. 19th Ann. Rept., pp. 231-254, 1903. 23. Moraines and eskers of the last glaciation in the White Mountains. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 7-14, 1904. Calls attention to previous work in this region and describes the character and occurrence of moraines and eskers and distribution of boulders. 24. Boulders due to rock decay. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 370-375, 1904. Describes occurrence and origin of boulders at Butte, Montana, concludes that many Glacial boulders are the result of rock decay, and discusses the occurrence and distribution of Glacial boulders. 25. Erosion on the Great Plains and on the Cordilleran Mountain belt. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 35-39, 1904. Discusses the physiographic history of the Great Plains and Cordilleran regions during Ter¬ tiary and Quaternary times. 26. Age of the Missouri River. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 80-87, 1904. Includes observations on the geologic history and physiographic features of the interior por¬ tion of the North American Continent. 27. Outer Glacial drift in the Dakotas, Montana, Idaho, and Washington. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 151-162, 1904. Reviews the work of tracing drift boundaries across the United States, and describes the occurrence and character of the Glacial drift deposits in the Northwestern States. 28. Glacial and modified drift in and near Seattle, Tacoma, and Olympia [Wash¬ ington] . Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 203-214, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the probable successive stages in glaciation, and the character and occurrence of Glacial drift deposits. 29. The nebular and planetesimal theories of the earth’s origin. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 202-220,1905; Victoria Inst., Jour, of Trans., vol. 37, pp. 186-204,1905. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 339 TJpham (Warren)—Continued. 30. Fjords and hanging valleys. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 312-315,1905. Discusses the relations of these physiographic features and their origin, and the evidence they give as to the cause of the Glacial epoch. 31. Age of the St. Croix Dalles. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 347-355,1905. Discusses various Glacial phenomena of the region and their bearing upon the time and mode of formation of the Dalles of the St. Croix River. 32. Glacial lakes and marine submergence in the Hudson-Champlain valley. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 285-289,1905. 33. Geological history of the Great Lakes and Niagara Falls. Intern. Quart., vol. 11, pp. 248-265,1905. Ussing’ (N. V.). 1. Mineralogisk-petrografiske undersoegelser af Groenlandske nefelinsyeniter og beskegtede bjsegarter. Meddelelser om Greenland, vol. 14, pp. 1-220, 7 pis., 1898: Describes mineralogy and petrology of Greenland. V. Vaillant (L6on). 1. Sur la presence du tissu osseux chez certains poissons des terrains palaeozoiques de Canyon City, Colorado. Acad, des Sci. [Paris], Compt. rend., t. 134, pp. 1321-1322, 1902. Notes the presence of osseous tissue in certain fish remains from Paleozoic strata near Canyon City, Colorado. Van der Grinten (Alphons J.). 1. New circular projection of the whole earth’s surface. Am. Jour. Sci.,4th ser., vol. 19, pp.357-366,6 figs., 1905. Van Diest (P. H.). 1. A mineralogical mistake. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 6, pp. 150-156, 1 pi. [1902]. Contains observations on occurrence of rocks and ores, and describes the efforts to find tin in the Greenhorn Mountains of Colorado. Van Hise (Charles R.). 1. Some principles controlling the deposition of ores. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 27-177, 10 figs., 1901. Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, p. 90,1901; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 699-702,1901. This subject is discussed under the following general heads: Three zones of the lithosphere; the water content and openings in rocks; physico-chemical principles controlling the work of underground waters; general geologic work of underground waters; the precipitation of ores by ascending waters; precipitation of ores by ascending and descending waters com¬ bined; the association of certain ores; concentration; enrichment and diminution of rich¬ ness in depth; special factors affecting the concentration of ores, and the classification of ore deposits. 2. The iron-ore deposits of the Lake Superior region. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 305-434, 12 pis., 1901. Describes the general stratigraphy and occurrence of iron ores in the several districts of the Lake Superior region. The Mesabi district is by C. R. Van Hise and C. K. Leith. The Ver- milioh iron-bearing district is by C. R. Van Hise and J. Morgan Clements. 3. The geology of ore deposits. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 745-757, 6 figs., 785-793,1901. Abstract: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 52, p. 21504,1901. Discusses the evidences that metallic ores and gangue are deposited by underground waters. 4. [Discussion of “Ice ramparts,” by E. R. Buckley]. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Trans., vol. 13, pt. 1, pp. 158-162, 5 pis., 1901. Compares the phenomena of ice deformation with those of crustal deformation. 340 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Van Hise (Charles R.)—Continued. 5. Introduction to ‘ ‘ Preliminary report on the lead and zinc deposits of the Ozark region,” by H. F. Bain. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pt. 2, pp. 33-60, 1901. Discusses character, origin, and concentration of lead and zinc ores of the upper Mississippi Valley and c i the Ozark region of the lower Mississippi Valley. 6. Geological excursion in Colorado. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 2-5,1901. Contains brief notes on the geology of the points visited. 7. The training and work of a geologist. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 150-170, 1902; Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 321-334, 1902; Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc. Fifty-first meeting, pp. 399-420, 1902. 8. Some principles controlling the deposition of ores. [Continuation of paper in vol. 30, 1901.] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 284-302, 1902. Reviews recent papers that have been published since the author’s discussions of the subject, with special reference to the paper by Professor Kemp on “The role of the igneous rocks in the formation of veins.” 9. Geological work in the Lake Superior region. Lake Sup. Mg. Inst., Proc. for 1902, vol. 8, pp. 62-69 [1903]. Discusses the difficulties of geologic work in this region and gives an historical review of the work that has been done. 10. Powell as an explorer. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 105-112,1903. 11. Genetic classification of ore deposits. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol.17, pp. 542-543,1903. 12. A treatise on metamorphism. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 47,1286 pp., 13 pis., 32 figs., 1904. 13. Report on geophysics. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Yearb. no. 2,1903, pp. 173-184,1904. Discusses establishment of a geophysical laboratory and the work to be done therein. 14. Lake Superior geological work. Abstract: Mg. World, vol. 21, pp. 197-198,2 figs., 1904. Gives general observations on geologic work in the Lake Superior iron region. Extract from paper read before the Lake Superior Mining Institute. 15. The problems of geology. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 589-616, 1904. 16. A correction. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, p. 280, 1905. Corrects an error occurring in the author’s “ A treatise on metamorphism. ” Van Hise (C. R.) and others. 1. Report of the special committee for the Lake Superior region. Introductory note by C. R. Van Hise. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 89-104, 1905; Out. Bur. Mines, Rept., vol. 14, pt. 1, pp. 269-277, 1905; Geol. Surv. Mich., Rept. for 1904, pp. 133-143,1905. Describes the investigations of a special committee of geologists of the Geological Survey of Canada and of the United States Geological Survey upon the relations, classification, and nomenclature of the formations of the Lake Superior region, and gives their conclusions in tabular form. The report is alphabetically signed by Frank D. Adams, Robert Bell, A. C. Lane, C. K. Leith, W. G. Miller, Charles R. Van Hise. Van Hise (Charles R.) and Bain (H. Foster.) 1. Lead and zinc deposits of the Mississippi Valley, U. S. A. Inst. Mg. Engrs. [England], Trans., vol. 23, pp. 376-434, 14 figs., 1902. Describes the geographic distribution and stratigraphy of the lead and zinc producing areas Of the Mississippi Valley and discusses the occurrence and genesis of the ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 341 Van Horn (F. B.) 1. The geology of Moniteau County [Missouri]. Mo. Bur. Geol. & Mines, 2d ser., vol. 3, pp. 10-104, 13 pis., 25 tig ., 1905. Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Cambrian, Ordovician, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, various structural features, and the economic resources. Van Ingen (Gilbert). 1. The Siluric fauna near Batesville, Arkansas, I. School of Mines Quart., vol. 22, pp. 318-328,1 fig., 1901. Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr. vol. 9, no. 76. Describes the geologic relations of the strata. Includes a bibliography. 2. The Siluric fauna near Batesville, Arkansas. School of Mines Quart., vol. 23, pp. 34-74, 14 figs., 1901. Columbia Univ., Geol. Dept., Contr. vol. 9, no. 76, pt. 2. Describes the characters of the various species collected. 3. [Paleozoic rocks of northwestern New Jersey.] Abstract: Am. Geol., vol."27, pp. 42-43,1901. Contains considerable data on the Paleozoic strata and faunas of New Jersey. 4. Potsdam sandstone of the Lake Champlain Basin. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 529-545, geol. map, 1902. Describes certain sections and discusses briefly the results of the investigations. 5. A method of facilitating photography of fossils. Abstract: N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 14, pp. 115-116, 1902. 6. The rounded sands of Paleozoic formations. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 807,1905. Van Ingen (Gilbert) and Clark (P. Edwin). 1. Disturbed fossiliferous rocks in the vicinity of Rondout, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 1176-1227,13 pis., 1903. Describes location, stratigraphy, paleontology, and structural features of Silurian and Devonian strata in the city of Rondout, New York, and its vicinity. Van Vleet (A. H.). 1. [Second biennial report of the Department of Geology and Natural History of Oklahoma.] Okla., Dept. Geol. & Nat. Hist., 2d Bien. Kept., pp. 9-16, 1902. Outlines the work and status of the Department of Geology and Natural History of the Ter¬ ritory of Oklahoma. Vaughan (T. Wayland). 1. Eocene Ccelenterata. Md. Geol. Surv., Eocene, pp. 222-232, 1 pi., 1901. 2. Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curasao, Arube, and Bonaire. Sammlungen d. Geol. Reichs-Museum, Leiden, ser. 2, Bd. 2, Heft 1, 1901. 3. The stony corals of the Porto Rican waters. U. S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 2, for 1900, pp. 289-320, 38 pis., 1901. In addition to describing recent species of corals, gives notes on fossil species from the United States and the West Indies. 4. Shell Bluff, Georgia, one of Lyell’s original localities. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 13pp. 270,1901. Contains abstract of paper read before the Geological Society of Washington. 5. Review of recent papers on Bahaman corals. Science, new ser., vol. 14, pp. 497-498,1901. 6. The copper mines of Santa Clara Province, Cuba. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 814-816, 4 figs., 1901. Describes the geology and occurrence and character of the ore bodies. 7. The locality of the type of Prionastrsea vaughani, Gregory. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 7, p. 300,1901. 342 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Vaughan (T. Way land)—Continued. 8. Bitumen in Cuba. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 73, pp. 344-347, 2 figs., 1902. Describes the occurrence and character of the material. 9. Notes on Cuban fossil mammals. Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 148-149,1902. Questions the occurrence of certain fossil remains in Cuba and gives a note on the priority of Megalocnus Leidy over Myomorphus Pomel. 10. Earliest Tertiary coral reefs in the Antilles and United States. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 506-507, 1902. 11. Evidence of recent elevation of the Gulf coast along the westward extension of Florida. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 5-14, 1902. 12. Fuller’s earth of southwestern Georgia and western Florida. U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1901, pp. 922-934, 1902. Describes the occurrence of fuller’s earth deposits in Georgia and Florida, and discusses their geologic age from the evidence of fossils. 13. Some recent changes in the nomenclature of West Indian corals. Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 15, pp. 53-53, 1902. 14. An addition to the coral fauna of the Aquia Eocene formation of Maryland. Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 15, pp. 205-206, 1902. 15. A redescription of the coral Platytrochus speciosus. • Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 15, pp. 207-209, 1902. 16. Corrections to the nomenclature of the Eocene fossil corals of the United States. Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. 16, p. 101, 1903. 17. The corals of the Buda limestone. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 205, pp. 37-40, 1 pi., 1903. 18. Fuller’s earth deposits of Florida and Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 392-399,1903. Describes geographic and geologic occurrence and character of deposits of fuller’s earth in these States. 19. Systematic paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Maryland: Anthozoa. Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pp. 438-447, 8 pis., 1904. 20. A Californian Tertiary coral reef and its bearing on American recent coral faunas. Abstracts: Science, new ser., vol..19, p. 503, 1904; GeQl. Centralbl., Bd. 5, p. 526. 1904. 21. A critical review of the literature on the simple genera of the Madreporaria Fungida, with a tentative classification. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 28, pp. 371-424,1905. Vaughan (T. Wayland) and Spencer (Arthur Coe). 1. The geography of Cuba. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 34, pp. 105-116,1902. Describes the mountains, plains, terraces, drainage, and harbors of Cuba. Vaughan (T. Wayland), Hayes (C. Willard), and Spencer (Arthur Coe). 1. Report on a geological reconnaissance of Cuba. See Hayes (C. W.), Vaughan (T. W.), and Spencer (A. C.), 1. Vaughan (T. Wayland), Hill (Robert T.) and. 1. Austin folio, Texas. See Hill (R.T.) and Vaughan (T.W.), 1. Vaux (George) and (William S., jr.). 1. Observations made in 1900 on glaciers in British Columbia. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc. for 1901, pp. 213-215, 1901. Notes on movements of the glaciers. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 343 Vaux (George) and (William S., jr.). 2. Les variations periodiques des glaciers. IX me rapport. Colombie anglaise et Alberta. Arch, des Sci. phys. et nat., 4th p6r., t. 18, pp. 194-195,1904. Veatch (Arthur C.). 1. The salines of north Louisiana. La. Geol. Surv., pt. 6, pp. 47-100, 13 pis., 2 figs., 1902. Describes the local geology of the various salt works, and discusses the geological structure and history of the region. 2. The geography and geology of the Sabine River, Louisiana. La. Geol. Surv., pt. 6, pp. 107-141, 14 pis., 4 figs., 1902. Describes the physiography and the character and occurrence of the Tertiary strata of the region. 3. Notes on the geology along the Ouachita [Louisiana]. La. Geol. Surv., pt. 6, pp. 153-170, 2 pis., 1902. Describes the physiography and Tertiary beds of the region. 4. The diversity of the Glacial period on Long Island. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 762-776, 6 figs., 1903. Discusses character, occurrence, geologic position, and correlation of glacial deposits on Gardiners and Long Islands, New York. 5. Notes on the geology of Long Island. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 213-214, 1903. Discusses the occurrence of Quaternary formations and their relation to pre-Glacial topography. 6. Some peculiar artesian conditions on Long Island, N. Y. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 795-796,1904. 7. The underground waters of northern Louisiana and southern Arkansas. La. State Exp. Station, Geol. Surv. Bull. no. 1, pp. 82-91,1 pi., 1905. Describes the character and occurrence of Cretaceous and Tertiary strata in northern Louisi¬ ana and their water-bearing properties. 8. Underground waters of eastern United States: Louisiana and southern Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 179-187, 4 figs., 1905. Describes the general geology, and the character and occurrence of the geologic formation-; with particular reference to their water-bearing qualities. 9. Record of deep-well drilling for 1904. General plan and details of work. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 264, pp. 28-39, 1905. 10. The question of origin of the natural mounds of Louisiana, Arkansas, and Texas. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 310-311, 350-351, 1905. Vermeule (C. C.). 1. East Orange wells at White Oak Ridge, Essex County [New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept, for 1904, pp. 255-263, 2 figs., 1905. Discusses strata passed through in the wells. Verrill (A. E.). 1. Peculiar character of the eruption of Mt. Pel6e, May 8th. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 72-74, 1902. Discusses the cause of the destruction of St. Pierre. Very (Frank W.). 1. A cosmic cycle. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 47-58, 97-114, 185-196,1902. Vicaire (A.). 1. Developpements r6cents des industries miniere et m4tallurgique en Colombie britannique. Ann. des Mines, 10 e s6r., t 5, pp. 297-388, 10 figs., 1904. Includes an account of the geology of the Crow’s Nest Pass coal field and the Boundary mining district. 344 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Villada (Manuel M.) 1. Breve resena geologica del terreno comprendido en las obras del Desagiie del Valle de Mexico y en general de toda esta region. Mexico, Mus. Nac., Anales, t. 1, pp. 172-184, 1904. Gives an account of the geology of the Valley of Mexico. Villafana (Andres). 1. Criaderos cupro-argentiferos en Tapalpa, Jal. [Mexico]. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., 1.1, pp. 135-138,1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and relations of silver-copper ores in Jalisco, Mexico. Villarello (Juan D.). 1. Genesis de los yacimientos mercuriales de Palomas v Huitzuco, en los estados de Durango y Guerrero de la Republica Mexicana. Soc. Cieh. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., vol. 20, pp. 95-136, 1903. Discusses origin of mercury-bearing ore deposits. 2. Andlisis y clasificacion de un granate procedente del mineral de Pihuamo, Jalisco [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 75-80, 1904. Describes the chemical composition and discusses the systematic position of a garnet occurring at Pihuamo, Mexico. 3. Estudio de la teorfa qufmica propuesta por el Sr. D. Andres Almaraz para explicar la formation del petroleo de Aragon, Mexico. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., 1.1, pp. 95-111,1904. Discusses the chemical theory for the origin of the petroleum of Aragon, proposed by Andres Almaraz. 4. Estudio de una muestra de mineral asbestiforme procedente del rancho del Ahuacatillo, Distrito de Zinapecuaro, Michoacan [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 133-149, 1904. Gives a description and an analysis, and discusses the classification of an asbestiform mineral occurring in the State of Michoacan, Mexico. 5. Estudio de la hidrologfa interna de los alrededores de Cadereyta Mendez, Estado de Queretaro [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., t. 1, pp. 155-208, 1 pi., 1904. Discusses the hydrology and geology of the region. 6. Description de los criaderos de mercurio de Chiquilistan (Jalisco) [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alz., Mem. y Rev., t. 20, pp. 389-397, 1904. Describes the occurrence, geologic relations, and character of ore deposits containing mercury in the State of Jalisco, Mexico. 7. Andlisis y clasificacion de un granate procedente del Mineral de Pihuamo, Jalisco. M6x., Secretaria de Fomento, Bol., seg. 6poca, ano 4, num. 5, IV, pp. 85-90, 1904. 8. Distribucibn de la riqueza en los criaderos metaliferos primarios epigeneticos. Soc. Geol. Mex., Bol., 1.1, pp. 175-206,1905. Discusses the origin of ore deposits. 9. Description de las minas “Santiago y Anexas” de Estado de Michoacan [Mexico]. Soc. Cient. “Ant. Alzate,” Mem. y’Rev., % t. 22, pp. 125-140, 3 pis., 1 fig., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology of the region, and the occurrence, character, and origin of the gold and silver ore. 10. Hidrologia subterranea de los alrededores de Queretaro [Mexico]. Mexico, Inst. Geol., Par., 1.1, pp. 239-289, 3 pis., 2 figs., 1905. Describes the physiography, geology, and underground water resources of the region sur¬ rounding Queretaro, Mexico. Villarello (Juan de D.) and Bdse (Emilio). 1. Criaderos de fierro de la hacienda de Vaquerias, en el estado de Hidalgo. Mexico Inst. Geol,, Bull. no. 16, pp. 15-44, 4 pis., 5 figs., 1902. Describes the topography, geology, and petrology, and discusses the occurrence of iron ores in this area. FOE THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 345 Villasenor (F.). 1. Andlisis de las cenizas de la eruption del volcdn de Santa Marfa (Guatemala), ocurrida el 24 de octubre de 1902, recogidas en Comitan. Secretaria de Fomento [Mexico], Bol., 2 a 6p., afio 2, no. 7, II, pp. 279-280, 1903. Discusses the composition of cinders ejected by the volcano of Santa Maria in Guatemala. Vogdes (Anthony W.). 1. A bibliography relating to the geology, paleontology, and mineral resources of California. Cal. State Mg. Bur., Bull. no. 30, pp. 7-258, 1904. 2. Address on books relating to geology, mineral resources, and paleontology of Cal¬ ifornia. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 9-23,1905. Vogt (J. H. L.). 1. Problems in the geology of ore-deposits. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 125-169, 1902. Dis’cusses genesis of ore deposits. Von Rosenberg (Leo). 1. Report on the properties of the Summit Coal Company, situated in Marshall County, State of West Virginia. New York, 12 pp., 9 pis., 1903. (Privately printed.) Contains geologic sections of Carboniferous strata and data bearing on coal production. Voyle (Joseph). 1. Aurite, and a general theory of gold ore genesis. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, pp. 382-383, 1903. W. Wagenen (T. H. van). 1. Nitrate deposits, Humboldt County, Nevada. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 63, 1902. Brief description of occurrence. Wagner (George). 1. Observations on Platygonus compressus Le Conte. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 777-782, 4 figs., 1903. 2. On an interesting fossil Unio from Wisconsin. Nautilus, vol. 18, pp. 97-100, 1 pi., 1905. Walcott (Charles D.). 1. Cambrian Brachiopoda; Obolella, subgenus Glyptias; Bicia; Obolus, subgenus Westonia; with description of new species. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, pp. 669-695, 1901. 2. The work of the United States Geological Survey in relation to the mineral resources of the United States. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 3-26, with map, 1901. Gives a general account of the work of the U. S. Geological Survey in the development of the mineral resources of the country. 3. Twenty-second Annual Report of the Director of the United States Geological Survey to the Secretary of the Interior, 1900-1901. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 1, pp. 1-207, 24 pis., 1901. Gives an account of the work of the U. S. Geological Survey for the year. 4. Sur les formations pr^-Cambriennes fossilif&res. Intern. Cong. G6ol., Compte Rendu, viii session, pp. 299-312,1901. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the pre-Cambrian strata in various parts of the United States. 346 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Walcott (Charles D.)—Continued. 5. Outlook of the geologist in America. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 99-118, 1902. Reviews the geologic investigations that have been undertaken in North America by organi¬ zations and individuals, broadly outlines the problems that are being studied, and discusses the future prospects of geologists. 6. Cambrian brachiopoda: Acrotreta; Linnarssonella; Obolus; with descriptions of new species. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 25, pp. 577-612, 1902. 7. Twenty-third Annual Report of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey to the Secretary of the Interior. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1902. 217 pp., 26 pis. Gives an account of the work of the U. S. Geological Survey for the year 1901-2. 8. New term for the Upper Cambrian series. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 318-319, 1903. Proposes the term Saratogian for Upper Cambrian, and gives a list of formations referred to it. 9. John Wesley Powell. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 99-130,1 pi. (por.), 1903. 10. Twenty-fourth annual report of the Director of the United States Geological Sur¬ vey to the Secretary of the Interior, 1902-3. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1903. 302 pp., 26 pis. Gives an account of the work of the U. S. Geological Survey for the year 1902-3. Includes a biographical sketch of J. W. Powell. The rules governing the nomenclature and classification of geologic formations promulgated in the Tenth Annual Report, pp. 63-79, have been recently revised and, as revised, are given in this report on pp. 21-27. 11. Twenty-fifth Annual Report of the Director of the United States Geological Sur¬ vey to the Secretary of the Interior, 1903-4. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1904. 388 pp., 25 pis. and 2 figs. Gives an account of the work of the U. S. Geological Survey during the fiscal year 1903-4. 12. Cambrian Brachiopoda with descriptions of new genera and species. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 28, pp. 227-337, 1905. 13. Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Director of the United States Geological Sur¬ vey to the Secretary of the Interior, 1904-5. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1905. 322 pp., 25 pis., 1 fig. Outlines the operations of the U. S. Geological Survey for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1905. Waldo (C. A.). 1. Dikes in the Oklahoma Panhandle. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 153, 1903; Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 220, 1903: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22647, 1903. Walker (B. E.). 1. List of the published writings of Elkanah Billings. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 366-388, 1901. Walker (Bryant). 1. On the shells of marls. Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 97-102, 1903. Describes the occurrence of gastropodous shells in Michigan marl deposits. Walker (T. L.). 1. The Geological Survey of Canada as an educational institution. Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 435-449, 1904. Wallace (E. C.), Richardson (Clifford) and. 1. Petroleum from the Beaumont, Texas, field. See Richardson (Clifford) and Wallace (E. C.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 347 Wanner (Atreus). 1. A new species of Olenellus from the Lower Cambrian of York County, Pennsyl¬ vania. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, pp. 267-272, 2 pis., 1901. Ward (Henry A.). 1. The Ste. Genevieve meteorite. Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 65-66, 1 pi., 1901. Describes occurrence and characters of this meteorite from Ste. Genevieve County, Mo. 2. Catalogue of the Ward-Coonley collection of meteorites. Chicago, 99 pp., 6 pis., 1900; 28 pp , 1901. (Private publication.) Contains notes on the character and occurrence of meteorites. 3. Description of four meteorites. Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 79-88, 5 pis., 1902. Describes meteorites from Andover, Me.; Cuernavaca, Mexico; Arispe, Mexico; and from near Williamsport, Pa. 4. On Bacubirito, or the great meteorite of Sinaloa, Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 203-211, 6 pis., 1902; Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 67-74, 4 pis. 1902. Describes occurrence, size, and characters of this meteoric mass. 5. The Bath Furnace [Kentucky] meteorite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 316-319, 1 fig., 1903. Describes fall and characters. 6. The Andover [Maine] meteorite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 395-396, 1 fig., 1903. 7. The Canyon City meteorite from Trinity County, California. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 383-384, 1 fig., 1904. Describes source, character, and composition. 8. The Willamette [Oregon] meteorite. Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 137-148, 6 pis., 1904; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 58, pp. 23838- 23840, 9 figs., 1904. Describes the discovery, location, and characters. 9. Catalogue of the Ward-Coonley collection of meteorites. Chicago, 113 pp., 9 pis., 1904. (Private publication.) Contains notes on the character and occurrence of meteorites. 10. The Billings meteorite: A new iron meteorite from southern Missouri. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 240-242, 2 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence, characters, and composition. 11. Great meteorite collections and their composition. Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 149-164, 1 pi., 1904. 12. Bath Furnace aerolite. Rochester Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 4, pp. 193-202,1 pi., 1905. Describes the fall, exterior preservation, and character of one piece of the Bath Furnace meteorite, and discusses phenomena connected with the passage of aerolites through the earth’s atmosphere, and their source. Ward (Lester F.). 1. Geology of the Little Colorado Valley [Arizona]. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 401-413, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the several subdivisions of the Mesozoic strata of the region. 2. The petrified forests of Arizona. Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. 1899, pp. 289-307, 1901. 3. Correlation of the Potomac formation in Maryland and Virginia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 941-942,1903. 348 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ward (Lester F.)—Continued. 4. Paleozoic seed plants. Science, new ser., vol. 20, pp. 279-281,1904. 5. Status of the Mesozoic floras of the United States. Second Paper. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pt. 1, Text, 616 pp.; pt. 2, Plates, 119 pis., 1905. Describes the stratigraphic and paleontologic relations of the older Mesozoic of Arizona, and gives an account of the status of knowledge of Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous floras and a summary of geologic work upon these floras. Includes papers by Fontaine, Bibbins, and Wieland, giving systematic descriptions of species and notes upon various floras. 6. An example in nomenclature. Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 110-111, 1905. Discusses nomenclature applied to Aneimites fertilis ri. sp., David White. Waring (G. A.) . 1. Quartz from San Diego County, California. Am. Jour. Sci., 4t,h ser., vol. 20, pp. 125-127, 2 figs., 1905. Describes crystallographic features. 2. The pegmatyte veins of Pala, San Diego County [California]. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 356-369, 5 pis., 3 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of intrusive veins, the types of veins, and the petro¬ graphic characters and minerals of the rocks composing them, and discusses their origin. Warman (Philip Creveling). 1. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1880 to 1901. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 177, 858 pp., 1901. 2. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1901 to 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 215, 234 pp., 1903. 3. Catalogue of the published writings of John Wesley Powell. Wash. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 131-187,1903. Warren (C. H.). 1. Mineralogical notes. I. Native arsenic from Arizona. II. Anthophyllite with the fayalite from Rockport, Mass. III. Cerussite and phosgenite from Colorado. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 337-344, 1903. Describes occurrence and characters of these minerals. 2. Petrographical notes on the rocks of the Weston aqueduct [Massachusetts]. Tech. Quart., vol. 17, pp. 117-123, 1904. Describes their occurrence and petrographic characters. Warren (C. H.), Penfield (S. L.) and. 1. Some new minerals from the zinc mines at Franklin, N. J., and note concerning the chemical composition of ganomalite. See Penfield (S. L.) and Warren (C. H.), 1. Warwick (A. W.). 1. The iron ores of the Uintah Mountains. Mg. Rep., vol. 50, pp. 166-167, 1904. Describes the geology and the character and occurrence of iron-ore deposits. 2. The Leadville district [Colorado]. Mg. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 430-439, 5 figs., 1905. Includes notes on the geology of the district. Washburne (Chester). 1. Notes on the marine sediments of eastern Oregon. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 224-229, 1903. Describes occurrence of fossiliferous limestone of Carboniferous age and gives notes on the occurrence of strata and fossils of Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous age. Includes reports by George H. Girty on the fossils collected from the Carboniferous limestone and by T. W. Stanton on fossils from the Chico formation. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 349 Washburne (Chester)—Continued. 2. The distribution of placer gold in Oregon. Oreg. Univ., Bull., new ser., vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 18-19, 1904. 3. Beach gold and its source. Oreg. Univ., Bull., new ser., vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 19-21, 1904. Describes the occurrence of gold in the sands of the coast of Oregon and discusses its source. Washington (Henry Stephens). 1. The foyaite-ijolite series of Magnet Cove [Arkansas]; a chemical study in differ¬ entiation. I. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 607-622, 1901. Comprises a study of the chemical composition of several rock types and a discussion of their relations. 2. The foyaite-ijolite series of Magnet Cove [Arkansas]; a chemical study in differ¬ entiation. II. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 645-670, 3 figs., 1901. Describes the petrographic characters of the rocks and compares them with similar rocks from other regions. Discusses differentiation in laccolithic magmas. 3. The rocks of Lake Winnepesaukee, New Hampshire. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 44, 1901. Contains brief notes on the rocks. 4. A chemical study of the glaucophane schists. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 35-59, 1901. Describes the microscopic and chemical characters of these schists from several foreign countries and from western United States. 5. Igneous rocks from eastern Siberia. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 175-184, 1 fig., 1902. Compares the characters of some of these rocks with similar rocks occurring in this country. 6. Chemical analyses of igneous rocks published from 1884 to 1900, with a critical discussion of the character and use of analyses. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 14, 495 pp., 1903. Discusses character of chemical analyses of igneous rocks, the construction and nomenclature of the new quantitative classification and its correlation with the qualitative system, and methods of calculation employed, and gives tables embracing nearly all published analyses of igneous rocks, arranged according to the ndW system. Note. —These chemical analyses have not been separately listed in the index of this bibliography. 7. The calculation of center-points in the quantitative classification of igneous rocks. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 668, 1903. 8. The quantitative distribution of rock magmas. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, p. 153, 1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 533,1904. 9. The superior analyses of igneous^_rocks from Roth’s Tabellen, 1869 to 1884, arranged according to the quantitative system of classification. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 28, 68 pp., 1904. Note. —The analyses in this paper have not been listed in the index of this bibliography. 10. Manual of the chemical analysis of rocks. New York, John Wiley & Sons. 183 pp., 1904. Describes fully methods of analysis of rocks. Washington (Henry S.), Cross (Whitman), Iddings (Joseph P.), Pirsson (Louis V.) and. 1. A quantitative chemico-mineralogical classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks. See Cross (W.) and others, 1. 2. Quantitative classification of igneous rocks. See Cross (W.) and others, 2. 350 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Washington (H. S.), Pirsson (L. V.) and. 1. Contributions to the geology of New Hampshire. I. Geology of the Belknap Mountains. See Pirsson (L. V.) and Washington (H. S.), 1. Watson (Lawrence W.). 1. Prince Edward Island. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ, Rept. for 1901, pp. 206-208, 1902. Describes the author’s field work in this area. 2. Francis Bain, geologist. Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. & Trans., 2d ser., vol. 9, sect. 4, pp. 135-142, 1903. Includes a list of his papers. Watson (R. Lind). 1. Auriferous deposits of Wreck Bay, Jordan River, and other localities of Vancou¬ ver Island [Canada]. Mines & Minerals, vol. 21, pp. 488-489, 1 fig., 1901. Describes placers of the region. Watson (Thomas Leonard). 1. The granitic rocks of Georgia and their relationships. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 199-225, 8 pis., 1901. Describes the microscopic and chemical and mineralogic characters of the varieties of granite and discusses the evidence of their intrusive origin. 2. The Georgia bauxite deposits; their chemical constituents and genesis. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 25-45, 1 pi., 1901. Describes the general geology of the bauxite area and the occurrence, geologic position, and chemical composition of the ore and discusses its origin. 3. On the origin of the phenocrysts in the porphyritic granites of Georgia. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 97-122, 6 figs., 1901. Describes the characters of the granites of the several areas studied, their chemical composi¬ tion, and the genetic relationship of phenocryst to groundmass. 4. Weathering of granitic rocks of Georgia. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 93-108, 6 pis., 1901. Describes the megascopic, microscopic, and chemical characters of the granite of the State and the phenomena of their weathering. 5. On the occurrence of aplite, pegmatite, and tourmaline bunches in the Stone Mountain granite of Georgia. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 186-193, 2 pis., 1902p benison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. 12. pp. 17-24, 2 pis., 1902. 6. Copper-bearing rocks of Virgilina copper district, Virginia and North Carolina. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 353-376, 3 pis., 1 fig., 1902; Denison Univ., Sci. Lab.. Bull., vol. 12, pp. 97-127, 3 pis., 1 fig., 1903. Reviews previous work and describes the occurrence, petrographic characters, and composi¬ tion of igneous rocks, and the occurrence and character of the deposits of copper ores. 7. On the occurrence of uranophane in Georgia. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol, 13, pp. 464-466, 1902; Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 25-28, 1902. Describes its occurrence and chemical character. 8. A preliminary report on a part of the granites and gneisses of Georgia. Ga. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 9-A, 367 pp., 32 pis., 1902. Discusses geological age, mode of occurrence, origin, and distribution of granites in Georgia and eastern United States, their chemical and lithologic characteristics, and gives chemi¬ cal analyses. The geography and physiography of the Georgia portion of the Piedmont Plateau are described. 9. Geological relations of the manganese ore deposits of Georgia. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 207-253, 970-973, 20 figs., 1904: Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. 12, art. 9, pp. 147-198, 20 figs., 1904. Describes the stratigraphy and geologic structure and the character and occurrence of the manganese ores of the Paleozoic and crystalline rocks of northern Georgia, and discusses the origin of the ore deposits. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 351 Watson (Thomas Leonard)—Continued. 10. The yellow ocher deposits of the Cartersville district, Bartow County, Georgia. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 34, pp. 643-666, 8 figs., 1904; Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull. Yol. 12, art. 10, pp. 199-221, 3 pis., 2 figs., 1904. Gives an account of the geology and topography of the district and describes the occurrence, composition, and mining of the ocher deposits. 11. The Seminole copper deposit of Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 182-186, 1904. Describes the general geology, structural features, and the character and occurrence of the copper ores. 12. A preliminary report on the bauxite deposits of Georgia. Ga. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 11, 169 pp., 12 pis., 3 figs., and map, 1904. Describes the general geology of the bauxite region of Georgia, the character, occurrence, and origin of bauxite deposits, and the mining operations. 13. Structural relations of the granites of North Carolina. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, p. 526, 1904. 14. The leopardite (quartz porphyry) of North Carolina. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 215-224, 4 figs., 1904; Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. 12, art. 11, pp. 223-230, 2 pis., 1904. Describes occurrence, megascopic and microscopic characters, and chemical composition. 15. Orbicular gabbro-diorite from Davie County, North Carolina. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 294-303, 2 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence and the megascopic and microscopic characters. 16. Granites of North Carolina. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 373-407, 7 figs., 1904. Describes types of granite occurring in North Carolina, their lithologic characters, structural features, and geographic distribution in the State. 17. Lead and zinc deposits of Virginia. Va. Geol. Surv., Geol. Ser., Bull. no. 1, 156 pp., 14 pis., 27 figs., 1905. Describes the stratigraphy and geologic structure of the Great Valley of Virginia, and the occurrence, relations, and character of lead and zinc deposits, and discusses the origin of the ores. Weatherbe (D’Arcy). 1. ' Recent developments with the calyx drill in the Nictaux iron field [Nova Scotia]. Nova Scotia Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 10, pp. 350-360, 2 pis., 1902. Contains notes on the geology of the area. 2. Boring machines. Nova Scotia, Dept. Mines, Rept. for 1903, pp. 69-82, 1904. Contains records of strata passed through in borings in Nova Scotia. Weatherby (W. J.) 1. The Mogollon range, New Mexico. Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 97-101, 4 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology and mineral resources of the region. Weaver (Charles E.). 1. Contribution to the paleontology of the Martinez group. Cal. Univ., Dept. Geol., Bull., vol. 4', pp. 101-123, 2 pis., 1905. Give? a discussion of the geographical distribution, stratigraphic relations, and correlations of the Martinez group of the California Eocene formations, followed by systematic descrip¬ tions of its fossils. Webster (Arthur). 1. Geology of the west coast of Vancouver Island. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 52-74, 1903. Describes observations upon the physical features, general geology, and economic resources of the region. Webster (Clement L.). 1. Description of a new genus and species of gastropod from the Hack berry group of Iowa. Iowa Nat., vol. 1, pp. 39-40. 1905. 352 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Webster (Clement L.)—Continued. 2. On some species of fossils from the Hackberry group of Iowa. Iowa Nat., vol. 1, pp. 58-59, 1905. 3. Contributions to the paleontology of the Iowa Devonian. Iowa Nat., vol. 1, pp. 70-71,1905. 4. Preliminary observations on some of the constituent elements of the glacial drift of northern Iowa. Iowa Nat., vol. 1, pp. 82-83, 1 fig., 1905. Weed (Walter Harvey). 1. The enrichment of gold and silver veins. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 426-448, 9 figs., 1901. Discusses the genesis of rich ore bodies occurring near ground water level and of those found in deep mine workings and the chemical reactions which have taken place during the process of ore deposition. Describes the author’s observations and those of other geologists in various mines. 2. Types of copper deposits in the southern United States. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 30, pp. 449-504, 22 fies., 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of copper ores in certain districts, and discusses rela¬ tions of the ores of the regions with these type deposits. 3. Notes on the Carolina gold deposits. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 72, p. 494, 1901. Brief notes on the character of the ores. 4. The El Paso tin deposits [Texas]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 178, pp. 1-15,1 pi., 4 figs., 1901. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence and character of the ore- bearing veins. 5. Geology and ore deposits of the Elkhorn mining district, Jefferson County, Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 399-510, 20 pis., 7 figs., 1901. Describes history of mining operations in this district, the character and occurrence of igneous and metamorphic rocks and strata of Algonkian, Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Mesozoic age, and discusses the general geologic structure, relations of the rock masses, the character, occurrence, mode of formation, and commercial development of the ore bodies. 6. Influence of country rock on mineral veins. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 634-653, 8 figs., 1902. Discusses origin of certain ore deposits. 7. [Discussion of “The origin of ore deposits.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 959-962, 1902. 8. Notes on certain mines in the States of Chihuahua, Sinaloa, and Sonora, Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 396-443, 28 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the geology of these States, and the character and occurrence of the ores. 9. Notes on a section across the Sierra Madre Occidental of Chihuahua aud Sinaloa, Mexico. A Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 32, pp. 444-458, 1 pi. (sections), 1902. Contains observations on the geology and petrology of the region. 10. Recent development of southern copper deposits. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 80-81, 1902. 11. Contact metamorphic and other ore deposits near igneous contacts. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, p. 513, 1902. 12. The Cananea copper deposits, Mexico. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 744-745, 4 figs., 1902. 13. Geological sketch of the Hot Springs district, Arkansas. 57th Cong., 1st Sess., Sen. Doc. no. 282, Washington, pp. 79-94, 10 pis., 1902. Describes location, topography, and general geology of the region, and the source, character, and geologic relations of the hot springs, and discusses the origin of their heat. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 353 Weed (Walter Harvey)—Continued. 14. Gold mines of the Marysville district, Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 88-89, 1903. Gives a brief history of the development of the field, its geological features, and the occur¬ rence of the ore bodies. 15. Tin deposits at El Paso, Tex. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 99-102,1903. Describes briefly the geologic structure and formation of the Franklin Mountains, the char¬ acter and occurrence of the ores, and the mining developments. 16. Ore deposits at Bntte, Mont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 170-180, 1903. Describes the mining development of the region, the character and occurrence of the rocks and structural features of the district, and the character, occurrence, and origin of the ore deposits and the vein systems. 17. Copper deposits of the Appalachian States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 181-185,1903. Describes the occurrence of deposits of copper ores in New Jersey, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, and Tennessee. 18. Copper deposits of New Jersey. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept, for 1902, pp. 125-139,1903. Describes the occurrence, character, and structural conditions of the copper ores and the mining operations, and discusses the origin of the ores. 19. Ore deposits near igneous contacts. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 715-746, 1 fig., 1903. Gives a genetic classification of ore deposits, discusses formation of ores in contact zones, and especially the origin of contact metamorphic deposits. 20. Ore deposition and vein enrichment by ascending hot waters. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 747-754, 1903. 21. Secondary enrichment at Cripple Creek [Colorado]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 553-554, 1 fig., 1903. 22. Cross vein ore shoots and fractures. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 193, 1903. Describes vein structure and discusses its origin. 23. The Cananea ore deposits [Mexico]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, p. 383, 1903'. Gives observations upon the geology and the occurrence of the copper-ore deposits. 24. [Classification of ore deposits.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 273-274,1903. 25. Gypsum deposits in Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 74-75, 1904. Describes character, occurrence, and geologic relations of gypsum deposits in Montana. 26. Copper deposits in Georgia. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp.J.80-181, 1904. Describes occurrence and character of copper ores. 27. The Griggstown, N. J., copper deposit. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 187-189,1904. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and character of the copper-ore deposits. 28. Notes on the copper mines of Vermont. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 190-199, 1904. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of the copper-ore deposits, and the mining developments. 29. Original native gold in igneous rocks. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 440-441, 1904. Bull. 301—06-23 354 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Weed (Walter Harvey)—Continued. 30. Occurrence and distribution of copper in the United States. Mg. Mag., vol. 10, pp. 185-193, 1 pi., 10 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence, formation, and geologic relations oi copper ores in various parts of the United States. 31. Dilation fissures and their contained ores. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 20, p. 761, 1904. 32. The Great Flat at Butte, Montana. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 129-130, 1905. A-brief note on physiographic features of this region. 33. Cement resources of Montana. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 243, pp. 227-228, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of limestones suitable for cement manufacture. 34. Copper mines near Havana, Cuba. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 176-177, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of copper-ore deposits in Cuba. * 35. Notes on the gold veins near Great Falls, Maryland. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 128-131,1905. Describes the character and occurrence of veins containing gold ore, and the conditions in which it is found. 36. The copper production of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 211-216, 1 fig., 1905. Discusses production and consumption of copper, and the character, occurrence, and produc¬ tion of copper ores in the United States. 37. The copper deposits of the eastern United States. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 217-220, 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of copper-ore deposits of the Appalachian region, par¬ ticularly those of Virginia and Tennessee. 38. Economic value of hot springs and hot-spring deposits. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 260, pp. 598-604,1905. Describes general uses of hot springs, and particularly the limonite and travertine deposits of the Anaconda hot springs and the gypsum veins and waters of Hunters Hot Springs, Montana. 39. Notes on certain hot springs of the southern United States. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 145, pp. 185-206, 3 figs., 1905. Includes notes on the geologic relations of the thermal waters of Meriwether County, Georgia, and of Hot Springs, Arkansas. Weed (Walter Harvey) and Pirsson (L. V.). 1. Geology of the Shonkin Sag and Palisade Butte laccoliths in the Highwood Moun¬ tains of Montana. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 1-17, 10 figs., 1901. Describes the physiography of the region, the occurrence and character of the laccoliths, and the chemical characters of the shonkinite and syenite. 2. Missourite, a new leucite rock from the Highwood Mountains of Montana. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 457-466,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 2, pp. 315-323, 1896.) Weeks (Fred Boughton). 1. An occurrence of tungsten ore in eastern Nevada. U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 6, pp. 319-320, 1901. Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 8-9, 1901. 2. Gold-bearing quartzites of eastern Nevada. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 546, 1902. 3. Bibliography of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineral¬ ogy for the years 1892-1900, inclusive. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 188, 717 pp., 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 355 Weeks (Fred Boughton)—Continued. L Index to North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the years 1892-1900, inclusive. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 189, 337 pp., 1902. 5. North American geologic formation names: bibliography, synonymy, and distribu¬ tion. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 191, 448 pp., 1902. 5. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1901. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 203, 144 pp., 1902. 7. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1902. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 221, 200 pp., 1903. 8. Tungsten ore in eastern Nevada. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, p. 103,1903. Describes the character and occurrence of huhnerite in the Snake Mountains, Nevada. 9. Occurrence of Paleozoic rocks in the southern portion of the Great Basin region. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 26, 1903. Describes briefly the occurrence and character of pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata and the general geologic structure. 10. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 240, 243 pp., 1904. 11. Notes on the wells, springs, and general water resources of New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 102, pp. 169-206,1904. 12. Underground waters of eastern United States: New York. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 114, pp. 82-92, 1 pi., 1905. Describes briefly the general geology of the State and its water resources, particularly the underground waters and the springs. 15. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1904. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 271, 218 pp., 1905. Weidman (Samuel). 1. The pre-Potsdam peneplain of the pre-Cambrian of north-central Wisconsin. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 289-313, 1 pi. and 8 figs., 1903. Describes physiographic features and general structure of the peneplain, and discusses its formation, evidences as to its age, and its subsequent history. 2. Note on the amphibole hudsonite previously called a pyroxene. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 227-232, 2 figs., 1903. Describes microscopic and chemical characters. 3. Preliminary report on the soils and agricultural conditions of north central Wis¬ consin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 11, 68 pp., 10 pis., 1903. Describes topography, general geology, water supply, and character and origin of soil forma¬ tions. 4. Widespread occurrence of fayalite in certain igneous rocks of central Wisconsin. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 551-561, 3 figs., 1904. Describes the occurrence in Wisconsin, character, chemical composition, and relations to associated rocks, and discusses the origin and occurrences elsewhere of fayalite. 5. The Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. no. 13, 190 pp., 23 pis. (includ. geol. map in pocket), 1904. Describes the occurrence, megascopic and microscopic characters, and geologic relations of pre-Cambrian igneous rocks and sedimentary strata, and gives a general account of Cambrian and Ordovician sedimentary rocks and Glacial drift deposits, and discusses the ground water and the occurrence, character, and origin of the iron-ore deposits. 356 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERLCAN GEOLOGY Weidman (Samuel)—Continued. 6. Iron ores of Wisconsin, with special reference to the Baraboo district. Wis. Engineer, vol. 9, pp. 31-45, 3 figs., 1904. Abstract: Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 610-612, 1905. Describes the character, occurrence, and geologic relations of the iron-ore deposits of Wiscon¬ sin and the geology*of the Baraboo Range. Weller (Stuart). 1. Correlation of the Kinderhook formations of southwestern Missouri. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 130-148, 1901. Reviews recent correlation of these strata and describes the occurrence and faunas of the sev¬ eral formations which make up the Kinderhook group. 2. Kinderhook faunal studies. III. The faunas of beds no. 3 to no. 7 at Burlington, Iowa. St. Jjouis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pp. 147-214, 9 pis., 1901. Describes species collected from the various beds and discusses the correlations. 3. A preliminary report on the Paleozoic formations of the Kittatinny Valley in New Jersey. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 1-8, 1901. Describes the character and occurrence of the subdivisions of the Cambrian and Ordovician strata in New Jersey. 4. The composition, origin, and relationship of the Corniferous fauna in the Appa¬ lachian province in North America. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 423-432, 1902. Presents a comparative list of Corniferous and Oriskany faunas, describes the distribution and relations of these faunas, and discusses the origin of the Corniferous fauna. 5. Crotalocrinus cora (Hall). Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 532-534, 1 pi., 1902. Describes material from the Niagara group and gives the synonymy of Crotalocrinus cora. 6. The Paleozoic faunas [of New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Rept. on Paleont., vol. 3, 462 pp., 53 pis., 1903. Describes the Paleozoic formations of New Jersey, gives lists of their included fossils, and dis¬ cusses the characteristics of the faunas and their correlation with those of other areas. Gives systematic descriptions and figures of the fossils of the several formations described. 7. The classification of the Upper Cretaceous formations and faunas of New Jersey. Jour. Geol,, vol. 13, pp. 71-84, 1905; N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 145-159, 1905. Discusses previous classifications of the Cretaceous strata of New Jersey and their correla¬ tions and the faunas of the various beds. 8. A fossil starfish from the Cretaceous of Wyoming. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 238-256, 3 figs., 1905. 9. Paraphorhynchus, a new genus of Kinderhook Brachiopoda. St. Louis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 15, pp. 259-264, 1 pi., 7 figs., 1905. 10. The fauna of the Cliffwood clays. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1904, pp. 133-144, 1 pi., 1905; Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 324-337, 6 figs., 1905. Describes the occurrence of the fossils, gives notes upon them and descriptions of the new species, a table showing distribution, and an analysis of the fauna and comparison with other faunas. 11. The northern and southern Kinderhook faunas. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 617-634, 1905. 12. Classification of the upper Cretaceous formations of New Jersey. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 176-177, 1905. 13. Fauna of the Cliffwood clays. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 179, 1905. Weller (Stuart), Kiimmel (Henry B.) and. 1. Paleozoic limestones of Kittatinny Valley, New Jersey. See Kiimmel (H. B.) and Weller (S.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 357 Weller (Stuart), Kummel (Henry B.) and—Continued. 2. The rocks of the Green Pond Mountain region. See Kiimmel (H. B.) and WeUer (S.), 2. Weller (Stuart), Smith (James Perrin) and. 1. Prodromites, a new ammonite genus from the Lower Carboniferous. See Smith. (J. P.) and WeUer (Stuart), 1. Wells (Horace L.). 1. Sperrylite, a new mineral. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 151-156,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 37, pp. 67-70, 1889.) 2. On the composition of pollucite and its occurrence at Hebron, Me. Yale Bicentennial publications. Cont. to Mineral, and Petrog., pp. 183-192,1901. (From Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 41, pp. 213-220, 1891.) Wells (H. L.) and Penfield (S. L.). 1. On a new occurrence of sperrylite. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 95-96,1902. Describes occurrence in platiniferous copper ore from Wyoming. Wells (J. Walter). 1. Arsenic in Ontario. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Rept. for 1902, pp. 101-122, 4 pis., 1902. Describes distribution, manufacture, production, and uses of arsenic. 2. Molybdenite—its occurrence, concentration, and uses. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 22, pp. 113-118, 4 figs., 1903; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 6, pp. 47-65, 4 figs., 1904. 3. Preliminary report on the raw materials, manufacture, and uses of hydraulic cements in Manitoba. Can., Dept, of the Interior, Mines Branch, Ottawa, 1905. 70 pp., 7 pis. 4. Preliminary report on the industrial value of the clays and shales of Manitoba. Can., Dept, of the Interior, Mines Branch, Ottawa, 1905. 41 pp., 8 pis. 5. Preliminary report on the limestones and the lime industry of Manitoba. Can., Dept, of the Interior, Mines Branch, Ottawa, 1905. 68 pp., 8 pis. Wells (W. E.). 1. The topography and geology of Clifton Gorge. Ohio Nat., vol. 4, pp. 75-79, 2 figs., 1904. Wendeborn (B. A.). 1. Die Tiitigkeit heisser Quellen in den Gangen von Wedekind, Nevada, Y. S. N.-A. Berg-und huttenm. Zeit., Jahrg. 63, pp. 265-266,1904. Discusses the ore deposits and their formation by the agency of heated water. 2. Die Quecksilberablagerungen in Oregon. Berg-und hiitten. Zeit., Jahrg. 63, pp. 274-277, 1904. Describes occurrence, character, and geologic relations of quicksilver-ore deposits in Oregon. Wenstrom (Olof). 1. Mineral deposits of Santiago, Cuba. [In discussion of paper of Harrison Souder.] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 35, pp. 1008-1010,1905. Contains observations on the geologic structure of the copper deposits. Westgate (Lewis G.). 1. The Twin Lakes glaciated area, Colorado. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 285-312, 14 figs., 1905. Describes the pre-Glacial topography of the upper Arkansas Valley, the various Glacial fea tures of the Twin Lakes region, the Glacial erosion, and the post-Glacial changes, and dis¬ cusses mountain form and its origin. Wheeler (George D.). I. Zinc in Crittenden County, Kentucky. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 413-414, 3 figs., 1902. 358 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Wheeler (H. A.). 1. Notes on the source of the southeast Missouri lead. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 77, pp. 517-518, 1904. Discusses the origin of the lead-ore deposits of this region. Wheelock (Charles E.). 1. The Oriskany sandstone. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 39-44, 1903. Describes distribution, character, and fossil contents of the Oriskany sandstone in Onondaga County, N. Y. 2. [Overthrust faults in central New York.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 673, 1905. Whitaker (Milton C.). 1. An olivinite dike of the Magnolia district [Colorado] and the associated picroti- tanite. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 6, pp. 104-119 [1902]. Describes the occurrence, the megascopic and microscopic characters, and composition of olivinite, and the characters and composition of the associated picrotitanite. Whitbeck (R. H.). 1. The pre-Glacial course of the middle portion of the Genesee River [New York]. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 34, pp. 32-44, 9 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the physiography and discusses the evidences regarding the pre-Glacial course of this river. White (Charles A.). 1. The ancestral origin of the North American Unionidae, or fresh-water mussels. Smith. JMisc. Coll., vol. 48 (Quart. Issue, vol. 3, pt. 1), pp. 75-88, 1905. 2. The relation of phylogenesis to historical geology. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 105-113, 1 fig., 1905. Discusses the bearing of certain paleontologic facts upon the origin cf species. White (Charles Henry). 1. The Appalachian River versus a Tertiary trans-Appalachian River in eastern Ten¬ nessee. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 34-39, 1904. Discusses the evidences for the drainage system of the southern Appalachian region in Creta¬ ceous and Tertiary time. 2. Autophytograpliy: A process of plant fossilization. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, pp. 231-236, 5 figs., 1905. Discusses figures of plants made by them upon rocks by their coloring matters and the vari¬ ous evidences of existence of plant life in past geological ages. White (David). 1. Two new species of Algae from the Upper Silurian of Indiana. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 24, pp. 265-270, 3 pis., 1901. 2. Age of the coals at Tipton, Blair County, Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 473-477, 1901. Describes the occurrence, character, and structure of the strata associated with the coals and discusses their age as indicated by the fossil flora. 3. Mr. Lacoe’s relation to science. Wyoming Hist. & Geol. Soc., Proc. & Coll., vol. 6, pp. 55-60,1901. Gives an account of his geologic and paleontologic labors. 4. The Canadian species of the genus Whittlesey a and their systematic relations. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 98-110,1 pi., 1901. Describes the occurrence, relation, systematic position, and characters of the species. 5. Some paleobotanical aspects of the Upper Paleozoic in Nova Scotia. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 271-280, 1901. Discusses the bearing of the paleobotanical data on the age of certain beds in Nova Scotia. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 359 White (David)—Continued. * 6. Description of a fossil Alga from the Chemung of New York, with remarks on the genus Haliserites Sternberg. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 52, pp. 593-605,2 pis., 1902. Describes Thamnocladus clarkei, n. gen. et sp. 7. The bituminous coal field of Maryland. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 201-214, 1902. Describes area, structure, and development of the field, and character, occurrence, and pro¬ duction of the coal beds. 8. Stratigraphy versus paleontology in Nova Scotia. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 232-235, 1902. Discusses the age and evidences therefor of certain beds in the region of the Bay of Fundy. 9. Memoir of Ralph Dupuy Lacoe. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull. vol. 13, pp. 509-515, 1903. Includes a list of publications.’ 10. Summary of the fossil plants recorded from tne upper Carboniferous and Permian formations of Kansas. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 211, pp. 85-117, 1903. 11. Permian elements in the Dunkard flora. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 298, 1903; Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 538-542, 1903. 12. An anthracite coal field three and a half hours west of Washington. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 387,1903. Describes observations upon the geology and age of the Sleepy Creek Mountain coal basin of West Virginia. 13. Age of the Mercer group. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 942, 1903. 14. Deposition of the Appalachian Pottsville. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 267-282, 1 pi., 1904. Describes character and occurrence of Carboniferous deposits of Pottsville age in the Appa¬ lachian region, and the extent, figure, and general characteristics of the basin in which the sedimentation took place, and sketches the geologic history of the Appalachian region in Pottsville time. 15. Notes on the deposition of the Appalachian Pottsville. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 24, 532, 1904. 16. A new seed-bearing fern. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 20, p. 840, 1904. 17. The seeds of Aneimites. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quart. Issue, vol. 2, pt. 3V pp. 322-331, 2 pis., 1904. 18. The geology of the Perry basin in southeastern Maine: Paleontology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 35, pp. 3f^84 5 pis., 1905. Gives systematic descriptions of Devonian plant remains. 19. Fossil plants of the group Cycadofilices. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quart. Issue, vol. 2, ?), pp. 377-390, 3 pis., 1905. 20. [The time element in stratigraphy and cirr olation.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 585,1995. 21. Fossil plants of the group Cycadofilices. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 664,1905. 22. The occurrence of glacial epochs in Paleozoic time. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, p. 3?9,1905. 23. The age of the Wise and Harlan formations of southwestern Virginia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 335-336, 1905. 24. The American range of the Cycadofilices. Abstract: Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., p. 616,1906. 360 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY White (David) and Campbell (Marius R. )• * 1. The bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv.,22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 127-200, 5 figs., 1902. Describes extent, geologic structure and development of the field, character, occurrence and productiveness of the coal beds, gives chemical analyses of the coals, and discusses their eco¬ nomic value. White (David), Campbell (Marius R.), and Haseltine (Robert M.). 1. The northern Appalachian coal field. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 119-226, 2 pis., 6 fi s., 1902. White (D.), Smith (G. O.) and. 1. The geology of the Perry basin in southeastern Maine. See Smith (G. O ) and White (D.), 1. White (I. C.). 1. Second edition of the geological map of West Virginia. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 328-329, 1901. Gives a brief description of the map. 2. Geology of West Virginia. [Paper read before the International Mining Con¬ gress, Boise, Idaho, June, 1901.] Mines & Minerals, vol. 22, pp. 153-155,1901. Describes briefly the character and succession of the sedimentary strata of the State. 3. The geology of West Virginia. Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 56-61, 1901. Presents a summary of the geologic history of the State. 4. Geological horizon of the Kanawha black flint. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 119-126, 1902. Reviews previous investigations of the stratigraphic problems involved in this discussion, presents the author’s recent observations, and discusses the relative value of stratigraphic and paleobotanic data. 5. List of fossils from the lower half of the Conemaugh formation near Morgantown, West Virginia, collected in 1870 by Dr. John J. Stevenson and identified by F. B. Meek. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 211-214, 1902. 6. The geology of the Pittsburgh district. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 258-259,1902. Gives a general sketch of the stratigraphy of the Coal Measures and of geological history dur¬ ing Quaternary times. 7. The Appalachian coal field [West Virginia]. W. Va. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pp. 81-716,1903. Gives a detailed account of the Carboniferous system in West Virginia, including geologic sections, the extent, character, and geologic position of the various formations, and the character, occurrence, constitution, and fuel value of the coals. 8. Map showing occurrence of coal, oil, and gas in AVest Virginia. W. Va. Geol. Surv., 1904. 9. Petroleum and natural gas. Precise levels. W. Va. Geol. Surv., vol. 1A, 625 pp., 1904. Gives a historical sketch of the subject and describes the occurrence of petroleum and natural gas, including many records of borings and precise surface levels. 10. [Discussion of paper by R. Pearson on “The discovery of natural gas in Sussex, Heathfield district.”] Inst. Mg. Engrs. [Engl.], Trans., vol. 26, pp. 506-507 [1904]. A short note in regard to the occurrence of natural gas in the United States. White (Mark). 1. Geology of the Glass Mountains of western Oklahoma. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 199-200,.1901. Gives a section of the Cretaceous strata. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 361 White (Theodore G.). 1. [Faunas of the Lower Ordovician at Glens Falls, N. Y.] Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 27, p. 43, 1901. Gives results of the author’s detailed studies. Whiteaves (J. F.). 1. Description of a new species of Unio from the Cretaceous rocks of the Nanaimo coal field, Vancouver Island. Ottawa Nat., vol. 14, pp. 177-179, 1 fig., 1901. 2. Note on a supposed new species of Lytoceras from the Cretaceous rocks at Den¬ man Island in the Strait of Georgia [Canada]. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 31-32, 1901. 3. On the genus Trimerella, with descriptions of two supposed new species of that genus from the Silurian rocks of Keewatin. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 139-143, 2 pis., 1902. 4. On the genus Panenka, Barrande, with a description of a second species of that genus from the Devonian rocks of Ontario. Ottawa Nat., vol. 15, pp. 263-265, 1 pi., 1902. 5. Paleontology and zoology. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 251-258,1902. Reports upon the paleontological work accomplished by the author’s department. 6. Description of a fossil Cyrena from Alberta. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 231-233,1 pi., 1903. 7. Crania of extinct bisons from the Klondike Creek gravels. Ottawa Nat., vol. 16, pp. 240-241, 1903. 8. Description of a new species of Mathena, from the Trenton limestone at Ottawa. Ottawa Nat., vol. 17, pp. 32-34, 1 fig., 1903; Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 4. vol. 10, pp. 358-359, 1 fig., 1903. 9. Description of a species of Cardioceras from the Crows Nest coal fields. Ottawa Nat., vol. 17, pp. 65-67, 1 fig., 1903. 10. Notes on some Canadian specimens of “ Lituites undatus.” Ottawa Nat., vol. 17, pp. 119-122, 1903. Reviews literature bearing on the subject and discusses the generic placement and relation¬ ships of Canadian specimens. 11. Additional notes on some Canadian specimens of “ Lituites undatus.” Ottawa Nat., vol. 17, pp. 161-163, 1903. 12. Mesozoic fossils. Part 5. On some additional fossils from the Vancouver Cre- aceous, with a revised list of the species therefrom. Can. Geol. Surv., Mesozoic Fossils, vol. 1, pp. 309-415,12 pis., 13 figs., 1903. 13. The Canadian species of Trocholites. Ottawa Nat., vol. 18, pp. 13-18, 1904. 14. Description of a new genus and species of rugose corals from the Silurian rocks of Manitoba. Ottawa Nat., vol. 18, pp. 113-114, 1904. 15. Uintacrinus and Hemiaster in the Vancouver Cretaceous. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 287-289, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character of fossil echinoderms from Vancouver Island and gives a description of Hemiaster vancouverensis n. sp. 16. Paleontology and zoology. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 201-205, 1904. Outlines the work upon paleontology during 1903 of the Geological Survey of Canada. 362 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Whiteaves (J. F.)—Continued. 17. Preliminary list of fossils from the Silurian (Upper Silurian) rocks of the Ekwan River, and Sutton Mill lakes, Keewatin, collected by D. B. Dowling in 1901, with descriptions of such species as appear to be new. Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., vol. 14, pt. F, pp. 38-59, 1904. 18. Paleontology and zoology. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 355-362, 1905. Gives a summary of the paleontological work for the year 1904 of the Geological Survey of Canada. 19. Notes on the apical end of the siphuncle in some Canadian Endoceratidse, with descriptions of two supposed new species of Nanno. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 23-30, 324, 2 pis., 1905. Whitehead (Cabell), Chatard (T. M.) and. 1. An examination of the ores of the Republic Mine, Washington. See Chatard (T. M.) and Whitehead (C.), 1. Whitfield (Robert Parr). 1. Note on a very fine example of Helicoceras stevensoni preserving the outer chamber. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 14, p. 219, 1 pi., 1901. 2. Description of a new form of Myalina from the Coal Measures of Texas. , Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 63-66, 2 figs., 1902. 3. Observations on and emended description of Heteroceras simplicostatum Whitfield. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16. pp. 67-72, 5 pis., 1902. 4. Description of a new Toredo-like shell from the Laramie group. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 73-76, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1902. 5. Notice of a new genus of marine algae, fossil in the Niagara shale. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 399-400,1 pi., 1902. Describes Palseodictyota n. gen. 6. Notice of six new species of Unios from the Laramie group. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 483-487, 3 pis., 1903. 7. Observations on a remarkable specimen of Halysites and description of a new species of the genus. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 19, pp. 489-490, 2 pis., 1903. 8. Notice of a new genus and species of Lower Carboniferous bryozoan. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, p. 469, 1 pi., 1904. 9. Notice of a remarkable case of reproduction of lost parts shown on a fossil crinoid. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 471-472, 2 pis., 1904. 10. Note on some worm (?) burrows in rocks of the Chemung group of New York. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 20, pp. 473-474, 1 pi., 1904. 11. Notice of a new crinoid and a new mollusk from the Portage rocks of New York. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist,, Bull., vol. 21, pp. 17-20, 4 pis., 1905. 12. Descriptions of new fossil sponges from the Hamilton group of Indiana. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 297-300, 3 pis., 1905. 13. Notice of a new species of Fasciolaria from the Eocene green marls at Shark River, N. J. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 21, pp. 301-303, 2 pis., 1905. Whitfield (R. P.) assisted by Hovey (E. O.). 1. Catalogue of the types and figured specimens in the paleontological collection of the geological department, American Museum of Natural History; Lower Car¬ boniferous to Pleistocene, inclusive. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 11, pt. 4, pp. 357-500, 1901. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 363 Whitlock (Herbert P.). 1. Guide to the mineralogic collections of the New York State Museum. N. Y. State Mus.; Bull. 58, pp. 3-147, 39 pis., 249 figs., 11 models in pocket, 1902. Gives an outline of crystallography and describes characters, composition and occurrence of minerals. 2. List of New York mineral localities. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 70, 108 pp., 1903. Tabulates the occurrence and geologic association of minerals found in the State of New York. 3. Minerals not commercially important. N. Y. State Mus., 57th Ann. Rept., vol. 1, pp. 180-192, 1905. Gives notes on the occurrence of various minerals in the State of New York. 4. Contributions from the mineralogic laboratory. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 98, 36 pp., 7 pis., 1905. Describes the crystallographic and other characters of various minerals. Whitney (Francis I.). 1. The new artesian water supply at Ithaca, N. Y. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 110, pp. 55-64, 1 pi. and 1 fig., 1905. Includes notes upon the geology and records of the wells. Whitney (Milton). 1. Report on the examination of some soils from Illinois. Ill. Bd. of World’s Fair Commissioners, Rept., pp. 93-114,1896. 2. Field operations of the Division of Soils, 1899. U. S. Dept. Agric., Rept. no. 64, Washington, 1900. 198 pp., 29 pis., 19 figs, and 11 maps (in pocket). Contains soil surveys of the following areas: Colorado, Cache a la Poudre Valley, by Thomas H. Means, pp. 121-124. Connecticut Valley, by Clarence W. Dorsey and J. A. Bonsteel, pp. 125-140. New Mexico, Pecos Valley, by Thomas H. Means and Frank D. Gardner, pp. 36-76. Utah, Salt Lake Valley, by Frank D. Gardner and John Stewart, pp. 77-114. Utah, Sanpete, Cache, and Utah counties, by Thomas H. Means, pp. 115-120. 3. Field operations of the Division of Soils, 1900. U. S. Dept. Agric., Division of Soils (Second report), Washington, 1901. 473 pp., 51 pis., 47 figs. and 24 maps (in separate case). Contains soil surveys of the following areas: Arizona, Salt River Valley, by Thomas H. Means, pp. 287-332. California, Fresno, by Thomas H. Means and J. Garnett Holmes, pp. 333-384. California, Santa Ana, by J. Garnett Holmes, pp. 385-412. Maryland, Calvert County, by Jay A. Bonsteel and R. T. Avon Burke, pp. 147-171. Maryland, Cecil County, by Clarence W. Dorsey and Jay A. Bonsteel, pp. 103-124. Maryland, Kent County, by Jay A. Bonsteel, pp. 173-186. Maryland, St. Mary County, by Jay A. Bonsteel, pp. 125-145. North Carolina, Raleigh to Newbern, by William G. Smith, pp. 187-205. Ohio, Montgomery County, by Clarence W. Dorsey and George N. Coffey, pp. 85-102. Utah, Weber County, by Frank D. Gardner and Charles A. Jensen, pp. 207-242. Utah, Sevier Valley, by Frank D. Gardner and Charles A. Jensen, pp. 243-285. 4. Field operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1901. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau of Soils (Third report), Washington, 1902. 647 pp., 96 pis., 25 figs. and 31 maps (in separate case). Contains soil surveys of the following areas: California, Hanford area, by Macy H. Lapham and W. H. Heileman, pp. 447-480. California, Imperial area, by Thomas H. Means and J. Garnett Holmes, pp. 587-606. California, Lower Salinas Valley, by Macy H. Lapham, pp. 481-519. California, San Gabriel area, by J. Garnett Holmes and Louis Mesmer, pp. 559-586. California, Ventura area, by J. Garnett Holmes and Louis Mesmer, pp. 521-557. Georgia, Cobb County, by R. T. Avon Burke and Herbert W. Marean, pp. 317-327. Georgia, Covington area, by Herbert W. Marean, pp. 329-340. Idaho, Boise area, by Charles A. Jensen and B. A. Olshausen, pp. 421-446, Louisiana, Lake Charles area, by W. H. Heileman and Louis Mesmer, pp.. 621-647. Maryland, Harford County, by W. G. Smith and J. O. Martin, pp. 211-237. Maryland, Prince George County, by Jay A. Bonsteel and party, pp. 173-210. 364 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Whitney (Milton)—Continued. 4. Field operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1901—Continued. Contains soil surveys of the following areas—Continued. Michigan, Allegan County, by Elmer O. Fippin and Thomas D. Rice, pp. 93-124. Mississippi, Yazoo area, by Jay A. Bonsteel and party, pp. 359-388. New Jersey, Salem area, by Jay A. Bonsteel and F. W. Taylor, pp. 125-148. New York, Westfield area, Chautauqua County, by R. T. Avon Burke and Herbert W. Marean, pp. 75-92. North Carolina, Alamance County, by George N. Coffey and W. Edward Hearn, pp. 297-310. North Carolina, Cary area, by George N. Coffey and W. Edward Hearn, pp. 311-315. North Carolina, Statesville area, by Clarence W. Dorsey and party, pp. 273-295. Pennsylvania, Lebanon area, by W. G. Smith and Frank Bennett, jr., pp. 149-171. Texas, Willis area, Montgomery County, by J. O. Martin, pp. 607-619. Virginia, Bedford area, by Charles N. Mooney, F. O. Martin, and Thomas A. Caine, pp. 239-257. Virginia, Prince Edward area, by Charles N. Mooney and Thomas A. Caine, pp. 259-271. Washington, Yakima area, by Charles A. Jensen and B. A. Olshausen, pp. 389-419. 5. Field operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1902. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau of Soils (Fourth report), Washington, 1903. 842 pp., 60 pis., 25 figs, and 44 maps (in separate case). Contains soil surveys of the following areas: Alabama, Perry County, by R. T. Avon Burke and party, pp. 309-323. Arizona, Yuma area, by J. Garnett Holmes, pp. 777-791. Arkansas, Stuttgart area, by J. E. Lapham, pp. 611-622. Colorado, Lower Arkansas Valley, by Macy H. Lapham and party, pp. 729-776. Idaho, Lewiston are§, by Louis Mesmer, pp. 689-709. Illinois, Clay County, by George N. Coffey and party, in cooperation with the Illinois Experiment Station, pp. 533-548. Illinois, Clinton County, by Jay A. Bonsteel and party, in cooperation with the Illinois Experiment Station, pp. 491-505. Illinois, St. Clair County, by George N. Coffey and party, in cooperation with the Illinois Experiment Station, pp. 507-532. Illinois, Tazewell County, by Jay A. Bonsteel and party, in cooperation with the Illinois Experiment Station, pp. 465-489. Indiana, Posey County, by Herbert W. Marean, pp. 441-463. Iowa, Dubuque area, by Elmer O. Fippin, pp. 571-592. Kansas, Wichita area, by J. E. Lapham and B. A. Olshausen, pp. 623-642. Kentucky, Union County, by Herbert W. Marean, pp. 425-440. Mississippi, Smedes area, by William G. Smith and William T. Carter, jr., pp. 325-348. Missouri, Howell County, by Elmer O. Fippin and J. L. Burgess, pp. 593-609. Montana, Billings area, by Charles A. Jensen and N. P. Neill, pp. 665-687. New Jersey, Trenton area, by R. T. Avon Burke and Henry J. Wilder, pp. 163-186. New York, Bigflats area, by Louis Mesmer and W. Edward Hearn, pp. 125-142. North Carolina, Hickory area, by Thomas A. Caine, pp. 239-258. North Carolina, Mount Mitchell area, by Thomas A. Caine and A. W. Mangum, pp. 259-271. North Dakota, Grand Forks area, by Charles A. Jensen and N. P. Neill, pp. 643-663. Ohio, Columbus area, by William G. Smith, pp. 403-423. Ohio, Toledo area, by William G. Smith, pp. 383-402. Porto Rico, Arecibo to Ponce, by Clarence W. Dorsey, Louis Mesmer, and Thomas A. Caine, pp. 793-839. South Carolina, Abbeville area, by F. W. Taylor and Thomas D. Rice, pp. 273-289. South Carolina, Darlington area, by Thomas D. Rice and F. W. Taylor, pp. 291-307. Texas, Brazoria area, by Frank Bennett, jr., and Grove B. Jones, pp. 349-364. Texas, Vernon area, by J. E. Lapham and party, pp. 365-381. Virginia, Albemarle area, by Charles N. Mooney and F. E. Bonsteel, pp. 187-238. Washington, Walla Walla area, by J. Garnett Holmes, pp. 711-728. Wisconsin, Janesville area, by Jay A. Bonsteel, pp. 549-570. 6. Field operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1903. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau of Soils (Fifth report), Washington, 1904. 1310 pp., 6 pis., 61 figs. and 78 maps (in separate case). Contains soil surveys of the following areas: Alabama, Fort Payne area, by Grove B. Jones and M. E. Carr, pp. 355-371. Alabama, Huntsville area, by Frank Bennett, jr., and A. M. Giffen, pp. 373-392. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 365 Whitney (Milton)—Continued. 6. Field operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1903—Continued. Contains soil surveys of the following areas—Continued. Alabama, Mobile area, by R. T. Avon Burke and party, pp. 393-403. Arizona, Solomonsville area, by Macy H. Lapham and N. P. Neill, pp. 1045-1070. Arkansas, Miller County, by J. O. Martin and E. P. Carr, pp. 563-576. California, Imperial area, by J. Garnett Holmes and party, pp. 1219^1248. California, Indio area, by J. Garnett Holmes and party, pp. 1249-1262. California, Los Angeles area, by Louis Mesmer, pp. 12C3 -1306. California, San Jose area, by Macy H. Lapham, pp. 1183-1217. Colorado, San Luis Valley, by J. Garnett Holmes, pp. 1099-1119. Connecticut Valley, by Elmer O. Fippin, pp. 39-61. Delaware, Dover area, by F. E. Bonsteel and O. L. Ayres, pp. 143-164. Florida, Gadsden County, by Elmer O. Fippin and Aldert S. Root, pp. 331-353. Georgia, Fort Valley area, by William G. Smith and William T. Carter, jr., pp. 317-330. Idaho, Blackfoot area, by W. E. McLendon, pp. 1027-1044. Illinois, Johnson County, by George N. Coffey and party, pp. 721-736. Illinois, Knox County, by George N. Coffey and party, pp. 737-752. Illinois, McLean County, by George N. Coffey and party, pp. 777-797. Illinois, Sangamon County, by George N. Coffey and party, pp. 703-719. Illinois, Winnebago County, by George N. Coffey and party, pp. 753-775. Indiana, Madison County, by R. T. Avon Burke and La Mott Ruhlen, pp. 687-702. Iowa, Cerro Gordo County, by Herbert W. Marean and Grove B. Jones, pp. 853-873. Iowa, Story County, by Herbert W. Marean and Grove B. Jones, pp. 833-851. Kansas, Parsons area, by J. A. Drake, pp. 891-909. Kansas, Russell area, by A. W. Mangum and J. A. Drake, pp. 911-926. Kentucky, Mason County, by R. T. Avon Burke, pp. 631-645. Kentucky, Scott County, by R. T. Avon Burke, pp. 619-630. Louisiana, Acadia Parish, by Thomas D. Rice and Lewis Griswold, pp. 461-485. Louisiana, New Orleans area, by Thomas D. Rice and Lewis Griswold, pp. 439-459. Louisiana, Ouachita Parish, by Thomas D. Rice, pp. 419-438. Maryland, Worcester County, by F. E. Bonsteel and William T. Carter, jr., pp. 165-189. Michigan, Pontiac area, by Henry J. Wilder and W. J. Geib, pp. 659-685. Minnesota, Marshall area, by Henry J. Wilder, pp. 815-831. Mississippi, McNeill area, by William G. Smith and William T. Carter, jr., pp. 405-418. Missouri, Shelby County, by R. T. Avon Burke and La Mott Ruhlen, pp. 875-899. Nebraska, Grand Island area, by W. Edward Hearn arid James L. Burgess, pp. 927-945. Nebraska, Stanton area, by W. Edward Hearn, pp. 947-962. New York, Long Island area, by J. A. Bonsteel and party, pp. 91-128. New York, Syracuse area, by F. E. Bonsteel and others, pp. 63-89. North Carolina, Asheville area, by J. E. Lapham and F. N. Meeker, pp. 279-297. North Carolina, Craven area, by William G. Smith and George N. Coffey, pp. 253-278. North Dakota, Fargo area, by Thomas A. Caine, pp. 979-1003. North Dakota, Jamestown area, by Thomas A. Caine and A. E. Kocher, pp. 1005-1026. Ohio, Ashtabula area, by J. O. Martin and E. P. Carr, pp. 647-658. Oregon, Baker City area, by Charles A. Jensen and W. W. Mackie, pp. 1151-1170. Oregon, Salem area, by Charles A. Jensen, pp. 1171-1182. Pennsylvania, Lockhaven area, by J. O. Martin, pp. 129-142. South Carolina, Campobello area, by A. W. Mangum and Aldert S. Root, pp. 299-315. South Dakota, Brookings area, by Frank Bennett, jr., pp. 963-977. Tennessee, Davidson County, by William G. Smith and Hugh H. Bennett, pp. 605-617. Tennessee, Pikeville area, by Henry G. Wilder and W. J. Geib, pp. 577-603. Texas, Jacksonville area, by W. Edward Hearn and James L. Burgess, pp. 521-631. Texas, Lufkin area, by W. Edward Hearn and party, pp. 501-510. Texas, Nacogdoches area, by W. Edward Hearn and James L. Burgess, pp. 487-499. Texas, Paris area, by Thomas A. Caine and A. E. Kocher, pp. 533-562. Texas, Woodville area, by J. E. Lapham and party, pp. 511-520. Utah, Provo area, by Alfred M. Sanchez, pp. 1121-1150. Virginia, Leesburg area, by William T. Carter, jr., and W. S. Lyman, pp. 191-231. Virginia, Norfolk area, by J. E. Lapham, pp. 233-252. Wisconsin, Viroqua area, by William G. Smith, pp. 799-814. Wyoming, Laramie area, by N. P. Neill and party, pp. 1071-1097. Whittemore (Charles A.). 1. The sub-Carboniferous limestone exposure at Grand Rapids, Mich. Mich. Acad. Sci., 1st Rept., pp. 62-65,1900. Describes the occurrence and character, and notes the fossils occurring therein. 866 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Wiel (Samuel C.). 1. A Nevada ore deposit. Mg. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, pp. 330-331, 1904. Describes occurrence, character, and geologic relations of a deposit of manganese, and dis¬ cusses its origin. Wieland (G. R.). 1. A study of some American fossil Cycads. Part IV. On the microsporangiate fructification of Cycadeoidea. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 423-436, 3 figs., 1901. Continues the description of the author’s studies of the fructification of Cycadeoidea, which appeared in the American Journal of Science for March, 1899. 2. Notes on the Cretaceous turtles, Toxochelys and Archelon, with a classification of the marine Testudinata. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 95-108, 2 figs., 1902. 3. Notes on the marine turtle Archelon: 1, on the structure of the carapace; 2, asso¬ ciated fossils. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 211-216,1 fig., 1903. Describes the rib series of Archelon ischvros from new material. 4. Polar climate in time the major factor in the evolution of plants and animals. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 16, pp. 401-430, 1903. 5. Extent and progress of cycad investigation. Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 352-353,1903. 6. Structure of the upper Cretaceous turtles of New Jersey: Adocus, Osteopygis, and Propleura. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 112-132,9 pis., 7 figs., 1904. 7. Structure of the upper Cretaceous turtles of New Jersey: Lytoloma. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 183-196, 4 pis., 6 figs., 1904. 8. The proembryo of the Bennettitese. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 18, pp. 445-447, 1 pi., 1904. 9. On the foliage of the J urassic cycads of the genus Cycadella. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 198-203,1905. 10. Jurassic cycads from the Black Hills. Field notes. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 205-207, 1905. 11. Notes on the stratigraphy and paleontology of the Black Hills rim. U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon., vol. 48, pp. 317-326, 1905. 12. A new Niobrara Taxochelys. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 325-343, 9 figs., 1905. 13. Structure of the upper Cretaceous turtles of New Jersey: Agomphus. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 430-444, 9 figs., 1905. Wig-more (H. L.). 1. Report of an examination of the coal deposits of Polillo Island, P. I. U. S. War Dept., Bureau of Insular Affairs, Washington, pp. 65-71,1 map, 1905. 2. Report of examination of coal deposits on the Batan military reservation, Batan Island, P. I. U. S. War Dept., Bureau of Insular Affairs, Washington, pp. 1-33, 1905. Wilcox (Walter D.). 1. Recent exploration in the Canadian Rockies. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 151-168, 13 figs., pp. 185-200, 9 figs., 1902. Contains notes on the physiography of the region. Wilder (Frank A:). 1. The lignite deposits of North Dakota. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 74, pp. 674-675, 3 figs., 1902. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 367 Wilder (Frank A.)—Continued. 2. The lignite coal fields of North Dakota. N. Dak. Geol. Surv., 2d Bien. Kept., pp. 33-55, 5 pis., 1902. Describes character and occurrence of the deposits of lignite. 3. Geology of Webster County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 12, Ann. Kept, for 1901, pp. 65-191, 4 pis., 26 figs., geol. map, 1902. Describes physiographic features and geology of the county, and discusses the origin, geologic and geographic occurrence and utilization of gypsum deposits and other economic products. 4. The age and origin of the gypsum of central Iowa. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 723-748, 3 figs., 1903. Describes occurrence, character, and geologic position of the gypsum deposits, and discusses their age and mode of formation. 5. Possible origin for the lignites of North Dakota. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1902, vol. 10, pp. 129-135, 1903. Describes occurrence and characters of lignite beds in North Dakota and Montana and offers an explanation of their origin. 6. Gypsum deposits in Iowa. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 223, pp. 49-52, 1 pi., 1 fig., 1904. Discusses character, occurrence, economic development, and geologic relations of the gypsum deposits in this State. 7. The Laramie and Fort Union beds in North Dakota. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 290-293, 1904. Discusses the evidences observed in field work in regard to the relations of the Fort Union beds and the Laramie. 8. The lignite of North Dakota and its relation to irrigation. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper no. 117, 59 pp., 8 pis., 5 figs., 1905. Discusses the occurrence and character of the lignite of North Dakota, and its use in irriga tion work. 9. Thirteenth annual report of the State geologist. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1904, pp. 3-11, 1 pi., 1905. Outlines the work of the Iowa geological survey during the year 1904. 10. The lignite on the Missouri, Heart and Cannon Ball rivers and its relation to irrigation. N. Dak. Geol. Surv., 3d Bien. Rept., pp. 9-40, 7 pis., 1904. Contains notes on the character and occurrence of lignite beds. Willard (Daniel E.). 1. The story of the prairies, or, the landscape geology of North Dakota. Third edition. Printed for the author by Rand, McNally & Company, Chicago, 1902. 256 pp., 83 figs. Describes the physiography and geology of North Dakota. Willard (D. E.), Hall (C. M.) and. 1. Casselton-Fargo folio, North Dakota-Minnesota. See HaU (C. M.) and Willard (D. E.), 1. Willcox (O. W.}. 1. On certain aspects of the loess of southwestern Iowa. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 716-721, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the character and occurrence of loess deposits in this region differing in color and character, and discusses their origin. 2. The so-called alkali spots of the younger drift-sheets. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 259-263, 2 figs., 1905. Discusses the occurrence and origin of the so-called alkali spots found upon the surface of fields underlain by Glacial drift in Iowa, Wisconsin, Illinois, and Indiana. Willey (Day Allen). 1. New Texan oil deposits. Sci. Am., vol. 90, p. 96, illus., 1904. Contains notes on the occurrence of petroleum deposits. 368 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Willey (Day Allen)—Continued. 2. The oil fields of the West. Sci. Am., vol. 93, pp. 484, 4 figs., 1905. A discussion of the production of petroleum in the United States. Williams (E. G.). 1. The manganese industry of the Department of Panama, Republic of Colombia. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 197-234, 9 figs., 1903. Discusses the character and occurrence of the manganese-ore deposits and the mining opera tions. Williams (Edward H., jr.). 1. The alleged Parker channel [Pennsylvania.] Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, p. 463, 1901. Describes abandoned channel of Allegheny River. 2. Kansas glaciation and its effects on the river system of northern Pennsylvania. Wyoming [Pa.] Hist. & Geol. Soc., Proc. & Coll., vol. 7, pp. 21-28, 11 figs., 1902. Discusses drainage modifications produced by the ice of the Glacial period. 3. Connection by precise leveling between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 862, 1905. Williams (Henry Shaler). 1. The discrimination of time values in geology. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 570-585, 1901. Discusses the criteria upon which the classification of strata should depend and proposes a plan of a biochronic classification and nomenclature. 2. Points involved in the Siluro-Devonian boundary question. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 472-473, 1901. Gives brief summary of questions in dispute. 3. Fossil faunas and their use in correlating geological formations. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 417-432, 1902. Discusses methods of employing fossil faunas in correlating definite formations and their limitations. 4. Shifting of faunas as a problem of stratigraphic geology. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 177-190, 1 pi., 1903. Discusses relationships of faunas in different types of sediments in the Devonian of New York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio and their shifting, and gives rules for the use of fossils in stratigraphy. 5. The correlation of geological faunas, a contribution to Devonian paleontology. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 210,147 pp., 1903. Discusses faunas of upper Devonian, with especial reference to the statistics of the species the evidences for the shiftings of faunas and the consequences thereof, and the value and use of fossils in correlation work. 6. Note on the Devonian fossils [of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 21, pp. 35-42,1 pi., 1904. Gives a list of fossils identified with their occurrence by localities. A few of the more char¬ acteristic are figured. 7. Preliminary report on the classification of the rocks of the Watkins Glen (30 r ) quadrangle (U. S. Geological Survey). Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 234-236,1904. Discusses some of the results obtained and the methods, largely paleontologic, used in the stratigraphic work. 8. Bearing of some new paleontologic facts on nomenclature and classification of sedimentary formations. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 137-150, 1905. Williams (Henry Shaler) and Kindle (Edward M.). 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontology, 1903. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 244,144 pp., 6 pis., and 3 figs., 1905. Describes sections of Devonian and Mississippian rocks of Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, and Pennsylvania, gives lists of the species identified in their faunules, and discusses the correlation, range, environment, etc., of these faunules. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 369 Williams (Ira A.). 1. Geology of Jasper County [Iowa]. Iowa Geol. Sury., vol. 15, Ann. Rept., 1905, pp. 277-367, 1 pi., 12 figs., 2 maps, 1905. Describes physiographic features, the occurrence, character, and relations of Carboniferous strata and Pleistocene deposits, and the economic resources. 2. The comparative accuracy of the methods for determining the percentages of the several components of an igneous rock. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 34-46, 1905. Williams (I. A.), Beyer (S. W.) and. 1. Technology of clays. See Beyer (S. W.) and "Williams (I. A.), 1. 2. The geology of clays. See Beyer (S. W.) and Williams (I. A.), 2. Willimott (C. W.). 1. Minerals of the Ottawa Valley. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Kept., for 1904, pp. 229-232,1905. Describes the occurrence and characters of lepidolite, serpentine, and fuchsite from the Ottawa Valley. 2. Notes on molybdenite. Can. Geol. Surv., Min. Res. of Can., Bull, on Molybdenum and Tungsten, pp. 15-16,1904. Willis (Bailey). 1. Paleozoic Appalachia, or the history of Maryland during Paleozoic time. Md. Geol. Surv., vol. 4, pp. 23-93,12 pis., 1 fig., 1902. [Advance separate, 1900.] Describes action of dynamic forces upon land surfaces, and history of orographic movements and geographic changes during Paleozoic time affecting the area in which Maryland is situated. 2. Individuals of stratigraphic classification. Jour. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 557-569, 1901. Discusses the discrimination of formations by lithologic criteria and the determination of faunal and time divisions. 3. Thomas Benton Brooks. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 460-462,1901. Gives an account of his life and geologic researches. 4. Oil of the northern Rocky Mountains. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 72, pp. 782-784, 3 figs., 1901. Describes the stratigraphy and structure of the region and the probable occurrence of oil. 5. New York City folio, New York-New Jersey. See Merrill {F. J. H.) and others, 1. 6. Stratigraphy and structure, Lewis and Livingston ranges, Montana. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 305-352, 8 pis. (incl. map), 6 figs., 1902. Describes the physiography, the occurrence and character of the Algonkian, Carboniferous, Cretaceous and Pleistocene formations, and the geologic structure of the region. 7. Structure of the front range, northern Rocky Mountains, Montana. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, pp. 86-87, 1902. 38. Physiography of the northern Rocky Mountains. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 87, 1902. 9. Conditions of overthrust in the northern Rockies. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 507, 1902. 10. Mountain growths of the Great Plains. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 1028-1029,1902. 11. Physiography and deformation of the Wenatchee-Chelan District, Cascade Range [Washington]. U. S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper no. 19, pp. 41-97,13 pis., 2 figs., 1903, Describes physiographic features of the region and their history. Bull. 301 -t-00=-24 370 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Willis (Bailey)—Continued. 12. Ames Knob, North Haven, Maine. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull.,'vol. 14, pp. 201-206, 2 pis., 1903; Am. Geol., vol. 31, p. 159, 1903. Describes physiographic and glacial evidences showing submergence and re-elevation. 13. Post-Tertiary deformation of the Cascade Range. Abstract; Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 740,1903. 14. Uberschiebungen in den Vereinigten Staaten von Nordamerika. Congr. g6ol. intern., Compte rendu IX. Sess., pp. 529-540, 2 figs., 1904. Defines various kinds of overthrust, and discusses their origin and time relations. 15. Mountain growth and mountain structure. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 52-53,1905; Science, new ser., vol. 21, p. 219,1905. Willis (Bailey), Smith. (George Otis) and. 1. The Clealum iron-ores, Washington. See Smith (G.O.) and WiUis (B.), 1. Williston (S. W.). 1. Cretaceous fishes, Selachians and Pycnodonts. Kans. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. 6, pp. 237-256, 10 pis., 1900. 2. The dinosaurian genus Creosaurus, Marsh. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 111-114, 1 fig., 1901. Reviews previous descriptions and describes new material. 3. A new turtle from the Kansas Cretaceous. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 17, pp. 195-199, 5 pis., 1901. Describes Porthochelys laticeps, n. gen. et sp. 4. On the hind limb of Protostega. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 276-278, 1 fig., 1902. 5. An arrow-head found with bones of Bison occidentalis Lucas in western Kansas. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 313-315, 1 fig., 1902. Gives a section of the locality where the bones were found. 6. On the skull of Nyctodactylus, an Upper Cretaceous Pterodactyl. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 520-534, 2 pis., 1902. Describes new material from western Kansas. 7. Winged reptiles. Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 60, pp. 314-322, 6 figs., 1902. 8. On the skeleton of Nyctodactylus with restoration. Am. Jour. Anat., vol. 1, pp. 297-305, 1 fig., 1902. 9. Restoration of Dolichorhyncops osborni, a new Cretaceous plesiosaur. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 241-244, 1 pi., 1902. 10. Notes on some new or little-known extinct reptiles. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 247-254, 2 pis., 1902. 11. On certain homoplastic characters in aquatic air-breathing vertebrates. Kans. Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, pp. 259-266, 1902. Discussion mainly of fossil forms. 12. A fossil man from Kansas. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 195-196, 1902. Describes occurrence of human remains in loess near Lansing, Kansas. 13. The Laramie Cretaceous of Wyoming. Science, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 952-953,1902. Discusses age of the Laramie deposits of Converse County, Wyoming, and gives notes on the fossils found in them. 14. North American plesiosaurs. Part I. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 2, pp. 1-77, 29 pis., 13 figs., 1903. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 371 Williston (S. W.)— 1 Continued. 15. On the osteology of Nyctosaurus (Nyctodactylus), with notes on American pterosaurs. Field Col. Mus., Geol. Ser., vol. 2, pp. 125-163, 5 pis., 2 figs., 1903. 16. On the structure of the plesiosaurian skull. Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 980, 1903. 17. Some osteological terms. Science, new ser., vol. 18, pp. 829-830, 1903. 18. The fossil man of Lansing, Kansas. Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. 62, pp. 463-473, illus.,1903. Describes the occurrence of the human remains and discusses the evidences of their age. 19. The relationships and habits of the Mosasaurs. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 43-51, 1904. Discusses taxonomy in the vertebrates, and the phylogeny, classification, and mode of life of extinct saurians. 20. Wilbur Clinton *Knight. Am. Geol., vol.33, pp. 1-6, 1 pi. (por.), 1904. Includes a bibliography of the scientific papers published by the subject of the sketch. 21. The fingers of pterodactyls. Geol. Mag., dec. 5, vol.l, pp. 59-60,1904. 22. The stomach stones of the plesiosaurs. Science, new ser., vol. 20, p.566,1904. 23. Notice of some new reptiles from the upper Trias of Wyoming. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 688-697, 6 figs., 1904. 24. On the Lansing man. Intern. Cong. Americanists, Proc. 13th Session, pp. 85-89,1905; Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 342-346 1905. Describes the discovery and mode of occurrence of the Lansing skeleton. 25. The Hallopus, Baptanodon, and Atlantosaurus beds of Marsh. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 338-350, 1905. Discusses the age of these beds in the light of the evidence given by vertebrate fossil remains. 26. A new armored dinosaur from the upper Cretaceous of Wyoming. Science, new ser., vol. 22, pp. 503-504,1905. 27. [Phylogeny and classification of the Reptilia.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 21, pp. 294-295,1905. 28. [New locality for Triassic vertebrates in Wyoming.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol.21, pp. 297-298,1905. Willmott (A. B.). 1. The Michipicoten Huronian area. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 14-19, 1 pi., 1901. Describes the occurrence of the igneous and sedimentary rocks of the region and discusses the stratigraphic succession and age of the sediments. 2. The nomenclature of the Lake Superior formations. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 67-76, 1902. Discusses the use of names for the subdivisions of the Archean and Algonkian of the region. 3. The contact of the Archean and post-Archean in the region of the Great Lakes. Jour. Geol., vol. 12,pp. 40-42, 1 pi., 1904. Describes the character of the line of contact of the Archean and overlying formations in the Great Lakes region in Canada and discusses the origin of this character. 4. The exploration of the Ontario iron ranges. Can. Mg. Rev., vol. 23, pp. 154-156, 1904; Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. 7, pp. 257-269, 1904. Describes the general geology of the iron ranges, the character of the rocks, and the occur¬ rence of iron ore deposits. 372 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Willmott (A. B.), Coleman (A. P.) and. 1. The Michipicoten iron ranges [Ontario]. See Coleman (A. P.) and Willmott (A. B),l. 2. The Michipicoten iron region [Ontario]. See Coleman (A. P.) and Willmott (A. B.),2. Wilson (Alfred W. G.). 1. The Medford dike area [Massachusetts]. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 30, pp. 353-374, 4 pis., 1901. Describes the petrographic characters of the crystalline rocks and the glacial phenomena of the region. Includes a bibliography and geologic map. 2. Physical geology of central Ontario. Can. Inst., Trans., vol. 7, pp. 139-186, 8 pis., 10 figs., 4 maps, 1901. Describes the character of the pre-sedimentary floor of the region, the characters of the Paleo¬ zoic series, its post-Paleozoic history, and the glacial phenomena. 3. The country west of Nipigon Lake and River [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1901, pp. 94-103,1902. Describes the author’s observations upon the geology, topography, and economic resources of this region. 4. Some recent folds in the Lorraine shales [Ontario]. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 525-531, 4 pis., 1 fig., 1902. Describes the occurrence and origin of the local folds. 5. A geological reconnoissance about the headwaters of the Albany River [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 201-206, 1903. Gives observations upon the topography and geology of the region examined. 6. The Laurentian peneplain. Jour. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 615-669, 14 figs., 1903; McGill Univ., Papers from Dept. Geol., no. 15, 1903. Describes location, physiographic control, topographic and drainage features, and discusses the origin of the Laurentian peneplain and some of its features. 7. The theory of the formation of sedimentary deposits. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 112-132, 4 figs., 1903; McGill Univ., Papers from the Dept. Geol., no. 16.1904. Discusses the conditions and processes of sedimentation and their bearing upon the character and correlation of some Ordovician and Silurian-formations of Canada. 8. Cuspate forelands along the Bay of Quinte [Ontario]. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 106-132,12 figs., 1904; McGill Univ., Papers from the Dept, of Geol., no 18.1904. Describes physiographic features in this vicinity, and discusses the mode of their formation- by wave action. 9. Trent River system and St. Lawrence outlet. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 211-242, 6 pis., 1904. Describes physiographic features of the country east and northeast of Lake Ontario, and dis¬ cusses their bearing upon the pre-Glacial drainage of that region. 10. Physiography of the Archean areas of Canada. Intern. Geog. Cong., Eighth, Rept., pp. 116-135, 3 pis. and 2 maps, 1905. Describes the physiographic character of the region, and discusses the origin of various features. 11. A forty-mile section of Pleistocene deposits north of Lake Ontario. Can. Inst., Trans., vol. 8, pp. 11-21, 2 pis., 1 fig., 1905. Describes the occurrence and character of Pleistocene deposits along the north shore of Lake Ontario. Wilson (E. B.). 1. The theory of ore deposits applied to prospecting. Mines & Minerals, vol. 24, pp. 386-387, 527-529, 4 figs., 1904, FOR THE YEARS 1901*1905, INCLUSIVE. 373 Wilson (Herbert M.). 1. Porto Rico; its topography and aspects. Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. 32, pp. 220-238, with map, 1900. Describes physiography of the island. Wilson (J. Howard). 1. The Pleistocene formations of Sankaty Head, Nantucket. Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 713-734,12 figs., 1905. Describes the position and character of the successive beds in a section at this point, gives a tabulated list of the fossils obtained, with notes on their occurrence elsewhere, and dis¬ cusses the conditions under which the beds were formed. Wilson (John D.). 1. Fauna of the Agoniatite limestone of Onondaga County, N. Y. Onondaga Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 1, pp. 84-88,1903. Describes the occurrence, character, and fossils of the Agoniatite limestone of the Marcellus shale in Onondaga County, N. Y. Wilson (W. J.). 1. Western part of the Abitibi region [Canada]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Kept, for 1901, pp. 115-128,1902. Describes the author’s observations in this'region. 2. Reconnaissance surveys of Four Rivers southwest of James Bay. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1902, pp. 220-239, 1903. Contains observations upon the geology of the region examined. 3. The Nagagami River and other branches of the Ivenogami. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 109-120, 1904. Gives notes upon the geology of the region examined. 4. The Little Current and Drowning rivers, branches of the Albany, east of Lake Nipigon [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 164-173,1905. Includes observations on the geology of the region examined. Winchell (Alexander N.). 1. Etude mineralogique et petrographique des roches gabbroiques de PEtat de Min¬ nesota, Etats-Unis, et plus specialement des anorthosites. Paris, 1900. 164 pp., 9 pis., 23 figs. Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, p. 89, 1901. 2. Note on certain copper minerals. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 244-246, 1901. Describes occurrence of chalcopyrite and bornite at Butte, Mont. 3. Note on titaniferous pyroxene. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 309-310, 1903. Discusses composition and optic angle. 4. [Discussion of paper by J. E. Spurr, “ A consideration of igneous rocks and their segregation or differentiation as related to the occurrence of ores.”] Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 1063-1064, 1903. Discusses an example of ore concentration in Madison County, Montana. Winchell (Horace V.). L The ore deposits of Monte Cristo, Washington. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 113-118, 1902. Reviews a paper by J. E. Spurr. 2. Synthesis of chalcocite and its genesis at Butte, Montana. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 269-276, 1903; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 782-784, 1903. Discusses occurrence and experiments to determine origin of chalcocite. 3. The Mesabi iron range [Minnesota]. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 76, pp. 343-344,1903. Discusses geologic work upon the Mesabi iron range. 374 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Winchell (Horace Y.)—Continued. 4. Butte [Idaho] copper veins. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 78, pp. 7-8, 1 fig., 1904. Describes the general geologic structure and the character and occurrence of the copper-ore deposits. 5. Notes on Goldfield, Nevada. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 382-385, 1905. Describes the location and character of the mining district, and the occurrence and character of the gold-ore deposits. Winchell (Newton H.). 1. A new iron-bearing horizon in the Keewatin in Minnesota. Lake Sup. Mg. Inst., Proc., vol. 5, pp. 46-48 [1898?]. Contains notes on the geology and occurrence of ore in this region. 2. Geological atlas with synoptical descriptions [Minnesota]. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept., vol. 6, 88 pis., 1901. 3. Glacial lakes of Minnesota. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 12, pp. 109-128, 1 pi., 1901. Describes the retreat of the ice sheets and the occurrence of the several Glacial lakes of the region. 4. Edward Waller Claypole. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 247-248, 1901. Gives a sketch of the life of Prof. Claypole. 5. The origin of Australian iron ores. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 248-250, 1901. Reviews paper by J. B. Jaquet on “The iron-ore deposits of New South Wales,” and compares them with certain deposits in the State of Washington. 6. Fundamental changes in the Archean and Algonkian, as understood by Prof. Van Hise, of the United States Geological Survey. Am. Geol., vol. 28, pp. 385-388, 1901. Reviews a recent paper by Prof. Van Hise. 7. Sketch of the iron ores of Minnesota. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 154-162, 1902; Int. Mg. Cong., 4th session, Proc., pp. 136-140,1902. Describes the general geology and the occurrence and origin of the iron ores. 8. The geology of the Mississippi Valley at Little Falls, Minnesota. Memoirs of Explorations in the Basin of the Mississippi, vol. 5, Kakabikansing, pp. 89-104, 1902. Describes occurrence and character of strata at this locality and sketches their geological history. 9. Regeneration of clastic feldspar. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 15, p. 85, 1902. 10. The Monthly American Journal of Geology and Natural Science. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 62-64, 1902. Gives an account of this publication issued in 1831-2. 11. The Sutton Mountain. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 118-120,1902. In discussing the geology of the region refers to an article by J. A. Dresser. 12. The Lansing [Kansas] skeleton. Am. Geol., vol. 30, pp. 189-194, 1902. Describes the deposits in which the skeleton was found and gives an estimate of its age. 13. Some results of the late Minnesota Geological Survey. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 246-253, 1903. Gives a brief summary of the results of this survey. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 375 Winchell (Newton H.)—Continued. 14. The Pleistocene geology of the Concannon farm, near Lansing, Kansas. Am. Geol., vol. 31, pp. 263-308, 4 pis., 1903. Summarizes and discusses Professor Chamberlain’s paper on “ The geologic relations of the human relics of Lansing, Kansas” (Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 745-779,1902), describes the gen¬ eral geologic relations and character of the deposits where the human remains were found, and discusses their age and mode of formation. Includes contributions by S. W. Williston, J. E. Todd, and G. Frederick Wright. 15. Regeneration of clastic feldspar. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 522-525, 1903. Reviews previous literature on the subject and discusses three phases of the changes through which feldspars pass. 16. Was man in America in the Glacial period? Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 133-152,1 fig., 1903. Describes conditions prevailing in North America during Tertiary times, discusses character of the pre-Glacial geest covering, the advent of the ice sheets, origin of the loess, and the occurrence and character of the Lansing skeleton. 17. Metamorphism of the Laurentian limestones of Canada. Am. Geol., vol. 32, pp. 385-392, 1903. A review of a paper by Louis Caryl Graton “ On the petrographical relations of the Lauren¬ tian limestones and the granite in the township of Glamorgan, Haliburton County, Ontario ” (Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 1-38,1903). 18. Granite. Address at unveiling of the Coronado obelisk at Logan Grove, Kansas, Aug. 12, 1902. Memoirs of Exploration in the Basin of the Mississippi, vol. 7, Kansas, pp. 87-91,1903. Includes a discussion of Archean geologic history and the origin of granite. 19. The evolution of climates. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 116-122, 1904. States the fundamental ideas involved in the hypothesis of climate in Marsden Manson’s "Evolution of Climates” (see Manson, 1) and discusses the objections which have been raised against it. 20. Where did life begin? Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 185-189, 1904. Reviews works by Wm. F. Warren and G. Hilton Scribner and statements of others regarding the origin of life in the north Polar regions and its distribution southward. 21. Peleliths. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 319-325, 8 figs., 1904. Applies the term pel£lith to massive-solid volcanic extrusions of the type of the recently formed cone of Mont Pel6 and describes various examples of peleliths. 22. The colossal bridges of Utah. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 189-192,1 fig., 1904. Describes briefly these arches produced by erosion, situated in San Juan County, Utah. 23. The Baraboo iron ore. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 242-253, 1904. Discusses a report by Dr. Weidman on the Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wisconsin. 24. The geology of the iron ores of Minnesota, U. S. A. Australasia Geol. Soc., Trans., vol. 1, pp. 171-180,1892. Discusses the character and occurrence of the iron ores of Minnesota and the age and character of the rocks in which they occur. 25. Notes on the geology of the Hellgate and Big Blackfoot valleys, Montana. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 15, pp. 576-578,1904. Gives a provisional general section of the rocks of the region and brief notes upon the strati¬ fication, geologic structure, and igneous rocks. 26. Note on the geology of the Hellgate Valley between Missoula and Elliston, and northward to Placid Lake, in Montana. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 524-525,1904. Describes briefly the stratigraphy and general geology of the region. 376 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Winchell (Newton H.)—Continued. 27. Deep wells as a source of water supply for Minneapolis. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 266-291, 4 pis., 1 fig., 1905. Discusses the underground water resources of Minneapolis, Minnesota 28. Another meteorite in the Supreme Court. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 47-49,1905. Discusses the question of ownership of meteorites. 29. The Willamette meteorite. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 250-257, 1 pi., 1905. Describes surface features of this meteorite and discusses their origin. Winterton (J.). 1. The volcanic eruptions in Guatemala. Sci. Am., vol. 89, p. 84, illus., 1903. Withrow (James R.), Hamilton (S. Harbert) and. 1. The progress of mineralogy in 1899, an analytical catalogue of the contributions to science during the year. See Hamilton (S. H.) and Withrow (J. R.), 1. Wittman (Ernest). 1. The geological and topographical features of the city of Monterey, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, and its vicinity. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 171-176, 1905. Wolff (John E.). 1. Leucite-tinguaite from Beemerville, New Jersey. Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 273-277,1902. Describes this rock and gives chemical analyses. 2. Zinc and manganese deposits of Franklin Furnace, N. J. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 213, pp. 214-217, 1903. * Describes the character, geologic occurrence, and origin of the zinc deposits. 3. Cambrian and pre-Cambrian of Hoosac Mountains, Massachusetts. Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. 14, p. 554,1904. Wolff (John E.) and Palache (Charles). 1. Apatite from Minot, Maine. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., Proc., vol. 37, pp. 517-528,1 pi., 1902; Zeitsch. fiir Kryst.u. Min., vol 36, pp. 438-448, 1 pi., 1902. Describes occurrence, crystallography, chemical composition, and properties of a specimen from Maine. Wood (Edgar). 1. Eruption of Mauna Loa, 1903. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 62-64, 1 fig., 1904. Describes phenomena observed during an eruption of Mauna Loa in October, 1903. Wood (Elvira). 1. Marcellus (Stafford) limestones of Lancaster, Erie County, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 49, pp. 139-181,1 pi., \fig., 1901. Describes their stratigraphic relations and lithologic and faunal characters. 2. A new crinoid from the Hamilton of Charlestown, Indiana. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 297-300,1 pi., 1 fig., 1901. Describes Gennaeocrinus carinatus n. sp. 3. On new and old middle Devonic crinoids. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 47 (Quart. Issue, vol. 2, no. 1), pp. 56-84, 2 pis., 9 figs., 1904. Wood (H. O.), Palache (Charles), and. 1. A crystallographic study of millerite. See Palache (Charles) and Wood (H. O.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 377 Wood (L. H.). 1. Report on the region between the Northern Pacific Railroad and Missouri River. Its topography, climate, vegetation, irrigation possibilities, and coal deposits. N. Dak. Geol. Surv., 3d Bien. Rept., pp. 41 125,17 pis., 3 figs., 1904. Woodbridg’e (Dwight E.). 1. The Mesabi iron ore range. Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 79, pp. 698-700, 1905. Discusses the geology of the Lake Superior iron region. Woodman (J. Edmund). 1. Nomenclature of the gold-bearing metamorphic series of Nova Scotia. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 364-370, 1901. Describes character and occurrence of certain geologic formations in southern Nova Scotia, discusses their nomenclature, and proposes new terms. 2. The sediments of the Meguma series of Nova Scotia. Am. Geol., vol. 34, pp. 13-34, 1904. Describes the occurrence and character and the geologic relations and history of the metamorphic formations of southern Nova Scotia. 3. Distribution of bedded leads in relation to mining policy. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. and Trans., vol. 11, pp. 163-178,1905. Discusses the structure of the gold fields of Nova Scotia and its relation to the mining industry. 4. Geology of the Moose River gold district, Halifax County, Nova Scotia. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., Proc. & Trans., vol. 11, pp. 18-88,18 pis., 1905. Describes the geologic structure of the area, and the character, occurrence, and relations of the folds and faults, and of the mineral veins. Woodward (Henry). 1. The Canadian Rockies. Part I: On a collection of Middle Cambrian fossils ob¬ tained by Edward Whymper, esq., F. R. G. S., from Mount Stephen, British Columbia. Geol. Mag.,new ser.,dec. 4, vol. 9, pp. 502-505, 529-544,1 pi. and 7 figs., 1902. Gives a geological section of Mount Stephen and describes fossils from this locality. 2. Note on some fragmentary remains of fossils from the upper part of Mount Noyes (Canadian Rockies). Geol. Mag., new ser.,dec. 4, vol. 10, pp. 297-298 3 figs., 1903. Woodward (R. S.) and others. 1. Report of advisory committee on geophysics. Carnegie Inst. Wa#h., Yearbook no. 1,1902, pp. 26-70,1903. Discusses problems of geophysics and methods of investigation. Woodworth (Jay Backus). 1. Original micaceous cross-banding of strata by current action. Am. Geol., vol. 27, pp. 281-283, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the phenomena occurring in glacial sand of Massachusetts and refers to descrip¬ tions of somewhat similar occurrences. 2. Pleistocene geology of portions of Nassau County and Borough of Queens [New York]. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. no. 48, pp. 618-670, 9 pis., 9 figs., 1901; N. Y. State Mus., 54th Ann. Rept., vol. 4, 1902. Describes .the physiography, and character and occurrence of the Pleistocene strata of the region. Includes a summary of Glacial history and bibliography. 3. The history and conditions of mining in the Richmond coal-basin, Virginia. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 31, pp. 477-484, 2 figs. (geol. map and section), 1902. Describes geologic conditions in this coal field. 378 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Woodworth. (Jay Backus)—Continued. 4. The Atlantic coast Triassic coal field. U. S. Geol. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pt. 3, pp. 25-53, 4 pis., 7 figs., 1902. Describes extent, general geologic relations and structure of this coal field occupying parts of Virginia and North Carolina, the number, thickness and extent of the coal beds, and the character, composition and production of the coal. 5. Note on the elevated beaches of Cape Ann, Mass. Harvard Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 42, pp. 191-194,1903. 6. On the sedentary impression of the animal whose trail is known as Climactich- nites. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 69, pp. 959-966, 2 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes occurrence and character of the trails known as Climactichnites and discusses their formation. 7. The Northumberland volcanic plug. N. Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., pp. rl7-r24, 5 pis., 3 figs., 1903. Describes the occurrence, character and geologic relations of an igneous rock mass discovered near Schuylerville, New York, to which the name Stark’s Knob is given. 8. The Brandon clays. Vt. Geol. Surv., Rept. State Geol., IV, pp. 167-173,1904. Describes the fuel value, occurrence, and geologic relations of the lignites in the Brandon clays of Vermont, and discusses fossil fruits occurring in them. 9. Pleistocene geology of Mooers quadrangle, being a portion of Clinton County, including parts of the towns of Mooers, Champlain, Altona, Chazy, Dannemora, and Beekmantown, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 83, pp. 3-60, 25 pis., 1905. Describes in detail the character, occurrence, and relations of various Glacial deposits and and other Glacial phenomena, and discusses the presence of beaches and marine Pleisto¬ cene deposits and their origin. 10. Ancient water levels of the Champlain and Hudson valleys. N. Y. State Mus., Bull. 84, 265 pp., 28 pis. and map (in pocket), 33 figs., 1905. Describes the physiography of the Hudson and Champlain valleys, the occurrence and char¬ acter of glacial deposits, and the Pleistocene history of the region. Woolman (Lewis). 1. Artesian wells. [New T Jersey.] N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1900, pp. 103-171,1901. Gives sections of many artesian wells. 2. Artesian wells. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1901, pp. 53-128,1902. Contains records of wells and notes on the strata passed through. 3. Report on artesian wells [New Jersey]. N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1902, pp. 61-95,1903. Woolsey (Lester H.). 1. Clays of the Ohio Valley in Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., no. 225, pp. 463-480, 1904. Describes occurrence, character, and utilization of the clays of this region. 2. Extra-morainic pebbles in western Pennsylvania. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 19, pp. 733,1904. 3. Beaver folio, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio no. 134,1905. Describes the physiography, the occurrence, character, and relations of Carboniferous strata and Pleistocene deposits, the geologic and physiographic history of the quadrangle, and the economic resources, coal, clays, petroleum, and natural gas being the most important. Wooster (L. C.). 1. The Carboniferous rock system of eastern Kansas. Emporia, Kansas, Press of The Rowland Printing Office, 1905. 12 pp. [Private publication.] Describes the occurrence, character, thickness, and economic resources of the various Car¬ boniferous formations present in Kansas. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 379 Wooster (L. C.)—Continued. 2. Some notes on Kansas geology. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 19, pp. 118-121, 1 pi., 1905. Brief notes on the occurrence, relations, and character of Carboniferous strata in Kansas. Wortman (J. L.). 1. A new American species of Amphicyon. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 200-204, 2 figs., 1901. Describes the characters of the skull and the relations of the Amphicyon group. 2. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 11, pp. 333-348, 1 pi., 6 figs.; pp. 437-450, 1 pi., 11 figs., 1901. Discusses the relations of the Carnivora and Creodonta, and describes the characters of some forms of Canidse, including a few new species. 3. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 143-154, 13 figs., 1901. Describes Viverravus Marsh, V. gracilis Marsh, minutus n. sp., and Oodectes herpestoides n. gen. et sp. 4. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 193-206, 13 figs., 1901. Continues description of Oodectes herpestoides n. sp., and describes Triacodon fallax Marsh, Ziphacodon rugatus Marsh, Harpalodon sylvestris Marsh, Aelurotherium latidens Marsh, and A. bicuspis n. sp. 5. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 281-296, 4 pis., 1 fig., 1901. Gives the important characters by which the Creodonta are distinguished from the Carnassi- dentia, and describes Harpagolestes macrocephalus n. gen. et sp., and Dromocyon vorax Marsh. 6. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 12, pp. 377-382, 4 figs., and 421-432, 2 pis., 12 figs., 1901. Continues description of Dromocyon vorax Marsh. 7. The probable successors of certain North American primates. Science, new ser., vol. 13, pp. 209-211, 1901. 8. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 14, pp. 17-23, 4 figs., 1902. Describes two new species of Sinopa, discusses certain relations of the creodonts, and gives a summary of the author’s previous papers on the Eocene Carnivora in the Marsh collection. 9. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 39-46, 4 figs., 1902. Describes Mesonyx obtusidens Cope and discusses the origin of the tritubercular molar. 10. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 115-128, 6 figs., 1902. Discusses the character and habits of Patriofelis ferox Marsh. 11. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 197-206.1 pi., 12 figs., 1902. 12. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 13, pp. 433-448, 2 pis., 13 figs., 1902. Describes Sinopa rapax Leidy and S. agilis Marsh. 13. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Part n, Primates. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, pp. 163-176, 5 figs.; pp. 399-414, 419-436; vol. 16, pp. 345-368, 2 pis., 15 figs., 1903. Discusses characters, relationships, classification, origin, and distribution of primates, and gives descriptions of forms belonging to the Cheiromyidse. 14. Studies of Eocene Mammalia in the Marsh collection, Peabody Museum. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 23-33, 133-140, 203-214, 23 figs., 1904. Wright (Albert A.). 1. New evidence upon the structure of Dinichthys. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 5th Ann. Rept., pp. 59-60,1897. 380 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Wright (Albert A.)—Continued. 2. Ohio boulders containing “ huronite.” Ohio State Acad. Sci., 5th Ann. Kept., pp. 60-61,1897. Wright (Charles W.). 1. The Porcupine placer mining district, Alaska; U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 225, pp. 60-63,1904. Describes briefly the general geology and the occurrence and mining of placer gold. 2. The Porcupine placer district, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 236, 35 pp., 10 pis., 4 figs., 1904. Describes the general geology, the character and occurrence of placer gold deposits, and the mining operations. Wright (Charles W.), Wright (F. E.) and. 1. Economic developments in southeastern Alaska. See Wright (F. E.) and Wright (C. W.), 1. Wright (Fred Eugene). 1. A new combination wedge for use with the petrographical microscope. Jour. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 33-35, 1 fig., 1902. 2. Two microscopic-petrographical methods. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 17, pp. 385-391, 6 figs., 1904. Describes methods of determining index of refraction and optical character of minerals. 3. Der Alkalisyenit von Beverly, Massachusetts, U. S. A. Tschermak’s Min. u. Petrogr. Mitt., N. F., Bd. 19, pp. 308-320, 11 figs., 1900. Describes crystallographic characters and composition of an alkali-syenite from Beverly, Massachusetts. 4. Report of progress in the Porcupines [Michigan]. Mich. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1903, pp. 33-44,1905. Describes the field work of 1903 and gives notes upon the geology. 5. The determination of the optical character of bi-refracting minerals. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 285-296, 6 figs., 1905. 6. Notes on the rocks and minerals of Michigan. To accompany the loan collection issued by the Michigan College of Mines. Houghton, 1905. 105 pp., 2 pis., 11 figs. Wright (F. E.) and Wright (C. W.). 1. Economic developments in southeastern Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 259, pp. 47-68,1905. Describes the general geology and the character and occurrence of placer gold deposits. Wright (Frederick Bennett).- 1. The mastodon and mammoth contemporary with man. Records of the Past, vol. 2, pp. 243-253, illus., 1903. Wright (G. Frederick). 1. Report of the boulder committee of the Ohio State Academy of Sciences. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 2d Ann. Rept., pp. 5-10 [1894]. Discusses source and distribution of glacial bowlders. 2. Report of the boulder committee of the Ohio State Academy of Sciences. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 6-7 [1895]. Discusses distribution and source of glacial bowlders in Ohio. 3. The rate of lateral erosion at Niagara. Am. Geol., vol. 29, pp. 140-143, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1902. Gives the results of measurements to determine the rate at which the face of the gorge crum¬ bles away under the influence of subaerial agencies. 4. The age of the Lansing skeleton. Records of the Past, vol. 2, pp. 119-124, illus., 1903. 5. Glacial man. Records of the Past, vol. 2, pp. 259-271, illus.. 1903. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 381 Wright (G. Frederick)—Continued. 6. The Lansing skull and the early history of mankind. Bibliotheca Sacra, 73d yr., pp. 28-32, 1903. 7. The revision of geological time. Bibliotheca Sacra, 73d yr., pp. 578-582, 1903. Reviews and discusses the evidence for the length of post-Glacial time. 8. The problem of the loess in the Missouri Valley compared with that in Europe and Asia. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. 17, pp. 227-228,1903; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 55, p. 22666,1903. 9. Evidence of the agency of water in the distribution of the loess in the Missouri Valley. Am. Geol., vol. 33, pp. 205-222, 3 pis., 1904. Discusses the distribution of the loess and the evidences of its deposition by the agency of water. Includes a note by Professor Lane on the flow of flooded rivers. 10. Another Glacial wonder. The Nation, vol. 77, pp. 462-463, 1904. Describes the occurrence of Glacial bowlders in the vicinity of Tuscumbia, Mo., and gives an explanation as to how they came there, and its bearing on the origin of the loess. 11. Prof. Shimek’s criticism of the aqueous origin of loess. Am. Geol., vol. 35, pp. 236-249, 1905. 12. Albert Allen Wright. Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 65-68, 1 pi. (por.), 1905. Includes a list of his published writings. 13. The physical conditions in North America during man’s early occupancy. Records of the Past, vol. 4, pp. 15-26, 9 figs., 1905. 14. Recent date of lava flows in California. Records of the Past, vol. 4, pp. 105-198, 1 fig., 1905. 15. The ancient gorge of Hudson River. Records of the Past, vol. 4, pp. 167-171, 2 figs., 1905. Wuensch (A. F.). 1. The Arizpe meteorite [Mexico]. Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. 7, pp. 67-68, illus., 1903. Y. Yates (J. A.). 1. The Ottawa [Kansas] gas wells. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 18, pp. 106-108,1903. Describes the exploration for natural gas and gives a record of the borings. Yates (Lorenzo Gordin). 1. Prehistoric California. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., Bull., vol. 1, pp. 81-86, 3 pis.; pp. 97-100, 4 pis.; pp. 113-118, 2 pis.; pp. 129- 137, 2 pis., 1902; vol. 2, pp. 145-155, 2 pis.; pp. 17-22, 3 figs.; pp. 44-51, 4 pis.; pp. 74-75, 1 pi.; pp. 87-93, 3 pis.; pp. 97-101, 2 pis.; pp. 113-118, 2 pis., 1903; vol. 3, pp. 6-10, 1 pi., 1904. Describes physiography and general geologic structure and history of southern California, and the character of the flora and fauna during Tertiary time, and gives lists and figures of and notes upon fossil plants and animals. Yates (William). 1. Natural history, meteorological and geological notes from Burford township [Ontario]. Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour. & Proc., no. 20, pp. 144-154,1904. Includes observations upon glacial phenomena in this region. Young (George A.). 1. Geology of Yamaska Mountain [Quebec]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1903, pp. 144-146,1904, 382 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY. Young (George A.)—Continued. 2. On surveys between Rabbit and Temagaini lakes [Ontario]. Can. Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1904, pp. 195-198, 1905. Gives observations on the geology and petrology of the region examined. Young (L. E.), Beyer (S. W.) and. 1. Geology of Monroe County, Iowa. See Beyer (S. W.) and Young (L. E.), 1. Yung (Morrison B.) and McCaffery (Richard S.). 1. The ore deposits of the San Pedro district, New Mexico. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. 33, pp. 350-362, 7 figs. 1903; Eng. & Mg. Jour., vol. 75, pp. 297-299, 4 figs., 1903. Describes the general geology of the region, and the occurrences, geologic relations, and character of the copper, silver-lead, and gold deposits. Z. Zirkel (Ferdinand). 1. Ueber die gegenseitigen Beziehungen zwischen der Petrographie und angrenzen- den Wissenschaften. Jour. Geol., vol. 12, pp. 485-500, 1904. Discusses the scope and methods of petrography and relations to connected sciences. CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. Page. Alabama.. 293 Alaska. 293 Archean and Algonkian. 395 Alaska. 395 Appalachian region. 395 Canada. 395 Great Basin region. 395 Great Lakes region. 396 Great Plains region. 396 Lake Superior region. 396 Mississippi Valley region. 396 New England and New York. 396 Pacific coast region. 396 Rocky Mountain region. 396 Southwestern region. 397 General. 397 Arizona. 397 Arkansas. 398 Bibliography. 399 Biography. 403 California.. 404 Cambrian. 407 Appalachian region. 407 Canada. 407 Great Basin region.. 407 Great Lakes region. 407 Great Plains region. 407 Lake Superior region. 408 Mississippi Valley region. 408 New England and New York. 408 Pacific coast region. 408 Rocky Mountain region. 408 Southwestern region. 408 General. 408 Canada. 408 Alberta. 408 Assiniboia. 409 Athabasca. 409 British Columbia. 409 Cape Breton Island. 410 Franklin. 410 Keewatin. 410 Labrador. 410 Manitoba. 410 New Brunswick .. 411 383 384 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. Canada—Continued. Page. Northwest Territory. 411 Nova Scotia. 411 Ontario. 412 Prince Edward Island. 414 Quebec. 414 Saskatchewan. 415 Ungava. 415 Yukon Territory. 415 General........_ 415 Carboniferous. 417 Alaska. 417 Appalachian region. 417 Canada. 418 Great Basin region. 418 Great Lakes region. 418 Great Plains region. 418 Mexico. 419 Mississippi Valley region. 419 New England and New York. 420 Ohio Valley region. 420 Pacific coast region......_. 420 Rocky Mountain region. 420 Southwestern region. 420 General_ 421 Cartography. 421 Central America. 421 Chemical analyses... 421 Classification. 433 Colorado.......... . 438 Connecticut....... 436 Correlation. 436 Cretaceous. 437 Alaska... 437 Atlantic coast region. 437 Canada. 438 Great Basin region.......... 438 Great Plains region. 438 Gulf region. 439 Mexico....i 439 Mississippi Valley region.... 439 New England and New York.. 439 Pacific coast region. 439 Rocky Mountain region. 440 Southwestern region. 440 West Indies. 440 General. 440 Delaware. 440 Devonian...-_........................... 441 Alaska .. 441 Appalachian region.............. —........ 441 Canada...... ...... __... . _ .. .. ..... 441 Great Basin region_........ ^ ............... 441 Great Lakes region...... ...». 441 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. 385 Devonian—Continued. Page. Greenland. 441 Mississippi Valley region. 442 New England and New York. 442 Ohio Valley region. 442 Pacific coast region. 443 Rocky Mountain region.....— .. 443 Southwestern region. 443 General. 443 District of Columbia. 443 Dynamic and structural geology (geographic divisions). 443 Alaska. 443 Appalachian region. 443 Atlantic coast region. 443 Canada. -..,. 443 Central America. 444 Great Basin region. 444 Great Lakes region. 444 Great Plains region. 444 Greenland. 445 Gulf region. 445 Hawaiian Islands. 445 Mexico. 445 Mississippi Valley region. 445 New England and New York. 445 Ohio Valley region.•. v . 446 Pacific coast region. 446 Panama. 446 Philippine Islands. 446 Rocky Mountain region. 446 Southwestern region. 446 West Indies. 447 Dynamic geology (divisions by subject-matter). 448 Caves. 448 Concretions. 448 Deformation. 448 Earthquakes. 448 Erosion. 449 Faulting. 450 Folding.:. 451 Glaciers. 451 Intrusion. 452 Jointing. 452 Landslides. 452 Magmatic differentiation. 452 Metamorphism. 452 Ore formation. 452 Orogeny. 453 Oscillation. 453 Sedimentation. 453 Underground temperature. 454 Volcanoes.. 454 Weathering... 456 General.. 456 Bull. 301—06--25 386 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. Page. Economic geology. 458 Alabama.*. 458 Alaska.-. 458 Arizona. 459 Arkansas. 460 California. 460 Canada. 461 Colorado. 463 Connecticut. 465 Delaware. 465 District of Columbia. 465 Florida. 465 Georgia. 465 Hawaiian Islands. T . 465 Idaho... 465 Illinois. 465 Indiana. 466 Indian Territory. 466 Iowa. 466 Kansas. 467 Kentucky. 467 Louisiana. 467 Maine._. 468 Maryland. 468 Massachusetts. r ... 468 Mexico. 468 Michigan. 469 Minnesota. 470 Mississippi. 470 Missouri. 470 Montana. 470 Nebraska. 471 Nevada.*.... 471 Newfoundland. 471 New Hampshire... 472 New Jersey. 472 New Mexico. 472 New York. 472 Nicaragua. 473 North Carolina. 473 North Dakota. 473 Ohio. 473 Oklahoma. 473 Oregon. 474 Panama. 474 Pennsylvania. 474 Philippine Islands. 475 Rhode Island. 475 South Carolina. ... 475 South Dakota. 475 Tennessee. •. . 475 Texas. 476 Utah. 476 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. 387 Page. Economic geology—Continued. Vermont. 477 Virginia. 477 Washington. 477 West Indies. 478 West Virginia. 478 Wisconsin. 478 Wyoming. 479 General. 479 Economic products described. 482 Florida_ J . 495 Geologic formations described. 495 Geologic maps. 544 Georgia. 546 Glacial geology. 547 Alaska. 547 Appalachian region. 547 Atlantic coast region. 547 Canada. 547 Great Basin region. 547 Great Lakes region. * . 547 Great Plains region. 548 Mississippi Valley region. 548 New England and New York. 549 Ohio Valley region. 550 Pacific coast region. 550 Rocky Mountain region. 550 General. 550 Greenland. ^ . 551 Guam. 551 Guatemala..i. 551 Hawaiian Islands. 551 Honduras. 552 Hydrology. 552 Appalachian region. 552 Atlantic coast region. 552 Canada. 552 Great By sin region. 552 Great Lakes region. 552 Great Plains region. 552 Gulf region. 553 Hawaiian Islands. 553 Lake Superior region. 553 Mexico. 553 Mississippi Valley region. 553 New England and New York. 554 Ohio Valley region. 554 Pacific coast region. 554 Rocky Mountain region. 554 Southwestern region. 554 West Indies. 555 General. 555 Idaho. 555 388 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. Page. Illinois. 555 Indiana. 556 Indian Territory. 557 Iowa. 557 Jurassic. 558 Alaska. 558 Atlantic coast region. ' 558 Great Basin region. 559 Great Plains region. 559 Greenland. 559 New England and New York. 559 Pacific, coast region,. 559 Rocky Mountain region. 559 Southwestern region. 559 Kansas. 559 Kentucky. 561 Labrador. 562 Louisiana. 562 Maine.*. 562 Marcus Island. 562 Maryland..,. 562 Massachusetts. 564 Mexico. 565 Michigan. 567 Mineralogy. 568 Minerals described. 573 Minnesota. . 587 Mississippi. 588 Missouri. 588 Montana. 589 Nebraska. 590 Nevada. 591 Newfoundland. 592 New Hampshire. 592 New Jersey. 592 New Mexico. 593 New York. 594 Nicaragua. 598 Nomenclature... 598 North Carolina.. 599 North Dakota. 599 Ohio. 599 Oklahoma. 600 Ordovician. 601 Appalachian region. 601 Canada. 601 Great Basin region. 601 Great Lakes region. 601 Great Plains region. 602 Mississippi Valley region. 602 New England and New York. 602 Ohio Valley region. 602 Rocky Mountain region.. 603 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. 389 Page. Ordovician—Continued. Southwestern region. 603 General. 603 Oregon. 603 Paleogeography. 604 Paleontology..-.i - - -. 604 Algonkian. 604 Cambrian. 604 Carboniferous. 605 Cretaceous. 606 Devonian.. 608 Jurassic. 609 Ordovician. 609 Quaternary. 610 Silurian. 611 Tertiary. 612 Triassic. 614 Invertebrate. 614 Vertebrate. - 620 Paleobotany. 625 General . 627 Genera and species described. 627 Panama. 729 Pennsylvania. 729 Petrology. 731 Alaska. 731 Arizona.. 731 Arkansas. 731 California. 731 Canada. 732 Colorado... 732 Connecticut. 733 District of Columbia. 733 Georgia. 733 Greenland. 733 Guatemala. 733 Hawaiian Islands. 733 Idaho. 733 Iowa. 733 Kentucky. 733 Maine. 733 Maryland. 733 Massachusetts. 733 Mexico. 733 Michigan. 734 Minnesota. 734 Missouri. 734 Montana. 734 Nevada. 734 Newfoundland... 734 New Hampshire. 734 New Jersey. 734 New Mexico..*.. 734 390 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. Petrology—Continued. Page New York. 734 North Carolina. 735 Ohio. 735 Oklahoma. 735 Oregon. 735 Pennsylvania. 735 Philippine Islands... 735 South Dakota. 735 Tennessee. 735 Texas. 735 Utah. 735 Vermont._.... 735 Virginia. 735 Washington. 735 West Indies. 736 Wisconsin. 736 Wyoming.. 736 General. 736 Rocks described. 737 Philippine Islands. 743 Physiographic geology. 743 Alaska. 743 Appalachian region. 744 Atlantic coast region. 744 Canada. 744 Central America. 745 Great Basin region. 745 Great Lakes region. 745 Great Plains region. 746 Hawaiian Islands. 746 Mexico. 746 Mississippi Valley region. 746 New England and New York. 747 Ohio Valley region. 747 Pacific coast region. 748 Panama...: 748 Rocky Mountain region. 748 Southwestern region. 749 West Indies. 749 General. 749 Quaternary. 750 Alaska. 750 Appalachian region.. 750 Atlantic coast region. 750 Canada. 751 Central America. 751 Great Basin region. 751 Great Lakes region. 751 Great Plains region. 751 Gulf region. 751 Mexico.-. 751 Mississippi Valley region. 751 New England and New York. 752 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. 391 Quaternary—Continued. Page. Ohio Valley region. 752 Pacific coast region. 752 Rocky Mountain region. 752 Southwestern region. 753 West Indies. 753 General. 753 Rhode Island. 753 Salvador. 753 Silurian. 753 Alaska... 753 Appalachian region. 753 Atlantic coast region...•._ 753 Canada. 753 Great Basin region. 754 Great Lakes region. 754 Greenland. 754 Mississippi Valley region. 754 New England and New York. 754 Ohio Valley region. 754 Southwestern region. 755 General. 755 South Carolina. 755 South Dakota... 755 Tennessee. 756 Tertiary. 757 Alaska. 757 Atlantic coast region. 757 Canada. 757 Great Basin region. 757 Great Plains region. 757 Greenland. 757 Gulf region. 757 Mexico. 758 Mississippi Valley region. 758 New England and New York. 758 Ohio Valley region. N . 758 Pacific coast region. 758 Panama.759 Philippine Islands. 759 Rocky Mountain region. 759 Southwestern region. 759 West Indies. 759 General.*.* 760 Texas. 760 Triassic. 761 Alaska. 761 Appalachian region. 761 Atlantic coast region. 761 Canada..•. 761 Great Basin region. 761 Great Plains region. ! . 761 Pacific coast region. 762 Rocky Mountain region. 762 392 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. Triassic—Continued. Page. Southwestern region. 762 General. 762 Trinidad. 762 Utah. 762 Vermont. 763 Virginia. 764 W ashington. 764 West Indies. 765 West Virginia. 767 Wisconsin. 768 Wyoming. 769 Miscellaneous. 770 I N D EX Alabama. Age of Alabama white limestone, Casey, 2 . Alabama coal fields, McCalley, 1. Carboniferous fossils in Ocoee slates, Smith (E. A.), 1. Carboniferous of the Appalachian Basin, Stevenson (.T. J.), 6. Cement resources of Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 3, 4. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Geology and cement resources of the Tombigbee River district, Eckel and . Crider, 1. Geology of the Coosa Valley, U. S. G. S., 1 . Grand Gulf formation, Smith and Aid- rich, 1. Index to mineral resources of Ala¬ bama, Smith and McCalley, 1. Iron ores in the Brookwood quadrangle, Burchard, 3. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian Basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Marble formations of the Cahaba River, Byrne, 1, 2. Materials and manufacture of Portland cement, Eckel, 13, 31. Meteoreisen von De Sotoville, Brezina and Cohen, 5. Meteorite which fell near Felix, Ala¬ bama, Merrill (G. P.), 2. New species of Eocene fossils, Aldrich, 4. New species of Tertiary fossils, Aid- rich, 2. Oligocene of western Europe and south¬ ern United States, Maury, 1. Origin of Clinton red fossil ore in Lookout Mountain, Alabama, Bow- ron, 1. Oyster from Eocene of Alabama, Aid- rich, 5. Portland-cement materials of Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 2, 8. Pratt coal mines, Crane, 6. Revised map of Cahaba coal fields, Smith (E. A.), 9. Rome Folio, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Southern Appalachian coal field, Hayes (C. W.), 7. Underground waters of Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 6. Alabama— Continued. Warrior coal basin in the Brookwood quadrangle, Butts, 5. Water powers of Alabama, Hall (B. M.), 1 . Water resources of Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 5. Alaska. Alaska glaciers and glaciation, Gilbert, 13. Alaskan tin deposits, Collier, 11. Alaska’s mineral wealth, Brooks, 10, 13. Alaska-Treadwell mine, Palache, 2. Auriferous quartz veins on Unalaska Island, Collier, 10. Bering River coal field, Martin (G. C.), 15. Bogoslof, our newest volcano, Merriam (C. H.), 1. Cape Yaktag placers, Martin (G. C.), 12 . Carboniferous section in Copper River Valley, Mendenhall, 6. Chistoc-hina gold field, Mendenhall, 4. Chitina copper deposits, Mendenhall, 7. Coal-bearing series of the Yukon, Col¬ lier, 6. Coal fields of Cape Lisburne, Collier, 3, 7, 12. Coal fields of Cook Inlet, Alaska, and Pacific coast, Kirsopp, 1. Coal resources of Alaska, Brooks, 3. Coal resources of southwestern Alaska, Stone (R. W.), 5. Coal resources of the Y'ukon, Collier, 2, 4. Copper deposits of Mount Wrangell region, Mendenhall and Schrader, 2. Copper River country, Abercrombie, 1. Deposition of ores from an igneous magma, Stevenson (R.), 3. Economic developments in southeastern Alaska, Wright (F. E. and C. W.), 1. Epidote crystals from Alaska, Palache, 1 . Fairhaven gold placers, Moffit, 3. Fossil floras of the Yukon, Knowlton. 17. Fossil plants from Kukak Bay, Knowl¬ ton, 16. Fossils and age of Yakutat formation, Ulrich, 4. Geography of Alaska, Brooks. 10. 393 394 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Alaska—Continued. Geography of Alaska, Gannett, 2. Geological reconnaissance in southeast¬ ern Alaska, Brooks, 5. Geological section of Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska, Schrader, 1. Geology about Chichagof Cove, Palache, 3. Geology and mineral resources of Cop¬ per River district, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Geology and paleontology of the Alaska Harriman expedition, Gilbert, 14. Geology of copper deposits, Stevens (B.), 1. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Geology of the Klondike, Mendenhall, 3. Geology of Treadwell ore deposits, Spencer (A. C.), 11, 13. Glacial phenomena of Seward Penin¬ sula, Brooks and Collier, 1. Glaciers of Alaska, Davidson, 1. Glenn Creek gold mining district, Col¬ lier, 3. Gold deposits of Shumagin Islands, Martin (G. C.), 13. Gold mining in Alaska, Furman, 1. Gold mining in Arctic America, Pen¬ rose, 1. Gold mining in Klondike, Miers, 2. Gold placers of the Fairbanks district, Prindle, 1, 2. Gold placers of Turnagain Arm, Mof- fit, 4. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Gold production of North America, Spurr, 13. Gold sands of Cape Nome, Queneau, 1. Guldforekomsterne i Alaska og tilgraen- sende stroeg, Kolderup, 1. Juneau gold belt, Spencer (A. C.), 9. Jura-fossilien aus Alaska, Pompeckj, 1. Kayak coal and oil fields, Stoess, 1. Kotzebue placer-gold field, Moffit, 2. Magmatic origin of vein-forming waters in southeastern Alaska, Spencer (A. C.), 17. Mesozoic section on Cook Inlet, Stanton and Martin, 1. Methods and costs of gravel and placer mining in Alaska, Purington, 8, 9. Mineral resources of Alaska in 1904, Brooks, 11. Mineral resources of Mount Wrangell district, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Mineral resources of southeaster Alaska, Brewer (W. M.), 12. Minerals of the Harriman Alaska expe¬ dition, Palache, 4. Mining at the Alaska Treadwell, Kin- zie, 1. Muir glacier, Andrews, 1. Neozoic invertebrate fossils, Dali, 10. •Nome gold region, Schrader and j Brooks, 1. | Alaska—Continued. Notes on Nome, Rickard (F.), 1. Observations paleontologiques dans l’Alaska, Gaudry, 1. Occurrence of cassiterite, Brooks, 1. Occurrence of stream tin, Brooks, 2. Origin of vein-filled openings in south¬ eastern Alaska, Spencer (A. C.), 18. Ore formation on Prince of Wales Island, Thomae, 1. Outlook for coal mining in Alaska, Brooks, 14. Pacific coast glaciers, Muir, 1. Pacific mountain system, Spencer (A. C.), 5. Pacific mountain system of British Co¬ lumbia and Alaska, Spencer (A. C.), 4. Petroleum fields of Alaska, Martin (G. C.), 3, 14. Petroleum fields of Pacific coast, Mar¬ tin (G. C.), 11. Physiography of the Copper River ba¬ sin, Spencer (A. C.), 2. Placer gold mining in Alaska in 1902, Brooks, 7. Placer mining in Alaska, Brooks 9, 12. Porcupine placer mining district, Wright (C. W.), 1, 2. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Brooks, 4. Rampart placer region, Trindle and Hess, 1. Recent changes of level in Alaska, Tarr and Martin, 1. Rocks and minerals of south Alaska, No varese, 1. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Mendenhall, 2. Reconnaissance in Alaska, Schrader, 3. Reconnaissance in Mount McKinley re¬ gion, Alaska, Brooks, 6. Reconnaissance in northern Alaska, Peters, 1. Reconnaissance in Norton Bay region. Mendenhall, 1. Reconnaissance of northwestern por¬ tion of Seward Peninsula, Collier, 1. Reconnaissance of the Cape Nome and adjacent gold fields of Seward Pen¬ insula, Brooks and others, 1. Relation de voyage au Ivlondyke, Lo- bel, 1. Search for mammoth and other fossil remains, Maddren, 1. Sketch of Nome, Bogdanovic, 1. So-called basal granite of Yukon Val¬ ley, McConnell, 1. Stratigraphy and igneous rocks of Alaska, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Stream tin in Alaska, Brooks, 8. Tin deposits of York region, Rickard (E.), 1. Tin deposits of the York region, Col¬ lier, 7, 8. Tin in Alaska, Bell (R. N.), 2. Tin in the York region, Collier, 5. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 395 Alaska —Continued. Tin ledges in'Alaska, Bell (R. N.), 1. Treadwell group of mines, Kinzie, 2. Treadwell ore deposits, Spencer (A. C.), 14. Variations of glaciers, Reid (H. F.),3. Wrangell Mountains, Mendenhall, 5. Yukon gold fields, Miers, 1. Archean and Algonkian. Alaska. So-called basal granite of Yukon Val¬ ley, McConnell, 1. Appalachian region. Asheville folio, Keith, 9. Cockeysville marble, Mathews and Mil¬ ler, 1. Copper-bearing rocks of Virgilina cop¬ per district, Watson (T. L.), 6. Correlation of Piedmont formations, Mathews, 6. Cranberry folio, Keith, 4. Greeneville folio, Keith, 11. Mount Mitchell folio, Keith, 12. Piedmont district of Pennsylvania, Bascom, 3. Pre-Cambrian rocks of Franklin Fur¬ nace quadrangle, Spencer (A. C.), 13. Pre-Cambrian rocks of New Jersey, Spencer (A. C.), 15. Topography and geology of southern Appalachians, Keith, 3. Washington folio, Darton and Keith, 1. Canada. Classification of the Archean, Coleman, 6 . Cobalt-nickel arsenides and silver de¬ posits of Temiskaming, Miller (W. G.), IS. Contact of Archean and post-Archean, Willmott, 3. Correction in classification of gold for¬ mation, Hille, 4. Country west of Nipigon Lake and River, Wilson (A. W. G.), 3. Economic resources of Moose River ba¬ sin, Bell (J. M.), 2. Exploration of east coast of Hudson Bay, Low, 2. Exploration of Ekwan River, Dowling, 8 . Explorations in Saskatchewan and Kee- watin, Tyrrell, 3. Genesis of Animikie iron range, Hille, 3. Geological explorations in Athabaska, Dowling, 6. Geological exploration in district of White Bay, Howley, 1. Geological formations about Montreal, Ami and Adams, 1. Geological record of Rocky Mountain region, Dawson, 2. Geologie von Canada, Haas, 2. Geology and natural resources of Ot¬ tawa and vicinity, Ells (R. W.), 7. Archean and Algonkian —Continued. Canada —Continued. Geology of country around Bruce mines, Ingall and Denis, 1. Geology of Michipicoten Island, Bur- wash, 1. Geology of Nastapoka Islands, Low, 3. Geology of Nottaway River Basin, Bell (Robert), 5. Geology of northeast coast of Labra¬ dor, Daly, 3. Geology of principal cities in eastern Canada, Ami, 1. Geology of Province of Quebec, Ells (R. W.), 8. Geology of Renfrew, Addington, Fron- tenac, Lanark, and Carleton coun¬ ties, Ells (R. W.), 20. Geology of Yellow Head Pass route, McEvoy, 1. Gold ores of western Ontario, Brent, 1. Headwaters of Severn River, Camsell, 2. Huronian question, Coleman, j.0. Iron ores of Nipissing district, Miller (W. G.), 2. Iron ranges of Michipicoten west, Bell (J. M.), 3. Iron ranges of northwestern Ontario, Coleman, 12. Iron ranges of the Lower Huronian, Coleman, 4. Loon Lake iron-bearing district, Smith (W. N.), 1. Michipicoten iron region, Coleman and Willmott, 1, 2. Michipicoten Huronian area, Willmott, 1 . Nickel and copper deposits of Sudbury, Barlow, 8. Northeastern Canada to the Arctic coast, Hanbury, 1. Pre-Cambrian rocks of Lake Temis¬ kaming, Miller (W. G.), 16. Problems in New Brunswick geology, Ells (R. W.), 25. Round Lake to Abitibi River, Bolton, 1. Synopsis of geology of Canada, Ami, 2. Types of iron-bearing rocks in Ontario, Coleman, 7. Up and down the Mississaga, Graton, 2. Great Basin region. Bisbee folio, Ransome, 14. Bradshaw Mountains folio, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Clifton folio, Lindgren, 28. Copper deposits of Clifton-Morenci dis¬ trict, Lindgren, 29. Geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Ransome, 11. Geology and vein phenomena of Ari¬ zona, Comstock (T. B.), 1. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6. Globe folio, Ransome, 13. Historical geology of Esmeralda County, Nevada, Turner, 5. Paleozoic rocks of Great Basin region, Weeks, 9. 396 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Archean and Algonkian— Continued. Great Basin region- —Continued. Underground waters of Salt River Val¬ ley, Lee (W. T.), 9. Great Lakes region. Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wis¬ consin, Weidman, 5. Ellipsoidal structure in pre-Cambrian basic and intermediate rocks of Lake Superior region, Clements, 1. Geological cross sections of Keweenaw Point, Hubbard (L. L.), 1. Geology of Menominee Range, Hulst, 1. Keeweenawan area of eastern Minne¬ sota, Hall, (C. W.), 3. Menominee district of Michigan, Bay- ley, 1. Relation of vein at Central mine, Ke¬ weenaw Point, to Kearsarge con¬ glomerate, Hubbard (L. L.), 2. Vermilion district of Minnesota, Clem¬ ents, 2. Great Plains region. Alexandria folio, Todd and Hall, 1. Geology and underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Geology and water resources of the James River Valley, Todd and Hall, 2. Geology of Lincoln County, Bendrat, 1. Hartville folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Mitchell folio, Todd (J. E.), 11. Olivet folio, Todd (J. E.), 9. Parker folio, Todd (J. E.), 10. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Water resources of Devils Lake region, Babcock, 2. Lake Superior region. Comment on report of special commit¬ tee on Lake Superior, Lane, 47. Eisenerzlagerstiitten am Lake Superior, Macco, 1. Huronian question, Coleman, 10. Geological survey of the Lake Superior region, Chamberlin (T. C.), 12. Geology of the iron ores of Minnesota, Winchell (N. H.), 24. Lake Superior iron ore deposits, Grant (U. S.), 6. Mesabi iron-ore range, Woodbridge, 1. Mesabi Iron Range, Leith, 2. Mesabi iron-bearing district of Minne¬ sota, Leith, 4. New iron-bearing horizon in Keewatin in Minnesota, Winchell (N. H.), 1. Nomenclature of Lake Superior forma¬ tions, Willmott, 2. Pioneer iron mine, Ely, Minnesota, Car¬ lyle, 1. Report on Lake Superior region, Van Hise and others, 1. Sixth annual report of the State geol¬ ogist, Lane, 49. Summary of Lake Superior geology, Leith, 14. Summary report of Geological Survey of Canada for 1904, Bell (Robert), 8. Archean and Algonkian —Continued. Lake Superior region —Continued. Vermilion district of Minnesota, Clem¬ ents, 5. Vermilion iron-bearing district of Min¬ nesota, Clements, 4. Mississippi Valley region. Baraboo iron region, Winchell (N. H.), 23. Geology of Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 7. Geology of Mississippi Valley at Little Falls, Minnesota, Winchell (N. H.), 8 . Physiography and geology of Ozark region, Adams (G. I.), 3. New England and New York. Cambrian and pre-Cambrian of Hoosac Mountains, Wolff, 3. Field work in town of Minerva, Finlay (G. I.), 2. Geology of Adirondack region, Cushing, 10 . Geology of crystalline rocks, Smyth (C. H. ), 1. Geology of Paradox Lake quadrangle, Ogilvie, 6. Geology of Rand Hill, Cushing, 2. Geology of vicinity of Little Falls, Cushing, 9. Igneous rocks of Neponset Valley, Cros¬ by, 15. New York City folio, Merrill and others, I . Physical geography and geology of Con¬ necticut, Rice, 1. Pre-Cambrian formations, Kemp and Hill, 1. Pre-Cambrian Highlands, Merrill (F. J. H.), 6. Pre-Cambrian outlier at Little Falls, Herkimer County, Cushing, 4. Quarry industry in southeastern New York, Eckel, 6. Recent geologic work in Franklin and St. Lawrence counties, Cushing, 3. Terranes of Orange County, Vt., Rich¬ ardson (C. H.), 1. Pacific coast region. Crystalline rocks of southern Califor¬ nia, Hershey, 9. Rocky Mountain region. Copper deposits of the Encampment dis¬ trict, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Geology and ore deposits of Elkhorn mining district, Montana, Weed, 5. Geology of Boulder district, Fenneman, 10 . Geology of Needle Mountains quad¬ rangle, Cross and Howe, 3. Geology of Rico quadrangle. Cross (W.), 7. Geology of southwestern Montana, Douglass, 10. Igneous rocks of Algonkian series, Fin¬ lay (G. I.), 4. Oil of the northern Rocky Mountains, Willis, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 397 Archean and Algonkian— Continued. Rocky Mountain region —Continued. Silverton folio, Cross and Howe, 1. Stratigraphy and structure, Lewis and Livingston ranges, Montana,Willis, 6. Structure of Front Range, northern Rocky Mountains, Montana, Willis, 7. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Southwestern region. Fundamental complex beyond southern end of Rocky Mountains, Keyes, 46. Geography and geology of Black and Grand prairies, Hill (R. T.), 3. Geology and underground water condi¬ tions of the Jornada del Muerto, Keyes, 49. Geology of Arbuckle and Wichita moun¬ tains, Taft, 13. Geology of Fort Apache region, Reagan, 3. Red sandstone of Diaholo Mountains, Dumble, 11. Tishomingo folio, Taff, 6. General. Eparchaean interval, Lawson (A. C.), 4. Fundamental changes in the Archean and Algonkian, Winchell (N. H.), 6. Granite, Winchell (N. H.), 18. Little Cottonwood granite body of Wa¬ satch Mountains, Emmons (S. F.),9. Pre-Cambrian literature for 1902-3, Leith, 7. Pre-Cambrian literature for 19(32-3, Leith, 9. Summaries of current North American Pre-Cambrian literature, Leith, 1. Sur les formations precambriennes fos- silif&res, Walcott, 4. Arizona. Age of lavas of plateau region, Reagan, 2 . Arid district between Rio Grande and Pacific, Carter (O. S. C.), 5. Arizona diatomite, Blake (W. P.), 9. Bradshaw Mountains folio, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Caliche of southern Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 3. Carboniferous coal in Arizona, Dumble, 9. Carboniferous fossils of Bisbee quad¬ rangle, Girty, 6. Cement investigations in Arizona, Dur- yee, 1. Clifton folio, Lindgren, 28. Conglomerate dikes in southern Ari¬ zona, Campbell (M. R.), 15. Copper deposits of Bisbee, Ransome, 7, 8 . Copper deposits of Clifton, Lindgren, 12, 15. Copper deposits of Clifton-Morenci dis¬ trict, Lindgren, 29. Copper deposits of the Kaibab Plateau, Jennings (E. P.), 1. Copper deposits of the Kaibab Plateau, Lunt, 1. Arizona—Continued. Copper in the Red Beds of the Colorado Plateau region, Emmons (S. F.), 20. Cretaceous fossils of Bisbee quadrangle, Stanton, 6. Deer Creek coal field, Campbell (M. R.), 16. Devonian fossils of Bisbee quadrangle, Williams (H. S.), 6. Diatom-earth in Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 10. Dinosaur footprints from Arizona, Riggs, 8. Dumortierite, Schaller, 7. Evidences of shallow seas in Paleozoic time, Blake (W. P.), 2. Extinct glaciers, Stone (G. H.), 2. Faulting and mountain structure in Arizona, Ransome, 5. Fossil egg from Arizona, Morgan and Tallmon, i. Genesis of copper deposits of Clifton- Morenci, Lindgren, 22. Geology and copper deposits of Bisbee, Ransome, 10, 11. Geology and vein phenomena of Ari¬ zona, Comstock (T. B.), 1. Geology of Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 1, 13. Geology of Cochise mining district, Franke, 1. Geology of Fort Apache region, Reagan, 3. Geology of Galiuro Mountains, Blake (W. P.), 5. Geology of Globe copper district, Ran¬ some, 6. Geology of Mineral Creek district, Gow- ling, 1. Geology of the Little Colorado Valley, Ward (L. F.), 1. Glaciation of San Francisco Mountain, Atwood, 1. Globe folio, Ransome, 13. Gold deposits of Arizona, Tratt, 5. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Grand Canyon of the Colorado, Davis (W. M.), 1. Gypsum deposits in Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 14. Iodobromite in Arizona, Blake (W. l\), 18. Lake Quiburis, an ancient Pliocene lake in Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 6. Limestone-granite contact deposit of Washington camp, Crosby, 16. Meteoreisen-Studien, Cohen, 4. Mineralogical notes, Headden, 1. Mineralogical notes, Warren, 1. Minerals associated with copper, Stone (G. H.), 1. Minerals from the Clifton-Morenci dis¬ trict, Lindgren and Ilillebrand, 1. New batrachian and reptile from Trias of Arizona, Lucas (F. A.), 19. 398 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Arizona —Continued. Notes on geology of southeastern Ari¬ zona, Dumble, 7. Ore in anticlinals. Lakes, 71. Peculiar occurrence of bitumen, Mor¬ gan and Tallmon, 2. Petrified forest, Byers (C. A.), 1. Petrified forests and Painted Desert of Arizona, Carter (O. S. C.), 6. Petrified forests of Arizona, Ward ! (L. F.), 2. Petrography of the Tucson Mountains, Guild, 1. Physiography of southern Arizona and New Mexico, Fairbanks, 5. Planet copper mines, McCarn, 1. Plateau province of Utah and Arizona, Davis (W. M.), 45. Plication in the rocks of Cananea, Blake (W. P.), 17. Recent discoveries in Arizona, Bur¬ gess, 1. Re-formed copper ores, Goodwin, 1. Secondary enrichment, Probert, 1. Silver Bell Mountains, Barney, 1. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward (L. F.), 5. Tombstone and its mines, Blake (W. P.), 8, 12. Tombstone mining district, Church, 1. Trip through Arizona, Lakes, 67. Tungsten deposits in Arizona, Rickard (F.), 3. Underground waters of Arizona, Skin¬ ner, 1. Underground waters of Gila Valley, Lee (W. T.), 8. Underground waters of Salt River Val¬ ley, Lee (W. T.), 9. Verde mining district, Miller (G. W-)» 1 . Vertebrates from the Trias of Arizona, Lucas (F. A.), 6. Walls of the Colorado Canyon, Davis (W. M.), 50. Zuni salt lake, Darton, 19. Arkansas. Analysis of smithsonite, Miller (W. W.), 3. Analysis of waters from Hot Springs, Haywood, 1. Arkansas bauxite deposits, Hayes (C. W.), 2. Arkansas-Indian Territory coal field, Bache, 1. Arkansas roofing slates, Dale, 4. Asphalt deposits of Pike County, Hayes. (C. W.), 4, 14. Bauxite in Arkansas, Berger, 1. Borings in Silver Spring Valley, Doug¬ las, 1. Boston Mountain physiography, I-Ier- shey, 12. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Chalk of southwestern Arkansas, Taff, 5. Arkansas— Continued. Coal fields of Arkansas and Indian Territory, Scholz, 2. Coal mining in Arkansas, Crane, 7. Depositional equivalent of hiatus at base of our Coal Measures, Keyes, 18. Devonian hiatus in continental inte¬ rior, Keyes, 28. Earthquakes in the New Madrid area, Fuller (M. L.), 41. Fayetteville folio, Adams and Ulrich, 1 . Formations of northern Arkansas, Ul¬ rich, 5. Genesis of the Arkansas Valley, Keyes, 4. Geological sketch of Hot Springs dis¬ trict, Weed, 13. Gisements de minerais de zinc, Dema- ret, 1. Hot springs of the southern United States, Weed, 39. Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Lead and zinc deposits of Ozark re¬ gion, Bain, 2. Magmatic differentiation of rocks, Keyes, 27. Miniature overthrust fault and anti¬ cline, Purdue, 2. 'Missouri and Arkansas zinc mines, Branner, 3. Missouri and Arkansas zinc mines, Iledburg, 1. Missouri and Arkansas zinc mines, Nichols (H. W.), 2. Names of coals west of Mississippi River, Keyes, 19. Origin of bedded breccias in Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 13. Origin of natural mounds, Veatch, 10. Peneplains of the Ozark highland, Her- shey, 1. Phosphate rocks of Arkansas, Branner and Newsom, 1. Physiography and geology of Ozark re¬ gion, Adams (G. I.), 3. Pleistocene fissure in northern Ar¬ kansas, Brown (B.), 3. Portland-cement materials of south¬ western Arkansas, Fitzhugh, 1. Saddle-back topography of the Boone chert region, Purdue, 4. Siluric fauna near Batesville, Ark., Van Ingen, 1, 2. Southwestern coal field, Taff, 4. Springs of the Ozark region, Fuller (M. L.), 35. Table of geological formations, Shep¬ ard, 1. Tahlequah folio, Taff, 17. Underground waters of Louisiana and Arkansas, Veatch, 7. Underground waters of northern Ar¬ kansas, Purdue, 7. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 399 Arkansas— Continued. Valleys of solution in northern Ar¬ kansas, Purdue, 1. Water resources in northern Arkansas, Purdue, 9. Water resources of Arkansas, Purdqe, 5. Water I’esources of the Winslow quad¬ rangle, Purdue, 8. Water supply of the Ozark region, Adams (G. I.), 17. Zinc and lead deposits of Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 12, 15. Zinc and lead deposits of north Ar¬ kansas, Branner, 2. Zinc-lead deposits of southwest Ar¬ kansas, Phillips (W. B.), 3. Bibliography. Abrasives of New York State, Magnus, 1 . Accessions to library of Geological So¬ ciety of America, Cushing, 6. Addenda and corrigenda to progress of geological work in Canada during 1899, Ami, 5. Alaska’s mineral wealth, Brooks, 10, 13. Albert Allen Wright, Wright (G. F.), 12 . Alphabetical cross reference catalogue of publications of Edward Drinker Cope, Frazer, 1. American Eocene primates, Osborn, 11. American Paleontological Society, Sec¬ tion A, Vertebrata, Hay, 18. Ancient water levels of Champlain and Hudson valleys, Woodworth, 10. Archaean rocks of Ottawa Valley, Osann, 2. Arsenic in Ontario, Wells, 1. Artesian basins in Idaho and Oregon, Russell, 9. Asbestos, Cirkel, 3. Atlantic coast Triassic coal field, Wood- worth, 4. Baraboo iron district of Wisconsin, Weidman, 5. Base level, grade, and peneplain, Davis, (W. M.), 26. Base leveling and its faunal signifi¬ cance, Adams (C. C.), 1. Bauxite deposits of Georgia, Watson (T. L,), 12. Bibliographic review and index of pa¬ pers relating to underground waters published by the United States Geo¬ logical Survey 1879-1904, Fuller (M. L.), 27. Bibliographical sketch of Elkanah Billings, Ami, 15. Bibliography and catalogue of fossil vertebrata, Dean, 7. Bibliography and catalogue of fossil vertebrata, Hay, 5. Bibliography and index of North Amer¬ ican geology, paleontology, petrol- Bibliography—Continued. ogy, and mineralogy for 1901, Weeks, 6. Bibliography and index of North Ameri¬ can geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1902, Weeks, 7. Bibliography and index of North Ameri¬ can geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1903, Weeks, 10. Bibliography and index of North Ameri¬ can geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1904, Weeks, 15. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for 1900, Ami, 19. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for 1901, Ami, 34. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for 1902, Ami, 42. Bibliography of Canadian geology and paleontology for 1903, Ami, 44. Bibliography of Dr. George M. Dawson, Ami, 27, 35. Bibliography of E. Billings, Ami, 17. Bibliography of geology, paleontology, and mineral resources of California, Vogdes, 1. Bibliography of literature referring to geology of Washington, Arnold, 1. Bibliography of Mexican geology and mining, Aguilar y Santillan, 1. Bibliography of North American geol¬ ogy, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1892-1900, Weeks, 3. Bibliography of Sir John William Daw¬ son, Ami, 18. Bibliography of submarine valleys, Spencer (J. W.), 15. Bibliography of West Indian eruptions, Hovey (E. O.), 32. Bibliography of works upon the geology and natural resources of West Vir¬ ginia, Brown (S. S.), 1. Biographical notice of Clarence King, Raymond (R. W.), 3. Biographical notice of Joseph Le Conte, Christy, 1. Biographical notice of William Henry Pettee, Russell, 18. Biographical sketch of Henry McCalley, Smith (E. A.), 7. Bogoslof, our newest volcano, Merriam (C. II.), 1. Books relating to geology, etc., of Cali¬ fornia, Vogdes, 2. Cambrian rocks in eastern Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 29. Canadian specimens of Lituites, Whit- eaves, 10. Carboniferous ammonoids of America, Smith (J. P.), 3. Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado, Girty, 3. Carboniferous system of New Bruns¬ wick, Bailey (L. W.), 8. Catalogue and index of publications of U. S. Geological Survey, Warman, 1. 400 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Bibliography —Continued. Catalogue and index of publications of Hayden, King, Powell, and Wheeler surveys, Schmeckebier, 1. Catalogue chronologique des publica¬ tions de Edward Drinker Cope, Frazer, 6. Catalogue of published writings of John Wesley Powell, Warman, 3. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Charles Emerson Beecher, Clarke (J. M.), 22. Charles Emerson Beecher, Jackson ", 8. Manganese mining in Cuba, Chibas, 1. Mineral deposits of Santiago, Cuba, Souder, 1. Mineral deposits of Santiago, Cuba, Wenstrom, 1. Occurrence of gold and coal in Trini¬ dad, Guppy, 1. West Virginia. Anthracite coal field west of Washing¬ ton, White (D.), 12. Anthracite of Third Hill Mountain, Griffith, 2. Anthracite of Third Hill Mountain. O'Brien (C. J.). 1. Appalachian coal field. White (I. C.), 7. Economic geology—Continued. West Virginia —Continued. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Charbons gras de la Pennsylvania et de la Virginie occidental, Heurteau, 1 . Charleston folio, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Coal in the Nicholas quadrangle, Ash¬ ley, 7. Coals of Pocahontas field, Fowler, 1. Kanawha and New River coal fields of West Virginia, Robinson (N.), 1. Map of coal, oil, and gas in West Vir¬ ginia, White (I. C.), 8. Meadow Branch coal field, Campbell (M. R.), 17. Petroleum and natural gas, White (I. C.),9. Properties of Summit Coal Company in Marshall County, Von Rosenberg, 1. Pure limestone in Berkeley County, Stose, 2. Raleigh folio, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Slate industry at Martinsburg, Dale, 2. Slate investigations during 1904, Dale, 8 . Trip to West Virginia, Poole, 9. Tug River coal field, Payne, 1. Wisconsin. Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wis¬ consin, Weidman, 5. Baraboo iron ore, Hille, 2. Baraboo iron ore, Winchell (N. H.), 23. Baraboo iron range, Rohn, 1. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Clays and clay industries, Buckley, 1. Clays of the United States. Ries. 6. Copper - bearing rocks of Douglas County, Grant (U. S.), 1. Eisenerzlagerstatten am Lake Superior. Macco, 1. Gisements de minerals de zinc, Dema- ret, 1. Glacial gold in Wisconsin, Thomas, 2. Highway construction in Wisconsin. Buckley, 3. Iron-ore deposits of the Lake Superior region, Van Hise, 2. Iron ores of the Baraboo district. Weid¬ man. 6. Lake Superior geological work, Van Hise, 14. Lake Superior iron-ore deposits, Grant (U. S.), 6. Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Lead and zinc deposits of Ozark region. Van Hise. 5. Lead and zinc deposits of southwestern Wisconsin, Grant (U. S.), 5. Soils of Wisconsin, Weidman, 3. Summary of Lake Superior geology. Leith, 14. Wisconsin zinc fields, Nicholson, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 479 Economic geology—Continued. Wisconsin —Continued. Zinc and lead deposits, Grant (U. S.), 9. Zinc and lead deposits of north Arkan¬ sas, Branner, 2. Zinc and lead mines near Dodgeville, Ellis (E. E.), 1. Zinc and lead ores of southwestern Wisconsin, Grant (tJ. S.), 10. Wyoming. Aladdin folio, Darton and O'Harra, 1. Alkali deposits of Wyoming, Read, 3. Alkali lakes and deposits, Knight and Slosson, 1. Bentonite deposits of Wyoming, Fisher (C. A.), 6. Bonanza, Cottonwood, and Douglas oil fields, Knight and Slosson, 4. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Coal fields of Uinta County, Knight (W. C.), 7. Coal of the Bighorn basin, Fisher (C. A.), 5. Coal of the Black Hills, Darton, 20. Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Copper mining in the Encampment dis¬ trict, Read, 4. Deposit of titanic iron ore, Lindgren, 9. Dutton, Rattlesnake, Arago, Oil Moun¬ tain, and Powder River oil fields, Knight and Slosson, 2. Geology and mineral resources, Beeler, 3. Geology and underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Grand Encampment copper district. Lakes, 64. Gypsum deposits in Wyoming, Knight (W. C.), 9. Hartville folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Iron mines of Hartville, Chance, 2. Lagerstatten titanhaltigen Eisenerzes im Laramie Range, Kemp, 31. Laramie cement plaster, Slosson and Moudy, 1. Mineral resources of Encampment cop¬ per region, Spencer (A. C.), 6. New occurrence of sperrylite, Wells and Penfield, 1. Newcastle folio, Darton, 14. Newcastle oil field, Knight and Slos¬ son, 3. , Occun*ence of rare metals in Rambler mine, Knight (W. C.), 4. Platinum in copper ores in Wyoming, Emmons (S. F.), 11. Platinum in the Rambler mine, Kemp, 20 . Petroleum fields, Knight (W. C.), 2, 5. Report by the State geologist, Beeler, 2. Rocky Mountain coal fields, Storrs (L. S.), 1. Economic geology—Continued. Wyoming — Continued. South Pass gold district, Fremont County, Beeler, 1. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Sweetwater mining district, Knight (W. C.), 3. Titaniferous magnetite in Wyoming, Kemp, 36. General. American cement industry, Eckel, 38. Anthracite situation, Kemp, 17. Application of geology to mining, Spurr, 4, 14. Arkansas and Indian Territory coals, Keyes, 13. Asphalt and bituminous rock deposits, Eldridge, 1, 3. Aurite, and a general theory of gold ore genesis,. Voyle, 1. Bitumen and oil rocks, Broadhead, 5. Bonanzas and. pockets of ore, Lakes, 59. Building and road materials, Lane, 30. Cements, limes, and plasters, their materials, manufacture, and proper¬ ties, Eckel, 32 Change of ore bodies with change of country rock, Lakes, 8. Character and genesis of certain con¬ tact deposits, Lindgren, 5. Chemical composition of shales and roofing slates, Eckel, 28. Chemistry of ore deposition, Church, 2. Chemistry of ore deposition, Jenney, 4. Chemistry of ore deposition, Sullivan, 1 . Circulation of underground aqueous so¬ lutions and the deposition of lode ores, Finch (J. W.), 1. Classification of coals, Campbell (M. R.), 21. Classification of crystalline cements, Eckel, 7. Classification of ore deposits, Lindgren, 17. Classification of ore deposits, Weed, 24. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Coal fields of United States, Hayes (C. W.), 6. Coal fields of the United States, Hayes (C. W.). 12. Coal outcrops, Catlett, 1. Coal outcrops, Randolph, 1. Coal outcrops, Scholz, 1. Coal resources of Pacific, Emerson (H.), 1 . Coal resources of Wyoming, Trumbull, 1 . Composition and occurrence of petro¬ leum, Mabery, 3. Contact metamorphic and other ore de¬ posits near igneous contacts, Weed, 11 . Contiguity of ore deposits of different generic relationships, Keyes, 15. Contribution to the natural history of marl, Davis (C. A.), 1. 480 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic geology—Continued. General —Continued. Contributions to economic geology, Em¬ mons, Hayes, 1-3. Contributions to economic geology, 1902, Hayes (C. W.), 9. Contributions to economic geology, 1903, Hayes (C. W.), 16. Contributions to economic geology, 1904, Hayes (C. W.), 18. Copper ore and garnet in association. Blake (W. P.), 16. * Copper production of the United States, Weed, 36. Criticism of Dr. Jenney’s paper on the mineral crest, Smith (G. O.), 5. Cross-vein ore-shoots and fractures, Weed, 22. Debris fans of the arid region, Hilgard, 3. Deposition of copper by solutions of ferrous salts, Biddle, 1. Deposition of ores in limestone, Jen- ney, 4. Deposition of ores from an igneous magma, Stevenson (R.), 1-3. Diamondiferous deposits in the United States, Hobbs, 4. Differentiation of igneous magmas and the formation of ores, Kemp, 22. Differentiation of igneous magmas, Stevens (B.), 3. Diffusion of petroleum through fuller’s earth, Day (D. T.), 2. Dilatation fissures and their contained ores, Weed, 31. Distribucion de la riqueza en los cria- deros metaliferos primarios epigen- eticos, Villarello, 8. Distribution of copper in the United States, Weed, 30. Distribution of platinum metals, Dick¬ son, 5. Economic geology of the United States, Ries, 15. Economic value of hot springs, Weed. 38. Enrichment in fissure veins. Hill (R. T.), 17. Enrichment in fissure veins, Spurr, 30. Enrichment in veins, Church, 3. Enrichment of gold and silver veins, Weed, 1. Exploration for gold in central States, Hall (C. W.), 1. Faults in metal mines, Lakes, 33. Field operations'of the Bureau of Soils, Whitney, 2-6. Fire clays of Coal Measures, Hopkins (T. C.), 5. Formation and geology of salt deposits, Jones (F. O.), 1. Formation of bonanzas in upper por¬ tions of gold veins, Rickard (T. A.), 3. Formation of lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Keyes, 16, 20. 1 Economic geology —Continued. General— Continued. Formation of veins, Kemp, 28. Genesis and character of ore deposits, Storms, 2. Genesis of Lake Superior iron ores, Leith, 15. Genesis of limonite ores, Garrison, 1. Genesis of ore deposits, Alderson, 1. Genesis of ore deposits, Boehmer, 1. Genesis of ore deposits, Tays, 1. Genetic classification of ore deposits, Emmons (S. F.), 14. Genetic classification of ore deposits, Kemp, 25. Genetic classification of ore deposits, Ransome, 9. Genetic classification of ore deposits, Rickard (T. A.), 13. Genetic classification of ore deposits, Spurr, 15. Genetic classification of ore deposits, Van Hise, 11. Geogenesis and its bearings on economic geology, Frazer, 9. Geographic distribution of metalliferous ores within the United States, Ran some, 12. Geologic deposition of hydrocarbons, Adams (G. I.), 10. Geologic deposition of hydrocarbons. Day (D. T.), 3. Geological relations and distribution of platinum and associated metals, Kemp, 11. Geological survey and the western miner, Rickard (T. A.), 5. Geological work in Lake Superior re¬ gion, Van Hise, 9. Geology and water resources of Snake River Plains, Russell, 5. Geology applied to mining, Moore (C. J.), 3. Geology applied to mining, Spurr, 23. Geology of Idaho and Oregon, Russell, 8 . Geology of ore deposits, Van Hise, 3. Geology of western ore deposits, Lakes, 104. Geology, technology, and statistics of gypsum. Adams (G. I.), 14. Gold and its associations. Merrill, 15. Gold deposition by drainage, Bradford, 1 . Gold mining in southern Appalachians, Pratt, 6. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 6, 14. Graphite, Bateman, 1. Graphite and garnet, Hcpkins (T. C.), 3. High plains and their utilization, John¬ son (W. D.), 1. How copper is produced, Bell (Rals¬ ton), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 481 Economic geology —Continued. General —Continued. Hypothesis to account for the transfor¬ mation of vegetable matter into differ¬ ent grades of coal, Campbell (M. R.), 20 . Igneous rocks and circulating waters as factors in ore deposition, Kemp, 12, 19. Igneous rocks and their segregation, Spurr, 12. Igneous rocks in ore deposition, Lakes, 100 . Investigation of iron and nonmetal- liferous economic minerals, Hayes (C. W.), 19. Investigation of metalliferous ores, Em¬ mons (S. F.), 10, 17, 19. Investigation of nonmetalliferous eco¬ nomic minerals, Hayes (C. W.), 10, 17. Iron and manganese ores of the United States, Eckel, 35. Lake Superior iron ore deposits, Grant (U. S.), 4. Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Lead and zinc resources of the United States, Bain, 16. Literature of structural materials, Eckel, 11. Literature on petroleum, Teggart, 1. Mesabi Iron Range, Leith, 2. Metallic sulphides from Steamboat Springs, Nev., Lindgren, 19. Metasomatic processes in fissure veins, Lindgren, 1. Methods of testing and sampling placer deposits, Kirby, 1. Mica deposits, Cirkel, 2. Microscopic structure of building stones, Leffmann, 1. Mineral crest, Emmons (S. F.), 12. Mineral crest, Jenney, 1, 2. Mineral crest, Smith (G. O.), 11. Mineral resources of United States, Day, 5-8. Molding sand, Eckel, 14. Motions of underground waters, Slich- ter, 1. Native copper in greenstone from the Pacific coast, Turner, 16. Native gold in igneous rocks, Weed. 29. Natural gas in Sussex, Oliphant, 1. Natural gas in Sussex, White (1. C.), 10 . Natural history of marl, Davis (C. A.), 2 . New geology and vein formation, Car¬ penter, 1, 2. Nonmetallic mineral products of the United States, Eckel, 29. Nonmetallic minerals, Merrill (G. I’.), 12 . Nonmetallic minerals; U. S. National Museum, Merrill (G. P.), 3. North America, Russell, 15. Economic geology —Continued. General —Continued. Occurrence and distribution of corun¬ dum, Pratt, 2. Occurrence and distribution of tin, Hess and Graton, 1. Observations on gold deposits, Puring- ton, 6. Oil fields of the West, Willey, 2. Oil Wells of the United States, Kilham, 1 . Ore deposition and deep mining, Lind¬ gren, 27. Ore deposition and vein enrichment, Weed, 20. Ore deposition in the cement of rocks, Lakes, 76. Ore deposits, Beck, 2. Ore deposits near igneous contacts, Aus¬ tin, 4. Ore deposits near igneous contacts, Weed, 20. Ore formation by concentration through surface decomposition, Keyes, 5. Ore formation on Prince of Wales Is¬ land, Thomae, 1. Ore in anticlinals, Lakes, 71. Ore in sight, Kendall, 1. Ore shoots and outcrop of veins, Lakes, 63. Ore shoots and veins that do not come to the surface, Lakes, 74. Ores deposited by underground waters, Maclaren, 1. Ores from igneous magmas, Kemp, 26. Origin and classification of ore de¬ posits, Keyes, 2. Origin and development of iron ores of Mesabi and Gogebic iron ranges, Leith, 8. Origin and relations of auriferous veins of Algoma (western Ontario), Cros¬ by, 4. v Origins and times of formation of lead and zinc deposits of the Mississippi Valley, Keyes, 16. Origin, distribution, and uses of coal, Clark (W. B.), 8. Origin of Australian iron ores, Winchell (N. II.), 5. Origin of bitumen, Morgan, 1. Origin of fine gold of Snake River, Bell ( R.). 3. Origin of Michigan boglimes, Lane, 20. Origin of ore deposits, Adams (F. D.), 4. Origin of ore deposits, Bain, 5 Origin of ore deposits, Beck, 1. Origin of ore deposits, Collins (A. L.) 1 . Origin of ore deposits, Emmons (S. F.), 4. Origin of ore deposits, Keyes, 21. Origin of ore deposits, Launay, 1. Origin of ore deposits, Weed, 7. Origin of petroleum, Grant (C. C.L 8. Origin of petroleum, Ohly, 1. Bull. 301—06-31 482 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic geology—Continued. General — Continued. Origin of petroleum, coal, etc., Plotts, 1. Origin of the Coal Measure fire clays, Hopkins (T. C.), 2. Origin of vein cavities, Nason, 3. Origine eolienne du loess, Keyes, 17. Osmosis as a factor in ore formation, Gillette, 1. Peat and its relation to coal, Lakes, 9G. Petroleum, Baxter, 1. Petroleum, Oliphant, 2. Petroleum in western North America, Lakes, 14. Phase-rule and conceptions of igneous magmas, Day and Shepherd, 1. Phosphate mining industry of the United States, Memminger, 1. Precious stones in the United States, Kunz, 2. Preliminary list of deep borings in United States, Darton, 5, 6. Present standing of applied geology, Ransome, 15. Principles controlling the deposition of. ores, Van Hise, 1, 8. Problem of metalliferous veins, Kemp, 35. Problems in geology of ore deposits, Vogt, 1. Production of gold in United States in 1904, Lindgren, 25. Production of silver in the United States in 1904, Lindgren, 26. Progress of economic geology in 1905, Bain, 18. Prospecting for coal in western States, Lakes, 31. Recent contributions to the science of ore deposits, Raymond (R. W.), 1. Recent progress in study of ore depos¬ its, Rickard (T. A.), 4. Review of analyses of Portland-cement materials, Hillebrand, 3. Relation of geology to the mining in¬ dustry, Lawson (A. C.), 12. Rock segregation and ore deposition, Spurr, 10. Rock segregation and ore deposition, Stevens (B.), 2. Rocky Mountain coal fields, Lakes, 79. Role of igneous rocks in formation of veins, Kemp, 9. Schists and slates as ore carriers, Lakes, 70. Science of raw materials, Lane, 29. Scope of applied geology, Johnson (D. W.), 10. Secondary enrichment, Burgess, 1. Secondary enrichment, Purington, 4. Secondary enrichment in arid regions, Starbird, 1. Secondary enrichment of mineral veins, Herrick (C. L.), 2. Secondary enrichment of ore deposits, Emmons (S. F.), 1. I Economic geology— Continued. General —Continued. Secondary enrichment of ore deposits, Lakes, 46. Secondary enrichment of ore deposits. Smith (G.), 1. Secondary enrichment in ore deposits of copper, Kemp, 33. Shear zones or zones of impregnation vs. true quartz fissure veins, Lakes, 78. Southern copper deposits, Weed, 10. Stones for building and decoration, Merrill (G. P.), 11. Study of stratigraphy, Tarks, 7. Sulphur deposits of Calcasieu Parish, Kerr, 1. Summaries of literature of economic geology, Eckel, 12. Summaries of literature of structural materials, Eckel, 9, 10. Syncline as a structural type, Rickard (T. A.), 10. Theories of ore deposition, Emmons (S. F.), 15. Theory of copper deposition, Lane, 28, 44. Theory of ore deposits applied to pros¬ pecting, Wilson (E. B.), 1. Tin deposits of the world, Fawns, 1. Tin in the United States, Garrison, 3. Training of engineers in economic geology, Branner, 9. Trenton rock petroleum, Blatchley and Sheak, 1. Underground water circulation, Cross (C. M.), 1. United States Geological Survey in its relation to the practical miner, Em¬ mons (S. F.), 7. Utilization of iron and steel slags, Eckel, 17. Virginius mine, Emmons (S. F.'), 16. Volcanic craters and ore deposits, Lakes, 77. Volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum, Bell (Robert), 6. Volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum, Coste, 1, 2. Volcanic origin of natural gas and petroleum, Mickle, 2. Volcanic origin of oil, Coste, 3. Water in veins, Rickard (T. A.). 9. What constitutes a clay, Merrill (G. P.), 5. What is a fissure vein? Kemp, 34. What is a fissure vein? Raymond (R. W.), 4. What is a fissure vein? Spencer (A. C.), 16. Zinc deposits. Lakes, 52. Zone of maximum richness in ore bodies, Keyes, 12, Economic products described. Abrasive materials. Hopkins (T. C.), 3. Abrasives, Day, 6-11. Abrasives, Magnus, 1. FOE THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 483 Economic products described— Continued. Abrasives, Pratt, 10, 11. Actinolite, Miller (W. G.), 6. Albertite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Alkali, Read, 3. Allanite, orthite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Alum, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Alum, Spurr, 21. Alum slate or shale, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Aluminite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Aluminum, Day, 5, 7-11. Alunite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Amber, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Amblygonite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Ammonia, DSy, 9-11. Antimony, Aguilera, 3. Antimony, Asquith, 1. Antimony, Day, 5, 7-11. Apatite, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8, 19, 20. Apatite ; rock phosphates ; guano, etc., Merrill (G. P.), 3. Arsenic, Cowan, 1. Arsenic, Day, 8-11. Arsenic, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Arsenic, Miller (W. G.), 6. Arsenic, Wells (J. W.), 1. Arsenopyrite; mispickel or arsenical pyrites, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Artesian borings, Kerr, 1. Artesian water, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Artesian water, Blatcbley, 3. Artesian water, Branner, 6. Artesian water, Calvin, 9. Artesian water, Carmony, 1. Artesian water, Darton, 11, 14. Artesian water, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Artesian water, Lercli, 1, 2. Ai'tesian water, Logan, 2. Artesian water, Reagan, 3. Artesian water, Ruddy, 1. Artesian water, Russell, 8, 9. Artesian water, Slichter, 1. Artesian water, Skinner, 1. Artesian water, Tarr, 5. Artesian water, Todd ( J. E.), 2, 9-11. Artesian water, Todd and Hall, 1, 2 Artesian water, Tyrrell, 2. Artesian water, TTdden (Johan A.), 1. Artesian water, Woolman, 3. Artesian waters, Hill (R. T.), 3. Artesian wells, Ami, 22. Artesian wells, Darton, 5, 6. Artesian wells, Leonard, 2. Artesian wells, Miller (B. L.), 1. Artesian wells, Nickles, 1, 2. Artesian wells, Woolman, 2. Asbestos, Aguilera, 3. Asbestos, Cirkel, 1, 3. Asbestos, Day, 6-11. Asbestos, Ells (R. W.), 8, 10. Asbestos, Keith, 9. Asbestos, Kemp, 3, 6, 8. Asbestos, Marsters, 3. Asbestos, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Asbestos, Perkins, G. Asbestos, Pratt, 8. Asbolite, Merrill (G. 1\), 3. Economic products described—Continued. Asphalt, Adams (G. I.), 10. Asphalt, Boutwell, 11. Asphalt, Crane, 4. Asphalt, Eldridge, 1, 3. Asphalt, Fuller (M. L.), 5. Asphalt, Harper (II. W.), 1. Asphalt, Hayes (C. W.), 4, 14. Asphalt, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spen¬ cer, 1. Asphalt, Lakes, 60. Asphalt, Lane, 6. Asphalt, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Asphalt, Phillips (W: B.), 6, 12. Asphalt, Taft, 12. Asphalt rock, Burk, 2. Asphaltic deposits, Taff, 6. Asphaltum, Day, 6-11. Asphaltum, mineral pitch, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Barite, Aguilera, 3. Barite, Ball and Smith, 1. Barite, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8. Barite, Keith, 9. Barite, Miller (A. M.), 4. Barite, Stose, 2. Barite; heavy spar, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Barytes, Day, 6-11. Barytes, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Basalt, Shedd, 2. Bauxite, Berger, 1. Bauxite, Day, 5, 7-11. Bauxite, Hayes (C. W.), 2, 5. Bauxite, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Bauxite, Smith and McCalley, 1. Bauxite, Watson (T. L.), 2, 12. Bentonite, Darton, 14, 18. Bentonite, Fisher (C. A.), 6. Beryl, Aguilera, 3. Beryl, Pratt, 8. Bismuth, Aguilera, 3. Bismuth, Day, 8-9, 11. Bitumen, Peckham (II. E.), 1. Bitumen, Vaughan, 8. Bituminous rock, Eldridge, 3. Bluestone, Dickinson, 1. Boglime, Lane, 20. Boracite or stassfurtite; borate of • magnesia, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Borax, Bailey (G. E.), 1. Borax, Campbell (M. R.), 4, 12. Borax, Day, 8-11. Borax, Dennis, 1. Borax, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Borax or tincal; borate of soda, Mer¬ rill (G. P.), 3. Braunite, Merrill (G. I\), 3. Bromine, Day, 8-9, 11. Buhrstone, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Building and ornamental stones, Keith, 4. Building and ornamental stones, Landes, 2. Building stone, Alden, 1, 2. Building stone, Ashley, 2. Building stone, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Building stone, Bishop (T. P.), 2. 484 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic products described—Continued. Building stone, Buckley and Buehler, 1 . Building stone, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Building stone, Crosby and Loughlin, 1 . Building stone, Barton and Keith, 1. Building stone, Ells (R. W.), 8. Building stone, Fairbanks, 7. Building stone, Fuller and Alden, 1. Building stone, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Building stone, Gilpin, 2. Building stone, Gould, 5, 8. Building stone, Hopkins (T. C.), 9. Building stone, Keith, 9, 12. Building stone, Knight (N.), 2. Building stone, Lakes, 12, 13. Building stone, Lazo and Ordonez, 1. Building stone, Leffmann, 1. Building stone, Leonard, 3. Building stone, Merrill (G. P.), 11. Building stone, Miller (B. L.), 1. Building stone, Norton, 1. Building stone, Perkins, 2. Building stone, Prosser and Beede, 1. Building stone, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Building stone, Reid (J. A.), 2. Building stone, Russell, 2. Building stone, Sarle, 3. Building stone, Schramm, 1. Building stone, Shedd, 2. Building stone, Smith (A. ,T.), 1. Building stone, Smith (G. O.), 7. Building stone, Smith and McCalley, 1. Building stone, Taff, 3, 6. Building stone, Todd (.1. E.), 5, 9-11. Building stone, Todd and Hall, 1. Building stone, Udden, 2. Building stone, Wilder, 3. Calk spar, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Calcite ; calk spar ; Iceland spar, Mer¬ rill (G. P.), 3. Carbonite or natural coke, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Celestite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Cement, Berkey, 7. Cement, Blatchley, 1. Cement, Bleininger, 1. Cement, Crider, 1. Cement, Darton, 18. Cement, Day, 6-11. Cement, Duryee, 1. Cement, Eckel, 5, 13, 31-32, 34, 38, 39. Cement, Eckel and Bain, 1. Cement, Fall, 1. Cement, Gillespie, 1. Cement, Kiimmel, 1. Cement, Lane, 30. Cement, Miller (W. G.), 6. Cement, Newland, 2. Cement, Peck, 5. Cement, Ries, 4. Cement, Russell, 2. Cement, Siebentlial, 2. Cement, Smith (E. A.), 2, 4. Cement, Smith and McCalley, 1. Cement, Todd (J. EJ), 5. Economic products described—Continued. Cement, Wells (.7. W.), 3. Cement plaster, Slosson and Moudy, 1. Cerite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Chalk, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Chalk, Taff, 5. Chalkstone, Todd (J. E.), 9. Chemawinite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Chrome, Mathews, 1. Chromite, Day, 7-9. Chromite, Diller, 16. Chromite, Keith, 9. Chromite, Lindgren, 4. Chromite, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Chromite, Pratt, 8, 11. Chromite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Chromium, Aguilera, 3. Chromium, Spurr, 12. Clay, Ashley, 2. Clay, Babcock, 1. Clay, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Clay, Berkey, 3. Clay, Beyer and Williams, 1, 2. Clay, Beyer and Young, 1. Clay, Bishop (I. P.), 2. Clay, Blatchley, 8. Clay, Bleininger, 1. Clay, Buckley, 1. Clay, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Clay, Darton and Keith, 1. Clay, Day, 6-11. Clay, Eckel, 18. Clay, Fall, 2. Clay, Fisher (C. A.), 6. Clay, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Clay, Gould, 5. Clay, Gould and Fisher, 1. Clay, Gregory (W. M.), 1. Clay, Hice, 2. Clay, Hopkins (T. C.), 1, 2, 9. Clay, Keith, 9. Clay, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Clay, Landes, 2, 5. Clay, Lane, 21, 34, 39. Clay, Leonard, 3. Clay, Leverett, 3. Clay, Lindgren, 4. Clay, Loughlin, 1. Clay, Martin (G. C.), 2. Clay, Mason, 1. Clay, Mathews, 1. Clay, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 5, 12. Clay, Miller (B. L.), 1. Clay, Newland, 2. Clay, Pratt. 8, 10, 11. Clay, Ries, 1. 5, 6, 12, 13. Clay, Sarle, 3. * Clay, Schrader and Haworth, 2. Clay, Smith and McCalley, 1. Clay, Taff, 5. Clay, Todd (J. E.), 5, 11. Clay, Udden, 2, 3. Clay, Wells (J. W.), 4. Clay, Wilder, 3. Clay, Woolsey, 1, 3. Coal, Adams (T. K.), 1. Coal, Aguilera, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 485 Economic products described—Continued. Coal, Althouse, 1. Coal, Armstrong, 1. Coal, Arnold, 5. Coal, Ashley, 1. 3, 4, 7. Coal, Babcock, 1. Coal, Backe, 1. Coal, Bailey (L. W.), 8. Coal, Bain, 3. Coal, Bail and Smith, 1. Coal, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Coal, Becker, 1. Coal, Beyer and Young, 1. Coal, Blakemore, 1, 3. Coal, Brewer (W. M.), 2, 4, 6-8, 11. Coal, Brooks, 3, 14. Coal, Burritt, 1. Coal, Burrows, 1. Coal, Bush, 1. Coal, Butts, 3-7. Coal, Calvin, 1. Coal, Campbell (M. R.), 2, 5, 6, 8, 11, 16-18, 20, 21. Coal, Carter (O. S. C.), 2. Coal, Catlett, 1. Coal, Clark (W. B.), 8. Coal, Clark, Martin, and Rutledge, 1. Coal, Collier, 2, 3, 4, 6. Coal, Cooper, 3. Coal, Corless, 1. Coal, Crane, 1, 2, 4-7. Coal, Darton, 1, 14, 18, 20, 26. Coal, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Coal, Day, 5, 7-11. Coal, Denis, 1. Coal, Diller, 4, 11, 21. Coal, Dowling, 7, 9, 10, 11. Coal, Duffield, 1. Coal, Eavenson, 1. Coal, Ells (R. W.), 3, 25. Coal, Emerson (H.), 1. Coal, Evans (A. W.), 1. Coal/Fisher (C. A.), 4, 5. Coal, Fletcher, 4, 6. Coal, Fluck, 1. Coal, Fowler, 1. Coal, Fuller and Alden, 1. Coal, Fuller and Ashley, 1, 2. Coal, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Coal, Cay, 1. Coal, Gilpin, 1, 3. Coal, Gould, 5. Coal, Gregory (W. M.), 1, 2. Coal, Griffith, 2-4. Coal, Griswold, 3. Coal, Guppy, 1. Coal, Gwillim, 4, 5. Coal, Harrington ID.), 1. Coal, Haseltine, 1, 2. Coal, Hayes (C. W.), 6, 7, 12. Coal, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Coal, Henretta, 1. Coal, Heurteau, 1. Coal, Hills, 1. Coal, Hosea, 1. Coal, Howley, 2. Coal, Ingall, 1. Economic products described —Continued. Coal, Jacobs, 2. Coal, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Coal, Kemp, 17. Coal, Keyes, 13, 22, 43. Coal, Knight (W. C.), 7. Coal, Laguerenne, 1. Coal, Bakes, 3, 5, 6, 23, 25, 39, 60, 62, 65, 66, 79-89, 99. Coal, Landes, 3. Coal, Landes and Ruddy, 1. Coal, Lane, 14, 15, 39, 49. Coal, Leach (W. W.), 1. Coal, Leonard, 3. Coal, Lindgren, 4. Coal, Ludlow, 1. Coal, McCalley, 1. Coal, McCallie, 9. Coal, McEvoy, 2. Coal, McLaughlin. 1. Coal, Martin (G. C.), 2, 3, 11, 15, 16. Coal, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Coal, Miller (B. L.), 1. Coal, Parsons and Liddell, 1. Coal, Payne, 1. Coal, Phillips (W. B.), 6, 12, 13. Coal, Plotts, 1. Coal, Plumb, 1. Coal, Poole, 2, 3, 8-10. Coal, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Coal, Pultz, 1. Coal, Purington, 1. Coal, Randolph, 1. Coal, Reagan, 4. Coal, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Coal, Rickert, 1. Coal, Ries, 9, 14. Coal, Robinson (N.), 1. Coal, Rockwell, 1. Coal, Rowe, 2, 6. Coal, Scholz, 2. Coal, Schrader, 3. Coal, Sheridan, 1. Coal, Smith (F. B.), 1. Coal, Smith (G. O.), 6, 13. Coal, Smith (W. D.), 1. Coal, Smith and McCalley, 1. Coal, Smith and White, 1. Coal, Spurr, 20. Coal, Stoess, 1. Coal, Stoek, 1. Coal, Stone (R. W.), 1, 5, 6-9. Coal, Stoneham, 1. Coal, Storrs (A. II.). 1. Coal, Storrs (L. S.), 1. Coal, Sutton, 1. Coal, Taff, 3, 4, 7-11. It Coal, Todd (J. E.), 5. Coal, Trumbull, 1. Coal, Turnbull, 1. Coal, Vicaire, 1. Coal, Von Rosenberg, 1. Coal, White (D.), 7, 12. Coal, White (I. C.), 7. Coal, Wigmore, 1, 2. Coal, Wilder, 3. Coal, Williams (I. A.), 1. 486 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic products described—Continued. Coal, Woodworth, 4. Coal, Woolsey, 3. Coal series, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Cobalt, Caballero, 1. Cobalt, Day, 5, 7-9. Cobalt, Dickson, 4. Cobalt, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Cobalt, Miller (W. G.), 8, 11, 13. Cobalt, Parks, 8. Cobalt, Spurr, 12. Cobaltite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Coke, Day, 5, 7-11. Colemanite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Columbite, Day, 11. Columbite and tantalite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Copper*, Abercrombie, 1. Copper, Aguilera, 3. Copper, Austin, 3. Copper, Bagg, 5. Copper, Bailey (F.), 1. Copper, Bain and Ulrich, 1, 2. Copper, Barlow, 6, 8. Copper, Barney, 1. Copper, Becker, 1. Copper, Bell (Ralston), 1. Copper, Bell (R. N.), 3. Copper, Biddle, 1. Copper, Blake (W. P.), 16. Copper, Bond, 1. Copper, Boutwell, 2, 10, 12—14. Copper, Brewer (W. M.), 4, 11, 13-16. Copper, Brock, 8. Copper, Brook, 3. Copper, Brooks, 4. Copper, Byrne, 3. Copper, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Copper, Catherinet, 1. Copper, Crosby, 16. Copper, Crowtlier, 1. Copper, Parton, 18, 26. Copper, Day, 5, 7-11. Copper, Diller, 5, 6, 13, 16. Copper, Dresser, 7, 10, 12, 13, 15. Copper, Ells (R. W.), 17, 20, 22. Copper, Ernmens, 1. Copper, Emmons (S. F.), 3, 16, 20, 21. Copper, Franke, 1. Copper, Goodwin, 1. Copper, Grant (U. S.), 1. Copper, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1 . Copper, Hill (R. T.), 4, 11, 12. Copper, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Copper, Irving and Emmons, 1. Copper, Jackson (J. F.), 1. Copper, Jacobs, 1. Copper, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Copper, Jennings (E. P.), 1. Copper, Johnston (R. A. A.), 2. Copper, Kemp, 32, 33. Copper, Kirby, 2. Copper, Kruscli, 1. Copper, Kummel, 2, 3. Copper, Lakes, 64. Copper, Lane, 8, 28, 44. Economic products described—Continued. Copper, Ledoux, 2. Copper, Lee (II. A.), 1. Copper, Leith, 14. Copper, Lindgren, 4, 12, 15, 21, 22, 28. Copper, Lowry, 1. Copper, Lunt, 1. Copper, McCarn, 1. Copper, McCallie, 4. Copper, MacDonald, 1. Copper, McCormick, 1. Copper, Malcolmson, 1. Copper, Mathez, 1. Copper, Mendenhall, 7, 8. Copper, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1, 2. Copper, Miller (G. W.), 1, 2, 6. Copper, Musgrave, 1. Copper, O’Harra, 2. Copiper, Perkins, 2, 6. Copper, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Copper, Probert, 1. Copper, Ransome, 3, 6-8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17. Copper, Read, 4. Copper, Reid (G. D.), 1. Copper, Rickard (F.), 2. Copper, Rickard (T. A.), 14, 15. Copper, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Copper, Scott (O. N.), 1. Copper, Smith (D. T.), 2. Copper, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Copper,’Smyth and Smith, 1. Copper, Souder, 1. Copper, Spencer (A. C.)., 6, 7, 10. Copper, Spurr, 12. Copper, Steel, 1. Copper, Stevens (B.), 1. Copper, Stevens (H. J.), 1. Copper, Stretch, 1, 4. Copper, Tippenhauer, 2. Copper, Turner, 6, 11. Copper, Vaughan, 6. Copper, Vicaire, 1. Copper, Villafaiia, 1. Copper, Watson (T. L.), 6, 11. Copper, Weed, 2, 10, 12, 16-19, 23, 26- 28, 30, 34, 36, 37. Copper, Wenstrom, 1. Copper, Winchell (H. V.), 2, 4. Copper, Yung and McCaffery, 1. Corundum, Baker, 1. Corundum, Barlow, 10. Corundum, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Corundum, Edman, 1. Corundum, Ells (R. W.), 20. Corundum, Fuller (H. T.), 1. Corundum, Keith, 9. 12. Corundum, Kerr (D. G.), 1. Corundum. Merrill (G. P.), 12. Corundum, Miller (W. G.),t3. Corundum, Pratt, 8, 10. Corundum, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Corundum, Ropes, 1. Corundum and emery, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Cryolite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Cryolite, Day, 8-11. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 487 Economic products described —Continued. Descloizite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Diamond, Hobbs, 4, 8. Diamond, Kunz, 2. Diamond, Pratt, 8. Diaspore, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Diatom-earth, Blake (W. P.), 10. Diatomaceous earth, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Diatomaceous or infusorial earth, Mer¬ rill (G. P.), 3. Dolomite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Elaterite, mineral caoutchouc, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Emerald, Kunz, 2. Emery, Eckel, 2. Emery, Fuller (H. T.), 1. Emery, Magnus, 1. Emery, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Emery, Newland, 2. Epsomite, Epsom salts, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Erythrite or cobalt bloom, Merrill (G. P-), 3- Feldspar, Day, 6-11. Feldspar, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8. Feldspar, Hopkins (T. C.), 1. Feldspar, Mathews, 1. Feldspar, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Feldspar, Miller (W. G.), 6. Feldspar, Newland, 2. Feldspar, Pratt, 8. Fireclay, Campbell (M. R.), 6. . Fireclay, Darton, 18. Fireclay, Hopkins (T. C.), 2, 5. Fireclay, Martin (G. C.), 2. Fireclay, Mathews, 1. Flagstone, Fuller and Alden, 2. Flint, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Flint, Day, 7-11. Flint, Hopkins (T. C.), 1. Flint, Mathews, 1. Flint, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Fluorite, Aguilera, 3. Fluorite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Fluorite, Miller (A. M.), 4. Fluorspar, Bain, 6, 12, 19. Fluorspar, Burk, 1. Fluorspar, Day, 6-11. Fluorspar, Harwood, 1. Fluorspar, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Fluorspar, Ulrich and Smith, 1. Franklinite, Merrill (3. P.), 3. Fuller’s earth, Cook, 1. Fuller’s earth, Darton, 1, 18. Fuller’s earth, Day, 6-8, 11. Fuller’s earth, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Fuller’s earth, Vaughan, 12, 18. Gadolinite, Day, 11. Gadolinite, Merrill (3. P.), 3. Garnet, Aguilera, 3. Garnet, Keith, 9. Garnet, Magnus, 1. Garnet, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Garnet, Newland, 2. Garnet, Pratt, 8. Garnet gems, Pratt, 8. Gem minerals, Pratt, 8. Economic products described—Continued. Gibbsite, hydrargillite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Gilsonite, Merrill (G. 1’.), 12. Glass sand, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Glass sand, Day, 9-11. Glauberite, Merrill (G. I’.), 3. Glaucodot, Merrill (G. 1’.), 3. Gneiss, Watson (T. L.),'8. Gold, Abercrombie, 1. Gold, Aguilera, 3. Gold, Arnold, 4. Gold, Atkin, 1, 2. Gold, Austin, 5. Gold, Bancroft, 1. Gold, Beadle, 1. Gold, Becker, 1. Gold, Bel, 1. 2. Gold, Bell (R.), 2, 3. Gold, Bell (R. N.), 3. ■ Gold, Blake (W. F.), 5, 8. Gold, Blatchford, 2. Gold, Bordeaux, 1. Gold, Boutwell, 2, 8, 12, 13. Gold, Brent, 1. Gold, Brewer (W. M.), 14, 16. Gold, Brock, 4, 5, 7. Gold, Brooks, 4, 7, 9, 12. Gold, Brooks and others, 1. Gold, Burgess, 2. Gold, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Gold, Chalmers, 2. Gold, Chance, 1. Gold, Church, 1. Gold, Clarke (C. H.), 1. Gold, Clere, 1. Gold, Coleman, 3. Gold, Collier, 1, 3, 10. Gold, Comstock (T. B.), 1. Gold, Crosby, 4. Gold, Cummings, 1. Gold, Darton, 18, 26. Gold, Day, 5, 7-11. Gold, Dern, 1. Gold, Diller, 4, 5, 11, 16, 19. Gold, Dominian, 1, 2. Gold, Douglass, 11. Gold, Draper, 1. Gold, Dresser, 14. Gold, Easton, 1. Gold, Eckel, 15, 16. Gold, Ells (R. W.), 20. Gold, Emmons (S. F.), 3. Gold, Emmons (W. II.), 1. Gold, Faribault, 1-4. Gold, Fluker, 1, 2. Gold, Forsyth, 1. Gold, Furman, 1. Gold, Garrison, 4. Gold, Gilpin, 1. Gold, Gottschalk, 1. Gold, Gunther, 1. Gold, Guppy, 1. Gold, Gwillim, 1, 2. Gold, Hall (C. W.), 1. Gold, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Gold, Ilershey, 7. 488 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic woducts described—Continued. Gold, Hewett, 2. Gold, HIjar, 1. Gold, Hill (R. T.), 7, 14, 15. Gold, Hi lie, 4. Gold, Howley, 1. Gold, Irving, 2—4, 6, 7. Gold, Irving and Emmons, 1. Gold, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Gold, Iveele, 1. Gold, Keith, 4. Gold, Keyes, 33. Gold, Ivinzie, 1, 2. Gold, Kirby, 2. Gold, Knapp (S. A.), 1. Gold, Knight (W. C.), 3. Gold, Knox, 1. Gold, Kolderup, 1. Gold, Laird, 1. Gold, Lakes, 1, 43, 44, 51, 68. Gold, Lane, 35. Gold, Lee (II. A.), 1. Gold, L’Hame, 1, 2. Gold, Lindgren, 4, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 21, 25, 28. Gold, Lindgren and Drake, 1, 2. Gold, Lindgren and Ransome, 1, 2. Gold, Lovewell, 1, 2. Gold, Lowry, 1. Gold, McConnell, 2, 4-6. Gold, MacDonald, 1. Gold, Mallery, 1. Gold, Martin, 12, 13. Gold, Mendenhall, 1, 3, 8. Gold, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Gold, Miers, 1. Gold, Miller (W. G.), 4, 6, 10. Gold, Moffit, 2-4. Gold, Moore (F.), 1. Gold, Nichols (J. C.), 1. Gold, O'Harra, 1-3. Gold, Palache, 2. Gold, Parsons and Liddell, 1. Gold, Penrose, 1. Gold, Pratt, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11. Gold, Prichard (W. R.), 1. Gold, I’rindle, 1, 2. Gold, Prindle and Hess, 1. Gold, Purington, 1, 3, 5-7, 8, 9. Gold, Queneau, 1. Gold, Ransome, 1, 6, 13, 16, 17. Gold, Rickard (F.), 1. Gold, Rickard (T. A.), 2, 6, 11, 12. Gold, Ritter, 1. Gold, Schrader, 3. Gold, Schrader and Brooks, 1. Gold, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Gold, Smith (A. H.), 1. Gold, Smith (D. T.), 2. Gold, Smith (G. D.), 4, 9, 13. Gold, Smith and McCalley, 1. Gold, Spencer (A. C.), 9, 11, 13. 14. Gold, Spurr, 9, 11-13, 18, 19, 22, 25- 29, 31. Gold, Spurr and Garrey, 1. Gold, Storms, 1, 3, 5. Gold, Stretch, 2. Economic products described— Continued. Gold, Sutton, 1. Gold, Thomas, 2. Gold, Titcomb, 1. Gold, Turner, 12, 14, 15. Gold, Vicaire, 1. Gold, Villarello, 9. Gold. Washburne, 2, 3. Gold, Watson (R. L.), 1. Gold, Weatherby, 1. Gold, Weed, 3, 5, 14, 19, 29, 35. Gold, Weeks, 2. Gold, Winchell (A. N.), 4. Gold, Winchell (II. V.), 5. Gold, Woodman, 3, 4. Gold, Wright (F. E. and C. W.), 1. Gold, Wright (C. W.), 1, 2. Gold, Yung and McCaffery, 1. Grahamite, Eldridge, 1. Grahamite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Granite, Eckel, 6. Granite, Finlay (G. I.), 3. Granite, Mathews, 1. Granite, Newland, 2. Granite, Perkins, 1, 6. Granite, Pratt, 8. Granite, Richardson (C. H.), 2. Granite, Shedd, 2. Granite, Smith (G. O.), 17. Granite, Taff, 3. Granite, Watson (T. L.), 8. Graphite, Bateman. 1. Graphite, Brumell, 1. Graphite, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Graphite, Day, 6-11. Graphite, Ells (R. W.), 8, 18, 20. Graphite, Keith, 12. Graphite, Kemp, 27. Graphite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Graphite, Miller (W. G.), 6. Graphite, Newland, 2. Graphite, Ogilvie, 6. Graphite, O'Harra, 2. Graphite, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Gravel, Sarle, 3. Greensand marl. Day, 8. Grindstones, whetstones, and hones, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Guano, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Gum copal, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Gypsum, Adams (G. I.), 14. Gypsum, Bell (J. M.), 2. Gypsum, Blake (W. P.), 14. Gypsum, Boutwell, 3, 6. Gypsum, Brady, 1. Gypsum, Darton. 1. 14. 15, 18. Gypsum, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Gypsum, Day. 6-11. Gypsum, Diehl, 1. Gypsum, Eckel. 19, 22, 23. Gypsum, Fairbanks, 6. Gypsum, Gould, 10, 11. Gypsum, Gregory (W. M.) f 1-3. Gypsum, Grimsley, 4-7. 8. Gypsum. Herrick (C. L.), 6. Gypsum. Herrick (H. N.), 1. Gypsum, Hill (B. F.), 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 489 Economic products described —Continued. Gypsum, Knight (W. C.), 9. Gypsum, Lakes, 61. Gypsum, Lindgren, 4, 20. Gypsum, Louderback, 2, 5. Gypsum, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Gypsum, Newland, 2. Gypsum, Parsons, 1, 2, 4. Gypsum, Peppel, 1. Gypsum, Richardson (G. B.), 7. Gypsum, Rowe, 5. Gypsum, Sarle, 3. Gypsum, Sherwin, 2. Gypsum, Slosson and Moudy, 1. Gypsum, Weed, 25. Gypsum, Wilder, 3, 4, 6. Halite, sodium chloride or common salt, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Hausmannite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Hematite, Keith, 4. Hiddenite, Pratt, 8. Hydrocarbons, Aguilera, 3. Ilmenite, menaceanite, or titanic iron, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Iron, Aguilera, 3. Iron, Ball and Smith, 1. Iron, Barlow, 7. Iron, Bay ley, 1. Iron, Bell (J. M.), 2. Iron, Beyer, 1, 2. Iron, Blakemore, 2. Iron, Bowron, 1. Iron, Boutwell, 5. Iron, Brewer (W. M.), 2, 14. Hon, Burchard, 3. Iron, Capilla, 1. Iron, Carlyle, 1. Iron, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Iron, Chance, 2. Iron, Clements, 3. Iron, Coleman, 4, 7, 18. Iron, Coleman and Willmott, 1, 2. Iron, Courtis, 1. Iron, Crosby, 2, 3. Iron, Culbert, 1. Iron, Darton, 18. Iron, Day, 5, 7-11. Iron, Diller, 14, 16, 20. Iron, Dumble, 3, 6. Iron, Eckel, 30, 33, 35, 36, 37. Iron, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8, 20. Iron, Fairbanks, 7. Iron, Farrington, 13. Iron, Fletcher, 6. Iron, Garrison, 1, 2. Iron, Gilpin, 1. Iron, Grant (U. S.), 6. Iron, Hayes (C. W.), 1, 5. Iron, Hayes and Eckel, 1. Iron, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Iron, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1 Iron, Hille, 1-3. Iron, Hulst, 1. Iron, Ingall, 4. Iron, Jennings (E. P.), 2. Iron, Johnson (J. E., jr.), 1. Iron, Keith, 12. ! Economic products described—Continued. Iron, Kemp, 31. Iron, Keyes, 42. Iron, Kiimmel, 3, 5. Iron, Lane, 8. Iron, Leith, 4-6, 10-12, 14, 15. Iron, Lindgren, 4, 9, 28. Iron, McCaskey, 1. Iron, Macco, 1. Iron, Mathews, 1. Iron, Maxwell, 1. Iron, Mickle, 1. Iron, Miller (W. G.), 2, 3, 6, 9, 15. Iron, Mills, 2. Iron, Newland, 2. Iron, Obalski, 1. Iron, Ogilvie, 6. Iron, O’Harra, 2. Iron, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Iron, Rangel, 1. Iron, Ries, 8, 11. Iron, Rohn, 1. Iron, Rose, 1, 2. Iron, Shedd, 1. Iron, Smith (W. D.), 1. Iron, Smith (W. N.), 1. Iron, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Iron, Smith and McCalley, 1. Iron, Smith and Willis, 1. Iron, Sonder, 1. Iron, Spencer (A. C.), 1, 12. Iron, Spurr, 5, 12. Iron, Thomas, 3, 4. Iron, Tippenhauer, 2. Iron, Van Hise, 2, 14. Iron, Villarello and Bose, 1. Iron, Warwick, 1. Iron, Weatherbe, 1. Iron, Weidman, 5, 6. Iron, Willmott, 4. Iron, Winchell (H. V.), 3. Iron, Winchell (N. II.), 7, 23, 24. Iron, Woodbridge, 1. Kainite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Kalinite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Kaolin, Aguilera, 3. Kaolin, Hopkins (T. C.), 1. Kaolin, Lindgren, 4. Kaolin, Mathews, 1. Kaolin, Smith and McCalley, 1. Kiesrite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Lazurite, lapis lazuli, or native ultra- marine, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Lead, Adams (G. I.), 12, 15. Lead, Aguilera, 3. Lead, Aiken, 1. Lead, Argali (P.), 2. Lead, Bain, 2, 11, 12, 14, 16. Lead, Ball and Smith, 1. Lead, Bell (R. N.), 3, 4. Lead, Boutwell, 4, 14. Lead, Branner, 2. Lead, Cahill, 1. Lead, Carter (W. E. II.), 1. Lead, Crook, 2. Lead, Day, 5, 7-11. Lead, Ellis (E. E.), 1. 490 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic products described —Continued. Lead, Emmons (S. F.), 3. Lead, Finlay (J. Ii.), 1, 3. Lead, Grant (U. S.), 5, 9, 10. Lead, Haworth, 1. Lead, Hedburg, 1. Lead, Keith, 1. Lead, Keyes, 20, 47. Lead, Lakes, 45, 47, 50, 54. Lead, Lee (H. A.), 1. Lead, Lindgren, 21. Lead, Malcomson, 1. Lead, Miller (A. M.), 4. Lead, Nason, 4. Lead, Nicholson, 1. Lead, OHarra, 2. Lead, Phillips (W. B.), 3, 9. Lead, Kansome, 16-18. Lead, Smith (W. S. T.), 2, 3. Lead, Smith and Standley, 1. Lead, Smyth (C. II.), 4. Lead, Ulrich and Smith, 1. Lead, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Lead, Van Horn, 1. Lead, Watson (T. L.), 17. Lead, Wheeler (H. A.), 1. Lead, Yung and McCaffery, 1. Lignite, Bell (J. M.), 2. Lignite, Burchard, 1, 2. Lignite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Lignite, Phillips (W. B.), 12. Lignite, Russell, 2. Lignite, Storrs (L. S.), 1. Lignite, Tippenhauer, 2. Lignite, Wilder, 1, 2, 8, 10. Lignite, Wood (L. H.), 1. Lignite, Woodworth, 8. Lime, Blatchley, 7. Lime, Keith, 9. Lime, Norton, 1. Lime, Ries, 4. Limestone, Ashley, 2. Limestone, Bassler, 2. Limestone, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Limestone, Clapp, 4. Limestone, Darton, 18. Limestone, Diller, 15. Limestone, Donald, 1, 2. Limestone, Eckel, 6, 34. Limestone, Fisher (C. A.), 2. Limestone, Fuller and Alden, 2. Limestone, Gregory (W. M.), 1, 2. Limestone, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Limestone, Knight (N.), 7. Limestone, Landes, 2. Limestone, Lane, 8, 9, 41. Limestone, Lindgren, 4. Limestone, Martin (G. C.), 2. Limestone, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Limestone, Miller (W. G.), 13. Limestone, Newland, 2. Limestone, Orton and I’eppel, 1. Limestone, Pratt, 8. Limestone, Ries, 4. Limestone, Schneider, 2. Limestone, Shedd, 2. Limestone, Siebenthal, 3. Economic products described —Continued. Limestone, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Limestone, Stose, 2. Limestone, Taff, 14. Limestone, Ulrich, 7. Limestone, Wells (J. W.), 5. Limestone, bituminous, Taff, C. Limestone, lithographic, Iloen, 1. Limestones, mortars, and cements, Mer¬ rill (G. I'.), 3. Limonite, Weed, 38. Linnaute, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Lithographic limestones, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Lithium, Day, 7-11. Lithographic stone, Day, 7. Lithographic stone, Ulrich, 3. Lollingite, leucopyrite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Magnesite, Day, 8-11. Magnesite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Magnesite, Spinks, 1. Magnetite, Keith, 4. Magnetite, Kemp, 31. Manganese, Aguilera, 3. Manganese, Blake (W. P.), 12. Manganese, Catlett, 2. Manganese, Chibas, 1. Manganese, Church, 1. Manganese, Darton, 18. Manganese, Day, 5, 7—11. Manganese, Eckel, 35. Manganese, Hayes (C. W.), 11. Manganese, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spen¬ cer, 1. Manganese, Jennison. 1. Manganese, Lindgren, 4. Manganese, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Manganese, O’Harra, 2. Manganese, Pratt, 8. Manganese, Souder, 1. Manganese, Spencer (A. C.), 3, 8. Manganese, Watson (T. L.), 9. Manganese, Wiel, 1. Manganese, Williams (E. G.). 1. Manganese, Wolff, 2. Manganite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Manjak, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Marble, Byrne, 1, 2. Marble, Eckel. 6, 34. Marble, Keith, 1, 6, 9. Marble, Lyon, 1. Marble, Newland, 2. . Marble, Perkins, 1, 6. Marble, Pratt. 7, 8. Marble, Richardson (C. II.), 2. Marble, Shedd, 2. Marble, Smith and McCalley, 1. Marl, Blatchley and Ashley, 1. Marl, Davis (C. A.), 1, 2. Marl, Eckel, 34. Marl, Ells (R. W.), 6. Marl, Fall, 1, 2. Marl, Lane, 21. Marl, Leverett, 3. Marl (bog lime), Hale, 1. Mercury, Aguilera, 3. 491 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Economic products described— Continued. Mercury, Villarello, 1, G. Mica, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Mica, Cirkel, 2, 4. Mica, Colles, 1. Mica, Corkill, 1. Mica, Day, 6-9, 11. Mica, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8, 20, 21. Mica, Keith, 4, 12. Mica, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Mica, Miller (W. G.), 6. Mica, O’Harra, 2. Mica, Perkins, 6. Mica, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Mica, Smith and McCalley, 1. Millstones, Newland, 2. Mineral paint, Day, 6-11. Mineral paint, Newland, 2. Mineral water, Babcock and Minor, 1. Mineral water, Blatchley, 3. Mineral water, Day, 6—11. Mineral water, Eisele, 1. Mineral water, Hessler, 1. Mineral water, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Mineral water, Newland, 2. Mineral water, Peter, 1. Mineral water, Todd (.T. E.), 5. Mirabilite, or Glauber salt, Merrill (G. P-), 3. Molybdenite, Crook, 3. Molybdenite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Molybdenite, Wells, 2. Molybdenum, Aguilera, 3. Molybdenum, Day, 7-9. Molybdenum, Johnston. 1. Molybdenum, Smith (G. O.), 16. Molybdenum, Willimott, 2. Monazite, Day, 8-11. Monazite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Monazite, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Natron, the nitrum of the ancients, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Natural gas, Adams (G. I.), 10. Natural gas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Natural gas, Bell (Robert), 6. Natural gas, Bishop (I. P.), 1, 2. Natural gas, Blatchley, 6 Natural gas, Bownocker, 2, 3, 5. Natural gas, Butts, 4, 6. Natural gas, Campbell (M. R.), 8, 9. Natural gas, Chalmers, 4. Natural gas, Corkill, 2. Natural gas, Coste, 1-3. Natural gas, Darton, 18. Natural gas, Day, 6-11. Natural gas, Fuller (M. L.), 5, 9. Natural gas, Grimsley, 1, 2. Natural gas, Haworth, 2. Natural gas, Haworth and McFarland, 1 . Natural gas, Hoeing, 1. Natural gas, Ingall, 1. Natural gas, Kindle, 7. Natural gas, Kinney, 1, 2. Natural gas, Lane, 10, 31, 46. Natural gas, Leach (J. C.), 1, 2. I Economic products described —Continued. Natural gas, McFarland, 1. Natural gas, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Natural gas, Mickle, 2. Natural gas, Newland, 2. Natural gas, Nickles, 2. Natural gas, Olipliant, 1. Natural gas, Richardson (G. B.), 3, 6. Natural gas, Schrader and Haworth, 1. Natural gas, Stone (R. W.), 2, 6-8. Natural gas, Todd (J. E.), 5. Natural gas, Udden, 2. Natural gas, White (I. C.), 9, 10. Natural gas, Woolsey, 3. Natural gas, Yates (J. A.), 1. Nickel, Aguilera, 3. Nickel, Barlow, 6, 8. Nickel, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Nickel, Coleman, 14, 18, 19. Nickel, Day, 5, 7-9. Nickel, Dickson, 4. Nickel, Ells (R. W.), 17. Nickel, Keith, 9. Nickel, Ledoux, 1. Nickel, Miller (W. G.), 6, 8, 11, 13. Nickel, Silver, 1. Nickel, Spurr, 12. Niter, potassium nitrate, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Nitre, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Nitrate, Wagenen. 1. Nitro-calcite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Ocher, Chester, 1. Ocher, Ells (R. W.), 8. Ocher, Hayes (C. W.), 1. Ocher, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Ocher, Pratt, 8. Ocher, Watson (T. L.), 10. Oil, Adams (G. I.), 2. Oil, Bishop (I. P.), 1. Oil, Blatchley, 2. Oil, Bownocker, 3. Oil, Cooper (A. S.), 1. Oil, Gordon (C. H.), 2. Oil, Harris, 4. Oil, Ilayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Oil, Hill (R. T.), 5. Oil, Hager, 1. Oil, Haworth, 2. Oil, Ingall. 1. Oil, Knight and Slosson, 2. Oil, Knight (W. C.), 2, 5. Oil, Lakes, 10, 11, 14, 16, 17, 21, 24. Oil, Lane, 10. Oil, Mabery, 1. Oil, Ohly, 1. Oil, Phillips (W. B.), 2. Oil, Richardson and Wallace, 1. Oil, Thiele, 1. Oil, Willis, 4. Onyx-marble, Ordonez, 4. Opal, Aguilera, 3. Ornamental stone, Sliedd, 2. Orpiment, auripigment, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Ozokerite, Merrill (G. 1\), 12. 492 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic products described—Continued. Ozokerite, mineral wax; native par¬ affin, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Peat, Chalmers, 5, 7. Peat, Day, 11. Peat, Ells (R. W.), 8. Peat, Lakes, 96. Peat, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Peat, Parsons, 3. Peat, Ries, 7. Peat, Sarle, 3. Petroleum, Adams (G. I.), 10. Petroleum, Adams, Haworth, and Crane. 1. Petroleum, Alcala, 1. Petroleum, Bartow and McCollum, 1. Petroleum, Baxter, 1. Petroleum, Bell (Robert), 6. Petroleum, Bishop (I. P.), 2. Petroleum, Blatchley, 4, 6. Petroleum, Blatchley and Sheak, 1. Peti’oleum, Boutwell, 11. Petroleum, Bownocker, 2, 5. Petroleum, Butts, 4. Petroleum, Campbell (M. R.), 11. Petroleum, Chalmers, 4. Petroleum, Claypole, 3. Petroleum, Corkill, 2. Petroleum, Coste, 1-4. Petroleum, Darton, 1, 14, 18. Petroleum, Day (D. T.), 2, 3. Petroleum, Day, 6-11. Petroleum, Dumble, 2, 8. Petroleum, Eldridge, 4. Petroleum, Ells (R. W.), 12. Petroleum, Fenneman, 4, 5, 7-9. Petroleum, Fishback, 1. Petroleum, Frazer, 9. Petroleum, Fuller (M. L.), 3, 5. Petroleum, Fuller and Alden, 1. Petroleum, Grimsley, 1. Petroleum, Griswold, 1, 2. Petroleum, Hayes (C. W.), 8, 13. Petroleum, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Petroleum, Heurteau, 1. Petroleum, Hill (R. T.), 9. Petroleum, I-Ioeing, 1. Petroleum, Ivilham, 1. Petroleum, Knight and Slosson, 4. Petroleum, Laguerenne, 1. Petroleum, Lakes, 15, 39, 48. Petroleum, Landes, 2. Petroleum, Lane, 31, 46. Petroleum, Lucas (A. F.), 1. Petroleum, McCallie, 7. Petroleum, Martin (G. C.), 3, 11, 14. Petroleum, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Petroleum, Mickle, 2. Petroleum, Newland, 2. Petroleum, Oliphant, 2. Petroleum, Otsuka, 1. Petroleum, Phillips (W. B.), 1. Petroleum, Plotts, 1. Petroleum, Prutzman, 1. Petroleum, Richardson (G. B.), 7. Petroleum, Russell, 8. Petroleum, Schrader and Haworth, 1. Economic products described—Continued. Petroleum, Stoess, 1. Petroleum, Stone (R. W.), 2, 6. Petroleum, Taff and Slialer, 1. Petroleum, Todd (J. E.), 5. Petroleum, Villarello, 3. Petroleum, White (I. C.), 9. Petroleum, Willey, 1, 2. Petroleum, Woolsey, 3. Phosphate, Branner and Newsom, 1. Phosphate, Brown (L. P.), 1. Phosphate, Chazal, 1. Phosphate, Day, 6-11. Phosphate, Eckel, 3, 19. Phosphate, Hayes (C. W.), 3, 15. Phosphate, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Phosphate, Memininger, 1. Phosphate, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Phosphate, Ochsenius, 2. Phosphate, Phillips (W. B.), 4. Phosphate, Ruhm, 1. Phosphate, Safford, 1. Phosphate, Smith and McCalley, 1. Platinum, Brock, 6. Platinum, Day, 1, 7-11. Platinum, Emmons (S. F.), 11. Platinum, Kemp, 11, 20. riatinum, Knight, 4. Platinum, Dickson, 5. Platinum, Spurr, 12. Platinum, Wells and Penfield, 1. Platinum minerals, Diller, 11. Polianite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Polyhalite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Portland cement, Bain, 15. Portland cement, Bassler, 2, 3. Portland cement, Catlett, 3. Portland cement, Day, 6, 7, 10. Portland cement, Eckel, 4, 25, 32, 34, 39. Portland cement, Eckel and Crider, 1. Portland cement, Fitzhugli, 1. Portland cement, Haworth and Schra¬ der, 1. Portland cement, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Portland cement, Russell. 6. Portland cement, Smith (E. A.), 3, 8. Portland cement. Taff, 5, 14. 15. Portland cement, Ulrich, 7. Portland cement. Wilder, 3. Precious stones, Day, 6-11. Precious stones, Keith, 12. Precious stones. Pratt. 10. 11. Psilomelane. Merrill (G. P.), 3. Pumice, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Pyrite, Day. 6-11. Pyrite, Eckel. 16, 40. Pyrite, Meissner. 1. Pyrite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Pyrite. Miller (W. G.), 6. Pyrite, Newland. 2. Pyrite, Pratt. 8. Pyrite, Smith and McCalley, 1. Pyrites, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Pyrolusite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Pyrophyllite, Pratt, 8, 10. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 493 Economic products described—Continued. Pyrophyllite, agalmatolite, and pago- dite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Quartz, Day, 6. Quartz, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Quartz, Newland, 2. Quartz, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Quicksilver, Day, 5, 7-11. Quicksilver, Demaret, 2. Quicksilver, Dennis, 2. Quicksilver, Forstner, 2. Quicksilver, Haverstock, 1. Quicksilver, Hill (B. F.), 1. Quicksilver, Hill (R. T.), 8. Quicksilver, Kirk, 1. Quicksilver, Kirk and Malcolmson, 1. Quicksilver, Monckton, 2. Quicksilver, Osmont, 1. Quicksilver, Phillips (W. B.), 6, 8, 10, 11, 14. Quicksilver, Spalding, 1. Quicksilver, Turner, 17. Quicksilver, Wendeborn, 2. Realgar, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Retinite, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 12. Rhodochrosite; dialogite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Rhodolite, Pratt, 8. Rhodonite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Road material, Darton and Keith, 1. Road materials, Buckley, 3. Road materials, Landes, 2. Road materials, McCallie, 3. Road materials, Martin (G. C.), 2. Road materials, Mathews, 1. Roman cement, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Roofing slate, Nevius, 1. Ruby, Kunz, 2. Ruby, Pratt, 8. Rutile, Merrill (G. P.), 3, 6, 12. Salt, Aguilera, 3. Salt, Bishop (I. P.), 2. Salt, Bownocker, 6. Salt, Clendenin, 1. Salt, Darton, 18, 21. Salt, Day, 6-11. Salt, Eckel, 11, 19. Salt, Gould, 7. Salt, Hager, 1. Salt, Herrick (C. L.), 6. Salt, Holder, 1. Salt, Kindle, 7. Salt, Lane, 8, 12. Salt, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Salt, Newland, 2. Salt, Richardson (G. B.), 4, 7. Salt, Veatch, 1. Samarskite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Sand, Ashley, 2. Sand, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Sand, Kiimmel, 9. Sand, Newland, 2. Sand, Sarle, 3. Sand, molding, Eckel, 14. Sandstone, Ashley, 2. Sandstone, Dickinson, 1. Sandstone, Eckel, 6. Economic products described —Continued. Sandstone, Lane, 8. Sandstone, Martin (G. C.), 2. Sandstone, Newland, 2. Sandstone, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Sandstone, Shedd, 2. Sandstone, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Sandstone, bituminous, Taff, 6. Sapphire, Kunz, 3. Sapphire, Pratt, 8. Scheelite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Selenium, Aguilera, 3. Sepiolite ; meerschaum, Merrill (G. 1'.) 3. Serpentine, Marsters, 2, 4. Serpentine, Pratt, 8. Serpentine, Shedd, 2. Shale, Eckel, 34. Silver, Aguilera, 3. Silver, Aiken, 1. Silver, Argali (P.), 2. Silver, Bagg, 8. Silver, Bell (R. N.), 3. Silver. Blake (W. P.), 8. Silver, Boutwell, 4, 8, 12, 13. Silver, Brewer, 16. Silver, Byrne, 3. Silver, Brock, 8. Silver, Cahill. 1. Silver, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Silver, Church, 1. Silver, Clere, 1. Silver, Comstock (T. B.), 1. Silver, Cummings, 1. Silver, Cook (E. H.), 1. Silver, Darton, 18. Silver, Day, 5, 7-11. Silver, Dern, 1. Silver, Diller, 16. Silver, Dominian, 1. Silver, Ells, 20. Silver, Emmons (S. F.), 3, 16. Silver, Emmons (W. H.), 1. Silver, Farrington, 13. Silver, Finlay (J. R.), 1, 3. Silver, Flores, 1. Silver, Halse, 4, 5. Silver, Hardman, 1. Silver, Henrich, 1. Silver, Hill (R. T.), 4, 10, 14. Silver, Irving, 3, 4, 6. 7. Silver, Irving and Emmons, 1. Silver, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Silver, Keyes, 32. Silver, Kirby, 2. Silver, Knapp (S. A.), 1. Silver, Lakes, 45, 47, 50, 51. 54, 68, 72 Silver, Lee (II. A.), 1. Silver, Lindgren, 4. 7, 8, 21, 26. Silver, Lindgren and Drake, 2. Silver, Lowry, 1. Silver, McCormick, 1. Silver, Malcolmson, 1. Silver, Mendenhall. 1. Silver, Miller (G. W.), 2. Silver, Miller (W. G.), 8, 11, 13. Silver, O'Harra, 2. 494 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Economic products described—Continued. Silver, Ordonez, 3, 11. Silver, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Silver, Purington, 1, 3, 5. Silver, Itansome, 1-3, 0, 13, 16-18. Silver, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Silver, Spurr, 9, 11, 18, 27, 29. Silver, Spurr and Garrey, 1. Silver, Stretch, 3. Silver, Udden (Johan A.), 1. Silver, Vicaire, 1. Silver, Villafana, 1. Silver, Villarello, 9. Silver, Weatherby, 1. Silver, Weed, 5. •Silver, Yung and McCaffery, 1. Skutterudite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Slate, Dale, 2, 4, 8. Slate, Eckel, 24, 27, 28. Slate, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Slate, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Slate, Newland, 2. Slate, Perkins, 1, 2, 6. Slate, Richardson (C. H.), 2. Smaltite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Soapstone, Day, 6-11. Soapstone, Keith, 4, 9, 12. Soapstone, Pratt, 11. Soda, Darton, 18. Soda niter, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Soils, Darton, 7, 8, 26. Soils, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Soils, Darton and Smith. 1. Soils, Fairbanks. 7. Soils, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Soils, Hall (C. W.), 2. Soils, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Soils, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Soils, Lakes, 40. Soils, Norton, 1. Soils, Russell, 23. Soils, Smith and McCalley, 1. Soils, Taff, 6. Soils, Todd (.T. E.), 10, 11. Soils, Weidman, 3. Spodumene, O’Harra, 2. Spodumene and petalite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Steatite, talc, and soapstone, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Steel-hardening metals, Day, 11. Stone, Day, 6-11. Stone, Newland. 2. Strontianite, Ells (R. W.), 7. Strontianite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Strontium, Aguilera, 3. Strontium, Day, 8. Succinite; amber, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Sulphur, Adams (G. I.), 16. Sulphur, Aguilera, 3. Sulphur, C'aracristi, 1. Sulphur, Day, 6-1 1 . Sulphur, Kerr, 1. Sulphur, Merrill (G. r.), 12. Sulphur, Phillips (W. B.), 5. Sulphur, Richardson (G. B.), 4, 8. Sychnodymite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Economic products described—Continued. Talc, Blasdale, 1. Talc, Day, 7-11. Talc, Keith, 7, 9, 12. Talc, Merrill-(G. I\), 12. Talc, Miller (W. G.), 6. Talc, Newland, 2. Talc, Peck, 6. Talc, Pratt, 7, 8, 10, 11. Tantalum, Pratt, 11. Tar, Day, 9-11. Tellurium, Aguilera, 3. Thenardite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Tin, Aguilera, 3. Tin, Bell (R. N.), 2. Tin, Bell (Robert), 4. Tin, Brooks, 1, 2, 8. Tin, Collier, 1, 5, 7, 11. Tin, Darton, 18, 26. Tin, Day, 7, 11. Tin, Fawns, 1. Tin, Garrison, 3. Tin, Graton, 3. Tin, Hess and Graton, 1. Tin, Irving, 3. Tin, Irving and Emmons, 1. Tin, Nevius, 3. Tin, O’Harra, 2. Tin, Pratt, 10, 11. Tin, Pratt and Sterrett, 1. Tin, Rickard (E.), 1. Tin, Struthers and Pratt, 1. Tin, Weed, 4, 15. Titanium, Day, 8. Topaz, Aguilera, 3. Tourmaline, Ivunz, 2. Trap, Newland. 2. Triphylite and lithiophilite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Tripoli, Merrill (S. P.), 3, 12. Tripolite, Crosby, 1. Trona ; urao, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Tschermigite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Tufa, Shedd. 2. Tuff, Shedd. 2. Tungsten, Day, 5, 7-9. Tungsten, Hobbs, 16. Tungsten, Irving and Emmons, 1. Tungsten, Johnston, 1. Tungsten, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Tungsten. O’Harra, 2. Tungsten, Rickard (F.), 3. Tungsten. Simmons, 1. Tungsten, Smith (F. D.), 1. Tungsten, Weeks, 1, 8. Turquoise. Johnson (D. W.), 4. Ulexite; boronatrocalcite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Uintaite, Eldridge. 1. Uintaite ; gilsonite. Merrill (G. P.). 3. Uraninite ; pitchblende, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Uranium, Boutwell, 9. Uranium, Day, 7-9. Uranium, Pratt, 11. Vanadinite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Vanadium, Aguilera, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 495 Economic products described—Continued. Vanadium, Boutwell, 9. Vanadium, Caballero, 2. Vanadium, Day, 7-9. Volcanic ash, Darton, 18. Volcanic ash, Rowe, 1. Water power, Ashley, 2. Water power, Flynn and Flynn, 1. Waterpower, Hall (B. M.), 1. Water power, Leverett, 3. Water power, Pressey, 3. Water supply, Babcock, 1, 2. Water supply, Calvin, 3. Water supply, Chalmers, 4. Water supply, Darton, 1, 6, 8. Water supply, Darton and Keith, 1. Water supply, Gould, 3, 5. Water supply, Gregory (W. M.), 1, 2. Water supply, Harris, 3. Water supply, Hills 4 1. Water supply, Johnson (W. D.), 1. Water supply, McCaslin, 1. W T ater supply, Nutter, 1. Water supply, Russell, 2. Water supply, Udden, 3. Water supply, Upham, 1. Water supply, Woolman, 1. Whetstone, Schneider, 5. Whetstones, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Witherite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Wolframite, Irving, 1, 3, 4. Wolframite, Irving and Emmons, 1. Wolframite, Raymond (R. W.), 2. Wolframite and hiibnerite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Wurtzillite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Yttrotantalite, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Zinc, Adams (G. I.), 12, 15. Zinc, Bain, 2, 11, 13, 14, 16. Zinc, Ball and Smith, 1. Zinc, Boutwell, 2. Zinc, Branner, 3. Zinc, Carter (W. E. H.), 1. Zinc, Crook, 2. Zinc, Crosby, 16. Zinc, Day, 5, 7-11. Zinc, Demaret, 1. Zinc, Ellis (E. E.), 1. Zinc, Emmons (S. F.), 3. Zinc, Grant (U. S.), 5, 9, 10. Zinc, Harwood, 1. Zinc, Haworth, 1. Zinc, Hedburg, 1. Zinc, Higgins, 1. Zinc, Keith, 1, 8. Zinc, Keyes, 20, 48. Zinc, Kiimmel, 3, 5. Zinc, Lakes, 52. Zinc, Lindgren, 28. Zinc, Miller (A. M.), 4. Zinc, Newland, 2. Zinc, Nicholson, 1. Zinc, Phillips (W. B.), 3. Zinc, Smith (W. S. T.), 2, 3. Zinc, Smith and Standley, 1. Zinc, Steele, 1. Zinc, Ulrich and Smith, 1, Economic products described—Continued. Zinc, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Zinc, Van Horn, 1. Zinc, Watson (T. L.), 17. Zinc, Wheeler (G. D.), 1. Zinc, Wolff, 2. Zircon, Day, 11. Zircon, Merrill (G. P.), 3. Zircon, Pratt, 8, 10, 11. Florida. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Fresh-water springs in the ocean, Hitch¬ cock (C. H.), 11. Fuller’s earth of Georgia and Florida, Vaughan, 12, 18. Genera, subgenera, and sections of Py- ramidellidse, Dali and Bartsch, 2. Gypsum deposits in Florida, Day (D. T.), 4. New Conus from Tertiary, Aldrich, 3. New species of Tertiary fossils, Aid- rich, 2. Oligocene of western Europe and south¬ ern United States, Maury, 1. Recent elevation of Gulf coast, Vaughan, 11. Tertiary fauna of Florida, Dali, 8. Underground waters of Florida, Fuller, 25. Union of Cuba with Florida, Spencer (J. W.), 11. Water resources of Florida, Fuller (M. L.). 13. Geologic formations described. Abram’s formation, pre-Cretaceous, California, Hershey, 2. Abrigo limestone, Cambrian, Arizona, Ransome, 9, 11, 14. Acadian, Cambric, New York, Clarke, 20 . Acadian division, Cambrian, Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Adams Lake series, Cambrian, Canada, Evans (H. F.), 2. Admire shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Aftonian, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden, 2. Aftonian, Quaternary, New Jersey, Salisbury and others, 1. Aftonian gravels. Pleistocene, Iowa, Calvin, 15. Aftonian stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 8. Agawa formation, Algonkian, Minne¬ sota, Clements, 3. Agoniatites limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke ( J. M.), 2. Agua Dulce formation. Pleistocene, Panama, Hershey, 5. Ahtell diorite, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Ajax quartzite, Arizona, Church. 1. Akins shale member. Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Tafif, 17. 496 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Alabama white limestone, Tertiary, Alabama, Casey, 2. Albany granite, New Hampshire, Hawes, 2. Albany division, Carboniferous, Texas, Taff, 4. Albert shales, Carboniferous, Canada. Bailey (L. W.), 8. Albertan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden, 2. Albertan, Quaternary, New Jersey, Salisbury and others, 1. Albertan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Albuquerque marls, Pliocene, Tertiary, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Prosser, 3, 4. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Maryland. Included in Coal Meas : ures. Includes Brookville coal, Cla¬ rion coal, Clarion sandstone, Ferrif¬ erous limestone, Kittanning lime¬ stone, Kittanning sandstone, “ Split- six ” coal, Lower Kittanning coal, Middle Kittanning coal, Upper Kit¬ tanning coal, Lower Freeport sand¬ stone, Lower Freeport limestone, Lower Freeport coal, Upper Free¬ port sandstone, Upper Freeport lime¬ stone and Bolivar clay, and Upper Freeport coal, Clark and Martin, 5. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell, 6. Allegheny formation (includes Blue- baugh coal, Parker coal, Davis coal, Thomas coal), Carboniferous, Mary¬ land, W T hite (D.), 7. Allegheny formation (includes Brook¬ ville coal, Clarion coal, Lower Kit¬ tanning coal, Middle Kittanning coal, Upper Kittanning coal, Lower Free¬ port coal, Upper Freeport coal), Car¬ boniferous, Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Allegheny formation (Lower Productive Coal Measures), Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Allegheny series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous. Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Allegheny formation. Carboniferous. Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Allegheny formation. Carboniferous, Maryland. Martin, 16. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6-8. Geologic formations described—Continued. Allegheny formation, Carboniferous (Pennsylvanian), Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Allen limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Alloway clay, Tertiary, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Alma limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Alpena limestone, Devonian, included in Traverse group, Michigan, Grabau, 5. Alpreston quartzites (Flathead quartz¬ ites), Cambrian, Montana, Weed, 5. Alta beds, Carboniferous, Texas, Udden- (Johan A.), 11. Altamaha grits, Tertiary, Georgia, Maury, 1. Altamont (Parsons) limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Kansas, Beede and Rogers, 1. Altona dolomite, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Altyn limestone, Algonkian, Montana, Willis, 6. Alum Bluff beds, Tertiary, Florida, Maury, 1. Amboy stoneware clay, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Americus limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Americus limestone. Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Americus limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Smith (A. J.), 1, 2. Americus beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Ames, or Crinoidal, limestone, Car¬ boniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Ames limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and I’eppel. 1. Ames limestone, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 4. Ames, or Crinoidal. limestone. Carbon¬ iferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6 . Ames limestone. Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Clapp, 4. Amsden formation, Carboniferous, Wy¬ oming, Darton, 16. 18. Anacacho formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Anaktoovuk series, Cretaceous, Alaska, Schrader. 1. 3. Angelina series, Tertiary, Texas, Hill (R. T.) , 9. Angola shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Animikie formations, Canada, Smith (W. N.), 1. Anona chalk, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Antigua formation=White limestone, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.). 1, 3. Antigua formation, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 6. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 497 Geologic formations described —Continued. Antlers sands, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Antrim, Devonian, Michigan, Lane, 4. Antrim shales, Devonian, Michigan, Russell, 6. Apache group, Cambrian (?), Arizona, Ransome, 6, 13. Apache group, pre-Cambrian, Arizona, Lee (W. T.), 9. Apishapa formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Hills, 1. Appanoose beds, Pennsylvania series, Iowa, Beyer and Young, 1. Appekunny argillite, Algonkian, Mon¬ tana, Willis, 6. Aquia formation, Eocene, Tertiary, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Aquia formation or stage. Eocene, Maryland, includes Piscataway and Paspotansa members or substages. Clark and Martin, 1. Arago formation, Tertiary, Oregon, Diller, 11. Arapahoe formation, Colorado, Lee, (W. T.), 2. Arapahoe formation, Tertiary, Colo¬ rado, Darton, 16, 18. Arbuckle limestone, Cambro-Silurian, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6, 13. Arbuckle limestone, Cambro-Ordovician r Oklahoma, Gould, 13, 14. Arcadia clays, Tertiary, Louisiana, Lerch, 2. Arietina formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Dumble, 12. Arikaree formation. Tertiary, Wyoming, Nebraska, Adams (G. I.), 4. Arikaree formation, Miocene, Tertiary, Nebraska, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Arikaree formation, Neocene, Tertiary, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Arikaree formation, Tertiary, Nebraska, Darton, 10, 18. Arikaree formation, Tertiary, South Dakota, Reagan, 5. Arisaig formation, Silurian, Canada, Ami, 10. Arizona formation, included in Hu- ronian, Blake (W. P.), 1. Arkadelphia beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Arkansan series. Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Keyes, 18. Arlington diabase, Juratrias, New Jer¬ sey, Merrill and others, 1. Armuchee chert, Devonian, Georgia, Hayes, 5. Arnheim beds, Ordovician, Ohio, In¬ diana, and Kentucky, Foerste, 12. Arnheim beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Arundel formation, Cretaceous, Mary¬ land, Clark and Bibbins, 1. Asbury clay, Tertiary, New Jersey, Kiimmel, and Knapp, 1. Bull. 301—06-32 Geologic formations described —Continued. Atascedero formation, Cretaceous, Cal¬ ifornia, Fairbanks, 7. Atchison shales (Wabaunsee), Carbon¬ iferous, Nebraska, Barbour (E. II.), 8 . Athens shale, Ordovician, Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Atoka formation. Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2, 3. Atlantosaurus oeds, Cretaceous, Rocky Mountain region, Lee (W. T.), 7. Atlantosaurus beds, Jurassic, Colo¬ rado and Wyoming, Hatcher, 14. Atlantosaurus beds, Jurassic-Creta¬ ceous,' Colorado and Wyoming, Wil- liston, 25. Atwell sand, Devonian, Pennsylvania, Fuller, 3. Aubery group, Arizona, Reagan, 3. Aubrey and Super-Aubrey, Carbonif¬ erous, Utah, Huntington and Gold- thwait, 1. Aubrey limestone and sandstone, Ne¬ vada, Spurr, 6. Aubrey formation, Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 2. Augusta formation, Carboniferous, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. Austin chalk, Cretaceous, Texas, Dum¬ ble, 12. Austin chalk, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Austin chalk, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Austin chalk, Cretaceous, Texas, Pra¬ ther, 2. Avenal sandstones, Tertiary, Califor¬ nia, Anderson, 7. Baird shales, Carboniferous, Califor¬ nia, Diller, 12. Bakersville gabbro, Juratrias, North Carolina, Keith, 4. Bakersville gabbro, Triassic(?), North Carolina, Keith, 12. Baltimore gneiss, Algonkian, Pennsyl¬ vania, Bascom, 2. Baltimore gneiss, Maryland, Mathews and Miller, 1. Baltimore gneiss, Ordovician, Pennsyl¬ vania, Bascom, 3. Baltimore gneiss, pre-Cambrian, Mary¬ land, Mathews, 6. Bandera shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Bandera shale, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Bandera shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede and Rogers, 1. Bangor limestone, Carboniferous, Geor¬ gia, Hayes, 5. Bangor limestone. Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Bangor limestone, Carboniferous, Geor¬ gia, McCallie, 9. Baptanodon beds, Jurassic, Wyoming, Williston, 25. 498 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Baraboo quartzite, pre-Cambrian, Wis¬ consin, Weidman, 5. Barclay limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede, 6. Barclay limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Barnegat limestone, Cambro-Silurian, New York, Eckel, 6. • Barnes conglomerate, Cambrian (?), Arizona, Ransome, 13. Barstow series, Tertiary, California, Hershey, 10. Basal limestone, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Basal beds, Eocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Basal conglomerate, Pennsylvania, Peck, 3. Bates ville, sandstone, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Adams (C. I.), 3, 15. Batesville sandstone, Carboniferous, Arkansas, TJlrich, 5. Batesville sandstone, Mississippian, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Bath-reef series, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 6. Baucari division, Tertiary, Arizona, Dumble, 7. Bay View Avenue sand, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. Bays formation, Silurian, Tennessee, Keith, 1. Bays sandstone, Silurian, Tennessee, Keith, 11. Beacon Hill formation, pre-Pleisto- cene, New Jersey, Salisbury, 1. Beacon Hill formation, Miocene, New Jersey, Smock, 1. Beacon Hill formation, Tertiary, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Bearpaw shales, Cretaceous, Montana, Hatcher and Stanton, 1. Bear River formation, Cretaceous, Wy- I oming, Stanton, 4. Beaumont clays, Pleistocene, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Beaver limestone, Cambrian, Alabama, ! Hayes, 5. Beaver limestone, Cambrian, Georgia, Watson (T. L.), 9. Becraft limestone, Devonian, New Jer- j sey, Weller, 6. Becraft limestone, Devonian, New York, Grabau, 9. Becraft limestone, Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Becraft limestone. Devonic, Maryland, Schuchert, 7. Becraft limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Becraft limestone, New York, Shimer, 5. Bedford, Carboniferous, Indiana and Ohio, Siebentbal, 1. Bedford limestone* Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Cumings, 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Bedford shale. Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 1, 2. Bedford, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stevenson (J. J), 4. Bedford limestone, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Bedford oolitic limestone. Carbonifer¬ ous, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 8. Bedford oolitic limestone, Lower Car¬ boniferous, Indiana, Ashley, 2. Bedford shale, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Bedford oolitic limestone, Mississip¬ pian, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Beech granite, Archean, North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 4. Beekmantown, Ordovician, Vermont, Perkins, 7, 11. Beekmantown limestone, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Beekmantown stage, Ordovician, Penn¬ sylvania, Collie, 3. Beekmantown, Ordovician, New York, Dale, 5. Beekmantown (Calciferous) formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 10. Beekmantown formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 9. Belfast bed, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Bell shale, included in Traverse group, Devonian, Michigan, Grabau, 5. Bellton stage, Carboniferous, West Vir¬ ginia, White (I. C.), 7. Bellevue beds, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Bellevue beds, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Bellevue beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Bellvale flags, Devonian, New York, Eckel, 6. Bellvale flags, Devonian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Bellvale flags, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Bellvale flags, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Belly River beds, Cretaceous, Canada, Hatcher, 17. Belly River beds, Cretaceous, Canada, Hatcher and Stanton, 1. Benezette limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Bennington limestone, Cretaceous, In¬ dian Territory. Taff, 3, 6. Benton. Cretaceous, Montana. Willis. 6. Benton formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Babcock, 2. Benton group, Cretaceous, Kansas, Lindgren, S. Benton sand, Tertiary, Missouri, Mar- but, 1. Benton shales, Cretaceous, Colorado, Hatcher, 6. Benton formation, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 499 Geologic formations described—Continued. Benton formation, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Carmony, 1. Benton formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 9-11, 13, 15. Benton formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd and Hall, 1, 2, 3. Benton group, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colorado, Dar- ton, 16, 18. Benton shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Benton group, Cretaceous, Nebraska, Burchard, 2. Benton, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Benton formation, Cretaceous, Colorado, Fenneman, 10. Benton group, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Darton, 26. Benwood limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Benwood limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 2, 6-8. Berea grit, Carboniferous, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 1, 10. Berea grit, Carboniferous, Ohio, Bow- nocker, 3, 5. Berea grit, Carboniferous, Ohio, Steven¬ son (J. J.), 4. Berea shale, Carboniferous, Ohio, Ste¬ venson (J. J.), 4. Berea sandstone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser and Cumings, 1. Berea sandstone, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Woolsey, 3. Bergman series, Cretaceous (?), Alas¬ ka, Schrader, 1, 3. Bergman series, probably Mesozoic, Alaska, Mendenhall, 2. Berkeleyan series, California, included in Pliocene, Lawson and Palache, 1. Berkeleyan series, California, Lawson and Palache, 1. Berkeleyan, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9 . Bertie formation (lower Waterlime), Silurian, New York, proposed for Rondout, Schuchert. 4 Bertie waterlime, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Bertie water lime, Silurian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Bertie dolomite, Silurian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Bethany Falls limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Bethlehem granite, New Hampshire, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Beulah shales, Jurassic, Black Hills, Darton, 1. Bigby limestone, Ordovician, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Bigby beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Mil¬ ler (A. M.), 4. Bighorn limestone, Ordovician, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 18. Geologic formations described—Continued. Bighorn limestone, Ordovician, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 16. Big Injun series, Carboniferous, Ohio, Bownocker, 3. Big Injun, Carboniferous, West Vir¬ ginia, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Big Injun series, Carboniferous, Ohio, Bownocker, 5. Bingen sands, Cretaceous, Arkansas, Veatch, 7. Bingham quartzite, Carboniferous, Utah, Keith, 13. Birch Creek series, Alaska, Collier, 2. Birch Creek schists, pre-Devonian, Alaska, Prindle, 2. Birdsville formation, Carboniferous (Mississippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Birdsville limestone, Mississippian, Mis¬ sissippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Birmingham shale, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Bisbee group, Cretaceous, Arizona, Ran- some, 10, 11, 14. Biwabik formation, included in Upper Huronian, Minnesota, Clements, 3. Biwabik formation, included in Upper Huronian series, Algonkian, Minne¬ sota, Leith, 4. Black Hand formation, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Black River limestone, Ordovician, Can¬ ada, Ells, 7, 8. Black River limestone, Ordovician, Ver¬ mont, Perkins, 7, 11. Black River limestone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Black River stage, Ordovician, Penn¬ sylvania, Collie, 3. Black River limestone, Ordovician, Can¬ ada, Ells, 20. Black River limestone, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 9, 10. Blacktail Deer Creek beds, Tertiary, Douglass, 4. Blaine division, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Blaine formation, Carboniferous (Per¬ mian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Planco beds, Pliocene, Tertiary, Texas, Gidley, 4. Bliss sandstone, Cambrian, Texas, Rich¬ ardson (G. B.), 4. Blossburg forrtiation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Fuller, 3. Blowing Rock gneiss, Arcliean, North Carolina, Keith, 4. Blueberry Mountain argillites, Devon¬ ian, New Hampshire, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Boggy shale, Carboniferous, Indian Ter¬ ritory, Taff, 2-4. Boise granite, Arcliean, Idaho, Russell, 5. Bokchito formation, Cretaceous, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6, 500 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Bolinas sandstone, California, Lawson (A. €.), 9. Bolin Creek sandstone member of Eliza¬ beth formation, Ordovician, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Bolsa quartzite, Cambrian, Arizona, Ranscme, 9, 11, 14. Bolton gneiss, Massachusetts, Berry and Emerson, 1. Bonita sandsone, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Bonneterre limestone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Boone formation, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Adams (G. I.), 3. Boone formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Boone formation, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Bain, 13. Boone limestone, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Ulrich, 5. Boone limestone and chert, Carbonif¬ erous, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Boone beds. Carboniferous (Mississip- pian), Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Boone formation, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Boone formation, Mississippian, Ar¬ kansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Boscabel bowlder beds, Triassic, Vir¬ ginia, Woodworth, 4. Bossardville limestone, Silurian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Bossardville shale, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 2. Boston group, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 3. Bradford schist, Ordovician, Vermont, Richardson (C. H.), 2. Bradfordian, Carboniferous, Pennsyl¬ vania, Girty, 10. Bradshaw granite, Arizona, Jag-gar and Palache, 1. Bragdon formation, pre-Cretaceous, California, Ilershey, 2. Bragdon formation, Carboniferous, Cal¬ ifornia, Diller, 12, 18. Bragdon formation, Jurassic, Califor¬ nia, Hershey, 21. Brandon clays, Tertiary, Vermont, Woodworth, 8. Braxton formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Brazil formation, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Brentwood (Pentremital) limestone, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Brentwood limestone lentil, Carbonif¬ erous, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1 . Bretonian division, Cambrian. Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Brevard schist, Cambrian, North Caro- iina, Keith, 12. Briceville shale. Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Bridgeton formation, Pleistocene, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Bridgeton formation, Pleistocene, New Jersey, Salisbury, 1. Bridgeton formation, New Jersey, Smock, 1. Brier slate, Algonkian, Michigan, Bay- ley, 1. Brimfield schist, Massachusetts, Perry and Emerson, 1. Bronson beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Bronson formation, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1 . Brownsport bed, Silurian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Brownstown beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Brownwood division (Canyon division), Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.) t 3. Brule clay, Tertiary, South Dakota, Darton, 8. Brule formation, Tertiary, Wyoming, Nebraska, Adams (G. I.), 4. Brule clay, Oligocene, Tertiary, Neb¬ raska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Brule clay, Tertiary, Nebraska, Darton. 10 . Brule formation (Oligocene) Tertiary, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Brunswick series, included in Newark, New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Buchanan gravels, Pleistocene, Iowa, Norton, 1. Buchanan gravel, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden, 2. Buchanan gravels, Quaternary, Iowa, Calvin, 10. Buchanan gravels, Pleistocene, Iowa, Savage, 7, 8. Buchanan gravels, Pleistocene, Iowa, Ma'cbride, 4. Buda formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Buda limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Buda limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Shattuck, 8. Buda limestone (?), Cretaceous. Texas. Udden (Johan A.), 11. Buffalo sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Buena Vista member. Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser and Cumings, 1. Buena Vista shale, Cambrian, Virginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1. Buffalo sandstone, Carboniferous, Mary¬ land. Clark and Martin, 6. Burden conglomerate, Ordovician. New York, Grabau. 9. Burgen sandstone. Ordovician. Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Burgoon (Mountain) limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 501 Geologic formations described —Continued. Burgoon sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Burgoon sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Burlingame limestone and shale, Car¬ boniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Burlingame shales, Carboniferous, Kan : sas, Beede, 6. Burlingame shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Burlingame limestone, Carboniferous, Smith (A. J.), 2. Burlington limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Burlington-Keokuk or Carthage lime¬ stone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gal- laher, 1. Burlington limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Ball, 1. Burlington (upper) limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Burlington limestone, Mississippian, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Burns latite complex, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1. Butler sandstone, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 6. Butler sandstone, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Woolsey, 3. Butler sandstone, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 4. Butterfield limestone member, Carbon¬ iferous, Utah, Keith, 13. Byram beds, Tertiary, Mississippi, Casey, 2. Cacaquabic granite, Algonkian, Minne¬ sota, Clements, 3. Cache Creek series, pre-Cretaceous, Washington, Smith and Calkins, 1. Caddo limestone, Cretaceous, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6. Calciferous (Beekmantown) limestone, Ordovician, New York, Cushing. 2. Calciferous formation, Ordovician, Can¬ ada, Ells (R. W.)„ 8, 20. Calciferous, Ordovician, Missouri, Gal- laher, 1. Calciferous sand rock, Ordovician, Can¬ ada, Adams and Le Roy, 1. Calderwood's Neck schists, Maine, Smith (G. O.), 2. Calera limestone, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Calhoun shales, Carboniferous, Kansas. Beede, 6. Calhoun shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Caliche Mountain rhyolite, Mexico, Hill (R. T.), 15. Callaway limestone, Devonian, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Calvan sandstone, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2. Calvert formation, Miocene, Maryland, Clark (W. B.), 6. Geologic formations described —Continued. Calvert formation, Miocene, Maryland, Shattuck, 10. Cambridge, Upper and Lower, lime¬ stone, Carboniferous, West Virginia. White (I. C.), 7. Cambridge limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and Peppel, 1. Cambridge limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Camden series, Tertiary, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 9. Camden chert, Devonian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Camillus shale, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Camillus shale, Silurian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 3. Campagrande formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Campan series, Pliocene, California, Lawson and Palache, 1. Campan, California, Lawson (A. C.),9. Campbells Creek limestone, Carbonifer¬ ous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Camp Nelson beds, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Canaan shales, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Canadian, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Canandaig-.a shale, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Canandaigua shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Caney shale, Carboniferous, Indian Ter¬ ritory, Taff, 2, 3, 6, 13. Cannelton (Stockton) limestone. Car¬ boniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Canyon division, Carboniferous, Texas, Taff, 4. Cap Barre beds, Devonian, Canada, Clarke (J. M.), 26. Cape May formation, New Jersey, Smock, 1. Cape May formation, Pleistocene, New Jersey, Salisbury, 1. Cape May formation, Pleistocene, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Capitan limestone, Permian, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Capote limestone, Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 17. Cardiff quartzite, Ordovician (?;, Maryland, Mathews, 6. Cardiff shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 3. Cariboo schists, lower Paleozoic, Can¬ ada, Atkin, 1. Carlile formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1. Carlile formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton, 8. Carlile formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region and Colorado, Darton, 16 . INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 502 Geologic formations described—Continued. Carliie formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Carliie formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 14, 26. Carliie shales, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 13. Carliie formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming, and Colorado, Darton, 18. Carliie formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Carmichael clay, Quaternary, Pennsyl¬ vania, Campbell (M. II.), 6, 8. 18. Carmichaels formation, Quaternary, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4. G. Carmichaels formation, Quaternary, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6-8. Carmichaels formation, Quaternary, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Carolina gneiss, Archean, Piedmont re¬ gion, Darton and Keith, 1. Carolina gneiss, Archean, North Caro¬ lina, Keith, 4, 9, 12. Carters limestone, Ordovician, Tennes¬ see, llayes and Ulrich, 1. Carthage limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Cascade formation, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Stanton, 4. Cascade formation, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Pirsson, 4. Cashaqua shales, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Cashaqua shales, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Cashaqua shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther. 1, 2. Cason shale, Upper Silurian, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 3. Cason shale, Silurian, Arkansas, Ul¬ rich, 5. Cassada Garden gravels, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 1. Cassin formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 10. Cassville plant shale, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Castile gypsum, Permian, Texas, Rich¬ ardson (G. B.), 4. Castle conglomerate, Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 2. Catahoula (Grand Gulf), Tertiary, Louisiana, Yeatch, 7. Cathead limestone, Ordovician, Canada, Dowling, 1. Catheys formation, Ordovician, Tennes¬ see, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Catskill beds, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Catskill formation, Devonian. Pennsyl¬ vania, Campbell, 6. Catskill formation. Devonian. Pennsyl- I vania, Fuller, 3, 4. Catskill formation, Devonian, Pennsyl- I vania, Butts, 7. ] Geologic formations described—Continued. Catskill sandstone, Devonian, Clay- pole, 5. Cattaraugus beds, Carboniferous, New York, Clarke, 16, 20. Cattaraugus beds, Devonian, New York, Glenn, 1. Cattaraugus formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Fuller and Alden, 1, 2. Cavanal (Cavaniol) group, Carbonifer¬ ous, Indian Territory and Arkansas, Taff, 4. Cayugan, Ontaric, New York, Clarke, 20 . Cedar Creek beds, Tertiary, Colorado, Matthew (W. D.), 2. Cedartop gypsum, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Cedartop gypsum member, Carbonifer¬ ous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Cedar Valley stage, Devonian, Iowa, Calvin, 10. Cedar Valley stage, Devonian, Iowa, Savage, 3. Cedar Valley limestone, Devonian, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. Cedar Valley stage, Devonian, Iowa, Savage, 7, 8. Cedarville limestone, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Cemetery limestone, Cambrian, Mon¬ tana, Weed, 5. Centerfield limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Centerfield limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Chadron formation, Tertiary, Wyo¬ ming, Adams (G. I.), 4. Chadron sand, Tertiary, South Dakota, Darton, 8. Chadron formation, Oligocene, Ter¬ tiary, Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Chadron formation, Tertiary, Ne¬ braska, Darton, 10. Chadron formation (Oligocene), Ter¬ tiary, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Chadron formation, Tertiary, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Chagrin formation, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Champlainic. New York, Clarke, 20. Chandler formation, Carboniferous, Oklahoma, Kirk, 1. Chaney gypsum member, Carboniferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Chanute shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Chanute shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane. 1. Chariton conglomerate, Pennsylvanian series, Beyer and Y'oung. 1. Charleston sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 2, 5, 10. Chase stage, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 503 Geologic formations described—Continued. Chattahoochee group, Tertiary, Flor¬ ida, Dali, 8. Chattahoochee limestones and clays, Tertiary, Florida, Georgia, and 'Ala¬ bama, Maury, 1. Chattanooga black shale, Devonian, Kentucky and Tennessee, Foerste, 1. Chattanooga shale, Devonian, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 1. Chattanooga shale, Devonian, Tennes¬ see, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Chattanooga black shale, Devonian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. » Chattanooga shale, Devonian, Georgia, Hayes, 5. Chattanooga formation, Devonian, Ar kansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Chattanooga formation, Devonian, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 17. Chattanooga shale, Devonian, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 11. Chautauquan, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Chazy, Ordovician, Vermont, Perkins, 7. Chazy formation, Ordovician, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 8, 20. Chazy limestone, Ordovician, Canada, Ells, 7. Chazy shales, Ordovician, Canada, Ells, 7. Chazy, Ordovician, Vermont, Perkins, 11 . Chazy formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 10. Chazy limestone, Ordovician, Canada, Adams and Le Roy, 1. Chazy limestone, Ordovician, New York, Vermont, and Canada, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. Chemung formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Fuller, 3. Chemung beds, Devonic, New York Clarke, 20. Chemung formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Fuller and Alden, 1, 2. Chemung shales, Devonian, New York, Glenn, 1. Chemung period, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Chemung formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Chemung formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 7. Chemung group, Devonian, New York. Clarke and Luther, 2. Chengwatana series, Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 3. Cherokee shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Iowa, Bain, 3. Cherokee shales, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Cherokee Shal< s, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Cherokee shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Geologic formations described —Continued. Cherokee shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede and Rogers, 1. Cherokee beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Cherry Creek formation, Algonkian?, Montana, Douglass, 10. Cherry vale shale, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Cherryville shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Chesapeake formation, Tertiary, At¬ lantic coast region, Darton and Keith, 1. Chesapeake formation, Tertiary, Vir¬ ginia, North Carolina, Darton, 7. Chesapeake group, Miocene, Maryland, Clark (W. B.), 0. Chesapeake group, Miocene, Maryland, Shattuck, 10. Chester group, Carboniferous, Ken¬ tucky, Ulrich and Smith, 1. Chester group, Mississippian, Missis¬ sippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Chester Valley limestone, Cambro- Ordovician, Pennsylvania, Bascom. 2, 3. Chickachoc chert lentil, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2, 3. Chickamauga limestone, Silurian, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1. Chickamauga limestone, Silurian, Ala¬ bama and Georgia, Hayes, 5. Chickamauga limestone, Ordovician, Tennessee, Keith, 11. Chickamauga limestone, Ordovician, Virginia, Watson (T. L.), 17. Chickies quartzite, Cambrian, Pennsyl¬ vania, Bascom, 2. Chickies quartzite, Pre-Cambrian, Pennsylvania, Bascom, 3. Chico, California, Lawson (A. C.), 0. Chico formation, Cretaceous, Oregon, Washburne, 1. Chico beds, Cretaceous, Oregon, Knowl- ton, 14. Chico sandstones, Cretaceous, Califor¬ nia, Lawson and Palache, 1. Chico division, Cretaceous, California, Anderson, 7. Chinati series, Permian(?) and Car¬ boniferous, Texas, Udden (Johan A.), 11. Chipola beds, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Chipola marl, Tertiary, Florida, Maury, 1 . Chisna formation, lower Carboniferous or Devonian, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Chitistone limestone, Carboniferous, Alaska, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Chitistone limestone, probably Per¬ mian, Alaska, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Chocolate limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Choptank formation, Miocene, Mary¬ land, Clark (W. B.), 6. 504 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Choptank formation. Miocene, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 10. Chouteau formation, Carboniferous, Mississippi Valley region, Keyes, 28. Chouteau limestones, Carboniferous, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Chouteau beds, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Chouteau limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Ball, 1. Chouteau, Carboniferous, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Chouteau limestone, Mississippian, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Chuar series, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Chugwater formation, Triassic ( ?) and Permian ( ?), Colorado and Wyoming. Darton, 1G. Chugwater formation, Triassic (?) or Permian, Wyoming, Darton, 16. Chugwater formation, Triassic (?), Wyoming, Darton, 18. Cibolo beds, Carboniferous, Texas, Ud- den (Johan A.), 11. Cieneguita beds, Carboniferous, Texas, Udden (.Johan A.), 11. Cimarron formation, Permo-Carbonif- erous, Kansas, Darton, 18. Cincinnati or Hudson group, Silurian, Illinois, Alden, 1. Cincinnati group, Ordovician, Tennes¬ see, Foerste, 6. Cincinnati series, Ordovician, Ohio, In¬ diana, and Kentucky, Foerste, 8. Cincinnati period, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Cincinnatian, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Cincinnatian series, Ordovician, In¬ diana, Foerste, 11. Cincinnatus flags, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Cintura formation, Cretaceous, Ari¬ zona, Ransome, 10, 11, 14. Cisco division, Carboniferous, Texas, Taff, 5. Claggett formation, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Hatcher and Stanton, 1. Claiborne, Tertiary, Louisiana, Lerch, J 2 . Claiborne (Lower), Tertiary, Louisiana, j Veatch, 2, 3. Claiborne (Lower) stage, Tertiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Claiborne formation, Tertiary, Louisi- j ana, Lerch, 1. Claiborne (Lower), Tertiary, Georgia, Harris, 5. Claiborne (Lower) stage, Eocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Claibornian, Tertiary, Florida, Dali. 8. j Clarendon beds, Miocene, Tertiary, Texas, Gidley, 4. Clarion sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Geologic formations described—Continued. Clarion sandstone. Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 4, G, 7. Clark formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Clarksburg limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Clarksburg limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Clarno formation, Tertiary, Oregon, in¬ cluded in Eocene, Merriam (J. C.), 1 , 2 . Clarno formation, Oregon, Knowlton, 14. Clear Creek formation, Pre-Cretaceous, California, Ilershey, 2. Clear Creek volcanic series, Trias, Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 21. Clear Fork formation, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Cleveland shale, Devonian, Ohio, Clay- pole, 5. Cleveland shale, Devonian, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Cliffwood clays, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Knapp (3. N.), 2. Cliffwood lignitic sands and clays, Cre¬ taceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Cliffwood clays, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Weller, 10. Clifton limestone, Silurian, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Clifton limestone, Tennessee, Foerste, 5. Clifton limestone, equivalent to Niaga- ran, Silurian, Tennessee, Foerste. 7. Clinch sandstone, Silurian, Tennessee, Keith, 1, 11. Clinton beds, Silurian, Missouri, Gal¬ laher, 1. Clinton formation, Silurian, Ohio, Bow- nocker, 3-5. Clinton, Silurian, New York, Grabau, 1. Clinton formation, Silurian, Maryland. Prosser, 3. Clinton limestone. Silurian. Kentucky and Tennessee, Foerste, 1. Clinton group, Silurian. New York, Schneider, 1. Clinton limestone, Silurian, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Clinton limestone, Silurian. Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Clinton limestone, Silurian. Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Clinton limestone. Silurian, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Clinton formation. Silurian. Canada. Corkill. 2. Cloverly formation. Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton. 16. Coalbrooke schist. pre-Cretaceous, Ore¬ gon, Diller, 11. Coaledo formation, Eocene, Oregon, Dil¬ ler, 4. Coaledo formation, Tertiary, Oregon, Smith (G. O.), 6. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE 505 Geologic formations described—Continued. Coalinga beds, Tertiary, California, An¬ derson, 7. Coast clays, Pleistocene, Texas. Dumble, 13. Coal Measures, Carboniferous, Mary¬ land. Includes Pottsville, Allegheny, Conemaugh, Monongahela, and Dunk- ard formations, Clark and Martin, 5. Coal Measures, Carboniferous, Ohio, Bownocker, 3. Coal Measures, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Coal Measures, Carboniferous, Ohio, Bownocker, 5. Coal Measure formation, Carboniferous, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Coal Measures, Carboniferous, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Cobleskill, Silurian, New York. Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Cobleskill (Coralline limestone), Silu¬ rian, New York, Schuchert, 4. Cobleskill limestone, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Cobleskill limestone, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 1. Cobleskill shale and dolomite, Silurian. New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Cobleskill dolomite, Silurian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Cochran conglomerate, Cambrian, North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 9. Cochran conglomerate, Cambrian, North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 11. Cockeysville marble, Maryland, Ma¬ thews and Miller, 1. Cockeysville mai’ble, Cambro-Ordovi- cian, Maryland, Mathews, 6. Cockfield, Tertiary, Louisiana, Veatch, Cocksfield, Eocene, Tertiary, Louisiana, Veatch, 3. Cocksfield beds, included in Eocene, Tertiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Cocksfield Ferry beds, Eocene, Tertiary, Louisiana, Veatch, 2. Coeymans limestone, Devonian. New Jersey, Weller, 6. Coeymans limestone, Devonian, New York, Grabau, 9. Coeymans limestone, Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clarke, 1. Coeymans limestone, Devonic, Mary¬ land, Schuchert, 7. Coeymans limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Coeymans limestone, New York, Shimer, 5. Coffee sand, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Coggan limestone, Devonian, Iowa, Nor¬ ton, 1. Coggan beds, Devonian, Iowa, Savage, 7. Cohansey formation, Tertiary, New Jer¬ sey, Knapp (3. N.), 1. Cohansey formation, Tertiary, New Jersey, Kurnmel and Knapp, 1. Geologic formations described— Continued. Coldbrook terrane, Cambrian, Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Coldwater shales, Carboniferous, Michi¬ gan, Russell, 6. Coleman division, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Collingsworth gypsum, Permian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 9. Collingsworth gypsum member, Carbon¬ iferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Colob sandstone, Jurassic, Utah, Hunt¬ ington and Goldthwait, 1. Colob formation, Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 2. Colorado group, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 9-11, 15. Colorado group, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd and Hall, 1, 3. Colorado formation, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Pirsson, 4. Colorado formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Columbia formation, Pleistocene, Atlan¬ tic coast region, Darton and Keith, 1. Columbia lava, Oregon, Merriam (J. C.), 1. Columbia, Pleistocene Quaternary, Vir¬ ginia, North Carolina, Darton, 7. Columbia formation, Tertiary, Louisi ana, Clendenin, 1. Columbia group, Quaternary, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 3, 5. Columbia River lava, Tertiary, Oregon, Knowlton, 14. Columbia sands, Pleistocene, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Columbia formation. Pleistocene, Atlan¬ tic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Columbus limestone, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Columbus limestone, synonym for Del¬ aware limestone, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 13. Columbus sand, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Columbus sand, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Prather, 4. Colville series, Tertiary, Alaska, Schra¬ der, 1, 3. Comanche series, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Comanche series, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Comanche series, Cretaceous, Colorado, Darton, 16. Comanche series, Cretaceous, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Comanche formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Darton, 24. Comanche series, Colorado and Wyo¬ ming, Stanton, 8. Comanche series, Cretaceous, Colorado and Kansas, Darton, 18. Comanche series, Cretaceous, Oklaho¬ ma, Gould, 14. 506 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described —Continued. Comanche Peak beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Comanche Peak limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Commercial limestone member, Carbon¬ iferous, Utah, Keith, 13. Como beds, exact synonym Atlantosau- rus beds, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Wi!- liston, 2. Como beds, Jurassic, Wyoming, Stan¬ ton, 4. Conasauga shale, Cambrian, Tennessee, Keith, 1. Conasauga formation, Cambrian, Ala¬ bama, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Conasauga shale, Cambrian, Georgia, Watson (T. L.), 9. Concreto shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Prosser, 3, 4. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Maryland. Included in Coal Meas¬ ures. Includes Lower Mahoning sandstone, Mahoning limestone, Ma¬ honing coal, Upper Mahoning sand¬ stone, Masontown coal, Lower Cam¬ bridge limestone, Buffalo sandstone, Upper Cambridge limeston/e, Lower red shales, Bakerstown coal, Salts- burg sandstone, Crinoidal coal, Ames or Crinoidal limestone, Elklick coal, Morgantown sandstone, Clarksburg limestone, Franklin or Little Clarks¬ burg coal, , Connellsville sandstone, Lower Pittsburg limestone, and Low¬ er Pittsburg coal, Clark and Martin, 5. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 6, 8 , 18 . Conemaugh formation (Lower Barren Coal Measures), Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Conemaugh series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.),3. Conemaugh* formation. Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin, 16. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous (Pennsylvanian), Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6-8. Connellsville sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.j, 7. Geologic formations described —Continued. Connellsville sandstone, member of Conemaugh formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 8, 18. Connellsville sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.),3. Connellsville sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Connellsville sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 7,8. Connoquenessing sandstone, Carbonif¬ erous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6. Connoquenessing sandstone, Carbonif¬ erous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6 . Contention series, Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 8. Contention shale, Arizona, Church, 1. Contra Costa beds. Tertiary, Califor¬ nia, Anderson, 7. Conway granite, Azoic, New Hamp¬ shire, Perry, 1. Cook Mountain beds, Eocene, Tertiary, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Cods series, Silurian, New Hampshire, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Coralline limestone, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 1. Corniferous, Devonian, Ontario, Parks, 4. Corniferous group, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Corniferous limestone, Devonian, Ohio, Claypole, 5. Corniferous limestone, Devonian, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Corniferous or Jeffersonville limestone, Devonian, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Corniferous period, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Corniferous-Hamilton period, Devonian, Ohio, Claypole, 5. Corniferous formation, Devonian, Can¬ ada, Corkill, 2. Cornwall limestone. Silurian. New York, Eckel. 6. Coronado quartzite, Cambrian, Arizona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Corryville beds. Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Corryville beds. Ordovician, Kentucky. Nickles, 6. Corryville beds, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Corsicana beds, Cretaceous, Texas. Hill (R. T.), 3. Corwin series. Mesozoic, Alaska, Schra¬ der, 1, 3. Corwin group, Mesozoic, Alaska, Col¬ lier. 12. Cottonwood limestone. Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Cottonwood limestone. Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Cottonwood limestone, Carboniferous, Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 507 Geologic formations described —Continued. Cottonwood formation, Carboniferous, Kansas, Smith (A. J.), 2, 3. Cottonwood limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Cottonwood limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Couchiching rocks, Canada, Coleman, 12 . Council Grove stage, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Cow Creek beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Cowiche gravels, Quaternary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 7. Cox formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Rich¬ ardson (G. B.), 4. Cranberry granite, Archean, North Car¬ olina and Tennessee, Keith, 4, 9, 12. Cranberry granite, Archean, North Car¬ olina, Keith, 9. Cranberry granite, Archean, North Car¬ olina and Tennessee, Keith, 11. Crooks complex, Arizona, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Crosswicks clays included in Matawan formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Berry, 5. Crow Ridge series, Mesozoic, Montana, Weed, 5. Crystal City sandstone, Ordovician, Missouri, Ulrich, 5. Cuba sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Cuba sandstone lentil, included in Che¬ mung shales, Devonian, New York, Glenn, 1. Cuchara formation, Eocene (?), Colo¬ rado, Hills, 1. Cuesta diabase, California, Fairbanks, Cumberland sandstone, Ordovician, Kentucky, Foerste, 1, 3. Curdsville bed, Ordovician, Kentucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Curry member of Vulcan formation, Al- gonkian, Michigan, Bayley, 1. Curzen’s limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Cussewago sandstone, member of Oil Lake group, Devonian, Pennsylvania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Cutler formation, Carboniferous, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Howe, 1-3. Cutler formation, Permian, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 4. Cutler formation, Carboniferous (Per¬ mian ?), Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Cuyahoga formation, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 1, 10. Cuyahoga shales, Carboniferous, Ohio, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Cuyahoga formation, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser and Cumings, 1. Cypress sandstone, Carboniferous (Mis- sissippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Geologic formations described —Continued. Cypress sandstone, Mississippian, Mis¬ sissippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Dadina schists, pre-Silurian, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Lee (W. T.), 1. Dakota sandstone, Kansas, Charles, 1. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Spencer, 1. Dakota, Cretaceous, Montana, Willis, 6. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Babcock, 2. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton, 8. Dakota sandstones, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Hatcher, 6. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Great Plains region, Stanton, 4. Dakota, Cretaceous, Kansas, Jones (A. W.), 1. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Carmony, 1. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 9-11, 15. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd and Hall, 1-3. Dakota group, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Dakota, Cretaceous, Nebraska, Bur- chard, 2. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colorado, Darton, 16. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Fenneman, 10. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Patton, 4. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado and Wyoming, Stanton, 8. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Pirsson, 4. Dakota formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colorado, Darton, 18. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Cross (W.), 7. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 14. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 26. Dakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Hurra, 1. 508 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Dakota stage, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Trumbull, 1. Dannemara formation, Algonkian, New York, Cushing, 2. Davenport (upper and lower), Devo¬ nian, Iowa, Norton, 1. Day Creek dolomite, Permian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 9, 14. Dayton limestone, Silurian, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Deadwood formation, Cambrian, Black Hills, Darton, 1. Deadwood formation, Cambrian, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Deadwood formation, Cambrian, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 16, 18. Deadwood formation, Cambrian, Wyo¬ ming, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Deadwood formation, Cambrian, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton, 26. Decker Ferry limestone, Silurian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Decker Ferry formation, Silurian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Decker Ferry formation, Silurian, New York, Ilartnagel, 2. Deepkill shale, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Deep River beds, Tertiary, Montana, Douglass, 1, 8. Deer Creek limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Deer Creek limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Delaware Mountain formation, Ter- mian, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Delaware limestone, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 13. Delaware stage, Silurian, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 8. Delphi dolomite, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Del Rio clay, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Del Rio formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Del Rio clay (?), Cretaceous, Texas, Udden (Johan A.), 11. Denison beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Dennis limestone, Carboniferous, Kan- I . sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Dennis limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Denton subgroup, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Denver formation, Tertiary, Colorado, Darton, 16. Denver formation, Teritary, Colorado, Darton, 18. Des Moines, Pennsylvanian series, Iowa, Leonard, 3. Des Moines division, Carboniferous, Kansas, Missouri, Bain, 3. Gaologic formations described—Continued. Des Moines stage, Upper Carboniferous or Pennsylvanian series, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 3. Des Moines stage, Pennsylvanian series, Iowa, Beyer and Young, 1. Des Moines formation, Carboniferous, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. Des Moines stage, Pennsylvanian series, Carboniferous, Iowa, Wilder, 3. Des Moines stage, Carboniferous, Iowa, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Des Moines stage, Carboniferous, Iowa, Williams (I. A.), 1. Dexter sands, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Diamond Peak quartzite, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Dillard series, Cretaceous, Oregon, Louderback, 6. Ditney formation. Carboniferous, Indi¬ ana, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Ditney formation. Carboniferous, Indi¬ ana, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Dixon clay, Silurian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Dog Creek shales, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Dolores formation. Juratrias. Colo¬ rado, Cross and Spencer. 1. Dolores formation, Triassic (?), Colo¬ rado, Cross (W.), 7. Dolores formation, Triassic, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 2. Domijean sands, Tertiary, California, Anderson, 7. Dorans Cove sandstone. Carboniferous, Alabama, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Dore conglomerate, Huronian. Canada. Coleman and Willmott, 1. 2. Dore formation, Canada, Bell (J. M.), 3. Double Mountain formation. Carbon¬ iferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Douglas formation. Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Rogers, 1. Dover limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede, 6. Doyle shales, Carboniferous. Kansas, Prcsser, 7. Doyle shales. Carboniferous. Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White. 1. Doyle shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Dresbach formation, Cambrian. Upper, Wisconsin and Minnesota, Berkey, 1. Dripping Spring quartzite, Cambri¬ an (?), Arizona, Ransome, 13. Drum limestone, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Adams, Girty, and White, 1 . Drum shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White. 1. Drum limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane. 1. Duck Creek formation, Cretaceous, Tex¬ as, Hill (R. T.), 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 509 Geologic formations described —Continued. Dudley shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Dudley shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Rogers, 1. Dudley shales, 'Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Duluth gabbro, included in Keweena- wan, Minnesota, Clements, 3. Duluth gabbro, included in Iveweena- wan, Minnesota, Leith, 4. Dundee limestone, Devonian, Michi¬ gan, Russell, 6. Dundee limestone, included in Traverse group, Devonian, Michigan, Grabau, 5. Dunkard formation, Permian (?), Maryland, Prosser, 3, 4. Dunkard formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 6, 8, 18. Dunkard formation, Carboniferous; Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Dunkard formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1 . Dunkard formation, Permian! ?), Mary¬ land. Includes \yaynesburg sand¬ stone, Waynesburg “A” coal, Wash¬ ington coal, Upper Washington lime¬ stone, Jollytown coal, and Jollytown limestone, Clark and Martin, 5. Dunkard formation (Upper Barren Coal Measures), Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Dunkard series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Dunkard formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 2, G, 7. Dunkard formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Dunkard formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin, 16. Dunkirk shales, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Durazno formation, Mexico, Hill (R. T.), 15. Eagle formation, Cretaceous, Montana, Hatcher and Stanton, 1. Eagle limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Eagle formation, Cretaceous, Montana, Pirsson, 4. Eagle Ford formation, Cretaceous, Tex¬ as, Dumble, 12. Eagle Ford formation, Cretaceous, Tex¬ as, Hill (R. T.), 3. Eagle Ford formation, Cretaceous, Tex¬ as, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Earlton limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Easton schist, pre-Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 8, 13. Ebensburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Eden, Ordovician, Ohio, Indiana, and Kentucky, Foerste, 12, Geologic formations described —Continued. Eden group, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Edmonton series, Cretaceous, Canada, Lambe, 8. Edmund’s Hill andesites, Gregory (II. E.), 1. Edwards limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Edwards limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Edwards limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Udden (Johan A.), 11. Elbert formation, Devonian, Colorado, Cress (W.), 5. Elbert formation, Devonian, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Eleanor slates, Huronian, Canada, Cole¬ man and Willmott, 1, 2. Elkhorn hornstone, Cambrian, Montana, Weed, 5. Elk Lick limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Elk Lick limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Ellensburg formation, Miocene, Ter¬ tiary, Washington, Smith (G. 0.1, 7, 8, 13. Ellensburg formation, Tertiary, Wash¬ ington, Calkins, 3. Elmdale formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede, 6. Elmdale formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser, 7. Elmdale formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Elmdale formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Elmdale beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. El Paso formation, Ordovician, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Elvins formation, Cambrian, Missouri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Ely greenstone, Archean, Minnesota, Clements, 3. Embarrass granite, included in Kewee- nawan, Minnesota, Leith, 4. Emerald limestone, Arizona, Church, 1. Emerald series, Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 8. Empire formation, Tertiary, Oregon, Diller, 4, 11. Emporia limestone and shale, Carbon¬ iferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Emporia limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Emporia system, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Smith (A. .T.), 2. Emporia beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Emporia limestone. Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Smith (A. .T.l, 4. Englewood limestone, Carboniferous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 1G, 18, 26. 510 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described — Continued. Englewood limestone, Carboniferous (Mississippian), Black Hills region, .Taggar, 5. Enid formation, Carboniferous (Per¬ mian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Enochkin formation, Jurassic, Alaska, Stanton and Martin, 1. Enochkin formation, Jurassic, Martin, 11 . Equus beds, Pleistocene, Texas, bum¬ ble, 13. Erian, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. i Erie shale, Devonian, Ohio, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Erie (Bronson) beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Erwin quartzite, Cambrian, Tennessee, Keith, 4, 12. Escabrosa limestone, Carboniferous, Arizona, Ransome, 10, 11, 14. Escamela limestone, Cretaceous, Mex¬ ico, Hall (C. E.), 1. Escondido series, Tertiary, California, Hersbey, 10. Eskridge shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede, 6. Eskridge shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser, 7. Eskridge shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Eskridge shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Esmeralda formation, Nevada, Spurr, 6 . Esopus grit, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Esopus grit, Devonian, New York, Gra- bau, 9. Esopus grit,’ Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Esopus grit, Devonic, New l r ork, Clarke, 20. Esopus grit, New York, Shimer, 5. Etchegoin beds, Tertiary, California, Anderson, 7. Etcheminian terrane, Cambrian, Can¬ ada, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Eureka shale, Carboniferous, Missouri, Weller, 1. Eureka quartzite, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Eureka shales, Mississippian, Missouri, Gould, 12. Eureka beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Eureka rhyolite, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1. Eutaw formation, Cretaceous, Ala¬ bama, Smith (E. A.), 2. Fairhaven diatomaceous earth, Mio cene, Maryland, Shattuck, 10. Fairmount beds, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Fairmount beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Fayette sands, Eocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Geologic formations described —Continued. Fayette sands, Eocene, Tertiary, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Fayette sands, Tertiary, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 9. Fayette breccia, Devonian, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 7. Fayetteville shale, Carboniferous, Ar kansas, Adams (G. I.), 3, 15. Fayetteville shale, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Ulrich, 5. Fayetteville formation, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Fayetteville formation, Mississippian, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Ferguson gypsum, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Ferguson gypsum member, Carbonifer¬ ous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Fernvale formation, Ordovician, Ten¬ nessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Fickett series, Carboniferous, Alaska, Schrader, 1, 3. Finlay formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Fish Creek sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White-(I. C.), 7. Fish-House clays, Pleistocene, X°w Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Flat Creek beds, Tertiary, Canada, Mc¬ Connell, 5. Flattop schist, Algonkian( ?), North Carolina, Keith, 4. Fleming beds (Frio clays), Tertiary, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 9. Flint Creek beds, Tertiary, Montana, Douglass, 8. Florena shale, Carboniferous, Kansas. Prosser and Beede, 1. Florena shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Florence flint, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Florence flint, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Florence flint. Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Florence beds, Carboniferous. Kansas. Wooster, 1, 2. Florence flint. Carboniferous. Kansas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Floyd shale, Carboniferous. Georgia, McCallie, 9. Floyd shale, Carboniferous, Alabama and Georgia, Hayes, 5. Floyd shale, Carboniferous, Tennessee, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Forbes limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Forest City sandstone. Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Fordliam gneiss. New York, Eckel. 6. Fordham gneiss, pre-Cambria^, New York. Merrill and others. 1. Fort Benton group, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 511 Geologic formations described —Continued. Fort Benton stage, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Trumbull, 1. Fort Logan Beds, Tertiary, Montana, Douglass, 8. Fort Payne chert, Carboniferous, Ala¬ bama and Georgia, Ilayes, 5. Fort Payne chert, Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Fort Payne chert, Carboniferous, Geor¬ gia, McCallie, 9. Fort Pierre group, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Fort Pierre stage, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Trumbull, 1. Fort Riley limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Fort Riley limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Fort Riley limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Fort Riley limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Fort Scott limestone, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Fort «Scott limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Fort Scott limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Rogers, 1. Fort Union beds, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Fort Union beds, North Dakota, Wild¬ er, 7. Fort Worth formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Fortymile series, Alaska, Collier, 2. Fortymile formation, pre-Devonian, Alaska, Prindle, 2. Fountain formation, Carboniferous (Pennsylvanian), Colorado, Darton, 1G. Fountain sandstone, Triassic(?), Colo¬ rado, Fenneman, 10. Fowler limestone, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, included in Richmond group, Foerste, 1. Fox Hills formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1. Fox Hills [formation], Cretaceous, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Fox Hills formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton. 16. Fox Hills formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 14. Fox Hills stage, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Trumbull, 1. Fox Hills, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Fox Hills formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colo¬ rado, Darton, 18. Fox Hills formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Fenneman, 10. Geologic formations described—Continued. Franciscan series, California, Lawson and Palache, 1. Franciscan, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Franciscan series, California, Osmont, 1 . Franconia sandstone, Upper Cambrian. Wisconsin and Minnesota, Berkey, 1. Franks conglomerate, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 6, 13. Fredericksburg division, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Fredericksburg limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Dumble, 12. Fredericksburg group, Cretaceous. Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Fredericktown limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Fredericktown dolomite, Cambrian, Missouri, Keyes, 6. Fredonia limestone, Mississippian, Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. Fredonia member, Carboniferous (Mis¬ sissippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Freedom formation, pre-Cambrian, Wisconsin, Weidman, 5. Fremont limestone, Ordovician, Colo- .rado, Darton, 16, 18. Freeport . limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Freeport sandstone, Carboniferous,. Pennsylvania, Butts, 4. Freeport (Lower) limestone, Carbonif¬ erous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Freeport (Upper) limestone, Carbonif¬ erous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Freeport sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Freeport sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 6. Freeport sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Freeport (Lower), sandstone, Carbonif¬ erous, West Virginia, White (I. C.),7. Freeport (Upper), limestone, Carbonif¬ erous, West Virginia, White (I. C.),7. Friars' Dill series, West Indies, Spen¬ cer (J. W.), 1. Frio clays, Oligocene, Tertiary, Louisi¬ ana, Veatch, 2. Frio clays, Tertiary, Texas and Louisi¬ ana, Fishback, 1. Frio clays, Eocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Frio clays, Eocene, Tertiary, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Frio clays, Tertiary, Texas, Maury, 1. Frog Mountain limestone, Devonian, Alabama, Hayes, 5. Fulton layer, Ordovician, Ohio and Kentucky. Foerste, 12. Fuson formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8, 14, 16, 18. 512 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described —Continued. Fuson formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Fuson formation, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Darton, 26. Fuson formation, Cretaceous, Wyoming and South Dakota, Darton and O'Harra, 1. Gakona formation, Tertiary, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Galena limestone, Ordovician, Illinois, Bain, 11. Galena (Boone) beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1. Galena (Boone), beds, Carboniferous, (Mississippian), Kansas, Wooster, 2. Galena-Trenton formation, Ordovician, Iowa, Calvin, 10. Galena-Trenton, Iowa, Beyer and Wil¬ liams, 2. Galena-Trenton stage, Ordovician, Iowa, Savage, 8. Galesburg shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Galesburg shale, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Galisteo sand group, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Gardeau flags, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Gardeau shales and flags, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Gardiner clay, Quaternary, New York, j Fuller, 29. Garrard sandstone, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Foerste, 12. Garrard sandstone, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Nickles, 6. Garrison formation. Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Garrison formation. Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Garrison formation, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Garrison formation, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Gasconade limestone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Gasconade limestone, Cambro-Ordovi- cian, Missouri, Ball, 1. Gasconade limestone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Ball and Smith, 1. Gasconade limestone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Gaspe sandstone, Devonian, Canada, Clarke (J. M.), 26. Genesee black shale, Devonian, Mis¬ souri, Gallaway, 1. Genesee shale, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Genesee shales, Ontario, Parks, 4. Genesee shales, Devonian. New York, Luther, 2. Genesee slate, Devonian, New York, Schneider, I. Genesee shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1-3, Geologic formations described—Continued. Genesee shale, Devonian, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Geneva limestone, Devonian, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Geneva limestone, exact synonym (?) Shelby bed, Devonian, Indiana, Kindle, 1. Genundewa limestone, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Genundewa limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. Georgetown formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Georgetown limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Georgia slates. Cambric, New York, Clarke, 20. Gering formation, Miocene, Tertiary, Nebraska, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Gering formation, Tertiary, Nebraska, Darton, 10, 18. Gering sandstones, Tertiary, Nebraska. Peterson, 1. Gerona marble, Cuba, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Giants Range granite. Algopkian, Min¬ nesota, Clements, 3. Gila conglomerate, Pleistocene!?), Ari¬ zona, Rausome, 6. Gila conglomerate, Quaternary, Ari¬ zona, Ransome, 13. Gila conglomerate. Quaternary, Ari¬ zona, L'.ndgren, 28, 29. Gilboy sandstone. Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Gilmore sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Glance conglomerate, Cretaceous, Ari¬ zona, Ransome, 9, 11, 14. Glenkirk limestone, Silurian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Glenn formation. Pennsylvania. Car¬ boniferous, Indian Territory. Tall, 6. Glen Rose beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill, (R. T.), 3. Glen Rose formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan. 1. Globe limestone, Devonian and Carbon¬ iferous, Arizona. Ransome, 6, 13. Golden Bar andesite, Mexico. Hill (R. T.), 15. Goldenville formation. Nova Scotia, Woodman. 1, 2. Goodland limestone, Cretaceous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff. 3, 6. Goodland limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Goodnight (Paloduro) beds, Miocene, Tertiary, Texas, Gidley, 4. Gower limestone, Silurian. Iowa, in¬ cluded in Niagara, Norton. 1. Grainger shale. Devonian, Tennessee, Keith, 1. 11. Grainger shale, Devonian, Virginia and Tennessee, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Grand Canyon group, Nevada, Spurr, 6. 513 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described—Continued. Grand Gulf, Oligocene, Tertiary, Lou¬ isiana, Veatch, 2, 3. . Grand Gulf formation, post-Tertiary, Gulf region, Smith and Aldrich, 1. Grand Gulf formation, Tertiary, Dali, 6 . Grand Gulf group, Tertiary, Louisiana, Lereh, 2. Grand Gulf stage, included in Oligo¬ cene, Tertiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Grand Gulf formation, Smith and Aid- rich, 2. Grand Gulf formation, Tertiary, Gulf region, Dali, 9. Grand Gulf formation, Tertiary, Gulf region, Hilgard, 4. Grand Gulf sandstones, Tertiary, Ala¬ bama, Mississippi, and Louisiana, Maury, 1. Grand Rapids group, Carboniferous, Michigan, Gregory (W. M.), 3. Grande Grfeve limestones, Devonian, Canada, Clarke (J. M.), 26. Graneros shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Graneros formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Graneros formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, South Dakota, Darton, 14. Graneros shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills region and Colorado, Darton, 16. Graneros shale, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Darton and Smith, 1. Graneros shales, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 13. Graneros shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming, and Colorado, Dar¬ ton, 18. Graneros shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Darton, 26. Graneros shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Granton diabase, Juratrias, New Jersey, Merrill and others, 1. Gravina series, Mesozoic, Alaska, Brooks, 4. Graydon sandstone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Graydon sandstone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Ball, 1. Graydon sandstone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Ball and Smith, 1. Graydon sandstone, Missouri, Babcock and Minor, 1. Graydon sandstone, Pennsylvanian, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Grayson formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Great limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Great Smoky conglomerate, Cambrian, North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 9. Geologic formations described—Continued. Greenbrier limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Prosser, 3. Greenbrier formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Greenbrier limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 6, 8 . Greenbrier limestone, Virginia, Eckel, 20 . Greenbrier limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Virginia, and West Vir¬ ginia, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Greenbrier limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Greene formation, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, Black Hills region and Colorado, Darton, 16. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Burchard, 2. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 13. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 14, 26. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming, and Colorado, Darton, 18. Greenhorn limestone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O'Harra, 1. Green Pond conglomerate, Silurian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Green Pond conglomerate, Silurian, New York, Eckel, 6. Green Pond conglomerate, Silurian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Greer formation, Carboniferous (Per¬ mian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Greer division, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Grenville rocks, pre-Cambrian, New York, Cushing, 9, 10. Grenville series, Canada, Coleman, 6. Grenville series, pre-Cambrian, New York, Ogilvie, 6. Grimes sandstones, included in Portage, Devonian, New York, Luther, 1. Grimes sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Grimes sandstone, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Grimes sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. Grinnell argillite, Algonkian, Montana, Willis, 6. Grizzly Peak andesite, Lawson and Pa- lache, 1. Gros Cap greenstones, Huronian, Can¬ ada, Coleman and Willmott, 1, 2. Ground-ice formation, Quaternary, Alaska, Schrader, 3. Bull. 301—06-33 514 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Guadalupian, Carboniferous, Texas, Girty, 2. Exact synonym Permian. Gubik sand, Quaternary, Alaska, Schra¬ der, 3. Guelph, Silurian, New York and On¬ tario, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Guelph dolomite, Ontaric, New York, Clarke, 20. Guelph formation, Silurian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Guernsey formation, Carboniferous, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. 1.), 1. Guernsey formation, Carboniferous (Mississippian), Wyoming, Darton, 16, 18. Guertie sand, Neocene, Indian Terri¬ tory, Taff, 2. Gulf series, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Gunflint formation, included in Upper Huronian (Animikie), Minnesota, Clements, 3. Gunter sandstone, Cambro-Ordovician, Missouri, Ball, 1. Gunter sandstone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Ball and Smith, 1. Guyafidot sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Gwynedd shales, Pennsylvania, Lyman, 2 . Gypsum series, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Hailey shales, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Williston, 26. Hale sandstone lentil, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Hale sandstone member, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Halifax formation, Nova Scotia, Wood¬ man, 1, 2. Hallopus beds, Triassic, Colorado, Wil¬ liston, 25. Hamburg limestone and shale, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Hamilton beds, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Hamilton formation, Devonian, New York, Cleland, 2. Hamilton formation, Ontario, Parks, 4. Hamilton group, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Hamilton (Callaway) limestone, De¬ vonian, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Hamilton formation, Devonian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Hamilton formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 7. Hampshire formation, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Hampshire formation, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Martin (G. C.), 1. Hampshire for Catskill, Devonian, Ap¬ palachian region, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Hampton shale, Cambrian, North Car¬ olina and Tennessee, Keith, 4. Geologic formations described—Continued. Hampton shale, Cambrian, North Caro¬ lina, Keith, 12. Hanbury slate, Algonkian, Michigan, Bayley, 1. Hannibal sandstone and shales, Carbon¬ iferous, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Hannibal shales, Devonian, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Hannibal formation, Carboniferous, Missouri, Park and Lyman, 2. Hardin sandstone, Devonian, Tennes¬ see, Foerste, 7. Harding sandstone, Ordovician, Colo¬ rado, Darton, 16, 18. Hardiston quartzite, Cambrian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 1. Hardiston quartzite, Cambrian. New Jersey, Weller, 3. Hardyston quartzite, Cambrian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Hardyston quartzite, Cambrian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Harlan formation, White, 23. Harper beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Harrison diorite, post-Hudson, New York, Merrill and others, 1. Harrison beds, Tertiary, - Nebraska, Pe¬ terson, 1. Harrison diorite, New York, Merrill and Magnus, 1. Harrodsburg limestone, Carboniferous, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Harrodsburg limestone, Lower Carbon¬ iferous, Indiana, Ashley, 2. Harrodsburg limestones and shales. Carboniferous, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 8. Harrodsburg limestone, Mississippian, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Hartford (Topeka) limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Hartford limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Hartselle sandstones, Carboniferous, Alabama, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Hartshorn sandstone, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2. Hartshorne sandstone, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 4. Hartville formation, Carboniferous, Wy¬ oming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Hartville formation, Carboniferous, Wyoming, Darton, 16, 18. Harvey conglomerate, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Hastings series, Canada, Coleman, 6. Hastings series, Canada, Ells, 20. Hatch flags and sands, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Hatch shales and flags, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19. Hatch shale and flags, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. Hawkins formation, pre-Eocene, Wash* ington, Smith (G. O.), 8. 515 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described—Continued. Hawkins formation, pre-T e r t i a r y, Washington, Smith (G. O.), 13. Haystack gypsum, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Haystack gypsum member, Carbonifer¬ ous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Hazlet sands, included in Matawan formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Berry, 5. Helderberg limestone, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Helderbergian, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Helderbergian limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Helderberg (Lower) formation, Silu¬ rian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Helen formation, Canada, Bell (J. M.), 3. Helen iron formation, Huronian, Can¬ ada, Coleman and Willmott, 1. Henderson granite, Archean, North Carolina, Keith, 12. Hensell sands, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Hermitage formation, Ordovician, Ten¬ nessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Hermitage beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Hermosa formation, Carboniferous, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Hermosa formation, Carboniferous (Pennsylvanian), Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Herod gravels, Quaternary, New York, Fuller, 29. Hermansville limestone, Ordovician, Michigan, Bayley, 1. Herschel quartzite, Arizona, Church, 1. Hertha limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Hertha limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Hesse quartzite, Cambrian, North Car¬ olina and Tennessee, Keith, 9. Hesse quartzite, Cambrian, Tennessee, Keith, 11. Highland Boy limestone member, Car¬ boniferous, Utah, Keith, 13. Highpoint sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Highpoint sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. Hilliard formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Knight (W. C.), 7. Hillsboro sandstone, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Hinton formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Hinton formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Stevenson (.T. J.), 4. Hiwassee slate, Cambrian^ North Caro¬ lina and Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Hobo-Gulch lime-shale, Cambrian, Mon¬ tana, Weed, 5. Geologic formations described—Continued. Hodges Hill sandstone, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 1. Holdenville shale, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2. Holston marble, Silurian, Tennessee, „ Keith, 1. Holston marble member of Chickamau- ga limestone, Ordovician, Tennessee, Keith, 11. Homewood sandstone, Carboniferous' Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6. Homewood sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Honaker limestone, Cambrian, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 9, 11. Horsetail Creek beds, Tertiary, Colo¬ rado, Matthew (W. D.), 2. Horton series, Canada, Fletcher, 2. Horton slates, Devonian or Carbonifer¬ ous, Canada, Haycock, 1. Hosselkuss limestone, Triassic, Califor¬ nia, Diller, 12. Howard limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede, 6. Howard limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Hudson River beds, Ordovician, New York, Ruedemann, 1. Hudson River formation, Ordovician, New Jersey, Weller, 3. Hudson formation, Ordovician, New York, Eckel, 6. Hudson River group, Ordovician, New York, Clarke (J. M.), 11. Hudson River shale?, Ordovician, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Hudson schist, Silurian, New York, Merrill and others, 1. Hudson River beds, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Hudson River (or Cincinnati) group, Ordovician, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Hudson River shales, Ordovician, New York, Grabau, 9. Hudson River slates, Ordovician, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Hudson shale and Hudson schist, Or¬ dovician, New York, Dale, 5 .. Hudson River formation, Cambro-Silu- rian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Hudson River or Lorraine shale, Ordo¬ vician, Canada, Adams and Le Roy, 1 . Hudson schist, Ordovician, New York, Merrill and Magnus, 1. Hueco formation, Carboniferous, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Huerfano formation, Eocene, Colorado, Hills, 1. Humboldt series, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Huntingdon, Carboniferous, Pennsyl¬ vania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Huntington series, Triassic(?), Oregon, Lindgren, 4. Huntington limestone, Silurian, Indi¬ ana, Kindle, 6, 516 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Hunton limestone, Indian Territory, Taff, 3. Hunton limestone, Siluro-Devonian, Indian Territory, Taff, 6, 13. Huron group, Mississippian, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Huron group, Lower Carboniferous, Indiana, Ashley, 2. Huron limestone and sandstone, Car¬ boniferous, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 8 . Huron shale, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 10 . Huronian, Ontario, Bolton, 1. Huronian, Canada, Coleman, 6. Huronian, Willmott, 2. Huronian (Lower), Minnesota, Clem¬ ents, 3. Huronian, Ontario, Graton, 2. Huronian (Upper) (Animikie), Min¬ nesota, Clements, 3. Huronian series (Lower), Algonkian, Minnesota, Leith, 4. Huronian series (Upper), Algonkian, Minnesota, Leith, 4. Huronian, Canada, Barlow, 8. Idaho formation, Tertiary, Idaho, Russell, 5. Idaho formation, Tertiary, Idaho, Lind- gren and Drake, 2. Idalia shale, Tertiary, Missouri, Mar- hut, 1. Ignacio quartzite, Cambrian, Colorado, Cross (W.), 5, 7. Ignacio quartzite, Cambrian, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Illinoian, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden, 2. Illinois drift, Quaternary, New Jersey, Salisbury and others, 1. Illinoisan drift, Quaternary, Leverett, 4. Illinoian drift, Quaternary, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Illinoian, Pleistocene, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Illinoian drift, Quaternary, Indiana and Illinois, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Illinoian stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Ud¬ den (Jon A.), 1. Incarnacion clays, Carboniferous, New Mexico, Herrick (C. L.), 3. Independence, Devonian, Iowa, Nor¬ ton, 1. Independence shales, Devonian, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Inglefleld formation, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Iola limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Iola limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Iola beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Iowan drift, Pleistocene, Iowa, Norton, 1 . I Geologic formations described—Continued. Iowan, Quaternary, New Jersey, Salis¬ bury and others, 1. Iowan drift, Quaternary, Iowa, Savage, 3. Iowan drift( ?), Quaternary, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Iowan loess, Quaternary, Iowa, Calvin, 10 . Iowan till, Quaternary, Iowa, Calvin, 10 . Iowan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Iowan deposits, Quaternary, Indiana and Illinois, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Iowan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 7, 8. Iowan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Iowan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Wil¬ liams (I. A.), 1. Irondale limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Iron Mountain conglomerate, Cambrian, Missouri, Keyes, 6. Iron Mountain porphyry, pre-Cambrian, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Irving formation, Colorado, Howe, 3. Irving greenstone, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 3. Ithaca group, Devonian, New York, Clarke (J. M.), 11. Ithaca beds, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20 . Ithaca flags and sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Izard limestone, Ordovician, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Izard limestone, Ordovician, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Izard limestone, Ordovician, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Jackfork sandstone, Silurian, Indian Territory, Taff, 3. Jackson, Tertiary, Louisiana, Veatch, 2, 3. Jackson stage, included in Eocene, Ter¬ tiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Jaskson stage, Tertiary, Louisiana, Casey, 1. Jackson stage, Tertiary, Louisiana, Casey, 2. Jackson limestone, Tertiary, Alabama, Maury, 1. Jacksonboro white limestone, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Jacob sands, Quaternary, New York, Fuller, 28. Jameco gravels, Quaternary, New York, Veatch, 4. Jameco gravel, Quaternary, New York, Fuller, 29. Jefferson City formation, Cambro-Ordo- vician. Missouri, Ball. 1. Jefferson City formation, Ordovician, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 517 Geologic formations described —Continued. Jefferson City formation, Cambro-Ordo- vician, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Jefferson City limestone, Ordovician, Missouri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Jeffersonville limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Jeffersonville limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Jeffersonville limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Kindle, 1. Jeffersonville limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Siebenthal, 2. Jemez marls, Pliocene, Tertiary, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Jennings formation, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Jennings formation, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Martin (G. C.), 1. Jennings for Chemung, Devonian, Appa¬ lachian region, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Joachim limestone, Cambro-Ordovician, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Joachim limestone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Johannian division, Cambrian, Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 20. John Day series, Tertiary, Oregon, Merriam (J. C.), 1, 2. John Day series, Tertiary, Oregon, Knowlton, 13. John Day formation, Russell, 21. John Day series, Tertiary, Oregon, Mc- Clung, 1. Johnstown limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Jolly town limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Jollytown limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6. Jordan limestone member, Carbonifer¬ ous, Utah, Keith, 13. Judith River beds, Cretaceous, Hatcher, 13. Judith River beds, Cretaceous, Stanton, 3. Judith River beds, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Hatcher, 17, 20. Judith River beds, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Hatcher and Stanton, 1. Judith River beds, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Osborn, 21. Judith River beds, Montana, Stern¬ berg, 4. Juniata formation, Silurian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Kanab, Upper and Lower, Triassic, Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait. 1. Kanab, Utah, Huntington and Gold¬ thwait, 2. Kanawha formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Kanawha black flint, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 4. Kanawha formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. IL), 5. Geologic formations described —Continued. Kanawha black flint, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Kanawha series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Kansan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Macbride, 1. Kansan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden, 2. Kansan drift, Pleistocene, Iowa, Cal vin, 1. Kansan drift, Pleistocene, Iowa, Mil¬ ler (B. L.), 1. Kansan drift, Pleistocene, Iowa, Nor¬ ton, 1. Kansan, Quaternary, New Jersey, Sal¬ isbury and others, 1. Kansan or pre-Kansan drift, Quater¬ nary, Leverett, 4. Kansan drift, Quaternary, Iowa, Mac- bride, 3. Kansan drift, Quaternary, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 3. Kansan till, Quaternary, Iowa, Calvin, 10 . Kansan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Kansan gravel, Quaternary, Pennsyl¬ vania, Leverett, 10. Kansan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Mac- bride, 4. Kansan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 7, 8. Kansan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Ud¬ den (Jon A.), 1. Kansan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Wil¬ liams (I. A.), 1. Kansas City limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Kanuti series, probably Paleozoic, Alaska, Mendenhall, 2. Kanwaka shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede, 6. Kanwaka shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Karquinez, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Kaskaskia group, Carboniferous, Indi¬ ana, Newsom, 3. Kaskaskia limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Katalla formation, Tertiary, Alaska, Martin, 11. Keene limestone, Devonian, Montana, Weed, 5. Keewatin, Algonkian, Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 4. Kemp clay, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Kenai series, probably Tertiary, Alas¬ ka, Mendenhall, 2. Kenai series, Tertiary, Alaska, Schra¬ der and Spencer, 1. Kenai series, Eocene, Tertiary, Alaska, Collier, 2. Kenai formation, Alaska, Stone (R. W.L 5. Kenai formation, Tertiary, Alaska, Prindle, 2. 518 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Kenai series (?), Tertiary, Canada, Mc¬ Connell, 5. Kennicott formation, Jura-Cretaceous, Alaska, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Kennicott formation, Upper Jurassic or Lower Cretaceous, Alaska, Schra der and Spencer, 1. Kennicott formation, Cretaceous or Jurassic, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Keokuk limestone, Mississippian series, Carboniferous, Iowa, Savage, 2. Kern River beds, Tertiary, California, Anderson, 7. Kessler limestone lentil, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Kessler limestone, Carboniferous, Ar kansas, Ulrich, 5. Ketchikan series, Upper Paleozoic, Alas¬ ka, Brooks, 4. Keweenawan, Algonkian, Minnesota', Hall (C. W.), 3. Keweenawan trap, pre-Cambrian, Wis consin, Grant (U. S.), 2. Keweenawan, Minnesota, Clements, 3. Keweenawan, Minnesota, Leith, 4. Keweenawan, Canada, Burwash, 1. Keweenawan formation. Canada, Smith (W. N.), 1. Key sandstone, Ordovician, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Key sandstone, Ordovician, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Kiamichi formation, Cretaceous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 3, 6. Kiamitia clays, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Kiger beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Kigluaik series, Alaska, Brooks and others, 1. Kigluaik series, older than Silurian, Alaska, Collier, 1. Kilbuck conglomerate, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Kilbuck conglomerate lentil, included in Cattaraugus beds, Devonian, New York, Glenn, 1. Kinderhook, Carboniferous, Missouri, Weller, 1. Kinderhook formation, Carboniferous, Iowa, Sardeson, 11. Kinderhook formation, Carboniferous, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. Kinderhook formation, Carboniferous, Mississippi Valley regions, Keyes, 28. Kinderhook stage, Lower Carbonifer¬ ous or Mississippian series, Iowa, Savage, 3. Kinderhook stage, Carboniferous, Iowa, Savage, 7. King limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Kingston beds, Devonian, New Jersey. Weller, 6. Kirkwood formation. Miocene, New Jersey, Clapp, 3. Geologic formations described—Continued. Kiser gypsum, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Kiser gypsum member, Carboniferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Kittanning limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and Peppel, 1. Kittanning sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4. Kittanning sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, C. Kittanning sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 6. Kittanning sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Kittatinny limestone, Cambro-Ordovi- cian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Wel¬ ler, 1. Kittatinny limestone, Cambrian, New Jersey, Weller, 3. Kittatinny limestone, Cambrian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Kittatinny limestone, Cambrian and Ordovician, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Kiutla argillite, Algonkian, Montana, Willis, 6. Klondike series, Canada, McConnell, 5. Klutina series, pre-Silurian (?), Alas¬ ka, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Knapp beds, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Knapp beds, Carboniferous, New York. Glenn, 1. Knife Lake slates, Algonkian, Minne¬ sota, Clements, 3. Knob Lick granite, pre-Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Ivnobstone, Carboniferous, Indiana, Siebenthal, 2. Knobstone, Carboniferous, Kentucky. Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Knobstone, Lower Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Ashley, 2. Knobstone group, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Knobstone (Upper) shale, included in Knobstone group, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Knobstone shales and sandstones, Car¬ boniferous, Indiana. Hopkins, 8. Knobstone sandstone, Carboniferous, Indiana, included in Knobstone group, Newsom, 3. Knobstone group, Mississippian, Indi¬ ana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Knox dolomite, Ordovician, Georgia, Watson (T. L.), 9. Knox dolomite, Silurian, Alabama and Georgia, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Knox dolomite, Ordovician. Tennessee. Keith, 1, 9, 11. Knoxville, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Knoxville formation, Cretaceous, Ore¬ gon, Washburne, 1. Knoxville beds, Cretaceous, Oregon, Knowlton, 14. 519 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described—Continued. Knoxville shales, Cretaceous, Califor¬ nia, Lawson and Palache, 1. Knoxville division, Cretaceous, Califor¬ nia, Anderson, 7. Knoydart formation, Devonian, Can¬ ada, Ami, 4, 8, 10. Koipato formation, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Kokomo (Waterlime) limestone, Silu¬ rian, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Kootenay series, Cretaceous, Alberta, Canada, Dowling, 10. Kowak clay, Quaternary, Alaska, Schra¬ der, 3. Koyukuk, Cretaceous, Alaska, Schra¬ der, 3. Koyukuk series, Cretaceous, Alaska, Schrader, 1. Kreyenhagen shales, Tertiary, Califor¬ nia, Anderson, 7. Kugruk group, Silurian or Devonian, Alaska, Collier, 1. Kushtaka formation, Alaska, Martin, 15. Kushtaka formation, Tertiary, Alaska, Martin, 11. Kuzitrin- series, Alaska, Brooks and others, 1. Kuzitrin series, older than Silurian, Alaska, Collier, 1. Labette shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Labette shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Labette shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and Rogers, 1: Labette beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Labrador formation, Pleistocene, Can¬ ada, exact' synonym, Bowlder Clay, Ami, 1. La Brisca formation, Hill (R. T.), 15. Lafayette formation, Tertiary, Atlantic coast region, Darton and Keith, 1. Lafayette, Louisiana, Veatch, 2. Lafayette formation, Neocene, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 6. Lafayette (?) formation, Neocene (?), Tertiary, Georgia and Alabama, Hayes, 5. Lafayette formation, Tertiary, Quater¬ nary (?), Louisiana, Clendenin, 1. Lafayette sands, Neocene, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Lafayette formation, Pliocene, Atlantic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Lafond gravel and marl, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 2. Lagarto beds, Neocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Lagarto clays, Texas, Dumble, 2. Lahontan beds, Nevada, Louderback, 4. Lake beds, Tertiary, Idaho, Lindgren and Drake, 1. Lake Superior sandstone, Burwash, 1. Lake Superior sandstone, Cambrian, Wisconsin, Collie, 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Lake Superior sandstone, Cambrian, Wisconsin, Grant (U. S.), 2. Lake Superior sandstone, Cambrian, - Michigan, Bayley, 1. Lake Valley limestone, Mississippian, New Mexico, Keyes, 54 Lakota formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Stanton, 4. Lakota formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Lakota formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8, 14, 16, 18. Lakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 26. Lakota sandstone, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Lamotte sandstone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Keyes, 6. La Motte sandstone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. La Motte sandstone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Lance Creek (Ceratops) beds, Creta¬ ceous, Wyoming, Hatcher, 17. Lane shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Lang division, Pliocene, Tertiary, Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 10. Lansdale shales, Pennsylvania, Lyman, 2 . Laona sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Lapara beds, Neocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. La Plata sandstone, Jura-Trias, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Spencer, 1. La Plata formation, Jurassic, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 2. La Plata sandstone, Jurassic, Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Hills, 1. Laramie, Cretaceous, Montana, Willis, 6 . Laramie, Cretaceous, Nebraska, Fisher (C. A.), 3. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Babcock, 2. Laramie formation,* Cretaceous, North Dakota, Wilder, 2, 7, 10. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Adams (G. I.), 4. Laramie, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Knight (W. ('.), 7. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Hay, 7. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 16. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 14. 520 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming, and Colorado, Darton, 18. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Fenneman, 10. Laramie formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Laramie stage, Cretaceous, Wyoming. Trumbull, 1. Lauderdale chert, Carboniferous, Ala¬ bama, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Laurel limestone, Silurian, Kentucky and Tennessee, Foerste, 1. Laurel limestone, Silurian, Indiana, . Foerste, 11. Laurel limestone, Silurian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Laurentian, Ontario, Bolton, 1. Laurentian, Ontario, Graton, 2. Lawrerlce beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Lebanon limestone, Ordovician, Tennes¬ see, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Lecompton limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Lecompton limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Lecompton beds, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Wooster, 1, 2. Leda clay, Canada, Coleman, 5. Lee conglomerate, Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1. Lego limestone, Silurian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Leipers formation, Ordovician, Tennes¬ see, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Leipers Creek limestone, Cincinnati group, Ordovician, Tennessee, Foerste, 6. Lenox limestone member, Carbonifer¬ ous, Utah, Keith, 13. Le Roux beds, Triassic, Arizona, Ward (L. F.), 1. Leroux member, Triassic, Arizona, Ward (L. F.), 5. Le Roy shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Leseur dolomite, Cambrian, Missouri, Keyes, 6. Leseuer limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Lewis shale, # Cretaceous, Colorado, Cross and Spencer, 1. Lewisville beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Lexington group, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Lexington limestone, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Liberty beds, included in Richmond group, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 5. Liberty beds, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Liberty Hall limestone, Ordovician, Virginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Lignitic, Eocene, Tertiary, Louisiana, Veatch, 2. Lignitic stage, included in Eocene, Ter¬ tiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Lignitic formation, Eocene, Louisiana, Harris, 3. Lignitic stage, Eocene, Texas, Dupable, 13. Lignitic clay, Tertiary (Eocene), Mis¬ sissippi, Logan, 2. Lime Creek shales, Devonian, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Lime Creek shales, Devonian, Iowa, Eckel, and Bain, 1. Linden bed, Devonian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Linden limestone, Tennessee, Foerste, 5. Linville metadiabase, Algonkian( ?), North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 4. Lisbon group, New Hampshire, Hitch¬ cock (C. H.), 10. Lisburne formation, Devonian, Alaska, Schrader, 1, 3. Lista Blanca division, Triassic, Ari¬ zona, Dumble, 7. Lithodendron member, Triassic, Ari¬ zona, Ward (L. F.), 5. Little Cottonwood granite, Utah, Em¬ mons (S. F.), 9. Little Falls dolomite, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Littlehorn limestone, Carboniferous, Wyoming, Darton, 16, 18. Llanfair sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Lockatong, included in Newark, New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Lockport limestone, Silurian, New York. Synonym, Niagara limestone, Grabau, 1 . Lockport limestone, Silurian, Indiana, Kindle, 2. Lockport dolomite, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Logan formation, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 1, 10. Logan group, Carboniferous, Ohio, Bow- nocker, 3, 5. Logan, Carboniferous, Ohio, Steven¬ son (J. J.), 4. Logan, upper part of Pocono, Carbonif¬ erous, Appalachian region, Steven¬ son, (J. J.), 4. Logan sills, Minnesota, included in Ke- weenawan, Clements, 3. Logana bed, Ordovician, Kentucky, Mil¬ ler (A. M.), 4. Lone Mountain limestone, Nevada, Spurr. 6. Long Beards riffs sandstone, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Longbeards riffs sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Long Branch sand. Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 521 Geologic formations described—Continued. Long Branch sand, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Weller, 7. Longfellow formation, Ordovician, Ari¬ zona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Longwood red shales, Silurian, New York, Eckel, 6. Longwood shale, Silurian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Longwohd sandstone, Silurian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Lookout sandstone, Carboniferous, Georgia, Hayes, 5. Lookout sandstone, Carboniferous, Georgia, McCallie, 9. Lorraine formation, Ordovician, Can¬ ada, Ells (R. W.), 7. Lorraine formation, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Foerste, 3. Lorraine group, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Lorraine beds, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Lorraine formation, Ordovician, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Lorraine stage, Ordovician, Pennsyl¬ vania, Collie, 3. Lorraine formation, Ordovician, Indi¬ ana, Foerste, 11. Lorraine formation, Ordovician, Michi¬ gan, Russell, 23. Lorraine formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 10. Los Angelan epoch, Quaternary, Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 14. Lost Gulch monzonite, pre-Cambrian, Arizona, Ransome, 6, 13. Louisiana limestone, Devonian, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Louisiana limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Louisville limestone, Silurian, Tennes¬ see, Foerste, 7. Louisville limestone, Silurian, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Loup Fork formation, Tertiary, Colo¬ rado, Matthew (W. D.), 2. Loup Fork beds, Tertiary, Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Loup Fork formation, Tertiary, Mon¬ tana, Douglass, 8. Loup Fork stage, Miocene, Tertiary, Texas, Gidley, 4. Loup Fork beds, Miocene, Montana, Douglass, 1. Loup Fork beds, Miocene, South Da¬ kota, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Loup Fork series, Tertiary, Nebraska, Peterson, 1. Lower Helderberg, Silurian, Ohio, Bow- nocker, 3, 5. Lower Helderberg period, Silurian, New York, Schneider, 1. Lower Helderberg or W T aterline forma¬ tion, Ontario, Parks, 4. Lower Magnesian group, Silurian, Illi¬ nois, Alden, 1. Geologic formations described —Continued. Lowville limestone, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Lowville limestone, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 9. Lowville (Birdseye) limestone, Ordovi¬ cian, New York, Cushing, 10. Loyallianna limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 7. Loyalhanna limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Lucas limestone, Silurian, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Lucky Cuss limestone, Arizona, Church, 1 . Ludlowville shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Lufkin deposits (Yegua), Tertiary, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 9. Lykins formation, Triassic (?), Colo¬ rado, Fenneman, 10. Lyman group, New Hampshire, Hitch¬ cock (C. H.), 10. Lyons sandstone, Triassic (?), Colo¬ rado, Fenneman, 10. Lytton formation, Eocene, Tertiary, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. McAdam formation, Silurian, Canada, Ami, 10. McAlester shale, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2, 3, 4. McCloud limestone, Carboniferous, Cali¬ fornia, Diller, 12. McCloud shale, Carboniferous, Califor¬ nia, Diller, 12. McElmo formation, Jura-Trias, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Spencer, 1. McElmo formation, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 2. McElmo formation, Jurassic, Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Madera diorite, pre-Cambrian, Arizona, Ransome, 6, 13. Madison bed, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Madison limestone, Carboniferous, Mon¬ tana, Weed, 5. Madison formation, included in Rich¬ mond group, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 5. Madison Valley beds, Tertiary, Mon¬ tana, Douglass, 8. Madrid coal group, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Magnesian formation, Wisconsin, Weid- man, 5. Magpie dolomite, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Mahoning limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Mahoning sandstone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Mahoning sandstone, member of Cone- maugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Mahoning sandstone stage, Carbonifer¬ ous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. 522 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Mahoning sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Mahoning sandstone, Carboniferous. Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.),3. Mahoning sandstone, member of the Conemaugh formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Mahoning limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Mahoning sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Mahoning sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W,), 7, 8. Mahoning sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Main Street limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Malone formation, Jurassic, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Malone formation, Jurassic, Texas, Cragin, 2. Mai Pais gravel, Cuba, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Maltrata, Cretaceous, Mexico, Villa- rello and Bose, 1. Maltrata limestone, Cretaceous, Mexico, Hall (C. E.) , 1. Manastash formation, Tertiary, Wash¬ ington, Smith (G. O.), 8, 13. Mancos shale, Cretaceous, Colorado, Cross and Spencer, 1. Mancos shale, Cretaceous, Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Mangum dolomite member, Carbonifer¬ ous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Manhasset beds, Quaternary, New York. Veatch, 4. Manitou limestone, Ordovician, Colo¬ rado, Darton, 16, 18. Mankomen formation, Carboniferous (Permian), Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Manlius limestone, Silurian, New York, Grabau, 1, 9. Manlius limestone, Silurian, New Jer¬ sey, Weller, 6. Manlius limestone, Silurian, New York. Hartnagel, 1. Manlius, Silurian, New York, Schu- chert, 4. Manlius limestone, Silurian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Manlius formation, Ontario, Maryland, Schuchert, 7. Manlius limestone, Ontaric, New York, Clarke, 20. Manlius limestone, New York, Skimer. 5. Manlius limestone, Silurian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Mannetto gravel, Quaternary, New York, Fuller, 29. Mannie shale, included in Richmond, Ordovician, Tennessee, Foerste, 6. Mansfield group, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Ashley, 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Mansfield sandstone, Carboniferous, In diana, Newsom, 3. Mansfield sandstone, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Mansfield sandstone, Carboniferous, Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. Mansfield sandstone, Carboniferous (Mississippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Maquoketa or Hudson River, Ordovi¬ cian, Iowa, Calvin, 10. Maquoketa shales, Iowa, Beyer and Wil¬ liams, 2. Maquoketa shale, Ordovician, Illinois. Bain, 11. Maquoketa stage, Ordovician, Iowa, Savage, 8. Maquoketa shales, Ordovician, Iowa, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Marble Falls limestone, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Marcellus shale, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Marcellus shales, included in Hamilton, Devonian, New York, Cleland, 2. Marcellus shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1—3. Mariato formation, Pleistocene, Pan¬ ama, Hershey, 5. Marietta sandstones, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Marine beds, Eocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Marion formation, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 6. Marion formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser, 7. Marion formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Marion formation, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Marion beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Mark West andesite, Tertiary, Califor¬ nia, Osmont, 1. Marshall, Carboniferous, Michigan, Gregory (W. M.), 3. Marshalltown bed, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Marshalltown clay, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. Martin Canyon beds, Tertiary, Colo¬ rado, Matthew (W. D.), 2. Martin limestone, Devonian, Arizona, Ransome, 10, 11, 14. Martinez, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Martinsburg shale, Ordovician, Vir¬ ginia, Watson (T. L.), 17. Maryville limestone, Cambrian, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1, 11. Mascall formation. Tertiary, Oregon. Included in Miocene, Merriam (J. C.), 1. Mascall formation, Tertiary, Oregon, Knowlton, 13. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 523 Geologic formations described —Continued. Mascarene series, Devonian, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 17. Mason shales, Carboniferous, West Vir¬ ginia, White (I. C.), 7. Matawan formation, Cretaceous, Dar- ton and Keith, 1. Matawan formation, Upper Cretaceous, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Matawan formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Berry, 5. Matawan formation, Cretaceous, At¬ lantic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Matawan formation, Cretaceous, Mary¬ land, Delaware, and New Jersey, Clark (W. B.), 6. Matawan formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 2. Matawan formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. Matfield shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Matfield shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Matfield shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Matfield formation, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede and "Sellards, 1. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Maryland, Prosser, 3. Mauch Chunk, Carboniferous, Pennsyl¬ vania, Stevenson (J. J.), 1. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Fuller (M. L.),3. Mauch Chunk, Lower Carboniferous, Appalachian region, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.)‘, 6, 8, 18. Mauch Chunk shale, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Fuller and Alden, 1, 2. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Mauch Chunk shale, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6, 7. Mauch Chunk formation, Carbonifer¬ ous (Mississippian), Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Max Patch granite, Archean, North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Maxville limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Trosser, 10. Maxville limestone, Lower Carbonifer¬ ous, Ohio, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Maxville limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and Peppel, 1. Maysville, Ordovician, Ohio, Indiana, and Kentucky, Foerste, 12. Maysville group, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Geologic formations described —Continued. Meadville shales, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Medicine Lodge gypsum, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Medicine Lodge beds, Carboniferous, Kansas, Wooster, 1, 2. Medicine Lodge gypsum member, Car¬ boniferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Medina, Silurian, New York, Grabau, 1. Medina shales, Silurian, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 7. Medina sandstone, Silurian, New Jer¬ sey, Weller, 6. Medina shales, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10 . Medina formation, Silurian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Meguma series, Nova Scotia, Woodman, 1 , 2 . Mellenia series, Tertiary, California, Hershey, 10. Menominee series, Algonkian, Michigan, Bayley, 1. Menteth limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Mentor beds, included in the Dakota Cretaceous, Kansas, Jones (A.W.), 1. Meramec group, Mississippian, Missis¬ sippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Merced series, California, Arnold and Arnold, 1. Merced, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Mercer group, included in Pottsville, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1. Mercer group, Carboniferous, Appala¬ chian region, White (D.), 13. Mercer limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and Peppel, 1. Mercer shale, Carboniferous, Pennsyl¬ vania, Butts, 4, 6. Mercer (Tionesta) limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Merchantville clay, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Merom group, Carboniferous, Illinois, Ashley, 1. Merom sandstone, Carboniferous (?), Indiana, Newsom, 3. Merom sandstone, Carboniferous, Indi¬ ana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Mesa Verde formation, Cretaceous, Col¬ orado, Cross and Spencer, 1. Michigan series, Carboniferous, Michi¬ gan, Russell, 6. Michigan group, Carboniferous, Michi¬ gan, Grimsley, 6. Michigan series, Carboniferous, Michi¬ gan, Gregory (W. M.), 3. Michipicoten schists, Canada, Bell (J. M.), 3. Middlesex shales, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Middlesex black shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. 524 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Midway stage, included in Eocene, Ter¬ tiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Milburn beds, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (It. T.), 3. Milbury limestone, Massachusetts, Perry and Emerson, 1. Millersburg formation, Carboniferous, Indiana, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Millersburg formation, Carboniferous, Indiana, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Million beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Millsap division, Carboniferous, Texas, Taff, 4/ Millsap limestone, Carboniferous (Mis- sissippian), Colorado, Darton, 16. Millsap limestone, Carboniferous-Tri- assic, Colorado, Darton, 18. Millstone grit, Carboniferous, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Minnekahta, Permian, Carboniferous, South Dakota, Richardson (G. B.), 2. Minnekahta limestone (Permian?), Carboniferous, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Minnekahta limestone, Carboniferous, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton-, 8, 14, 16, 18, 26. Minnekahta limestone, Carboniferous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Minnekahta limestone, Carboniferous (Permian), Black Hills region, Jag- gar, 5. Minnekahta limestone, Carboniferous, Wyoming, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Minnelusa formation, Carboniferous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8, 16, 18. Minnelusa formation, Carboniferous, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Minnelusa sandstone, Carboniferous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Minnelusa sandstone, Carboniferous, South Dakota, Darton, 14. Minnelusa sandstone, Carboniferous, Wyoming, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Minnelusa sandstone, Carboniferous, Wyoming and.South Dakota, Darton, 26. Minnewaste limestone, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8, 16, 18. Minnewaste limestone, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Mississippian series, Carboniferous, Iowa, Udden, 2. Missourian stage, Carboniferous, Iowa, Calvin, 1. Missourian stage, Carboniferous, Iowa, Udden, 3, 8. Missourian division, Carboniferous, Kansas, Missouri, Bain, 3. Missourian formation, Carboniferous, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. Mitchell limestone, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 8. Mitchell limestone, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Geologic formations described—Continued. Mitchell limestone, Lower Carbonifer¬ ous, Indiana, Ashley, 2. Mitchell limestone, Mississippian, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Moccasin limestone, Ordovician, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1, 11. Modoc limestone, Carboniferous, Ari¬ zona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Moencopie beds, Triassic, Arizona, Ward (L. F.), 1, 5. Moencopie shales, Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 2. Mohawkian, Champlainic. New York, Clarke, 20. Molas formation, Carboniferous, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Howe, 1. Molas formation, Carboniferous (Pen- sylvanian), Colorado, Cross and Howe, 3. Monmouth formation, Cretaceous, At¬ lantic coast region, Darton and Keith, 1 . Monmouth formation, Upper Creta¬ ceous, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Monmouth formation, Cretaceous, At¬ lantic coast region, Clarke (W. B.), 6. Monmouth formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Prosser, 3, 4. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Maryland (included in Coal Meas¬ ures, includes Pittsburg coal, Red¬ stone limestone, Redstone coal, Se- wickley limestone, Lower Sewickley coal, Upper Sewickley or Tyson coal, Sewickley sandstone, Uniontown coal, Uniontown sandstone, Waynes- burg limestone, and Waynesburg coal), Clark and Martin, 5. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Monongahela formation (includes Elk Garden coal, Tyson coal, Koontz coal), Carboniferous, Maryland, White (D.), 7. Monongahela formation (includes Pitts¬ burg coal, Redstone coal, Sewickley coal, Uniontown coal, Waynesburg coal), Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 6, 8, IS. Monongahela formation (Upper Pro¬ ductive Coal Measures), Carbonifer¬ ous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Monongahela series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 2. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin, 16. 525 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described —Continued. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6-8. Monongahela formation, Carboniferous, (Pennsylvanian), Penn s y 1 v a n i a , Woolsey, 3. Monroe formation, Silurian, Michigan, Russell, 6, 23, 45. Monroe shales, Devonian, New Jersey, Kiiinmel and Weller, 2. Monroe shales, Devonian, New York, Eckel, 6. „ Monroe beds, Pennsylvania series, Iowa, Beyer and Young, 1. Monroe formation, Silurian, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Monroe shale, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Monroe shales, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Monroe Creek beds, Tertiary, Nebraska, Peterson, 1. Montana group, Cretaceous, Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Montana group, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 15. Montana group, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd and Hall, 3. Montana formation, Cretaceous, Mon¬ tana, Pirsson, 4. Montana formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Montauk drift, Quaternary, New York, Fuller, 29. Monte Cristo diorite, probably pre-Per- mian, Alaska, Mendenhall and Schra¬ der, 1. Monterey series, California, Lawson and Palache, 1. Monterey, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Monterey, California, Osmont, 1. Monterey series, Miocene, California, Arnold, 2. Monterey shales, Miocene, California, Anderson (F. M.), 6. Monterey shale, Miocene, California, Haehl and Arnold, 1. Monterey shale, Neocene, California, Fairbanks, 7. Monterey shales, Tertiary, California, Anderson, 7. Monterey shale, Tertiary, California, Bagg, 9. Montezuma schist, Algonkian?, North Carolina, Keith, 4. Montijo conglomerate, Panama, Her- shey, 5. Monument Creek formation, Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 2. Monument Creek formation, Tertiary, Darton, 23. Moorefield shale, Carboniferous, Arkan¬ sas, Adams (G. 1.), 15. Geologic formations described —Continued. Moorefield shale, Carboniferous, Arkan¬ sas, Ulrich, 5. Moosehide diabase, Canada, McConnell, 5. Moreau sandstone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Morenci formation, Devonian, Arizona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Morgantown sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Morgantown sandstone, member of Conemaugh formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 8, 18. Morgantown sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.),3. Morgantown sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Morgantown sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 7, 8. Morita formation, Cretaceous, Arizona, Ransome, 10, 11, 14. Morris granite, New York, Cushing, 10. Morrison formation, Jurassic, Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 1. Morrison shales, Cretaceous, Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 3. Morrison clay, Jurassic or Lower Cre¬ taceous, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1 . Morrison formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Morrison formation, Jurassic, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Morrison shales, Cretaceous, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 16. Morrison shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming, South Dakota, Darton, 14. Morrison formation, Colorado and Wy¬ oming, Stanton, 8. Morrison formation, Jurassic, Colorado, Fenneman, 10. Morrison shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Darton, 18. Morrison shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Darton, 26. Morrison shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Morrow formation, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Morrow formation, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Ulrich, 5. Morrow formation, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Morrow formation, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 17. Moscow shale, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Moscow shales, included in Hamilton Devonian, New York, Cleland, 2. Moscow shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1-3. Mottled limestone (upper and lower), Ordovician, Canada, Dowling, 1. 526 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Mount Auburn beds, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Mount Auburn bed, Cincinnati series, Ordovician, Foerste, 8, 11. Mount Auburn beds, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Nickles, 6. Mount Baker lava, Quaternary, Wash¬ ington, Smith and Calkins, 1. Mount Hope beds, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Mount Hope beds, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Nickles, 6. Mount Laurel sand, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. Mount Pleasant conglomerate. Carbon iferous, Pennsylvania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Mount Stuart granodiorite, pre-Ter¬ tiary, Washington, Smith (G. O.), 13. Mural limestone, Cretaceous, Arizona, Itansome, 10, 11, 14. Murat limestone, Ordovician, Virginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1. Murray slate, Cambrian, North Caro¬ lina and Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Myrtle formation, Cretaceous, Oregon, Diller, 4, 11. Myrtle group, Cretaceous, Oregon, Louderback, 6. Nabesna limestone, Permian, Alaska, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Nacatoch (Washington) sand, Louisi¬ ana, Veatch, 7. Naco limestone, Carboniferous, Ari¬ zona, Ransome, 11, 14. Naknek formation, Jurassic, Alaska, Martin, 11. Naknek formation, Jurassic, Alaska, Stanton and Martin, 1. Nanjemoy formation or stage, Eocene, Maryland. Includes Patapsco and Woodstock members or substages. Clark and Martin, 1. Nantahala slate, Cambrian, North Car¬ olina and Tennessee, Keith, 9. Nanushak series, Cretaceous, Alaska, Schrader, 1, 3. Naples beds, Devonic, New York. Clarke, 20. Napoleon, Carboniferous, Michigan, Gregory (W. M.), 3. Nasina series, Canada, McConnell, 5. Natural Bridge limestone, Cambrian and Ordovician, Virginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1. Navarro beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Navesink marls, included in Monmouth formation, Cretaceous, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Navesink marl, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Prather, 4. Nebo quartzite, Cambrian, North Caro¬ lina and Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Geologic formations described —Continued. Nebraska beds, Tertiary, Nebraska, Peterson, 1. Necoxtla, Cretaceous, Mexico, Villa- rello and Bose, 1. Necoxtla slates, Cretaceous, Mexico, Hall (C. E.), 1. Needle Mountains group, Algonkian, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 3. Negaunee formation, Algonkian, Bay- ley, 1. Neosho limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Smith (A. J.), 3. Neosho member, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Neosho member, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Neva limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Neva limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas Prosser, 7. Neva limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Neva limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Crevecoeur, 1. Neva limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas. Prosser and Beede, 1. Nevada, limestone, Nevada, Spurr, 6. New Albany shale, Devonian of Indi¬ ana, Kindle, 1. New Albany black shale, Devonian, In¬ diana, Siebenthal, 2. New Albany black shale, Devonian, In¬ diana, Ashley, 2. New Albany black shale (Genesee), Devonian, Indiana, Newsom, 3. New Albany black shale, Devonian, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Newark beds, Juratrias, New York, Eckel, 6. Newark group, Juratrias, New Jersey, Merrill and others, 1. Newark system, Atlantic coast region, Hobbs, 6. Newark system, New Jersey, Knapp (C. N.), 1. Newfoundland grit, Devonian, New Jersey, Klimmel and Weller, 2. Newfoundland grit, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Newfoundland quartzite, Devonian, New York, Eckel, 6. New Glasgow conglomerate, Permian, Carboniferous, Canada, Fletcher, 1. New Providence shale, included in Knobstone group, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Newman limestone, Carbonifei’ous, Vir¬ ginia, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Newman limestone, Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1, 11. New Red, Pennsylvania, Lyman, 2. New Richmond sandstone, Ordovician, Illinois, Bain, 11. New Scotland beds, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. FOB THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 527 Geologic formations described—Continued. New Scotland beds, Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. New Scotland beds, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. New Scotland limestone, Devonic, Maryland, Schuchert, 7. New Scotland shales, Devonian, New York, Grabau, 9. New Scotland beds, New York, Shinier, 5. Niagara formation, Silurian, Maryland, Prosser, 3. Niagara group, Silurian, Illinois, Al- den, 1. Niagara beds, Silurian, Indiana, Kin¬ dle, 3. Niagara group, Silurian, Indiana, New¬ som, 3. Niagara group, Silurian, New York, Schneider, 1. Niagara group, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10 . Niagara limestone, Ontario, Parks, 4. Niagara limestone, Silurian, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Niagaran, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20 . Niagara group, Silurian, Indiana, Kin¬ dle, 6. Niagara limestone, Silurian, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Niagara, Silurian, New Hampshire. I-Iitchcock (C. H.), 10. Niagara dolomite, Silurian, Illinois, Bain, 11. Niagara formation, Silurian, Canada, . Corkill, 2. Niagara formation, Silurian, Maryland, Uhler, 1. Niagara limestone, Silurian, Iowa, Ud- den (Jon A.), 1. Niagara limestone, Silurian, Michigan, Russell, 23, 45. Niagara series, Silurian, Iowa, Savage, 8 . Nichols slate, Cambrian, North Caro¬ lina and Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Nikolai greenstone, Alaska, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Nikolai greenstone, probably Carbon¬ iferous, Alaska, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Nikolai greenstone, Carboniferous, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Nineveh sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Nineveh limestone, Carboniferous, West -Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Babcock, 2. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Hatcher, 6. Niobrara group, Cretaceous, Kansas, Lindgren, 8. Geologic formations described—Continued. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 9-11, 15. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Ne¬ braska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Todd and Hall, 1-3. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colorado, Darton, 16, 18. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 14. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Fennemau, 10. Niobrara formation, Cretaceous, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Niobrara stage, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Trumbull, 1. Nipigon series, Canada, Smith (W. N.), 1 . Nishnabotna stage, Cretaceous, Iowa, Udden, 8. Noblesville dolomite, Silurian, Indiana, Kindle, 6. Noel shale, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Noel shale, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Nogales division, Tertiary, Arizona, Dumble, 7. Nolichucky shale, Cambrian, Tennessee, Keith, 1, 9, 11. Nome series, Alaska, Brooks and others, 1 . Nome series, Paleozoic and Mesozoic, Alaska, Collier, 1. Norman division, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Normanskill shale, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Northbridge gneiss, Massachusetts, Perry and Emerson, 1. North Haven greenstones, Maine, Smith (G. O.), 2. North.View sandstone and shale, Car¬ boniferous, Missouri, Weller, 1. Nulato sandstone, Alaska, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Nunda formation, Devonian, Pennsyl¬ vania, Butts, 7. Nussbaum formation, Neocene, Colo¬ rado, Hills, 1. Nuttall sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Nuttall sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Oak Grove sands, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Oak Grove sands, Tertiary, Florida, Maury, 1. Oakland, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. 528 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described —Continued. Oakville Beds, Neocene, Texas, Dumble, ' 13. Ocala limestone, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Ocala nummilitic limestone, Tertiary, Florida, Maury, 1. Ocoee formation, upper Paleozoic, Ala¬ bama, Smith (E. A.), 1. Ogallala formation, Tertiary, Wyoming, Nebraska, Adams (G. I.), 4. Ogallala formation, Pliocene (?), Ter¬ tiary, Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Ogallala formation, Tertiary, Nebraska, Darton, 10, 18. Ogallala ( ?) formation, Tertiary, South Dakota, Reagan, 5. Ogden quartzite, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Ogden quartzite, Devonian, Utah and Nevada, Berkey, 8. Ogishke conglomerate, Algonkian, Min¬ nesota, Clements, 3. Ohara limestone, Mississippian, Ken¬ tucky, Ulrich, 8. Ohara member, Carboniferous (Missis¬ sippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Ohio shale, Devonian, Ohio, Claypole, 5. Ohio shale, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 10, 13. Ohio shale, Devonian, Illinois, Bain, 19. Ohio shale, Devonian, Illinois, Ulrich, 8. Ohio River formation, post-Carbonifer- ous (Tertiary?), Indiana, Ashley, 2. Oil Lake group, Devonian, Pennsyl¬ vania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Olean conglomerate, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Olean conglomerate, Carboniferous, New York, Glenn, 1. Olentangy shale, Devonian, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10, 13. Olpe shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Olpe shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Onaga limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, C'revecoeur, 1. Oneida Conglomerate, Champlainic,- New York, Clarke, 20. Oneonta beds, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Oneota limestone, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Oneota dolomite, Ordovician, Illinois, Bain, 11. Onondaga limestone, Devonian, New York, Grabau, 1. 9. Onondaga, Ontario, Parks, 4. Onondaga limestone, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Onondaga limestone, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Onondaga limestone, Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Onondaga limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Geologic formations described—Continued. Onondaga limestone, Devonian, Tennes¬ see, Foerste, 7. Onondaga limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1-3. Onondaga formation, Silurian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Onondaga limestone, New York, Shimer, 5. Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Oolagah limestone,. Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Opeche formation, Carboniferous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Opeche, Permian, Carboniferous, South Dakota, Richardson (3. B.), 2. Opeche formation (Permian?), Carbon¬ iferous, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1 . Opeche formation, Carboniferous, "Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 16. Opeche formation, Carboniferous, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Opeche formation, Carboniferous, Wy¬ oming, South Dakota, Darton, 14. Opeche formation, Carboniferous, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 18. Opeche formation, Carboniferous, Wy¬ oming, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Opeche formation, Carboniferous, Wy¬ oming and South Dakota, Darton, 26. Orange sands, Texas, Dumble, 2. Orange sand (Lafayette) formation. Tertiary (Pliocene), Mississippi, Logan, 2. Orca series, Alaska, Schrader and Spen¬ cer, 1. Oread limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Oregon bed, Ordovician, Kentucky, Mil¬ ler (A. M.), 4. Orindan formation, California, Lawson and Palache, 1. Orindan, California, Osmont. 1. Oriskanian, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20 . Oriskany sandstone, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Oriskany, Ontario, Parks, 4. Oriskany beds, Devonian, New York, Grabau, 9. Oriskany beds, Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Oriskany beds, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Oriskany formation, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Oriskany formation, Devonic, Mary¬ land, Schuchert, 7. Oriskany formation, Devonian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Oriskany limestone, New York, Shimer, 5. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 529 Geologic formations described —Continued. Oriskany period, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Oriskany quartzite, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Oriskany sandstone, Devonian, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Oriskany sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Osgood bed, Silurian, Kentucky and Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Osgood bed, Silurian, Indiana, Foerste, 11 . Osgood beds, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10 . Osos basalt, California, Fairbanks, 7. Oswayo beds, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Oswayo beds, Carboniferous, New York, Glenn, 1. Oswayo formation, Devono-Carbonifer- ous, Pennsylvania, Fuller and Alden, 1 , 2 . Oswegan, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20 . Otero marls, Tertiary (?), New Mex¬ ico, Herrick (C. L.), 6. Otis, Devonian, Iowa, Norton, 1. Otselic shale and sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Otterdale sandstones, Triassic, Virginia, Woodworth, 4. Ouray limestones, Devonian, Colorado, Purington, 3. Ouray limestone, Devonian and Missis- sippian, Colorado, Cross (W.), 5. Ouray limestone, Devono-Carboniferous, Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Ouray limestone, Devonian and Missis- sippian, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Oxmoor sandstone, Carboniferous, Geor¬ gia, Hayes, 5. Oxmoor, Carboniferous, Alabama, Ste¬ venson (J. J.), 4. Ozarkian, Hershey, 8. Pacific sandstone, Cambro-Ordbvician, Missouri, Ball, 1. Pacific sandstone, Ordovician, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Pahasapa formation, Carboniferous, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Pahasapa limestone, Carboniferous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 16, 18. Pahasapa limestone, Carboniferous, Wyoming, South Dakota, Darton, 14. Pahasapa limestone, Carboniferous, Wyoming, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Pahasapa limestone, Carboniferous, Wyoming and South Dakota, Darton, 26. Painted Desert beds, Triassic, Arizona, Ward (L. F.), 1, 5. Painted Desert formation, Utah, Hunt¬ ington and Goldthwait, 2. Palisade conglomerate, Tertiary, Alaska, Collier, 2. Bull. 301—06-34 Geologic formations described—Continued. Palisade diabase, Juratrias, New Jer¬ sey, Merrill and others, 1. Paluxy sands, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (A. T.), 3. Paloduro beds, Miocene, Tertiary, Texas, Gidley, 4. Pamunkey formation, Tertiary, Atlan¬ tic coast region, Darton and Keith, 1. Pamunkey formation, Tertiary, Vir¬ ginia, North Carolina, Darton, 7. Panama formation, Hershey, 5. Panama conglomerate, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Panhandle beds, Miocene, Tertiary, Texas, Gidley, 4. Parkville limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Parrish limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. Parsons limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Parsons limestone. Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Parting quartzite, Devonian, Colorado, Cross (W.), 5. Pasayten formation, Cretaceous, Wash¬ ington, Smith and Calkins, 1. Paso Robles formation, Neocene, Cali¬ fornia, Fairbanks, 7. Paspotansa member or substage, Eo¬ cene, Maryland. Included in Aquia formation or stage. Clark and Mar¬ tin, 1. Patapsco, Cretaceous, Maryland, Clark and Bibbins, 1. Patapsco formation, lower Cretaceous, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Patton shale, Carboniferous, Pennsyl¬ vania, Butts, 7. Patton shale, Carboniferous, Pennsyl¬ vania, Butts, 4. Patton shale lentil of the Pocono for¬ mation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Patuxent formation, Cretaceous, Mary¬ land, Clark and Bibbins, 1. Patuxent formation, Jurassic?, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 5. Patuxent formation, Cretaceous, Atlan¬ tic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Pawhuska limestone, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Pawnee Creek beds, Tertiary, Colorado, Matthew (W. D.), 2. Pawnee limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Pawnee limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Pawnee limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede and Rogers, 1. Pawpaw formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Paxton schist, Massachusetts, Perry and Emerson, 1. 530 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Payette formation, Tertiary, Idaho, Russell, 5. Payette formation, Tertiary, Idaho, Lindgren and Drake, 2. Payette formation, Oregon, Russell, 21. Payne formation, Carboniferous, Okla¬ homa, Kirk, 1. Peachbottom slates, Ordovician (?), Maryland, Mathews, 6. Pegram limestone, Devonian, Kentucky and Tennessee, Foerste, 1. Pella beds, included in St. Louis, Car¬ boniferous, Iowa, Udden, 5. Pella beds, included in St. Louis, Mis- sissippian series, Iowa, Savage, 2. Pelly gneisses, Alaska, Collier, 2. Pelly gneiss, Archean (?), Alaska, Prindle, 2. Pelona schist series, California, Hershey, 8. Pendleton sandstone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Siebenthal, 2. Pendleton sandstone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Pennington shale, Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 1. Pennington shales, Carboniferous, Vir¬ ginia, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Pensauken, Quaternary, New York, Veatch, 4. Pensauken formation, Pleistocene, New Jersey, Salisbury, 1. Pensauken formation, Quaternary, New Jersey, Merrill and others, 1. Pensauken formation, Pleistocene, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Peorian soil, Quaternary, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Perry formation, Devonian, Maine, Smith and Perry, 1. Perry group, Devonian, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 17. Pescadero sandstones, Miocene, Cali¬ fornia, Anderson (F. M.), 6. Peshastin formation, pre-Tertiary, Washington, Smith (G. O.), 8, 13. Petersburg formation, Carboniferous, Indiana, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Petit Bourg series, West Indies, Spen¬ cer (J. W.), 2. Phelps sandstone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Weller, 1. Phelps sandstone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Phoenix limestone lentil, Carbonifer¬ ous, Utah, Keith, 13. Picayune andesite, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, Colorado, Hills, 1. Pierre formation, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Babcock, 2. Pierre shales, Cretaceous, Colorado, Hatcher, 6. Geologic formations described—Continued. Pierre formation, Cretaceous, Nebraska, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 9-11, 15. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colorado, Dar¬ ton, 16, 18. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Darton and Smith, 1. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Todd and Hall, 2, 3. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming, Darton, 14. Pierre, Cretaceous, North Dakota, Leonard, 4. Pierre formation, Cretaceous, Colorado, Fenneman, 10. Pierre shales, Cretaceous, South Da¬ kota, Reagan, 5. Pierre shale, Cretaceous, Wyoming and South Dakota, Darton and O'Harra, 1 . Pierson limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Weller, 1. Piketown gravels, Tertiary, Missouri, Marbut, 1. Pilarcitos sandstone, California, Law- son (A. C.), 9. Pinal schists, pre-Cambrian, Arizona, Ransome, 6, 10, 11, 13, 14. Pinal schist, pre-Cambrian, Arizona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Pine Hill quartzite, Silurian, Eckel, 6. Pinkard formation, Cretaceous, Ari¬ zona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Pinole tuffs, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Pioneer shale, Cambrian (?), Arizona, Ransome, 13. Pipestone beds, Tertiary, Montana, Douglass, 4. Piqua limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Piscataway member or substage, Eo¬ cene, Maryland, included in Aquia formation or stage, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 1. Pismo formation, Neocene, California, Fairbanks, 7. Pit formation, Triassic, California, Dil- ler, 12. Pitkin limestone, Carboniferous, Arkan¬ sas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Pitkin limestone, Carboniferous, Arkan¬ sas, Ulrich, 5. Pitkin formation, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 17. Pitkin limestone, Mississippian, Arkan¬ sas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Pittsburg red shale, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Pittsburg sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Pittsburg limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and Peppel, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 531 Geologic formations described —Continued. Pittsburg limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Pittsburg limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Pittsburg limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 7, 8. Pittsburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 7, 8. Pittsford shale, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Pittsford shale, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 1. Placita marl, Quaternary, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Platteville limestone, Ordovician, Illi¬ nois, Bain, 11. Pleasonton beds, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Wooster, 1, 2. Plum Point marls, Miocene, Maryland, Shattuck, IQ. Pocahontas formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Pocono sandstone, Carboniferous, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Pocono formation, Carboniferous, Mary¬ land, Martin (G. C.), 1. Pocono formation, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Fuller (M. L.), 3. Pocono, Lower Carboniferous, Appala¬ chian region, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Pocono sandstone, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 6, 8, 18. Pocono formation, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Pocono formation, Carboniferous (Mis- sissippian), Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Pocono formation, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6, 7. Pogonip formation, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Point Pleasant beds, Ordovician, Ohio, Nickles, 3. Point rieasant beds, Ordovician, Ohio, Foerste, 12. Poison Canyon formation, Eocene (?), Colorado, Hills, 1. Pokegama quartzite, included in Upper Huronian series, Algonkian, Minne¬ sota, Leith, 4. Polk Bayou limestone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Polk Bayou limestone, Ordovician, Ar¬ kansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Polk Bayou limestone, Ordovician, Ar- kansas, Ulrich, 5. Portage formation, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Portage sandstone, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Portage sandstones, Devonian, New York, Luther, 1, 2. Portage-Chemung formation, Devonian, Canada, Corkill, 2. Port Clarence limestone, Ordovician, Alaska, Collier, 1, 8. Geologic formations described —Continued. Port Ewen limestone, Devonian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Port Ewen limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Port Ewen (Kingston) beds, Devonian, New York, Grabau, 9. Port Ewen beds, New York, Shimer, 5. Port Hudson, Louisiana, Veatch, 2. Port Hudson clays, Columbia, Tertiary, Louisiana, Clendenin, 1. Port Hudson stage, Quaternary, Louisi¬ ana, Harris, 2. Port Hudson clays, Recent, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Portland shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Potapaco member or substage, Eocene, Maryland, included in Nanjemoy formation or stage, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 1. Poteau group, Carboniferous, Indian Territory and Arkansas, Taff, 4. Potomac formation, Cretaceous, Atlan¬ tic coast region, Darton and Keith, 1. Potomac formation, Cretaceous, Vir¬ ginia-North Carolina, Darton, 7. Potomac group, Cretaceous, Jurassic, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Potomac group, Jurassic and Creta¬ ceous, Maryland, Clark and Bibbins, 2 . Potomac group, Maryland. Includes Patuxent, Arundel, Patapsco, and Raritan formations, Clark and Bib- bins, 1. Potomac group, Mesozoic, Maryland, Shattuck, 3. Potomac group, Cretaceous, Atlantic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Potosi limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Keyes, 6. Potosi limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Nason, 2. Potosi series, Cross (W.), 1. Potosi limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Nason, 5. Potosi series, Colorado, Purington, 3. Potosi group, Cambrian and Ordovi¬ cian, Missouri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Potosi volcanic series, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1. Potsdam formation, Cambrian, New York, Cushing, 2. Potsdam group, Cambrian, Illinois, Al- den, 1. Potsdam sandstone, Cambrian, Canada, Ells, 8. Potsdam sandstone, Cambrian, New York, Woodworth, 6. Potsdam formation, Cambrian, Wiscon : sin, Weidman, 5. Potsdam, Ordovician, Canada, Ells, 20. Potsdam sandstone, Ordovician, Cana¬ da, Adams and LeRoy, 1. Potsdam sandstone, Cambrian, New York, Cushing, 9, 10. 532 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Potsdam sandstone, Cambrian, New York, Ogilvie, 6. Pottawattamie formation, Carbonifer¬ ous, Kansas, Rogers, 1. Pottsboro subgroup, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Prosser, 3. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Maryland. Included in Coal Meas¬ ures. Includes Sharon sandstone, Sharon coal, Lower Connoquenes- sing sandstone, Quakertown coal. Upper Connoquenessing sandstone, Lower Mercer coal, Mount Savage fire-clay, Mount Savage or Upper Mercer coal, and Homewood sand¬ stone, Clark and Martin, 5. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin (G. C.), 1. Pottsville formation (includes Bloom¬ ington coal, Mercer group), Carbon¬ iferous, Maryland, White (D.), 7. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Fuller (M. L.), 3. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1. Pottsville series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Pottsville beds, Carboniferous, New York, Glenn, 1. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Fuller and Alden, 1. Pottsville conglomerate, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania and Ohio, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Pottsville series, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Pottsville, Carboniferous, Appalachian region, Stevenson (J. J.), 6. Pottsville, Carboniferous, Appalachian region, White (D.), 14. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 6, 8, 18. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Maryland, Martin, 16. Pottsville formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6, 7. Pottsville formation, Cax*boniferous, (Pennsylvanian), Pennsylvania,Wool- sey, 3. Poughquag quartzite, Cambrian, New York, Eckel, 6, 30. Poughquag quartzite, Cambrian, New York, Merrill and others, 1. Poxino shale, Silurian, New York, Ilart- nagel, 2. Geologic formations described—Continued. Poxino Island shale, Silurian, New Jer¬ sey, Weller, 6. Prattsburg sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Prattsburg sandstone and shale, De¬ vonian, New York, Clarke and Lu¬ ther, 1. Prattsburg shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 2. Pre-Kansan drift, Quaternary, Iowa, Savage, 3. Pre-Kansan or Albertan, Pleistocene, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Pre-Kansan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Macbride, 4. Pre-Kansan stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Savage, 7, 8. Pre-Kansan stage. Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden (.Ton A.), 1. Presidio beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Ud¬ den (Johan A.), 11. Preston beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Princeton conglomerate, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Princeton limestone, Carboniferous, Kentucky, Ulrich and Smith, 1. Procter limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Ball, 1. Procter limestone, Cambrian, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Prospect Mountain limestone and quartzite, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Protean of Safford, Carboniferous, Ten¬ nessee, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Puerco marls, Cretaceous, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Puget formation, Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 6 Pulaski formation, Eocene, Oregon, Diller, 4. Purisima formation. Pliocene, Ter¬ tiary, California, Haehl and Arnold, 1 . Putnam Hill limestone, Carboniferous, Ohio, Orton and Peppel, 1. Pyburn limestone, subdivision of Linden bed, Devonian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Quadrant formation, Carboniferous, Montana, Weed, 5. Quartermaster division, Permian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 9. Quatermaster formation, Carbonifer¬ ous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Quebec formation, Ordovician, Canada, Ami, 1. Quinnesec schists, Archean, Michigan, Bayley, 1. Quinnimont formation, Ccrboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Ragged Point series, West Indies, Spen¬ cer (J. W.), 6. Raleigh sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Raleigh sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C,), 7. 533 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described—Continued. Rampart series, Devonian?, Alaska, Collier, 2. Rampart formation, Devonian, Alaska, Prindle, 2. Rancocas formation, Cretaceous, Atlan¬ tic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Randolph limestone, Arizona, Church, 1 . Randville dolomite, Algonkian, Michi¬ gan, Bayley, 1. Raritan formation, Cretaceous, Mary¬ land, Clark and Bihbins, 1. Raritan formation, Cretaceous, New York, Merrill and others, 1. Raritan formation, Lower Cretaceous, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Raritan clay series, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Raritan formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 2. Rattlesnake formation, Tertiary, Ore¬ gon, included in Pliocene, Merriam (J. C.), 1. Rattlesnake formation, Tertiary, Ore¬ gon, Knowlton, 14. Ravenna plutonic series, California, Hershey, 9. Reading blue limestone, Carboniferous, Kansas, Smith (A. J.), 4. Reagan sandstone, Cambrian, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6. Reagan sandstone, Cambrian, Indian Territory and Oklahoma, Taff, 13. Reagan sandstone, Cambrian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 13, 14. Red Bank sands, included in Monmouth formation, Cretaceous, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Redbank formation, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Prather, 4. Red Beds, Permian, Kansas, Gould, 1. Red Beds, Permo-Triassic, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Red Beds, Permian, New Mexico, Rea¬ gan, 1. Red Beds, Texas, Oklahoma, Indian Territory, and Kansas, Adams (G. I.), 11. Red Beds, Permian (?), Indian Terri¬ tory and Oklahoma, Taff, 13. Red Beds, Permian, Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Red Beds, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Red Beds, Trias, Wyoming, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Red Beds, Triassic, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Red Beds, Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Red Beds, Carboniferous and Triassic, New Mexico, Keyes, 50. Red Bluff epoch, Quaternary, Califor¬ nia, Hershey, 14. Red Bluff bed, Tertiary, Mississippi, Casey, 2. Geologic formations described—Continued. Red Bluff sandstone, Permian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 9. Red Bluff beds, Tertiary, Mississippi, Maury, 1". Red Rock sandstone, Carboniferous, Iowa, included in Des Moines forma¬ tion, Miller (B. L.), 1. Redstone limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Redstone limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Redstone limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Red Wall group, Upper and Lower, Arizona, Reagan, 3. Red Wall limestone, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Reef bed, Tertiary, California, Ander¬ son, 7. Rensselaer grit, Silurian, New York, Dale, 5. Reynosa beds, Neocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Reynosa limestone, Pliocene, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Rhinestreet black shales, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Rhinestreet shales, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Rhinestreet black shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Rhinestreet shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 2. Riceville shales, included in Chemung, Devonian, Pennsylvania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Richland division, Carboniferous, Tex¬ as, Hill (R. T.), 3. Richmond group, Ordovician, Kentucky and Tennessee, Foerste, 1. Richmond formation, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Foerste, 3. Richmond group, Ordovician, Ohio, and Indiana, Nickles, 3. Richmond formation, Ordovician, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Richmond group, Cincinnati series, Or¬ dovician, Foerste, 8. Richmond group, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 5. Richmond limestone, Ordovician, Ten¬ nessee, Foerste, 6, 7. Richmond formations, Ordovician, In¬ diana, Foerste, 11. Richmond group, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Rico formation, Carboniferous, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Howe, 1. Rico formation, Carboniferous (Penn¬ sylvanian), Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Rico formation, Carboniferous (Penn¬ sylvanian), Colorado, Cross and Howe, 3. Rio Grande marls, Quaternary, New Mexico, Reagan, 1. Rio Grande drift, Pleistocene, Texas, Udden (Johaa A.), 11. 534 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Ripley formation, Cretaceous, Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 2. Ripley formation, Cretaceous, Missis¬ sippi, Logan, 2. Riversdale formation, Carboniferous, Canada, Ami, 40. Roan gDeiss, Arehean, North Carolina, Keith, 4, 9, 12. Roaring Creek sandstone (Upper Free¬ port sandstone), Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Rochester ’ shale, Silurian, New York, Grabau, 1. Rock Creek beds, Pleistocene, Texas, Gidley, 4. Rockford limestone, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Siebenthal, 2. Rockford goniatite limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Rockford goniatite limestone Missis- sippian, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11 . Rockmart slate, Silurian, Georgia, Hayes, 5. Rockwood formation, Silurian, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 1. Rockwood formation, Silurian, Ala¬ bama and Georgia, Hayes, 5. Rockwood formation, Cambrian, Ten¬ nessee, Keith, 11. Rogersville shale, Cambrian, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 1, 11. Rome formation, Cambrian,' Tennessee, Keith, 1, 11. Rome formation, Cambrian, Alabama, Hayes, 5. Romney formation, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Romney formation, Devonian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 12. Roundout water lime, Silurian, New York, Grabau, 1. Roundout beds, Silurian, New York. Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Roundout formation, Silurian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Roundout formation, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 1. Roundout waterlime, Ontaric, New York, Clarke, 20. Roundout waterlime, Silurian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Rosamond series, Tertiary, California, Hershey, 10. Rosebud beds, Miocene, South Dakota, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Rosiclare member, Carboniferous (Mis- sissippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Rosiclare sandstone, Mississippian, Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. Roslyn formation, Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 8, 13. Ross limestone, subdivision of Linden bed, Devonian, Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Roubidoux sandstone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1, Geologic formations described—Continued. Roubidoux sandstone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Roubidoux formation, Cambrian and Ordovician, Missouri, Bain and Ul¬ rich, 2. Rove slate, included in Upper Huro- nian, Minnesota, Clements, 3. Itoxton beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Ruin granite, pre-Cambrian, Arizona, Ransome, 6, 13. Russell formation, Cambrian, Virginia, Watson (T. L.), 17. Rustler formation, Permian, Texas, Richardson ( G. B.), 4. Rutledge limestone, Cambrian, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 1, 11. Rysedorph conglomerate, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Sabine (Lignitic), Tertiary, Louisiana, Veatch, 7. Sac limestone, Carboniferous, Mis souri, Weller, 1. Sac limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Saccharoidal sandstone, Ordovician, Missouri, Adams (G. I.), 3. Saccharoidal sandstone, Missouri. Broadhead, 8. * Sage Creek beds, Tertiary, Montana, Douglass, 8. Saginaw, Carboniferous, Michigan, Lane, 4. Saginaw formation, Carboniferous, Michigan, Russell, 6. St. Clair limestone, Upper Silurian, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 3. St. Clair limestone, Silurian, Arkan¬ sas, Ulrich, 5. St. Clair marble, Silurian, Indian Ter¬ ritory, Taff, 17. St. Croix sandstone, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. St. Elizabeth formation, Cambro-Ordo- vician, Missouri, Ball, 1. St. Elizabeth formation, Ordovician, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. St. Elizabeth formation, Cambro-Ordo- vician, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Ste. Genevieve sandstone, Carbonifer¬ ous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Ste. Genevieve limestone, Carbonifer¬ ous (Mississippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Ste. Genevieve limestone, Mississip¬ pian, Mississippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. St. Helena rhyolite, Tertiary, Califor¬ nia, Osmont, 1. St. Joe limestone member, Mississip¬ pian, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. St. Joe limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. St. Joe limestone, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. St. Joe limestone, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Ulrich, 5, 535 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described —Continued. St. Joe limestone, Mississippian, Mis¬ souri, Gould, 12. St. Joseph limestone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Keyes, 6. St. Joseph limestone, Cambrian, Mis¬ souri, Nason, 2, 5. St. John beds, Devonian, New Bruns¬ wick, Matthew (G. F.), 4. St. John terrane, Cambrian, Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 20. St. Kitts gravels, West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 4. St. Louis, Carboniferous, Missouri, in¬ cluded in Mississippian series, Mil¬ ler (B. L.), 1. St. Louis, Mississippian series, Iowa, Leonard, 3. St. Louis limestone, Mississippian se¬ ries, Carboniferous, Iowa, Wilder, 3. St. Louis limestone, Carboniferous, Kentucky, Ulrich and Smith, 1. St. Louis limestone, Carboniferous, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. St. Louis limestone, Carboniferous, Tennessee, Hayes and- Ulrich, 1. St. Louis stage, Mississippian series, Iowa, Beyer and Young, 1. St. Louis limestone, Carboniferous, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. St. Louis limestone, Carboniferous, Iowa, Macbride, 4. St. Louis limestone, Carboniferous (Mississippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. St. Louis limestone, Mississippian, Mississippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. St. Mary’s formation, Miocene, Mary¬ land, Clark (W. B.), 6. St. Mary’s formation, Miocene, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 10. St. Peter group, Silurian, Illinois, Al- den, 1. St. Peter sandstone, Ordovician, Sarde- son, 1. St. Peter sandstone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. St. Peter sandstone, Ordovician, Ul¬ rich, 5. St. Peter sandstone, Wisconsin, Weid- man, 5. St. Peter sandstone, Ordovician, Illi¬ nois, Bain, 11. St. Peter (“Crystal City”) sandstone, Ordovician, Missouri, Bain and Ul¬ rich, 2. St. Peters (Pacific) sandstone, Cambro- Ordovician, Van Horn, 1. St. Stephens limestone, Tertiary, Ala¬ bama, Smith (E. A.), 2, 3. St. Thomas sandstone, Ordovician, Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Salamanca conglomerate, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Salamanca conglomerate lentil, in¬ cluded in Cattaraugus beds, Devo¬ nian, New York, Glenn, 1. Geologic formations described —Continued. Salem limestone, Carboniferous, Indi¬ ana, Cumings, 1. Salina formation, Silurian, Maryland, Prosser, 3. Salina, Silurian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Salina beds, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Salina formation, Ontario, Maryland, Schuchert, 7. Salina formation, Silurian, New York, Sarle, 2. Salina period, Silurian, New York, Schneider, 1. Salmon formation, pre-Cretaceous, Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 2. Saltillo limestone, Cincinnati group, Ordovician, Tennessee, Foerste, 6. Saline Creek cave-conglomerate, Car¬ boniferous, Missouri, Ball, 1. Saline Creek cave-conglomerate, Car¬ boniferous, Missouri, Ball and Smith, 1. Saline Creek cave-conglomerate, Penn¬ sylvanian, Missouri, Van Horn, 1. Salt Mountain limestone, Tertiary, Alabama, Maury, 1. Saltsburg sandstone, member of Cone- maugb formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 8, 18. Saltsburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4, 6, 7. Saltsburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Saltsburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Saltsburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 7, 8. Saltzburg sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Saluda bed, Ordovician, Kentucky, Foerste, 3. Saluda bed, Ordovician, Ohio, Prosser, 10 . Saluda beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. San Carlos formation, Pleistocene, Pan¬ ama, Hershey, 5. Sandia series, Carboniferous, New Mex¬ ico, Herrick (C. L.), 3. San Diego formation, Pliocene, Califor¬ nia, Arnold, 2. Sandusky limestone, Devonian, Ohio, Prosser, 10, 13. San Emidio series, California, Hershey, 9. San Francisco sandstone, California, Osmont, 1. Sangamon soil, Quaternary, Ohio, Pros¬ ser, 10. Sangamon, Pleistocene, Iowa, Udden, 2. Sangamon deposits, Quaternary, In¬ diana and Illinois, Fuller and Clapp, 2 . 536 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described —Continued. San Joaquin clays, Tertiary, California, Anderson, 7. San Juan formation, Colorado, Cross (W.), 1. San Juan tuff, Tertiary volcanic, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Howe, 1. San Juan breccias, Colorado, Puring- ton, 3. Sankaty beds, Quaternary, New York, Yeatch, 4. Sankaty beds, Quaternary, Massachu¬ setts, Fuller, 29. San Luis formation, Juratrias ?, Cali¬ fornia, Fairbanks, 7. San Miguel cherts, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. San Pablo, California, Lawson (A.C.), 9. San Pablo, California, Osmont, 1. San Pedran epoch, Quaternary, Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 14. San Pedro series, Pleistocene, Califor¬ nia, Arnold and Arnold, 1. San Pedro series, Pleistocene, Califor¬ nia, Arnold, 2. Santa Claran epoch, Quaternary, Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 14. Sante Fe marl group, Tertiary, New Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Sante Fe schists, Cuba, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Santa Margarita formation, Neocene, California, Fairbanks, 7. Santo Domingo rhyolite, Mexico, Hill (R. T.), 15. Saracachi formation, Mexico, Hill (R. T.), 15. Saranac formation, New York, Cushing, 10 . Saratoga formation, Cretaceous, Ar¬ kansas, Taff, 5. Saratogian, Cambric, New York, Clarke, 20 . Saratogian, proposed for Upper Cam¬ brian, Walcott, 8. Saugus division, Pliocene, Tertiary, California, Hershey, 10. Sausalito cherts, California, Lawson (A. C.-), 9. Savanna sandstone, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2-4. Saxicava sand, Canada, Coleman, 5. Scanlan conglomerate, Cambrian ?,, Arizona, Ransome, 13. Schultze granite, pre-Cambrian, Ari¬ zona, Ransome, 6, 13. Schunnemunk conglomerate, Devonian, New York, Eckel, 6. Seaforth limestone, West Indies, Spen¬ cer (J. W.), 1. Secret Canyon shale, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Seeley slate, pre-Cambrian, Wisconsin, Weidman, 5. Sellersburg beds, Devonian, Indiana, Kindle, 1. Geologic formations described —Continued. Sellersburg limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Siebenthal, 2. Sellersburg limestone, included in Ham¬ ilton, Devonian, Indiana, Newsom, 3. Sellersburg limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Seminole conglomerate, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2. Selma chalk, Cretaceous, Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 2, 3. Selma chalk (Rotten limestone), Cre¬ taceous, Mississippi, Logan, 2. Seneca group, Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Senecan, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20 . Senora formation, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2. Setters quartzite, Maryland, Mathews and Miller, 1. Setters quartzite, Cambrian, Maryland, Mathews, 6. Severy shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Severy shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Sevier shale, Ordovician, Tennessee, Keith, 1, 11. Sewell formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell (M. R.), 2, 5. Sewickley limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Sewickley sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Sewickley limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Sewickley limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Sewickley sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Shady limestone, Cambrian, Tennessee, Keith, 4, 9, 11. Shady marble, Cambrian, North Caro¬ lina, Keith, 12. Shaffer shale, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Shatter beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Udden (Johan A.), 11. Shakopee dolomite, Ordovician, Illi¬ nois, Bain, 11. Sharon conglomerate. Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Sharon conglomerate, member of Potts- ville formation, Carboniferous, Penn¬ sylvania, Fuller and Alden, 1, 2. Sharpsville sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stevenson (.T. J.). 4. Sharon sandstone, Carboniferous, Mary¬ land, Clark and Martin, 6. Shasto-Chico, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Shasta-Chico series, Cretaceous, Cali¬ fornia, Lawson and Palache, 1. Shasta-Chico series, Cretaceous, Cali¬ fornia, Osmont, 1. FOE THE YEAES 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 537 Geologic formations described—Continued. Shawangunk conglomerate, Silurian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Shawangunk grit and conglomerate, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 2. Shell Bluff group, Tertiary, Georgia, Maury, 1. Shell Bluff group, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Shenandoah limestone, Cambro-Ordo- vician, Virginia, Watson (T. L.), 17. Shenandoah limestone, Ordovician, Vir¬ ginia, Bassler, 4. Shenango sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Sheppard quartzite, Algonkian, Mon¬ tana, Willis, 6. Sherburne flags, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 3. Sherburne sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Sheridan (Equus) beds, Pleistocene, Texas, Gidley, 4. Sherwood limestone, Cambrian, Vir¬ ginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1. Shiloh marl, Tertiary, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Shimer gypsum, Permian, Oklahoma. Gould, 9. Shimer gypsum member, Carboniferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Shinarump, Triassic, Arizona, Ward, 1. Shinarump conglomerate, Utah, Hunt ington and Goldthwait, 1. Shinarump, Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 2. Shinarump formation, Triassic, Ari¬ zona, Ward (L. F.), 5. Shumla sandstone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Sierran, Hershey, 8. Siestan formation, California, Lawson and Palache, 1. Silo sandstone, Cretaceous, Indian Ter¬ ritory, Taff, 3, 6. Silver Creek shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19. Silver Creek limestone, Devonian, In¬ diana, Siebenthal, 2. Silver Creek hydraulic limestone, in¬ cluded in Hamilton, Devonian, In¬ diana, Newsom, 3. Silver Creek hydraulic limestone, De¬ vonian, Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Silverton series, Colorado, Purington, 3. Silverton series, Colorado, Cross (W.), 1 . Silverton volcanic series, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1. Simpson formation, Ordovician, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6, 13. Sioux quartzite, Algonkian, South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 9-11. Sioux quartzite, Algonkian, South Da¬ kota, Todd and Hall, 1. Siyeh limestone, Algonkian, Montana, Willis, 6. Geologic formations described—Continued. Skajit formation, Upper Silurian, Alaska, Schrader, 1, 3. Skaneateles shale, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Skaneateles shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 3. Skunnemunk conglomerate, Devonian, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Skunnemunk conglomerate, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Slocan series, British Columbia, Cor- less, 2. Smith or Deep River beds, Miocene, Montana, Douglass, 1. Snowbank granite, Algonkian, Minne¬ sota, Clements, 3. Snowbird formation, Cambrian, North Carolina and Tennessee, Keith, 9, 11. Snyder Creek shales, Devonian, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Soledad division, Pliocene, Tertiary, California, Hershey, 10. Solitude granite, pre-Cambrian, Ari¬ zona, Ransome, 6, 13. Somerville formation, Carboniferous, Indiana, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Somerville formation, Carboniferous, Indiana, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Sonoma tuff, Tertiary, California, Os- mont, 1. Soudan formation, Archean, Minne¬ sota, Clements, 3. South Bosque marl, Cretaceous, Texas, Prather, 2. Spearfish formation, Triassic, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Spearfish, South Dakota, Richardson (G. B.), 2. Spearfish sandstone, Triassic?, Wyo¬ ming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Spearfish formation, Triassic?, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 16, 18. Spearfish formation, Triassic?, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton, 14. Spearfish shale, Triassic?, South Da- ~ kota, Darton and Smith, 1. Spearfish formation, Triassic?, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton, 26. Spearfish formation, Triassic?, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Spergen limestone, Mississippian, Mis¬ sissippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Spring Creek limestone, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Springfield limestone, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Springvale beds, included in St. Louis, Carboniferous, Iowa, Udden, 5. Springvale beds, included in St. Louis, Mississippian series, Iowa, Savage, 2. Squaw sandstone, Devonian, West Vir¬ ginia, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Stafford limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 2. 538 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Stafford limestone, Devonian, New York, Wood (Elvira), 1. Stafford limestone, Devonian, New York, Talbot, 1. Stafford limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Standish flags and shales, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Standley shale, Silurian, Indian Terri¬ tory, Taflf, 3. Stanton limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty and White, 1. Star Peak formation, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Starmount limestones, Cambrian, Mon¬ tana, Weed, 5. Stepovak series, Eocene, Alaska, Pa- lache, 3. Stewart shale, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2. Stockhridge dolomite, Silurian, New York, Merrill and others, 1. Stockhridge limestone, Cambro-Silurian, New York, Eckel, 6. Stockhridge limestone, New York, Eckel, 30. Stockton, included in Newark, New Jer¬ sey, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Stonehouse formation, Silurian, Can¬ ada, Ami, 10. Stones River stage, Ordovician, Penn¬ sylvania, Collie, 3. Stones River series, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Stony Mountain formation, Ordovician, Canada, Dowling, 1. Stormville sandstone, Devonian, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Strawn division, Carboniferous, Texas, Taff, 4. Stringtown shale, Silurian, Indian Ter¬ ritory, Taff, 3. Strong City beds, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Wooster, 1, 2. Sturgeon quartzite, Algonkian, Michi¬ gan, Bayley, 1. Stuver series, pre-Devonian, Alaska, Schrader, 1, 3. Styliola or Genundewa limestone, Devo¬ nian, New York, Luther, 2. Sub-Blairsville shale, member of the Chemung formation, Devonian, Penn¬ sylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Summerhill sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Sumner stage, Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Sunbury shale, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 1, 6, 10. Sunbury shale, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser and Cumings, 1. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Wyo¬ ming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Black Hills region, Wyoming and Colorado, Darton, 16. Sundance formation, Jurassic, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Wyo- , ming and South Dakota, Darton, 14. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Black Hills region and Wyoming, Darton, 18. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Wyo¬ ming, Darton, 26. Sundance formation, Jurassic, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Sunderland formation, Quaternary, Maryland, Shattuck, 5. Sunderland formation, Pleistocene, Atlantic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6 . Swan Creek limestone, Cincinnati group, Ordovician, Tennessee, Foerste, 6. Swauk formation, Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 8, 13. Swauk formation, Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith and Calkins, 1. Swift Water series, Silurian, New Hampshire, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Sycamore sands, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Sycamore limestone, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 6, 13. Sylamore sandstone, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Adams (G. I.), 3. Sylamore formation, Devonian. Arkan¬ sas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Sylamore formation, Devonian, Arkan¬ sas, Ulrich, 5. Sylamore sandstone, Devonian, Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Sylamore sandstone member, Devonian, Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Sylvan shale, Silurian, Indian Terri¬ tory, Taff, 3, 6, 13. Sylvania sandstone, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Syracuse salt, Ontaric, New York, Clarke, 20. Taconic, New York, Clarke, 20. Tahkandit series, Permian, Alaska, Col¬ lier, 2. Talbot formation, Pleistocene, Atlantic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Talbot formation, Quaternary, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 5. Talihina chert, Silurian, Indian Terri¬ tory, Taff, 3. Tampa limestone, or Orbitolite bed, Ter¬ tiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Tampa silex beds, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Tampa limestone, Tertiary, Florida, Maury, 1. Tanana schists, pre-Silurian-, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. 539 FOE THE YEAES 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Geologic formations described—Continued. Taneum andesite, Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 13. Taylor formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Taylor marl, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Teanaway basalt, Tertiary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 8, 13. Teay formation, Pleistocene, West Vir¬ ginia, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Tecumseh shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Eeede, 6. Tecumseh shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Tejon, California, Lawson (A. C.), 9. Tejon, Tertiary, California, Osmont, 1. Tellico sandstone, Ordovician, Tennes¬ see, Keith, 1, 11. Telluride conglomerate, Tertiary, Colo¬ rado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Temblor beds, Tertiary, California, An¬ derson, 7. Tensleep sandstone, Carboniferous, Wy¬ oming, Darton, 16, 18. Tetelna volcanics, Upper Paleozoic, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Thessalon series, Canada, Van Hise and others, 1. Thetis group, Mesozoic, Alaska, Col¬ lier, 12. Thompson Creek beds, Tertiary, Mon¬ tana, Douglass, 4. Thoroughfare volcanics, Maine, Smith (G. O.), 2. Thurman sandstone, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2. Thurmond formation, Carboniferous, West Virginia, Campbell, 5. Tichenor limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Tichenor limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1. Tieton andesite, Quaternary, Washing¬ ton, Smith (G. O.), 7. Tilden limestone lentil, Carboniferous, Utah, Keith, 13. Timpas formation, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Hills, 1. Tinton beds, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Weller, 7. Tishury sands, referred to Iowan glacial stage, Fuller (M. L.), 40. Tishomingo granite, pre-Cambrian, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 3, 6. Tombstone beds, Carboniferous, Ari¬ zona, Church, 1. Tonto formation, Arizona, Reagan, 3. Tonto shale and sandstone, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Torio limestone, Panama, Hershey, 5. Toro formation, Cretaceous, California, Fairbanks, 7. Totsen series, Silurian, Alaska, Schra¬ der, 1, 3. Toughnut quartzite, Arizona, Church, 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. Toughnut series, Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 8. Traders member of Vulcan formation, Algonkian, Michigan, Bayley, 1. Traverse group, Devonian, Michigan, Grabau, 2, 5. Traverse group, Devonian, Michigan, Russell, 6. Traverse series, Upper Devonian, Michi¬ gan. Exact synonym, Thunder Bay series, Grabau, 5. Travis Peak formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Travis Peak formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Weller, 1. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, New Jersey, Weller, 3. Trenton, Silurian, Illinois, Alden, 1. Trenton formation, Ordovician, Ohio, Nickles, 3. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Ohio, Bownocker, 3, 5. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Ver¬ mont, Perkins, 7, 11. Trenton limestone, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, New Jersey, Weller, 6. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Trenton stage, Ordovician, Pennsyl¬ vania, Collie, 3. Trenton, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11 . Trenton clays, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Ala¬ bama, Smith (E. A.), 3. Trenton, Ordovician, Kentucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Trenton formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 10. Trenton group, Ordovician, Canada, Adams and Le Roy, 1. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Canada, . Ells (R. W.), 20. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, Michi¬ gan, Russell, 23. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 9. Trenton limestone, Ordovician, New York, Ogilvie, 6. Tribune limestone, Carboniferous (Mis- sissippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Tribune limestone, Mississippian, Mis¬ sissippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Trincheras division, Tertiary, Arizona, Dumble, 7. Trinidad sandstone, Cretaceous, Colo¬ rado, Hills, 1. 540 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described —Continued. Trinity division, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Trinity sand, Cretaceous, Arkansas, Taff, 5. Trinity sandstone, Cretaceous, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6. Truckee formation, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Truckee beds, Nevada, Louderback, 4. Tulare formation, Tertiary, California, Anderson, 7. Tularosa formation, New Mexico, Her¬ rick (C. L.), 6. Tule Spring limestone, Carboniferous, Arizona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Tullahoma formation, Carboniferous, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Tullahoma formation, Carboniferous (Mississippian), Illinois, Bain, 19. Tullahoma formation, Mississippian, Mississippi Valley, Ulrich, 8. Tully limestone, Devonian, New York, Claypole, 5. Tully limestone, Devonian, New York, Loomis, 4. Tully limestone,. Devonian, New York, Schneider, 1. Tully limestone, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Tully limestone, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 3. Turnley hornstones (Spokane shale?), Algonkian, Montana, Weed, 5. Tuscaloosa formation, Cretaceous, Ala¬ bama, Smith (E. A.), 2. Tuscan tuff, California, Anderson (F. M.), 2. Tuscarora formation, Silurian, Mary¬ land, Prosser, 3. Tuscumbia, Carboniferous, Alabama, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Twelvemile beds, Tertiary, Alaska, Col¬ lier, 2. Tymochtee member (?), Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Tyner formation, Ordovician, Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Tyrone beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Uffington shale, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Ulsterian, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20 . Unadilla formation, Devonian, New York, Prosser, 11. Uncompahgre formation, Algonkian, Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Uncompahgre formation, Algonkian, Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Unicoi formation, Cambrian, North Cai'olina and Tennessee. Keith, 4. Union shale, Devonian, Montana, Weed, 5. Union formation, Carboniferous, Can¬ ada, Ami, 40. Uniontown sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 0 Geologic formations described —Continued. Unkar formation, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Unkpapa sandstone, Jurassic, Black Hills, Darton, 1, 8, 16, 18. Unkpapa sandstone, Jurassic, South Dakota, Darton and Smith, 1. Ute limestone, Silurian, Utah and Ne¬ vada, Berkey, 8. Utica, Ordovician, Vermont, Perkins, 7, 11 . Utica group, Ordovician, Ohio and In¬ diana, Nickles, 3. Utica shale, Ordovician, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 7, 8. Utica formation, Ordovician, Canada, Nolan and Dixon, 1. Utica shale, Ordovician, Ohio, Prosser, 10 . Utica stage, Ordovician, Pennsylvania, Collie, 3. Utica formation, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Utica formation, Cambro-Silurian, Can¬ ada, Corkill, 2. Utica formation, Ordovician, Michigan, Russell, 23. Utica formation, Ordovician, New York, Cushing, 9, 10. Utica shale, Ordovician, Canada, Adams and Le "Roy, 1. Utica shale, Ordovician, Canada, Ells (R. W.), 20. Uvalde formation, Neocene, Tertiary. Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Valdes series, Silurian?, Alaska, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Valdez formation, Silurian, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Vallecito conglomerate, Algonkian, Colorado, Cross and Howe. 3. Vallenar series, Upper Paleozoic?, Alaska, Brooks, 4. Vancouver series, Triassic, Canada. Haycock, 3. Vancouver series, Triassic, Canada, Webster, 1. Vancouver series, Triassic and Jurassic, Alaska, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Van Horn formation, Cambrian, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Vanport limestone. Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Vanport or Ferriferous limestone. Car¬ boniferous, Maryland, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 6. Vanport limestone, Carboniferous. Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Vanport limestone. Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone, 8. Vanport limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Vanport limestone lentil. Carbonifer¬ ous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 7. Vanport limestone. Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 4. 6. Vaquero sandstone, Miocene, Tertiary, California, Haehl and Arnold, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 541 Geologic formations described —Continued. Vaquero sandstone, Neocene, California, Fairbanks, 7. Venango, Devonian, Pennsylvania, Ste¬ venson (J. J.), 4. Verdi beds, included in St. Louis, Mis- sissippian series, Iowa, Savage, 2. Verdi beds, Upper and Lower, included in St. Louis, Carboniferous, Iowa, Udden, 5. Verkin, Upper and Lower, Permian, Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 1. Vernon shale, Ontaric, New York, Clarke, 20. Versailles beds, Ordovician, Kentucky, Nickles, 6. Versailles bed, Ordovician, Ohio, In¬ diana, and Kentucky, Foerste, 12. Vicksburg group, Tertiary, Louisiana, Lerch, 2. Vicksburg stage, included in Oligocene, Tertiary, Louisiana, Harris, 2. Vicksburg limestone, Tertiary, Florida, Dali, 8. Vicksburg stage, Tertiary, Mississippi, Casey, 2. Vicksburg limestone, Tertiary, Gulf re¬ gion, Maury, 1. Vilas shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Vilas shale, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Haworth, and Crane, 1. Vinal Haven acid volcanics, Maine, Smith (G. O.), 2. Vinita beds, Triassic, Virginia, Wood- worth, 4. Viola limestone, Ordovician, Indian Territory, Taff, 3, 6. Viola limestone, Ordovician, Indian Territory and Oklahoma, Taff, 13. Viola limestone, Ordovician, Oklahoma, Gould, 13, 14. Virginia slate, included in Upper Hu- ronian series, Algonkian, Minnesota, Leith, 4. Vola limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Dumble, 12. Vulcan formation, Algonkian, Michi¬ gan, Bayley, 1. Wabash group, Carboniferous,’ Illinois, Indiana, Ashley, 1. Wabash formation, Carboniferous, In¬ diana, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Wabaunsee stage, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser, 7. Walden sandstone, Carboniferous, Georgia, McCallie, 9. Waldrip division, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Waldron shaly clay, Silurian, Tennes¬ see, Foerste, 7. Waldron clay, Silurian, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Wales series, Lower Paleozoic?, Alaska, Brooks, 4. Walnut clay, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Geologic formations described. —Continued. Walnut formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Wapanucka limestone, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2, 3, 13. Wappinger limestone, Champlainic, New York, Clarke, 20. Wapsipinicon stage, Devonian, Iowa, Calvin, 10. Wapsipinicon formation, Devonian, Iowa, Eckel and Bain, 1. Wapsipinicon stage, Devonian, Iowa, Savage, 8. Warren beds, Ordovician, Ohio and In¬ diana, Nickles, 3. Warren bed, Cincinnati series, Ordo¬ vician, Foerste, 8, 11. Warren limestone, Cincinnati group, Ordovician, Tennessee, Foerste, 6. Wasatch limestone, Nevada, Spurr, 6. Wasatch limestone, Carboniferous, Utah and Nevada, Berkey, 8. Washington serpentine marbles, Lyon, 1 . Washington beds, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Washington limestone, Ordovician, Ver¬ mont, Richardson (C. H.), 2. Washington limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Washington stage, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Washington shale and sandstone, Car¬ boniferous, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Washington limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Washington formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6. Washington (upper) limestone, Carbon¬ iferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Washita limestone, Cretaceous, Texas, Dumble, 12. Washita division, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Washita group, Cretaceous, Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Watauga shale, Cambrian, Tennessee, Keith, 4, 9. Watchung basalt, Juratrias, New Jer¬ sey, Merrill and others, 1. Waverley series, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser, 1. Waverly, Carboniferous, Ohio and Ken¬ tucky, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Waverly series, Carboniferous, Ohio, Prosser and Cumings, 1. Waynesburg sandstone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Waynesburg sandstone, member of Dunkard formation, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 8. Waynesburg limestone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Waynesburg limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Clapp, 4. Waynesburg limestone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Stone (R. W.), 6. 542 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Waynesburg sandstone, Carboniferous, Maryland, Clark and Martin, 6. Waynesville beds, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 5. Waynesville beds, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Nickles, 6. Waynesville beds, Ordovician, Indiana, Foerste, 11. Wawa tuffs, Huronian, Canada, Cole¬ man and Willmott, 1, 2. Webberville formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Webberville formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Weber conglomerate, Nevada and Cali¬ fornia, Spurr, 6. Weber quartzite, Carboniferous, Utah and Nevada, Berkey, 8. Wedington sandstone, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Wedington sandstone, Carboniferous, Arkansas, Ulrich, 5. Wedington sandstone member, Carbon¬ iferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 17. Wedington sandstone member, Missis- sippian, Arkansas, Adams and Ul¬ rich, 1. Weisner quartzite, Cambrian, Georgia, Watson (T. L.), 10, 11. Weisner quartzite, Cambrian, Alabama and Georgia, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Wellington formation, Permian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 6. Wellington shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Wellington shales, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser, 7. Wellington beds, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Wooster, 1, 2. Wenas basalt, Miocene, Tertiary, Wash¬ ington, Smith (G. O.), 7. Weno subgroup, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Wenonah sand, Cretaceous, New Jersey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. West Fork series, Alaska, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Westhill flags, Devonic, New York, Clarke, 20. West Hill sands, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19. West Hill flags and shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. Weston limestone, Carboniferous, Mis¬ souri, Gallaher, 1. West River shale, Devonian, New York, Clarke and Luther, 1, 2. West Union limestone, Silurian, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Wetumka shale, Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, 2. Wewoka formation, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 2. Whalen group, Algonkian, Wyoming, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Geologic formations described—Continued. White limestone, Tertiary, Alabama, Maury, 1. Whitecliffs formation, Cretaceous, Ar¬ kansas, Taff, 5. Whiteface anorthosite, New York, Cushing, 10. Whitehorse sandstone member, Carbon¬ iferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. White Pine shale, Nevada, Spurr, 6. White River group, Tertiary, Black Hills, Darton, 1. White River formation, Tertiary, Colo¬ rado, Matthew (W. D.), 3. White River formation, Tertiary, Mon¬ tana, Douglass, 4. White River formation, Tertiary, Mon¬ tana, Douglass, 8. White River group, Tertiary, Black Hills region, Darton, 18. White River series, Tertiary, Great Plains region, Hatcher, 11. White River beds, Miocene, Montana, Douglass, 1. White River formation, Tertiary, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Whitetail formation, Tertiary, Arizona, Ransome, 6, 13. Whitewater beds, included in Richmond group, Ordovician, Ohio and Indiana, Nickles, 5. Whitewood limestone, Ordovician, Black Hills i-egion, Darton, 16, 18. Whitewood limestone, Ordovician, Black Hills region, Jaggar, 5. Whitewood limestone, Ordovician, Wyo¬ ming, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Whitewood limestone, Ordovician, Wyo¬ ming and South Dakota, Darton, 26. Wichita formation, Carboniferous, Texas, Hill (R. T.), 3. Wichita beds, Permian, Texas, Broili, 2. Wicomico formation, Pleistocene, At lantic coast region, Clark (W. B.), 6. Wicomico formation, Quaternary, Mary¬ land, Shattuck, 5. Wilbur limestone, Ontario, New York, Clarke, 20. Wilbur limestone, Silurian, New York, Hartnagel, 1. Wilbur limestone, Silurian, New York, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Willard shales, Carboniferous, Kansas, Beede, 6. Willow Spring granite, Arizona, Ran¬ some, 6, 13. Wills Creek formation, Silurian, Mary¬ land, Uhler, 1. Wills Point clays, Eocene, Tertiary, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Wilmore sandstone, Carboniferous, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Wilson Ranch beds, Tertiary, Califor¬ nia, Osmont, 1. Winchester bed, Ordovician, Kentucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 543 Geologic formations described —Continued. Winchester group, Ordovician, Ken¬ tucky, Nickles, 6. Windy Gap limestone, Carboniferous, West Virginia, White (I. C.), 7. Winfield formation, Carboniferous, Kansas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Winfield formation Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser, 7. Winfield formation Carboniferous, Kansas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Winnipeg sandstone, Ordovician, Can¬ ada, Dowling, 1. Winoka gravels, Tertiary, Missouri, Hays, 1. Winoka gravels, Tertiary, Missouri, Park (E. J.), 1. Winslow formation, Carboniferous, Ar¬ kansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Winslow formation, Carboniferous, In¬ dian Territory, Taff, 17. Winslow formation, Carboniferous, Ar- kansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Wisconsin, Pleistocene, Iowa, Mac- bride, 1. Wisconsin, Quaternary, New York, Veatch, 4. Wisconsin drift, Quaternary, Iowa, Macbride, 3. Wisconsin drift, Quaternary, Ohio, Prosser, 10. Wisconsin gravels, Quaternary, Iowa, Macbride, 3. Wisconsin, , Quaternary, New Jersey, Salisbury and others, 1. Wisconsin drift, Quaternary, Leverett, 4. Wisconsin, Pleistocene, Iowa, Beyer and Williams, 2. Wisconsin deposits, Quaternary, Indi¬ ana and Illinois, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Wisconsin drift, Quaternary, Pennsyl¬ vania, Leverett, 10. Wisconsin stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Macbride, 4. Wisconsin stage, Pleistocene, Iowa, Williams (I. A.), 1. Wiscoy beds, included in Portage, De¬ vonian, New York, Luther, 1. Wiscoy shales, Devonian, New York, Clarke, 19, 20. Wiscoy shales, Devonian, New York, Luther, 2. Wise formation, White, 23. Wissahickon mica-schist, Ordovician?, Maryland, Mathews, 6. Wissahickon mica-gneiss, Ordovician, Pennsylvania, Bascom, 3. Wissahickon schist, Maryland, Ma¬ thews and Miller, 1. Wissahickon mica-gneiss and mica- schist (Hudson), Ordovician, Penn¬ sylvania, Bascom, 2. Wolf Creek conglomerate, Carbonic, New York, Clarke, 20. Geologic formations described —Continued. Wolf Creek conglomerate lentil, in¬ cluded in Cattaraugus beds, Devon¬ ian, New York, Glenn, 1. Woodbine formation, Cretaceous, Texas, Hill (R. T.)', 3. Woodbridge clay, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Woodbury clay, Cretaceous, New Jer¬ sey, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Woodford chert, Devonian, Indian Ter¬ ritory, Taff, 3, 13. Woodford chert, Devono-Carboniferous, Indian Territory, Taff, G. Woods Bluff beds, included in Lignitic, Eocene, Tertiary, Georgia, Harris, 5. Woodward formation, Carboniferous (Permian), Oklahoma, Gould, 14. Woodward division, Permian, Okla¬ homa, Gould, 9. Woodstock member or substage, Eo¬ cene, Maryland, included in Nanje- moy formation or stage, Clark and Martin, 1. Worcester phyllite and mica-schist, Massachusetts, Perry and Emerson, 1 . Worcester quartzite, Massachusetts, Perry and Emerson, 1. Wrangell lavas, Alaska, Mendenhall, 8. Wreford formation, Carboniferous, Oklahoma, Kirk, 1. Wreford limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser and Beede, 1. Wreford limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Wreford limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Beede and Sellards, 1. Wreford limestone, Carboniferous, Kan¬ sas, Prosser, 7. Wyoming formation, Carboniferous- Triassic, Colorado, Darton, 18. Wyoming conglomerate, Tertiary, Wyo¬ ming, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Wyoming (Lower) formation, Carbon¬ iferous (Pennsylvanian), Colorado, Darton, 16. Wyoming (Upper) or Chugwater, Tri assic(?), and Permian (?), Colorado, Darton, 16. Yakima basalt, Tertiary, Washington, Smith (G. O.), 3, 7, 8, 13. Yakima basalt, Tertiary, Washington, Smith and Calkins, 1. Yakutat formation, Jurassic, Alaska, Ulrich, 4. Yampa limestone, member, Carbonifer¬ ous, Utah, Keith, 13. Yarmouth soil, Pleistocene, Iowa, Ud- den, 2. Yavapai schist, Algonkian, Arizona, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Yegua clays, Eocene, Texas, Dumble, 13. Yegua clays, Eocene, Tertiary, Texas, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. 544 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Geologic formations described—Continued. Yellow loam, Pleistocene, Mississippi, Logan, 2. Yellville formation, Ordovician, Arkan¬ sas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Yellville formation, Ordovician, Arkan- sas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Yellville limestone, Ordovician, Arkan¬ sas, Ulrich, 5. Yonkers gneiss, New York, Eckel, 6. Yonkers gneiss, post-Hudson, New York, Merrill and others, 1. Yukon silts, Quaternary, Alaska, Col¬ lier, 2. Geologic maps. a Alabama, Eckel and Crider, 1. Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 2, 8, 9. Alabama, Smith and McCalley, 1. Alaska, Brooks, 4. Alaska, Brooks and others, 1. Alaska, Collier, 1, 2, 8. Alaska, Mendenhall, 1, 2, 8. Alaska, Mendenhall and Schrader, 1. Alaska, Moffit, 3. Alaska, Prindle, 2. Alaska, Schrader, 3. Alaska, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Alaska, Stanton and Martin, 1. Alaska, Wright (C. W.), 2. Arizona, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Arizona, Lee (W. T.), 9. Arizona, Lindgren, 28, 29. Arizona, Ransome, 6, 13, 14. Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Arkansas, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Arkansas, Branner, 2. Arkansas, Hayes (C. W.), 2. Arkansas, Taff, 5, 17. Arkansas, Van Ingen, 1. California, Campbell (M. R.), 4. California, Diller, 18. California; Fairbanks, 7. California, Iiershey, 14. California, Lawson and Palache, 1. California, Nutter, 1. California, Spurr, 14. Canada, Adams and LeRoy, 1. Canada, Ami, 8. Canada, Barlow, 7. Canada, Bel, 2. Canada, Bell (Robert), 1, 3, 5. Canada, Boright, 1. Canada, Brewer (W. M.), 6. Canada, Buchan, 2. Canada, Burwash, 1. Canada, Cirkel, 4. Canada, Coleman, 2. Canada, Coleman and Willmott, 1. Canada, Corkill, 1. Canada, Daly, 1. Canada, Dawson, 4, 5. Canada, Dowling, 1, 6, 11. Canada, Dresser, 9. Canada, Ells (R. W.), 2, 7, 12, 20, 23. Canada, Fletcher, 3, 6. Canada, Gwillim, 1. Canada, Ingall and Denis, 1. ° Includes geologic maps of the whole Geologic maps—Continued. Canada, Leach (W. W.), 2. Canada, Low, 2. Canada, McConnell, 3, 5, 7. Canada, Miller (W. G.), 4. Canada, Poole, 10. Canada, Tyrrell, 1, 3. Canada, Willmott, 1. Canada, Wilson (A. W. G.), 9. Colorado, Cross (W.), 7. Colorado, Cross and Howe, 1, 3. Colorado, Cross and Spencer, 1. Colorado, Darton, 18. Colorado, Fenneman, 5, 10. Colorado, Hills, 1. Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 2. Colorado, Purington, 1, 3. Colorado, Ransome, 1. Connecticut, Hobbs, 2, 5. Connecticut, Loughlin, 1. Connecticut, Rice, 1. District of Columbia, Darton and Keith, 1 . - Georgia, Eckel, 34. Georgia, Hayes iamond, Tassin, 1. Diamond, Whitlock, 1. Diaspore, Boggild, 5. Diaspore, Merrill (G. 1*.), 12. Diaspore, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Diaspore, Tassin, 1. Diaspore, Van Hise, 12. Dickinsonite, Brush and Dana, 1, 5. Diopsid, Whitlock, 1. Diopside, Boggild, 5. Diopside, Farrington, 12. Diopside, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Diopside, Tassin, 1. Diopside, Turner, 4. Diopside, Van Hise, 12. Diopside, Weed, 5. Dioptase, Farrington, 12. Dioptase. Lindgren, 29. Dioptase, Lindgren and Hillebrand, 1. Dioptase, Tassin, 1. Dioptase, Whitlock, 1. Dolomite, Bain, 2. Dolomite, Boggild, 5. Dolomite, Buckley, 3. Dolomite, Crook, 1. Dolomite, Glenn, 7. Dolomite, Grant (U. S.), 5. Dolomite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Dolomite, Patton, 2. Dolomite, Ransome, 16. Dolomite, Rogers, 5. Dolomite, Simonds, 3. Dolomite, Van Hise, 12. Dolomite, Weed, 5. Dolomite, Watson (T. L.), 17. Dolomite, Whitlock, 1. Domeykite, Koenig, 1, 2. Domeykite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Doughtyite, Headden, 4. Dudleyite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Dumortierite, Schaller, 5, 7. Dumortierite, Tassin, 1. Durangite, Brush, 4. Edenite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Edenite, Hoffmann, 6. 578 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Minerals described —Continued. Eglestonite, Moses, 2, 4. Elaeolite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Elaterite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Elpidite, Boggild, 5. Elpidite, Flink, 2. Emerald, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Emery, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Emmonsite, Hillebrand, 4, 6. Enargite, Headden, 4. Enargite, Kemp, 33. Enargite, Moses, 5. Enargite, Ransome, 16. Enargite, Whitlock, 1. Endeiolite, Boggild, 5. Endeiolite, Flink, 2. Enstatite, Boggild, 5. Enstatite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Enstatite, Simonds, 3. Enstatite, Tassin, 1. Enstatite, Van Hise, 12. Enstatite, Whitlock, 1. Eosophorite, Brush and Dana, 1. 3. Epididymite, Boggild, 5. Epididymite, Flink, 2. Epidolite, Tassin, 1. Epidote, Boggild, 5. Epidote, Farrington, 12. Epidote, Hoffmann, 4. Epidote, Lindgren, 29. Epidote, Palache, 1, 4. Epidote, Perry and Emerson, 1. Epidote, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Epidote, Simonds, 3. Epidote, Spurr, 3. Epidote, Van Hise, 12. Epidote, Weed, 5. Epidote, Whitlock, 1. Epidote, Wright (F. E.), 6. Epistilbite, Van Hise, 12. Epistolite, Boggild, 5. Epistolite, Boggild and Winther, 1. Epsomite, Boggild, 5. Epsomite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Epsomite, Schaller, 1. Epsomite, Simonds, 3. Epsomite, Whitlock, 1. Erikite, Boggild, 2, 5. Erythrite, Hoffmann, 4. Erythrite, Whitlock, 1. Esmeraldaite, Eakie, 1. Euclase, Farrington, 12. Euclase, Tassin, 1. Eudialyte, Boggild, 5. Eudialyte, Flink, 2. Eudidymite, Boggild, 5. Eudidymite, Flink, 2. Euphyllite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Euxenite, Boggild, 5. Euxenite, Farrington, 12. Fairfieldite, Brush and Dana, 2, 5. Fassatite, Simonds, 3. Faujasite, Hoffmann, 3, 4, 6. Fayalite, Sears, 1. Fayalite. Van Hise, 12. Fayalite, Warren, 1. Minerals described —Continued. Fayalite, Weidman, 4. Feldspar, Buckley, 3. Feldspar, Farrington, 12. Feldspar, Ihlseng, 1. Feldspar, Spurr, 7. Feldspar, Wright (F. E.), 6. Fergusonite, Boggild, 5. Fergusonite, Farrington, 12. Fergusonite, Hidden, 1. Fergusonite, Simonds, 3. Fibroferrite, Headden, 4. Fibrolite, Perry and Emerson, 1. Fibrolite, Pratt and Lewis. 1. Fibrolite, Simonds, 3. Fillowite, Brush and Dana, 2, 5. Flint, Simonds, 3. Fluor, Bowman (H. L.), 1. Fluorite, Boggild, 5. Fluorite, Farrington, 12. Fluorite, Flink, 2. Fluorite, Glenn, 7. Fluorite, Hidden, 1. Fluorite, Merrill (G. 1\), 12. Fluorite, Ransome, 3, 16. Fluorite, Simonds, 3. Fluorite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Fluorite, Tassin, 1. Fluorite, Ulrich and Smith, 1. Fluorite, Van Hise, 12. Fluorite, Watson (T. L.). 17. Fluorite, Whitlock, 1. Footeite, Ransome, 11. Forsterite, Van Hise, 12. Franklinite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Franklinite, Simonds, 3. Franklinite, Whitlock, 1. Fuchsite, Willimott, 1. Gadinolite, Hidden, 1. Gadolinite, Boggild, 5. Gadolinite, Farrington. 12. Gadolinite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Gadolinite, Simonds, 3. Gadolinite, Tassin, 1. Gahnite, Brush, 3. Gahnite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Galena, Bain, 2. Galena, Crook, 1. Galena, Glenn, 7. Galena, Hoffmann, 4. Galena, Kemp, 10. Galena, Ransome, 3, 16. Galena, Rogers, 2. Galena, Simonds, 3. Galena, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Galena, Spurr, 3. Galena, Ulrich and Smith, 1. Galena, Van Hise, 5. Galena, Weed, 5. Galena, Whitlock, 1. Galenite, Boggild, 5. Galenite, Flink, 2. Galenite, Grant (U. S.), 5. Galenite, Watson (T. L.), 17. Garnet, Blake (W. P.), 16. Garnet, Clarke and Steiger, 2. Garnet, Crook, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 579 Minerals described—Continued. Garnet, Emerson (B. K.), 1. Garnet, Eyerman, 1. Garnet, Farrington, 12. Garnet, Kemp, 10. Garnet, Ivunz, 4. Garnet, Lindgren, 29. Garnet, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Garnet, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Garnet, Tassin, 1. Garnet, Villarello, 2. Garnet, Weed, 5. Garnet, Whitlock, 1. Garnet, Wright (F. E.), 6. Gearksutite, Boggild, 5. Gedrite, Boggild, 5. Gedrite, Van Hise, 12. Gehlenite, Van Hise, 12. Genthite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Gerhardite, Lindgren, 29. Gerhardite, Lindgren and Hillebrand, Gersdorfite, Barlow, 8. Gibbsite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Gibbsite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Gibbsite, Simonds, 3. Gibbsite, Van Hise, 12. Gibbsite, Watson (T. L.), 12. Gibbsite, Whitlock, 1. Gieseckite, Boggild, 5. Gismondite, Van Hise, 12. Glauberite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Glaucochroite, Penfield and Warren, Glaucodot, Schaller, 8. Glauconite, Simonds, 3. Glauconite, Van Hise, 12. Glaucophane, Van Hise, 12. Gmelinite, Hoffmann, 4. Gmelinite, Van Hise, 12. Goethite, Simonds, 3. Gothite, Tassin, 1. Gothite, Whitlock, 1. Gold, Crook. 1. Gold, Hurley, 1. Gold, Merrill (G. P.), 15. Gold, Ransome, 16. Gold, Simonds, 3. Gold, Tassin, 1. Gold, Weed, 5. Gold, Whitlock, 1. Grahamite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Grabamite, Simonds, 3. Granat, Boggild, 5. Graphite, Boggild, 5. Graphite, Crook, 1. Graphite, Flink, 2. Graphite, Hoffmann, 4. Graphite, Kemp, 10. Graphite, Perry and Emerson, 1. Graphite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Graphite, Simonds, 3. Graphite, Van Hise, 12. Graphite, Whitlock, 1. Greenockite, Cornwall, 1. Greenockite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Greenockite, Whitlock, 1. Grossularite, Hoffmann, 4. Grossularite, Simonds, 3. Minerals described —Continued. Grossularite, Van Hise, 12. Grossularite, Whitlock, 1. Griinerite, Van Hise, 12. Griinerite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Guitermanite, Ransome, 16. Gummite, Simonds, 3. Gypsum, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Gypsum, Boggild, 5. Gypsum, Crook, 1. Gypsum, Glenn, 7. Gypsum, Rogers, 4. Gypsum, Simonds, 3. Gypsum, Tassin, 1. Gypsum, Van Hise, 12. Gypsum, Whitlock, 1. Gypsum, Wright (F. E.), 6. Gyrolite, Schaller, 8. Hjematite, Boggild, 5. Hagemannite, Boggild, 5. Halite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Halite, Whitlock, 1. Halloysite, Schaller, 3, 8. Halloysite, Watson (T. L.), 12. Hamlinite, Penfield, 5. Hancockite, Penfield and Warren, 1. Hanksite, Pratt, 3. Harmotome, Van Hise, 12. Hausmannite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Haiiynite, Van Hise, 12. Haiiynite, Whitlock, 1. Hedenbergite, Van Hise, 12. Hedenbergite, Whitlock, 1. Hematite, Buckley, 3. Hematite, Crook, 1. Hematite, Farrington, 12. Hematite, Hoffmann, 4. Hematite, Kraus, 3. Hematite, McKee, 1. Hematite, Moses, 5. Hematite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Hematite, Ransome, 16. Hematite, Simonds, 3. Hematite, Tassin, 1. Hematite, Van Hise, 12. Hematite, Whitlock, 1. Hematite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Heulandite, Boggild, 4, 5. Heulandite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Heulandite, Van Hise, 12. Heulandite, Whitlock, 1. Hiddenite, Sovereign, 1. Hiddenite, Schaller, 2. Hisingerite, Boggild, 5. Hornblende, Blasdale, 1. Hornblende, Boggild, 5. Hornblende, Crook, 1. Hornblende, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Hornblende, Schaller, 8. Hornblende, Tassin, 1. Hornblende, Van Hise, 12. Hornblende, Whitlock, 1.* Hortonolite, Brush, 1. Huebnerite, Hobbs, 28. Hubnerite, Merrill (G. P.), 12, Hiibnerite, Ransome, 16. Hudsonite, Weidman, 2. 580 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Minerals described—Continued. Humite, Van Hise, 12. Humite, Whitlock, 1. Hussakite, Kraus and Reitinger, 1. Hyalite, Simonds, 3. Hydromagnesite, Hoffmann, 4. Ilydronephelite, Bdggild, 5. Ilydronephelite, Hoffmann, 4. Hydronephelite, Van Hise, 12. Ilydrozincite, Grant (U. S.), 5. Hydrozincite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Hypersthene, Bdggild, 5. Hypersthene, Crook, 1. Hypersthene, Farrington, 12. Hypersthene, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Hypersthene, Simonds, 3. Hypersthene, Van Hise, 12. Hypersthene, Whitlock, 1. Ilmenite, Bdggild, 5. Ilmenite, Chester, 1. Ilmenite, Crook, 1. Ilmenite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Ilmenite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Ilmenite, Simonds, 3. Ilmenite, Tassin, 1. Ilmenite, Van Hise, 12. Ilmenite, Whitlock, 1. Ilvaite, Bdggild, 1, 5. Ilvaite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Ilvaite, Tassin, 1. Iodobromite, Blake, 18. Iolite, Bdggild, 5. Iolite, Farrington, 12. Iolite, Tassin, 1. Iolite, Van Hise, 12. Iolite, Whitlock, 1. Iron, Bdggild, 5. Isopyre, Tassin, 1. Ivigtite, Bdggild, 5. Jade, Bauer, 1. . Jade, Farrington, 12. Jade, Halse, 3. Jade, Tassin, 1. Jadeite, Easter, 1. Jadeite, Whitlock, 1. Jamesonite, Hoffmann, 4. Jarosite, Hillebrand and Penfield, 1. Jarosite, Turner, 4. Jasper, Simonds, 3. Jefiferisite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Jefferisite, Simonds, 3. Jet, Farrington, 12. Kiimmerite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Kaolin, Bdggild, 5. Kaolin, Ihlseng, 1. Kaolin, Lindgren, 29. Kaolin, Watson (T. L.), 12. Kaolinite, Crook, 1. Kaolinite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Kaolinite, Ransome, 16. Kaolinite,.Simonds, 3. Kaolinite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Kaolinite, Van Hise, 12. Kaolinite, Whitlock, 1. Ivatapleite, Bdggild, 5. Keilhauite, Simonds, 3. Kerolite, Simonds, 3. Minerals described—Continued. Kerrite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Keweenawite, Koenig, 2. Kornerupine, Bdggild, 5. Kunzite, Baskerville, 1. Kunzite, Baskerville and Kunz, 1. Kunzite, Davis (R. O. E.), 1. Kunzite, Sovereign, 1. Kyanite, Tassin, 1. Labradorite, Bdggild, 5. Labradorite, Iddings, 4. Labradorite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Labradorite, Simonds, 3. Labradorite, Tassin, 1. Labradorite, Van Hise, 12. Labradorite, Whitlock, 1. Lampadite, Hoffmann, 6. Lampadite, Simonds, 3. Lapis lazuli, Farrington, 12. Lapis-lazuli, Tassin, 1. Laumonite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Laumontite, Bdggild, 4, 5. Laumontite, Palache, 4. Laumontite, Van Hise, 12. Lawsonite, Schaller and Hillebrand, 1, 2 . Lazulite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Lazulite, Whitlock, 1. Lazurite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Lazurite, Whitlock, 1. Lead, Boltwood, 1. Leadhillite, Rogers, 2. Ledouxite, Richards (J. W.), 1. Lepidolite, Bowman (H. L.), 1. Lepidolite, Farrington, 12. Lepidolite, Hoffmann, 2, 4. Lepidolite, Schaller, 6, 8. Lepidolite, Sovereign, 1. Lepidolite, Tassin, 1. Lepidolite, Whitlock, 1. Lepidolite, Willimott, 1. Lepidomelane, Harrington (B. J.), 5. Lesleyite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Leuchtenbergite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Leucite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Leucite, Steiger, 2. Leucite, Van Hise, 12. Leucite, Whitlock, 1. Leucophane, Bdggild, 5. Leucosphenite. Bdggild, 5. Leucosphenite, Flink, 2. Leucophoenicite, Penfield and Warren, 1 . Levynite, Bdggild, 4. 5. Libethenite, Lindgren. 29. Libethenite, Lindgren and Hillebrand, 1 . Libethenite, Schaller. 8. Libethenite, Whitlock, 1. Lignite, Hoffmann, 4. Lignite, Simonds, 3. Limestone, Hoffmann. 4. Limnite, Simonds, 3. Limonite, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Limonite, Bdggild, 5. Limonite, Buckley, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 581 Minerals described —Continued. Limonite, Crook, 1. Limonite, Glenn, 7. Limonite, Hoffmann, 4, 6. Limonite, Lindgren,. 29. Limonite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Limonite, Simonds, 3. Limonite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Limonite, Van Hise, 12. Limonite, Whitlock, 1. Limonite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Linarite, Rogers, 2. Linarite, Weed, 5. Lithiophilite, Brush and Dana, 1, 3. Lithiophilite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Lithomarge, Simonds, 3. Loellingite, Bdggild, 5. Lorenzenite, Boggild, 5. Lorenzenite, Flink, 2. Lucasite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Luzonite, Moses, 5. Mackintoshite, Hidden, 1. Mackintoshite, Simonds, 3. Maconite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Magnesite, Hoffmann, 4, 6. Magnesite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Magnesite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Magnesite, Simonds, 3. Magnesite, Van Hise, 12. Magnesite, Whitlock, 1. 'Magnetite, Boggild, 5. Magnetite, Buckley, 3. Magnetite, Crook, 1. Magnetite, Flink, 2. Magnetite, Hoffmann, 6. • Magnetite, Kemp, 36. Magnetite, Lindgren, 29. Magnetite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Magnetite, Ransome, 4. Magnetite, Simonds, 3. Magnetite, Tassin, 1. Magnetite, Van Hise, 12. Magnetite, Whitlock, 1. Magnetite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Malachite, Boggild, 5. Malachite, Crook, 1. Malachite, Farrington, 12. Malachite, Hoffmann, 6. Malachite, Kemp, 33. Malachite, Lindgren, 29. Malachite, Ransome, 11. Malachite, Simonds, 3. Malachite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Malachite, Tassin, 1. Malachite, Weed, 5. Malachite, Whitlock, 1. Malacolite, Whitlock, 1. Maltha, Crook, 1. Manganite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Manganite, Whitlock, 1. Manganite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Marcasite, Bain, 2. Marcasite, Barlow, 8. Marcasite, Chester, 1. Marcasite, Crook, 1. Marcasite, Grant (U. S.), 5. Marcasite, Ihlseng, 1. Minerals described—Continued. Marcasite, Julien, 5. Marcasite, Smith (W. S. T.), 3. Marcasite, Stokes, 1. Marcasite, Tassin, 1. Marcasite, Van Hise, 5, 12. Marcasite, Whitlock, 1, 4. Margarite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Margarite, -Simonds, 3. Margarite, Van Hise, 12. Margarodite, Simonds, 3. Maria! ite, Van Hise, 12. Marionite, Branner, 3. Marmolite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Martite, Farrington, 13. Martite, Simonds, 3. Martite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Masonite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Massicot, Simonds, 3. Meionite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Meionite, Van Hise, 12. Melacomite, Spurr, 3. Melanconite, Hoffmann, 6. Melanconite, Kemp, 33. Melanconite, Simonds, 3. Melanite, Simonds, 3. Melanite, Van Hise, 12. Melanochalcite, Koenig, 2. Melanochalcite, Ransome, 11. Melanterite, Boggild, 5. Melanterite, Crook, 1. Melanterite, Schaller, 1. Melanterite, Simonds, 3. Melilite, Boggild, 5. Melilite, Van Hise, 12. Menaccanite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Menaccanite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Menaccanite, Whitlock, 1. Mercury, Simonds, 3. Mercury, Whitlock, 1. Mesolite, Boggild, 4, 5. Mesolite, Steiger, 2. Mesolite, Van Hise, 12. Metacinnabarite, Simonds, 3. Metagadolinite, Simonds, 3. Meteoric iron, Pratt, 1. Meteoric iron, Simonds, 3. Meteorite, Angermann, 3. Meteorite, Aguilera, 4. Meteorite, Barbour (E. H.), 3, 4, 8. Meteorite, Borgstrom, 1. Meteorite, Brezina, 1. Meteorite, Brezina and Cohen, 1. Meteorite, Campbell and Ilowe, 1. Meteorite, Charlton, 1. Meteorite, Cohen, 1-8. Meteorite, Farrington, 1-4, 6-8, 9-11, 16. Meteorite, Glenn, 3. Meteorite, Hills, 3. Meteorite, Hobbs, 13, 15. Meteorite, Ilovey (E. O.), 42. Meteorite, Johnston (R. A. A.), 3. Meteorite, Klein, 2. Meteorite, Kunz, 9, 10. Meteorite, Merrill (G. P.), 2, 4, 7. Meteorite, Merrill and Stokes, 1. 582 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Minerals described—Continued. Meteorite, Miller (A. M.), 2, 3. Meteorite, Tassin, 4. Meteorite, Preston (H. L.), 1-3, 4. Meteorite, Tassin, 2, 3, 5. Meteorite, Ward (H. A.), 1-10, 12. Meteorite, Winehell (N. H.), 28, 29. Meteorite, Wuensch, 1. Mica, Buckley, 3. Mica, Ihlseng, 1. Mica, Schwartz, 1. Microcline, Boggild, 5. Microcline, Bowman (H. L.), 1. Microcline, Crook, 1. Microcline, Simonds, 3. Microcline, Tassin, 1. Microcline, Van Hise, 12. Microcline, Weed, 5. Microcline, Whitlock, 1. Microlite, Boggild, 5. Microlite, Bowman (H. L.), 1. Microlite, Flink, 2. Microlite, Tassin, 1. Microperthite, Crook, 1. Millerite, Barlow, 8. Millerite, Crook, 1. Millerite, Palache and Wood, 1. Millerite, Whitlock, 1. Mimetite, Whitlock, 1. Mirabilite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Mitchellite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Mohawkite, Koenig, 1, 2. Mohawkite, Richards (J. W.), 1. Moldavite, Farrington, 12. Molybdenite, Boggild, 5. Molybdenite, Crook, 3. Molybdenite, Hoffmann, 4. Molybdenite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Molybdenite, Moses, 3. Molybdenite, Ransome, 16. Molybdenite, Simonds, 3. Molybdenite, Spurr, 3. Molybdenite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Monazite, Hoffmann, 4. Monazite, Boggild, 5. Monazite, Merrill (G. P.), 12. Monazite, Turner, 4, 7. Monazite, Whitlock, 1. Montroydite, Moses, 2, 4. Mordenite, Pirsson, 2. Morencite, Lindgren, 29. Morencite, Lindgren and Hillebrand, 1. Morenosite, Barlow, 8. Muscovite, Boggild, 5. Muscovite, Bowman (H. L.), 1. Muscovite, Crook, 1. Muscovite, Lindgren, 29. Muscovite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Muscovite, Simonds, 3. Muscovite, Van Hise, 12. Muscovite, Whitlock, 1. Muscovite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Narsarsukite, Boggild, 5. Narsarsukite, Flink, 2. Nasonite, Penfield and Warren, 1. Natrojarosite, Hillebrand and Penfield. I 1 . Minerals described—Continued. Natrolite, Boggild, 4, 5. Natrolite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Natrolite, Eyerman, 1. Natrolite, Flink, 2. Natrolite, Harrington (B. J.), 5. Natrolite, Steiger, 2. Natrolite, Tassin, 1. Natrolite, Van Hise, 12. Natrolite, Whitlock, 1. Natron, Hoffmann, 1. Natronmicrocline, Boggild, 5. Natronorthoclase, Boggild, 5. Natrophilite, Brush and Dana, 5. Natural gas, Crook, 1. Nepheline, Boggild, 5. Nepheline, Harrington > an, 1. Geology \L the saline basins of central New Mexico, Johnson (D. W,,1^J 594 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY New Mexico —Continued. Giseraents de minerais de zinc, Dema- ret, 1. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Gypsum deposits in New Mexico, Her¬ rick (H. N.), 1. Hagan coal field, Keyes, 43. High altitude conoplain, Ogilvie, 5. Iron deposits of Chupadera Mesa, Keyes, 42. .Temez coal fields, Reagan, 4. Jurassic horizon around the southern end of the Rocky Mountains, Keyes, 51. Lake Otero, Herrick (C. L.), 6. Lake Valley limestone, Keyes, 54. Landslide in Chaco Canon, Dodge, 2. Laws of formation of New Mexico mountain ranges, Herrick (C. L.), 4. Minerals associated with copper, Stone (G. H.), 1. Mogollon range, Weatherby, 1. Morrison shales of southern Colorado and northern New Mexico, Lee (W. T.), 3. New coal field, Lakes, 6. New fossil Ashmunella, Cockerell, 1. New Mexico copper deposits, Austin, 2. New Mexico mines and minerals, Jones (F. A.), 1. Occurrence of aurichalcite, Keyes, 39. Ore deposits of San Pedro district, Yung and MeCaffery, 1. Ore deposits of the Sierra de Los Ca- ballos, Keyes, 47. Oscuro Mountain meteorite, Hills, 3. Physiography of southern Arizona and New Mexico, Fairbanks, 5. Remarkable silver pipe, Keyes, 32. Report of mine inspector, Sheridan, 1. Rocky Mountain coal fields, Storrs (L. S.), 1. Secondary enrichment in the Santa Rita district, Bagg, 5. Snails of the genus Physa found at Las Vegas, Springer (A.), 1. Structures of Basin ranges, Keyes, 45. Topography and geology of New Mex¬ ico, Jewett, 1. Triassic system in New Mexico, Keyes, 50. Trionychid, Conchochelys admirabilis, from the Puerco beds, Hay, 25. Trip to White Oaks, Smith and Dornin- ian, 1. Unconformity of the Cretaceous on older rocks in central New Mexico, Keyes, 44. White sands of New Mexico, Brady, 1. Zinc carbonate ores of the Magdalena Mountains, Keyes, 48. New York. Abrasives of New York State, Magnus, 1 . Adirondack augite-andesite, Cushing, 1. New York—Continued. Alnoite dikes in East Canada Creek, Schneider, 10. American Association for Advancement of Science, summer meeting, Ilovey, 46. ^-Ancient gorge of Hudson River, Wright (G. F.) v 15. Ancient water levels of Champlain and Hudson valleys, Woodworth, 10. Apatite crystals, Antwerp, New York, Knight (N.), 4. Artesian conditions on Long Island, Veatch, 6. ^ Artesian flows from unconfined sandy strata, Fuller (M. L.), 39. S Artesian water supply at Ithaca, Whit¬ ney, 1. I\ ^ Artesian well sections at Ithaca, Tarr, 5. Beach structure in Medina sandstone. Fairchild, 1. Bedford cyrtolite, Luquer, 2. Bones of a mastodon found, Gordon lR.) f 1. Calciferous formation of Mohawk Val¬ ley, Cleland, 3. Cambric Dictyonema fauna, Ruede- mann, 7. Cambro-Ordovician outlier at Wells town, Julien, 4. Cambro-Ordovician outlier at Wells town, Kemp, 2, 13. Celestite near Syracuse, Kraus, 2. Cement industry in New York. Eckel, 5. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Classification of New York geologic formations, Clarke (J. M.), 20. Classification of rocks of Watkins Glen quadrangle, Williams (H. S.), 7. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Clinton hematite, Eckel, 33. Cobleskill limestone of New York, Hart- nagel, 1. Concretions in the Chemung of New York, Kindle, 5. Configuration of rock floor of Greater New York, Hobbs, 27. Contact lines of Upper Siluric forma¬ tions on the Brockport and Medina quadrangles, Clarke, Ruedemann, and Luther, 1. Contributions from the mineralogic lab¬ oratory, Whitlock, 4. Cretaceous beds of Long Island. Hol- lick, 7. Crinoid and mollusk from the Portage rocks of New York, Whitfield, 11. Crown Point section, Raymond (P. E.), 1 . Description of State geologic map, Mer¬ rill (F. J. H.), 2. Devonic and Carbonic formations of southwestern New York, Glenn, 1. Devonic worms, Clarke (J. M.), 18. 595 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. New York—Continued. Discovery of a mastodon's tooth and the remains of a boreal vegetation on Staten Island, Hollick, 2. Discovery of amber on Staten Island, Hollick, 16. Distribution of Hudson schist in Oyster Bay quadrangle, Merrill and Magnus, 1 . " 'Drainage features of central New York, Tarr, 11. ^^fJrainage features of southern central New York, Tarr, 14. Drift fossils, Hollick, 8. Dumortierite, Schaller, 7. Dwarf fauna of Tully limestone, Loomis, 4. Economic geology of Monroe County, Sarle, 3. Economic geology of New York, New York State Museum, 1. Economic geology of Oneida County, Smyth (C. H.), 5. Economic geology of western New York, Bishop (I. P.), 2. Economic products of St. Lawrence County, Logan, 1. Emery deposits of Westchester County, Eckel, 2. Emery mines of Westchester County, Nevius, 2. Eruptive dikes in Syracuse, Schneider, 4. Eruptive dikes near Ithaca, Schneider, Esker in western New York, Comstock (F. M.), 1. Eurypterid fauna from the Salina, Sarle, 2. Examples of joint-controlled drainage, Hobbs, 26. Exposure oft serpentine at Syracuse, Kraus, 1. Fauna of Agoniatite limestone of Onon¬ daga County, Wilson (J. D.), 1. Fauna of Stafford limestone, Talbot, 1. Fauna of the Chazy limestone, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. Fauna of the Chazy limestone on Val- cour Island, Hudson, 1. Faunas of the Ordovician at Glens Falls, White (T. G.), 1. Faunas of the Trenton, Raymond (P. E.). 2. Field work in town of Minerva, Finlay (G. I.), 2. Finger lake region of western New York, Dryer, 4. Folds on the border of the Appalachian system, Kindle, 4. Fossil alga from Chemung of New York, White (D.), 6. Fossil faunas of Olean quadrangle. Butts, 1. Fossil plant remains at Kreisherville, Hollick, 14. New York —Continued. Fort Cassin beds in the Calciferous limestone, Dwight, 1. Gaines folio, Fuller and Alden, 1. Genesis of amphibole schists and ser¬ pentines of Manhattan Island, Ju- lien, 7. Geographic development of northern Pennsylvania and southern New York, Campbell (M. R.), 9. Geologic map of the Tully quadrangle, Clarke and Luther, 3. ^WGeologic notes on the neighborhood of Buffalo, Martin (D. S.), 2. Geological history of hematite iron ores of Antwerp and Fowler belt in New York, Crosby, 3. Geological notes, Hollick, 13. Geological notes on the neighborhood of Buffalo, Martin (D. S.), 3. Geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls, Grabau, 1. Geology of Adirondack region, Cushing, 10 . Geology of eastern New York, Prosser, 11 . Geology of crystalline rocks, Smyth (C. H. ), 1. Geology of Fishers Island, Fuller (M. L.), 29. Geology of Long Island, Veatch, 5. Geology of Onondaga County, Schneider, 1. Geology of Paradox Lake quadrangle, Ogilvie, 6. Geology of Rand Hill, Cushing, 2. Geology of river channels about Man¬ hattan Island, Hobbs, 18. Geology of the city of New York, Grata!- • cap, 7. Geology of the Syracuse region, Hop¬ kins (T. C.), 13. ^Steology of the Hudson Valley, Dale, 5. Geology of the serpentines of central New York, Schneider, 6. Geology of the vicinity of Little Falls, Cushing, 9. Geology of ^atkins and Elmira quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther, 2. • placial and post-Glacial history of the Hudson and Champlain valleys, Peet, I . Glacial conditions on Long Island, Buf¬ fet, 1. Glacial erosion in the Finger Lake re¬ gion, Campbell (M. R.), 19. Glacial features of Syracuse, Fairchild. 13. Glacial lakes and marine submergence ^ in the Hudson-Champlain Valley, Up- ham, 32. Glacial period on Long Island, Veatch, 4. Glacial phenomena in Adirondacks and Champlain Valley, Ogilvie, 1. Glacial waters from Oneida to Little Falls, Fairchild, 8. 596 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY New York —Continued. Glaciation of the Green Mountains. Hitchcock (C. H.), 7. Gorges and waterfalls of New York, Reid (H. F.), 15. Gorges and waterfalls of New York, Spencer (J. W.), 17. Gorges and waterfalls of central New York, Tarr, 12. Gorges and waterfalls of New York. Tarr, 13. Graphite in the Adirondacks, Kemp, 27. Graptolite (Levis) facies of Beekman town formation in Rensselaer County, Ruedemann, 3. Graptolites of New York, Ruedemann, 8 . * Growth and development of Gonio- graptus thureaui McCoy, Ruedemann. 4 . Guelph fauna of New York, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Guide to mineralogic collections of New York State Museum, Whitlock, 1. Gypsum deposits in New l T ork, Eckel. 22 . Gypsum deposits of New' York Statt, Parsons, 2. Gypsum industry in New York State, Parsons, 1, 4. Hamilton formation in central New York, Cleland, 2. Hamilton fossils from Bethany, Mun- roe, 1. Hanging valleys in the Finger Lake re¬ gion, Tarr, 6. Helderberg invasion of the Manlius, Harris, 7. Hematite deposits of New’ York, Eckel, 30. Hematite iron ores of Antwerp and Fowler belt, Crosby, 2. Horseheads outlet of Glacial lakes of central New York, Fuller (M. L.), 7. Hudson River beds near Albany, Ruede¬ mann, 1. Hydrology of New York, Rafter, 1. Ice erosion theory a fallacy, Fairchild, 11 . Index to publications of New’ York State Natural History Survey, Ellis (M.), 1. Indigene and alien faunas of New York Devonic, Clarke (J. M.), 10. Instances of moderate glacial erosion, Tarr, 9. Inter-Glacial gorge problem, Matson, 1. Interpretations of physiography of New’ York State, Brigham, 3. Iroquois beach in Ontario, Coleman, Hi, 17. Ithaca fauna of central New York. Clarke (J. M.), 27. Lime and cement industries of New York, Ries, 4. Limestones in central New r York. Schneider, 2. New York—Continued. Limestones interbedded with shales of Marcellus stage, Clarke (J. M.), 2. Limonite beds at Cornw’all, Hartnagel, 3. Limonite deposits of New York and New England, Eckel, 66. List of mammals of New York, Miller (G. S.), 1. Lower Silurian system of eastern Mont¬ gomery County, Cumings, 6. Magnetite deposits at Mineville, Ries, 8. Manlius formation of New’ York, Schu- chert, 4. Map of Canandaigua and Naples quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther, 1. Marcellus fault, Schneider, 3. Marcellus limestone, Wood (Elvira), 1. Mastodons of New York, Clarke (J. M.), 15. Mineral developments around Ithaca, Ries, 10. Mineral developments at Mineville, Ries, 11. Mineral occurrences in the Salina epoch, Kraus, 3. Mineral resources of Onondaga County, Hopkins (T. C.), 9. Minerals not commercially important, Whitlock, 3. Mining and quarry industry during 1904, Newland, 2. Minnewaska region, James. 1. Moraines of Seneca and Cayuga Lake valleys, Tarr, 10. Moraines of Seneca and Cayuga lakes. Tarr, 7. Naples fauna in western New York, Clarke (J. M.), 19. Nematophyton in New York State Mu¬ seum. Prosser, 8. New Agelacrinites, Clarke (J. M.), 3. New dike at Ithaca, Barnett, 1. New’ genus of Paleozoic brachipods, Eunoa, Clarke (J. M.), 8. New’ problems in glaciology, Fairchild. 14. New term for Upper Cambrian series, Walcott, 8. New York City folio. Merrill and others, 1. New r York mineral localities, Whitlock, Northumberland volcanic plug. Wood- worth, 7. Notes on Paleozoic crustaceans, Clarke (J. M.), 12. Occurrence of amber at Kreichersville, Hollick, 20. Oil and gas in New’ York. Bishop (I. P.), I- Olean rock section, Clarke (J. M.). 16. On liortonolite. Brush. 1. Ontario coast, Martin (J. O.), 1. Origin of channels surrounding Man¬ hattan Island, Hobbs, 24. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 597 New York—Continued. Origin of faunas of Marcellus lime¬ stones of New York, Clarke (J. M.), 13. Origin of faunas of Marcellus shales of New York, Clarke (J. M.), 21. Oriskany fauna and Becraft Mountain, Clarke (J. M.), 1. Oriskany sandstone, Wheelock, 1. Overthrust faults in central New York. Wheelock, 2. Overthrust faults in New York, Schneider, 9. Paleobotany of the Cretaceous of Long Island, Hollick, 11. Paleontologic results of areal survey of Olean quadrangle, Clarke (J. M.), 7. Paleozoic coral reefs, Grabau, 10. Peat, Parsons, 3. Peat and its occurrence in New York, Ries, 7. Peridotite dikes near Ithaca, Matson. 2 . Petrography and age of the North¬ umberland rock, Cushing, 7. Petrography of dikes in Syracuse, Smyth (C. H.), 2. Petroleum and natural gas, Orton, 1. Physical characters and history of some New York formations, Grabau, 17. Physical geography of New York State, Tarr, 2. Physiographic belts in western New York, Gilbert, 10. Physiography of Lake George, Kemp, 4, 7. Physiography of the Adirondacks, Kemp, 37. Pleistocene features in the Syracuse j region, Fairchild, 12. Pleistocene geology of Moers quadran¬ gle, Woodworth, 9. Pleistocene geology of Nassau County, Woodworth, 2. Pleistocene geology of western New j York, Fairchild, 2. Pleistocene history of Fishers Island, I Fuller (M. L.), 40. Portland-cement industry in New York, Eckel, 4. Portland-cement resources of New York, Eckel, 39. Post-Pliocene fossils of the Niagara River gravels, Letson, 1. Potsdam sandstone of Lake Champlain basin, Van Ingen, 4. Pre-Cambrian formations, Kemp and Hill, 1. Pre-Cambrian Highlands, Merrill (F. J. H.), 6. Pre-Cambrian outlier at Little Falls, Herkimer County, Cushing, 4. Pre-Glacial course of middle portion of Genesee River, Whitbeck, 1. Pre-Glacial stream flow in central New York, Carney, 2. New York— Continued. I‘re-IroquOis channels between Syra cuse and Rome, Fairchild, 4. Pre-Kansan and Iowan deposits of Long Island, Fuller (M. L.), 6. Preservation of plants by geologic proc¬ esses, Hollick, 18. Problem of Niagara, Grabau, 7. Pyrite deposits of the western Adiron¬ dacks, Eckel, 40. Quarries of bluestone, Dickinson, 1. Quarry industry in southeastern New York, Eckel, 6. Rate of lateral erosion at Niagara, Wright (G. F.), 3. Recent geologic work in Franklin and St. Lawrence counties, Cushing, 3. Recently discovered facts in regard to Silver Lake, Hollick, 12. Reef structures in the Clinton and Ni¬ agara strata, Sarle, 1. Replacement of quartz by pyrite and corrosion of quartz pebbles, Smyth, 6 . Report of director of State Museum, Merrill (F. J. H.), 3-5. Report of the director, Clarke (J. M.), 28. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 5, 11, 14, 25. Results of resurvey of Long Island, Fuller and Veatch, 1. Revision of New York Ilelderbergian crinoids, Talbot, 2. River terraces and reversed drainage, Mills (F. S.), 1. Rock floor of the vicinity of New York, Hobbs, 21. Rocks of Roundout, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Rossie lead veins, Smyth (C. H.), 4. Salt and other resources of the Wat¬ kins Glen quadrangle, Kindle, 7. Sedentary impression known as Cli- mactichnites, Woodworth, 6. Serpentines of Manhattan Island, New- land, 1. Shifting of faunas, Williams (H. S.), 4. Siluric and Devonic faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Shimer, 5. Siluric or Ontario section of eastern New York, Hartnagel, 2. Slate quarries of Washington County, Nevius, 1. South Onondaga geology, Schneider, 8. Story of Niagara, Hitchcock (C. II.), 2. Stratigraphic value of Portage sand¬ stones, Luther, 1. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Grabau, 9. Stratigraphy of Mohawk Valley, Pros¬ ser, 5. Stratigraphy of Portage formation, Luther, 2. Structural details in Green Mountain region, Dale, 1. 598 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY New York —Continued. Structure of some primitive ceplia- lopods, Ruedemann, 9. Syllabus for field and laboratory work in geology, Tarr, 1. Tectonic geography of southwestern New England and southeastern New York, Hobbs, 23. Tourmaline contact zones near Alexan¬ dria Bay, Smyth (C. H.J, 3. Tree trunks found with mastodon re¬ mains, Gordon (R.), 2. Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill, Ruedemann, 2. Trilobites of Chazy limestone, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. Tropidoleptus fauna at Canandaigua Lake, Raymond (P. E.) 4. Type case in diversion of drainage, Carney, 1. Type specimens of Paleozoic fossils in York State Museum, Clarke and Ruedemann, 2. Underground waters of New York, Weeks, 12. Undulations of the Lockport limestone, Gilbert, 23. Water resources of Fort Ticonderoga quadrangle, Dale, 7. Water resources of New York, Weeks, 11 . Water resources of Taconic quadran¬ gle, Taylor (F. B.), 5. Water resources of the Catatonk area, Kindle, 8. Water resources of Watkins Glen quad¬ rangle, Tarr, 8. Waters of a gravel-filled valley near Tully, Hollister, 3. Whetstone industry, Schneider, 5. Worm burrows in Chemung of New York, Whitfield, 10. Nicaragua. Additions to the list of Nicaragua vol¬ canic eruptions in historic time, Crawford, 4. Earthquakes in Nicaragua, Crawford, 1 . Gold fields of eastern Nicaragua, Gott- schalk, 1. List of most important volcanic erup¬ tions and earthquakes in western Nicaragua within historic time, Crawford, 3. Recent decline in the level of Lake Nicaragua, Shimek, 1. Volcanoes and earthquakes in Nica¬ ragua, Crawford, 2. Vulkanausbruch in Mittelamerika, Sap¬ per, 23. Vulkanische Ereignisse in Mittel¬ amerika, Sapper, 20, 21. N omenclature. Amphion, Harpina, and Platymetopus, Raymond (P. E.), 6. Base level, grade, and peneplain, Davis (W. M.), 26. N omenclature—Continued. Catalogue of type specimens of fossil invertebrates in National Museum, Schuchert and others, 1. Classification of New York geologic formations, Clarke (J. M.), 20. Cobleskill limestone of New York, Hartnagel, 1. Copper deposits of Missouri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Dates of publication of certain genera of fossil vertebrates, Bush (L. P.), 1. Delaware limestone, Prosser, 13. Eparchaean interval, Lawson (A. C.),4. Example in nomenclature, Ward (L. F.), 6. Formations of northern Arkansas, Ul¬ rich, 5. Geest, McGee, 2. Genesis of Animikie iron range, Hille, 3. Geological nomenclature, Bain, 7. Geological structure of New Mexican bolson plains, Keyes, 29. Geology of eastern New York. Prosser, 11 . Glacial Lake Jean Nicolet, Upham, 20. Introduction to geology of Moniteau County, Buckley, 8. Lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Magnesian series of the Northwestern States, Hall (C. W.), 10. Mauch Chunk of Pennsylvania, Steven¬ son (J. J.), 1. Names of coals west of Mississippi River, Keyes, 19. New term for Upper Cambrian series. Walcott, 8. Nomenclature and classification of sedi¬ mentary formations, Williams (H. S.), 8. Nomenclature of Lake Superior forma¬ tions, Willmott, 2. Nomenclature of Ohio geological forma¬ tions, Prosser, 10. 15. Nomenclature of the gold-bearing meta- morphic series of Nova Scotia, Wood¬ man, 1. Nomenclature of types in natural his¬ tory, Schuchert and Buckman, 1. Ordovician rocks of Kentucky and their Bryozoa, Nickles, 6. Permian formations of Kansas, Pros¬ ser, 14. Permian question in America, Keyes, 31. Portage crinoids, Clarke (J. M.), 23. Quantitative classification of igneous rocks, Cross and others, 2. Regulation of nomenclature in work of United States Geological Survey, Gil¬ bert, 15. Report on Lake Superior region, Van Hise and others, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 599 Nomenclature —Continued. Results of the late Minnesota geological survey, Winchell (N. H.), 13. Significance of term Sierran, Hershey, 8 . Suggestion from the State geologist, Lane, 4. Term Bradfordian, Bather, 1. Twenty-fourth Annual Report United States Geological Survey, Walcott, 10 . Word geest in geology, Dryer, 3. North Carolina. Asheville folio, Keith, 9. Atlantic coast Triassic coal field, Wood- worth, 4. Biennial report of the State geologist, Holmes (J. A.), 1, 2. Carolina gold deposits, Weed, 3. Carolina tin belt, Graton, 3. Cement materials and industry of the j United States, Eckel, 34. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Copper-bearing rocks of Virgilina cop¬ per district, Watson (T. L.), 6. Copper deposits of Appalachian States, j Weed, 17. Copper deposits of southern United States, Weed, 2. Corundum of North Carolina, Pratt and j Lewis, 1. Corundum in North Carolina, Ropes, 1. Cranberry fojio, Keith, 4. Forms of sand dunes, Cobb, 4. Gold in North Carolina, Moore (F.), 1. Granites of North Carolina, Watson (T. L.), 13, 16. Greeneville folio, Keith, 11. Iron of meteoric origin, Pratt, 1. Iron-ore deposits of the Cranberry dis¬ trict, Keith, 5. Leopardife, Watson (T. L.), 14. Marble and talc of North Carolina, i Pratt, 7. Meteoreisen von Locust Grove, Cohen, 1 . Meteoreisen von Nenntmannsdorf und Persimmon Creek, Cohen, 6. Meteoreisen von Persimmon Creek, Klein, 2. Meteoreisen-Studien, Cohen, 4. Meteorite from Hendersonville, Glenn, 3. Mining industry in North Carolina, Pratt, 4, 8, 9-11. Mount Mitchell folio, Keith, 12. New Palaeotrochis locality, Cobb, 3. Norfolk folio, Darton, 7. Octahedrite and brookite, Robinson (H. H. ), 1. Orbicular gabbro-diorlte from Davie County, Watson (T. L.), 15. Oyster reefs of North Carolina, Grave, I . Persimmon Creek meteorite, Tassin, 4. Purpurite, a new mineral, Graton and Schaller, 1. North Carolina—Continued. Recent changes in North Carolina coast, Cobb, 2. Stream contest along the Blue Ridge, Davis (W. M.), 48. Talc deposits of North Carolina, Keith, 7. Tin, Struthers and Pratt, 1. Tin deposits of the Carolinas, Pratt and Sterrett, 1. Underground waters of North Carolina, Fuller (M. L.), 24. Water resources of Co wee and Pisgah quadrangles, North Carolina, Gale, 1. North Dakota. Casselton-Fargo folio, Hall and Wil¬ lard, 1. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Economic geology of the Pembina re¬ gion, Berkey, 7. Glacial drift in the Dakotas, Upham, 27. Laramie and Fort Union beds, Wilder, 7. Lignite coal fields of North Dakota, Wilder, 2. Lignite deposits, Haseltine, 1. Lignite deposits of North Dakota, Wilder, 1. Lignite of North Dakota, Wilder, 8. Lignite on -the Missouri, Heart, and Cannon Ball rivers, Wilder, 10. Lignites of the Missouri Valley, Bur- chard, 1. Niagara meteorite, Preston (H. L.), 1. Origin of North Dakota lignites, Wilder, 5. Region between the Northern Pacific Railroad and Missouri River, Wood (L. H.), 1. Report of geological survey, Babcock, 1. Rocky Mountain coal fields, Storrs (L. S.), 1. Story of the prairies, Willard, 1. Topographic features and geological formations of North Dakota, Leon¬ ard, 4. Water resources of Devils Lake region, Babcock, 2. Ohio. Arthrodires from the Cleveland shale, Dean, 1. Berea grit oil sand in Cadiz quadrangle, Griswold, 1. Bituminous coal field of Ohio, Hasel¬ tine, 2. Carboniferous of the Appalachian ba¬ sin, Stevenson (J. J.), 6. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Changes in drainage near Lancaster, Hyde, 1. Cincinnati geanticline, Foerste, 10. Cincinnati group in western Tennessee, Foerste, 6. 600 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Ohio—Continued. Classification of the Ordovician rocks of Ohio and Indiana, Foerste, 12. Classification of the Waverly series, Prosser, 1. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Cleveland water-supply tunnel, Pierce, 1 . Composition and occurrence of petro¬ leum, Mabery, 3. Corning oil and gas field, Bownocker, 2. Delaware limestone, Prosser, 13. Devonian era in Ohio basin, Claypole, 5. Drainage modifications in Knox, Lick¬ ing, and Coshocton counties, Clark (W. Blair), 1. Drainage modifications in Ohio, West Virginia, and Kentucky, Tight, 4. Drainage modifications in Washington and adjacent counties, Tight, 2. Eastern Ohio oil fields, Griswold, 2. Evidences of caves of Put-in-Bay on question of land tilting, Fuller (M. L.), 16. Field geology in Ohio State University, Lamb, 1. Field geology in Ohio State University, Mead (C. S.), 1. Formation of Sandusky Bay, Moseley, 2 . Geology of Cincinnati, Nickles, 3. Glacial formations and drainage fea- I tures of Erie and Ohio basins, Lever- ett, 4. Gypsum deposits in Ohio, Peppel, 1. History of Little Miami River, Bow¬ nocker, 1. Hydration caves, Kraus, 7. Lake Licking, a contribution to the buried drainage of Ohio, Tight, 1. Lime resources of Ohio, Orton and Pep¬ pel, 1. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian j basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Manufacture of hydraulic cements, i Bleininger, 1. Meteoreisen von Cincinnati, Cohen, 3. j Names for the formations of the Ohio Coal Measures, Prosser, 4. Natural features and economic develop- j ment of drainage areas in Ohio, Flynn and Flynn, 1. New fossil plants from Carboniferous | and Devonian, Herzer, 4. New fossil sponge from Coal Measures, Herzer, 3. New fossils from Corniferous, Hamil¬ ton, and Medina shales, Herzer, 5. New points on the fin attachment of Dinichthys and Cladodus, Clark (W.), 1. Nomenclature of Ohio geological forma¬ tions, Prosser, 10, 15. Occurrence and distribution of celes- tite-bearing rocks, Kraus, 4. Ohio bowlders containing huronite, Wright (A. A.), 2. Ohio—Continued. Ohio natural-gas fields, Bownocker, 4. Oil and gae producing rocks of Ohio, Bownocker, 3. On an unrecognized coal horizon in northeastern Ohio, Claypole, 1. On the Salina group in northeastern Ohio, Claypole, 2. Ordovician rocks of Kentucky and their Bryozoa, Nickles, 6. Organization and work of the geolog¬ ical survey of Ohio, Orton, 1. Origin of caves of Put-in-Bay, Kraus, 6. Petroleum and natural gas in Ohio, Bownocker, 5. Pre : Glacial drainage conditions in vi¬ cinity of Cincinnati, Fowke, 2. Pre-Glacial drainage in southwestern Ohio, Miller (A. M.), 1. Pre-Glacial drainage of Ohio, Fowke, 1. Pre-Glacial drainage of Wayne and ad¬ jacent counties, Todd (J. H.), 1. Psaronius, Herzer, 1. Report of bowlder committee, Wright (G. F.), 1, 2. Richmond group and its subdivisions, Nickles, 5. Richmond Group of Cincinnati anti¬ cline, Foerste, 8. Salt deposits of northeastern Ohio. Bownocker, 6. Shaw mastodon, Hayes (S.). 1. Shifting of faunas, Williams (H. S.), 4. Six new species, including two new genera, of fossil plants, Herzer, 2. Structure of Dinichthys, Wright (A. A.), 1. Structure of two Dinichthyds, Hussa- kof, 2. Subdivisions of the Ordovician of In¬ diana. Foerste, 9. Sunbury shale of Ohio, Prosser, 6. Thickness of Columbus limestone, Griggs, 1. Topography and geology of Clifton Gorge, Wells (W. E.), 1. Topography of Athens and vicinity, Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Underground waters of Ohio, Leverett, 13. Upper Paleozoic rocks of Ohio and Pennsylvania. Girty, 10. Use of the term Bedford limestone, Prosser. 2. Waverly formations of central Ohio, Prosser and Cumings, 1. Oklahoma. Age of Red Beds, Adams (G. I.), 1. Age of the Red Beds, Beede, 3. Building stone of Oklahoma, Schramm, 1 . Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Contact of Permian with Pennsylva¬ nian in Oklahoma, Kirk (C. T.), 1. Dikes in the Oklahoma Panhandle, Waldo, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 801 Oklahoma —Continued. Fossils from the Red Beds, Gould, 1. Geology and underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Geology and water resources of Okla¬ homa, Gould, 14. Geology of Arbuckle and Wichita mountains, Taff, 13. Geology of Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Geology of Seminole, Creek, Cherokee, and Osage nations, Gould, 2. Geology of the Antelope Hills, Sherwin, 1 . Geology of the Glass Mountains, White (M.), 1. Geology of the Wichita Mountains. Gould, 13. Gypsum deposits in Oklahoma, Gould, 11 . Invertebrate paleontology of Red Beds, Beede, 8. Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas gypsum hills, Gould, 4. Oklahoma gypsum, Gould, 10. Oklahoma limestones, Gould, 8. Oklahoma salt plains, Gould, 7. Origin of gypsum deposits, Sherwin, 2. Ouachita and Arbuckle Mountain sec¬ tions, Taff, 1. Report geological survey of Oklahoma, Van Vleet, 1. Reported gold deposits of the Wichita Mountains, Bain, 8, 9. Reported ore deposits of Wichita Moun¬ tains, Bain, 10. Southern extension of the Marion and Wellington formations, Gould, 6. Springs of Kansas and Oklahoma. Gould, 3. Stratigraphic relations of Red Beds, Adams (G. I.), 11. Vertebrate fossils from Permian beds of Oklahoma, Case, 3. Ordovician. Appalachian region. Asheville folio, Keith, 9. Bauxite deposits of Georgia, Watson (T. L.), 12. Cambro-Ordovician limestones of the Valley of Virginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1 . Cockeysville marble, Mathews and Mil¬ ler, 1. Correlation of Piedmont formations, Mathews, 6. Greenville folio, Keith, 11. Lead and zinc deposits of Virginia, Watson (T. L.), 17. Manganese ore .deposits of Georgia, Watson (T. L.*), 9. Maynardville folio, Keith, 1. Ordovician section near Bellefonte, Collie. 3. Paleozoic Appalachia, Willis, 1. Paleozoic faunas, Weller, 6. Ordovician— Con tinued. Appalachian region — Continued. Paleozoic limestones of Kittatinny Val¬ ley, Kiimmel and Weller, 1. Piedmont district of Pennsylvania, Bascom, 3. Rocks of Green Pond Mountain region, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Subdivisions of Shenandoah limestone, Bassler, 4. Canada. Artesian wells of Montreal, Adams and Le Roy, 1. Annual report of geological section of Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Ami, 25. Exploration of northern side of Hudson Strait, Bell (Robert), 1. First Eparchean formation, Ami, 41. Formation of sedimentary deposits, Wilson (A. W. G.), 7. Geological correlations in New Bruns¬ wick, Bailey (L. W.), 3. Geological exploration in district of White Bay, Ilowley, 1. Geological formations about Montreal, Ami and Adams, 1. Geological record of Rocky Mountain region, Dawson, 2. . Geologie von Canada, Haas, 2. Geology and natural resources of Ot¬ tawa and vicinity, Ells (R. W.), 7. Geology of Renfew, Addington, Fron- tenac, Lanark, and Carleton counties, Ells (R. W.), 20. Geology of Province of Quebec, Ells (R. W.), 8. Geology -of St. Helen’s Island, Nolan and Dixon, 1. Geology of the principal cities in east¬ ern Canada, Ami, 1. Geology of the Three Rivers map sheet, Ells (R. W.), 2. Geology of west shore of Lake Winni¬ peg, Dowling, 1. Monographic de l’lle d’Anticosti, Schmitt, 1. New Brunswick, Bailey (L. W.), 5. Ordovician succession in eastern On¬ tario, Ami, 39. Perce: sketch of its geology, Clarke (J. M.), 26. Petroleum and natural gas [in Onta¬ rio], Corkill, 2. Rock contacts in the Kingston district, Ells (R. W.), 15. Synopsis of geology of Canada, Ami, 2. Great Basin region. Clifton folio, Lindgren, 28. Copper deposits of Clifton-Morenci dis¬ trict, Lindgren, 29. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6. Great Lakes region. Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wis¬ consin, Weidman, 5. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 602 Ordovician—Con tinued. Great Lakes region —Continued. Geological reconnaissance along north shore, Russell, 23. Menominee district of Michigan, Bay- ley, 1. Great Plains region. Geology and underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Geology of the Black Hills, .Taggar, 5. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Mississippi Valley region. Copper deposits of Missouri, Bain and Ulrich, 2. Evolution of lowlands of southeastern Missouri, Marbut, 1. Fauna of Magnesian series, Sardes;;n. 2. Fayetteville folio, Adams and Ulrich, 1. Formations of northern Arkansas, Ul¬ rich, 5. Geological formations of Iowa, Calvin, 4. Geological section across northern Illi¬ nois, Udden (Johan A.), 1. Geology of clays, Beyer and Williams. 2 _ Geology of Clinton County, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Geology of Fayette County, Savage, 8. Geology of Howard County, Iowa, Cal¬ vin, 10. Geology of Illinois, Rolfe, 1. Geology of Miller County, Ball and Smith, 1. Geology of Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 7. Geology of Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Geology of Moniteau County, Van Horn, 1. Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Lower Silurian formations of Wiscon¬ sin and Minnesota, Sardeson, 8. Ordovician rocks of southern Indiana. Cumings, 4. Physiography and geology of the Ozark region, Adams (G. I.), 3. Saccharoidal sandstone, Broadhead, 8. St., Peter sandstone, Sardeson, 1. Tahlequah folio, Taff, 17. Upper Ordovician at Vevay, Cumings, 3. Zinc and lead deposits of Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. Zinc and lead deposits of northwestern Illinois, Bain, 14. New England and New York. Analysis of Washington marble, Rich¬ ardson (C. H.), 1. Calciferous formation of Mohawk Val¬ ley, Cleland, 3. Crown Point section, Raymond (P. E.), 1 . Faunas of the Ordovician at Glens Falls, White (T. G.), 1. Ordovician—Con tinued. New England and New York —Continued. Faunas of the Trenton, Raymond (P. E.), 2. Field work at Larrabee’s Point, Ver¬ mont, Shimer, 5. Geology of Adirondack region, Cush¬ ing, 10. Geology of Grand Isle, Perkins, 7, 11. Geology of Paradox Lake quadrangle, Ogilvie, 6. Geology of Taconic Range, Dale, 3. Geology of the Hudson Valley, Dale, 5. Geology of the vicinity of Little Falls, Cushing, 9. Hudson River beds near Albany, Ruede- mann, 1. Lime and cement industries of New York, Ries, 4. Lower Silurian system of eastern Mont¬ gomery County, N. Y., Cumings, 6. Pre-Cambrian Highlands, Merrill (F. •T. H.), 6. Quarry industry in southeastern New York, Eckel, 6. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 11. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Gra- bau, 9. Stratigraphy of Mohawk Valley, Pros¬ ser, 5. Terranes of Orange County, Vt., Rich¬ ardson (C. H.)> 2. Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph hill, Ruedemann, 2. Ohio Valley region. Cement resources of Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 3. Cincinnati geanticline, Foerste, 10. Cincinnati group in western Tennessee. Foerste, 6. Classification of the Ordovician rocks of Ohio and Indiana, Foerste, 12. Columbia folio, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Geology of Cincinnati, Nickles, 3. Lead and zinc bearing rocks of Ken¬ tucky, Miller (A. M.), 4. Nomenclature of Ohio geological forma¬ tions, Prosser, 10, 15. Oil and gas producing rocks of Ohio, Bownocker, 3. Ordovician and Silurian rocks of In¬ diana, Foerste, 11. Ordovician rocks of Kentucky and their Bryozoa, Nickles, 6. Petroleum and natural gas in Ohio, Bownocker, 5. Richmond group and its subdivisions, Nickles, 5. Richmond group of Cincinnati anti¬ cline, Foerste, 8. Ripple marks in Hudson limestone of Jefferson County, Culbertson, 1. Ripple marks in Hudson River lime¬ stone, Moore and Hole, 1. Section across southern Indiana, New¬ som, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 603 Ordovician —Continued. Ohio Valley — Continued. Silurian and Devonian limestones of western Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Structural features of Homotrypa, Bass- ler, 1. Subdivisions of the Ordovician of In¬ diana, Foerste, 9. Topography and geology of Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Trenton rock petroleum, Blatchley and Sheak, 1. Rocky Mountain region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado, Girty, 3. Geology of Castle Rock region, Colo¬ rado, Lee (W. T.), 2. Stratigraphy of Black Hills, Bighorn Mountains, and Rocky Mountain front range, Darton, 16. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Southwestern region. Geography and geology of Black and Grand prairies, Hill (R. T.), 3. Geology and water resources of Okla¬ homa, Gould, 14. Geology of Arbuckle and Wichita moun¬ tains, Taff, 13. Geology of the Wichita Mountains, Gould, 13. Stratigraphic sequence in trans-Pecos Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 5. Tishomingo folio, Taff, 6. General. Paleogeography of mid-Ordhvicic time, Berkey, 11. Physical characters and history of some New York formations, Grabau, 17. Oregon. Artesian basins in Idaho and Oregon, Russell, 9. Beach gold and its source, Washburne, 3. Bohemia mining district of western Oregon, Kimball, 1. Borax mine in southern Oregon, Den¬ nis, 1. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Clackamas meteoric iron, Kunz, 9. Coal fields of Pacific coast, Smith (G. O.), 6. Coal in Washington near Portland, Dil- ler, 21. ^Composition and structure of Klamath ^ Mountains, Diller, 17. Contribution to petrography of John Day Basin, Calkins, 1. Coos Bay coal fields, Rockwell, 1. Coos Bay folio, Diller, 4. Cretaceous deposits of Pacific coast, Anderson (F. M.), 3. Cretaceous fossils from John Day Ba¬ sin, Stanton, 1. Eclogites in California, Holway, 1. Fossil flora of John Day basin, Knowl- ton, 14. Oregon —Continued. Fossil land shells of the John Day ba sin, Stearns (R. E. C.), 1. Fossil plants from the Shasta group, Fontaine, 3. Fossil sea lion from Miocene, True, 1. Fossil shells of John Day region, Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Fossil turtles from Oregon, Hay, 9. Geological section through John Day Basin, Merriam (J. C.), 2. Geology and petrography of Crater •Lake National Park, Diller and Pat¬ ton, 1. Geology of Crater Lake, Diller, 2. Geology of Idaho and Oregon, Russell, 8 . Geology of John Day Basin, Merriam (J. ('.), 1. Geology of the Three Sisters, Fair¬ banks, 1. Geology and water resources of central Oregon, Russell, 21. Gisements des minerals de mercure, De- maret, 2. Glaciers of Mount Hood and Mount Adams, Reid (H. F.), 17. Gold belt of Blue Mountains, Lindgren, 4. Gold mining in eastern Oregon, Beadle, 1 . Gold production of North America. Lindgren, 16. Great lava-flood, Redway, 1. Gypsum deposits in Oregon, Lindgren, 20 . Hanging valleys, Russell, 20. Iron-nickel alloy, awaruite, Jamieson, 1. John Day fossil beds, Merriam (J. C.), 3. Jurassic flora of Douglas County, Oreg.. Fontaine, 1. Klamath Mountains, Diller, 1. Marine sediments of eastern Oregon, Washburne, 1. Mesozoic of southwestern Oregon, Loud- erback, 6. Meteorite in Supreme Court, Winchell (N. H.), 28. Mineral resources and mining in Ore¬ gon, Drake, 1. Minerals in gold quartz veins, Lind¬ gren, 3. Mounts Hood and Adams and their glaciers, Reid (H. F.), 6. Mylagaulodon from upper John Day, Sinclair, 3. Nampa folio, Lindgren and Drake, 1. Native gold in igneous rocks, Mallery, 1 . New fossil tapir in Oregon, Sinclair, 1. Oregon nickel prospects, Ledoux, 1. Placer gold in Oregon, Washburne, 2. Port Orford folio, Diller, 11. Quecksilberablagerungen in Oregon, Wendeborn, 2. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY ()04 Oregon—Continued. Quicksilver deposits of Oregon, Dennis, 2 . Reconnaissance of Mount Hood and Mount Adams, Reid (H. F.), 4. Report on the Clarno flora, Knowlton. 1 . Report on the floi’a of the Mascall for¬ mation, Knowlton, 2. Rodents and ungulates from the John Day series, Sinclair, 6. So-called iron ore near Portland, Dil- ler, 20. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward, 5. Topographic development of Klamath Mountains, Diller, 10. Trias in northeastern Oregon, Lind- gren, 2. Two islands, Condon, 1. Willamette meteorite, Ward (H. A.), 8. Willamette meteorite, Winchell (N. H.), 29. Wreck of Mount Mazama, Diller, 8. Paleogeography. Age of the Missouri River, Upham, 26. Cobleskill limestone of New York, Hart- nagel, 1. Columbia folio, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Devonian era in Ohio basin, Claypole, 5. Devonic and Ohtaric formations of Maryland, Schuchert, 7. Deposition of the Appalachian Potts- ville, White (D.), 14. Evolution of the Antilles, Falconer, 2. Formations of northern Arkansas, Ul¬ rich, 5. Glacial waters from Oneida to Little Falls, Fairchild, 8. Graptolites of New York, Ruedemann, 8. Iroquois beach in Ontario, Coleman, 16, 17. Jurassic rocks of East Greenland, Skeat, 1. Lake Quibiris, an ancient Pliocene lake in Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 6. Marine Trias of western America, Smith (J. P.), 5. Naples fauna in western New York, Clarke (J. M.), 19. Outlines of continents in Tertiary times, Matthew (W. D.), 18. Paleogeography of mid-Ordovicic time, Berkey, 11. Paleogeography of St. Peter time, Berkey, 9. Periodic migrations between the Asiatic and American coasts of the Pacific Ocean, Smith (J. P.), 4. Physical characters and history of some New York formations, Grabau, 17. Submerged tributary to the pre-Glacial river of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Poole, 7. Paleontology. Algonkian. Sur les formations precambriennes fos- siliferes, Walcott, 4. Cambrian. Acrothyra, a new genus of Etcheminian brachiopods, Matthew (G. F.), 12. Acrothyra and Hyolithes, a comparison. Matthew (G. F.), 7. Cambrian Brachiopoda, Walcott, 1, 6. 12 . Cambrian Brachiopoda and Mollusca of Mount Stephen, Matthew (G. F.), 19. Cambrian deposits of North Attleboro, Gorham, 1. Cambrian faunas : Protolenus, Matthew (G. F.), 27. Cambrian fossils from Cape Breton, Matthew (G. F.), 9. Cambrian fossils of St. Franqois County, Beecher, 2. Cambrian of Cape Breton, with de¬ scriptions of new species, Matthew (G. F.), 12. Cambrian Ostracoda from northeastern America, Jones (T. R.), 1. Cambrian rocks and fossils of Cape Breton, Matthew (G. F.), 14. Cambrian rocks in eastern Canada. Matthew (G. F.), 29. Cambrian rocks of Cape Breton, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. Cambric Dictyonema fauna of eastern New York, Ruedemann. 7. Development in size of the inarticulate brachiopods of the basal Cambrian, Matthew (G. F.), 17. Did the upper Etcheminian fauna in¬ vade eastern Canada from the south¬ east? Matthew (G. F.), 18. Eurypterid remains in the Cambrian, Beecher, 3. Graptolites of New York. Ruedemann, 8 . Hyolithes gracilis and related forms, Matthew (G. F.), 8. Les plus anciennes faunes paleozoiques, Matthew (G. F.), 5. Middle Cambrian fossils, Woodward (H.), 1. New species of Olenellus, Wanner, 1. Oboloid shells of the Cambrian system in Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 16. Ostracoda of basal Cambrian rocks in Cape Breton, Matthew (G. F.), 13. Paleozoic faunas, Weller, 6. Paleozoic rocks of northwestern New Jersey, Van Ingen, 3. Phylogenic stage of Cambrian Gastro¬ poda, Sardeson, 12. Physical geography, etc., of Essex County, Mass., Sears, 1. Preliminary notice of Etcheminian fauna, Matthew (G. F.), 1. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 5. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 605 Paleontology—Continued. Carboniferous. Bathygnathus borealis Leidy, and the Permian of Prince Edwards Island. Case, 13. Batrachian footprints, Matthew (G. F.), 23, 30. Batrachian footprints of Carboniferous system, Matthew (G. F.), 21. Border line between the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, Smith (J. P.), 1. Campyloprion, a new form of Edestus- like dentition, Eastman, 3. Carboniferous ammonoids of America, j Smith (J. P.), 3. Carboniferous cestraciont and acantho- dian sharks, Eastman, 6. Carboniferous cochliodonts, Branson, 1. Carboniferous faunas of Mississippi Valley in the Rocky Mountain re¬ gion, Keyes, 41. Carboniferous ferns from Mazon Creek, Illinois, Sellards, 3. Carboniferous fish fauna of Mazon Creek, Eastman, 4. Carboniferous fishes from central West¬ ern States, Eastman, 10. Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado, Girty, 3. Carboniferous formations of Humboldt, Iowa, Sardeson, 11. Carboniferous fossils of Bisbee quad¬ rangle, Girty, 6. Carboniferous invertebrates, Beede, 1. Carboniferous of Sangre de Cristo Range, Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 5. Carboniferous rocks of Kansas section, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Carboniferous terrestrial arthropod fauna of Illinois, Melander, 1. Coal Measures Bryozoa of Nebraska, Condra, 2. Coal Measures faunal studies, Beede and Rogers, 1. Coal Measures forest near Socorro, Herrick (C. L.), 3. Coal Measures faunal studies, Beede, 6. Codonotheca, new type of spore-bearing organ from Coal Measures, Sellards, 6 . Columbia folio, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Contributions to Indian paleontology, Greene, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11-14. Correlation of the Kinderhook forma¬ tions, Weller, 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontology, Williams and Kindle, 1. Cyclus from Coal Measures, Rogers, 3. Developmental stages of Orthothetes minutus, Cumings, 5. Distribution and synonymy of Ptychos- pira sexplicata, Greger, 1. Fauna of the Mentor, Jones (A. W.), 2. Fauna of the Permian, Beede, 2. Fossil faunas of Olean quadrangle. Butts, 1. ’aleontology —Continued. Curioniferous —Continued. Fossil insects in Permian of Kansas, Sellards, 7. Fossil plants from Carboniferous and Permian formations of Kansas, White (D.), 10. Fossil plants in the Permian, Sellards, 2 . Fossil plants of Onaga, Crevecceur, 1. Fossils from Subcarboniferous rocks of northeastern Missouri, Rowley, 2. Fossils from the Red Beds, Gould, 1. Fossils from the upper Paleozoic rocks, Rowley, 1. Genus Rhynchopora, Greger, 2. Geological horizon of the Kanawha black flint, White (I. C.), 4. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Invertebrate fossils from Carboniferous section of Kansas, Girty, 4. Invertebrate paleontology of Red Beds. Beede, 8. Kinderhook faunal studies, Weller, 2. Kinderhook faunas, Weller, 11. Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 12. Koprolithen des Perms von Texas, Neu- mayer, 1. Lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. List of fossils from lower half of Cone- maugh formation near Morgantown, W. Va., White (I. C.), 5. Lyon County geology, Smith (A. J.), 2. Mauch Chunk of Pennsylvania, Steven¬ son (J. J.), 1. Micro-organismes des combustibles fos- siles, Renault, 1. Missouri paleontology, Rowley, 4. Missourian and Permo-Carboniferous fish fauna of Kansas and Nebraska. Eastman and Barbour, 1. Morphology of the skull of Dimetrodon, Case, 11. Myalina from Coal Measures of Texas, Whitfield, 2. New Bryozoa from Coal Measures of Nebraska, Cqndra, 1. New forms of Carboniferous fish re¬ mains, Eastman, 9. New genus and species of Lower Car¬ boniferous bryozoan, Whitfield, 8. New fossil plants from Carboniferous and Devonian, Herzer, 4. New fossil sponge from Coal Measures, Herzer, 3. New fossils from Upper Carboniferous of Kansas, Beede, 4. New molluscan genera Horn the Car¬ boniferous, Girty, 5. Note on Hylopus of Dawson. Matthew (G. F.), 28. Orthothetes minutus n. sp., from the Salem limestone, Cumings. 2. Osteology of Embolophorus dollovianus, Case, 4. 606 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Carboniferous —Continued. Osteology of skull of Dimetrodon, Case, 7. I'aleobotanical aspects of the upper Paleozoic in Nova Scotia, White (D.), 5. Paleontologic results of areal survey of Olean quadrangle, Clarke (J. M.), 7. Paleontology of the Bingham mining district, Girty, 12. Paleozoic batrachian footprints, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 25. Paleozoic cockroaches, Sellards, 5, 8. Paleozoic ostracods from Maryland, Jones (T. R.), 4. Paraphorhynchus, Weller, 9. Peculiar modification among Permian dipnoans, Eastman, 11. Pelycosaurierreste von Texas, Broili, 4. Permian life of Texas, Sternberg, 2. Permian Xiphosuran from Kansas, j Beecher, 10. Permische Stegocephalen und Reptilien aus Texas, Broili, 2. Permo-Carboniferous sharks, Eastman. 2 . Pleuroptyx in Iowa Coal Measures, Ud- den, 7. Possible new coal plants, Gresley, 1. Potsdam sandstone of Lake Champlain Basin, Van Ingen, 4. Pottawattamie and Douglas forma¬ tions, Rogers, 1. Prodromites, a new ammonite genus, Smith and Weller, 1. Psaronius, Herzer, 1. Relations of some Carboniferous faunas, Girty, 11. Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Reproduction of lost parts in a fossil crinoid, Whitfield, 9. Revision of Paleozoic Paleechinoidea, Klein, 1. Revision of Phyllocarida from Che¬ mung and Waverly groups of Penn¬ sylvania, Beecher, 8. Rhombopora lepidodendroides Meek, Condra, 3. Six new species, Knowlton, 13. Six new species, including two new genera of fossil plants, Herzer, 2. Species of Whittleseya and their sys¬ tematic relations, White (D.), 4. Stigmaria structure, Poole, 1. Structure of fore foot of Dimetrodon, Case, 8. Tseniopteris of the Permian, Sellards, 1. Triticites, new genus of Carboniferous foraminifers, Girty, 9. Two Carboniferous genera, Cockerell, 3. Ueber Diacranodus texensis Cope, Bro¬ ili, 3. Upper Permian in western Texas, Girty. 2 . Paleontology —Continued. Carboniferous —Continued. Validity of Idiophyllum rotundifolium, Sellards, 4. Vertebrate fossils from Permian beds of Oklahoma, Case, 3. Vertebrates from Permian of Texas. Case, 5. Cretaceous. Atlantic highlands section, Prather, 4. Ceratopsia from the Laramie, Wyoming, Hatcher, 22. Chondrodonta, Stanton, 2. Coal resources of Wyoming, Trumbull, 1 . Corals of Buda limestone, Vaughan, 17. Correction of Professor Osborn’s note, Hatcher, 13. Cretaceous actinopterous fishes, Hay, 10 . Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of Canada, Penhallow, 4. Cretaceous and Tertiary section in Montana, Douglass, 3. Cretaceous beds of Long Island, Hol- lick, 7. Cretaceous deposits of Pacific coast, Anderson (F. M.), 3. Cretaceous fish Portheus molossus, Os¬ born, 35. Cretaceous fishes, Williston, 1. Cretaceous formations and faunas of New Jersey, Weller, 7. Cretaceous fossils from the John Day basin, Stanton, 1. Cretaceous fossils of the Bisbee quad¬ rangle, Stanton, 6. Cretaceous turtles, Wieland, 2. Cretaceous turtles of New Jersey, Wie¬ land, 6, 7. Cretaceous turtles of New Jersey: Agomphus, Wieland, 13. Crustacea of the Cretaceous, Pilsbry, 1. Dakota Cretaceous of Kansas and Ne¬ braska, Gould, 5. Development of Scaphites, Smith (W. D.), 1. Dinosaurian genus Creosaurus Marsh, Williston, 2. Dinosaurs from the Cretaceous of Al¬ berta, Lambe, 10. Dinosaurs in Fort Pierre shales, Doug¬ lass, 5. Discovery of amber on Staten Island. Hollick, 16. Distinctive characters of the mid-Cre¬ taceous fauna. Osborn, 12. Elosaurus parvus, a new genus and species of Sauropoda, Peterson and Gilmore, 1. Fauna of Cliffwood clays, Weller, 10, 13. Flora of the Matawan formation, Ber- ry, 5. Fossil Cyrena from Alberta, Whiteaves, 6 . FOB THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 607 Paleontology—Continued. Cretaceous —Continued. Fossil ferns from the Laramie group of Colorado, Hollick, 5. Fossil floras of the Yukon, Knowlt.on, 17. Fossil grasses and sedges, Berry, 10. Fossil petal and fruit from Kansas, j Hollick, 6. Fossil plant remains at Kreisherville, Hollick, 14. Fossil plants from British Columbia and the Northwest Territories, Pen- hallow and Ami, 1. Fossil plants from Kansas, Hollick, 9. Fossil plants from the Shasta group, Fontaine, 3. Fossil plants of the Judith River beds, Knowlton, 18. Fossils from the Vancouver Cretaceous, Whiteaves, 12. Fossils of the Texas Cretaceous, Pra¬ ther, 1. Fresh-watey molluscan faunule from Cretaceous of Montana, Stanton, 4. j Ganoid- und Knochen-fische aus der Kreide formation von Kansas, Loom¬ is, 1. Genera and species of Trachodontidae Marsh, Hatcher, 9. Geological and botanical notes : Cape Cod and Chappaquidick Island, Hol¬ lick, 4. Geology and paleontology of the Ju¬ dith River beds, Stanton and Hatch¬ er, 1. Geology of Cerrillos Hills, Johnson (D. W.), 5. Geology of Potomac group in middle Atlantic slope, Clark and Bibbins, 1. Geology of the John Day Basin, Mer- riam (J. C.), 1. Grasping power of manus of Ornitho- mimus, Lambe, 9. Greatest flying creature, the great pterodactyl Ornithostoma, Lucas (F. A.), 10. Heteroceras simplicostatum, Whitfield, 3. Hind limb of Protostega, Williston, 4. Interesting Cretaceous Chimseroid egg- case, Gill, 2. Kreide-Ammoniten von Texas, Lass- witz, 1. Laramie Cretaceous of Wyoming, WiL liston, 13. Lower Cretaceous plants from Mon¬ tana, Fontaine, 4. Lytoceras from the Cretaceous rocks, Whiteaves, 2. Marine turtle Archelon, Wieland, 3. Megacerops tyleri, Lull, 5. Mollusca of Buda limestone, Shattuck, 8 . New and little-known fossil verte¬ brates, Hatcher, 3. New armed dinosaur, Williston, 26. Paleontology —Continued. Cretaceous —Continued. New genera and species from Belly River series, Lambe, 3. New Niobrara Taxochelys, Wieland, 12. New dinosaur, Stegosaurus marshi, Lu¬ cas (F. A.), 2. New or little-known extinct reptiles, Williston, 10. New species of Baena from Laramie beds of Wyoming, Hay, 2. New species of Unio, Whiteaves, 1. New turtle from the Kansas Creta¬ ceous, Williston, 3. New turtles from Judith River beds of Montana, Hay, 15. New vertebrates of the mid-Cretaceous, Osborn, 13. New Unios from the Laramie, Whit¬ field, 6. Occurrence of ichthyosaur-like re¬ mains, Merriam (J. C.), 17. Old swamp bottom, Berry, 12. Origin of North American Unionidae, White (C. A.), 1. Paleobotany of Cretaceous of Long Island, Hollick, 11. Paleontology of the Boulder area, Henderson (J.), 3. Palm from mid-Cretaceous, Berry, 11. Plants from the Matawan formation, Berry, 4. Position and nature of Maryland Cy- cads, Bibbins, 2. Protostega gigas and other Cretaceous reptiles, Sternberg, 5. Pseudoceratites of the Cretaceous, Hy¬ att, 1. Recent literature on Laramie forma¬ tion, Hay, 7. Reconstruction of a Cretaceous dino¬ saur, Beecher, 6. Remarkable slab of crinoids, Hovey (E. O.), 14. Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Report on various collections of fossil plants from the older Potomac of Virginia and Maryland, Fontaine, 5. Restoration of Dolichorhyncops os- borni, Williston, 9. Sabal rigida, Hatcher, 5. Skeleton of Nyctodactylus with resto¬ ration, Williston, 8. Squamoso-parietal crest of horned di¬ nosaurs, Lambe, 11. Starfish from Cretaceous of Wyoming, Weller, 8. Starfish from the Fort Benton, Doug¬ lass, 7. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward (L. F.), 5. Stratigraphy and paleontology of Black Hills rim, Wieland, 11. Teleorhinus browni, Osborn, 33. Teleosts from the Platte Cretaceous series, Cragin, 1. 608 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Cretaceous —Continued. Teleosts of the upper Cretaceous, Stewart, 1. Teredo-like shell from Laramie group, Whitfield, 4. Trionyx foveatus Leidy and Trionyx vagans Cope from Cretaceous rocks of Alberta, Lambe, 5. Turtle from Cretaceous rocks, Lambe, 1 . Types of invertebrate Cretaceous fos- j sils in the collection of the Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia, Johnson (C. W.), 2. Tyrannosaurus and other Cretaceous carniverous dinosaurs, Osborn, 50. Uintacrinus, Springer (F.), 1. Uintacrinus and Hemiaster in the Van¬ couver Cretaceous, Whiteaves, 15. Winged reptiles, Williston, 7. Devonian. Acidaspis from Marcellus shale, Hitch¬ cock (C. II.), 4. Amnigenia as an indicator of fresh¬ water deposits, Clarke (J. M.), 4. Are the St. John plant beds Carbonif¬ erous?, Matthew (G. F.), 4. Arthrodires from the Cleveland shale, Dean, 1. Beschreibung der Naples-Fauna, Dre- vermann, 1. Columbia folio, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontol¬ ogy, Williams and Kindle, 1. Contributions to Indiana paleontology, Greene, 1—15. Coral reefs, ancient and modern, Grant (C. C.), 5. Corniferous exposure in Anderdon, Nattress, 1. Corniferous fauna in Appalachian province in North America, Weller, 4. Correlation of geological faunas, Wil¬ liams (H. S.), 5. Crinoid and mollusk from the Portage rocks of New York, Whitfield, 11. Dentition of Rhynchodus, Eastman, 14. Description of tracks from mudstones of Knoydart formation, Ami, 28. Devonian era in Ohio basin, Claypole, 5. Development of Fenesteila, Cumings, 10 . Developmental changes in Devonian brachiopods, Raymond (P. E.), 3. Devonian fauna of Kwataboahegan River, Parks, 5. Devonian fish fauna of Iowa, Eastman, 11 . Devonian fossils and stratigraphy of Indiana, Keyes, 1. Devonian fish remains from Colorado. Eastman, 16. Paleontology—Continued. Devonian — Continued. Devonian fossils of Bisbee quadrangle, Williams (H. S.), 6. Devonian paleontology, Schuchert, 13. Devonic crinoids, Wood (Elvira), 3. Devonic worms, Clarke (J. M.), 18. Drift fossils, Hollick, 8. Dwarf fauna of Tully limestone, Loomis, 4. Evolution of some Devonic spirifers, Grabau, 18. Fauna of Stafford limestone of New York, Talbot, 1. Fauna of the Agoniatite limestone of Onondaga County, N. Y., Wilson (J. D.), 1. Faunal provinces of middle Devonic of America, Schuchert, 5. Fossil alga from Chemung, New York, W'hite (D.), 6. Fossil faunas of Olean quadrangle. Butts, 1. Fossils from the Hackberry group of Iowa, Webster, 2. Gastropod from the Hackberry group of Iowa, Webster, 1. Genus Panenka, with description of a new species from Devonian rocks of Ontario, Whiteaves, 4. Geology of Onondaga County, N. Y., Schneider, 1. Geology of Perry basin, White (D.), 18. Geology of Watkins and Elmira quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther, 2. Hamilton formation in central New York, Cleland, 2. Hamilton fossils from Bethany. New York, Monroe, 1. Hamilton group of Thedford. Ontario, Shimer and Grabau. 1. Helderberg invasion of the Manlius, Harris, 7. Helderbergian fossils near Montreal, Schuchert, 1. Indigene and alien faunas of New York Devonic, Clarke (J. M.), 10. Ithaca fauna of central New York. Clarke (J. M.), 27. Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 12. Knoydart formation of Nova Scotia, Ami, 8. Limestones interbedded with shales of Marcellus stage, Clarke (J. M.). 2. Map of Canandaigua and Naples quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther. 1. Marcellus limestone, Wood (Elvira), 1. Naples fauna in western New York. Clarke (J. M.), 19. Nematophyton in New York State Mu¬ seum, Prosser, 8. New Agelacrinites, Clarke (J. M.), 3. New crinoid from the Hamilton. Wood (Elvira), 2. New fossil plants from Carboniferous and Devonian, Herzer, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 609 Paleontology—Continued. Devonian —Continued. New fossils from Corniferous, Hamil¬ ton, and Medina shales, Herzer, 5. New geological formation in the De¬ vonian, Ami, 4. New points on the fin attachment of Dinichthys and Cladodus, Clark (W.), 1. New species of Cladodus from the De¬ vonian of Colorado, Hay, 4. New Xiphosuran from Upper Devonian of Pennsylvania, Beecher. 5. Notes on Paleozoic crustaceans, Clarke (J. M.), 12. Observations on Romingeria, Beecher, 9. Opening address, geologic section. Grant (C. C.>, 1. Organic remains from Messenger Brook, Ami, 47. Paleontologic results of areal survey of Olean quadrangle, Clarke (J. M.), 7. Paleontology of the Iowa Devonian, Webster, 3. Paleozoic faunas, Weller, 6. Paleozoic rocks of northwestern New Jersey, Van Ingen, 3. Parapsonema cryptophysa Clarke und deren Stellung im System, Fuchs, 1. Parasite from Devonian rocks of Hud¬ son Bay, Parks, 6. Perce: sketch of its geology, Clarke ,(J. M.), 26. “ Placoderm,” Dinichthys intermedius Newb., Hussakof, 1. Preservation of muscle fibers in sharks of Cleveland shale, Dean, 6. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 5. Revision of genera and species of Cana¬ dian Paleozoic corals, Lambe, 2. Revision of New York Helderbei’gian crinoids, Talbot, 2. Revision of Phyllocarida from Che¬ mung and Waverly groups of Penn¬ sylvania, Beecher, 8. Rhizopods in Pella beds in Iowa, Ud- den, 6. Rocks of Rondout, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Shifting of faunas, Williams (H. S.), 4. Sliurian and Devonian limestones, Foerste, 1. Siluric and Devonic faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Shimer, 5. Siluric Cystoidea, Schuchert, 6. Silver Creek hydraulic limestone, Sie- benthal, 2. Sponges from the Hamilton group of Indiana, Whitfield, 12. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Grabau, 9. Structure of Dinichthys, Wright (A. A.), 1. Structure of two Dinichthyds, Hussa¬ kof, 2. Paleontology— Continued. Devonian —Continued. Tracks from the Knoydart formation, Ami, 3. Tropidoleptus fauna at Canandaigua Lake, Raymond (P. E.), 4. Worm burrows in Chemung of New - York, Whitfield, 10. Jurassic. Atlantosaur and Titanotherium beds of Wyoming, Peck, 4. Brachiosaurus altithorax, Riggs, 6. Crocodile from Wyoming Jurassic, Hol¬ land, 2. Cycads from Black Hills, Wieland, 10. Dinosaur beds of the Grand River Val¬ ley, Riggs, 1. Dinosaur from upper Jurassic, Osborn, 16. Discovery of teeth in Baptanodon, Gil¬ more, 1. Foliage of Cycadella, Wieland, 9. Fore limb and manus of Brontosaurus, Hatcher, 8. Fossil wood from the Newark forma¬ tion, Knowlton, 3. Fossil footprints of the Juratrias, Lull, 2 . Fossils and age of Yakutat formation, Ulrich, 4. Jura-fossilien aus Alaska, Pompeckj, 1. Jurassic dinosaur deposits near Canyon City, Hatcher, 6. Jurassic dinosaurs, Gratacap, 5. Jurassic flora of Douglas County, Ore¬ gon, Fontaine, 1. Jurassic fossils from Durango, Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 3. Jurassic fossils from East Greenland, Madsen, 1. Morrison formation, Lee (W. T.), 1. New genus and species from Jurassic of Colorado, Hay, 8. New sauropod dinosaur from Jurassic of Colorado, Hatcher, 18. Origin of North American Unionidae, White (C. A.), 1. Osteology of Baptanodon, Gilmore, 3. Osteology of Haplocanthosaurus, Hatcher, 14. Paleontology of the Malone Jurassic formation, Cragin, 2. Report on collections from plant-bear¬ ing beds in the Jurassic, Fontaine, 2. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward (L. F.), 5. Ordovician. Annual report of geological section of Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Ami, Calciferous formation of Mohawk Val¬ ley, Cleland, 3. Canadian Endoceratidse, Wliiteaves, 19. Canadian species of Trocholites, Whit- eaves, 13. Cincinnati geanticline, Foerste, 10. Cleiocrinus, Springer, 3. Bull. 301—06-39 610 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Con tinued. Ordovicia n — Co n t i n u ed. Columbia folio, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Crown Point section, Raymond (P. E.J, 1. Fauna of Magnesian series, Sardeson, 2 . Fauna of the Chazy limestone, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. Fauna of the Chazy limestone on Val- cour Island, Hudson, 1. Faunas of the Trenton, Raymond (P. E.), 2. Fort Cassin beds in the Calciferous limestone, Dwight, 1. Fossils in the Saint Peter sandstone, Sardes n, 7. Geological notes, Grant (C. C.), 7. Geology of Cincinnati, Nickles, 3. Geology of Howard County, Iowa, Cal¬ vin, 10. Geology of west shcre of Lake Winni¬ peg, Dowling, 1. Graptolites of New York, Ruedemann, 8 . Harris collection of invertebrate fos¬ sils, Schuchert, 3. Hudson River beds near Albany, Ruede¬ mann, 1. Iscchilinae from Canada, Jones (T. R.), 2 . List of fossils from New Brunswick, Ami, 46. Lists of fossils from formations along Ottawa River, Ami, 21.- Lists of fossils from Perth sheet, Ami, 49. Lists of organic remains of Ottawa dis¬ trict, Ami, 20. Lower Silurian fauna of Minnesota, Sardeson, 9. Morphogenesis of Platystrophia, Cum- ings, 8. New bryozoan Homotrypa bassleri, Nickles, 4. New species of Matheria, Whiteaves, 8. Nileus vigilans from Elgin, Iowa, Finch (G. E.), 2. Ordovician at Vevay, Indiana, Cunn¬ ings, 3. Ordovician rocks of Kentucky and their bryozoa, Nickles, 6. Ordovician rocks of southern Indiana, Cumings, 4. Ordovician section near Bellefonte, Pa., Collie, 3. Paleozoic Cypridina from Canada, Jones (T. R.), 3. Paleozoic faunas, Weller, 6. Paleozoic rocks of northwestern New Jersey, Van Ingen, 3. Quantitative study of variation in the fossil brachiopod Platystrophia lynx, Cumings and Mauck, 1, Paleontology—Continued. Ordovician — Continued. Revision of bryozoan geDera Dekayia, Dekayella, and Ileter trypa of the Cincinnati group, Cumings, 7. Richmond group and its subdivisions, Nickles, 5. St. Peter sandstone, Sardeson, 1. Silurian and Devonian limestones of western Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Sponges of Chazy formation, Seely. 3. Stromatoceria of Isle La Motte, Seely, 5. Structural features of Homotrypa, Bass- ler, 1. Subdivisions of the Ordovician of In¬ diana, Foerste, 9. Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph hill, Ruedemann, 2. Trilobites of Chazy limestone, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Quaternary. Arthritis in the Lansing man, Parker, 1 . Canadian fossil insects, Scudder, 1. Canidae of California, Merriam (J. C.), 7. Crania of Trenton, New Jersey, Hrdlicka, 1. Discovery of a musk ox skull, Hatcher, 12. Discovery of the Lansing skeleton, Con- cannon, 1. Euceratherium, a new ungulate from the Quaternary caves of California, Sinclair and Furlong, 1. Excavations in a Quaternary cave in Shasta County, Furlong, 1. Exploration of Potter Creek cave, Shasta County, Cal., Sinclair, 2. Fossil form of Orohelix yavapai Pils- bry, Cockerell, 2. Fossil land shells of old forest bed of Ohio River, Billups, 1. Fossil man of Lansing, Kans., Pear¬ son (K.), 1. Fossil nut pine, Knowlton, 9. Fossil Unio from Wisconsin, Wagner, 2. Geologic relations of the human relics of Lansing, Kans., Chamberlin (T. C.), 5. Geology of Pottawattamie County, Iowa, Udden, 3. Geology of the Philippine Islands, Becker, 1. Glyptodont from Texas Pleistocene, Osborn, 17. Ground sloth from Nebraska Pleisto¬ cene, Brown (B.), 1. Helicina occulta Say, Shimek, 8. Hyoid bone in Mastodon americanus, Holland, 3. Lists of organic remains of Ottawa district, Ami, 20. Loess of Iowa City, Shimek, 2. Loess of Natchez, Shimek, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 611 Paleontology—Continued. Quaternary —Continued. Mammalia from Quaternary caves of California, Sinclair, 7. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of California, Arnold, 2. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene stra¬ tigraphy of coast of southern Califor¬ nia, Arnold (D. and R.), 1. Mastodons of New York, Clarke (.T. M.), 15. New Californian Bittium, Dali and Bartsch, 1. North American elephantids, Lucas (F. A.), 12. Observations paleontologiques dans l’Alaska, Gaudry, 1. Paleontology of Bartholomew County, Indiana, mammalian fossils, Edwards (J. J.), 1. Physical geography, etc., of Essex County, Mass., Sears, 1. Platygonus compressus Le Conte, Wag¬ ner, 1. Pleistocene fauna from Hay Springs, Nebraska, Matthew (W. D.), 8. Pleistocene foraminifera from Panama, Cushman, 2. Pleistocene fauna of Sankaty Head, Cushman, 3. Pleistocene formations of Sankaty Head, Nantucket, Wilson (J. H.), 1. Pleistocene mollusks of White Pond, Baker, 1. Post-Glacial origin and migrations of life of northeastern United States, Adams (C. C.), 2. Post-Pliocene fossils of the Niagara River gravels, Letson, 1. Potter Creek cave, Sinclair, 5. Preptoceras, a new ungulate, Furlong, 2 . Sea beaches of eastern Ontario, Cole¬ man, 5. Search for mammoth and other fossil remains, Maddren, 1. Semifossil shells of Posey County, Ind., Daniels, 1. Shaw mastodon, Hayes (S.), 1. Valley loess and fossil man of Lansing, Upham, 14. Work of prehistoric scolytid, Hopkins (A. D.), 1. Silurian. Ammonoosuc district of New Hamp¬ shire, Hitchcock (C. H.), 6. Cincinnati geanticline, Foerste, 10. Columbia folio, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Cobleskill limestone of New York, Hartuagel, 1. Contributions to Indiana paleontology, Greene, 1, 3, 6, 14. Crotalocrinus cora (Hall), Weller, 5. Description of Daftnanites lunatus, Lambert, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Silurian — Continued. Echinodermata of the Missouri Silu¬ rian, Rowley, 3. Eurypterid fauna from the Salina, Sarle, 2. Fossils from the Silurian rocks of Ekwan River, Whiteaves, 17. Genus Trimerella, with descriptions of species from Silurian rocks of Keewatin, Whiteaves, 3. Geological notes, Grant (C. C.), 6, 7. Geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls, Grabau, 1. Geology of Onondaga County, N. Y., Schneider, 1. Geology of west shore of Lake Winni¬ peg, Dowling, 1. Graptolite (Levis) facies of Beekman- town formation in Rensselaer Coun¬ ty, N. Y., Ruedemann, 3. Growth and development of Gonio- graptus thureaui McCoy, Ruede¬ mann, 4. Guelph fauna of New York, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Indigene and alien faunas of New York Devonic, Clarke (J. M.), 10. Manlius formation of New York, Schu- chert, 4. Map of Canandaigua and Naples quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther, 1. New fossils from Corniferous, Hamilton and Medina shales, Herzer, 5. New genus of Paleozoic brachiopods, Eunoa, Clarke (J. M.), 8. New species of algae, White (D.), 1. Notes on Paleozoic crustaceans, Clarke (J. M.), 12. Notes on past collecting season, Grant (C. C.), 9. Notes on the late collecting season, Grant (C. C.), 10. Observations on Halysites, Whitfield, 7. Opening address, geologic section, Grant (C. C.) 1, 4. Organic remains from Messenger Brook, Ami, 47. Paleontology of the Niagara of north¬ ern Indiana, Kindle and Breger, 1. Paleozoic faunas, Weller, 6. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 5. Revision of New York Helderbergian cr ; noids, Talbot, 2. Rocks of Rondout, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Rugose corals from the Silurian rocks of Manitoba, Whiteaves, 14. Silurian and Devonian limestones, Foerste, 1. Silurian and Devonian limestones of western Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Siluric and Devonic Cystidea and Cam- arocrinus, Schuchert, 11. Siluric fauna near Batesville, Ark., Van Ingen, 2. 612 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Silurian — Continued. Stratigraphic value of Portage sand¬ stones, Luther, 1. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana, Schu- chert, 10. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Grabau, 9. Trilobite (Dalmanites lunatus) from Littleton, Lambert, 2. Tertiary. Addition to coral fauna of the Aquia Eocene formation of Maryland, Vaughan, 14. American Eocene primates, Osborn, 11. Areas of the California Neocene, Os- mont, 2. Armadillo from middle Eocene, Osborn, 30. Canid® of California, Merriam (J. C.), 7. Chalcedony-lime nuts from Bad Lands, Barbour (E. H.), 2. Clavilithes from the Texas Eocene, Johnson and Grabau, 1. Comparison of fossil diatoms, Elmore, 1 . Conrad collection of Vicksburg fossils, Casey, 4. Corrections to nomenclature of Eocene corals, Vaughan, 16. Correlation des horizons de mammi- f$res tertiaires en Europe et en Amerique, Osborn, 5. Cranial elements and dentitions of Titanotherium, Hatcher, 4. , Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of Can¬ ada, Penhallow, 4. Cretaceous and Tertiary section in Montana, Douglass, 3. Dali’s Tertiary fauna of Florida, Schu- chert, 12. Description of two new Tertiary fossils, Johnson (C. W.), 1. Discovery of Torrejon mammals in Montana, Douglass, 6. Dryptosaurus incrassatus, Lambe, 8. Earliest Tertiary coral reefs in Antilles and United States, Vaughan, 10. Eocene Arthropoda, Ulrich. 1. Eocene Bryozoa, Ulrich, 2. Eocene Coelenterata, Vaughan, 1. Eocene deposits of Maryland, Clark and Martin, 1. Eocene Echinodermata, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 4. Eocene Insectivora, Matthew (W. D.), 23. Eocene Mammalia in Marsh collection, Wortman, 2-6, 8-16. Eocene Mollusca, Clark and Martin, 2. Eocene Molluscoidea (Brachiopoda), Clark and Martin, 3. Eocene Pisces, Eastman, 1. Eocene Plant®, Hollick, 3. Eocene Protozoa, Bagg, 1, Paleontology—Continued. Tertiary — Continued. Eocene Ileptilia, Case, 1. Eocene Turbinella, Dali, 12. Eocene whales, Lucas (F. A.), 22. Extinct tortoises, Hay, 14. Fasciolaria from the Eocene green marls at Shark River, N. J., Whit¬ field, 13. First discovery of fossil seals in Amer¬ ica, True (F. W.), 2. Fauna of Titanotherium beds, Matthew (W. D.), 9. Flightless auk, Mancalla californiensis, Lucas (F. A.), 5. Foraminifera from Santa Barbara. Bagg, 7. Foraminifera of Trinidad, Guppy, 4. Fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curagao, Arube, and Bonaire, Vaughan, 2. Fossil crabs of the Gay Head Miocene, Cushman, 6. Fossil flora of John Day basin, Ore¬ gon, Knowlton, 14. Fossil floras of the Yukon, Knowlton, 17. Fossil fruits of Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Perkins, 13. Fossil horses of the Oligocene, Lambe, 16. Fossil land shells of the John Day basin, Stearns (R. E. C.), 1. Fossil Mammalia of White River beds, Douglass, 4. Fossil mammals of Tertiary of north¬ eastern Colorado, Matthew (W. D.), 2 Fossil nut pine from Idaho. Knowlton, 4. Fossil plants from British Columbia and the Northwest territories, Pen¬ hallow and Ami, 1. Fossil plants from State of Washing¬ ton, Knowlton, 8. Fossil plants from vicinity of Porcu¬ pine Butte, Montana, Knowlton, 12. Fossil sea lion from Miocene, True, 1. Fossil shells of John Day region, Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Fossil turtles from Oregon, Hay, 9. Fossil turtles of the Bridger Basin. Hay, 22. Fossils from Sankaty Head, Cushman. 5. Fossils of the Bahama Islands. Dali. 15. Frog shells and tritons, Dali, 13. Genera, subgenera, and sections of Py- ramidellid®, Dali and Bartsch, 2. Geological and physical development of Augilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and Sombrero. Spencer (J. W.), 3. Geology of the John Day Basin, Mer¬ riam (J. C.), 1. Gigantic fossil Lucina, Dali, 3. Gigantic mammal from Loup Fork beds, Peterson, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 618 Paleontology—Continued. Tertiary —Continued. Hedgehog from American Oligocene, Matthew (W. D.), 10. Hyopsodid® of Wasatch and Wind River basins, Loomis, 7. Jackson outcrops on Red River, Casey, 1 . Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 12. Komuto shell bed, Guppy, 6. Locality of type of Prionastrsea vaughani, Gregory, Vaughan, 7. Mammals from Oligocerfe of South Da¬ kota, Matthew (W. D.), 22. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of California, Arnold, 2. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene strati¬ graphy of coast of southern Cali¬ fornia, Arnold (D. and R.), 1. Miocene barnacles from Gay Head, Cushman, 4. Miocene deposits of Maryland, Shat- tuck, 10. Miocene fauna in California, Merriam (J. C.), 10. Miocene foraminifera from the Mon¬ terey shale, Bagg, 9. Miocene mammals of South Dakota, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Miocene rhinoceroses, Osborn, 34. Mount Diablo Range of California, An¬ derson (F. M.), 7. Mylagaulodon from upper John Day of Oregon, Sinclair, 3. Neocene lake beds of Montana, Doug¬ lass, 1. Neozoic invertebrate fossils, Dali, 10. New American species of Amphicyon, Wortman, 1. New Canid® from Miocene of Colorado, Matthew (W. D.), 5. New Conus from Tertiary of Florida, Aldrich, 3. New fossil cyprinoid, Leuciscus tur- neri, Lucas (F. A.), 4. New fossil tapir in Oregon, Sinclair, 1. New genus of Eocene Eulimid®, Casey, 3. New Lyropecten, Dali, 4. New Miocene artiodactyl, Barbour (E. II.), 11. New Oligocene camels, Matthew (W. D.), 15. New rhinoceros, Trigonias osborni, Lucas (F. A.), 1. New sabre tooth from California, Mer¬ riam (J. C.), 16. New species of E ce:e f:>:sils, Aid- rich, 4. New species of Hyracodon, Lambe, 17. New species of Merycochcerus, Doug¬ lass, 2. New species of Pleurotoma from the Pliocene of California, Raymond (W. J-), 2. New species of Tertiary fossils, Aldrich, 2 . New three-toed horse, Gidley, 2. Paleontology —Continued. Tertiary —Continued. North American species of the genus Equus, Gidley, 1. Notes on the Pleurotomid®, Casey, 5. Oligocene Canid®, Hatcher, 10. Oligocene horses, Osborn, 31. Oligocene of western Europe and south¬ ern United States, Maury, 1. Oligocene titanotheres, Osborn, 9. Origin of North American Unionid®, White (C. A.), 1. Origin of Oligocene and Miocene de¬ posits of Great Plains, Hatcher, 11. Osteology of Oxydactylus, Peterson, 1. Osteology of Sinopa, Matthew (W. D.), 20 . ' Oyster from Eocene of Alabama, Aid- rich, 5. Paleontology of Martinez group, Weaver, 1. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Angiosperm®, Hoflick, 10. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Anthozoa, Vaughan, 19. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Brachiopoda, Martin (G. C.), 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Bryozoa, Ulrich and Bass- ler, 4. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Echinodermata, Clark (W. B.), 7. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Foraminifera, Bagg, 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Hydrozoa, Ulrich, 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Mammalia, Aves, Reptilia, Case, 9. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Malacostraca and Cirrepe- dia, Martin (G. C.), 4. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Mollusca, except Pelecy- poda, Martin (G. C.), 5. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene - deposits, Ostracoda, Ulrich and Basa- ler, 3. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Pelecypoda, Glenn, 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Pisces, Eastman, 18. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Radiolaria, Martin (G. C.), 8 . Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Thallophyta - Diatomace®, Boyer, 1. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Vermes, Martin (G. C.), 7. Pelvic girdle of Zeuglodon Basilosaurus cetoides (Owen), Lucas (F. A.), 2. Phylogeny of Fusus, Grabau, 16. Platygonus from Texas Pliocene, Gid¬ ley, 3. 614 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. ITertiary — Continued. Pleistocene and Pliocene fossil shells, Rivers, 1. Proper generic names of Miocene horses, Gidley, 5. Recent zoopaleontology, Osborn, 22. Redescription of the coral Platytro- chus speciosus, Vaughan, 15. Relations of Maryland Miocene, Dali, 14. Report on the Clarno flora, Knowlton, 1 . Report on the flora of the Mascall for¬ mation, Knowlton, 2. Reptiles from the Titanothere beds, Loomis, 5. Restoration of Megacerops, Lull, 6. Rodent from Colorado Miocene, Matthew (W. D.), 6. Rodents and ungulates from the John Day series, Sinclair, 6. Shell Bluff, one of Lyell’s original lo¬ calities, Vaughan, 4. Skeleton of Merycodus, Matthew (W. D.), 14. Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh, Hatcher, 7. Skull of Bunselurus, Matthew (W. D.), 4. Skull of Dinocyon from Miocene of Texas, Matthew (W. D.), 3. Skulls of Trionychidae in Bridger de¬ posits of Wyoming, Hay, 16. Snails of the genus Physa found at Las Vegas, Springer (A.), 1. Studies of Gastropoda, Grabau, 11. Successors, of certain North American primates, Wortman, 7. Ten years’ progress in mammalian pale¬ ontology of North America, Osborn, 49. Tertiary fauna at Kap Dalton, Ravn, 1. Tertiary fauna from Cha^paquiddick Island, Brown (T. C.), 1. Tertiary fauna of Florida, Dali, 8. Tertiary of Montana, Douglass, 9. Tertiary plants from Canada and the United States, Penliallow, 6. Texas oil well fossil, Aldrich, 1. Tobagan fossils, Guppy, 7. Tooth-structure of Mesohippus westoni (Cope), Lambe, 14. Tortoise from Colorado Miocene, Hay. 17. Triassic ichthyosaurs from California and Nevada, Osborn. 15. Trionychid, Conehochelys admirabilis, from the Puerco beds, Hay, 25. Types of Maryland Tertiary Mollusca in British Museum, Newton, 1. Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary, Douglass, 8. Triassic. American Labyrinthodontidae, Branson, 2 . Paleontology—Continued. Triassic —Continued. Atlantosaur and Titanotherium beds of Wyoming, Peck, 4. Border line between the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, Smith (J. P.), 1. Cestraciont spine from Triassic of Ida¬ ho, Evans (II. M.), 1. Collection of Triassic fishes at Yale, Eaton, 1. Faune marine du Trias Superieur de Zacatecas, Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. Footprint from Connecticut Valley, Cushman, 1. Footprints of Stegomus longipes, Lull, 3. Fossil footprints of the Juratrias, Lull, 2 . Fossils from the Red Beds, Gould, 1. Fossils, possibly Triassic, in bowlder clay of Kings County, Haycock, 2. Ichtbyosaurian limb from Triassic of Nevada, Merriam (J. C.), 14. Ichthyosauria from Triassic' of Cali¬ fornia, Merriam (J. C.), 6. Marine reptiles, Merriam (J. C.), 12. Marine Trias of western America, Smith (J. P.), 5. Nature's hieroglyphics, Lull, 4. New batrachian and reptile from Ari¬ zona, Lucas (F. A.), 19. New reptile from Triassic of Connecti¬ cut Valley, Emerson and Loomis, 1. New reptiles from Trias of Wyoming, Williston, 23. Origin of North American Unionidse, White (C. A.), 1. Primitive characters of the Triassic Ichthyosaurus, Merriam (J. C.), 9. Recent literature on Triassic Ichthyo¬ sauria, Merriam (J. CO, 8. Reptile from Triassic of California, Merriam (J. C.), 11. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward (L. F.), 5. Thalattosauria. Merriam (J. C.), 15. Triassic ceplialopod genera, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Triassic fishes of New Jersey, Eastman. 20. Triassic Iclithyopterygia from Califor¬ nia and Nevada, Merriam (J. C.), 4. Triassic ichthyosaurs from California and Nevada. Osborn. 15. Triassic Reptilia from northern Cali¬ fornia, Merriam (J. C.), 5. Types of limb structure in Triassic Ichthyosauria, Merriam (J. C.), 13. Vertebrates from the Trias of Arizona, Lucas (F. A.), 6. Invertebrate. Acidaspis from Marcellus shale, Hitch¬ cock (C. II.), 4. Acrothyra. a new genus of Etcheminian brachiopods, Matthew (G. F.), 12. Acrothyra and Hyolithes, a compari¬ son, Matthew (G. F.), 7. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 615 Paleontology —Continued. Invertebrate —Continued. Addition to coral fauna of the Aquia Eocene formation of Maryland, Vaughan, 14. Ammonoosuc district of New Hamp¬ shire, Hitchcock (C. II.), 6. Amnigenia as an indicator of fresh¬ water deposits, Clarke (J. M.), 4. Amphion, Harpina, and Platymetopus, Raymond (P. E.), 6. Antiquity of the zoanthid actinians, Duerden, 10. Areas of the California Neocene, Os- mont, 2. Arizona diatomite, Blake (W. P.), 9. Beinbau der Trilobiten, Jaekel, 1. Brachiopoda of the Arnheim and Waynesville beds, Foerste, 13. Burrow origin of Arthrophycus and Daedalus, Sarle, 4. Bythotrephis from the Yukon district, Ami, 48. Calciferous formation of Mohawk Val¬ ley, Cleland, 3. Cambrian Brachiopoda, Walcott, 1, 6, 12 . Cambrian deposits of North Attleboro, Gorham, 1. Cambrian Brachiopoda and Mollusca of Mount Stephen, Matthew (G. F.), 19. Cambrian faunas, Protolenus, Matthew (G. F.), 27. Cambrian fossils from Cape Breton, Matthew (G. F.), 9. Cambrian fossils of St. Francois County, Beecher, 2. Cambrian of Cape Breton, with descrip¬ tions of new species, Matthew (G. F.), 12. Cambrian Ostraeoda from northeastern America, Jones (T. R.), 1. Cambrian rocks and fossils of Cape Breton, Matthew (3. F.), 14. Cambrian rocks in eastern Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 29. Cambrian rocks cf Cape Breton, Mat¬ thew (3. F.), 20. Canadian Endoceratidae, Whiteaves, 19. Canadian fossils insects, Scudder, 1. Canadian species of Trocholites, White¬ aves, 13. Canadian specimens of Lituites, White¬ aves, 10. Carboniferous ammonoids of America, Smith (J. P.), 3. Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado, Girty, 3. Carboniferous fossils of Bisbee quad¬ rangle, Girty, 6. Carboniferous invertebrates, Beede, 1. Carboniferous rocks of Kansas section, Adams, Girty, and White, 1. Carboniferous terrestrial arthropod fauna of Illinois, Melander, 1. Cardioceras from the Crows Nest coal fields, Whiteaves, 9. Paleontology —Continued. Invertebrate —Continued. Catalogue of type specimens of fossil invertebrates in National Museum, Schuchert and others, 1. Catalogue of type specimens of Paleo¬ zoic fossils in New York State Mu¬ seum, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Changes in nomenclature of West In¬ dian corals, Vaughan, 13. Chondrodonta, Stanton, 2. Cincinnati geanticline, Foerste, 10. Clavilithes from the Texas Eocene, Johnson and Grabau, 1. Cleiocrinus, Springer, 3. Coal Measures Bryozoa of Nebraska. Condra, 2. Coal Measures faunal studies, Beede and Rogers, 1. Coal Measures faunal studies, Beede, 6. Coal resources of Wyoming, Trumbull, 1 . Columbia folio, Tennessee, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Conrad collection of Vicksburg fossils, Casey, 4. Contributions to Devonian paleontol¬ ogy, Williams and Kindle, 1. Contribution to Indiana paleontology, Greene, 1-15. Corals of Buda limestone, Vaughan, 17. Corniferous fauna in Appalachian prov¬ ince in North America, Weller, 4. Corrections to nomenclature of Eocene fossil corals, Vaughan, 16. Correlation of geological faunas, Wil¬ liams (H. S.), 5. Cretaqeous formations and faunas of New Jersey, Weller, 7. Cretaceous fossils from the John Day basin, Stanton, 1. Cretaceous fossils of the Bisbee quad¬ rangle, Stanton, G. Crinoid and mollusk from the Portage rocks of New York, Whitfield, 11. Crinoid genera Sagenocrinus, Forbes'o- crinus, and allied forms, Springer (F.), 2. Crotalocrinus cora (Hall), Weller, 5. Crustacea of the Cretaceous formation of New Jersey, Pilsbry, 1. Cyclus from Coal Measures, Rogers, 3. Dali's Tertiary fauna of Florida, Schu¬ chert, 12. Decapoden-Gattungen Linuparus und Podocrates, Ortmann, 2. Deceptive fossilization of certain pele- cypod species, Sardeson, 10. Deposition of the loess, Owen, 5. Description of Dalmanites lunatus, Lambert, 1. Description of two new Tertiary fos¬ sils, Johnson (C. W.), 1. Development and morphology of Fenes- tella, Cumings, 11. Development and relationships of the Rugosa, Duerden, 11. 616 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Invertebrate — Continued. Development of Fenestella, Cumings, 10 . Development in size of the inarticulate brachiopods of the basal Cambrian, Matthew (G. F.), 17. Development of biserial arm in certain crinoids, Grabau, 8. Development of Scaphites, Smith (W. D.), 1. Development of septa in Paleozoic cor¬ als, Duerden, 5. Development of some Paleozoic bryozoa, Cumings, 9. Developmental changes in Devonian brachiopods, Raymond (P. E.), 3. Developmental stages of Orthothetes minutus, Cumings, 5. Devonian era in Ohio basin, Claypole, 5. Devonian fauna of Kwataboahegan, Parks, 5. Devonian fossils of Bisbee quadrangle, Williams (H. S.), 6. Devonian paleontology, Schuchert, 13. Devonic crinoids, Wood (Elvira), 3. Devonic worms, Clarke (J. M.), 18. Diatom-earth in Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 10. Did the upper Etcheminian fauna in¬ vade eastern Canada from the south¬ east? Matthew (G. F.), 18. Distribution and syonymy of Ptycho spira sexplicata, Greger, 1. Drift fossils, Hollick, 8. Dwarf fauna of Tully limestone, Loomis, 4. Earliest Tertiary coral reefs in An¬ tilles and United States, Vaughan, 10. Early stages of some Paleozoic corals, Gordon (C. E.), 1. Echinodermata of the Missouri Silu¬ rian, Rowley, 3. Eocene Arthropoda, Ulrich, 1. Eocene Bryozoa, Ulrich, 2. Eocene Coelenterata, Vaughan, 1. Eocene Echinodermata, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 4. Eocene Mollusca, Clark and Martin, 2. Eocene Molluscoidea (Brachiopoda), Clark and Martin, 3. Eocene Pisces, Eastman, 1. Eocene Protozoa, Bagg, 1. Eocene Turbinella, Dali, 12. Eurypterid fauna from the Salina, Sarle, 2. Eurypterid remains in the Cambrian of Missouri, Beecher, 3. Evolution of some Devonic spirifers, Grabau, 18. Fasciola ria from the Eocene green marls at Shark River, N. J., Whit¬ field, 13. Fauna of Cliffwood clays, Weller, 10, 13. Fauna of magnesian series, Sardeson, 2. Paleontology —Continued. Invertebrate — Continued. Fauna of Stafford limestone of New York, Talbot, 1. Fauna of the Agoniatite limestone of Onondaga County, N. Y., Wilson (J. D.), 1. Fauna of the Chazy limestone on Val- cour Island, Hudson, 1. Fauna of the Chazy limestone, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. Fauna of the Mentor, Jones (A. W.), 2. Fauna of the Permian, Beede, 2. Faune marine du Trias Superieur de Zacatecas, Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. Foraminifera from Santa Barbara, Bagg, 7. Foraminifera of Trinidad, Guppy, 4. Fort Cassin beds in the Calciferous limestone, Dwight, 1. Fossil corals from reefs of Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire, Vaughan, 2. Fossil Cyrena from Alberta, Whiteaves, 6 . Fossil crabs of the Gay Head Miocene, Cushman, 6. Fossil form of Orohelix yavapai Pils- bry, Cockerell, 2. Fossil fresh-water shells of Colorado Desert, Stearns (R. E. C.), 2. Fossil insects in Permian of Kansas, Sellards, 7. Fossil land shells of Bermuda, Gulick, 1 . Fossil land shells of old forest bed of Ohio River, Billups, 1. Fossil land shells of the John Day re¬ gion, Stearns (R. E. C.). 1. Fossil shells of the John Day region, Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Fossil Unio from Wisconsin, Wagner, 2. Fossils and age of Yakutat formation, Ulrich, 4. Fossils from Mount Noyes (Canadian Rockies), Woodward (H.), 2. Fossils from Sankaty Head, Cushman, 5. Fossils from Subcarboniferous rocks of northeastern Missouri, Rowley, 2. Fossils from the Hackberry group of Iowa, Webster, 2. Fossils from the Silurian rocks of Ek- wan River, Whiteaves, 17. Fossils from the upper Paleozoic rocks of Missouri, Rowley, 1. Fossils from the Vancouver Creta¬ ceous, Whiteaves, 12. Fossils in the St. Peter sandstone, Sardeson, 6. ' Fossils of the Bahama Islands, Dali, 15. Fossils of the Bahamas, Dalh 16. Fossils of the Texas Cretaceous, Pra¬ ther, 1. Fossula in rugose corals, Duerden, 12. Fresh-water molluscan faunule from Cretaceous of Montana, Stanton, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 617 Paleontology— Continued. Invertebrate —Continued. Frogshells and tritons, Dali, 13. Gastropod from the Hackberry group of Iowa, Webster, 1. Genera and species of Canadian Paleo¬ zoic corals, Lambe, 2. Genera, subgenera, and sections of Pyramidellidae, Dali and Bartsch, 2. Genus Panenka, with description of a new species from Devonian rocks of Ontario, Whiteaves, 4. . Genus Rhynchopora, Greger, 2. Genus Trimerella, with descriptions of species from Silurian rocks of Kee- watin, Whiteaves, 3. Geology and paleontology of the Judith River beds, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Geology of Cerrillos Hills, Johnson (D. W.), 5. Geology of Howard County, Iowa, Cal¬ vin, 10. Geology of Onondaga County, N. Y., Schneider, 1. Gigantic fossil Lucina, Dali, 3. Graptolites of New York, Ruedemann, 8 . Growth and development of Gonio- graptus thureaui McCoy, Ruede¬ mann, 4. Guelph fauna of New York, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Hamilton formation in central New York, Cleland, 2. Hamilton fossils from Bethany, N. Y., Monroe, 1. Hamilton group of Thedford, Ontario, Shimer and Grabau, 1. Harris collection of invertebrate fos¬ sils, Schuchert, 3. Helderbergian fossils near Montreal, Schuchert, 1. Helicina occulta Say, Shimek, 8. Helicoceras stevensoni, Whitfield, 1. Heteroceras simplicostatum, Whitfield, 3. Hudson River beds near Albany, Ruede¬ mann, 1. Hyolithes gracilis and related forms, Matthew (G. F.), 8. Index to publications of New York State Natural History Survey, Ellis (M.), 1. Indigene and alien faunas of New York Devonic, Clarke (J. M.), 10. Invertebrate fossils from Carbonifer¬ ous section of Kansas, Girty, 4. Invertebrate paleontology of Red Beds, Beede, 8. Isochilinse from Canada, Jones (T. R.), o Ithaca fauna of central New York, Clarke (J. M.), 27. Jura-fossilien aus Alaska, Pompeckj, 1. Jurassic fossils from east,Greenland, Madsen, 1. Kinderhook faunal studies, Weller, 2. Paleontology— Continued. Invertebrate —Continued. Kinderhook faunas, Weller, 11. Komuto shell-bed, Guppy, 6. Kreide-Ammoniten von Texas, Lass- witz, 1. Lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. Limestones interbedded with shales of Marcellus stage, Clarke (J. M.), 2. List of fossils from New Brunswick, Ami, 46. List of fossils from Perth sheet, Ami, 4£. Literature on Madreporaria Fungida, Vaughan, 21. Locality of type of Prionastrsea vaughani Gregory, Vaughan, 7. Lower Silurian fauna of Minnesota, Sardeson, 9. Lyon County geology, Smith (A. J.), 2. Lytoceras from the Cretaceous rocks, Whiteaves, 2. Manlius formation of New York, Schu¬ chert, 4. Map of Canandaigua and Naples quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther, 1. Mai’cellus limestone, Wood (Elvira), 1. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene stra¬ tigraphy of coast of southern Cali¬ fornia, Arnold (D. and R.), 1. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro, Arnold, 2. Marine Trias of western America, Smith (J. P.), 5. Middle Cambrian fossils, Woodward (H.), 1. Miocene barnacles from Gay Head, Cushman, 4. Miocene deposits of Maryland, Shat- tuck, 10. Miocene fauna in California, Merriam (J. C.), 10. Miocene Foraminifera from the Monte¬ rey shale, Bagg, 9. Missouri paleontology, Rowley, 4. Mode of existence of Orthoceras, Ruedemann, 6. Mullosca of Buda limestone, Shattuek, 8 . Monocraterion and Oldhamia, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 11. Morphology and development of coral polyps, Duerden, 9. Morphogenesis of Platystrophia, Cum- ings, 8. Morphology of the Madreporaria, Duer¬ den, 4, 7, 8. Morphology of the hinge teeth of bi¬ valves, Dali, 2. Morphology of the pelecypods, Ruede¬ mann, 5. Morse on living brachiopods, Schu¬ chert, 2. Mount Diablo Range of California, An¬ derson (F. M.), 7. 618 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Invertebrate — Continued. Myalina from Coal Measures of Texas, Whitfield, 2. Naples, fauna in western New York, Clarke (J. M.), 19. Neozoic invertebrate fossils, Dali, 10. New Agelacrinites, Clarke (J. M.), 3. New Bryozoa from Coal Measures of Nebraska, Condra, 1. New bryozon Ilomotrypa bassleri. Nickles, 4. New California Bittium, Dali and Bartsch, 1. New Conus from Tertiary of Florida, Aldrich, 3. New crinoid from the Hamilton, Wood (Elvira), 2. New fossil Ashmunella, Cockerell, 1. New fossil sponge from Coal Measures, Herzer, 3. New fossils from Upper Carboniferous of Kansas, Beede, 4. New genus and species of Lower Car¬ boniferous bryozoan, Whitfield, 8. New genus of Eocene Eulimidae, Casey, 3. New genus of Paleozoic brachiopods, Eunoa, Clarke (J. M.), 8. New Lyropecten, Dali, 4. New Molluscan genera from the Car¬ boniferous, Girty, 5. New species of Eocene fossils, Aldrich, 4. New species of Matheria, Whiteaves, 8. New species of Olenellus, Wanner, 1. New species of Pleurotoma from the Pliocene of California, Raymond (W. J-), 2. New species of Tertiary fossils, Aldrich, 2 . New species of TJnio, Whiteaves, 1. New Unios from the Laramie, Whit¬ field, 6. Nileus vigilans from Elgin, Iowa, Finch (G. E.), 2. Nomenclature and classification of sedi¬ mentary formations, Williams (II. 5. ), 8. Notes on Paleozoic crustaceans, Clarke (J. M.), 12. Notes on past collecting season, Grant (C. C.), 9. Notes on the late collecting season, Grant (C. C.), 10. Notes on the Pleurotomid®, Casey, 5. Noteworthy crinoid, Schuchert, 8. Oboloid shells of the Cambrian system in Canada, Matthew (G. F.), 1G. Observations on genus Romingeria, Beecher, 9. Observations on Halysites, Whitfield, 7. Observations on Romingeria, Sardeson, 12 . Observations upon Dsemonelix, Peter¬ son, 2. Paleontology— Continued. Invertebrate —Continued. Oligocene of western Europe and south¬ ern United States, Maury, 1. Ordovician at Vevay, Ind., Cumings, 3. Ordovician rocks of Kentucky and their Bryozoa, Nickles, 6. Ordovician section near Bellefonte, Pa., Collie, 3. Organic remains from Messenger Brook, Ami, 47. , Origin of North American Unionidae, White (C. A.), 1. Ostracoda of basal Cambrian rocks in Cape Breton, Matthew (3. F.), 13. Oyster from Eocene of Alabama, Al¬ drich, 5. Paleontology and zoology, Whiteaves, 18. Paleontology of Martinez group, Weaver, 1. Paleontology of the Bingham mining district, Girty, 12. Paleontology of the Boulder area, Hen¬ derson (J.), 3. Paleontology of the Iowa Devonian, Webster, 3. Paleontology of the Malone Jurassic formation, Cragin, 2. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Anthozoa, Vaughan, 19. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Brachiopoda, Martin (G. C.), 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Bryozoa, Ulrich and Bass- ler, 4. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Echinodermata, Clark (W. B.), 7. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Foraminifera, Bagg, 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Ilydrozoa, Ulrich. 6. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene depos'ts, Malacostraca and Cirrepe- dia, Martin (G. C.). 4. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Mollusca, except Pelecy- poda, Martin (3. C.), 5. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Ostracoda, Ulrich and Bass- ler, 3. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Pelecypoda. Glenn. G. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Radiolaria, Martin (G. C.), 8 . Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits. Vermes. Martin (G. C.), 7. Paleontology of the Niagara of north¬ ern Indiana, Kindle and Breger, 1. Paleozoic cockroaches, Sellards. 5, 8. Paleozoic Cypridina from Canada, Jon£s (T. R.). 3. Paleozoic faunas, Weller, 6. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE* 619 Paleontology— Continued. Invertebrate —Continued. Paleozoic ostracods from Maryland, Jones (T. R.), 4. Paraphorhynchus, Weller, 9. Parasite from Devonian rocks of Hud¬ son Bay, Parks, 6. Perce: sketch of its geology, Clarke (J. M.), 26. Periodic migrations between Asiatic and American coasts of the Pacific Ocean, Smith (J. P.), 4. Permian Xiphosuran from Kansas, Beecher, 10. Phylogenic stage of Cambrian • Gastro¬ poda, Sardeson, 12. Phylogeny of Fusidae, Grabau, 13. Phytogeny of Fusus, Grabau, 16. Physical geography, etc., of Essex County, Mass., Sears, 1. Pleistocene and Pliocene fossil shells, Rivers, 1. Pleistocene fauna of Sankaty' Head, Cushman, 3. Pleistocene foraminifera from Pana¬ ma, Cushman, 2. Pleistocene mollusks of White Pond, Baker, 1. Portage crinoids, Clarke (J. M.), 23. Post-Pliocene gravels of the Niagara River gravels, Letson, 1. Pottawatomie and Douglas formations, Rogers, 1. Prehistoric California, Yates (L. G.), 1 . Preliminary notice of Etcheminian fau¬ na of Newfoundland, Matthew (G. F.), 1. Problem of the Monticuliporoidea, Sar¬ deson, 3, 4. Prodromites, a new ammonite genus, Smith and Weller, 1. Pseudoceratites of the Cretaceous, Hy¬ att, 1. Quantitative study of variation in the fossil brachiopod Platystrophia lynx, Cumings and Mauck, 1. Redescription of the coral Platytrochus speciosus, Vaughan, 15. Reef structures in the Clinton and Ni¬ agara strata, Sarle, 1. Relations of Maryland Miocene, Dali, 14. Relationships of the Rugosa (Tetra- coralla) to living Zoantheae, Duer- den, 3. Remarkable slab of crinoids, Hovey (E. O.), 14. Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 25. Report of the director, Clarke (J. M.), 28. Reproduction of lost parts in a fossil crinoid, Whitfield, 9. Paleontology —Con tin ued. Invertebrate — Continued. Review of recent papers on Bahaman corals, Vaughan, 5. Revision of bryozoan genera Dekayia, Dekayella, and Heterotrypa of the- Cincinnati group, Cumings, 7. Revision of genera and species of Can¬ adian Paleozoic corals, Lambe, 2. Revision of New York Helderbergian crinoids, Talbot, 2. Revision of Paleozoic Ctenostomata, Ulrich and Bassler, 1. Revision of Paleozoic Paleechinoidea, Klem, 1. Revision of Paleozoic Trepostomata, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Revision of Phyllocarida from Che¬ mung and Waverly groups of Penn¬ sylvania, Beecher, 8. Revision of the Blastoideae, Hambach, 1 . Rhizopods in Pella beds in Iowa, Ud- den, 6. Rhombopora lepidodendroides, Meek, Condra, 3. Richmond group and its subdivisions, Nickles, 5. Rugose corals from the Silurian rocks of Manitoba, Whiteaves, 14. Sedentary impression known as Cli- mactichnites, Woodworth, 6. Semifossil shells of Posey County, Ind., Daniels, 1. Senility among gastropods, Smith (B.), 1 . Septal sequence in Paleozoic corals, Duerden, 6. Shells of marls, Walker (B.), 1. Shells of the marl deposits of Aroos¬ took County, Me., Nylander, 1. Siluric and Devonic Cystidea and Cam- arocrinus, Schuchert, 11. Siluric and Devonic faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Shimer, 5. Siluric Cystoidea, Schuchert, 6. Siluric fauna near Batesville, Ark., Van Ingen, 2. Snails of the genus Pliysa found at Las Vegas, Springer (A.), 1. Sponges from the Hamilton group of Indiana, Whitfield, 12. Sponges of Chazy formation, Seely, 3. Starfish from Cretaceous of Wyoming, Weller, 8. Star-fish from the Fort Benton, Doug¬ lass, 7. Stony corals of the Porto Rican wa¬ ters, Vaughan, 3. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana, Schu¬ chert, 10. Stratigraphy of Beeraft Mountain, Gra¬ bau, 9. Stromatoceria of Isle la Motte, Seely, 5. Strophomena and the type of the genus, Miller (S. A.), 1. 620 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Invertebrate — Continued. Structural features of Homotrypa, Bassler, 1. Structure and affinities of Palseodiscus and Agelacrinus, Spencer (W. K.), 1. Structure of some primitive cephalopds, Ruedemann, 9. Studies of Gastropoda, Grabau, 1, 11. Subdivisions of the Ordovician of In¬ diana, Foerste, 9. Teredo-like shell from Laramie group, Whitfield, 4. Tertiary fauna at Kap Dalton, Ravn, 1. Tertiary fauna from ChappaquiddiSk Island, Brown (T. C.), 1. Tertiary fauna of Florida, Dali, 8. Texas oil well fossil, Aldrich, 1. Time element in stratigraphy and cor¬ relation, Dali, 17. Time element in stratigraphy and cor¬ relation, Ulrich, 9. Tohagan fossils, Guppy, 7. Torsion of the lamellibranch shell, Clarke (J. M.), 17. Tracks from the Knoydart formation. Ami, 3. ’ Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph I-Iill, Ruedemann, 2. Triassic cep alcpod genera, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Trilobite (Dalmanites lunatus) from Littleton, Lambert, 2. Trilobites of Chazy limestone, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. Triticites, new genus of Carboniferous foraminifers, Girty, 9. Tropidoleptus fauna at Canandaigua Lake, Raymond (P. E.), 4. True nature of Tamiosoma, Dali, 7. Two Carboniferous genera, Cockerell, 3. Type of Aviculipecteh, Girty, 8. Type of Aviculipecten, Hind, 1. Types of invertebrate Cretaceous fos¬ sils in the collection of the Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia, Johnson (C. W.), 2. Types of Maryland Tertiary mollusca in British Museum, Newton, 1. Typical species and generic characters ' of Aviculipecten, Girty, 7. Ueber Pelecypoden-zonen in der Trias Nord-Amerikas, Smith (J. P.), 2. Uintacrinus, Springer (F.), 1. Uintacrinus and Hemiaster in the Van¬ couver Cretaceous, Whiteaves, 15. Upper Permian in western Texas, Girty, 2. Validity of Idiophyllum rotundifolium, Sellards, 4. Variation of spiralia in Seminula ar- gentia (Shepard) Hall, Beede, 5, 7. Ventral integuments of trilobites, Beecher, 4, 7. Worm burrows in Chemung of New York, Whitfield, 10. Paleontology—Continued. Vertebrate. Additional remarks on Diplodocus, Hatcher, 15. American Eocene primates, Osborn, 11. American Labyrinthodontidae, Branson, 2 # American Pelycosauria, Case, 6. Ancestry of the dogs, Matthew (W. D.), 13. Ancient American saurians, Beard, 2. Arboreal ancestry of the Mammalia, Matthew (W. D.), 14. Armidillo from Middle Eccana, Os¬ born, 30. Arthritis in the Lansing man, Parker, 1 . Arthrodires from the Cleveland shale, Dean, 1. Astrodon (Pleurocoelus) in the Atlanto- saurus beds of Wyoming, Hatcher, • 1G. Atlantosaur and Titanotherium beds of Wyoming, Peck, 4. Bathygnathus borealis Leidy, and the Permian of Prince Ed ard Island, Case, 13. Batrachian footprints, Matthew (G. F.), 22, 23, 30. Batrachian footprints of Carboniferous system, Matthew (G. F.), 21. Beitrag zur Kenntniss von Diplocaulus Cope, Broili, 1. Bibliography and catalogue of fossil vertebrata, Hay, 5. Bibliography and catalogue of fossil vertebrates, Dean, 7. Biometric evidence in problem of paired limbs of vertebrates, Dean, 5. Bones of a mastodon found, Gordon (R.), 1. Bones of forearm in Opisthoccelia, Os¬ born, 37. Bothriolepis, Patten, 1. Brachiosaurus altithorax, Riggs, 6. Campyloprion, a new form of Edestus- like dentition, Eastman, 3. Canidae of California, Merriam (J. C.), 7. Carboniferous cestraciont and acantlio- dian sharks, Eastman, 6. Carboniferous cochliodonts, Branson, 1 . Carboniferous fish fauna of Mazon Creek, Eastman, 4. Carboniferous fishes from central West¬ ern States, Eastman, 10. Ceratopsia from the Laramie, Wyo¬ ming, Hatcher, 22. Cesiracicnt spine from Triassic cf Idaho, Evans (H. M.), 1. Characteristic types of American dino¬ saurs, Beard, 1. Characters of Chelydosauria, Case, 15. Characters of Mylostoma Newberry, Dean, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 621 Paleontology— Continued. Vertebrate —Continued. Characters of Pteranodon, Eaton, 2, 3. Chronological distribution of the elas- mobranchs, Hay, 1. Classification of the Reptilia, Osborn, 26, 39, 41. Collection of fossil vertebrates in Amer¬ ican Museum of Natural History, Matthew (W. D.), 12. Collection of Triassic fishes at Yale, Eaton, 1. Composition of shells of turtles, Hay, 6. Constructing an extinct monster from fossil remains, Lucas (F. A.), 13. Correction of generic name, Peterson, 5. Coirection of Professor Os orn’s not ', Hatcher, l’L Corre’aticn des horizons de mammif&res tertiaires en Europe et en Amerique, Osborn, 5. Crania of extinct bisons from the Klon¬ dike Creek gravels, Whiteaves, 7. Crania of Trenton, N. J., ftrdlicka, 1. Cretaceous actinopterous fishes, Hay, 10 . Cretaceous fish Portheus molossus, Os¬ born, 35. Cretaceous fishes, Williston, 1. Cretaceous turtles of New Jersey, Wie- land, 6, 7, 13. Crocodile from Wyoming, Jurassic, Hol¬ land, 2. Cuban fossil mammals, Vaughan, 9. Dates of publication of certain genera of fossil vertebrates, Bush (L. P.), 1. Dental grooves and teeth in Bapta- nodon, Gilmore, 2. Dentition of Rhynchodus, Eastman, 14. Development of sharks, Dean, 8. Devonian era in Ohio basin, Claypole, 5. Devonian fish fauna of Iowa, Eastman, 11 . Devonian fish remains from Colorado, Eastman, 16. Dinosaur beds of the Gr^ind River Val¬ ley, Riggs, 1. Dinosaur Haplocanthus H tcher, Hatcher, 19. Dinosaur footprints from Arizona, Riggs, 8. Dinosaur from Upper Jurassic, Os¬ born, 16. Dinosaur Trachodon annectens, Lucas (F. A.), 21. Dinosaurian genus Creosaurus Marsh, Williston, 2. Dinosaurs from the Cretaceous of Al¬ berta, Lambe, 10. Dinosaurs in Fort Pierre shales, Doug¬ lass, 5. Dinosaurs or terrible lizards, Lucas (F. A.), 9. Diplodocus Marsh, Hatcher, 1. Discovery of a muskox skull, Hatcher, 1 ? Paleontology—Continued. Vertebrate —Continued. Discovery of teeth in Baptanodon, Gil¬ more, 1. Discovery of the Lansing skeleton, Con- cannon, 1. Discovery of Torrejon mammals in Montana, Douglass, 6. Distinctive characters of the mid-Cre¬ taceous fauna, Osborn, 12. Dolichocephaly and brachycephaly in the lower mammals, Osborn, 9. Dryptosaurus incrassatus, Lambe, 8. Elosaurus parvus, a new genus and species of Sauropoda, Peterson and Gilmore, 1. Eocene Insectivora, Matthew (W. D.), 23. Eocene Mammalia in Marsh collection, Wortman, 2-6, 8-14. Eocene -Reptilia, Case, 1. Eocene whales, Lucas (F. A.), 22. Euceratherium, a new ungulate from the Quaternary caves of California, Sinclair and Furlong, 1. Evolution of fitness in ichthyosaurs, Osborn, 44. Evolution of the camel, Matthew (W. D.), 17. Evolution of the horse, Beasley, 1. Evolution of the horse, Matthew (W. D.), 11. Evolution of the horsed Osborn, 29, 52, 55, Evolution of horse in America, Osborn, 43. Evolution of the Proboscidea in North America, Osborn, 22. Excavation of mastodon remains, Mack- ensen, 1. Excavations in a Quaternary cave in Shasta County, Furlong, 1. Exploration of Potter Creek cave, Shas¬ ta County, Cal., Sinclair, 2. Extinct tortoises, Hay, 14. Fauna of Titanotherium beds, Matthew (W. D.), 9. Fingers of pterodactyls, Williston, 21. First discovery of fossil seals in Amer¬ ica, True (F. W.), 2. Flightless auk, Mancalla californiensis, Lucas (F. A.), 5. Footprint from Connecticut Valley, Cushman, 1. Footprint interpretation, Lull, 8. Footprints of Stegomus longipes. Lull, 3. Fore and hind limbs of the Sauropoda, Osborn and Granger, 1. Foreleg and pectoral girdle of Moro- saurus, Riggs, 2. Fore limb and manus of Brontosaurus, Hatcher, 8. Fossil avian remains from Armissan, Eastman, 21. Fossil bison of Kansas, McClung, 1. 622 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Vertebrate — Continued. Fossil carnivores, marsupials, and mam¬ mals in the American Museum of Natural History, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Fossil egg from Arizona, Morgan and Tallmon, 1. Fossil footprints of the Juratrias, Lull, 2 . Fossil horses of the Oligocene, Lambe, 16. Fossil Mammalia of White River beds, Douglass, 4. Fossil mammals of Tertiary of north¬ eastern Colorado, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . Fossil man of Lansing, Ivans., Pear¬ son (K.), 1. Fossil man of Lansing, Ivans., Willis- ton, 3 8. Fossil plumage, Eastman, 17. Fossil porcupine from Arizona, Allen (J. A.), 1. Fossil sea lion from Miocene, True, 1. Fossil turtles, Hay, 13. Fossil turtles : Amphichelydia, Hay, 23. Fossil turtles : Toxochelyidse, Hay, 24. Fossil turtles of the Bridger basin, Hay, 22. Fossil turtles from Oregon, Hay, 9. Fossil wonders of the West, Osborn, 42. Ganoid- und Ivnochen-fische aus der Ivreide formation von Kansas, Loom¬ is, 1. Genera and species of Trachodontidae Marsh, Hatcher, 9. General account of fossil fishes, East¬ man, 19. Genus Baptanodon, with description of new species, Knight (W. C.), 8. Geology and paleontology of the Judith River beds, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Gigantic mammal from Loup Fork beds, Peterson, 4. Glyptodont from Texas Pleistocene, Os¬ born, 17. Grasping power of .manus of Ornithomi- mus, Lambe, 9. Greatest flying creature, Langley, 2. Greatest flying creature, Lucas (F. A.), 18. Greatest flying creature, the great pterodactyl Ornithostoma, Lucas (F. A.), 10. Ground sloth from Nebraska Pleisto¬ cene, Brown (B.), 1. Hallopus, Baptanodon, and Atlanto- saurus beds of Marsh, Williston, 25. Historical evidence as to origin of paired limbs of vertebrates, Dean, 4. Hedgehog from American Oligocene. Matthew (W. D.), 10. Hind limb of Protostega, Williston, 4. Homoplastic characters in aquatic air- breathing vertebrates, Williston, 11. Paleontology—Continued. V evtebr ate —Continued. Hyoid bone in Mastodon americanus, Holland, 3. Hyopsodidje of Wasatch and Wind River basins, Loomis, 7. Ichthyosauria from Triassic of Cali¬ fornia, Merriam (J. C.), 6. Ichthyosaurian limb from Triassic of Nevada, Merriam (J. C.), 14. Identification of Meckelian and mylo¬ hyoid grooves in mammals, Bensley, 1 . Index generum mammalium, Palmer (T. S.), 1. Interesting Cretaceous Chimaeroid egg case, Gill, 2. Jaw of Dryptosaurus, Lambe, 6. John Day fossil beds, Merriam (J. C.), 3. Jurassic dinosaur deposits near Can¬ yon City, Hatcher, 6. Jurassic dinosaurs, Gratacap, 5. Jurassic fossils from Durango, Mexico, Johnson (D. W.), 3. Ivoprolithen des Perms von Texas, Neumayer, 1. Lansing man, Williston, 24. Largest known dinosaur, Riggs, 3. List of mammals of New York, Miller (G. S., jr.). 1. Literature of Edestus, Eastman, 22. Locality furnishing Cretaceous fishes. Hay, 12. Mammalia from Quaternary caves of California, Sinclair, 7. Mammals and reptiles, Rutland. 1. Mammals from Oligocene of South Da¬ kota, Matthew (W. D.), 22. Mammals, in the swamps of Whitman County, Sternberg, 3. Manus, sacrum, and caudals of Sauro- poda, Osborn, 32. Marine reptiles, Merriam (J. C.), 12. Marine turtle Archelon, Wieland, 3. Mastodon and mammoth remains, An¬ derson (N. C.), 1. Mastodons of New York, Clarke (J. M.), 15. Meeting of Section A of the American Paleontological Society, Hay, 20. Megacerops tyleri. Lull, 5. Methodes precises mises aetuellement en oeuvre dans l’etude des vertebras fossiles des Etats-Unis d'Amerique, Osborn. 4. Miocene mammals of South Dakota, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Miocene rhinoceroses, Osborn, 34. Missing links. Montgomery, 1. Missourian and Permo - Carboniferous fish fauna of Kansas and Nebraska, Eastman and Barbour, 1. Models and restorations of extinct ani¬ mals, Osborn, 24. Morphology of the skull of Dimetrodon, Case, 11. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 623 Paleontology —Continued. Vertebrate -— Continued. Mounted skeleton of Brontosaurus, Matthew (W. D.), 21. Mylagaulodon from upper John Day of Oregon, Sinclair, 3. Nature of Edestus and related forms. Eastman, 13. Nature’s hieroglyphics, Lull, 4. Neocene lake beds of Montana, Doug¬ lass, 1. New American species of Amphicyon, Wortman, 1. New and little-known fossil vertebrates, Hatcher, 3. New armed dinosaur, Williston, 26. New batrachian and reptile from Trias of Arizona, Lucas (F. A'.), 19. New Canidse from Miocene of Colo¬ rado, Matthew (W. D.), 5. New dinosaur, Stegosaurus marshi, Lu¬ cas (F. A.), 2. New fossil cyprinoid, Leuciscus turneri, Lucas (F. A.), 4. New fossil tapir in Oregon, Sinclair, 1. New genus and species from Jurassic of Colorado, Hay, 8. New locality for Triassic vertebrates in Wyoming, Williston, 28. New Miocene artiodactyl, Barbour, 11. New Niobrara Taxochelys, Wieland, 12. New Oligccene camels, Matthew (W. D.), 15. New or little-known extinct reptiles,. Williston, 10. New plesiosaur, Lucas, 17. New points on the fin attachment of Dinichthys and Cladodus, Clark (W.), 1. New reptile from Triassic of Connecti¬ cut Valley, Emerson and Loomis, 1. New reptiles from Trias of Wyoming, Williston, 23. New rhinoceros, Trigonias osborni, Lu¬ cas (F. A.), 1. New rodents and origin of Dsemonelix, Peterson, 3. New sabre-tooth fi^om California, Mer- riam (J. C.), 16. New sauropod dinosaur from Jurassic of Colorado, Hatcher, 18. New species of Baena from Laramie beds of Wyoming, Hay, 2. New species of Cladodus from the De¬ vonian of Colorado, Hay, 4. New species of Hyracodon, Lambe, 17. New species of Merycochoerus in Mon¬ tana, Douglass, 2. New three-toed horse, Gidley, 2. New turtle from the Kansas Creta¬ ceous, Williston, 3. New turtles from Judith River beds of Montana, Hay, 15. New vertebrates of the mid-Cretaceous, Osborn, 13. New Xiphosuran from upper Devonian of Pennsylvania, Beecher, 5. Paleontology —Continued. Verte ' rate — Continued. North American elephantids, Lucas (F. A.), 12. North American plesiosaurs, Williston, 14. North American species of Equus, Gid¬ ley, 1. Note on Hylopus of Dawson, Matthew (W. D.), 17. Notes on Judith River group, Stern¬ berg, 4. Obesrvations of Orestes St. John on Paleozoic fishes, Eastman, 8. Observations on the Creodonta, Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 1. Observations paleontologiques dans l’Alaska, Gaudry, 1. Observations upon Dsemonelix, Peter¬ son, 2. Occurrence of ichthyosaur-like remains, Merriam (J. C.), 17. Oligocene Canidse, Hatcher, 10. Oligocene horses, Osborn, 31. Oligocene titanotheres, Osborn, 9. On the genus Peripristis, St. John, Eastman, 5. Opisthocoelian dinosaurs, Apatosaurus, Riggs, 7. Origin of the mammals, Kingsley, 1. Osteology and relationship of fossil birds, Lucas, 15. Osteology of Baptanodon, Gilmore, 3. Osteology of Embolophorus dollovi- anus, Case, 4. Osteology of Haploeanthosaurus, Hatch¬ er, 14. Osteology of Nyctosaurus, Williston, 15. Osteology of Oxydactylus, Peterson, 1. Osteology of Sinopa, Matthew (W. D.), 20 . Osteology of skull of Dimetrodon, Case, 7. Osteology of the Diadectidse and rela¬ tions to Chelydosauria, Case, 12. Paleontological notes, Lucas (F. A.), 20 . Paleontology of Bartholomew County, Ind., mammalian fossils, Edwards (J. J.5, 1. Paleontology of Max*yland Miocene de¬ posits, Mammalia, Aves, Reptilia, Case, 9. Paleontology of Maryland Miocene de¬ posits, Pisces, Eastman, 18. Paleozoic batrachian footprints, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 25. Peculiar modification amongst Permian dipnoans, Eastman, 11. Peculiar occurrence of bitumen, Mor¬ gan and Tallmon, 2. Pelycosaur from Texas, Case, 10. Pelycosaurieri’este von Texas, Broili, 4. Pelvic girdle of Zeuglodon, Basiiosau- rus cetoides (Owen), Lucas (F. A.), 2 . 624 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Vertebrate — Continued. Permische Stegocephalen und Reptilien aus Texas, Broili, 2. Permo-Carboniferous sharks, Eastman, 2 . Phylogeny and classification of the Reptilia, Hay, 19. Phylogeny and classification of the Reptilia, Osborn, 54. Phylogeny and classification of the Reptilia, Williston, 27. Phylogeny of the cestraciont group of sharks, Eastman, 7. Phylogeny of the primates, Brown (A. E.), 1. Platygonus compressus Le Conte, Wag¬ ner, 1. Platygonus from Texas Pliocene, Gid- ley, 3. Pleistocene fissure in northern Arkan¬ sas, Brown (B.), 3. Potter Creek cave, Sinclair, 5. Prehistoric California, Yates (L. G.), 1 . Preptoceras, a new~*mgulate, Furlong, 2 . • Present problems of paleontology, Os¬ born, 48. Preservation of muscle fibers in sharks of Cleveland shale, Dean, 6. Primary components of vertebrae and their relations to ribs, Osborn, 40. Primitive characters of the Triassic Ichthyosaurus, Merriam (J. C.), 9. Probiscidean fossils of Pleistocene de¬ posits in Illinois and Iowa, Udden, 11 . Progress of vertebrate paleontology in America, Osborn, 1. Progress of vertebrate paleontology in Canada, Lambe, 12. Proper generic names of Miocene horses, Gidley, 5. Protostega gigas and other Cretaceous reptiles, Sternberg, 5. Recent vertebrate paleontology, Os¬ born, 46. Recent literature on Laramie forma¬ tion, Hay, 7. Recent literature on Triassic Ichthyo¬ saur ia, Merriam (J. C.), 8. Recent paleontological induction, East¬ man, 15. Recent vertebrate paleontology, Os¬ born, 47. Recent zoopaleontology, Osborn, 2, 3, 22, 28, 45. Reclassification of Reptilia, Osborn, 26. Reconstruction of a Cretaceous dino¬ saur, Beecher, 6. Relationships and habits of mosasaurs, Williston, 19. Relationships of the Arthrognathi, Dean, 3. Relationships of the Phytosauria, Mc¬ Gregor, 1. Paleontology— Continued. Vertebrate — Continued. Remarkable fossil discovery, Beasley, 2. Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. II.), 8. Reptile from Triassic of California, Merriam (J. C.), 11. Reptiles from the Titanothere beds, Loomis, 5. Reptilian subclasses Diapsida and Syn- apsida and early history of the Di- aptosauria, Osborn, 19. Restoration of Diceratops, Lull, 7. Restoration of Dolichorhyncops osborni, Williston, 9. Restoration of extinct animals, Lucas (F. A.), 9. Restoration of Megacerops, Lull, 6. Revised list of casts, etc., in American Museum of Natural History, Osborn, 36. Revision of American Eocene primates and of the Myxodectidae, Osborn, 6. Revision of Phyllocarida from Che¬ mung and Waverly groups of Penn¬ sylvania, Beecher, 8. Rodent from Colorado Miocene, Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 6. Rodents and ungulates from the John Day series, Sinclair. 6. Scaphoceros tyrrelli, Osgood, 1. Search for mammoth and other fossil remains, Maddren, 1. Shaw mastodon, Hayes (S.), 1. Skeleton of Hesperornis, Lucas, 16. Skeleton of Merycodus, Matthew (W. D.), 14. Skeleton of Nyctodactylus with resto¬ ration, Williston, 8. Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh, Hatcher, 7. Skull and skeleton of sauropodous di¬ nosaurs, Osborn, 51. Skull of Bunaelurus, Matthew (W. D.), 4. Skull of Creosaurus, Osborn, 18. Skull of Dinocyon from Miocene of Texas, Matthew (W. D.), 3. Skull of Hypisodus, Matthew (W. D.), 7. Skull of Nyctodactylus, Williston, 6. Skull of Triceratops sOfratus, Lull, 1. Skulls of Trionychid® in Bridger de¬ posits of Wyoming, Hay, 16. Snoutfishes of Kansas, Hay, 3, 11. Some osteological terms, Williston. 17. Squamoso-parietal crest of horned di¬ nosaurs, Lambe, 11. Stegoceras and Stereocephalus, Lambe, 7. Stomach stones and food of plesio¬ saurs, Brown (B.), 2. Stomach stones of the plesiosaurs, Wil¬ liston, 22. Structure and relationships of Opis- thoccelian dinosaurs, Brachiosauri- dse, Riggs, 9. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 625 Paleontology— Continued. Vertebrate —Continued. Structure of Dinichthys, Wright (A. A.), 1. Structure of forefoot of Dimetrodon, Case, 8. Structure of plesiosaurian skull, Wil- liston, 16. Structure of the manus in Brontosau¬ rus, Hatcher,' 2. Structure of two Dinichthyds, Hussa- kof, 2. Studies relating to the origin of verte¬ brates, Patten, 2. Successors of certain North American primates, Wortman, 7. Teleorhinus browni, Osborn, 33. Teleosts from the Platte Cretaceous series, Cragin, 1. Teleosts of the upper Cretaceous, Stewart, 1. Ten years’ progress in mammalian paleontology of North America, Os¬ born, 49. Tertiary of Montana, Douglass, 9. Thalattosauria, Merriam (J. C.), 15. Tissu osseux chez certains poissons des terrains palaeozoiques de Canyon City, Vaillant, 1. Tooth structure of Mesohippus wes- toni (Cope), Lambe, 14. Tortoise from Colorado Miocene, Hay, 17. Tortoise from the auriferous gravels of California, Sinclair, 4. Triassic fishes of New Jersey, East¬ man, 20. Trissaic Ichthyoterygia from Califor¬ nia and Nevada, Merriam (J. C.), 4. Triassic ichthyosaurs from California and Nevada, Osborn, 15. Triassic Reptilia from northern Califor¬ nia, Merriam (J. C.), 5. Triceratops prorsus, Gilmore, 4. Triceratops 'prorsus, Schuchert, 14. Trionychid, Conchochelys admirabilis, from the Puerco beds, Hay, 25. Trionyx foveatus Leidy and Trionyx vagans Cope from Cretaceous rocks of Alberta, Lambe, 5. Tritubercular theory, Osborn, 27. Turtle from Cretaceous rocks, Lambe, 1 . Two islands, Condon, 1. Types of limb structure in Triassic Ichthyosauria, Merriam (J. C.), 13. Tyrannosaurus and other Cretaceous carnivorous dinosaurs, Osborn, 50. Ueber Diacranodus texensis Cope, Bro- ili, 3. Use of pneumatic tools in preparation of fossils, Riggs, 5. Valley loess and fossil man of Lansing, Upham, 14. Vegetables tissues in Daemonelix, Jen¬ nings (O. E.), 1. Bull. 301—06-40 Paleontology —Continued. Vertebrate —Continued. Vertebral column of Brontosaurus, Riggs, 4. Vertebrate fossils from Permian beds of Oklahoma, Case, 3. Vertebrate paleontology, Lambe, 13, 15. Vertebrate paleontology at the Ameri¬ can Museum of Natural History, Hay, 21. Vertebrate paleontology in the U. S. Geological Survey, Osborn, 25. Vertebrates from Permian of Texas, Case, 5. Vertebrates from the Montana Ter¬ tiary, Douglass, 8. Vertebrates from the Trias of Arizona, Lucas (F. A.), 6. Weight of Brontosaurus, Gregory (W. K.), 1 . Western explorations for fossil verte¬ brates, Osborn, 53. When did the American mammoth and mastodon become extinct?, Lloyd, 1. Winged reptiles, Williston, 7. Paleobotany. American fossil cycads, Wieland, 1. Aralia in American paleobotany, Ber¬ ry, 6. American range of the Cycadofilices, White (D.), 24. American species of Thinnfeldia, Ber¬ ry, 3. Ancestors of big trees, Berry, 13. Autophytography, White (C. II.), 2. Backward step in paleobotany, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 6. Bog plant societies of northern North America, Transeau, 1. Brandon clays, Woodworth, 8. Buried cypress forests, Bibbins, 3. Carboniferous ferns from Mazon Creek, Illinois, Sellards, 3. Carboniferous fossils in Ocoee slates, Smith (E. A.), 1. Chalcedony-lime nuts from Bad Lands, Barbour (E. H.), 2. Coal Measure forest near Socorro, Her¬ rick (C. L.), 3. Codonotheca, new type of spore-bear¬ ing organ from Coal Measures, Sel¬ lards, 6. Collection de vegetaux fossils des Etats-Unis, Bureau. 1. Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of Can¬ ada, Penhallow, 4. Cretaceous beds of Long Island, IIol- lick, 7. Cretaceous near Cliffwood, Berry, 8 Cycad investigation, Wieland. 5. Cycads from Black Hills, Wieland, 10. Discovery of amber on Staten Island, Hollick, 16. Eocene Plantae, Hollick, 3. Example in nomenclature, Ward (L. F.), 6. 626 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Con tin ued. Paleobotany —Continued. Ficus confused with Proteoides, Berry, 14. Flora of the Matawan formation, Berry, 5, 7. Foliage of Cycadella, Wieland, 9. Fossil alga from Chemung, N. Y., White , (D.), 0. Fossil ferns from the Laramie group of Colorado, Hollick, 5. Fossil flora from Cliffwocd, Berry, 9. Fossil tlora of John Day basin, Ore¬ gon, Knowlton, 14. Fossil floras of the Yukon, Knowlton, 17. Fossil flower, Knowlton, G. Fossil forests in Jackson County (Kan¬ sas), Shattuck, 1. Fossil fruits and lignites of Brandon, Vt., Knowlton, 11. Fossil fruits of Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Perkins, 13. Fossil grasses and sedges, Berry, 10. Fossil hickory nuts, Knowlton, 5. Fossil mosses, Knowlton, 10. __ Fossil nut pine, Knowlton, 9. Fossil nut pine from Idaho, Knowlton, 4. Fossil petal and fruit from Kansas, Hollick, 6. Fossil plant remains at Kreisherville, Hollick, 14. Fossil plants from British Columbia and tbe Northwest Territories, Pen- hallow and Ami, 1. Fossil plants from Carboniferous and Permian formations of Kansas, White (D.), 10. Fossil plants from Kansas, Hollick, 9. Fossil plants from Kukak Bay, Knowl¬ ton, 16. Fossil plants from State of Washington, Knowlton, 8. Fossil plants from the Shasta group, Fontaine, 3. Fossil plants from vicinity of Porcu¬ pine Butte, Montana, Knowlton, 12. Fossil plants in the Kansas Permian, Sellards, 2. Fossil plants of group Cycadofilices. White (D.), 19, 21. Fossil plants of the Judith River beds, Knowlton, 18. Fossil Sequoia from the Sierra Nevada, Jeffrey, 1. Fossil Sequoias in North America, Knowlton, 7. Fossil wood from the Newark forma¬ tion, Knowlton, 3. Geology of Cerrillos Hills, Johnson (D. W.), 5. Geology of Perry basin. White (D.), 18. Jurassic flora of Douglas County, Oreg., Fontaine, 1. Lignite of Brandon and its fossils, Per¬ kins, 12'. Paleontology—Continued. Paleobotcny —Continued. Lower Cretaceous plants from Montana, Fontaine, 4. New foss 1 plants from Carboniferous and Devonian, Herzer, 4. New fossil species of Chara, Knowlton, 15. New seed-bearing fern, White (D.), 16. New species of Algae, White (D.), 1. North American paleobotany, 1890— 1900, Penhallow, 2. North American species of Dadoxylon, Tenhallcw, 1. Notes on sassafras, Perry, 2. Occurrence and origin of amber in eastern Fnited States, Hollick, 17. Occurrence of amber at Kreichersville, Hollick, 20. Old swamp bottom. Berry, 12. Organic remains in post-Glacial de¬ posits. Oison-Seffer, 1. Osmundites skidegatensis n. sp., Pen¬ hallow, 3. Paleobotanical aspects of the upper Taleozoic in Nova Scotia, White (D.), 5. PaleobotaDical notes, Hollick, 19. Paleobotany of Cretaceous of Long Island, Hollick, 11. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Angiospermae, Hollick, 10. Paleontology of the Maryland Miocene deposits, Thallophyta - Diatomacese, Boyer, 1. Taleozic seed plants, Ward (L. F.), 4. Palm from mid-Cretaceous, Berry, 11. Termian elements in the Dunkard flora. White (D.), 11. Petrified forest, Byers (C. A.), 1. Petrified forests and Painted Desert of Arizona, Carter (O. S. C.), 6. Phylogeny of Liriodendron, Berry, 1. Plants from the Matawan formation. Berry, 4. Position and nature of Maryland cy- cads, Bibbins, 2. Possible new coal plants, Gresley. 1. Prehistoric California. Yates (L. G.), 1. Troembryo of the Bennettite®, Wie¬ land, 8. Psaronius, Herzer, 1. Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. ID, 8. Report on collections from plant-bear¬ ing beds in the Jurassic, Fontaine, 2. Report on the Clarno flora, Knowlton, 1 . Report on the flora of the Mascall for- matiou, Knowlton, 2. Report on various collections of fossil plants from the older Potomac of Vir¬ ginia and Maryland. Fontaine, 5. Sabal rigida : a palm from the Laramie, Hatcher, 5. Seeds of Aneimites, White (D.), 17. Six new species, Knowlton, 13. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 627 Paleontology—Continued. Paleobotany —Continued. Six new species, including two new genera, of fossil plants, Herzer, 2. Species of Whittleseya and their sys¬ tematic relations, White (D.), 4. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward (L. F.), 5. Stigmaria structure, Poole, 1. Stratigraphy and paleontology of Black Hills rim, Wieland, II. Studies in'fossil hotany, Scott (D. H.), 1 . Taeniopteris from the Kansas Permian, Sellards, 1. Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Perkins, 17. Tertiary plants, Penhallow, 5. Tertiary plants from Canada and the United States, Penhallow, 6. Vegetable tissues in Dsemonelix, Jen- niugs (O. E.), 1. Volcanic ash beds of Montana, Rowe, 1. General. Aggregated colonies in Madreporarian corals, Duerden, 1. Animals before man in North America, Lucas (F. A.), 14. Animals of the past, Lucas (F. A.), 7. Bibliography and index of North Ameri¬ can geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy, Weeks, 6, 7, 10, 15. Bibliography of North American geol¬ ogy, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1892-1900, Weeks, 3. Boring Algae as agents in disintegra¬ tion of corals, Duerden, 2. Catalogue, of types and figured speci¬ mens in the collection of the Ameri¬ can Museum of Natural History, Whitfield and Hovey, 1. Distribution of Daimonelix, Barbour (E. IL), 9. Fossils and their teachings, Heilprin, 1. Homoplasy as a law of latent or poten¬ tial homology, Osborn, 7. Index to North American geology, pale¬ ontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1892-1900, Weeks, 4. Law of adaptive radiation, Osborn, 8. Methods of collecting, preparing, and mounting fossils, Barbour (C. A.), 1. Missing links, Montgomery, 1. Mutation theory, Casey, 6. Nomenclature of types in natural his¬ tory, Schuchert and Buclcman, 1. Oecological features of evolution, Case. 14 . 0:ganic remains in ore deposi s, Lakes, 75. Origin of fresh-water faunas, Gill, 1. Origin of the Antarctic faunas and floras, Ortmann, 1. Paleontological collections of geological department of American Museum of Natural History, Hovey (E. O.), 8. Paleontological notes, Case, 2. Paleontology —Continued. General —Continued. Paleontological speculations, Gratacap, 1, 2, 4. Paleontology and zoology, Whiteaves, 5, 16. Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern North America, Ulrich and Schu¬ chert, 1. Photography of fossils, Van Ingen, 5. Polar climate in time the major factor in the evolution of plants and ani¬ mals, Wieland, 4. Present problems of paleontology, Os¬ born, 48. Relation of phylogenesis to historical geology, White (C. A.), 2. Sandblast in cleaning fossils, Osborn, 38. Stratigraphy versus paleontology in Nova Scotia, W T hite (D.), 8. Stratigraphy versus paleontology in Nova Scotia, Matthew (G. F.), 15. Studies in evolution, Beecher, 1. Tree trunks found with mastodon re¬ mains, Gordon (R.), 2. Genera and species described. Abietites angusticarpus Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. ellipticus Fontaine, Fontaine, 3. macrocarpus Fontaine, Fontaine, 3, 5. marylandicus n. sp., Fontaine, 5. ? sp., Fontaine, 3. Abra longicallus (Scacchi), Glenn, 6. marylandica n. sp., Glenn, 6. Acaclaephyllum n. sp., Fontaine, 3. ellipticum n. sp., Fontaine, 3. Acanthoceras compressum n. sp., An¬ derson (F. M.), 3. hoplitoides n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. mantelli Sow., Lasswitz, 1. rhetomagense Sow., Lasswitz, 1. Acanthodes beecheri n. sp., Eastman, 4, 6. rnarshi n. sp., Eastman, 4, 6. Acanthopecten new subg., Girty, 3. carboniferus Stevens, Girty, 3. Acanthosphaera* parvula Vinassa, Mar¬ tin, 8. Acentrophus Traquair, Eastman, 20. chicopensis Newberry, Eastman, 20 . Acer bendirei Lesq., Knowlton, 14. dubium n. sp., Penhallow, 4. gigas n. sp., Knowlton, 14. medianum n. sp., Knowlton, 14. merriami n. sp., Knowlton, 14. minor n. sp., Knowlton, 14. oregonianum n. sp., Knowlton, 14. osmonti n. sp., Knowlton, 14. sp. Knowlton, Knowlton, 14. Aceratherium acutum Marsh, Osborn. 34. megalodum Cope, Osborn. 34. profectum Matthew, Osborn, 34. 628 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Acervularia Schweigger, Lambe, 2. davidseni Milne Ed .vards and Ilaime, Lambe, 2. gracilis Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. Acbeloma, Broili, 2. Achitherium minimus n. sp., Douglass, 1 . Acidaspis obsoleta n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. quinq espi iosa Salter-Lake, Van Ingen, 2. whitfieldi n. sp., Hitchcock (C. H.), 2. Acidota crenata Fabr., var. nigra, n. var., Scudder, 1. Acila H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Acipenser albertensis n. sp., Lambe, 3. Ac isina stevensiana Meek and Worthen?, Girty, 3. Acmea Eschscholtz, Arnold, 2. cerrillosensis n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. depicta Hinds, Arnold, 2. insessa Hinds, Arnold, 2. instabilis Gould, Arnold, 2. mitra Eschscholtz, Arnold, 2. paleacea Gould, Arnold, 2. pelta Eschscholtz, Arnold, 2. spectrum (Nuttall) Reeve, Arnold, 2 Acompsoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Aconeceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Acrochordiceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1. hyatti Meek, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Acrocrinus amphora Wachsmuth and Springer, Grabau, 8. cassedayi Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 2. cassedayi, var. charlestownensis, n. var. (Rowley), Greene, 2. depressus n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2 , wachsmuthi n. sp., Rowley, 1. Acrophyllum Thomson and Nicholson, Lambe, 3. oneidaense Billings (sp.), Lambe, 3. rugosum n. sp., Greene, 1. Acrostichopteris parvifolia Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Acrcstichum haddeni n. sp., Ilollick, 5. Aciothe'e alavia n. sp., Matt ew (G, F.), 12, 20. avia n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 12, 20 . avia-puteis n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. ? minuta n. sp., Walcott. 12. proavia n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2. proles n. sp.. Matthew (G. F.), 12. proles, Matthew (G. F.)» 20. rarus n. sp., Walcott, 12. subsidua White, Matthew (G. F.), 10 . Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Acrotliyra n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 7, 10 , 20 . minor n. sp., Walcott, 12. proavia, Matthew (G. F.), 12,20. proavia-crassa n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. proavia-prima n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 10, 12, 20. signata n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12 , 20 . signata-orta, Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20 . signata-prima, Matthew (G. F.), 12 , 20 . signata-sera, Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20 . signata-tarda, Matthew (G. F.), 12 , 20 . Acrotreta Kutorga, Walcott, 6. argenta n. sp., Walcott, 6. attenuata Meek, Walcott, 12. attenuata var.?, Walcott, 12. baileyi, Matthew, WaLott, 6. cf. baileyi, Matthew (G. F.), 19. bisecta n. sp., Matthew (G. F.),9, 12 , 20 . bisecta Matthew, Walcott, 6, 12. ? cancellata n. sp., Walcott. 12. concentiica n. sp.. Walcott, 6. conula n. sp., Walcott, G. convexa n. sp., Wa’.cott, 6. curvata n. sp., Walcott, 6. definita n. sp., Walcctt, 6. eggegrundensis Wiman, Wa’.cott, 12 . emmonsi n. sp., Walcott, 12. gemma Billings, Walcott, 6. gemma var. depressa Walcott, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 19. gracia n. sp., Walcott, 6. idahoensis n. sp., Walcott, 6. idahoensis alta n. var., Walcott,- 6. idahoensis sulcata n. var., Walcott. 6 . inflata Matthew, Walcott, 6. kutorgai n. sp., Walcott, 6. liani n. sp., Walcott, 12. microscopica missouriensis n. var.. Walcott, 6. microscopica tetonensis n. var., Walcott, 6. miser Billings, Walcott. 6. neboensis n. sp., Walcott, 12. nox n. sp., Walcott, 12. ophirensis n. sp., Walcott. 6. ophirensis rugosus n. var., Wal¬ cott, 6. ovalis n. sp.. Walcott, 6. pacifica n. sp., Walcott, 12. papillata n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12 , 20 . papillata var. lata. Matthew (G. F.), 20. papillata-prima n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. FOB THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 629 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Acrotreta papillata var., Matthew (G. F.), 12. parvula Wallerius, Walcott, 6. primasea n. sp., Walcott, G. sagittalis Salter, Walcott, 6. sagittalis magna Matthew, Wal¬ cott, 6. sagittalis taconica Walcott, Wal¬ cott, 6. sagittalis transvei*sa, Hartt, Wal¬ cott, 6. schmalensei n. sp., Walcott, 6. seehachi n. sp., Walcott, 6. signalis n. sp., Walcott, 6. shantungensis n. sp., Whlcott, 12. sipo n. sp., Matthew (G. K,), 12, 20 . socialis v. Seebach, Walcott, 6. cfr. socialis yon Seebach, Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. spinosa n. sp., Walcott, 12. subconica Kutorga, Walcott, 6. uplandensis Wiman, Walcott, 12. uplandica limonensis Wiman, Wal¬ cott, 12. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12. Actseon Montfort, Arnold, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. lawsoni n. sp., Weaver, 1. ovoides Conrad, Martin, 5. (Rictaxis) punctocoelata Carpen¬ ter, Arnold, 2. pusillus (Forbes), Martin, 5. shilohensis Whitfield, Martin, 5. traskii Stearns, Arnold, 2. Actseonina? maloniana n. sp., Cragin, 2. Actinoceras keewatinense nom. prov., Whiteaves, 17. Actinocrinus multiramosus var. alti- dorsatus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 14. \ctinocyclus ellipticus Grunow, Boyer, i. moniliformis Ralfs, Boyer, 1. Actinocystis Lindstrom, Lambe, 2. variabilis Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. Actinopteria boydi (Conrad), Kindle, 1. communis (Hall), Weller, 6. decussata Hall, Weller, 6. insignis Clarke?, Weller, 6. reticulata n. sp., Weller, G. sola n. sp., Clarke, 19. textilis (Hall), Weller, 6. textilis (Hall) var. arenaria (Hall), Weller, 6. Actinoptychus heliopelta Grunow, Boy¬ er, 1. undulatus Kiitzing, Boyer, 1. Actinostroma moosensis n. sp., Parks, 5. trentonensis n. sp., Weller, 6. Adeonellopsis umbilicata (Lonsdale), Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Adeorbis supranitidus S. Wood, Mar¬ tin, 5. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Adiantites nympharum Heer?, Fon¬ taine, 1. parvifolius n. sp., Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. Admete Moller, Arnold, 2. gracilior Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Admetopsis? elevata n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Adocus Cope, Wieland, G. (?) lineolatus Cope, Lambe, 3. punctatus Marsh, Wieland, 6. variolOsus (Cope), Lambe, 1, 3. Echmina Jones and Holl, Grabau, 1. spinosa (Hall), Grabau, 1. iElurodon? brachygnathus n. sp., Doug¬ lass, 8. iEluthorium bicuspis n. sp., Wortman 4. latideus Marsh, Wortman, 4. ASora Conrad, Dali, 8. iEsculus arctica n. sp., Knowlton, 16. simulata n. sp., Knowlton, 14. iEsopus Gould, Arnold, 2. iEtobatis Muller and Henle, Eastman, 1 . arcuatus Agassiz, Eastman, 1, 18. Agabus perditus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Aganides discoidalis n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. jessiese Miller and Gurley, Smith (J. P.), 3. propinquus Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. romingeri Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. rotatorius de Koninck, Smith (J. P-), 3. sciotoensis Miller and Faber, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? shumardianus Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. Agaricia Lamarck 1801, Vaughan, 2. agaricites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, 2. fragilis (Dana), Vaugh'an, 2. Agaricocrinus praecursor n. sp., Row- ley, 2. Agassizocrinus carbonarius Worthen, Beede, 1. conicus Owen and Shumard, Ul¬ rich, 8. Agathiceras Gemmellaro, Smith (J. P.), 3. ciscoense n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. Agelacrinites beecheri n. sp., Clarke, 3. buttsi n. sp., Clarke, 3. Agelacrinus, Spencer (W. K.), 1. cincinnatiensis Roemer, Spencer (W. K.), 1. (Lepidodiscus) pileus Hall, Spen¬ cer (W. K.), 1. Agnostus cf. cyclopyge Tullberg, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. cf. var. declivis, Matthew (G. F.), 20 . 630 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Agnostus trisectus Salt., mut. ger- manus, Matthew (G. F.), 9, 20. trisectus Salt., mut. ponepunctus n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 9, 20. Agomphus Cope, Wieland, 13. masculinus Wieland n. sp., Wie¬ land, 13. tardus Wieland n. sp., Wieland, 13. turgidus Cope, Wieland, 13. Agoniatites Meek, Smith (J. P.), 3. expansus, Clarke, 2. opimus White and Whitfield, Smith (J. P.), 3. Agraulos saratogensis Walcott, Weller, 6 . Agriochcerus maximus n. sp., Douglass, 4. minimus n. sp., Douglass, 4. Agriopoma Dali, Dali, 8. Ailanthus ovata Lesq., Knowlton, 14. Alasmidonta Say, Letson, 1. calceola (Lea) Simpson, Letson, 1. truncata (Wright) Simpson, Let- son, 1. Albertosaurus sarcophagus n. gen. and sp., Osborn, 50. Aldrichiella nom. nov., Vaughan, 16. Alectryonia sp., Shattuck, 8. Aligena H. C. Lea, Arnold, 2. aequata (Conrad), Glenn, 6. fequata var. nuda Dali, Glenn, 6. cerritensis n. sp., Arnold, 2. pustulosa Dali, Glenn, 6. Alisina barnetti n. sp., Kindle, 1. barnetti var. elongata n. var., Kin¬ dle, 1. Allerisma terminale Hall, Girty, 3. Allogramma Dali, Dali, 8. Allomeryx planiceps n. gen. and sp.. Sinclair, 6. Allonema n. gen., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. fu’siforme (Nicholson and Eth¬ ridge, jr.), Ulrich and Bassler, 1. ? minimum n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 1. moniliforme (Whiteaves) and var. aggregatum n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. waldronense n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. Allops amplus Marsh, Osborn. 10. crassicornis Marsh, Osborn, 10. serotinus Marsh, Osborn, 10. Allorisma costatum Meek and Worthen, Beede, 1. geinitzi Meek, Beede, 1. granosum (Shumard), Beede, 1. kansasensis n. sp., Beede, 74. subcuneatum Meek, Beede, 1. Alnus coryfolia Lesq., Knowlton, 16. macrodonta n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Alticamelus n. gen., Matthew (W. D.), 2, 15. altus (Marsh), Matthew (W. D.), 2 . Alveolites dispansa n. sp., Greene, 9. subangularis n. sp., Greene, 9. Alveopora regularis Duncan, Vaughan, 2 . Amalthea marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. Amaura Moller, Arnold, 2. Amblypus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. dextratus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Amblysiphonella prosseri Clarke, Beede, 1. Ajuboccelia nana Grabau, Wood (El¬ vira), 1. planiconvexa Shumard, Girty, 3. planoconvexa (Shumard), Beede, 1. umbonata (Conrad), Kindle, 1. umbonata (Con.), Weller, 6. umbonata Conrad, mut. pluto nov., Loomis, 4. umbonata Conrad, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. Ambonychia ? curvata n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. septentrionalis n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. Amiantis, Carpenter, Dali, 8. Amiantis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. section Amiantis s. s., Dali, 8. section Eucallista Dali, Dali, 8. callosa Conrad, Dali, 8. Ammonitella yatesi precursor, Stan¬ ton, 1. Amnicola Gould and Haldeman, Letson, 1 . letsoni Walker, Letson, 1. limosa (Say) Hald., Letson, 1. protia Gould, Stearns (R. E. C.), 2 m Amnigenia catskillensis Vanuxem sp., Clarke, 4. Amphiblestrum agellus n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. constrictum n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Amphichelydia, Hay, 23. Amphicoelia neglecta McChesney, Kin¬ dle and Breger, 1. Amphicyon amerieanus. Wortman, 1. americanus Wortman, Matthew (W. D.), 5. sinapius n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 5. ursinus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 5. Ampliigenia elongata (Van.), Weller, 6. Amphilichas n. n. for Platymetopus, Raymond (P. E.), 6. Amphion canadensis Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Amphissa H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. corrugata Reeve, Arnold, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 631 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Amphissa ventricosa n. sp., Arnold, 2. versicolor Dali, Arnold, 2. Amphistegina lessonii d’Orbigny, Bagg, 1 . Amplexopora Ulrich, Ulrich and Bass- ler, 2. ampla n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. cingulata Ulrich, Nickles, 6. Columbiana Uli rich and Bassler, Hayes and Ulrich, 1 . Columbiana n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. cylindracea n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. filiosa (D'Orbigny), Ulrich and Bassler, 2. multispinosa n. sp., Cumings, 3. septosa (Ulrich), Nickles, 6. persimilis n. sp., Nickles, 6. Amplexus Sowerby, Lambe, 2. archimediformis n. sp., Rowley, 4. cingulatus Billings, Lambe, 2. exilis Billings, Lambe, 2. geniculatus Worthen, Ulrich, 8. radigerus n. sp., Rowley, 1. vermicularis n. sp., Rowley, 1. yandelli Milne Edwards and Haime, Lambe, 2. sp., Girty, 3. Ampyx niagarensis n. sp., van Ingen, 2. (Lonchodomas) hastatus n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. Anachis H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Anaphotidemys n. n. for Chelonides, Hay, 23. Anaphragma n. gen., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. mirabile n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. Anaptomorphus Cope, Wortman, 14. semulus Cope, Wortman, 14. semulus Cope, Osborn, 11. homunculus Cope, Osborn, 11. Anasch sma n. gen., Branson, 2. brachygnatha n. sp., Bra'nson, 2. • browni n. sp., Branson, 2. Anastrophia Hall, Grabau, 1. brevirostris Hall, Grabau, 1. internascens Hall, Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. internascens Hall 1879, Beecher, 1 . interplicata (Hall), Grabau, 1. Anatina austinensis n. sp., Shattuck, 8. obliquiplicata n. sp., Cragin, 2. ? pliculifera n. sp., Cragin, 2. Anatomites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. subcylindracea n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . texana n. sp., Shattuck, 8. Anchippus Leidy, Gidley, 5. Anchisauripus n. gen., Lull, 2. dananus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Anchisauripus exsertus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. hitchcocki n. sp., Lull, 2. minusculus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2 . tuberatus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. tuberosus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Anchura callosa n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. condoniana n. sp., Anderson, 3. Ancyropus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. heteroc-litus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Andromeda crassa Lesq., Knowlton, 14. flexuosa Newb., Hollick, 11. latifolia Newb., Hollick, 11. parlatorii Heer, Berry, 5, 7. Aneimites fertilis n. sp., White (D.), 16, 17. Anemia robusta n. sp., Hollick, 5. supercretacea n. sp., Hollick, 5. Angelina? sp. ?, Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20 . Angelus Megerle, Arnold, 2. Angiopteridium canmorense Dawson?, Fontaine, 3. strictinerve Fontaine, Fontaine, 3, 5. strictinerve latifolium Fontaine, Fontaine, 3. Anisoceras cooperi Gabb sp., Whit¬ eaves, 12. subcompressum Forbes sp., Whit¬ eaves, 12. Anisodexis, Broili, 2. Anisonchus Cope, Douglass, 3. Anodonta cornelliana n. sp., Maury, 1. Anodontopsis wabashensis n. sp., Kin¬ dle and Breger, 1. Anogmius Cope, Hay, 10. Anogmius Cope, Stewart, 1. altus (Loomis), Hay, 10. aratus (Cope), Hay, 10. evolutus Cope, Hay, 10. evolutus Cope, Stewart, 1. favirostris (Cope), Hay, 10. polymicrodus (Stewart), Stewart, 1 . Anolcites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Anolcites Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.),5. Anolotichia impolita Ulr., Sardeson, 3. Anomalina d'Orbigny, Bagg, 6. ‘ ammonoides (Reuss), Bagg, 1. grosserugosa (Giimbel), Bagg, 1, 6, 9. arimirensis (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 9. grosserugosa (Giimbel), Bagg, 9. rotula d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. Anomalocardia Schumacher, Dali, 8. section Anomalocardia Schumach¬ er, Dali, 8. section Anomalodiscus Dali, Dali, 8 . bowdeniana n. sp., Dali, 8. brasiliana Gmelin, Dali, 8. caloosana Dali, Dali, 8. 632 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Anomalocardia chipolana n. sp., Dali, 8. dupliniana n. sp., Dali, 8. floridana Conrad, Dali, 8. Anomalocaris n. gen., Woodward (H), 1. canadensis Whiteaves, Woodward (H.), 1. Anomalocystites, Hall, Schuchert, 11. cornutus Hall, Schuchert, 11. ? disparilis Hall, Schuchert, 11. Anomalodiscus Dali, Dali, 8. Anomia Linne, Arnold, 2. aculeata Gmelin, Glenn, 6. lampe, Gray, Arnold, 2. limatula Dali, Arnold, 2. marylandica n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. mcgeei Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. navicelloides Aldr., Aldrich, 2. paucistriata n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1 . simplex d’Orbigny, Glenn, 6. simplexiformis n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1. Anomocare parvula n. sp., Weller, 6. Anomoepus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. crassus (C. H. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. cuneatus C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. curvatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gracillimus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2 . intermedins E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. isodactylus C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2 . minimus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. scamhus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Anoplia nucleata Hall, Weller, 6. Anoplotheca Sandberger, Grabau, 1. acutiplicata (Con.), Weller, 6. concava (Hall), Weller, 6. congregata n. sp., Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. dichotoma (Hall), Weller, 6. flahellites (Con.), Weller, 6. hemispherica (Sowerby), Grabau, 1 . plicatula (Hall)( Grabau, 1. Anthocyrtium doronicum Haeckel, Mar¬ tin, 8. Anthonomus eversus n. sp., Scudder, 1. fossilis n. sp., Scudder, 1. lapsus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Anticheiropus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. hamatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. pilulatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Antigona Schumacher, Dali, 8. Antipus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. hifidus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. fexiloquus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Aorocrinus cassedayi Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 6. cassedayi var. charlestownensis, Rowley, Greene, 9. Aparchites minutissimus var. robustus n. var,, Ruedemann, 2. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Apatichnus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. circumagens E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. minus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. trifidus Dawson, Matthew (G. F.) f 25. Apatomerus mirus n. gen. and sp., Wil- liston, 15. Apatosaurus Marsh, Riggs, 7. excelsus Marsh, Riggs, 7. Apeibopsis Heer, Perkins, 13. gaudinii Lx., Perkins, 13, 17. heerii Lx., Perkins, 13. parva n. sp., Perkins, 13. Aphelops (?Diceratherium) brachyo- dus n. sp., Osborn, 9. ? ceratorhinus n. sp., Douglass, 8. ceratorhinus Douglass, Osborn, 34. fossiger Cope, Osborn, 34. jemezanus Cope, Osborn, 34. malacorhinus Cope, Osborn, 34. ( ?Peraceras) planiceps n. sp., Os¬ born, 34. sp., Osborn, 34. . Aphrodina Conrad, Dali, 8. Aphyllostylus n. gen., Whiteaves, 14. gracilis n. sp., Whiteaves, 14. Apiocystites Forbes, Schuchert, 11. elegans Hall, Schuchert, 11. Aplocerus montanus Ord., Sinclair, 7. Aplodontia major fossilis n. subsp., Sinclair, 7. Aporema Dali, Dali, 8. Aporrhais potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. speciosa v. Schlotheim sp., Ravn, 1 . Apternodus mediaevus n. gen. and sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Aptychopsis terranovicus, Matthew (G. F.), 1. Arachnichnus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. dehiscens E. Hitchcock, Lull. 2. Arachnocrinus extensus W. & Sp. Row- ley, Greene, 13. Arachnophyllum Dana, Lambe, 2. diffluens Milne Edwards and Hai- me (sp.), Lambe, 2. eximium Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. mamillare Dale Owen (sp.), Lambe, 2 pentagonum Goldfuss (sp.), Lambe, 2 . Aralia brittoniana n. sp. Berry, 5. coriacea Vel., Hollick, 11. groenlandica Heer, Berry, 5. mattewanensis n. sp. , Berry. 5. palmata Newb., Berry, 5, 7. ravniana Heer, Berry, 5. vernonensis n. sp., Fontaine, 5. ? sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. ? sp. Knowlton, Knowlton, 14. sp. Knowlton, Knowlton, 14. Araucarioxylon prosseri n. sp., Pen- hallow, 1. virginianum, Knowlton, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 633 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Araucarites ovatus Hollick, Berry, 5. • virginicus Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. . ? sp., Fontaine, 1. Area (Linn6) Lamarck, Arnold, 2. (Scapharca) arata Say, Glenn, 6. bilbao n. sp., Weaver, 1. camuloensis n. sp., Osmont, 2. canalis Conrad, Osmont, 2. (Scapharca) clisea Dali, Glenn, 6. delicatula n. sp., Casey, 4. ? dumbli n. sp., Cragin, 2. (Scapharca) elnia n. sp., Glenn, 6. (Scapharca) idonea Conrad, Glenn, 6 . (Noetia) incile Say, Glenn, 6. invidiosa n. sp., Casey, 4. labiata Sowerby, Arnold, 2. madridensis n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. (Barbatia) marylandica Conrad, Glenn, 6. microdonta Conrad, Osmont, 2. montereyana n. sp., Osmont, 2. (Scapharca) staminea Say, Glenn, 6 . (Scapharca) subrostrata Conrad, Glenn, 6. taffii n. sp., Gfagin, 2. trilineata Conrad, Osmont, 2. vancouverensis Meek, Whiteaves, 12. vaughani n. sp., Casey, 4. (Barbatia) virginiae Wagner, Glenn, 6. Arcestes Suess, Hyatt and Smith, 1. andersoni, Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Proarcestes) pacificus n. sp., Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. Arcestidae Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Arcestoidea, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Arehaeocidaris M’Coy, Klem, 1. aculeatus Shumard, Klem, 1. agassizi Hall, Beede, 1. agassizi Hall, Klem, 1. biangulatus Shumard, Klem, 1. cratis White, Girty, 3. cratis White, Klem, 1. dininni White, Klem, 1. edgarensis Worthen and Miller, Klem, 1. gracilis Newberry, Klem, 1. illinoisensis Worthen and Miller, Klem, 1. keokuk Hall, Klem, 1. legrandensis Miller and Gurley, Klem, 1. longispinus Newberry, Klem, 1. megastylus Shumard, Beede, 1. megastylus Shumard, Klem, 1. mucronatus Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. newberryi Hambach, Klem, 1. norwoodi Hall, Klem, 1. ornatus Newberry, Klem, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Arehaeocidaris ourayensis n. sp., Girty, 3. shumardanus Hall, Klem, 1. spinoclavatus Worthen and Miller, Klem, 1. triplex White?, Girty, 3. triplex White, Klem, 1. triserratus Meek, Klem, 1. trudifer White, Beede, 1. trudifer White?, Girty, 3. trudifer White, Klem, 1. wortheni Hall, Klem, 1. wortheni Hall, Ulrich, 8. Archaeoplax signifera Simpson, Cush¬ man, 6. Archaeopteris hitchcocki (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 18. jacksoni Dn., White (D.), 18. rogersi Dn., White (D.), 18. Archegosaurus Goldfuss, Branson, 2. Archelon ischyros, Wieland, 2, 3. Archihicoria siouxensis n. gen. and n. sp., Barbour (E. H.), 2. siouxensis Barbour, Knowlton, 5. Archimedes confertus n. sp., Ulrich, 8. lativolvis n. sp., Ulrich, 8. meekanus Hall, Ulrich, 8. swallovanus Hall, Ulrich, 8. Archinacella? deformata (Hall), Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. patelliformis (Hall), Weller, 6. Architectonica tuber culata n. sp., Weaver, 1. Archcblattina, Sellards, 8. beecheri, Sellards, 8. Arctocyonidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Arcuaceras n. gen., Herzer, 5. ohioense n. sp., Ilerzer, 5. termicameratum n. sp., Herzer, 5. Arenicolites chemungensis n. sp., Whit¬ field, 10. Arges arkansanus n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. phylctenoides (Green) 1837, Van Ingen, 2. sp., Van Ingen, 2. Argoides E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. isodactyletus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2 . macrodactylotus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. redfieldianus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Arges tuberculatus n. sp., Weller, 6. Argyrotheca schucherti n. sp., Dali, 8. Arisaema cretaceum Lesq., Berry, 5. Aristolochia obscura Lx., Perkins, 13. Aristolochiaephyllum ? cellulare n. sp., Ward, Fontaine, 5. crassinerve Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Aristolochites acutus n. sp., Perkins, 13. apicalis n. sp., Perkins, 13. brandonianus n. sp., Perkins, 13. crassierostatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. conoideus n. sp., Perkins, 13. cuneatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. curvata (Lx.), Perkins, 13. 634 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology-— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Aristolochites dubius n. sp., Perkins, 13. elegans n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. excavatus, n. sp., Perkins, 13. globosus n. sp., Perkins, 13, irregularis n. sp., Perkins, 13. latisulcatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. majus n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. ovoides n. sp., Perkins, 13. rugosus n. sp., Perkins, 13. sulcatus n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. Arpadites Mojsisovies, Ilyatt and Smith, 1. gabbi n. sp., Ilyatt and Smith, 1. Arretotherium acutidens n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 4. Arthracantha punctobrachiata Wil¬ liams, Wood (Elvira), 3. Arthroclema armatum Ulr., Sardeson, 4. Arthrodendron n. gen., Ulrich, 4. diffusum n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Arthrophycus Hall, Grabau, 1. Arthrcphycus Hall, Sarle, 4. elegans n. sp., Herzer, 2. harlani (Conrad), Grabau, 1. Asaphellus homfrayi var., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. (?) planus n. sp., Matthew (Q. F.j, 12, 20. Asaphis centenaria (Conrad), Glenn, 6. Asaphus marginalis Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 5. sp. alpha, Raymond (P. E.), 5. sp. beta, Raymond (P. E.), 5. sp. gamma, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Ascoceras gibberosum n. sp., Sardeson, 2 . Ascodictyon Nicholson and Etheridge, jr., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. floreale n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1 . parvulum n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 1. siluriense Vine, Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 1. sparsum n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 1. stellatum Nicholson and Etheridge, jr., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. Ashmunella thompsoniana pecosensis n. subsp., Cockerell, 1. Ashtarotha Dali, Dali, 8. Aspenites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. acutus, n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Asperipes n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. avipes n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. caudifer Dawson sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. flexilis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. Aspideretes beecheri n. sp., Hay, 13. beecheri Hay, Hay, 15. Paleontology —Continued. Genera end species described —Continued. Aspidites Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1. hooveri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Aspidoceras alamitocensis Castillo and Aguilera, Cragin, 2. Aspidonectes tritor, Hay, 16. Aspidosaurus chiton n. gen. and sp.; Broili, 2. Asplenium magnum Knowlton, Hollick, subsimplex (Lesq.) Knowlton, Knowlton, 14. Astarte Sowerby, Arnold, 2. Astarte Sowerby, Dali, 8. section Ashtarotha Dali, Dali, 8. section Astarte s. s., Dali, 8. section Crenimargo Cossmann, Dali, 8. section Digitaria Wood, Dali, 8. section Gonilia Stoliczka, Dali, 8. section Micx-ostagon Cossmann, Dali, 8. section Neocrassina Fischer, Dali, 8 . section Rictocyma Dali, Dali, 8. section Tridonta Schumacher, Dali, 8 . (Goodallia*?) americana n. sp., Dali, 8. bayi Lundgren, Madsen, 1. (Crassinella) hranneri n. sp., Ar¬ nold, 2. breviacola n. sp., Cragin, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Glenn, 6. castrana n. sp., Glenn, 6. coheni Conrad, Dali, 8. concentrica var. bella Conrad, Dali, 8 . Astarte? craticula n. sp., Cragin, 2. cuneiformis Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Ashtarotha) cuneiformis Conrad, Dali, 8. (Ashtarotha) distans Conrad, Dali, 8 . sp. cf. elegans Sowerby, Madsen. 1. evansi (H. and M.) Whitfield, Johnson (D. W.), 5. exaltata Conrad, Dali, 8. (distans var.?) floridana Dali, Dali, 8. glenni n. sp., Dali, 8. hartzi Lundgren, Madsen, 1. isodontoides n. sp., Cragin, 2. laurentiana Lyell, Dali, 8. malolensis Cragin. Cragin. 2. marylandica Clark, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. meridionalis Gabb, Dali, 8. obruta Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Ashtarotha) obruta Conrad, Dali, 8 . opulentora n. sp., Dali, 8. parma Dali, Glenn, 6. (Ashtarotha) parma n. sp., Dali, 8. perplana Conrad, Glenn, 6. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 635 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Astarte (Ashtarotha) per plana Conrad, Dali, 8. posticalva n. sp., Cragin, 2. sp. cf. soemanni de Loriol, Madsen, 1. symmetrica Conrad, Dali, 8. symmetrica Conrad, Glenh, 6. cfr. tenera Morris, Ravn, 1. thisphila n. sp., Glenn, 6. thomasii Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Ashtarotha) undulata Say, Dali, 8 . undulata var. vaginulata Dali, Dali, 8. vicina Say, Glenn, 6. yicina Say, Dali, 8. wagneri n. sp., Dali, 8. Astartella vera Hall, Beede, 1. Asthenotoma Harr, et Burr, Casey, 5. eximia n. sp., Casey, 5. shaleri Vgn., Casey, 5. strigosa n. sp., Casey, 5. texana Gabb, Casey, 5. Astrangia (Coenangia) conradi n. sp., Vaughan, 19. lineata (Conrad), Vaughan, 19. Astrhelia palmata (Goldfuss),'Vaughan, 19. Astrocoenia maloniana n. sp., Vaughan, in Cragin, 2. Astrodapsis merriami n. sp., Anderson, 7. Astrodon, Lucas, 20. johnstoni Leidy, Hatcher, 16. Astropecten? montanus n. sp., Doug¬ lass, 7. Astyris H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Atactopora Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . angular is, n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. hirsuta Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. maculata Ulrich, Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. Athrotaxopsis expansa Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. Athyris crassicardinalis White, Weller, 2 . fultonensis (Swallow), Kindle, 1. spiriferoides (Eaton), Kindle, 1. Atractites Giimbel, Hyatt and Smith, 1. philippii n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Atrina harrisii Dali, Glenn, 6. piscatoria n. sp., Glenn, 6. Atrypa Dal man, Grabau, 1. calvini Nettleroth, Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. ? lamellata Hall, Weller, 6. nodostriata Hall, Grabau, 1. reticularis (Linn.), Weller, 6. reticularis Linnaeus, Kindle and Breger, 1. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Atrypa reticularis Linnaeus 1767, Beecher, 1. reticularis (Linnaeus), Grabau, 1. reticularis (Linnaeus), Kindle, 1. reticularis var. ellipsoida (Nettle¬ roth), Kindle, 1. rugosa Hall, Grabau, 1. spinosa Hall, Kindle, 1. Atrypina disparilis Hall 1852, Beecher, 1 . imbricata (Hall), Weller, 6. Aublysodon mirandus Leidy, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Aucella pallasii Keyserling, Madsen, 1. strongi n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. sp. indet., Fompeckj, 1. Aulacodisc-us rogersii (Bailey), Boyer, 1 . AulacOphyllum enormis n. sp., Herzer, 5. excentricum n. sp., Herzer, 5. Aulacorhynchus millipunctatus (Meek and Worthen), Beede, 1. Aulopora amplexa n. sp., Rowley, 1. ? anna Beede, Beede, 1. longi n. sp., Rowley, 1. ? prosseri Beede, Beede, 1. Austrodosinia Dali, Dali, 8. Aviculipecten McCoy, Girty, 7, 8. Aviculipecten, Hind, 1. Aviculopecten carboniferus (Stevens), Beede, 1. coxanus Meek and Worthen, Beede, 1 . crassicostata H. and W., Kindle, 1. exactus Hall, Kindle, 1. fasciculatus Hall, Kindle, 1. germanus Miller and Faber, Beede, 1 . hertzeri Meek, Beede, 1. interlineatus Meek and Worthen, Beede, 1. ? interlineatus Meek and Worthen, Girty, 3. iowensis Miller, Weller, 2. maccoyi Meek and Hayden, Beede, 1 . nebrascensis n. sp., Beede, 2. occidentalis, Beede, 8. occidentalis (Shumard), Beede, 1. occidental's Shumard, Girty, 3. pellucidus Meek and Worthen, Girty, 3. princeps (Conrad) Hall, Kindle, 1. providencensis (Cox), Beede, 1. rectilaterarius (Cox), Beede, 1. rectilaterarius Cox, Girty, 3. sculptilis Miller, Beede, 1. subequivalvus n. sp., Beede, 4. (Pterinopecten?) terminalis Hall, Kindle, 1. vanvleeti n. sp., Beede, 8. sp., Girty, 3. 636 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Aviculopinna americana Meek, Beede, 1. illinoiensis Worthen, Beede, 1. knighti n. sp., Beede, 2. nebrascensis n. sp., Beede, 2. nebraskensis Beede, Girty, 3. ? peracuta Skumard, Girty, 3. Axinopsis G. O. Sars, Dali, 8. Axinulus Veri-ill and Bush, Dali, 8. Axophyllum? alleni n. sp., Rowley, 1. rudis White and St. John, Beede, 1. Bactrites Sandberger, Smith (J. P.), 3. carbonarius n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. (sp.) mut. parvus nov., Loomis, 4. (sp.) mut. pygmaeus nov., Loomis, 4. Baculites anceps Lamarck, Johnson (D. W.), 5. aspero-anceps n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. chicoensis, Smith (W. D.), 1. fairbanksi n. sp., Anderson, 3. Badister antecursor n. sp., Scudder, 1. Baena antiqua n. sp., Lambe, 3. antiqua Lambe, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. callosa n. sp., Hay, 15. cephalica n. sp., Hay, 13. hatcheri Hay, Lambe, 3. hatcheri n. sp., Hay, 2. ruarshi n. sp., Hay, 13. undata, Hay, 23. Baiera gracilis (Bean) Bunbury, Fon¬ taine, 2. Baieropsis foliosa Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. longifolia Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. pluripartita Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Bairdia sp., Girty, 3. Bakewellia gouldii n. sp., Beede, 8. Balsena affinis Owen, Case, 9. Balsenoptera sursiplana Cope, Case, 9. Balanophyllia desmophyllum Milne-Ed- wards and Haime, Vaughan, 1. Balanus Lister, Arnold, 2. concavus Bronn, Arnold, 2. concavus Bronn, Cushman, 9. concavus Bronn, Martin, 4. proteus Conrad, Cushman, 4. Balatonites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. shoshonensis n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Baptanodon Marsh, Gilmore, 3. Baptanodon, Merriam (J. C.), 0. Baptanodon Marsh, Knight (W. C.), 8. Baptanodon (Sauranodon) Marsh, Gil¬ more, 2. discus Marsh, Gilmore, 3. discus?, Gilmore, 1. marshi, Merriam (J. C.), 13. marshi Knight. Gilmore, 3. marshi n. sp.. Knight (W. C.), 8. natans Marsh, Gilmore, 3. Baptemys wyomingensis Leidy, Hay, 13. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Baptornis advenus, Lucas, 15. Barillopus n. gen., Matthew (G. F.‘), 21, 30. arctus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. confusus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. unguifer Matt., Matthew (G. F.), 21 . Barinophyton perrianum D. W., White (D.), 18. richardsoni (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 18. Barnea (Scobina) arcuata (Conrad), Glenn, 6. Baroda Stoliczka, Dali, 8. Baropezia n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. abscissa n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. sydnensis (Dawson), Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. Baropus lentus Marsh, Matthew (G. F.), 25. unguifer n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 23. Barrandeina perriana (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 18. Barrendella Hall and Clarke, Grabau, 1. fornicata (Hall), Grabau, 1. Barriosella suhspatulata Meek and Worthen, Kindle, 1. Barroisiceras hyatti n. sp.. Shattuck. 8. texanum n. sp., Shattuck, 8. Barycrinus hoveyi Hall sp., Whitfield, 9. Basilemys imbricarius (Cope), Stanton and Hatcher, 1. ogmius (Cope), Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Basilosaurus cetoides (Owen), Lucas, 2. Bathocypris parilis n. sp., Ulrich, 1. subsequata n. sp., Ulrich, 1. Bathygenys alpha n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 4. alpha I ou las, M tthew (W. D.), 9. box-ealis Leidy, Case, 13. Batlxyurellus Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. brevispinus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. minor n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. Bathyuriscus howelli Walcott, Wood¬ ward (H.), 1. Bathyui*us angelini Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. ellipticus Cleland, Cleland, 3. ? levis n. sp., Cleland, 3. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Batissa Gray, Dali, 8. Batocrinus crassitestus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 12. davisi Rowley, Greene, 12. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 637 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Batocrinus davisi var. lanesvillensis n. var., Rowley, Greene, 12. davisi var. sculptus n. var., Row- ley,- Greene, 12. icosidactylus Casseday, Rowley, Greene, 12. irregularis Casseday, Rowley, Greene, 12. magnirostris, n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 12. spergenensis Miller, Rowley, Greene, 14. Batostoma fertile Ulr., Sardeson, 3. implicatum (Nicholson), Nickles. 6 . maysvillensis n. sp., .Nickles, 6. varians (James), Nickles, 6. Batostomella Ulrich, Grabau, 1. Batostomella Ulrich, Condra, 2. granulifera (Hall), Grabau, 1. leia n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. Batrachichnus Woodworth, Matthew (G. F.), 30. Batrachopus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. bellus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. deweyanus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. dispar n. sp., Lull, 2. gracilior (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. gracilis (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Beachia suessana (Hall), Weller, 6. Beguina Bolten, Dali, 8. Bela Gray, Arnold, 2. cretacea n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. fidicula Gould, Arnold, 2. sanctae-monicse n. sp. Arnold, 2. Belemnitella sp., Pompeckj, 1. Bellerophon bretonensis n. sp., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 12, 20. clausus Ulrich, Hayes and Ulrich, 1 . crassus Meek and Worthen, Girty, 3. curvilineatus Con., Kindle, 1. denckmanni n. sp., Clarke, 19. giganteus Worthen?, Girty, 3. insulae n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20 . koeneni n. sp., Clarke, 19. leda Hall, Kindle, 1. lyra Hall, Kindle, 1. panneus White, Weller, 2. patulus Hall, Kindle, 1. pelops Hall, Kindle, 1. pelops Hall, Parks, 5. percarinatus Conrad?, Girty, 3. shelbiensis n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. semisculptus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. sublaevis Hall, Sardeson, 11. sp., Girty, 3. sp., Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 2. Bellucina Dali, Dali, 8. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Bembidium damnosum n. sp., Scudder, 1. expletum n. sp., Scudder, 1. haywardi n. sp., Scu der, 1. prseteritum n. sp., Scuduer, 1. van”m n. sp., Scudder, 1. vestigium n. sp., S udder, 1. Berberis? gigantea n. sp., Kn ^wlton, 14. Berenicea maloniana n. sp., Cragin, 2. Beryx sp. undet., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Betula bendirei n. sp., Knowlt .n, 14. ? dajyana n. sp., Knowlton, 14. heteromorp’.'.a n. sp., K ’owlton, 14. Betulites? hatcher n. sp., Knowlion, 18. pcpulifolius Lesq.?, Berry, 6. Beyricliia barretti n. sp., Weller, 6. dagon Clarke, Lo mis, 4. deckerensis n. sp., Weller, 6. jerseyensis n. rp, Weller, 6. kiimmeli n. sp., Weller, 6. manliensis n. sp., Weller, 6. montaguensis n. sp., Weller, 6. nearpassi n. sp., Weller, 6. perinflata n. sp., Weller, 6. smocki n. sp., Weller, 6. sussexensis n. sp., Weller, 6. triceps n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. wallpackensis n. sp., Weller, 6. sp., Girty, 3. Beyrichites Waagen, Ilyatt and Smith, 1. Beyrichites, Waagen, Smith (J. F.), 5. rotelliformis Meek, Smith (J. P.), 5. rotelliformis Meek, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Bicarpellites n. gen., Perkins, 13. , grayana (Lx., sp.), Perkins, 13. knowltoni n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. minimus n. sp., Perkins, 13. obesus n. sp., Perkins, 13. rotundus n. sp., Perkins, 13. pugosus n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17 vermontanus (Lx.), Perkins, 13. Bicia n. gen., Walcott, 1. gemma Billings, Walcott, 1. wliiteavesi n. sp., Walcott, 1. Biddulphia acuta (Ehrenberg), Boyer, 1. condecora (Ehrenberg), Boyev, 1. decipiens Grunow, Boyer, 1. interpunctata (Grunow). Boyer, 1. semicircularis (Briglitwell), Boyer, 1 . suborbicularis Grunow, Boyer, 1. tessellata (Greville), Boyer, 1. Biflustra torta Gabb and Horn, Ulrich, Billingsella Hall and Clarke, Walcott, 12 . ? anomala n. sp., Walcott, 12. ? appalachia n. sp., Walcott, 12. coloradoensis Shumard, Walcott, 12 . dice n. sp., Walcott, 12. 638 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Billingsella exporrecta Linnarsson, Walcott, 12. exporrecta var. rugcsicostata n. var., Walcott, 12. harlanensis n. sp., Walcott, 12. hicksi (Salter) Davidson, Walcott, 12 . highlandensis Walcott, Walcott, 12. lindstromi Linnarsson, Walcott, 12. major n. sp., Walcott, 12. obscura n. sp., Walcott, 12. orientalis Whitfield, Walcott, 12. plicatella n. sp., Walcott, 12. pumpellyi n. sp., Walcott, 12. retroflexa, Matthew (G. F.), 20. richthofeni n. sp., Walcott, 12. romingeri Barr, Walcott, 12. saffordi n. sp., Walcott, 12. salemensis Walcott, Walcott, 12. (Otusia) sandbergi Wi nchell, Walcott, 12. striata n. sp., Walcott, 12. whitfieldi Walcott, Walcott, 12. Bilobites varica (Con.), Weller, 6. various, Beecher, 1. Bison Smith, McClung, 1. kansensis n. sp., McClung, 1. Bittium Leach, Arnold, 2. asperum Gabb, Arnold, 2. californicum Dali and Bartsch, Arnold, 2. (Elachista) californicum n. sp.. Dali and Bartsch, 1. filosum Gould, Arnold, 2. quadrifilatum Carpenter, Arnold, 2 . rugatum Carpenter, Arnold,' 2. (Styliferina) tenuisculpta Car¬ penter, Arnold, 2. williamsoni n. sp., Arnold, 2. Blastomeryx Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 14. gemmifer Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 14. wellsi n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 14. ? sp., Matthew (W. D.), 2. Blothrophyllum Billings, Lambe, 2. coniferum n. sp., Greene, 1. decorticatum Billings, Lambe, 2. greenei n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. houghtoni (Rominger), Greene, 11 . Bolivina d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. aenariensis (Costa), Bagg, 9. beyrichii var. alata Seguenza, Bagg, 6. dilatata Reuss, Bagg, 9. dilatata var. angusta Egger, Bagg, 9. punctata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. punctata var. substriata Egger, Bagg, 9. textilarioides Reuss, Bagg, 9. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Bollia Jones and Holl, Grabau, 1. cornucopiae n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. symmetrica (Hall), Grabau, 1. Bolporites americanus Billings, Rue¬ demann, 2. Bordenia, n. gen., 3reene, 2. knappi Hall, Greene, 6. zaphrentiformis n. sp., Greene, 2. Boreodon matutinus n. sp., Lambe, 3. matutinus Lambe, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Bornia Philippi, Arnold, 2. depressa n. sp., Glenn, G. mactroides (Conrad), Glenn, 6. marylandica n. sp., Glenn, 6. retifera Dali, Arnold, 2. triangula Dali, Glenn, G. Borsonia Bellardi, Arnold, 2. Bothriolepis, Patten, 1. coloradensis n. sp., Eastman, 1G. major (Ag.), Eastman, 1G. Bothrodendron? n. sp., White (D.),10. Botryocrinus americanus n. sp., Row- ley, Greene, 13. Bourdotia Dali, Dali, 8. Bottosaurus perrugosus Cope, Lambe, 3. Bowdenia Dali, Dali, 8. Brachauchenius lucasi n. gen. and sp.. Williston, 14. lucasi Williston, Lucas, 17. Brachiocrinus (Herpetocrinus?) nodo- sarius Hall, Talbot, 2. Brachiopteris pinnata Dn., var. angus- tipinna D. W., White (D.), 18. Brachiosaurus Riggs, Riggs, 9. altithorax, Riggs, 6, 9. Brachybrachium brevipes, n. gen. and sp., Williston, 23. Brachyphyllum crassicaule Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. macrocarpum Newb., Hollick. 11. macrocarpum Newb., Berry, 6. mamillare Brongniart, Fontaine. 1 . ? storrsii Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 2. Bradoria n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 20 . ? ornata, Matthew (G. F.), 13, 20. rugulosa n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 13, 20. scrutator n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 13, 20. vigilans n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 13, 20. vigilans mut. obesa, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Bradorona. Matthew (G. F.), 20. observator n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 13. Bradoria n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 2, observator var. benepuncta, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. observator mut. lsevis, Matthew (G. F.), 20. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 639 Paleontology —Continued. Genera end species described —Continued. Bradorcna perspicator n. sp., Matthew (G. F.)., 13, 20. perspicator mut. magna, Matthew (G. F.), 20. perspicator mut. major, Matthew (G. F.), 20. spectator, n. sp., Matthew (G. F), 13, 20. spectator var. acuta, Matthew (G. F.), 20. spectator mut. sequata, Matthew (G. F.), 20. spectator mut. spinosa, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Brandonia n. gen., Perkins, 13. globulus n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. Brimosaurus Leidy, Williston, 14. Brdggeria n. subg. of Obolus, Walcott, 6 . Brongniartia trentonensis (Simpson), Collie, 3. Bronteus Goldfuss, Grabau, 1. aquilonaris n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. ekwanensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. lunatus Bill., Weller, 6. lunatus Billings, Ruedemann, 2. niagarensis Hall, Grabau, 1. Brontosaurus, Osborn and Granger, 1. Brontosaurus, Hatcher, 2, 8. Brontosaurus, Gregory (W. K.), 1. Brontosaurus, Matthew (W. D.), 21. Brontosaurus Marsh, Riggs, 4. Brontosaurus, Osborn, 51. sp., Osborn, 32. Brontotherium buceo Cope, Osborn, 10. curtum Marsh, Osborn, 10. dolichoceras Scott and Osborn, Os¬ born, 10. gigas Marsh, Osborn, 10. hypoceras Cope, Osborn, 10. leidyi n. sp., Osborn, 10. Bryograptus Lapworth, Ruedemann, 8. lapworthi n. sp., Reudemann, 8. pusillus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Bucania Hall, Grabau, 1. champlainensis Whitfield, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 1. devonica Hall and Whitf., Kindle, 1 . punctifrons (Emm.), Weller, 6. trilobata (Conrad), Grabau, 1. sp. undet., Kindle and Breger, 1. Bucanopsis perelegans (W. and W.). Weller, 2. Buchiola angolensis n. sp., Clarke, 19. conversa n*. sp., Clarke, 19. halli n. sp., Clarke, 19. ? livoniae n. sp., Clarke, 19. lupina n. sp., Clarke, 19. cf. priimiensis Steininger (sp.), Clarke, 19. retrostriata v. Buch (sp.), Clarke, 19. retrostriata v. Buch, mut. pygmaea no?., Loomis, 4. Paleontology— Con tinued. Genera end species described —Continued. Buchiola seabrosa n. sp., Clarke, 19. stuprosa n. sp., Clarke, 19. Buccinofusus parilis Conrad, Martin, 5. Buccinum? sp., Dali, 10. Bulimina affinis d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. buchiana d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. elegans d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. elegantissima d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. elongata d Orbigny, Bagg, 9. ovata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. pupoides d'Orbigny, Bagg, 9. Bulimorpha chrysalis Meek and Wor- then, Girty, 3. ? helderbergia' n. sp., Weller, 6. Bulimulus sp. ?, Ravn, 1. Bulla Linne, Arnold, 2. punctulata A. Adams, Arnold, 2. quoyi Gray, Arnold, 2. Bullia (Molophorus) angloana n. sp., Anderson, 7. Bullinula subglobosus n. sp., Weaver, 1 . Bulliopsis integra Conrad, Martin, 5. marylandica Conrad, Martin, 5. quadrata Conrad, Martin, 5. Bumastus elongatus n. sp., Weller, 6. transversalis n. sp., Weller, 6. trentonensis (Emm.), Weller, 6. Bunselurus, Matthew (W. D.), 4. infelix n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Buthotrephis divaricata n. sp., White (D.), 1. newlini n. sp., White (D.), 1. Bythinella Moquin-Tandon, Letson, 1. obtusa (Lea) Binney, Letson, 1. Bythocypris eylindrica Hall sp., Ruede¬ mann, 2. nearpassi n. sp., Weller, 6. Bythopora Miller and Dyer, Grabau, 1. spinulosa (Hall), Grabau, 1. Bytliotrephis gracilis Hall, Grabau, 1. lesquereuxi, Grabau, 1. yukonensis n. sp., Ami, 48. Cadoceras Fischer, Pompeckj, 1. catostoma n. sp., Pompeckj, 1. crassum n. sp., Madsen, 1. grewingki n. sp.. Pompeckj, 1. petelini n. sp., Pompeckj, 1. schmidti n. sp., Pompeckj, 1. stenoloboide n. sp., Pompeckj, 1. wosnessenski Grew, sp., Pompeckj, 1. sp., Pompeckj, 1. sp. indet., Pompeckj, 1. Cadulus Phirippi, Arnold, 2. abruptus Meyer and Aldrich, Clark and Martin, 2. newtonensis Meyer and Aldrich, Martin, 5. nitentior Carpenter, Arnold, 2. thallus (Conrad), Martin, 5. Caecum Fleming, Arnold, 2. californicum Dali, Arnold, 2, 640 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Con ti n u ed. Genera and species described — Continued. Caecum calvertense n. sp., Martin, 5. crebricinctum Carpenter, Arnold, greensboroense n. sp., Martin, 5. magnum Stearns, Arnold, 2. patuxentium n. sp., Martin, 5. Caenopus persistens n. sp., Osborn, 34. Caesalpinia ovalifolia n. sp., Ilollick, 10. Caleeocrinus alleni n. sp., Rowley, 3. granuliferus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 7. Californites n. gen., Ilyatt and Smith, 1. merriami n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Callianassa Leach, Pilsbry, 1. mortoni n. sp., Pilsbry, 1. whiteavesii Woodward, Whiteaves, 12 . Calliostoma Swainson, Arnold, 2. annulatum Martyn, Arnold, 2. aphelium Dali, Martin, 5. helium (Conrad), Martin, 5. calvertanum n. sp., Martin, 5. canaliculatum Martyn, Arnold, 2. costatum Martyn, Arnold, 2. distans (Conrad), Martin, 5. eboreum (Wagner), Martin, 5. gemmulatum Carpenter, Arnold, 2. humile (Conrad), Martin, 5. marylandicum n. sp., Martin, 5. peralveatum (Conrad), Martin, 5. philanthropus (Conrad), Martin, 5. philanthropus var., Martin, 5. reclusum (Conrad), Martin, 5. tricolor Gabb, Arnold, 2. virginicum (Conrad), Martin, 5. wagneri Dali, Martin, 5. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Callista Poli, Arnold, 2. (Amiantis) callosa Conrad, Ar¬ nold, 2. newcombiana Gabb, Arnold, 2. subdiaphana Carpenter, Arnold, 2. subdiaphana Carpenter, pedroana, n. var., Arnold, 2. Callithaca Dali, Dali, 8. Callocardia A. Adams, Dali, 8. (Agriopoma) gatunensis n. sp., Dali, 8. gatunensis var. multifilosa Dali, Dali, 8. (Pitaria) kincaidii n. sp., Dali, 10. (Agriopoma) morrhuana Linsley, Dali, .8. (Agriopoma) parkeria Glenn, Dali, 8 . (Agriopoma) Glenn, 6. (Agriopoma) Glenn, 6. (Agriopoma) 8 . (Agriopoma) 8 . (Agriopoma) Glenn, 6. prunensis n. sp., sayana (Conrad), sayana Conrad, Dali, sincera n. sp., Dali, subnasuta (Conrad), Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Callocardia (Agriopoma) subnasuta Conrad, Dali, 8. Callocystites Hall, Grabau, 1. Callocystites Hall, Schuchert, 11. canadensis (Billings), Schuchertr 11 . jewettii Hall, Schuchert, 11. jewettii Hall, Grabau, 1. Callograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. cf. diffusus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. salteri Flail, Ruedemann, 8. Callomarginata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Callonema bellatula Hall, Parks, 5. bellatula Hall, Kindle, 1./ clarki Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. conus n. sp., Kindle, 1. filosum n. sp., Hall, Clarke, 19. imitator (Hall and Whitf.), Kin¬ dle, 1. lichas Hall, Kindle, 1. Callopora Hall, Grabau, 1. elegantula Hall, Grabau, 1. multitabulata Ulr., Sardeson, 3. multitabulata (Ulrich), Nickles, 6. nodulosa (Nicholson), Nickles, 6. sigillarioides (Nicholson), Nickles, 6 . sp. undet., Weller, 6. Calloporina n. gen., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . parva n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Callucina Dali, Dali, 8. Calycites alatus n. sp., Hollick, 11. Calymene Brongt., Grabau, 1. blumenbachi niagarensis Hall, Grabau, 1. camerata, Con., Weller, 6. piagarensis Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. platys Green, Kindle, 1. platys Green, Parks, 5. senaria Con., Weller, 6. cf. vogdesi Foerste, Kindle and Breger, 1. Calyptogena Dali, Dali, 8. Calyptraea aperta (Solander), Clark and Martin, 2. aperta (Solander), Martin, 5. centralis (Conrad), Martin, 5. greensboroensis n. sp., Martin, 5. Calyptraphorus jacksoni Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. trinodiferus Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. trinodiferus var. (?), Clark and Martin, 2. Camarella bernensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. inornata n. sp., Weller, 6. owatonnensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Cameroceras proteiforme (Hall), Wel¬ ler, 6. Camarocrinus Hall, Schuchert, 11. saffordi Hall, Schuchert, 11. stellatus Hall, Schuchert, 11. ulrichi Schuchert, Schuchert, 11. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 641 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Camarocrinus ulrichi n. sp., Schuchert, 6 . ulrichi stellifer n. var., Schuchert, 11 . Camarophorella lenticularis (W. and W.), Weller, 2. Camarophoria caput-testudinis (White), Weller, 2. Camarospira eucharis Hall, Kindle, 1. Camarotoechia Hall and Clarke, Gra- bau, 1. acinus Hall 1863, Beecher, 1. acinus Hall, Grabau, 1. cf. acinus Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1 . Carolina Hall, Kindle, 1. congregata (Conrad), Kindle, 1. ekwanensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. heteropsis (Win.), Weller, 2. hudsonica n. sp., Grabau, 9. indianensis Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. indianensis Hall 1863, Beecher, 1. major n. sp', Raymond (P. E.), 7. metallica White,. Girty, 3. neglecta Hall 1852, Beecher, 1. ? neglecta Hall, Grabau, 1. *? neglecta Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. nitida n. sp., Kindle, 1. obtusiplicata Hall, Grabau, 1. pauciplicata n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 1 . persinuata (Win.), Weller, 2. pristina n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. prolifica (?) Hall, Wood (Elvira), 1 . sappho Hall, Kindle, 1. tethys (Billings), Kindle, 1. whitii Hall 1863, Beecher, 1. Camerosaurus Cope, Riggs, 2. (Proterocameroceras) brainerdi Whitfield (sp.), Ruedemann, 9. Campeloma Rafinesque, Letson, 1. decisa Say, Letson, 1. harlowtonensis n. sp., Stanton, 4. vetula Meek and Hayden, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Campodus de Koninck, Eastman, 9. Campodus, Eastman, 6, 13. corrugatus (Newberry and Wor- then), Eastman, 9. variabilis (Newb. and W.), East¬ man, 3, 10. Campophyllum torquium (Owen), Beede, 1. torquium Owen, Girty, 3. Campyloprion, Eastman, 6, 13. annectans n. gen. and sp., East¬ man, 3. Cancellaria Lamarck, Arnold, 2. alternata Conrad, Martin, 5. annosa Aid., Aldrich, 2. bifoliata n. sp., Aldrich, 2. Bull. 301—06-41 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cancellaria (Trigonostoma) biplicifera Conrad, Martin, 5. (Sveltia) calvertensis n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. Cancellaria condoni n. sp., Anderson, 7. cooperi Gabb, Arnold, 2. corbula Conrad, Martin, 5. crawfordiana Dali, Arnold, 2. dalliana n. sp., Anderson, 7. engonata Conrad, Martin, 5. graciloides Aldrich var., Clark and Martin,, 2. joaquinensis n. sp., Anderson, 7. lunata Conrad, Martin, 5. (Admete) marylandica n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. (Cancellariella) neritoidea n. sp., Martin, 5. pacifica n. sp., Anderson, 7. (Sveltia) patuxentia n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. (Trigonostoma) perspectiva Con¬ rad, Martin, 5. (Narona) potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. prunicola n. sp., Martin, 5. rapella n. sp., Johnson (C. W.), 1. reticuloides n. sp., Martin, 5. simplex n. sp., Anderson, 7. tritonidea Gabb, Arnold, 2. vespertina n. sp., Anderson, 7. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. (Sveltia) sp., Martin, 5. Cancellariella n. subg., Martin, 5. Cancellophycus rhombicum n. sp., Ul¬ rich, 4. Cancer Linne, Arnold, 2. breweri Gabb, Arnold, 2. proavitus Packard, Cushman, 6. ? sp., Weaver, 1. Canidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Canis indianensis Leidy, Merriam (J. C. ), 7. Cannartidium sp., Martin, 8. Cannartiscus amphicylindricus Haec¬ kel, Martin, 8. marylandicus n. sp., Martin, 8. Capromeryx furcifer n. gen. and sp., Matthew (W. D.), 8. Capromeryx Matthew, Matthew (W. D. ), 14. furcifer Matthew, Matthew (W. D.), 14. Capulus cassensis n. sp., Kindle, 1. corrugatus (nom. prov.), Whit¬ eaves, 12. paralius (W. and W.), Weller, 2. vomerium (Win.), Weller, 2. Carabocrinus geometricus n. sp., Hud¬ son, 1. Carcharias collata n. sp., Eastman, 18. (Prionodon) egertoni (Agassiz), Eastman, 18. incidens n. sp., Eastman, 18. 642 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Carcharias laevissimus (Cope), East¬ man, 18. magna (Cope), Eastman, 18. Carcharodon auriculatus (Blainville), Eastman, 1. megalodon (Charles worth), East¬ man, 18. Cardiocardita Anton, Dali, 8. Cardiocaris, Clarke, 8. Cardiocephalus sternbergi n. gen. and sp., Broili, 2. Cardioceras canadense nom. prov., Whit- eaves, 9. Cardiomorpha missouriensis Shumard, Beede, 1. Cardiomya A. Adams, Dali, 8. Cardiopsis crassicostata Hall and Whit¬ field, Kindle, 1. Cardita (Brugui&re) Lamarck, Dali, 8. section Cardita s. s. Dali, 8. section Carditamera Conrad, Dali, 8 . section Gians, Megerle, Dali, 8. aldrichi n. sp., Casey, 4. (Carditamera) arata Conrad, Dali, 8 . (Carditamera) catharia n. sp., Dali, 8. (Carditamera) guppyi Dali, Dali, 8 . (Carditamera) prestoni n. sp., Dali, 8. protracta (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Carditamera) recta Conrad, Dali, 8 . (Carditamera) tegea n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Carditamera) vaughani n. sp., Dali, 8. Carditamera Conrad, Dali, 8. Carditella E. A. Smith, Dali, 8. Cardites Link, Dali, 8. Carditopsis Smith, Dali, 8. Carex clarkii n. sp., Berry, 10. Cardium (Linne) Lamarck, Arnold, 2. (Granocardium) budaense n. sp., Shattuck, 8. (Cerastoderma) calvertensium n. sp., Glenn, 6. (Cerastoderma) corbis Martyn. Ar¬ nold, 2. (Cerastoderma) craticuloide Con¬ rad, Glenn, G. (Laevicardium) elatum Sower by, Arnold, 2. (Fragum) medium Linne, Glenn, 6 . (Cerastoderma) laqueatum Con¬ rad, Glenn, 6. (Cerastoderma) leptopleurum Con¬ rad, Glenn, 6. (Laevicardium) mortoni Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Cerastoderma) patuxentium n. sp., Glenn, 6, Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cardium (Ringicardium) procerum Sowerby, Arnold, 2. (Trachycardium) quadrigenarium Conrad, Arnold, 2. (Laevicardium) substriatum Con¬ rad, Arnold, 2. (Protocardia) texanum Conrad, Shattuck, 8. (Protocardia) vaughani n. sp., Shattuck, 8. Caricella pyruloides (?) (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. Carinaropsis carinata Hall. Ruede- mann, 2. deleta n. sp., Sardeson, 9. (or . Bellerophon) phalera n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Carpenteroblastus n. gen., Rowley, 1. pentagonus n. sp., Rowley, 1. veryi n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 7. Carpites Schimper, Perkins, 13. alatus n. sp., Knowlton, 18. inequalis n. sp., Perkins, 13. judithae n. sp., Knowlton, 18. minutulus Lesq., Berry, 6. ovalis n. sp., Perkins, 13. pruni n. sp., Knowlton, 18. trigonus n. sp., Perkins, 13. Carpolithes Schlotheim, Perkins, 13. brandonianus Lx., Perkins, 13. brandonianus Lesquereux, Knowl¬ ton, 11. confinis D. W., White (D.), 18. elongatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. emarginatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. grandis n. sp., Perkins, 13. hitchcockii n. sp., Perkins, 13. juglandiformis Berry, Berry, 7. lunatus Dn., White (D.), 18. mucronatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. obtusus n. sp., Perkins. 13. ovatus n. sp., Perkins. 13. parvus n. sp., Perkins, 13. simplex n. sp., Perkins, 13. solidus n. sp., Perkins. 13. vermontanus n. sp.. Perkins, 13. Carpolithus bucklandii Williamson?, Fontaine, 1. cliffwoodensis n. sp.. Berry, 5. douglasensis n. sp., Fontaine, 1. dubius n. sp.. Berry, 5. elongatus n. sp., Fontaine, 1. juglandiformis n. sp., Berry, 5. marylandicus n. sp., Hollick, 3. var. rugosus n. var.. Hollick, 3. mattewanensis n. sp., Berry, 6. olallensis Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 1. oregonensis n. sp., Fontaine. 1. ostryaeformis nom. nov., Berry, 6. Carstenia n. gen. Hyatt, 1. Carychium bermudense n. sp., Gulick, 1. Caryocaris Salter. Ruedemann, 8. oblongus Gurley, Ruedemann, 8. Caryocrinus Say, Grabau, 1. ornatus Say, Grabau, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 643 Paleontology —Continued. Geneva and species described —Continued. Caryophyllia arnoldi Vaugtian, Arnold, 2 California Vaughan n. sp., Arnold, 2 . pedroensis Vaughan n. sp., Arnold, 2 . Cassia? sp., Newh., Ivnowlton, 14. Cassidulus californicus n. sp., Ander¬ son. 7. Cassis cselata Conrad, Martin, 5. sp. Dali, 10. Castalia stantoni n. sp., Ivnowlton, 18. Catopterus J. H. Redfield, Eaton, 1. Catopterus Redfield, Eastman, 20. gracilis J. H. Redfield, Eastman, 20 . redfieldi Egerton, Eastman, 20. Caulinites inquirendus n. sp., Hollick, 11 . Caulopteris magnifica n. sp., Herzer, 2. Cavaria dumosa n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Cavilucina Fischer, Dali, 8. Cayugaea n. gen., Lambe, 2. whiteavesiana n. sp., Lambe, 2. Celastrophyllum acutidens Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. albaedomus Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. brittonianum Hollick, Fontaine, 5. brookense Fontaine?, Fontaine 5. elegans, n. sp., Berry, 5, 6. hunteri Ward, Fontaine, 5. latifolium Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. ? marylandicum n. sp., Fontaine, 5. obovatum Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. ? saliciforme Ward n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 5. Celastrus arctica Heer, Hollick, IT. confluens n. sp., Knowlton, 14. dignatus n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Cellepora cribrosa n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. massalis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Celtites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . halli Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Celtitidae, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Cenosphaera porosissima Vinassa, Mar¬ tin, 8. Centrinus disjunctus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Centronella? biplicata n. sp., Weller, 6. glansfagea (Hall), Kindle, 1. ? subrhomboidea n. sp., Weller, 6. Centrosaurus n. gen., Lambe, 10. apertus n. sp., Lambe, 10, 11. Cephalotaxopsis ramosa Fontaine?, Fon¬ taine, 3, 4. ? rhytidodes Ward, n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. Cephalotropis Cope, Case, 9. coronatus Cope, Case, 9. Cepolis (Hemitrochus) agassizii n. sp., Dali, 15. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cepolis (Plagioptycha) duclosiana var. columbiana Dali, nov., Dali, 15. (Hemitrochus) exumana n. sp., Dali, 15. ' (Plagioptycha) gregoriana n. sp., Dali, 15. (Plagioptycha) inaguana n. sp., Dali, 15. (Plagioptycha) inaguana var. sub- androsi Dali nov., Dali, 15. (Plagioptycha) pharcida n. sp., Dali, 7. (Hemitrochus) troscheli Pfeiffer, Dali, 15. (Hemitrochus) varians Menke, Dali, 15. Ceramopora, Hall, Grabau, 1. imbricata Hall, Grabau, 1. incrustans Hall, Grabau, 1. Cerastoderma Morch, Arnold, 2. Ceratiocaris McCoy, Grabau, 1. acuminata Hall, Grabau, 1. (Pliasganocaris?) deweyi Hall, Grabau, 1. (Limnocaris) prsecedens n. sp., Clarke, 12. Ceratites de Haan, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Ceratites de Haan, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Gymnotoceras) blakei Gabb, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Gymnotoceras) blakei Gabb, Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. humboltensis n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. vogdesi n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 5. Ceratitidse, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Ceratitoidea, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Ceratocephala coalescens n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. goniata Warder, Van Ingen, 2. Ceratocephala gQniata Warder, Kindle and Breger, 1. nodulata n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. Ceratodus eruciferus Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. hieroglyphus Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Ceratogaulus rhinocerus n. gen. and sp., Matthew (W. D.), 6. - Ceratopora agglomerata n. sp. (Gra¬ bau), Greene, 2. conglomerata n. sp., Greene, 4. flabellata n. sp., Greene, 4. nanus n. sp., Greene, 4. separata n. sp., Greene. 4. Ceratops Marsh, Stanton and Hatcher, 1 . belli (Lambe), Stanton and Hatcher, 1. canadensis (Lambe), Stanton and . Hatcher. 1. montanus Marsh. Stanton and Hatcher, 1. recurvicornis (Cope), Stanton and Hatcher, 1. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 644 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Ceraurus hudsoni n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. (Crotalocephalus) niagarensis Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. pleurexanthemus Green, Weller, 6. pompilius Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Ceriocrinus craigi (Worthen), Beede, 1. harshbargeri n. sp., Beede, 4. bemispherieus (Shumard), Beede, i. missouriensis (Miller and Gurley), Beede, 1. ? monticulatus Beede, Beede, 1. ? priscus n. sp., Rowley, Greene. 11 '. Cerion (Strophiops) agassizii Dali, Dali, 15. (Stropbiops) blandi Pilsbry and Vanatta, Dali, 15. (Strophiops) eleutherae I\ and V., var. drupium Dali nov., Dali, 15. (Strophiops) glans Kiister, Dali, 15. (Strophiops) grayi Maynard, Dali, 15. (Strophiops) lentiginosum May¬ nard, Dali, 15. (Strophiops) maynardi Pilsbry and Vanatta, Dali, 15. (Strophiops) rhyssum n. sp., Dali, 7. Ceriopora micropora Goldfuss, Ulrich, 2 Cerithidea Swainson, Arnold, 2. , californica Haldemann, Arnold, 2. Cerithiopsis calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. subulata (Montagu), Martin, 5. Cerithium arcuiferum n. sp., Cragin, 2. harveyi n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. ? texanum n. sp., Shattuck, 8. vancouverense n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . sp., Dali, 10. Cervalees americanus (Harlan), Os¬ born, 36. Cetophis heteroclitus Cope, Case, 9. Cetotherium cephalum Cope, Case, 9. megalophysum Cope, Case, 9. parvum Trouessart, Case, 9. Chaenocardiola Holzapfel, Clarke, 19. Chaenomya leavenworthensis (Meek and Hayden), Beede, 1. leavenworthensis Meek and Hay¬ den, Girty, 3. Chaetetes milleporaceus Milne-Edwards and Haime, Beede, 1. milleporaceus Milne-Edwards and Haime, Girty, 3. Chama (Pliny) Linne, Arnold, 2. Chama (Linne) Bruguibre, Dali, 8. caloosana n. sp., Dali, 8. chipolana n. sp., Dali, 8. congregata Conrad, Glenn, 6. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Chama congregata Conrad, Dali, 8. corticosa Conrad, Dali, 8. crassa Heilprin, Dali, 8. draconis n. sp., Dali, 8. exogyra Conrad, Arnold, 2. involuta Guppy, Dali, 8. lyelli n. sp., Dali, 8. macerophylla Gmelin, Dali, 8. mississippiensis Conrad, Dali, 8. monroensis n. sp., Aldrich, 2. pellucida Sowerby, Arnold, 2. striata Emmons, Dali, 8. tampaensis n. sp., Dali, 8. willcoxi Dali, Dali, 8. Chamelea Morch, Dali, 8. Champosaurus Cope, Osborn, 19. Champsosaurus Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. annectens Cope, Lambe, 3. brcvicollis Cope, Stanton, and Hatcher, 1. vaccinsulensis Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Chara springerae n. sp., Knowlton, 15. Chaetopleura apiculata (Say) Martin, 5. Cheirodus orbicularis (Newberry and Worthen), Eastman, 10. Cheirurus mars n. sp., Hudson, 1. Cheirotheroides E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. pilulatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Chelone sp., Case, 9. Chelonoides E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. incedens E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Chelydosauria Cope, Case, 12. Chicoreus Montfort, Arnold, 2. Chiloceras sp., Clarke. 19. Chione Megerle, Arnold, 2. Chione Megerle von Miihlfeld. Dali, 8. section Chamelea Morch, Dali, 8. section Chione s. s., Dali, 8. section Clausinella Gray, Dali, 8. section Gomphina Morch s. s., Dali, 8 . section Lirophora Conrad, Dali, 8. section Macridiscus Dali, Dali. 8. section Timoclea Brown, Dali, 8. ? section Volupia Defrance. Dali, 8. subgenus Gomphina Morch, Dali. 8. (Lirophora) alveata Conrad, Dali, 8 . alveata (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Lirophora) ballista n. sp., Dali, 8. (Lirophora) burnsii Dali, Dali, 8. cancellata Linn6, Dali, 8. chipolana n. sp., Dali, 8. corticaria Rogers. Dali, 8. (? Chamelea) craspedonia n. sp., Dali, 8. cribraria Conrad. Dali, 8. erosa n. sp.. Dali, 8. (Lirophora) glytocyma u. sp., Dali, 8. (Timoclea) grus Holmes, Dali, 8. (Lirophora) hendersonii n. sp., Dali, 8. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 645 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —^Continued. Chione (Lirophora) latilirata Conrad, Dali, 8. latilirata (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Lirophora) mactropsis Conrad, Dali, 8. (Chamelea) nuciformis Heilprin, Dali, 8. parkeria n. sp., Glenn, 6. (Chamelea) rhodia n. sp., Dali, 8. (Chamelea) spada n. sp., Dali, 8. (Lirophora) ulocyma Dali, Dali, 8. (Lirophora) victoria n. sp., Con¬ rad, Dali, 8. (Lirophora) xesta n. sp., Dali, 8. sp. indet., Dali, 8. Chionella Cossmann, Dali, 8. Chiton? sp., Weller, 6. Chilotrypa Ulrich, Grabau, 1. ostiolata (Hall), Grabau, 1. Chlamys Bolten, Arnold, 2. Chlidonophora Dali, Dali, 8. Chlorostoma Swainson, Arnold, 2. aureotinctum Forbes, Arnold, 2. brunneum Philippi, Arnold, 2. funebrale A. Adams. Arnold, 2. funebrale A. Adams var. subaper- tum Carpenter, Arnold, 2. gallina Forbes, Arnold, 2. montereyi Kiener, Arnold, 2. (Omphalius) viridulum var. ligu- | latum Menke, Arnold, 2. Choffaticeras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Chomatodus inconstans St. John and Worthen, Eastman, 10. Chondrites alpestris Heer, Ulrich, 4. divaricatus Fischer-Ooster, Ulrich, 4. Chondrodonta n. gen., Stanton, 2. glabra n. sp., Stanton, 2. munsoni (Hill), Stanton, 2. Chonetes Fischer de Waldheim, Grabau, | 1 . arcuatus Hall, Kindle, 1. arcuatus Hall, Weller, 6. burlingtonensis n. sp., Weller, 2. cinctatus n. sp., Herzer, 5. coronatus Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. coronatus (Con.) ?, Weller, 6. cornutus (Hall), Grabau, 1. cf. cornutus Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. fiemingi Norwood and Pratten, Girty, 3. fiemingi var. verneuilianus Nor wood and Pratten, Girty, 3. geinitzianus Waagen, Girty, 3. glaber Geinitz, Beede, 1. granulifer Owen, Beede, 1. granulifer Owen, Girty, 3. gregarius n. sp., Weller, 2. hudsonica Clarke, Weller, 6. illinoisensis Worthen, Girty, 3. jerseyensis Weller, Schuchert, 4. jerseyensis Weller, Weller, 6. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Chonetes lepidus Hall, Kindle, 1. manitobiensis Whiteaves, Kindle, 1 . mesolobus Norwood and Pratten, Beede, 1. mesolobus Norwood and Pratten, Girty, 3. mucronatus Hall, Kindle, 1. mucronatus Hall, Wood (Elvira), 1 . mucronatus Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. robustus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. scitulus Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. scitulus Hall, Wood (Elvira), 1. subquadratus Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. verneuilianus Norwood and Prat¬ ten, Beede, 1. vicinus (Castelnau), Kindle, 1. yandellanus Hall, Shimer, 5. yandellanus Hall, Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Chonopectus flscheri (N. & P.), Weller, 2 Chonopliyllum Edwards and Haime, Grabau, 1. Chonophyllum Milne Edwards and Haime, Lambe, 2. belli Billings, Lambe, 2. canadense Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. curvatum n. sp., Herzer, 5. cylindricum n. sp., Herzer, 5. infundibulum n. sp., Greene, 1. magnificum Billings, Lambe, 2. niagarense Hall, Grabau, 1. >. . nymphale Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. pygmaeum n. sp., Greene, 8. typicum n. sp., Greene, 1. Chonostrophia complanata (Hall), Wel¬ ler, 6. jervensis Schuchert, Weller, 6. Chonostrophia jervensis n. sp., Schu¬ chert, 1. jervisensis Schuchert, Shimer, 5. montrealensis n. sp., Schuchert, 1. Chorus Gray, Arnold, 2. belcheri Hinds, Arnold, 2. carisaensis n. sp., Anderson, 7. Christiania trentonensis n. sp., Ruede- mann, 2. Chrysallida Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Chrysemys inornata n. sp., Loomis, 5. wyomingensis Leidy, Hay, 13. Chrysodomus Swainson, Arnold, 2. aphelus Dali, Rivers, 1. arnoldi n. sp., Rivers, 1. engonatus (Heilprin), Clark and Martin, 2. griseus Dali, Rivers, 1. merriami n. sp., Rivers, 1. patuxentensis n. sp., Martin, 5. rectirostris Carpenter. Arnold, 2. tabulatus Baird, Arnold, 2. 646 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Chrysodomus sp., Dali, 10. sp. indet., Arnold, 2. Cictyocha fibula (?) Ehrenberg, Mar- ; tin, 8. Cidaroblastus Ilambach, 1. parvus n. sp., Ilambach, 1. Cimoliasaurus Leidy, Williston, 14. magnus Leidy, Lambe, 3. snowii Williston, Williston, 14. Cimolichthys Leidy, Loomis, 1. contracta Cope, Loomis, 1. merrillii Cope, Loomis, 1. nepseolica Cope, Loomis, 1. semianceps Cope, Loomis, 1. Cinnamomum bendirei n. sp., Knowlton, 14. corrugatum n. sp., Perkins, 8. lignitum n. sp., Perkins, 13. lignitul Perkins, Perkins, 17. novae-anglise Lx., Perkins, 13. ovoides n. sp., Perkins, 13. Circe Schumacher, Dali, 8. Circenita Jousseaume, Dali, 8. Circomphalus Morch, Dali, 8. Cladiscothallus wardi, Renault, 1. Cladochonus? bennetti Beede, Beede, 1. Cladodus, Clark (W.), 1. Cladodus Agassiz, Claypole, 5. clarki Claypole, Claypole, 5. formosus n. sp., Hay, 4. fyleri Newberry, Claypole, 5. kepleri Newberry, Claypole, 5. knightianus (Cope), Eastman, 10. occidentalis Leidy, Eastman, 10. rivi-petrosi Claypole, Claypole, 5. sinuatus Claypole, Claypole, 5. Cladophlebis acuta Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. acuta angustifolia n. var., Fon¬ taine, 5. acutiloba (Heer) Fontaine n. comb., Fontaine, 1. alata Fontaine, Fontaine, 2. alata Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. browniana (Dunker) Seward, Fon¬ taine, 3. constricta Fontaine, Fontaine, 4. denticulata (Brongniart) Na- thorst non Fontaine, Fontaine. 1. falcata Fontaine, Fontaine, 3, 5 falcata monta en is Fontaine n. comb., Fontaine, 4. haiburnensis (Lindley and Hptton) Brongniart?, Fontaine, 1. heterophylla Fontaine, Fontaine, 4. huttoni (Dunker) Fontaine n. comb., Fontaine, 2. parva Fontaine, Fontaine, 3. pecopteroides n. sp., Fontaine, 1. ungeri (Dunker) Ward n. comb., Fontaine, 3. vaccensis Ward n. sp., Fontaine. 1 , 2 . virginiensis Fontaine. Fontaine, Cladopora Hall, Grabau, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cladopora multipora Hall, Grabau, 1. multipora Hall, Clarke and Ruede- mann, 1. multiseriata n. sp., Weller, 6. rectilineata Simpson, Weller, 6. seriata Hall, Grabau, 1. sp., Girty, 3. Cladoselache fyleri, Dean, 0. Claenodon, Matthew (W. D.), 1. Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Beecher, 6 . (Thespesius) annectens Marsh, Hatcher, 3. Clathrodictyon pr blematicum n. sp., Parks, 5. Clathrodityum ostiolatum Nicholson, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Clathropora Hall, Grabau, 1. alcicornis Hall, Grabau, 1. frondosa Hall, Grabau, 1. Clathrospira subconica Hall, Ruede¬ mann, 2. Clathurella Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Clavseblastrs, Hambach, 1. Clavilithes chamberlaini n. ;p., Join- son and Grabau, 1. chamberlaini Johnson and Grabau, Grabau, 16. columbaris n. sp., Aldrich, 2. humerosus (Conrad), Grabau, 16. kennedyanus Harris, Grabau, 16. pachyleurus (Conrad), Grabau, 16. raphanoides (Conrad), Grabau. 16. ? salebrosus (Conrad), Grabau, 16. texanus Harris, Grabau, 16. vicksburgensis (Conrad), Grabau, 16. Clavulina soldanii, Guppy, 4. Clavulites n. gen., Girty, 5. howardensis n. sp., Girty, 5. Clausina Brown, Dali, 8. Clausinella Gray, Dali, 8. Cleiothyris orbicularis McC h e s n e y, Girty, 3. roissyi (L’Eveille), Beede, 1. dementia Gray, Dali, 8. grayi Dali, Dali, 8. inoceriformis Wagner, Dali, 8. Clemmys hesperia n. sp., Hay, 9. saxea n. sp., Hay, 9. Clepsydrops natal is, Case, 6. Clidastes stenops Cope, Williston, 10. Clidiopliora Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Clidiopbora Carpenter. Dali, 8. punctata Conrad, Arnold, 2. Clidophorus neglectus Hall, Weller, 6. Climacograptus phyllophorus Gurley, Weller, 6. Clintonia oblongifolia n. sp., Penhal- low, 4. Climactichnites, Woodworth, 6. Cleiocrinus Billings, Springer (F.),3. magnificus Billings, Springer (F. I, 3. regius Billings, Springer (F.), 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 647 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cleithyris liirsuta Hall, Weller, 2. dementia inoceriformis (Wagner), Glenn, 6. Clidophorus obscurus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Climacograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. ? antennarius Hall sp., Ruede¬ mann, 8. pungens n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. scharenbergi, Ruedemann, 2. Clinopistha antiqua Meek, Kindle, 1. striata Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. subnasuta Hall and Whitfield, Kindle, 1. Cliona alaskana Dali, Dali, 10. Clionites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Neanites) californicus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Shastites) compressus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. fairbanksi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Traskites) robustus n. sp., Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. (Stantonites) rugosus n. sp., Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. sp. ind., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. Clionychia marginalis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Clisiophyllum Dana, Lambe, 2. billingsi Dawson (sp.), Lambe, 2. Clypidella bimaculata Dali, Arnold, 2. Clypites Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1. tenuis n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Cocculus minutus n. sp., Hollick, 11. Cochlespira Con., Casey, 5. Cochlespirella n. gen., Casey, 4. Cochlespiropsis n. gen., Casey, 5. blanda n. sp., Casey, 5. engonata Con., Casey, 5. Coehliodus, Eastman, 8. Cochliolepis striata DalL, Martin, 5. Cochlodesma Couthouy, Dali, 8. Codakia Scopoli, Dali, 8. (Jagonia) ehipolana n. sp., Dali. 8 . (Jagonia) erosa n. sp., Dali, 8. (Jagonia) magnoliana n. sp., Dali, 8 . orbicularis Linne, Dali, 8. (Jagonia) orbiculata Montagu, Dali, 8. (Jagonia) pertenera n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Jagonia) speciosa Rogers, Dali, 8. spinulosa n. sp., Dali, 8. (Jagonia) textilis Guppy, Dali, 8. (Jagonia) vendryesi n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Jagonia) sp. indet., Dali, 8. Codaster Maccoy, Hambach, 1. attenuatus Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 5 , 7 . j Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Codaster attenuatus? Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 5. attenuatus var. robustus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 5. gracillimus Rowley, 4. grandis Rowley, Rowley, 4. lseviculus Rowley, Rowley, 4. pyramidatus Shumard, Rowley, Greene, 5. superbus n. sp., Rowley, 4. sp. ?, Rowley, Greene, 5( Codonites Meek and Worthen, Ham¬ bach, 1. Codonotheca caduca rt. gen. and sp., Sellards, 6. Coelacanthidse, Eastman, 20. Coelacanthus exiguus n. sp., Eastman, 4, 10. Coelambus cribrarius n. sp., Scudder, 1. derelictus n. sp., Scudder, 1. disjectus n. sp., Scudder, 1. infernalis n. sp., Scudder, 1. Coelidium nom. nov., Clarke and Rue¬ demann, 1. macrospira Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. cf. vitellia Billings, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Ccelocystis n. gen., Schuchert, 6, 11. subglobosus Hall, Schuchert, 11. Coelodon Carpenter, Dali, 8. Ccelodus brownii Cope, Williston, 1. stantoni n. sp., Williston, 1. Cceloma bicarinatum n. sp., Ravn, 1. Ccelospira grabaui n. sp., Shimer, 5. Coenograptus gracilis (Hall), Weller, 6 . Coilopoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. colleti n. sp., Hyatt, 1. novimexicanum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. springeri n. sp., Hyatt, 1. Coleoides typicalis Wale, Matthew (G. F.), 1. Coleolus tenuicinctum Hall, Kindle, 1. tenuistriatus n. sp., Parks, 5. sp., Parks, 5. Coleophyllum? greeni n. sp., Rowley, 1. Colodon cingulatus n. sp., Douglass, 4. sp., Douglass, 4. Colpophyllia gyrosa (Ellis and Solan- der), Vaughan, 2. Columbella Lamarck, Arnold, 2. (Astyris) californiana Gaskoin, Arnold, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. (ASsopus) chrysalloidea Carpen¬ ter, Arnold, 2. (Astyris) communis (Conrad >, Martin, 5. (Astyris) gausapat^ Gould, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Astyris) gausapata Gould, var. carinata Hinds, Arnold. 2. (Anachis) minima n. sp., Arnold. 2 . 648 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Columbella (^Esopus) oldroydi n. sp., Arnold, 2. solidula Reeve, var. praecursor n. var. Arnold, 2. (Astyris) tuberosa Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. _ Columbites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . parisianus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Columnaria Goldfuss, Lambe, 2. alveolata Goldfuss, Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. alveolata Goldfuss, Lambe, 2. calicina Nicholson, Lambe, 2. disjuncta Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. halli Nicholson, Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. halli Nicholson, Lambe, 2. rugosa Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. Compsemys plicatula, Hay, 23. Comptichnus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. obesus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Conchidium knighti (Nettleroth) ?, Kindle, 1. laqueatum Conrad, Kindle and Breger, 1. cf. littoni Hall, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. cf. multicostatum Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. trilobatum n. sp., Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. unguiformis Ulrich (?), Kindle and Breger, 1. Conchochelys admirabilis n. sp., Hay, 25. Conchopeltis (or Metoptoma) obtusa n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Condylocardia Bernard, Dali, 8. Confervites dubius n. sp., Berry, 4. Coniopteris hymenophylloides (Bron- gniart) Seward?, Fontaine, 1. Conocardiura beecheri n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. cuneus Hall, Kindle, 1. eboraceum Hall, mut. pygmseum nov., Loomis, 4. gowandense n. sp., Clarke, 19. multistriatum n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. ohioense Meek, Kindle, 1. oklahomaensis n. sp., Beede, 8. pulchellum W. and W., Weller, 2. oweni n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1 . parrishi Worthen, Beede, 1. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. sp., Girty, 3. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Constellaria emaciata Ulrich and Bass- ler, Nickles,- 6. florida Ulrich, Nickles, 6. florida var. emaciata Ulrich and Bassler, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Constellaria florida var. emaciata n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. prominens Ulrich, Nickles, 6. teres Ulrich and Bassler, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. teres n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Conularia Miller, Grabau, 1. crustula White?, Girty, 3. niagarensis Hall, Grabau, 1. triangulata n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. trentonensis Hall, Weller, 6. sp., Kindle, 1. Conus Linne, Arnold, 2. californicus Hinds, Arnold, 2. diluvianus Green, Martin, 5. marylandicus Green, Martin, 5. oweniana n. sp,, Anderson, 7. scopularis n. sp., Casey, 4. waltonensis n. sp., Aldrich, 3. Cooperella Carpenter, Arnold, 2. subdiaphana Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Coralliophaga (Oryctomya) bryani Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. coralliophaga Gmelin, Dali, 8. elegantula Dali, Dali, 8. Coralliophila H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2 . cumberlandiana (Gabb), Martin, 5. nux Reeve, Arnold, 2. Corax curvatus n. sp., Williston, 1. falcatus Agassiz, Williston, 1. Corbicula Megerle, Dali, 8. section Corbiculina Dali, Dali, 8. section Cyrenodocfax Dali, Dali, 8. section Tellinocyclas Dali, Dali, 8. section Veloritina Meek, Dali, 8. densata Conrad, Dali, 8. Corbiculina Dali, Dali, 8. Corbis Cuvier, Dali, 8. claibornensis Dali, Dali, 8. undata Conrad, Dali, 8. Corbula- (Brugui&re) Lamarck, Arnold, 2 , aldrichi Meyer, Clark and Martin, 2 # cuneata Say, Glenn, 6. elevata Conrad, Glenn, 6. idonea Conrad, Glenn, 6. insequalis Say, Glenn, 6. laqueata n. sp., Casey, 4. luteola Carpenter, Arnold, 2. ? maloniana n. sp., Cragin, 2. nematophora var. fitchi n. var., Johnson (D. W.), 5. oniscus Conrad, Claik and Martin, 2 m subengonata Dali, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. whitfieldi n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1. Cordaites Unger, Penhallow, 1. acadianum Dn., Penhallow, 1. ? angustifolius Dn., White (D.), 18. annulatum Dn., Penhallow, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 649 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cordaites brandlingii, Penhallow, 1. clarkii Dn., Penhallow, 1. flexuosus Dn., White (D.), 18. halli Dn.„ Penhallow, 1. hamiltonense n. sp., Penhallow, 1. illinoisense Dn., n. sp., Penhallow, 1. materiarium Dn., Penhallow, 1. matriode Dn., n. sp., Penhallow, 1. newberryi (Dn.). Knowlton, Pen¬ hallow, 1. ohioense Dn., n. sp., Penhallow, 1. pennsylvanicum Dn.. n. sp., Pen¬ hallow, 1. quangondianum Dn., Penhallow, 1. recentium Dn., n. sp., Penhallow, 1 . Cordillerites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . angulatus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Cordylocrinus? dubius n. sp., Rowley, 3. plumosus (Hall), Talbot, 2. Corneocyclas (Ferussac), Dali, 8. section Corneocyclas s. s., Dali, 8. section Cyclocalyx Dali, Dali, 8. section Phymesoda Rafinesque, Dali, 8. section Pisidium C. Pfeiffer, Dali, 8 . Cornulites, Schlotheim, Grabau, 1. arcuatus Conrad, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. bellistriatus Hall, Grabau, I. cingulatus Hall, Weller, 6. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Corvipes E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. lacertoideus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Corynoides calicularis Nich., Weller, 6. Corylus harrimani n. sp., Knowlton, 16. ? palachei n. sp., Knowlton, 1G. Coryphodon testis (Cope), Osborn, 36. Coscinodiscus apiculatus Ehrenberg, Boyer, 1. asteroides Truan and Witt, Boyer, 1. heteroporus Ehrenberg, Boyer, 1. lewisianus Greville, Boyer, 1. lineatus Ehrenberg, Boyer, 1. perforatus, Ehrenberg, Boyer, 1. Cosmacanthus elegans n. sp., Evans (H. M.), 1. Cosmocrinus ornatissimus Hall, sp., Whitfield, 11. Cosmonautilus n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. dilleri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Cosoryx agilis n. sp., Douglass, 1. Cossmannella Mayer Eymar, Dali, 8. Cranaena romiDgeri Hall, Kindle, 1. subelliptica var. hardingensis n. var., Girty, 3. Crania ? columbiana Walcott, Mat¬ thew (C. F.), 19. crenistria Hall, Kindle, 1. j Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cranaena crenistriata Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. delicata n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. depressa n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2 . granosa Hall and Clarke, Kindle, 1 . greenei Miller, Kindle, 1. halli n. sp., Sardeson, 9. ? lemoni n. sp. (Rowley), Greene. 2 . modesta, W. and St. J. sp., Row- ley, Greene, 2. modesta White and St. John, Beede, 1. recta n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 1. ? reversa n. sp., Sardeson, 1. robusta n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. sheldoni White, Kindle, 1. siluriana Hall 1863, Beecher, 1. sp., Kindle, 1. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. sp. undet., Weller 6.- Craniella hamiltonse Hall, Kindle, 1. Cranoceras ? ellipticum n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 2. Craspedodiscus coscinodiscus Ehren¬ berg, Boyer, 1. elegans Ehrenberg, Boyer, 1. Crassinella Bayle, Arnold, 2. Crassinella Guppy, Dali, 8. Crassatelliies Kruger, Dali, 8. section Crassatellites s. s., Dali, 8. section Scambula Conrad, Dali, 8. (Crassinella) acutus n. sp., Dali, 8. alaeformis (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. alta (Conrad), Clark and Martin, aquiana (Clark), Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. (Crassinella) bowdenensis n. sp., Dali., 8. (Scambula) chipolanus n. sp. ?. Dali, 8. clarkensis Dali, Dali, 8. (Scambuia) deformis Heilprin, Dali, 8. (Scambula) densus Dali, Dali. 8. (Crassinella) duplinianus n. sp.. Dali, 8. (Crassinella) duplinianus Dali, Glenn, 6. (Crassinella) galvestonensis (Har¬ ris), Glenn, 6. (Crassinella) galvestonensis, Har¬ ris, Dali, 8. (Scambula) gibbesii Tuomey and Holmes, Dali, 8. (Scambula) jamaicensis n. sp.. Dali, 8. (Crassinella) lunulatus Conrad. Dali, 8. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 050 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Crassatellites (Scambula) marylandi- cus Conrad, Dali, 8. marylandicus (Conrad), Glenn, 6. melinus (Conrad), Glenn, G. (Scambula) melinus Conrad var. meridionalis Dali, Dali, 8. (Micromeris) minutissimus Lea, Dali, 8. (Cuna) parvus Lea, Dali, 8. (Scambula) psychopterus Dali. Dali, 8. (Crassinella) tanicus n. sp., Dali, j 8 . turgidulus (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Crassinella) triangulatus n. sp.. Dali, 8. undulatus var. cyclopterus Dali, Dali, 8. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Crataegus flavescens Newb., Knowlton, [ 14. imparilis n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Crenella gubernatoria n. sp., Glenn, 6. virida n. sp., Glenn, G. Crenimargo, Cossmann, Dali, 8. Crenipecten hallanus Walcott, Girty, 3. Creodonta, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Creosaurus, Osborn, 18. Creosaurus Marsh, Williston, 2. Crepidophyllum Nicholson and Thomp- ] son, Lambe, 2. archiaci Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. colligatum Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2 . Crepidula Lamarck, Arnold, 2. aculeata Gmelin, Arnold, 2. adunca Sowerby, Arnold, 2. dorsata Broderip, Arnold, 2. fornicata (Linne), Martin, 5. grandis Middendorff, Arnold, 2. navicelloides Nuttall, Arnold, 2. onyx Sowerby, Arnold, 2. plana Say, Martin, 5. praerupta Conrad, Anderson, 7. precursor n. sp., Dali, 10. rugosa Nuttall, Arnold, 2. ungana n. sp., Dali, 10. Crepipora venusta (Ulrich), Nickles, 6. Cribrilina crassula n. sp., Ulrich, 2. modesta n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Cribroblastus, Hambach, 1. incisus n. sp., Hambach, 1. schucherti n. sp., Hambach, 1. tenuis n. sp., Hambach, 1. tenuistriatus n. sp., Hambach, 1. verrucosus n. sp., Hambach, 1. Cricotillus brachydens n. sp., Case, 3. Cricotus, Broili, 2. Crisina striatopora n. sp.„ Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Cristellaria Lamarck, Bagg, 6. aculeata, Guppy, 4. articulata (Reuss), Bagg, 9. cassis (Pichtel and Moll), Bagg, 9. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cristellaria crepidula (Fichtel and Moll), Bagg, 9. crepidula (F. and M.) var. gladius Philippi, Bagg, 9. cultrata (Montfort), Bagg, 6. (Robulina) gerlandi A n d r e a e, Bagg, 9. gibba (d'Orbigny), Bagg, 1, 9. radiata (Bornemann), Bagg, 1. rotulata (Lamarck), Bagg, 1, 9. rotulata, Guppy, 4. wetherellii Jones, Bagg, 6. Crocodilus liumilis Leidy, Lambe, 3. humilis Leidy, Stanton and Hat¬ cher, 1. prenasal is n. sp., Loomis, 5. Crossotelos annulatus n. gen. and sp., Case, 3. Crossotheca sagittata, Sellards, 3. trisecta n. sp., Sellards, 3. Crotalocrinus cora (Hall), Weller, 5. Crucibulum Schumacher, Arnold, 2. constrictum Conrad, Martin, 5. costatum (Say), Martin, 5. costatum var. pileolum (H. C. Lea), Martin, 5. multilineatum Conrad, Martin, 5. spinosum, Sowerby, Arnold, 2. Cryphaeus boothi var. calliteles Green, Loomis, 4. Cryptobium cinctum n. sp., Scudder, 1. detectum n. sp., Scudder, 1. Cryptoblastus melo O. and S.. Rowley, 4. Cryptochiton Midd. and Gray, Arnold, 2 ' stelleri Middendorff, Arnold, 2. Cryptodon cfr. unicarinatus Nyst. sp., Ravn, 1. Cryptomya Conrad, Arnold, 2. californica Conrad, Arnold, 2. Cryptonatica Dali, Arnold, 2. Cryptonella lens Hall, Kindle, 1. ovalis Miller, Kindle. 1. Cryptozoon? perkinsi n. sp., Seely, 5. Ctenacantlius, Eastman. 6. amblyxipliias Cope, Eastman. 10. coxianus St. John and Wortlien. Eastman, 6. decussatus n. sp.. Eastman. 6. gracillimus N. and W., Eastman, 6. longinodosus n. sp.. Eastman. 6. lucasi n. sp.. Eastman. 6. semicostatus St. John and Wortli- en. Eastmari. 6. solidus n. sp.. Eastman. 6. spectabilis St. John and Worthen. Eastman, 6. varians St. John and Worthen. Eastman, 6. venustus n. sp.. Eastman, 6. sp. indet., Eastman, 6. Ctenichnites bisulcatus n. sp., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 651 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Ctenis auriculata Fontaine?, Fontaine, 1 . grandifolia Fontaine, Fontaine, 1. orovillensis Fontaine, Fontaine, 1. sulcicaulis (Phillips) Ward n. comb., Fontaine, 1, 2. Ctenobolbina ciliata, Ruedemann, 1. ciliata var. cornula n. var., Ruede¬ mann, 1. subrotunda n. sp., Ruedemann, 1. Ctenodonta cf. astartseformis Salter, Ruedemann, 2. dubiaformis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. jerseyensis n. sp., Weller, 6. levata (Hall), Weller, 6. limbata n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. nasuta (Hall), Weller, 6. parvidens n. sp., Raymond (P, E.), 7. peracuta n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. subovata n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. subrotunda Ulrich, Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. Ctenophyllum angustifolium Fontaine, Fontaine, 1. latifolium Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. pachynerve n. sp., Fontaine, 1. wardii Fontaine, Fontaine, 1. ? n. sp. ?, Fontaine, 2. Ctenopteris columbiensis n. sp., Pen- hallow, 4. insignis Fontaine?, Fontaine, 5. integrifolia Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. Ctenoptychius occidentalis (St. John and Worthen), Eastman, 10. Ctenopyge pecten Salter, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Cucullaea castilloi n. sp., Cragin, 2. catorcensis Castillo and Aguilera, Cragin, 2. gigantea Conrad, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. ? texticostata n. sp., Cragin, 2. transpecosensis Cragin, Cragin, 2. truncata? Gabb, var., Whiteaves, 12 . sp., Shattuck, 8. Cucumites lesquereuxii n. sp., Knowl- ton, 11. lesquereuxii Kn., Perkins, 13. Cumingia Sowerby, Arnold, 2. californica Conrad, Arnold, 2. medialis Conrad, Glenn, 6. Cuna Hedley, Dali, 8. Cuneamya truncatula Ulr., Weller, 0. Cunichnoides E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. marsupialoideus E. Hitchcock. Lull, 2. Cunninghamites elegans (Corda) End- licher, Knowlton, 18. elegans (Corda) Endl., Hollick, 4. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cunninghamites elegans (Corda), Endl., Berry, 7. pulchellus n. sp., Knowlton, 18. recurvatus? Hosius and von der Marck, Knowlton, 18. squamosus Heer, Berry, 4, 5. Cupressinoxylon cheyennense n. sp., Penhallow, 1. comanchense n. sp., Penhallow, 1. Cupressoxylon dawsoni n. sp., Penhal¬ low, 5, 6. macrocarpoides n. sp., Penhallow, 6 . Cupularia denticulata (?) (Conrad), Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Cursipes n. gen., Matthew (G. F.),21, 30. dawsoni n. sp., Matthew (G. F.). 21, 30. levis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. Curticia n. gen., Walcott, 12. elegantula n. sp., Walcott, 12. Cuspidaria Nardo, Dali, 8. (Cardiomya) craspedonia n. sp., Dali, 8. (Bowdenia) distira n. sp., Dali, 8. (Cax-diomya) ornatissima Orbig- ny, Dali, 8. suciensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. Cyanocyclas Ferussac, Dali, 8. Cyathaxonia venusta n. n., Greene, 14. Cyathocrinus formosus n. sp., Rowley, 4. granulosus n. sp., Rowley, 2. ornatissimus Hall, sp., Whitfield, 11 . ? ovalis n. sp., Rowley, 3. snivelyi n. sp., Rowley, 2. Cyathodonta Conrad, Dali, 8. guadalupensis n. sp., Dali, 8. semirugosa Reeve, Dali, 8. spenceri, n. sp., Dali, 8. viebsburgiana n. sp., Dali, 8. Cyathophyllum Goldfuss, Lambe, 2. anna Whitfield (sp.), Lambe, 2. anticostiense Billings, Lambe, 2. articulatum Wahlenberg, Lambe. 2 athabascense Whiteaves, Lambe, 2 . csespitosum Goldfuss, Lambe, 2. capax n. sp., Herzer, 5. ceratites Goldfuss, Lambe, 2. coalitum Rominger, Lambe, 2. dawsoni Lambe, Lambe, 2. ellipticum Hall and Whitfield (sp.), Lambe, 2. euryone Billings, Lambe, 2. exiguum Billings (sp.), Lambe. 2. glabrum Keyes, Sardeson, 11. halli Milne Edwards and Ilaime (sp.), Lambe. 2. interruptum Billings, Lambe, 2. parvulum Whiteaves (sp.). Lam¬ be, 2. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 652 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described— Continued. Cyathophyllum pasithea Billings, Lambe, 2. pennanti Billings, Lambe, 2. petraioides Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. quadrigeminum Goldfuss, Lambe, 2 . richardsoni Meek (sp.), Lambe, 2. spenceri Lambe, Lambe, 2. tenuiseptatum Billings (sp.), Lam¬ be, 2. thoroldense n. sp., Lambe, 2. vermiculare Goldfuss, var. prae- eursor Freeh, Lambe, 2. wahlenbergi Billings, Lambe, 2. waskasense Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. zenkeri Billings, Lambe, 2. Cybele valcourensis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. sp., Ruedemann, 2. Cycadella, Wieland, 9. beecheriana Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. cirrata Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. compressa Ward, Ward (L. F.),5. contracta Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. crepidaria Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. exogena Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. ferruginea Ward, Ward (L. F.),.5. knightii Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. knowltoniana Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. jejuna Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. jurassica Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. nodosa Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. ramentosa Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. reedii Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5, wyomingensis Ward, Ward (L. F.), x n Cicadeoidea bibbinsi Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. clarkiana n. sp., Ward (L. F.), 5. fisherae n. sp., Ward (L. F.), 5. fontaineana Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. goucheriana Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. marylandica (Fontaine), Capellini and Solms-Laubach, Ward (L. F.), 5. megeeana Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. stantoni n. sp., Ward (L. F.), 5. tysoniana Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. uhleri Ward, Ward (L. F.), 5. Cycadeospermum ealifornicum n. sp., Fontaine, 3. montanense n. sp., Fontaine, 4. obovatum Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. oregonense n. sp., Fontaine, 1. ovatum n. sp., Fontaine, 1. Cycadites sp., Penhallow, 4. Cyclamina deformis, Guppy, 4. Cyclas (Brugui&re) Link, Dali, 8. Cyclina Deshayes, Dali, 8. Cyclinella Dali, Dali, 8. cyclica Guppy, Dali, 8. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and/ species described —Continued. Cyclinella gatunensis n. sp., Dali, 8. tenuis Recluz, Dali, 8. Cyclocalyx Dali, Dali, 8. Cyclocardia Conrad, Dali, 8. Cyclonema cancellata Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. cancellata, Kindle, 1. crenulata Meek, Kindle, 1. elevata Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. montrealensis Bill., Weller, 6. ? normaliana n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. varicosum Hall, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Cyclopitys oregonensis n. sp., Fontaine, 1 . Cyclorhina nobilis Hall, Kindle, 1. Cyclotrypa Ulrich, Condra, 2. ? barberi Ulrich n. sp., Condra, 1, 2 . borealis n. sp., Parks, 5. Cyclus De Koninck, Rogers, 3. communis n. sp., Rogers, 3. limbatus n. sp., Rogers, 3. minutus n. sp., Rogers, 3. packardi n. sp., Rogers, 3. permarginatus n. sp., Rogers, 3. Cylichna Loven, Arnold, 2. alba Brown, Arnold, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. costata Gabb, Whiteaves, 12. ? gre5nsboroensis n. sp., Martin. 5. oriza Stimpson, Sears, 1. venusta Clark, Clark and Martin. 2 . Cylindrodon fontis n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 4. Cylindrodon fontis Douglas. Matthew (W. D.), 9. Cymatocyclas Dali, Dali, 8. Cymbiodyta extincta n. sp., Scudder, 1. Cymbophora ashburneri Gabb, Whit¬ eaves, 12. Cymbospondylus (?) grandis Leidy, Merriam (J. C.), 4. petrinus Leidy, Merriam (J. C.), 4. petrinus Leidy (?), Merriam (,T. C. ), 14. piscosus Leidy, Merriam (J. C.), 4. Cynarctus n. gen.. Matthew (W. D.), 5 saxatilis n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 5. ' Cynocercus incisus Cope, Hay, 24. Cynodictis gregarius (Cope), Matthew (W. D.), 2. paterculus n. sp., Matthew (W. D. ), 9. Cynodontomys latidens Cope, Osborn. 11 . Cynognathus, Case, 6. Cyon or Icticyon sp.. Matthew (W. D.). 5. Cyperacites sp., Knowlten, 18. sp., Knowlton, 14. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 653 Paleontology— Continued. Geneva and species described— Continued. Cyphaspis hudsonica n. sp., Ruedemann. 2 , matutina n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. trentonensis n. sp., Weller, 6. Cyphotrypa n. gen., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . acervulosa (Ulrich), Ulrich and Bassler, 2. frankfortensis n. sp., Ulrich 'and Bassler, 2. wilmingtonensis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Cypraea Linne, Arnold, 2. fresnoensis n. sp., Anderson, 7. nuculoides n. sp., Aldrich, 2. smithii Aldrich, Clark and Martin, 2 . spadicea Gray, Arnold, 2. suciensis Whiteaves.Whiteaves, 12. sp., Shattuck, 8. Cypricardinia? carbonaria Meek, Beede, 1 . carbonaria Meek, Girty, 3. cataracta Conrad, Kindle, 1. ? cylindrica H. and W., Kindle, 1. indenta Conrad, Kindle, 1. sublamellosa Hall, Weller, 6. sp.. Kindle and Breger, 1. Cypricardites descriptus n. sp., Sarde- son, 1. dignus n. sp., Sardeson, 1. finitimus n. sp., Sardeson, 1. (Vanuxemia) fragosus n. sp., Sar¬ deson, 1. luculentus n, sp., Sardeson, 9. minnesotensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. triangularis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. vicinus n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Cypridina antiqua n. sp., Jones (T. R.), 3. Cyprimeria Conrad, Dali, 8. lens Whiteaves, Whiteaves, 12. ? sulcata n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Cyprina? anthracicola n. sp., Whit¬ eaves, 12. coteroi Castillo and Aguilera, Cra- gin, 2. denmanensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. ? streeruvitzii Cragin, Cragin, 2. sp., Ravn, 1. Cyrena Lamarck, Dali, 8. section Cyrena s.s., Dali, 8. section Egetaria Morch, Dali, 8. section Geloina Gray, Dali, 8. section Isodoma (Deshayes) Coss- mann, Dali, 8. section Polymesoda Rafinesque, Dali, 8. albertensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 6. (Corbicula) dumblei n. sp., Ander¬ son, 7. (Pseudocyrena) dupliniana n. sp., Dali, 8. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cyrena (Pseudocyrena) floridana Con¬ rad, Dali, 8. gravesi Deshayes, Ravn, 1. pompholyx Dali, Dali, 8. Cyrenastrum Bourguignat, Dali, 8. Cyrenodonax Dali, Dali, 8. Cyrenoida Joannis, Dali, 8. caloosaensis Dali, Dali, 8. Cyrtia myrtia Billings, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. Cyrtina Davidson, Grabau, 1. acutirostris (Shum.)?, Weller, 2. crassa Hall, Kindle, 1. hamiltonensis Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. hamiltonensis Hall, Weller, 6. hamiltonensis Hall, Kindle, 1. var. recta Hall, Kindle, 1. hamiltonensis Hall, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. magnaplicata n. sp., Weller, 6. pyramidalis (Hall), Grabau, 1. rostrata Hall, Weller, 6. varia Clarke, Weller, 6. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Cyrtoceras Goldfuss, Grabau, 1. arcticameratum Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. bovinum n. sp., Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. cf. brevicorne Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. columbiense n. sp., Herzer, 5. crescens n. sp., Herzer, 5. dresbachense n. sp., Sardeson, 2. expansum n. sp., Kindle, 1. gracilis n. sp., Cleland, 3. orodes Billings, Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. subcancellatum Hall, Grabau, 1. ? winonicum n. sp., Sardeson, 2. sp., Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Cyrtodonta billingsi Ulr., Weller, 6. canadensis Bill., Weller, 6. ? lamellosa n. sp., Hudson, 1. solitaria n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. tranceps n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Cyrtolites bennetti n. sp., Rowley, 1. ornatus var. minor U. & S. Weller, 6 . sinuatus H. & W., Weller, 6. Cyrtonella mitella Hall, Weller, 6. Cyrtorhizoceras curvicameratum n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Cyrtospira attenuata n. sp.. Ruede¬ mann, 2. Cystelasma quinqueseptatum n. sp.. Ul¬ rich, 8. septata n. sp., Greene, 2. Cystiphycus latifrons n. sp., Herzer, 2. Cysthiphyllum Goldfuss, Grabau, 1. 654 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cystiphyllum Lonsdale, Lambe, 2. aggregatum Billings, Lambe, 2: basalis n. sp., Herzer, 5. elavatum n. sp., Greene, 12. conspicuum n. sp., Greene, 15. crenatum n. sp., Greene, 15. discoideum n. sp., Herzer, 5. diversum n. sp., Greene, 1. expansum n. sp., Greene, 1. fulcratum n. sp., Greene, 12. gemmiferum n. sp., Greene, 15. liydraulicum Simpson, Grabau, 1. louisvillensis n. sp., Greene, 1. maritimum Billings, Lambe, 2. multicrenatum n. sp., Greene, 2. niagarense Hall (sp.), Lambe, 2. perlamellosum n. sp., Herzer, 5. prostratum n. sp., Herzer, 5. retrorsum n. sp., Herzer, 5. scypbus n. sp., Herzer, 5. sulcatum Billings, Lambe, 2. vesiculosum Goldfuss (sp.), Lambe, 2 vesiculosum Phillips, Greene, 15. Cystodictya Ulrich, Condra, 2. anisopora n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. inequamarginata Rogers, Condra, 2 . lophodes n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. Cythara Schumacher, Arnold, 2. Cythere burnsi n. sp., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 3. calverti n. sp. ?, Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. clarkana n. sp., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 3. clarkana var. minuscula n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. dorsicornis n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. dorsicornis var. bicornis n. var. Ulrich and Bassler, 3. evax n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. j evax var. oblongula n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. exanthemata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. francisca n. sp., Ulrich and Bass- ! ler, 3. inaequivalvis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. lienenklausi n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. martini n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, marylandica n. sp., Ulrich, 1. micula n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. nitidula n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, j 3. nitidula var. calvertensis n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. paucipunctata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued, Cythere planibasalis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. plebeia n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. plebeia var. capax n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. plebeia var. modica n. var., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. porcella n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. producta n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. punctistriata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. rugipunctata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler. 3. ? shattucki n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. spiniplicata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. subovalis n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. tuomeyi n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. vaughani n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. Cytherea Bolten, Dali, 8. section Antigona, s. s., Dali, 8. section Artena Conrad, Dali, 8. section Clausina Brown, Dali, 8. section Ventricola Romer, Dali, 8. caesarina n. sp., Dali, 8. (Ventricola) blandiana Guppy. Dali, 8. (Callista) diabloensis n. sp., An¬ derson, 7. (Artena) glyptoconcha n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Artena) shepardi n. sp., Dali, 8. (Artena) staminea Conrad, Dali, 8. (Antigona) staminea Conrad, Glenn, 6. tarquinia Dali, Dali, 8. (Ventricola) ucuttana n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Artena) undulata Conrad, Dali, 8 . willcoxi n. sp., Dali, 8. Cythereis alaris n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. bassleri n. sp., Ulrich, 1. cornuta var. americana n. var.. Ulrich and Bassler, 3 Cytherella marlborensis n. sp., Ulrich, 1 . submarginata n. sp., Ulrich, 1. Cytheridea? chesapeakensis n. sp., Ul¬ rich and Bassler, 3. perarcuata n. sp., Ulrich. 1. subovata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler. 3. Cytherideis ashermani n. sp.. Ulrich and Bassler, 3. cylindrica n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 655 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Cytherideis longula n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. semicircularis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. subsequalis n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 3. Cytheropteron nodosum n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 3. Dacentrurus nov. nom., Lucas, 11. Dadoxylon antiquum Dn., Penhallow, 1. edvardanum Dn., Penhallow, 1. prosseri n. sp., Penhallow, 1. Daedalus Roualt, Sarle, 4. Daemonelix, Peterson, 3. Daemonelix, Jennings (O. E.), 1. Dalmanella Hall and Clarke, Grabau, 1. elegantula Dalman, Kindle and Breger, 1. elegantula Dalman, Grabau, 1. elegantula. Dalman 1827, Beecher, 1 - cf. elegantula Dalman (sp.), Clarke j and Ruedemann, 1. cf. hybrida Sowerby (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. perelegans (Hall), Weller, 6. postelegantula n. sp., Weller, 6. subsequata (Con.), Weller, 6. subsequata var. parvetus Conrad, Ruedemann, 2. subcarinata (Hall), Weller, 6. testudinaria (Dal.), Weller, 6. wemplei Cleland, Weller, 6. Dalmanites Barrande, Grabau, 1. achates Billings, Ruedemann,' 2. (Odontocephalus) segeria Hall, Kindle, 1. (Chasmops) anchiops (Green), Kindle, 1. (Synphoria) arkansanus n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. aspinosa n. sp., Weller, 6. (Cryphseus) boothi var., calliteles Green (H. and C.), Kindle, 1. (Chasmops) calypso H. and W., Kindle, 1. dentatus Barrett, Weller, 6. electra (Bill.), Weller, 6. limulurus (Green), Grabau, 1. lunatus n. sp., Lambert, 1, 2. (Cryphseus) pleione Hall and Clarke, Kindle, 1. pleuroptyx (Green), Weller, 6. (Hausmannia) pleuroptyx Green (Hall?), Kindle, 1. (Odontocephalus) selenurus (Hall and Clarke), Kindle, 1. (Synphoria) vigilans Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. (Synphoria) vigilans Hall, Van Ingen, 2. sp. cf. anchiops (Green), Weller, 6. sp. undet. Weller, 6. Dammara acicularis n. sp., Knowlton, 18, Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described — Continued.. Dammara borealis Heer, Ilollick, 4. cliflfwoodensis, Hollick. Berry, 5 7. nortliportensis n. sp., Ilollick, 11. Danseopsis storrsii n. sp., Fontaine, 1. Danubites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. strongi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Daonella Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. dubia Gabb, Smith (J. P.), 5. Daphoenus Leidy, Hatcher, 10. dodgei Scott, Hatcher, 10. felinus Scott, Hatcher, 10. Dawsonia Nicholson, Ruedemann, 8. monodon Gurley, Ruedemann, 8. tridens Gurley, Ruedemann, 8. Dawsonoceras annulatum Sowerby var. americanum Foord, Clarke and Rue¬ demann, 1. Deinodon Leidy, Osborn, 50. Deinodon Leidy, Stanton and Hatcher, 1 . explanatus Cope .(sp.) Lambe, 3. horridus Leidy, Lambe, 3. Dekayella, Comings, 7. Dekayella Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. foliacea n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 , trentonensis (Ulrich), Nickles, 6. ulrichi (Nicholson), Nickles, 6. Dekayia, Cumings, 7. Dekayia Edwards and Haime, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. aspera Edwards and Haime, Nick¬ les, 6. cystata n. sp., Cumings, 3. magna n. sp., Cumings, 3. perfrondosa n. n.., Cumings, 7. subfrondosa n. sp., Cumings, 7. ulrichi-lobata n. var., Cumings, 7. Delphinodon Leidy, Case, 9. leidyi (Day), Case 9. mento Cope, Case, 9. Delphinoidea Brown, Arnold, 2. coronadoensis n. sp., Arnold, 2. Delphinosaurus, Merriam (J. C.), 13. perrini, Merriam (J. C.), 13. Delphinula stantoni n. sp., Cragin, 2. Delthyris consobrinus d’Orbigny, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 3, 4. raricosta Conrad, Kindle, 1. sculptilis Hall, Kindle, 1. Deltodus Newberry and Worthen, Bran¬ son, 1. angularis Newberry and Worthen, Eastman, 10. attenuatus n. sp., Branson, 1. contortus (St. John and Worthen), Eastman, 10. costatus (Newberry and Worthen), Eastman, 10. occidentalis (Leidy), Eastman, 10. spatulatus Newberry and Worthen, Eastman, 10. 656 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Deltodus spatulatus Newberry and Worthen, Branson, 1. Dendrograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. flexuosus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. fluitans n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. ? succulentus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8 . Dentalium Linne, Arnold, 2. attenuatum Say, Martin, 5. caduloide Dali, Martin, 5. danai Meyer, Martin, 5. grandaevum Win., Weller, 2. . hexagonum Sowerby, Arnold, 2. indianorum Carpenter, Arnold, 2. minutistriatum Gabb, Clark and Martin, 2. mississippiensis Gabb, Clark and Martin, 2. opaculum n. sp., Casey, 4. polygonum n. sp., Casey, 4. pseudohexagonum Dali, Arnold, 2. semipolitum Broderip and Sow¬ erby, Arnold, 2. strenuum n. sp., Casey, 4. sublaeve Hall, Girty, 3. zephyrinum n. sp., Casey, 4. sp., Dali, 10. sp., Girty, 3. Derbya Waagen, Beede, 1. bennetti Hall and Clarke, Beede, 1. crassa (Meek and Hayden), Beede, 1 . crassa Meek and Hayden, Girty, 3. cymbula Hall and Clarke, Beede, 1 . keokuk (Hall), Beede, 1. Desmoceras ashiandicum n. sp., An¬ derson, 3. colusaense n. sp., Anderson, 3. dilleri n. sp., Anderson, 3. hoffmanii, Smith (W. D.), 1. hoffmanni Gabb, Anderson, 3. jugalis Gabb, Anderson, 3. lecontei n. sp., Anderson, 3. selwynianum Whiteaves, Whit- eaves, 12. subquadratum n. sp., Anderson, 3. sugatum Forbes, Anderson, 3. voyi n. sp., Anderson, 3. Desmograptus Hopkinson, Ruedemann, 8 . cancellatus Hopk. (sp.), Ruede¬ mann, 8. intricatus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Dewalquea groenlandica Heer, Berry, 5. Dexiobia halli Win., Weller, 2. ovata (Hall), Weller, 2. Diacranodus texensis Cope, Broili, 3. Diadectidae Cope, Case, 12. Diamesopora Hall, Grabau, 1. dichotoma Hall, Grabau, 1. Diaphorostoma Fischer, Grabau, 1. desmatum Clarke, Shimer, 5. lineatum Conrad, mut. belial Clarke, Loomis, 4. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Diaphorostoma niagarense Hall, Gra¬ bau, 1. niagarense Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. perforatum n. sp., Whiteaves, 3 7. pugnus n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Naticopsis) rotundatum n. sp., Clarke, 19. Diastoma Deshayes, Arnold, 2. sp. indet., Arnold, 2. Diatryma gigantea, Lucas, 15. Dicellomus Hall, Walcott, 12. appalachia n. sp., Walcott, 12. nanus Meek and Hayden, Walcott, 12 . parvus n. sp., Walcott, 12. pectenoides Whitfield, Walcott, 12. politus Hall, Walcott, 12. sp. und., Walcott, 12. Diceratops Lull, Lull, 7. Diceratops hatcheri Lull, n. gen. and sp., Hatcher, 22. Dichocrinus inoratus Wachsmuth and Springer, Grabau, 8. Dichograptus Salter, Ruedemann, 8. octobrachiatus Hall (sp.), Ruede¬ mann, 8. Dicksonia montanensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 4. oregonensis n. sp., Fontaine, 1, 2. pachyphylla n. sp., Fontaine, 3, 4. saportana Heer, Fontaine, 2. Dicranograptus ramosus (Hall), Wel¬ ler, 6. Dictyocephalus Leidy, Branson, 2. Dictyocoryne profunda Ehrenberg, Mar¬ tin, 8. Dictyomella Hall, Grabau, 1. corallifera Hall, Grabau, 1. Dictyonella reticulata Hall 1868, Beecber, 1. Dictyonema Hall, Grabau, 1. Dictyonema Hall, Ruedemann, 8. flabelliforme Eichwald (sp.), Ruedemann, 8. furciferum n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. murrayi Hall, Ruedemann, 8. rectilineatum n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. retiforme Hall, Grabau, 1. Dictyopyge Egerton, Eastman, 20. macrura W. C. Redfield, Eastman, 20 . Dictyoretmon n. gen., Whitfield, 8. burlingtonense n. sp., Whitfield. 8. Didymograptus McCoy, Ruedemann. 8. acutidens Lapworth ms., Elies and Wood em., Ruedemann, 8. bifidus Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. (Isograptus) caduceus Salter em. Ruedemann, Ruedemann, 8. caduceus Salter nanus n. mut., Ruedemann, 8. cuspidatus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. ellesi n. sp.. Ruedemann, 8. extensus Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 657 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued, i Didymograptus gracilis Tornquist, Rue¬ demann, 8. filiformis Tullberg, Ruedemann, 8. forcipiformis n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. incertus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. nanus Lapworth, Ruedemann, 8. nicholsoni Lapworth var. planus Elies and Wood, Ruedemann, 8. nitidus Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. patulus Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. similis Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. spinosus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. tornquisti n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Dielasma, Beecher, 1. hovidens (Morton), Beede, 1. bovidens Morton?, Girty, 3. ? pediculus n. sp., Rowley, 1. schucherti n. sp., Beede, 8. zellei (Win.), Weller, 2. Dieneria n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. arthaberi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Digitaria Wood, Dali, 8. Dikelocephalus minnesotensis Owen, Sardeson, 2. newtonensis n. sp., Weller, 6. Dimer ipteris incerta (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 18. recurva (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 48. Dimetrodon, Sternberg, 2. Dimetrodon, Case, 7, 8, 11. gigas Cope, Case, 7, 11. incisivus Cope, Broili, 2. incisivus Cope, Case, 7, 11. sp. near incisivus Cope, Case, 11. Dimorplioceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 3. texanum n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. Dinarites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . bonse-vistse n. sp., Hyatt .and Smith, 1. Dinichthys, Clark (W.), 1. Dinichthys, Wright (A. A.), 1. clarki Claypole, Hussakof, 2. curtus Newb., Hussakof, 2. intermedius Newb., Hussakof, 1. pustulosus, Eastman, 8. Dinictis, Matthew (W. D.), 19. bombifrons Adams, Matthew (W. D.), 2. fortis Adams, Matthew (W. D.), 2. squalidens Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . Dinobolus conradi Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. Dinochoerus hollandi n. gen. and sp., Peterson, 4. Dinocyon (Borophagus) diversidens (Cope), Matthew (W. D.), 5. (? Borophagus) gidleyi n. sp., Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 3. (Borophagus) ipaeandrinus (Hatcher), Matthew (W. D.), 5. ossifragus n. sp., Douglass, 8. Bull. 301—06-42 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Dinonyus (n. n.), for Dinochoerus, Pe¬ terson, 5. Dinorthis pectinella (Emm.), Weller, 6. subquadrata (Ilall), Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. Dioonites buchianus (Ettingshausen) Bornemann, Fontaine, 3, 5. buchianus abietinus (Gbppert) Ward n. comb., Fontaine, 3, 5. buchianus rarinervis Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. dunkerianus (Gbppert) Miquel, Fontaine, 3. Diopeus leptocephalus, Case, 6. Diospyros elliptica n. $p.. Knowlton, 14. judithae n. sp., Knowlton, 18. primseva Ileer, Berry, 6. Diphyodus longirostris n. sp., Lambe, O. Diphyphyllum Lonsdale, Lambe, 2. arundinaceum Billings, Lambe, 2. billingsi n. sp., Greene, 6. integumentum Barrett, Weller, 6. caespitosum Hall (sp.), Lambe, 2. dilatum n. sp., (Ireene, 15. multicaule Hall (sp.), Lambe, 2. rugosum Milne Edwards and Haime (sp)., Lambe, 2. simeoense Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2 . strictum Milne Edwards and Haime (sp.), Lambe, 2. verneuilanum Milne Edwards and Haime (sp.), Lambe, 2. Diploclema Ulrich, Grabau, 1. sparsa (Hall), Grabau, 1. Diplocaulus Cope, Broili, 1, 2. Diplocaulus Cope, Case, 3. copei n. sp,, Broili, 2. magnicornis, Broili, 1. magnicornis Cope, Broili, 2. pusillus n. sp., Broili, 2. Diplodocus, Hatcher, 15. Diplodocus (Marsh), Hatcher, 1. Diplodocus, Osborn and Granger, 1. longus, Osborn, 32. Diplodonta Brown, Arnold, 2. acclinis Conrad, Glenn, 6. harfordi n. sp., Anderson, 7. hopkinsensis Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. marlboroensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. orbella Gould, Arnold, 2. serricata Reeve, Arnold, 2. shilohensis Dali, Glenn. 6. subvexa (Conrad), Glenn, 6. sp., Dali, 10. Diplograptus McCoy, Ruedemann, 8. angustifolius (Hall), Weller, 6. dentatus Brongniart sp.. Ruede¬ mann, 8. foliaceus (Murch.), Weller. 6. inutilis Hall, Ruedemann, 8. laxus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. 658 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Diplograptus longicaudatus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Diplomoceras notabile n. sp., Whit- eaves, 12. Diploneis raicrotatos var. christianii Cleve, Boyer, 1. Diplophyllum Hall, Grabau, 1. csespitosum Hall, Grabau, 1. ctespitosum Hall, Clarke and Rue¬ demann, 1. Diploria labyrinthiformis (Linn.) em¬ end Esper, Vaughan, 2. Diplotrypa limitaris Ulr., Sardeson, 3. Diplurus Newberry, Eastman, 20. longicaudatus Newberry, East¬ man, 20. Dipoides Jager, Matthew and Gidley, 1. tortus (Leidy), Matthew and Gid¬ ley, 1. Discina concordensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Discinisca lugubris Conrad, Dali, 8. lugubris (Conrad), Martin, 6. Discinocaris, Clarke, 8. Discohelix californicus n. sp., Weaver, 1 . Discorbina Parker and Jones, Bagg, 6. allomorphinoides (Reuss), Bagg, 9. bertheloti (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. orbicularis (Terquem), Bagg, 6. turbo (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. Discosaurus Leidy, Williston, 14. Discosparsa varians, n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Discotropites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . sandlingensis Hauer, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Dissacus saurognathus Wortman, Os¬ born, 36. Distephanus crux (Ehrenberg), Mar¬ tin, 8. speculum (Ehrenberg), Martin, 8. Ditypodon Sandberger, Dali, 8. Divaricella von Martens, Dali, 8. section Bourdotia Dali, Dali, 8. section Divaricella s. s., Dali, 8. section Pompholigina Dali, Dali, 8 . chipolana n. sp., Dali, 8. compsa n. sp., Dali, 8. dentata Wood, Dali, 8. quadrisulcata Orbigny, Dali, 8. quadrisulcata (d’Orbigny), Glenn, 6. Dolatocrinus Lyon, Wood (Elvira), 3. amplus? M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 10 . aplatus M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 8 . arrosus? M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 8 . arrosus var. cognatus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 8. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Dolatocrinus aspratilis M. & G., Row- ley, Greene, 6. asterias n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 3. caelatus M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 11 . charlestownensis M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 10. charlestownensis Miller and Gur ley, Wood (Elvira), 3. corbuliformis n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 10. corporosus? M. & G.. Rowley, Greene, 11. corporosus var. concinnus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 10. corporosus var. decoratus n. va^., Rowley, Greene, 10. costatus n. sp., Wood (Elvira). 3. curriei n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 9. elegantulus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 10 . excavatus W. and Sp., Rowley, Greene, 14. excavatus Wachsmuth and Spring¬ er, Wood (Elvira), 3. excavatus W. & S., Rowley, Greene, 8 . excavatus? W. and Sp., Rowley, Greene, 9. excavatus var. incarinatus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 7. fungiferus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 8 . greenei M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 11 . greenei Miller and Gurley, Wood (Elvira), 3. hammelli Miller and Gurley, Wood (Elvira), 3. major Wachsmuth and Springer, Wood (Elvira), 3. marshi Lyon, Rowley, Greene. 11. multibrachiatus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 9. multinodosus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 10. nodosus M. & G., Rowley, Greene. 11 . noduliferus n. sp., Rowley, Greene. 9. ornatus Meek, Wood (Elvira). 3. pernodosus n. sp.. Rowley, Greene. 7. preciosus M. & G., Rowley, Greene. 10 . pulchellus M. & G.. Rowley. Greene, 6. salebrosus Miller and Gurley. Wood (Elvira), 3. spinosus M. & G., Rowley, Greene. 11 . springeri n. sp.. Rowley, Greene. 8 . triadactylus Barris, Wood (El¬ vira), 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 659 Paleontology—Continued. Geneva and species described —Continued. Dolatocrinus venustus M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 11. wachsmuthi n. nom., Wood (El¬ vira), 3. welleri n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 9. sp. ?, Rowley, Greene, 6. sp., Wood (Elvira), 3. Doleropteris pennsylvanica Dn. sp., White (D.), 10. Dolichobrachium gracile n. gen. and sp., Williston, 23. Dolichopterus Hall, Grabau, 1. inacrochirus Hall, Grabau, 1. Dolichorhynchops Williston, Williston, 14. osborni Williston, Williston, 14. osborni n. sp., Williston, 9. Dolicbotoma Bellardi, Arnold, 2. Donacopsis Sandberger, Dali, 8. Donax (Linne) Lamarck, Arnold, 2. californica Conrad, Arnold,. 2. laevigata Deshayes, Arnold, 2. sp., Ravn, 1. Dosinia Scopoli, Arnold, 2. Dosinia Scopoli, Dali, 8. Dosinia s. s., Dali, 8. section Austrodosinia Dali, Dali, 8 . section Dosinia s. s., Dali, 8. section Dosinidia Dali, Dali, 8. section Dosinisca Dali, Dali, 8. section Dosinorbis Dali, Dali, 8. section Orbiculus Megerle Dali, 8. (Dosinidia) acetabulum Conrad, Dali, 8. acetabulum Conrad, Glenn, 6. ? alaskana n. sp., Dali, 10. (Dosinidia) chipolana n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Dosinidia) concentrica Born., Dali, 8. (Dosinidia) discus Reeve, Dali, 8. (Dosinidia) elegans Conrad, Dali, 8 . (Dosinidia) liogona n. sp., Dali, 8. ponderosa Gray, Arnold, 2. (Dosinidia) ponderosa Gray, Dali, 8 . Dosinidia Dali, Dali, 8. Dosiniopsis Conrad, Dali, 8. lenticularis (Rogers), Clark and Martin, 2. Dosinisca Dali, Dali, 8. Dosinorbis Dali, Dali, 8. Douvilliceras mamillare Schloth., An¬ derson, 3. Drillia Gray, Arnold, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. cancellata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. harmonica n. sp., Casey, 4. hemphilli Stearns, Arnold, 2. incilifera (Conrad), Martin, 5. incilifera var. angulata n. var., Martin, 5, Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Drillia incilifera var. distans (Conrad), Martin, 5. incisa Carpenter, Arnold, 2. inermis Hinds, Arnold, 2. inermis var. penicillata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. johnsoni n. sp., Arnold, 2. limatula Conrad, Martin, 5. limatula var. dissimilis Conrad, Martin, 5. , limatula var. pyramidalis n. var., Martin, 5. merriami n. sp., Arnold, 2. montereyensis Stearns, Arnold, 2. pseudeburnea (Whitfield), Mar¬ tin, 5. pudica Hinds, Arnold, 2. renaudi n. sp., Arnold, 2. torosa Carpenter, Arnold, 2. whitfieldi n. sp., Martin, 5. Dromillopus n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 30. quadrificus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. Dromocyon vorax Marsh, Wortman, 5, 6 . Dromopus agilis Marsh, Matthew (G. F.), 25. celer n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 23. velox n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. Drupa rhabdosperma Lesquereux, Per¬ kins, 17. Drymotrypa Ulrich, Grabau, 1. diffusa (Hall), Grabau, 1. Dryopteris angustipinnata (Fontaine) Knowlton, Fontaine, 5. f redericksburgensis (Fontaine) Knowlton, Fontaine, 5. heterophylla (Fontaine) Knowl¬ ton, Fontaine, 5. parvifolia (Fontaine) Knowlton, Fontaine, 5. Drupa rhabdosperma.Lx., Perkins, 13. Dryptosaurus Marsh, Osborn, 50. incrassatus (Cope), Lambe, 6, 8. Dynamosaurus imperiosus n. gen. and sp., Osborn, 50. Dystactospongia minor Ulrich, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Eatonia goodlandensis n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. medialis (Van.), Weller, 6. peculiaris (Con.), Weller, 6. singularis (Van.), Weller, 6. Eccyliomphalus contiguus Ulrich. Wel¬ ler, G. fredericus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 1 . subelliptica n. sp., Weller, 6. trentonensis (Conrad), Weller, 6. Eccyliopterus spiralis n. sp., Ruede- mann, 2. Echinarachnius Leske, Arnold, 2. Echinocardium ortlionotum Conrad, Clark (W. B.), 7. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 660 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Echinocaris clarkii n. sp., Beecher, 8. randalli n. sp., Beecher, 8. socialis, Beecher, 8. Echinochama Fischer, Dali, 8. antiquata n. sp., Dali, 8. arcinella Linne, Dali, 8. Ecphora Conrad, Martin, 5. quadricostata (Say), Martin, 5. quadricostata var. umbilicata (Wagner), Martin, 5. tampaensis (Dali), Martin, 5. tricostata n. sp., Martin, 5. Edaphosaurus pogonias, Case, 6. Edestus, Eastman, 6, 8, 13, 22. heinrichi N. & P., Eastman, 6. Edmondia ( ?) arcuata n. sp., Cleland, 3. aspinwallensis Meek, Beede, 1. ? deckerensis n. sp., Weller, 6. gibbosa Geinitz, Girty, 3. mortonensis Geinitz?, Girty, 3. nebrascensis (Geinitz), Beede, 1. nuptialis Win., Weller, 2. strigillata Win., Weller, 2. subtruncata Meek, Girty, 3. ? sp., Girty, 3. Edriocrinidse n. fam., Talbot, 2. Edriocrinus Hall, Talbot, 2. pocilliformis Hall, Talbot, 2. sacculus Hall, Weller, 6. Egeria Roissy, Dali, 8. section Egeria s. s., Dali, 8. section Proflscheria Dali, Dali, 8. paradoxa (Born.), Dali, 8. Elasmatium n. gen., Clarke, 19. gowandense n. sp., Clarke, 19. Elasmosaurus Cope, Williston, 14. Eleutheroblastus, Hambach, 1. Eleutherocrinus cassedayi Y. & S., Row- ley, Greene, 11. cassedayi Shumard and Yandell, Rowley, Greene, 5. Elkania Ford, Walcott, 12. n. sp., Walcott, 12. ' Elonichthys perpennatus n. sp., East¬ man, 4. disjunctus n. sp., Eastman, 10. perpennatus Eastman, Eastman, 10 . Elosaurus n. gen., Peterson and Gil¬ more, 1. parvus n. sp., Peterson and Gil¬ more, 1. Elotherium calkinsi n. sp., Sinclair, 6. Elymocaris siliqua, Beecher, 8. Emarginula marylandica n. sp., Martin. 5. Embaphias Cope, Williston, 14. Embolophorus (?) Cope, Case, 3. dollovianus Cope, em. Case, Broili, 2 . dollovianus Cope, Case, 4, 5. Emmelezoe decora n. sp., Clarke, 12. Empo Cope, Hay, 10. Empo Cope, Stewart, 1. contracta Cope, Stewart, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Empo lisbonensis Stewart, Stewart, 1. nepaeolica Cope, Ilay, 10. nepaeolica Cope, Stewart, 1. semianceps (Cope), Stewart, 1. Enallophyllum, n. gen., Greene, 2. grabaui n. sp., Greene, 2. Encephalartopsis? oregonensis n. sp., Fontaine, 1. Enchodus Agassiz, Loomis, 1. Enchodus Agassiz, Hay, 10. Enchodus Agassiz, Stewart, 1. amicrodus Stewart, Loomis, 1. amicrodus Stewart, Stewart, 1. dirus (Leidy), Stewart, 1. dolichus Cope, Hay, 10. dolichus Cope, Loomis, 1. dolichus Cope, Stewart, 1. ferox Leidy, Hay, 10. gladiolus Cope, Hay, 10. parvus Stewart, Stewart, 1. petrosus Cope, Hay, 10. petrosus Cope, Loomis, 1. petrosus Cope, Stewart, 1. ssevus n. sp., Hay, 10. shumardi Leidy, Loomis, 1. shumardi Leidy, Stewart, 1. tetraecus Cope, Hay, 10. sp., Stewart, 1. Enchostoma sp., Girty,. 3. Encrinurus Emmrich, Grabau, 1. indianensis n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. ornatus Hall and Whitfield, Gra bau, 1. punctatus (Brunnich) Wahlenberg, Van Ingen, 2. trentonensis Wale., Weller, 6. tuberculosis n. sp., Collie, 3. Encrinus liliiformis, Grabau, 8. Endoceras consuetum n. sp., Sardeson, 2 . uddeni (Cragin). Hyatt, 1. Endocostea brooksi n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Endopachys Lonsdale, Vaughan, 16. Engonoceras Neumayr, Hyatt, 1. Engonoceras Neumayr, Lasswitz, 1. ambiguum Hyatt, Lasswitz, 1. belviderense (Cragin). Hyatt, 1. complicatum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. dumbli Cragin sp., em. Lasswitz, Lasswitz, 1. gibbosum n. sp., Hyatt. 1. G. Stolleyi Boehm, em. Lasswitz, Lasswitz, 1. hilli Boehm, em. Lasswitz, Lass¬ witz, 1. pierdenale (von Buch), Ilyatt. 1. pierdenale var. commune. Hyatt. 1. roemeri (Cragin), Hyatt. 1. serpentinum (Cragin), Hyatt. 1. stolleyi Bohm, Hyatt, 1. subjectum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. Enoploclytia minor Woodward, Whit- eaves, 12. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 661 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Ensis directus (Conrad), Glenn, 0. ensiformis Conrad, Glenn, 6. Enteletes liemiplicata (Hall), Beede. 1. hemiplicatus Hall, Girty, 3. Enterolasma Simpson, Grabau, 1. caliculus (Hall), Grabau, 1. cf. caliculus Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Entodesma Philippi, Dali, 8. Entolium aviculatum (Swallow), Beede, 1 . Entomis prosephina nov., Loomis, 4. serratostriata Sandberger, Clarke, 19. variostriata Clarke, Clarke, 19. Entoptychus rostratus n. sp., Sinclair, 6 . sperryi n. sp,, Sinclair, 6. Eocidaris Desor, Klem, 1. blairi Miller, Klem, 1. hallianus Geinitz, Klem, 1. Eoclathurella n. gen., Casey, 5. jacksonica n. sp., Casey, 5. obesula n. sp., Casey, 5. Eodrillia n. gen., Casey, 5. Eobarpes n. n. for Harpina, Raymond (P. E.), 6. Eoobolus n. subg., Matthew (G. F.), 20. Eopolychsetus albaniensis n. gen. et sp., Ruedemann, 1. Eospongia Billings, Seely, 3. varians Billings, Seely, 3. Eostrophomena n. subg. of Stropho- mena, Walcott, 12. Eosurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. concinna n. sp., Casey, 5. helicoidea n. sp., Casey, 5. moorei Gabb, Casey, 5. pulcherrima Heilp., Casey, 5. tuomeyi Aid., Casey, 5. Eotomaria areyi n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. durhamensis Whiteaves (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. galtensis Billings (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. kayseri n. sp., Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. obsoletum n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Ephedrites? vernonensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 5. Epilucina Dali, Dali, 8. Epiphragmophora Strobel, Arnold, 2. fidelis antecedens Stearns (R. E. C.), 1. Eporeodon major var. cedrensis n. var., Matthew (W. D.), 2. Equisetum arcticum Heer, Penhallow, 4. lyellii Mantell, Fontaine, 4. marylandicum Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. oregonense Newb., Knowlton, 14. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Equisetum phillipsii (Dunker) Bron gniart, Fontaine, 4. texense Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. ? sp., Fontaine, 1. sp., Knowlton, 14. Equus barcensei Cope, Gidley, 1. complicatus (Leidy), Gidley, 1. conversidens Owen, Gidley, 1. crenidens Cope, Gidley, 1. fraternus Leidy, Gidley, 1. giganteus n. sp., Gidley, 1. occidentalis Leidy, Gidley, 1. pacificus Leidy, Gidley, 1. pectinatus (Cope), Gidley, 1. scotti Gidley, Gidley, 1. semiplicatus Cope, Gidley, 1. tau Owen, Gidley, 1. Erato Risso, Arnold, 2. columbella Menke, Arnold, 2. perexigua (Conrad), Martin, 5. veraghoorensis (?) Stol., Ander¬ son, 3. Erethizon godfreyi n. sp., Allen (J. A.), 1 . Eretmocrinus brevis n. sp., Rowley, 2. nodosus, Rowley, 4. ? parvus n. sp., Rowley, 2. Eridophyllum louisvillensis n. sp., Greene, 6. Eridotrypa briareus (Nicholson), Nick- les, 6. mutabilis Ulr., Sardeson, 3. vevayensis n. sp., Cumings, 3. Erinaceidfe, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Eriphyla Gabb., Dali, 8. Erismaeanthus M’Coy, Eastman, 9. barbatus n. sp., Eastman, 10. formosus n. sp., Eastman, 9, 10. maccoyanus St. John and Wor- then, Eastman, 10. Erisocrinus megalobrachius Beede, Beede, 1. typus Meek and Worthen, Beede, 1. Ervilia planata Dali, Glenn, 6. Erycina (Pseudopythina?) americana Dali, Glenn, 6. calvertensis n. sp., Glenn, 6. marylandica n. sp., Glenn, 6. pruna n. sp., Glenn, 6. rickardi n. sp., Glenn, 6. speciosa n. sp., Glenn, 6. sp., Ravn, 1. Erycinella Conrad, Dali, 8. (Carditopsis) bernardi n. sp., Dali, 8 . ovalis Conrad, Dali, 8. Erycus consumptus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Eryma dawsoni Woodward, Whiteaves, 12 . Eryops Cope, Branson, 2. Eryops Cope, Case, 5. latus n. sp., Case, 5. megacephalus, Sternberg, 2. megacephalus Cope, Case, 3. 662 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Geneva and' species described —Continued. Escasona, Matthew (G. F.), 20. ?? ingens n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 13, 20. rutellum n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 13. ortoni n. sp., Clarke (J. M.), 12. rutellum, Matthew (G. F.), 20. ? vetus, Matthew (G. F.), 13, 20. Eschara ?? digitata Morton, Ulrich, 2. Escharopora hilli (James), Nickles, 6. siluriana n. sp., Weller, 6. Etagraptus n. subg., Ruedemann, 8. Ethmophyllum rarum Ford, Sears, 1. Etoblattina coriacea n. sp., Sellards, 8. hilliana?, Sellards, 8. juvenis n. sp., Sellards, 8. mazona, Sellards, 5, 8. sp., Sellards, 5. Eubrachiosaurus browni n. gen. and sp., Williston, 23. Eubrontes E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. approximate (C. H. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. divaricatus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2 . giganteus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. platypus nom. nov., Lull, 2. Eucallista Dali, Dali, 8. Eucalyptocrinus Goldfuss, Grabau, 1. decorus (Phillips), Grabau, 1. ovalis Hall, Grabau, 8. Eucalyptus ? angustifolia Newb., Hol- lick, 11. (?) dubia n. sp., Berry, 5. geinitzi Heer, Berry, 5, 7. rosieriana Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. wardiana nom. nov., Berry, 6. Eucastor (Leidy) Allen, Matthew, W. D.), 6. Euceratherium n. gen., Sinclair and Furlong, 1. collinum n. sp., Sinclair and Fur¬ long, 1. collinum Furlong and Sinclair, Sinclair, 7. Euchilodon Gabb, Casey, 5. crenocarinatum Heilp., Casey, 5. gabbianum n. sp., Casey, 5. reticulatum Gabb, Casey, 5. Euclastes (?) Clark, Case, 1. Euconispira bicarinata McChesney, Girty, 3. taggarti Meek, Girty, 3. sp., Girty, 3. Euconulus turbinatus n. sp., Gulick, 1. Eucrotaphus helenae n. sp., Douglass, 4. Eucyrtidium calvertense n. sp., Martin, 8 . Eudiscoceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . gabbi Meek, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Eugnathidse, Eastman, 20. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Eugyrichnites minutus n. gen., and sp., Ami, 46. Euhapsis platyceps n. gen. and sp., Pe terson, 3. Eulima Risso, Arnold, 2. eborea Conrad, Martin, 5. falcata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. hastata Sowerby, Arnold, 2. laevigata (H. C. Lea), Martin, 5. micans Carpenter, Arnold, 2. migrans Conrad, Martin, 5. raymondi n. sp., Rivers, 1. Eulimella (Anisocycla) marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. Eulophoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Eulopia Dali, Dali, 8. Euloxa Conrad, Dali, 8. latisulcata Conrad, Dali, 8. Eumetria marcyi Shumard ?, Girty, 3. woosteri White, Girty, 3. Eumys minor n. sp., Douglass, 4. Eunella harmonia Hall, Kindle, 1. lincklseni Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. lincklaeni Hall, Kindle, 1. sullivanti Hall, Kindle, 1. Eunema altisulcatum n. sp.. Hudson, 1. cretaceum Whiteaves, Whiteaves, 12 . epitoma n. sp., Hudson, 1. historicum n. sp., Hudson. 1. leptonotum n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Eunoa accola n. gen. and sp., Clarke (J. M.), 8. Euomphalopterus sp. indet., Whiteaves, 17. Euomphalus alatus var., Kindle and Breger, 1. alatus var. americanus n. var.. Kindle and Breger, 1. alatus var. limatoidea n. var., Kin¬ dle and Breger, 1. catilloides Conrad, Girty, 3. (Straparollus) exiguus n. sp.. Kin¬ dle, 1. fairchildi n. sp., Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. laxus White, Sardeson, 11. planodiscus Hall, Kindle, 1. sampsoni Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. springvalensis White, Sardeson, 11. winonensis n. sp., Sardeson, 2. Eupachycrinus magister Miller and Gurley, Beede, 1. Eupalamopus Hay, Lull, 2. dananus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Eupelor Cope, Branson, 2. Eupera Bourguignat, Dali, 8. Euphemus nodocarinatus Hall, Girty, 3. subpapillosus White?, Girty, 3. Eupleura H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. muriciformis Broderip, Arnold, 2. murieiformis var. curta n. var., Arnold, 2. 663 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Eupodiscus inconspicuus Rattray, Boy¬ er, 1. Euprotogonia puercensis (Cope), Doug¬ lass, 3. puercensis (Cope), Marsh, Osborn, 36. Eupsammia conradi Vaughan, Vaughan, 1 . elaborata (Conrad), Vaughan, 1. Euryacodon lepidus Marsh, Wortman, 14. Eurychilina bulbifera n. sp., Ruede- mann, 2. dianthus n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. jerseyensis n. sp., Weller, 6. oculifera n. sp., Weller, 6. obliqua n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. ( ?) solida n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. subradiata var., rensselaerica n. var., Ruedemann, 2. Eurymya, Sardeson, 10. Eurypterus De Kay, Grabau, 1. dekayi Hall, Grabau, 1. lacustris Harlan, Grabau. 1. pachychirus Hall, Grabau, 1. pittsfordensis n. sp., Sarle, 2. pustulosus Hall, Grabau, 1. remipes De Kay, Grabau, 1. robustus Hall, Grabau, 1. Eusarcus Grote and Pitt, Grabau, 1. grandis Grote and Pitt, Grabau, 1. scorpionis Grote and Pitt, Grabau, 1 . Eusyodon maximus Leidy, Osborn, 34. Euthydesma Hall, Clarke, 19. subtextile Hall, Clarke, 19. Eutivela Dali, Dali, 8. Eutomoceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Eutomoceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 5. dunni n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 5. laubei Meek, Hyatt and Smith, 1. sandlingense Hauer, Smith (J. P.), 5. Eutypomys n. gen., Matthew (W. D.), 22 . thomsoni n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 22 . Evalea A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Exocampe E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. arcta E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. minima E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. ornata E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Exogyra clarki n. sp., Shattuck, 8. potosina Castillo and Aguilera, Cragin, 2. subplicifera Felix, Cragin, 2. Falsifusus n. gen., Grabau, 16. ? apicalis (Johnson) Grabau, 16. ? houstonensis (Johnson), Grabau, 16. ludovicianus (Johnson), Grabau, 16. meyeri (Aldrich), Grabau, 16. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Fasciolaria crookiana n. sp., Whitfield, 13. ramondi n. sp., Maury, 1. Fascipora subramosa n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Favia Oken, 1815, Vaughan, 2. Favosites Lamarck, Grabau, 1. clausus Rominger, Greene, 12. constrictus (Hall), Grabau, 1. corrugatus n. sp., Weller, 6. cystoides n. sp., Herzer, 5. favosus, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. forbesi Edwards and Haime, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. gibsoni n. sp., Parks, 5. gothlandicus Lamarck, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. helderbergiae Hall, Shimer, 5. helderbergiae Hall, Weller, 6. helderbergiae praecedens, n. var., Schuchert, 4. hisingeri Edwards and Haime, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. louisvillensis n. sp., Greene, 14. niagarensis Hall, Clarke and Rue¬ demann, 1. niagarensis Hall, Grabau, 1. parasiticus (Hall), Grabau, 1. pyriforme (Hall), Weller, 6. pyriformis (Hall), Grabau. 1. seamani n. sp., Greene, 4. sphsericus Hall, Shimer, 5. Feistmantelia virginica n. sp., Fontaine, 5. Felidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Fenestella, Cumings, 9, 10. Fenestella Lonsdale, Grabau, 1. Fenestella Lonsdale, Condra, 2. binodata n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. conradi Ulrich, Condra, 2. conradi var. compactilis n. var., Condra, 1, 2. cyclofenestrata n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. elegans Hall, Grabau, 1. gracilis n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. kansanensis Rogers, Condra, 2. limbata Foerste, Condra, 2. mimica Ulrich, Condra, 2. parvipora n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. perelegans Meek, Condra, 2. polyporoides n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. spinulosa n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. subarctica n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. subrudis n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. tenax Ulrich, Ulrich, 8. tenax Ulrich (?), Condra, 2. tenax Ulrich, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. cf. tenax Ulrich, Girty, 3. sp., Girty, 3. sp. (?), Condra, 1. Fenestralia st. ludovici Prout, Ulrich, 8 . Ficopsis angulatus n. sp., Weaver, 1. Ficus atavina Heer, Berry, 7. daphnogenoides (Heer), Berry, 14. 664 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Conti nued. Genera and species described —Continued. Ficus myricoides Hollick, Fontaine, 5. neurocarpa n. sp., Hollick, 6. ? oregoniana Lesq., Knowlton, 14. protseoides Lesq., Hollick, 9. reticulata (Lesq.) Knowlton, Ber¬ ry, 5. rhamnoides Knowlton, Johnson (D. W.), 5. sapindifolia n. sp., Hollick, 11. uncata Lesqx., Johnson (D. W.), 5. woolsoni Newb., Berry, 5. Finkelnburgia n. subg. of Orthis, Wal cott, 12. Fissipedia Matthew (W. D.), 19. Fissodus St. John and Worthen, East¬ man, 10. dentatus n. sp., Eastman, 10. insequalis (St. John and Worthen), Eastman, 10. Fissurella volcano Reeve, Arnold, 2. ^issuridea Swainson, Arnold, 2. alticosta (Conrad), Martin, 5. aspera Eschscholtz, Arnold, 2. griscomi (Conrad), Martin, 5. insequalis Sowerby, Arnold, 2. infrequens n. sp., Aldrich, 2. marlboroensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. marylandica (Conrad), Martin, 5. murina (Carpenter) Dali, Arnold, 2 . nassula (Conrad), Martin, 5. redimicula (Say), Martin, 5. Fistulipora McCoy, Condra, 2. carbonaria Ulrich, Condra, 2. carbonaria Ulrich, Girty, 3. carbonaria Ulr., Sardeson, 3. carbonaria var. nebrascensis n. var., Condra, 1, 2. nodulifera Meek, Condra, 2. Flabellaria magothiensis n. sp., Berry, 11 . Flabellum sp., Vaughan, 1. Flemingites Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Waagen, Smith (J. P.), 5. russelli n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. russelli Hyatt and Smith, Smith (J. P.), 5. Floyda n. gen., Webster, 1. concentrica n. sp., Webster, 1. Fluminicola Columbiana (Hemphill) Pilsbry, Stearns (R. E. C.), 2. merriami Pilsbry and Beecher, Stearns (R. E. C.), 2. Forbesiocrinus, Springer (F.), 2. Fordilla troyensis Walcott, Sears, 1. Fossarus Philippi, Arnold, 2. (Isapis) dalli (Whitfield), Martin, 5. (Isapis) fenestrata Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. Fraxinus integrifolia Newb., Knowlton, 14 . Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Frenelopsis hoheneggeri. (Ett.) Schenk., Berry, 7. ramosissima Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Fulgur alveatum (Conrad), Martin, 5. coronatum Conrad, Martin, 5. coronatum var. rugosum Conrad, Martin, 5. fusiforme Conrad, Martin, 5. spiniger (Conrad) var., Martin, 5. tuberculatum Conrad, Martin, 5. Fulguroficus argutus Clark, Clark and Martin, 1. Fulgurofusus n. gen., Grabau, 16. quercollis (Harris), Grabau, 16. rugatus (Aldrich), Grabau, 16. Fulicopus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. lyellianus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Fusispira (?) spicula n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Fusitoma n. gen., Casey, 5. Fusoficula juvenis (Whitfield), Clark and Martin, 2. Fusulina cylindrica, Smith (A. J.), 2. cylindrica Fischer de Waldheim, Girty, 3. secalica (Say), Beede, 1. Fusus Bruguiere, Grabau, 16. Fusus Lamarck, Arnold, 2. sequilateralis n. sp., Weaver, 1. barbarensis Trask, Arnold, 2. gabbi n. sp., Grabau, 16. haitensis Sowerby, Grabau, 16. henekeni Sowerby, Grabau, 16. interstriatus Heilprin, Clark and Martin, 2. luteopictus Dali, Arnold, 2. mississippiensis Conrad, Casey, 4. robustus Trask, Arnold, 2. rugosus Trask, Arnold, 2. ? subtenuis Heilprin, Clark and Martin, 2. texanus n. sp., Shattuck, 8. vicksburgensis, Casey, 4. (Hemifusus) wilkesana n. sp., An¬ derson, 7. sp., Ravn, 1. sp., Shattuck, 8. Gadinia Gray, Arnold, 2. reticulata Sowerby, Arnold, 2. Gafrarium Bolten, Dali, 8. section Circe Schumacher, Dali, 8. section Circenita Jousseaume, Dali, 8 . section Gouldia C. B. Adams, Dali, S. section Parmulina Dali, Dali, 8. ? section Radiocrista Dali, Dali, 8. (Gouldia) altum n. sp., Dali, 8. (Gouldia) erosum n. sp., Dali, 8. (Gouldia) metastriatum Conrad, Dali, 8. Galerus Humphrey, Arnold, 2. mammillaris Broderip, Arnold, 2. Galeocerdo aduncus Agassiz, Eastman, 18. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 665 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Galeocerdo contortus Gibbes, Eastman, 18 . latidens Agassiz, Eastman, 1, 18. triqueter n. sp., Eastman, 18. Galesaurus, Case, 6. Gastrioceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 3. branneri Smith, Smith (J. P.), 3. carbonarium yon Buch, Smith (J. r.), 3. eompressum Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 3. entogonum Gabb, Smith (J. P.), 3. excelsum Meek, Smith (J. P.), 3. globulosum Meek and Worthen, Smith (J. P.), 3. illinoisense Miller and Gurley, Smith (J. P.),.3. kansasense Miller and Gurley, Smith (J. P.), 3. kingi Hall and Whitfield, Smith (J. P.), 3. listen Martin, Smith (J. P.), 3. montgomeryense Miller and Gur¬ ley, Smith (J. P.), 3. nolinense Cox, Smith (J. P.), 3. occidentale Miller and Faber, Smith (J. P.), 3. planorbiforme Shumard, Smith (J. P.), 3. subcavum Miller and Gurley, Smith (J. P.), 3. welleri n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. » • Gastrochsena striatula n. sp., Aldrich, 3. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Geinitzia formosa Heer, Berry, 5, 7. Geloina Gray, Dali, 8. Gemma Deshayes, Dali, 8. gemma Totten, Dali, 8. gemma var. purpurea Lea, Dali, 8. magna n. sp., Dali, 8. magna var. virginiana Dali, Dali, 8 . trigona n. sp., Dali, 8. Gemmula Weink., Casey, 5. alternata Con., Casey, 5. arnica Casey, Casey, 5. ancilla Casey, Casey, 5. childreni Lea, Casey, 5. conjuncta n. sp., Casey, 5. genitiva n. sp., Casey, 5. lancea n. sp., Casey, 5. ludoviciana Vgn., Casey, 5. margaritosa n. sp., Casey, 5. nodulina n. sp., Casey, 5. nucleata n. sp., Casey, 5. obsolescens n. sp., Casey, 5. parvidens n. sp., Casey, 5. rotsedens Con., Casey, 5. tenella Con., Casey, 5. Gennseocrinus carinatus n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 2. comptus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 6. comptus var. spiniferus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 6. facetus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 6. Paleontology —Contin ued. Genera and species described —Continued Gennmocrinus kentuckiensis (Shu¬ mard), Wood (Elvira), 3. kentuckiensis? Shumard? Rowley. Greene, 6. sculptus, n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 6. simulans n. sp., Rowley, Greene. 13. Genota riversiana n. sp., Raymond (W. J.), 2. Gephyroceras cf. domanicense Holzap- fel, Clarke, 19. Gerablattina arcuata n. sp., Sellards, 8. Gerasaphes ulrichana Clarke, Ruede- mann, 2. Gerhardtia n. gen., Hyatt, L Gervillia Cinderella n. sp., Cragin, 2. corrugata n. sp., Cragin, 2. ? riograndensis n. sp., Cragin, 2. Gervilliopsis invaginata (?) White, Shattuck, 8. Gibbula glandula (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. Gilbert.ina n. gen., Ulrich, 4. spiralis n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Gigandipus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. caudatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Gillicus Hay, Hay, 10. Hay, Stewart, 1. arcuatus (Cope), Stewart, 1. Ginkgo ? acetaria n. sp., Ward, Fon¬ taine, 5. digitata (Brongniart) Heer, Fon taine, 1, 2. huttoni (Sternberg) Heer, Fon¬ taine, 1, 2. huttoni magnifolia Fontaine n. var., Fontaine, 1, 2. lepida, Heer, Fontaine, 1. pusilla Dn., Penhallow, 4. sibirica Heer, Fontaine, 1. sp., Fontaine, 1. sp., Knowlton, 14. Ginkgodium? alaskense Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 2. Gissocrinus? problematicus n. sp., Row ley, 3. Gians Megerle, Dali, 8. Glaphurus n. subg., Raymond (P. E.), 5. primus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.). 5. pustulatus Walcott, 12. Grassia variabilis n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. Gleichenia delicatula Heer, Hollick, 5. ? gilbert-thompsoni n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. nordenskioldi Heer?, Fontaine, 3. rhombifolia n. sp., Hollick, 5. saundersii n. sp., Berry, 4. zippei (Corda) Heer, Berry, 7. Globigerina d'Orbigny, Bagg, 6. Globigerina bilobata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. bulloides d’Orbigny, Bagg, 1, 6, 9. cretacea d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6, 9. dubia Egger, Bagg, 9. 666 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Con tinued. Genera and species described —Continued. Globoblastus Hambach, 1. magnificus n. sp., Hambach, 1. ornatus n. sp., Hambach, 1. spathatus n. sp., Hambach, 1. Glossina spatiosa (Hall)?, Weller, G. triangulata Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. Glossocarpellites n. gen., Perkins, 17. elongatus (Lesquereux) Perkins. Perkins, 17. obtusus (Lesquereux), Perkins. Perkins, 17. parvus Perkins, Perkins, 17. Glossograptus Emmons, Ruedemann, 8. echinatus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. liystrix n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Glottidia Dali, Arnold, 2. albida Hinds, Arnold, 2. Glycymeris Da Costa, Arnold, 2. barbarensis Conrad, Arnold, 2. idoneus (Conrad), Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. parilis (Conrad), Glenn, 6. septentrionalis Middendorf, Ar¬ nold, 2. subovata (Say), Glenn, 6. sp., Dali, 10. sp. ?, Brown (T. C.), 1. Glyphjea n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. Glyphioceras Hyatt (emend. Haug), Smith (J. P.), 3, calyx Phillips, Smith (J. P.), 3. diadema Goldfuss, Smith (J. P.), 3. diadema (Branco), Smith (W. D.), 1. ? hathawayanum McChesney, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? leviculum Miller and Faber, Smith (J. P.), 3. pygmseum Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. Glyptias favosa Llnnarsson, Walcott, 1. Glyptocrinus decadactylus Hall, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. dyeri Meek, Springer (F.), 3. insperatus n. sp., Rowley, 3. insperatus? var. carinatus n. vai\, Rowley, 3. insperatus var. pentagonus n. var., Rowley, 3. plumosus Hall, Grabau, 1. Glyptodesma cancellata Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. erectum Hall, Kindle, 1. occidentale Hall, Kindle, 1. Glyptostrobus (Taxodium) brookensis (Fontaine), Ward, Fontaine, 5. brookensis angustifolius (Fon¬ taine) Knowlton, Fontaine, 5. europaeus ungeri Heer, Knowlton, 12 . ungeri Heer, Knowlton, 14. Glyptotherium texanum n. gen. and sp. Osborn, 16. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and spgpies described —Continued. Glyptotoma n. gen., Casey, 5. conradiana Aid., Casey, 5. crassiplicata Gabb, Casey, 5. parvula n. sp., Casey, 5. Gomphina Morch, Dali, 8. Gomphoceras Sowerby, Grabau. 1. bellatulum n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, facetum n. sp., (Rowley). Greene, 2 isoteloides n. sp., Herzer, 5. minum Hall, Kindle, 1. oviforme Hall sp., Rowley, Greene, 2 . oviforme Hall, Kindle, 1. parallelum n. sp., Herzer, 5. raphanus Hall?, Kindle, 1. striatum n. sp. (Rowley). Greene, 2 . turbiniforme M. and W., Kindle, 1. wabashensis Newell, Kindle and Breger, 1. sp., Kindle, 1. Gomphognathus, Case, 6. Gomphotherium serus n. sp., Douglass, 1 . Gonatosphaera prolata, Guppy, 4. Goniatites de Haan, Smith (J. P.), 3. choctawensis Shumard, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? colubrellus Morton, Smith (J. P.), 3. crenistria Phillips, Smith (J. P.*), O. delphiensis n. sp., Kindle, 1. discoideus var. ohioensis Hall, Kindle, 1. greencastlensis Miller and Gurley, Smith (J. P.), 3. kentuckiensis Miller, Smith (J. P.), 3. lunatus Miller and Gurley, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? minimus Shumard, Smith (J. P. ), 3. newsomi n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. ? parvus Shumard, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? politus Shumard, Smith (J. P.), 3. spliaericus Martin, Smith (J. P.), 3. striatus Sowerby, Smith (J. P.). 3. subcircularis Miller, Smith (J. T.), 3. wabashensis n. sp., Kindle, 1. Gonilia Stoliczka, Dali, 8. Goniobasis Lea, Letson, 1. haldemani Tyron, Letson. 1. judittiensis n. sp., Stanton, Stan¬ ton and Hatcher, 1. levescens (Menke) Tyron, Letson, 1 . var. niagarensis (Lea) Tyron, Let- son, 1. marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. FOB THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 667 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Goniobasis ? ortmanni n. sp., Stanton, 4. ? silberlingi n. sp., Stanton, 4. Goniograptus McCoy, Ruedemann, 8. geometricus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. perflexilis n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. thureaui McCoy, Ruedemann, 4, 8 . Gonioloboceras ? allei Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. goniolobum Meek, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? limatum Miller and Faber, Smith (J. P.), 3. welleri n. sp., Smith (.T. P.), 3. Goniopholis? gilmorei n. sp., Holland, 2 . Goniophora carinatus (Hall), Weller, 6 . hamiltonensis Hall, Kindle, 1. truncata Hall, Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 6. sp. indet., Parks, 5. Goodallia Turton, Dali, 8. Gouldia C. B. Adams, Dali, 8. Gradilucina Cossmann, Dali, 8. Grallator E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. cuneatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. cursorius E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. formosus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gracilis C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. tenuis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Grammysia arcuata Hall, Kindle, 1. constricta Hall, mut. pygmsea nov., Loomis, 4. imbricata Rowley, Greene, 2. secunda var. gibbosa H. and W., Kindle, 1. subarcuata Hall?, Kindle, 1. n. sp., Shimer, 5. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Granatocrinites mihi, n. gen., Troost, Hambach, 1. cidariformis mihi, Troost, Ham¬ bach, 1. globosus mihi, Troost, Hambach, 1 . Grateloupia Desmoulins, Dali, 8. (Cytheriopsis) alumensis n. sp., Dali, 8. Graya argonauta Grove and Brun, Boy¬ er, 1. Gresslya abducta Phillips sp., Madsen, 1 . gregaria (Zieten) Goldfuss sp., Madsen, 1. peregrina Phillips sp., Madsen, 1. Gryphaea mexicana Felix, Cragin, 2. mucronata Gabb, Shattuck, 8. vesicularis Lamarck, Whiteaves, 12 . vesicularis Lamarck, Clark and Martin, 2. Gymnitidse, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Gymnoptychus minimus n. sp., Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 9. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Gymnoptychus minor (Douglas), Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 9. Gymnotoceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Gymnotoceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.),5. Gymnotropites n. subg., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Gymnusa (?) absens n. sp., Scudder, 1. Gypidula angulata n. sp., Weller, 6. galeata (Dal.), Weller, 6. galeata (Dal.) var., Weller, 6. (Sieberella) galeatus Dalman, Kindle and Breger, 1. (Sieberella) nucleus Hall and Whitfield, Kindle and Breger, 1. romingeri var. indianensis nov. var., Kindle, 1. Gyrinus confinis LeC., Scudder, 1. Gyroceras burlingtonensis Owen, Wel¬ ler, 2. farcimen n. sp., Clarke and Rue¬ demann, 1. indianense n. sp., Kindle, 1. inelegans Meek?, Kindle, 1. jason Hall, Kindle, 1. Gyrodendron n. gen., Ulrich, 4. emersoni n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Gyrodes (conradiana? Gabb, var.) can¬ adensis, Whiteaves, 12. siskiyouensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. Gyronema brevispira n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. dowlingii n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. speciosum n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. Gyronites Waagen, Smith (J. P.), 5. Gyronites Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Hadrianus majusculus n. sp., Hay, 13. Hadrocrinus plenissimus Lyon, Row- ley, Greene, 11. Hadrophyllum linguloideum n. sp., Herzer, 5. Haimeophyllum ordinatum Billings, Greene, 15. Hallicystis Jaekel, Schuchert, 11. elongata Jaekel, Schuchert, 11. imago (Hall), Schuchert, 11. Haliotis Linn6, Arnold, 2. fulgens Philippi, Arnold, 2. lomaensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. Haliserites Sternberg, White (D.), 6. Halobia Bronn, Smith (J. P.), 5. superba Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. Halonympha Dali and Smith, Dali, 8. Halorites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. americanus Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Homerites) semiglobosus Hauer, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Haloritidse Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Halysites Fischer, Grabau, 1. 668 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued, j Halysites agglomeratus Hall (sp.), ' Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. agglomeratus Hall, Whitfield, 7. catenularia (Linn.), Weller, 6. catenularius Linne (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. catenulatus, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. catenulatus (Linn.), Grabau, 1. catenulatus Linn., Whitfield, 7. radiatus n. sp., Whitfield, 7. Haminea Leach, Arnold, 2. virescens Sowerby, Arnold, 2. obstrictus Jimbo, Whiteaves, 12. solitaria Say, Sears, 1. Hamites (Ptychoceras) sequicostatum Gabb, Anderson, 3. armatus n. sp., Anderson, 3. cylindraceus de France, Anderson, 3. ellipticus n. sp., Anderson, 3. phoenixensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. (Ptychoceras) solanoense n. sp., Anderson, 3. Haplocanthosaurus Hatcher, Riggs, 9. Ilaplocanthosaurus, Hatcher, 14, 19. priscus, Hatcher, 14. Haplocanthus priscus n. gen. and sp., Hatcher, 18. utterbachi n. sp., Hatcher, 14. Hargeria n. gen., Lucas, 15. gracilis, Lucas, 15. Harpagodes shumardi (Hill), Shat- tuck, 8. Harpagolestes macrocephalus n. gen. et sp!, Wortman, 5. Harpalodon sylvestris Marsh, Wort- man, 4. Harpalus conditus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Harpedactylus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. crassus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gracilior E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. tenuissimus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Harpina antiquatus Billings, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. ottawensis (Bill.), Weller, 6. ottawaensis Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Harrisia parabola Cleland, Cleland, 3. Hauericeras gardeni (Baily), Whit¬ eaves, 12. Hauerites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. ashleyi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Hausmannia? californica n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. Hebertella borealis Billings, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. exfoliata n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. sinuata Hall, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Hedenstroemia Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1. kossmati n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Hedronchus sternbergii Cope. Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Heilprinia n. gen., Grabau, 10. aequalis (Emmons), Grabau, 10. barbarensis (Trask), Grabau. 10. burnsii (Dali), Grabau, 16. caloosaensis (Heilprin), Grabau, 16. caloosaensis var. Caroline nsis (Dali), Grabau, 16. exilis (Conrad), Grabau, 16. robusta (Trask), Grabau, 16. Helcion giganteus? var. vancouveren- sis, Whitea.ves, 12. tenuicostatus n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . Helcura E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. anguinea E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. littoralis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. surgens E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Helenia granulata n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. Helicina occulta Say, Shimek, 8. rawsoni Pfeiffer, Dali, 15. Helicoceras indicum (?) Stol., Ander¬ son, 3. pariense White ?, Johnson (D. W.), 5. stevensoni, Whitfield, 1. Ilelicoprion, Eastman, 6, 13. Helicotoma? peccatonica n. sp., Sarde- son, 2. vagrans n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7 . Heliolites Guettard, Grabau. 1. elegans Hall, Grabau, 1. pyriformis Guettard, Grabau, 1. spiniporus Hall, Grabau, 1. Heliomera n. subgen., Raymond (P. E.), 7. sol (Billings), Raymond (P. E.), 7. Heliophyllum adnascens n. sp., Greene, 5. ampliatum n. sp., Greene, 3. collatum n. sp., Greene, 2. conditum n. sp., Greene, 15. conglomeratum n. sp., Greene, 10. congregatum n. sp., Greene, 10. conigerum n. sp., Greene, 2. convergens (Hall), Greene, 9. crotalum n. sp.. Greene, 7. dispansum n. sp., Greene. 7. gradatum n. sp., Greene. 14. halli E. & H., Shimer and Grabau, 1 . liaminelli n. sp., Greene, 2. ignotum n. sp., Greene, 5. inflexum n. sp., Greene, 15. mirum n. sp., Greene. 7. obliquum n. sp.. Greene, 15. parvulum n. sp., Greene, 13. rowleyi n. sp.. Greene, 1. spiculatum n. sp., Greene, 2. sulcatum, Greene, 14. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 669 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Heliophyllum vesiculatum (Hall), Greene, 11. zenkeri (Billings), Greene, 9. Helix (Epiphragmophora?) dubiosa nom. prov., Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. (Epiphragmophora) sp. indet., Ar¬ nold, 2. Helminthoida Schafhautl, Ulrich, 4. abnormis n. sp., Ulrich, 4. exacta n. sp., Ulrich, 4. subcrassa n. sp., Ulrich, 4. vaga n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Helminthopsis? labyrinthica Heer, Ul¬ rich, 4. magna Heer, Ulrich, 4. Helodermoides tuherculatus. n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 8. Helodus incisus n. sp., Eastman, 10. rugosus Newberry and Worthen, Eastman, 10. Helopora Hall, Grahau, 1. fragilis Hall, Grabau, 1. Hemiacodon gracilis Marsh, Wortman, 14. pygmaeus n. sp., Wortman, 14. Hemiaster vancouverensis n. sp., Whit- eaves, 15. Hemipristis serra Agassiz, Eastman, 18. Hemisurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. Hemitapes Romer, Dali, 8. Hemitrypa proutana Ulrich, Ulrich, 8. Heptodon?, Douglass, 8. Hercoceras auriculum n. sp., Parks, 5. Hercoglossa tuomeyi n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Here Gabb, Dali, 8. Hesperhys n. gen., Douglass, 8. vagrans n. sp., Douglass, 8. Hesperornis gracilis, Lucas, 15. regalis, Lucas, 15, 16. Heteropora ( ?) tecta n. sp., Ulrich, 1. Heteroceras ceratopse n. sp., Anderson, 3. elongatum n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. hornbyense Whiteaves, Whiteaves, 12 . simplicostatum' Whitfield, 3. Heteroclidus n. subg., Dali, Dali, 8. Heterodontus japonicus, Dean, 6. Heteromeryx n. gen., Matthew (W. D.), 22 . dispar n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 22. Heteronema n. gen., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 1. ? carbonarium n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. ? contextum n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. Heterotrypa, Cumings, 7. Heterotrypa Nicholson, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. foerstei n. sp., Nickles, 6. parvulipora n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Paleontology—Continued. Genera, and species described —Continued. Heterotrypa parvulipora Ulrich and Bassler, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. parvulipora Ulrich and Bassler, Nickles, 6. subpulchella (Nicholson), Nickles, 6 . Hexalonche miscrosphaera Vinassa, Mar¬ tin, 8. Haxameroceras delphicolum Newell, Kindle and Breger, 1. Hexastylus simplex Vinassa, Martin, 8. Hicoria biacuminata n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. magnifica n. sp., Knowlton, 16. ? oregoniana n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Hicoroides n. gen., Perkins, 13, 17. angulata n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. ellipsoidea n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. globulus n. sp., Perkins, 13. parva n. sp., Perkins, 13. triangularis n. sp., Perkins, 13. Hindia fibrosa (Roemer), Weller, 6. indianensis n. sp., Whitfield, 12. nodulosa, Whiteaves, 12. parva Ulrich, Weller, 6. parvula Ulrich, Weller, 6. ? perundosa n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Hindsiella acuta Dali, Glenn, 6. Hinnites Defrance, Arnold, 2. Hipparion Christol, Gidley, 5. eurystylus (Cope), Gidley, 1. Hipparionyx proximus (Van.), Weller, 6 . Hipponyx De France, Arnold. 2. antiquatus Linnaeus, Arnold, 2. cranioides Carpenter, Arnold, 2. tumens Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Holasaphus, Matthew (G. F.), 20. centropyge, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Holcodiscus cfr. theobaldianus Stol., Anderson, 3. Holectypus? sp., Cragin, 2. Holocystis papulosus? M. & G., Row- ley, Greene, 11. Holopea antiqua (Van.), Weller, 6. conica Win., Weller, 2. hudsoni n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. mlcroclathrata n. sp., Hudson, 1. obesa Whitfield, Sardeson, 2. cfr. obliqua Hall, -Sardeson, 1. ? raymondia n. sp., Cleland, 3. scrutator n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), supraplana U. & S. ?, Weller, 6. symmetrica Hall, Weller, 6. ? voluta n. sp., Cleland, 3. sp., Parks, 5. Homacanthus Agassiz. Eastman, 10. acinaciformis n. sp., Eastman, 10. delicatulus n. sp., Eastman, 10. Homalonotus Koenig, Grabau, 1. delphinocephalus (Green), Grabau, 1 . vanuxemi Hall, Weller, 6. 670 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Homerites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Homocrinus scoparius Hall, Talbot, 2. Homceospira Hall and Clarke, Grabau, 1 . apriniformis Hall, Grabau, 1. evax Hall 1863, Beecher, 1. sobrina n. sp., Beecher, 1. Homomya austinensis n. sp., Shattuck, 8 . vulgaris n. sp., Shattuck, 8. Homotrypa Ulrich, Bassler, 1. austini n. sp., Bassler, 1. bassleri n. sp., Nickles, 4. bassleri Nickles, Bassler, 1. cincinnatiensis n. sp., Bassler, 1. communis n. sp., Bassler, 1. curvata Ulrich, Bassler, 1. curvata var, prsecipta n. var., Bassler, 1. cylindrica n. sp., Bassler, 1. dawsoni (Nicholson), Bassler, 1. dumosa n. sp., Bassler, 1. flabellaris Ulrich, Bassler, 1. flabellaris var. spinifera n. var., Bassler, 1. frondosa n. sp., Bassler, 1. frondosa (Edwards and Haime), Cumings, 7. gelasinosa Ulrich, Bassler, 1. grandis n. sp., Bassler, 1. libana n. sp., Bassler, 1. minnesotensis Ulr., Sardeson, 3. nicklesi n. sp., Bassler, 1. nodulosa n. sp., Bassler, 1. nitida n. sp., Bassler, 1. obliqua Ulrich, Bassler, 1. pulehra n. sp., Bassler, 1. ramulosa n. sp., Bassler, 1. richmondensis n. sp., Bassler, 1. splendens n. sp., Bassler, 1. wortheni (James), Bassler, 1. wortheni var. intercellata n. var., Bassler, 1. wortheni var. prominens n. var., Bassler, 1. Homotrypella nodosa n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. nodosa Ulrich and Bassler, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. norwoodi n. sp., Nickles, 6. Honeoyea n. gen., Clarke, 19. desmata n. sp., Clarke, 19. erinacea n. sp., Clarke, 19. major n. sp., Clarke, 19. simplex n. sp., Clarke, 19. styliophila n. sp., Clarke, 19. Hoplichnus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. quadrupedans E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2 . Hoplitosaurus n. gen., Lucas, 11. Hoploparia McCoy, Pilsbry, 1. bennettii Woodward, Whiteaves, 12 . gabbi n. sp., Pilsbry, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Hoploparia groenlandica n. sp., Ravn, 1. Hoplophoneus, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Hormotoma salteri Ulrich, Weller, 6. whiteavesi n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Hughmilleria n. gen., Sarle, 2. socialis n. sp., Sarle, 2. socialis var. robusta n. var., Salre, Hungarites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. yatesi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Hungaritidse, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Hustedia mormoni (Marcou), Beede, 1. mormoni Marcou, Girty, 3. Hyaenodon, Matthew (W. D.), 19, 20. cruentus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . montanus n. sp., Douglass, 4. minutus n. sp., Douglass, 4. Hyaenodontidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Hyaenognathus? (Porthocyon n. gen.?) dubius n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 7. pachyodon n. gen. and n. sp., Mer- riam (J. C.), 7. Hyalostelia sp., Girty, 3. Hyattella Hall and Clarke, Grabau, 1. congesta (Conrad), Grabau, 1. ? lamellosa n. sp., Weller, 6. Hyalaea tricuspida n. sp., Rivers, 1. Hydractinia multispinosa n. sp., Ul¬ rich, 16. Hydrangea bendirei (Ward) Knowlton, 14. Hydreionocrinus depressus (Troost), Grabau, 8. kansasensis Weller, Beede, 1. subsinuatus Miller and Gurley, Beede, 1. Hydroporus inanimatus n. sp., Scudder, 1 . inundatus n. sp., Scudder, 1. sectus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Hylopus Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 28, 30. caudifer Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 25. hardingi Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 25, 28. logani Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 30. ? minor Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 30. Hyolithellus? flexuosus n. sp., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 1. micans Billings, Matthew (G. F.). 1 . micans Billings, Ruedemann, 2. micans Billings, Sears, 1. Hyolithes acadicus, Matthew (G. F.), americanus Billings, Sears, 1. carinatus, Matthew (G. F.), 7. caudatus, Matthew (G. F.), 7. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 671 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Hyolithes centennialis Barrett, Weller, 6 . communis Billings, Sears, 1. danianus, Matthew (G. F.), 7. excellens Bill., Matthew (G. F.), 1. excellens Billings, Sears, 1. gracilis, Matthew (G. F.), 7. gracillimus, Matthew (G. F.), 8. gracillimus n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 7. impar Ford, Sears, 1. neapolis Clarke, Clarke, 19. princeps Billings, Sears, 1. princeps forma pingreei Sears, Sears, 1. rhine n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. rugosus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. searsi Grabau, Sears. 1. sericeus, Matthew (G. F.) 7. cf. tenuistriatus Linrs., Matthew (G. F.), 20. Hyopsodidse Schlosser, Loomis, 7. Hyopsodus Leidy, Loomis, 7. Hyopsodus Leidy, Osborn, 11. browni n. sp., Loomis, 7. (Lemuravus) distans Marsh, Os¬ born, 11. jacksoni n. sp., Loomis, 7. laticuneus Cope, Loomis, 7. lemoinianus Cope, Loomis, 7. lemoinianus Cope, Osborn, 11. marshi n. sp., Osborn, 11. minor n. sp., Loomis, 7. miticulus Cope, Loomis, 7. (Esthonyx) ? miticulus Cope, Os¬ born, 11. paulus, Osborn, 11. powellianus Cope, Osborn, 11. powellianus Cope, Loomis, 7. simplex n. sp., Loomis, 7. uintensis n. sp., Osborn, 11. vicarius Cope, Osborn, 11. wortmani n. sp., Osborn, 11. wortmani Osborn, Loomis, 7. Hypertragulus, Matthew (W. D.), 22. Hypertragulus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 7. sp., Sinclair, 6. Hyphantosoma Dali, Dali, 8. Hyphepus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. fieldi E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Hypisodus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2, 7, 22. minimus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 7. Hypocetus Lydekker, Case, 9. mediatlanticus (Cope), Case, 9. Hypohippus Leidy, Gidley, 5. Hyrachyus, Douglass, 8. ? priscus n. sp., Douglass, 8. Hyracodon priscidens n. sp., Lambe, 17. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Hysteroconcha Fischer, Dali, 8. Hystriospongia ? sp., Girty, 3. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Icanotia Stoliczka, Dali, 8. Ichthycrinus Conrad, Grabau, 1. laevis Conrad, Grabau, 1. Icthyocrinus magnaradialis n. sp., Wel¬ ler, 6. schucherti n. sp., Talbot, 2. Ichthyodectes Cope, Loomis, 1. Ichthyodectes Cope, Stewart 1. acanthicus Cope?, Stewart, 1. anaides Cope, Hay, 10. anaides Cope, Loomis, 1. anaides Cope, Stewart, 1. cruentus Hay, Stewart, 1. ctenodon Cope, Loomis, 1. ctenodon Cope, Stewart, 1. hamatus Cope, Loomis, 1. hamatus Cope, Stewart, 1. multidentatus Cope, Hay, 10. multidentatus Cope, Loomis, 1. occidentalis Leidy, Loomis, 1. Ichthyoidichnites acadiensis n. sp., Ami, 3, 28. Ichthyosaurus Merriam (J. C.), 6, 9. Ictops, Douglass, 9. acutidens n. sp., Douglass, 4. acutidens Douglass, Matthew (W. D. ), 9. acutidens Douglass, Douglass, 9. didelphoides Cope, Douglass, 9. intermedius n. sp., Douglass, 9. major n. sp., Douglass, 9. montanus n. sp., Douglass, 9. tenuis n. sp., Douglass, 9. thomsoni n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. thompsoni Matthew, Douglass, 9. Idiophyllum rotundifolium Lesquereux, Sellards, 4. Idmonea ? expansa n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Igoceras undata (Win.), Weller, 2. Illaenurus Columbiana n. sp., Weller, 6. Illaenus Dalman, Grabau, 1. americanus Billings, Ruedemann, 2. annatus Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1 . bayfieldi Billings, Raymond (P. E. ), 5. erastusi n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. globosus Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. indeterminatus Walcott, Raymond (P. E.), 5. insignis Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1 . ioxus Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. ioxus Hall, Grabau, 1. punctatus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. sp. indet., Whiteaves, 17. Illicium lignitum Lx., Perkins, 13. Ilyanassa? (Paranassa) porcina (Say), Martin, 5. Incolaria securiformis Herz., Herzer, 4. 672 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleonf cJ ogy—Continued. G-ncra and species described —Continued. Indiana, Matthew (G. F.), 20. lippa n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 13, 20 . ovalis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 13, 20 . ovalis mut. prima, Matthew (G. . F.), 20. Indrodon malaris Cope, Osborn, 11. Inoceramus adunca n. sp., Anderson, 3. halchii M. and H., Johnson (D. W.), 5. cripsii var. barabini Morton, John¬ son (D. W.), 5. digitatus (Sowerby) Schmidt, Whiteaves, 12. dimidius White, Johnson (D. W.), 5. fragilis H. and M., Johnson (D. W.), 5. irregularis n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. klamathensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. labiatus Schlotheim, Johnson (D. W.), 5. simpsoni Meek, Johnson (D. W.), 5. vanuxemi M. and H., Johnson (D. W.), 5. n. sp. ?, Johnson (D. W\), 5. sp., Shattuck, 8. Insectivora Matthew (W. D.), 19. Inoceramya n. gen., Ulrich, 4. concentrica n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Inyoites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. oweni n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Iphidea pannula White ' sp., Matthew (G. F.), 19. Iphidella n. gen., Walcott, 12. labradorica orientalis n. var., Wal¬ cott, 12. labradorica utahensis n. var., Wal¬ cott, 12. major n. sp., Walcott, 12. nisus n. sp., Walcott, 12. pannula maladensis n. var., Wal¬ cott, 12. pannula ophirensis n. var., Wal¬ cott, 12. sp. und., Walcott, 12. Isapis H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Ischnochiton Gray, Arnold, 2. regularis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Ischyrocyon n. gen., Matthew, Mat¬ thew and Gidley, 1. hytenodus n. sp., Matthew, Mat¬ thew and Gidley, 1. lschyromyidse, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Ischyromys veterior n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Isocampe E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. strata E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Isocardia cliffwoodensis n. sp., Weller, 10 . fraterna Say, Glenn, 6. ignolea n. sp., Glenn, 6. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Isocardia markoei Conrad, Glenn, 6. mazlea n. sp., Glenn, 6. medialis (Conrad), Shattuck, 8. Isochilina Jones, Grabau, 1. armata var. pygmiea n. var., Ruedemann, 2. cylindrica (Hall), Grabau, 1. gregaria Whitfield, var. (?), Jones (T. R.), 2. gregaria (Whitfield), var. ulrichi- ana, nov., Jones (T. R.), 2. sp. ?, Jones (T. R.), 2. Isodomo (Deshayes) Cossmann, Dali, 8. Isomena humilus Meek?, Kindle, 1. Isopora Studer, 1878, Vaughan, 2. muricata (Linnaeus) forma muri- cata s. s. (= cervicornis La¬ marck), Vaughan, 2. Isotelus angusticaudum n. sp., Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. ? bearsi n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5 . canalis Whitf., Weller, 6. florencevillensis n. n. (Isotelus su- sae Clarke, not Whitfield), Cal¬ vin, 10. gigas De Kay, Weller, 6. harrisi n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. maximus Locke, Ruedemann, 2. obtusum Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 5. susae Whitfield. Calvin, 10. Isurus mantelli (Geinitz), Williston, 1. Ivara D. and B. (MSS.), Arnold, 2. Ixacanthus Cope, Case, 9. atropius Cope, Case, 9. coelospondylus Cope, Case, 9. coaradi (Leidy), Case, 9. spinosus Cope, Case, 9. stenus Cope, Case, 9. Ixartia Leach, Dali, 8. Jaekelocystis n. gen., Schuchert 6, 11. avellana n. sp., Schuchert, 11. hartleyi n. sp., Schuchert, 6, 11. papillatus n. sp., Schuchert, 11. Jagonia Recluz, Dali, 8. Jamesella n. subg. of Nisusia, Walcott. 12 . Janassa maxima n. sp., Eastman. 10. unguila n. sp., Eastman, 10. Joannites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. nevadanus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Juglans? bendirei n. sp., Knowlton, 14. brandonianus n. sp., rerkins, 13, 17. crassifolia n. sp., Knowlton. 14. cryptata n. sp., Knowlton, 14. oregoniana Lesq.. Knowlton. 14. Juniperus hypnoides IIeer(?). Hollick. 4. Juvavites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 673 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Juvavites (Anatomites) mojsvari n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. (Anatomites) subintermittens n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. subinterruptus Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Kadaliosaurus Credner, Osborn, 19. Katelysia (Romer) Tryon, Dali, 8. Kellia Turton, Arnold, 2. laperousii Deshayes, Arnold, 2. rotundula n. sp., Glenn, 6. suborbicularis Montagu, Arnold, 2. Kennerleyia Cpr. (em.), Dali, 8. Kennerlia Carpenter, Arnold, 2. 'Kingena occidentalis n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . Kionoceras cancellatum (Hall), Whit¬ eaves, 17. darwini Billings (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. medullare Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Kirkbya sp., Girty, 3. Kochia Freeh, Clarke, 19. ungula n. sp., Clarke, 19. Koninckites Waagen, Smith (J. P.), 5. Koninckites Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Kutorgina Billings, Walcott, 12. cingulata Billings, Walcott, 12. granulata n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1 . perugata n. sp., Walcott, 12. sardiniaensis n. sp., Walcott, 12. sp. und., Walcott, 12. Labidosaurus hamatus Cope, Broili, 2. Lahiosa (Schmidt) Moiler, Arnold, 2. (Raeta) undulata Gould, Arnold, 2. (Raeta) sp., Glenn, 6. Lacuna Turton, Arnold, 2. compacta Carpenter, Arnold, 2. porrecta Carpenter, Arnold, 2. solidula (Loven) Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. Laevicardium Swainson, Arnold, 2. Lagena apiculata Reuss, Bagg, 9. globosa (Montagu), Bagg, 9. gracilis Williamson, Bagg, 9. marginata (Walker and Boys), Bagg, 9. sulcata (Walker and Jacobs), Bagg, 9. Lagunculapes E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. latus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Lamellaria Montagu, Arnold, 2. stearnsii Dali, Arnold, 2. Lamelliconcha Dali, Dali, 8. Lamna appendiculata Agassiz, Whit¬ eaves, 12. appendiculata (Romer), Williston, 1 . macrorhiza Cope, Williston, 1. mudgei Cope, Williston, 1. Bull. 301—06-43 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Lamna quinquelateralis Cragin, Willis- ton, 1. sulcata (Geinitz), Williston, 1. sp., Williston, 1. (Odontaspis?) sp., Williston, 1. Lampsilis Rafinesque, Letson, 1. ellipsiformis (Conr.) Simpson, Let- son, 1. rectus (Lam.) Smith, Letson, 1. Lampterocrinus? comptus n. sp., Row- ley, 3. Lancea Pease, Arnold, 2. Lanceolites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. compactus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Laqueus Dali, Arnold, 2. jeffreysi Dali, Arnold, 2. Laricopsis longifolia latifolia n. var., Fontaine, 4. Lasiograptus mucronatus (Hall), Wel¬ ler, 6. flscheri Heer, Penhallow, 4. Laternula Bolton, Dali, 8. Lathrohium antiquatum n. sp., Scud- der, 1. debilitatum n. sp., Scudder, 1. exesum n. sp., Scudder, 1. frustum n. sp., Scudder, 1. inhibitum n. sp., Scudder, 1. Latirus elaboratus n. sp., Aldrich, 2. marylandicus n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Laurophyllum angustifolium Newb., Berry, 5. Laurus angusta Heer, Hollick, 11. hollae Heer, Berry, 5. hollickii n. sp., Berry, 5, 7. oregoniana n. sp., Knowlton, 14. plutonia Heer, Berry, 5, 7. protesefolia Lesq., Berry, 5, 6, 7. Lazaria Conrad, Arnold, 2. subquadrata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Lecanites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. knechti n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. vogdesi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Lecanocrinus hemisphericus n. sp., Rowley, 3. macropetalus Hall, Grabau, 1. Leconteia n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. californica n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Leda Schumacher, Arnold, 2. concentrica (Say), Glenn, 6. cliftonensis n. sp., Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. cultelliformis (Rogers), Clark and Martin, 2. fossa Baird, Arnold, 2. % hamata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. improcera (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. liciata (Conrad), Glenn, 6. liciata var. amydra Dali, Glenn, 6. 674 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Leda rninuta Fabr. var. praecursor n. var., Arnold, 2. ? navicula n. sp., Cragin, 2. parilis (Conrad), Clark and Mar tin, 2. var., Clark and Martin, 2. parva (Rogers), Clark and Martin, 2 . potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. rostellata Conrad, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. saccata (Win.), Weller, 2. taphria Dali, Arnold, 2. tysoni n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. sp., Dali, 10. Leiomya A. Adams, Dali, 8. Leioclema? sp., Girty, 3. Leiorhynchus huronensis Nicholson, Shimer and Grabau, 1. laura Billings, Shimer and Grabau, 1 . limitare (Yanuxem), Kindle, 1. multicostus Hall, Shimer and Gra¬ bau, 1. quadricostatum (Vanuxem), Kin¬ dle, 1. Leperditella ornata n. sp., Weller, 6. Leperditia Rouault,. Grabau, 1. alta (Con.), Weller, 6. altoides n. sp., Weller, 6. balthica Hisinger var. guelphica Jones, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. elongata n. sp., Weller, 6. fabulites Conrad sp., Ruedemann, 2 fabulites (Con.), Weller, 6. gigantea n. sp., Weller, 6. limatula n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. resplendens n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. ? rugosa, Matthew (G. F.), 20. ?? rugosa n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 13. scalaris Jones, Grabau, 1. sp., Girty, 3. Lepidechinus Hall, Klem, 1. imbricatus Hall, Klem, 1. rarispinus Hall, Klem, 1. Lepidesthes Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1 . eolletti White, Klem, 1. coreyi Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. formosus Miller, Klem, 1. spectabilis Worthen and Miller, Klem, 1. wortheni Jackson, Klem, 1. Lepidocardia Dali, Dali, 8. Lepidocidaris Meek and Worthen, Klem. 1 . squamosus Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. Lepidocoleus jamesl Hall and Whitfield sp., Ruedemann, 2. Paleontology—Continued. Genera end species described —Continued. Lepidocystis inquisitus D. W., White (D.), 18. siliqua (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 18. Lepidodendron keyesi n. sp., Herrick (C. L.), 3. soccrroense n. sp., Herrick (C. L.), 3. thwaitesi n. sp., Herrick (C. L.), 3. thwaitesi var. striolatum n. var., Herrick (C. L.), 3. sp.?, Herrick (C. L.), 3. Lepidodiscus alleganius n. sp., Clarke, 3. Lepidcstrobus, Smith, 1. ? globosus Dn., White (D.), 18. Lep!dctus haydeni Leidy, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Lepidotus cccidentalis Leidy, Lambe, 3. occidentals Leidy, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Lepocrinites Conrad, Schuchert, 11. gebhardii Conrad, Schuchert, 11. manlius n. sp., Schuchert, 11. Lepralia labiosa n. sp., Ulrich, 2. maculata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 4. marylandica n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. montifera n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. ? reversa n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. subplana n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Leptaena Dalman, Grabau, 1. minnesotensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. praecosis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. recedens n. sp., Sardeson, 9. rhomboidalis (Wahlenberg), Gra¬ bau, 1. saxea n. sp., Sardeson, 9. rhomboidalis Wilckens, 1769. Beecher, 1. rhomboidalis (Wilckens), Kindle, 1 . rhomboidalis Wilckens, Ruede¬ mann, 2. rhomboidalis (Wilck.), Weller, 2. rhomboidalis Wilckens, Kindle and Breger, 1. rhomboidalis Wilck., Weller, 6. rhomboidalis (Wilck.), var. ventri- cosa (Hall), Weller, 6. Leptaxinus Verrill and Bush, Dali, 8. Leptesthes Meek, Dali, 8. Leptictidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Leptichthys, Stewart, 1. agilis n. sp., Stewart, 1. Leptobolus Hall, Matthew (G. F.), 20. atavus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 20 . atavus mut. insulae n. mut., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. atavus mut. tritavus n. mut., Mat thew (G. F.), 20. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 675 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Leptobolus ? collicia n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 20. collicia var. collis n. var., Matthew (G. F.), 20. fiumenis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20 . gemmulus, Matthew (G. F.), 20. cf. grandis, Matthew (G. F.), 19. cf. linguloides, Matthew (G. F.), 12 , 20 . torrentis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20 . walcotti n. sp., Ruedemann, 1. Leptocheirus n. gen., Merriam (J. C.), 6 . zitteli n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 6. Leptochoerus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . quadricuspis n. sp., Hatcher, 3. Leptocodon rectus Williston, Stewart, 1. Leptodesma marcellense Hall, Wood (Elvira), 1. rogersi Hall, Kindle, 1. Leptodomus interplicatus n. sp., Clarke, 19. multiplex n. sp., Clarke, 19. Leptomeryx, Matthew (W. D.), 22. Leptomeryx Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 7. esulcatus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 7. Leptomeryx? esulcatus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 9. mammifer Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 7, 9. semicinctus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 7. transmontanus n. sp., Douglass, 8. sp. indesc., Matthew (W. D.), 7. Leptophloeum rhombicum Dn., White (D.), 18. Leptophyllia sp. (No. 1), Vaughan, 17. sp. (No. 2), Vaughan, 17. Leptopora ramosa n. sp., Rowley, 1. procera n. sp., Rowley, 1. typa Win., Weller, 2. winchelli White, Girty, 3. Leptopsis levettei, White, Rowley, Greene, 2. Leptosomus Marck, Hay, 10. lineatus (Cope), Hay, 10. nasutulus (Cope), Hay, 10. percrassus (Cope), Hay, 10. Leptostrobus longifolius Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. ? ovalis Ward nom. nov., Fon¬ taine, 5. Leptostyrax bicuspidatus Williston, Williston, 1. Leptosurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. Leptothyra Carpenter, Arnold, 2. bacula Carpenter, Arnold, 2. carpenter! Pilsbry, Arnold, 2. paucicostata Dali, Arnold, 2. Leptotrachylns longipinnis Cope, Hay, 10 . Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Leptotragulus profectus n. sp., Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 9. Leptotrypa Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2 Lestosaurus gracilis Marsh, Williston, 10 . Leuciscus turneri n. sp., Lucas, 4. Levifusus trabeatus (?) Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. trabeatus ( ?) var., Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. Lianophycus polyfrons n. gen. and sp., Herzer, 4. Lichas Dalman, Grabau, 1. boltoni (Bigsby), Grabau, 1. nereus Hall, Van Ingen, 2. pustulosus Hall, Weller, 6. sp., Kindle, 1. Lichenalia Hall, Grabau, 1. concentrica Hall, Grabau, 1. concentrica Hall, Grant (C. C.), 10 . torta Hall, Weller, 6. Lima interlineata n. sp., Cragin, 2. multiradiata Gabb, Weaver, 1. (Ctenostreon) riograndensis n. sp., Cragin, 2. (Bruguibre) Cuvier, Arnold, 2. (Mantellum) dehiscens Conrad, Arnold, 2. papyria (Conrad), Glenn, 6. retifera Shumard, Beede, 1. shumardi n. sp., Shattuck, 8. suciensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. wacoensis Romer, Shattuck, 8. sp., Shattuck, 8. sp. ind., Whiteaves, 8. sp., Beede, 8. Limnfea Lamarck, Letson, 1. catascopium Say, Letson, 1. columella Say, Letson, 1. desidiosa Say, Letson, 1. Limnenetes sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Limnenentes (?) anceps n. sp., Doug¬ lass, 4. platyceps n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 4. Limipecten n. gen., Girty, 5. texanus n. sp., Girty, 5. texanus var. grandicostatus n. var., Girty, 5. Limnocyon Marsh, Wortman, 11. d.vsodus, Wortman, 11. medius n. sp., Wortman, 11. velox Marsh, Wortman, 11. verus Wortman, 11. Limnopus vagans Marsh, Matthew (G. F.), 25. Limnotherium affine Marsh, Osborn, 11. Limoptera cancellata Hall, Kindle, 1. Limopteria alata (Beede), Beede, 1. gibbosa (Meek and Worthen). Beede, 1. longlspina (Cox), Beede. 1. marian (White), Beede, 1. 676 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Limopteria subalata (Beede and Rog¬ ers), Beede, 1. Lindigia (?) nodosum n. sp., Ander¬ son, 3. Linearia ? divaricata n. sp., Johnson (C. W.), 1. Lingula Bruguiere, Grabau, 1. aurora Hall, Sardeson, 2. brainerdi n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 1 . carbonaria Shumard, Girty, 3. columba n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. cuneata Conrad, Grabau, 1. dolata n. sp., Sardeson, 2. ? lens n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 9. morsii N. H. Winchell, Sardeson, 1. mosia Hall, Sardeson, 2. mytiloides Sowerby, Beede, 1. ? ovata n. sp., Cleland, 3. Philomela Bill.?, Weller, 6. riciniformis Hall, Weller, 6. spatulata Vanuxem, Kindle, 1. tighti Herrick, Girty, 3. winona Hall, Sardeson, 2. Lingulasma galenensis W. & S., Weller, 6 . Lingulella concina n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 9, 20. cfr. davisii McCoy, Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. ? escasoni n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 9. gregwa n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2. lsevis var. grandis n. var., Matthew (G. F.), 20. lsevis var. lens, Matthew (G. F.), 20 . cfr. lepis, Matthew (G. F.), 12. longovalis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20 . cf. longovalis, Matthew (G. F.), 20. macconnelli Walcott, Matthew (G. F.), 19. radula var. aspera n. var., Mat¬ thew (G. F.) , 20. roberti n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. selwyni, Matthew (G. F.), 20. stoneana Whitf., Weller,'6. tumida n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 20 . Lingulepis Hall, Matthew (G. F.), 20. gregwa, Matthew (G. F.), 20. gregwa var. robusta n. var., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. longinervis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. pumila n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. rotunda n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20 . starri var. Matthew (G. F.), 20. starri mut. exigua n. mut., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. Lingulops norwoodi (James), Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Linnarssonella n. gen., Walcott, 6. Linnarssonia cf. belti Davidson?, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. girtyi n. sp., Walcott, 6. minuta Hall and Whitfield (sp.), Walcott, 6. tennesseensis n. sp., Walcott, 6. Linuparus canadensis Whiteaves, Whit- eaves, 12. vancouverensis Whiteaves, Whit¬ eaves, 12. Lioconcha Morch, Dali, 8. Liocyma Dali, Dali, 8. Lioclema Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Lioclema Ulrich, Grabau, 1. aspera (Hall), Grabau, 1. florida (Hall), Grabau, 1. monroei n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . punctatum (Hall), Ulrich and Bassler, 2.- Lioclemella Foerste, Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. ohioensis (Foerste), Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Liopteria Hall, Grabau, 1. (?) subplana (Hall), Grabau, 1. Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem), Wood (Elvira), 1. Liospira americana Billings sp., Ruede- mann, 2. micula (Hall), Weller, 6. strigata n. sp., Collie, 3. subtilistriata Hall sp., Ruede- mann, 2. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Liquidambar europseum patulum n. var., Knowlton, 14. pachyphyllum n. sp., Knowlton, 14. sp. (?), Knowlton, 14. Liriodendron, Berry, 1. Liriodendropsis angustifolia Newb., Berry, 7. Lirodiscus Conrad, Dali, 8. protractus O. Meyer, Dali, 8. wailesii n. sp., Dali, 8. Lirophora Conrad, Dali, 8. Lirosoma sulcosa Conrad, Martin, 5. Lithasteriscus radiatus Ehrenberg, Martin, 8. Lithocampe marylandica n. sp.. Mar¬ tin, 8. Lithodomus nitidus n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . Lithodrumus n. gen., Greene, 12. veryi n. sp., Greene, 12. Lithophaga Bolten, Arnold, 2. ionensis n. sp., Glenn. 6. marylandica n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. minuta n. sp., Weller, 2. plumula Hanley, Arnold, 2. subalveata Conrad. Glenn, 6. Lithostrotion Fleming, Lambe, 2. ? canadense, Ulrich, 8. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 677 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Lithostrotion harmodites Edwards and Haime, Ulrich, 8. macouni Lambe, Lambe, 2. ? proliferum Hall, Ulrich, 8. Litiopa marylandica n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Littorina Ferussac, Arnold, 2. irrorata (Say), Martin, 5. planaxis (Nuttall) Philippi, Ar¬ nold, 2. scutulata Gould, Arnold, 2. Lituites (Ophidioceras) bickmoreanus Whitfield, Kindle and Breger, 1. (Ophidioceras) hercules carrollen- sis n. var., Kindle and Breger, 1 . marshii Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1 . Lobocrinus dubius n. sp., Rowley, 2. ( ?) dubius var. pustulosus n. var., Rowley, 2. (?) insolitus n. sp., Rowley, 2. Loganograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. logani Hall, Ruedemann, 8. Lonchodomas halli Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Longobardites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. nevadanus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Lonsdaleia McCoy, Lambe, 2. (or Lithostrotion) canadense (Castelnau), Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. picroense Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. Loperia n. subg. of Protorthis, Wal¬ cott, 12. Lophoblastus n. gen., Rowley, 1. conoideus n. sp., Rowley, 1. marginulus n. sp., Rowley, 1. pentagonus n. sp., Rowley, 4. Lophocetus Cope, Case, 9. calvertensis (Harlan), Case, 9. Lophophyllum profundum (Milne-Ed- wards and Haime), Beede, 1. profundum Milne-Edwards and Haime, Girty, 3. westi (Beede), Beede, 1. Lophospira billingsi n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. bispiralis Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. medialis U. and S., Weller, 6. oweni U. and S., Weller, 6. rectangularis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Loricera exita n. sp., Scudder, 1. Loripes Cuvier, Dali, 8. Loxonema attenuata Hall, Weller, 6. danai n. sp., Clarke, 19. delphicola Hall, mut. moloch Clarke, Loomis, 4. difficile n. sp., Sardeson, 11. hamiltoniae Hall, Kindle, 1. hydraulica Hall, Kindle, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Loxonema jerseyensis n. sp., Weller, 6. lseviusculum Hall, Kindle, 1. multiplication n. sp., Clarke, 19. noe Clarke, Clarke, 19. parvum Cox?, Girty, 3. ? peoriense Worthen, Girty, 3. plicatum Whitfield, Girty, 3. rectistriatum Hall, Kindle, 1. robusta Hall, Parks, 5. ? teres Hall, Kindle, 1. ? sp., Girty, 3. sp. undet., Weller, 6. sp., Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 2. sp. indet., Whiteaves, 17. Loxopteria Freeh, Clarke, 19. (Sluzka) corrugata n. sp., Clarke, 19. dispar Sandberger, Clarke, 19. (Sluzka) intumescentis n. sp., Clarke, 19. laevis Freeh, Clarke, 19. vasta n. sp., Clarke, 19. Loxoptychodon Sandberger, Dali, 8. Lucapina Gray, Arnold, 2. crenulata Sowerby, Arnold, 2. Lucina Bruguiere, Arnold, 2. (Bruguiere) Lamarck, Dali, 8. acutilineata Conrad, Arnold, 2. aquiana Clark, Clark and Martin, 2 . astartiformis Aldrich, Clark and Martin, 2. atoma n. sp., Casey, 1. californica Conrad, Arnold, 2. chrysostoma (Meuschen) Philip¬ pi, Dali, 8. corpulenta n. sp., Dali, 8. dartoni Clark, Clark and Martin, 2 . ? emarginata n. sp., Cragin, 2. janus n. sp., Dali, 8. megameris, Dali, 3. nuttalli. Conrad, Arnold, 2. perminuta n. sp., Casey, 1. planiuscula n. sp., Cragin, 2. potosina Castillo and Aguilera, Cragin, 2. potosina var. metrica n. var., Cragin, 2. santarosana n. sp., Dali, 8. scopularis n. sp., Casey, 4. subvexa Conrad, Dali, 8. tenuisculpta Carpenter, Arnold, 2 uhleri Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. vicksburgensis n. sp., Casey, 4. whitei Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. sp. indet., Dali, 8. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Lucinella Monterosato, Dali, 8. Lucinisca Dali, Dali, 8. Lucinoma Dali, Dali, 8. Ludovicia Cossmann, Dali, 8. Lunatia Gray, Arnold, 2. 678 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Con tinued. Genera and species described —Continued. Lunatia marylandica Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. Lunulicardium Munster, Clarke, 19. (Prochasma) absegmen n. sp., | Clarke, 19. (Pinnopsis) accola n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Pinnopsis) acutirostrum Hall, Clarke, 19. beushauseni n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Prochasma) bickense Holzapfel, | Clarke, 19. clymenise, Clarke, 17. (Chsenocardiola) clymenise n. sp., Clarke, 19. encrinitum n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Prochasma) enode n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Chsenocardiola) eriense n. sp., Clarke, 19. finitimum n. sp., Clarke, 19. fragile Hall, Wood (Elvira), 1. (Chsenocardiola) furcatum n. sp.. Clarke, 19. hemicardioides, Clarke, 17. (Chsenocardiola) hemicardioides n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Pinnopsis) libum n. sp., Clarke, 19. mulleri, Clarke, 17. (Pinnopsis) ornatum Hall, Clarke, 19. (Prochasma) parunculus n. sp., Clarke, 19. pilosum n. sp., Clarke, 19. sodale n. sp., Clarke, 19. suppar n. sp., Clarke, 19. ? (Opisthoccelus?) transversale n. sp., Clarke, 19. velatum n. sp., Clarke, 19. (Pinnopsis) wiscoyense n. sp., Clarke, 19. n. sp., Clarke, 19. n. sp. ?, Clarke, 19. Lunulites reversa n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Lutra pristina n. sp., Matthew, Mat¬ thew and Gidley, 1. Luzonia Dali and Smith, Dali, 8. Lycopodites comosus Dn., White (D.), 18. ? montanensis n. sp., Fontaine, 4. Lyginopteris oldhamia, White (D.), 19. Lygodium kaulfusii Heer. Knowlton, 14. Lyonsia Turton, Arnold, 2. Lyonsia Turton, Dali, 8. section Allogramma Dali, Dali, 8. section Philippina Dali. Dali. 8. acuta n. sp., Dali, 8. arenosa Morch, Sears, 1. californica Conrad, Arnold, 2. Lyria nestor n. sub-sp., Casey, 4. Lyriocrinus? beecheri n. sp.. Hudson. 1 . dactylus Hall, Grabau, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Lyriopecten Hall, Grabau, 1. orbiculoides nom. nov., Grabau, 1. Lyrosurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. acuta n. sp., Casey, 5. elegans n. sp., Casey, 5. obsoleta n. sp., Casey, 5. Lysis suciensis Whiteaves, Whiteaves, 12 . Lysorophus tricarinatus Cope, Broili, 2 . tricarinatus, Case, 2. Lytoceras (Gabbioceras) angulatum n. sp., Anderson, 3. argonautarum n. sp., Anderson, 3. batesi (Trask) Gabb, Anderson, 3. (Tetragonites) cala (?) (Forbes) Stolicza, Anderson, 3. (Gaudryceras) denmanense, Whit¬ eaves, 2. rel. duvalianum d’Orb., Anderson, 3. (Tetragonites) jacksonense n. sp., Anderson, 3. (Gaudryceras) kayei Forbes, An¬ derson, 3. (Gaudryceras) sacya Forbes, An¬ derson, 3. Lytoceratoidea, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Lytoloma Cope, Wieland, 7. angusta Cope, Wieland, 7. (Euclastes) platyops Cope, Wie¬ land, 7. Machserodus? ischyrus n. sp., Merri- am, 16. Maclurea magna Le Sueur, Raymond (P. E.), 1. Macoma Leach, Arnold, 2. baltica Linn., Sears, 1. ealearea Gmelin, Arnold, 2. indentata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. inquinata Deshayes, Arnold. 2. lenis (Conrad), Glenn, 6. marylandica n. sp., Glenn. 6. nasuta Conrad, Arnold, 2. nasuta Conrad var. kelseyi Dali, Arnold, 2. secta Conrad, Arnold, 2. yoldiformis Carpenter, Arnold. 2. Macridiscus Dali, Dali, 8. Macrocallista Meek, Dali, 8. section Chionella Cossmann. Dali, 8 . section Macrocallista s. s.. Dali. 8. acuminata n. sp.. Dali. S. albaria Say, Dali, 8. (Chionella?) gilberti n. sp.. Dali. 10 . (Chionella) maculata LinnA Dali, 8 . marylandica (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Chionella) marylandica Conrad, Dali, 8. nimbosa Solander, Dali, 8. pittsburgensis Dali, Dali, 8. reposta Conrad, Dali, 8. (Chionella) sp., Dali, 10. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 679 Paleontology—Con tinued. Genera and species described —Continued. Macrocephalites ishmse Keyserling sp., Madsen, 1. sp. cf. macrocephalus Schlotheim sp., Madsen, 1. pompeckji n. sp., Madsen, 1. Macrochellina carinatus Nettlerotli, Kindle, 1. Macrochilina hamiltoniie Hall, mut. pygmsea Clarke, Loomis, 4. hebe Hall., mut. pygmsea nov., Loomis, 4. liebe Hall, Kindle, 1. onondagsensis n. sp., Clarke, 2. onondagaensis Clarke, Wilson (J. D.), 1. pygmsea n. sp., Clarke, 19. seneca n. sp., Clarke, 19. sp. indet., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1 . sp., Kindle, 1. Macrodon cf. cochlearis Winchell, Sar- deson, 11. . Macrodon obsoletus Meek. Beede, 1. parms W. & W., Weller, 2. sangamonensis Worthen?, Beede, 1. Macron H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. kellettii A. Adams, Arnold, 2. lividus A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Macronotella fragaria n. sp., Ruede¬ mann, 2. ulrichi n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. Macrotseniopteris californica Fontaine, Fontaine 1. Mactra Linne, Arnold, 2. californica Conrad, Arnold, 2. (Spisula) eatilliformis Conrad, Ar¬ nold, 2. clathrodon Lea, Glenn, 6. exoleta Gray, Arnold, 2. (Spisula) falcata Gould, Arnold, 2. gabbiana n. sp., Anderson, 3. hemphilli Dali, Arnold, 2. luteola Loven (?), Sears, 1. Magnolia alternans Heer, Hollick, 4. capellinii Heer, Berry, 7. capellini Heer, Hollick, 11. obtusata Heer, Berry, 5. palseopetala n. sp., Hollick, 6. speciosa Heer, Berry, 6, 7. tenuifolia Lesq., Berry, 7. tenuifolia Lesq. (?), Hollick, 11. tenuifolia Lesq., Berry, 5. woodbridgensis Hollick, Berry, 5. Majanthemophyllum grandifolium n. sp., Penhallow, 4. Malocystites emmonsi n. sp., Hudson, 1. Mancalla californiensis n. sp., Lucas, 5. Mangilia Risso, s. s., Arnold, 2. Mangilia (Leach) Risso, Arnold, 2. angulata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Pleurotomella) bellistriata, Clark and Martin, 2. (Cythara) branneri n. sp., Arnold, 2 . Paleontology—Con t inued. Genera and species described —Continued. Mangilia (Clathurella) conradiana Gabb, Arnold, 2. cornelliana n. sp., Martin, 5. hooveri n. sp., Arnold, 2. interfossa var. pedroana n. var., Arnold, 2. interlirata Stearns, Arnold, 2. (Glyphostoma) obtusa n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. oldroydi n. sp., Arnold, 2. painei n. sp., Arnold,. 2. parva (Conrad), Martin, 5. parvoidea n. sp., Martin, 5. patuxentia n. sp., Martin, 5. sculpturata Dali, Arnold, 2. striosa C. B. Adams, Arnold, 2. (Taranis) strongi n. sp., Arnold, 2. Mantelliceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Mantellum Adams, Arnold, 2. Maragnicrinus n. gen., Whitfie’d, 11. portlandicus n. sp., Whitfield, 11. Marchantites erectus (Bean) Seward?, Fontaine, 1. Marcia H. and A. Adams, Dali, 8. section Hemitapes Romer, Dali, 8. section Mercimonia Dali, Dali, 8. section Sumarangia Dali, Dali, 8. section Textivenus Cossmann, Dali, 8. section Venerella Cossman, Dali, 8. Margarita Leach, Arnold, 2. optabilis Carpenter, var. knechti n. var., Arnold, 2: optabilis Carpenter var., nodosa n. var., Arnold, 2. parcipicta Carpenter, var. pedro¬ ana n. var., Arnold, 2. pvpilla Gould, Arno’d, 2. Margaritana nebrascensis Meek, White (C. A.), 1. Margaritaria abrupta (Conrad) Glenn, 6 . abrupta Conrad, Dali, 8. Margarites peninsularis n. sp., Dali, 10. Marginella Lamarck, Arnold, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. denticulata Conrad, Martin, 5. jewettii Carpenter, Arnold, 2. minuta Pfeiffer, Martin, 5. (Volvarina) varia Sowerby, Ar¬ nold, 2. Marginifera haydenensis n. sp., Girty, 3. ingrata n. sp., Girty, 3. lasallensis Worthen?, Girty", 3. muricata Norwood and Pratten, Girty, 3. wabashensis Norwood and Pratten var., Girty, 3. Marginulina costata (Batsch.), Bagg, 1. Mariacrinus Hall, Talbot, 2. beecheri n. sp.. Talbot, 2. Mariopteris cordato-ovato obtusiloba n. var., White (D.), 10. Marsilea andersoni n. sp., Hollick, 11. 680 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Martesia maloniana n. sp., Cragin, 2. ovalis (Say), Glenn, 6. ? parvula n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. Martinia subumbona (Hall), Kindle, 1. williamsi n. sp., Kindle, 1. Mastodon, Douglass, 8. americanus, Holland, 3. Matheria brevis n. sp., Whiteaves, 8. Matonidium althausii (Dunker) Ward, Fontaine, 3. Meandriana Lamarck, Vaughan, 2. mxeandrites (Linnaeus), Vaughan, 2 . Medlicottia, Waagen, Smith (J. P.), 3. copei White, Smith (J. P.), 3. Medullosa stellata var. gigantea, White (D.), 19. stellata var. typica, White (D.), 19. Meekella striaticostata Cox, Girty, 3. striatocostata (Cox), Beede, 1. Meekoceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Meekoceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Gyronites) aplanatum White, Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. (Gyronites) aplanatum White, Smith (J. P.), 5. gracilitatis White, Smith (J. P.), 5. gracilitatis White, Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Prionolobus) jacksoni n. sp., Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. (Koninckites) mushbachanum White, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Koninckites) mushbachanum White, Hyatt and Smith, 1. pilatum n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Prionolobus) waageni n. sp., Hy¬ att and Smith, 1. Meekoceratidae, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Meekopora Ulrich, Condra, 2. prosseri Ulrich n. sp., Condra 1, 2. Megablattina n. gen., Sellards, 5. beecheri n. sp., Sellards, 5. Megacerops, Lull, 6. amplus Marsh, Lull, 5. angustigenis Cope, Osborn, 10. avus Marsh, Osborn, 10. bicornutus Osborne, Lull, 5. bicornutus n. sp., Osbox-n, 10. brachycephalus n. sp., Osborn, 10. coloradensis Leidy, Osbox’n, 10. dispar Marsh, Osboim, 10. marshi n. sp., Osborn, 10. robustus Marsh, Osborn, 10. ? selwynianus Cope, Osborn, 10. tichoceras Scott and Osboi'n, Os¬ born, 10. tyleri n. sp., Lull, 5. Megalneusaurus Knight, Williston, 14. Megalocnus Leidy,. Vaughan, 9. Megalomphala robusta n. sp., Whit¬ eaves, 17. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Megalonyx jeffersonii Leidy?, Sinclair, 7. sierrensis n. sp., Sinclair, 7. wheatleyi Cope?, Sinclair, 7. ? sp., Sinclair, 7. Megambonia aviculoidea Hall, Weller, 0 . bellistriata Hall, Weller, 6. parva n. sp., Weller, 6. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Megapezia n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. pineoi n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. Megistocrinus abnormis (Lyon), Wood (Elvira), 3. circulus? Rowley, Greene, 13. circulus n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2 . corniger n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, ' 2 . corniger, Rowley, Greene, 9. depressus (Hall), Wood (Elvira), 3. expansus Miller and Gurley, Wood (Elvira), 3. expansus M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 11 . expansus, Miller and Gurley, Row- ley, Greene, 2. expansus var. inflatus, n. var., (Rowley), Greene, 2. expansus var. magniventrus, n. var., Rowley, Greene, 6. expansus var. magniventi’us?, Row- ley, Greene, 9. hemisphericus? M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 9. nodosus Barris?, Wood (Elvira), 3. oppelti n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 8. i-egularis n. sp., Wood (Elvii’a), 3. rugosus Lyon and Casseday, Wood (Elvira), 3. rugosus L. & C., Rowley, Greene, 8 . rugosus var. spinuliferus, n. var., Rowley, Greene, 6. spinosulus Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 13. sphaeralis n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 3. ■ tuberatus n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 3. unicornis n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2 Melampus Montfort, Arnold, 2. olivaceus Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Melania exigua Conrad, Stearns (R. E. C.), 2. ? whiteavesi n. sp., Stanton, Stan¬ ton and Hatcher, 1. Melina maxillata (Deshayes) Glenn, 6. Melocrinus clarkei (Hall) Williams, Clarke, 19. nobilissimus (Hall), Talbot, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 681 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Melocrinus pachydactylus (Conrad), Talbot, 2. wittenbergensis n. sp., Rowley, 3. Melongena (?) potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Melonites Owen and Norwood, Klem, 1. crassus Hambach, Klem, 1. irregularis Hambach, Klem, 1. multiporus Norwood and Owen, Klem, 1. multiporus? O. & N., Ulrich, 8. septenarius Jackson, Klem, 1. Membranipora angusta n. sp., Ulrich, 2. bifoliata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. caminosa n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. fistula n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. fossulifera n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. germana n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. nitidula n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. oblongula n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. parva n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. rimulata n. sp., Ulrich, 2. spiculosa n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Meniscomys sp. indet., Matthew, Mat¬ thew and Gidley, 1. Menispermites californicus n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. tenuinervis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Menophyllum ulrichanum n. sp., Girty, 3. Mercimonia Dali, Dali, 8. Meretrix Lamarck, Dali, 8. arata Gabb, Whiteaves, 12. lenis (Conrad), Clark and Martin, ovata var. ovata (Rogers), Clark and Martin, 2. ovata var. pyga Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. subimpressa Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. Meristella barrisi Hall, Kindle, 1. nasuta (Conrad), Kindle, 1. laevis (Van.), Weller, 6. princeps Hall, Weller, 6. lata (Hall), Weller, 6. Meristina? expansa n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. maria Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. marit Hall 1863, Beecher, 1. cf. princeps Hall, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. rectirostris Hall, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. rectirostris Hall 1882, Beecher, 1. Merriamia, Merriam (J. C.), 13. zitteli, Merriam (J. C.), 13. Merychippus Leidy, Gidley, 5. Merychyus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Merychyus elegans Leidy, Matthew (W. D.) , 2. Merycochcerus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2 altiramus n. sp., Douglas, 2. compressidens n. sp., Douglas, 2. elrodi n. sp., Douglas, 2. madisonius n. sp., Douglas, 2. ? obliquidens?, Douglas, 2. proprius Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2 rusticus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . Merycodus?, Douglass, 8. Merycodus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 14. agilis Douglass, Matthew (W. D.), 14. furcatus (Leidy), Matthew (W. D.), 14. ? necatus? Leidy, Douglass, 8. necatus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 14. osborni n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 14. ? ramosus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 14. Mesalia obruta (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. Mesoblastus Etheridge fil. and Carpen¬ ter, Hambach, 1. glaber ? Meek and Worthen, Ul¬ rich, 8. kirkwoodensis ? Shumard, Rowley, 4. Mesocyon? drummondanus n. sp., Doug¬ lass, 8. Mesodesma alaskensis n. sp., Dali, 10. mariana n. sp., Glenn, 6. Mesodon abrasus Cragin, Williston, 1. Mesohippus acutidens n. sp., Sinclair, 6 . assiniboiensis n. sp., Lambe, 16. bairdi Leidy, Osborn, 21. brachystylus n. sp., Osborn, 31. brachystylus Osborn, Lambe, 16. celer Marsh, Osborn, 31. copei Osborn and Wortman, Os¬ born, 31. eulophus n. sp., Osborn, 31. hypostylus n. sp., Osborn, 31. intermedius Osborn and Wortman, Osborn, 31. latidens Douglass, Osborn, 31. latidens n. sp., Douglass, 8. meteulophus n. sp., Osborn, 31. montanensis n. sp., Osborn, 31. obliquidens n. sp., Osborn, 31. planidens n. sp., Lambe, 16. praecocidens n. sp., Lambe, 16. propinquus n. sp., Lambe, 16. proteulophus n. sp., Osborn, 31. stenolophus n. sp., Lambe, 16. validus n. sp., Osborn, 31. westoni Cope, Osborn, 31. 682 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continu d. * Genera and species described — Continued. Meschippus westoni, Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 9. westoni (Cope), Lambe, 14. westoni Cope, Lambe, 16. Mesonychidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Mesonyx obtusidens Cope, Wortman, 9. j Mesostoma? intermedium n. sp., Whit- [ eaves, 12. ? newcombii n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. suciense n. sp., W T hiteaves, 12. Mesotrypa angularis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. echinata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 , Metablastus bipyramidalis Hall, Row- ley, 4. bipyramidalis ? Hall, Rowley, Greene, 5. bipyramidalis Hall, Rowley, Greene, 11. lineatus Shumard, Rowley, 4. nitidulus M. and G., Rowley, Greene, 1. Metacheiromys marshi n. gen. and sp., Wortman, 13. Metamynodon ?, Douglass, 8. Metaplasia plicata n. sp., Weller, 6. pyxidata (Hall), Weller, 6. Metasigaloceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Metacheiromys Wortman, Osborn, 30. dasypus n. sp., Osborn, 30. tatusia n. sp., Osborn, 30. Metatirolites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Metatissctia n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Metengonoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. acutum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. ambiguum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. dumbli (Cragin), Hyatt, 1. inscriptum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. inscriptum var. ?, Hyatt, 1. Metis H. and A., Adams, Arnold, 2. alta Conrad, Arnold, 2. • biplicata Conrad, Glenn, 6. Metoicoeeras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. acceleratum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. gibbosum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. swallovi (Shumard), Hyatt, 1. whitei n. sp., Hyatt, 1. Metopccetus Cope, Case, 9. durinasus Cope, Case, 9. Metopoma explanata n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Metoposaurus fraasi n. sp., Lucas (F. A.), 19. fraasi Lucas, Branson, 2. Metoptoma amii n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 19. Metula fastidiosa n. sp., Casey, 4. fragilis n. sp., Casey, 4. marylandica n. sp., Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. Myeria? harveyi Woodward, Whiteaves. 12 . | Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Michelinia convexa D’Orbigny, Beecher, 1 . eugeneae White, Beede, 1. eugeneae var. princetonensis, Ul¬ rich, 8. subramosa n. sp., Ulrich, 8. wardi n. sp., Greene, 8. Microdiscus? sp. undet. Weller, 6. Microdon leptogaster (Win.), Weller, 2 . Microdrillia n. gen., Casey, 4. aldrichiella n. sp., Casey, 4. biplicatula n. sp., Casey, 4. (Pleurotoma) cossmani. Meyer, Casey, 4. elongatula n. sp., Casey, 4. (Glyphostoma) harrisi Aid., Casey, 4. (Pleurotoma) infans Meyer, Casey, 4. (Pleurotoma) lerchi Vgn., Casey, 4. minutissima n. sp., Casey, 4. robustula n. sp., Casey, 4. rostratula n. sp., Casey, 4. solidula n. sp., Casey, 4. vicksburgella n. sp., Casey, 4. Microcyclus Meek and Worthen, Lambe, 2 # discus Meek and Worthen, Lambe, 2 . Micromeris Conrad, Dali, 8. Microporella ? bifoliata n. sp., Ulrich and Ba,ssler, 4. inflata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. prseciliata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. Micropternodus borealis n. gen. and sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Microstagon Cossmann, Dali, 8. Microsurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. bellula n. sp., Casey, 5. nucleola n. sp., Casey, 5. Microsyops Leidy, Wortman, 13. annectens Marsh, Wortman, 13. (Bathrodon) annectens Marsh, Os¬ born, 11. elegans Marsh, Wortman, 13. gracil : s, Osborn, 11. gracilis Leidy, Wortman. 13. schlosseri n. sp., Wortman, 13. scottianus Cope, Osborn, 11. (Mesacodon) speciosus Marsh, Os¬ born, 11. (Bathrodon) typus.Marsh, Osborn, 11 . uintensis Osborn, Osborn, 11. Microzamia ? dubia n. sp.. Berry, 6. Milleroceras parrishi Miller and Gur¬ ley, Smith (J. P.), 3. Milneria Dali, Dali, 8. Miltha H. and A. Adams, Dali, 8. Mimulus waldronensis Miller and Dyer 1878, Beecher, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 683 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Miocloenus acolytus (Cope), Douglass, 3. Miodontiscus Dali, Dali, 8. Miodontopsis Dali, Dali, 8. Miliolina Williamson, Bagg, 6. macilenta, Guppy, 4. seminulum (Linne), Bagg, 6. Milleaster n. gen., Ulrich, 6. incrustans n. sp., Ulrich, 6. ? subramosus n. sp., Ulrich, 6. Miohippus crassicuspis n. sp., Osborn, 31. gidleyi n. sp., Osborn, 31. Miolabis, Matthew (W. D.), 15. (Paratylopus) cameloides, Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 15. (Paratylopus) primsevus n. suhg. and sp., Matthew (W. D.), 15. (Paratylopus) sternbergi, Matthew (W. D.), 15. transmontanus, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Mitra Lamarck, Arnold, 2. mariana n. sp., Martin, 5. marylandica Clark, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. maura Swainson, Arnold, 2. pomonkensis n. sp., Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Mitromorpha A. Adams, Arnold, 2. filosa Carpenter, Arj^ld, 2. intermedia n. sp., Arnold, 2. Mixodectes Cope, Wortman, 13. crassiusculus Cope, Osborn, 11. pungens Cope, Osborn, 11. Mixosaurus, Merriam (.1. C.), 6, 13. cornalianus, Merriam (J. C.), 13. Modiella sp. ?, Clarke, 19. Modiola geniculata n. sp., Cragin, 2. hollicki n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1. maloniana n. sp., Cragin, 2. merriami n. sp., Weaver, 1. cfr. simplex .1. Sowerby, Ravn, 1. siskiyouensis Gabb, Whiteaves, 12. subelliptica Meek, Beede, 1. ? subelliptica Meek, Girty, 3. vineyardensis n. sp., Brown T. C.), 1 . vineyardensis mut. i n o r n a t a , Brown (T. C.), 1. (Brachydontes) sp. ind., Whit¬ eaves, 12. ? sp., Shattuck, 8. Modiolaria curta n. sp., Glenn, 6. discors Loven, Sears, 1. laevigata Gray, Sears, 1. Modiolopsis Hall, Grabau, 1. affinis n. sp., Sardeson, 1. aviculoides Hall, Ruedemann. 2. contigua n. sp., Sardeson, 1. depressa n. sp., Weller, 6. faba (Con.), Weller, 6. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Modiolopsis fabaformis n. sp., Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. fountainensis n. sp., Sardeson, 1. gregalis n. sp., Sardeson, 1. jerseyensis n. sp., Weller, 6. litoralis n. sp., Sardeson, 1. orthonata (Conrad), Grabau, 1. plana Hall, Sardeson, 10. postica n. sp., Sardeson, 1. primigenia (Conrad), Grabau, 1. senecta n. sp., Sardeson, 1. ? cf. solvensis Hicks, Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. sowteri n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. cf. subalatus, Grabau, 1. subquadrilateralis n. sp., Hudson, 1 . thecocides n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1 . Modiolus Lamarck, Arnold, 2. alabamensis Aldrich, Clark and Martin, 2. alaskanus n. sp., Dali, 10. dalli n. sp., Glenn, 6. ducatelii Conrad, Glenn, 6. fornicatus Carpenter, Arnold, 2. harrimani n. sp., Dali, 10. ionensis n. sp., Glenn, 6. marylandicus - n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. rectus Conrad, Arnold, 2. virginicus (Conrad), Glenn, 6. sp., Dali, 10. (Botula?) sp., Dali, 10. Modiomorpha affinis Hall, Kindle, 1. alta Hall, Kindle, 1. charlestownensis Nettleroth, Kin¬ dle, 1. concentrica Hall, Kindle, 1. myteloides Con., Kindle, 1. recta Hall, Kindle, 1. Mcerella Fischer, Arnold, 2. Mojsvaroceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . turneri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Molleria minuscula Dali, Martin, 5. Monia Gray, Arnold, 2. Monilipora prosseri Beede, Girty, 3. Monilopora amplexa, Rowley, 4. beecheri Grabau, Greene, 2. Monobolina refulgens, Matthew (G. F.), 20 . Monocarpellites n. gen., Perkins, 13. elegans n. sp., Perkins, 13. gibbosus n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. hitchcockii n. sp., Perkins, 13. irregularis n. sp., Perkins, 13. medius, n. sp., Perkins, 13. orbicularis n. sp., Perkins, 13. ovalis n. sp., Terkins, 13. pyramidalis n. sp., Perkins, 13. sulcatus n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. vermontanus n. sp., Perkins, 13. whitfieldii n^p.. Perkins. 13. 684 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Monoceros Lamarck, Arnold, 2. engonatum Conrad, Arnold, 2. lapilloides Conrad, Arnold, 2. Monocladodus Claypole, Claypole, 5. clarki Claypole, Claypole, 5. pinnatus Claypole, Claypole, 5. Monoclonius Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. belli n. sp., Lambe, 3. canadensis n. sp., Lambe, 3, 10, 11. crassus Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1 . dawsoni n. sp., Lambe, 3. dawsoni Lambe, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. sphenocerus Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Monocraterion, Matthew (G. F.), 12. Monomorella noveboracum n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. Monophyllites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. billingsianus Gabb, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Monopteria alata Beede, Girty, 3. longispina Cox, Girty, 3. polita White, Girty, 3. Monotrypa corrugata n. sp., Weller, 6. globosa n. sp., Weller, 6. magna Ulr., Sardeson, 3. sphserica (Hall), Weller, 6. Monotrypella Ulrich, Ulrich and Bass-» ler, 2. sequalis Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . quadrata (Rominger), Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Montacuta mariana Dali, Glenn, 6. Monticulipora D’Orbigny, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. cleavelandi James, Ulrich and Bassler, 2. epidermata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. mammulata d’Orbigny, Nickles, 6. molesta Nicholson, Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. Mopalia Gray, Arnold, 2. ciliata Sowerby, Arnold, 2. Moriconia cycloxon Deb. & Et., Ber¬ ry, 8. Morio brevedentata (Aldrich), Clark and Martin, 2. Morosaurus, Osborn, 51. Morosaurus, Osborn and Granger, 1. grandis, Riggs, 2. sp., Osborn, 32. Mortoniceras crenulatum n. sp., Ander¬ son, 3. Muensteroceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? holmesi Swallow, Smith (J. P.). 3. ? indianense Miller, Smith (J. P.), 3. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Muensteroceras ? morganense Swallow, Smith (J. P.), 3. osagense Swallow, Smith (J. P.),3. oweni Hall, Smith (J. P.), 3. parallelum Hall, Smith (J. P.), 3. Mucronella aspera n. sp., Ulrich, 2. Murchisonia argylensis n. sp., Sarde¬ son, 2. (Ccelacaulis) bivittata Hall, Kin¬ dle and Breger, 1. desiderata Hall, Kindle, 1. desiderata Hall, Parks, 5. cfr. gracilis Hall, Sardeson, 1. (Turritoma) laphami Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. putilla n. sp., Sardeson, 2. sp. undet., Kindle and Breger, 1. sp. indet., Sardeson, 11. Murex Linne, Arnold, 2. (Pterorhytis) conradi Dali, Mar¬ tin, 5. (Pteronotus) festivus Hinds, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Pterorhytis) foliatus Martyn, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chicoreus) leeanus Dali, Arnold, 2 . (Pterorhytis) monoceros Sowerby, Arnold, 2. (Pterorhytis) nuttalli Conrad, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chicorus?) trialatus Sowerby, Ar- n^l, 2. Muricid&i shilohensis (Hilprin), Mar¬ tin, 5. Musculium Link, Dali, 8. Mustela? minor n. sp., Douglass, 8. ogygia n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 2. Mustelidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Mya crassa Grewingk, Dali, 10. producta Conrad, Glenn, 6. Myalina? abstemia n. sp., Sardeson, 11. ampla Meek and Hayden. Beede, 1. arkansasana Weller?, Girty, 3. congeneris Walcott, Beede. 1. copei n. sp., Whitfield, 2. cuneiformis Gurley, Girty. 3. ? exasperata Beede, Beede. 1. kansasensis Shumard, Beede. 1. keokuk Worthen, Girty, 3. perattenuta Meek and Hayden, Beede, 1. perattenuata Meek and Hayden?, Girty, 3. perniformis Cox?, Girty, 3. subquadrata Shumard, Beede, 1. subquadrata Shumard?, Girty, 3. swallovi McChesney, Beede, 1. wyomingensis Lea, Girty, 3. Myelophycus n. gen., Ulrich, 4. curvatum n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Mylacris anceps n. sp., Sellards, 8. (Dipeltis) diplodiscus, Sellards, 5. diplodiscus, Sellards, 8. elongata, Sellards, 8. 685 FOE THE YEAES 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Mylagaulodon angulatus n. gen. and sp., Sinclair, 3. Mylagaulidse, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Mylagaulus Cope, Douglass, 8. (Mesogaulus) ballensis Riggs, Matthew (W. D.), 6. laevis n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 6. monodon Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2 , 6 . paniensis n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 6. paniensis? Matthew, Douglass, 8. ? pristinus n. sp., Douglass, 8. proximus n. sp., Douglass, 8. sesquipedalis Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 6. sp., Douglass, 8. Myledaphus hipartitus Cope, Lamhe, 3. Myliobatis Cuvier, Eastman, 18. Myliobatis Cuvier, Eastman, 1. copeanus Clark, Eastman, 1. frangens n. sp., Eastman, 18. gigas, Eastman, 18. magister Leidy, Eastman, 1. pachyodon, Eastman, 18. Mylohyus Cope, Matthew and Gidley, 1 . Mylostoma Newberry, Dean, 2. Myoconcha grcenlandica n. sp., Mad¬ sen, 1. Myonera Dali and Smith, Dali, 8. Myriapodites sp., Matthew (G. F.), 23. Myrica brittoniana nov. nom., Bejry, 6. brookensis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. cliffwoodensis n. sp., Berry, 7. heerii n. sp., Berry, 4. oregoniana n. sp., Knowlton, 14. ? personata n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Myriotheca, Sellards, 3. Myrsine crassa Lesq., Berry, 5. elongata Newb., Hollick, 4. Myrsus H. and A. Adams, Dali, 8. Myrtsea Turton, Dali, 8. section Eulopia Dali, Dali, 8. section Myrtsea s. s., Dali, 8. section Myrteopsis Sacco, Dali, 8. (Eulopia) furcata n. sp., Dali, 8. limoniana n. sp., Dali, 8. (Eulopia) vermiculata n. sp., Dali, 8 . Myrteopsis Sacco, Dali, 8. Mysia Leach, Dali, 8. Mytilarca acutirostrum Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. eduliformis n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. ohliqua n. sp., Weller, 6. pernoides n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. Mytilimeria Conrad, Arnold, 2. nuttalli Conrad, Arnold, 2. Mytilus (Linne) Bolten, Arnold, 2. affinis J. Sowerby, Ravn, 1. conradinus d’Orbigny, Glenn, 6. edulis Linne, Arnold, 2. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Mytilus (Mytiloconcha) incurvus Con¬ rad, Glenn, 6. middendorffi Grewingk, Dali, 10. nuntius n. sp., Cragin, 2. pauperculus Gabb, Whiteaves, 12. Nageiopsis angustifolia Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. heterophylla Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. latifolia Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. longifolia Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3. longifolia Fontaine, Fontaine, 2, 4. montanensis n. sp., Fontaine, 4. recurvata Fontaine?, Fontaine, 5. Nannites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. dieneri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Nannitinse Diener, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Nanno kingstonensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 19. primsevus n. sp., Whiteaves, 19. Nanopus caudatus Marsh, Matthew (G. F.), 25. obtusus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. quadratus n. sp., Matthew (.G. F.), 30. Nassa Lamarck, Arnold, 2. arnoldi n. sp., Anderson, 7. beaumontensis Aldr., Aldrich, 1. californiana Conrad, Arnold, 2. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. cerritensis n. sp., Arnold, 2. fossata Gould, Arnold, 2. gx*eenboroensis n. sp., Martin, 5. gubernatoria n. sp., Martin, 5. insculpta Cax*penter, Arnold, 2. marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. mendica Gould, Arnold, 2. mendica Gould, var. cooperi Forbes, Arnold, 2. peralta (Conrad), Martin, 5. peraltoides n. sp., Martin, 5. perpinguis Hinds, Arnold, 2. tegula Reeve, Airnold, 2. trivittata Say, Martin, 5. trivittatoides (Whitfield), Martin, 5. versicolor C. B. Adams, var. hoov- eri n. var., Arnold, 2. Natica (Adanson) Scopoli, Arnold, 2. bilabiata n. sp., Cragin, 2. (Cryptonatica) clausa Bi*oderip and Sowerby, Arnold, 2. cliftonensis Clark, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. finlayensis n. sp., Cragin, 2. inflecta n. sp., Cragin, 2. williamsi n. sp., Cragin, 2. Naticopsis altonensis McChesney, Gir- ty, 3. dubia n. sp., Rowley, Gi*eene, 2. levis Meek, Kindle, 1. magnifica n. sp., Webster, 2. 686 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Naticopsis monilifera White, Girty, 3. sp., Beede, 8. sp., Kindle, 1. Nautilus burkarti Castillo and Aguil¬ era?, Cragin, 2. charlottensis Whiteaves, Ander¬ son, 3. gabbi n. sp., Anderson, 3. hilli n. sp., Shattuck, 8. maximus (Conrad), Kindle, 1. naufragus n. sp., Cragin, 2. texanus Sbumard, Shattuck, 8. ? sp., Martin, 5. Nesera Gray, Arnold, 2. pectinata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Neanites n. subg., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Nebria abstracta n. sp., Scudder, 1. Necrolemur, Wortman, 14. Nectosaurus halius n. gen. and sp., Merriam (J. C.), 15. Nelumbo kempii (Ilollick), Hollick, 11. primaeva n. sp., Berry, 5. Nematophycus Caruthers, Grabau, 1. crassus (Penhallow), Grabau, 1. Nematophyton, Prosser, 8. Neocardia Sowerby, Dali, 8. Neocrassina Fischer, Dali, 8. Neohipparion whitneyi n. gen. and sp., Gidley, 2. Neolenus serratus Rominger sp., Wood¬ ward (H.), 1. Neovulpavus washakius n. _gen. et sp., Wortman, 2. Nerinea circumyoluta n. sp., Cragin, 2. dispar? Gabb, var., Whiteaves, 12. goodellii n. sp., Cragin, 2. Nerinella stantoni n. sp., Cragin, 2. Nerita finlayensis n. sp., Cragin, 2. nodilirata n. sp., Cragin, 2. peroblata n. sp., Cragin, 2. Neurankylus n. gen., Lambe, 3. eximius n. sp., Lambe, 3. eximius Lambe, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Neuropteris carceraria n. sp., White (D.), 10. hastata n. sp., White (D.), 10. lindahli n. sp., White (D.), 10. rarinervis Bumb., Sellards, 4. cf. smithii, White (D.), 19. Neverita Risso, Arnold, 2. Nicklesia n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Nileus yigilans Meek and Worthen, Finch (G. E.), 2. Nilsonia Brongniart, Fontaine, 1. californica Fontaine, Fontaine, 3. compta (Phillips) Goppert, Fon¬ taine, 1. nigracollensis n. sp., Wieland, 11. nipponensis Yokoyama, Fontaine. 1 . orientalis Heer, Fontaine, 1. orientalis minor n. var., Fontaine, 1 . i Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Nilsonia parvula (Heer) Fontaine n. comb., Fontaine, 1. polymorpha cretacea (Sch.), Pen¬ hallow, 4. pterophylloides Nathorst non Yo¬ koyama, Fontaine, 1. ? sambucensis Ward n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. schaumburgensis (Dunker) Na¬ thorst, Fontaine, 4. stantoni Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 3. Niso lineata Conrad, Martin, 5. umbilicata (Lea), Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. Nisusia n. gen., Walcott, 12. alberta Walcott, Walcott, 12. (Jamesella) amii n. sp., Walcott, 12 . (Jamesella) argenta n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. (Jamesella) erecta n. sp,. Walcott, 12 . festinata Billings, Walcott, 12. festinata transversa Walcott, Wal¬ cott, 12. (Jamesella) kuthani Pompeckj, Walcott, 12. (Jamesella) perpasta Pompeckj. Walcott, 12. (Jamesella) perpasta macra Pom¬ peckj, Walcott, 12. (Jamesella) perpasta subquadrata Pompeckj, Walcott, 12. (Jamesella) utahensis n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. (Jamesella) sp. und., Walcott, 12. Nodipecten Dali, Arnold, 2. Nodophycus thallyformis n. gen. and ■sp., Herzer, 2. Nodosaria abyssorum, Guppy, 4. adolphina d'Orbigny, Bagg, 9. affinis (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. nrundinea, Guppy, 4. bacillum Defranee, Bagg, 1. communis (d'Orbigny), Bagg, 9. consobrine d'Orbigny. Bagg. 9. communis (d'Orbigny), Bagg, 1. consobrina var. emaciata (Reuss), Bagg, 1. consobrina var. emaciata Reuss, Bagg, 9. farcimen (Soldani), Bagg, 9. filiformis (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 9. hispida, Guppy, 4. longiscata, Guppy, 4. obliqua (Linnd), Bagg, 1. obliqua (Linng), Bagg. 9. obliqua, Guppy. 4. pauperata (d'Orbigny), Bagg, 9. radicula (Linn6), Bagg, 9. raphanistrum, Guppy, 4. roemeri (Neugeboren), Bagg, 9. sandbergeri (Reuss). Bagg, 1. soluta (Reuss). Bagg, 9. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 687 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Nodosaria soluta, Guppy, 4. Nomismoceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? monroense Worthen, Smith (J. P-), 3. Nonionina d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. affinis Reuss, Bagg, 1. boueana d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. communis d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. pompilioides (Fichtel and Moll), Bagg, 9. umbilicatula (Montagu), Bagg, 9. scapha (Fichtel and Moll), Bagg, 6 . Norrisia Bayle, Arnold, 2. norrisii Sowerby, Arnold, 2. Notharctus (Thinolestes) anceps Marsh, Osborn, 11. (Telmatolestes) crassus Marsh, Osborn, 11. (Hyossodus) gracilis Marsh, Os¬ born, 11. nunienus Cope, Osborn, 11. (Tomitherium) rostratum Cope, Osborn, 11. tenebrosus Leidy, Osborn, 11. (Limnotherium) tyrannus Marsh, Osborn, 11. venticolus n. sp., Osborn, 11. Nothrotherium ? shastense n. sp., Sin¬ clair, 7. Notidanus primigenius Agassiz, East¬ man, 18. Notolacerta missouriensis Butts, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 25. Nucleocrinus angularis Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 4, 14. cucullatus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 4. greenei M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 4, 7. imitator n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 4, 14. lucina Hall, Rowley, Greene, 14. stichteri n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 4. venustus M. & G., Rowley, Greene, 4. verneuili Troost, Rowley, Greene, 4. verneuili var. inflatus n. var., Row- ley, Greene, 4. verneuili Troost, Rowley, Greene, 7. verneuili var. pomum (?) Ether¬ idge and Carpenter, Rowley, Greene, 4. verneuili var. sulcatus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 4. Nucleospira barrisi (White), Rowley, 1. barrisi White, Weller, 2. concinna Hall, Kindle, 1. concinna Hall, mut. pygmsea nov.. Loomis, 4. pisiformis Hall, Kindle and Bre ger, 1. ventricosa Hall, Weller, 6. Paleontology—Continued. Genera end species described —Continued. Nucula Lamarck, Arnold, 2. beyrichi Geinitz, Beede, 1. (Acila) castrensis Hinds, Arnold. 2 . corbuliformis Hall, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. corbuliformis Hall ?, Kindle, 1. (Acila) decisa Conrad, Dali, 10. hanoverensis n. sp., Kindle, 1. herzeri Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. hornbyensis Whiteaves, Whiteaves, 12 . iowensis W. and W., Weller, 2. lamellata Hall, Kindle, 1. lirata Conrad, Kindle, 1. lirata Conrad, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. neda Hall, Kindle, 1. niotica Hall, Kindle, 1. ovula Lea, Clark and Martin, 2. potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. proxima Say, Glenn, 6. prunicola Dali, Glenn, 6. pulchella Beede and Rogers, Beede, 1 . richardsoni Whiteaves, Whiteaves, 12 . similis J. Sowerby, Ravn, 1. sinaria Dali, Glenn, 6. taphria Dali, Glenn, 6. (Nucula) suprastriata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Acila) truncata Gabb, Whiteaves, 12 . varicosa Hall, mut. pygmsea nov., Loomis, 4. ventricosa Hall, Beede, 1. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Nuculana bellistriata (Stevens), Beede, 1 . bellistriata attenuate Meek, Beede. 1 . Nuculites barretti n. sp., Shimer, 5. oblongatus Conrad, mut. pygmseus nov., Loomis, 4. triqueter Conrad, mut. pygmaeus nov., Loomis, 4. Nuttallia Dali, Arnold, 2. Nyctodactylus, Williston, 6, 8. Nyctopora billingsi Nich., Weller, 6. Nyctosaurus Marsh, Williston, 15. gracilis Marsh, Williston, 15. Nyssa Gron., Perkins, 13. ascoidea n. sp., Perkins, 13. clarkii n. sp., Perkins, 13. complanata Lx., Perkins, 13. crassicostata n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. curta n. sp., Perkins, 13. cylindrica n. sp., Perkins, 13. elongata n. sp., Perkins, 13. equicostata n. sp., Ferkins, 13. excavata n. sp., Perkins, 13. jonesii n. sp., Perkins. 13, 17. 688 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Nyssa laevigata Lx., Perkins, 13. lamellosa n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. lescurii C. H. Hitchcock, Perkins, 13, 17. microcarpa Lx., Perkins, 13. multicostata n. sp., Perkins, 13. ovata n. sp., Perkins, 13. solea n. sp., Perkins, 13. Obolella Billings 1861, Walcott, 1. asiatica n. sp., Walcott, 12. cf. chromatica Billings, Matthew (G. F.), 1. lindstreemi n. sp., Walcott, 1. mobergi n. sp. Walcott, 1. (Glyptias) favosa Linnarsson, Walcott, 1. Obolus Eichwald, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Obolus, Walcott, 1. acadica n. sp., Walcott, 12. (Westonia) alajadensis n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. aequiputeis, Matthew (G. F.), 16. aequiputeis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. (Lingulella) atavus Matthew, Wal¬ cott, 6. (Westonia) baltica n. sp., Walcott, 12 . (Lingulella) bellus Walcott, Wal¬ cott, 1. (Lingulella) bicensis n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 1. (Westonia) blackwelderi n. sp., Walcott, 12. (Lingulella) bornemanni n. sp., Walcott, 1. (Westonia) bottnica Wiman, Wal¬ cott, 12. bretonensis, Matthew (G. F.), 16. (Lingulella) canius n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 6. (Lingulella) chinensis n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. (Lingulella) collicia Matthew, Walcott, 6. (Lingulella) concinnus Matthew, Walcott, 6. (Lingulella) damesi n. sp., Wal¬ cott 12. discus, Matthew (G. F.), 16. discus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. ella Hall and W., Matthew (G. F.), 19. ella, Matthew (G. F.) 16. (Lingulepis) eros n. sp., Walcott, 12 . (Westonia) finlandensis n. sp., Walcott, 6. (Lingulella) fuchsi Redlich, Wal¬ cott, 12. (Lingulepis) gregwa Matthew, Walcott, 1. (Westonia) iphis n. sp., Walcott, 12 . ismene n. sp., Walcott, 12. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Obolus (Lingulella) isse n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. (Lingulella) lens Matthew, Wal¬ cott, 6. lens Matthew (G. F.), 16. lens n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 20. lens var. longus n. var., Matthew (G. F.), 20. lens-primus, Matthew (G. F.), 16. (Lingulella) linnarssoni n. sp., Walcott, 1. matinalis Hall?, Walcott, 12. ? meneghini n .sp., Walcott, 1. minimus n. sp., Walcott, 12. nundina n. sp., Walcott 12. obscurus n. sp., Walcott, 12. (Lingulella) or us n. sp., Walcott, 12 . (Lingulella) pelias n. sp., Walcott, 12 . pheres n. sp., Walcott, 12. pristinus, Matthew (G. F:), 16. pulcher, Matthew (G. F.), 16. (Lingulella) quadrilateralis n. sp., Walcott, 12. (Lingulella) randomensis n. sp., Walcott, 1. refulgens, Matthew (G. F.), 16. (Lingulepis) rowei n. sp., Walcott, 12 . (Acritis?) rugatus n. sp., Walcott, 1 . (Broggeria) salteri Holl, Walcott, 6 . (Lingulella) schmalensei n. sp., Walcott, 6. (Lingulella) schucherti n. sp., Walcott, 1. (Lingulella) septalis n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. shensiensis n. sp.. Walcott, 12. (Lingulella) siemiradzkii n. sp., Walcott, 1. (Lingulella) spatulus n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 6. tetonensis n. sp., Walcott, 1, 12. tetonensis ninus n. var., Walcott, 12 . (Westonia) themis n. sp., Walcott, 12 . torrentis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 16, 20. triparilis n. sp., Matthew (G. F.) 16, 20. (Lingulella) upis n. sp., Walcott, 12 . (Lingulella) wanniecki Redlich, Walcott, 12. (Lingulella) welleri n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 6. (Westonia) wimani n. sp., Wal¬ cott, 12. (Lingulella) winona var. convex- us, Walcott, 1. zoppi n. sp., Walcott, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 689 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Ocinebra Leach, Arnold, 2. barbarensis Gabb, Arnold, 2. foveolata Hinds, Arnold, 2. interfossa Carpenter, Arnold, 2. keepi n. sp., Arnold, 2. lurida Middendorf, Arnold, 2. lurida Midd., var. aspera Baird, Arnold, 2. lurida Midd. var. cancellina Phil ippi, Arnold, 2. lurida Midd., var. eerritensis n. var., Arnold, 2. lurida Midd., var. munda Carpen¬ ter, Arnold, 2. micheli Ford, Arnold, 2. perita Hinds, Arnold, 2. poulsoni Nuttall, Arnold, 2. Odontaspis cuspidata (Agassiz), East¬ man, 18. cuspidata (Agassiz), Case, East¬ man, 1. elegans (Agassiz), Eastman, 18. elegans (Agassiz), Case, Eastman, 1 . macrota (Agassiz), Case, East¬ man, 1. Odontopleura arkansana n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. ortoni Foerste, Kindle and Breger, 1 . parvula (Wale.) ?, Weller 6. Odontopteris papilionacea n. sp., White (D.), 10. Odos*tomia Fleming, Arnold, 2. (Oscilla) aequisculpta Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Pyrgulina) calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. conoidea (Brocchi), Martin, 5. crenulata n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1. ? cretacea n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. (Chrysallida) diegensis D. & B.. n. sp., Arnold, 2. ? inornata n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. (Evalea) gouldii Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Oscilla) grammatospira D. & B.. n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Evalea) mariana n. sp., Martin, 5. (Syrnola) marylandica n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. (Chrysallida) melanoides (Con¬ rad), Martin, 5. (Amaura) nuciformis, var. avel- lana Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Amaura) pupiformis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. semicostata n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1 . (Evalea) stearnsii D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. tenuis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (I var a) terricula (Carpenter) D. & B., Arnold, 2. Bull. 301—06-44 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Odostomia trapaquara (Harris), Clark and Martin, 2. Ogygopsis klotzi Rom. sp., Wooodward (H.), 1. Ogmophus arenarum n. sp., Douglass, 8. Olbodotes Osborn, Wortman, 13. Olbodotes copei n. gen. and sp., Osborn, 11 . Olcostephanus malonianus n. sp., Cra- gin, 2. (? Simburskites Pavlow and Lam- plugh) n. sp., Madsen, 1. Olenellus thompsoni (Hall), Weller, 6. ? sp. und., Weller, 6. (Holmia) walcottanus n. sp., Wan¬ ner, 1. Oligoporus Meek and Worthen, Klein, 1. coreyi Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. danse Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. ? minutus Beede, Beede, 1. missouriensis Jackson, Klem, 1. mutatus Keyes, Klem, 1. nobilis Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. parvus Hambach, Klem, 1. Oligosimus Leidy, Williston, 14. Oliva californica n. sp., Anderson, 7. furtheyana n. sp., Anderson, 7. harrisi n. sp., Martin, 5. litterata Lamarck, Martin, 5. J Olivanites, Hambach, 1. Olivella Swainson, Arnold, 2. affluens n. sp., Casey, 4. biplicata Sowerby, Arnold, 2. intorta Carpenter, Arnold, 2. pedroana Conrad, Arnold, 2. Olophrum arcanum n. sp., Scudder, 1. celatum n. sp., Scudder, 1. dejectum n. sp., Scudder, 1. Omomys ameghini n. sp., Wortman. 14. pucillus Marsh, Wortman, 14. Omphalius Philippi, Arnold, 2. Omphyma Rafinesque and Clifford, Lambe, 2. eryphile Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. verrucosa Rafinesque and Clifford, Lambe, 2. Onchosaurus Gervais, Eastman, 14. Onoclea sensibilis fossilis Newb., Knowl- ton, 12. Ontaria n. gen., Clarke, 19. accincta n. sp., Clarke, 19. affiliata n. sp., Clarke, 19. clarkei Beushausen (sp.), Clarke. 19. concentrica von Buch, Clarke, 19. halli n. sp., Clarke, 19. pontiaca n. sp., Clarke, 19. suborbicularis Hall (sp.), Clarke, 19. Onychiopsis psilotoides (Stokes and Webb) Ward, Fontaine, 5. psilotoides (Stokes and Webb) Ward n. comb., Fontaine, 2. Onychocardium n. gen., Whitfield. 11. portlandlcum n. sp., Whitfield. 11. 690 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Onychochilus (?) nitidulus? Clarke, Wood (Elvira), 1. Oodectes perpestoides n. gen. et sp., Wortman, 3, 4. Opalia H. and A. Adams, Arnold, 2. anomala Stearns, Arnold, 2. borealis Gould, Arnold, 2. crenatoides Carpenter, var. in- sculpta Carpenter, Arnold, 2. varicostata Stearns, Arnold, 2. Ophiceras Griesbach, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . dieneri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. spenceri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Ophileta alturensis n. sp., Sardeson, 2. complanata Vanuxem, Cleland, 3. fausta n. sp., Sardeson, 1. levata Vanuxem, Cleland, 3. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Ophioderma? sp., Clark (W. B.), 7. Ophthalmosaurus, Gilmore, 3. Ophthalmosaurus, Merriam, 6. Oppelia? fallax (Castillo and Aguilera), Cragin, 2. Orbicella Dana 1846, Vaughan, 2. acropora (Linnaeus), Vaughan, 2. cavernosa (Linnaeus), Vaughan, 2. tenuis Duncan, Vaughan, 2. ? texana n. sp., Vaughan, 17. Orbiculoidea ampla (Hall), Weller, 6. convexa (Shumard), Beede, 1. doria Hall, Kindle, 1. jervensis Barrett, Weller, 6. lamellosa (Hall), Weller, 6. lodiensis (Vanuxem) ?, Kindle, 1. manhattanensis (Meek and Hay¬ den), Beede, 1. manhattanensis Meek and Hayden, Girty, 3. missouriensis (Shumard), Beede, 1. parva n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. sp., Girty, 3. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Orhiculus Megerle, Dali, 8. Orbignyella n. gen., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . sublamellosa n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Orhitremites grandis n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 5. oppelti n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 5. Orbulina universa d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. Orchestes avus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Oreodon macrorhinus n. sp., Douglass, 8. robustum n. sp., Douglass, 4. Oreohelix yavapai compactula n. subsp., Cockerell, 2. Oricardinus sheari Cope, Hay, 10. tortus Cope, Hay, 10. Oriostoma huntingtonensis n. sp., Kin¬ dle and Breger, 1. huntingtonensis var. alternatum n. var., Kindle and Breger, 1. ? opercula, Kindle and Breger, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Oriostoma plana n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. sp. undet., Kindle and Breger, 1. Ornithichnites gallinuloides King, Matthew (G. F.), 25. Ornithoides n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 21, 30. ? adamsi n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 30. trifidus Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 30. Ornitholestes hermanni n. gen. and sp., Osborn, 16. hermanni Osborn, Lambe, 9. Ornithomimus altus n. sp., Lambe, 3, 9. sedens Marsh, Lambe, 9. Ornithostoma, Langley, 2. Ornithostoma, Lucas, 18. ingens Willistom, Lucas, 10. Orodus intermedius n. sp., Eastman, 10. Orohippus? sp., Hatcher, 3. Orophocrinus conicus? W. & Sp., Row- ley, 4. stelliformis O. & S., Rowley, 4. Orophosaurus Cope, Williston, 14. Orthidium lamellosa n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Orthis Dalman, Grabau, 1. acutiplicata n. sp., Raymond (P. E. ), 7. corpulenta n. sp., Sardeson, 9. (Orusia?') eurekensis Walcott, Walcott, 12. (Finkelnburgia) finkelnburgi n. sp., Walcott, 12. flabellites Foerste, Grabau, 1. flabellites Foerste, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. flabellites Foerste, Weller, 6. ignicula n. sp., Raymond (P? E.), 7. lenticularis Dalman, Matthew (G. F. ), 20. (Orusia) lenticularis Wahlenberg. Walcott, 12. (Orusia) lenticularis atrypoides Matthew, Walcott, 12. (Orusia) lenticularis lyncioides Matthew, Walcott, 12. macrior n. sp., Sardeson, 9. minnesotensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. newtonensis n. sp., Weller, 6. (Finkelnburgia) osceola n. sp., Walcott, 12. (Finkelnburgia) osceola corrugata n. var., Walcott, 12. (Billingsella) pepina Hall, Sarde¬ son, 2. petrae n. sp., Sardeson, 9. (?) punctostriata Hall, Grabau, 1. rogata n. sp. or var., Sardeson. 9. ? subnodo’sa Hall, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. tersus n. sp., Sardeson, 9. (Dalmanella) testudinaria, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 691 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Orthis tricenaria Conrad, Weller, 6. tricenaria Conrad, Ruedemann, 2. See also Plectorthis. Orthisina alberta Walcott, Matthew (G. F.), 19. Orthoceras Breyn, Grabau, 1. Orthoceras Breyn, Hyatt and Smith, 1. algomense n. sp., Parks, 5. annulatum Sowerhy, Grabau, 1. (Kionoceras) angulatum Wahlen- berg, Kindle and Breger, 1. (Dawsonoceras) cf. annulatum Sowerby, Kindle and Breger, 1. (Dawsonoceras) annulatum var. americanum Foord, Kindle and Breger, 1. caldwellensis Miller and Gurley, Kindle, 1. crebescens Hall, Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. (Kionoceras) delphiensis n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. ekwanense n. sp., Wbiteaves, 17. extremum n. sp., Parks, 5. indianense Hall, Weller, 2. (Kionoceras) kentlandensis n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. marcellense Vanuxem, Wood (El¬ vira), 1. medullare Hall, Grabau, 1. medullare Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1 . minnesotense n. sp., Sardeson, 1. multiseptum Hall, Grabau, 1. (Geisonoceras) niagarense Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. nuntium Hall, Loomis, 4. (Kionoceras) orus Hall, Kindle and Breger; 1. primigenium Vanuxem, Cleland, 3. pulcher n. sp., Parks, 5. rectum Worthen, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. scintilla Hall (?), mut. mephisto Clarke, Loomis, 4. shastense n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. subulatum Hall, mut. pygmaeum nov., Loomis, 4. tenuistriatum (Hall), Weller, 6. tenuitextum (Hall), Weller, 6. thoas Hall, Kindle, 1. trusitum n. sp., Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. sp., Parks, 5. sp., Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Sardeson, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Orthodactylus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. fioriferus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. introvergens E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. linearis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. , Orthodesma canaliculatum Ulrich, Wel¬ ler, 6. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Orthonychia formosa Keyes?, Girty, 3. obtusa n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. Orthostropia Hall, Grabau, 1. (?) fasciata Hall, Grabau, 1. strophomenoides (Hall), Weller, 6. Orthosurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. Orthotheca bayonet n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. cylindrica Grabau, Sears, 1. emmonsi Ford, Sears, 1. pugio n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. sica. n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. stilletto, Matthew (G. F.), 1. Orthothetes Fischer de Waldheim, Gra¬ bau, 1. bellulus Clarke, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. chemungensis Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 4. chemungensis var. arctistriatus Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3. chemungensis arctistriatus Hall, Kindle, 1. chemungensis var. pectinacea Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3. deckerensis n. sp., Weller, 6. hydraulicus Whitfield), Grabau, 1. insequalis (Hall), Weller, 2. inflatus? (W. and W.), Weller, 2. inaequalis Hall, Girty, 3. interstriatus (Hall), Weller, 6. minutus n. sp., Cumings, 2. pandora (Bill.), Weller, 6. subplanus Conrad, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. subplanus Conrad 1842, Beecher, 1. subplanus (Conrad), Grabau, 1. woolworthanus Hall,'Shimer, 5. woolworthana (Hall), Weller, 6. sp. undet., W'eller, 2, 6. Orthotichia schuchertensis n. sp., Girty, 3. Orusia n. subg. of Orthis, Walcott, 12. Orycterocetus Leidy, Case, 9. c-rocodilinus (?) Cope, Case, 9. Oryctomya claibornensis Dali, Dali, 8. Oscilla A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Osmeroides Agassiz, Loomis, 1. evolutus Cope?, Loomis, 1. polymicrodus Stewart, Loomis, 1. Osmunda montanensis n. sp., Knowi- ton, 18. Osmundites skidegatensis n. sp., Pen- hallow, 3. skidegatensis Penh., Penhallow, 4. Osteopygis Cope, Wieland, 6. gibbi n. sp., Wieland, 6. Ostrea (Linng) Lamarck, Arnold, 2. anomioides var. nanus n. var., Johnson (D. W.), 5. arrosis n. sp., Aldrich, -5. aviculiformis n. sp.. Anderson, 7. carolinensis Conrad, Glenn, 6. compressirostra Say, Clark and Martin, 2. 692 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Ostrea var. alepidota Dali, Clark and Martin, 2. eduliformis Schlotkeim, Madsen, 1. lugubris Conrad, Johnson (D. W.), 5. lurida Carpenter, Arnold, 2. percrassa Conrad, Glenn, G. sellaeformis Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. sellaeformis var. thomasii (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. trigonalis Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Gryphaeostrea) vomer (Morton), Clark and Martin, 2. sp., Glenn, 6. sp., Shattuck, 8. sp., Cragin, 2. Otidophyton hymenopkylloides n. sp., White (D.), 18. Otoccelidae Cope, Case, 12. Otodus obliquus Agassiz, Eastman, 1, 18. Otouphepus n. gen., Cushman, 1. magnificus n. sp., Cushman, 1. Otozamites oregonensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 2. Otozoum E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. caudatum C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. moodii E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. parvum C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Otusia n. subg. of Billingsella, Walcott, 12 . Ovula symmetrica n. sp., Aldrich, 2. Owenites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. koeneni n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Oxyaena, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Oxyaenidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Oxyclaenidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Oxydactylus n. gen., Peterson, 1. Oxydactylus, Matthew (W. D.), 15. brachyodontus n. sp., Peterson, 1. brachyodontus, Matthew (W. D.), 15. longipes n. sp., Peterson, 1. longipes, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Oxydiscus cristatus Safford, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. subacutus Ulrich, Weller, 6. Oxyrhina Agassiz, Eastman, 18. desorii Agassiz, Eastman, 18. hastalis Agassiz, Eastman, 18. minuta Agassiz, Eastman, 18. sillimani Gibbes, Eastman. 18. Pachydesma Conrad, Dali, 8. Pachyaena gigantea O. and W., Matthew (W. D.), 1. Pachydiscus binodatus n. sp.. Whit- eaves, 12. haradai Jimbo, Whiteaves, 12. lienleyensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. merriami n. sp., Anderson, 3. multisulcatus n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. neevesii n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. newberryanus Meek sp., Whit¬ eaves, 12. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pachydiscus newberryanus Meek (not Gabb), Anderson, 3. otacodensis Stoliczka sp., Whit¬ eaves, 12. (haradai? var.) perplicatus, Whit¬ eaves, 12. sacramenticus n. sp., Anderson, 3. suciensis Meek sp., Whiteaves, 12. laevicanaliculatus n. sp., Lasswitz, 1 . l'achydistya foliata Ulr., Sardeson, 4. Pachymya austinensis (?) Shumard, Shattuck, 8. Pachyphyllum Milne Edwards and Haime, Lambe, 2. devoniense Milne Edwards and Haime, Lambe, 2. minutissimum n. sp., Webster, 3. woodmani var. ruddi n. var., Web¬ ster, 3. woodmani var. gregarium n. var., Webster, 3. Pachypoma Gray, Arnold, 2. inaequale Martyn, Arnold, 2. Pachyrhizodus Dixon, Stewart, 1. Pachyrhizodus Dixon, Loomis, 1. Pachyrhizodus Agassiz, Hay, 10. caninus Cope, Hay, 10. caninus Cope, Loomis, 1. caninus Cope, Stewart, 1. curvatus n. sp., Loomis, 1. ferox Stewart, Loomis, 1. latimentum Cope, Loomis, 1. latimentum? Cope, Stewart, 1. leptognathus Stewart, Loomis, 1. leptognathus Stewart, Stewart, 1. leptepsis Cope, Hay, 10. leptopsis Cope, Loomis, 1. leptopsis Cope, Stewart, 1. minimus Stewart, Stewart, 1. sheari Cope. Loomis, 1. velox Stewart, Stewart, 1. Palaeacmaea irregularis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Palaearctomys n. gen., Douglass, 8. macrorhinus n. sp., Douglass. 8. montanus n. sp., Douglass, 8. Palaeobolus n. subgen., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 20. bretonensis. Matthew (G. F.), 2, 20 . Palaeoehaeta devoniea now. Clarke, IS. Palaeobatteria Credner, Osborn, 19. Palaeocorystes harveyi Woodward. Whiteaves, 12. Palaeodictyon magnum laxum n. subsp.. Ulrich, 4. singulare Heer, Ulrich, 4. I’alaeodictyota n. gen., Whitfield, 5. ramulosa Spencer sp., Whitfield, 5. Palaeolagus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 6 . ? agapetillus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 6. 693 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Palaiolagus brachyodon n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. baydeni Cope, Matthew (W. D.), G. intermedius Matthew, Matthew (W. D.), 2, 6. temnodon n. sp., Douglass, 4. temnodon Douglass, Matthew (W. D.), 9. turgidus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 6 . Palseomeryx, Douglass, 1. Palseomeryx, Matthew (W. D.), 14. americanus n. sp., Douglass, 1. americanus Douglass, Matthew (W. D.), 14. antilopinus Scott, Matthew (W. D.), 14. ? borealis?, Douglass, 8. borealis Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 14. madisonius- n. sp., Douglass, 1. madisonius Douglass, Matthew (W. D.), 14. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 14. Palseoneilo Hall, Burckhardt and Sca- lia, 1. aguilerse n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. barrisi (W. and W.), Weller, 2. bossei n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. brevicula n. sp., Clarke, 19. broilii n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. burkarti n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. circularis n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. constricta Conrad, Clarke, 19. constricta Conrad mut. pygmsea nov., Clarke, Loomis, 4. cordiformis n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. cordobse n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. costata n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. emarginata (Con.), Weller, 6. frechi n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. liumboldti n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. inflata n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. ledseformis n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. linguata n. sp., Clarke, 19. longa n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. mexicana n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. microdonta (Win.), Weller, 2. muricata n. sp., Clarke, 19. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Palseoneilo ordonezi n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. petila n. sp., Clarke, 19. plana Hall, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. quadrata n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. rectangularis n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. triangularis n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. villadae n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. waitzi n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca¬ lia, 1. zacatecana n. sp., Burckhardt and Scalia, 1. sp., Kindle, 1. Palaeonictidse, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Palseophycus clavifrons n. sp., Herzer, 2 Palseoscincus asper Lambe, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. asper n. sp., Lambe, 3. costatus Leidy, Lambe, 3. costatus Leidy, Stanton and Hatch¬ er, 1. Palseosinopa veterrima n. gen. et sp., Matthew (W. D.), 1. Palseostachya ? sp., White (D.), 18. Palaeotrochus Hall,-Clarke, 19. prsecursor Clarke, Clarke, 19. Palamopus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. anomalus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. divaricans (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. gracilipes (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. rogersianus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2 . Paleoptuna sp. undet., Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. Paleorhinus bransoni n. gen. and sp., Williston, 23. Paleschara, Cumings, 9. Paliurus integrifolius Hollick, Hollick, 11 . integrifolius Hollick (?), Berry, 2 . Palmieellaria convoluta n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. punctata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. Paludestrina d’Orbigny, Arnold, 2. curta n. sp., Arnold, 2. longinqua Gould (Pilsbry), Stearns (R. E. C.), 2. protea Gould (Pilsbry), Stearns (R; E. C.), 2. stokesi n. sp., Arnold, 2. Pandora, Arnold, 2. Pandora Hwass, Dali, 8. (Kennerleyia) arctica n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Kennerleyia) arenosa Conrad, Dali, 8. 694 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pandora (Kennerlia) bicarinata Car¬ penter, Arnold, 2. (Clidiophora) crassidens Conrad, Glenn, G. (Clidiophora) crassidens Conrad, Dali, 8. (Kennerleyia) dodona n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Kennerlia) filosa Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Clidiophora) gouldiana Dali, Dali, 8 . (Kennerleyia) lata n. sp., Dali, 8. (Kennerleyia) lata Dali, Glenn, 6. olidrophora gouldiana Dali, Sears, 1 . (Heteroclidus) punctata Conrad, Dali, 8. (Clidiophora) trilineata Say, Dali, 8 . Panenka canadensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 4. radians (Hall), Kindle, 1. Panomya Gray, Arnold, 2. ampla Dali, Arnold, 2. Panopea Menard, Arnold, 2. americana Conrad, Glenn, 6. concentrica Gabb, var., Whiteaves, 12 . elongata Conrad, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. generosa Gould, Arnold, 2. goldfussi, Wagner, Glenn, 6. whitfieldi Dali, Glenn, 6. Pantolambda (?), Douglass, 3. cavirictis Cope (?), Douglass, 3. ( ?) sp. Douglass, 3. Pantolestes Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 23. Pantosaurus Marsh, Williston, 14. Paphia Bolten, Dali, 8. section Baroda Stoliczka, Dali, 8. section Callithaca Dali, Dali, 8. section Icanotia Stoliczka, Dali, 8. section Myrsus H. and A. Adams, Dali, 8. section Paphia Bolten, s. s., Dali, 8 . section Paratapes Dali, Dali, 8. section Polititapes Chiamenti.Dall, 8 . section Protapes Dali, Dali, 8. section Pullastra Sowerby, Dali, 8. section Ruditapes Chiamenti, Dali, 8 . section Tapes Megerle s. s., Dali, 8. Papyridea harrimani n. sp., Dali, 10. Parabolina dawsoni, n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 9, 20. cfr. limitis Brceg., Matthew (G. F.), 12. quadrata n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12 . Parabolinella? cf. limitis Brog., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Parabolinella ? quadrata, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Paracardium Barrande, Clarke, 19. delicatula n. sp., Clarke, 19. doris Hall, Clarke, 19. Paracyathus granulosus Vaughan, Vaughan, 16. marylandicus n. sp., Vaughan, 1. pedroensis Vaughan n. sp., Arnold, 2 . vaughani Gane, Vaughan, 19. Paracyclas elliptica Hall, Kindle, 1. elongata Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. lirata (Conrad), Kindle, 1. lirata Conrad, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. octerlonii Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. ohioensis (Meek), Kindle, 1. Paraganides n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . californicus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Parahippus Leidy, Gidley, 5. Paralecanites Diener, Hyatt and Smith, 1. arnoldi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Paralegoceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.),3. baylorense White, Smith (J. P.) f 3. iowense Meek and Worthen, Smith (J. P.), 3. newsomi n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. texanum Shumard, Smith (J. P.), 3. Paralia sulcata (Ehrenberg), Boyer, 1. Paramya subovata Conrad, Glenn, 6. Paramylodon n. gen., Brown (B.), 1. nebrascensis n. sp., Brown (B.), -L. Paranannites n. gen.. Hyatt and Smith, 1. aspenensis n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Paraphorhynehus n. gen., Weller, 9. elongatum n. sp., Weller, 9. striatocostatum (M. & W.), Wel¬ ler, 9. transversum n. sp., Weller, 9. Parapopanoceras Haug, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Parapsonema cryptophysa Clarke, Fuchs, 1. Paraptyx n. gen., Clarke, 19. Ontario n. sp., Clarke. 19. Parasmilia texana n. sp., Vaughan, 17. Parastarte Conrad, Dali, 8. hemiplicata (Hall), Weller, 6. triquetra Conrad, Dali, 8. Paratapes Stoliczka, Dali, 8. Paratissotia n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Paratropites Mojsisvoics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Paratropites Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 695 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Paratropites (Gymnotropites) ameri- canus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. dittmari Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P-), 5. sellai Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Parazyga hirsuta Hall, Kindle, 1. Pariostegus Cope, Branson, 2. myops Cope, Branson, 2. Pariotichus Cope, Broili, 2. aduncus Cope, Broili, 2. aguti Cope, Broili, 2. brachyops Cope, Broili, 2. incisivus Cope, Broili, 2. isolomus Cope, Broili, 2. ordinatus Cope, Broili, 2. ordinatus Cope, Case, 3. sp., Cope, Case, 3. Parmopliorella (?) paupera Bill., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 1. Parmulina Dali, Dali, 8. Paronychodon lacustris Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Parvilucina Dali, Dali, 8. Patella sp., Shattuck, 8. Patellostium helium Keyes, Girty, 3. ourayense Gurley, Girty, 3. Paterula amii Schuchert, Ruedemann, 1 . Patinopecten Dali, Arnold, 2. Patriofelis ferox (Marsh), Osborn, 36. ferox Marsh, Wortman, 10. Patrobus decessus n. sp., Scudder, 1. frigidus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Pecopteris virginiensis Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. Pecten Muller, Arnold, 2. (Pecten) bellus Conrad, Arnold, 2 . (Patinopecten) caurinus Gould, Arnold, 2. (Pseudamusium) cerinus Conrad, Glenn, 6. choctawensis Aldrich, Clark and Martin, 2. (Chlamys) clintonius Say, Glenn, 6 . coalingaensis Arnold, Anderson, 7. (Chlamys) coccymelus Dali, Glenn, 6 . dalli Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. (Pecten) dentatus Sowerby, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Lyropecten) dilleri n. sp., Dali, 4. duplicicosta (?) Roemer, Shat¬ tuck, 8. etchegoini n. sp., Anderson, 7. (Patinopecten) expansus Dali, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Hinnites) giganteus Gray, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chlamys) hastatus Sowerby, Ar¬ nold, 2. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pecten (Pecten) hemphilli Dali, Arnold, 2 . (Chlamys) hericeus Gould, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chlamys) hericeus var. strategus Dali, Arnold, 2. (Amusium) humphreysii Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Pecten) humphreysii Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Camptonectes) insutus n. sp., Cragin, 2. (Chlamys) jeffersonius Say, Glenn, 6. jeffersonius var. edgecombensis (Conrad), Glenn, 6. jeffersonius var. septenarius Say, Glenn, 6. johnsoni Clark, Clark and Martin, o (Chlamys) jordani n. sp., Arnold, 2. * (Chlamys) latiauritus Conrad, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chlamys) latiauritus Con., var. fragilis n. var., Arnold, 2. (Chlamys) latiauritus Con., var. monotimeris Con., Arnold, 2. (Chlamys) madisonius Say, Glenn, 6 . (Chlamys) marylandicus Wagner, Glenn, 6. (Amusium) mortoni Ravenel, Glenn, 6. (Plagioctenium) newsomi n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Chlamys) opuntia Dali, Arnold, 2 . quinquecostatus ? (Sowerby), Shattuck, 8. roemeri (Hill), Shattuck, 8. (Chlamys) rogersi Conrad, Glenn, 6 . (Pecten) stearnsii Dali, Arnold, 2 . (Pseudamusium) subminutus n. sp., Aldrich, 2. (Nodipecten) subnodosus Sower¬ by, Arnold, 2. (Plagioctenium) subventricosus Dali, Arnold, 2. texanus Roemer, Shattuck, 8. (Plagioctenium) ventricosus Sow¬ erby, Arnold, 2. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. sp., Madsen, 1. (Chlamys) sp., Dali, 10. Pecopteris arbox-escens (Schloth.) Brongn., White (D.), 10. (Cheilanthes) sepulta Newb. (?), Hollick, 5. Pectunculus pacificus n. sp., Anderson, 3. septentrionalis Middendorf, An¬ derson, 7. INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY 696 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pectunculus veatchii Gabb sp.. Whit- eaves, 12. Pelycodus Cope, Osborn, 11. frugivorus Cope, Osborn, 11. jarrovii Cope, Osborn, 11. tutus Cope, Osborn, 11. Pelecorapis Cope, Cragin, 1. microlepis n. sp., Cragin, 1. varius Cope, Cragin, 1. Pelycosauria, Case, 2. Pelecyora Dali, Dali, 8. Pentacrinus sp. cf. andreae de Loriol, Madsen, 1. Pentagonaster browni n. sp., Weller, 8 . Pentagonia unisulcata (Conrad), Kin¬ dle, 1. Pentamerella arata (Conrad), Kindle, 1 . pavilonensis Hall, Kindle, 1. thusnelda Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. Pentamerus Sowerby, Grabau, 1. circularis n. sp., Weller, 6. oblongus Sowerby, Grabau, 1. oblongus var. compressa n. var., Kindle and Breger, 1. oblongus var. cylindricus Hall and Whitfield, Kindle and Breger, 1. Pentremites Say, Hambach, 1. abbreviatus Hambach, Hambach, 1 . altus n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. angustus n. sp., Hambach, 1. bradleyi Meek, Hambach, 1. calycinus Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 7. cavus n. sp., Ulrich, 8. cherokeus ? Troost, Rowley, Greene, 7. chesterensis, Hambach, Rowley, Greene, 7. conoideus Hall, Hambach, 1. conoideus Hall, Rowley, Greene, 7. conoideus Hall, Rowley, 4. conoideus Hall, Ulrich, 8. Pentremites conoideus Hall, Row- ley, Greene, 5. conoideus var. amplus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 5. conoideus var. perlongus n. var., Rowley, Greene, 5. florealis v. Schlotheim, Hambach. 1 . florealis Schlotheim, Ulrich, 8. fohsi n. sp., Ulrich, 8. fohsi var: marionensis n. var., Ul¬ rich, 8. godoni De France, Ulrich, 8. godoni Defrance, Rowley, Greene. 5. godoni De France, Rowley, Greene, 7. kirki n. sp., Hambach, 1. koninckanus Hall, Rowley, Greene, 5. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pentremites koninckanus Hall. Rowley, Greene, 14. koninckanus Hall, Rowley, Greene, 7. leda Hall, Loomis, 4. obesus Lyon, Ulrich, 8. obesus Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 7. obtusus n. sp., Hambach, 1. pyramidatus n. sp., Ulrich, 8. pyriformis Say, Ulrich, 8. pyriformis Say, Rowley, Greene, 5. pyriformis Say, Hambach, 1. pyriformis Say, Rowley, Greene, 7. robustus Lyon, Rowley, Greene, 7. rusticus n. sp., Hambach, 1. serratus n. sp., Hambach, 1. sulcatus Roemer, Hambach, 1. sulcatus ? Roemer, Rowley, Greene. 7. tulipaformis n. sp., Hambach, 1. turbinatus n. sp., Hambach, 1. sp. ?, Rowley, Greene, 7. Pentremitidea (?) approximata n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 5. ? dubia n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 5. leda ? var. magna n. var., Rowley, Greene, 5. Peraceras superciliosus Cope, Osborn, 34. Peratherium titanelix n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. Pericyclus Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 3. blairi Miller and Gurley, Smith (.T. P.), 3. ? princeps de Koninck, Smith (J. P-), 3. Periploma Schumacher, Arnold, 2. Periploma Schumacher, Dali, 8. angulifera Philippi, Dali, 8. argentaria Conrad, Arnold, 2. collardi Harris, Dali, 8. peralta Conrad, Dali, 8. peralta Conrad, Glenn, G. Peripristis semicii’cularis (Newb. & W.), Eastman, 5, 10. Perischodomus M’Coy, Klem, 1. illinoiensis Woi’then and Miller, Klem, 1. Perisphinctes aguilerai n. sp., Cragin, 2. c-larki n. sp., Cragin, 2. felixi Castillo and Aguilera, Cra¬ gin, 2. potosinus Castillo and Aguilera. Cragin, 2. schucherti n. sp., Cragin, 2. sp. cf. panderi d’Orbigny, Madsen, 1. Perissolax tricarnatus n. sp., Weaver, 1. Pernopecten cooperensis (Shumard), Weller, 2. Peromyscus parvus n. sp.. Sinclair, G. FOR THE YEARS 1901—1905;, INCLUSIVE. 697 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Peronopora milleri n. sp., Nickles, 6. vera Ulrich, Nickles, 6. Petalodus Owen, Eastman, 10. allegkaniensis Leidy, Eastman, 10. (Chomatodns) areuatus (St. John), Eastman, 10. Petigopora Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 2 # offula n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Petraia Munster, Lambe, 2. aperta Billings, Lambe, 2. profunda Conrad (sp.), Lambe, 2. pygmaea Billings, Lambe, 2. Petricola Lamarck, Arnold, 2. calvertensis Dali, Glenn, 6. carditoides Conrad, Arnold, 2. (Petricolaria) cognata C. B. Ad¬ ams, Arnold, 2. (Petricolaria) denticulata Sower- by, Arnold, 2. harrisii Dali, Glenn, 6. (Rupellaria) lamellifera Conrad, Arnold, 2. Petricolaria Stoliczka, Arnold, 2. Phacodiscus calvertensis n. sp., Martin. 8 . Phacoides Blainville, Dali, 8. section Bellucina Dali, Dali, 8. section Epilucina Dali, Dali, 8. section Gradilucina Cossmann, Dali, 8. section Parvilucina Dali, Dali, 8. section Pleurolucina Dali, Dali, 8. section Cavilucina Fisher, Dali, 8. (Bellucina) actinus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Lucinoma) acutilineatus Conrad, Dali, 8. (Pleurolucina) amabilis Dali, Dali, 8 . (Bellucina) amiantus Dali, Dali, 8. (Lucinoma) annulatus Reeve, Dali, 8. (Pseudomiltha) anodonta Say, Dali, 8. (Pseudomiltha) anodonta, Say, Glenn, 6. (Lucinisca) calhounensis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Miltha) caloosaensis Dali, Dali, 8 . (Miltha) chipolanus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Miltha) claibornensis Conrad, Dali, 8. (Lucinoma) contractus (Say), Glenn, 6. (Parvilucina) crenulatus Conrad, Dali, 8. (Parvilucina) crenulatus (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. (Lucinisca) cribrarius (Say), Glenn, 6. (Lucinisca) cribrarius Say, Dali, 8 . (Here) densatus Conrad, Dali, 8. Paleontology—Con tinued. Genera and species described —Continued. Phacoides (Miltha) disciformis I-Ieil- prin, Dali, 8. domingensis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Pseudomiltha) fioridanus Conrad, Dali, 8. (Pseudomiltha) foremani (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. (Pseudomiltha) foremani Conrad, Dali, 8. (Here) glenni n. sp., Dali, 8. (Here) hamatus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Miltha) heracleus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Miltha) hillsboroensis Heilprin, Dali, 8. (Parvilucina) intensus n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Parvilucina) multilineatus Tuo- mey and Holmes, Dali, 8. (Lucinisca) muricatus Spengier, Dali, 8. nasulla var. caloosana Dali, Dali, 8 . (Miltha) ocalanus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Parvilucina) piluliformis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Lucinisca) plesiolophus Dali, Dali, 8. (Here) podagrinus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Parvilucina) prunus Dali, Glenn, 6 . (Parvilucina) prunus n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Pleurolucina) quadricostatus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Cavilucina) recurrens n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Here) richthofeni Gabb, Dali, 8. (Parvilucina) sphseriolus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Here) tithonis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Here) trisulcatus (Conrad), Glenn, 6. trisulcatus var., multistriatus Con¬ rad, Dali, 8. (Bellucina) tuomeyi n. sp., Dali, 8. (Bellucina) waccamawensis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Here) wacissanus n. sp., Dali, 8. (Parvilucina) yaquensis Gabb, Dali, 8. ? sp., Dali, 10. (Here) sp. undet., Dali, 8. Phacops cristata Hall, Kindle, 1. cristata var. pipa H. and C.. Kin¬ dle, 1. logani Hall, Weller, 6. cf. pulchellus Foerste, Kindle and Breger, 1. rana (Green), Kindle, 1. rana (Green), Weller, 6. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Phandella n. gen., Casey, 4. nepionica n. sp., Casey, 4. Phanerotinus paradoxus Win., Weller, 698 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Pale mtology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Phanerotrema cf. grayvillense Norwood and Pratten, Girty, 3. sp., Girty, 3. Phaneta? decorata n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . Phaseolites manhassettensis n. sp., Rol¬ lick, 11. Phasianella Lamarck, Arnold, 2. compta Gould, Arnold, 2. Phenacodus primaevus Cope, Osborn, 36. Plienacomya petrosa (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. Phialocrinus magnificus (Miller and Gurley), Beede, 1. Philippina Dali, Dali, 8. Phillipsastrsea d’Orbigny, Lambe, 2. billingsi Calvin, Lambe, 2. verneuili Milne-Edwards and Haime, Lambe, 2. verrilli Meek (sp.), Lambe, 2. verrilli var. exiguum, n. var., Lambe, 2. Phillipsia major Shumard, Girty, 3. peroccidens Hall and Whitfield, Girty, 3. trinucleata Herrick, Girty, 3. Philonthus claudus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Phlaocyon leucosteus Matthew, Mat¬ thew (W. D.) , 2. Phoebodus dens-neptuni n. sp., East¬ man, 10. knightianus n. sp., Eastman, 10. Phsenopora keewatinensis n. sp., White¬ aves, 17. Phoenicopsis ? sp., Fontaine, 1. Phloeosinus squalidens Scudd., Hopkins (A. D.), 1. Pholadidea Goodall, Arnold, 2. (Penitella) penita Conrad, Arnold, 2 . Pholadomya anaana n. sp., Anderson, 3. angustata Sowerby sp., Madsen, 1. claibornensis Meyer and Aldrich, Dali, 8. marcoui n. sp., Cragin, 2. marylandica Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. marylandica Conrad, Dali, 8. nasuta Gabb, Weaver, 1. paucicosta Roemer?, Cragin, 2. praeposita n. sp., Cragin, 2. roemeri n. sp., Shattuck, 8. tosta (Cragin), Cragin, 2. Pholas (Thovana) producta Conrad, Glenn, 6. Pholidocidaris Meek and Worth en, Klem, 1. irregularis Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. Pholidops Hall, Grabau, 1. arenaria Hall ?, Weller, 6. hamiltoniae Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 4. oblata Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 4. ovata Hall, Weller, 6. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pholidops squamiformis Hall, Grabau, 1 . sp., Kindle, 1. Pholidostrophia iowensis (Owen), Kin¬ dle, 1. iowaensis Owen, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. niagarensis n. sp., Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. Phorcus Risso, Arnold, 2. pulligo Martyn, Arnold, 2. Phos falsus n. sp., Casey, 4. macilentus n. sp., Casey, 4. Phragmites (?) cliffwoodensis n. sp., Berry, 5. Phragmoceras angustum Newell, Kindle and Breger, 1. cf. ellipticum H. & W., Kindle and Breger, 1. lineolatum n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. parvum Hall and Whitfield, Kindle and Breger, 1. parvum Hall and Whitfield, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Phragmolites compressus Con., Weller, 6 . Phragmostoma Hall, Clarke, 19. chautauquae n. sp., Clarke, 19. incisum Clarke, Clarke, 19. natator Hall, Clarke, 19. cf. triliratum Hall (sp.), Clarke 19. Phvllites bifurcies n. sp., Knowlton, 14. cliffwoodensis n. sp., Berry, 5. denticulatus n. sp., Knowlton, 18. inexpectans n. sp., Knowlton, 14. intricata n. sp., Knowlton, 18. oregonianus n. sp., Knowlton, 14. personatus n. sp., Knowlton, 14. saundersi n. sp., Knowlton, 16. sp., Knowlton, 14. Phylloceras ramosum Meek, Whiteaves, 12 . shastalense n. sp., Anderson. 3. subobtusiforme n. sp., Pompeckj, 1. Phyllodus Agassiz, Eastman, 1. hipparionyx n. sp., Eastman, 1. Phyllograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. angustifolius Hall, Ruedemann, 8. anna Hall, Ruedemann, 8. ilicifolius Hall, Ruedemann, 8. typus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. Phylloporina Ulrich, Grabau, 1. asperato-striata (Hall), Grabau, 1. corticosa Ulr., Sardeson, 4. fenestrata (Hall), Weller, 6. Phymesoda Rafinesque, Dali, 8. Physa Draparnaud, Letson, 1. Physa Draparnaud, Arnold, 2. heterostropha Say, Arnold, 2. heterostropha Say, Letson, 1. humerosa Gould, Springer (A.), 1. Fhysonemus arcuatus McCoy, Eastman, 10 . asper nom. nov., Eastman, 10. FOE THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 699 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Physonemus gemmatus (Newberry and Worthen), Eastman, 10. hamus-piscatorius n. sp., Eastman. 10 . pandatus n. sp., Eastman, 10. stellatus (Newberry and Worthen), Eastman, 10. Picea harrimani n. sp., Knowlton, 16. Pieris scrobiculata n. sp., Hollick, 10. Piloceras corniculum n. sp., Sardeson, 2. explanator Whitfield, Ruedemann, 9 . Pinacoceratidae, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Pinacoceratoidea, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Pinites leei n. sp., Fontaine, 5. Pinna lata n. sp., Beede, 4. peracuta Shumard, Beede, 1. quadrifrons n. sp., Cragin, 2. subspatulata Worthen, Beede, 1. sp., Shattuck, 8. Pinnas (?) coprolitiformis n. sp., Beede, 2. Pinnatopora Vine, Condra, 2. trilineata (Meek), Condra, 2. pyriformipora Rogers, Condra, 2. youngi Ulrich, Condra, 2. Pinnipedia, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Pinnopsis Hall, Clarke, 19. Pinus L., Perkins, 13. andraei Coem. ?, Berry, 6. conoides n. sp., Perkins, 13. cuneatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. delicatulus n. sp., Berry, 7. lindgrenii n. sp., Knowlton, 4, 8. mattewanensis n. sp., Berry, 4. nordenskioldi Heer, Fontaine, 1. schista Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. shastensis n. sp., Fontaine, 3. vernonensis Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. ? sp., Knowlton, 16. Piptomerus Cope, Williston, 14. Piratosaurus Leidy, Williston, 14. Pisania Bivona, Arnold, 2. fortis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Celatoconus) protractus (Con¬ rad), Martin, 5. Pisidium C. Pfeiffer, Dali, 8. Pisidium Pfeiffer, Letson, 1. abditum Hald, Letson, 1. compressum Prime, Letson, 1. scutellatum Sterki, Letson, 1. ultramontanum Prime, Letson, 1. virginicum (Gmelin) Bourg., Let- son, 1. Pisocrinus glabellus n. sp., Rowley, 3. globosus? Ringueberg, Rowley, 3. gorbyi ? S. A. Miller, Rowley, 3. granulosus n. sp., Rowley, 3. Pitaria Roemer (em.), Dali, 8. section Hyphantosoma Dali, Dali, 8 . section Lamelliconcha Dali, Dali, 8. section Pitaria s. s., Dali, 8. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pitaria section Tivelina Cossman, Dali, 8 . (Lamelliconcha) astartiformis Conrad, Dali, 8. (Lamelliconcha) calcanea n. sp., Dali, 8. (Hyphantosoma) carbasea Guppy, Dali, 8. (Lamelliconcha) filosina n. sp., Dali, 8. (Hyphantosoma) floridana n. sp., Dali, 8. (Lamelliconcha) hilli n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Hyphantosoma) opisthogrammata n. sp., Dali, 8. Pityoxylon chasense n. sp., Penhallow, 1 . microporosum brandonianum n. var., Knowlton, 11. Placerias n. gen., Lucas, 19. hesternus n. sp., Lucas, 19. Placenticeras Meek, Hyatt, 1. californicum n. sp., Anderson, 3. ? fallax Castillo and Aguilera, Hyatt, 1. guadalupae (Roemer), Hyatt, 1. intercalare Meek, Hyatt, 1. ? intermedium n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. newberryi n. sp., Hyatt, 1. pacificum Smith, Anderson, 3. placenta De Kay, Lasswitz, 1. planum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. placenta (Dekay), Hyatt, 1. placenta Dekay (sp.) ?, Johnson (D. W.), 5. ? rotundatum n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. pseudoplacenta, Hyatt, 1. pseudoplacenta var. occidentale, Hyatt. 1. sancarlosense n. sp., Hyatt, 1. sancarlosense var. pseudosyrtale, Hyatt, 1. spillmani n. sp., Hyatt, 1. stantoni n. sp., Hyatt, 1. stantoni var. bolli, Hyatt, 1. whitfieldi n. sp., Hyatt, 1. whitfieldi var. tuberculatum, Hy¬ att, 1. syrtale (Morton), Hyatt, 1. syrtale var. halei, Hyatt, 1. ? sp. undet., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Placites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . humboldtensis n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Placunopsis carbonaria Meek and Wor¬ then, Beede, 1. Plaesiomys strophomenoides n. sp., Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. Plagioctenium Dali, Arnold, 2. Plagioloplius vancouverensis Wood¬ ward, Whiteaves, 12. 700 TNDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Planorbis Guettard, Arnold, 2. Planorbis Guettard, Letson, 1. bicarinatus Say, Letson, 1. parvus Say, Letson, 1. tumidus Pfeiffer, Arnold, 2. vermicularis Gould, Arnold, 2. Planorbulina, d’Orbigny, Bagg, 0. elegans, Guppy, 4. mediterranensis d’Orbigny, Bagg, G. Plantaginopsis n. gen., Fontaine, 5. marylandica n. sp., Fontaine, 5. Platacodon nanus Marsh, Hatcher, 3. Platanus aceroides? (Goppert) Heer, Ivnowlton, 14. condoni (Newb.) Knowlton, Knowl- ton, 14. nobilis? Newb., Knowlton, 14. Platecarpus, Sternberg, 5. Platidia marylandica n. sp., Clark and Martin, 3. marylandica Clark, Dali, 8. Platigonus Le Conte, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Platyceras Conrad, Girty, 3. Platyceras Conrad, Grabau, 1. angulatum (Hall), Grabau, 1. ammon Hall, Kindle, 1. ? arctiostoma Ulrich, Kindle, 1. arkonense n. sp., Shimer and Gra¬ bau, 1. blatchleyi n. sp., Kindle, 1. bucculentum Hall, Kindle, 1. bucculentum Hall, Shimer and Grabau, 1. carinatum Hall, Kindle, 1. circularis n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2 . ? columbiana n. sp., Weller, 6. compactum n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. compressum Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. compressum var., Kindle, 1. conicum Hall, Kindle, 1. (Diaphorostoma) cornutum Hi- singer, Kindle and Breger, 1. crassum Hall ?, Kindle, 1. cymbula n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. dumosum Conrad, Kindle, 1. dumosum var. pileum n. var.. Kin¬ dle, 1. dumosum var. rarispinum Hall, Kindle, 1. echinatum Hall, Kindle, 1. (Orthonychia) fluctuosum Ulrich, Kindle, 1. fornicatum, Kindle, 1. gibbosum Hall, Weller, 6. linerare n. sp., Kindle, 1. milleri Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. multispinosum Meek, Kindle, 1. niagarense (Hall), Grabau, 1. paralium White and Whitfield?, Girty, 3. parvum Swallow, Girty, 3. radiatum n. sp.. Matthew (G. F.), 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Platyceras rictum Hall, Kindle, 1. rictum var. spinosa n. var., Kindle. 1 . subcirculare n. sp., Kindle, 1. subspinosum Hall, Shimer and Gra¬ bau, 1. symmetricum Hall, Kindle, 1. thetis Hall, Shimer and Grabau, 1. thetis Hall, .Kindle, 1. tortuosum Hall, Weller, G. transversum n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. ventricosum Conrad, Kindle, 1. vetulum n. sp., Sardeson, 1. sp., Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Platycrinus devonicus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 7. hemisphericus, Grabau, 8. huntsvillae (Troost), Grabau, 8. huntsvillae, Ulrich, 8. Platygyra Ehrenberg 1834, Vaughan, 2. clivosa (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, 2. viridis (Le Seur), Vaughan, 2. Platygonus bicalaratus Cope, Gidley, 3. compressus Le Conte, Wagner. 1. texanus n. sp., Gidley, 3. ? sp., Sinclair, 7. Platymetopus minganensis Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. trentonensis (Con.), Weller, 6. Platynus exterminatus n. sp., Scudder. 1 . interglacialis n. sp., Scudder. 1. interitus n. sp., Scudder, 1. longaevus n. sp., Scudder, 1. Platyodon Conrad, Arnold, 2. cancellatus Conrad, Arnold, 2. Platyostoma desmatum (Clarke), Wel¬ ler, 6. lineata Conrad, Parks, 5. lineata Conrad, Kindle, 1. liueatum var. callosum Hall, Kin¬ dle, 1. nearpassi n. sp., Weller, 6. niagarense Hall, Rowley, Greene, 2. pleurotoma Hall, Kindle, 1. turbinata Hall, Kindle, 1. turbinata var. cochleata. Kindle, 1. ventricosa Con., Weller, 6. sp., Kindle, 1. Platyphyllum brownianum Dn., White (D.), IS. Platysomus circularis Newberry and Worthen, Eastman, 10. Platystrophia biforata Schlotheim sp.. Ruedemann, 2. biforata, Cumings, 8. biperforata (Schl.), Weller, 6. costata, Cumings, 8. laticosta, Cumings, 8. lynx, Cumings, 8. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 701 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Platystrophia lynx von Buch, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. lynx, Cumings and Mauck, 1. Platypterygium densinerve Fontaine?, Fontaine, 5. Platypterna E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. concamerata (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2 . deaniana E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. delicatula (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. digitigrada E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gracillima E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. recta (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. tenuis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Platytrochus speciosus Gabb and Horn, Vaughan, 15. Platyxystrodus occidentalis (St. John), Eastman, 10. Plectambonites Pander, Grabau, 1. pisum n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. sericea (Sowerby), Grabau, 1. sericeus (Sowerby), Weller, 6. cf. sericeus Sowerby, Kindle and Breger, 1. sericeus Sdwerby var. asper James, Ruedemann, 2. transversalis (Wahlenberg), Gra¬ bau, 1. Plectodon Carpenter, Dali, 8. Plectorthis Hall and Clarke, subg. of Orthis, Walcott, 12. ? atava Matthew, Walcott, 12. christianise Kjerulf, Walcott, 12. daunus n. sp., Walcott, 12. desmopleura Meek, Walcott, 12. desmopleura nympha n. var., Wal¬ cott, 12. diablo n. sp., Walcott, 12. doris n. sp., Walcott, 12. hastingsensis n. sp., Walcott, 12. iddingsi n. sp., Walcott, 12. • indianola n. sp., Walcott, 12. johannensis Matthew, Walcott, 12. kayseri n. sp., Walcott, 12. linnarssoni Kayser, Walcott, 12. newtonensis Weller, Walcott, 12. pagoda n. sp., Walcott, 12. papias n. sp., Walcott, 12. plicatella Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 1 . plicatella (Hall), Weller, 6. remnicha Winchell, Walcott, 12. remnicha sulcata n. var., Walcott, 12 . remnicha texana n. var., Walcott, 12 . remnicha winfieldensis n. var., Walcott, 12. retroflexa Matthew, Walcott, 12. saltensis Kayser, Walcott, 12. tullbergi n. sp., Walcott, 12. wlchitaensis n. sp., Walcott, 12. wichitaensis Iseviusculus n. var., Walcott, 12. wimani n. sp., Walcott, 12. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Plectorthis 2 sp.?, Walcott, 12. Plesiastarte Fischer, Dali, 8. Plesiornis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. mirabilis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. pilulatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Plesiosaurus gouldii Williston, Willis* ton, 14. Plethomytilus cuneatus n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. Plethospira socialis Girty?, Kindle, 1. Pleuracanthus (Diplodus) compressus Newberry, Eastman, 10. Pleuristion brachycoelus n. gen. and sp., Case, 3. Pleuroceras Rafinesque, Letson, 1. subulare Lea, Letson, 1. Pleuroccelus, Lucas, 20. Pleurodictyum lenticulare, Beecher, 1. Pleurofusia De Greg., Casey, 5. Pleuroliria De Greg., Casey, 5. albida Perry, Casey, 5. barretti Guppy, Casey, 5. cochlearis Con., Casey, 5. crenulosa n. sp., Casey, 5. jacksonella n. sp., Casey, 5. simplex n. sp., Casey, 5. subsimilis n. sp., Casey, 5. Pleurolucina Dali, Dali, 8. Pleuromeris Conrad, Dali, 8. Pleuromya inconstans Castillo and Aguilera, Cragin, 2. inconstans var. curta n. var., Cragin, 2. ? sp., Madsen, 1. Pleuronotus decewi (Billings), Kindle, 1 . Pleuropachydiscus hoffmannii (Gabb), var., Whiteaves, 12. Pleurophorella n. gen., Girty, 5. papillosa n. sp., Girty, 5. Pleurophorus angulatus Meek and Worthen?, Girty, 3. costatus (Brown), Beede, 1. occidentalis Meek and Hayden?, Girty, 3. subcostatus Meek and Worthen, Beede, 1. subcostatus Meek and W’orthen. Girty, 3. tropidophorus Meek, Beede. 1. whitei n. sp., Beede. 4. sp., Beede, 8. Pleurotoma Lamarck, Arnold, 2. (Hemipleurotoma) albida Perry, Martin, 5. arnica n. sp., Casey, 4. ancilla n. sp., Casey, 4. (Borsonia) bartschi n. sp., Arnold. 9 (Hemipleurotoma) bellacrenata Conrad, Martin, 5. (Hemipleurotoma) calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 5. (Dolichotoma) carpenteriana Gabb, Arnold, 2. 702 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pleurotoma (Drillia) casey i n. sp., Aldrich, 2. (Hemipleurotoma) choptankensis n. sp., Martin, 5. (Hemipleurotoma) children! Lea, Clark and Martin, 2. collaris n. sp., Casey, 4. (Hemipleurotoma) oommunis Con¬ rad, Martin, 5. (Hemipleurotoma) communis var. protocommunis n. var., Martin, 5. (Dichotoma) cooperi n. sp., Ar¬ nold, 2. (Borsonia) dalli n. sp., Arnold, 2. ducateli n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2 . (Clathurella) dumhlei n. sp., An¬ derson, 7. evanescens n. sp., Casey, 4. harrisi Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. hilgardi n. sp., Casey, 4. (Borsonia) hooveri n. sp., Arnold, 2 . intacta n. sp., Casey, 4. oblivia n. sp., Casey, 4. (Leucosyrinx) pedroana n. sp., Ar¬ nold, 2. perversa Gabb, Arnold, 2. piscatavensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. plutonica n. sp., Casey, 4. potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. servata Conrad, Casey, 4. (Spirotropsis) smithi n. sp., Ar¬ nold, 2. (Dolichotoma) tryoniana, Gabb, Arnold, 2. tysoni n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. vicksburgensis n. sp., Casey, 4. Pleurotomaria De France, Grabau, 1. adjutor Hall, Parks, 5. aiens n. sp., Sardeson, 1. ? axion Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1 . capillaria Conrad cognata mut. nov., Clarke, 19. capillaria Conrad, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. ? cf. carbonaria Norwood and Pratten, Girty, 3. ciliata n. sp., Clarke, 19. circumtrunca n. sp., Cragin, 2. clivosa n. sp., Sardeson, 9. delicatula var. camera n. var., Parks, 5. eloroidjea n. sp., Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. cf. eloroidea, Kindle and Breger, 1. genundewa n. sp., Clarke. 19. hoyi Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. hunterensis Cleland, Cleland, 3. ? idia Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. itylus n. sp., Clarke, 19. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pleurotomaria itys Hall, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. laphami Whitfield, Kindle and Breger, 1. littorea Hall, Grabau, 1. lucina Hall, Kindle, 1. lucina var. perfasciata Hall, Kin¬ dle, 1. pauper Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. pervetusta (Conrad), Grabau, 1. procteri Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. ? quinquesulcata Win., Weller, 2. stantoni n. sp., Shattuck, 8. sulcomarginata Conrad, Kindle, 1. sweeti Whitfield, Sardeson, 2. ? sp., Girty, 3. sp., Kindle, 1. ? sp. undet., Weller, 2. sp. undet., Kindle and Breger, 1. (or Euomphalopterus) sp. indet., Whiteaves, 17. Plicatula densata Conrad, Glenn. 6. sportella n. sp., Cragin, 2. Plinthiotheca angularis Lx. sp., White (D.), 10. Pliohippus Marsh, Gidley, 5. simplicidens Cope, Gidley, 1. Pliomera Angelin, Raymond (P. E.),6. Pliomerops n. gen., Raymond (P. E.), 6 . canadensis, Raymond (P. E.), 6. Poacites sp., Hollick, 11. Poatrephes?, Douglass, 8. paludicola n. gen. and sp., Doug¬ lass, 8. Pododesmus Philippi, Arnold, 2. (Monia) macroschisma Deshayes, Arnold, 2. Podozamites angustifolius (Eichw.) Schimp., Hollick, 11. distantinervis Fontaine, F^ttaine, 2 . grandifolius Fontaine?, Fontaine, 2 . lanceolatus (Lindley and Hutton) Friedrich Braun non Emmons, Fontaine, 1. lanceolatus latifolius (Friedrich Braun) Heer, Fontaine, 1. lanceolatus minor (Schenk) Heer, Fontaine, 1, 2. marginatus Heer, Berry, 5. pachynervis n. sp., Fontaine, 1. pachyphyllus n. sp., Fontaine, 1. pedicellatus Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. pulchellus Heer, Fontaine, 1. sp.?, Hollick, 4. Poebrotherium, Matthew (W. D.). 15. eximium, Matthew (W. D.), 15. labiatum, Matthew (W. D.), 15. wilsoni, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Pcecilodus McCoy, Eastman, 10. rugosus Newberry and Worthen, Eastman, 10. 703 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pcecilodus tribulis (St. John and Wor- tlien), Eastman, 10. Poecilozonites (Bid.), Gulick, 1. bermudensis Pfr., Gulick, 1. bermudensis var. zonatus Verrill, Gulick, 1. circumfirmatus Redf., Gulick, 1. circumfirmatus var. discrepans Prf., Gulick, 1. cupula n. sp., Gulick, 1. dalli n. sp., Gulick, 1. nelsoni var. callosus n. var., Gu¬ lick, 1. reinianus Pfr., Gulick, 1. Polemarchus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gigas E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Poleumita nom. nov., Clarke and Rue- demann, 1. crenulata Whiteaves (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. scamnata n. sp., Clarke and Rue¬ demann, 1. (?) sulcata Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Polititapes Chiamenti, Dali, 8. Pollicipes siluricus n. sp., Ruedemann, 1 . Polycyclus Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. nodifer n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Polycotylus Cope, Williston, 14. ischiadicus n. sp., Williston, 14. latipinnis Cope, Williston, 14. Polygyra dalli Stearns (R. E. C.), 1. Polygyrata n. gen., Weller, 6. sinistra n. sp., Weller, 6. Polymesoda Rafinesque, Dali, 8. Polymorpha gibha (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 6 . Polymorphina d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. austriaca (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. communis (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. compressa d’Orbigny, Bagg, 1, 6. compressa var. striata n. var., Bagg, 6. elegantissima Parker and Jones, Bagg, 1, 6. gibba (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. lactea (Walker and Jacob), Bagg, 1 , 6 . praelonga Terquem, Bagg, 1. regina Brady, Parker, and Jones, Bagg, 6. Polynices Montfort, Arnold, 2. (Neverita) duplicatus (Say) Mar tin, 5. (Lunatia) homicryptus (Gabb), Martin, 5. (Lunatia) heros (Say), Martin, 5. (Lunatia) lewisii Gould, Arnold, 2 # (Neverita) recluziana Petit, Ar¬ nold, 2. Polyphemopsis louisvillae Hall and Whitf., Kindle, 1. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Polypodium oregonense n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 1. Polypora, Cumings, 9. Polypora McCoy, Grabau, 1. Polypora McCoy, Condra, 2. bassleri n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. cestriensis Ulrich, Ulrich, 2. crassa'UIrich, Condra, 2. cf. distincta Ulrich, Girty, 3. elliptica Rogers, Condra, 2. incepta Hall, Grabau, 1. remota n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. reversipora n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. spinulifera Ulrich, Condra, 2. stragula White, Condra, 2. submarginata Meek, Condra, 2. ulrichi n. sp., Condra, 1, 2. varsoviensis Prout, Ulrich, 8. n. sp., Girty, 3. sp., Girty, 3. Polystichum hillsianum n. sp., Hol- lick, 5. Polystomella Lamarck, Bagg, 6. crispa (Linne), Bagg, 9. striatopunctata (Fichtel and Moll), Bagg, 6. Polythorax missouriensis Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Polytoechia Hall and Clarke, Walcott, 12 . ? montanensis n. sp., Walcott, 12. Pomatiopsis Tryon, Letson, 1. lapidaria (Say) Tryon, Letson, 1. Pomaulax Gray, Arnold, 2. undosus Wood, Arnold, 2. Pompholigina Dali, Dali, 8. Pontobdellopsis cometa n. gen. et sp., Ruedemann, 1. Pontoleon n. gen., True, 1. magnus n. sp., True, 1. Popanoceras Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Popanoceras Hyatt, Smith (J. P.), 3. ganti n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. (Parapopanoceras) haugi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. parkeri Heilprin, Smith (J. P.),3. walcotti White, Smith (J. P.), 3. Popanoceratidse Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Populites amplus n. sp., Knowlton, 18. tenuifolius n. sp., Berry, 5. Populopliyllum menispermoides Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. minutum Ward n. sp., Fontaine, PJ Populus auriculata Ward, Fontaine, 5. cretacea n. sp., Knowlton, 18. daphnogenoides Ward, Penhallow, 4. lindgreni Knowlton, Knowlton, 14. obtrita Dn., Penhallow,'4. ? ricei n. sp., Fontaine, 3. sp., Knowlton, 18. 704 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Porites astreoides Lamarck, Vaughan, 2 . porites (Pallas), Vaughan, 2. Porodiscus concentricus (Ehrenberg), Martin, 8. Poromya jamaicensis n. sp., Dali, 8. mississippiensis Meyer and Aid- rich, Dali, 8. Porthochelys laticeps n. gen. et sp., Wil- liston, 3. browni n. sp., Hay, 24. laticeps Williston, Hay, 24. Portlandia arctica Gray, Sears, 1. Portheus Cope, Loomis, 1. molossus Cope, Osborn, 35. mollosus, Sternberg, 5. Posidonia Bronn, Clarke, 19. attica Williams (sn.), Clarke. 19. mesacostalis Williams (sp.), Clarke, 19. venusta Munster, var. nitidula n. var., Clarke, 19. Posidoniella pertenuis Beede?, Girty, 3. Posidonomya? pertenuis Beede, Beede, 1 . ? recurva Beede, Beede, 1. Potamides tenuis Gabb, Whiteaves, 12. Potamogetophyllum n. gen., Fontaine, 5. vernonense n. sp., Fontaine, 5. Potamotherium E. Geoffroy, Matthew and Gidley, 1. lacota n. sp., Matthew, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Poterioceras sauridens n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Praecardium Barrande, Clarke, 19. duplicatum Miinster (sp.), Clarke, 19. melletes n. sp., Clarke, 19. multicostatum n. sp., Clarke, 19. vetustum Hall, Clarke, 19. Prasopora? hospitalis (Nicholson), Nickles, 6. patera n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. patera Ulrich and Bassler, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. simulatrix Ulrich, Weller, 6. simulatrix Ulrich, Nickles, 6. simulatrix Ulr., Sardeson, 3. simulatrix var. orientalis Ulrich. Ruedemann, 2. Preptoceras sinclairi n. gen. and sp., Furlong, 2. Premnophyllum trigonum Vel., Hollick, 11 . Prestwichia randalli n. sp., Beecher. 5. signata n. sp., Beecher, 10. Priene H. & A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Primitia frostburgensis n. sp., Jones (T. R.), 4. latimarginata n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Primitia minuta? (Eichwald), Jones (T. R.), 4. mundula var. jonesi n. var., Ruede¬ mann, 2. sp., Jones (T. R.), 4. Prionastraea vaughani, Gregory, Vaughan, 7. Prionoceras? Hyatt, Smith (J. 1\), 3. ? andrewsi Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? brownense Miller, Smith (J. P.), „ 3 . ? ohioense Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. Prionocyclus macombi Meek, Johnson (D. W.), 5. wyomingensis Meek, Johnson (D. W.), 5. n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Prionolobus Waagen, Hyatt and Smith. 1 . Prionotropis branneri n. sp., Anderson, 3. woolgari Mantell (sp.), Johnson (D. W.), 5. Priscodelphinus? crassangulum n. sp., Case, 9. gabbi Cope, Case, 9. grand®vus Leidy, Case, 9. lacertosus Cope, Case, 9. ruschenbergeri Cope, Case, 9. urseus Cope, Case, 9. Prismatophyllum inaequalis (Hall), Weller, 6. Prismopora serrata Meek, Girty, 3. triangulata White, Girty, 3. sp., Girty, 3. Proamphicyon nebrascensis n. gen. and sp., Hatcher, 10. Proarcestes Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Probaena n. gen., Hay. 8. sculpta n. sp., Hay, 9. Procamelus, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Procamelus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.),2. fissidens Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . lacustris n. sp., Douglass, 1. madisonius n. sp., Douglass, 1. robustus Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . Prochasma Beushausen. Clarke. 19. Proclydonautilus Mojsisovics. Hyatt and Smith, 1. Proclydonautilus Mojsisovics. Smith (J. P.), 5. triadicus Mojsisovics. Smith (J. P.), 5. triadicus Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Procyonidae. Matthew (W. D.), 19. Prodophoenus Wortman and Matthew, Wortman, 2. Prodromites Smith and Weller, Smith (J. P.), 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 705 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Prodromites n. gen., Smith and Weller, 1. gorbyi Miller, Smith and Weller, 1. gorbyi Miller, Smith (J. P.), 3. ornatus n. sp., Smith (J. I*.), 3. prsematurus Smith and Weller, Smith (J. T.), 3. praematurus n. sp., Smith and Wel¬ ler, 1. Productella concentrica Hall, Girty, 3. concentrica (Hall), Weller, 2. minneapolis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. semiglobosa Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. spinulicosta Hall, Kindle, 1. spinulicosta Hall, mut. pygmaea nov., Loomis, 4. Productus Sowerby, Beede, 1. arcuatus Hall, Weller, 2. cora d’Orbigny, Beede, 1. cora d’Orbigny, Girty, 3. cora americanus Swallow, Beede, 1 . costatus Sowerby, Beede, 1. gallatinensis Girty, Girty, 3. inflatus McChesney, Girty, 3. lajvicosta White, Girty, 3. longispinus Sowerby?, Beede, 1. morrillisnus Win., Weller, 2. nebrascensis Owen, Beede, 1. nebraskensis Owen, Girty, 3. parvicostatus n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. parviformis Girty, Girty, 3. parvulus Win., Weller, 2. pertenuis Meek, Beede, 1. pertenuis Meek?, Girty, 3. portlockianus Norwood and Prat- ten, Girty, 3. punctatus Martin, Weller, 2. punctatus (Martin), Beede, 1. punctatus Martin, Girty, 3. cf. pustulosus Phillips, Girty, 3. semireticulatus (Martin), Beede, 1. semireticulatus var., Girty, 3. semireticulatus var. hermosanus n. var., Girty, 3. symmetricus McChesney, Beede, 1. sp., Girty, 3. Proetus brevimarginatus n. sp., Wei ler, 6. canaliculatus Hall, Kindle, 1. clarus Hall, Kindle, 1. clelandi n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. corrugatus n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. crassimarginatus Hall, Kindle, 1. curvimai-ginatus Hall and Clarke, Kindle, 1. ? depressus n. sp., Weller, 6. folliceps Hall and Clarke, Kindle, 1 . latimarginatus Hall and Clarke. Kindle, 1. latimarginatus n. sp., Weller, 6. macrocephalus Hall, Kindle, 1. Bull, 301—06-45 Paleontology —Continued. Genera end species described —Continued. Proetus microgemma Hall and Clarke, Kindle, 1. pachydermatus Barrett, Weller, 6. protuberans Hall, Weller, 6. ? spinosa n. sp., Weller, 6. subannulatus n. sp., Van Ingen, 2. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. sp., Parks, 5. Profischeria Dali, Dali, 8. Prolecanites Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P-), 3. ? compactus Meek and Worthen, Smith (J. I\), 3. greenii Miller, Smith (J. P.), 3. gurleyi n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. houghtoni Winchell, Smith (J. P.), 3. ? louisianensis Rowley, Smith (J. P.), 3. lyoni Meek and Worthen, Smith (J. P.), 3. marshallensis Winchell, Smith (.T. P-), 3. Promacrus cuneatus Hall, Weller, 2. Promerycochoerus minor n. sp., Doug¬ lass, 8. Pronorites Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 3. cyclolobus Phillips, var. arkansas- ensis, Smith (J. P.), 3. siebenthali n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. Pronoritidse, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Propleura borealis n. sp., Wieland, 6. Proptychites Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . walcotti n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Prcscalops n. gen., Matthew (W. D.), 2. miocaenus n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 2 . Prosphingites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. austini n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Prosthennops n. gen., Gidley, Matthew and Gidley, 1. crassigenis n. sp., Gidley, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Protapes Dali, Dali, 8. Protapirus robustus n. sp., Sinclair, 1. Proteaephyllum californicum n. sp., Fontaine, 3. dentatum Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. uhleri n. sp., Fontaine, 5. Protemnocyon inflatus n. gen. and so., Hatcher, 10. Protengonoceras Hyatt, Hyatt, 1. ? emarginatum (Cragin), Hyatt, 1. gabbi (Bohm), Hyatt, 1. planum n. sp., Hyatt, 1. Proteoides daphnogenoides Ileer, Berry, 5. Troterix loomisi n. gen. and sp.. Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 10. Prothyris truncata n. sp., Cleland, 2, 706 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Protocalyptrsea Clarke, Clai-ke, 19. marshalli Clarke, Clarke, 19. styliophila Clarke, Clarke, 19. Protocardia Beyrich, Arnold, 2. centifllosa Carpenter, Arnold, 2. lenis Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. j salinaensis Meek, Jones (A. W.), 2 , Protoceras, Matthew (W. D.), 22. Protohippus Leidy, Gidley, 5. cumminsii (Cope), Gidley, 1. phlegon (Hay), Gidley, 1. Protolabis, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Protolabis Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2. angustidens Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2. heterodontus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 2. montanus Douglass, Matthew (W. D.), 2. montanus n. sp., Douglass, 1. Protolenus, Matthew (G. F.), 27. Protomeryx, Matthew (W. D.), 15. hallii, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Protophyllocladus n. gen.. Berry, 3. lanceolatus (Knowlton.), Beri*y, 3. polymorphus (Lesq.), Berry, 3. subintegrifolius (Lesq.), Beri-y, 3. subintegrifolius (Lesq.) Berry, Berry, 7. Protopteris kellennaniana n. sp., Her- zer, 4. Protomeryx Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 2. campester n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 2. Pi’otonympha salicifolia nov., Clarke, 18. Protophragmoceras patronus n. sp., Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Protopora n. gen., Greene, 12. Protorohippus venticolus, Osborn, 36. Protorthis" Hall and Clarke, Walcott, 12 . billingsi Hartt, Walcott, 12. I (Loperia) dougaldensis n. sp., I Walcott, 12. helena n. sp., Walcott, 12. laevis n. sp., Walcott, 12. latourensis Matthew, Walcott, 12. nautes n. sp., Walcott, 12. ? nunnebei'gensis n. sp., Walcott, 12 . quacoensis Matthew, Walcott, 12. spencei n. sp., Walcott, 12. wingi n. sp., Walcott, 12. sp. und., Walcott, 12. Pi’otorosaurus v. Meyer, Osborn, 19. Pi'otosphyrxena Leidy, Loomis, 1. Protosphyraena Leidy, Stewart, 1. bentoniana Stewart, Stewart, 1. dimidiata (Cope), Hay, 10. gigas Stewart, Stewart, 1. gladius (Cope), Hay, 10. nitida (Cope), Hay, 10. nitida Cope, Loomis, 1. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Protosphyraena obliquidens n. sp., Loomis, 1. penetrans Cope, Loomis, 1. penetrans Cope, Stewart, 1. perniciosa (Cope), Hay, 10. recurvirostris Stewart, Stewart, 1. sequax n. sp., Hay, 10. tenuis n. sp., Loomis, 1. tenuis Loomis, Hay, 10. ziphioides (Cope), Hay, 10. n. sp. ?, Stewart, 1. Protospirialis n. gen., Clarke, 19. minutissima Clarke, Clarke, 19. Protostega, Williston, 4. gigas Cope, Sternberg, 5. Protosurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. gabbi Con., Casey, 5. plenta H. & A., Casey, 5. tenuirostris n. sp., Casey, 5. Protothaca Dali, Dali, 8. grewingkii n. sp., Dali, 10. ? sp., Dali, 10. Prototomus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 20. Protowarthia cancellata Hall sp., Rue¬ demann, 2. cancellata (Hall), Weller, 6. rossi n. sp., Collie, 3. tenuissima n. sp., Collie, 3. Protozyga exigua Hall, Ruedemann, 2. Protrachyceras Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Protrachyceras Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. Prunoides n. gen., Perkins, 13. hursaeformis (Lx.), Perkins 13. seelyi n. sp., Pei-kins, 13, 17. Prunus? merriami n. sp., Knowlton, 14. ? tufacea n. sp., Knowlton. 14. Psammobia (Lamarck) Bowditch, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Psammobia) edentula Gabh, Ar¬ nold, 2. gubernatoria n. sp.. Glenn, 6. sp. ?, Ravn, 1. Psaronius, Ilerzer, 1. junceus n. sp., Herzer, 2. vei’miculus n. sp.. Herzer, 4. Psephidia Dali, Dali, 8. Psephis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. salmonea Carpenter, Arnold, 2. tantilla Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Psephodus Agassiz, Branson, 1. acutus n. sp., Branson, 1. earbonarius n. sp., Branson. 1. legrandensis n. sp.. Branson, 1. Pseudaspidocei’as n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Pseudauliscus spinosus (Christian), Boyer, 1. Pseudobradypus n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 21. Pseudobi-adypus, Matthew (G. F.), 30. unguifer Dawson, Matthew (G. F.), 25, 30. Pseudocrinites Pearce, Schuchert, 11. ahnormalis n. sp., Schuchert, 11. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 707 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pseudocrinites clarki n. sp., Schuchert, 6 . clarki Schuchert, Schuchert, 11. claypolei n. sp., Schuchert, 11. elongatus n. sp., Schuchert, 11. gordoni n. sp., Schuchert, 6, 11. perdewi n. sp., Schuchert, 6, 11. stellatus n. sp., Schuchert, 6, 11. subquadratus n. sp., Schuchert, 11. Pseudocyrena Bourguignat, Dali, 8. Pseudoliva sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Pseudolahis, Matthew (W. D.), 15. dakotensis n. gen. and sp., Mat¬ thew (W. D.), 15. dakotensis, Matthew (W. D.), 15. Pseudomelania goodellii n. sp., Cragin, 2 . Pseudomiltha Fischer, Dali, 8. Pseudomonotis Beyrich, Smith (J. P.), 5. equistriata Beede, Girty, 3. hawni (Meek and Hayden), Beede, hawni Meek and Hayden, Girty, 3. hawni equistriata Beede, Beede, 1. kansasensis Beede, Girty, 3. kansasensis nom. nov., Beede, 1. ? robusta Beede, Beede, 1. subcircularis Gabb, Smith (J. P.), 5. sp., Girty, 3. Pseudonesera Sturany, Dali, 8. Pseudoniscus, Clarke (J. M.), 12. roosevelti n. sp., Clarke (J. M.), 12 . Pseudopterodon minutus (Douglas), Matthew (W. D.), 9. Pseudosageceras Diener, Hyatt and Smith, 1. intermontanum n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Pseudosphserexochus approximus n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. chazyensis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 5. (Nieszkowskia) satyrus Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. trentonensis Clarke, Weller, 6. vulcanus Billings, Raymond (P. E.), 5. vulcanus var. billingsi n. var., Raymond (P. E.), 5. Pseudothryptodus n. gen., Loomis, 1. intermedius n. sp., Loomis, 1. Pseudotsuga miocena Penh.', Penhallow, 5. miocena n. sp., Penhallow, 4. Psilocochlis n. subg., Dali, 12. mccallie n. sp., Dali, 12. Psilophyton ? alcicorne D. W., White (D.), 18. cf. princeps Dn., White (D.), 18. Pteranodon Marsh, Eaton, 2. Pteranodon (Ornithostoma), Williston, 7. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued, rteranodon Marsh, Eaton, 3. longiceps Marsh, Eaton, 3. Ptereulima n. gen., Casey, 3. elegans n. sp., Casey, 3. Pteria limula (Conrad), Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. longa (Geinitz), Beede, 1. sulcata (Greinitz), Beede, 1. Pterinea Goldfuss, Grabau, 1. emacerata (Conrad), Grabau, 1. emacerata (Con.), Weller, 6. flabella (Con.), Weller, 6. flahella (Con.) Hall, Kindle, 1. grandis Hall, Kindle, 1. Pterinopecten nodocostatus (W. and W.), Weller, 2. nodosus Hall, Kindle, 1. reflexus Hall, Kindle, 1. subplana Hall (sp.), Clai’ke and Ruedemann, 1. undata Hall (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. undosus Hall, Kindle, 1. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Pterinea sp. undet., Kindle and Breger, 1 . Pterochaenia n. gen., Clarke, 19. cashaquse n. sp., Clarke, 19. elmensis n. sp., Clarke, 19. fragilis Hall (sp.), Clarke, 19. fragilis Hall (sp.) var. orbicularis n. var., Clarke, 19. perissa n. sp., Clarke, 19. sinuosa n. sp., Clarke, 19. Pteronotus Swainson, Arnold, 2. Pteromeris Conrad, Dali, 8. Pteronites? subplana (Hall), Weller, 6. Pteropelyx grallipes Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Pterophycus plicatus n. gen. and sp., Herzer, 4. Pterophyllum aequale (Brongniart) Na- thorst, Fontaine, 1. alaskense n. sp., Fontaine, 2. contiguum Schenk, Fontaine, 1. ? lowryanum W T ard n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. minus Brongniart?, Fontaine, 1. nathorsti Schenk, Fontaine, 1. rajmahalense Morris, Fontaine, 1. Pterorhytis Conrad, Arnold, 2. Pterospermites alaskana n. sp., Knowl- ton, 16. magnifolia n. sp., Knowlton, 16. Pterostichus depletus n. sp., Scudder, 1 . Pterotheca expansa (Emm.) ?,Weller, 6. expansa Emmons, Raymond (P. E.), 1. Pterotocrinus acutus Wetherby, Ulrich, 8 . capital is Lyon, Ulrich, 8. depressus Lyon and Casseday, Ul¬ rich, 8. 708 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Pterygometopus annulatus n. sp., Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. callicephalus (Hall), Weller, 6. eboraceus Schmidt, Ruedemann, 2. intermedius (Walcott) ?, Weller, 6. Pterygotus Agassiz, Grabau, 1. cobbi Hall, Grabau, 1. globicaudatus Pohlman, Grabau, 1. J macropthalmus Hall, Grabau, 1. monroensis n. sp., Sarle, 2. I’tilodictya frondosa n. sp., Weller, 6. lobata n. sp., Weller, 6. (Escharopora) subrecta Ulr., Sar- deson, 4. ? sp. ?, Sardeson, 1. Ptilodus primaevus n. sp., Lambe, 3. Ptilograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. geinitzianus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. plumosus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. tenuissimus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Ptilozamites Ieekenbyi (Bean) Na- thorst, Fontaine, 1. Ptychites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. meeki n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. 1 Ptychitidae Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Ptychitinse, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Ptychitoidea, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Ptychocladia n. gen., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 1. agellus n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. Ptychodesma knappianum H. and W.. Kindle, 1. Ptychodus, Williston, 1. anonymus Williston, Williston, 1. janewayii (Cope), Williston, 1. martini Williston, Williston, 1. mortoni (Mantell), Williston, 1. occidentals Leidy, Williston, 1. polygyrus (Buckland), Williston, 1. whippleyi Marcou, Williston, 1. sp., Williston, 1. Ptycholepis Agassiz, Eastman, 20. marshi Newberry, Eastman, 20. Ptychomya ragsdalei (Cragin), Shat- tuck, 8. stantoni n. sp., Cragin, 2. Ptychoparia blairi n. sp., Weller, 6. calcifera Walcott?, Weller, 6. cordillerse Walcott, Woodward | (H.), 1. newtonensis n. sp., Weller, 6. sp. undet., Weller, 6. ? subquadrata n. sp., Weller, 6. Ptychosalpinx altilis (Conrad), Mar¬ tin, 5. lienosa Conrad, Martin. 5. multirugata Conrad, Martin. 5. Ptychopyge jerseyensis n. sp., Weller, 6. Ptychospira sexplicata (White and Whitfield), Greger, 1. Ptychoxylon levyi, White (L).), 19. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Puella sp., Clarke, 19. ruffinus conradi Marsh, Case, 9. Pugnax rockymontana (Marcou), Beede, 1 . striatocostata (M. and W.), Wel¬ ler, 2. utah (Marcou), Beede, 1. utah Marcou, Girty, 3. Pullastra Sowerby, I)all, 8. Pullenia sphaeroides (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 9. Pulvinulina auricula (Fichtel and Moll), Bagg, 9. brongniartii (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 9. elegans, Guppy, 4. exigua var. obtusa Burrows, Bagg, 1 . schreibersii (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. Puncturella Lowe, Arnold, 2. cueullata Gould, Arnold, 2. galeata Gould, Arnold, 2. Purpura Bruguiere, Arnold, 2. crispata Chemnitz, Arnold, 2. lima Martyn, Anderson, 7. saxicola Valenciennes, Arnold, 2. Pygurus sp., Cragin, 2. Pycnostylus Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. elegans Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. guelphensis Whiteaves, Lambe. 2. Pyramidella Lamarck, Arnold, 2. conica Adams, var. variegata Car¬ penter, Arnold. 2. (Sulcorinella) dodona n. sp.. Dali and Bartsch, 2. Pyramidula lecontei n. sp., Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Pyramidula perspectiva simillima, Stearns (R. E. C.), 1. shimekii (Pilsbry), Shimek. 3. Pyrazisinus liarrisi n. sp.. Maury, 1. Pyrgiscus Philippi. Arnold. 2. Pyrgisculus Monterosato, Arnold. 2. Pyrgolampros Sacco, Arnold, 2. Pyrula harrisi n. sp., Martin, 5. penita var. Conrad, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. ( ?) sp.. Clark and Martin, 2. Quadrula Rafinesque, Letson, 1. coccinea (Conrad) Simpson, Let- son, 1. solida (Lea) Simpson, Letson, 1. Quebecia n. gen., Walcott, 12. circe Billings, Walcott. 12. Quedius deperditus n. sp., Scudder. 1. Quercophyllum chinkapinense Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. Quercus affinis (Newb.), Knowlton, 14. breweri Lesq.. Knowlton. 14. consimilis Newl)., Knowlton. 14. dayana n. sp.. Knowlton, 14. duriuscula n. sp., Knowlton, 14. eoprinoides n. sp.. Berry, 7. liolliekii n. sp.. Berry, 5. hollickii Berry. Berry, 7. holmesii Lesq., Berry, 5. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 709 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Quercus horniana Lesq., Knowlton, 14. judithae n. sp., Knowlton, 18. lehmanii n. sp., Hollick, 10. merriarai n. sp., Knowlton, 14. montana n. sp., Knowlton, 18. morrisoniana Lesq., Hollick, 11. oregoniana n. sp., Knowlton, 14. pseudo-lyrata Lesq., Knowlton, 14. simplex Newb., Knowlton, 14. ursina n. sp., Knowlton, 14. . ? sp., Knowlton, 14. ? sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Radiocrista Dali, Dali, 8. Raeta Gray, Arnold, 2. Rafinesquina alternata (Emmons) Hall and Clarke, Ruedemann, 2. alternata (Emm.),.Weller, 6. alternata var. ponderosa, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. champlainensis n. sp., Raymond (r. E.), 1. deltoidea Conrad var., Ruedemann, 2 . Raja? dux Cope, Eastman, 18. Randomia n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 1. aurorae n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1. Ranella Lamarck, Arnold, 2. californica Hinds, Arnold, 2. Raphistoma Columbiana n. sp., Weller, 6 . leiosomellum n. sp., Sardeson, 2. lenticulare Emmons, Raymond (I*. E.), 1. le\Yistonense n. sp., Sardeson, 2. minnesotense Owen, Sardeson, 2. oweni n. sp., Sardeson, 2. peracutum U. & S., Weller, 6. ruidum n. sp., Sardeson, 2. Raphoneis gemmifera Ehrenberg, Boyer, 1 . Raufella? fucoida n. sp., Sardeson, 1. Receptaculites occidentalis Salter, Wel¬ ler, 6. Remipleurides canadensis Billings, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. Remondia Gabb, Dali, 8. Remopleurides tumidus n. sp., Ruede¬ mann, 2. (Caphyra) linguatus n. sp., Ruede¬ mann, 2. Rensselaeria subglobosus n. sp., Weller, 6 . Reophax scorpiurus, Guppy, 4. Reptofiustrella heteropora Gabb and Horn, Ulrich, 2. Reteocrinus onealli Hall, Springer (F.), 3. Reteograptus geinitzianus Hall, Wel¬ ler, 6. Retepora doverensis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Reticularia bicostata (Vanuxem), Wel¬ ler, G. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Reticularia bicostata Vanuxem 1842, var. petila Hall, 1879, Beecher, 1. cooperensis (Swallow), Weller, 2. fimbriata (Con.), Weller, 6. fimbriata (Conrad), Shimer, 5. fimbriata (Conrad), Kindle, 1. knappianum Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. perplexa (McChesney), Beede, 1. Reticularia proxima n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. septentrionalis n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. wabashensis n. sp., Kindle, 1. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. Reticularia? sp. indet., Whiteaves, 17. Reticulipora dichotoma Gabb and Horn, Ulrich, 2. Retiograptus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. tentaculatus Hall, Ruedemann, 8. Retiphycus hexagonale n. gen. and sp., Ulrich, 4. Retusa (Cylichnina) conulus (Des- hayes), Martin, 5. (Cylichnina) marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. (Cylichnina) subspissa (Conrad), Martin, 5. Rhabdoceras Hauer, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . russelli Hyatt, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope, Case, 9. Rhachiopteris punctata Dn. (?), White (D.), 18. Rhamnacinium porcupinianum n. sp., Fenhallow, 5. triseriatim n. sp., Penhaliow, 5. Rhamnus novae-caesareae, n. sp., Berry, 5. Rhamphorhynchus, Williston, 7. Rhaphanocrinus gemmeus n. sp., Hud¬ son, 1. Rhineastes eruciferus Cope (sp.), Lambe, 3. Rhinellus tenuirostris (Cope), Hay, 10. Rhinidictya mutabilis Ulr., Sardeson, 4. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Rhinoclama Dali and Smith, Dali, 8. Rhinoceros crassus Leidy, Osborn, 34. hesperius Leidy, Osborn, 34. longipes Leidy, Osborn, 34 meridianus Leidy, Osborn, 34. proterus, Leidy, Osborn, 34. Rhinopora Hall, Grabau, 1. tuberculosa Hall, Grabau, 1. Rhipliidomella Oehlert, Grabau, 1. burlingtonensis (Hall), Weller, 2. circularis Hall (?), Kindle and Breger, 1. circulus Hall, Grabau, 1. eminens (Hall), Weller, 6. goodwini Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. 710 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Rhiphidomella hybrida Sowerby, Kindle and Breger, 1. bybrida Sowerby, 1839, Beecber, 1 . hybrida (Sowerby), Grabau, 1. leucosia Hall, Kindle, 1. livia (Billings?), Kindle, 1. sp. cf. musculosa (Hall), Weller, 6. oblata (Hall), Weller, 6. pecosi (Marcou), Beede, 1. pecosi Marcou, Girty, 3. preoblata n. sp., Weller, 6. pulchella Herrick, Girty, 3. vanuxemi Hall, Kindle, 1. vanuxemi Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 4. vanuxemi (Hall), Weller, 6. Rbodocrinus sp., Girty, 3. Rhoechinus Keeping, Klem, 1. burlingtonensis Meek and Worthen, Klem, 1. gracilis Meek and Worthen, Klem. 1 . Rhombopora Meek, Condra, 2. lepidodendroides Meek, Condra, 2, 3. lepidodendroides Meek, Girty, 3. lepidendroides Meek, Sardeson, 4. Rhombopteria clathratus n. sp., Weller, 6 . clathratus var., Weller, 6. Rhombotrypa n. gen., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 2. quadrata (Rominger), Nickles, 6. Rhopalonaria Ulrich, Ulrich and Bass- ler, 1. attenuata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass- ler, 1. Rhopalodictyum calvertense n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 8. keokukensis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. marylandicum n. sp., Martin, 8. medialis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. robusta n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. tenuis n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. venosa Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 1. Rhus bendirei Lesq., Ivnowlton, 14. milleri n. sp., Hollick, 10. ? sp. Lesq., Knowlton, 14. Rhynchodus pertenuis n. sp., Eastman, 14. Rhynchonella Fischer de Waldheim. Grabau, 1. Rhynchonella Fischer de Waldheim, Dali, 8. agglomerata n. sp., Decker, 6. altiplicata Hall, Weller, 6. bialveata Hall, Weller, 6. (?) bidens Hall, Grabau, 1. (?) bidentata (Hisinger), Grabau, Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Rhynchonella breviplicata n. sp., Wel¬ ler, 6. deckerensis n. sp., Decker, Weller, 6 . densleonis n. sp., Anderson, 3. depressa n. sp., Kindle, 1. gainesi Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. var. cassensis n. var., Kindle, 1. holmesii n. sp., Dali, 8. (?) litchfieldensis n. sp., Schu- chert, 4. louisvillensis Nettleroth, Kindle, 1 . minnesotensis n. sp., Sardeson, 9. robusta Hall, Grabau, 1. salpinx n. sp., Dali, 8. sancta n. sp., Sardeson, 9. semiplicata (Con.), Weller, 6. suciensis Wbiteaves, Whiteaves, 12 . tenuistriata Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. transversa Hall, Weller, 6. whiteana n. sp., Anderson, 3. Rhynchopora King, Greger, 2. beecheri n. sp., Greger, 2. illinoisensis (Worthen), Greger, 2. postulosa (White), Weller, 2. Rhynchospira excavata n. sp., Grabau, 9. formosa Hall, Weller, 6. Rhynchotrema dentata (Hall), Weller, 6 . formosa (Hall), Weller, 6. formosa (Hall) ?, Weller, 6. inaequivalvis (Castel.), Weller, 6. increbescens (Hall), - Hayes and Ulrich, 1, Rhynchotreta Hall, Grabau, 1. cuneata Dalman 1827, var. ameri- cana Hall 1879, Beecher, 1. var. americana Hall, Grabau, 1 . cuneata americana Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. transversa n. sp., Weller, 6. Ribeiria parva n. sp., Collie, 3. turgida n. sp., Cleland, 3. sp. (?), Cleland, 3. Rictaxis Dali, Arnold, 2. Rictocyma Dali, Dali, 8. Ringicardium Fischer, Arnold, 2. Ringicula dalli Clark, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. Rissoa Freminville, Arnold, 2. acutelirata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Onoba) marylandica n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. sp. Martin, 5. Rodentia, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Roemerella grandis (Vanuxem), Kindle, 1 . Rogersia angustifolia parva n. var., Fontaine, 5. longifolia Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 711 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Romingeria commutata n. sp., Beecher, 9. cystoides n. sp. (Grabau), Greene, 2 . jacksoni n. sp., Beecher, 9. minor n. sp., Beecher, 9. ? trentonensis n. sp., Weller, 6. umbellifera (Billings), Beecher, 9. cfr. umbellifera, Sardeson, 12. Rostellaria? texana Conrad, Johnson (D. W.), 5. Rostellites cf. ambigua Stanton, John¬ son (D. W.), 5. dalli var. wellsi n. var., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Rotalia Lamarck, Bagg, 6. beccarii (Linne), Bagg, 6, 9 beccarii var. broeckhiana Karrer, Bagg, 6. Rotalia soldanii (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 9. Rubioides n. gen., Perkins, 13. lignita n. sp., Perkins, 13. Ruditapes Chiamenti, Dali, 8. Ruffordia goepperti (Dunker) Seward, Fontaine, 1. Rulac crataegifolium n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Rupellaria Fleurian, Arnold, 2. Ruscula n. gen., Casey, 5. extricata n. sp., Casey, 5. plicata Lea, Casey, 5. Rustella n. gen., Walcott, 12. edsoni n. sp., Walcott, 12. Sabal rigida n. sp., Hatcher, 5. Saccoblastus, Hambach, 1. Ventricosus n. sp., Hambach, 1. Sageceras Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. gabbi Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Sagenites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Sagenites Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Trachysagenites) herbichi Mojsi¬ sovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Trachysagenites) herbichi Mojsi¬ sovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Sagenocrinus, Springer (F.), 2. americanus n. sp., Springer (F.), Sagenodus cristatus n. sp., Eastman, 10 . pertenuis n. sp., Eastman, 11. Sagenopteris alaskensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 2. elliptica Fontaine, Fontaine, 3. gceppertiana Zigno, Fontaine, 1. grandifolia n. sp., Fontaine, 1. mantelli (Dunker) Schenk, Fon¬ taine, 3. nervosa n. sp., Fontaine, 3. nilsoniana (Brongn.), Ward, Pen- hallow, 4. oblongifolia n. sp., I’enhallow, 4. | Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Sagenopteris oregonensis Fontaine n. comb., Fontaine, 3. paucifolia (Phill.) Ward n. comb., Fontaine, 1. ? sp., Fontaine, 3. Sagrina (d’Orbigny, 1839) Tarker and Jones, Bagg, 9. Sagrina d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. ealiforniensis n. sp., Bagg, 9. branneri n. sp., Bagg, 9. spinosa n. sp., Bagg, 6. Saliciphyllum californicum n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. ellipticum Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. pachyphyllum n. sp., Fontaine, 3. Salix dayana n. sp., Knowlton, 14. englehardti Lesq., Knowlton, 14. mattewanensis n. sp., Berry, 5. meeki Newb., Hollick, 4. mixta n. sp., Knowlton, 14. perplexa n. sp., Knowlton, 14. protesefolia flexuosa (Newb.) Lesq., Berry, 5. pseudo-argentea n. sp., Knowlton, 14. sp. ? Knowlton, Knowlton, 14. Salpingostoma boreale n. sp., Whit- eaves, 17. Samarangia Dali, Dali, 8. Samaropsis? oregonensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 1. Sandalodus Newberry and Worthen, Branson, 1. alatus Newberry and Worthen, Branson, 1. carbonarius Newberry and Worth en, Eastman, 10. emarginatus n. sp., Branson, 1. lsevissimus Newberry and Worth¬ en, Eastman, 10. latidens n. sp., Branson, 1. occidentalis Leidy, Branson, 1. porcatus n. sp., Branson, 1. Sandlingites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. andersoni n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Sanguinolaria (Nuttallia) nuttalli Conrad, Arnold, 2. Sanguinolites? sanduskyensis Meek, Kindle, 1. Sapindoides n. gen., Ferkins, 13. americanus (Lx.f, Perkins, 13, 17. cylindricus n. sp., Perkins, 13. medius n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. minimus n. sp., Perkins, 13. Sapindoides parva n. sp., Perkins, 13. varius n. sp., Perkins, 13, 17. vermontanus n. sp., Perkins, 13. Sapindopsis oregonensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 3. variabilis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Sapindus imperfectus n. sp., Hollick, 11 . inexpectans n. sp. ?, Knowlton, 18. 712 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Sapindus merriami n. sp., Knowlton, 14. morrisoni Lesq., Berry, 5. obtusifolius Lesq., Knowlton, 14. oregonianus n. sp., Knowlton, 14. Sarcolemur furcatus Cope, Osborn, 11. pygmjeus Cope, Osborn, 11. Sardinius? imbellis n. sp., Hay, 10. Sassafras, Berry, 2. acutilobum Lesq., Berry, 5. bilobatum Fontaine?, Fontaine, 5. hastatum Newb., Ilollick, 11. progenitor Newb., Berry, 7. Saurocephalus Harlan, Hay, 10. Saurocephalus Harlan, Stewart, 1. broadheadi Stewart, Loomis, 1. dentatus Stewart, Stewart, 1. goodeanus (Cope), Hay, 10. lanciformis Harlan, Hay, 10. lanciformis Harlan, Loomis, 1. phlebotomus Cope, Hay, 10. xiphirostris (Stewart), Hay, 10. Saurodon Hays, Loomis, 1. Saurodon Hays, Stewart, 1. broadheadi (Stewart), Stewart, 1. ferox Stewart, Stewart, 1. phlebotomus Cope, Loomis, 1. phlebotomus (Cope), Stewart, 1. pygmaeus n. sp., Loomis, 1. xiphirostris Stewart, Stewart, 1. Sauropus unguifer Dawson. Matthew (G. F.), 30. Saxicava arctica (Linne), Glenn, 6. arctica Linn., Sears, 1. Saxidomus Conrad, Arnold, 2. Saxidomus Conrad, Dali, 8. aratus Gould, Arnold, 2. popofianus n. sp., Dali, 10. Scala Humphrey, Arnold, 2. bellastriata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Opalia) calvertensis n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. carinata Lea, Clark and Martin, 2. crebricostata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Stenorhytis) expansa Conrad, Martin, 5. hemphilli Dali, Arnold, 2. hindsii Carpenter, Arnold, 2. indianorum Carpenter, Arnold, 2. marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. (Sthenorhytis) pachypleura Con¬ rad, Martin, 5. pctomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. (Opalia) prunicola n. sp.. Martin, 5. (Opalia) reticulata n. sp.. Martin, 5. sayana Dali, Martin, 5. sessilis Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2 . tincta Carpenter, Arnold, 2. virginana Clark, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Scalaspira Conrad, Martin, 5. strumosa Conrad, Martin, 5. Scapanorhynchus Woodward, Willis- ton, 1. rhaphiodon (Agassiz), Williston, 1 . Scaphander jugularis Conrad, Ander¬ son, 7. Scaphella (Aurinia) mutabilis (Con¬ rad), Martin, 5. (Aurinia) obtusa (Emmons), Mar¬ tin, 5. solitaria (Conrad), Martin, 5. (Aurinia) typus (Conrad), Mar¬ tin, 5. Scapherpeton Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. tectum Cope, Lambe, 3. Scaphiocrinus? longitentaculatus n. sp. (Rowley), Gi'eene, 2. ? wasbburni Beede, Beede, 1. Scaphites condoni, Smith (W. D.), 1. condoni n. sp., Anderson, 3. condoni var. appressus n. var., Anderson, 3. gillisi n. sp., Anderson, 3. inermis, Smith (W. DA, 1. inermis n. sp., Anderson. 3. klamathensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. Scaphites nodosus Owen, Smith (W. D. ), 1. nodosus brevis, Smith (W. DA, 1. nodosus plenus, Smith. (W. D.), 1. nodosus quadrahgularis, Smith (W. D.), 1. perrini n. sp., Andersori, 3. roguensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. warreni M. and H., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Scaphoceros tyrrelli n. gen. and sp.. Osgood, 1. Scenella pretensa n. sp., Raymond (P. E. ), 7. robinsoni Sears, Sears. 1. robusta n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. cf. reticulata Billings. Matthew (G. F.), 1. cf. retusa Ford, Matthew (G. F.), 1 . varians Walcott, Sears, 1. Scenidium Hall, Grabau, 1. anthonensis Sard.. Weller, 6. insigne (Hall). Weller. C. pyramidale Hall, Grabau, 1. Sceptroneis caduceus Elirenberg, Boy¬ er, 1. Schistoceras Hyatt. Smith (J. P.), 3. fultonense Miller and Gurley. Smith (J. P.). 3. hildrethi Morton, Smith (.). P.), 3. hyatti n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. missouriense Miller and Faber, Smith (.T. P.), 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 713 Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Schizambon duplicimuratus n. sp., Hudson, 1. priscus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.),9, 20 . Schizoblastus sayi Shumard, Rowley, 4. Schizoblattina n. gen., Sellards, 8. multinervia n. sp., Sellards, 8. Schizobolus concentricus (Vanuxem), Kindle, 1. Schizocrania superincreta Barrett, Wel¬ ler, 6. Schizodus compressus n. sp., Beede, 1. contractus Hall, Kindle, 1. cuneatus Meek?, Girty, 3. hari Miller, Beede, 1. wheeleri (Swallow), Beede, 1. subcireularis Herrick, Beede, 1. trigonalis (Win.), Weller, 2. sp., Beede, 8. Schizolopha sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. Schizophoria bisinuata n. sp., Weller, 6. multistriata (Hall), Wellex*, 6. sp. cf. striatula (Schl.), Weller, 6. striatula (Schlotheim), Kindle, 1. subelliptica (W. and W.), Weller, 2 Schizoporella cumulata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. doverensis n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. hyalina Linn., Sears, 1. hyalina, var. danversiensis Sears, Sears, 1. informata (Lonsdale), Ulrich and Bassler, 4. latisinuata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 4. subquadrata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Schizotreta papilliformis n. sp., Ruede- mann, 1. Schlerophyllina dichotoma Heer (?) Holliclt, 4. Schluetericeras n. gen.. Hyatt, 1. Schmidtella Ulrich, Matthew (G. F.), 20 . ? acuta n. sp., Matthew (G. F.) 2, 13, 20. pervetus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 2, 13, 20. crassimarginata var. ventrilabiata n. var., Ruedemann, 2. ? pervetus mut. concinna n. mut., Matthew (G. F.), 20. Schloenbachia austinensis F. Roemer, Lasswitz, 1. austinensis Roemer var. nov. mini¬ ma, Lasswitz, 1. bakeri n. sp., Anderson, 3. blanfordiana Stol. (?), Anderson, 3. bourgeoisi d’Orb. em. Gross, var. americana n. var., Lasswitz, 1. buttensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. chicoensis Trask, Anderson, 3. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Schloenbachia dentato-carinata F. Roe¬ mer, Lasswitz, 1. evae n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. frechi n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. frechi var. curvata n. var., Lass¬ witz, 1. gabbi n. sp., Anderson, 3. haberfellneri v. Hauer, Lasswitz, 1 . kiliani n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. knighteni n. sp., Anderson, 3. ieonensis Conrad, Lasswitz, 1. leonensis Conrad, var. nov. maxi¬ ma, Lasswitz, 1. multicosta n. sp., Anderson, 3. oregonensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. propinqua Stol., Anderson, 3. quattuornodosa n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. quattuornodosa var. planata n. var., Lasswitz, 1. quinquenodosa Redtenbacher var. minuta n. var., Lasswitz, 1. roemeri n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. roemeri var. elegantior n. var., Lasswitz, 1. roemeri var. harpax, n. var., Lass¬ witz, 1. sequens Gross, Lasswitz, 1. siskiyouensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. texana F. Roemer, Lasswitz, 1. Schliiteria diabloensis n. sp., Anderson, 3. Schuchertella n. n., Girty, 5. Schuchertina n. gen., Walcott, 12. cambria n. sp., Walcott, 12. Schuchertites n. gen., Smith (J. P.), 3. grahami n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 3. Scilliorhinus (Lamna?) gracilis Wil- liston, Williston, 1. Sciurus arctomyoides n. sp., Douglass, 8 . ieffersoni n. sp., Douglass, 4. (Prosciurus) vetustus n. suhg. and sp., Matthew (W. D.), 9. sp., Douglass, 8. Scleropteris oregonensis n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 1. vernonensis Ward, Fontaine, 5. Scobinella famelica n. sp., Casey, 4. macer n. sp., Casey, 4. pluriplicata n. sp., Casey, 4. Scurria ? coniformis n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. Scutella Lamarck. Arnold, 2. aberti Conrad, Clark (W. B.), 7. (Echinarachnius) excentrieus Eschscholtz, Arnold, 2. sp., Anderson, 7. Scylliorhinus planidens Williston, Wil¬ liston, 1. rugosus (Williston), Williston, 1. Scytalocrinus ornatissimus Hall (sp.), Clarke, 19. Sedgwickia topekaensis (Shumard), Beede, 1. 714 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Seila A. Adams, Arnold, 2. adamsii (H. C. Lea), Martin, 5. assimilata C. B. Adams, Arnold, 2. Selaginella marylandica n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 5. Selenichnus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. breviusculus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. falcatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Selenosteus kepleri ji. gen. et sp., Dean, 1 . Semele Schumacher, Arnold, 2. carinata (Conrad), Glenn, 6. carinata var. compacta Dali, Glenn, 6. decisa Conrad, Arnold, 2. pulchra Sowerby, Arnold, 2. pulchra Sowerby, montereyi n. var., Arnold, 2. subovata (Say), Glenn, 6. Semicoscinium Prout, Grabau, 1. tenuiceps (Hall), Grabau, 1. Seminula argentia (Shepard) Hall, Beede, 5, 7. argentea (Shephard), Beede, 1. claytoni Hall and Whitfield, Girty, 3. humilis Girty ?, Girty, 3. subquadrata Flail ?, Girty, 3. subtilita Hall, Girty, 3. Semionotidae, Eastman, 20. Semionotus Agassiz, Eastman, 20. agassizii (W. C. Redfield), East¬ man, 20. brauni (Newberry), Eastman, 20. elegans (Newberry), Eastman, 20. fultus (Agassiz), Eastman, 20. fultus Agassiz, Eaton, 1. gigas (Newberry), Eastman, 20. lineatus (Newberry), Eastman, 20. marshi W. C. Redfield, Eaton, 1. micropterus Newberry, Eaton, 1. micropterus (Newberry), Eastman, 20 . nilssoni Agassiz, Eastman, 20. ovatus W. C. Redfield, Eaton, 1. ovatus (W. C. Redfield), Eastman, 20 . robustus (Newberry), Eastman, 20 . tenuiceps Agassiz, Eaton, 1. tenuiceps (Agassiz), Eastman, 20. Septastrea marylandica (Conrad), Vaughan, 19. Septifer, Recluz, Arnold, 2. bifurcatus Conrad, Arnold, 2. Septopora Prout, Condra, 2. biserialis (Swal.), Sardeson, 4. biserialis (Swallow), Condra, 2. biserialis-nervata Ulrich, Condra, 2 . cestriensis Prout, Condra, 2. decipiens Ulrich, Condra, 2. multipora (Rogers), Condra, 2. pinnata Ulrich, Condra, 2. robusta Ulrich, Condra, 2. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Sequoia ambigua Heer, Fontaine, 3, 5. angustifolia Lesq., Knowlton, 14. burgessii n. sp., Penhallow, 5. cycadopsis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. fairbanksi n. sp., Fontaine, 2. gracillima (Lesq.) Newb., Berry, 5-8. heterophylla ? Velenovsky, Knowl¬ ton, 18. ? inferna Ward nom. nov., Fon¬ taine, 5. langsdorfii (Brongn.) Heer, Pen¬ hallow, 4, 5. langsdorfii (Brgt.) Heer, Knowl¬ ton, 14. penhallowii n. sp., Jeffrey, 1. reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer, Berry, 5—7. reichenbachi (Geinitz) Fleer, Fon¬ taine, 2, 3. reichenbachi (Geinitz) Heer, Knowlton, 18. sp., Knowlton, 14. sp. ? (cone), ICnowlton, 18. (cone), Knowlton, 16. Serpula gordialis Schlotheim, Cragin, 2. Serpula sp., Cragin, 2. Serpulorbis Sassi, Arnold, 2. squamigerus Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Vermicularia) sp. indet., Arnold, 2 . Seymouria baylorensis n. gen. and sp Broili, 2. Sharpeiceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Shastasaurus, Merriam (J. C.), 4, 5, 6. alexandrae n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 4. altispinus n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 4. careyi n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 4. osmonti n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 4, 13. pacificus n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 4. perrini n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 4. Shastites n. subg., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Shepardia E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. palmipes E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Shizocrania filosa (Hall), Weller, 6. Shumardites n. gen., Smith (J. P.), 3. simondsi n. sp.. Smith (J. P.), 3. Sibirites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . noetlingi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Sibiritidae Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Siby Hites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. louderbacki n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Siderastrea radians (Pallas),Vaughan, 9 siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 715 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Sigaretus Lamarck, Arnold, 2. debilis Gould, Arnold, 2. fragilis Conrad, Martin, 5. scopulosus Conrad, Anderson, 7. Sigillaria brardii coriacea n. var., White (D.), 10. suspecta n. sp., White (D.), 10. Sigmagraptus n. gen., Ruedemann, 8. prsecursor n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Siliqua Megerle, Arnold, 2. lucida Conrad, Arnold, 2. patula (Dixon) var. nuttalli Con¬ rad, Arnold, 2. Sillimanius E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gracilior E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. tetradactylus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2 , Sinopa, Matthew (W. D.), 19, 20. Sinopa Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 1. Sinopa Leidy, Wortman, 12. agilis Marsh, Wortman, 12. agilis (Marsh), Matthew (W. D.), 1. Ilians (Cope), Matthew (W. D.), 1. major Wortman, 8. minor n. sp., Wortman, 8. opisthotoma n. sp., Matthew (W. D.), 1. rapax Leidy, Wortman, 12. rapax Leidy, Matthew (W. D.), 1. strenua (Cope), Matthew (W. D.), 1 . vera (Marsh), Matthew (W. D.), 1 . viverrina (Cope), Matthew (W. D.), 1. whitiae (Cope), Matthew (W. D.), 1 . Siphonalia A. Adams, Arnold, 2. ? calvertana n. sp., Martin, 5. devexa (Conrad), Martin, 5. kellettii Forbes, Arnold, 2. marylandica n. sp., Martin, 5. migrans (Conrad), Martin, 5. Siplionetreta minnesotensis Hall and Clarke, Ruedemann, 2. Siphonocetus clarkianus Cope, Case, 9. expansus Cope, Case, 9. priscus Cope, Case, 9. Sirenites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. lawsoni n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . smithi n. sp., Burckhardt and Sca- lia, 1. Skenidium anthonensis n. sp., Sarde- son, 9. ? nodocostatum n. sp., Rowley, 3. Smilodectes n. gen., Wortman, 13. gracilis Marsh, Wortman, 13. Smilodon, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Solanderina Dali, Dali, 8. Solariella S. Wood, Arnold, 2. cidaris A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Solariella (radiatula? var.) occiden- talis, Whiteaves, 12. peramabilis Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Solarium amphiternum Dali, Martin, 5. trilineatum Conrad, Martin, 5. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Solecardia (Spaniorinus) cossmanni Dali, Glenn, G. Solemya (.Taneia) vetusta Meek, Kin¬ dle, 1. Solen Linne, Arnold, 2. cuneatus Gabb?, Johnson (D. W.), 5. lisbonensis ( ?) Aldrich, Clark and Martin, 2. rosaceus Carpenter, Arnold, 2. sicarius Gould, Arnold, 2. stantoni n. sp., Weaver, 1. Soleniscus cf. paludiniformis Hall, Girty, 3. Solenomya parallella Beede and Rog¬ ers, Beede, 1. radiata Meek and Worthen, Beede, 1. trapezoides Meek, Beede, 1. Solenopleura bretonensis n. sp., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 20. Solenopora compacta, Seely, 3. jerseyensis Weller, Weller, 6. Somphospongia Beede, Beede, 1. favositiformis n. sp., Whitfield, 12. multiformis Beede, Beede, 1. Sonneratia acuto-carinata Shum., Lass- witz, 1. acuto-carinata Shum. var. multi- fida Steinm., Lasswitz, 1. stantoni n. sp., Anderson (F. M.), 3. supani n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. Soricidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Spaniodon simus Cope, Hay, 10. Spathella phaselia (Win.), Weller, 2. Spathioceras, Clarke (J. M.), 8. Spathocharis emersoni Clark, Kindle, 1. Sphaerexochus parvus Billings, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. romingeri Hall, Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. Sphaeriastrum Bourguignat, Dali, 8. Sphaerium Scopoli, Dali, 8. Sphaerium Scopoli, Letson, 1. stamineum (Conr.) Prime, Letson. 1. striatinum (Lam.) Prime, Letson, 1. Sphaerocoryphe goodnovi n. sp., Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 5. major n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. Sphaerocystites Hall, Schuchert, 6, 11. bloomfieldensis n. sp., Schuchert, 11 . globularis n. sp., Schuchert, 6, 11. 716 INDEX TO NOETH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Sphaerocystites globularis ovalis n. vai\, Schuchert, 11. multifasciatus Hall, Schuchert, 11. Sphaerophthalmus alatus Boeck, Mat thew (G. F.), 20. lietcheri n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 0 , 20 . Sphenia duhia (H. C. Lea), Glenn, 6. Spheniopsis Sandberger, Dali, 8. americana n. sp., Dali, 8. Sphenodictya cornigera n. gen. and sp., Herzer, 3. * Sphenodiscus Meek, Hyatt, 1. beecheri n. sp., Hyatt, 1. lenticularis (Owen), Hyatt, 1. lenticularis yar. mississippiensis, Hyatt, 1. lenticularis var. splendens, Hyatt, 1 . lobatus (Tuomey), Hyatt, 1. pleurisepta Conrad, Lasswitz, 1. pleurisepta (Conrad), Hyatt, 1. stantoni n. sp., Hyatt, 1. Spbenodon Gunther, Osborn, 19. Sphenolepidium oregonense n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 1. sternbergianum (Dunker) Heer, Fontaine, 3. sternbergianum densifolium Fon¬ taine, Fontaine, 5. Sphenophyllum emarginatum minor D. W., White (D.), 10. Sphenopteridium sp., White (D.), 18. Sphenopteris filicula (Dn.) D. W., White (D.), 18. hoeninghausii. White (D.), 19. Sphenotus cylindricus (Win.), Weller, 1 . Sphyrna prisca Agassiz, Eastman, 1, 18. Spiloblattina, Sellards, 8. maledicta, Sellards, 8. Spirifer, Sowerby, Beede, 1. Spirifer Sowerby, Grabau, 1. acuminatus (Conrad), Kindle, 1. arctisegmentum Hall, Kindle, 1. arenosus (Con.), Weller, 6. audaculus (Conrad), Kindle, 1. audaculus (Con.) ?, Weller, 6. boonensis Swallow?, Girty, 3. byrnesi Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. cameratus Morton, Beede, 1. camei’atus Morton, Girty, 3. centronatus Winchell, Girty, 3. centronatus Win., Weller, 2. concinnus Hall, Shimer, 5. concinnus Hall, Weller, 6. corallinensis Grabau, Grabau, 9. crispus (Hisinger) Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. crispus (Hisinger), Grabau, 1. crispus Hisinger 1826, Beecher, 1. var. corallinensis Grabau, Grabau, 1 . Paleontology—Continued. Genera end species described —Continued. Spirifer var. simplex Hall 1879, Beech¬ er, 1. (Reticularia) crispus var. simplex Hall, Kindle and Breger, 1. cyclopterus Hall, Shimer, 5. cyclopterus Hall, Weller, 6. davisi Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. divaricatus Hall, Kindle, 1. duodenarius (Hall), Kindle, 1. eriensis Grabau, Grabau, 1. eriensis Grabau, Schuchert, 4. eriensis Grabau var., Grabau, 9. fimbriatus Conrad, mut. pygmaeus nov., Loomis, 4. fimbriatus Conrad, mut. simplicis- sirnus nov., Loomis, 4. foggi Nettleroth, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. fornacula Hall, Kindle, 1. granulosus Conrad, mut. pluto Clarke, Loomis, 4. granulosus (Con.), Kindle, 1. gregarius Clapp, Kindle, 1. var. greeni n. var.. Kindle, 1. grieri Hall, Kindle, 1. iowensis Owen, Kindle, 1. lateralis, var. delicatus, n. var., (Rowley), Greene, 2. macconathei Nettleroth, Kindle, 1. macropleurus (Con.), Weller, 6. macrotl^yris Hall, Weller, 6. macrus Hall, Kindle, 1. manni Hall, Kindle, 1. marionensis Shumard, Weller, 2. marcyi Hall, mut. pygmaeus nov., Loomis, 4. medialis Hall, mut. pygmaeus nov., Loomis, 4. modestus corallinensis (Grabau), Schuchert, 4. mucronatus Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. mucronatus var. arkonensis n. var., Shimer and Grabau, 1. mucronatus Conrad, mut. liecate Clarke, Loomis, 4. mucronatus var. thedfordensis n. var., Shimer and Grabau, 1. murchisoni Castelnau, Shimer, 5. murchisoni Castelnau, Weller, 6. nearpassi n. sp., Weller, 6. niagarensis Conrad, Grabau. 1. nobilis Barrande, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. octocostatus Hall, Weller, 6. peculiaris Shumard?, Girty, 3. peculiaris Shum.? Weller, 2. pennatus (Atwater), Kindle, 1. perlamellosus Hall, Weller, 6. pikensis n. sp.. Rowley, 2. radiatus Sowerby, Kindle and Breger, 1. radiatus Sowerby 1825, Beecher, 1. radiatus Sowerby, Grabau, 1. rockymontanus Marcou, Girty, 3. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 717 Paleontology— Continued. . Genera and species described —Continued. Spirifer segmentum Hall, Kindle, 1. (Delthyris) sulcatus Hall, Grabau, 1 . tullius Hall, mut. belphegor Clarke, Loomis, 4. vanuxemi Hall, Shimer, 5. vanuxemi Hall, Grabau, 9. vanuxemi Hall, Weller, 6. vanuxemi Hall, var. minor n. var., Weller, 6. varicosus Hall, Kindle, 1. varicosa var. hobbsi (Nettleroth), Kindle, 1. sp., Girty, 3. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Spiriferina campestris White, Girty, 3. cristata (Schlotheim), Beede, 1. horizontalis n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. kentuckyensis Shumard, Girty, 3. solidirostris White?, Girty, 3. solidirostris (White), Weller, 2. Splroglyphus lituella Morch, Arnold, 2. Spiroloculina d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. grata Terquem, Bagg, 6. tenuis (Czjzek), Bagg, 6. tenuiseptata, Guppy, 4. Spiroplecta clarki Bagg, Bagg, 1. Spirotropsis Sars, Arnold, 2. Spirorbis arietina Dawson, Girty, 3. calvertensis n. sp., Martin, 7. ? dubius n. sp., Rowley, 1. imbricatus n. sp., Ulrich, 8. sp., Girty, 3. Spisula Gray, Arnold, 2. callistaeformis n. sp., Dali, 10. (Hemimactra?) chesapeakensis n. sp., Glenn, 6. (Hemimactra) confraga (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Hemimactra) curtidens Dali, Glenn, 6. (Hemimactra) delumbis (Conrad), Glenn, 6. (Hemimactra) marylandica Dali, Glenn, 6. (Hemimactra) subparilis (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. (Hemimactra) subponderosa (d’Or¬ bigny), Glenn, 6. sp., Dali, 10. Spongasteriscus marylandicus n. sp., Martin, 8. Spondylus carlosensis n. sp., Anderson, 7. (sp. uncertain), Whiteaves, 12. sp., Shattuck, 8. Sporangites jacksoni D. W., White (D.). 18. Sportella patuxentia n. sp., Glenn, 6. pelex Dali, Glenn, 6. petropolitana Dali, Glenn, 6. recessa n. sp., Glenn, 6. whitfieldi Dali, Glenn, 6. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Spyroceras anellus Conrad sp., Iiuede- mann, 2. Squalodon atlanticus Leidy, Case, 9. protervus Cope, Case, 9. Squamularia Gemmellaro, Girty, 3. perplexa McChesney, Girty, 3. Squatina Dumeril, Eastman, 18. occidentalis n. sp., Eastman, 18. Stantonites n. subg., Hyatt and Smith. 1 . Stanlonoceras n. gen., Johnson (D. W.), 5. pseudocostatum n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. guadaloupse Roemer (sp.) ?, John¬ son (D. W.), 5. Staurocystis-Haeckel, Schuchert, 11. Staurograptus Emmons, Ruedemann, 8. dichotomus Emmons, Ruedemann, 8 . dichotomus var. apertus n. var., Ruedemann, 8. Stegoeeras n. gen., Lambe, 3. Stegomus longipes, Emerson and Loom¬ is, 1. longipes, Lull, 3. validus n. sp., Lambe, 3. Stegopelta landerensis, Williston, 26. Stegosaurus marshi n. sp., Lucas, 2. Stellipora antheloidea Hall, Sardeson, 3. Stemmatocrinus? veryi n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 8. Stemmatopteris distans n. sp., Herzer, 4. Steneofiber Geoff roy, Matthew (W. D.), 6. barbouri n. sp., Gilmore, 3. complexus, Matthew (W. D.), 6. complexus n. sp., Douglass, 4. complexus Douglas, Peterson, 3. fossor n. sp., Peterson, 3. gradatus Cope, Peterson, 3. gradatus, Matthew (W. D.), 6. hesperus, Matthew (W. D.), 6. hesperus n. sp., Douglass, 4. hesperus Douglas, Peterson, 3. montanus, Matthew (W. D.), 6. montanus Scott, Peterson, 3. nebrascensis, Matthew (W. D.), 6. nebrascensis Leidy, Peterson 3. pansus Cope, Peterson, 3. pansus Cope, Matthew and Gidley, 1 . pansus, Matthew (W. D.), 6. peninsulatus, Matthew (W. D.), 6. peninsulatus Cope, Peterson, 3. Stenopteris? cretacea n. sp., Hollick, 5. Stenonyx nom. nov., Lull, 2. lateralis (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Stenopora Lonsdale, Condra, 2. carbonaria (Worthen), Condra, 2. carbonaria - conferta Ulrich, Con¬ dra, 2. cestriensis Ulrich, Girty, 3. 718 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued, j Stenopora distans Condra, Condra, 1, 2. heteropora Condra, Condra, 1, 2. ? polyspinosa (provisional) Con¬ dra, Condra, 1, 2. spinulosa Rogers, Condra, 2. tuberculata (Prout), Condra, 2. tuberculata, Prout, Girty, 3. ? sp., Girty, 3. Stenosteus glaber n. gen. et. sp., Dean, 1 . Stenotheca abrupta Shaler and Poerste ( ?), Sears, 1. Stephanocrinus Conrad, Grabau, 1. angulatus Conrad, Grabau, 1. deformis n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 6. gemmiformis Hall, Rowley, Greene, 6 . hammelli Miller, Rowley, Greene, 6 . osgoodensis Miller, Rowley, Greene, 6 . quinquepartitus n. sp., Rowley, Greene, 6. Stephanopyxis corona (Ehrenberg), Boyer, 1. Sterculia cliffwoodensis n. sp., Berry, 5. elegans Fontaine?, Fontaine, 5. mucronata Lesq., Berry, 5. snowii bilobata var. nov., Berry, 5. Stereocephalus tutus n. sp., Lambe, 3. Stereocrinus ? indianensis M. & G., Row- ley, Greene, 13. Stereosternum Cope, Osborn, 19. Steropoides E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. elegans E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. infelix Hay, Lull, 2. ingens E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. loripes (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. uncus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Stethacanthus Newberry, Eastman, 10. altonensis (St. John and Wor- then), Eastman, 10. depressus (St. John and Wor- then), Eastman, 10. erectus n. sp., Eastman, 10. productus Newberry, Eastman, 10. Stibarus montanus n. sp., Matthew, (W. D.), 9. Stichocapsa macropora Vinassa, Mar¬ tin, 8. Stictoporella cribrosa Ulr., Sardeson, 4. Stigmaria, Poole, 1. Stigmatella n. gen., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . clavis (Ulrich), Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. • crenulata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. interporosa n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. irregularis (Ulrich), Ulrich and Bassler, 2. nana n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. Paleontology—Con tinued. Genera and species described —Continued. Stigmatella nicklesi n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2. personata n. sp., Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 2. spinosa n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 2 . Stoliczkaia ex. aff. dispar d'Orb., Lass- witz, 1. Stoliczkia dispar (d'Orb.) Stoliczka, Anderson (F. M.), 3. Stomatopora inflata, Hall, Ruedemann, 2 . Strabops thatcheri n. gen. et sp., Beech¬ er, 3. Straparollina harpa n. sp., Hudson, 1. Straporollus cyclostomus (Hall), Kin¬ dle, 1. intralobatus n. sp., Sardeson, 2. luxus White, Girty, 3. ohtusus (Hall), Weller, 2. ophirensis Hall and Whitfield, Girty, 3. cf. spergenensis Hall, Girty, 3. utahensis Hall and Whitfield, Girty, 3. sp., Kindle, 1. sp. undet., Weller, 2, 6. Stratodus Cope, Stewart, 1. apicalis Cope, Stewart, 1. oxypogon Cope, Hay, 10. Streblodus angustus n. sp., Eastman, 10 . Streblopteria media Herrick, Girty, 3. tenuilineata Meek and Worthen, Girty, 3. Streblotrypa Ulrich, Condra, 2. prisca (Gabb and Horn), Condra, 2 . Strephochetus n. gen., Seeley, 3. atratus n. sp., Seely, 3. brainerdi n. sp., Seely, 3. ocellatus n. sp., Seely, 3. prunus n. sp., Seely, 3. richmondensis S. A. Miller. Seely, 3. Strepsidura subscalarina Heilprin, Clark and Martin, 2. Streptelasma Hall, Lambe, 2. caliculus Hall, Lambe, 2. corniculum Hall, Ruedemann, 2. corniculum Hall, Weller, 6. corniculum Hall, Lambe, 2. latusculum var. trilobatum Whit- eaves, Lambe, 2. prolificum Billings (sp.), Lambe,2. rectum Hall, Lambe, 2. robustum Whiteaves, Lambe, 2. rusticum Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. selectum Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. strictum Hall, Weller, 6. Streptomytilus n. gen., Kindle and Bre- ger, 1.. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 719 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Streptomytilus wabashensis n. sp., Kin¬ dle and Breger, 1. Streptorhynchus subsulcatum n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Striatopora Hall, Grabau, 1. bellistriata n. sp., Greene, 7, 8. flexuosa Hall, Grabau, 1. Stribalocystis? elongatus Rowley, 3. missouriensis Rowley, Rowley, 3. Strioturbonilla Sacco, Arnold, 2. Stromatocerium Hall, Seely, 5. eatoni n. sp., Seely, 5. lamottense n. sp., Seely, 5. lamottense var. chazianura, Seely, 5. ? moniliferum n. sp., Seely, 5. pustulosum Salford, Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. rugosum Hall, Seely, 5. Stromatopora Goldfuss, Grabau, 1. concentrica Goldfuss Hall, Grabau, 1 . constellata Hall, Schuchert, 4. galtensis Dawson (sp.), Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. tubulifera n. sp., Parks, 5. Strongylocentrotus Brandt, Arnold, 2. franciscanus A. Agassiz, Arnold, 2. purpuratus Stimpson, Arnold, 2. Strophalosia truncata Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. truncata Hall, mut. pygmae nov., Loomis, 4. Stropheodonta Hall, Grabau, 1. beckei Hall, Weller, 6. bipartita (Hall), Weller, 6. concava Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 4. concava Hall, Kindle, 1. corrugata Conrad, Grabau, 1. cf. corrugata Conrad, Kindle and Breger, 1. demissa Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 4. demissa (Conrad), Kindle, 1. hemispherica Hall, Kindle, 1. indenta (Con.), Weller, 6. inequiradiata Hall, Weller, 6. inequistriata (Conrad), Kindle, 1. insequistriata Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. junia Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 4. magnifica (Hall), Weller, 6. perplana Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. perplana (Conrad), Kindle, 1. perplana (Con.), Weller, 8. planulata Hall, Weller, 6. plicata Hall, Kindle, 1. profunda Hall, Grabau, 1. varistriata (Con.), Weller, 6. varistriata (Conrad), Shimer, 5. varistriata var. arata Hall, Shi¬ mer, 5. varistriata var. arata H., Weller, 6 . sp. undet., Weller, 6, Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued: Stropheodonta sp., Kindle, 1. Stropholasia truncata (Hall), Wood (Elvira), 1. Strophograptus n. gen., Ruedemann, 8. trichomanes n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Strophomena, Miller (S. A.), 1. Strophomena Rafinesque, Nickles, 5. (Eostrophomena) elegantula n. sp., Walcott, 12. halli n. sp., Sardeson, 9. incurvata Shepard, Raymond (P. E.), 1. incurvata (Shep.), Weller, 6. inquassa n. sp., Sardeson, 9. planoconvexa Hall, Hayes and Ul¬ rich, 1. planumbona (Hall), Nickles, 5. prisca n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. Strophonella Hall, Grabau, 1. ? conradi Hall, Shimer, 5. daytonensis n. n., Foerste, 10. headleyana Hall, Shimer, 5. levenworthana Hall), Weller, 6. ? patenta Hall, Grabau, 1. punctilifera (Con.), Weller, 6. striata Hall 1843, Beecher, 1. striata Hall, Grabau, 1. cf. striata Hall, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. williamsi n. sp., Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. Strophostylus amplus n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. amplus n. sp. (Rowley), Greene, 2. bivolve (W. & W.), Weller, 2. filicinctus n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. gebhardi (Con.), Weller, 6. inflatus n. sp., Whiteaves, 17. cf. nanus Meek and Worthen, Girty, 3. remex White, Girty, 3. sobovatus Worthen?, Girty, 3. variana Hall, Kindle, 1. ? sp. undet., Weller, 6. Stylemys calaverensis n. sp., Sinclair, 4. Styliferina A. Adams, Arnold, 2. Styliola fissurella Hall, Kindle, 1. Styliolina fissurella Hall, Clarke, 19. Styracoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Subpulchellia n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Subtissotia n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Subulites exactus n. sp., Sardeson, 2. prolongata n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. raymondi n. sp., Hudson, 1. Succinea berinudensis Pfr., Gulick, 1. Sula loxostyla Cope, Case, 9. Sunetta Link, Dali, 8. section Solanderina Dali, Dali, 8. section Sunetta s. s., Dali, 8. section Sunettina Jousseaume, Dali, 8. Sunettina Jousseaume, Dali, 8. 720 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Surcula biscatenaria Conrad, Martin, 5. engonata Conrad, Martin, 5. mariana n. sp., Martin, 5. marylandica Conrad, Martin, 5. rotifera Conrad, Martin, 5. rugata Conrad, Martin, 5. Surculoma n. gen., Casey, 5. Sustenodactylus nom. nov.. Lull, 2. curvatus (E. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Swantonia n. gen., Walcott, 12. antiquata Billings, Walcott, 12. weeksi n. sp., Walcott, 12. Syllsemus Cope, Stewart, 1. Syllaemus Cope, Cragin, 1. latifrons Cope, Cragin, 1. latifrons Cope, Stewart, 1. Symborodon acer Cope, Osborn, 10. montanus Marsh, Osborn, 10. torvus Cope, Osborn, 10. Syndyoceras cooki, Barbour, 11. Synechcdus clarkii n. sp., Eastman, 1. Syntegmodus n. gen.. Loomis, 1. altus n. sp., Loomis, 1. Syntrophia Hall and Clarke, Walcott, 12 . abnormis n. sp., Walcott, 12. alata n. sp., Walcott, 12. barabuensis A. Winchell, Walcott, 12 . biilingsi n. sp., Walcott, 12. multicosta n. sp., Hudson, 1. nundina n. sp., Walcott, 12. orientalis n. sp., Walcott, 12. primordialis Whitfield, Walcott, 12 . primordialis argia n. var., Walcott, 12 . rotundata n. sp., Walcott, 12. texana n. sp., Walcott, 12. texana laeviusculus n. var., Wal¬ cott, 12. lateralis (Whitf.), Weller, 6. Syringopora aculeata Girty, Girty, 3. infundibulum Whitfield. Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. multattenuata McChesney, Beede, surcularia Girty, Girty, 3. Syringostoma aurora n. sp., Parks, 5. . densum Nicholson, Parks, 5. restigouchense Spencer, Parks, 5. Syringothyris carteri Hall, Girty, 3. halli Win., Weller, 2. Tachyrhynchus perlaqueatus (Conrad), Martin, 5. Taeniocrada palmata D. W.. White (D.), 18. Taeniopteris coriacea Golp., Sellards, 1. coriacea var. linearis n. var., Sel- i lards, 1. major Bindley and Hutton, Fon- I taine, 1. newberryana F. and 1. C. W.. Sel¬ lards, 1. oregonensis n. sp., Fontaine, 1. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Taeniopteris orovillensis Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 1. orovillensis Fontaine, Penhallow, 4. vittata Brongniart, Fontaine, 1. Tagassau Frisch, Matthew and Gidley. 1 . Tagelus Gray, Arnold, 2. californianus Conrad, Arnold, 2. Talarocrinus simplex Shumard, Row- ley, Greene, 5. Talpa ? platybrachys n. sp., Douglass, 8 . Talpidae, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Tancredia sp. cf. angulata Lycett, Mad¬ sen, 1. sp., Madsen, 1. Tapes Megerle, Arnold, 2. Tapes Megerle, Dali, 8. ? cuneovatus n. sp., Cragin, 2. laciniata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. staminea Conrad, Arnold, 2. tenerrima Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Taranis Jeffreys, Arnold, 2. Tardeceras n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1. parvum n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Tarsodactylus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. caudatus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. expansus C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Tarsoplectrus nom. nov., Lull, 2. angustus (E. Hitchcock). Lull, 2. elegans (C. II. Hitchcock), Lull, 2. Taxites zamioides (Leckenby) Seward, Fontaine, 1, 2. Taxocrinus Springer (F.), 2. Taxodium distichum Rich., Penhallow, 5. distichum miocenum Ileer, Knowl- ton, 14. laramianum n. sp., Penhallow, 6. Technophorus caneellatus n. sp., Ruede¬ mann, 1. Tegoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Teinostoma calvertense n. sp., Martin, 5. greensboroense n. sp., Martin, 5. liparum (H. C. Lea), Martin, 5. nanum (Lea), Martin, 5. Teleoceras major Hatcher, Osborn, 34. medicornutus n. sp., Osborn, 34. Teleorhinus n. gen., Osborn, 33. browni n. sp., Osborn, 33. Tellina sequistriata Say, Glenn, 6. (Angelus) bodegensis Hinds, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Angelus) buttoni Dali, Arnold, 2. (Angulus) declivis Conrad, Glenn. 6 . (Angulus) dupliniana Dali, Glenn, 6 . (Angelus) idae Dali, Arnold, 2. martinezensis n. sp., Weaver, 1. nanaimoensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. (Peronidia) papyria (?) Conrad, Clark and Martin, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 721 Paleontology —Con tinued. Genera and species described —Continued. Tellina pilsbryi n. sp., Casey, 4. (Angulus) producta Conrad, Glenn, 6 . (Angelus) rubescens Hanley, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Moerella) salmonea Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Angulus) umbra Dali, Glenn, 6. sp., Dali, 10. (Angelus) virginiana Clark, Clark and Martin, 1. (Peronidia?) williamsi Clark, Clark and Martin, 1. sp., Ravn, 1. Tellinocyclas Dali, Dali, 8. Tellinomya absimilis n. sp., Sardeson, 1 . candens n. sp., Sardeson, 9. (or Nucula) lepida n. sp., Sarde¬ son, 9. cf. nasuta Hall, Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. novicia n. sp., Sardeson, 1. Temnochilus? sp., Greene, 2. coxanum M. & W. sp., Rowley, Greene, 2. Temnograptus Nicholson, Ruedemann, 8 . noveboracensis n. sp., Ruedemann, 8 . Tentaculites acula Hall?, Weller, 6. bellulus Hall (?), mut. stebos Clarke, Loomis, 4. dexithea Hall, Kindle, 1. elongatus Hall, Weller, 6. gracilistriatus Hall, Clarke, 19. gracilistriatus Hall, mut. asmode- us Clarke, Loomis, 4. gyracanthus (Eaton), Weller, 6. scalariformis Hall, Kindle, 1. tenuicinctus F. A. Roemer, Clarke, 19. Teonoma spelaea n. sp., Sinclair, 7. Terebellina n. gen., Ulrich, 4. palachei n. sp., Ulrich, 4. Terebra Bruguiere, Arnold, 2. cooperi n. sp., Anderson, 7. (Acus) curvilineata Dali, Martin, 5. (Acus) curvilineata var. calvert- ensis n. var., Martin, 5. (Acus) curvilineata var., dalli n. var., Martin, 5. (Acus) curvilineata var. whitfieldi n. var., Martin, 5. (Acus) curvilirata Conrad, Mar¬ tin, 5. (Hastula) inornata Whitfield, Martin, 5. juvenicostata n. sp., Brown (T. C.), 1. (Hastula) patuxentia n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. Bull. 301—06- Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Terebra (Hastula) simplex Conrad, Martin, 5. (Acus) simplex Carpenter, Arnold, 2 . (Hastula) simplex var. sublirata, Conrad, Martin, 5. (Acus) sincera Dali, Martin, 5. unilineata Conrad, Martin, 5. sp. ?, Brown (T. C.), 1. Terebratalia Beecher, Arnold, 2. hemphilli Dali, Arnold, 2. smithi n. sp., Arnold, 2. Terebratella harveyi n. sp., Whiteaves, 12 . Terebratula (Chlidonophora) filosa Conrad, Dali, 8. harlani Morton, Clark and Martin, 3. jucunda Hall, Kindle, 1. obsoleta Dali, Beecher, 1. wilmingtonensis Lyell and Sower- by, Dali, 8. Teredo virginiana Clark, Clark and Martin, 2. ? sp., Dali, 10. sp., Ravn, 1. Terminonaris n. n., Osborn, 33. Terrapene eurypygia (Cope), Hay, 14. Testudo atascosae n. sp., Hay, 14. brontops Marsh, Hay, 13. osborniana n. sp., Hay, 17. Tetracarcinus subquadratus n. gen. and sp., Weller, 10. Tetracystis n. gen., Schuchert, 11. chrysalis n. sp., Schuchert, 11. fenestratus n. sp. (Troost), Schu¬ chert, 11. Tetradella (?) sp., Jones (T. R.), 2. Tetragonites timotheanus? Mayor, Whiteaves, 12. Tetragraptus Salter, Ruedemann, 8. amii Lapworth ms., Elies and Wood, em., Ruedemann, 8. clarkei n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. frutieosus Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. (Etagraptus) lentus n. sp., Ruede¬ mann, 8. pendens Elies, Ruedemann, 8. pygmaeus n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. quadribrachiatus Hall (sp.), Rue¬ demann, 8. serra Brongniart sp., Ruedemann, 8 . similis Hall (sp.), Ruedemann, 8. taraxacum Ruedemann, Ruede mann, 8. woodi n. sp., Ruedemann, 8. Tetranota bidorsata (Hall), Weller, 6. Textivenus Cossmann, Dali, 8. Textularia Defrance, Bagg, 6. abbreviata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. agglutinans d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. articulata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. aspera, Guppy, 4. carinata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6. 46 722 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Textularia carinatus, Guppy, 4. gramen d’Orbigny, Bagg, 1, 6. gramen, Guppy, 4. sagittula, Guppy, 4. sagittula Defrance, Bagg, 1, 6. subangulata d’Orbigny, Bagg, 1, 6. trochus, Guppy, 4. Thalassoceratidae, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Thalattosauria, Merriam (J. C.), 15. Thalattosauridae, Merriam (J. C.), 15. Thalattosaurus Merriam, Merriam (J. C.), 15. Thalattosaurus alexandrse n. gen. and n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 11, 12, 15. perrini n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 15. shastensis n. sp., Merriam (J. C.), 15. Thaleops ovata Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 5. Thalotia Gray, Arnold, 2. caffea Gabb, Arnold, 2. Thamniscus King, Condra, 2. palmatus n. sp. (provisional), Condra, 1. palmatus (provisional) Condra, Condra, 2. pinnatus n. sp., Condra, 1. pinnatus Condra, Condra, 2. sevillensis Ulrich, Condra, 2. Thamnocladus clarkei n. gen. and sp., White (D.), 6. Thecachampsa Cope, Case, 9. ? antiqua (Leidy), Case, 9. ? contusor Cope, Case, 9. contusor Cope, Case, 1. marylandica Clark, Case, 1. sericodon ( ?) Cope, Case, 1. ? sericodon Cope, Case, 9. ? sicaria Cope, Case, 9. sp., Case, 1. Thecalia H. and A. Adams, Dali, 8. Thecia kentuckyensis n. sp., Herzer, 5. schriveri n. sp., Herzer, 5. Thecodonta (Dicranodesma) calverten- sis n. sp., Glenn, 6. Thenaropus heterodactylis King, Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 25. Theonoa giomerata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 4. Theranopus mcnaughtoni n. sp., Mat¬ thew (G. F.), 23. Theriodontia Broom, Case, 11. Therocephalia Broom, Case, 11. Theropleura uniformis, Case, 6. Thetironia Stoliczka, Dali, 8. Thinnfeldia Ettings., Berry, 3. fontainei n. n., Berry, 3. Thinnfeldia marylandica n. sp., Fon¬ taine, 5. subintegrifolia (Lesq.) Knowlton, Hollick, 4. variabilis Vel. ?, Hollick, 4. variabilis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Thinohyus (Bothrolabis) decedens Cope, Sinclair, 6. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Thinohyus (Bothrolabis) osmonti n. sp., Sinclair, 6. Thomonys microdon n. sp., Sinclair, 7. Thoracoceras wilsoni n. sp., Clarke, 2. wilsoni Clarke, Wilson (J. D.), 1. Thraeia (Leach) Blainville, Arnold, 2. Thracia Blainville, Dali, 8. section Ixartia Leach, Dali, 8. section Thracia s. s., Dali, 8. conradi Couthouy, Dali, 8. eonradi Couthouy, Glenn, 6. dilleri Dali, Dali, 8. karquinesensis n. sp., Weaver, 1. ? maloniana n. sp., Cragin, 2. transversa Lea, Dali, 8. trapezoides Conrad, Arnold, 2. Thryptodus n. gen., Loomis, 1. rotundus n. sp., Loomis, 1. zitteli n. sp., Loomis, 1. Thuites sp., Knowlton, 14. Thuja cretacea? (Heer) Newberry, Knowlton, 18. sp.,»Penhallow, 6. Thyasira (Leach) Lamarck, Dali, 8. section Axinulus Yerrill and Bush, Dali, 8. section Thyasira s. s., Dali, 8. bisecta Conrad, Arnold, 2. bisecta Conrad, Dali, 8. flexuosa Montagu, Dali, 8. gouldi Philippi, Arnold, 2. trisinuata Orbigny, Dali, 8. Thysanocrinus arborescens n. sp., Tal¬ bot, 2. Thyrsopteris crassinervis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. decurrens Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. elliptica Fontaine, Fontaine, 4. meekiana Fontaine, Fontaine. 5. m-urrayana (Brongniart) Heer, Fontaine, 1, 2. rarinervis Fontaine?, Fontaine, 3, 5. Thysanocrinus Hall, Grabau, 1. liliiformis Hall, Grabau, 1. Tilia weedii n. sp.. Knowlton, 12. Timoclea Brown, Dali, 8. Tirolites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . (Metatirolites) foliaceus Dittmar, Hyatt and Smith, 1. pacificus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Titanotherium. Hatcher, 7. dispar Marsh, Hatcher, 7. ingens Marsh, Osborn. 10. heloceras Cope, Osborn, 10. trigonoceras Cope, Osborn. 10. Tivela Link, Arnold, 2. Tivela Link, Dali, 8. section Eutivela Dali, Dali, 8. section Pachydesma Conrad. Dali, 8 . section Tivela s. s., Dali. 8. crassatelloides Conrad, Arnold, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 723 Pale ontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Tivela jamaicensis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Pachydesma) stultorum Mawe, Dali, 8. Tivelina Cossman, Dali, 8. Tolypeceras n. gen., Hyatt, 1. Tomopleura n. gen., Casey,. 5. Toretocnemus n. gen., Merriam (J. C.), 6, 18. californicus n. sp., Merriam, (J. C.), 6. Tornatellaea bella Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. Tornatina A. Adams, Arnold, 2. cerealis Gould, Arnold, 2. culcitella Gould, Arnold, 2. eximia Baird, Arnold, 2. liarpa Dali, Arnold, 2. Tornoceras Hyatt, Beecher, 1. cinctum Keyserling, Clarke, 19. uniangulare Conrad, Loomis, 4. uniangulare Conrad, mut. astarte Clarke, Loomis, 4. Tornquistites n. gen., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . evolutus n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Toxichnus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Toxochelys Cope, Wieland, 12. bauri n. sp., Wieland, 12. brachyrhinus Case, Hay, 24. latiremis, Wieland, 2. latiremis Cope, Williston, 3. latiremis Cope, Hay, 24. latiremis Cope, Wieland, 12. procax n. sp., Hay, 24. serrifer Cope, Hay, 24. stenoporus n. sp., Hay, 24. Trachodon altidens Lambe, and Hatcher, 1. Stanton (Pteropelyx) altidens Lambe, 3. annectens, Lucas, 21. n. sp., (Pteropelyx) marginatus Lambe, 3. n. sp., (Pteropelyx) selwyni Lambe, 3. n. sp., Trachycardium Morch, Arnold, 2. Trachyceras Laube, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Trachyceras Laube, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Anolcites) hyatti n. sp., Smith (J. P.), 5. (Trotrachyceras) lecontei n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Anolcites) meeki Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. (Anolcites) meeki Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. (Protrachyceras) shastense n. sp., Smith (I. P.), 5. (Protrachyceras) sp. ind., Burck- hardt and Scalia, 1. Trachypora austini Worthen, Beede, 1. oriskania n. sp., Weller, 6. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Trachysagenites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Transennella Dali, Dali, 8. caloosana n. sp., Dali, 8. carolinensis n. sp., Dali, 8. chipolana n. sp., Dali, 8. santarosana n. sp., Dali, 8. utica n. sp., Dali, 8. ? cuneata Knowlton, 18. ? microphylla Lesquereux, Knowl¬ ton, 18. Trapezium (Humphrey) Miihlfield, Dali, 8. claibornense Dali, Dali, 8. Traskites n. subg., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Trematonotus alpheus Hall, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Trematopora Hall, Grahau, 1. (?) striata Hall, Grabau, 1. tuberculosa Hall, Grabau, 1. Trematospira Hall, Grabau, 1. camura Hall, Grabau, 1. Trematospira multistriata Hall, Wel¬ ler, 6. Tresus Gray, Arnold, 2. nuttalli Conrad, Arnold, 2. Tretaspis diademata n. sp., Ruede¬ mann, 2. reticulatus n. sp., Ruedemann, 2. Tretulias Cope, Case, 9. buccatus Cope, Case, 9. Triacodon fallax Marsh, Wortman, 4. Trisenaspis Cope, Hay, 10. virgulatus Cope, Hay, 10. Triaenopus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. baileyanus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Triarthrus hecki, Beecher, 1. becki Green, Beecher, 4, 7. . belli n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20 . Tricaelocrinus woodmani ? M. & W. Row- ley, Greene, 14. Tricalycites major n. sp., Hollick, 11. papyraceus Newb., Berry, 7. papyraceus Newb., Hollick, 4. Tricarpellites acuminatus n. sp., Per¬ kins, 13. amygdaloideus n. sp., Perkins, 13. angularis n. sp., Perkins, 13. carinatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. castanoides n. sp., Perkins, 13. contractus n. sp., Perkins, 13. daleii n. sp., Perkins, 13. elongatus n. sp., Perkins, 13. fagoides n. sp., Perkins, 13. fissilis (Lx.), Perkins, 13. fissilis Lesq., Knowlton, 11. fissilis (Lesquereux) Perkins, Per¬ kins, 17. hemiovalis n. sp., Perkins, 13. inequalis n. sp., Perkins, 13. lignitus n. sp., Perkins, 13. major n. sp., Perkins, 13. obesus n. sp.. Perkins, 13. ovalis n. sp., Perkins, 13, 724 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Tricarpellites pringlei n. sp., Perkins, 13. rostratus n. sp., Perkins, 13. rugosus n. sp., Perkins, 13. seelyi n. sp., Perkins, 13. Triceratops, Beasley, 2. brevicornus n. sp., Hatcher, 22. prorsus, Gilmore, 4. prorsus, Schuchert, 14. serratus Marsh, Lull, 1. Trichechus giganteus ? (De Kay), Case, 9. Triccelocrinus woodmani M. & G., Row- ley, 5. Tridonta Schumacher, Dali, 8. Triforis Deshayes, Arnold, 2. adversa Montagu, Arnold, 2. Trigenicus socialis n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 8. Trigeria ? curriei n. sp., Rowley, 1. lepida Hall, Raymond (P. E.), 3. 4. lepida Hall, mut. pygmsea nov., Loomis, 4. Trigonia calderoni (Castillo and Agui¬ lera), Cragin, 2. conferticostata n. sp., Cragin, 2. emoryi Coni'ad, Jones (A. W.), 2. Trigonia emoryi Conrad, Shattuck, 8. evansana Meek, Whiteaves, 12. goodellii Cragin, Cragin, 2. munita n. sp., Cragin, 2. prsestriata n. sp., Cragin, 2. proscabra n. sp., Cragin, 2. rudicostata n. sp., Cragin, 2. undulata Fromherz, Madsen, 1. vyschetzkii Cragin, Cragin, 2. Trigonias osborni n. sp., Lucas (F. A.), 1 . osborni Lucas, Hatcher, 3. Trigonoarca decisa (Conrad) var., Clark and Martin, 2. Trigonograptus Nicholson, Ruedemann, 8 . ensiformis Hall sp., Ruedemann, 8. Trihamus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. elegans E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. magnus C. H. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Triisodon heilprianus Cope, Matthew (W. D.), 1. Trimerella borealis n. sp., Whiteaves, 3. equanensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 3. sp. Kindle and Breger, 1. Trimeroceras gilberti n. sp., Kindle and Breger, 1. Trimerocystis n. gen., Schuchert, 11. peculiaris n. sp., Schuchert, 11. Tripaerorhachis Cope, Broili, 2. insignis Cope, Broili. 2. insignis ( ?) Cope, Case, 3. leptorhynchus n. sp., Case, 3. Trinacromerum Cragin, Williston, 14. Trinucleus, Beecher. 1. concentricus (Eaton), Weller, 6. Trionyx cellulosus Cope, Case, 9. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Trionyx foveatus Leidy, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. foveatus Leidy, Lambe, 3, 5. vagans Cope, Lambe, 3, 5. vagans Cope, Stanton and Hatch¬ er, 1. Virginia Clark, Case, 1. sp., Case, 9. Triplecia gracilis n. sp., Raymond (I*. E.), 1. Tripleurocrinus n. gen., Wood (Elvria), 3. levis n. sp., Wood (Elvira), 3. Tristylotus n. gen., Parks, 6. hexagonus n. sp., Parks, 6. rhomboideus n. sp., Parks, 6. Triticites n. gen., Girty, 9. secalicus Say, Girty, 9. Tritonium Link, Arnold, 2. centrosum (Conrad), Martin, 5. cerrillosensis n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 6. eocenicum n. sp., Weaver, 1. gibbosus Broderip, Arnold, 2. impressum n. sp., Weaver, 1. kanabense Stanton, Johnson (D. W.), 5. (Priene) oregonensis Redfield, Ar¬ nold, 2. pulchrum n. sp., Weaver, 1. showalteri (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. Trivia Gray, Arnold, 2. californica Gray, Arnold, 2. solandri Gray, Arnold, 2. Trochactjeon semicostatus n. sp., Whiteaves, 12. Trochita alaskana n. sp., Dali, 10. Trochoceras Hall, Grabau, 1. costatum Hall, Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. desplainense McChesney, Clarke and Ruedemann. 1. (Sphyradoceras) cf. desplainense, McChesney Kindle and Breger, 1 . gebhardi Hall, Grabau, 1. Trochocyathus clarkeanus Vaughan, Vaughan, 1. Trocholites Conrad, Whiteaves, 13. ammonius Conrad, Whiteaves, 13. canadensis Hyatt, Whiteaves, 13. planorbiformis Conrad, Whiteaves, 13. Trochonema dispar n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. emacerata Hall and Whitf., Kin¬ dle, 1. cf. fatuum Hall, Clarke and Ruede¬ mann, 1. rectilatera Hall and Whitfield, Kindle. 1. umbilicatum Hall sp., Ruedemann, 2 . FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 725 Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Trochosmilia ? sp. indet., Vaughan, 17. Trochus sp., Shattuck, 8. Troodon formosus Leidy, Lambe, 3. Troostocrinus ? dubius Rowley, Row- ley, 3. Trophon Montfort, Arnold, 2. (Boreotrophon) cerruensis n. sp., Arnold, 2. chesapeakanus n. sp., Martin, 5. gabbiana n. sp., Anderson, 7. (Boreotrophon) gracilis Perry, Ar¬ nold, 2. kernensis n. sp., Anderson, 7. (Boreotrophon) multi costatus Eschscholtz, Arnold, 2. (Boreotrophon) pedroana n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Boreotrophon) seal ariformis Gould, Arnold, 2. (Boreotrophon) stuarti Smith. Arnold, 2. (Boreotrophon) stuarti Smith, var. precursor new var., Arnold, 2 sublevis Harris, Clark and Martin, 2 . (Boreotrophon) tenuisculptus Car¬ penter, Arnold, 2. tetricus Conrad, Martin, 5. tetricus var. lsevis n. var., Martin, 5. (Boreotrophon) triangulatus Car¬ penter, Arnold, 2. sp., Martin, 5. Tropidocyclas Dali, Dali, 8. Tropidocyclus De Koninck, Clarke, 19. hyalinus n. sp., Clarke, 19. Tropiceltites Mojsisovics, Ilyatt and Smith, 1. frechi n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Tropidocaris, Beecher, 8. alternata, Beecher, 8. bicarinata, Beecher, 8. Tropidoleptus carinatus (Conrad), Kin¬ dle, 1. carinatus Conrad, Raymond (P. E.), 3, 4. carinatus (Con.), Weller, 6. carinatus Conrad, mut. pygmaeus nov., Loomis, 4. Tropidomya Dali and Smith, Dali, 8. Tropisurcula n. gen., Casey, 5. caseyi Aid., Casey, 5. crenula n. sp., Casey, 5. Tropites Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Tropites Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. dilleri n. sp.. Smith (J. P.), 5. subbullatus Hauer, Hyatt and Smith, 1. torquillus Mojsisovics, Smith (J. P.), 5. Tropitidae Mojsisovics, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Paleontology— Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Tropitoidea Hyatt and Smith, 1. Truncatella sp. indet., Dali, 15. Truncatulina d'Orbigny, Bagg, 6. lobatula (Walker and Jacob), Bagg, 1, 6, 9. pygmaea Hantken, Bagg, 9. ungeriana (d’Orbigny), Bagg, 1. variabilis d’Orbigny, Bagg, 9. variabilis d’Orbigny, Bagg, G. wuellerstorfi (Schwager), Bagg, 9. Tryblidium exsertum n. sp., Sardeson, 9. patulum n. sp., Cleland, 3. repertum n. sp., Sardeson, 2. validum n. sp., Sardeson, 9. Trypanotoma Coss., Casey, 5. longispira n. sp., Casey, 5. obtusa n. sp., Casey, 5. terebriformis Meyer, Casey, 5. Tuba marylandica n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Tudicla marylandica n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Turbinella ? demissa Conrad, Martin, 5. (Psilocochlis) mccallie, Dali, 12. Turbiholia acuticostata Vaughan, Vaughan, 1. Turbo? beneclathratus n. sp., Cragin, 2. shumardi De Verneuil, Kindle, 1. Turbonilla Risso, Arnold, 2. (Pyrgolampros) adleri D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Pyrgolampros) arnoldi D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Lancea) aurantia Carpenter, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Pyrgiscus) auricoma D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Pyrgiscus) crebrifilata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Pyrgolampros) gibbosa Carpen ter, Arnold, 2. (Tragula) gubernatoria n. sp., Mar¬ tin, 5. (Pyrgiscus) interrupta (Totten), Martin, 5. (Pyrgisculus) laminata Carpen¬ ter, Arnold, 2. (Pyrgiscus) latifundia D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Pyrgolampros) lowei D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Pyrgolampros) lowei, var pedro¬ ana D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Strioturbonilla) muricata Car¬ penter, Arnold, 2. (Chemnitzia) nivea Stimpson, Martin, 5. (Chemnitzia) nivea stimpson var., Martin, 5. (Lancea) pentalopha D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. 726 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) similis C. B. Adams, Arnold, 2. (Strioturbonilla) stearnsii D. & B., n. sp., Arnold, 2. (Pyrgiscus) subcuspidata Carpen¬ ter, Arnold, 2. (Pyrgiscus) tenuicula Gould, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Strioturbonilla) torquata Gould, Arnold, 2. (Strioturbonilla) torquata, var. stylina Carpenter, Arnold, 2. (Lancea) tridentata Carpenter, Arnold, 2. Turrilepas ( ?) filosa n. sp., Ruedemann, 1 . Turritella Lamarck, Arnold, 2. sequistriata Conrad, Martin 5. belevederei Cragin, Jones (A. W.), 2 . budaensis n. sp., Shattuck, 8. burkarti n. sp., Cragin, 2. conica n. sp., Weaver, 1. cooperi Carpenter, Arnold, 2. galisteoensis n. sp., Johnson (D. W.), 5. humerosa Conrad, Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. indenta Conrad, Martin, 5. jewettii Carpenter, Arnold, 2. mortoni Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2 . plebeia Say, Martin, 5. potomacensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. variabilis Conrad, Martin, 5. variabilis var., Martin, 5. variabilis var. alticostata Conrad, Martin, 5. variabilis var. cumberlandia Con¬ rad, Martin, 5. variabilis var. exaltata Conrad, Martin, 5. sp.?, Brown (T. C.), 1. Turrilites brazoensis F. Roemer, Lass- witz, 1. peramplus n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. wysogorskii n. sp., Lasswitz, 1. Tylocrinus n. gen., Wood (Elvira), 3. novus n. sp. Wood (Elvira), 3. Typha sp., Penhallow, 4. Typhis acuticosta Conrad, Martin, 5. Typopus E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. abnormis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. gracilis E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Tyrannosaurus rex. n. gen. and sp., Osborn, 50. Uintacrinus Grinnell, Springer (F.), 1. socialis Grinnell, Springer (F.), 1. socialis, Schuchert, 8. socialis Grinnell, Hovey (E. O.), 14. sp., Whiteaves, 15. Uintacyon Leidy, Wortman, 2. edax Leidy, Wortman, 2. I Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described — Continued. Ulias Cope, Case, 9. moratus Cope, Case, 9. Ulmus basicordata n. sp., Hollick, 10. californica? Lesq., Knowlton, 14. newberryi n. sp., Knowlton, 14. speciosa Newb., Knowlton, 14. Umbraculum (Eosinica) elevatum n. sp., Aldrich, 3. Unicardium? semirotundum n. sp., Cra¬ gin, 2. ? transversum n. sp., Cragin, 2. Uncinulus mutabilis (Hall), Weller, 6. nucleolatus (Hall), Weller, 6. pyramidatus (Hall), Weller, 6. vellicatus (Hall), Weller, 6. Unio Retzius, Letson, 1. aesopiformis n. sp., Whitfield, 6. aldrichi White, White (C. A.), 1. belliplicatus Meek, White (C. A.), 1 . brachyopisthus White, White (C. A.), 1. browni n. sp., Whitfield. 6. crassidens Lam., Wagner, 2. ' cretacollis n. sp., Maury, 1. cristonensis Meek, White (C. A.), 1 . douglassi n. sp., Stanton, 4. endlichi White, White (C. A.), 1. farri n. sp., Stanton, 4. felchii White, White (C. A.), 1. gibbosus Barnes, Letson, 1. gonionotus White, White (C. A.), 1. goniambonatus White, White (C. A.), 1. holmesianus White, White (C. A.), 1 . iridoides White, White (C. A.), 1. mecropisthus White, White (C. A.), 1 . nanaimoensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1, 12 . nucalis Meek and Hayden, White (C. A.), 1. percorrugata n. sp., Whitfield, 6. postbiblicata n. sp., Whitfield, 6. primevus White, White (C. A.), 1. priscus Meek and Hayden?, Stan¬ ton and Hatcher, 1. priscus var. abbreviatus n. var., Staton, Stanton and Hayden, 1. proavitus White, White (C. A.), 1. propheticus White, White (C. A.), 1. retusoides n. sp., Whitfield, 6. senectus White, White (C. A.), 1. stantoni n. sp., White (C. A.), 1. stewardi White, White (C. A.), 1. supenawensis n. sp., Stanton, Stan¬ ton and Hatcher, 1. subspatulatus Meek and Hayden, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. toxonotus White, White (C. A.),l. ? trigoniaformis n. sp., Maury, 1. 727 FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Unio verrucosiformis n. sp., Whitfield, 6 . vetustus Meek, White (C. A.), 1. Unitrypa, Cumings, 9. prsecursa (Hall), Shimer, 5. TJrolophus halleri (?) Cooper, Arnold, 2 . Uronautes Cope, Williston, 14. Urosalpinx cinereus (Say)?, Martin, 5. rusticus (Conrad), Martin, 5. TJrosyca robusta n. sp., Weaver, 1. Urotheca n. gen., Matthew (G. F.), 1. pervetus n. sp., Matthew (G. F.), 1 . sp., Matthew (G. F.), 12, 20. Ursavus sp., Matthew (W. D.), 5. Ussuria Diener, Hyatt and Smith, 1. compressa n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . waageni n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1 . Uvigerina d'Orbigny, Bagg, 6. canariensis d'Orbigny, Bagg, 6, 9. pygmsea d’Orbigny, Bagg, 6, 9. raphanus, Guppy, 4. tenuistriata Reuss, Bagg, 6, 9. Vaccinium alaskanum n. sp., Knowl- ton, 16. Vaginulina legumen (Linne), Bagg, 1. Valvata Muller, Letson, 1. sincera Say, Letson, 1. tricarinata Say, Letson, 1. Vanikoro pulchella var., Whiteaves, 12. Varanosaurus acutirostris n. gen. and sp., Broili, 2. Varicobela n. gen., Casey, 5. Veloritina Meek, Dali, 8. Venerella Cossmann, Dali, 8. Venericardia Lamarck, Arnold, 2. Venericardia Lamarck, Dali, 8. section Cardites s. s., Dali, 8. section Cyclocardia Conrad, Dali, 8 . (Pteromeris) acaris n. sp., Dali, 8. alticostata Conrad, Dali, 8. barbarensis Stearns, Arnold, 2. bulla n. sp., Dali, 8. (Cyclocardia) californica n. sp., Dali, 8. carsonensis n. sp., Dali, 8. castrana n. sp., Glenn, 6. granulata Say, Glenn, 6. (Cyclocardia) granulata Say, Dali, 8 . greggiana n. sp., Dali, 8. hadra n. sp., Dali, 8. himerta n. sp., Dali, 8. marylandica n. sp., Clark and Mar¬ tin, 2. nasuta n. sp., Dali, 8. (Pleuromeris) parva Lea, Dali, 8. (Pteromeris) perplana Conrad. Dali, 8. planicosta Lamarck, Dali, 8, 10. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Venericardia planicostata var. regia Conrad, Clark and Martin, 2. potapacoensis n. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. prsecisa n. sp., Dali, 8. scabricostata Guppy, Dali, 8. (Pleuromeris) scitula n. sp., Dali, 8 . serricosta Heilprin, Dali, 8. simplex n. sp., Dali, 8. (Pleuromeris) tellia n. sp., Dali, 8. (Pleuromeris) tridentata Say, Dali, 8. ventricosa Gould, Arnold, 2. vicksburgensis n. sp., Casey, 4. vicksburgiana n. sp., Dali, 8. wilcoxensis n. sp., Dali, 8. Venerupis Lamarck, Dali, 8. Ventricola Rcemer, Dali, 8. Venus Linne, Arnold, 2. Venus (Linne), Lamarck, Dali, 8. campechiensis Gmelin, Dali, 8. campechiensis var. capax (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. campechiensis var. cuneata (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. campechiensis var. mortoni (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. campechiensis var. tetrica (Con¬ rad), Glenn, 6. (Chione) conradiana n. sp., An¬ derson, 7. ducateli Conrad, Glenn, 6. ducateli Conrad, Dali 8. (Chione) fluctifraga Sowerby, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chione) gnidia Broderip and Sowerby, Arnold, 2. halidona Dali, Dali, 8. langdoni Dali, Dali, 8. mercenaria Linne, Glenn, 6. mercenaria var. notata Say, Dali, 8 . (Chione) neglecta Sowerby, Ar¬ nold, 2. perlaminosa Conrad, Arnold, 2. plena Conrad, Dali, 8. plena Conrad, Glenn, 6. rileyi Conrad, Glenn, 6. (Chione) simillima Sowerby, Ar¬ nold, 2. (Chione) succincta Valenciennes, Arnold, 2. (Chione) temblorensis n. sp., An¬ derson, 7. tridacnoides Lamarck, Dali, 8. Vermetus cornejoi Castillo and Aguil¬ era?, Cragin, 2. graniferus (Say), Martin (G. C.), 5. virginicus (Conrad), Martin (G. C.), 5, sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Vermipora serpuloides Hall, Shimer, 5. serpuloides Hall, Weller, 6. 728 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Vermispongia n. gen., Whitfield, 12. dactyliformis n. sp., Whitfield, 12. hamiltonensis n. sp., Whitfield, 12. Verticordia S. Wood, Arnold, 2. (Trigonulina) bowdenensis n. sp., Dali, 8. (Trigonulina) cossmanni n. sp.. Dali, 8. dalliana n. sp., Aldrich, 2. (Trigonulina) emmonsi Conrad, Dali, 8. eocenensis Langdon (em.), Dali, 8 . (Haliris) jamaicensis n. sp., Dali, 8 . (Haliris) mississippiensis Dali, Dali, 8. novemcostata Adams and Reeve, Arnold, 2. quadrangularis n. sp., Aldrich, 2. sotoensis n. sp., Aldrich, 2. sp. indet., Dali, 8. (Trigonulina) sp. indet., Dali, 8. Vertigo marki n. sp., Gulick, 1. numellata n. sp., Gulick, 1. Viburnum hollickii n. sp., Berry, 4. mattewanense n. sp., Berry, 7. ovatum n. sp., Penhallow, 4. Vicarya callosa var., Becker, 1. semperi n. var., Becker, 1. Villorita cyprinoides (Wood), Dali, 8. floridana Dali, Dali, 8. Vinella Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 1. ? multiradiata n. sp., Ulrich and Bassler, 1. radialis Ulrich, Ulrich and Bass¬ ler, 1. radiciformis (Vine), Ulrich and Bassler, 1. radiciformis conferta Ulrich, Ul¬ rich and Bassler, 1. repens Ulrich, Ulrich and Bassler, 1 . Vitiphyllum multifidum Fontaine, Fon¬ taine, 5. Vitrinella C. B. Adams, Arnold, 2. williamsoni Dali, Arnold, 2. Vitulina pustulosa Hall, Kindle, 1. Viverravidse, Matthew (W. D.), 19. Viverravus Marsh, Matthew (W. D.), 1. Viverravus Marsh, Wortman, 3. gracilis Marsh, Wortman, 3. minutus n. sp., Wortman, 3. viviparus montanaensis n. sp., Stanton, 4. Volupia Defrance, Dali, 8. Volutilithes petrosus (Conrad), Clark and Martin, 2. sp., Clark and Martin, 2. Volvarina Hinds, Arnold, 2. Volvula A. Adams, Arnold, 2. cylindrica Carpenter, Arnold, 2. iota (Conrad), Martin (G. C.), 5. iota var. calverta n. var., Martin (G. C.), 5. Paleontology—Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Volvula iota var. diminuta n. var., Martin (G. C.), 5. iota var. marylandica n. var., Mar¬ tin (G. C.), 5. iota var. patuxentia n. var., Mar¬ tin (G. C.), 5. Vulcanomya Dali, Dali, 8. Vulpavus Marsh, Wortman, 2. hargeri n. sp., Wortman, 2. palustris Marsh, Wortman, 2. Waagenoceras Gemmellaro, Smith (.T. T\), 3. cumminsi White, Smith (J. P.), 3. hilli n. sp.. Smith (J. P.), 3. Wardia fertilis n. sp., White (D.), 17. Washakius Leidy, Wortman, 14. insignis Leidy, Wortman, 14. Westonia n. subgen.. Walcott, 1. Westonia, Walcott, Matthew (G. F.), 20 . escasoni, Matthew (G. F.), 20. Whitella canadensis n. sp., Raymond (P. E.), 7. ? siluriana n. sp., Kindle and Bre- ger, 1. suborbicularis n. sp., Weller, 6. subtruncata (Hall), Weller, 6. Whitfieldella Hall and Clarke, Grabau, 1 . cylindrica Hall, Grabau, 1. intermedia Hall, Grabau, 1. laevis (Whitfield), Grabau, 1. nitida Hall, Kindie and Breger, 1. nitida Hall 1843, Beecher, 1. nitida Hall, Clarke and Ruede- mann, 1. cf. nitida Hall, Grabau, 9. nitida Hall, Grabau, 1. nitida var. oblata Hall, Grabau, 1. nucleolata (Hall), Weller, 6. oblata Hall, Grabau, 1. sulcata (Vanuxem), Grabau, 1. Whittleseya Newbury 1853, White (D.), 4. brevifolia n. sp., White (D.), 4. dawsoniana n. sp., White (D.), 4. desiderata n. sp., White (D.), 4. Williamsonia? bibbinsi Ward n. sp., Fontaine, 5. ? gallinacea n. sp., Ward, Fon¬ taine, 5. oregonensis n. sp., Fontaine, 1. ? sp., Fontaine, 1. Wilsonia globosa n. sp., Decker, 6. Wilsonia saffordi Hall, Kindle and Bre¬ ger, 1. Worthenia? lasallensis Worthen?, Gir- ty, 3. ? marcouiana Geinitz?, Girty, 3. mississippiensis (W. & W.), Wel¬ ler, 2. tabulata Conrad?, Girty, 3. ? sp., Girty, 3. Xenaphora zitteli n. sp., Weaver, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 729 Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Xenaspis Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1. marcoul n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Kenodiscus Waagen, Hyatt and Smith, 1 . bittneri n. sp., Hyatt and Smith, 1. Xenopliora conchyliophora (Born), Martin (G. C.), 5. Xenotherium unicum n. gen. and sp., Douglass, 9. Xiphactinus Leidy, Stewart, 1. audax (Cope), Stewart, 1. brachygnathus Stewart, Stewart, 1 . lowii Stewart, Stewart, 1. Xiphias? radiata (Clark), Eastman, 1. Xiphopeza E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. triplex E. Hitchcock, Lull, 2. Xylophomya n. gen., Whitfield, 4. laramiensis n. sp., Whitfield, 4. Yoldia Moller, Arnold, 2. breweri n. sp., Dali, 10. cooper i Gabb, Arnold, 2. diminutiva n. sp., Whiteaves 12. emersonii n. sp., Dali, 10. glabra Beede and Rogers, Beede, 1. Isevis (Say), Glenn, 6. knoxensis (McChesney) ?, Beede, 1. palachei n. sp., Dali, 10. scissurata Dali, Arnold, 2. subscitula (Meek and Hayden), Beede, 1. Yuccites hettagensis Saporta?, Fon¬ taine, 1. Zacanthoides (Olenoides) spinosus Wal¬ cott, Woodward (H.), 1. Zamia washingtoniana Ward, Fontaine, 5 . Zamiopsis insignis Fontaine, Fontaine, 5. Zamites arcticus Goppert, Fontaine, 3, 4. tenuinervis Fontaine, Fontaine, 3. Zaphrentis Rafinesque, Grabau, 1. Zaphrentis Rafinesque and Clifford, Lambe, 2. affinis Billings, Lambe, 2. albacornis n. sp., Greene, 13. albus n. sp., Greene, 1. alveolatus n. sp., Greene, 13. amplexiformis n. sp., Greene, 5. caliculus n. sp., Greene, 15. callosus n. sp., Greene, 15. cassedayi Milne Edwards, Greene, 13. cingulosa Billings, Lambe, 2. clinatus n. sp., Greene, 14. compressa Milne Edwards, Greene, 13. curtus n. sp., Greene, 1. gibsoni White, Girty, 3. gigantea Lesueur (sp.), Lambe, 2. halli E. &. H., Greene, 13. incondita Billings, Lambe, 2. inflexus n. sp., Greene, 1. insolens n. sp., Greene, 1. Paleontology —Continued. Genera and species described —Continued. Zaphrentis intortus n. sp., Greene, 13. invaginatus n. sp., Greene, 13. lamasteri n. sp., Greene, 1. minas Dawson, Lambe, 2. mirabilis Billings (sp.), Lambe, 2. neptun n. sp., Herzer, 5. obcurus n. sp., Greene, 2. patens Billings, Lambe, 2. prolixus n. sp., Greene, 11. pusillus n. sp., Greene, 1. cf. racinensis Whitfield, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. roemeri E. & H.?, Weller, 6. shumardi Milne Edwards and Haime (sp.), Lambe, 2. stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime, Lambe, 2. strigatus n. sp., Greene, 13. subcentralis n. sp., Greene, 14. tantilla Miller, Girty, 3. trisinuatus n. sp., Greene, 8. turbinati (Hall), Grabau. 1. weberi n. sp., Greene, 7. sp., Girty, 3. sp. undet., Weller, 6. Zaphsalis abradus Cope, Stanton and Hatcher, 1. Zarhachis flagellator Cope, Case, 9. tysonii Cope, Case, 9. Zatrachis, Broili, 2. Zatrachys crucifer n. sp., Case, 5. Zeacrinus commaticus Miller, Grabau. 8 . ? robustus Beede, Beede, 1. Zeuglodon (Basilosaurus), Lucas (F. A.), 20. Ziphacodon rugatus Marsh, Wortman, 4. Zirplnea Leach, Arnold, 2. gabbii Tryon, Arnold, 2. Zizyphus elegans Hollick, Hollick, 11. Zonitoides bristoli n. sp., Gulick, 1. Zygospira, Beecher, 1. aquila n. sp., Sardeson, 9. nicolleti (W. & S.), Weller, 6. recurvirostra (Hall), Weller, 6. recurvirostris Hall, Ruedemann, 2. Panama. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 33. Geology of Isthmus of Panama, Ed¬ wards (H. W.), 1. Geology of the Isthmus of Panama, Hershey, 5. Manganese industry of Panama, Wil¬ liams (E. G.), 1. Pleistocene Foraminifera from Panama, Cushman, 2. Pennsylvania. Accounting for the depth of the Wyom¬ ing buried valley, Lyman, 1. Age of the coals at Tipton, White (D.), <> 730 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Pennsylvania— Continued. Alleged Parker channel, Williams (E. ID, 1. Anthracite coal fields, Storrs (A. II.), 1 . Anthracite coal near Perkiomen Creek, Carter (O. S. C.), 2. Anticlinal folds, Hopkins and Small¬ wood, 1. Barite in Pennsylvania, Stose, 2. Barnesboro-Patton field, Burrows, 1. Basal conglomerate in Lehigh and Northhampton counties, Peck, 2, 3. Beaver folio, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, White and Campbell, 1. Brownsville-Connellsville folio, Camp¬ bell (M. R.), 8. Buried valley of Wyoming, Corss, 1. Buried valley of Wyoming, Griffith, 1. Carboniferous of the Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 6. Catskill rocks in northern Pennsyl¬ vania, Fuller (M. L.), 4. Caves of Huntingdon County, Morgan- roth, 1. Cement belt in Lehigh and Northamp¬ ton counties, Peck, 5. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Cement-rock deposits of the Lehigh dis¬ trict, Eckel, 26. Charbons gras de la Pennsylvanie et de la Virginie occidentale, Heurteau, 1. Clays of Great Valley and South Moun¬ tain areas, Hopkins (T. C.), 4. Clays of Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 1. Clays of southeastern Pennsylvania, Hopkins (T. C.), 1. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Clays of upper Ohio and Beaver River region, Hice, 2. Coal Measures of bituminous regions, Adams (T. K.), 1. Coal Measures of central Pennsylvania, Fluck, 1. Coal mining in the Wilmore basin, Butts, 3. Composition of petroleum, Mabery, 2. Connellsville region mineral resources, Eavenson, 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontol¬ ogy, Williams and Kindle, 1. Contributions to mineralogy, Eyerman, 1. Correlation of Tiedmont formations, Mathews, 6. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 41. Deposition of Appalachian Pottsville, White (D.), 15. Description of four meteorites, Ward (H. A.), 3. Ebensburg folio, Pennsylvania, Butts, 7. Elders Ridge coal field, Stone (R. W.), 1, 7. Pennsylvania—Continued. Elkland-Tioga folio, Fuller and Alden, 2 . Extra-morainic pebbles in Pennsyl¬ vania, Woolsey, 2. Gaines folio, Fuller and Alden, 1. Gaines oil field, Fuller (M. L.), 3. Geographic development of northern Pennsylvania and southern New York, Campbell (M. R.), 9. Geological excursion in Pittsburg re¬ gion, Grant (U. S.), 4. Geology of Pittsburg district, White (I. C.), G. Gisements de minerals de zinc, De- maret, 1. Glacial formations and drainage fea¬ tures of Erie and Ohio basins, Lev- erett, 4. Glacial gravels of the Kittanning quadrangle, Leverett, 10. Graphite and garnet, Hopkins (T. C.), 3. Hyner gas pool, Fuller (M. L.), 9. Indiana folio, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Kansas glaciation and its effects on the river system of northern Pennsyl¬ vania, Williams (E. H.), 2. Kittanning folio, Butts, 4. Latrobe folio, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Limestones of southwestern Pennsyl¬ vania, Clapp, 4. Lodel Creek and Skippack Creek, Lyman, 2. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 2, 4. Masontown-Uniontown folio, Camp¬ bell (M. R.), 6. Mauch Chunk of Pennsylvania, Steven¬ son (J. J.), 1. Meteoreisen-Studien, Cohen, 4. Meteoreisen von Millers Run bei Pitts¬ burg, Cohen, 7. Mineral resources of Elders Ridge quadrangle, Stone (R. W.), 8. Misnamed Indiana anticline, Richard¬ son (G. B.), 1. New species of Olenellus, Wanner. 1. New Xiphosuran from Upper Devonian of Pennsylvania, Beecher, 5. Northward flow of ancient Beaver River, Hice, 1. Occurrence of serpentine and talc. Peck, 1. Oil and gas fields of Greene County, Stone (R. W.), 2. Oil and gas in the vicinity of Philadel¬ phia, Carter (O. S. C.), 3. On spangolite, Penfield, 3. Ordovician section near Bellefonte, Collie, 3. Origin of anticlinal folds near Mead- ville, Smallwood and Hopkins, 1. Original southern limit of Pennsyl¬ vania anthracite beds, Lyman, 4. Pennsylvania anthracite coal field, Stoek, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 731 Pennsylvania —Continued. Petroleum industry of Europe and America, Otsuka, 1. Physiographic features of the Susque¬ hanna basin, Hollister, 1. Physiographic studies in southern Pennsylvania, Stose, 3. Piedmont district of Pennsylvania, Bascom, 3. Pittsburg coal in the Burgettstown quadrangle, Griswold, 3. Pocono rocks in the Allegheny Valley, Campbell (M. R.), 14. Recent geological work in western Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 3, 7. Recent structural work in western Pennsylvania, Butts, 2. Recent work in bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, Campbell (M. R.), 11 . Revision of Phyllocarida from Che¬ mung and Waverly groups of Penn¬ sylvania, Beecher, 8. Road-making materials of Pennsyl¬ vania, Ihlseng, 1. Rural Valley folio, Butts, 6. Serpentines of Philadelphia, Jonas, 1. Shifting of faunas, Williams (H. S.), 4. Slate industry at Slatington, Dale, 2. Slate investigations during 1904, Dale, 8 . Steinkohlengebiete von Pennsylvanien und Westvirginien, Simmersbach, 1. Structure of South Mountain, Stose, 1. Topography and travel in Pennsyl¬ vania, Tower, 2. Troost’s survey of Philadelphia, Ham¬ ilton (S. H.), 1. Underground waters of Pennsylvania, Fuller (M. L.), 23. Upper Paleozoic rocks of Ohio and Pennsylvania, Girty, 10. Water resources of Chambersburg and Mercersburg quadrangles, Stose, 4. Water resources of Elders Ridge quad¬ rangle, Stone (R. W.), 3. Water resources of the Curwensville, Patton, Ebensburg, and Barnesboro quadrangles, Clapp, 3. Water resources of the Pawpaw and Hancock quadrangles, Stose and Mar¬ tin, 1. Water resources of the Philadelphia district, Bascom, 2. Water resources of the Waynesburg quadrangle, Stone (R. W.), 4. Water supply for Philadelphia, Carter (O. S. C.), 1. Waynesburg folio, Stone (R. W.), 6. Petrology. Alaska. Alaska-Treadwell mine, Palache, 2. Geology about Chichagof Cove, Pala¬ che, 3. Reconnaissance of northwestern por¬ tion of Seward Peninsula, Collier, 1. Petrology —Continued. A laska —Continued. Rocks and minerals of south Alaska, Novarese, 1. Stratigraphy and igneous rocks of Alaska, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Tin deposits of the York region, Collier, 8 . Arizona. Bisbee folio, Ransome, 14. Bradshaw Mountains folio, .Taggar and Palache, 1. Clinton folio, Lindgren, 28. Conglomerate dikes in southern Ari¬ zona, Campbell (M. R.), 15. Copper deposits of Clinton;Morenci dis¬ trict, Lindgren, 29. Geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Ransome, 11. Geology of Fort Apache region, Reagan, 3. Geology of Globe copper district, Ran¬ some, 6. Globe folio, Ransome, 13. Petrography of the Tucson Mountains, Guild, 1. Reformed copper ores, Goodwin, 1. Arkansas. Magmatic differentiation of rocks, Keyes, 27. Zinc and lead deposits of north Arkan¬ sas, Branner, 2. California. Berkeley Hills, Lawson and Palache, 1. California feldspar-corundum rocks from Plumas County, Lawson (A. C.), 1. Clastic dikes, Newsom, 4. Copper in northern California, Diller, G. Crystalline rocks of the San Gabriel Mountains, Arnold and Strong, 1. Eclogites in California, Holway, 1. Geological section of the Coast ranges, Osmont, 1. Geology of Mineral King, Knopf and Thelen, 1. Geomorphogeny of Kern basin, Lawson (A. C.), 10. Glaucophane and associated schists in the Coast ranges, Nutter and Barber, 1 . Igneous rocks near Pajaro, Reid (J. A.), 1. Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 12. Miocene diabase of the Santa Cruz Mountains, Haehl and Arnold, 1. Orbicular gabbro at Dehesa, Lawson (A. C.), 11. Orbicular gabbro from San Diego County, Lawson (A. C.), 7. Orbicular gabbro of Dehesa, Kessler and Hamilton, 1. Pegmatyte veins of Pala, Waring, 2. Physiographic features of Klamath Mountains, Anderson (F. M.), 2. Plumasite, Lawson (A, C.), 8. 732 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Petrology —Continued. California —Continued. Roofing slate of igneous origin, Eckel, 27. San Luis folio, Fairbanks, 7. Variability in rock magma, Turner, 8. Canada. Abitibi region, Kay, 1. Amygdaloidal trap rock, Dresser, 3. Archa?an rocks of Ottav r a Valley, Osann, 2. Areas of nepheline-syenite, Miller (W. G.), 1. Atlin mining district, Gwillim, 1. Boundary Creek district, Brock, 3. Canadian Rockies. Part II; On some rock-specimens, Bonney, 2. Characteristics of Atlin gold field, Gwillim, 2. Copper-bearing rocks in Quebec, Dres¬ ser, 7. Descriptions of rocks collected in 1900, Barlow, 1. Explorations in Abitibi, McMillan, 1. Geology and petrography of Shefford Mountain, Dresser, 9. Geology of Brome Mountain, Dresser, 11 . Geology of Michipicoten Island, Bur- wash, 1. Geology of Rigaud Mountain, Le Roy, 1. Geology of St. Helens Island, Nolan and Dixon, 1. Geology of the International Boundary, Daly, 10. Geology of western part of Interna¬ tional Boundary, Daly, 13. Geology of Yamaska Mountain, Young, 1 . Hornblende lamprophyre dike at Rich¬ mond, Dresser, 2. Huronian of Moose River basin, Parks, 1 . Iron-ore deposits along Kingston and Pembroke Railway in eastern Onta¬ rio, Ingall, 4. Iron ranges of Michipicoten west. Bell (J. M.), 3. Iron ranges of northwestern Ontario, Coleman, 12. Iron ranges of the Lower Huronian, Coleman, 4. Lake Temiscaming to Height of Land, Miller (W. G.), 5. Lamprophyres of the Rossland mining district, Barber, 1. Laurentian limestones and granite of Haliburton County, Graton, 1. Michipicoten iron ranges, Coleman and Willmott, 2. Michipicoten iron region, Coleman and Willmott, 1. Microscopic examination of sections of rocks, Barlow, 2. Mining in the Rossland district, Camp¬ bell (C. M.), 1. Monteregian Hills, Adams (F. D.), 7. Petrology —Continued. Canada —Continued. Nepheline and other syenites near Port Coldwell, Ontario, Coleman, 8 Nepheline rock from Ontario, Adams (F. D.), 8. Nepheline rocks of Ice River, Barlow, 4. Nepheline syenite in western Ontario, Miller (W. G.), 7. Nickel and copper deposits of Sudbury, Barlow, 8. Notes on geology and ore deposits of southeastern British Columbia, Cor- less, 2. Notes on specimens collected in the Canadian Rocky Mountains, Bonney, 3. Ore deposits of Boundary Creek dis¬ trict, Brock, 2. Ore deposits of Copper Mountain, Scott (O. N.), 1. Origin of veins in asbestiform serpen¬ tine, Merrill (G. P.), 14. Petrograpnical contribution to geology of Quebec, Dresser, 6. Petrography of Kettle River mining division, Silver, 2. Petrography of Mount Orfoi-d, Dresser, 4. Petrography of rock samples from British Columbia, Robertson, 4. Petrography of Sheffield and Brome Mountains, Di’esser, 8. Petrography of Shefford Mountain, Dresser, 5. Pyroxenites of the Grenville series in Ottawa County, Canada, Gordon (C. H. ), 5. Report of section of chemistry and mineralogy, Hoffmann, 1. Round Lake to Abitibi River, Bolton, I . Secondary origin of certain gi*anites, Daly, 11. Stratigraphy and igneous rocks of Alaska, Emei-son (B. K.), 6. Sudbury district, Barlow, 3. Sudbury mining district, Barlow, 6. Sulphide ore bodies of Sudbury region, Silver, 1. Syenites near Port Coldwell, Coleman, 13. Up and down the Mississaga, Graton. 2 . Varieties of sex’pentine in southeastern Quebec, Di-esser, 16. Volcanic rocks of New Brunswick, Bailey (L. W.), 10. Colorado. Andesite of Mount Sugar Loaf, Hogarty, 1. Basaltic zones as guides to ore deposi¬ tion, Stevens (E. A.), 2. Garnetiferous bed in Golden Gate Can¬ yon, Bailey, Rath, and Grider, 1. Granite of West Sugar Loaf Mountain, Henry, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 733 Petrology—Continued. Colorado —Continued. Greenstone schists in the San Juan Mountains, Howe, 3. La Plata folio, Cross and Spencer, 1. Mica andesite of west Sugar Loaf Mountain, Blake (J. C.), 1. Nodular-bearing schists near PeaH, Read, 2. Occurrence of limburgite, Stevens (E. A.), 1. Olivinite dike of Magnolia district, Whitaker, 1. Ore deposits of Rico Mountains, Ran- some, 3. Report State Bureau of Mines, Lee (H. A.), 1. Silverton folio, Cross and Howe, 1. Spanish peaks folio, Hills, 1. Sunset trachyte, Breed, I. Tellurium veins in La Plata Mountains, Austin, 1. Connecticut. Newark system of the Pomperaug Val¬ ley, Hobbs, 2. Tungsten mine at Trumbull, Hobbs, 5. District of Columbia. Washington folio, Darton and Keith, 1. Georgia. Aplite, pegmatite, and tourmaline bunches in Stone Mountain granite, Watson (T. L.), 5. Granites and gneisses of Georgia, Wat¬ son (T. L.), 8. Granitic rocks of Georgia, Watson (T. L.), 1. Origin of the phenocrysts in porphyri- tic granites, Watson (T. L.), 3. Sandstone dikes near Columbus, McCallie, 6. Trap dikes of Georgia, McCallie, 1. Weathering of granitic rocks, Watson (T. L.), 4. Greenland. Eisenfiihrenden Gesteinen der Insel Disko, Nicolau, 1. Mineralogisk resa i Syd Groenland, Flink, 1. Mineralogisk-petrografiske underscegel- ser af Groenlandske nefelinsyeniter og beslaegtede bjaegarter, Ussing, 1. Petrographie Nord-Gronlands, Below- sky, 1. Rocks and minerals from north Green¬ land and Frobisher Bay, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Rocks from east coast of Greenland, Nordenskjold, 1. Rocks of Nugsuaks Peninsula, Phalen, 1. Guatemala. Alta Verapaz, Sapper, 3. Asche des Vulkans Sta. Maria, Brauns 1, 2. Cendres d'un volcan pr&s du Santa Maria, Ordonez, 5, Petrology—Continued. Guatemala —Continued. Produkte des Ausbruchs am S. Maria, Bergeat, 3. Trodukte Vulkan S. Maria, Bergeat, 2. Hawaiian Islands. Trachyte in Hawaii, Cross (W.), 6. Idaho. Geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains, Lindgren, 21. Geology and water resources of Nez Perces County, Russell, 2. Geology and water resources of Snake River Plains, Russell, 5. Geology of Idaho and Oregon, Russell, 8 . Iowa. Analysis of dolomite rock, Knight (N.), 6 . Dolomites of eastern Iowa, Knight (N.), 5. Iowa dolomite, Knight (N.), 1. Kentucky. Lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, Ulrich, 8. Maine. Andesites of the Aroostook volcanic area, Gregory (II. E.), 1. Geological study of the Fox Islands, Smith (G. O.), 2. Maryland. Basic rocks of northeastern Maryland, Leonard, 1. Geology of crystalline rocks of Cecil County, Bascom, 1. Structure of the Peidmont Plauteau, Mathews, 5. Massachusetts. Alkalisyenit von Beverly, Wright (F. E.), 3. Calcite-prehnite cement rock lrom the Holyoke Range, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Geology of the Weston aqueduct, Crosby, 12. Geology of Worcester, Mass., Perry and Emerson, 1. Holyokeite from the Trias of Massa¬ chusetts, Emerson (B. K.), 3. Igneous rocks of Neponset Valley, Crosby, 15. Medford dike area, Wilson (A. W. G.), 1 . Physical geography, etc., of Essex County, Mass., Sears, 1. Plumose diabase and palagonite from Holyoke trap sheet, Emerson (B. K.), 9. Rocks of the Weston aqueduct, War¬ ren, 2. Structural relations of amygdaloidal melaphyre, Burr, 1. # Mexico. AnSlisis y clasificacion de granate, Villarello, 7. Copper deposits at San Jose, Kemp, 32, 734 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Petrology—Continued. M exico —Continued. Criadero de fierro del Cerro de Mercado, Durango, Rangel, 1. Criaderos de fierro de la hacienda de Vaquerias, Villarello and Bose, 1. Geology of nepheline syenite area at San Jose, Tamaulipas, Finlay (G. I.), 7. Geology of San Pedro district, Fin¬ lay (G. I.), 5. Geology of the San Jose district, Fin¬ lay (G. I.), 8. Geology of western Mexico, Farrington, 13. In San Cristobal gefallene Asche, Schottler, 1. Nauhcampatepetl 6 Cofre de Perote, Ordonez, 18. Natiirlicher Koks in den Santa Clara Ivohlenfeldern, Sonora, Ochsenius, 1. Profil durch den Ostabfall der Sierra Madre Oriental, Bose, 2. Rhyolitas, Ordonez, 1. Rocas de Chiapas y Tabasco, Ordonez, 14. Roche basaltique de la Sierra Verde, Kroustchoff, 1. Section across the Sierra Madre Occi¬ dental of Chihuahua and Sinaloa, Weed, 9. Vulkanische Asche, Schmidt, 1. Xinantacatl ou volcan Nevado de Tolu¬ ca, Ordonez, 7. Michigan. Geological cross sections of Keweenaw Point, Hubbard (L. L.), 1. Menominee district of Michigan, Bay- ley, 1. Notes on rocks and minerals of Michi¬ gan, Wright (F. E.), 6. Tamarack Mine cross section, Lane, 45. Minnesota. Dalles of the St. Croix, Berkey, 1. Etude mineralogique et petrographique des roches gabbroiques de l’Etat de Minnesota, Winchell (A. N.), 1. Keeweenawan area of eastern Minne¬ sota, Hall (C. W.), 3. Keewatin area of eastern and central Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 4. Mesabi iron-bearing district of Minne¬ sota, Leith, 4. New iron-bearing horizon in Keewatin in Minnesota, Winchell (N. H.), 1. Origin and development of iron ores of Mesabi and Gogebic iron ranges, Leith, 8. Secondary origin of certain granites, Daly, 11. Splierulitic texture in the Archean greenstones of Minnesota, Clements, G. Vermilion iron-bearing district of Min¬ nesota, Clements, 3. Petrology —Continued. Missouri. Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Keyes, 20. Montana. Geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains, Lindgren, 21. Geology and ore deposits of Elkhorn mining district, Weed, 5. Igneous rocks of Algonkian series, Fin¬ lay (G. I.), 4. Igneous rocks of High wood Mountains, Pirsson, 4. Microscopical petrography of Elkhorn mining district, Barrell, 1. Missourite, a new leu cite rock, Weed and Pirrson, 2. Petrographic province of central Mon¬ tana, Pirrson, 5. Petrography of Square Butte, Pirrson, 3. Petrography of Yogo peak, Pirsson, 1. Shonkin Sag and Palisade Butte lacco¬ liths in the Highwood Mountains, Weed and Pirsson, 1. Nevada. Geology of region of Walker River, Smith (D. T.), 2. Geology of the Tonopah mining dis trict, Spurr, 29. Newfoundland. Variolitic pillow lava, Daly, 9. New Hampshire. Albany granite and its contact phe¬ nomena, Hawes, 2. Composition of labradorite rocks, Dana, 1 . Eruptive rocks in Campton, Hawes, 1. Geology of Littleton, Hitchcock (C. H. ), 10. Geology of Monadnock Mountain. Perry, 2. Geology of Mount Ivearsarge, Perry, 1. Geology of the Belknap Mountains, Pirsson and Washington, 1. Rocks of Lake Winnepesaukee, Wash¬ ington, 3. New Jersey. Glauconite, Prather, 3. Leucite-tinguaite from Beemerville, Wolff, 1. Serpentines of Manhattan Island, New- land, 1. New Mexico. Analcite-bearing camptonite from New Mexico, Ogilvie, 2. Geology of Cerillos Hills, Johnson (D. W.), 6. New York. Adirondack augite-andesite, Cushing, I . Eruptive dikes in Syracuse, Schneider, 4. Exposure of serpentine at Syracuse, Kraus, 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 735 Petrology—Continued. New York —Continued. Field work in town of Minerva, Fin¬ lay (G. I.), 2. Genesis of amphibole schists and ser¬ pentines of Manhattan Island, Julien, 7. Geological history of the hematite iron ores of Antwerp and Fowler belt in New York, Crosby, 3. Geology of Adirondack region, Cush¬ ing, 10. Geology of Paradox Lake quadrangle, Ogilvie, 6. Geology of Rand Hill, Cushing, 2. Geology of the city of New York, Gra- tacap, 7. Geology of the Hudson Valley, Dale, 5. Geology of the serpentines of central New York, Schneider, 6. Geology of the vicinity of Little Falls, Cushing, 9. Northumberland volcanic plug, Wood- worth, 7. Peridotite dikes near Ithaca, Matson, 2 . Petrography and age of the Northum¬ berland rock, Cushing, 7. Petrography of dikes in Syracuse, Smyth (C. H.), 2. Pre-Cambrian outlier at Little Falls, Herkimer County, Cushing, 4. Recent geologic work in Franklin and St. Lawrence counties, Cushing, 3; Rossie lead veins, Smyth (C. H.), 4. Serpentines of Manhattan Island, New- land, 1. North Carolina. Copper-bearing rocks of Virgilina cop¬ per district, Watson (T. L.), 6. Corundum of North Carolina, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Granites of North Carolina, Watson (T. L.), 13, 16. Leopardite, Watson (T. L.), 14. Orbicular gabbro-diorite from Davie County, Watson (T. L.), 15. Ohio. Ohio bowlders containing huronite, Wright (A. A.), 2. Oklahoma. Geology of the Wichita Mountains, Gould, 13. Oregon. Contribution to petrography of John Day Basin, Calkins, 1. Coos Bay folio, Diller, 4. Eclogites in California, Holway, 1. Geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park, Diller and Pat¬ ton, 1. Gold belt of Blue Mountains, Lindgren, 4. Mesozoic of southwestern Oregon, Lou- derhack, 6. Port Orford folio, Diller, 11. Petrology—Continued. Pennsylvania. Occurrence of serpentine and talc, Peck, 1. Piedmont district of Pennsylvania, Bascom, 3. Road-making materials of Pennsyl¬ vania, Ihlseng, 1. Serpentines of Philadelphia, Jonas, 1. Philippine Islands. Volcanoes and seismic centers of the Philippine Archipelago, Maso, 1. South Dakota. Deposits of wolframite in the Black Hills, Irving, 1. Igneous rocks of the Sundance folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Newly discovered rock at Sioux Falls, Todd (J. E.), 8, 12. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Tennessee. Deposits of copper ores at Ducktown, Kemp, 10. Erratic bowlder from the Coal Meas¬ ures of Tennessee, McCallie, 5. Texas. Geologie und Petrographie der Apache Mountains, Osann, 1. Quartz-feldspar-porphyry from Llano, Iddings, 3. Utah. Geology of Bingham Canon, Kemp, 23. Mineral crest, Jenney, 2. Vermont. Geology of Ascutney Mountain, Daly, 7. Granite of Barre, Finlay (G. I.), 1. Granite area of Barre, Finlay (G. I.), 2 . Petrographic description of dikes of Grand Isle, Shimer, 1. Petrography of Belvidere Mountain deposits, Marsters, 3. Serpentine belt of Lamoille and Or¬ leans counties, Marsters, 2. Structural details in Green Mountain region, Dale, 1. Terranes of Orange County, Richardson (C. H.), 2. Virginia. Copper-bearing rocks of Virgilina cop¬ per district, Watson (T. L.), 6. Occurrence of unakite, Phalen, 2. Washington. Building and ornamental stones of Washington, Shedd, 2. Clealum iron ores, Smith and Willis, 1. Geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Range, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Geology and water resources of Yakima County, Smith (G. O.), 3. Geology of Mount Rainier, Smith (G. O.), 1 . Ore deposits of Monte Cristo, Spurr, 3. Tseudoserpentine from Stevens County, Clarke (F. W.), 2, 5, 736 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Petrology—Continued. West Indies. Cendres des eruptions de la Montagne Pelee, Lacroix, 2. Composition chimique des poussibres volcaniques de la Martinique, Gillot, 1 . Composition des cendres projetees par la Montagne Pelee, Michel-Levy, 2. Cordierite dans les produits eruptifs de la Montagne Pelee, Lacroix, 17. Dust from Soufribre, Bonney, 5. Enclaves basiques des volcans de la Martinique, Lacroix, 18. Enclaves des andesites de Montagne relee, Lacroix, 6. Examination of ash that fell on Bar¬ bados after eruption of St. Vincent, Flett, 1. History of the Caribbean Islands, Frazer, S. Massive-solid volcanic eruptions, Rus¬ sell, 13. Montagne Pelee et ses eruptions, La¬ croix, 20. Observations mineralogiques faites sur les products de l’incendie de Saint- Pierre, Lacroix, 10. Recent tuffs of the Soufribre, Howe (E.), 2. Roches volcaniques de la Martinique, Lacroix, 1, 3. Volcanic dust, Falconer, 1. Volcanic dust and sand from St. Vin¬ cent, Diller and Steiger, 1. Volcanic dust from West Indies, Por¬ ter (F. B.), 1. Volcanic rocks of Martinique and St. Vincent, Diller, 7. Vulcanische Asche vom Volcan Sou- fri&re, Klein, 1. Vulcanischen Kleinen Antillen und die Ausbriiche der Jahre 1902 und 1903, Sapper, 19. Wisconsin. Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wis¬ consin, Weidman, 5. Dalles of the St. Croix, Berkey, 1. Occurrence of fayalite in Wisconsin, Weidman, 4. Wyoming. Aladdin folio, Darton and O'Harra, 1. Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Igneous rocks of the Aladdin quad¬ rangle, Smith (W. S. T.), 6. Igneous rocks of the Sundance folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Leucite hills of Wyoming, Kemp and Knight, 1. Spherulites of the Yellowstone and Great Britain, Parkinson, 1. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. General. Analysis of igneous rocks, Washington. 9. Analysis of rocks, Clarke (F. W.), 4. Petrology—Continued. General —Continued. Beziehungen zwischen der Petrogra- phie und angrenzenden Wissenschaf- ten, Zirkel, 1. Bibliography and index of North Amer¬ ican geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy, Weeks, 6, 7, 10, 15. Bibliography of North American geol¬ ogy? paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1892-1900, Weeks, 3. Calculation of center points in the quantitative classification of igneous rocks, Washington, 7. Character and genesis of certain con¬ tact deposits, Lindgren, 5. Chemical analj r ses of igneous rocks, Washington, 6. Chemical composition of igneous rocks expressed by diagrams, Iddings, 1. Chemical study of the glaucophane schists, "‘Washington, 4. Classification of sedimentary rocks, Grabau, 15. Coarseness of igneous rocks, Lane, 37. Concentration of barium in limestone, Dickson, 2. "Derivation of rock name “ anorthosite,” Cushing, 5. Determination of feldspars in thin sec¬ tion, Spurr, 7. Differential thermal conductivities of certain schists, Thelen, 1. Ellipsoidal structure in pre-Cambrian basin and intermediate rocks of Lake Superior region, Clements, 1. Eutectics in rock magmas, Lane, 32. Fall excursions of the Geological De¬ partment, Columbia University, Shi¬ nier, 2. Formation of bonanzas in upper por¬ tions of gold veins, Rickard (T. A.), 3. Foyaite-ijolite series of Magnet Cove, Washington, 1. Foyaite-ijolite series of Magnet Cove, 11, Washington, 2. Genesis of certain cherts, Keyes, 35. Genesis of riebeckite, Murgoci, 1. Geological relations and distribution of platinum and associated metals, Kemp, 10. Geophysical investigations suggested, Adams (F. D.), 9. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 6. Grain of igneous intrusives, Lane, 22. Granite, Winchell (N. II.), 18. Handbook of rocks. Kemp, 29. Igneous rocks and circulating waters as factors in ore deposition, Kemp, 12 . Igneous rocks from eastern Siberia, Washington, 5. Igneous rocks : How to identify them, O’Brien (C. J.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 737 Petrology—Continued. General —Continued. Index to North American geology, pale¬ ontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1892-1900, Weeks, 4. Influence of country rock on mineral veins, Weed, 6. Isomorphism and thermal properties of the feldspars, Day and Allen, 1. Magmatic differentiation of rocks, Keyes, 27. Manual of the chemical analysis of roks, Washington, 10. Mechanics of igneous intrusion, Daly, 8 . Metamorphism of the Laurentian lime¬ stones of Canada, Winchell (N. H.), 17. Metasomatic processes in fissure veins, Lindgren, 1. Method of petrographic analysis, Derr, 1 . Methods for determining percentages of components of an igneous rock, Williams (I. A.), 2. Microscopic-petrographical methods, Wright (F. E.), 2. Mineral analyses, Clarke (F. W.), 1. Minerals in rock sections, Luquer, 4. New combination wedge for use with petrographical microscope, Wright (F. E.), 1. Nitrates in cave earths, Nichols (FI. W.), 1. Ores deposited by underground waters, Maclaren, 1. Origin and classification of gneisses, Gordon (C. H.), 1. Outline of elementary lithology, Bar¬ ton, 1. Paleozoic coral reefs, Grabau, 10. Paramorphic alternation of pyroxene to hornblende, Gordon (C. H.), 4. Perknite (lime-magnesia rocks), Tur¬ ner, 2. Plumose diabase containing siderome- lan and spherulites of calcite and blue quartz, Emerson (B. K.), 5. Porphyritic appearance cf rocks, Lane, 23. Practical working of the quantitative classification, Mathews, 4. Preliminary report on recent eruption of Soufrifere in St. Vincent, and of a visit to Mont Pelee, in Martinique, Anderson and Flett, 1. Preparing sections of rocks, Mackenzie, 1 . Principles controlling deposition of ores, Van Hise, 8. Problems in geology of ore deposits, Vogt, 1. Quantitative chemico - mineralogical classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks, Cross and others, 1. Quantitative classification of igneous rocks, Cross and others, 2. Bull. 301—06-47 Petrology—Continued. General —Continued. Quantitative classification of igneous rocks, Merrill (G. P.), 9. Quantitative classification of rocks, Mathews, 3. Quantitative distribution of rock mag mas, Washington, 8. Ramosite not a mineral, Luquer, 3. Recent progress in petrology, Ran- some, 4. Re-formed copper ores, Goodwin, 1. Regeneration of clastic feldspar, Win¬ chell (N. H.), 15. Rock name anorthosyte, Kolderup, 4. Role of igneous rocks in formation of veins, Kemp, 9. Significance of occurrence of minute quantities of metalliferous minerals in rocks, Keyes, 34. Sixth annual report of the Mining Bureau, McCaskey, 2. Size of grain in igneous rocks in rela¬ tion to distance from cooling wall, Queneau, 2. Spheroidal granite, Kemp, 21. Systematic petrography, Cross, 3. Treatise on metamorphism, Van Hise, 12 . Variations of texture in Tertiary igne¬ ous rocks of the Great Basin, Spurr, 2 . Volcanic dust and sand from St. Vin¬ cent, Diller and Steiger, 1. Rocks described. Actinolite, Julien, 7. Actinolite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Actinolite-schist, Palache, 2. Adamellite, Ransome, 6, 13. iEgirine-syenite, Osann, 1. Akerile, Sears, 1. Alaskite, Spurr, 2. Alkalisyenite, Wright (F. E.), 3. AlkalLsyenite-porphyry, Palache, 3. Alnoyte, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Alnoyte porphyry, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Amphibole-peridotite, Pratt and Lewis, 1 . Amphibole schist, Julien, 7. Amphibolite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Amphibolite, Graton, 1. Amphibolite, Marsters, 2, 3. Amphibolite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Amphibolite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Analcite, Emerson (B. K.>, 9. Analcite, Pirsson, 4. Analcite-basalt, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Analcite-basalt, Pirsson, 4. Analcite-leucite-basalt, Pirsson, 4. Analcite-tinguaite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Anaesine rock, Kolderup, 4. Andesite, Burrell, 1. Andesite, Calkins, 1. Andesite, Cross and Howe, 1. Andesite, Diller, 7. Andesite, Diller and Patton, 1. Andesite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. 738 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Petrology —Continued. Rock s described —Continued. Andesite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Andesite, Gregory (H. E.), 1. Andesite, Guild, 1. Andesite, Hogarty, 1. Andesite, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Andesite, Lawson and Palache, 1. Andesite, Lindgren, 4, 28. Andesite, Scott (O. N.), 1. Andesite, Smith (D. T.), 2. Andesite, Smith (G. O.), 3. Andesite, Spurr, 29. Andesite, Weed, 5. Andesite-granophyre, Fairbanks, 7. Andesitic tuff, Calkins, 1. Andote, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Anorthite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Anorthosite, Cushing, 5, 10. Anorthosite, Ogilvie, 6. Anorthosite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Anorthosite gabbro, Cushing, 2. Anorthosyte, Kolderup, 4. Apachite, Osann, 1. Apatite, Osann, 2. Aplite, Arnold and Strong, 1. Aplite, Barrell, 1. Aplite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Aplite, Reid (J. A.), 1. Aplite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Aplite, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Aplite, Watson (T. L.), 5. Aplite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Aplite-granite, Weed, 5. Arkite (leucite-porphyry), Washington, 1 . Arkose, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Arkose, Van Hise, 12. Ash, volcanic, Bergeat, 2, 3. Ash, volcanic, Brauns, 1, 2. Ash, volcanic, Schmidt, 1. Ash, volcanic, Schottler, 1. Augite-andesite, Cushing, 1. Augite-andesite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Augite-andesite, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Augite-andesite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Augite-camptonite, Shimer, 1. Augite-camptonyte, Barber, 1. Augite-diorite-porphyrite, Palache, 3. Augite-latite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Augite - monzonite - porphyry, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Augite-orthophyr, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Augite-porphyrite, Campbell (C. M.), 1. Augite-porphyrite, Emerson (B. K.), 0. Augite-syenite, Cross and Spencer, 1. Augite-syenite, Barrell, 1. Augite-syenite, Coleman, 8, 13. Augite-syenite, Kemp, 11. Augite-syenite, Cushing, 2. Augite-syenite, Parks, 1. Augite-teschenite, Fairbanks, 7. Basalt, Belowsky, 1. Basalt, Diller, 4, 11. Basalt, Diller and Patton, 1. Basalt, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Basalt, Fairbanks, 7. Petrology— Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Basalt, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Basalt, Guild, 1. Basalt, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Basalt, Lawson and Palache, 1. Basalt, Lindgren, 4, 21, 28 Basalt, Ordonez, 14. Basalt, Phalen, 1. Basalt, Ransome, 6, 13. Basalt, Smith (D. T.), 1. Basalt, Smith (G. O.), 3. Basalt, Smith and Calkins, 1. Basalt, Spurr, 29. Biotite, Julien, 7. Biotite-aegerine-ijolite, Barlow, 4. Biotite-diorite, Osmont, 1. Biotite gneiss, Belowsky, 1. Biotite-granite, Daly, 7. Biotite-granite, Ransome, 13. Biotite-granite, Spurr, 2. Biotite-granite (quartz monzonite), Bascom, 1. Biotite-granite-gneiss, Arnold and Strong, 1. Biotite mica schist, Parks, 1. Biotite-muscovite-granite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Biotite schist, Warren, 2. Biotite tinguaite, Sears, 1. Biotite-rhyolite, Spurr, 2 Borolanose, Pirsson, 4. Bostonite, Barrell, 1. Bostonite, Osann, 1. Bostonite, Pirsson, 4. Bostonite, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Breccia, Barlow, 6. Breccia, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Breccia, Smith (W. S. T.), 5, 6. Bytownite rock, Kolderup, 4. Calcarenite, Gx*ahau, 10. Calcilutite, Grabau, 10. Calcirudite, Grabau, 10. Calcite-prehnite cement rock, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Camptonite, Daly, 7. Camptonite, Dresser, 2, 9. Camptonite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Camptonite, Kemp, 32. Camptonite, Ogilvie, 2. Camptonyte, Barber, 1. Cancrinite-syenite, Barlow, 4. Celestite-bearing rocks, Kraus, 5. Chert, Leith, 4. Chert, Wright (F. E.), 6. Chlorite schist, Parks, 1. Chloritite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Coke, natural, Ochsenius, 1. Conglomerate, Wright (F. E.), 6. Covite (shonkinite), Washington, 1. Dacite, Diller and Tatton, 1. Dacite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Dacite, Lindgren, 4. Dacite, Ransome, 6, 13. Dacite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Dacite, Spurr, 3, 29. Dacite-granophyre, Fairbanks, 7. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 739 Petrology —Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Dacite-porphyry, Diller, 11. Diabase, Bascom, 1, 3. Diabase, Belowsky, 1. Diabase, Cross and Howe, 1. Diabase, Daly, 7. Diabase, Dresser, 4. Diabase, Emerson (B. K.), 6, 8, 9. Diabase, Fairbanks, 7. Diabase, Finlay (G. I.), 4. Diabase, Haehl and Arnold, 1. Diabase, Lane, 22. Diabase, Leonard, 1. Diabase, Lindgren, 1, 29. Diabase, Parks, 1. Diabase, Ransome, 6, 13. Diabase, Smith and Calkins, 1. Diabase, Warren, 2. Diabase, Wilson (A. W. G.), 1. Diabase, Wright (F. E.), 6. Diabase aphanyte, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Diabase-porphyrite, Palache, 3. Diabase porphyry, Arnold and Strong, 1 . Dike rock, Smyth (C. H.), 2. Diopside, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Diorite, Barrell, 1. Diorite, Cross and Spencer, 1. Diorite, Daly, 7. Diorite, Dartcn and Keith, 1. Diorite, Finlay (G. I.), 4, 8. Diorite, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Diorite, Kay, 1. Diorite, Leonard, 1. Diorite, Lindgren, 4. Diorite, Parks, 1. Diorite, Phalen, 1. Diorite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Diorite, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Diorite, Spurr, 29. Diorite, Warren, 2. Diorite, Weed, 5. Diorite, Weidman, 5. Diorite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Diorite-aplite, Palache, 3. Diorite-gneiss, Darton and Keith, 1. Diorite-gneiss, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Diorite-porphyrite, Palache, 3. Diorite-porphyry, Barrell, 1. Diorite-porphyry, Barber, 1. Diorite-porphyry, Cross and Spencer, 1 Diorite-porphyry, Kemp, 32. Diorite-porphyry, Lindgren, 29. Diorite-porphyry, Palache, 2. Diorite-porphyry, Ransome, 6, 13. Diorite-porphyry, Smith and Calkins, 1. Diorite-porphyry, Weed, 5. Diorite schist, Julien, 7. Diorite schist, Parks, 1. Dioryte, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Dolerite, Kay, 1. Dolomite, Belowsky, 1. Dolomite, Hoffmann, 6. Dolomite, Knight (N.), 5, 6. Dolomite, Newland, 1. Dolomite, Van Ilise, 12. Patrology—Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Dolomite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Dolomitic marble, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Dunite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Eclogites, Holway, 1. Elseolithsyenite, Osann, 1. Enstatite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Ens^atite-gabbro, Osann, 2. Enstatite-peridotite, Spurr, 3. Enstatolite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Epidosite, Phalen, 2. Epidote-quartz-schist, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Essexite, Adanjs (F. D.), 7. Essexite, Daly, 7. Essexite, Dresser, 5, 9. Essexite, Sears, 1. Felsite, Hoffmann, 6. Felsite, Wilson (A. W. G.), 1. Felsite (rhyolite), Wright (F. E.), 6. Fergusite, Pirsson, 4. Fergusose, Pirsson, 4. Foyaite, Washington, 1. Gabbro, Bascom, 1, 3. Gabbro, Coleman, 13. Gabbro, Cushing, 10. Gabbro, Diller, 11. Gabbro, Lawson (A. C.), 11. Gabbro, Lindgren, 4. Gabbro, Ogilvie, 6. Gabbro, Osann, 2. Gabbro, Parks, 1. Gabbro, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Gabbro, Smith and Calkins, 1. Gabbro, Todd (J. E.), 7. Gabbro, Weed, 5. Gabbro, Wright (F. E.), 6. Gabbro, orbicular, Kessler and Hamil¬ ton, 1. Gabbro-diorite, Dresser, 4. Gabbro-diorite, Leonard, 1. Gabbro-diorite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Gabbro-diorite, Watson (T. L.), 15. Gabbro-porphyry, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Glauconite, Leith, 4. Glauconite, Prather, 3. Glaucophane - quartz - schist, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Glaucophane schist, Thelen, 1. Glaucophane schist, Nutter and Barber, 1 . Gneiss, Barlow, 6. Gneiss, Bascom, 3. Gneiss, Belowsky, 1. Gneiss, Daly, 7. Gneiss, Gordon, 1. Gneiss, Graton, 1. Gneiss, Lindgren, 21. Gneiss, Ogilvie, 6. Gneiss, Ordonez, 14. Gneiss, Phalen, 1. Gneiss, Van Ilise, 12. Gneiss, Watson (T. L.), 8. Graniphyro-liparose-alaskose, Iddings, 3. Granite, Bascom, 3. 740 INDEX TO NOETH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Petrology —Continued. Rocks described — Continued. Granite, Belowsky, 1. Granite, Cross and Howe, 1. Granite, Barlow, 6. Granite, Brock, 3. Granite, Cushing, 10. Granite, Daly, 11. Granite, Darton and Keith, 1. Granite, Fairbanks, 7. Granite, Finlay (G. I.), 1. Granite, Graton, 1 Granite, Hawes, 2. Granite, Henry, 1. Granite, Jaggar and Palache, 1 Granite, Kemp, 21. Granite, Lindgren, 4, 21. Granite, Ogilvie, 6. Granite, Ordonez, 14. Granite, Parks, 1. Granite, Peck, 1. Granite, Perry, 1. Granite, Phalen, 1. Granite, Ransome, 11, 13, 14. Granite, Sears, 1. Granite, Smith (W. S. T.), 5, 6. Granite, Villarello, 7. Granite, Warren, 1. Granite, Watson (T. L.), 1, 3, 4, 8, 16. Granite, Weidman, 5. Granite, Williams (I. A.), 2. Granite, Wilson (A. W. G.), 1. Granite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Granite-gneiss, Bascom, 1. Granite-gneiss, Darton and Keith, 1. Granite-porphyry, Calkins, 1. Granite-porphyry, Ransome, 6, 11, 14. Granite-porphyry, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Granite-porphyry, Spurr, 2. Granitite, Clark and Steiger, 1. Granitite, Ransome, 6, 13. Grano-borolanose, Pirsson, 4. Granodiorite, Arnold and Strong, 1. Granodiorite, Brock, 3. Granodiorite, Calkins, 1. Granodiorite, Lindgren, 4. Granodiorite, Ransome, 6. Granodiorite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Granophyre, Sears, 1. Granophyre, Smith and Calkins, 1. Grano-pulaskose, Pirsson, 4. Grano-shoshonose, Pirsson, 4. Granulite, Belowsky, 1. Greenalite rock, Leith, 4. Greenstone, Barlow, 6. Greenstone, Howe, 3. Greenstone, Silver, 1. Grossularite, Daly, 7. Harzburgite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Heronite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Hessose, Dresser, 11. Highwoodose, Pirsson, 4. Holyokeite, Emerson (B. K.), 3. Hornblende, Gordon (C.*H.), 4. Hornblende, Phalen, 1. Hornblende-andesite, Calkins, 1. Petrology —Continued. Rocks described — Continued. Hornblende andesite, Johnson (D. W. 1. 6 . Hornblende-andesite, Spurr, 2. Hornblende-augite andesite, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Hornbiende-augite trachy-andesite, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Hornblende-biotite-granite (quartz mon- zonite), Bascom, 1. Hornblende-biotite-quartz-diorite, Spurr, 2 . Hornblende-dacite, Palache, 3. Hornblende-diorite, Sears, 1. Hornblende-diorite-gneiss, Arnold and Strong, 1. Hornblende-diorite, Barber, 1. Hornblende-epidote-gneiss, Sears, 1. Hornblende-gneiss, Bascom, 3. Hornblende-gneiss, Belowsky, 1. Hornblende-gneiss, Emerson (B. K.), 8, Hornblende-gneiss, Hobbs, 5. Hornblende-granite, Sears, 1. Hornblende-hypersthene-andesite, Cal¬ kins, 1. Hornblende-porphyry, Smith and Cal¬ kins, 1. Hornblende-pyroxene-andesite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Hornblende rock, Warren, 1. Hornblende schist, Arnold and Strong, 1 . Hornblende schist, Julien, 7. Hornblende-syenite, Le Roy, 1. Hornblende schist, Thelen, 1. Hornblende-syenite, Le Roy, 1. Hornblendite, Arnold and Strong, 1. Hornblendite, Spurr, 2. Hornfels, Daly, 7. Hornstone, Barrell, 1. Huronite, Wright (A. A.), 2. Hydromagnesite, Newland, 1. Hypersthene-akerite, Phalen. 2. Hypersthene-basalt, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Hypersthene-biotite-gabbro, Osann, 2. Hypersthene-dacite, Diller and Patton, 1 . Hypersthene-gabbro, Bascom, 1 flypersthene-gabbro, Leonard, 1. Hypersthenite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Ijolite, Barlow, 4. Ijolite, Washington, 1. Jacupirangite, Washington, 1. Jaspilite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Jaspilite, Van Hise, 12. Keratophyre, Sears, 1. Kersantyte, Barber, 1. Labradorite porphyrite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Labradorite rock, Kolderup, 4. Latite, Cross and Howe, 1. Latite, Palache, 3. Latite, Pirsson, 4. Laurdalose, Dresser, 11. Leopardite, Watson (T. L.), 14. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 741 Petrology —Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Leucite-tinguaite, Wolff, 1. Leucitite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Lignite, Hoffmann, 6. Limburgite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Limburgite, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Limburgite, Stevens (E. A.), 1, 2. Limestone, Hobbs, 5, 6. Limestone, Sears, 1. Limestone, Van Hise, 12. Limestone, Wright (F. E.), 6. Limonite, Newland, 1. Liparite, Osann, 1. Liparite perlite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Madupite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Magnesite, Newland, 1. Magnetite schist, Wright (F. E.), 6. Malacolite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Marble, Barrell, 1. Marble, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Marble, Van Hise, 12. Melaphyre, Burr, 1. Metadiabase, Cross and Howe, 1. Metadiabase, Ransome, 13. Metagabbro, Bascom, 1, 3. Metagabbro, Howe, 3. Metagabbro, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Metarhyolite, Bascom, 1. Mica, Osann, 2. Mica-andesite, Blake (J. C.), 1. Mica-andesite, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Mica-diorite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Mica-gneiss, Bascom* 1, 3. Mica-peridotite, Ulrich, 8. Mica-schist, Bascom, 3. Mica-schist, Ogilvie, 6. Mica-schist, Thelen, 1. Microdiorite, Barrell, 1. Micropegmatite, Arnold and Strong, 1. Minette, Barber, 1. Minette, Pirsson, 1. Missourite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Missourite, Pirsson, 4. Missourote, Pirsson, 4. Monchiquite, Pirsson, 4. Monchiquite, Shimer, 1. Monchiquose, Pirsson, 4. Monmouthite, Adams (F. D.), 8. Montanose, Pirsson, 4. Monzonite, Campbell (C. M.), 1. Monzonite, Cross and Spencer, 1. Monzonite, Pirsson, 1, 4. Monzonite, Ransome, 6. Monzonite-porphyry, Jaggar and Pala- che, 1. Monzonite-porphyry, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Monzonyfe, Barber, 1. Monzonyte, Merrill (G. P.), 9. Muscovite-granite, Ransome, 13. Nepheline-basalt, Stevens (E. A.), 2. Nepheline-syenite, Adams (F. D.), 8. Nepheline-syenite, Barlow, 4. Nepheline-syenite, Coleman, 8. Nepheline-syenite, Miller (W. G.), 1, 7. Nepheline-syenite, Sears, 1. Petrology —Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Nepheline-syenite, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Nepheline-syenite-porphyry, Smith (W. S. T.), 6. Nephelite syenite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Nephelite syenite, Kemp, 32. Nordmarkite, Daly, 7. Nordmarlcite, Dresser, 5, 9. Nordmarkite, Sears, 1. Nordmarkite-porphyry, Daly, 7. Nordmarkose, Dresser, 11. Norite, Bascom, 1. Norite, Leonard, 1. Norite, Spencer (A. C.), 10. . Nosean-syenite, Pirsson, 4. Oligoclase-gabbro, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Oligoclase rock, Kolderup, 4. Olivine basalt, Calkins, 1. Olivine-basalt, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Olivine basalt, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Olivine-basalt, Phalen, 2. Olivine-diabase, Barlow, 6. Olivine-diabase, Fairbanks, 7. Olivine-diabase, Palache, 3. Olivine-diabase, Parks, 1. Olivine-diabase-porphyrite, Palache, 3. Olivine-gabbro, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Olivine-hornblende-gabbro, Smith and Calkins, 1. Olivinite, Whitaker, 1. Ophicalcite, Dresser, 4. Ophite, Lane, 22. Orendite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Paisanite, Osann, 1. Palagonite, Emerson (B. K.), 9. Pegmatite, Ogilvie, 6. Pegmatite, Reid (J. A.), 1. Pegmatite, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Pegmatite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Pegmatite, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Pelites, Van Hise, 12. Peridosteatite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Peridotite, Bascom, 1. Peridotite, Fairbanks, 7. Peridotite, Kemp, 11. Peridotite, Leonard, 1. Peridotite, Matson, 2. Peridotite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Peridotite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Peridotite, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Peridotite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Peridotite var. picrite, Phalen, 1. Peridotite-amphibolite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Perknite, Turner, 2. Persalane, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Phonolite, Clarke and Steiger, 1. Phonolite, Smith (W. S. T.), 5, 6. Phonolith, Osann, 1. Phyllite, Belowsky, 1. Phyllite, Daly, 7. Phyro-biotite-cascadose, Pirsson, 4. Phyro-shonkinose, Pirsson, 4. Pickryte, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Picrotitanite, Whitaker, 1. Pillow-lava, Daly, 9. 742 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Petrology —Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Plumasite, Lawson (A. C.), 8. Porphyrite Tuff, Bailey (L. W.), 10. Porphyry, Bailey (L. W.), 10. Porphyry, Kay, 1. Porphyry, Lindgren, 29. Porphyry, Tassin, 1. Psammites, Van Ilise, 12. Psephites, Van Hise, 12. Pseudoleucite, Smith (W. S. T.), 6. Pseudoleucite-basalt, Pirsson, 4. Pseudoleucite-porphyry, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Pulaskite, Adams (F. D.), 7. Pulaskite, Brock, 3. Pulaskite, Dresser, 5, 9. Pulaskite, Sears, 1. Pulaskite, Washington, 1. Pumice, Diller, 7. Pumice, Diller and Patton, 1. Pyroclastic schist, Parks, 1. Pyroxene, Gordon (C. H.), 4. Pyroxene-andesite, Calkins, 1. Pyroxene-andesite, Cross and Ilowe, 1 Pyroxene-andesite, Fairbanks, 7. Pyroxene-andesite, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Fyroxene-tonalite, Emerson (B. K.), 0. Pyroxenite, Calkins, 1. Pyroxenite, Fairbanks, 7. Pyroxenite, Gordon (C. H.), 5. Pyroxenite, Graton, 1. Pyroxenite, Kemp, 11. Pyroxenite, Leonard, 1. Pyroxenite, Osann, 2. Pyroxenite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Pyroxenite, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Pyroxenite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Pyroxenite (websterite), Bascom, 1. Pyroxenite-amphibolite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Quartz, basalt, Calkins, 1. Quartz-augite diorite, Sears, 1. Quartz-augite-mica-diorite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Quartz-biotite-diorite, Osmont, 1. Quartz diabase, Emerson (B. K.), 8. Quartz-diorite, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Quartz-diorite, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Quartz-diorite-porphyry, Barrell, 1. Quartz-diorite-porphyry, Weed, 5. Quartz-feldspar-porphyry, Iddings, 3. Quartz-hornblende-porphyrite, Arnold and Strong, 1. Quartz-latite, Cross and Howe, 1. Quartz-mica-diorite, Barrell, 1. Quartz-mica-diorite, Ransome, 6, 13. Quartz-mica-diorite, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Quartz-monzonite, Arnold and Strong, 1 . Quartz-monzonite, Barrell, 1. Quartz-monzonite, Cross and Howe, 1. Quartz-monzonite, Ransome, 6, 13. Quartz-monzonite, Weed, 5. Petrology—Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Quartz-monzonite-porphyry, Cross and Howe, 1. Quartz-porphyry, Le Roy, 1. Quartz-porphyry, Parks, 1. Quartz-porphyry, Perry, 1. Quartz-porphyry, Watson (T. L.), 14. Quartz-pyroxene-mica-diorite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Quartz-sericite-schist, Daly, 7. Quartz-syenite-porphyry, Cross and Howe, 1. Quartz-zoisite schist, Emerson (B. K.)_, 6 . Quartzite, Barlow, G. Quartzite, Barrell, 1. Quartzite, Belowsky, 1. Quartzite, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Quartzite, Russell, 5. Quartzite, Van Hise, 12. Quartzite, Wright (F. E.), 6. Quartzose schist, Parks, 1. Quartzose schist, Thelen, 1. Ramosite, Luquer, 3. Rhyolite, Calkins, 1. Rhyolite, Cross and Howe, 1. Rhyolite, Fairbanks, 7. Rhyolite, Farrington, 13. Rhyolite, Guild, 1. Rhyolite, Lindgren, 4, 28. Rhyolite, Ordonez, 1. Rhyolite, Reid (J. A.), 1. Rhyolite, Russell, 5. Rhyolite, Smith (D. T.), 2. Rhyolite, Spurr, 2, 3, 29. Rhyolite, Weidman, 5. Rhyolite-porphyry, Jaggar and Palache, 1 . Riebeckite, Murgoci, 1. Salemite, Sears, 1. Salemose, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Salemose-limburgose, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Sandstone, Sears, 1. Sandstone, Van Hise, 12. Sandstone, Wright (F. E.), 6. Saxonite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Scapolite amphibolite, Graton, 1. Schist, Marsters, 2, 3. Schist, Parks, 1. Schist, Thelen, 1. Schist, Van Hise, 12. Sericite, Parks, 1. Sericite, Spurr, 29. Serpentine, Bascom. 1, 3. Serpentine, Clarke (F. W.), 5. Serpentine. Dresser, 4, 1G. Serpentine, Calkins. 1. Serpentine, Clarke (F. W.), 2. Serpentine, Diller, 11. Serpentine, Jonas, 1. Serpentine, Julien, 7. Serpentine, Kraus, 1. Serpentine, Leonard, 1. Serpentine, Lindgren. 4. Serpentine. Marsters, 2, 3. Serpentine, Merrill (G. P.), 14. FOE THE YEAES 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 743 Petrology —Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Serpentine, Newland, 1. Serpentine, Peck, 1. Serpentine, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Serpentine, Smith and Calkins, 1. Serpentine, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Shale, Wright (F. E.), 6. Shale, Van Hise, 12. Shonkinite, Barrell, 1. Shonkinite, Osann, 2. Shonkinite, Pirsson, 1, 3, 4. Shonkinite, Weed and Pirsson, 1. Shonkinose, Pirsson, 4. Shoshonose, Pirsson, 4. Slate, Eckel, 27. Slate, Sears, 1. Slate, Van Hise, 12. Slate, Weidman, 5. Soda-granite-porphyry, Clarke and Stei¬ ger, 1. Soda-rhyolite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Soda-syenite, Smith and Calkins, 1. Sodalite-syenite, Pirsson, 4. Solvsbergite, Sears, 1. Spherulite, Parkinson, 1. Steatite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Syenite, Barlow, 4. Syenite,' Barrell, 1. Syenite, Coleman, 13. Syenite, Cushing, 10. Syenite, Daly, 7. Syenite, Kay, 1. Syenite, Ogilvie, 6. Syenite, Osann, 1. Syenite, Parks, 1. Syenite, Peck, 1. Sy«nite, Phalen, 1. Syenite, Pirsson, 1, 4. Syenite, Sears, 1. Syenite, Weed and Pirsson, 1. Syenite, Wright (F. E.), 3, 6. Syenite-porphyry, Cross and Spencer, 1. Syenite-porphyry, Pirsson, 4. Syenite-porphyry, Smith (W. S. T.), 5, 6 . Syenite-porphyry, Wright (F. E.), 6. Syenite var. pulaskite, Pirsson, 4. Syenyte dike, Barber, 1. Syenyte-monzonyte, Barber, 1. Syenyte porphyry, Barber, 1. Tephrite, Stevens (E. A.), 2. Thaumasite, Penfield and Pratt, 1. Theralite, Dresser, 9. Tinguaite, Finlay (G. I.), 4, 8. Tinguaite, Kemp, 32. Tinguaite, Osann, 1. Trachiphyro-monzonose, Pirsson, 4. ‘ Tonalite, Spurr, 3. Tonalite-porphyry, Spurr, 3. Trachiphyro-highwoodoSe, Pirsson, 4. Trachiphyro - hornblende - adamellose, rirsson, 4. Trachiphyro-monzonose, Pirsson, 4. Tracho-highwoodose, Pirsson, 4. Trachyandesite, rirsson, 4. Trachydolerite, Jaggar and Palache, 1. Petrology— Continued. Rocks described —Continued. Trachyte, Breed, 1. Trachyte, Cross (W.), 0. Trachyte, Dresser, 9. Trachyte, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Trachyte-porphyry, Pirsson, 4. Trap, Lane, 22. Tremolite, Peck, 1. Troctolite, Pratt and Lewis 1. Tuff, Barlow, 6. Turquoise, Johnson (D. W.), 6. Umptekite gabbro, Sears, 1. Unakite, Phalen, 2. Uralite-diabase, Palache, 3. Uralite-porphyry, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Variolite, Daly, 9. Yogesite, Finlay (G. I.), 8. Vogesyte, Barber, 1. Volcanic ash, Klein, 1. Volcanic dust, Bonney, 5. Volcanic dust, Porter (F. B.), 1. Websterite, Pratt and Lewis, 1. Windsorite, Daly, 7. Wyomingite, Clark and Steiger, 1. Philippine Islands. Coal deposits of Batan Island, Smith (W. D.), 1. Coal deposits of Polillo Island, Wig- more, 1. "’oal deposits on the Batan military reservation, Wigmore, 2. Coal Measures of the Philippine Is¬ lands, Burritt, 1. Crystallization of luzonite, Moses, 5. Geological reconnaissance of Bulacan, McCaskey, 1. Geology of the Philippine Islands, Becker, 1. Pigholugan and Pigtao gold regions, Island of Mindanao, Nichols (J. C.), 1 . Sixth annual report of the Mining Bureau, McCaskey, 2. Volcanoes and seismic centers of the Philippine Archipelago, Maso, 1. Physiographic geology. Alaska. Alaska glacers and glaciation, Gilbert, 13. Geography of Alaska, Brooks, 10. Geography of Alaska, Gannett, 2. Geological section of Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska, Schrader, 1. Geology and mineral resources of Cop¬ per River district, Schrader and Spencer, 1. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Physiography of the Copper River basin, Spencer (A. C.), 2. Reconnaissance in Norton Bay region, Mendenhall, 1. Reconnaissance of the Cape Nome and adjacent gold fields of Seward Pen¬ insula, Brooks and others, 1. Wrangell Mountains, Mendenhall, 5. 744 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Physiographic geology —Continued. Appalachian region. Anticlinal folds near Meadville, Pa., Smallwood and Hopkins, 1. Appalachian River in eastern Tennes¬ see, White (C. H.), 1. Asheville folio, Keith, 9. Base leveling and its faunal signifi¬ cance, Adams (C. C.), 1. Beaver folio, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Brownsville-Connellsville folio, Camp- hell (M. R.), 8, Charleston folio, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 7, 10, 13, 41, 43. Deposits of copper ores at Ducktown, Tenn., Kemp, 10. Drainage modifications in Ohio, West Virginia, and Kentucky, Tight, 4. Elkland-Tioga folio, Fuller and Alden, 2 . Gaines folio, Fuller and Alden, 1. Geographic development of northern Pennsylvania and southern New York, Campbell (M. R.), 9. Geological excursion in Pittsburg re¬ gion, Grant (U. S.), 4. Geology of Garrett County, Martin (G. C.), 2. Geology of the Tallulah gorge, Jones (S. P.), 1. Granites and gneisses of Georgia, Wat¬ son (T. L.), 8. Hydrography of southern Appalachian region, Pressey, 1, 2. Hydrography of the southern Appala¬ chians, Pressey and Myers, 1. Indiana folio, Richardson (G. B.), 3. Kansas glaciation and its effects on the river system of northern Pennsyl¬ vania, Williams (E. H.), 2. Kittanning folio, Butts, 4. Latrobe folio, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Lineaments of the Atlantic border re¬ gion, Hobbs, 22. Masontown-Uniontown folio, Camp¬ bell (M. R.), 6. Maynardville folio, Keith, 1. Northward flow of ancient Beaver River, Hice, 1. Original southern limit of anthracite beds, Lyman, 3. Paleozoic Appalachia, Willis, 1. Physiographic features of Maryland, Abbe, 1. Physiographic features of the Susque¬ hanna basin, Hollister, 1. Physiographic studies in southern Pennsylvania, Stose, 3. Physiography of Garrett County, Abbe, 2 . Raleigh folio, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Stream contest along the Blue Ridge, Davis (W. M.), 48. Tertiary history of the Tennessee River, Johnson (D. W.), 9. Physiographic geology— Continued. Appalachian region — Continued. Topography and travel in Pennsyl¬ vania, Tower, 2. Underground waters of New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Atlantic coast region. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 16, 30. Fall-linie der siidostlichen Vereinigten Staaten, Abbe, 3. Forms of sand-dunes, Cobb, 4. Geology of Coastal Plain formations, Shattuck, 5. Glacial conditions on Long Island. Buffet, 1. Lineaments of the Atlantic border re¬ gion, Hobbs, 22. New York City folio, Merrill and others, 1. Norfolk folio, Darton, 7. Origin of sandhill topography of the Carolinas, Cobb, 1. Physical features of Cecil County. Md., Shattuck, 3. Physiographic features of Maryland, Abbe, 1. Physiography of Cecil County, Md., Shattuck, 4. Recent changes in North Carolina coast, Cobh, 2. Submarine canyon of Hudson River, Spencer (J. W.), 12. Submarine valleys off the American coast, Spencer (J. W.), 10. Underground waters of New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Washington folio, Darton and Keith, 1. Canada. Ancient channels of Ottawa River, Ells (R. W.), 5. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 8, 20, 21, 38. Cuspate forelands, Wilson (A. W. G.), 8 . Economic resources of Moose River basin, Bell (J. M.), 2. Exploration in Canadian Rockies, Wil¬ cox, 1. . Exploration of northern side of Hudson Strait, Bell (Robert), 1. Exploration of south shore of Hudson Strait, Low, 1. Geological explorations in Athabaska, Dowling, 6. Geological notes on the vicinity of Banff, Ogilvie, 3. Geology of Brome Mountain, Dresser, 11 . Geology of Nastapoka Islands, Low, 3. Geology of northeast coast of Labra¬ dor, Daly, 3. Geography of Red River Valley, Dowl¬ ing, 2. Geology of region adjoining western part of international boundary, Daly, 4. FOE THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 745 Physiographic geology —Continued. Canada —Continued. Geology of the Three Rivers map sheet, Ells (It. W.), 2. Geology of west shore of Lake Winni¬ peg, Dowling, 1. Geology of Yellow Head Pass route, McEvoy, 1. Iron ores of Nipissing district, Miller (W. G.), 2. Iron ranges of Michipicoten west, Bell (J. M.), 3. Iroquois beach in Ontario, Coleman, 16, 17. Lake basins in Alberta and British Columbia, Parkinson, 2. Laurentian peneplain, Wilson (A. W. G.), 6. Lineaments of the Atlantic border re¬ gion, Hobbs, 22. Natural history and physiography of New Brunswick, Ganong, 3. Physical geography of northern Appa¬ lachian system, Dresser, 1. Physical geology of central Ontario, Wilson (A. W. G.), 2. Physiography of Acadia, Daly, 1. Physiography of New Brunswick, Ga¬ nong, 1-3. Physiography of the Archean areas of Canada, Wilson (A. W. G.), 10. Pleistocene of Montreal and Ottawa Valley, Buchan, 3. Raised shore lines along Blue Moun¬ tain escarpment, Hunter, 2. Raised shore lines of St. Lawrence Valley and Great Lakes, Chalmers, 6. Report on parts of Manitoba and Kee- watin, Tyrrell, 1. Report on surface geology shown on Frederickton and Andover quarter- sheet maps, Chalmers, 3. Shore features of Lake Huron, Jeffer¬ son, 3. Surface geology of eastern Quebec, Chalmers, 10. Surface geology of southern part of Quebec, Chalmers, 8. Trent River system, Wilson (A. W. G.), 9. Up and down the Mississaga, Graton, 2. Central America. Gebirgbaus von Mittelamerika, Sapper, 22 . Great Basin region. Arid district between Rio Grande and Pacific, Carter (O. S. C.), 5. Basin-range structure in the Death Valley region, Campbell (M. R.), 13. Basin-range structure of the Humboldt region, Louderback, 4. Bisbee folio, Ransome, 14. Block mountains of Basin Range prov¬ ince, Davis (W. M.), 52. Clifton folio, Lindgren, 28. Colorado Canyon, Davis (W. M.), 61. Physiographic geology— Continued. Great Basin region —Continued. Desert dry lakes of California, Bailey (G. E.), 1. Enseignements du Grand Canyon du Colorado, Davis (W. M.), 25. Geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Ransome, 11. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6, Geology of region of Walker River, Smith (D. T.), 2. Geology of the Tonopah mining district, Spurr, 29. Globe folio, Ransome, 13. Grand Canyon of the Colorado, Davis (W. M.), 1. Hurricane fault in southwestern Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 1, 2. Mountain ranges of Great Basin, Davis (W. M.), 46. Origin of Basin ranges, Gilbert, 11. Petrified forests and Painted Desert of Arizona, Carter (O. S. C.), 6. Physiography of southern Arizona and New Mexico, Fairbanks, 5. Plateau province of Utah and Arizona, Davis (W. M.), 45. Structural section of a Basin range, Louderback, 3. Structures of Basin ranges, Keyes, -45. Underground waters of Salt River Val¬ ley, Lee (W. T.), 9. Walls of Colorado Canyon, Davis (W. M.), 31. Wasatch, Canyon, and House ranges, Davis (W. M.), 59. Zuni salt lake, Darton, 19. Great Lakes region. Ancient drainage at Niagara Falls, Cur¬ rie, 1. Chicago folio, Alden, 1. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 10, 34. Eskers and esker lakes of northeastern Indiana, Dryer, 1. Formation of Sandusky Bay, Mosely, 2. Geological history of the Great Lakes, Upham, 33. Geological reconnaissance along north shore, Russell, 23. Geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls, Grabau, 1. Glacial formations and drainage fea¬ tures of Erie and Ohio basins, Lev- erett, 4. Lakes of southeastern Wisconsin, Fen- neman, 1. Ontario coast, Martin (J. O.), 1. Physical history of Niagara River, Gil¬ bert, 1. Physiography of Wisconsin, Collie, 2. Stream capture in Michigan, Bowman (I.), I- Submerged valleys in Sandusky Bay, Mosely, 1. Surface geology of Alcona County, Michigan, Leverett, 3. 746 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Physiographic geology—Continued. Great Lakes region —Continued. Vermilion iron-bearing district of Minnesota, Clements, 3. Wisconsin shore of Lake Superior, Col¬ lie, 1. Great Plains region. Age of the Missouri River, Upham, 26. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Canyons of northeastern New Mexico, Lee (W. T.), 6. Concretions and their geological effects. Todd (J. E.), 6. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 20, 37, 40. Flint hills of Kansas, Mead (J. R.), 1. Geological observations on the Rosebud Indian Reservation, Reagan, 5. High plains and their utilization, John¬ son (W. D.), 1. Hydrographic history of South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 4. Newcastle folio, Darton, 14. Oelrichs folio, Darton, 8. Old Platte channel, Condra, 4. Physiographic divisions of Kansas, Adams (G. I.), 5, 9. Region between the Northern Pacific Railroad and Missouri River, Wood (L. H.), 1. Report of Geological Survey, Babcock, 1 . Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Story of the prairies, Willard, 1. Structure of the Great Plains and the mountains on their western margin, Darton, 27. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Topographic features and geological formations of North Dakota, Leon¬ ard, 4. Hawaiian Islands. Geology of Hawaiian Islands, Branner, 6 . Mexico. Barrancas de Las Minas, Ordonez, 16. Fisiographia, geologia e hidrologia de La Paz, Angermann, 1. Geographic and geologic features of Mexico, Hill (R. T.), 2. Geology of western Mexico, Farrington, 13. Nauhcampatepetl 6 Cofre de Perote, Ordonez, 18. Mississippi Valley region. Age of the Missouri River, Upham, 26. Concrete examples from topography of Howard County, Calvin, 6. Cottonwood Falls folio, Prosser and Beede, 1. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 36. Dalles of the St. Croix, Berkey, 1. Delavan lobe of Wisconsin stage of glaciation, Alden, 3. Physiographic geology—Continued. Mississippi Valley region —Continued. Evolution of lowlands of southeastern Missouri, Marbut, 1. Geography and geology of Minnesota, ‘Hall (C. W.), 6. Geology and physiography of Missouri, Marbut, 4. Geology of Benton County, Savage, 7. Geology of Cherokee and Buena Vista counties, Macbride, 2. Geology of Clay and O'Brien counties, Macbride, 1. Geology of Clinton County, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Geology of Emmet, Palo Alto, and Poca¬ hontas counties, Macbride, 4. Geology of Fayette County, Savage, 8. Geology of Henry County, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 2. Geology of Howard County, Iowa, Cal¬ vin, 10. Geology of Jasper County, Williams (I. A.), 1. Geology of Jefferson County, Udden, 5. Geology of Louisa County, Iowa. Udden, 2. Geology of Marion County, Miller (B. L. ), 1. Geology of Miller County, Ball and Smith, 1. Geology of Moniteau County, Van Horn, 1. Geology of Oktibbeha County, Logan, 2. Geology of Page County, Iowa, Calvin, 1 . Geology of Pottawattamie County, Iowa, Udden, 3. Geology of Wapello County, Iowa, Leonard, 3. Geology of Webster County, Iowa, Wilder, 3. Growth of Mississippi Delta, Upham, 7. Lakes of Indiana and their marl de¬ posits, Blatchley and Ashley, 1. Mississippi River from Cape Girardeau to the head of the passes, Brown (R. M. ), 3. Physiography and geology of Ozark region, Adams (G. I.), 3. Physiography of Iowa, Calvin. 13. Physiography of Wisconsin, Collie, 2. Pre-Glacial drainage in southwestern Ohio, Tight, 3. Pre-Glacial peneplain in the driftless area, Grant (U. S.), 7. Preliminary report upon bluff and Mississippi alluvial lands of Louis¬ iana, Clendenin, 2. Pre-Potsdam peneplain of pre-Cam¬ brian of north-central Wisconsin, Weidman, 1. When was the Mississippi River Valley formed?, Farnsworth, 1. Winoka gravels, Park (E. J.), 1. Zinc and lead deposits of Arkansas, Adams (G. I.), 15. FOE THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 747 Physiographic geology —Continued. New England and New York. American Association for Advancement of science, summer meeting, Hovey, 46. Ancient gorge of Hudson River, Wright (G. F.), 15. Ancient water levels of Champlain and Hudson valleys, Woodworth, 10. Changes of level at Cape Ann, Tarr, 3. Connecticut rivers, Hobbs, 1. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 12, 21. Delta plain at Andover, Mass., Mills (F. S.), 2. Delta plains of Nashua Valley, Crosby, 8 . Drainage features of central New York, Tarr, 11, 14. Elevated beaches of Cape Ann, Wood- worth, 5. Finger lake region of western New York, Dryer, 4. Formation of natural bridges, Cleland, 4. Geological history of Charles River, Clapp, 1. Geology of Adirondack region, Cushing, 10 . Geology of Grand Isle County, Perkins. 11 . Geology of Paradox Lake quadrangle, Ogilvie, 6. Geology of the vicinity of Little Falls, Cushing, 9. Glacial cirques and rock-terraces on Mount Toby, Massachusetts, Emer¬ son (B. K.), 4. Glacial erosion in finger lake region, Campbell (M. R.), 19. Glacial conditions on Long Island, Buffet, 1. Glacial topography in central New Hampshii-e, Emerson (P.), 1. Glacial waters from Oneida to Little Falls, Fairchild, 8. Gorges and waterfalls of central New York, Tarr, 12. Gorges and waterfalls of New York, Reid (H. F.), 15. Gorges and waterfalls of New York. Spencer (J. W.), 17. Gorges and waterfalls of New York, Tarr, 13. Granite area of Barre, Vt., Finlay (G. I-), 3. Hanging valleys in the finger lake re¬ gion of New York, Tarr, 6. Inter-Glacial gorge problem, Matson, 1. Interpretations of physiography of New York State, Brigham, 3. Island tying, Gulliver, 5. Lineaments of the Atlantic border re¬ gion, Hobbs, 22. Lower Silurian system of eastern Mont¬ gomery County, N. Y., Cumings, 6. Minnewaska region, James, 1. Physiographic geology—Continued. New England and New York —Continued. Moraines of Seneca and Cayuga Lake valleys, Tarr, 10. Nantucket shore lines, Gulliver, 3. Newark system of the Pomperaug Val¬ ley, Hobbs, 2. Origin of channels surrounding Man¬ hattan Island, Hobbs, 24. Physical geography and geology of Con¬ necticut, Rice, 1. Physical geography and geology of Springfield, Orr, 1. Physical geography, etc., of Essex County, Mass., Sears, 1. Physical geography of New York State, Tarr, 2. Physiographic belts in western New York, Gilbert, 10. Physiography of Lake George, Kemp, 4, 7, 15. Physiography of the Adirondacks, Kemp, 37. Pleistocene geology of western New York, Fairchild, 2. Pre-Glacial course of middle portion of Genesee River, Whitbeck, 1. Pre-Glacial stream flow in central New York, Carney, 2. Pre-Glacial stream flow in central New York, Fairchild, 5. Fre-Iroquois channels between Syracuse and Rome, Fairchild, 4. Protection of terraces in upper Con¬ necticut River, Hitchcock (C. H.), 5. Reconnaissance of the Elizabeth Is¬ lands, Hollick, 1. River sysem of Connecticut, Hobbs, 3. River terraces and reversed drainage, Mills (F. S.), 1. River terraces in New England, Davis (W. M.), 29. Still rivers of western Connecticut, Hobbs, 6. Sudbury basin shore lines, Gulliver, 6. Syllabus for field and laboratory work in geology, Tarr, 1. Taconic physiography, Dale, 9. Terraces of Westfield River, Massachu¬ setts, Davis (W. M.), 28. Type case in diversion of drainage, Carney, 1. Water supply from delta type of sand plain, Crosby, 13. Ohio Valley region. Changes in drainage near Lancaster, Hyde, 1. Ditney folio, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Drainage of southern Indiana, New¬ som, 1. Drainage modifications in Knox, Lick¬ ing, and Coshocton counties, Clark (W. Blair), 1. Drainage modifications in Ohio, West Virginia, and Kentucky, Tight, 4. Drainage modifications in Washington and adjacent counties, Ohio, Tight, 2. 748 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Physiographic geology —Continued. Ohio Valley region —Continued. Glacial formations and drainage fea¬ tures of Erie and Ohio basins, Lev- erett, 4. Geology of Cincinnati, Nickles, 3. History of Little Miami River, Bow- nocker, 1. Inter-Glacial valley in Illinois, Hub¬ bard (G. D.), 1. Lower Carboniferous area of southern Indiana, Ashley, 2. Physiographic and ecological study of the Lake Eagle region, Mills (W. M.), 1. Pre-Glacial drainage conditions in vicinity of Cincinnati, Fowke, 2. Pre-Glacial drainage of Wayne and ad¬ jacent counties, Ohio, Todd (J. H.), 1 . Section across southern Indiana, New¬ som, 3. Topographic features of lower Tippe¬ canoe Valley, Breeze, 2. Topography and geography of Bean Blossom Valley, Monroe County, Ind , Marsters, 1. Topography and geology of Clifton Gorge, Wells (W. E.), 1. Topography of Athens and vicinity, Ohio, Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Valley of lower Tippecanoe River, Breeze, 1. Wabash River terraces in Tippecanoe County, Ind., McBeth, 3. Pacific coast region. Abandoned stream gaps in northern Washington, Smith (G. O.), 12. Asymmetry of crest lines in the high Sierra of California, Gilbert, 19. Coos Bay folio, Diller, 4. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 5. Domes and dome structure of the high Sierras, Gilbert, 17. Ellensburg folio, Smith (G. O.), 7. Erosion on the Pacific coast, Holder, 2. Faunal relations of the Carrizo Creek beds, Arnold, 3. Geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Range, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park, Diller and Pat¬ ton, 1. Geology and physiography of central Washington, Smith (G. O.), 8. Geology and water resources of central Oregon, Russell, 21. Geology and water resources of east- central Washington, Calkins, 3. Geology of Mineral King, Knopf and Thelen, 1. Geology of the John Day Basin, Mer- riam (J. C.), 1. Geomorphogeny of Kern Basin, Lawson (A. C.), 10. Physiographic geology— Continued. Pacific coast region— Continued. Great lava-flood, Redway, 1. Hanging valleys of the Yosemite, Bran- ner, 5. Lake Chelan, Fairbanks, 4. Lake Chelan and its glacier, Gannett, 3. Mount Lassen and cinder cone region. Miller (E. I.), 1. Mount Stuart folio, "Smith (G. O.), 13. Origin of transverse mountain valleys, Le Conte, 1. Pacific mountain system, Spencer (A. C.), 5. Pacific mountain system of British Columbia and Alaska, Spencer (A. C.), 4. Periodic migrations between Asiatic and American coasts of the Pacific Ocean, Smith (J. P.), 4. Petroleum in California, Claypole, 3. Physiographic features of Klamath Mountains, Anderson (F. M.), 2. Physiography and deformation of the Wenatchee-Chelan district, Willis, 11 . Physiography and geology of the Sis¬ kiyou Range, Anderson (F. M.), 5. Physiography of California, Fairbanks, 3. Post-Tertiary deformation of the Cas¬ cade Range, Willis, 13. Potter Creek cave, Sinclair, 5. Prehistoric California, Yates (L. G.), 1. Profile of maturity in Alpine glacial erosion, Johnson (W. D.), 3. Post-Tertiary elevation of Sierra Ne¬ vada, Turner, 9. River terraces of Klamath region, Her- shey, 20. River terraces of the Orleans basin, Hershey, 22. San Luis folio, Fairbanks, 7. Sierran valleys of Klamath region, Hershey, 18. Terraces of the High Sierra, Gilbert. 24. Tertiary peneplain in Klamath region, California, Hershey, 15. Topographic development of Klamath Mountains, Diller, 10. Wreck of Mount Mazama, Diller, 8. Panama. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 33. Rocky Mountain region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Alps of Montana, Matthes, 2. Canyons of southeastern Colorado, Lee (W. T.), 4. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 9, 12, 42, 44. Description of Bates Hole, Wyoming, Knight (W. C.), 1. Ephemeral lakes in arid regions, Keyes, 30. Fracture valley system, Iddings, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 749 Physiographic geology —Continued. Rocky Mountain region —Continued. Geological reconnaissance in eastern Valencia County, N. Mex., Johnson (D. W.), 2. Geological reconnaissance in Montana and Idaho, Lindgren, 21. Geological structure of New Mexican bolson plains, Keys, 29. Geology and water resources of Nez Perce County, Part I, Russell, 1. Geology and water resources of Snake River plains, Russell, 5. Geology of Black Hills, Darton, 1. Geology of the Boulder district, Fenne- man, 10. Great Flat at Butte, Weed, 32. Hanging valleys, Russell, 20. Hanging valleys of Georgetown, Colo.. Crosby, 6. Hydrographic history of South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 4. ^ La Plata folio, Cross and Spencer, 1. Lewis Range of Montana and its gla¬ ciers, Matthes, 4. Our northern Rockies, Chapman, 1. Physiography of Flathead Lake region, Elrod (M. J.), 1. Physiography of northern Rocky Moun¬ tains, Willis, 8. Silverton folio, Cross and Howe, 1. Spanish Peaks folio, Hills, 1. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Twin Lakes glaciated area, Westgate, 1 . Southwestern region. Atoka folio, Taff, 3. Austin folio, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Basin features of southwestern United States, Keyes, 40. Bisection of mountain blocks, Keyes, 52. Bolson plains, Keyes, 38. Bolson plains, Tight, 6. Boston Mountain physiography, Her- shey, 12. Clinoplains of the Rio Grande, Herrick (C. L.), 5. Colgate folio, Taff, 2. Contact of Permian with Pennsylva¬ nian in Oklahoma, Kirk (C- T.), 1. Ephemeral lakes in arid regions, Keyes, 30. Genesis of the Arkansas Valley, Keyes, 4. Geological structure of New Mexican bolson plains, Keyes, 29. Geology and underground water con¬ ditions of the Jornada del Muerto, Keyes, 49. Geology of Arbuckle and Wichita Mountains, Taff, 13. Geology of the Cerrillos Hills, Johnson (D. W.), 4. High altitude conoplain, Ogilvie, 5. Lake Otero, Herrick (C. L.), 6. Physiographic geology —Continued. Southwestern region —Continued. Laws of formation of New Mexico mountain ranges, Herrick (C. L.), 4. Peneplains of the Ozark Highland, Hershey, 1. Physical geography, geology, and re¬ sources of Texas, Dumble, 1. Physiography of Ozark region, Marbut, 3. Physiography of the Boston Mountains, Purdue, 3. Saddle-back topography of the Boone chert region, Purdue, 4. Structures of Basin ranges, Keyes, 45. Tishomingo folio, Taff, 6. Topography and geology of New Mex¬ ico, Jewett, 1. West Indies. Geography of \Cuba, Vaughan and Spencer, 1. Geologic and physiographic history of the Lesser Antilles, Hill (R. T.), 13. Geological and physical development of Barbados, Spencer (J. W.), 6. Geological and physical development of Dominica, Spencer (J. W.), 5. Geological reconnaissance of Cuba, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Geological relationship of volcanoes of West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 8. Geology and physiography of Cuba, Hamilton, 2. Physiography and geology of Bahama Islands, Shattuck and Miller, 1. Porto Rico, its topography and aspects, Wilson (H. M.), 1. Preliminary report on recent eruption of Soufribre, in St. Vincent, and of a visit to Mont Pelee, in Martinique, Anderson and Flett, 1. * Volcanic disturbances in West Indies, Hill (R. T.), 6. Vulkane von Guatemala und Salvador, Sapper, 1. Windward Islands, Spencer (J. W.), 7. General. Base level, grade, and peneplain, Davis (W. M.), 26. Bathymetrical features of the north Polar seas, Nansen, 2. Bearing of physiography upon Suess’s theories, Davis (W. M.), 57. Bibliography of submarine valleys, Spencer (J. W.), 15. Boston Mountain physiography, Her¬ shey, 12. Buried cypress forests, Bibbins, 3. Cirques, Brown (R. M.), 4. Classification of mountains. Rice, 3. Climatic features in the land surface, Penck, 1. Complications of geographical cycle, Davis (W. M.). 56. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 4, 6, 11, 12, 14, 18, 85, 39, 40, 43. 750 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Physiographic geology—Continued. General —Continued. Development of profile of equilibrium of subaqueous shore terrace, Fenne- man, 2. Distribution of fresh-water faunas as an evidence of drainage modifica¬ tions, Johnson (D. W v ), 8. Draiuage of cuestas, Davis (W. M.), 24. Field work in physical geography. Davis (W. M.), 27. Fiords and hanging valleys, Upham, 30. Formation and geology of salt deposits, Jones (F. O.), 1. Frontier of physiography, Hobbs, 17. Gaspee Point: a type of cuspate fore¬ land, Brown (R. M.), 2. Geographic distribution of metallifer¬ ous ores within the United States, Ransome, 12. Geographical cycle, Davis (W. M.), 22. Geographical cycle in an arid climate, Davis (W. M.), 55. Geology and water resources of east- central Washington, Calkins, 3. Hanging valleys, Russell, 20. Influence of caverns on topography, Russell, 19. Influence of underlying rocks on veg¬ etation, Cowles, 2. Introduction to physical geography, Gilbert and Brigham, 1. Laboratory manual of physical geogra¬ phy, Brigham, 2. Lessons in physical geography, Dryer, 2 . Leveling without base-leveling, Davis (W. M.), 60. Limiting width of meander belts, Jeffer¬ son, 1. Mountain growth and mountain struc¬ ture, Willis, 15. New physical geography, Tarr, 4. Nordhavets bund og den gamle landbro mellem Island og Groenland, Kold- erup, 2. North America, Russell, 15. Physical conditions in America during man's early occupancy, Wright (G. F.), 13. Physical geography, Tarr, 4. Physiographic improbability of land at the North Pole, Spencer (J. W.), 14. Physiographic problems of to-day, Rus¬ sell, 14. Physiography in the university, Mar- but, 5. Physiography—its scope and applica¬ tions, Eggleston, 2. Relation between base-leveling and plant distribution, Cowles, 1. Relation of faults to topography, Spurr, 16. Relation of physical geography to other science subjects, Norton, 2. Relief of the earth’s surface, Curtis, 3. Physiographic geology—Continued. General —Continued. River terraces in New England, Davis (W. M.), 29. Submarine canyon of Hudson River, Spencer (J. W.), 13. Terraces of Westfield River, Massachu¬ setts, Davis (W. M.), 28. Three new physiographic terms, Salis¬ bury, 5. Types of sedimentary overlap, Grabau, 19. Unconformity in mountain elevations, Heilprin, 11. Value of topographic maps, Chapman, 2 . Youth, maturity, and old age of topo¬ graphic forms, Johnson (D. W.), 11. Quaternary. Alaska. Alaska glaciers and glaciation, Gilbert, 13. Geological section of Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska, Schrader, 1. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Reconnaissance in Alaska, Schrader, 3. Search for mammoth and other fossil remains, Maddren, 1. Appalachian region. Accounting for the depth of the Wyo¬ ming buried valley, Lyman, 1. Beaver folio, Pennsylvania, Woolsey, 3. Brownsville-Connellsville folio, Camp¬ bell (M. R.), 8. Charleston folio, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Clays of upper Ohio and Beaver River region, Hice, 2. Elders Ridge folio, Stone (R. W.), 7. Geology of Garrett County, Martin (G. C.),1. Geology of Pittsburg district, White (I. C.), 6. Glacial gravels of the Kittanning quad¬ rangle, Leverett, 10. Kittanning folio. Butts, 4. Latrobe folio, Campbell (M. R.), 18. Masontown-Uniontown folio, Campbell (M. R.), 6. Rural Valley folio, Butts, 6. Waynesburg folio, Stone (R. W.), 6. Atlantic coast region. Crania of Trenton, N. J., Hrdlicka, 1. Geological notes, Ilollick, 13. Geology of Coastal Plain formations, Shattuck, 5. Geology of Long Island. Veatch, 5. Glacial geology of New Jersey, Salis¬ bury and others, 1. New York City folio, Merrill and others. 1. Norfolk folio. Darton, 7. Pleistocene problem in Maryland, Shat tuck, 7. Pleistocene problem of the North At¬ lantic coastal plain, Shattuck, 1. FOB THE YEAKS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE, 751 Quaternary —Continued. Atlantic coast region —Continued. Recently discovered facts in regard to Silver Lake, Hollick, 12. Results of resurvey of Long Island, Fuller and Veatch, 1. Stratigraphy of New Jersey clays, Iviim- mel and Knapp, 1. Surface formations in southern New Jersey, Salisbury, 1. Washington folio, Darton and Keith, 1. Canada. Artesian borings, surface deposits, and ancient beaches, Chalmers, 5. Artesian wells of Montreal, Adams and LeRoy, 1. Borings for natural gas, petroleum, and water, Chalmers, 4. Canadian fossil insects, Scudder, 1. Explorations in Saskatchewan and Keewatin, Tyrrell, 3. Geologie von Canada, Haas, 2. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6. Geology of northeast coast of Labra¬ dor, Daly, 3. Geology of Province of Quebec, Ells (R. W.), 8. Geology of the principal cities In eastern Canada, Ami, 1. Geology of the Three Rivers map sheet. Ells (R. W.), 2. Geology of west shore of Lake Winni¬ peg, Dowling, 1. Iron ranges of the Lower Huronian, Coleman, 4. Michipicoten iron region, Coleman and Willmott, 1. Physical geology of central Ontario, Wilson (A. W. G.), 2. Pleistocene deposits north of Lake On¬ tario, Wilson (A. W. G.), 11. Pleistocene of Montreal and Ottawa Valley, Buchan, 3. Report on surface geology shown on Frederickton and Andover quarter- sheet maps, Chalmers, 3. Sea beaches of eastern Ontario, Cole¬ man, 5. Shore lines and landslips of St. Law¬ rence Valley, Chalmers, 1. Synopsis of geology of Canada, Ami, 2. Central America. Pleistocene Foraminifera from Panama, Cushman, 2. Great Basin region. Bishee folio, Ransome, 14. Borings in Silver Spring Valley, Ari¬ zona, Douglas, 1. Copper deposits of Clifton-Morenci dis¬ trict, Lindgren, 29. Geology of Globe copper district, Ran¬ some, 6. Globe folio, Ransome, 13. Historical geology of Esmeralda County, Nev., Turner, 5. Underground waters of Salt River Val¬ ley, Lee (W. T.), 9. Quaternary—Continued. Great Lakes region. Chicago folio, Alden, 1. Forest beds of the lower Fox, Lawson (P. V.), 1. Glacial formations and drainage fea¬ tures of Erie and Ohio basins, Lev- erett, 4. Lakes of southeastern Wisconsin, Fen- neman, 1. Physiographical field notes in the town of Wauwatosa, Wis., Bruncken, 1. Great Plains region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Camp Clarke folio, Darton, 10. Casselton-Fargo folio, Hall and Willard, 1 . De Smet folio, Todd and Hall, 3. Fossil human remains found near Lan¬ sing, Kans., Holmes, 1. Geology and water resources of the James River Valley, Todd and Hall, 2 . Hartville folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Huron folio, Todd (J. E.), 15. Man in Kansas during the Iowan stage of the Glacial period, Upham, 9. Oelrichs folio, Darton, 8. Olivet folio, Todd (J. E.), 9. Scotts Bluff folio, Darton, 11. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Gulf region. Geology of Mississippi embayment, Harris, 2. Oil fields of Texas-Louisiana Gulf coastal plain, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Underground waters of Louisiana. Harris, 6. Underground waters of southern Lou¬ isiana, Harris, 8. Mexico. Criaderos de fierro de la hacienda de Vaquerias, Villarello and Bose, 1. Mississippi Valley region. Discovery of the Lansing skeleton, Conoannon, 1. Evidences (?) of water deposition of loess, Shimek, 14. Examination of soils from Illinois. Whitney (M.), 1. Fossil man from Kansas, Williston, 12. Fossil man of Lansing, Kans., Upham, 10 . Fresh-water shells in the loess, Shi¬ mek, 7. Geological formations of Iowa, Calvin, 4. Geology of Benton County, Savage, 7. Geology of Cedar County, Iowa, Nor ton, 1. Geology of Cherokee and Buena Vista counties, Macbride, 2. Geology of Clay and O’Brien counties, Macbride, 1. Geology of clays, Beyer and Williams, o 752 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Quaternary —Continued. Mississippi Valley region —Continued. Geology of Clinton County, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Geology of Dakota County, Burchard, 2 . Geology of Emmet, Palo Alto, and Pocahontas counties,' Macbride, 4. Geology of Fayette County, Savage, 8. Geology of Henry County, Iowa, Sav¬ age, 2. Geology of Jasper County, Iowa, Wil¬ liams (I. A.), 1. Geology of Jefferson County, Iowa, Ud¬ den, 5. Geology of Louisa County, Iowa, Ud¬ den, 2. Geology of Marion County, Miller (E. L.), 1. Geology of Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 7. Geology of Mississippi Valley at Little Falls, Minn., Winchell (N. H.), 8. Geology of Monroe County, Iowa, Beyer and Young, 1. Geology of Oktibbeha County, Logan. 2. Geology of Page County, Iowa, Calvin, 1 . Geology of Pottawattamie County, Iowa, Udden. 3. Geology of Wapello County, Leonard, 3. Geology of Webster County, Iowa, Wilder. 3. Kakabikansing, Brower, 1. Lansing deposit not loess, Shimek, 12. Lansing skeleton, Winchell (N. IL), 12. Loess and the Iowan drift, Shimek, 13. Loess of southwestern Iowa, Willcox, 1 . Man in the Ice Age at Lansing, Kans., and Little Falls, Minn., Upham, 9. Mastodon and mammoth remains, Anderson (N. C.), 1. Primitive man and stone implements in North American loess, Upham, 11. Primitive man in the Ice Age, Upham, 12 . Probiscidean fossils of Pleistocene de¬ posits in Illinois and Iowa, Udden, 11 . Soils of Illinois, Leverett, 1. Surface deposits of Missouri and Kan¬ sas, Broadhead, 7. Tenth annual report of State geologist, Calvin, 5. Nexv England and New York. Changes of level at Cape Ann, Tarr, 3. Clays of Boston basin, Brown (R. M.), 1 . Geological and botanical notes: Cape Cod and Chappaquidick Island, Hol- lick, 4. Geology of Fishers Island, Fuller (M. L.), 29. Geology of Long Island^ Veatch, 5. Geology of Rand Hill, Cushing, 2. Quaternary —Continued. New England and New York — Continued. Pleistocene fauna of Sankaty Head, Cushman, 3. Pleistocene formations of Sankaty Head, Nantucket, Wilson (J. IL), 1. Pleistocene geology of Mooers quad¬ rangle, Woodworth, 9. Pleistocene geology of Nassau County, Woodworth, 2. Pleistocene history of Fishers Island, Fuller (M. L.), 40. Reconnaissance of the Elizabeth Is¬ lands, Hollick, 1. Representatives of pre-Wisconsin till, Fuller (M. L.), 1. Results of resurvey of Long Island, Fuller and Veatch, 3. Ohio Valley region. Discovery of a musk ox skull, Hatcher, 12 . Ditney folio, Fuller and Ashley, 1. Fossil land shells of old forest bed of Ohio River, Billups, 1. Glacial formations and drainage fea¬ tures of Erie and Ohio basins, Lev¬ erett, 4. Lower Carboniferous area of southern Indiana, Ashley, 2. Nomenclature of Ohio geological for¬ mations, Prosser, 10, 15. Paleontology of Bartholomew County, Ind., mammalian fossils, Edwards (J. J.), 1. Patoka folio, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Pacific coast region. Coos Bay folio, Diller, 4. Ellensburg folio, Smith (G. O.), 7. Excavations in a Quaternary cave in Shasta County, Furlong, 1. Geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Range, Smith and Calkins, 1 . Geological section of the Coast Ranges, Osmont, 1. Geology of the John Day basin, Mer- riam (J. C.), 1. Gold belt of Blue Mountains of Oregon, Lindgren, 4. Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 12. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene stra¬ tigraphy of coast of southern Cali¬ fornia, Arnold and Arnold. 1. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro, Arnold, 2. Port Orford folio, Diller, 11. Quaternary deposits of southern Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 14. River terraces of Klamath region, Hershey, 20. River terraces of the Orleans basin, Hershey, 22. Rocky Mountain region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra. 1. Geological reconnaissance in Montana and Idaho, Lindgren, 21. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 753 Quaternary— Con tinued. Rocky Mountain region —Continued. Geology of Black Hills, Darton, 1. La Plata folio, Cross and Spencer, 1. Nampa folio, Lindgren and Drake, 1. Pleistocene geology of the Sawatch Range, near Leadville, Colo., Capps and Leffingwell, 1. Silver City folio, Lindgren and Drake, 2 . Silverton folio, Cross and Howe, 1. Stratigraphy and structure, Lewis and Livingston ranges, Montana, Willis, 6 . Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Southivestern region. Age of lavas of plateau region, Reagan, 2 , Colgate folio, Tafif, 2. Geology and underground water condi¬ tions of the Jornada del Muerto, Keyes, 49. Geology and water resources of Okla¬ homa, Gould, 14. Geology of Fort Apache region, Rea¬ gan, 3. Geology of southwestern Texas, Dura¬ ble, 13. Geology of the Jemez-Albuquerque region, Reagan, 1. Oil and gas fields of western interior and Gulf coast, Adams (G. I.), 2. Tishomingo folio, Taffj_6. West Indies. Geological and physical devglopihent of Antigua, Spencer (J. W.j, 1. Windward Islands, Spencer (J. W.), 7. General. Cause of Glacial period, True (H. L.), 1 . Experiences with early man in Amer¬ ica, Sternberg, 1. How long ago was America peopled, Matthew (G. F.), 24. Loess and the Lansing man, Shimek, 5. Organic remains in post-Glacial de¬ posits, Olsson-Seffer, 1. Primitive man in the Ice Age, Upham, 13. Rhode Island. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Gaspee Point, a type of cuspate fore¬ land, Brown (R. M.), 2. Minerals of Rhode Island, Davis (C. Abbott), 1. Underground waters of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, Crosby, 14. Water resources of Rhode Island, Cros¬ by, 19. Salvador. Vulkan Izalco, Sapper, 7. Vulkanische Ereignisse in Mittelamer- ika. Sapper, 20, 21. Silurian. . •- f Alaska. ^ ' Geological section of Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska, Schrader, 1. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Brooks, 4. Reconnaissance in Alaska, Schrader, 3. Tin deposits of the York region, Collier, 8 . Appalachian region. Devonic and Ontario formations of Maryland, Schuchert, 7. Greeneville folio, Keith, 11. Manlius formation of New York, Schu¬ chert, 4. Maynardville folio, Keith, 1. Niagara period near Cumberland, Uhler, 1 . Paleozoic Appalachia, Willis, 1. Paleozoic faunas, Weller 6. Palezoic formations of Allegany Coun¬ ty, Prosser, 3. Preliminary report on the Paleozoic formations, Weller, 3. Rocks of Green Pond Mountain region, Kiimmel and Weller, 2. Rome folio, Hayes (C. W.), 5. Siluric and Devonic Cystidea and Cam- arocrinus, Schuchert, 11. Atlantic coast region. New York City folio, Merrill and others, 1. Canada. Artesian wells of Montreal, Adams and LeRoy, 1. Counties of Cumberland, Hants, Kings, and Annapolis, Fletcher, 6. Exploration de l’lle d’Anticosti, Combes, 1. Exploration of Ekwan River, Dowling, 8 . Formation of sedimentary deposits, Wilson (A. W. G.), 7. Fossiliferous rocks of southwest On¬ tario, Parks, 4. Genus Trimerella, with descriptions of species from Silurian rocks of Kee- watin, Whiteaves, 3. Geological exploration in district of White Bay, Howley, 1. Geological formations about Montreal, Ami and Adams, 1. Geological record of Rocky Mountain region, Dawson, 2. Geologie von Canada, Haas, 2. Geology and natural resources of Ot¬ tawa and vicinity, Ells (R. W.), 7. Geology of the principal cities in eastern Canada, Ami, 1. Geology of the Three Rivers map sheet, Ells (R. W.), 2. Monographie de l’lle d’Anticosti, Schmitt, 1. New Brunswick, Bailey (L. W.), 5. Bull. 301—06-48 754 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Silurian —Continued. Canada — Continued. Notes on the late collecting season, Grant (C. C.), 10. Perce: sketch of its geology, Clarke (J. M.), 26. Petroleum and natural gas [in On¬ tario], Corkill, 2. Problems in New Brunswick geology, Ells (R. W.), 25. Silurian and Devonian formations of eastern Canada, Ami, 12. Stratigraphical note, Ami, 10. Synopsis of geology of Canada, Ami, 2. Great Basin region. Geology and vein phenomena of Ari¬ zona, Comstock (T. B.), 1. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6. Historical geology of Esmeralda County, Nev., Turner, 5. Paleozoic rocks of Great Basin region. Weeks, 9. Great Lakes region. Asphalt in Delta County, Mich., Lane, 6 . Chicago folio, Alden, 1. Geological reconnaissance along north shore, Russell, 23. Gypsum deposits in Ohio, Peppel, 1. On the Salina group in northeastern Ohio, Claypole, 2. Paleozoic coral reefs, Grabau, 10. Physiographical field notes in the town of Wauwatosa, Wis., Bruncken, 1. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana, Kindle, 6 . Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana, Schu- chert, 10. Greenland. Bidrag till nordostra Gronlands geologl, Nathorst, 1. Mississippi Valley region. Formations of northern Arkansas, Ul¬ rich, 5. Geological formations of Iowa, Calvin, 4. Geological section across northern Illi¬ nois, Udden, 1. Geology of Cedar County, Iowa, Nor¬ ton, 1. Geology of Clinton County, Udden (Jon A.), 1. Geology of Fayette County, Savage, 8. Geology of Illinois, Rolfe, 1. Geology of Minnesota, Hall (C. W.), 7. Geology of Missouri, Gallaher, 1. Lead and zinc deposits of southwestern Wisconsin, Grant (U. S.), 5. Niagara limestones of Hamilton'County, Ind., Kindle, 2. Physiography and geology of the Ozark region, Adams (G. I.), 3. Tahlequah folio, Taff, 17. Water resources in Arkansas, Purdue, 9. Silurian—Continued. 'S ew England and S T ew York. American Association for Advancement of Science, summer meeting, Ilovey (E. O.), 46. Ammonoosuc district of New Hamp¬ shire. 11 itchcock i <11. i. 6. Celestite near Syracuse, Kraus, 2. Cobleskill limestone of New York, Ilart- nagel, 1. Contact lines of Upper Siluric forma¬ tions on the Brockport and Medina quadrangles, New York, Clarke, Rue- demann, and Luther, 1. Eurypterid fauna from the Salina, Sarle, 2. Geologic map of the Tully quadrangle, Clarke and Luther, 3. Geological study of the Fox Islands, Smith (G. O.), 2. Geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls, Grabau, 1. Geology of eastern New York, Prosser, 11 . Geology of Littleton, Hitchcock (C. H.), 10. Geology of Onondaga County, N. Y., Schneider, 1. Geology of Perry basin. Smith and White, 1. Geology of the Hudson Valley, Dale, 5. Graptolite (Levis) facies of Beekman- town fotmation in Rensselaer County, N, Y., Ruedemann, 3. Guelph fauna of New York, Clarke and Ruedemann, 1. Gypsum deposits in New York, Eckel, 22 . Lime and cement industries of New York, Ries, 4. Manlius formation of New York, Schu- chert, 4. Map of Canandaigua and Naples quad¬ rangles, Clarke and Luther, 1. Quarry industry in southeastern New York, Eckel, 6. Reef structures in the Clinton and Niagara strata, Sarle, 1. Report of State paleontologist, Clarke (J. M.), 5. Rocks of Rondout, Van Ingen and Clark, 1. Siluric and Devonic faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Shimer, 5. Siluric or Ontario section of eastern New York, Hartnagel, 2. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Grabau, 9. Undulations of the Lockport limestone, Gilbert, 23. Ohio Valley region. Bearing of Clinton and Osgood forma¬ tions on age of Cincinnati anticline, Foerste, 4. Cincinnati anticline in southern Ken¬ tucky, Foerste, 3. Cincinnati geanticline, Foerste, 10. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 755 Silurian—Con tinued. Ohio Valley region —Continued. Columbia folio, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Devonian era in Ohio basin, Claypole, 5. New fossils from Corniferous, Hamil¬ ton, and Medina shales, Hei’zer, 5. Niagara domes of northern Indiana, Kindle, 3. Niagara group, Foerste, 2. Niagara group unconformities in In¬ diana, Elrod (M. N.), 1. Nomenclature of Ohio geological for¬ mations, Prosser, 10, 15. Ohio natural-gas fields, Bownocker, 4. Oil and gas producing rocks of Ohio, Bownocker, 3. Ordovician and Silurian rocks of In¬ diana, Foerste, 11. Petroleum and natural gas in Ohio, Bownocker, 5. Section across southern Indiana, New¬ som, 3. Silurian and Devonian limestones, Foerste, 1. Silurian and Devonian limestones of western Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Niagara of northern Indiana, Schu- chert, 10. Terms Linden and Clifton limestones in Tennessee geology, Foerste, 5. Topography and geology of Indiana, Hopkins (T. C.), 11. Southwestern region. Atoka folio, Taff, 3. Geology of Arbuckle and Wichita Mountains, Taff, 13. Geology of Fort Apache region, Rea¬ gan, 3. Siluric fauna near Batesville, Ark, Van Ingen, 1, 2. Tishomingo folio, Taff, 6. Topography and geology of Clifton Gorge, Wells (W. E.), 1. General. Physical characters and history of some New York formations, Grabau, 17. Siluro-Devonian boundary question, Williams (H. S.), 2. South Carolina. Carolina gold deposits, Weed, 3. Carolina tin belt, Graton, 3. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Mineral resources, S^an, 1. Phosphate industry, Chazal, 1. Recent earthquakes, Davison (C.), 1. Tin, Struthers and Pratt, 1. Tin deposits of the Carolinas, Pratt and Sterrett, 1. Underground waters of South Caro¬ lina, Glenn, 10. South Dakota. Age of Homestake lode, Ilewett, 2. Aladdin folio, Darton and O'Harra, 1. Alexandria folio, Todd and Hall, 1. Artesian wells in North and South Dakota, Upham, 1. Bald Mountain district in the Black Hills, Blatchford, 2. Benton formation in eastern South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 13. Black Hills ore deposits, O'Harra, 1. Building stones of South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 7. Cave regions of the Ozarks and Black Hills, Owen, 4. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Crystal cave, Hovey (E. O.), 34. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 35. Cyanide process in Black Hills of South Dakota, Fulton, 1. Cycads from Black Hills, Wieland, 10. Dakota Cretaceous of Kansas and Ne¬ braska, Gould, 5. Deposit of fuller's earth, Cook, 1. Deposits of wolframite in the Black Hills, Irving, 1. De Smet folio, Todd and Hall, 3. Economic resources of Black Hills, Irving and Emmons, 1. Edgemont folio, Darton and Smith, 1. Geological observations on the Rosebud Indian Reservation, Reagan, 5. Geologische Streifziige durch die Prii- rien und Felsengehirge Nordameri- kas, Fraas, 2. Geology and mineralogy of the Black Hills, O’Harra, 3. Geology and underground-water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Geology and water resources of James River Valley, Todd and Hall, 2. Geology of artesian basins, McCdslin, 1 . Geology of Lincoln County, Bendrat, 1. Geology of South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 14. Geology of the Black Hills, Jaggar, 5. Glacial drift in the Dakotas, Upham, 27. Gold ores of the Black Hills, Chance, 1 . Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Golden West mine, Storms, 5. Gypsum deposits in South Dakota, Darton, 15. Heteroceras simplicostatum, Whitfield, 3. Huron folio, Todd (J. E.), 15. Hydrographic history of South Da¬ kota, Todd (J. E.), 4. Igneous rocks of the Sundance folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. 756 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY (South Dakota—Continued. Jurassic stratigraphy on west side of Black Hills, Loomis, 3. Laccoliths of the Black Hills, Jaggar, 1 . Locality furnishing Cretaceous fishes, Hay, 12. Mammals from Oligocene of South Da¬ kota, Matthew (W. D.), 22. Megacerops tyleri, Lull, 5. Mineral building material, fuels and waters of South Dakota, Todd (J. E.), 5. Mineral wealth of Black Hills, O’Harra, 2. Mineralogical notes, Headden, 4. Miocene mammals of South Dakota, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Mitchell folio, Todd (J. E.), 11. New dinosaur, Stegosaurus marshi, Lucas (F. A.), 2. New form of calcite-sand crystal, Bar¬ bour and Fisher, 2. New rhinoceros, Trigonias osborni, Lucas (F. A.), 1. Newcastle folio, Darton, 14. Newly discovered rock at Sioux Falls, Todd (J. E.), 8, 12. Oelrichs folio, Darton, 8. Oligocene beds of the Bad Lands, Fraas, 1. Olivet folio, Todd (J. E.), 9. Ore deposits of northern Black Hills, Irving, 2. Ore deposits of the Black Hills, Irving, 3, 4. Parker folio, Todd (J. E.), 10. Potsdam formation of Bald Mountain district, Blatchford, 1. Problems of the Dakota artesian sys¬ tem, Todd (J. E.), 2. Red Beds of Black Hills, Richardson (G. B.), 2. Stratigraphy and paleontology of Black Hills rim, Wieland, 11. Stratigraphy of the Black Hills, Dar¬ ton, 2. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Triassic and Jui*assic strata of the Black Hills, Hovey (E. O.), 13. Tungsten ores in the Black Hills, Sim¬ mons, 1. Wolframite in Black Hills, Forsyth, 1. Wolframite in Black Hills, Raymond (R. W.), 2. Tennessee. Appalachian River in eastern Tennes¬ see, White (C. H.), 1. Asheville folio, Keith, 9. Carboniferous of the Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 6. Cincinnati group in western Tennessee, Foerste, 6. Classification of geologic formations of Tennessee, Safford, 2. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Tennessee—Continued, Columbia folio, Hayes and Ulrich, 1. Copper deposits of Appalachian States, Weed, 17. Copper deposits of eastern United States, Weed, 37. Copper deposits of southern United States, Weed, 2. Cranberry folio, Keith, 4. Cumberland Gap coal field, Ashley, 3, 4. Cumberland Plateau coal field, Duffield, 1 . Deposits of copper ores at Ducktown, Kemp, 10. Ducktown copper mining district, Mc- Callie, 4. Erratic bowlder from Coal Measures, McCallie, 5. Fossiliferous sandstone dikes in Eocene of Tennessee and Kentucky, Glenn, 8 . Geology of Tennessee, Safford and Killebrew, 1. Gerard Troost, Glenn, 9. Gisements de minerals de zinc, De- mar et, 1. Greeneville folio, Keith, 11. Horizons of phosphate rocks, Safford, 1 . Iron ore deposits of the Cranberry dis¬ trict, Keith, 5. Iron ores of Shady Valley, Garrison, 2. Jellico coal field, Evans (N. N.), 2. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Maynardville folio, Keith, 1. Meteoreisen-Studien, Cohen, 4. Meteorite from Hendersonville, Glenn, 3. Minerals of region about Nashville, Glenn, 7. Mount Mitchell folio, Keith, 12. Mount Pleasant phosphate field, Ruhm, 1 . Portland-cement resources of Tennes¬ see, Ulrich, 7. Silurian and Devonian limestones, Foerste, 1. Silurian and Devonian limestones of western Tennessee, Foerste, 7. Southern Appalachian coal field, Hayes (C. W.), 7. Stoneware and brick clays, Eckel, 18. Tennessee iron ores, Maxwell, I. Tennessee marbles, Keith, 6. Tennessee white phosphate, Eckel, 3. Tennessee white phosphate, Hayes (C. W.), 3, 15. Terms Linden and Clifton limestones in Tennessee geology, Foerste, 5, 9. Tertiary history of the Tennessee River, Johnson (D. W.), 9. Underground waters of Tennessee and Kentucky, Glenn, 11. Water resources of Tennessee, Glenn, 4. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 757 Tennessee —Continued. White phosphates of Decatur County, Eckel, 20. Zinc mining in east Tennessee, Keith, 8 . Tertiary. Alaska. Coal resources of Alaska, Brooks, 3. Geological section of Rocky Mountains in northern Alaska, Schrader, 1. Geology about Chichagof Cove, Palache, 3. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Gold placers of Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks regions, Prindle, 2. Reconnaissance in Alaska, Schrader, 3. Atlantic coast region. Administrative report, New Jersey Geo¬ logical Survey, Smock, 1. Cretaceous-Eocene boundary in the At¬ lantic coastal plain, Clark (W. B.), 4. Eocene deposits of Maryland, Clark and Martin, 1. Geology of coastal plain formations, Shattuck, 5. Miocene deposits of Maryland, Clark (W. B.), 6. Miocene deposits of Maryland, Shat¬ tuck, 10. Miocene formation of Maryland, Shat¬ tuck, 6. Norfolk folio, Darton, 7. Physical features of Cecil County, Md., Shattuck, 3. Relations of Maryland Miocene, Dali, 14. Stratigraphy of New Jersey clays, Kiimmel and Knapp, 1. Surface formations in southern New Jersey, Salisbury, 1. Tertiary fauna of Florida, Dali, 8. Underground waters of New Jersey, Knapp (G. N.), 1. Washington folio, Darton and Keith, 1. Canada. Boundary Creek district, Brock, 3. Coal field of Souris River, Dowling, 9. Geological record of Rocky Mountain region, Dawson, 2. Geologie von Canada, Haas, 2. Geology of Yellow Head Pass route, McEvoy, 1. Klondike gold fields, McConnell, 5. Nicola coal basin, Ells (R. W.), 23. Synopsis of geology of Canada, Ami, 2. Great Basin region. Geology of Globe copper district, Ran- some, 6. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6. Geology of region of Walker River, Smith (D. T.), 2. Geology of the Tonopah mining district, Spurr, 29. Globe folio, Ransome, 13. Historical geology of Esmeralda County, Nev., Turner. 5. Tertiary —Continued. Great Basin region —Continued. Lake Quibiris, an ancient Pliocene lake in Arizona, Blake (W. P.), 6. Notes on geology of southeastern Ari¬ zona, Dumble, 7. Triassic ichthyosaurs from California and Nevada, Osborn, 15. Underground waters of Salt River Val¬ ley, Lee (W. T.), 9. Great Plains region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Camp Clarke folio, Nebraska, Darton, 10 . Comparison of fossil diatoms, Elmore, 1 . Fossil mammals of Tertiary of north¬ eastern Colorado, Matthew (W. D.), 2 . ological observations on the Rosebud Indian Reservation, Reagan, 5. Geology and Underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, IS. Geology and water resources of Patrick and Goshen Hole quadrangles, Adams (G. I.), 4. Hartville folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. High plains and their utilization, John¬ son (W. D.), 1. Miocene mammals of South Dakota, Matthew and Gidley, 1. Note on the western Tertiary, Sarde- son, 5. Oelrichs folio, Darton, 8. Oligocene beds of the Bad Lands, Fraas, 1 . Origin of North Dakota lignites, Wil¬ der, 5. Origin of Oligocene and Miocene de¬ posits of Great Plains, Hatcher, 11. Osteology of Oxydactylus, Peterson, 1. Prairie region of northeastern Colo¬ rado, Lakes, 32. Report of State geologist of Nebraska, Barbour (E. H.), 8. Scotts Bluff folio, Darton, 11. Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar. Marsh, Hatcher, 7. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Tertiary formations of the northern Great Plains, Darton, 12. • Tertiary terrane, new in Kansas ge¬ ology, Adams (G. I.), 8. Greenland. Bidrag till nordostra Gronlands geologi, Nathorst, 1. Tertiary fauna at Kap Dalton, Ravn, 1. Gulf region. Age of Alabama white limestone, Casey, 2 . Dali's Tertiary fauna of Florida, Schu- chert, 12, Eocene outcrops in central Georgia, Harris, 5. Geography and geology of Sabine River, La., Veatch, 2. 758 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Tertiary—Continued. Gulf region — Continued. Geology along the Ouachita, La., Veatch, 3. Geology of Mississippi embayment, Har¬ ris, 2. Grand Gulf formation, Dali, 9. Grand Gulf formation, Hilgard, 4. Grand Gulf formation, Smith and Al- | drich, 2. Hills of Louisiana north of V. S. & P. Railroad, Lerch, 1. Hills of Louisiana south of V. S. & P. Railroad, Lerch, 2. Jackson outcrops on Red River, Casey, 1 . Lafayette and Columbia formations and their botanical features, Harper (R. M.), 2. Oil fields of Texas-Louisiana Gulf coastal plain, Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Oligocene erf western Europe and southern United States, Maury, 1. Portland-cement materials of Alabama, Smith (E. A.), 2. Preliminary report upon Florida par¬ ishes of east Louisiana, Clendenin, 1. Salines of north Louisiana, Veatch, 1. Shell Bluff, Georgia, one of Lyell's original localities, Vaughan, 4. Southern oil fields, Hager, 1. Subterranean waters of Louisiana, Harris, 3. Tertiary fauna of Florida, Dali, 8. Tertiary of Sabine River, Dumble, 10. Underground waters of Louisiana, Har¬ ris, 6. Underground waters of Louisiana and Arkansas, Veatch, 7. Underground waters of southern Loui¬ siana, Harris, 8. Mexico. Criaderos de fierro de la hacienda de Vaquerias, Villarello and Bose, 1. Estado de Tabasco, Laguerenne, 1. Geologia de Chiapas y Tabasco, Bose, 7. Geologia del valle de Chilpancingo, Or- dofiez and Bose, 1. Geological section in Guerrero, Hall (C. E.), 1. Mississippi Valley region. Evolution of lowlands of southeastern Missouri, Marbut, 1. Fluorspar deposits of southern Illinois, Bain, 19. Fossiliferous sandstone dikes in the [ Eocene of Tennessee and Kentucky, Glenn, 8. Geological section in southern Illinois, Nickles, 2. Geology of Oktibbeha County, Logan, 2. Winoka gravels, Hays, 1. Winoka gravels, Park (E. J.), 1. New England and New York. Brandon clays, Woodworth, 8. Geological history of Charles River, Mass., Clapp, 1, Tertiary— Con tinued. New England and New York —Continued. Geological relations of Brandon lignite, Dale, 6. Pre-Pleistocene deposits at Third Cliff, Bowman (I.), 3. Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Perkins, 17. Ohio Valley region. Patoka folio, Fuller and Clapp, 2. Pacific coast region. Berkeley Hills, Lawson and I’alache, 1. Californian Tertiary coral reef, Vaughan, 20. Clealum iron ores, Smith and Willis, 1. Coal deposits of Washington, Landes and Ruddy, 1. Coal fields of Pacific coast, Smith (G. O.), 6. Contribution to petrography of John Day Basin, Calkins, 1. Coos Bay coal fields, Rockwell, 1. Coos Bay folio, Diller, 4. Correlation of John Day and Mascall, Merriam and Sinclair, 1. Ellensburg folio, Smith (G. O.), 7. Faunal relations of the Carrizo Creek beds, Arnold, 3. Fossil flora of John Day Basin, Oregon, Knowlton, 14. Fossil shells of John Day region, Stearns (R. E. C.), 3. Geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Range, Smith and Calkins, 1. Geological section of middle Coast ranges of California, Lawson (A. C.), 5. Geological section of the Coast ranges, Osmont, 1. Geological section through John Day Basin, Merriam (J. C.), 2. Geology and physiography of central Washington, Smith (G. O.). 8. Geology and water resources of Yakima County, Smith (G. O.), 3. Geology of Salinas Valley, Nutter, 1. Geology of the John Day Basin, Mer¬ riam (J. C.), 1. Geology of Washington, Landes. 1. Gold belt of Blue Mountains of Oregon, Lindgren, 4. Great lava flood. Redway, 1. John Day fossil beds, Merriam (J. C.), 3. Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 11. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro, Arnold, 2. Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene strati¬ graphy of coast of southern Califor¬ nia, Arnold (D. and R.), 1. Miocene diabase of the Santa Cruz Mountains, Haehl and Arnold, 1. Miocene fauna in California, Merriam (J. C.), 10. Miocene Foraminifera from Monterey shale, Bagg, 9. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 759 Tertiary—Continued. Pacific coast region —Continued. Mount Diablo Range of California, Anderson (F. M.), 7. Mount Stuart folio, Smith (G. O.), 13. Neocene deposits of Klamath region,. California, Hershey, 9. Ore deposits of Monte Cristo, Spurr, 3. Paleontology of Martinez group, Wea¬ ver, 1. Physiographic features of Klamath Mountains, Anderson (F. M.), 2. Pleistocene and Pliocene fossil shells, Rivers, 1. Port Orford folio, Diller, 11. Prehistoric California, Yates (L. G.), 1. Reconnaissance of borax deposits of Death Valley and Mohave Desert, Campbell (M. R.), 4. San Luis folio, Fairbanks, 7. Sierra Madre near Pasadena, Claypole, 4. Stratigraphic problems in the Cascades, , Smith (G. O.), 15. Stratigraphy of Coast ranges of Cali¬ fornia, Anderson (F. M.), 6. Tertiary formations of southern Cali¬ fornia, Hershey, 10. Topographic development of Klamath Mountains, Diller, 10. Panama. Geology of the Isthmus of Panama, Hershey, 5. Philippine Islands. Geology of the Philippine Islands, Becker, 1. Rocky Mountain region. Age of the Monument Creek formation, Darton, 23. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Cranial elements and dentitions of Titanotherium, Hatcher, 4. Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary section in south central Montana, Douglass, 3. Discovery of Torrejon mammals in Montana, Douglass, 6. Eocene and earlier beds of Huerfano basin, Colorado, Hills, 2. Fossil Mammalia of White River beds, Douglass, 3. Fossil nut pine from Idaho, Knowlton, 4. Fresh-water Tertiaries at Green River, Wyoming, Davis (W. M.), 51. Geological reconnaissance in Montana and Idaho, Lindgren, 21. Geology and water resources of Nez Perces County. Part I, Russell, 1. Geology of Black Hills, Darton, 1. Geology of Castle Rock region, Lee (W. T.), 2. Geology of Idaho and Oregon, Russell, 8 . Tertiary—Continued. Rocky Mountain region —Continued. Geology of the Needle Mountains quad¬ rangle, Cross and Howe, 3. La Plata folio, Cross and Spencer, 1. Marine fossils in the Titanothere beds, Loomis, 6. Nampa folio, Lindgren and Drake, 1. Neocene lake beds of Montana, Doug¬ lass, 1. Note sur les phenomenes volcaniques Tertiaires de la chaine d’Absaroka. Hague, 1. Origin of fine gold of Snake River, Bell (R.), 3. Prospecting for oil, Lakes, 36. Silver City folio, Lindgren and Drake, 2 . Silverton folio, Cross and Howe, 1. Spanish Peaks folio, Hills, 1. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Southwestern region. Age of lavas of plateau region, Reagan, 2 . Austin folio, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Beaumont oil field, Hill (R. T.), 9. Colgate folio, Taff, 2. Cretaceous and later rocks of Presidio and Brewster counties, Dumble, 12. Fresh-water Tertiary of Texas, Gidley, 4. Geology and underground water con¬ ditions of the Jornada del Muerto, Keyes, 49. Geology and water resources of Okla¬ homa, Gould, 14. Geology of Fort Apache region, Reagan, 3. Geology of Oklahoma, Gould, 9. Lake Otero, Herrick (C. L.), 6. Geology of southwestern Texas, Dum¬ ble, 13. Geology of the Antelope Hills, Sherwin, 1 . Oil and gas fields of western interior and Gulf coast, Adams (G. I.), 2. Oil in Texas, Harris, 1. Pelvic girdle of Zeuglodon Basilosaurus cetoides (Owen), Lucas (F. A.), 2. Texas petroleum, Phillips (W. B.), 1. Geology of the Cerrillos Hills, Johnson (D. W.), 4. Geology of the Jemez-Albuquerque re¬ gion, Reagan, 1. West Indies. Age des formations volcaniques de la Martinique, Giraud, 1. Geological and physical development of Antigua, Spencer (J. W.), 1. Geological and physical development of Anguilla, St. Martin. St. Bartholo¬ mew, and Sombrero, Spencer (J. W.), 3. Geological and physical development of Guadeloupe, Spencer (J, W,), 2. 760 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Tertiary— Con tinued. West Indies —Continued. Geological and physical development of the St. Christopher chain and Saba banks, Spencer. (J. W.), 4. Geological reconnaissance of Cuba, Ilayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 1. Sangregrande borings, Trinidad, Guppy, i 2, 3. Tobagan fossil^, Guppy, 7. Windward Islands, Spencer (J. W.), 7. General. Geographical distribution of fresh¬ water decapods, Ortmann, 3. Oligocene Canidae, Hatcher, 10. Outlines of continents in Tertiary times, Matthew (W. D.), 18. Recent zoopaleontdlogy, Osborn, 20. Was man in America in the Glacial period? Winchell (N. H.), 16. Texas. Accumulation of petroleum, Hayes (C. W.), 8. Austin chalk underlying Waco, Prather, 2 _ Austin folio, Hill and Vaughan, 1. Bat guano caves in Texas, Phillips (W. B.), 4. Beaumont oil field, Hill (R. T.), 5, 9. Beaumont oil field, Phillips (W. B.), 2. Chemistry of asphalt rocks, Harper (H. W.), 1. Cinnabar deposits of Bog Bend province, Hill (R. T.), 8. Clavilithes from the Texas Eocene, Johnson and Grabau, 1. Coal fields of Texas, Ries, 14. Coal, lignite, and asphalt rocks, Phillips (W. B.), 6, 12. Coast prairie of Texas, Hill (R. T.), 1. Composition and occurrence of petro¬ leum, Mabery, 3. Composition of Texas petroleum, Mabery, 1. Corals of Buda limestone, Vaughan, 17. Cretaceous and later rocks of Presidio and Brewster counties, Dumble, 12. El Paso tin deposits, Weed, 4. Excavation of Mastodon remains, Mac- kensen, 1. Foraminiferal ooze, Udden, 9. 4 Fossils from Texas.Cretaceous, Prather, 1 . Fresh-water Tertiary of Texas, Gidley, 4. Geography and geology of Black and Grand prairies, Hill (R. T.), 3. Geography of Texas, Simonds, 4. Geological horizon of petroleum, Fish- back, 1. Geologie und Petrographie der Apache Mountains, Osann, 1. Geology of Beaumont oil field, Dumble, 2 . Geology of Shafter silver mine district, Udden (Johan A.), 11. Texas— Continued. Geology of southwestern Texas, Dum¬ ble, 13. Gisements des minerais de mercure, De- maret, 2. Glyptodont from Texas Pleistocene, Osborn, 17. Great oil well near Beaumont, Dumble, 8 . Great oil well near Beaumont, Lucas (A. F.), 1. Gypsum deposits in Texas, Hill (B. F.), 3. Industrie du petrole en Californie, Ileurteau, 2. Iron ores of east Texas, Dumble, 3, 6. Iron ores of northeastern Texas, Eckel, 37. Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas gypsum hills, Gould, 4. Koprolithen des Perms von Texas, Neumayer, 1. Kreide-Ammoniten von Texas, Lass- witz, 1. Lead ore in Burnett County, Phillips (W. B.), 9. Mart and Bluff meteorites, Charlton, 1. Mercury minerals from Terlingua, Moses, 2. Meteoreisen-Studien, Cohen, 4. Meteoreisen von Cuernavaca und Ire¬ dell, Cohen, 8. Meteorite from Allegan, Mich., and Mart, Tex., Merrill and Stokes, 1. Minerals and mineral localities of Texas, Simonds, 1, 3. Mollusca of Buda limestone, Shattuck. 8 . Morphology of the skull of Dimetro- don, Case, 11. Myalina from Coal Measures of Texas, Whitfield, 2. Native sulphur in El Paso County, Richardson (G. B.), 8. New mercury mineral from Terlingua, Hillebrand, 8. New quicksilver field in Brewster County, Phillips (W. B.), 8. New quicksilver mining district, Kirk and Malcolmson. 1. Oil and gas fields of western interior and Gulf coast, Adams (G. I.), 2. Oil fields of Texas-Louisiana Gulf coastal plain, Hayes (C. W.), 13. Oil fields of Texas-Louisiana Gulf coastal plain. Hayes and Kennedy, 1. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana coastal plain, Fenneman. 7. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf coast, Fenneman, 8. Oil in Texas, Harris, 1. Oligocene of western Europe and southern United States. Maury, 1. Origin of natural mounds, Veateh, 10. Paleontology of the Malone Jurassic formation, Cragin, 2. Pelycosaur from Texas, Case, 10. FOK THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 761 Texas— Continued. Pelycosaurierreste von Texas, Broili, 4. Permian life of Texas, Sternberg, 2. Permische Stegocephalen und Rep- tilien aus Texas, Broili, 2. Petroleum from the Beaumont field, Richardson and Wallace, 1. Petroleum industry of Europe and America, Otsuka, 1. Physical geography, geology, and re¬ sources of Texas, Dumble, 1. Platygonus from Texas Pliocene, Gid- ley, 3. Portland-cement resources of Texas, Taff, 15. Quartz-feldspar-porphyry from Llano, Iddings, 3. Quecksilbermineralien von Terlingua in Texas, Moses, 4. Quicksilver deposits of Brewster County, Phillips (W. B.), 14. Quicksilver district in Brewster County, Phillips (W. B.), 10. Quicksilver industry in Brewster County, Phillips (W. B.), 11. Quicksilver mines in Brewster County, Spalding, 1. Reconnaissance in trans-Pecos Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 4. Red sandstone of Diabolo Mountains, Dumble, 11. Report of progress of Texas mineral survey, Phillips (W. B.), 7. Results of late mineral research in Llano County, Hidden, 1. Salt, gypsum, and petroleum in trans- Pecos Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 7. Skull of Dinocyon from Miocene of Texas, Matthew (W. D.), 3. Southern oil fields, Hager, 1. Southwestern coal field, Taff, 5. Stratigraphic notes on Malone Moun¬ tain, Stanton, 7. Stratigraphic relations of Red Beds, Adams (G. I.), 11. Stratigraphic relations of the Red Beds to Carboniferous and Permian in northern Texas, Adams (G. I.), 6. Stratigraphic sequence in trans-Pecos Texas, Richardson (G. B.), 5. Sulphur, oil, and quicksilver in trans- Pecos Texas, Phillips (W. B.), 5. Terlingua quicksilver deposits, Brew¬ ster County, Hill (B. F.), 1. Terlingua quicksilver district, Kirk, 1. Terlingua quicksilver deposits, Turner, 17. Tertiary of Sabine River, Dumble, 10. Texan oil deposits, Willey, 1. Texas mercury minerals, Hill (B. F.), 2 . Texas oil-well fossil, Aldrich, 1. Texas petroleum, Phillips (W. B.), 1. Texas petroleum, Thiele, 1. Tin deposits at El Paso, Weed, 15. Trans-Pecos sulphur field, Caracristi, 1 . Texas —Continued. Ueber Diacranodus texensis Cope, Broili, 3. Upper Permian in western Texas, Girty, 2. Vertebrates from Permian, Case, 5. Volcanic origin of oil, Coste, 4. Vorkommen der texanischen Queck¬ silbermineralien, Hill (B. F.), 4. Triassic. Alaska. Geology of Copper River region, Men¬ denhall, 8. Mesozoic section on Cook Inlet, Stan¬ ton and Martin, 1. Stratigraphy and igneous rocks of Alaska, Emerson (B. K.), 6. Appalachian region. Mount Mitchell folio, Keith, 12. A tlantic coast region. Former extent of Newark system, Hobbs, 9. Lodel Creek and Skippack Creek, Ly¬ man, 2. Mining in the Richmond coal basin, Virginia, Woodworth, 3. New York City folio, Merrill and others, 1. Canada. Fossils, possibly Triassic, in bowlder clay of Kings County, Haycock, 2. Geological history of Gaspereau Val¬ ley, Haycock, 1. Geological record of Rocky Mountain region, Dawson, 2. Geologie von Canada, Haas, 2. Geology of Vancouver Island, Hay- . cock, 3. Geology of Vancouver Island, Web¬ ster, 1. Kings and Hants counties, Nova Sco¬ tia, Fletcher, 2. Synopsis of geology of Canada, Ami, 2. Great Basin region. Basin range structure of the Hum¬ boldt region, Louderback, 4. Geology of Nevada, Spurr, 6. Hurricane fault in southwestern Utah, Huntington and Goldthwait, 1. Notes on geology of southeastern Ari¬ zona, Dumble, 7. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward (L. F.), 5. Great Plains region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’llarra, 1. Atlantosaur and Titanotherium beds of Wyoming, Peck, 4. Edgemont folio, Darton and Smith, 1. Geology and underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Gypsum deposits in Wyoming, Knight (W. C.), 9. Hallopus, Baptanodon, and Atlanto- saurus beds of Marsh, Williston, 25. Hartville folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Newcastle folio, Darton, 14. 762 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY Triassic— Continued. Great Plains region — Continued. Oelrichs folio, Darton, 8. Red Beds of Black Hills, Richardson (G. B.), 2. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Triassic and Jurassic strata of the Black Hills, Hovey (E. O.), 13. Neiv England and New York. Nature’s hieroglyphics, Lull, 4. Newark system of the Pomperaug Val¬ ley, Hobbs, 2. Physical geography and geology of Connecticut, Rice, 1. Wells of Triassic area of Connecticut Valley, Pynchon, 11. Pacific coast region. Border line between the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, Smith (J. P.), 1. Gold belt of Blue Mountains of Oregon, Lindgren, 4. Klamath Mountain section, Diller, 12. Marine sediments of eastern Oregon, Washburne, 1. Marine Trias of western America, Smith (J. P.), 5. San Luis folio, Fairbanks, 7. Triassic cephalopod genera, Hyatt and Smith, 1. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from Cali¬ fornia and. Nevada, Merriam (J. C.), 4; Triassic Reptilia from northern Cali¬ fornia, Merriam (J. C.), 5. Rocky Mountain region. Aladdin folio, Darton and O’Harra, 1. Border line between the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, Smith (J. P.), 1. Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Dinosaur beds of the Grand River Val¬ ley, Riggs, 1. Geology and ore deposits of Elkhorn mining district, Montana, Weed, 5. Geology of Black Hills, Darton, 1. Geology of the Boulder district, Fen- neman, 10. Geology of the Hellgate and Big Black- foot valleys, Winchell (N. H.), 25. Hallopus, Baptanodon, and Atlantosau- rus beds of Marsh, Williston, 25. La Plata folio, Cross and Spencer, 1. Marine Trias of western America, Smith (J. P.), 5. Red Beds of Colorado, Cross and Howe, 2, 4. Sundance folio, Darton, 26. Stratigraphy of Black Hills, Bighorn Mountains, and Rocky Mountain front range, Darton, 16. Trias in northeastern Oregon, Lind¬ gren, 3. Triassic and Jurassic strata of the Black Hills, Hovey (E. O.), 6. Triassic cephalopod genera, Hyatt and Smith, 1. ] Triassic —Continued. Southwestern region. Fossils from the Red Beds, Gould, 1. Geography and geology of Black and Grand prairies, Hill (R. T.), 3. Geology and underground water condi¬ tions of the Jornada del Muerto, Keyes, 49. Geology of the Jemez-Albuquerque re¬ gion, Reagan, 1. Gypsum deposits in New Mexico, Her¬ rick (H. N.), 1. Jurassic horizon around the southern end of the Rocky Mountains, Keyes, 51. Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas gypsum hills, Gould, 4. Triassic system in New Mexico, Keyes, 50. General. Ueber I’elecypoden-zonen in der Trias Nord-Amerikas, Smith (J. P.), 2. Trinidad. Growth of Trinidad, Guppy, 8. Komuto shell-bed, Guppy, 6. Utah. Areal geology of the Bingham mining district, Keith, 13. Bingham mining camp, Emmens, 1. Cactus copper mine, Emmons (S. F.;, 21 . Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Coal mining at Sunnyside, Harrington (D.), 1. Colossal bridges of Utah, Dyar, 1. Colossal bridges of L T tah, Winchell (X. H.), 22. Copper deposits of Beaver River Ttange, Crowther, 1. Delamar and Horn-Silver mines, Em¬ mons (S. F.), 3. Economic geology of the Bingham dis¬ trict, Boutwell, 12. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Emmons (S. F.), 22. Eruption of rhyolite, Gilbert, 9. Genesis of ore deposits at Bingham. Utah, Boutwell, 14. Geology of Bingham Canyon. Kemp, 16. Geology of Mercur, Dern. 1. Geology of Park City district. Bell (R. N.), 4. Geology of Utah, Talmage, 2. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Great Salt Lake Basin, Lakes, 37. Gypsum, Diehl, 1. Gypsum deposits in Utah, Boutwell, 3. Hurricane fault in southwestern L T tah. Huntington and Goldthwait, 1. Hurricane fault in the Toquerville dis¬ trict, Huntington and Goldthwait, 2. Iron ores in the Uinta Mountains, Bout¬ well, 5. Iron ores in Utah, Leith, 11. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 763 Utah.— Continued. Iron ores of the Uinta Mountains, War¬ wick, 1. Joint veins, Gilbert, 2, 8. Little Cottonwood granite body of Wasatch Mountains, Emmons (S. F.), 9. Mineral crest, Emmons (S. F.), 12. Mineral crest, Jenney, 2, 3. Mineral crest, Smith (G. O.), 11. Mineral resources of the Uinta Moun¬ tains, Berkey, 4. Mineralogical notes, Headden, 4. Mountain ranges of Great Basin, Davis (W. M.), 46. Natural gas near Salt Lake City, Rich¬ ardson (G. B.), 6. Notes on two desert mines, Emmons (S. F.), 2. Oil and asphalt prospects in Salt Lake basin, Utah, Boutwell, 11. Ore deposits of Bingham, Boutwell, 2, 10, 13. Origin of magnetic iron ores of Iron County, Jennings (E. P.), 2. Paleontology of the Bingham mining district, Girty, 12. Park City mining district, Boutwell, 1, 4. Plateau province of Utah and Arizona, Davis (W. M.), 45. Radium in an American ore, Phillips- (A. H.), 1. Reconnaissance of the Uintah reserva¬ tion, Berkey, 5. Red beryl from Utah, Hillebrand, 5. Report on Park City mining district, Boutwell, 8. Rock gypsum at Nephi, Boutwell, 6. Rocky Mountain coal fields, Storrs (L. 5. ), 1. Salt industry in Utah and California, Eckel, 26. Slate deposits of California and Utah, Eckel, 24. Stateline mining district, Smith (G. H.), 1. Stratigraphy of Uinta Mountains, Ber¬ key, 8. Vanadium and uranium in southeastern Utah, Boutwell, 9. Wasatch, Canyon, and House ranges, Davis (W. M.), 59. Vermont. Analysis of Washington marble, Rich¬ ardson (C. H.), 1. Asbestos region in northern Vermont, Kemp, 3, 6, 14. Brandon clays, Woodworth, 8. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Concretions from Connecticut Valley, Sheldon, 1. Copper deposits of Orange County, Smyth and Smith, 1*. Copper mines of Vermont, Weed, 28. V ermont —Conti nued. Correlation of Piedmont formations, Mathews, 6. Fauna of the Chazy limestone, Ray¬ mond (P. E.), 7. Feld work at Larrabees Point, Shimer, 3. Fossil fruits and lignites of Brandon, Vt., Knowlton, 11. Fossil fruits of Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Perkins, 13. Geological relations of Brandon lignite, Dale, 6. Geology of Ascutney Mountain, Daly, 7. Geology of Grand Isle, Perkins, 1. Geology of Grand Isle County, Perkins, 11 . Geology of the Taconic Range, Dale, 3. Geology of Vermont, Seely, 2. Glacial and post-Glacial history of the Hudson and Champlain valleys, Peet, 1 . Glaciation of the Green Mountains, Hitchcock (C. H.), 7, 8. Granite of Barre, Finlay (G. I.), 1, 3. Hydrology of Vermont, Perkins, 14. Lignite of Brandon and its fossils, Per¬ kins, 12. List of reports on the geology of Ver¬ mont, Perkins, 4. List of works on the geology of Ver¬ mont, Perkins, 9. Marble, slate, and granite industries, Perkins, 1. Mineral industries, Perkins, 6. Mineral industries and geology of cer¬ tain areas of Vermont, Perkins, 4. Mineral resources of Vermont, Perkins, 2, 10, 16. Occurrence of asbestos, Kemp, 8. Petrographic description of dikes of Grand Isle, Shimer, 1. Petrography of Belvidere Mountain de¬ posits, Marsters, 3. Quartz veins in Maine and Vermont, Smith (G. O.), 14. Serpentine belt of Lamoille and Or¬ leans counties, Marsters, 2. Serpentine of Belvidere Mountain, Marsters, 4. Sketch of the life and work of Au¬ gustus Wing, Seely, 1. Slate investigations during 1904, Dale. 8 . Sponges of Chazy formation, Seely, 3. Stromatoceria of Isle La Motte, Seely, 5. Structural details in Green Mountain region, Dale, 1. Taconic physiography, Dale, 9. Terranes of Orange County, Richard¬ son (C. H.), 2. Tertiary lignite of Brandon, Perkins, 17. Triassic rocks of the Connecticut Val¬ ley as a source of water supply, Fuller (M. L.), 18. 764 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY V ermont— Con ti nued. Underground waters of Vermont, Per¬ kins, 15. Water resources of Fort Ticonderoga quadrangle, Dale, 7. Water resources of Taconic quadrangle, Taylor (F. B.). 5. Water resources of Vermont, Perkins, 8 . Virginia. Age of the Wise and Harlan forma¬ tions of southwestern Virginia, White, 23. Analysis of emery, Miller (W. W.), 1. Arsenic mines at Brinton, Cowan, 1. Atlantic coast Triassic coal field, Woodworth, 4. Big Stone Gap coal field, Pultz, 1. Cambro-Ordovician limestones of the Valley of Virginia, Campbell (H. D.), 1 . Carboniferous of the Appalachian ba¬ sin, Stevenson (J. J), 6. Cement materials of the valley of Vir¬ ginia, Bassler, 3. Cement resources of the valley of Vir¬ ginia, Catlett, 3. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Coals of Pocahontas field, Fowler, 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontol¬ ogy Williams and Kindle, 1. Copper deposits of Appalachian States, Weed, 17. Copper deposits of eastern United States, Weed, 37. Copper deposits of southern United States, Weed, 2. Copper-bearing rocks of Virgilina cop¬ per district, Watson (T. L.), 6. Correlation of the Potomac formation. Ward (L. F.), 3. Gisements de minerals de zinc, De- mar et, 1. Gypsum deposits in Virginia, Eckel, 23. Lead and zinc deposits, Watson (T. L.), 17. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Meteoric iron from Augusta County, Campbell and Howe, 1. Mining in the Richmond coal basin, Woodworth, 3. Norfolk folio, Darton, 7. Northern coals of Big Sandy basin, Althouse, 1. Occurrence of unakite, Phalen, 2. Optische Orientirung des Albit von Amelia, Becke, 1. Origin of Oriskany limonites, Johnson (J. E.), 1. Portland-cement resources of Virginia, Bassler, 2. Report on various collections of fossil plants from the older Potomac of Virginia and Maryland, Fontaine, 5. Richmond coal basin, Gay, 1. Virginia —Continued. Rutile mining in Virginia, Merrill (G. P.), 6. Salt and gypsum deposits of south¬ western Virginia, Eckel, 19. Sandstone from Augusta County, Mil¬ ler (W. W.), 2. Slate investigations during 1904, Dale, 8 . Subdivisions of Shenandoah limestone, Bassler, 4. Underground waters of Virginia, Dar¬ ton and Fuller, 3. Virginia anthracite coal, Randolph (L. S.), 1. Washington folio, Darton and Keith, 1. Zinc mining and smelting in south¬ western Virginia, Higgins, 1. "Washington. Abandoned stream gaps in northern Washington, Smith (G. O.), 12. Anticlinal mountain ridges in central Washington, Smith (G. O.), 10. Basalt mounds of the Columbia lava, Piper, 1. Bibliography of literature referring to geology of Washington, Arnold, 1. Building and ornamental stones of Washington, Shedd, 2. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Clay deposits of Washington, Landes, 5. Clealum iron ores, Smith and Willis, 1. Coal deposits of Washington, Landes, 3. Coal deposits of Washington, Landes and Ruddy, 1. Coal fields of Cook Inlet, Alaska, and Pacific coast, Kirsopp, 1. Coal fields of Pacific coast, Smith (G. O.), 6. Coal in Clallam County, Arnold, 5. Copper ores in the Cascade Mountains. Stretch, 4. Discussion of Clealum iron ores, Cour¬ tis, 1. Dumortierite, Schaller, 5, 7. Ellensburg folio. Smith (G. O.), 7. Field notes on Mount Rainier, Landes. 6 . Fossil plants from State of Washing¬ ton, Knowlton, 8. Geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Range, Smith and Calkins, 1. Geology and physiography of central Washington, Smith (G. O.), 8. Geology and water resources of east- central Washington. Calkins, 3. Geology and water resources of Ya¬ kima County, Smith (G. O.), 3. Geology of Mount Rainier, Smith (G. O.), 1. Geology of Washington. Landes, 1. Glacial drift in the Dakotas, Montana, Idaho, and Washington, Upham, 27. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 765 Washington— Continued. Glacial drift in Washington, Upham, 28. Glaciers of Mount Hood and Mount Adams, Reid (H. F.), 17. Gold mining in central Washington, Smith (G. O.), 9. Gold placers of the coast of Washing¬ ton, Arnold, 4. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Independent mine at Silverton, Stretch, 2. Iron ores of Washington, Shedd, 1. Lake Chelan, Fairbanks, 4. Lake Chelan and its glacier, Gannett, 3. Mammals in the swamps of Whitman County, Sternberg, 3. Metalliferous resources of Washington, Landes and others, 1. Molybdenite at Crown Point, Crook, 3. Mount Baker mining district, Smith (G. O.), 4. Mount Stuart folio, Smith (G. O.), 13. Mounts Hood and Adams and their glaciers, Reid (H. F.), 6. Nonmetalliferous resources of Wash¬ ington, Landes, 2. Ore deposits of Monte Cristo, Spun*, 3. Ore deposits of Monte Cristo, Wash¬ ington, Winchell (H. V.), 1. Ores of the Republic mine, Chatard and Whitehead, 1. Physiography and deformation of the Wenatchee-Chelan district, Willis, 11 . Pseudo - serpentine from Stevens County, Clarke (F. W.), 2, 5. Reconnaissance of Mount Hood and Mount Adams, Reid (H. F.), 4. Silverton mining district, Stretch, 1. Stratigraphic problems in the Cas¬ cades, Smith (G. O.), 15. Underground waters of Washington, Landes, 4. Water resources of Washington, Byers (H. G.), 1. Water resources of Washington, Heine, 1 . Water resources of Washington, Ruddy, 1 . West Indies. Activity of Mont Pelee, Heilprin, 4. Age des formations volcaniques de la Martinique, Giraud, 1. Analyses of volcanic ejecta from Mar¬ tinique and St. Vincent, Hillebrand, 1 . Analysis of dust from La Soufribre, Bridgford, 1. Antillean volcanoes, McGee, 3. Ausbruchsperiode des Mont Pelee, Stii- bel, 2. Bibliography of W r est Indian eruptions, Hovey (E. O.), 32. Bitumen in Cuba, Vaughan. 8. West Indies —Continued. Bituminous deposits of Cardenas, Cuba, Peckham (II. E.), 1. Cendres des eruptions de la Montagne Pelee, Lacroix, 2. Changes in nomenclature of West In¬ dian corals, Vaughan, 13. Composition chimique des poussieres volcaniques de la Martinique, Gillot, 1 . Composition des cendres projetees par la Montagne Pelee, Michel-Levy, 2. Composition des gaz des fumerolles du Mont Pelee, Gautier, 1. Copper mines near Havana, Weed, 34. Copper mines of Cobre, Santiago de Cuba; Moffet, 1. Copper mines of Santa Clara Province, Cuba, Vaughan, 6. Cordierite dans les produits eruptifs de la Montagne Pelee, Lacroix, 17. Cuban fossil mammals, Vaughan, 9. Dominica, Sapper, 12. Dust from Soufribre, Bonney, 5. Earliest Tertiary coral reefs in the Antilles and United States, Vaughan, 10 . Enclaves basiques des volcans de la Martinique, Lacroix, 18. Enclaves des andesites de Montagne Pelee, Lacroix, 6. Erosion phenomena in St. Vincent and Martinique, Hovey (E. O.), 35. Erosion phenomena on Mont Pelee and Soufribre, Hovey (E. O.), 24. Erosion phenomena on the islands of St. Vincent and Martinique, Hovey (E. O.), 30. Eruption de la Martinique, Lacroix and others, 5. Eruption de la Montagne Pelee, La¬ croix, 13. Eruption de la Montagne Pelee, Michel- Levy, 1. Eruption du volcan de Saint-Vincent, Lacroix, 15. Eruption of Pelee, Jaggar, 6, 8. Eruption volcanique a la Martinique, Thierry, 1. Eruptions de Saint-Vincent, Lacroix, 19. Eruptions des nuages de la Montagne Pel be, Lacroix, 12. Eruptions of La Soufribre, St. Vincent, in May, 1902, Hovey (E. O.), 10. Eruptions of Mont Pelee and the Souf¬ ribre, Hovey (E. O.), 33. Eruptions of Soufribre, Anderson and Flett, 2. Eruptions of 1902 of La Soufribre, St. Vincent, and Mont Pelbe, Martinique, Hovey (E. O.), 9. Eruptions volcaniques de la Martinique, Lacroix, 11. Etat actuel de la Soufribre de la Gua¬ deloupe Lacroix 11 766 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY West Indies—Continued. £!tat actuel du volcan de la Montagne Pelee, Lacroix, 9. Evolution of the Antilles, Falconer, 2. Examination of ash that fell on Bar¬ bados after eruption of St. Vincent, Flett, 1. Field notes of a geologist in Martinique and St. Vincent, Jaggar, 2. Foraminifera of Trinidad, Guppy, 4. Fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curagao, Aruba, and Bonaire, Vaughan, 2. Fossil land shells of Bermuda, Gulick, 1 . Fossils of the Bahama Islands, Dali, 15, 16. Gaz des -fumerolles du Mont Pelee, Moissan, 1. Geography of Cuba, Vaughan and Spencer, 1. Geological and physical development of Antigua, Spencer (J. W.), 1. Geological and physical development of Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholo¬ mew, and Sombrero, Spencer (J. W.), 3. Geologic and physiographic history of the Lesser Antilles, Hill (R. T.), 13. Geological age of the West Indian vol¬ canic foundation, Spencer (J. W.),9. Geological and physical development of Barbados, Spencer (J. W.), 6. Geological and physical development of Dominica, Spencer (J. W.), 5. Geological and physical development of Guadeloupe, Spencer (J. W.), 2. Geological and physical development of the St. Christopher chain and Saba banks, Spencer (J. W.), 4. Geological features of Azores, Howarth, 1 . Geological notes on the Marbela Man- jak mine, Guppy, 5. Geological reconnaissance of Cuba, Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, 2. Geological relationship of volcanoes of West Indies, Spencer (J. W.), 8. Geologie Haitis, Tippenhauer, 1, 2. Geology and physiography of Cuba, Hamilton, 2. Gigantic fossil Lucina, Dali, 3. Gold in Santo Domingo, Garrison, 4. Grande Soufri&re of Guadeloupe, Hovey (E. O.), 28, 31. Guadeloupe, Sapper, 14. History of the Caribbean Islands, ’ Frazer, 8. Hydrology of Cuba, Fuller (M. L.), 19. Inner cone of Mont Pelee, Hovey (E. O.), 23. Insel Grenada, Sapper, 8. Insel Montserrat, Sapper, 11. Insel S. Lucia, Sapper, 10. Inseln Nevis und S. Kitts, Sapper, 17. West Indies—Continued. Iron ores of Cuba, Spencer (A. C.), 1. Krater der Soufri&re von St. Vincent, Sapper, 16. Manganese deposits of Santiago, Spen cer (A. C.), 8. Manganese deposits of Santiago Prov¬ ince, Cuba, Spencer (A. C.), 3. Manganese mining in Cuba, Chibas, 1. Martinique, Sapper, 15. Martinique and St. Vincent; prelimi¬ nary report upon the eruptions of 1902, Hovey (E. O.), 12. Martinique and St. Vincent revisited, Hovey (E. O.), 18. Martinique und St. Vincent, Stiibel, 1. Martinique und sein Vulkanismus, Deckert, 2. Mechanism of the Mont Pelee spine, Gilbert, 16. Mineral deposits of Santiago, Cuba, Souder, 1. Mineral deposits of Santiago, Cuba, Wenstrom, 1. Mission de la Martinique, Lacroix, 4, 16. Mont Pelee, Hovey (E. O.), 20, 26. Mont Pelee, Jaggar, 4. Mont Pelee and tragedy of Martinique, Heilprin, 3. Mont Pelee—the eruptions of August 24 and 30, 1902, Heilprin, 7. La Montagne Pelee et ses eruptions, Lacroix, 20. Nature of Pelee tower, Heilprin, 8. Nature of phenomena of eruption of Mont Pelee, Divers, 1. New cone and obelisk of Mont relee, Hovey (E. O.), 29. New cone of Mont Pelee, Hovey (E. O.), 17. Next eruption of Pelee, Jaggar, 3. Obelisk of Mont Pelee, Heilprin, 6. Obelisk of Mont Pelee, Hovey (E. O.), 21 . Obelisk of Montagne Pelee, Heilprin, 5. Observations mineralogiques faites sue les products de l'incendie de Saint- Pierre, Lacroix, 10. Observations sur les eruptions volcani- ques, Lacroix, 7. Occurrence of gold and coal in Trini¬ dad, Guppy, 1. Peculiar character of eruption of Mont Pelee, Verrill, 1. Pelee and the evolution of the Wind¬ ward Archipelago, Hill (R. T.), 16. Pelee obelisk, Russell, 12, 22. Pelee's obelisk, Argali (P. H.), 1. Physical history of the Windward Islands, Hill (R. T.), 18. Physiography and geology of Bahama Islands, Shattuck and Miller, 1. Porto Rico, its topography and aspects, Wilson (H. M.), 1. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 767 West Indies —Continued. Preliminary report on recent eruption of Soufribre in St. Vincent, and of a visit to Mont Pelee, in Martinique, Anderson and Flett, 1. Presence de l’argon dans les gaz des fumerolles de la Guadeloupe, Mois- san, 2. Recent eruptions of Mont Pel€e, Nicholls, 1. Recent tuffs of the Soufrifere, Howe (E.), 2. Recent volcanic eruptions, Anderson (F.), 1. Recent volcanic eruptions in West In¬ dies, Milne, 1. Recent volcanic eruptions in West In¬ dies, Russell, 3. Roches volcaniques de la Martinique, Lacroix, 1, 3. S. Eustatius und Saba, Sapper, 13. St. Vincent, Sapper, 9, 18. St. Vincent, eruptions of 1902, Hovey (E. O.), 36. Sangregrande borings, Trinidad, Guppy, 2, 3. Secondary phenomena of West Indian volcanic eruptions, Curtis, 1. Soufri&re of St. Vincent, Hovey (E. O.), 27. Spine on Pelee, Jaggar, 7. Stony corals of the Porto Rican waters, Vaughan, 3. Tower of Pelee, Heilprin, 9, 10. Union of Cuba with Florida, Spencer (J. W.), 11. Visit to Martinique and St. Vincent after the great eruptions of May and June, 1902, Hovey (E. O.), 11. Volcanic action and the West Indian eruptions of 1902, Lobley, 1. Volcanic disturbances in the West Indies, Hill (R. T.), 6. Volcanic dust, Falconer, 1. Volcanic dust and sand from St. Vin¬ cent, Diller and Steiger, 1. Volcanic dust from West Indies, Porter (F. B.), 1. Volcanic dust from West Indies, Teall, 1 . Volcanic dust of Mont Pelee, Griffiths, 1 . Volcanic eruptions in the West Indies, Anderson (F.), 2. Volcanic eruptions in the West Indies, Burns, 1. Volcanic eruptions on Martinique and St. “Vincent, Russell, 4. Volcanic rocks of Martinique and St. Vincent, Diller, 7. Volcanoes of Caribbean Islands, Hovey (E. O.), 22. Volcanoes of Martinique, Guadeloupe, and Saba, Hovey (E. O.), 44. Volcanoes of St. Vincent, St. Kitts, and Statia, Hovey (E. O.), 45. West Indies—Continued. Vulcangebiete Mittelamerikas u n d Westindiens, Sapper, 24. Vulkan, Haas, 1. Y T ulkane Pele, Krakatau, Etna, Vesuv, Kewitsch, 1. Vulkane von Guatemala und Salvador, Sapper, 1. Vulkanischen Kleinen Antillen und die Ausbriiche der Jahre 1902 und 1903, Sapper, 19. Vulkanische Asche vom Vulcan Sou- friere, Klein, 1. Vulkanischen Ausbriiche auf den Klei¬ nen Antillen, Hoernes, 1. Vulkanischen Ereignisse in Westindien, Bergeat, 1. Vulkanske udbrud i Vestindien, Kol- derup, 3. West Indian eruptions of 1902, Curtis, 2 . West Indian volcanic eruptions, Milne, 2 . Windward Islands, Spencer (J. W.), 7. West Virginia. Anthracite coal field west of Washing¬ ton, White (D.), 12. Anthracite of Third Hill Mountain, Griffith, 2, 3. Appalachian coal field, White (I. C.), 7. Bibliography of works upon the geoiogy and natural resources of West Vir ginia, Brown (S. S.), 1. Carboniferous of the Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 6. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Charbons gras de la Pennsylvanie et de la Virginie occidentale, Heurteau, 1. Charleston folio, Campbell (M. R.), 2. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Coal in the Nicholas quadrangle, Ash¬ ley, 7. Coals of Pocahontas field, Fowler, 1. Contributions to Devonian paleontol¬ ogy, Williams and Kindle, 1. Discovery of a musk-ox skull, Hatcher, 12 . Drainage modifications in Ohio, West Virginia, and Kentucky, Tight, 4. Geological horizon of the Kanawha black flint, White (I. C.), 4. Geological map of West Virginia, White (I. C.), 1. Geology of West Virginia, White (I. ‘ C.), 2, 3. Kanawha and New River coal fields of West Virginia, Robinson (N.), 1. List of fossils from lower half of Cone- maugh formation near Morgantown. White (I. C.), 5. Lower Carboniferous of Appalachian basin, Stevenson (J. J.), 4. Map of coal, oil, and gas in West Vir¬ ginia, White (I. C.), 8. Meadow Branch coal field, Campbell (M. R.), 17, 768 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY West Virginia—Continued. Petroleum and natural gas, White (I. C.), 9. Properties cf Summit Coal Company in Marshall County, Yon Rosenberg, 1. Pure limestone in Berkeley County, Stose, 2. Raleigh folio, Campbell (M. R.), 5. Siluric and Devonic Cystidea and Cam- arocrinus, Schuchert, 11. Slate industry at Martinsburg, Dale, 2. Slate investigations during 1904, Dale, 8 . Steinkohlengebiete von Pennsylvanien und Westvirginien, Simmersbach, 1. Trip to West .Virginia, Poole, 9. Tug River coal field, Payne, 1. Underground waters of West Virginia, Fuller (M. L.), 26. Variation and equivalence of the Charleston sandstone, Campbell (M. R.), 10. Water resources of Frostburg and Flintstone quadrangles, Martin (G. C.), 10. Water resources of Pawpaw and Han¬ cock quadrangles, Stose and Martin, 1 . Water resources of the Nicholas quad¬ rangle, Ashley, 8. Wisconsin. Age of St. Croix Dalles, Upham, 31. Baraboo iron ore, Hille, 2. Baraboo iron ore, Winchell (N. H.), 23. Baraboo iron-bearing district of Wis¬ consin, Weidman, 5. Baraboo iron range, Rohn, 1. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Clays and clay industries, Buckley, 1. Clays of the United States, Ries, 6. Copper-bearing rocks of Douglas County, Grant (U. S.), 1. Current notes on physiography, Davis (W. M.), 34. Dalles of the St. Croix, Berkey, 1. Delavan lobe of Wisconsin stage of glaciation, Alden, 3. Drumlins of southeastern Wisconsin, Alden, 4. Eisenerzlagerstlitten am Lake Superior, Macco, 1. Emigrant diamonds in America, Hobbs, 8 . Examples of joint-controlled drainage, Hobbs, 26. Field work in Wisconsin lead and zinc district, Grant (U. S.), 8. Forest beds of the lower Fox, Lawson (P. V.), 1. Fossil Unio from Wisconsin, Wagner, 2. Gisements de minerais de zinc, De- maret, 1. Glacial features of the St. Croix Dalles region, Chamberlin (R. T.), 1. Glacial gold in Wisconsin, Thomas, 2. Glacial lake Nicolet, Upham, 17, Wisconsin—Continued. Hamilton formation at Milwaukee, Teller, 1. Highway construction in Wisconsin. Buckley, 3. Interglacial clays of Grantsburg, Ber-. key, 6. Iron ore deposits of the Lake Superior region, Van Hise, 2. Iron ores of the Baraboo district, W’eidman, 6. Junction of Lake Superior sandstone and Keeweenawan traps, Grant (U. S.), 2. Lake Superior geological w r ork, Van - Hise, 14. Lake Superior iron-ore deposits, Grant (U. S.), 6. Lakes of southeastern Wisconsin, Fen- neman, 1. Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley, Van Hise and Bain, 1. Lead and zinc deposits of Ozark region, Van Hise, 5. Lead and zinc deposits of southwestern Wisconsin, Grant (U. S.), 5. Lower Silurian formations of Wiscon¬ sin and Minnesota, Sardeson, 8. Magnesian series of the northwestern States, Hall (C. W.), 10. Meteorite from Algoma, Hobbs, 15'. Meteorite from Algoma, Kewaunee County, Hobbs, 13. Occurrence of fayallte in Wisconsin, Weidman, 4. Paleozoic coral reefs, Grabau, 10. Physiographical field notes in the town of Wauwatosa, Bruncken, 1. Physiography of Wisconsin, Collie, 2. Pre-Potsdam peneplain of pre-Cam¬ brian of north-central Wisconsin, Weidman, 1. Report of director of the survey, Birge, 4. Report of superintendent of the sur¬ vey, Birge, 1-3. Report on Lake Superior region, Van Hise and others, 1. So-called alkali spots of drift-sheets, Willcox, 2. Soils of Wisconsin, Weidman, 3. Sources of water supply in Wisconsin, Kirchoffer, 1. Summary of Lake Superior geology, Leith, 14. Underground waters of Wisconsin dis¬ trict, Schultz, 1. Water resources of the Mineral Point quadrangle, Grant (U. S.). 11. Wisconsin shore of Lake Superior, Col¬ lie, 1. Wisconsin zinc fields, Nicholson, 1. Zinc and lead deposits, Grant (U. S.), 9. Zinc and lead deposits of north Arkan¬ sas, Branner, 2. FOR THE YEARS 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. 769 Wisconsin—Con tinued. Zinc and lead mines near Dodgeville, Ellis (E. E.), 1. Zinc and lead ores of southwestern Wisconsin, Grant (U. S.), 10. Wyoming. Aladdin folio, Darton and O'Harra, 1. Alkali deposits of Wyoming, Read, 3. Alkali lakes and deposits, Knight and Slosson,*1. Armadillo from middle Eocene, Os¬ born, 30. Astrodon (Pleurocoelus) in the Atlan- tosaurus beds of Wyoming, Hatcher, 16. Atlantosaur and Titanotherium beds, Peck, 4. Baked clays and natural slags in east¬ ern Wyoming, Bastin, 1. Bentonite deposits of Wyoming, Fisher (C. A.), 6. Bonanza, Cottonwood, and Douglas oil fields, Knight and Slosson, 4. Cement materials and industry of the United States, Eckel, 34. Ceratopsia from the Laramie, Wyo., Hatcher, 22. Coal fields of Uinta County, Knight (W. C.), 7. Coal of the Bighorn basin, Fisher (C. A.), 5. Coal of the Black Hills, Darton, 20. Coal resources of Wyoming, Trumbull, 1 . Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Spencer (A. C.), 10. Copper mining in the Encampment and Pearl districts, Read, 4. Crocodile from Wyoming Jurassic, Holland, 2. Description of Bates Hole, Knight (W. C.), 1. Deposit of titanic iron ore, Lindgren, 9. Dinosaur Trachodon annectens, Lucas (F. A.), 21. Discovery of teeth in Baptanodon, Gil¬ more, 1. Dutton, Rattlesnake, Arago, Oil Moun¬ tain, and Powder River oil fields, Knight and Slosson, 2. Fore limb and manus of Brontosaurus, Hatcher, 8. Fossil turtles of the Bridger basin, Hay, 22. Fresh-water Tertiaries at Green River, Davis (W. M.), 51. Geologische Streifziige durch die Prii- rien und Felsengebirge Nordameri- kas, Fraas, 2. Geology and mineral resources, Beeler, 3. Geology and underground water re¬ sources of the central Great Plains, Darton, 18. Geology and water resources of the Patrick and Goshen Hole quad¬ rangles, Adams (G. I.), 4. Bull. 301 - 06-49 ! Wyoming—Continued. Geology of Black Hills, Darton, 1. Glaciation in Bighorn Mountains, Salisbury and Blackwelder, 1. Gold production of North America, Lindgren, 16. Grand Encampment copper district. Lakes, 64. Gypsum deposits in Wyoming. Knight (W. C.), 9. Hallopus, Baptanodon, and Atlanto- saurus beds of Marsh, Williston, 25. Ilartville folio. Smith (W. S. T.), 1. Ilyopsodidae of Wasatch and Wind River basins, Loomis, 7. Igneous rocks of the Aladdin quad rangle, Smith (W. S. T.), 6. Igneous rocks of the Sundance folio, Smith (W. S. T.), 5. Iron mines of Hartville, Chance, 2. Jurassic dinosaurs, Gratacap, 5. Jurassic stratigraphy in Wyoming, Loomis, 2. Lagerstatten titanhaltigen Eisenerzes im Laramie range, Kemp, 31. Laramie cement plaster, Slosson and Moudy, 1. Laramie Cretaceous of Wyoming, Wil¬ liston, 13. Laramie Plains Red Beds and their age, Knight (W. C.), 6. Leucite hills of Wyoming, Kemp, 24. Leucite hills of Wyoming, Kemp and Knight, 1. Mineral resources of Encampment cop¬ per region, Spencer (A. C.), 6. Morrison formation, Stanton, 8. New armed dinosaur, Williston, 26. New form of calcite-sand crystal, Bar¬ bour and Fisher, 1. New locality for Triassic vertebrates in Wyoming, Williston, 28. New occurrence of sperrylite, Wells and Penfield, 1. New reptiles from Trias of Wyoming, Williston, 23. New species of Baena from Laramie beds, Hay, 2. Newcastle folio, Darton, 14. Newcastle oil field, Knight and Slos¬ son, 3. • Note sur les phenomenes volcaniques Tertiaires de la chaine d’Absaroka, Hague, 1. Occurrence of ichthyosaur-like re¬ mains, Merriam (J. C.), 17. Occurrence of rare metals in Rambler mine, Knight (W. C.), 4. Petroleum fields of Wyoming. Knight (W. C.), 2, 5. Platinum in copper ores in Wyoming, Emmons (S, F.), 11. Platinum in the Rambler mine. Kemp. * 20 . Prospecting for oil, Lakes, 36. Rare metals in ore from Rambler mine, Read, 1. 770 INDEX TO NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, 1901-1905, INCLUSIVE. W y oming'—Continued. Report by the State geologist, Beeler, 2 . Rocky Mountain coal fields, Storrs (L.S.), 1. South Pass gold district, Fremont County, Beeler, 1. Starfish from Cretaceous of Wyoming, Weller, 8. Status of Mesozoic floras, Ward, 5. Stratigraphy of the Black Ilills, Bar¬ ton, 2. Sundance folio, Darton, 20. Sweetwater mining district, Knight (W. C.), 3. Teredo-like shell from Laramie group, Whitfield, 4. Titaniferous magnetite in Wyoming, Kemp, 36. Triassic and Jurassic strata of the Black Ilills, Ilovey (E. O.), 13. Miscellaneous. Advantages of combining topographical with geological surveying in unex¬ plored regions, Bell (R.), 9. American Association for Advancement of Science, summer meeting, Ilovey, 46. American Paleontological Society, Sec¬ tion A, Vertebrata, Hay, 18. Autophytography, White (C. II.), 2. Cement resources of northeast Missis¬ sippi, Crider, 1. Comparison of features of the earth and moon, Shaler, 2. Construction of geophysical laboratory, Becker, 2. Correction, Van Hise, 16. Crystal drawing, Penfield, 7. Deep borings in United States, Darton, 25. Desarrollo de la geologia en Mexico, Aguilera, 5. Division of applied geology, U. S. National Museum, Merrill (G. I’.), 16. Elements of geology, Le Conte, 4. Evolution of climates, Manson, 1, 3. Evolution of climates, Winchell (N. II.), 19. Field work in Wisconsin lead and zinc district, Grant (U. S.), S. Field work of a physiography class, ! Low, 5. Geological bookkeeping, Kemp, 30. Geological mine maps and sections, Brunton, 1. Geological Society of America, Ilovey (E. O.), 25, 38, 40, 41. Geological Survey of Canada as an educational institution, Walker (T. L.), 1. Miscellaneous— Continued. Geology under the new hypothesis of earth origin, Fairchild, 6. Geology under the planetesimal hy¬ pothesis of earth origin, Fairchild. 7. Instituto Geologica de Mexico, Guild, 2. Machine-made line drawings for the illustration of scientific papers, Daly, 14. Magnetic phenomena around deep borings, Lane, 33. Meeting of Section A of the American paleontological society, Ilay, 20. Meeting of Section E of American Asso¬ ciation for the Advancement of Science, Ilovey, 37, 39. Method of facilitating photography of fossils. Van Ingen, 5. Microscopic-petrographical methods, Wright (F. E.), 2. Nansen’s bathymetrical features of the north polar sea, Spencer (J. W.), 16. Nebular and planetesimal theories of the earth's origin, Upham, 29. The new geology and vein formation, Edwards (W. F.), 1. New Palseotrochis locality, Cobb, 3. Ore deposits and industrial supremacy. Stewart (J. L.), 1. Organic remains in ore deposits, Lakes, 101 . Faleochemistry of the ocean in relation to animal and vegetable protoplasm, Macallum, 1. Physiography in the university; Mar- but, 5. Problems of geology, Van Hise, 15. Problems of geophysics, Becker, 4. ITof. James Hall and the Troost manu¬ script, Clarke (J. M.), 24. Relation of geology to the mining in¬ dustry, Lawson (A. C.), 12. Relations of the earth sciences in view of their progress in the nineteenth century, Davis (W. M.), 53. Report of the Director of the. United States Geological Survey, Walcott, 3, 7, 10, 11, 13. Report on geophysics. Van Hise, 13. Scope of applied geology, Johnson (D. W.), 10. Scope of geological teaching, Rice. 2. State geological survey for Colorado, Finch (J. W.), 2. Study of stratigraphy, Parks. 7. System of keeping the records of a State geological survey, Buckley, 6. Training of engineers in economic geo¬ logy, Branner, 9. University training of engineers in economic geology. Irving, 8. Where did life begin?, Winchell (N. H.) 20. CLASSIFICATION OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [Bulletin No. 301.] The serial publications of the United States Geological Survey consist of (1) Annual Reports, (2) Monographs, (3) Professional Papers, (4) Bulletins, (5) Mineral Resources, (6) Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, (7) Topographic Atlas of United States—folios and separate sheets thereof, (8) Geologic Atlas of the United States—folios thereof. The classes numbered 2, 7, and 8 are sold at cost of publica¬ tion; the others are distributed free. A circular giving complete lists can be had on application. Most of the above publications can be obtained or consulted in the following ways: 1. A limited number are delivered to the Director of the Survey, from whom they can be obtained, free of charge (except classes 2, 7, and 8), on application. 2. A certain number are delivered to Senators and Representatives in Congress for distribution. 3. Other copies are deposited with the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C., from whom they can be had at practically cost. 4. Copies of all Government publications are furnished to the principal public libraries in the large cities thruout the United States, where they can be consulted by those interested. The Professional Papers, Bulletins, and Water-Supply Papers treat of a variety of subjects, and the total number issued is large. They have therefore been classified into the following series: A, Economic geology; B, Descriptive geology; C, System¬ atic geology and paleontology; D, Petrography and mineralogy; E, Chemistry and physics; F, Geography; G, Miscellaneous; H, Forestry; I, Irrigation; J, Water storage; K, Pumping water; L, Quality of water; M, General hydrographic investi¬ gations; N, Waterpower; O, Underground waters; P, Hydrographic progress reports. This bulletin is the thirtieth in Series G, the complete list of which follows (ail are bulletins thus far): BULLETINS, SERIES G, MISCELLANEOUS. 2. Gold and silver conversion tables, giving the coining values of troy ounces of fine metal, etc., computed by Albert Williams, jr. 1883. 8 pp. 7. Mapoteca geologica Americana: A catalogue of geological maps of America (North and South), 1752-1881, in geographic and chronologic order, by Jules Marcou and John Belknap Marcou. 1884. 184 pp. 25. The present technical condition of the steel industry of the United States, by Phineas Barnes. 1885. 85 pp. 26. Copper smelting, by Henry M. Howe. 1885. 107 pp. 44. Bibliography of North American geology for 1886, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1887. 35 pp. 75. Record of North American geology for 1887-1889, inclusive, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1891. 173 pp. 91. Record of North American geology for 1890, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1891. 88 pp. 99. Record of North American geology for 1891, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1892. 73 pp. 100. Bibliography and index of the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1879-1892, by Philip Creveling Warman. 1893. 495 pp. 127. Catalogue and index of contributions to North American geology, 1732-1891, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1896. 1,045 pp. 130. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1892 and 1893, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1896. 210 pp.‘ I II ADVERTISEMENT 131. Report of progress of the division of hydrography for the calendar years 1893 and 1894, by Frederick Haynes Newell. 1895. 126 pp. 135. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1894, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1896. 141 pp. 140. Report of progress of the division of hydrography for the calendar year 1895, by Frederick Haynes Newell. 1896. 356 pp. 146. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1895, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1896. 130 pp. 149. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1896, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1897. 152 pp. 156. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1897, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1898. 130 pp. 162. Bibliography and index of North American geology, pal<&ntology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1898, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1899. 163 pp. 172. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1899, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1900. 141 pp. 177. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1880-1901. by Philip Creveling Warman. 1901. 858 pp. 188. Bibliography of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the years 1892-1900, inclusive, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1902. 717 pp. 189. Index to North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the years 1892- 1900, inclusive, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1902. 337 pp. 203. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1901, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1902. 144 pp. 215. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1901 to 1903, by Philip Creveling Warman. 1903. 234 pp. 221. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1902, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1903. 200 pp. 222. Catalogue and index of the publications of the Hayden, King, Powell, and Wheeler surveys, by L. F. Schmeckebier. 1904. 208 pp. 227. The United States Geological Survey, its origin, development, organization, and operations, 1904. 205 pp. 240. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1903, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1904. 243 pp. 271. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1904, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1905. 218 pp. 301. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the years 1901-1905, inclusive, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1906. 770 pp. Correspondence should be addrest to The Director, United States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. October, 1906.